From a7b6aae860637883fda63ab069aad07efa0d44c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: david Date: Wed, 19 Aug 2026 14:46:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH] sources: stage OCR book text, tape transcripts, and ST text per lesson (reviewer check-source tool) --- sources/book-10/lla-1A.md | 599 +++++++++ sources/book-10/lla-1B.md | 449 +++++++ sources/book-10/lla-1C.md | 496 +++++++ sources/book-10/lla-1D.md | 343 +++++ sources/book-10/lla-2A.md | 431 ++++++ sources/book-10/lla-2B.md | 392 ++++++ sources/book-10/lla-2C.md | 555 ++++++++ sources/book-10/lla-2D.md | 344 +++++ sources/book-10/lla-3A.md | 348 +++++ sources/book-10/lla-3B.md | 530 ++++++++ sources/book-10/lla-3C.md | 489 +++++++ sources/book-10/lla-3D.md | 466 +++++++ sources/book-10/lla-4A.md | 360 ++++++ sources/book-10/lla-4B.md | 371 ++++++ sources/book-10/lla-4C.md | 352 +++++ sources/book-10/lla-4D.md | 349 +++++ sources/book-10/st-1.md | 1477 +++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-10/st-2.md | 2152 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-10/st-3.md | 1232 ++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-10/st-4.md | 894 +++++++++++++ sources/book-10/st-5.md | 409 ++++++ sources/book-10/st-misc.md | 1013 +++++++++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-1A.md | 612 +++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-1B.md | 601 +++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-1C.md | 529 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-1D.md | 461 +++++++ sources/book-10/tape-2A.md | 407 ++++++ sources/book-10/tape-2B.md | 480 +++++++ sources/book-10/tape-2C.md | 540 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-2D.md | 378 ++++++ sources/book-10/tape-3A.md | 520 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-3B.md | 541 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-3C.md | 582 +++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-3D.md | 544 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-4A.md | 519 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-4B.md | 505 ++++++++ sources/book-10/tape-4C.md | 399 ++++++ sources/book-10/tape-4D.md | 438 +++++++ sources/book-11/lla-1A.md | 682 ++++++++++ sources/book-11/lla-1B.md | 481 +++++++ sources/book-11/lla-1C.md | 516 ++++++++ sources/book-11/lla-1D.md | 449 +++++++ sources/book-11/lla-2A.md | 362 ++++++ sources/book-11/lla-2B.md | 598 +++++++++ sources/book-11/lla-2C.md | 414 ++++++ sources/book-11/lla-2D.md | 358 +++++ sources/book-11/lla-3A.md | 397 ++++++ sources/book-11/lla-3B.md | 463 +++++++ sources/book-11/lla-3C.md | 334 +++++ sources/book-11/lla-3D.md | 456 +++++++ sources/book-11/lla-4A.md | 403 ++++++ sources/book-11/lla-4B.md | 278 ++++ sources/book-11/lla-4C.md | 455 +++++++ sources/book-11/lla-4D.md | 315 +++++ sources/book-11/st-1.md | 2519 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-11/st-2.md | 1028 +++++++++++++++ sources/book-11/st-3.md | 926 +++++++++++++ sources/book-11/st-4.md | 1354 +++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-11/st-5.md | 497 +++++++ sources/book-11/st-misc.md | 959 ++++++++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-1A.md | 609 +++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-1B.md | 656 ++++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-1C.md | 497 +++++++ sources/book-11/tape-1D.md | 568 ++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-2A.md | 542 ++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-2B.md | 492 +++++++ sources/book-11/tape-2C.md | 538 ++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-2D.md | 400 ++++++ sources/book-11/tape-3A.md | 416 ++++++ sources/book-11/tape-3B.md | 513 ++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-3C.md | 377 ++++++ sources/book-11/tape-3D.md | 444 +++++++ sources/book-11/tape-4A.md | 509 ++++++++ sources/book-11/tape-4B.md | 301 +++++ sources/book-12/lla-1A.md | 399 ++++++ sources/book-12/lla-1B.md | 308 +++++ sources/book-12/lla-1C.md | 414 ++++++ sources/book-12/lla-1D.md | 555 ++++++++ sources/book-12/lla-2A.md | 28 + sources/book-12/lla-2B.md | 399 ++++++ sources/book-12/lla-2C.md | 422 ++++++ sources/book-12/lla-2D.md | 279 ++++ sources/book-12/lla-3A.md | 418 ++++++ sources/book-12/lla-3B.md | 468 +++++++ sources/book-12/lla-3C.md | 138 ++ sources/book-12/lla-3D.md | 600 +++++++++ sources/book-12/lla-4A.md | 539 ++++++++ sources/book-12/lla-4B.md | 61 + sources/book-12/lla-4C.md | 218 ++++ sources/book-12/lla-4D.md | 286 ++++ sources/book-12/st-1.md | 2218 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-12/st-2.md | 1487 +++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-12/st-3.md | 1472 +++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-12/st-4.md | 651 ++++++++++ sources/book-12/st-5.md | 535 ++++++++ sources/book-12/st-misc.md | 1323 +++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-12/tape-1A.md | 315 +++++ sources/book-12/tape-1B.md | 319 +++++ sources/book-12/tape-1D.md | 401 ++++++ sources/book-12/tape-2A.md | 406 ++++++ sources/book-12/tape-2B.md | 479 +++++++ sources/book-12/tape-2C.md | 315 +++++ sources/book-12/tape-2D.md | 588 +++++++++ sources/book-12/tape-3A.md | 587 +++++++++ sources/book-12/tape-3B.md | 362 ++++++ sources/book-12/tape-3C.md | 377 ++++++ sources/book-12/tape-3D.md | 478 +++++++ sources/book-12/tape-4A.md | 331 +++++ sources/book-12/tape-4B.md | 416 ++++++ sources/book-12/tape-4C.md | 250 ++++ sources/book-12/tape-4D.md | 367 ++++++ sources/book-7/lla-1A.md | 529 ++++++++ sources/book-7/lla-1B.md | 461 +++++++ sources/book-7/lla-1C.md | 494 +++++++ sources/book-7/lla-1D.md | 414 ++++++ sources/book-7/lla-2A.md | 506 ++++++++ sources/book-7/lla-2B.md | 513 ++++++++ sources/book-7/lla-2C.md | 531 ++++++++ sources/book-7/lla-2D.md | 333 +++++ sources/book-7/lla-3A.md | 466 +++++++ sources/book-7/lla-3B.md | 432 +++++++ sources/book-7/lla-3C.md | 612 +++++++++ sources/book-7/lla-3D.md | 523 ++++++++ sources/book-7/lla-4A.md | 450 +++++++ sources/book-7/lla-4B.md | 417 ++++++ sources/book-7/lla-4C.md | 454 +++++++ sources/book-7/lla-4D.md | 426 ++++++ sources/book-7/st-1.md | 1003 ++++++++++++++ sources/book-7/st-2.md | 1031 +++++++++++++++ sources/book-7/st-3.md | 945 ++++++++++++++ sources/book-7/st-4.md | 817 ++++++++++++ sources/book-7/st-5.md | 460 +++++++ sources/book-7/st-misc.md | 982 ++++++++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-1A.md | 562 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-1B.md | 430 ++++++ sources/book-7/tape-1C.md | 651 ++++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-1D.md | 547 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-2A.md | 544 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-2B.md | 474 +++++++ sources/book-7/tape-2C.md | 529 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-2D.md | 351 +++++ sources/book-7/tape-3A.md | 569 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-3B.md | 553 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-3C.md | 590 +++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-3D.md | 545 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-4A.md | 523 ++++++++ sources/book-7/tape-4B.md | 451 +++++++ sources/book-7/tape-4C.md | 459 +++++++ sources/book-7/tape-4D.md | 452 +++++++ sources/book-9/lla-1A.md | 744 +++++++++++ sources/book-9/lla-1B.md | 259 ++++ sources/book-9/lla-1C.md | 170 +++ sources/book-9/lla-1D.md | 652 ++++++++++ sources/book-9/lla-2A.md | 448 +++++++ sources/book-9/lla-2B.md | 229 ++++ sources/book-9/lla-2C.md | 497 +++++++ sources/book-9/lla-2D.md | 405 ++++++ sources/book-9/lla-3A.md | 704 ++++++++++ sources/book-9/lla-3B.md | 402 ++++++ sources/book-9/lla-3C.md | 529 ++++++++ sources/book-9/lla-3D.md | 278 ++++ sources/book-9/lla-4A.md | 413 ++++++ sources/book-9/lla-4B.md | 494 +++++++ sources/book-9/lla-4C.md | 753 +++++++++++ sources/book-9/st-1.md | 1155 +++++++++++++++++ sources/book-9/st-2.md | 2255 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-9/st-3.md | 1024 +++++++++++++++ sources/book-9/st-4.md | 1257 ++++++++++++++++++ sources/book-9/st-5.md | 428 ++++++ sources/book-9/st-misc.md | 874 +++++++++++++ sources/book-9/tape-1A.md | 503 +++++++ sources/book-9/tape-1B.md | 448 +++++++ sources/book-9/tape-1C.md | 399 ++++++ sources/book-9/tape-1D.md | 552 ++++++++ sources/book-9/tape-2A.md | 301 +++++ sources/book-9/tape-2B.md | 461 +++++++ sources/book-9/tape-2C.md | 652 ++++++++++ sources/book-9/tape-2D.md | 340 +++++ sources/book-9/tape-3A.md | 590 +++++++++ sources/book-9/tape-3B.md | 534 ++++++++ sources/book-9/tape-3C.md | 594 +++++++++ sources/book-9/tape-3D.md | 418 ++++++ sources/book-9/tape-4A.md | 443 +++++++ sources/book-9/tape-4B.md | 455 +++++++ sources/book-9/tape-4C.md | 383 ++++++ sources/book-9/tape-4D.md | 476 +++++++ 186 files changed, 104970 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/lla-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/st-1.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/st-2.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/st-3.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/st-4.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/st-5.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/st-misc.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-10/tape-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/lla-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/st-1.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/st-2.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/st-3.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/st-4.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/st-5.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/st-misc.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-11/tape-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/lla-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/st-1.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/st-2.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/st-3.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/st-4.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/st-5.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/st-misc.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-12/tape-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/lla-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/st-1.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/st-2.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/st-3.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/st-4.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/st-5.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/st-misc.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-7/tape-4D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/lla-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/st-1.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/st-2.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/st-3.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/st-4.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/st-5.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/st-misc.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-1A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-1B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-1C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-1D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-2A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-2B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-2C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-2D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-3A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-3B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-3C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-3D.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-4A.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-4B.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-4C.md create mode 100644 sources/book-9/tape-4D.md diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-1A.md b/sources/book-10/lla-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aecf52d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,599 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1A + +### Figure 1 +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![#1 A snacks vending machine dispensing bags of potato chips, corn chips, and peanuts](images/page_011_001.jpg) +1. vending machine + popular + +![#2 Four cans of soda including brands Cola, Fad, and Pop](images/page_011_002.jpg) +2. sodas soda pop + +![#3 Two bags of snack chips labeled Pike Potato Chips and Corny Corn Chips](images/page_011_003.jpg) +3. chips + +![#4 A pack of Wranglers Mint chewing gum](images/page_011_004.jpg) +4. chewing gum + +![#5 Chocolate candy bars labeled Super, ChocoLish, est Crunch, and Candy](images/page_011_005.jpg) +5. candy bar + +--- + +### Figure 2 +**Write the number of the question.** + +a. \_\_\_\_\_\_ vending machines + +b. \_\_\_\_\_\_ soda pop + +c. \_\_\_\_\_\_ candy bar + +d. \_\_\_\_\_\_ chips + +e. \_\_\_\_\_\_ gum + +--- + +### Figure 3 +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![#1 A woman pouring detergent into an open washing machine, arrow pointing to the detergent box labeled Ade](images/page_012_001.jpg) +1. detergent washing machine + +![#2 A hand inserting a coin into a slot labeled INSERT 3 COINS and SLOT](images/page_012_002.jpg) +2. insert opening + +![#3 A vending machine panel with six numbered pull knobs (PULL KNOB 1 through 6) dispensing items like Big B Potato Chips, Eats, and Sweetness](images/page_012_003.jpg) +3. selection knob + +--- + +![#4 A snack vending machine showing item slots with pull knobs underneath](images/page_013_001.jpg) +4. drop lift + +![#5 A woman putting a coin into a vending machine with a sign reading 'OUT OF ORDER'](images/page_013_002.jpg) +5. out of order get back + coin release coin return + +### Figure 4 +**Circle the letter of the correct answer.** + +1. a. made a selection + b. bought a candy bar + c. ate a candy bar + +2. a. You pick it out. + b. You pay for it. + c. You lift the door. + +3. a. a soup + b. a soap + c. a slot + +4. a. She dropped it. + b. She lifted it. + c. She inserted it. + +5. a. a knob + b. an opening + c. a door + +6. a. It's out of order. + b. It's out of snacks. + c. It's out of money. + +7. a. washed clothes + b. washed dishes + c. washed her car + +8. a. Lift the door. + b. Insert the money. + c. Turn the coin release. + +9. a. coin release + b. coin return + c. selection knob + +10. a. It drops. + b. It breaks. + c. It grows. + +### Figure 5 +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +Frank: I'd like a soft drink. +Tina: Do you have the exact change? +Frank: No. Why do I need the exact change? +Tina: Because this machine doesn't give change. + +### Figure 6 +**Answer the questions.** + +1. a. some change + b. some water + c. a soft drink + +2. a. the correct drink + b. the exact change + c. the right machine + +3. a. because the machine is out of order + b. because the machine doesn't give change + c. because the machine doesn't have drinks + +### Figure 7 +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +Carl: I can't operate this machine. +Dora: Maybe it's out of that diet drink. +Carl: I think my money is stuck. I don't think it went down. +Dora: Try to get another kind of soft drink. +Carl: Oh, It worked this time! I guess my money didn't stick. It did drop. + +### Figure 8 +**Circle the answers that mean the same.** + +1. a. He couldn't operate it. + b. He couldn't select it. + c. He couldn't lift it. + +2. a. It was out of order. + b. It had a lot of that diet drink. + c. It didn't have any of that diet drink. + +3. a. He thinks it didn't drop. + b. He thinks it wasn't exact. + c. He thinks it doesn't change. + +4. a. the same kind + b. a different kind + c. a favorite kind + +### Figure 9 +**Listen to a paragraph. Select the main idea.** + +*Example:* +a. Vending machines are in restrooms. +b. People everywhere use vending machines. +c. Vending machines sell clothes. + +1. a. Vending machines are in rooms. + b. The first vending machine sold gum. + c. Vending machines are popular machines. + +2. a. It's good to have a vending machine near your home. + b. People get hungry between meals and want snacks. + c. Vending machines sell many different snacks and drinks. + +### Figure 10 +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. Mary **learned how to cook** chicken. +2. Did you **teach** your wife **how to drive**? +3. Barry **asked** Tony **how to make** a cake. +4. Where did Tim **learn how to operate** this machine? +5. Martin **didn't find out how to fix** the car. +6. Who **showed** her **how to change** the tire? +7. Marge **forgot how to start** the machine. +8. Do you **remember how to turn on** that machine? +9. Please **show** Fran **how to do** the math problem. +10. Where did you **learn how to use** that machine? + +### Figure 11 +**Answer in complete sentences.** + +*Example:* No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine. + +1. No +2. Yes +3. Yes +4. No +5. Yes +6. No +7. Yes +8. No + + + + +# SCRIPTS + +## Book 10 Language Laboratory Activities +### Audio Scripts + +#### Table of Contents + +Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . 85 +Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . 93 +Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . 101 +Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . 109 +Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . 115 +Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . 121 +Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . 127 +Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . 135 +Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . 141 +Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . 149 +Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . 157 +Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . 165 +Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . 173 +Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . 179 +Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . 185 +Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . 191 + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at the pictures in Figure 1. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition after words and each sentence) + +Number 1: vending machine...vending machine +This is a vending machine. A vending machine sells many different things. + +popular...popular +Vending machines are popular. Everyone uses them. + +Number 2: sodas...sodas...soda pop...soda pop +Sodas are sometimes called soda water. +A soda or soda pop is a drink. + +Number 3: chips...chips +Do you like potato chips or corn chips? +Chips are usually made with salt. + +Number 4: chewing gum...chewing gum +Do you want a piece of chewing gum? +Some people chew gum between meals. + +Number 5: candy bar...candy bar +I like to eat chocolate candy bars. +Chocolate candy bars are a sweet snack. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Look at Figure 2. (pause 3 sec) Listen to a question. Write the number of the question in front of the correct answer. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What's another name for soda? + +Number 2: What do some people chew between meals? + +Number 3: What is a popular sweet snack? + +Number 4: Where can you buy snacks and small things? + +Number 5: What's a popular snack made with salt? + +--- + +(4) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Letter a is 4, vending machines. Repeat: You can buy snacks and small things / from a vending machine. + +Letter b is 1, soda pop. Repeat: Another name for soda is soda pop. + +Letter c is 3, candy bar. Repeat: A popular sweet snack is a candy bar. + +Letter d is 5, chips. Repeat: A popular snack made with salt is chips. + +Letter e is 2, gum. Repeat: Some people chew gum between meals. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(5) Look at Figure 3. Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences. (pause after words and at /'s for repetition) + +Picture 1: detergent...detergent +washing machine...washing machine +A detergent is a soap. / She put the detergent in the washing machine. + +Picture 2: insert...insert +opening...opening +Insert the money in the slot. / Put the money in the small opening. / She is inserting the money / into the opening for coins. + +Picture 3: selection...selection +knob...knob +Make your selection or pick out a snack. +Pull a knob for your selection. + +Picture 4: drop...drop +lift...lift +The selection will drop or fall when you pull the knob. / Lift the door and take out your selection. + +Picture 5: out of order...out of order +get back...get back +coin release...coin release +coin return...coin return +The machine was out of order. It didn't work. When the machine is out of order, / you can get your money back. / She turned the coin release / and got her money back from the coin return cup. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(6) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the question. Circle the letter of the correct answer. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: He picked out a candy bar. What did he do? + +Number 2: How do you get your selection from the machine? + +Number 3: What is a detergent? + +Number 4: She put the money in the slot. What did she do? + +Number 5: What is another name for slot? + +Number 6: When a machine doesn't work, what do we say? + +Number 7: She used the washing machine. What did she do? + +Number 8: How do you get your money back from a vending machine? + +Number 9: Where do you get your change from? + +Number 10: What do we say when something falls? + +(7) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a. Repeat: He picked out a candy bar. / He made his selection. + +Number 2 is c. Repeat: To get your selection from the machine, / lift the door. + +Number 3 is b. Repeat: A detergent is a soap. + +Number 4 is c. Repeat: She put the money in the slot; / she inserted her money. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: Another name for slot is opening. + +Number 6 is a. Repeat: When a machine doesn't work, / it's out of order. + +Number 7 is a. Repeat: She washed her clothes in the washing machine. + +Number 8 is c. Repeat: When you want to get your money back, turn the coin release. + +Number 9 is b. Repeat: You get your change from the coin return. + +Number 10 is a. Repeat: When something falls, we say it drops. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(8) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the underlined words two times. +soft drink...soft drink +exact...exact +machine...machine + +(9) Now listen to the dialog. +(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) +voice 1: I'd like a soft drink. +voice 2: Do you have the exact change? +voice 1: No. Why do I need the exact change? +voice 2: Because this machine doesn't give change. + +(10) Listen again and then answer the questions. +(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) +voice 1: I'd like a soft drink. +voice 2: Do you have the exact change? +voice 1: No. Why do I need the exact change? +voice 2: Because this machine doesn't give change. + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(11) Look at Figure 6. Listen and answer the questions. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 3 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What does Frank want? (pause) Repeat: He wants a soft drink. + +Number 2: What does Tina say that Frank has to have? (pause) Repeat: He has to have the exact change. + +Number 3: Why does he have to have the exact change? (pause) Repeat: He has to have the exact change / because the machine doesn't give change. + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(12) Now look at Figure 7 and repeat the underlined words two times. (pause for repetition) +operate...operate +out of...out of +diet drink...diet drink + +--- + +stuck...stuck +another...another +worked...worked + +(13) Now listen to the dialog. +(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) +voice 1: I can't operate this machine. +voice 2: Maybe it's out of that diet drink. +voice 1: I think my money is stuck. I don't think it went down. +voice 2: Try to get another kind of soft drink. +voice 1: (surprised) Oh, it worked this time. I guess my money didn't stick. It did drop. + +(14) Now listen again and then answer the questions. +voice 1: I can't operate this machine. +voice 2: Maybe it is out of that diet drink. +voice 1: I think my money is stuck. I don't think it went down. +voice 2: Try to get another kind of soft drink. +voice 1: (surprised) Oh, it worked this time. I guess my money didn't stick. It did drop. + +### AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(15) Look at Figure 8. Listen to sentences about the dialog. Circle the answers that mean the same. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 4 sec after the statement; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Carl couldn't make the machine work. (pause) The answer is letter a. Repeat: He couldn't operate it. + +Number 2: The machine was out of that diet drink. (pause) The answer is letter c. Repeat: It didn't have any of that diet drink. + +Number 3: Carl thinks his money is stuck. (pause) The answer is letter a. Repeat: He thinks it didn't drop. + +Number 4: Dora told him to get another kind of drink. (pause) The answer is letter b. Repeat: She told him to get a different drink. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(16) Look at the example in Figure 9. Listen to a paragraph and select the main idea. (pause 6 sec after the paragraph) + +Vending machines are everywhere. They're all around the world. You can find them in many places. They sell snacks, soft drinks, stamps, cigarettes, socks, stockings, sandwiches and many other things. People everywhere can get almost anything from a vending machine. + +(17) Circle b. "People everywhere use vending machines" is the main idea of the paragraph. + +(18) Now listen to a paragraph and select the main idea. + +Number 1: +People enjoy vending machines. In 1880, one of the first vending machines sold chewing gum. In 1902 some cities had rooms for vending machines only. These machines sold different snacks. Then in 1927, machines started to sell soft drinks. These machines were popular in 1880 and they are popular today. + +(19) Now select the main idea for number 1. (pause 10 sec) The answer is c. The main idea is "Vending machines are popular machines." + +(20) Listen to another paragraph and select the main idea. + +Number 2: +You can always eat or drink something when there's a vending machine near you. Many people get hungry between meals, and buy snacks from vending machines. The machines have a big selection of things. People can eat snacks at any time of the day or night. Vending machines never close. It's good to have one near your home. + +(21) Now select the main idea for number 2. (pause 10 sec) The answer is a. The main idea is: It's good to have a vending machine near your home. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 10 + +(22) Look at Figure 10. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Mary learned how to cook chicken. + +Number 2: Did you teach your wife how to drive? + +Number 3: Barry asked Tony how to make a cake. + +Number 4: Where did Tim learn how to operate this machine? + +Number 5: Martin didn't find out how to fix the car. + +Number 6: Who showed her how to change the tire? + +Number 7: Marge forgot how to start the machine. + +Number 8: Do you remember how to turn on that machine? + +Number 9: Please show Fran how to do the math problem. + +Number 10: Where did you learn how to use that machine? + +### AUDIO TRACK 11 + +(23) Now look at the example in Figure 11. Listen to a question. Then read the answer. Do you know how to operate a vending machine? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine. + +(24) Now listen. Then use the words in Figure 11 and answer the questions with complete sentences. Use how to in your answers. (pause 5 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Do you remember how to change a flat tire? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: No, I don't remember how to change a flat tire. + +Number 2: Can you find out how to use this washing machine? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: Yes, I can find out how to use this washing machine. + +Number 3: Did you forget how to make the cookies? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I forgot how to make the cookies. + +Number 4: Has Fred learned how to drive a car? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: No, Fred hasn't learned how to drive a car. + +Number 5: Did Charles ask how to make a long distance call? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: Yes, Charles asked how to make a long distance call. + +--- + +Number 6: Can Mark show you how to play tennis? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: No, Mark can't show me how to play tennis. + +Number 7: Is Mrs. Allen going to teach you how to speak English? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: Yes, Mrs. Allen is going to teach me how to speak English. + +Number 8: Did Kate tell you how to find her house? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: No, Kate didn't tell me how to find her house. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 10.** + +--- + + + + + +# Book 10 Language Laboratory Activities +## Answer Key + +### Table of Contents + +Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 +Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 +Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 +Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 +Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 +Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 +Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 +Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 +Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 +Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 +Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 +Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 +Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 +Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 +Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 +Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +## Lesson 1A + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| a. 4 | d. 5 | +| b. 1 | e. 2 | +| c. 3 | | + +### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 6. a | +| 2. c | 7. a | +| 3. b | 8. c | +| 4. c | 9. b | +| 5. b | 10. a | + +### Figure 6 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 3. b | +| 2. b | | + +### Figure 8 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 3. a | +| 2. c | 4. b | + +### Figure 9 + +1. c +2. a diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-1B.md b/sources/book-10/lla-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a828953 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1B + +### Figure 1 +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +1. favorite + I like this kind of gum better than any other kind. It is my favorite. + +2. work + This machine works well. It operates easily all the time. + +3. out of + The machine was out of my favorite gum. There wasn't any left. + +4. stick + Stick the coin in this slot. Insert the coin here. + +5. time + I went to the library two times last week. + +6. no + The machine had no coffee. It didn't have any coffee. + +### Figure 2 +**Complete the sentence using a word in the box.** + +| working | time | stick it in | +|---|---|---| +| favorite | no | out of it | + +*Example:* When you like something a lot, it's your favorite. + +1. When you insert a coin in the slot, you ______________________. +2. There isn't any more candy, the machine is ______________________. +3. The machine is operating well. It is ______________________. +4. That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. It has ______________________ diet drinks. +5. Marge can't go today. She can't go this ______________________. + +### Figure 3 +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +1. out of + She is out of the office for the day. She's not in the office today. + +2. lastly + First he went to the school. Then he went to the library, and lastly he went to the barracks. + +3. cream + Cream comes from milk. I like cream in my coffee. + +4. finally + He tried to start the car many times. Finally, he called a mechanic. At last, he got some help. + +5. stick + The letter needs another stamp. Stick this one on the envelope please. + +6. no + He had no money. He didn't have any money. + +### Figure 4 +**Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning.** + +1. a. Milk comes from cream. + b. Cream comes from milk. + c. Put cream in your coffee. + +2. a. He had some change. + b. He had no change. + c. He had any change. + +3. a. Finally, the class is over. + b. Lastly, we go to class. + c. Sadly the class is over. + +4. a. She'll be there for the day. + b. She'll be in the house. + c. She'll be out of the house. + +5. a. Stick it on the envelope. + b. Stamp it on the envelope. + c. Lift the envelope. + +6. a. Last, he went to see her. + b. First he went to see her. + c. Then he called her. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +| Read the sentence. Listen and make a long sentence. | +|---| + +*Example:* George lifted the door of the vending machine. +**(for his selection.)** +George lifted the door of the vending machine **for his selection.** + +1. Sally bought a new dress. +2. Frank had an accident. +3. Jan pulled the knob on the machine. +4. Hal didn't want to go out for dinner. +5. Ted watched his favorite show. +6. Ali left his books. +7. Bill taught John how to change the tire. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +| Listen to a conversation. Answer a question. | +|---| + +1. a. when the machine works + b. how to work the machine + c. about the kind of machine + +2. a. insert the money + b. lift the door + c. push the coin release + +3. a. his favorite knob + b. the selection knob + c. the coin release knob + +4. a. use exact change + b. get more change + c. turn the knobs again + +5. a. Sometimes it does. + b. Yes, it will. + c. No, it doesn't. + +
+ +### Figure 7 + +| Listen to a conversation. Answer a question. | +|---| + +1. a. a candy bar + b. a soda pop + c. a diet drink + +2. a. It was broken. + b. It was out of sodas. + c. The coins were stuck. + +3. a. Find another machine and use it. + b. Put in more coins. + c. Push the coin release. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +| Listen to a paragraph. Answer the questions. | +|---| + +Ned wanted some coffee. He went to his favorite vending machine. This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. "No coffee! I can't go out and get coffee right now because I can't be out of my office at this time. I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine." He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly, coffee with cream and sugar. They didn't work. Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "out of order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 1B + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition at slashes and after each sentences) + +Number 1: favorite...favorite +I like this kind of gum / better than any other kind. +It is my favorite. + +Number 2: work...work +This machine works well. +It operates easily all the time. + +Number 3: out of...out of +The machine was out of my favorite gum. +There wasn't any left. + +Number 4: stick...stick +Stick the coin in this slot. Insert the coin here. + +Number 5: time...time +I went to the library two times last week. + +Number 6: no...no +The machine had no coffee. It didn't have any coffee. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to part of a sentence. Then use a word in the box and complete the sentence in your book. Write the word on the line. Look at the example. + +Listen: When you like something a lot, it's your... (pause 4 sec) +The correct word is favorite. Repeat: When you like something a lot, / it's your favorite. (pause for repetition) Now listen. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: When you insert a coin in the slot, you.... (10 sec) +Repeat: When you insert a coin in the slot, / you stick it in. + +Number 2: There isn't any more candy, the machine is.... (10 sec) +Repeat: There isn't any more candy, / the machine is out of it. + +Number 3: The machine is operating well. It is.... (5 sec) +Repeat: The machine is operating well. / It is working. + +Number 4: That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. It has.... (4 sec) Repeat: That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. / It has no diet drinks. + +Number 5: Marge can't go today. She can't go this.... (5 sec) +Repeat: Marge can't go today. She can't go this time. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(4) Look at Figure 3. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition after words and sentences) + +Number 1: out of...out of +She is out of the office for the day. She's not in the office today. + +Number 2: lastly...lastly +First he went to the school. Then he went to the library, / and lastly he went to the barracks. + +Number 3: cream...cream +Cream comes from milk. I like cream in my coffee. + +Number 4: finally...finally +He tried to start the car many times. / +Finally, he called a mechanic. / +At last, he got some help. + +Number 5: stick...stick +The letter needs another stamp. Stick this one on the envelope please. + +Number 6: no...no +He had no money. He didn't have any money. + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(5) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to a sentence. Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning. Circle a, b, or c. +(pause 4 sec after each item, and for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen: We get cream from milk. (pause 4 sec) +The answer is letter b. Repeat: Cream comes from milk. + +Number 2: Listen: He didn't have any change. (pause 4 sec) +The answer is letter b. Repeat: He had no change. + +Number 3: Listen: At last, the class is over. (pause 4 sec) +The answer is letter a. Repeat: Finally, the class is over. + +Number 4: Listen: Mary won't be home all day today. (pause 4 sec) +The answer is letter c. Repeat: She'll be out of the house. + +Number 5; Listen: Put another stamp on the letter. (pause 4 sec) +The answer is letter a. Repeat: Put a stamp on the letter; stick it on the envelope. + +Number 6: Listen: First he called her. Then he went to see her. (pause 4 sec) The answer is letter a. Repeat: Last, he went to see her. + +**AUDIO TRACK 16** + +(6) Now look at the example in Figure 5. Read the first sentence. (pause 3 sec) +(suggestion: use a different voice for cues) + +Now Listen: for his selection +Use the sentence you read and the words heard to make a long sentence. +Repeat: George lifted the door of the vending machine / for his selection. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +(7) Now look at number 1. Read the sentence. (pause 4 sec) + +Listen: with pockets +Complete the sentence. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Sally bought a new dress with big pockets. + +Read number 2: Read. (pause 3 sec) Listen: in his friend's car +Complete the sentence. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Frank had an accident in his friend's car. + +Read number 3: (pause 3 sec) Listen: for some coffee with cream +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Jan pulled the knob on the machine / for some coffee with cream. + +Read number 4: (pause 3 sec) Listen: without money +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Hal didn't want to go out for dinner / without money. + +Read number 5. (pause 3 sec) Listen: on TV last night +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Ted watched his favorite show on TV last night. + +Read number 6. (pause 3 sec) Listen: in the classroom +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Ali left his books in the classroom. + +Read number 7. (pause 3 sec) Listen: on the truck +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Bill taught John how to change the tire on the truck. + +**AUDIO TRACK 17** + +(8) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a conversation. +(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me how to work this machine? +voice 2: Sure. Insert the exact change in the slot. Then pull the knob for your selection. +voice 1: Do I have to use the exact change? +voice 2: Yes. This machine doesn't give change. + +(9) Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me how to work this machine? +voice 2: Sure. Insert the exact change in the slot. Then pull the knob of your selection. +voice 1: Do I have to use the exact change? +voice 2: Yes. This machine doesn't give change. + +(10) Now listen to the question. Choose the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 6 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What did the woman ask? + +Number 2: What did the man tell her to do first? + +Number 3: Which knob did the man tell her to pull? + +Number 4: What must the woman do? + +Number 5: Does the machine give change? + +(11) Check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is b. Listen: What did the woman ask? +Repeat: She asked how to work the machine. + +Number 2 is a. Listen: What did the man tell her to do first? +Repeat: He told her to insert the money first. + +Number 3 is b. Listen: Which knob did the man tell her to pull? +Repeat: He told her to pull the selection knob. + +Number 4 is a. Listen: What must the woman do? +Repeat: She must use exact change. + +Number 5 is c. Listen: Does the machine give change? +Repeat: No, it doesn't. + +**AUDIO TRACK 18** + +(12) Look at Figure 7. Listen to another conversation. +(read at normal speed) +(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Excuse me. I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. Is it out of order or out of diet drink? +voice 2: I don't think it's out of order. I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck. +voice 1: What should I do? +voice 2: Push the coin release. You'll get your money back or you can make another selection. + +(13) Listen to the conversation again. (read at normal speed) + +voice 1: Excuse me. I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. Is it out of order or out of diet drink? +voice 2: I don't think it's out of order. I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck. +voice 1: What should I do? +voice 2: Push the coin release. You'll get your money back or you can make another selection. + +(14) Now listen to the questions. Select the best answer, a, b, or c. +(pause 6 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What did the man want from the vending machine? + +Number 2: What did the woman think about the machine? + +Number 3: What did she tell him to do? + +(15) Check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is c. Listen: What kind of drink did the man want? +Repeat: He wanted a diet drink. + +Number 2 is c. Listen: What did the woman think about the machine? +Repeat: She thought the coins were stuck. + +Number 3 is c. Listen: What did she tell him to do? +Repeat: She told him to push the coin release. + +**AUDIO TRACK 19** + +(16) Look at Figure 8. Listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +Ned wanted some coffee. He went to his favorite vending machine. This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. "No coffee! I can't go out and get coffee right now because I can't be out of my office at this time. I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine." He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly, coffee with cream and sugar. They didn't work. Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "out of order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. + +(17) Listen to the paragraph again and answer the questions. (read at normal speed) + +Ned wanted some coffee. He went to his favorite vending machine. This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. "No coffee! I can't go out and get coffee right now because I can't be out of my office at this time. I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine." He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly, coffee with cream and sugar. They didn't work. Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "out of order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. + +--- + +(18) Now answer the questions. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Where did Ned go to get his coffee? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He went to his favorite vending machine. + +Number 2: Why was that his favorite vending machine? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Because it always worked / and was never out of coffee. + +Number 3: Why can't he go out and get coffee? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Because he can't be out of his office at this time. + +Number 4: What did Ned write on a piece of paper? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He wrote "out of order" on it. + +Number 5: What did he do with the paper? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He stuck it to the vending machine. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 10.** + +--- USER NOTES --- + + + + +## Lesson 1B + +### Figure 2 + +1. When you insert a coin in the slot, you stick it in. +2. There isn't any more candy, the machine is out of it. +3. The machine is operating well. It is working. +4. That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. It has no diet drinks. +5. Marge can't go today. She can't go this time. + +### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 4. c | +| 2. b | 5. a | +| 3. a | 6. a | + +### Figure 6 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 4. a | +| 2. a | 5. c | +| 3. b | | + +### Figure 7 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 3. c | +| 2. c | | + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-1C.md b/sources/book-10/lla-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25406e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1C + +### Figure 1 + +| Listen to the dialog. | +|---| + +![A young man and woman talking in front of school lockers next to a hot drinks vending machine](images/page_021_001.jpg) + +**Peggy:** Do we have time for coffee **before** the bell rings? + +**Peter:** Yes, I think we have time for a cup **before** it rings. + +**Peggy:** Will you hold my books while I get it? + +**Peter:** Sure. I don't want any, but I'll wait **until** you get yours. + +**Peggy:** Will you wait with me while I drink it? + +**Peter:** Yes, we're early. I can wait **until** you finish it. + +
+ +### Figure 2 + +| Select a phrase to complete the sentence. | +|---| + +| after | before | until | when | while | +|---|---|---|---|---| + +*Example:* They ate at the restaurant **after** they saw the movie. +a. until they saw the movie. +b. after they saw the movie. + +1. a. before I drank the soda + b. before I didn't drink the soda + +2. a. when we ate lunch + b. while we were eating lunch + +3. a. before he pulled the knob + b. until he pulled the knob + +4. a. until he drank the soda pop + b. after he drank the soda pop + +5. a. when the machine worked + b. until the machine started to work + +6. a. before the bell rang + b. when the bell rang + +7. a. until she pulled the knob + b. when she pulled the knob + +8. a. after they did their homework + b. until they did their homework + +
+ +### Figure 3 + +| Read the two sentences. Listen and say a new sentence. | +|---| + +*Example:* Were you next to the vending machine? +It fell. +(when) +Were you next to the vending machine when it fell? + +1. He ate a candy bar. + She drank a diet soda. + +2. You insert the coins. + You lift the door. + +3. The selection will drop. + You insert the money. + +4. Don't add the detergent. + You put the clothes in the washing machine. + +5. Bill was in the shower. + The telephone rang. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| Repeat the words. Listen to a paragraph and write the connective word. | +|---| + +| after (that) | finally | (at) first | (at) last | +|---|---|---|---| +| lastly | next | second | then | + +*Example:* a. first +b. then +c. next +d. finally + +1. a. ____________________ + b. ____________________ + c. ____________________ + d. ____________________ + e. ____________________ + f. ____________________ + g. ____________________ + +2. a. ____________________ + b. ____________________ + c. ____________________ + d. ____________________ + e. ____________________ + f. ____________________ + g. ____________________ + +
+ +### Figure 5 + +| Listen to the dialog. Repeat the dialog. | +|---| + +![Hank asking Pete how to use a soft drinks vending machine](images/page_024_001.jpg) + +**Hank:** Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine? + +**Pete:** Sure. Put the money in the slot. Make your selection and pull the knob. + +**Hank:** Do I get the soda then? + +**Pete:** Yes. It will drop right here. Lift this door and get your drink. + +**Hank:** Thanks for your help. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +| Listen to the dialog. Read Eric. | +|---| + +![Eric asking Adam how to use a postal stamp machine](images/page_024_002.jpg) + +**Eric:** Will you please show me how this machine works? I need some stamps. + +**Adam:** Of course. Put your money in this slot. Push this button and pull the stamps out right here. + +**Eric:** Will the machine give me change? + +**Adam:** Yes, it will. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +| Listen to the dialog. Answer the questions. | +|---| + +#### Dialog 1 + +**Brad:** I want a candy bar, Carl. Do you know how to work this vending machine? + +**Carl:** Yes, Brad. Insert your coins here, make your selection and then push that button. Be sure the coins drop before you push the button. + +**Brad:** I was doing it wrong. I pushed the button before the coins dropped. + +#### Dialog 2 + +**Dave:** Fred, how do you operate this machine? I put some money in it, but nothing came out. + +**Fred:** Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave. Pull a different knob. + +**Dave:** I pulled them all and nothing happens. + +**Fred:** Well, maybe the coins are stuck. Push the coin release. + +**Dave:** I did that, too. + +**Fred:** Then it's out of order. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +| Read the sentence parts. Listen and complete the sentences. | +|---| + +______ a. stamps out here. + +______ b. pull the knob. + +______ c. try to push the coin return. + +______ d. how to use this machine? + +______ e. before you push the button. + +______ f. you lift this door and get it. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialog. (read at normal speed) +(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Do we have time for coffee before the bell rings? +voice 2: Yes, I think we have time for a cup before it rings. +voice 1: Will you hold my books while I get it? +voice 2: Sure. I don't want any, but I'll wait until you get yours. +voice 1: Will you wait with me while I drink it? +voice 2: Yes, we're early. I can wait until you finish it. + +(3) Now repeat the dialog. (pause at slashes for repetition) +voice 1: Do we have time for coffee / before the bell rings? +voice 2: Yes, I think we have time for a cup / before it rings. +voice 1: Will you hold my books while I get it? +voice 2: Sure. I don't want any, / but I'll wait until you get yours. +voice 1: Will you wait with me while I drink it? +voice 2: Yes, we're early. / I can wait until you finish it. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Look at the example in Figure 2. Listen to part of a sentence. Then select one of the phrases in your book and complete the sentence. Listen. They ate at the restaurant... (pause 8 sec) Circle b. +Repeat: They ate at the restaurant after they saw the movie. + +Number 1: I was very thirsty.... + +Number 2: Fran was talking to us.... + +Number 3: He inserted the coins.... + +Number 4: Ted ate the chips.... + +Number 5: I inserted coins.... + +Number 6: Bill drank coffee.... + +Number 7: Her selection dropped.... + +Number 8: They went to a movie.... + +(5) Let's check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a. Repeat: I was very thirsty before I drank the soda. + +Number 2 is b. Repeat: Fran was talking to us while we were eating lunch. + +Number 3 is a. Repeat: He inserted the coins before he pulled the knob. + +Number 4 is b. Repeat: Ted ate the chips after he drank the soda pop. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: I inserted coins / until the machine started to work. + +Number 6 is a. Repeat: Bill drank coffee before the bell rang. + +Number 7 is b. Repeat: Her selection dropped when she pulled the knob. + +Number 8 is a. Repeat: They went to a movie after they did their homework. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(6) Look at the example in Figure 3. Read the two sentences. (pause 8 sec) Now listen to a word and say the new sentence. when (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Were you next to the vending machine when it fell? (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: while (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: He ate a candy bar / while she drank a diet soda. + +Number 2: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: before (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: You insert the coins / before you lift the door. + +Number 3: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: after (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: The selection will drop / after you insert the money. + +Number 4: Read. (pause 8 sec) Listen: until (pause 8 sec) +Repeat: Don't add the detergent / until you put the clothes in the washing machine. + +Number 5: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: when (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Bill was in the shower / when the telephone rang. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(7) Now look at Figure 4. Repeat the words in the box. + +after...after that +finally +first +last...at last +lastly +next +second +then + +(8) These are connective words. Listen to the example. Listen for the connective words in the paragraph. + +Nell wanted some coffee. First, she stuck a coin in the slot. Then she made her selection and pulled the knob. Next, she lifted the door and got her cup of coffee. Finally, she enjoyed her cup of hot coffee. + +(9) Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. You will hear the paragraph two times. Listen and write the connective words. + +Gina wanted to get a Rola-Cola from a vending machine. First, she inserted the coins in the slot. Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the Rola-Cola didn't drop. Next, she pushed the coin return three times. Finally, the Rola-Cola dropped, but another can of soda fell, too. At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. She gave him the other soda. After that, Gina went to class. + +(10) Listen to paragraph number 1 again. + +Gina wanted to get a Rola-Cola from a vending machine. First, she inserted the coins in the slot. Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the Rola-Cola didn't drop. Next, she pushed the coin return three times. Finally, the Rola-Cola dropped, but another can of soda fell, too. At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. She gave him the other soda. After that, Gina went to class. + +(11) Let's check your answers. + +Letter a is first. +Letter b is second. +Letter c is next. +Letter d is finally. +Letter e is at first. +Letter f is then. +Letter g is after that. + +(12) Listen to paragraph number 2 and write the connecting words. + +Bill had to wash his clothes. First, he found an empty washing machine. Then, he put in his clothes. Next, he put in the detergent. Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. After that, he just waited. Finally, the machine stopped. At last he had some clean clothes! + +(13) Listen to paragraph number 2 again. + +Bill had to wash his clothes. First, he found an empty washing machine. Then, he put in his clothes. Next, he put in the detergent. Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. After that, he just waited. Finally, the machine stopped. At last he had some clean clothes! + +(14) Let's check your answers. + +Letter a is first. +Letter b is then. +Letter c is next. +Letter d is last. +Letter e is after that. +Letter f is finally. +Letter g is at last. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(15) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the dialog. +(2 voices: male) + +voice 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine? +voice 2: Sure. Put the money in the slot. Make your selection and pull the knob. +voice 1: Do I get the soda then? +voice 2: Yes. It will drop right here. Lift this door and get your drink. +voice 1: Thanks for your help. + +(16) Listen to the dialog again and repeat. (pause for repetition) +voice 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine? +voice 2: Sure. Put the money in the slot. / Make your selection and pull the knob. +voice 1: Do I get the soda then? +voice 2: Yes. It will drop right here. / Lift this door and get your drink. +voice 1: Thanks for your help. + +(17) Look at Figure 5 again. Someone will be Hank and you be Pete. +Ready? (pause after voice 1 for student to read voice 2) +voice 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine? +(Sure. Put the money in the slot. Make your selection and pull the knob) +voice 1: Do I get the soda then? +(Yes. It will drop right here. Lift this door and get your drink) +voice 1: Thanks for your help. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(18) Now look at Figure 6. Listen to another dialog. +voice 1: Will you please show me how this machine works? I need some stamps. +voice 2: Of course. Put your money in this slot. Push this button and pull the stamps out right here. +voice 1: Will the machine give me change? +voice 2: Yes, it will. + +(19) Listen again and repeat. +voice 1: Will you please show me how this machine works? / I need some stamps. +voice 2: Of course. Just put your money in this slot. / Push this button / and pull the stamps out right here. +voice 1: Will the machine give me change? +voice 2: Yes, it will. + +(20) Now look at Figure 6 again. You read Eric's lines. You begin. +(pause for student to read voice 1 before reading voice 2) +(voice 1: Will you please show me how this machine works? I need some stamps.) +voice 2: Of course. Put your money in this slot. Push this button and pull the stamps out right here. +(voice 1: Will the machine give me change?) +voice 2: Yes, it will. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(21) Go to Figure 7. Listen to dialog number 1. Then answer the questions. +(two male voices) + +voice 1: I want a candy bar, Carl. Do you know how to work this vending machine? +voice 2: Yes, Brad. Insert your coins here, make your selection and then push that button. Be sure the coins drop before you push the button. +voice 1: I was doing it wrong. I pushed the button before the coins dropped. + +(22) Now answer these questions about dialog number 1. +(pause 6 sec after each question) +Number 1: What did Brad want to know? +Repeat: Brad wanted to know how to work the vending machine. + +Number 2: What did Brad do wrong? +Repeat: Brad pushed the button before the coins dropped. + +(23) Listen to dialog number 2. Then answer the questions. +(two male voices) + +voice 1: Fred, how do you operate this machine? I put some money in it, but nothing came out. +voice 2: Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave. Pull a different knob. +voice 1: I pulled them all and nothing happens. +voice 2: Well, maybe the coins are stuck. Push the coin release. +voice 1: I did that, too. +voice 2: Then it's out of order. + +(24) Answer these questions about dialog number 2. (pause 6 sec after each question) +Number 1: What did Dave ask Fred? +Repeat: He asked Fred how to operate the machine. + +Number 2: What did Fred tell Dave to do first? +Repeat: First, he told Dave to pull a different knob. + +Number 3: Then what did he tell Dave to do? +Repeat: Then he told Dave to push the coin release. + +Number 4: What was the matter with the machine? +Repeat: It was out of order. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(25) Look at Figure 8. Read the sentence parts. (pause 15 sec) +Now listen to the first part of a sentence. Use the part in your book and complete the sentence. (pause 6 sec after each item) +Number 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me.... +Number 2: Make your selection and.... +Number 3: The soda will drop and then.... +Number 4: Push this button and pull the.... +Number 5: Be sure the coins drop.... +Number 6: When the coins stick,.... + +(26) Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is d. Repeat: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine? +Number 2 is b. Repeat: Make your selection and pull the knob. +Number 3 is f. Repeat: The soda will drop here and you lift this door and get it. +Number 4 is a. Repeat: Push this button and pull the stamps out here. +Number 5 is e. Repeat: Be sure the coins drop before you push the button. +Number 6 is c. Repeat: When the coins are stuck try to push the coin return. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 10. + + + + +## Lesson 1C + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 5. b | +| 2. b | 6. a | +| 3. a | 7. b | +| 4. b | 8. a | + +### Figure 4 + +1. a. first + b. second + c. next + d. finally + e. at first + f. then + g. after that + +2. a. first + b. then + c. next + d. last + e. after that + f. finally + g. at last + +### Figure 8 + +| | | +|---|---| +| a. 4 | d. 1 | +| b. 2 | e. 5 | +| c. 6 | f. 3 | diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-1D.md b/sources/book-10/lla-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d19e0eb --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1D + +### Figure 1 + +| Look at the chart and repeat. | +|---| + +### BE SUPPOSED TO + +| Some Things You Have To Do | Some Things You Should Do | +|---|---| +| 1. Obey traffic laws. | 1. Be on time for dinner. | +| 2. Wear your uniform to class. | 2. Thank people when they help you. | +| 3. Be on time to class. | 3. Write to your family often. | + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Answer the question. | +|---| + +*Example:* +a. Yes, we're supposed to. +b. No, we're not supposed to. + +1. a. Yes, we're supposed to. + b. No, we're not supposed to. + +2. a. No, we're not supposed to. + b. Yes, we're supposed to. + +3. a. No, they're not supposed to. + b. Yes, they're supposed to. + +4. a. Yes, I'm supposed to. + b. No, I'm not supposed to. + +5. a. Yes, we're supposed to. + b. No, we're not supposed to. + +6. a. Yes, we're supposed to. + b. No, we're not supposed to. + +7. a. Yes, they're supposed to. + b. No, they're not supposed to. + +8. a. Yes, he's supposed to. + b. No, he's not supposed to. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +| Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building. | +|---| + +![A map of a town showing various streets such as Lemon St., Oak St., Long Road, Cherry St., Orange Dr., Center Road, Green Ave., Hwy 101, Hwy 102, and Sunshine Street, with labelled building locations marked by lettered circles (A through J). A compass rose indicates North, South, East, and West.](images/page_028_001.jpg) + +### KEY + +______ bank + +______ library + +______ vegetable place + +______ Sandy's house + +______ city park + +______ shoe shop + +______ drugstore + +______ travel agency + +______ blouse store + +______ restaurant + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| Write the words. | +|---| + +1. __________________________________ +2. __________________________________ +3. __________________________________ +4. __________________________________ +5. __________________________________ +6. __________________________________ +7. __________________________________ +8. __________________________________ +9. __________________________________ +10. __________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +| Listen to a paragraph. Complete the chart. | +|---| + +![An empty hierarchical organizational flowchart/diagram with multiple levels of blank rectangular boxes connected by lines](images/page_029_001.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +| Listen to a paragraph. Complete the chart. | +|---| + +![An empty hierarchical organizational flowchart/diagram with multiple branching sub-levels of blank rectangular boxes connected by lines](images/page_030_001.jpg) + +--- + + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1D + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D. +(pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the chart and repeat. (pause at slashes for repetition) +Some things you have to do: + +Number 1: Repeat: You have to obey traffic laws. / You're supposed to obey traffic laws. + +Number 2: Repeat: You have to wear your uniform to class. / You're supposed to wear your uniform to class. + +Number 3: Repeat: You have to be on time to class. / You're supposed to be on time to class. + +(3) Now look at some things you should do: +Number 1: Repeat: You should be on time for dinner. / You're supposed to be on time for dinner. + +Number 2: Repeat: You should thank people when they help you. / You're supposed to thank people when they help you. + +Number 3: Repeat: You should write to your family often. / You're supposed to write to your family often. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(4) Look at the example in Figure 2. Listen to a question. Circle the letter next to the best answer. Listen: Should we drive carefully when we drive on ice? (pause 3 sec) Yes, we're supposed to. Repeat: We're supposed to drive carefully when we drive on ice. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Should we do our homework every day? + +Number 2: Must you smoke in the classroom? + +Number 3: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? + +Number 4: Must you study before a test? + +Number 5: Should we exercise before we warm up? + +Number 6: Must you salute when you're not in uniform? + +Number 7: Should they go out on week nights? + +Number 8: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? + +(5) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) +Number 1 is a. Listen: Should we do our homework every day? Yes, we're supposed to. Repeat: We're supposed to do our homework every day. + +Number 2 is a. Listen: Must you smoke in the classroom? No, we're not supposed to. Repeat: We're not supposed to smoke in the classroom. + +Number 3 is b. Listen: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? Yes, they're supposed to. Repeat: The coins are supposed to drop before you pull the knob. + +Number 4 is a. Listen: Must you study before a test? Yes, I'm supposed to. Repeat: I'm supposed to study before a test. + +Number 5 is b. Listen: Should we exercise before we warm up? No, we're not supposed to. Repeat: We're not supposed to exercise before we warm up. + +Number 6 is b. Listen: Must you salute when you're not in uniform? No, we're not supposed to. Repeat: We're not supposed to salute when we're not in uniform. + +Number 7 is b. Listen: Should they go out on week nights? No, they're not supposed to. Repeat: They're not supposed to go out on week nights. + +Number 8 is a. Listen: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? Yes, he's supposed to. Repeat: He's supposed to put American coins / in American vending machines. Coins from other countries won't work. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the directions. Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building. Listen. +(pause as marked) + +Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. Helen didn't know the town very well. Madge had to give her directions. "We can meet at the drugstore after class. It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." (pause 6 sec) Put A by drugstore in the key. Let's continue. + +--- + +"Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for two blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch. (pause 4 sec) After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency. (pause 4 sec) I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. You can meet me there. It's the 2nd house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive. (pause 4 sec) Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house. (pause 4 sec) I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards. (pause 4 sec) We can go together to the bank. It's a block north and west. (pause 4 sec) Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner. (pause 4 sec) Then we can keep going south for two blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. The library is on our right and we can return our books. (pause 4 sec) When we go home, we'll walk east. We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." (pause 4 sec) + +(7) Listen to the directions again. (read at normal speed) + +Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. Helen didn't know the town very well. Madge had to give her directions. "We can meet at the drugstore after class. It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102. Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for two blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch. After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency. I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. You can meet me there. It's the 2nd house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive. Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house. I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards. We can go together to the bank. It's a block north and west. Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner. Then we can keep going south for two blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. The library is on our right and we can return our books. When we go home, we'll walk east. We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." + +(8) Let's check your answers. + +A is the drugstore. + +B is the travel agency. + +C is the restaurant. + +D is Sandy's house. + +E is the blouse store. + +F is the city park. + +G is the bank. + +H is the shoe shop. + +I is the library. + +J is the vegetable place. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(9) Look at Figure 4. Listen to some words. Write them in Figure 4. (pause 8 sec after each item) + +Number 1: apologize...apologize + +Number 2: realize...realize + +Number 3: forgive...forgive + +Number 4: pleased...pleased + +Number 5: really...really + +Number 6: blanket...blanket + +Number 7: laundry...laundry + +Number 8: closet...closet + +Number 9: feelings...feelings + +Number 10: pillow...pillow + +(10) Let's check your work. + +Number 1: apologize, a-p-o-l-o-g-i-z-e, apologize + +Number 2: realize, r-e-a-l-i-z-e, realize + +Number 3: forgive, f-o-r-g-i-v-e, forgive + +Number 4: pleased, p-l-e-a-s-e-d, pleased + +Number 5: really, r-e-a-l-l-y, really + +Number 6: blanket, b-l-a-n-k-e-t, blanket + +Number 7: laundry, l-a-u-n-d-r-y, laundry + +Number 8: closet, c-l-o-s-e-t, closet + +Number 9: feelings, f-e-e-l-i-n-g-s, feelings + +Number 10: pillow, p-i-l-l-o-w, pillow + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(11) Look at Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph. You will hear it two times. Listen. (read at normal speed) + +Coins operate many kinds of machines. We call these machines vending machines. One kind of vending machine sells food. They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. Another kind sells drinks. They sell sodas, juices, coffee and tea. A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes and wash our cars. Vending machines are very useful machines. + +(12) Listen again and complete the chart. (pause as marked for student to complete outline) + +Coins operate many kinds of machines. We call these machines vending machines. (pause 10 sec) One kind of vending machine sells food. (pause 5 sec) They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. (pause 15 sec) Another kind sells drinks. (pause 5 sec) They sell sodas, juices, coffee and tea. (pause 15 sec) A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. (pause 5 sec) These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes and wash our cars. (pause 15 sec) Vending machines are very useful machines. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(13) Look at Figure 6 and listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +People like to eat snacks between meals. People eat all kinds of food for snacks. Some people eat big snacks. They're small meals. They may eat a sandwich or a hamburger and call it a snack. Other people like small snacks. A candy bar, some nuts or some chips will be fine for them. Some people just want a drink. They'll have some coffee or juice or a soda. Then they don't get hungry until the next meal. + +(14) Listen again and complete the chart. (read slightly slower; pause 6 sec after completing) + +People like to eat snacks between meals. People eat all kinds of food for snacks. Some people eat big snacks. (pause 5 sec) They're small meals. They may eat a sandwich or a hamburger and call it a snack. (pause 15 sec) Other people like small snacks. (pause 5 sec) A candy bar, some nuts or some chips will be fine for them. (pause 15 sec) Some people just want a drink. (pause 5 sec) They'll have some coffee or juice or a soda. (pause 15 sec) Then they don't get hungry until the next meal. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 10.** + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +## Lesson 1D + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 5. b | +| 2. a | 6. b | +| 3. b | 7. b | +| 4. a | 8. a | + +### Figure 3 + +G bank +I library +J vegetable place +D Sandy's house +F city park +H shoe shop +A drugstore +B travel agency +E blouse store +C restaurant + +### Figure 4 + +1. apologize +2. realize +3. forgive +4. pleased +5. really +6. blanket +7. laundry +8. closet +9. feelings +10. pillow + +### Figure 5 + +![A category hierarchy diagram for vending machines showing subcategories for eat (sandwiches, chips, candy), drink (sodas, juices, coffee, tea), and work (wash clothes, dry clothes, wash cars)](images/page_210_001.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +![A diagram mapping snacks into categories: big (sandwich, hamburger), small (candy, nuts, chips), and drinks (coffee, juices, soda)](images/page_211_001.jpg) + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-2A.md b/sources/book-10/lla-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4962d37 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2A + +### Figure 1 + +> Listen to a paragraph. Circle the letter of the topic and the main idea. + +#### Topic +1. a. vending machines + b. more change + c. a candy bar + +#### Main Idea +1. a. Jan wanted a candy bar. + b. Machines don't always work. + c. Jan shook the machine. + +--- + +#### Topic +2. a. giving money back + b. feeling good + c. money and friendship + +#### Main Idea +2. a. Don't lend money to friends. + b. Don't ask friends for advice. + c. Friends don't pay back money. + +--- + +#### Topic +3. a. Nell's bank + b. Nell's work + c. Nell's help + +#### Main Idea +3. a. Nell's bank cashes checks. + b. Nell opens and closes accounts. + c. Nell likes to work in the bank. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> Repeat a sentence. Repeat a word and underline it. + +![A busy multi-level shopping mall with various storefronts including Dan's Shoes, New Age Bookstore, Karr's Cafeteria, TV's Are Us, Kid's Room, World Travel, Eyeglass Shop, For Men Clothing, Sam Drug, Gene's Variety Store, Leads Department Store, Home Department, and Starr Shoe Store](images/page_032_001.jpg) + +*Example: (cafeteria)* Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria. + +1. A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it. + +2. Ruth decided to shop at the mall. + +3. She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall. + +4. First she went to a book shop in the mall. + +5. Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress. + +6. She went to a department store. It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house. + +7. The variety store also sells different things, but they are smaller and cheaper things. + +8. Ruth received her packages from the cashier. The cashier gave them to her. + +9. She went downstairs to the first floor. + +10. Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> Select the answer. + +1. a. to the mall + b. to the parking lot + c. to her car + +2. a. in a garage + b. on the street + c. in the parking lot + +3. a. the variety store + b. the clothing store + c. the book shop + +4. a. the variety store + b. the clothing store + c. the drug store + +5. a. maybe + b. yes + c. no + +6. a. maybe + b. yes + c. no + +7. a. She received them. + b. She bought them. + c. She shopped for them. + +8. a. park at the mall + b. go shopping + c. the mall + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> Circle the number of the strong syllable. + +*Example:* 1 (2) 3 4 5 6 + +1. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +2. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +3. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +4. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +5. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +6. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +7. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +8. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +9. 1 2 3 4 5 6 +10. 1 2 3 4 5 6 + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> Answer questions about the dialog. + +**Frank:** Did you go shopping at the mall today? + +**Doris:** I sure did. It was very crowded. At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot. Finally I found one. + +**Frank:** Where did you shop? + +**Doris:** I shopped at the department store. I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up. While I as there, I bought some other things. + +**Frank:** Did you go to any other stores? + +**Doris:** Yes. I went to the book shop. I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it. + +**Frank:** Did you have lunch at the cafeteria? + +**Doris:** Yes, I did. It was delicious. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> Listen to a paragraph. Write the topic and the main idea. + +#### Topic +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +#### Main Idea +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +#### Topic +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +#### Main Idea +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a paragraph. First, circle the letter of the topic of the paragraph. Then circle the letter of the main idea. Listen. (read paragraphs at normal speed) + +Number 1: + +Jan was hungry. She wanted a candy bar. She finally found a vending machine. It took her money, but it didn't give her any candy or her money back. She shook the machine. She was angry. She didn't have any more change. It always happens. Machines don't always work when you need them. + +(3) Select the topic. (pause 5 sec) The answer is a. The topic of the paragraph is: vending machines. Now select the main idea. (pause 5 sec) The answer is b. The main idea is: Machines don't always work. + +Number 2: + +When you lend a friend money, you sometimes hurt your friendship. When a friend asks to borrow some money, you should tell him you can't lend it to him. That's my advice. Why? Because you won't feel good around him until he gives you back the money. It may be difficult, but it's better not to lend money to a friend. + +(4) Select the topic. (pause 5 sec) The answer is c. The topic of the paragraph is: money and friendship. Now select the main idea. (pause 5 sec) The answer is a. The main idea is: Don't lend money to friends. + +Number 3: + +Nell works in a bank. She opens and closes accounts for people every day. She gives them the checkbooks for their checking accounts. She cashes checks, takes deposits, and helps people make deposits to or withdrawals from their savings accounts. Bank work isn't easy, but Nell likes it very much. + +(5) Select the topic in number 3. (pause 5 sec) The answer is b. The topic is: Nell's work. Now select the main idea. (pause 5 sec) The answer is c. The main idea is: Nell likes to work in the bank. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(6) Go to Figure 2. Look at the example. Listen and repeat the word: cafeteria (pause) Listen to the sentence and repeat it. Then repeat the word and underline it when you hear it. Now repeat: Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria. (pause) Repeat and underline: cafeteria (pause) + +(7) Now listen, repeat and underline. (pause for repetition; pause 3 sec for underlining) + +Number 1: Repeat: mall...shopping center +A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it. (pause) Repeat and underline: mall...shopping center + +Number 2: Repeat: decided to...shop +Ruth decided to shop at the mall. (pause) Repeat and underline: decided to...shop + +Number 3: Repeat: parking lot +She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall. Repeat and underline: parking lot + +Number 4: Repeat: shop +First she went to a book shop in the mall. Repeat and underline: shop + +Number 5: Repeat: upstairs...clothing store +Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress. Repeat and underline: upstairs...clothing store + +Number 6: Repeat: department store +She went to a department store. It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house. Repeat and underline: department store + +Number 7: Repeat: variety store +The variety store also sells different things, / but they are smaller and cheaper things. Repeat and underline: variety store + +Number 8: Repeat: received +Ruth received her packages from the cashier. / The cashier gave them to her. Repeat and underline: received + +Number 9: Repeat: downstairs +She went downstairs to the first floor. Repeat and underline: downstairs + +Number 10: Repeat: go shopping +Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon. Repeat and underline: go shopping + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a question. Select the answer. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where did Ruth go? (pause 4 sec) The answer is a. Repeat: Ruth went to the mall. + +Number 2: Where did she park her car? (pause 4 sec) The answer is c. Repeat: She parked her car in the parking lot. + +Number 3: Which store did she go to first? (pause 4 sec) The answer is c. Repeat: She went to the book shop first. + +Number 4: Where did Ruth buy a dress? (pause 4 sec) The answer is b. She bought a dress at the clothing store. + +Number 5: Can one buy a dress at a department store? (pause 4 sec) The answer is b. Repeat: Yes, a department store sells dresses. + +Number 6: Can one buy a refrigerator at a variety store? (pause 4 sec) The answer is c. Repeat: No, a variety store doesn't sell refrigerators. + +Number 7: How do you say, "She got her packages." (pause 4 sec) The answer is a. Repeat: She received them. + +Number 8: What does Ruth like to do? (pause 4 sec) The answer is b. Repeat: Ruth likes to go shopping. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(9) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the words and circle the number of the strong syllable. The strong syllable is called a stressed syllable. Listen to the example: a POL o gize, a POL o gize. The second syllable is stressed. Circle the number 2. + +(10) Now listen and circle. (stress capitalized syllables; pause 3 sec after each item) + +Number 1: BI cy cle BI cy cle + +Number 2: com PLETE com PLETE + +Number 3: AU to mo bile AU to mo bile + +Number 4: DIF fer ent DIF fer ent + +Number 5: in for MA tion in for MA tion + +Number 6: in SUR ance in SUR ance + +Number 7: im ME di ate ly im ME di ate ly + +Number 8: SIG na ture SIG na ture + +Number 9: gym NA si um gym NA si um + +Number 10: i den ti fi CA tion i den ti fi CA tion + +(11) Check your work. (stress underlined syllables) + +Number 1 is 1, bicycle. + +Number 2 is 2, complete. + +Number 3 is 1, automobile. + +Number 4 is 1, different. + +Number 5 is 3, information. + +Number 6 is 2, insurance. + +Number 7 is 2, immediately. + +Number 8 is 1, signature. + +Number 9 is 2, gymnasium. + +Number 10 is 5, identification. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(12) Go to Figure 5. Now listen to a dialog. +(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Did you go shopping at the mall today? +voice 2: I sure did. It was very crowded. At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot. Finally I found one. +voice 1: Where did you shop? +voice 2: I shopped at the department store. I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up. While I was there, I bought some other things. +voice 1: Did you go to any other stores? +voice 2: Yes. I went to the book shop. I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it. +voice 1: Did you have lunch at the cafeteria? +voice 2: Yes, I did. It was delicious. + +(13) Answer these questions about the dialog. (pause as marked after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Where did the woman go shopping? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The woman went shopping at the mall. + +Number 2: Where did she park? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: She parked in the parking lot. + +Number 3: Where did the woman shop and buy things? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: She shopped and bought things at the department store. + +Number 4: What other store did she go to? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: She went to the book shop. + +Number 5: Where did she eat lunch? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: She ate lunch at the cafeteria. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(14) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph. First write the topic. Then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. Listen. (read at normal speed) + +Paragraph 1: +Apartment managers have a difficult job. They make appointments, show the people the empty apartments and take deposits on the rent. They also have to talk to people when things in the apartments break or don't work. Many times they have to work longer than eight hours a day. It's not an easy job. + +(15) Write the topic. (pause 10 sec) The topic is: apartment managers. +Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea is: Apartment managers have difficult jobs. + +(16) Listen to the second paragraph. +Jane likes animals. She has two dogs, a cat and a bird. She keeps her cat and bird in the house. She has a yard with a fence and her dogs stay outside in the yard. She is good to her animals and she likes to play with them. + +(17) Write the topic. (pause 10 sec) The topic is: Jane's animals. +Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea is: Jane likes animals. + +(18) You may write the topic and main idea in different words but the ideas should be the same. Discuss your topic and main ideas with your teacher after lab. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 10.** + + + + +### Lesson 2A + +### Figure 1 + +**Topic** +1. a + +**Main Idea** +1. b + +**Topic** +2. c + +**Main Idea** +2. a + +**Topic** +3. b + +**Main Idea** +3. c + +### Figure 2 + +1. A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it. +2. Ruth decided to shop at the mall. +3. She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall. +4. First she went to a book shop in the mall. +5. Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress. +6. She went to a department store. It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house. +7. The variety store also sells different things, but they are smaller and cheaper things. +8. Ruth received her packages from the cashier. The cashier gave them to her. +9. She went downstairs to the first floor. +10. Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon. + +### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 5. b | +| 2. c | 6. c | +| 3. c | 7. a | +| 4. b | 8. b | + +### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. 1 | 6. 2 | +| 2. 2 | 7. 2 | +| 3. 1 | 8. 1 | +| 4. 1 | 9. 2 | +| 5. 3 | 10. 5 | + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Topic** +1. apartment managers + +**Main Idea** +1. Apartment managers have difficult jobs. + +**Topic** +2. Jane's animals + +**Main Idea** +2. Jane likes animals. + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-2B.md b/sources/book-10/lla-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5de4d9e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2B + +### Figure 1 + +> Listen to a story. Repeat the word and the sentence. Underline the word as you say it. + +*Example: (supper)* Another name for dinner is supper. + +1. Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. +![#1 Joan walking with her mother at a busy shopping center near a dress shop](images/page_035_001.jpg) + +2. Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. +![#2 Joan's mother riding an escalator up to the second floor while Joan stays at the bottom](images/page_035_002.jpg) + +3. Joan didn't see her mother leave; she was alone. +4. When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried. +![#3-#4 Joan standing alone near a pet store, looking lost and distressed](images/page_035_003.jpg) + +5. Everybody tried to help her. +![#5 A man and a woman comforting and talking to a young girl who is crying](images/page_036_001.jpg) + +6. Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. +![#6 Joan's mother riding down the escalator to find her daughter](images/page_036_002.jpg) + +7. Everyone was glad to see her. +8. When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home. +![#7-#8 Joan crying and hugging her mother while bystanders watch relieved](images/page_036_003.jpg) + +9. The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. +10. Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. +![#9-#10 The mother smiling and thanking the bystanders while holding her daughter](images/page_036_004.jpg) + +--- + +11. After supper, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall. + +![A young woman waving and talking to a man standing near his house and driveway](images/page_037_001.jpg) + +*** + +### Figure 2 +**Write T for true or F for false.** + +1. ________ +2. ________ +3. ________ +4. ________ +5. ________ +6. ________ +7. ________ +8. ________ + +*** + +### Figure 3 +**Write and say the letters. Repeat the sentence.** + +1. ________________________ +2. ________________________ +3. ________________________ +4. ________________________ +5. ________________________ +6. ________________________ +7. ________________________ +8. ________________________ +9. ________________________ +10. ________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Listen to a sentence. Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence.** + +*Example:* (Sam **was glad**.) He **has** a new car. +Sam **was glad to have** a new car. + +1. She **has** a new coat. +2. He's **leaving** Texas. +3. She's **going** to the doctor's. +4. She **got** the message. +5. He **lost** his ID. + +*** + +### Figure 5 +**Answer the question.** + +*Example:* Is he **happy**? +yes, **go** home +Yes, he's **happy to go** home tomorrow. + +1. yes, **lose** her wallet +2. **cross** the highway +3. no, **move** out of town +4. yes, **swim** +5. no, **change** jobs + +*** + +### Figure 6 +**Use the words and ask a question.** + +*Example:* you / ready / eat +Are **you ready to eat**? + +1. you / ready / go +2. he / sad / leave +3. it / safe / play here +4. you / afraid / swim +5. they / ready / eat +6. why / she / happy / leave + +--- + +### Figure 7 +**Dictation exercise.** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2B + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B. +(pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at the pictures in Figure 1. Listen to a story. + +Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. Joan didn't see her mother leave; she was alone. When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried. Everybody tried to help her. Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. Everyone was glad to see her. When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home. The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. After supper, she told her neighbor about her day in the mall. + +(3) Now look at the example in Figure 1. Listen and repeat the word and sentence. Repeat: supper (pause for repetition) Another name for dinner is supper. (pause for repetition) Now underline the word while you say it. supper (pause for repetition) + +(4) Now listen, repeat, and underline. (pause for repetition; pause 3 sec after the last word) + +Number 1: Repeat: shopping center +Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. +Repeat and underline: shopping center + +Number 2: Repeat: up...stairs...floor +Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. +Repeat and underline: up...stairs...floor + +Number 3: Repeat: alone +Joan didn't see her mother leave; / she was all alone. +Repeat and underline: alone + +Number 4: Repeat: afraid +When she realized that, / she was afraid and she cried. +Repeat and underline: afraid + +Number 5: Repeat: everybody +Everybody tried to help her. +Repeat and underline: everybody + +Number 6: Repeat: down...escalator +Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. +Repeat and underline: down...escalator + +Number 7: Repeat: everyone +Everyone was glad to see her. +Repeat and underline: everyone + +Number 8: Repeat: ready +When Joan saw her mother, / she was ready to go home. +Repeat and underline: ready + +Number 9: Repeat: politely +The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. +Repeat and underline: politely + +Number 10: Repeat: decided +Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. +Repeat and underline: decided + +Number 11: Repeat: supper...neighbor +After supper, / Joan told her neighbor / about her day at the mall. +Repeat and underline: neighbor + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to some sentences. Write T for true or F for false. (pause 3 sec after each statement) + +Number 1: Joan and her mother went to a shopping center. + +Number 2: Joan and her mother went on the escalator to the second floor. + +Number 3: Joan wasn't afraid to be alone. + +Number 4: Everybody tried to help Joan. + +Number 5: Joan's mother came down on the escalator. + +Number 6: Joan didn't want to go home and eat. + +Number 7: Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. + +Number 8: Joan didn't want to talk about her day at the mall. + +--- + +(6) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is true. Repeat: Joan and her mother went to a shopping center. + +Number 2 is false. Joan and her mother didn't go to the second floor on the escalator. Repeat: Joan's mother went up the stairs to the second floor. + +Number 3 is false. Repeat: Joan was afraid to be alone. + +Number 4 is true. Repeat: Everybody tried to help Joan. + +Number 5 is true. Repeat: Joan's mother came down on the escalator. + +Number 6 is false. Repeat: Joan was ready to go home. + +Number 7 is true. Repeat: Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. + +Number 8 is false. Joan did talk about her day at the mall. +Repeat: After dinner, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(7) Now look at Figure 3. First listen to a word. Then write and say the letters while they are spelled. Then listen and repeat the sentence. (pause 4 sec after each item) + +Number 1: shopping center, s-h-o-p-p-i-n-g, shopping; +c-e-n-t-e-r, center +Repeat: There are many different stores in a shopping center. + +Number 2: upstairs, u-p-s-t-a-i-r-s, upstairs +Repeat: An escalator will take you upstairs. + +Number 3: alone, a-l-o-n-e, alone +Repeat: All the students were gone. The teacher was alone. + +Number 4: afraid, a-f-r-a-i-d, afraid +Repeat: Some people are afraid of dogs. + +Number 5: everybody, e-v-e-r-y-b-o-d-y, everybody +Repeat: Everybody bought a ticket to the game. + +Number 6: supper, s-u-p-p-e-r, supper +Repeat: Supper is another word for dinner. + +Number 7: neighbor, n-e-i-g-h-b-o-r, neighbor +Repeat: A neighbor lives near you. + +Number 8: mall, m-a-l-l, mall +Repeat: Mall is another word for shopping center. + +Number 9: receive, r-e-c-e-i-v-e, receive +Repeat: Everyone likes to receive mail from home. + +Number 10: cafeteria, c-a-f-e-t-e-r-i-a, cafeteria +Repeat: The students eat in the cafeteria every day. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(8) Look at the example in Figure 4. Listen to the two sentences. Sam was glad. He has a new car. Now repeat the new sentence. Sam was glad to have a new car. (pause) Now listen to a sentence. Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence. (pause as marked and for repetition of new sentence) + +Number 1: Fran is pleased. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Fran is pleased to have a new coat. + +Number 2: Roger is sorry. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Roger is sorry to leave Texas. + +Number 3: Jane is afraid. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Jane is afraid to go to the doctor's. + +Number 4: Lil was happy. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Lil was happy to get the message. + +Number 5: Max was surprised. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Max was surprised to find his ID under the bed. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(9) Now look at the example in Figure 5. Listen to the question. Use the words and answer the question. Listen: Is he happy? (pause) +Repeat: Yes, he's happy to go home tomorrow. + +Listen. Then answer the question. (pause for student to answer the question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Was Jane afraid? +Repeat: Yes, she was afraid to lose her wallet. + +Number 2: What was he scared to do? +Repeat: He was scared to cross the highway. + +Number 3: Were they happy? +Repeat: No, they weren't happy to move out of town. + +Number 4: Is it dangerous here? +Repeat: Yes, it's dangerous to swim here. + +Number 5: Is John glad? +Repeat: No, he's not glad to change jobs. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(10) Now look at the example in Figure 6. Use the words and ask a question. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are you ready to eat? + +Number 1: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are you ready to go? + +Number 2: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is he sad to leave? + +Number 3: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is it safe to play here? + +Number 4: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are you afraid to swim? + +Number 5: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are they ready to eat? + +Number 6: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is she happy to leave? + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(11) Go to Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. Listen to a paragraph first. (read at normal speed) + +Do you know how to open an account at a bank? First select a bank near your home or office. Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. It's best to take your ID with you. The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. He'll also ask about your job. It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. Open both of them. + +(12) Now listen again and write the group of words you hear. +(pause 10 - 20 sec after each segment.) + +Do you know / how to open / an account at a bank? / First select a bank / near your home / or office. / Then go to the bank / and speak to / the bank clerk. / It's best to take / your ID with you. / The bank clerk will ask / for your name and address. / He'll also ask / about your job. / It's good to have / a savings account / and a checking account. / Open both of them. + +(13) Now listen again and check your sentences. +(Read slightly slower than normal) + +Do you know how to open an account at a bank? First select a bank near your home or office. Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. It's best to take your ID with you. The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. He'll also ask about your job. It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. Open both of them. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 10. + + + + +### Lesson 2B + +### Figure 1 + +1. Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. +2. Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. +3. Joan didn't see her mother leave; she was alone. +4. When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried. +5. Everybody tried to help her. +6. Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. +7. Everyone was glad to see her. +8. When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home. +9. The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. +10. Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. T | 5. T | +| 2. F | 6. F | +| 3. F | 7. T | +| 4. T | 8. F | + +### Figure 3 + +1. shopping center +2. upstairs +3. alone +4. afraid +5. everybody +6. supper +7. neighbor +8. mail +9. receive +10. cafeteria + +### Figure 7 + +Do you know how to open an account at a bank? First select a bank near your home or office. Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. It's best to take your ID with you. The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. He'll also ask about your job. It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. Open both of them. + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-2C.md b/sources/book-10/lla-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75e52bd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,555 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2C + +### Figure 1 +**Listen to the dialog. Select the answer.** + +1. a. a new car +b. some new books +c. some new clothes + +2. a. to the mall +b. to school +c. to the lab + +3. a. to the drugstore +b. to the parking lot +c. to the department store + +*** + +### Figure 2 +**Listen to the dialog. Select the answer.** + +1. a. in the north +b. in the west +c. in the morning + +2. a. 36 degrees +b. freezing +c. 10 degrees + +3. a. freezing +b. 36 degrees +c. 10 degrees + +*** + +### Figure 3 +**Listen to the dialog. Select the answer.** + +1. a. the ocean +b. the lake +c. the mountains + +2. a. walk +b. swim +c. drive + +3. a. a lake +b. the mountains +c. the ocean + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Look at the box. Repeat the sentences.** + +| John | leaves | tomorrow. | +|---|---|---| +| | **will leave** | | +| | **is going to leave** | | +| | **is leaving** | | + +1. The Smiths **shop** next week for their trip. +The Smiths **will shop** next week for their trip. + +2. They **leave** next month on their vacation. +They are **going to leave** next month on their vacation. + +3. They **pack** their suitcases tomorrow. +They are **packing** their suitcases tomorrow. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +| Listen to a story.
Change the words and complete the sentences. | +|---| + +![A world map overlay with a plane flying above and a central circle divided into sections showing world landmarks including the Giza Pyramids, the Colosseum, Big Ben, the Eiffel Tower, and the Parthenon](images/page_043_001.jpg) + +*Example:* The Smiths **will be** on vacation all of next month. +The Smiths **are** on vacation all of next month. + +The Smiths \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ on vacation all of next month. Their + +plane \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ in London tomorrow morning. The next week + +they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to Rome. They \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a week there. + +Then they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ on to Cairo. They \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +in Cairo for a week. After that they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ home. Then + +Jim and Jan Smith \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to work, and the children + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ back to school. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +| Listen to an introduction. | +|---| + +![A woman standing on the left gestures with her open hand toward a man on the right, introducing him to another woman standing in the middle](images/page_044_001.jpg) + +**Sally:** Mary, have you met Jack? + +**Mary:** No, I haven't. + +**Sally:** Let me introduce you. Mary, this is Jack Jones. Jack, this is Mary Barr. + +**Mary:** How do you do, Jack? + +**Jack:** It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +| Repeat the sentences. | +|---| + +1. **I'd like you to meet** my sister. +2. **Have you met** my friend Joe? +3. **Let me introduce you** to my wife. +4. **I want you to meet** my husband. +5. **This is** David Williams. +6. **It's a pleasure to meet** you. +7. **I'm happy to meet** you. +8. **How do you do?** + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +| Listen to a word.
Complete the sentence. | +|---| + +*Example:* (Lt Anders) +I'd like you to meet Lt Anders. + +1. I'd like you to meet \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +2. Have you met \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_? +3. Let me introduce you to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +4. I want you to meet my sister \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +5. This is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +6. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to meet you. +7. I'm \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to meet you. + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +| Look at the rules.
Make an introduction. | +|---| + +| RULES FOR INTRODUCTION | +|---| +| 1. men to women | +| 2. younger to older | +| 3. lower rank to higher rank | + +*Example:* (Mrs. Hall / Mr. Win) +I'd like you to meet my friend. +**Mrs. Hall**, this is **Mr. Win**. +(woman) (man) + +--- + +### Figure 10 + +| Listen to a dialog.
Take part in the conversation. | +|---| + +**LET'S HAVE A CONVERSATION!** + +**Student 1:** Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week. + +**Instructor:** I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class. + +**Student 2:** How do you do, sir? + +--- + +### Figure 11 + +| Ask and answer questions.
Repeat the question. | +|---| + +*Example:* hit with ball +Did you hit someone with the ball? +(no) +No, I didn't hit anyone. + +1. see at the party +2. hurt feelings +3. talk on the phone +4. lie at school +5. tell the story +6. tell the correct time + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2C. +(pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog. Then answer the questions. +Listen. + +(2 voices: female) + +voice 1: Let's go shopping, Mary. I need some new clothes. +voice 2: Okay, Peg. There's a nice dress shop in the mall. +voice 1: There is a good shoe store there, too. +voice 2: I'll help you shop. I don't need any clothes, but I do want to get some things at the department store. +voice 1: This will be fun. Let's go! + +(3) Now answer the questions. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What does Peg need? + +Number 2: Where are they going? + +Number 3: Where does Mary want to go? + +(4) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is c. Peg needs some new clothes. + +Number 2 is a. They are going to the mall. + +Number 3 is c. Mary wants to go to the department store. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the dialog and then select the answers to the questions. +(2 voices: male) + +voice 1: Br-r-r. It's cold! +voice 2: It sure is, but it's colder in the north. They had ice on their roads this morning. +voice 1: What was the temperature up north? +voice 2: It was 10 degrees. +voice 1: That's very cold. I guess I shouldn't say 36 degrees is cold. + +(6) Now answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where did they have ice on the roads? + +Number 2: What was the temperature in the north? + +Number 3: What is the temperature here? + +(7) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is a. They had ice on the roads in the north. + +Number 2 is c. The temperature in the north was 10 degrees. + +Number 3 is b. The temperature here is 36 degrees. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Now look at Figure 3. Listen. Then answer the questions. +(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Are you going to take a vacation this summer, Art? +voice 2: Yes, but I haven't decided on the place. +voice 1: I thought you were going to drive to the mountains. +voice 2: I'd like to. I want to go there because I like to take long walks in the mountains, but my family wants to go to the ocean. They like to swim. +voice 1: Maybe you can go to a lake. They can swim and you can walk. + +(9) Answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where does Art want to go? + +Number 2: What does his family like to do? + +Number 3: Where did his friend say they should go? + +(10) Let's check your work. + +Number 1 is c. Art wants to go to the mountains. + +Number 2 is b. His family likes to swim. + +Number 3 is a. His friend said they should go to a lake. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(11) Look at the box in Figure 4. Listen and repeat. + +John leaves tomorrow. + +John will leave tomorrow. + +John is going to leave tomorrow. + +John is leaving tomorrow. + +(12) All these sentences mean the same thing. Now listen and repeat the sentences. Look at the changes. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Repeat: The Smiths shop next week for their trip. / +The Smiths will shop next week for their trip. + +Number 2: Repeat: They leave next month on their vacation. / +They are going to leave next month on their vacation. + +Number 3: Repeat: They pack their suitcases tomorrow. / +They are packing their suitcases tomorrow. + +(13) Now look at the picture in Figure 5. Listen to a story about the Smiths and the trip they are going to take. + +The Smiths are on vacation all of next month. Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning. The next week they fly to Rome. They spend a week there. Then they go on to Cairo. They sightsee in Cairo for a week. After that they fly home. Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(14) Look at the example in Figure 5. Listen. The Smiths will be on vacation all of next month. Change the words "will be" to "are." Write the word "are" in the first blank. (pause 4 sec) Now listen to the story. Change the words and complete the sentences. (pause 5 sec after each sentence) + +Their plane will arrive in London tomorrow morning. + +The next week they will fly to Rome. + +They will spend a week there. + +Then they will go on to Cairo. + +They will sightsee in Cairo for a week. + +After that they will fly home. + +Then Jim and Jan Smith will return to work, and the children will go back to school. + +(15) Now let's check your answers. Repeat the right sentences. +(pause for repetition) + +Repeat: The Smiths are on vacation all of next month. + +Repeat: Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning. + +Repeat: The next week they fly to Rome. + +Repeat: They spend a week there. + +Repeat: Then they go on to Cairo. + +Repeat: They sightsee in Cairo for a week. + +Repeat: After that they fly home. + +Repeat: Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, / and the children go back to school. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(16) Now look at Figure 6. Listen to an introduction. Listen to the things people say when they meet for the first time. +(3 voices: voices 1 and 2, female; voice 3, male) + +voice 1: Mary, have you met Jack? +voice 2: No, I haven't. +voice 1: Let me introduce you. Mary, this is Jack Jones. Jack, this is Mary Barr. +voice 2: How do you do, Jack? +voice 3: It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(17) Now look at Figure 7. Repeat these sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: I'd like you to meet my sister. + +Number 2: Have you met my friend Joe? + +Number 3: Let me introduce you to my wife. + +Number 4: I want you to meet my husband. + +Number 5: This is David Williams. + +Number 6: It's a pleasure to meet you. + +Number 7: I'm happy to meet you. + +Number 8: How do you do? + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(18) Now look at the example in Figure 8. Listen to a word and complete the sentence. Don't write it; just say the complete sentence. + +(a different voice might give cues) + +Listen: Lt Anders (pause 4 sec) Repeat: I'd like you to meet Lt Anders. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +(19) Listen. Then complete the sentence. + +Number 1: Capt Carr (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet Captain Carr. + +Number 2: Jane Smith (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Have you met Jane Smith? + +Number 3: my mother (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Let me introduce you to my mother. + +Number 4: Rita (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I want you to meet my sister Rita. + +Number 5: Col Davis (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: This is Col Davis. + +Number 6: a pleasure (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's a pleasure to meet you. + +Number 7: glad (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I'm glad to meet you. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(20) Look at Figure 9. There are 3 main rules for introductions: + +First: Always introduce men to women. + +Second: Always introduce younger people to older people. + +And third: Always introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank. + +Look at the example in Figure 9. Look at the rules and make an introduction. Listen. Mrs. Hall and Mr. Win. (pause) I'd like you to meet my friend. Mrs. Hall, this is Mr. Win. (pause 6 sec) Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Mrs. Hall, this is Mr. Win. (pause for repetition) + +(21) Now listen carefully. Look at the rules and make an introduction. + +Number 1: Lt Ali and Col James (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Col James, this is Lt Ali. + +Number 2: Mary Wilson and John Hill (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Mary Wilson, this is John Hill. + +Number 3: Capt Black and Sgt Green (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Capt Black, this is Sgt Green. + +Number 4: Jack Brown and Jane Smith (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Jane Smith, this is Jack Brown. + +Number 5: Pvt White and Sgt Gray (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Sgt Gray, this is Pvt White. + +Number 6: Col Hall and Gen Davis (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Gen Davis, this is Col Hall. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(22) Look at Figure 10. Listen to a dialog. + +(3 voices: voices 1 & 3, female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week. +voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class. +voice 3: How do you do, sir? + +(23) Now you take part in the conversation. This time you be the instructor. Listen. (pause for student to read voice 2) + +voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week. + +(voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class.) + +voice 3: How do you do, sir? + +(24) Now be student number 1. Begin. (pause for student to read voice 1) + +(voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week.) + +voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class. + +voice 3: How do you do, sir? + +(25) Now be student number 2. Listen. (pause for student to read voice 3) + +voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week. + +voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class. + +(voice 3: How do you do, sir?) + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(26) Now go to Figure 11. Ask and answer questions with the words "someone" and "anyone." Let's do the example. Repeat the question: Did you hit someone with the ball? Listen: No. Repeat the answer: No, I didn't hit anyone. + +Number 1: Ask the question. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Did you see anyone at the party? + +Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't see anyone. + +Number 2: Ask the question. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did she hurt anyone's feelings? + +Listen: Yes. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: Yes, she hurt someone's feelings. + +Number 3: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you talk to someone on the phone? + +Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't talk to anyone on the phone. + +Number 4: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you lie to anyone at school? + +Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't lie to anyone at school. + +Number 5: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you tell someone the story? + +Listen: Yes. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: Yes, I told someone the story. + +Number 6: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you tell someone the correct time? + +Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't tell anyone. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 10.** + +--- + + + + + +### Lesson 2C + +### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 3. c | +| 2. a | | + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 3. b | +| 2. c | | + +### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 3. a | +| 2. b | | + +### Figure 5 + +The Smiths are on vacation all of next month. Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning. The next week they fly to Rome. They spend a week there. Then they go on to Cairo. They sightsee in Cairo for a week. After that they fly home. Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school. + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-2D.md b/sources/book-10/lla-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10877882 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2D + +### Figure 1 + +| Repeat the words.
Write the words. | +|---| + +| after (that) | finally | first | +|---|---|---| +| last | next | then | + +*Example:* +a. first +b. then +c. finally + +1. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + f. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Repeat the sentences. | +|---| + +![#1 A closed book resting on a wooden table](images/page_048_001.jpg) + +![#2 Storefronts showing signs for a Book Shop, Variety Store, Department Store, and Cafeteria](images/page_048_002.jpg) + +![#3 Entrance of a Cafeteria with people walking inside](images/page_048_003.jpg) + +![#4 A corner of a street with a Department Store sign and a street sign reading 10th St. and 27 Vine](images/page_048_004.jpg) + +![#5 A shopping center building labeled Sun Mall with cars parked in the parking lot in front](images/page_048_005.jpg) + +![#6 An armchair sitting on a patterned rug](images/page_048_006.jpg) + +![#7 A street scene in a city showing tall buildings, cars driving, and a sign for City Bank](images/page_048_007.jpg) + +![#8 A trolley or streetcar on tracks next to a car](images/page_048_008.jpg) + +![#9 A suburban brick house with a garage door and driveway](images/page_048_009.jpg) + +![#10 A wall with framed pictures including a large landscape painting of a sailboat at sunset and three smaller framed plant sketches below](images/page_048_010.jpg) + +![#11 A motel building next to a Jolly Restaurant](images/page_048_011.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Circle the word.** + +*Example:* in **(on)** by + +1. in | up | on +2. down | by | up +3. near | over | in front of +4. in back of | in front of | under +5. at | in | on +6. over | near | by +7. by | over | below +8. under | down | over +9. across from | near | down +10. near | above | in back of + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Answer the questions.** + +![#1 A book lying on top of a rectangular table](images/page_050_001.jpg) + +![#2 An exterior view of Sun Mall with a large parking lot in front](images/page_050_002.jpg) + +![#3 Roy Department Store with storefront windows, street traffic, and a sign for MC Drugs in front](images/page_050_003.jpg) + +![#4 Julie's Restaurant with cars parked on the street beside it](images/page_050_004.jpg) + +![#5 Acme Insurance located on the second floor above Fie Variety Store](images/page_050_005.jpg) + +![#6 A sofa with a pillow resting on it in a living room](images/page_050_006.jpg) + +![#7 A house with a garage and a driveway in front, surrounded by trees](images/page_050_007.jpg) + +![#8 An airplane flying high in the sky among clouds](images/page_050_008.jpg) + +1. on, under +2. no, but near +3. yes, across from +4. behind, in +5. no, 2nd floor, above +6. in front of +7. in back of +8. below + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to a paragraph. Complete the sentences.** + +I don't like this \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. It never has my favorite \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. It's a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ drink, but this \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ doesn't have it. That other one usually has my \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, and I don't like the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ my money in the slot and pull the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2D + +### AUDIO TRACK 12 + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat the connective words in the box. +after...after that +finally +first +last +next +then + +(3) Now look at the example. Listen to a paragraph. Listen for a connective word. Listen: Ned is going to study. First, he gets his books. Then he fixes his light. Finally he starts to study. + +(4) Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. (read paragraphs at normal speed) + +Number 1: +Jill wanted to shop in the mall. First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. Then she decided to go to the variety store. After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping. + +(5) Listen to paragraph number 1 again. +Jill wanted to shop in the mall. First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. Then she decided to go to the variety store. After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping. + +(6) Let's check your answers for number 1. +Letter a is first. +Letter b is then. +Letter c is after that. +Letter d is finally. + +(7) Listen to the second paragraph. Write the connective words when you hear them. +Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. First, he checked in at the office. Then he drove to his room and parked his car. Next he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. Then he showered and got ready for bed. He read for an hour and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep. + +(8) Listen to paragraph number 2 again. +Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. First, he checked in at the office. Then he drove to his room and parked his car. Next he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. Then he showered and got ready for bed. He read for an hour and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep. + +(9) Let's check your answers for number 2. +Letter a is first. +Letter b is then. +Letter c is next. +Letter d is then. +Letter e is finally. + +(10) Listen to paragraph number 3. Write the connective words when you hear them. +Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. First, there are salads. Next, they have meats and then vegetables. After that, they have breads and then desserts. Last, there are drinks. She likes to pick out her favorite foods. + +(11) Listen to paragraph number 3 again. +Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. First, there are salads. Next, they have meats and then vegetables. After that, they have breads and then desserts. Last, there are drinks. She likes to pick out her favorite foods. + +(12) Check your answers for number 3. +Letter a is first. +Letter b is next. +Letter c is then. +Letter d is after that. +Letter e is then. +Letter f is last. + +### AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(13) Now look at the pictures in Figure 2. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Picture 1: Repeat: The book is on the table. + +Picture 2: Repeat: The book shop is in the mall. / The variety store is next to the book shop. + +Picture 3: Repeat: The cafeteria is by the stairs. + +Picture 4: Repeat: The department store is at the corner / of Vine and 10th Street. + +Picture 5: Repeat: Ned lives near the shopping center. + +Picture 6: Repeat: The carpet is under the chair. + +Picture 7: Repeat: The restaurant is across from the bank. + +Picture 8: Repeat: The car is in front of the bus. + +Picture 9: Repeat: The light is above the garage door. + +Picture 10: Repeat: The small pictures are below the large picture. + +Picture 11: Repeat: The motel is in back of the restaurant. / The motel is behind the restaurant. + +### AUDIO TRACK 14 + +(14) Now look at the example in Figure 3. Listen to a sentence. Circle the word you hear in the sentence. Listen: The book is on the table. Circle the word on. Repeat: The book is on the table. (pause for repetition) + +(15) Now listen and circle. (pause 4 sec after each item) + +Number 1: The book shop is in the mall. + +Number 2: His room is by the stairs. + +Number 3: The tree is in front of the house. + +Number 4: The truck is in back of the car. + +Number 5: David is at the store. + +Number 6: Jack sits near Ned. + +Number 7: The small pictures are below the large picture. + +Number 8: She keeps her shoes under the bed. + +Number 9: The lab is across from the library. + +Number 10: Jim's room is above mine. + +(16) Check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is in. Repeat: The book shop is in the mall. + +Number 2 is by. Repeat: His room is by the stairs. + +Number 3 is in front of. Repeat: The tree is in front of the house. + +Number 4 is in back of. Repeat: The truck is in back of the car. + +Number 5 is at. Repeat: David is at the store. + +Number 6 is near. Repeat: Jack sits near Ned. + +Number 7 is below. Repeat: The small pictures are below the large picture. + +Number 8 is under. Repeat: She keeps her shoes under the bed. + +Number 9 is across from. Repeat: The lab is across from the library. + +Number 10 is above. Repeat: Jim's room is above mine. + +### AUDIO TRACK 15 + +(17) Now look at the pictures in Figure 4. Listen to the question. Then use the words and answer the question. (pause 6 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Picture 1: Where's the money? (pause 6 sec) on the table, under the book. Repeat: The money is on the table, under the book. + +Picture 2: Did you park your car next to the mall? (pause 6 sec) no, but near the mall. Repeat: No, but I parked my car near the mall. + +Picture 3: Is the department store at the corner? (pause 6 sec) yes, across from the drug store. Repeat: Yes, the department store is at the corner across from the drug store. + +Picture 4: Where did you leave your car? (pause 6 sec) behind the restaurant, in the parking lot. Repeat: I left my car behind the restaurant / in the parking lot. + +Picture 5: Is the insurance office by the variety store? (pause 6 sec) no, on the second floor, above the variety store. Repeat: No, the insurance office is on the second floor, / above the variety store. + +Picture 6: Where did she put the rug? (pause 6 sec) in front of the sofa. Repeat: She put the rug in front of the sofa. + +Picture 7: Is the dog in the house? (pause 6 sec) no, in back of the house. Repeat: No, the dog's not in the house / he's in back of the house. + +Picture 8: Where is the airplane flying? (pause 6 sec) below the clouds. Repeat: The airplane is flying below the clouds. + +### AUDIO TRACK 16 + +(18) Now, look at Figure 5. First listen to a paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +I don't like this vending machine. It never has my favorite soda. It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today. + +(19) Now listen again and complete the sentences with the words you hear. (read slowly; pause 6 sec at each slash) + +I don't like this vending machine. / It never has my favorite soda. / It's a popular drink, / but this machine doesn't have it. / That other one usually has my favorite, / but it's out of it today. / Now I have to make another selection / and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. / But, I'm thirsty, / so I'll drop my money in the slot / and pull the knob. / I'll have to drink what I can get. + +(20) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. (read at normal speed) + +I don't like this vending machine. It never has my favorite soda. It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another selection and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. I'll have to drink what I can get. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 10.** + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + +--- + + + + + +### Lesson 2D + +### Figure 1 + +1. a. first + b. then + c. after that + d. finally + +2. a. first + c. then + b. next + c. then + d. finally + +3. a. first + b. next + c. then + d. after that + e. then + f. last + +### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. in | 6. near | +| 2. by | 7. below | +| 3. in front of | 8. under | +| 4. in back of | 9. across from | +| 5. at | 10. above | + +### Figure 5 + +I don't like this vending machine. It never has my favorite soda. It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today. + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-3A.md b/sources/book-10/lla-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1d3ba0d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3A + +### Figure 1 + +**Listen to the sentences. Repeat the words and sentences. Answer the questions.** + +![#1 A bicycle with arrows pointing to the wheels, labeled "WHEELS"](images/page_053_001.jpg) +wheel + +![#2 A hexagonal metal nut](images/page_053_002.jpg) +nut + +![#3 An open-ended wrench](images/page_053_003.jpg) +wrench + +1. A bicycle has two wheels. +2. A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle. +3. You can turn the nut with a wrench. + +![#4 A fully inflated bicycle tire wheel](images/page_053_004.jpg) +tire air + +![#5 A partially deflated bicycle tire with some air in it](images/page_053_005.jpg) +enough + +![#6 A flat bicycle tire resting on the ground](images/page_053_006.jpg) +flat tire + +4. The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. There is air inside the tire. +5. The tire is low. It has some air, but not enough. +6. The tire is flat. It has only a little air. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Repeat the underlined words. Listen to a paragraph. Complete the sentences.** + +![A four-panel grid showing bicycle maintenance: top-left labeled "PUMP INFLATE", top-right showing a bike seat labeled "SEAT LOWER", bottom-left showing handlebars labeled "RAISE LOOSE TIGHT", bottom-right showing a wrench turning a bolt labeled "LOOSEN TIGHTEN"](images/page_054_001.jpg) + +Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he $\underset{1}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ the tire, he'll fix the seat. He's short, and it's high for him. He must $\underset{2}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ it. Next he'll fix the handle bars. He'll $\underset{3}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ them because they're low for him. Also, they slip because they're $\underset{4}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$. They should be $\underset{5}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$, or they may cause an accident. He can fix the seat and handle bars in a few minutes. He only needs to $\underset{6}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ and $\underset{7}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ a few nuts with a wrench. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Listen to the dialog. Repeat the dialog.** + +Judy: You have a flat tire. + +July: Which tire? + +Judy: One on the left. The left front tire. + +July: That tire's new. + +Judy: Are the others new? + +July: No, just that one. + +Judy: That's awful. + +July: Who can fix it? + +Judy: You can fix it. + +July: I don't know how. + +Judy: I'll teach you how. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Look at the pictures. Repeat the underlined words.** + +First Frank walks to the back of ![The rear section of a sedan car showing the back windshield, trunk lid, and rear wheel](images/page_056_001.jpg) the car. He sticks the key ![A metal car key with a ring loop](images/page_056_002.jpg) in the lock and opens the trunk ![The open trunk of a car viewed from the side](images/page_056_003.jpg). He keeps a jack ![A car jack for lifting vehicles](images/page_056_004.jpg), a lug wrench ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_056_005.jpg), and an extra tire there. First he takes off the hub cap ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_056_006.jpg) because it covers the lug nuts. Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_056_005.jpg) and removes them. Next he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire. After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hub cap ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_056_006.jpg). Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Where there's a picture or a blank, say the right word.** + +First Frank walks to ![The rear section of a sedan car showing the back windshield, trunk lid, and rear wheel](images/page_057_001.jpg) the car. He sticks the ![A metal car key with a ring loop](images/page_057_002.jpg) in the lock and opens the ![The open trunk of a car viewed from the side](images/page_057_003.jpg). He keeps a ![A car jack for lifting vehicles](images/page_057_004.jpg), a ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_057_005.jpg), and an ___________ tire there. He takes them out of the ![The open trunk of a car viewed from the side](images/page_057_003.jpg) and begins to change the flat. The ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_057_006.jpg) ___________ the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first. Then he ___________ the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_057_005.jpg) and ___________ them. Next he takes off the flat tire and ___________ it with the ___________ tire. After he ___________ and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_057_006.jpg) on the new wheel. Finally, he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Circle T for true or F for false.** + +| | | | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1. | T | F | | 5. | T | F | +| 2. | T | F | | 6. | T | F | +| 3. | T | F | | 7. | T | F | +| 4. | T | F | | 8. | T | F | + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Select the main idea.** + +1. a. People are very busy these days. + b. Vending machines are popular machines. + c. People like drinks and snacks. + +2. a. Some stores sell expensive clothing. + b. You can buy sports clothes at sports clothing stores. + c. There are many kinds of clothing stores. + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 3A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A. +(pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the sentences. +Number 1: A bicycle has two wheels. +Number 2: A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle. +Number 3: You can turn the nut with a wrench. +Number 4: The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. There is air inside the tire. +Number 5: The tire is low. It has some air, but not enough. +Number 6: The tire is flat. It has only a little air. + +(3) Now repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) +Number 1: wheel...wheel +A bicycle has two wheels. + +Number 2: nut...nut +A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle. + +Number 3: wrench...wrench +You can turn the nut with a wrench. + +Number 4: tire...tire air...air +The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. There is air inside the tire. + +Number 5: enough...enough +The tire is low. It has some air but not enough. + +Number 6: flat...flat +The tire is flat. It has only a little air. + +--- + +(4) Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. Listen to and answer some questions about the pictures. Answer in complete sentences. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What shape are the wheels? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The wheels are round. + +Number 2: Where are the tires? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The tires fit on the outside of the wheels. + +Number 3: What can you turn with a wrench? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: You can turn a nut with a wrench. + +Number 4: What is in the tires? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: There's air inside the tires. + +Number 5: What is wrong with this tire? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It doesn't have enough air. + +Number 6: What is wrong with this tire? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's flat. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(5) Now look at Figure 2. Repeat the underlined words two times. (pause for repetition) +inflate...inflate +lower...lower +raise...raise +loose...loose +tight...tight +loosen...loosen +tighten...tighten + +(6) Now listen to the paragraph. +Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. He's short, and it's high for him. He must lower it. Next he'll fix the handlebars. He'll raise them because they're low for him. Also, they slip because they're loose. They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench. + +--- + +(7) Listen to the paragraph again. Complete the sentences. (pause as marked) +Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. (pause 5 sec) He's short, and it's high for him. He must lower it. (pause 5 sec) Next he'll fix the handlebars. He'll raise them because they're low for him. (pause 5 sec) Also, they're loose. (pause 5 sec) They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. (pause 5 sec) He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench. (pause 10 seconds) + +(8) Now let's check the words. +Number 1 is inflates. Repeat: After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. +Number 2 is lower. Repeat: He must lower the seat. +Number 3 is raise. Repeat: He'll raise the handlebars. +Number 4 is loose. Repeat: The handlebars slip because they're loose. +Number 5 is tight. Repeat: The handlebars should be tight. +Number 6 is loosen. Repeat: Mike will loosen a nut under the seat. +Number 7 is tighten. Repeat: He'll tighten the nut again. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the dialog. +(two female voices) +voice 1: You have a flat tire. +voice 2: Which tire? +voice 1: The one on the left. The left front tire. +voice 2: That tire's new. +voice 1: Are the others new? +voice 2: No, just that one. +voice 1: That's awful. +voice 2: Who can fix it? +voice 1: You can fix it. +voice 2: I don't know how. +voice 1: I'll teach you how. + +--- + +(10) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (stress underlined words; pause for repetition) +voice 1: You have a flat tire. +voice 2: Which tire? +voice 1: The one on the left. The left front tire. +voice 2: That tire's new. +voice 1: Are the others new? +voice 2: No, just that one. +voice 1: That's awful. +voice 2: Who can fix it? +voice 1: You can fix it. +voice 2: I don't know how. +voice 1: I'll teach you how. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(11) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the paragraph. +First Frank walks to the back of the car. He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk. He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there. First he takes off the hub cap because it covers the lug nuts. Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them. Next he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire. After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hub cap. Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage. + +(12) Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words two times. +the back of...the back of +key...key +trunk...trunk +keeps...keeps +jack...jack +lug wrench...lug wrench +extra...extra +hub cap...hub cap +covers...covers +jacks up...jacks up + +--- + +removes...removes +replaces...replaces +spare...spare + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(13) Look at Figure 5. Some of the words are missing. Listen to the paragraph. It's a little different from the other paragraph. When there's a picture or a blank, say the right word. Try to say the words before you hear them. Let's do the first sentence. (pause about 3 sec before the underlined words) +First Frank walks to the back of the car. + +Did you say the back of before you heard it? Let's repeat the first sentence, then complete the paragraph. Try to say the words before you hear them. (pause before the underlined words) + +First Frank walks to the back of the car. He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk. He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there. He takes them out of the trunk and begins to change the flat. The hub cap covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first. Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them. Next he takes off the flat tire and replaces it with the spare tire. After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the hub cap on the new wheel. Finally, he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage. + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(14) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen carefully to each sentence and circle T for true or F for false. (pause 10 seconds after each item) + +Number 1: A key fits in a lock. +Number 2: Remove and take off are the same. +Number 3: Spare is the opposite of extra. +Number 4: Frank raises the car with the jack. +Number 5: He turns the hub cap with the wrench. +Number 6: The trunk of Frank's car is in the front. +Number 7: He tightens the nuts before he removes them. +Number 8: Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire. + +--- + +(15) Listen and check your answers. + +Number 1 is true. Repeat: A key fits in a lock. +Number 2 is true. Repeat: Remove and take off are the same. +Number 3 is false. Spare and extra are not opposites. Repeat: Spare and extra are the same. +Number 4 is true. Repeat: Frank raises the car with the jack. +Number 5 is false. Frank doesn't turn the hub caps with the wrench. He turns the lug nuts. Repeat: Frank turns the lug nuts with the wrench. +Number 6 is false. The trunk isn't in the front; it's in the back. Repeat: The trunk is in the back of the car. +Number 7 is false. Frank loosens the nuts before he removes them from the wheel, not after. Repeat: He loosens the nuts before he removes them. +Number 8 is true. Repeat: Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire. + +(16) Listen to a paragraph two times. First just listen. +When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants. They can get a snack from a vending machine. There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. They have coffee, tea, soup, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. These vending machines are usually very popular. + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(17) Now look at Figure 7. Listen to the paragraph again. Then select the main idea and circle the letter, a, b, or c. +When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants. They can get a snack from a vending machine. There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. They have coffee, tea, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. These vending machines are usually very popular. (pause 8 seconds) + +--- + +(18) The answer is b. The main idea of the paragraph is: Vending machines are popular machines. + +(19) Now listen to another paragraph. + +There are many different kinds of clothing stores. Some sell clothes only for children; others sell only men's or women's clothes. There are also stores for sports clothing; you can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. (pause 8 seconds) + +(20) Listen to the paragraph again. Then select the main idea and circle the letter, a, b, or c. + +There are many different kinds of clothing stores. Some sell clothes only for children; others sell only men's or women's clothes. There are also stores for sports clothing; you can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. (pause 8 seconds) + +(21) The answer is c. The main idea of the paragraph is: There are many kinds of clothing stores. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 10.** + +--- USER NOTES --- + + + + +### Lesson 3A + +### Figure 2 + +Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he ❶inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. He's short, and it's high for him. He must ❷lower it. Next he'll fix the handle bars. He'll ❸raise them because they're low for him. Also, they slip because they're ❹loose. They should be ❺tight, or they may cause an accident. He can fix the seat and handle bars in a few minutes. He only needs to ❻loosen and ❼tighten a few nuts with a wrench. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +First Frank walks to ![a pickup truck](images/page_214_001.jpg) the car. He sticks the ![a key](images/page_214_002.jpg) in the lock and opens the ![a jack](images/page_214_003.jpg). He keeps a ![a jack](images/page_214_004.jpg), a ![a lug wrench](images/page_214_005.jpg), and an extra tire there. He takes them out of the ![a jack](images/page_214_006.jpg) and begins to change the flat. The ![a hubcap](images/page_214_007.jpg) covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first. Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the ![a lug wrench](images/page_214_008.jpg) and removes them. Next he takes off the flat tire and replaces it with the spare tire. After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the ![a hubcap](images/page_214_009.jpg) on the new wheel. Finally, he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage. + +### Figure 6 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. T | 5. F | +| 2. T | 6. F | +| 3. F | 7. F | +| 4. T | 8. T | + +### Figure 7 + +1. b +2. c + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-3B.md b/sources/book-10/lla-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..942db744 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3B + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the connectives. Listen to a paragraph. Write the connectives.** + +| after | finally | first | last | next | second | then | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| + +#### Paragraph 1 + +1. ___________ +2. ___________ +3. ___________ +4. ___________ + +#### Paragraph 2 + +1. ___________ +2. ___________ +3. ___________ +4. ___________ +5. ___________ +6. ___________ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Listen to the dialog. Repeat the underlined words. Repeat the dialog.** + +![#1 A man sitting in the driver's seat of a car looking back at a woman sitting in the passenger seat beside him](images/page_060_001.jpg) + +![#2 The man turning around in his car seat to look at the woman reading a newspaper next to him](images/page_060_002.jpg) + +![#3 A man reaching up toward the back seat of a car to grab a blanket while a woman looks on](images/page_060_003.jpg) + +![#4 A man holding a cigarette lighter and a pack of cigarettes while talking to a woman in the car seat next to him](images/page_060_004.jpg) + +1. Mrs. Adams: Do me a favor, please. + Mr. Wilson: Certainly. What can I do for you? + Mrs. Adams: Hand me the other half of my seat belt. + +2. Mrs. Adams: May I look at your paper? + Mr. Wilson: Of course. I'm not reading it. + +3. Mrs. Adams: I need to keep warm. Can you get a blanket for me? + Mr. Wilson: Sure. I'll be glad to. + +4. Mr. Wilson: I'd like to smoke a cigarette. Will that bother you? + Mrs. Adams: No, I won't mind. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Listen to the dialog. Repeat the underlined words. Repeat the dialog.** + +![A flight attendant leaning down to hand a meal tray with food and a cup to a seated female passenger on an airplane](images/page_061_001.jpg) + +Flight Attendant: Have you finished your lunch? + +Mrs. Adams: Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. + +Flight Attendant: I'm sorry you had to hurry. + +Mrs. Adams: You take the plates very quickly. + +Flight Attendant: We're always in a hurry on this flight. + +Mrs. Adams: Because it's short? + +Flight Attendant: Yes. We never have enough time. + +Mrs. Adams: One more question, please. Where are the restrooms? + +Flight Attendant: At the front of the airplane. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Circle the number.** + +*Examples:* +hur ry +(1) 2 3 + +a cross +1 (2) 3 + +1. 1 2 3 +2. 1 2 3 +3. 1 2 3 +4. 1 2 3 +5. 1 2 3 +6. 1 2 3 +7. 1 2 3 +8. 1 2 3 +9. 1 2 3 +10. 1 2 3 +11. 1 2 3 +12. 1 2 3 + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. Everyone began **laughing**. +2. Mike started **apologizing**. +3. Ann likes **exercising** in the gym. +4. Paul enjoys **watching** sports on TV. +5. Dr. Hall never minds **answering** questions. +6. We finished **listening** to the tape after class. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Use the -ing form to change the sentences.** + +*Example:* Kay likes **to drive** her brother's car. +Kay likes **driving** her brother's car. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Listen to the word. Complete the sentence.** + +*Example:* Mark enjoys old movies. (watch) +Mark enjoys watching old movies. + +1. Jane enjoys ____________________ people. +2. Did you finish ____________________ your letter? +3. I hope you don't mind ____________________ a few forms. +4. Dan doesn't like ____________________ money from friends. +5. Everyone started ____________________ at the same time. +6. Jan began ____________________ the medicine every four hours. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Write the main idea.** + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3B + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat the connectives in the box. + +after...after + +finally...finally + +first...first + +last...last + +next...next + +second...second + +then...then + +(3) Listen to paragraph number 1 and look at the box. Listen for the words in the box. These words are connective words. (read at normal speed) + +Mike needed to fix his bicycle. First, he inflated the back tire. There wasn't enough air in it. He fixed the handlebars second. They were high, and they were loose. He lowered them, and then he tightened them. He fixed the seat last. He raised it because it was low for him. + +(4) Listen to paragraph number 1 again. When you hear the words in the box, write them on the blank lines in Figure 1. + +Mike needed to fix his bicycle. First, he inflated the back tire. There wasn't enough air in it. He fixed the handlebars second. They were high, and they were loose. He lowered them, and then he tightened them. He fixed the seat last. He raised it because it was low for him. (pause 5 seconds) + +(5) Now let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is first. + +Number 2 is second. + +Number 3 is then. + +Number 4 is last. + +(6) Listen to paragraph number 2. (read at normal speed) + +Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. He checks the nuts and wheel covers last and tightens any loose ones. Finally, he's ready to leave. + +(7) Listen to paragraph number 2 again. This time, write the connective words when you hear them. (read slightly slower) + +Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. He checks the nuts and wheel covers last and tightens any loose ones. Finally, he's ready to leave. (pause 5 seconds) + +(8) Now let's check your words. + +Number 1 is first. + +Number 2 is after. + +Number 3 is then. + +Number 4 is next. + +Number 5 is last. + +Number 6 is finally. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(9) Look at Figure 2. Look at the picture and listen to the dialog. (read at normal speed) +(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Do me a favor, please. + +voice 2: Certainly. What can I do for you? + +voice 1: Hand me the other half of my seat belt. + +voice 1: May I look at your paper? + +voice 2: Of course. I'm not reading it. + +voice 1: I need to keep warm. Can you get a blanket for me? + +voice 2: Sure. I'll be glad to. + +voice 2: I'd like to smoke a cigarette. Will that bother you? + +voice 1: No, I won't mind. + +(10) Now repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition) + +do a favor...do a favor + +certainly...certainly + +of course...of course + +keep...keep + +sure...sure + +mind...mind + +(11) Listen to the dialog again. Repeat it this time. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Do me a favor, please. + +voice 2: Certainly. What can I do for you? + +voice 1: Hand me the other half of my seat belt. + +voice 1: May I look at your paper? + +voice 2: Of course. I'm not reading it. + +voice 1: I need to keep warm. Can you get a blanket for me? + +voice 2: Sure. I'll be glad to. + +voice 2: I'd like to smoke a cigarette. Will that bother you? + +voice 1: No, I won't mind. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(12) Please look at Figure 3. Listen to the dialog. (read at normal speed) +(2 voices: voice 1, female (same as above); voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Have you finished your lunch? + +voice 2: Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. + +voice 1: I'm sorry you had to hurry. + +voice 2: You take the plates very quickly. + +voice 1: We're always in a hurry on this flight. + +voice 2: Because it's so short? + +voice 1: Yes. We never have enough time. + +voice 2: One more question, please. Where are the restrooms? + +voice 1: At the front of the airplane. + +(13) Listen to the underlined words again and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +quick...quick + +hurry...hurry + +quickly...quickly + +in a hurry...in a hurry + +the front of...the front of + +(14) Listen to the dialog again and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Have you finished your lunch? + +voice 2: Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. + +voice 1: I'm sorry you had to hurry. + +voice 2: You take the plates very quickly. + +voice 1: We're always in a hurry on this flight. + +voice 2: Because it's so short? + +voice 1: Yes. We never have enough time. + +voice 2: One more question, please. Where are the restrooms? + +voice 1: At the front of the airplane. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(15) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the words and circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. Look at the first example and listen. (stress capitalized syllables) + +hurry...hurry. (pause 5 seconds) Circle 1. The first syllable of hurry is stressed more than the second syllable. Repeat: hurry + +Listen to the second example. + +across...across. (pause 5 seconds) The answer is 2. The second syllable has the strong stress in across. Repeat: across. + +(16) Let's begin the exercise. Listen and circle the number. (stress capitalized syllables; pause 4 seconds between items) + +Number 1: in FLATE...in FLATE + +Number 2: LO wer...LO wer + +Number 3: re MOVE...re MOVE + +Number 4: TIGHT en...TIGHT en + +--- + +Number 5: EX tra...EX tra + +Number 6: e NOUGH...e NOUGH + +Number 7: CO ver...CO ver + +Number 8: QUICK ly...QUICK ly + +Number 9: re PLACE...re PLACE + +Number 10: ciga RETTE...ciga RETTE + +Number 11: a CROSS...a CROSS + +Number 12: CER tainly...CER tainly + +(17) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition) +Number 1 is 2. Repeat: in FLATE + +Number 2 is 1. Repeat: LO wer + +Number 3 is 2. Repeat: re MOVE + +Number 4 is 1. Repeat: TIGHT en + +Number 5 is 1. Repeat: EX tra + +Number 6 is 2. Repeat: e NOUGH + +Number 7 is 1. Repeat: CO ver + +Number 8 is 1. Repeat: QUICK ly + +Number 9 is 2. Repeat: re PLACE + +Number 10 is 3. Repeat: ciga RETTE + +Number 11 is 2. Repeat: a CROSS + +Number 12 is 1. Repeat: CER tainly + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(18) Now turn to Figure 5. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) +Everyone began laughing. +Mike started apologizing. +Ann likes exercising in the gym. +Paul enjoys watching sports on TV. +Dr. Hall never minds answering questions. +We finished listening to the tape after class. + +AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(19) Look at Figure 6. Look at the example and listen. +(2 voices) +voice 1: Kay likes to drive her brother's car. +voice 2: Kay likes driving her brother's car. + +Now listen to the sentence. Then change it. Use the -i-n-g form. +(pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The child started to cry. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The child started crying. + +Number 2: I don't like to stand in line. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I don't like standing in line. + +Number 3: Al began to study after dinner. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Al began studying after dinner. + +Number 4: Some people like to get up early. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Some people like getting up early. + +Number 5: The students began to ask questions. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The students began asking questions. + +Number 6: Mary started to look for an apartment. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Mary started looking for an apartment. + +AUDIO TRACK 14 + +(20) Go to Figure 7. Look at the example and listen. +(2 voices) +voice 1: Mark enjoys old movies. (watch.) +voice 2: Mark enjoys watching old movies. + +Now look at the sentence and listen to the word. Complete the sentence in your book. Then repeat it. (pause as indicated and for repetition) + +Number 1: meet. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Jane enjoys meeting people. + +Number 2: write. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Did you finish writing your letter? + +Number 3: fill out. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms. + +Number 4: borrow. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends. + +Number 5: talk. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Everyone started talking at the same time. + +Number 6: take. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Jan began taking the medicine every four hours. + +AUDIO TRACK 15 + +(21) Go to Figure 8 now. Listen to the paragraph. + +John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. He had only forty-five cents, exactly the cost of a diet soda. He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. He pushed the coin return, and again nothing happened. John couldn't get his money or his diet soda. + +(22) Listen to the paragraph again. Then write the main idea in a complete sentence. + +John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. He had only forty-five cents, exactly the cost of a diet soda. He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. He pushed the coin return, and again nothing happened. John couldn't get his money or his diet soda. + +(23) Write a sentence now. (pause 15 seconds) + +(24) The main idea is something like: John lost his money in the vending machine. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 10. + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +### Lesson 3B + +### Figure 1 + +**Paragraph 1** +1. first +2. second +3. then +4. last + +**Paragraph 2** +1. first +2. after +3. then +4. next +5. last +6. finally + +### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. 2 | 7. 1 | +| 2. 1 | 8. 1 | +| 3. 2 | 9. 2 | +| 4. 1 | 10. 3 | +| 5. 1 | 11. 2 | +| 6. 2 | 12. 1 | + +### Figure 7 + +1. Jane enjoys meeting people. +2. Did you finish writing your letter? +3. I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms. +4. Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends. + +--- + +5. Everyone started talking at the same time. +6. Jan began taking the medicine every four hours. + +### Figure 8 + +Main idea: John lost his money in the vending machine. + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-3C.md b/sources/book-10/lla-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0502413 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,489 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3C + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words. Listen to the dialog. Write the words.** + +| can | could | will | would | +|---|---|---|---| + +1. Kay: ____________________ you please do me a favor? + Ken: Yes, of course. + +2. Kay: ____________________ you give me a ride home this afternoon? + Ken: I sure ____________________. + +3. Jan: ____________________ you take a message for me, please? + Jim: I'll be glad to. + +4. Jan: ____________________ you tell Mr. Rogers that I called? + Jim: I certainly ____________________. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Listen to the dialog. Read Ann's part.** + +![Two women standing outdoors talking near a tree](images/page_066_001.jpg) + +Mary: Could you do me a favor? +Ann: Certainly. What do you need? + +Mary: Lunch money. Can you lend me three dollars? +Ann: Yes, I can. + +Mary: Thanks. Will you do another thing for me? +Ann: Of course. You always do me favors. + +Mary: Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? +Ann: Sure! I know a good restaurant downtown. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Change the sentence to a polite question.** + +*Examples:* Lend me a dollar. **(will)** +**Will** you **please** lend me a dollar? + +Turn that radio off. **(could)** +**Could** you **please** turn that radio off? + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Repeat the answers.** +> **Listen to the question.** +> **Write the answer.** + +Of course. +Sure. +Certainly. +Yes, I can. +Yes, I will. + +*Examples:* +Would you please help me? +Of course. + +Can you please speak more slowly? +Yes, I can. + +1. S________________. + +2. C________________. + +3. O____ c________. + +4. Y____, I c________. + +5. S________________. + +6. O____ c________. + +7. Y____, I w________. + +8. Y____, I c________. + +9. C________________. + +10. Y____, I w________. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Read the questions.** +> **Listen to a conversation.** +> **Answer the questions.** + +1. Where are the men? + +2. Does the customer want to buy anything right now? + +3. What's the clerk's name? + +4. Where are the fall suits? + +5. What did the customer say about the suits? + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Circle the number.** + +*Example:* +caf e ter i a +1 2 ③ 4 5 + +1. 1 2 3 4 +2. 1 2 3 4 +3. 1 2 3 4 +4. 1 2 3 4 +5. 1 2 3 4 +6. 1 2 3 4 +7. 1 2 3 4 +8. 1 2 3 4 +9. 1 2 3 4 +10. 1 2 3 4 +11. 1 2 3 4 +12. 1 2 3 4 + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Write the main idea.** + +1. __________________________________________________________________________________ +2. __________________________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 3C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 seconds) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words in the box and repeat. (pause for repetition) +can...can +could...could +will...will +would...would + +(3) Look at the dialogs and listen. +(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male) +voice 1: Could you please do me a favor? +voice 2: Yes, of course. +voice 1: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? +voice 2: I sure can. +voice 1: Would you take a message for me, please? +voice 2: I'll be glad to. +voice 1: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called? +voice 2: I certainly will. + +(4) Listen to the dialogs again. Write the words you hear in the blanks. (pause 5 seconds after each dialog) +Number 1: voice 1: Could you please do me a favor? +voice 2: Yes, of course. + +Number 2: voice 1: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? +voice 2: I sure can. + +Number 3: voice 1: Would you take a message for me, please? +voice 2: I'll be glad to. + +Number 4: voice 1: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called? +voice 2: I certainly will. + +(5) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is could. Repeat: Could you please do me a favor? / Yes, of course. + +Number 2 is can. Repeat: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? / I sure can. + +Number 3 is would. Repeat: Would you take a message for me, please? / I'll be glad to. + +Number 4 is will. Repeat: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called? / I certainly will. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the dialog. +(2 voices: female) +voice 1: Could you do me a favor? +voice 2: Certainly. What do you need? +voice 1: Lunch money. Can you lend me three dollars? +voice 2: Yes, I can. +voice 1: Thanks. Will you do another thing for me? +voice 2: Of course. You always do me favors. +voice 1: Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? +voice 2: Sure! I know a good restaurant downtown. + +(7) Now let's read the dialog together. You read Ann's lines. I'll read Mary's lines. (pause for student to read voice 2; see above) +voice 1: Could you do me a favor? +voice 1: Lunch money. Can you lend me three dollars? +voice 1: Thanks. Will you do another thing for me? +voice 1: Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Please go to Figure 3. Look at the examples and listen. +(2 voices) +voice 1: Lend me a dollar. will +voice 2: Will you please lend me a dollar? +voice 1: Turn that radio off. could +voice 2: Could you please turn that radio off? + +--- + +(9) Now listen to the sentence and change it to a polite question. (pause 4 seconds after each cue word; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Move your car. can (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Can you please move your car? + +Number 2: Repeat the answer. would (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Would you please repeat the answer? + +Number 3: Fill out this form. could (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Could you please fill out this form? + +Number 4: Tell me what time it is. can (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Can you please tell me what time it is? + +Number 5: Bring me a cup of coffee. could (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Could you please bring me a cup of coffee? + +Number 6: Introduce me to your friend. would (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Would you please introduce me to your friend? + +Number 7: Take this book back to the library. will (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Will you please take this book back to the library? + +Number 8: Show me how to operate this machine. can (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Can you please show me how to operate this machine? + +Number 9: Write that word on the chalkboard. would (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Would you please write that word on the chalkboard? + +Number 10: Tell Mother I won't be home for dinner. will (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner? + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(10) Look at Figure 4 now. Listen to the questions from the last exercise, then give the complete answer. First look at the answers and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Of course. + +Sure. + +Certainly. + +Yes, I can. + +Yes, I will. + +(11) Now look at the examples and listen. (pause 3 seconds between the examples) + +(2 voices) + +voice 1: Would you please help me? +voice 2: Of course. +voice 1: Can you please speak more slowly? +voice 2: Yes, I can. + +(12) Let's begin the exercise. (pause 3 seconds after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen: Can you please move your car? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Sure. + +Number 2: Listen: Would you please repeat the answer? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Certainly. + +Number 3: Listen: Could you please fill out this form? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Of course. + +Number 4: Listen: Can you please tell me the time? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I can. + +Number 5: Listen: Could you please bring me a cup of coffee? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Sure. + +Number 6: Listen: Would you please introduce me to your friend? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Of course. + +Number 7: Listen: Will you please take this book back to the library? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I will. + +Number 8: Listen: Can you please show me how to operate this machine? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I can. + +Number 9: Listen: Would you please write that word on the chalkboard? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Certainly. + +Number 10: Listen: Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I will. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(13) Look at the questions in Figure 5. Next listen to a conversation. Then answer the questions. Read the questions now. (pause 20 sec for students to read questions) +(2 voices: male) + +voice 1: Good morning. May I help you? +voice 2: No, thank you. I'm just looking. +voice 1: Did you see our new fall suits? +voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they? +voice 1: Right here by the shirts and sweaters. +voice 2: Oh, I see. They look very nice. +voice 1: When you want to try one on, tell me. My name is Charles. +voice 2: All right. Thanks. + +(14) Now listen to the conversation again. Then answer the questions. + +voice 1: Good morning. May I help you? +voice 2: No, thank you. I'm just looking. +voice 1: Did you see our new fall suits? +voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they? +voice 1: Right here by the shirts and sweaters. +voice 2: Oh, I see. They look very nice. +voice 1: When you want to try one on, tell me. My name is Charles. +voice 2: All right. Thanks. + +(15) Now answer the questions. (pause 5 seconds after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Where are the men? (pause) +Repeat: They're in a clothing store. + +Number 2: Does the customer want to buy anything right now? (pause) +Repeat: No, he's just looking. + +Number 3: What is the clerk's name? (pause) +Repeat: The clerk's name is Charles. + +Number 4: Where are the fall suits? (pause) +Repeat: They're by the shirts and sweaters. + +Number 5: What did the customer say about the suits? (pause) +Repeat: He said that they looked very nice. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(16) Look at Figure 6 and listen to the words. Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. Look at the example and listen. + +caf e TER i a...caf e TER i a. (pause 6 seconds) + +The answer is 3. The third syllable has the strong stress. +Repeat: caf e TER i a. + +(17) Now begin the exercise. Listen and circle the number. (stress syllables in caps; pause 4 seconds between items) + +Number 1: po LITE ly...po LITE ly + +Number 2: POP ular...POP ular + +Number 3: OP erate...OP erate + +Number 4: a NOTH er...a NOTH er + +Number 5: FI nally...FI nally + +Number 6: FA vorite...FA vorite + +Number 7: se LEC tion...se LEC tion + +Number 8: EVERY one...EVERY one + +Number 9: EVERY body...EVERY body + +Number 10: intro DUCE...intro DUCE + +Number 11: intro DUC tion...intro DUC tion + +Number 12: va RI e ty...va RI e ty + +(18) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is 2. Repeat: po LITE ly +Number 2 is 1. Repeat: POP ular +Number 3 is 1. Repeat: OP erate +Number 4 is 2. Repeat: a NOTH er +Number 5 is 1. Repeat: FI nally +Number 6 is 1. Repeat: FA vorite +Number 7 is 2. Repeat: se LEC tion +Number 8 is 1. Repeat: EVERY one +Number 9 is 1. Repeat: EVERY body +Number 10 is 3. Repeat: intro DUCE +Number 11 is 3. Repeat: intro DUC tion +Number 12 is 2. Repeat: va RI e ty + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(19) Now turn to Figure 7. Listen to paragraph number 1 two times. Then write the main idea. (read at normal speed) + +Ted drives his car a lot. His car is two years old, and his tires are too. The car looks good, but the tires don't. He has to put air in his tires often. When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. Now he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. + +(20) Listen to paragraph number 1 again. (read at normal speed) + +Ted drives his car a lot. His car is two years old, and his tires are too. The car looks good, but the tires don't. He has to put air in his tires often. When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. Now he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. + +(21) Now write the main idea of the paragraph. (pause 15 seconds) + +(22) The main idea of the paragraph is: Ted needs new tires. or The tires on his car are bad. Both sentences are correct. You might use different words in your sentence, but the idea should be about the same. + +(23) Now listen to paragraph number 2. (read at normal speed) + +Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. They always help others first. All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. + +(24) Listen to paragraph number 2 again. (read at normal speed) + +Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. They always help others first. All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. + +(25) Now write the main idea of the paragraph on Line 2. (pause 15 seconds) The main idea is: Maria doesn't like to go to the mall. You can also say that she doesn't enjoy shopping in the mall. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 10. + +--- + + + + + +### Lesson 3C + +### Figure 1 + +1. Kay: Could you please do me a favor? + Ken: Yes, of course. + +2. Kay: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? + Ken: I sure can. + +3. Jan: Would you take a message for me, please? + Jim: I'll be glad to. + +4. Jan: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called? + Jim: I certainly will. + +### Figure 4 + +1. Sure. +2. Certainly. +3. Of course. +4. Yes, I can. +5. Sure. +6. Of course. +7. Yes, I will. +8. Yes, I can. + +9. Certainly. +10. Yes, I will. + +### Figure 6 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. 2 | 7. 2 | +| 2. 1 | 8. 1 | +| 3. 1 | 9. 1 | +| 4. 2 | 10. 3 | +| 5. 1 | 11. 3 | +| 6. 1 | 12. 2 | + +### Figure 7 + +1. Main idea: Ted needs new tires; or, Ted's tires are bad. + Ted drives his car a lot. His car is two years old, and his tires are too. The car looks good, but the tires don't. He has to put air in his tires often. When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. Now he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. + +2. Main idea: Maria doesn't like to go the mall; or, Maria doesn't enjoy shopping at the mall. + Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. They always help someone else first. All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. + +--- + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-3D.md b/sources/book-10/lla-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c09e4660 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3D + +### Figure 1 + +> **Listen to the dialogs.** +> **Repeat the dialogs.** + +1. **Kim:** **Tell** Mike, hello for me. + **Ken:** What did Kim **say to do**? + **Jan:** She **said to tell** Mike hello for her. + +2. **Mom:** Sue, **wear** your raincoat. + **Sue:** What did she **say to wear**? + **Dan:** She **said to wear** your raincoat. + +3. **Instructor:** Don't **mark** on your test booklets. + **Lt. Fuller:** What did he **say not to do**? + **Sgt. Jones:** He **said not to mark** on our test booklets + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Answer the question.** +> **Repeat the answer.** + +*Example:* +**Check** the front tires. +What did he **say to do**? +He **said to check** the front tires. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Complete the conversation.** + +1. **Mrs. Hill:** Billy, hang up your coat. + **Billy:** _________________________________________________________________ + **Mr. Hill:** She said to hang up your coat. + +2. **Mrs. Hill:** Please feed the dog, Billy. + **Billy:** _________________________________________________________________ + **Mr. Hill:** She said to feed the dog. + +3. **Mrs. Hill:** John, please return Dr. Smith's call. + **Mr. Hill:** What did she say to do? + **Billy:** _________________________________________________________________ + +4. **Mrs. Hill:** Do your homework now, Billy. + **Billy:** What did she say to do? + **Mr. Hill:** _________________________________________________________________ + +5. **Mrs. Hill:** Please give Billy some lunch money. + **Billy:** What did she say to give me? + **Mr. Hill:** _________________________________________________________________ + +6. **Mrs. Hill:** Please, put gas in the car. + **Mr. Hill:** Billy, what did your mother say to do? + **Billy:** _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Read the questions.** +> **Listen to a conversation.** +> **Answer the questions.** + +1. Who's driving the car? + +2. What city are Dan and Sam in? + +3. When did Dan move away from there? + +4. Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch? + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Look at the names of the buildings.** +> **Listen to the story.** +> **Write the letter next to the name.** + +![A simple street map showing High Street, Easy Street, Airport Road, 1st Street, 2nd Street, and Highway 509, with boxed locations lettered A through H](images/page_071_001.jpg) + +1. ______ Landmark Hotel +2. ______ Silver City Mall +3. ______ Silver Dollar Restaurant +4. ______ New Money Bank +5. ______ city library +6. ______ old post office +7. ______ Sure-Care Clinic +8. ______ high school gym + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Listen to the dialog.** +> **Repeat the dialog.** + +**Mike:** Look at that car! +**David:** Which car? + +**Mike:** The blue one. +**David:** The blue one next to us? +**Mike:** Yes, that one. +**David:** That's Jim's car. + +**Mike:** Jim White? +**David:** Not Jim White, Jim Brown. + +**Mike:** Do you like it? +**David:** I like the wheel covers. +**Mike:** They make the car look fast. +**David:** Yes, fast and expensive. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Select the response.** + +1. a. They are right for her. + b. They are small for her. + c. They are large for her. + +2. a. automobiles + b. boats + c. bicycles + +3. a. Ann is wearing a glove. + b. Ann put on her glove. + c. Ann took off her glove. + +--- + +4. a. Glen doesn’t have any money. + b. Glen needs to borrow money. + c. Glen doesn’t need any more money. + +5. a. Mary gave a fast answer. + b. Mary answered slowly. + c. Mary didn’t answer. + +6. a. He ate too much. + b. He’s hungry. + c. He didn’t eat. + +7. a. She’s late. + b. She’s early. + c. She’s not here. + +8. a. Roger sat on the desk. + b. Roger worked at his desk. + c. Roger lifted the desk. + +9. a. The soccer ball got flat. + b. The soccer ball got larger. + c. The soccer ball was small. + +10. a. Because he’s tired. + b. Because he’s fixing the machine. + c. Because his belt is tight. + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3D + +### AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. +(pause 6 seconds) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialogs. +Number 1: +(3 voices: voices 1 and 3, female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Tell Mike hello for me. +voice 2: What did Kim say to do? +voice 3: She said to tell Mike hello for her. + +Number 2: +(3 voices: voices 1 and 2, female; voice 3, male) + +voice 1: Sue, wear your raincoat. +voice 2: What did Mom say to wear? +voice 3: She said to wear your raincoat. + +Number 3: +(3 voices: 1 and 2 male; 3 female) + +voice 1: Don't mark on your test booklets. +voice 2: What did he say not to do? +voice 3: He said not to mark on our test booklets. + +(3) Listen to the dialogs again. Repeat them. (pause for repetition) +voice 1: Tell Mike hello for me. +voice 2: What did Kim say to do? +voice 3: She said to tell Mike hello for her. +voice 1: Sue, wear your raincoat. +voice 2: What did Mom say to wear? +voice 3: She said to wear your raincoat. +voice 1: Don't mark on your test booklets. +voice 2: What did he say not to do? +voice 3: He said not to mark on our test booklets. + +### AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(4) Now look at the example in Figure 2. Listen to a sentence and a question. Answer the question. Then repeat the correct answer. Listen. +(3 voices: voice 1 and 2, male; voice 3, female) + +voice 1: Check the front tires. +voice 2: What did he say to do? +voice 3: He said to check the front tires. + +(5) Now listen and answer the question. (pause 3 sec after each question; pause for repetition) +(3 voices: voices 1 and 2, male; voice 3, female) + +Number 1: voice 1: Lock the garage door. +voice 2: What did he say to do? +voice 3: Repeat: He said to lock the garage door. + +Number 2: voice 1: Put the tire in the trunk. +voice 2: What did he say to do? +voice 3: Repeat: He said to put the tire in the trunk. + +Number 3: voice 1: Wash the car today. +voice 2: What did he say to do? +voice 3: Repeat: He said to wash the car today. + +Number 4: voice 1: Turn the light on. +voice 2: What did he say to do? +voice 3: Repeat: He said to turn the light on. + +Number 5: voice 1: Don't leave now. +voice 2: What did he say not to do? +voice 3: Repeat: He said not to leave now. + +Number 6: voice 1: Wait a few minutes. +voice 2: What did he say to do? +voice 3: Repeat: He said to wait a few minutes. + +### AUDIO TRACK 10 + +(6) Turn to Figure 3 and listen. (pause slightly before beginning narration) + +Mrs. Hill talks a lot. Her husband John and her son Billy don't always listen to her. Sometimes they're reading or watching TV. Other times they're just thinking about something else. + +(7) Look at the dialogs and listen to Mrs. Hill. (pause slightly) Then you be Mr. Hill or Billy and ask or answer a question. (pause slightly) Listen and complete the conversation. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) +(3 voices: voice 1, female; voices 2 and 3, male) + +Number 1: voice 1: Billy, hang up your coat. Ask Billy's question. +(pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: What did she say to do? +voice 3: She said to hang up your coat. + +Number 2: voice 1: Please feed the dog. Ask Billy's question. +(pause 3 seconds) +voice 2: Repeat: What did she say to do? +voice 3: She said to feed the dog. + +Number 3: voice 1: John, please return Dr. Smith's call. +voice 3: What did she say to do? Answer his question. +(pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: She said to return Dr. Smith's call. + +Number 4: voice 1: Do your homework now, Billy. +voice 2: What did she say to do? Answer his question. +(pause 4 seconds) +voice 3: Repeat: She said to do your homework. + +Number 5: voice 1: Please give Billy some lunch money. +voice 2: What did she say to give me? Answer his question. +(pause 4 seconds) +voice 3: Repeat: She said to give you some lunch money. + +Number 6: voice 1: Please, put gas in the car. +voice 3: Billy, what did your mother say to do? Answer his question. (pause 4 seconds) +voice 2: Repeat: She said to put gas in the car. + +### AUDIO TRACK 11 + +(8) Go to Figure 4. Read the questions. (pause 15 sec) Now listen to a conversation two times. Then answer the questions in your book. +(2 voices: male) + +voice 1: I'm glad you're driving, Sam. I'm lost. +voice 2: When did you move away from here, Dan? +voice 1: Seven years ago. Silver City has really changed a lot in that time. +voice 2: Yes, it has. There are more people and a lot of new buildings. +voice 1: What's that large place on the right? +voice 2: That's the Silver Star Mall. Do you want to eat lunch there? +voice 1: Yes, I certainly do. I'll only be here for five days, and I want to see everything. + +(9) Listen to the conversation again. +voice 1: I'm glad you're driving, Sam. I'm lost. +voice 2: When did you move away from here, Dan? +voice 1: Seven years ago. Silver City has really changed a lot in that time. +voice 2: Yes, it has. There are more people and a lot of new buildings. +voice 1: What's that large place on the right? +voice 2: That's the Silver Star Mall. Do you want to eat lunch there? +voice 1: Yes, I certainly do. I'll only be here for five days and I want to see everything. + +(10) Now answer the questions. Say the answers only. Don't write. (pause 4 seconds after each question; pause for repetition) +Number 1: Who's driving the car? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Sam is driving the car. + +Number 2: What city are Dan and Sam in? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They're in Silver City. + +Number 3: When did Sam move away from there? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He moved away 7 years ago. + +Number 4: Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They'll eat lunch at the Silver Star Mall. + +### AUDIO TRACK 12 + +(11) Look at Figure 5. Look at the names of buildings in Silver City. (pause 10 sec) Now listen. When you hear the name of a building, write the letter next to the name of the building. Listen. + +When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in seven years, he realized there were a lot of changes. He decided to rent a car at the airport. He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. Sam told him to take Airport Road into town, "The Landmark Hotel will be on your left just before you get to Highway 50." (pause 4 seconds) + +(12) Write the letter E next to Number 1. The Landmark Hotel is building E. Now listen to Sam's directions and write the letter of each building next to the correct name when you hear it. + +On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. (pause 5 sec) You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50 and you go one block to Easy Street. The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. (pause 5 sec) You turn east on Easy Street. The New Money Bank will be on your right in that first block. (pause 5 sec) The next street will be First Street. After you've crossed First Street, the Sure-Care Clinic will be on the left and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. (pause 5 sec) Turn north at the next corner onto Second Street. The high school gym will be on your right. (pause 5 sec) You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on the right. (pause 5 sec) Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. My address is 2024 2nd St. I hope you won't get lost." + +(13) Listen again and fill in any missing letters. (read at normal speed) Listen. + +When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in seven years, he realized there were a lot of changes. He decided to rent a car at the airport. He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. Sam told him to take Airport Road into town, "The Landmark Hotel will be on your left just before you get to Highway 50. On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50 and you go one block to Easy Street. The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. You turn to the east on Easy Street. The New Money Bank will be on your right in that first block. The next street will be First Street. After you've crossed First Street, the Sure-Care Clinic will be on the left and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. Turn north at the next corner onto Second Street. The high school gym will be on your right. You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on the right. Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. My address is 2024 2nd St. I hope you won't get lost." + +(14) Now check your answers. +Number 1: The Landmark Hotel is E. +Number 2: The Silver City Mall is H. +Number 3: The Silver Dollar Restaurant is B. +Number 4: The New Money Bank is F. +Number 5: The city library is G. +Number 6: The old post office is A. +Number 7: The Sure-Care Clinic is C. +Number 8: The high school gym is D. + +### AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(15) Now turn to Figure 6. Listen to the dialog. +(stress underlined words) +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Look at that car! +voice 2: Which car? +voice 1: The blue one. +voice 2: The blue one next to us? +voice 1: Yes, that one. +voice 2: That's Jim's car. +voice 1: Jim White? +voice 2: Not Jim White, Jim Brown. +voice 1: Do you like it? +voice 2: I like the wheel covers. +voice 1: They make Jim's car look fast. +voice 2: Yes, fast and expensive. + +(16) Now listen and repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition) +voice 1: Look at that car! +voice 2: Which car? +voice 1: The blue one. +voice 2: The blue one next to us? +voice 1: Yes, that one. +voice 2: That's Jim's car. +voice 1: Jim White? +voice 2: Not Jim White, Jim Brown. +voice 1: Do you like it? +voice 2: I like the wheel covers. +voice 1: They make Jim's car look fast. +voice 2: Yes, fast and expensive. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(17) Look at Figure 7. Listen to a sentence and select the best response. Circle a, b, or c. (pause as marked) + +Number 1: Jane's shoes are loose. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: Which one doesn't have wheels? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 3: Ann removed one glove. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 4: Glenn has enough money. (pause 14 sec) + +Number 5: Mary's answer was quick. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 6: Ken's belt is tight. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 7: Why is Pat hurrying? (pause 12 sec) + +Number 8: Roger raised the desk. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 9: Nan inflated the soccer ball. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 10: Why does Alan need the wrench? (pause 16 sec) + +(18) Now listen and check your answers. Repeat the right answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is c. Repeat: Jane's shoes are loose because they're large for her. + +Number 2 is b. Repeat: Boats don't have wheels. + +Number 3 is c. Repeat: Ann took off her glove. + +Number 4 is c. Repeat: Glen doesn't need any more money because he has enough. + +Number 5 is a. Repeat: Mary gave a fast answer; it was quick. + +Number 6 is a. Repeat: Ken's belt is tight because he ate too much. + +Number 7 is a. Repeat: Pat's hurrying because she's late + +Number 8 is c. Repeat: Roger lifted the desk. + +Number 9 is b. Repeat: The soccer ball got larger when Nan inflated it. + +Number 10 is b. Repeat: Alan needs the wrench because he's fixing the machine. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 10.** + +-- USER NOTES -- + + + + +### Lesson 3D + +### Figure 3 + +1. Billy: What did she say to do? +2. Billy: What did she say to do? +3. Billy: She said to return Dr. Smith's call. +4. Mr. Hill: She said to do your homework. +5. Mr. Hill: She said to give you some lunch money. +6. Billy: She said to put gas in the car. + +### Figure 5 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. E | 5. G | +| 2. H | 6. A | +| 3. B | 7. C | +| 4. F | 8. D | + +### Figure 7 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 6. a | +| 2. b | 7. a | +| 3. c | 8. c | +| 4. c | 9. b | +| 5. a | 10. b | + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-4A.md b/sources/book-10/lla-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02a4fdc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,360 @@ + + +# LESSON 4A + +### Figure 1 | Repeat the underlined words. + +#### ME AND MY FOLKS! + +![#1 Portrait of an elderly man with glasses and a mustache](images/page_075_001.jpg) +grandfather + +![#2 Portrait of an elderly woman with short curly hair](images/page_075_002.jpg) +grandmother + +![#3 Portrait of an older man and older woman together](images/page_075_003.jpg) +grandparents +on father’s side + +![#4 Portrait of a family consisting of a father, mother, young boy, and baby](images/page_075_004.jpg) +parents and baby + +#### MORE RELATIVES + +![#5 Portrait of a young woman with short curly hair](images/page_076_001.jpg) +Aunt Mary +(single get married) + +![#6 Portrait of a young woman with long dark wavy hair](images/page_076_002.jpg) +Aunt June +(single) + +![#7 Portrait of a man with dark hair and glasses in a suit](images/page_076_003.jpg) +Uncle Jerry + +![#8 Group portrait of a family with a mother, father, boy, and girl](images/page_076_004.jpg) +Aunt Mary (marriage) +Uncle Ben and cousins +Meg and Rob + +![#9 A young girl sitting next to an infant baby](images/page_076_005.jpg) +My niece and nephew +Jane and Jack + +### Figure 2 | Circle the answer. + +1. a. my grandfather + b. my grandmother + c. my uncle + +2. a. my aunt + b. my grandmother + c. my cousin + +3. a. a cousin + b. a nephew + c. a baby + +4. a. my uncles + b. my cousins + c. my aunts + +5. a. my uncle + b. my cousins + c. my aunt + +6. a. my nephews + b. my cousins + c. my aunts + +7. a. my cousin + b. my nephew + c. my niece + +8. a. my cousin + b. my nephew + c. my niece + +9. a. a single woman + b. a married woman + c. an old woman + +10. a. a single man + b. a married man + c. an old man + +### Figure 3 | Look at the chart and ask a question. Listen to the answer and mark the chart. + +**WILL THEY BE ABLE TO COME?** + +*Example:* Will **Aunt June** be able to come? +I'm not sure. **Aunt June** might be able to come. + +| MY RELATIVES | yes | no | maybe | +|---|---|---|---| +| 1. Aunt June | | | | +| 2. Grandfather and Grandmother Jones | | | | +| 3. Aunt Mary | | | | +| 4. Uncle Ben | | | | +| 5. Cousin Meg | | | | +| 6. Cousin Rob | | | | +| 7. Uncle Jerry | | | | +| 8. Brother Frank | | | | +| 9. Parents | | | | + +--- + +### **Figure 4** + +> Repeat the connectives. +> Listen to a paragraph. +> Write the connectives when you hear them. + +#### **CONNECTIVES** + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| after (that) | finally | first | last | +| lastly | next | second | then | + +##### **Paragraph 1** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +##### **Paragraph 2** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. These are some pictures of my family. Listen and repeat the underlined words two times. (pause for repetition after each word) folks...folks + +Picture 1: grandfather...grandfather + +Picture 2: grandmother...grandmother + +Picture 3: grandparents...grandparents + +Picture 4: parents...parents +baby...baby + +(3) Now turn the Page. Repeat: relatives...relatives + +Picture 5: aunt...aunt +single...single +get married...get married + +Picture 6: married...married + +Picture 7: uncle...uncle + +Picture 8: marriage...marriage +cousins...cousins + +Picture 9: niece...niece +nephew...nephew + +(4) Now turn back to picture 1. Listen while I tell you about my family. (pause) + +Grandfather Jones is in picture 1 and Grandmother Jones is in picture 2. They are my mother's parents. They're my grandparents on my mother's side of the family. I see these grandparents often because we live in the same city. Grandfather doesn't work any more. He and Grandmother like to take trips very often. + +Picture 3 shows my grandparents on my father's side. Don and Lita Garcia are my father's parents. They don't live in this city. They live in New Mexico. It's far from here. I only see them one or two times a year. + +Then in picture 4 are my mother and father. This is an old picture. There is a very young child in the picture with my mother and father. My mother has a baby in her arms. That baby is me! I was a ten-month old baby. That was a long time ago. The little boy in the picture next to my father is my brother Frank. He was three years old in the picture. + +(5) Go to the next page and you will see some more of my relatives. (pause) + +First in pictures 5 and 6, are my mother's sisters, my aunts: Aunt Mary and Aunt June. Picture 5 is a picture of Aunt Mary when she was single before she got married. Next to Aunt Mary is a picture of Aunt June. Aunt June never married. She's single. She lives alone in a small town not very far from here. + +Next to Aunt June in picture 7 is Uncle Jerry. Uncle Jerry is my father's brother. Uncle Jerry lives in New Mexico also, but he comes to visit us often. My father has a sister too, but I don't have her picture. Her name is Jean. She's my Aunt Jean. + +Picture 8 shows Aunt Mary after she got married. It's a picture of her family. My Aunt Mary has a very happy marriage. In the picture with her is her husband, Uncle Ben, and her children Meg and Rob, my cousins. Aunt Mary and her family live here in town. My cousins and I went to the same schools when we were growing up. It's nice to have your relatives in the same city. + +And finally in picture 9, are my brother Frank's children. They are my newest and youngest relatives: my niece Jane and my nephew Jack. My niece is two and a half years old. My nephew is a four-month old baby. They're the babies of the family. I hope you enjoyed my pictures. I like to look at them and think of my folks. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the question and circle the correct answer, a, b, or c. + +Number 1: Who's my father's father? (pause 4 sec after each question) Letter a is the answer. Repeat: My father's father is my grandfather. + +(7) Now listen and circle the correct letter. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 2: Who's my father's mother? + +Number 3: What do we call a very young child? + +Number 4: Who are my mother's sisters? + +Number 5: Who's my father's brother? + +Number 6: Who are my aunt's children? + +Number 7: Who's my brother's son? + +Number 8: Who's my brother's daughter? + +Number 9: When a woman has a husband, what do we call her? + +Number 10: What do we call a man without a wife? + +(8) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 2 is b. Repeat: My father's mother is my grandmother. + +Number 3 is c. Repeat: A very young child is called a baby. + +Number 4 is c. Repeat: My mother's sisters are my aunts. + +Number 5 is a. Repeat: My father's brother is my uncle. + +Number 6 is b. Repeat: My aunt's children are my cousins. + +Number 7 is b. Repeat: My brother's son is my nephew. + +Number 8 is c. Repeat: My brother's daughter is my niece. + +Number 9 is b. Repeat: A woman with a husband is called a married woman. + +Number 10 is a. Repeat: A man without a wife is a single man. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen. (pause) +Next month, I will graduate from school. I asked my relatives to come. Some of them will be able to come and some of them won't be able to come. Look at the example. You ask the question and someone will answer it. Then you put an x on the chart in the yes, no, or maybe column. Repeat the example question: Will Aunt June be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Now listen to the answer and mark the chart. (pause) Listen: I'm not sure. Aunt June might be able to come. (pause 4 sec) Put an x in number 1 under "maybe". + +(10) Now look at the chart and ask a question. Listen to the answer and mark the chart. (pause as marked) + +Number 2: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? Listen: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. Mark the chart. + +Number 3: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Aunt Mary be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: No. She won't be able to come. + +Number 4: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Uncle Ben be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: He isn't sure. He might. + +Number 5: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Cousin Meg be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: Yes, she will. + +Number 6: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Cousin Rob be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: No, he won't. + +Number 7: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: He didn't know. He might. + +Number 8: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will your brother Frank be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: Yes, he will. + +Number 9: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will your parents be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: Yes, they will. + +(11) Now I'm going to ask you a question. Use the chart and answer in a complete sentence. The questions are not in the same order. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Will Aunt June be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: I'm not sure. Aunt June might be able to come. + +Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. + +Will my parents be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Yes, your parents will be able to come. + +Will Uncle Ben be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Maybe. Uncle Ben might be able to come. + +--- + +Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Maybe. Uncle Jerry might be able to come. + +Will Cousin Meg be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Yes, Cousin Meg will be able to come. + +Will Aunt Mary be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: No, Aunt Mary won't be able to come. + +Will my brother Frank be able to come? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Yes, your brother Frank will be able to come. + +Will Cousin Rob be able to come? +Repeat: No, Cousin Rob won't be able to come. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(12) Look at Figure 4. Look at the connective words in the box. (pause after each word) Repeat: after...after that...finally...first...last...lastly...next...second...then + +(13) Now listen to a paragraph two times. First just listen for the connective words. + +Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack and the spare tire out of the trunk. Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. Then, he put the spare tire on the wheel, and put the nuts on. He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car. + +(14) Now listen again. This time write the connective words when you hear them. (Read a little slower, slightly emphasizing the connective words) + +Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack and the spare tire out of the trunk. Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. Then he put the spare tire on the wheel, and put the nuts on. He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car. + +(15) Listen to another paragraph. First just listen. + +Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? Do you know how to operate it? Let me tell you how to use it. First, be sure you have enough change. It's best to have the exact change. The machine doesn't always give back change. Then look at the snacks. It usually has a large number of selections. Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. Then be sure to push the right letter and button for your selection. Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection. + +(16) Now listen again. This time write the connective words when you hear them. (Read a little slower slightly emphasizing the connective words) + +Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? Do you know how to operate it? Let me tell you how to use it. First, be sure you have enough change. It's best to have the exact change. The machine doesn't always give back change. Then look at the snacks. It usually has a large number of selections. Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. Then be sure to push the right letter and button for your selection. Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 10. + + + + +### Lesson 4A + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 6. b | +| 2. b | 7. b | +| 3. c | 8. c | +| 4. c | 9. b | +| 5. a | 10. a | + +### Figure 3 + +| | yes | no | maybe | +|---|:---:|:---:|:---:| +| 1. | | | X | +| 2. | X | | | +| 3. | | X | | +| 4. | | | X | +| 5. | X | | | +| 6. | | X | | +| 7. | | | X | +| 8. | X | | | +| 9. | X | | | + +### Figure 4 + +| Paragraph 1 | Paragraph 2 | +|---|---| +| 1. first | 1. first | +| 2. next | 2. then | +| 3. after that | 3. then | +| 4. then | 4. next | +| 5. last | 5. then | +| | 6. finally | + +--- + diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-4B.md b/sources/book-10/lla-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ce2aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 4B + +### **Figure 1** + +> Repeat the sentences. + +#### **WHAT'S HER OCCUPATION?** +#### **WHAT'S HIS JOB?** +#### **WHAT (KIND OF WORK) DOES HE DO?** + +![#1 A female dentist examining a patient in a dental chair](images/page_081_001.jpg) +dentist + +![#2 A man and a woman in business attire standing in front of a sign that reads "HAYES INSURANCE CO"](images/page_081_002.jpg) +businesswoman +company + +![#3 A man in a suit standing in front of a car with a sign that reads "CAR SALE"](images/page_081_003.jpg) +salesman + +![#4 A female cashier sitting at a register counter with customers in line](images/page_081_004.jpg) +cashier, boss + +![#5 A male secretary sitting at a desk with a world map behind him labeled "DLI"](images/page_081_005.jpg) +secretary + +![#6 A male bus driver standing next to the open door of a bus](images/page_081_006.jpg) +bus driver + +--- + +### **Figure 2** + +> Answer the questions. +> Write the number by the answer. + +a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ businessman + +b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ driver + +c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ cashier + +d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ businesswoman + +e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ dentist + +f. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ secretary + +--- + +### **Figure 3** + +> Read the chart. +> Repeat the names of the cities. +> Answer the questions. + +| THE WEATHER IN SOME MAJOR CITIES
Last night, 10:35 PM | Weather Key | +|---|---| +| Los Angeles : r : 60 | c = clear | +| New York : cl : 41 | cl = cloudy | +| San Francisco : cl : 55 | r = rainy | +| Washington : w : 42 | sy = sunny | +| Phoenix : c/w : 72 | w = windy | +| Detroit : c : 30 | | +| Las Vegas : r : 65 | | +| Chicago : cl : 34 | | + +*Example:* What was the temperature in Chicago? +It was 34 degrees. + +Was it cloudy or clear? +It was cloudy. + +--- + +### **Figure 4** + +> Listen to the time. +> Draw the hands on the clock. +> Answer the questions. + +![#1 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_001.jpg) +1. It's time to get up + +![#2 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_002.jpg) +2. It's time for class. + +![#3 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_003.jpg) +3. It's time to eat. + +![#4 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_004.jpg) +4. It's your free time. + +![#5 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_005.jpg) +5. It's time to eat supper. + +![#6 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_006.jpg) +6. It's time to go to sleep. + +--- + +### **Figure 5** + +> Repeat the conversation. + +#### **DO YOU COLLECT ANYTHING?** + +**Bruce:** What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Are you going to do anything interesting? + +**Ben:** Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection. Do you collect anything? + +**Bruce:** No. All I collect is my students' papers after a test. But that's different. + +**Ben:** What are YOU doing Saturday? + +**Bruce:** I'm going to work on my car. I have to replace two tires. Then I'm going to a baseball game. Do you want to come with me? I have an extra ticket. + +**Ben:** Sure. Where can I meet you? + +**Bruce:** How about my apartment, at five? + +**Ben:** Good. See you then. + +--- + +### **Figure 6** + +> Listen to the paragraph. +> Write the main idea. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4B + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat the sentences. What's her occupation? (pause 4 sec) What's his job? (pause 4 sec) What kind of work does he do? (pause 4 sec) What does he do? (pause 4 sec) + +(3) Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Picture 1: dentist...dentist +A dentist is a doctor. She works on People's teeth. + +Picture 2: businesswoman...businesswoman +company...company +She's a businesswoman. +Rita and her husband own an insurance company. + +Picture 3: salesman...salesman +He sells cars. He's a salesman. + +Picture 4: cashier...cashier +boss...boss +Alice takes money from customers at a restaurant. +She's a cashier. (pause) +Mr. Jones owns the restaurant. He's her boss. + +Picture 5: secretary...secretary +He's the new secretary for the school. +He types 55 words a minute. + +Picture 6: driver...driver +He's the new driver for the school bus. +He's a bus driver. + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen to some sentences about people's occupations or jobs. Then answer the question. Write the number in front of the correct answer. (pause as marked; and for repetition) + +Number 1: He works in a grocery store. The customers pay him for their food. What's his occupation? +(pause 4 sec after each question) The answer is c, cashier. Put a 1 in front of cashier. (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: The cashier takes the customers' money for food. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 2: Jack drives a truck for a furniture store. What's his job? +(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is b. Repeat: He's a truck driver. + +Number 3: Mary sells towels in a department store. What is her job? +(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is d, saleswoman. Repeat: A saleswoman sells things. + +Number 4: Mark owns a drugstore. What's his occupation? +(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is a, businessman. Repeat: He's a businessman. + +Number 5: Alice works for an insurance company. She types, writes letters, and answers the phone. What is she? (pause 6 sec) The correct answer is f, secretary. Repeat: A secretary usually types and answers the phone. + +Number 6: He cleaned and filled my teeth. What's his occupation? +(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is e, dentist. +Repeat: A dentist cleans and fills teeth. + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(5) Now look at the chart in Figure 3. This is a chart about the weather in different cities. Read all the information on the chart. (pause 15 sec) First, repeat the names of the cities two times. (pause for repetition) + +Los Angeles...Los Angeles +New York...New York +San Francisco...San Francisco +Washington...Washington +Phoenix...Phoenix +Detroit...Detroit +Las Vegas...Las Vegas +Chicago...Chicago + +(6) Now look at the example. Listen to the question and answer it. What was the temperature in Chicago? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: It was 34 degrees. Listen and answer. Was it cloudy or clear? (pause 3 sec) Repeat: It was cloudy. (pause) Use the chart and answer the questions. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What was the temperature in Phoenix? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was seventy-two degrees. + +Was it cloudy or clear in Phoenix? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was clear. + +Number 2: What was the temperature in Las Vegas? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was 65 degrees in Las Vegas. + +Was it cloudy or rainy in Las Vegas? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was rainy in Las Vegas. + +Number 3: What was the temperature in San Francisco? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was 55 degrees in San Francisco. + +Was it cloudy or clear? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was cloudy. + +Number 4: What was the temperature in New York? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was 41 degrees. + +Was it cloudy or rainy in New York? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was cloudy. + +Number 5: What was the temperature in Los Angeles? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was 60 degrees. + +Was it rainy or cloudy? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was rainy. + +Number 6: What was the temperature in Detroit? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was 30 degrees. + +Was it cloudy or clear? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was clear. + +Number 7: What was the temperature in Washington? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was 42 degrees. + +Was it windy or rainy? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was windy. + +### AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(7) Now, look at Figure 4. Listen to the time and draw the hands on the clocks. (pause 6 sec after each sentence) + +Number 1: It's 6:00. +Number 2: It's 7:30. +Number 3: It's 12:15. +Number 4: It's 7:00. +Number 5: It's 5:20. +Number 6: It's 10:45. + +(8) Now look at the clocks and the sentences and answer the questions. + +Number 1: What time is it? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: It's 6:00. It's time to get up. + +Number 2: Is it time to sleep? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: No. It's 7:30. It's time for class. + +Number 3: What time is it? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: It's 12:15. It's time to eat. + +Number 4: Is it time to relax? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: Yes. It's 7:00. It's your free time. + +Number 5: Is it time for breakfast? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: No. It's 5:20. It's time to eat supper. + +Number 6: What time is it? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: It's 10:45. It's time to go to sleep. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(9) Now look at Figure 5. Listen and repeat the conversation. (pause for repetition after each sentence) + +(two male voices) + +voice 1: What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Are you going to do anything interesting? +voice 2: Well, I'm going to add/some coins to my collection. Do you collect anything? +voice 1: No. All I collect/is my students' papers after a test. But that's different. +voice 2: What are you doing Saturday? +voice 1: I'm going to work on my car. I have to replace two tires. Then I'm going to a baseball game. Do you want to come with me? I have an extra ticket. +voice 2: Sure. Where can I meet you? +voice 1: How about my apartment, at five? +voice 2: Good. See you then. + +(10) Now let's read the conversation. You read Ben's lines. + +voice 1: What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Are you going to do anything interesting? (pause 8 sec) +voice 1: No. All I collect is students' papers after a test. But that's different. (pause 3 sec) +voice 1: I'm going to work on my car. I have to replace two tires. Then I'm going to a baseball game. Do you want to come with me? I have an extra ticket. (pause 3 sec) +voice 1: How about my apartment, at five? (pause 3 sec) + +(11) Now change parts. You read Bruce's lines. You start. (pause 6 sec) + +voice 2: Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection. Do you collect anything? (pause 6 sec) +voice 2: What are you doing Saturday? (pause 12 sec) +voice 2: Sure. Where can I meet you? (pause 3 sec) +voice 2: Good. See you then. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(12) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph two times. Then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. Listen. + +Why do people go to shopping centers? You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. The stores want to sell their things. They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. They try to get the customers into their stores. Many people just like to see these stores. Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. It's cool and safe there. Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. A shopping center can be fun to visit. + +(13) Listen to the paragraph again. + +Why do people go to shopping centers? You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. The stores want to sell their things. They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. They try to get the customers into their stores. Many people just like to see these stores. Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. It's cool and safe there. Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. A shopping center can be fun to visit. + +(14) Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) + +(15) Listen to another paragraph. + +When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. Some people wear warm clothes. Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. At night, people put many covers on their beds. Others think that doing the opposite helps. For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. They say that cold plus cold equals hot. + +(16) Listen again. + +When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. Some people wear warm clothes. Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. At night, people put many covers on their beds. Others think that doing the opposite helps. For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. They say that cold plus cold equals hot. + +(17) Now write the main idea of the paragraph. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 10.** + + + + +# Lesson 4B + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| a. 4 | d. 3 | +| b. 2 | e. 6 | +| c. 1 | f. 5 | + +### Figure 4 + +1. 6:00 +2. 7:30 +3. 12:15 +4. 7:00 +5. 5:20 +6. 10:45 + +### Figure 6 + +1. People go to shopping centers to shop and have fun. +2. People do different things to keep warm. diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-4C.md b/sources/book-10/lla-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3870eb8e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 4C + +## Figure 1 + +| Listen to the dialog.
Circle the correct word.
Repeat the dialog. | +|---| + +### IT'S NOT VERY FAR. + +Sam: How (*far* / *near*) is it from Houston to Dallas? + +Jan: Oh, it's (*among* / *about*) two hundred and fifty miles. + +Sam: Could you find out the (*exact* / *exactly*) number of miles for me? + +Jan: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles. + +Sam: Which city do you think is nicer to visit? + +Jan: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more (*pleasant* / *pleased*). + +Sam: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas. + +Jan: Well, have a good trip! + +Sam: Thanks. + +--- + +## Figure 2 + +| Repeat the words.
Look at the map and answer the questions. | +|---| + +![Map showing western US cities with flight durations and distances, including Sacramento, San Francisco, Las Vegas, Los Angeles, San Diego, and Phoenix](images/page_086_001.jpg) + +*Examples:* How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles? +*It's 127 miles.* + +*It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes (to get to Los Angeles from San Diego.)* + +--- + +## Figure 3 + +| Listen to the questions.
Listen to a conversation.
Select the answer. | +|---| + +1. a. to school + b. to the mall + c. to the gym + +2. a. her parents + b. her brother + c. her aunt + +3. a. some clothes + b. some shoes + c. some books + +4. a. They're very old. + b. They're very tight. + c. They're very loose. + +5. a. some shoes + b. some lunch + c. a new book + +6. a. $15.00 + b. $5.00 + c. $10.00 + +--- + +## Figure 4 + +| Repeat the words.
Complete the sentences.
Repeat the sentences. | +|---| + +![A drawing of a daily newspaper titled "The Dallas News"](images/page_087_001.jpg) +a newspaper + +![A magazine cover titled "WORLD NEWS"](images/page_087_002.jpg) +a magazine + +| articles | famous | magazines | news | newspapers | +|---|---|---|---|---| + +1. Many people read _______________ every day. + +2. The information or _______________ in them is usually about something interesting or exciting. + +3. There are _______________ about many different kinds of things. + +4. There are _______________ about the news, about sports, about travel, and about _______________ people. + +5. The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called _______________. + +--- + +\- USER NOTES - + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Complete the dialog. Listen and circle the correct word. Listen. +(two voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: How far is it from Houston to Dallas? +voice 2: Oh, it's about two hundred and fifty miles. +voice 1: Could you find out the exact number of miles for me? +voice 2: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles. +voice 1: Which city do you think is nicer to visit? +voice 2: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant. +voice 1: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas. +voice 2: Well, have a good trip! +voice 1: Thanks. + +(3) Now listen and repeat the dialog. (pause at slashes and after each sentence for repetition) + +voice 1: How far is it from Houston to Dallas? +voice 2: Oh, it's about two hundred and fifty miles. +voice 1: Could you find out/the exact number of miles for me? +voice 2: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles. +voice 1: Which city do you think is nicer to visit? +voice 2: Well, in my opinion,/Houston is more pleasant. +voice 1: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas. +voice 2: Well, have a good trip! +voice 1: Thanks. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Now look at the map in Figure 2. Let's repeat the names of some cities in the United States. (pause after each word for repetition) + +Repeat: Sacramento...Sacramento +San Francisco...San Francisco +Las Vegas...Las Vegas +Los Angeles...Los Angeles +San Diego...San Diego +Phoenix...Phoenix + +(5) This map shows the time and number of miles between the cities. Look at the example. Listen: How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles? Read the first answer. (pause) Repeat: It's one hundred and twenty-seven miles. (pause) How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles? Now read the second answer. (pause) Repeat: It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes. + +(6) Look at the map and listen to the question. First answer the question in miles. Then listen again and answer the question in time. + +Number 1: How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's three hundred and fifty-three miles. (pause) + +How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix? (pause) +Repeat: It takes seven hours and thirty five minutes. + +Number 2: How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's three hundred and eighty-six miles. + +How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento? (pause) +Repeat: It takes eight hours to drive from Los Angeles to Sacramento. + +Number 3: How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's two hundred and seventy-six miles. + +How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas? (pause) +Repeat: It takes five hours and fifty minutes. + +Number 4: How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's three hundred and seventy-six miles. + +How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix? (pause) +Repeat: It takes eight hours and five minutes. + +(7) Now, I want YOU to ask me the questions. I'll give you the cities and you ask me the question. + +Las Vegas and Phoenix. +Repeat: How far is it from Las Vegas to Phoenix? (pause 4 sec) + +Listen: It's two hundred and eighty-five miles and it takes six hours and twenty minutes to drive. + +San Francisco and Sacramento. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: How far is it from San Francisco to Sacramento? + +Listen: It takes one hour and fifty-five minutes to drive from San Francisco to Sacramento. + +Los Angeles and Las Vegas. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas? + +Listen: It's two hundred and seventy-six miles. + +San Diego and Phoenix. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix? + +Listen: It takes seven hours and thirty five minutes to drive. + +San Diego and Los Angeles. (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles? + +Listen: It's one hundred and twenty-seven miles. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Now look at Figure 3. First listen to some questions. + +Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going? +Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money? +Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy? +Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes? +Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz? +Number 6: Will Peggy have enough money? + +(9) Now listen to a conversation. + +(two female voices) + +voice 1: Hi, Liz! +voice 2: Hi, Peggy. +voice 1: Do you want to go shopping with me? I've got a little extra money and I want to buy some black shoes. +voice 2: Really? Where did you get the money? +voice 1: My parents sent me fifty dollars. +voice 2: I thought you bought black shoes last month. +voice 1: I did. I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes. But now they're very loose! +voice 2: Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. +voice 1: How about lunch? can take you to the Italian Restaurant at the mall. +voice 2: That sounds good, but will you have enough money? +voice 1: Sure, the shoes I want cost about $35.00. I'll have enough to pay for lunch. +voice 2: Then let's hurry up. I'm getting hungry. + +(10) Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: Hi, Liz! +voice 2: Hi, Peggy. +voice 1: Do you want to go shopping with me? I've got a little extra money and I want to buy some black shoes. +voice 2: Really? Where did you get the money? +voice 1: My parents sent me fifty dollars. +voice 2: I thought you bought black shoes last month. +voice 1: I did. I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes. But now they're very loose! +voice 2: Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. +voice 1: How about lunch? I can take you to the Italian Restaurant at the mall. +voice 2: That sounds good, but will you have enough money? +voice 1: Sure, the shoes I want cost about $35.00. I'll have enough to pay for lunch. +voice 2: Then let's hurry up. I'm getting hungry. + +--- + +(11) Now circle the best answer, a, b, or c. + +Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going? + +Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money? + +Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy? + +Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes? + +Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz? + +Number 6: How much money will Peggy have for lunch? + +(12) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is b. Liz and Peggy are going to the mall. + +Number 2 is a. Peggy's parents gave her the money. + +Number 3 is b. Peggy wants to buy some shoes. + +Number 4 is c. Peggy's old shoes are very loose. + +Number 5 is b. Peggy's going to buy lunch for Liz. + +Number 6 is a. Peggy should have $15.00 left after she pays for her shoes. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(13) Look at Figure 4. Listen and repeat the words in the box two times. + +articles...articles + +famous...famous + +magazines...magazines + +news...news + +newspapers...newspapers + +(14) Now listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box. You can use some words two times. (pause 6 sec after each sentence for student to write a word) + +Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day. + +Number 2: The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting. + +Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things. + +Number 4: There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people. + +Number 5: The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles. + +(15) Now listen and repeat the sentences. (pause after each sentence for repetition) + +Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day. + +Number 2: The information or news in them / is usually about something interesting or exciting. + +Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things. + +Number 4: There are magazines about the news, / about sports / about travel, / and about famous people. + +Number 5: The different kinds of information / in magazines and newspapers / are called articles. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 10.** + + + + +# Lesson 4C + +### Figure 1 + +Sam: How far is it from Houston to Dallas? +Jan: Oh, it's about two hundred and fifty miles. +Sam: Could you find out the exact number of miles for me? +Jan: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles. +Sam: Which city do you think is nicer to visit? +Jan: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant. +Sam: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas. +Jan: Well, have a good trip! +Sam: Thanks. + +### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 4. c | +| 2. a | 5. b | +| 3. b | 6. a | + +### Figure 4 + +1. Many people read newspaper every day. +2. The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting. +3. There are magazines about many different kinds of things. +4. There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people. +5. The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles. diff --git a/sources/book-10/lla-4D.md b/sources/book-10/lla-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4d7af9d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/lla-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 4D + +## Figure 1 + +| Select the answer. | +|---| + +1. a. My father wasn't at home. + b. They live in Detroit. + c. They left this morning. + +2. a. She's feeling much better, thank you. + b. He's cooking supper right now. + c. She's a school teacher. + +3. a. I'm a dentist. + b. I'm going to New York next week. + c. My parents live in New York. + +4. a. They own a clothing store. + b. They're fine, thank you. + c. They will take their vacation in June. + +5. a. They don't live here. + b. It was sunny yesterday. + c. Yes. I have four brothers and three sisters. + +--- + +## Figure 2 + +| Ask and repeat the questions. | +|---| + +*Example: Q:* What does your mother do? +*A:* My mother is a dentist. + +1. Q: ____________________________________________________________________ + A: My father is feeling much better, thank you. + +2. Q: ____________________________________________________________________ + A: My brother wants a job in sales. + +3. Q: ____________________________________________________________________ + A: It was windy and cloudy in Dallas. + +4. Q: ____________________________________________________________________ + A: My children are fine, thank you. + +--- + +## Figure 3 + +| Circle the number of the strongest syllable. | +|---| + +*Example:* se lec tion +1 2 **(3)** 4 + +1. 1 2 3 4 +2. 1 2 3 4 +3. 1 2 3 4 +4. 1 2 3 4 +5. 1 2 3 4 +6. 1 2 3 4 +7. 1 2 3 4 +8. 1 2 3 4 +9. 1 2 3 4 +10. 1 2 3 4 +11. 1 2 3 4 +12. 1 2 3 4 +13. 1 2 3 4 +14. 1 2 3 4 + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Answer the questions.** + +June 5, 1988 + +Dear Jane: + +I couldn't go to your party last weekend because I had to work late on Sunday. Usually, I'm finished at the store by 5:30, but last weekend I had a lot of extra work. I couldn't leave the store until 8 PM. By that time, I was very tired and hungry. I tried to buy a sandwich, but I couldn't find a sandwich vending machine. Finally I stopped looking. I went home without supper. After I got home and changed clothes, it was very late. I know you had a good party. I'm sorry I didn't go. + +I won't have to go to work on Tuesday and Wednesday of next week. I can go to a restaurant and a movie on Tuesday. Would you like to do that? Call me on Monday. + +Your friend, +Frank. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to a paragraph. Write the paragraph.** + +#### MY NEIGHBOR + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4D + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a question. Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where do your folks live? + +Number 2: What does your wife do? + +Number 3: What kind of work do you do? + +Number 4: How's your family? + +Number 5: Do you have a large family? + +(3) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is b. + +Number 2 is c. + +Number 3 is a. + +Number 4 is b. + +Number 5 is c. + +(4) Listen to the question again. Then repeat the answer. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Listen: Where do your folks live? +Repeat: They live in Detroit. + +Number 2: Listen: What does your wife do? +Repeat: She's a school teacher. + +Number 3: Listen: What kind of work do you do? +Repeat: I'm a dentist. + +Number 4: Listen: How's your family? +Repeat: They're fine, thank you. + +Number 5: Listen: Do you have a large family? +Repeat: Yes. I have four brothers and three sisters. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(5) Look at the example in Figure 2. Look at the sentence after the letter A. It's an answer to a question. Look at the underlined words. They will help you ask the question. Listen: What does your mother do? Repeat: What does your mother do? (pause for repetition after each question) My mother is a dentist. + +(6) Now look at number 1 and ask the question. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: How's your father? (pause) My father is feeling much better. + +Number 2: Ask the question. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: What kind of job does your brother want? (pause) My brother wants a job in sales. + +Number 3: Ask the question. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: How was the weather in Dallas? (pause) It was windy and cloudy in Dallas. + +Number 4: Ask the question. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: How are your children? (pause) My children are fine, thank you. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(7) Look at the example in Figure 3. Listen to the word and circle the number of the strongest syllable. The strongest syllable is called a stressed syllable. You'll hear the word two times. Listen: selection...selection. Do you hear the stress on the second syllable? Circle the two. (pause 4 sec after second word) + +Number 1: introduction...introduction + +Number 2: neighbor...neighbor + +Number 3: cafeteria...cafeteria + +Number 4: variety...variety + +Number 5: machine...machine + +Number 6: operate...operate + +Number 7: favorite...favorite + +Number 8: popular...popular + +Number 9: remove...remove + +Number 10: tighten...tighten + +Number 11: enough...enough + +Number 12: inflate...inflate + +Number 13: loosen...loosen + +Number 14: replace...replace + +(8) Let's check your answers. Number one is three. Repeat: (pause after each word for repetition) introduction...introduction + +Number 2 is 1. Repeat: neighbor...neighbor + +Number 3 is 3. Repeat: cafeteria...cafeteria + +Number 4 is 2. Repeat: variety...variety + +Number 5 is 2. Repeat: machine...machine + +Number 6 is 1. Repeat: operate...operate + +Number 7 is 1. Repeat: favorite...favorite + +Number 8 is 1. Repeat: popular...popular + +Number 9 is 2. Repeat: remove...remove + +Number 10 is 1. Repeat: tighten...tighten + +Number 11 is 2. Repeat: enough...enough + +Number 12 is 2. Repeat: inflate...inflate + +Number 13 is 1. Repeat: loosen...loosen + +Number 14 is 2. Repeat: replace...replace + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(9) Look at the letter in Figure 4. First listen to some questions about this letter. Don't try to answer. After you read the letter, you'll answer the questions. Listen. + +Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party? + +Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store? + +Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich? + +Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night? + +Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night? + +Now read the letter silently. +(pause 45 sec for students to read letter.) + +(10) Now listen to the questions again and answer them. (pause 4 sec after each question, then for repetition of the response) + +Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party? +Repeat: No. He wasn't able to go to Jane's party. + +Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store? +Repeat: He was able to leave after eight. + +Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich? +Repeat: No. He wasn't able to buy a sandwich. + +Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night? +Repeat: He wasn't able to eat, / because he couldn't find a sandwich vending machine. + +Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night? +Repeat: He'll be able to go / to a restaurant and movie on Tuesday night. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(11) Now look at Figure 5. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time listen only. Listen. + +Mrs. Wright is my neighbor. We live in the same apartment building. She lives alone. Sometimes, I take her shopping. I help her with her packages. We live upstairs and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. She says that I am a very polite person. The other day, I wrote down my phone number on some paper. I stuck it on her table near her phone. I told her to call me when she needed anything. She was pleased and thanked me. It feels good to be able to help someone. + +(12) This time listen and write. (pause 10-15 sec after each segment) + +Mrs. Wright / is my neighbor. / We live in the same / apartment building. / She lives alone. / Sometimes, / I take her shopping. / I help her with her packages. / We live upstairs / and it's hard / to take packages / up the stairs. / She says / that I am / a very polite person. / The other day, / I wrote down / my phone number / on some paper. / I stuck it / on her table / near her phone. / I told her / to call me / when she needed anything. / She was pleased / and thanked me. / It feels good / to be able / to help someone. + +--- + +(13) Now listen again and check your paragraph. + +Mrs. Wright is my neighbor. We live in the same apartment building. She lives alone. Sometimes, I take her shopping. I help her with her packages. We live upstairs and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. She says that I am a very polite person. The other day, I wrote down my phone number on some paper. I stuck it on her table near her phone. I told her to call me when she needed anything. She was pleased and thanked me. It feels good to be able to help someone. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 10.** + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 4D + +### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 4. b | +| 2. c | 5. c | +| 3. a | | + +### Figure 2 + +1. Q: How's your father? +2. Q: What kind of job does your brother want? +3. Q: How was the weather in Dallas? +4. Q: How are your children? + +### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. 3 | 8. 1 | +| 2. 1 | 9. 2 | +| 3. 3 | 10. 1 | +| 4. 2 | 11. 2 | +| 5. 2 | 12. 2 | +| 6. 1 | 13. 1 | +| 7. 1 | 14. 2 | + +### Figure 5 + +Mrs. Wright is my neighbor. We live in the same apartment building. She lives alone. Sometimes, I take her shopping. I help her with her packages. We live upstairs and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. She says that I am a very polite person. The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper. I stuck it on her table near her phone. I told her to call me when she needed anything. She was pleased and thanked me. It feels good to be able to help someone. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-10/st-1.md b/sources/book-10/st-1.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46232c11 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/st-1.md @@ -0,0 +1,1477 @@ + + +![An illustration showing a cigarette vending machine on the left and two men standing next to a snack vending machine on the right](images/page_009_001.jpg) + +# TELL ME HOW TO .... BOOK 10 LESSON 1 + +## FUNCTION +Can you tell me how to operate this machine? +First, put the money in the slot. + +## GRAMMAR +Bill knew how to fix the car. Bill taught me how to fix my car. +Mark asked (him) how to fix his car. + +Barbara listens to music while she exercises. +No, James wasn't eating when you called. +Where did you go after you left the library? + +Dinner is at eight. You're supposed to be there at eight. + +## SKILLS +first, then, after, next, finally +Harry bought a new suit. It has two pairs of pants. +Harry bought a new suit with two pairs of pants. +Give or carry out instructions. Listen and select the topic. +Listen and select the main idea. + +## VOCABULARY + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| be supposed to | after | until | knob | +| dispense | another | when | machine | +| drop | before | while | nut | +| find out/found out | everywhere | | opening | +| get back/got back | exact/exactly | | selection | +| insert | favorite | candy bar | soda/soda pop/soft drink | +| lift | finally | chip | time | +| operate | for | coin return/release | tray | +| stick/stuck | last/lastly | cream | vending machine | +| teach/taught | no | detergent | washing machine | +| work | out of | diet drink | | +| | popular | gum/chewing gum | out of order | +| | stuck | | | + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 10 LESSON 1 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: vending machines | 3 | +| LISTENING SKILLS: select the topic, select the main idea | 10 | +| VOCABULARY: more machines | 12 | +| GRAMMAR: how to (manner/method) | 17 | +| WRITING SKILL: combine sentences independent clause/phrase | 21 | +| GRAMMAR: adverb clauses of time (before and after main clause) | 22 | +| LISTENING SKILL: write transitional words or phrases | 27 | +| FUNCTION: requesting /giving instructions on how to use a vending machine | 28 | +| GRAMMAR: be supposed to | 36 | +| SPEAKING AND LISTENING SKILLS: give instructions orally, carry out/pantomime instructions | 40 | + +# Vocabulary + +### IT'S STUCK. + +![Two sequential illustrations showing a hand wetting/applying a stamp to an envelope and then pressing down as it sticks to a finger](images/page_011_001.jpg) + +1. Be careful or the stamp will stick to your fingers. +2. The stamp stuck to his finger. +3. The stamp is stuck to his finger. +4. The stamp sticks to his finger. + +5. I stuck the milk in the refrigerator. +6. The vegetable drawer is stuck. I can't close it. + +![An open refrigerator packed with food, drinks, and containers, showing the vegetable drawer at the bottom](images/page_011_002.jpg) + +# A VENDING MACHINE + +![Diagram of a snack vending machine with labels pointing to SELECTION KNOBS, OPENING, TRAY, COIN SLOT (OPENING), COIN RETURN LEVER, and COIN RETURN OR COIN RELEASE (CUP)](images/page_012_001.jpg) + +Read the sentences. + +1. This is a vending machine. +2. It's a snack vending machine. +3. A snack vending machine dispenses snacks. +4. I can work this machine. It's easy. +5. It has a small opening for coins. +6. Put your coins in the slot. +7. The snack is supposed to drop into the tray. +8. Sometimes, the coins stick and nothing comes out. +9. Turn the coin return or coin release. You'll get your money back. +10. Your coins will drop into the coin return. +11. Insert your coins again and wait until they drop. +12. Pull the knob below your selection. +13. Your change will drop into the coin return. +14. Your snack selection will drop into the tray. + +--- + +**THIS IS HOW YOU DO IT.** + +Put the sentences in order. + +______ Wait until the coins drop. + +______ Get your selection from the tray. + +______ Insert the coins in the coin slot. + +______ Lastly, pick up the change from the coin return opening. + +______ Make your selection. Pull the knob or push a button. + + +**WHEN THE COINS GET STUCK, ...** + +______ Get your change from the coin return. + +______ Insert the coins again. + +______ Get your selection from the tray. + +______ Wait until the coins drop. + +______ Turn the coin release. You'll get your money back. + +______ Make your selection and pull the knob. + +______ The coins stick (don't drop), you can't make a selection. + +______ Put your money in the coin slot. + +--- + +**WHAT KIND OF SNACK DO YOU WANT?** + +Greg: Do you want + +![#1 Three snack packages: potato chips, corn chips, and a candy bar](images/page_014_001.jpg) + +potato chips, corn chips, or a candy bar? + +Stan: I don't want anything to eat. I just want some + +![#2 A package of chewing gum](images/page_014_002.jpg) + +chewing gum. + +Greg: What does Sue want? + +Stan: She wants some + +![#3 A package of salted peanuts](images/page_014_003.jpg) + +nuts. + +--- + +**WHAT IS YOUR SELECTION?** + +![A vending machine displaying six options with pull knobs numbered 1 to 6 below each item](images/page_015_001.jpg) + +EXAMPLES: Ted wants some potato chips. Which knob should he pull? +He should pull knob 1. + +Sam pulled knob number 5. What was his selection? +He selected some nuts. + +--- + +**THE WINDOW IS STUCK.** + +![A man standing by a window, trying to pull it open while a woman watches him](images/page_016_001.jpg) + +Lynn: I can't get this window open, Mark. I can't lift it. Can you help me? + +Mark: Sure, let me try. No, I can't open it. It's stuck. Call Frank. Maybe we can borrow his tools. + +Lynn: He's not home. I think he went out of town for the weekend. + +Mark: No, he didn't go out of town this weekend. He's leaving town next weekend. + +Lynn: Then I guess he went to the store for some cigarettes. He was out of them earlier. + +Mark: We'll have to wait until he comes back. His tools are in his truck. + +--- + +**At the Store** + +Cashier: Your total is $10.56, sir. + +Frank: Here it is. A ten-dollar bill, two quarters, a nickel and a penny. Ten fifty-six exactly. + +Cashier: Thank you, sir. We like to get the exact amount. + + +**Two Hours Later** + +Mark: I think Frank's finally back. + +Lynn: Oh, good, at last we can get some tools and open this window. + +![A man with a tool belt waving hello through an open window to Lynn and Mark standing inside](images/page_017_001.jpg) + +**FINALLY!** + +--- + +**MY FAVORITE SPORT IS SOCCER.** + +Rick: Gary likes basketball a lot. I like football the most. What's your favorite sport? + +Ali: My favorite sport is football. Football is very popular in my country. People play football everywhere. + +Rick: Soccer, you mean. + +Ali: Oh, yes, I forgot that it's called soccer in the United States. + + +**Listening Skill** + +**WHAT'S IT ABOUT?** + +Listen to a paragraph. Select the topic. + +EXAMPLE: +a. vending machines +b. hospitals, airports, and movies +c. military barracks + +1. +a. new places +b. different places +c. traveling together + +2. +a. opening a savings account +b. saving for a trip to London +c. eating in restaurants and going to movies + +3. +a. Frank's accident +b. the boy's bicycle +c. a careless driver + +--- + +Listen to the paragraphs again. This time select the main idea. + +EXAMPLE: +a. People like a lot of snacks. +b. Vending machines are in hospitals. +c. Vending machines are very popular. + +1. +a. Bill and John don't like short trips. +b. Bill and John like to travel together. +c. The trips are long and interesting. + +2. +a. Marty keeps all his money in a bank in London. +b. Marty is saving money for a trip to London. +c. Marty doesn't eat in restaurants or go to movies. + +3. +a. Frank was in an accident because he was careless. +b. The boy was riding his bicycle when John hit him. +c. Frank was in an accident, but it wasn't his fault. + +--- + +### Vocabulary + +AT THE SOFT DRINK VENDING MACHINE + +**Ann:** I'm thirsty. Let's get some soda pop. + +**Chris:** Okay. There's a soft drink vending machine on the left side of the building. + +**Ann:** Did they fix it? It was out of order yesterday. + +**Chris:** It was working earlier. I got a soda from it this morning. + +![#1 A man and a woman looking at a soft drink vending machine labeled "SODA WATER" with various cans inside and a sign that says "DIET SODA SOLD OUT"](images/page_020_001.jpg) + +**Chris:** What kind do you want? + +**Ann:** I want a diet drink. + +**Chris:** A diet drink? + +**Ann:** Yes. I need to lose 10 pounds. + +**Chris:** There are no more diet drinks in the machine. + +**Ann:** Oh, you mean the machine is out of diet sodas. + +**Chris:** Uh huh! Do you want something else? + +**Ann:** No, thanks. I'll get some water. + +--- + +Ask and answer the questions. + +1. What are Ann and Chris going to get? +2. Where are they going to buy their drinks? +3. When was the machine out of order? +4. Was the machine out of order or was it working in the morning? +5. What kind of drink does Ann want? +6. Why didn't Ann get her soda? + +HOW DO YOU WANT YOUR COFFEE? + +![#1 A diagram of a hot drinks vending machine panel showing 5 numbered push button choices for different coffee/drink options](images/page_021_001.jpg) + +Look at the picture. Listen to the sentences and answer the questions. + +EXAMPLES: +Dorothy wants coffee with cream. Which button should she push? `button 3` + +Lt Ramirez pushed button 5. What is he drinking? `He's drinking hot chocolate.` + +--- + +THERE'S NO MONEY FOR A NEW CAR. + +| There's | a lot of | sugar | in a soda pop. | +|---|---|---|---| +| | a little | | in juice. | +| | no | | in a diet drink. | + +| There are | a lot of | students | in room A. | +|---|---|---|---| +| | a few | | in room B. | +| | no | | in room C. | + +Make a sentence with **There is/are/was/were + no**. + +EXAMPLE: +candy bars in the vending machine +`There were no candy bars in the vending machine yesterday.` + +1. headsets in the lab +2. milk in the refrigerator +3. diet sodas +4. phones in the building +5. sports on TV tonight +6. shelves in the bookcase +7. vending machines in the barracks +8. students in the lab + +--- + +I HAVE NO MORE FILM FOR MY CAMERA. + +Make a sentence with **have/has/had + no**. + +EXAMPLE: +more time for TV +`The children have no more time for TV on school nights.` + +1. new winter clothes +2. more change for the vending machine +3. money for a new car +4. friends in this city +5. time for a movie +6. more film for my camera +7. identification +8. more checks in her checkbook + +AT THE MESS HALL + +**George:** I'm going to get a drink. Do you want more tea? + +**Carl:** Yes. Could you please bring me another glass? + +**George:** Where are your friends today? + +**Carl:** Well, one went to the post office, another went to the commissary, another went downtown, and the other one is sick. + +--- + +![#1 Two drawings showing a person being taught how to use a washing machine at a laundry room](images/page_024_001.jpg) + +PLEASE TEACH ME HOW TO OPERATE THIS MACHINE. + +When Willie moved away from home, he had to learn how to do his laundry. The first time he went to the laundry room in the barracks, he didn't know how to operate a washing machine. He had to find out. + +Willie had a roommate, Frank. Frank knew how to operate a washing machine. Frank taught Willie. These were his instructions: + +First, put your light clothes in one machine, and your dark clothes in another machine. They have to be in different machines. Next, select the correct temperature. Wash light colors in warm water and use cold water for dark colors. Put one cup of detergent in each machine. Then insert four quarters in the slots. Last, push the coin tray in. + +Willie found out that it was very easy to operate a washing machine. He was glad because he had to do his laundry many, many times after that. + +--- + +Ask and answer these questions. + +1. What did Willie have to do when he moved away from home? +2. What did Frank teach Willie? +3. Did Frank say to put dark clothes in the same machine with light clothes? +4. What is the last thing Willie has to do? +5. What did Willie find out about washing clothes? +6. How many times did Willie have to do his laundry after that? + +# Grammar + +**JIM KNOWS HOW TO PLAY TENNIS.** + +| Bill | found out
forgot
knew
learned
remembered | | how to | fix the car. | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| | showed
told
taught | me | | | +| | asked | (me) | | | + +Read the sentences. + +1. Jim forgot how to operate this machine. +2. Did you find out how to repair the bicycle? +3. Yes, I'll tell you how to fix it. +4. Robert will teach him how to use it again. +5. I don't know how to drive a truck. +6. When did George learn how to cook? +7. What is Sue showing Tom how to do? +8. Jane doesn't remember how to fly the plane. +9. Keith asked me how to fix the radio. + +**HIS FATHER TAUGHT HIM HOW TO DRIVE.** + +Read the sentence. Use the word in ( ) and make a new sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Pele showed Jimmy how to play soccer. (baseball) +Pele didn't show Jimmy how to play baseball. + +1. Marie taught Jane how to cook. (drive) +2. Sgt Rogers showed Sgt Anderson how to repair the plane. (fly) +3. Betty found out how to lock the window. (repair) +4. Lt Anderson knows how to drive. (fly) +5. Jerome told me how to find his house. (office) +6. Captain Klein remembered how to fly the plane. (repair) +7. Dennis asked Judy how to cook the chicken. (beef) +8. Tony forgot how to speak French. (Italian) + +**I'M NOT GOING TO SHOW YOU HOW.** + +Read the dialogs. Then answer the questions in complete sentences. + +1. **Keith:** I don't know how to operate this machine. I really want to learn how to do it. +**Jack:** Okay. I'll teach you how to use it. + +2. **Elaine:** Dad, will you show me how to drive a car? +**Dad:** No. I'm not going to show you how until you're sixteen. + +3. **Max:** I need to find out how to withdraw money from my savings account. +**Stan:** I'll tell you how to do it. + +4. **Victor:** Peggy forgot how to fill out that form. +**Larry:** Oh, I'll show her how to do it. + +5. **John:** I know how to speak French. +**Harry:** I would like to learn how to speak French, too. + +**I LEARNED HOW TO COOK AND WASH.** + +Read the sentence. Look at the words and change the sentence. Be sure to use **how to** in your new sentence. + +EXAMPLES: Does Jim know how to play football? (yes, and soccer) +Yes, Jim knows how to play football and soccer. + +Does Jim know how to play football? (no, but soccer) +No, Jim doesn't know how to play football, but he knows how to play soccer. + +1. Did Fred learn how to cook? (no, but wash clothes) +2. Did he show you how to fix the clock? (yes, and lamp) +3. Did Bobby learn how to multiply? (yes, and divide) +4. Did Ali teach you how to speak Arabic? (yes, and French) +5. Did Cathy forget how to operate the recorder? (no, but the washing machine) +6. Did you ask me how to spell "store"? (no, but score) +7. Does Captain Richards know how to fly a jet? (yes, and helicopter) +8. Did your father tell you how to start the car? (no, but wash it) + +# Writing Skill + +**HE'S ARRIVING AT TWO O'CLOCK ON TUESDAY.** + +Read the two sentences. Then write a new sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Tom dropped two quarters in the slot. +He wanted a soda water. +Tom dropped two quarters in the slot for a soda water. + +1. Bob used the vending machine. He used his last quarter. + +2. Ned is arriving at two o'clock. Ned is arriving on Tuesday. + +3. Sally wants to go on a trip. She wants Jan to go with her. + +4. Mark went to the drugstore. He got some medicine. + +5. I have a glass of tea every day. I put sugar in it. + +6. Harry bought a new suit. It has two pairs of pants. + +7. My favorite restaurant is downtown. It is on the river. + +8. That restaurant has good soup. They serve hot bread with it. + +# Grammar + +**WHEN, WHILE, AFTER, BEFORE, UNTIL** + +| Jerry listens to the radio | while | he studies. | +|---|---|---| +| Bonnie saw the new sofa | when | she came in. | +| Major Sims will write to us | after | he arrives home. | +| James was watching TV | before | his brother called. | +| Fran can't buy a new car | until | she saves some money. | + +Read the sentences. + +1. Greg exercised until they closed the gym. +2. Will you mail this letter before you leave the office? +3. Lt Martin went to the drugstore after he left the dispensary. +4. Johnny always eats while he cooks. +5. After Kathy finished her homework, she went to the movie. +6. Robert can't send the package until he finds out the new address. +7. Does Captain Reyes always work out before he swims? +8. Richard will learn Arabic when he goes to Yemen. +9. When Diane saw Mike, he was driving his new car. +10. Barbara listens to music while she exercises. + +--- + +**IT'S THE SAME, BUT DIFFERENT.** + +| The students were studying | when the teacher walked in. | +|---|---| +| When the teacher walked in, | the students were studying. | + +Change the sentence. + +1. Phil was asleep when Allan arrived. +2. I didn't know it was raining until I saw the water. +3. Before I exercise, I always warm up. +4. I remembered the answer after I finished the test. +5. While I was studying, the lights went out. + +**HE EXERCISES BEFORE HE SWIMS.** + +Read the two sentences. Use the word in ( ) and make a new sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Bobby brushes his teeth. He eats breakfast. (after) +Bobby brushes his teeth after he eats breakfast. +or +After he eats breakfast, Bobby brushes his teeth. + +1. Jeff ate breakfast. He walked to school. (before) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. The soccer game is over. John is going to leave. (when) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. Captain Lewis can't leave. Captain Rice arrives. (until) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. Charles listens to music. He drives to work. (while) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +5. John gets up. He takes a shower. (after) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +6. She went shopping. Sharon cashed a check. (before) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +7. He left the dining hall. Where did Sgt Dole go? (after) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +8. You came in the back door. Did you see Col Watkins? (when) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +9. Ms. Mill won't leave. Her last customer leaves at 9:30. (until) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +10. Pvt Williams can't mail the letter. The Major signs it in the morning. (until) + + _________________________________________________________________ + +**NO, I DIDN'T SEE HIM WHEN I CAME IN.** + +Use the words and answer the questions in complete sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Did you see Harvey when you came in? (no, Mike) +No, I saw Mike when I came in. +or +No, when I came in, I saw Mike. + +1. Does Teddy read while he watches TV? (yes) +2. Did John go to the BX after he finished lunch? (no, commissary) +3. Does Scott pick you up before he picks up his brother? (no, after) +4. Did Lt Carson lock the door before she left? (yes) +5. Did you read the paper while you were waiting? (no, a book) +6. Did Sara call her sister when she arrived at the hotel? (no, brother) +7. Does your wife stay awake until you get home? (yes) +8. Did Judy go to the store after she left my house? (no, the library) + +**WHO DID YOU SEE WHEN YOU CAME IN?** + +Read the sentence. Look at the underlined word and ask a question. + +EXAMPLE: Michael saw Captain Jackson while he was working. +Who did Michael see whiles he was working? + +1. Rick eats while he watches football. +2. Sgt Peterson can't leave until Captain Lawrence calls. +3. Major Brooks will go to the commissary after he picks up his wife. +4. Sgt Robinson will go to the barracks after he gets a haircut. +5. George goes to the gym before he goes home. +6. Margaret shampoos her hair after she swims. +7. Ester was swimming when Fernando called. +8. Captain Gentry went to the BX before he went to his office. + +**WHEN HE COMES HOME, ...** + +Read a paragraph. Then answer questions about it. + +Keith does the same thing when he comes home in the evenings. He picks up the mail before he goes into the house. He doesn't open it until he changes his clothes. He reads the mail before he turns on the TV. When he finishes with the mail, he cooks his dinner. Then he eats his dinner while he watches TV. + +Ms. Adams has a different schedule every morning. On Monday, she reads the newspaper after she eats breakfast. On Tuesday, she runs before she eats breakfast. On Wednesday, she eats her breakfast while she's washing the clothes. On Thursday, she doesn't eat breakfast. She studies in the library until she goes to lunch with her friend. On Friday, she goes downtown after she gets up, and has breakfast at a cafe. + +# Listening Skill + +**FIRST, NEXT, THEN** + +Listen to the paragraphs and write the connective words. Listen for words like first, second, last, then, next, after (that), and finally. + +EXAMPLE: +a. first +b. then +c. next +d. finally + +1. +a. ____________________ +b. ____________________ +c. ____________________ +d. ____________________ + +2. +a. ____________________ +b. ____________________ +c. ____________________ +d. ____________________ + +3. +a. ____________________ +b. ____________________ +c. ____________________ +d. ____________________ + +# Function + +![People in a room using various vending machines labeled CANDY, SANDWICH, Coffee, and SOFT DRINKS; a military officer is demonstrating to another man how to use the coffee vending machine](images/page_036_001.jpg) + +**CAN YOU TELL ME ...?** + +Read the sentences. + +1. Can you tell me how to use this machine? +2. Sure. Just put the money in the slot. +3. Wait until it drops. Then lift this door. +4. Make your selection. +5. How do you use this machine? +6. You're supposed to put your money in first. Then pull the knob. +7. Do you know how to operate this? +8. Push the button. +9. Do you know how this machine works? +10. Show me how this works, please. + +--- + +**MAKE YOUR SELECTION.** + +Read the dialogs. + +1. John: Can you help me, please? I put some money in this machine, but the drink didn't come out. Do you think it's out of order? + + Steve: No, I don't. I just bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck. + + John: What should I do? + + Steve: Push the coin return. You should get your money back. Then try again. + +![A soft drink vending machine](images/page_037_001.jpg) + +2. Ted: Will you please show me how this machine works? I want to buy a stamp for this letter. + + Claire: Sure. Just put a quarter in the slot. Push the button and pull the stamp out. + + Ted: Will the machine give me change? + + Claire: Yes, this one does. Look in the change cup. + +![A postal stamp vending machine](images/page_037_002.jpg) + +![A hot drinks coffee vending machine](images/page_038_001.jpg) + +3. Chuck: Can I get a cup of coffee from this machine? + + Ed: Yes, it costs 35¢. + + Chuck: Can I get it with sugar and cream? + + Ed: Sure. You can get coffee with sugar, with cream, or with both. + +4. Mark: Can you help me operate this machine? I put some money in it, but nothing came out. + + David: Maybe it's out of that kind of candy. Push a different button. + + Mark: I pushed them all and nothing happens. + + David: Well, maybe the coins are stuck. Try turning the coin return. + +![A snacks vending machine](images/page_038_002.jpg) + +![A sandwiches vending machine](images/page_039_001.jpg) + +5. Lynn: Do you know where I can get something to eat? + + Larry: There's a vending machine with sandwiches in it in the next room. + + Lynn: Can you come with me and show me how to use it? + + Larry: Oh, it's easy. Insert the money, make your selection by letter and number, and open the window for your sandwich. + +6. Fred: Do you know how to work this machine? I need to buy some stamps. + + Jack: Oh, sure. It costs $2.50 for a book of stamps. Put the coins in here and push the button below the stamps you want. + + Fred: Where can I get some change? + + Jack: There's a change machine over there. It gives quarters for dollar bills. + +![A postal stamp vending machine](images/page_039_002.jpg) + +7. Adam: I want to get a soda. Do you know how this machine works? + + Mark: Yes. First put in 50¢, make your selection, and then push the button. Be sure that the coins drop before you push the button. + + Adam: I'll get you one, too. What's your favorite soda? + + Mark: Oh, thanks. I'd like a diet soda. + +![A soft drink vending machine](images/page_040_001.jpg) + +8. Bob: Are there any other vending machines around here? This one's out of order, and I want to get some gum. + + Hal: There's a candy machine in the lab building. It's supposed to have gum in it. + +![A snacks vending machine](images/page_040_002.jpg) + +**EXCUSE ME, PLEASE.** + +Complete the sentences. + +EXAMPLES: Excuse me, please. How can I ...? +How can I use this machine? + +1. Maybe the coins are .... +2. This machine .... +3. How do you ...? +4. I pulled the knob, but .... +5. I want to buy some .... +6. Don't .... +7. Yes, you can .... +8. Oh, sure. Put .... +9. Wait until .... +10. Can you tell me ...? + +**I NEED A DRINK.** + +Take a role. Then make a conversation. + +1. At the Soft Drink Machine + + John: You put your money in a soft drink vending machine, but the drink doesn't come out. You think the machine might be out of order. There is a man next to the machine. He is drinking a soda. Ask him for advice. + + Steve: A man asks for your help. He thinks the vending machine is out of order. You just got a drink from the machine. You don't think it's out of order. You think the coins might be stuck. Tell him how to get his money or a drink. + +2. At the Snack Vending Machine + + Fred: You want to buy a snack. Ask someone to tell you how to use a snack vending machine. + + Jack: A man asks you how to operate a snack vending machine. Tell him how to use it. Use these words in your instructions: slot, coins, numbers, buttons, drop, take out, door. + +3. At the Candy Machine + + Mark: You want to buy some candy. You deposit money in the slot, but nothing happens. You ask a man for help. + + David: A man put his money into the vending machine and it didn't dispense the candy. He asks for your help. You think the machine is out of his favorite candy. Tell him how to get his money back or how to make another selection. + +--- + +4. At the Stamp Vending Machine + +Sam: You are in the post office. You need to get some stamps, but you don't have any quarters. You don't know how to get change or how to operate a stamp machine. There is a man near the machine. Ask him to help you. + +Ted: You are in the post office. A man has some dollar bills, but no change. There is a change machine near the stamp vending machine. He asks you how to get change and how to use the stamp machine. Answer the man's questions. Tell him how to use the two machines. + +5. At the Coffee Vending Machine + +Carl: You want a cup of coffee. You don't know how to operate the coffee vending machine. Ask the man next to the machine to tell you how to operate it. Ask about the price and about cream and sugar. + +Ed: A man asks you how to operate the coffee vending machine. The machine has coffee with sugar, coffee with sugar and cream, coffee with cream only, or coffee only. The coffee costs 35¢ a cup. Tell him about the machine and how to operate it. + +6. At the Sandwich Vending Machine + +Lynn: Ask someone how to use the sandwich vending machine. + +Larry: A woman asks you how to use a sandwich vending machine. Tell her how to operate the machine. Also tell her how to get her money back when the machine is out of sandwiches. + +# Grammar + +BE SUPPOSED TO + +| I'm
You're
He's
She's
We're
They're | supposed to | relax.
be on time for class.
wear a seatbelt. | +|---|---|---| +| | not supposed to | drink and drive.
smoke in the classroom. | + +| Am
Is
Are | I
he
she
you
we
they | supposed to | be in this building?
go to lab now?
report to the captain?
obey traffic laws? | +|---|---|---|---| + +Be supposed to is used to express something that + +-- is planned or arranged + +The train was supposed to arrive at 10:30. +The movie is supposed to start at 7:00. + +-- is to be expected (because of duty or law) + +Are the men supposed to clean the barracks? +We're supposed to wear our uniforms every day. + +Be not supposed to is used to express something that is not allowed or advisable. + +You're not supposed to wear your hats inside the building. +They're not supposed to watch TV at 2 in the morning. + +Read the sentences. + +1. You're supposed to have a driver's license before you drive. + +2. When dinner is at 7 o'clock, you're supposed to be there at 7 o'clock. + +3. You're not supposed to smoke on airplanes. + +4. What time are you supposed to be at the airport? + +5. Is your class supposed to start at 6 o'clock? + +6. I'm supposed to call my family tonight. + +7. When you live in the city, you're supposed to keep your dog in the yard. + +8. She's not supposed to walk on the grass at school. + +### ARE YOU SUPPOSED TO? + +Read the sentence. Use be supposed to and make a new sentence. + +EXAMPLE: You shouldn't eat before you swim. +You're not supposed to eat before you swim. + +Bill has to lock the door when he leaves. +Bill's supposed to lock the door when he leaves. + +1. When you are going to miss class, you have to tell the teacher. +(When you are going to miss class, you're supposed to tell the teacher.) + +2. I should call my family, but I don't have enough money for the call. +(I'm supposed to call my family, but I don't have enough money for the call.) + +3. She has to be at the doctor's office at 9 o'clock. +(She's supposed to be at the doctor's office at 9 o'clock.) + +4. You should be careful when you drive on ice. +(You're supposed to be careful when you drive on ice.) + +5. You should apologize for being late. +(You're supposed to apologize for being late.) + +6. You have to wear seat belts on base. +(You're supposed to wear seat belts on base.) + +### I'M SUPPOSED TO ...! + +Ask and answer questions about things you have to do or should do. Use be supposed to in your sentences. + +EXAMPLE: S1: Are you supposed to salute every time you meet an officer? +S2: No, I'm only supposed to salute when I'm in uniform. + +### YOU'RE NOT SUPPOSED TO DO THOSE THINGS AT SCHOOL! + +Look at the words and make a sentence. Say or ask about things you should/shouldn't do or have to/must not do at school. Use be supposed to in your sentences. + +EXAMPLES: turn off the lights when you leave the room? +Are you supposed to turn off the lights when you leave the room? + +sleep in class +You're not supposed to sleep in class. + +1. wear uniform every day +____________________________________________________________________ + +2. walk on the grass +____________________________________________________________________ + +3. take a test every week? +____________________________________________________________________ + +4. when go to lab? +____________________________________________________________________ + +5. how often go to library? +____________________________________________________________________ + +6. smoke in the classroom +____________________________________________________________________ + +7. wear hats in the classroom +____________________________________________________________________ + +8. do homework before class +____________________________________________________________________ + +9. stay in class until bell rings +____________________________________________________________________ + +10. take a 10 minute break after lab +____________________________________________________________________ + +### Speaking/Listening Skills + +LET ME SHOW YOU HOW TO DO IT! + +Give instructions. Look at the example and listen to the teacher. + +EXAMPLE: how to use a vending machine + +![#1 A man in uniform pointing to a vending machine while explaining to another man](images/page_048_001.jpg) + +![#2 A man looking at a bag of potato chips inside a display counter with another man holding change](images/page_048_002.jpg) + +![#3 A man inserting a coin into the coin slot of a vending machine](images/page_048_003.jpg) + +![#4 A man pressing a button on a vending machine display](images/page_048_004.jpg) + +![#5 A bag of potato chips dropping down into the tray of the vending machine](images/page_048_005.jpg) + +![#6 A man taking his bag of potato chips out of the machine tray and talking to his friend](images/page_048_006.jpg) + +1. Let me show you how to do it. + +2. First, get some change. + +3. Then insert the money in the slot. + +4. Next, make your selection. Push the button. + +5. Your selection will drop to the tray. + +6. And last, take your selection from the machine. + +--- + +**NOW YOU DO IT!** + +Now you do it. Tell the class how to do one of these things. + +1. wash hair +2. pack a suitcase +3. put gasoline into a car +4. tie a necktie +5. make tea +6. make a phone call +7. make the bed +8. make a sandwich + +
+ + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 1 + +A. **Circle the best answer.** + +1. I'm looking for my pencil. I ______ it on the floor. + a. dropped + b. fell down + c. lifted + +2. Mary: Did you hear? Joan bought a new house. + Jane: Yes. I just ______ this morning. + a. got back + b. bought one + c. found out + +3. Daniel: How do you ______ this machine? + Alex: Insert the paper in that opening. Then, push the green button. + a. operate + b. get + c. put + +4. I bought a radio here last week, but it doesn't work. Can I ______ my money ______? + a. get ... out + b. get ... back + c. get ... off + +5. Paul: I can't open the door. + Mary: You have to push very hard. Sometimes it ______. + a. opens + b. sticks + c. closes + +6. George: How did you learn to drive so well? + Jamie: My father ______ me. + a. drove + b. studied + c. taught + +7. Maggie: Is the phone out of order? + Karen: Yes. It doesn't ______. + a. talk + b. work + c. walk + +8. Howard: Where do you ______ the coins in this machine? + Elias: The slot is on the right side. + a. insert + b. spend + c. return + +9. Bob: Are you drinking ______ soft drink? + Sue: No, it's the same one. + a. other + b. another + c. a lot + +10. Everybody at work likes Jimmy. He's very ______. + a. healthy + b. exact + c. popular + +11. Sometimes a vending machine runs out of change. When this happens, a small light tells you to use the ______ change. + a. other + b. only + c. exact + +12. Rosa: What is your ______ fast food? + Kathy: I like hamburgers the best. + a. like + b. favorite + c. enjoy + +13. I need some change ______ the vending machine. + a. to + b. in + c. for + +14. The plane was very late, but it ______ arrived at midnight. + a. finish + b. finally + c. first + +15. I'm ______ paper. Can you lend me some? + a. out of + b. not + c. ran out of + +16. Edward: I see Chinese restaurants ______. + Ted: Yes, there are many in this town. + a. everywhere + b. always + c. many + +17. Judy: How many ______ did you see the movie? + Eddy: Just four. + a. openings + b. selections + c. times + +18. Al: How do you know he's not in that building? + Joe: I know because I saw him go ______ it an hour ago. + a. into + b. out of + c. next to + +19. Mark: I have to go to the doctor's tomorrow. When do you have to go? + Dave: I ______ go next Tuesday. + a. might like to + b. would like to + c. am supposed to + +20. The stamp fell off in the mail. It didn't ______ to the envelope very well. + a. stick + b. fit + c. add + +21. Has Paul arrived? No, he won't ______ until tomorrow. + a. be supposed to + b. get back + c. apologize + +22. Both sweaters are ______ the same size. + a. lastly + b. no + c. exactly + +--- + +B. **Use the sentences in the box and answer the questions. Write the letter of the correct answer in front of the question. Then write the answer.** + +| ANSWERS | +|---| +| a. Yes, I know how to work it. | +| b. I didn't get any back. I put in the exact amount. | +| c. soft drink | +| d. No, there are no more diet drinks. | +| e. I selected some corn chips. | + +EXAMPLE: e What was your selection? +I selected some corn chips. + +1. ______ What's another word for soda pop? + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. ______ Are there any diet drinks in the machine? + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. ______ Do you know how to operate this machine? + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. ______ How much change did you get back? + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +C. **Complete the sentences. Use the words in the box.** + +| coin return | drop | get back | stick | +|---|---|---|---| +| insert | knob | last | | + +1. First, _________________ the coins in the coin slot. +2. Sometimes, coins _________________, and nothing comes out. +3. Turn the coin release. You'll _________________ your money _________________. +4. Wait until the coins _________________. +5. Pull a _________________ and make your selection. +6. Get your change from the _________________. +7. _________________, get your selection from the tray. + +--- + +D. **Match the sentence part in Column A to the sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Then write the sentences in a paragraph.** + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| 1. ______ Marge and Sally | a. the rooms every day. | +| 2. ______ They clean | b. the sheets and blankets. | +| 3. ______ First, they wash | c. but they like it. | +| 4. ______ Then they change | d. work in a motel. | +| 5. ______ Their work is hard, | e. the bathrooms. | + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +E. **Read the two sentences. Make a new sentence with a prepositional phrase.** + +EXAMPLE: Tom has a red pen. The pen is in his pocket. +Tom has a red pen in his pocket. + +1. Mary met Sally. She met her at the drugstore. + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. Carl fixed my car. He fixed it with his tools. + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +F. **Use the word in ( ) and make a new sentence. (Answers may vary.)** + +EXAMPLE: Mark washes his face. He gets up. (after) +Mark washes his face after he gets up. + +1. Sara ate a snack. She went to her dance class. (before) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. The movie ends at six. Jim is going to leave. (when) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. Lt Richards signs the forms. Sgt Murphy can't leave. (until) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +4. Sergio listens to language tapes. He drives to work. (while) + +5. She does her homework. Kathy plays basketball. (after) + +--- + +G. Read something you have to/must not/should/shouldn't do. Then write a sentence with **be supposed to**. + +EXAMPLE: must stop at a red light +**You're supposed to stop at a red light.** + +1. should eat vegetables every day + +2. must not write in library books + +3. shouldn't smoke in class + +--- + +H. Answer the questions. Use **how to** in your sentences. (Answers may vary.) + +EXAMPLE: Did Sam show you how to fix that door? (yes, and window, too) +Yes, Sam showed me how to fix the door and the window, too. + +1. Does Jim know how to repair the old car? (yes, and the new one) + +2. Does Roger remember how to fly this plane? (no, but a helicopter) + +--- + +I. Read the dialogs. Then answer the questions. + +1. **John:** I want to learn how to play basketball. +**Coach Bright:** Okay, I'll teach you how to play. + +a. What did John want to do? + +b. What will Coach Bright teach John? + +--- + +J. Complete the paragraph. Use the words in the box. + +| after, before, until, when, while | +|---| + +Charles needed to have his car repaired. He stopped at the garage ____________ he ate lunch. The mechanic said, "I can't fix it ____________ I repair this truck." Charles said, "I'll bring the car tomorrow ____________ I go to work." Charles left the car the next morning. The mechanic started to repair it ____________ he arrived at work. He listened to his radio ____________ he worked. ____________ Charles came for it, the car was ready. + +--- + +K. Look at the words and complete the sentence. Then write the sentence. There are different ways to complete it. + +1. Marty was very (1) when the (2) was (3). + +(1) angry, upset +(2) vending machine, mess hall +(3) out of food, out of order + +--- + +L. Write the paragraph. Use correct punctuation and capital letters. + +hal wanted to call his family he called the long distance operator and asked for help the operator asked which city country and phone number do you want he gave her the information then she asked him do you have the correct change he had the exact change soon he was talking to his family he was very happy + +--- + +M. Write instructions. Tell how to use a vending machine. Use the words in the box in your instructions. + +| then, next, last | +|---| + +First, + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 1 + +A. Read the sentence. Use the word(s) in ( ) and ask a question. Use **how to** in your question. + +1. Roger learned how to drive when he was sixteen. (what) +2. Bill showed Jan how to play tennis. (who) +3. Larry found out how to fix his car yesterday. (when) +4. Sara learned how to cook French food in France. (where) + +B. Read the sentences. Use the word in ( ) and make a new sentence. + +1. The weather is cool. Peter plays tennis. (when) +2. They do their homework. The students play soccer. (after) +3. Lt Rivas listens to language tapes. He drives to school. (while) +4. Sammy put on his heavy jacket. He went out in the snow. (before) +5. Sgt Wilson can't leave. Sgt Moore arrives at 0900. (until) + +C. Listen to the paragraph. Select the topic. Then listen to it again and select the main idea. + +Topic: +a. vending machines +b. snacks +c. many places + +Main idea: +a. Vending machines have different kinds of soda and snacks. +b. Most people like to get snacks from the vending machine. +c. Stores, drugstores, and gas stations sell snacks. + +D. Listen for the connective words and write them. + +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ +3. ____________________ +4. ____________________ +5. ____________________ + +E. Read the two sentences. Make a new sentence with a prepositional phrase. + +1. Kevin bought a new house. It has a big backyard. +______________________________________________________________________ + +2. Jack arrived at the airport at 7:30. He had three friends with him. +______________________________________________________________________ + +3. Jim has a house in Hawaii. It's near the ocean. +______________________________________________________________________ + +F. Select the best answer. + +1. Mom: Jack, what are you doing under the bed? +Jack: I'm looking for my quarter. I ________ it over here. +a. lifted +b. inserted +c. dropped + +2. Sally: Were you ready for the test? +Peter: No, I didn't ________ about it until this morning. +a. find out +b. study +c. listen + +--- + +3. Mr. Taylor: Ms. Spencer, do you know how to ________ this machine? + Ms. Spencer: Sure, I'll show you. + + a. teach + b. operate + c. call + +4. Jim sent a letter to Tom two weeks ago. He ________ it today. It had the wrong address on it. + + a. got ... out + b. got ... back + c. got ... off + +5. Tim: You speak English very well. + Maria: Thank you. My sister ________ me. + + a. learned + b. studied + c. taught + +6. All of the boys are wearing baseball caps. The caps are very ________. + + a. healthy + b. popular + c. favorite + +7. My brother's car is ________ gas. This is my father's car. + + a. out of + b. run out of + c. empty + +8. There are hotels on every street. They're ________. + + a. exactly + b. finally + c. everywhere + +9. Did you ask him how to do it? + + a. Yes, I asked him how to fix the tire. + b. Yes, I asked to him how to fix the tire. + c. Yes, I asked to fix the tire to him. + +10. Green is Walter's ________ color. + + a. favorite + b. popular + c. exact + +11. Jack got dressed ________ he took his shower. + + a. before + b. after + c. when + +12. We're supposed to be there at nine. We ________ go now. + + a. might + b. could + c. should + +13. On my last trip, I took an evening flight. This ________ I'm taking a day flight. + + a. time + b. one + c. plane + +14. Did Jean teach you how to speak French? + + a. No, Marie taught how to speak French. + b. No, Marie taught me how to speak French. + c. No, Marie taught to speak French to me. + +15. Finally, I passed the test! + + a. then + b. at last + c. exactly + +16. Al: What did you do with the letter? + Sam: I ________ it in the envelope. + + a. lifted + b. dispensed + c. inserted + +17. Jim: Will you hand me that box? + Pat: Sorry, I can't ________ it. It's too heavy. + + a. lift + b. dispense + c. insert + +18. Joe: What did you do with my pencil? + Jim: I ________ it in the drawer. + + a. operated + b. stuck + c. dispensed + +19. Hank: ________ + Jack: I'll be glad to. + + a. Do you know how to operate this machine? + b. Can I help you operate this machine? + c. Can you tell me how to operate this machine? + +20. Should we take our hats off when we go into the building? + + a. Yes, we're supposed to. + b. Yes, we can. + c. Yes, we're able to. diff --git a/sources/book-10/st-2.md b/sources/book-10/st-2.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfe10101 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/st-2.md @@ -0,0 +1,2152 @@ + + +# LET ME INTRODUCE .... BOOK 10 LESSON 2 + +![A man introducing a younger military man to a woman in a house entrance](images/page_051_001.jpg) + +--- FUNCTION --- + +Let me introduce you to my wife. Jill, this is Mark Smith. + +--- GRAMMAR --- + +We're ready to eat. +She's not afraid to live alone. +Where ...? +across (from)/in front of/in back of/behind/in/on/under/at/near/above/below/by/next to +arrives = will arrive, is going to arrive, is arriving + +--- SKILLS --- + +Select and write the topic. Select and write the main idea. Scan and select the answer. Write a paragraph. Complete an outline. Complete a form. Circle the stressed syllable. Match the sentence parts; put them in order. + +--- VOCABULARY --- + +decide (to) +introduce +let/let +receive +shake/shook +shop +write/wrote down + +go shopping +Have you met (noun/pronoun/proper noun)? +How do you do? +I'd like you to meet (noun/pronoun). +It's a pleasure to meet you. +Let me introduce (noun/pronoun) to (noun/pronoun) + +afraid (of) +alone +down +downstairs +everybody +everyone +polite/politely +up +upstairs + +adult +cafeteria +clothing store +department store +escalator +floor [level/story] +introduction +mall +neighbor +parking lot +rule +shop +shopping center +stairs +supper +variety store + +
+ +**CONTENTS OF BOOK 10 LESSON 2** + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: a shopping center | 45 | +| LISTENING SKILLS: select the topic
select the main idea | 51 | +| LISTENING SKILLS: write the topic
write the main idea | 52 | +| VOCABULARY: meeting new people | 53 | +| READING SKILL: scan and select | 60 | +| GRAMMAR: predicate adjective + infinitive | 62 | +| FUNCTION: greet, introduce, and respond | 65 | +| LISTENING SKILL: primary stress | 69 | +| WRITING SKILL: complete the form | 70 | +| GRAMMAR: simple present as future | 71 | +| WRITING SKILL: write a paragraph | 76 | +| GRAMMAR: prepositions of place/location | 77 | +| WRITING SKILL: transpose chart into outline | 81 | +| WRITING SKILL: match phrases/clauses,
put in order | 83 | + +
+ +# Vocabulary + +![Exterior view of a multi-story shopping mall called Logar Mall, with parking lot, Department Store, Sam's Drugs, and Nova Theaters](images/page_053_001.jpg) + +**THE SHOPPING CENTER** + +Repeat the words. Then read the sentences. + +1. There are many stores in the shopping center. +2. Mall is another word for shopping center. +3. A department store is a large store. It sells many kinds of things. +4. You can buy clothes, curtains, furniture, dishes, and tools at a department store. +5. A variety store also sells many different things. Often things are cheaper in a variety store. +6. A cafeteria is a restaurant similar to a mess hall. +7. There's a large parking lot in front of the shopping center. Many cars can park there. + +
+ +8. The pet shop sells cats, dogs, and birds. +9. Many people like to shop in shopping centers. +10. When you go shopping at a shopping center, you can compare the prices for things in different stores. +11. You can't park your car in front of the mall. +12. The police won't let you park there. + +![A detailed cross-section diagram showing the stores and two levels of a shopping center mall](images/page_054_001.jpg) + +**MORE ABOUT THE SHOPPING CENTER** + +Repeat the words. Then read the sentences. + +1. This shopping center has two floors, the first floor or ground floor, and the second floor. +2. The stairs are next to the barbershop. +3. The stairs don't move, but the escalator does. +4. People go up and down on the stairs and escalators. +5. The cafeteria and the bookstore are upstairs. +6. The mall has clothing stores for children and adults. +7. Men can buy clothes at the For Men clothing store upstairs. +8. My Child Clothing Store and Ben's Barbershop are downstairs. + +--- + +![A directory diagram of Logar Shopping Center showing first floor layout with store numbers 1 to 11 and second floor layout with store numbers 12 to 20](images/page_055_001.jpg) + +**LOGAR SHOPPING CENTER** +**DIRECTORY** + +first floor +second floor +stairs + +1. PETE'S Pet Shop +2. GENE'S Variety Store +3. BEN'S Barbershop +4. MY CHILD Clothing Store +5. MYRA Women's Clothing Store +6. LEAD'S Department Store +7. HOMER'S Department Store +8. LEO'S Card Shop +9. STARR Shoe Store +10. FAST Chicken +11. NOVA Movie Theater +12. DAN'S Shoe Store +13. NEW AGE Bookstore +14. KARR'S Cafeteria +15. KID'S ROOM Clothes & Games +16. TV'S R US Shop +17. WORLD Travel Agency +18. EYEGLASS Shop +19. FOR MEN Clothing Store +20. SAM'S Drugstore + +Look at the directory above. Look at the different kinds of stores. Then, write down the answers to the questions. Write the name of the store or the kind of store. + +EXAMPLE: Where can you buy children's clothes? Write down the names of three stores or kinds of stores. + +My Child Clothing Store, Lead's Department Store, Kid's Room Clothes & Games + +1. Mrs. Rust needs to buy some slacks for her husband. Where can she buy adult clothes for men? Write down three places. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Bill and Ned are hungry. Where can they go for lunch? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Sue and Rose want to buy some clothes. Which stores should they visit? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Where can Howard get a haircut? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. Where can John buy a birthday card? Write down three names or places. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +6. Where can Mary Ann make reservations for her trip? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +7. Which shoe store is upstairs? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +8. How many department stores are there downstairs? What are their names? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +9. Steve needs to buy paper and pencils. Where can he buy them? Write down the names of four places. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +10. Where can Joe buy some tools? + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +**A SHOPPING TRIP** + +First, listen to the example. You will hear the words below. + +EXAMPLE: Kathy and Francis Jackson went to the shopping center last Saturday. + +1. parking lot +2. mall +3. stay +4. pair of boots +5. department store + +Make a similar story. Each student will use a word and add a sentence to the story. + +Mrs. Robinson, her daughter Jean, and her son Paul went shopping last Saturday morning. + +1. shopping center +2. parking lot +3. department store +4. new sofa +5. find +6. variety store +7. notebooks and pencils +8. upstairs +9. pet +10. stairs +11. escalator +12. shop +13. clothing store +14. cafeteria +15. go home + +**Listening Skills** + +**WHAT'S THE TOPIC?** + +Listen to a paragraph. Select the topic. + +1. a. drawing shapes + b. studying math + c. good students + +2. a. careless drivers + b. seat belts + c. car accidents + +3. a. asking questions + b. writing information + c. taking phone messages + +4. a. buying good cameras + b. taking good pictures + c. having good times + +**WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA?** + +Listen to the paragraph again. Select the main idea. + +1. a. Bill can draw well. + b. Bill is good in math. + c. Bill is a student. + +2. a. Seat belts are important. + b. Many people have bad accidents. + c. Careless drivers cause accidents. + +3. a. Phone messages need to be complete. + b. Phone messages need a name and number. + c. Phone messages are not messages. + +4. a. Good pictures are often hard to take. + b. Everyone enjoys pictures about happy times. + c. When you take a picture, use good film. + +**Listening Skills** + +**WRITE THE TOPIC.** + +Listen to a paragraph. Write the topic. + +EXAMPLE: mathematics + +1. _________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________ + +**WRITE THE MAIN IDEA.** + +Listen to the paragraph again. Write the main idea in a complete sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Schools teach students mathematics. + +1. _________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +## AN INTRODUCTION + +Repeat the dialogs. Then learn a part well enough to recite it without looking at the book. + +Steve: John, have you met Don Clark? + +John: No, I haven't. + +Steve: Well, let me introduce him to you. + +![Three men standing together, one man introducing the second man to the third man](images/page_061_001.jpg) + +![Two men shaking hands while a third man standing beside them watches](images/page_061_002.jpg) + +Steve: John, I'd like you to meet Don Clark. + +John: It's a pleasure to meet you. + +Don: Glad to meet you, too. + +--- + +![Three military officers in uniform, two of them shaking hands while one introduces them](images/page_062_001.jpg) + +## PLEASED TO MEET YOU + +Repeat the dialog. Then read it. + +Captain James: Major Stans, let me introduce Captain Gray. Major Stans, Captain Gray. + +Major Stans: How do you do, Captain Gray? + +Captain Gray: How do you do, sir? I'm pleased to meet you. + +Major Stans: Are you new in town? + +Captain Gray: Yes, I arrived just two days ago. + +--- + +![Two women in kitchen aprons, one woman holding a jar labeled "CHOCOLATE" next to a carton labeled "ICE CREAM" while shaking a glass container vigorously](images/page_063_001.jpg) + +## DO YOU WANT A SHAKE? + +Listen to the dialog. Then read it. + +Dorothy: Chris, why are you shaking that glass? + +Chris: I'm making a chocolate shake. + +Dorothy: How do you make it? + +Chris: Well, I put some milk, chocolate, and ice cream in a glass with a top on it. Then I shake it. It's a delicious drink. Would you like one? + +Dorothy: No, thanks. + +--- + +## RULES FOR INTRODUCTIONS + +First listen to some rules. Then listen again and complete the sentences. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, they usually shake hands. + +2. When two women meet, they usually \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. When a man and a woman meet, they may \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +### IS EVERYONE GOING TO THE PARTY? YES, EVERYBODY IS GOING. + +| Does | everyone
everybody | like to go to the mall? | +|---|---|---| + +| Yes, | everyone | likes to go to the mall. | +|---|---|---| +| No, not | everybody | | + +Use the words to ask or answer questions. + +EXAMPLE: like to go to the mall + +S1: Does everyone/everybody like to go to the mall? +S2: Yes, everybody/everyone likes to go to the mall. +S3: No, not everyone/everybody likes to go to the mall. + +--- + +1. like weekends + +2. is tired today + +3. go shopping at the mall + +4. want more chicken + +5. in this office have a holiday on Monday + +6. like to have free time + +7. enjoy parties + +8. work on weekdays + +9. get up late on weekends + +10. in class speak English + +--- + +## MY NEIGHBOR, MRS. WRIGHT + +Repeat the underlined words. Listen and then read. + +Mrs. Wright and I live in the same apartment building. She's my favorite neighbor. She lives in a downstairs apartment. I live upstairs. She's 65 years old and no one lives with her. She lives alone. Sometimes we go shopping together. I help her take her packages to her apartment. She says that I'm very polite because I help her. I worry about her. I asked her, "Are you afraid to live alone?" She shook her head and said she wasn't afraid. One day I wrote down my phone number and stuck it on her phone table. I told her to call me when she needed something. She was pleased and said, "Thank you." + +Last Friday, she asked me to have supper with her. I went to her apartment at 7:00 p.m. Mrs. Wright is a very good cook. She cooked some delicious chicken with potatoes. I really enjoyed my supper. + +After I got home, I wanted to do something nice for her. I decided to buy her a pet. I knew she liked cats. I went to the pet shop and found a beautiful cat. I bought the cat and took it to her. She was very glad to receive the little cat and called him Poly. "Why did you call him Poly?" I asked. She said, "I always want to remember you, Jane, my very polite neighbor." + +I was happy that she liked the cat, but I was happier that now she didn't live alone. + +--- + +Ask and answer the questions. + +1. Why do you think Jane called Mrs. Wright her neighbor? + +2. Is Mrs. Wright's apartment on the first floor or the second floor? + +3. Does Mrs. Wright's family live with her? + +4. What does Mrs. Wright say about Jane? + +5. Is Mrs. Wright afraid to live alone? + +6. What did Mrs. Wright do when she told Jane that she wasn't afraid? + +7. What did Jane do with her phone number? + +8. What happened last Friday? + +9. What did Jane decide to do for Mrs. Wright? + +10. What did Mrs. Wright receive? + +11. Why was the cat called "Poly?" + +12. What made Jane happier? + +# Reading Skill + +**WHERE AND WHAT TIME?** + +First read the question. Then look at the picture and circle the correct answer. + +1. What is open from 9 to 6? + a. cafeteria + b. travel agency + c. department store + +2. What stays open 24 hours? + a. restaurant + b. cafeteria + c. variety store + +3. When is the department store open? + a. 10:00-8:30 + b. 9:00-5:00 + c. 9:00-9:00 + +**HOW MUCH?** + +1. What costs 5 for $1.00? + a. cut green beans + b. new potatoes + c. buttermilk bread + +2. How much is a half gallon of orange juice? + a. 92¢ + b. 51¢ + c. 99¢ + +3. What can you buy at 2 for $1.00? + a. bread + b. corn + c. carrots + +4. How much do cans of carrot slices cost? + a. 5 for $1.00 + b. 2 for $1.00 + c. 3 for $1.00 + +5. How much are Family paper towels? + a. 99¢ + b. $2.49 + c. 3 for $1.00 + +# Grammar + +**CHARLES WASN'T AFRAID TO FLY THE HELICOPTER.** + +Repeat the sentences. + +> The infinitive form of the verb (to eat, to leave, to say, etc.) can sometimes follow an adjective in the pattern: +> **Subject + BE + adjective + infinitive.** The adjectives in the paradigm follow this pattern. + +| Ted isn't | ready | to leave | the party. | +|---|---|---|---| +| Col Davis will be | pleased | to speak | at graduation. | +| Calvin was | upset | to hear | about the accident. | +| Janet is | happy | to be | back in town. | +| Frank was | glad | to help | Judy move. | +| Lt Brooks is | sorry | to say | good-bye to his men. | +| Is Linda | afraid | to live | alone? | + +Read the following sentences. + +1. When will you be ready to go? +2. I'm pleased to be here today. +3. Mrs. Johnson isn't afraid to live alone. +4. Peter is glad to be a student in the United States. +5. The major was sorry to hear the bad news. +6. Was Arthur upset to see his score? +7. Robert was very happy to see you last night. +8. The children aren't ready to eat. +9. Pvt Andrews is afraid to talk to the captain. +10. Kevin will be glad to help you move. + +**HARRY IS HAPPY TO HAVE A NEW CAR.** + +Read the two sentences. Then make one sentence. + +EXAMPLES: Harry is happy. He has a new car. +Harry is happy to have a new car. + +Lt Anderson was upset. He saw the high bill. +Lt Anderson was upset to see the high bill. + +1. Jane isn't afraid. She lives alone. + +2. Jack was pleased. He heard from Ted. + +3. The captain is ready. He's going to the gym. + +4. Dennis is glad. He has a new bicycle. + +5. Mr. Stevens was sorry. He heard about the accident. + +6. Susan and Peggy aren't ready. They are going to the mall. + +7. Maggie was upset. She lost her money. + +8. Frank was happy. He learned how to drive. + +9. Nancy was glad. She received a letter from her brother. + +10. Joe Montana was upset. He broke his leg. + +**YES I'LL BE HAPPY TO ....** + +Answer the questions. + +EXAMPLE: I'm late. Can you pick up my clothes at the laundry? (yes/happy) +Yes, I'll be happy to pick up your clothes. + +1. The movie starts at 1730. Are you ready to go? (no/but/ready) + +2. Sgt Campos lost his wallet. Did you know that? (yes/sorry) + +3. It's very dark in here. Are you afraid to be alone? (no/not afraid) + +4. There's Terry. Do you want to meet her? (yes/pleased) + +5. Oh no! I don't have enough money. Can I borrow some? (yes/glad) + +6. Jim made a low score on his quiz. Did he see it? (yes/and/upset) + +7. It's 5:30! I have to finish this today. Would you help me? (yes/glad) + +8. Are you in Jane's class? She really needs help with her French. (no/but/happy) + +--- + +# Function + +### INTRODUCTIONS + +These are some rules for polite introductions. In the United States most people shake hands when they meet others for the first time. Women don't always shake hands with other women. When they are sitting, men usually stand up for introductions. Women don't have to stand, but most women do stand when they meet older people or people of higher rank. Remember the following rules when you make introductions. + +1. **Introduce men to women.** + +Introduce the man to the woman. Speak to and look at the woman first. Tell her the man's complete name. Then tell the man the woman's complete name. + +![#1 Three-panel cartoon illustrating the introduction of a man to a woman. Panel 1: A man speaks to a woman, saying "HELLO, JOHN. IT'S GOOD TO SEE YOU AGAIN." Panel 2: The man introduces the other man to the woman: "JANE, THIS IS JOHN GREEN." Panel 3: He then introduces the woman to the man: "JOHN, JANE WOODS."](images/page_073_001.jpg) + +Repeat the dialog. Then read it. + +David: Hello, John. I'd like you to meet a friend of mine. Jane, this is John Green. John, Jane Woods. + +Jane: Hello, John. It's nice meeting you. + +********** + +Jeff: Hello, Mrs. Smith. How are you? + +Mrs. Smith: I'm fine, thanks. How are you? + +Jeff: I'd like you to meet my brother, Mark. + +Mrs. Smith: How do you do, Mark? I'm glad to know you. + +Listen. + +2. **Introduce younger people to older people.** + +Introduce the younger person to the older person. Look at or speak to the older person first. + +![#1 Three-panel cartoon illustrating the introduction of a younger person to an older person. Panel 1: A woman introduces a young boy to an older man: "MR. HALL, THIS IS JANE HOPPER." Panel 2: The woman says to the young boy: "JANE, MR. HALL." Panel 3: The young boy greets the older man, shaking hands: "HOW DO YOU DO, MR. HALL?"](images/page_074_001.jpg) + +Repeat the dialog. Then read it. + +Mrs. Barr: Dr. Rivers, have you met Miss Betty Ash? She'll start your English class next week. + +Dr. Rivers: I'm happy to know you, Miss Ash. I hope you'll like my class. + +Miss Ash: How do you do, sir? + +********** + +Mr. West: Mr. Farr, I want you to meet my son Tommy. + +Mr. Farr: It's nice to meet you. + +Tommy: Thank you, sir. + +Listen. + +3. **Introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank.** + +Look at or speak to the person of higher rank and introduce the person of lower rank. Tell the higher-ranking person the name and rank/title of the other person. + +![#1 Three-panel cartoon illustrating the introduction of a lower rank to a higher rank. Panel 1: An officer speaks to a higher-ranking officer: "LET ME INTRODUCE YOU TO THE NEW COLONEL." Panel 2: The officer greets the colonel: "HELLO, COL SMITH, HOW ARE YOU?" and Colonel Smith replies "FINE, THANK YOU". Panel 3: The officer introduces a lieutenant: "COL SMITH, THIS IS LT JAN RICE." and Lt Rice says "IT'S A PLEASURE TO MEET YOU, SIR."](images/page_075_001.jpg) + +Repeat the dialog. Then read it. + +Col Green: General Briggs, let me introduce Sergeant Mark Stacy. Sergeant Stacy is going to be your new driver. + +Sgt Stacy: How do you do, sir? + +Gen Briggs: Welcome, sergeant. I understand you're a very good driver. + +********** + +Capt Barber: Colonel Flowers, do you know Captain Phillip Prince? + +Col Flowers: It's a pleasure to meet you, Captain Prince. + +Capt Prince: Thank you, sir. + +--- + +### LET ME INTRODUCE YOU TO .... + +Use the words and make or respond to an introduction. + +EXAMPLE: +Group A: like +Student: I'd like you to meet my sister. + +Group B: happy +Student: I'm happy to meet you. + +Group C: nice +Student: Nice to meet you, too. + +| Group A | Group B | Group C | +|---|---|---| +| 1. like | happy | nice | +| 2. want | pleasure | glad | +| 3. this is | glad | pleasure | +| 4. met? | how? | how? | +| 5. let me | happy | pleasure | +| 6. meet | nice | happy | +| 7. know? | meet | pleasure | + +### HOW DO YOU DO, .... + +Greet someone. Then make or respond to an introduction. + +EXAMPLE: Mr. Steve Allen introduces Sammy Moore (18) and Mrs. D.E. Raines. (45) + +Mr. Steve Allen: Mrs. Raines, I'd like you to meet my friend Sammy Moore. +Sammy Moore: How do you do, Mrs. Raines? +Mrs. Raines: I'm glad to know you, Sammy. + +1. Capt Steve Wright introduces Col Dan Low and Capt Phil King. + +2. Mr. David Winters introduces Miss Paula Oakes (20) and Mr. Allen Hood. (45). + +3. Lt Peter West introduces Maj Mary Knight and Col David Sands. + +4. Ms. Allen Moon introduces Mr. Don Floore (40) and Ms. Ann Gray (20). + +5. Capt Larry Swann introduces Lt Bruce Tower and Major Sam Biggs. + +6. Mark Beene introduces Rosa English and Tom Martinez. + +7. Joseph Taylor introduces Mr. Leo Winter and Mrs. Carl Word. + +8. Mr. Michael Ash introduces Capt Mark Beetle (32) and Miss Patricia Miller (75). + +9. David Sharp introduces Joe Wood and Betty House. + +10. Ed Potts (15) introduces Laura Fisher (15) and Jeff Fountain (17). + +--- + +### Listening Skill + +#### LISTEN! + +Listen to the word and circle the number of the stressed syllable. + +EXAMPLE: 1 2 3 4 5 + +1. 1 2 3 4 5 +2. 1 2 3 4 5 +3. 1 2 3 4 5 +4. 1 2 3 4 5 +5. 1 2 3 4 5 +6. 1 2 3 4 5 +7. 1 2 3 4 5 +8. 1 2 3 4 5 + +--- + +### Writing Skill + +#### HOW DO I DO IT? + +| MARTIN STATE BANK
WITHDRAWAL/DEPOSIT FORM | +|---| +| **Account Number:** ____________________ | +| Date _______________ 19____ | +| **Withdraw** _______________________________________ $______________ | +| **From:**
[ ] Savings
[ ] Checking | **Deposit to:**
[ ] Savings $______________
[ ] Checking $______________ | +| **Mil ID/Driver's License**
( ) | **Signature** | + +Fill in the Student Information Form. Use your name, rank, etc. + +| STUDENT INFORMATION FORM | +|---| +| **Rank** | **ID Number** | +| **Last Name** | **First Name** \| **Age** | +| **Country** | **Service**
[ ] **Army**
[ ] **Navy**
[ ] **Air Force** | +| **Date of Arrival** | | +| **Date of Departure** | | +| **Signature:** | | + +--- + +# Grammar + +TONY'S PLANE ARRIVES AT 3:05. + +| Sometimes we use the simple present tense to express a future action. | +|---| + +| The bus | **will arrive**
**is going to arrive**
**is arriving**
**arrives** | tomorrow. | + +Read the dialog. + +**Tony White:** Hello, Ms. Dodson. Am I leaving on Monday? + +**Travel Agent:** Yes, you are. You need to be at the airport at 2 o'clock. + +**Tony White:** What time will the plane take off?. + +**Travel Agent:** Your plane takes off at 2:45. + +**Tony White:** When is the plane going to land in Florida? + +**Travel Agent:** The plane lands at 8:35 that evening. + +**Tony White:** Will someone pick me up at the airport? + +**Travel Agent:** Yes, the hotel car picks you up at 8:45 and takes you to the hotel. + +**Tony White:** When will I return? + +**Travel Agent:** Sunday morning. Your plane leaves Florida at 9:00 a.m. It arrives here at 3:05 that afternoon. + +**Tony White:** Thank you for the information. + +**Travel Agent:** Here's a schedule for the trip, sir. Have a good time. + +**Tony White:** Thanks again. + +THE GAME STARTS TONIGHT AT 1800. + +| **will arrive**
**is going to arrive**
**is arriving** | = | **arrives** | +|---|---|---| + +Change a sentence. + +EXAMPLE: The game will start tonight at 1800. +The game starts tonight at 1800. + +1. The train will not arrive at 7:30 tomorrow evening. + +2. Col Swanson will speak to the men today. + +3. Jane is answering the phone from 9:00 until 10:30 tomorrow. + +4. Larry is going to drive to Dallas next Monday. + +5. The plane is not taking off at 9:45 tomorrow. + +6. Thirty students are graduating next Thursday. + +7. Mel is going to learn how to operate the machine tomorrow. + +8. Kevin will ride with John on Thursday. + +HE'LL LEAVE TOMORROW. +WHEN DOES HE LEAVE? + +Look at the underlined word(s) and ask a question. + +EXAMPLES: He'll leave tomorrow. +When does he leave? + +Joe plays baseball next Friday. +What does Joe play next Friday? + +1. Mr. Davis teaches from 1200-1400 next week. + +2. Captain Lawrence is leaving at 1600 Thursday afternoon. + +3. Al will swim at Gill's gym today. + +4. Charlie is coming home at 7:00. + +5. Mrs. Smith will cook fish on Friday. + +6. The Green's check in at 4:00 tomorrow. + +YES, IT LEAVES .... + +Look at the words. Then ask and answer questions. + +EXAMPLE: +S1: plane/leave/tonight +Does your plane leave tonight? +S2: yes +Yes, it does. + +S1: Does your plane leave tonight? +S3: no/tomorrow/morning +No, it leaves tomorrow morning. + +1. S1: plane/arrive/afternoon +S2: yes/2 p.m. + +S1: +S3: no/tomorrow/4 p.m. + +2. S1: game/start/8 o'clock +S2: yes/exactly + +S1: +S3: no/7:30 + +3. S1: students/check in/tomorrow +S2: yes/7 a.m. + +S1: +S3: no/next Monday + +4. S1: graduate/next year +S2: yes/next May + +S1: +S3: no/year after next + +5. S1: start/new job/Monday +S2: yes/8 a.m. + +S1: +S3: no/next month + +6. S1: check out/hotel/tomorrow +S2: yes/3 p.m. + +S1: +S3: no/day after tomorrow + +ON GRADUATION DAY, HE LEAVES .... + +Lt Wilson graduates next Thursday. Look at his graduation day schedule. Use the information and ask and tell what he will be doing that day. + +EXAMPLES: 1100 gym graduation + +What happens at 1100? +Lt Wilson graduates. + +Where does Lt Wilson graduate? +Graduation is in the gym. + +What time is the graduation? +The graduation is at 1100. + +| MARTIN AFB GRADUATION DAY SCHEDULE | | | +|---|---|---| +| **Time** | **Place** | **Activity** | +| 0900 | Information Desk | fill out graduation forms | +| 1000 | book room | check in books | +| 1100 | gym | graduation | +| 1200 | mess hall | lunch | +| 1300 | barracks | check out of room | +| 1430 | airport | plane departs | + +# Writing Skill + +MARY + +Select a word and complete the sentence. Then write a paragraph. + +EXAMPLE: +1. tired, nice, happy +2. high, strong, low +3. finish, enjoy, study +4. graduate, find out, stick + +Mary is a (1) girl because she made a (2) score on her test. Now she can (3) her weekend. She knows she will (4). + +Mary is a happy girl because she made a high score on her test. Now she can enjoy her weekend. She knows she will graduate. + +THE MALL + +1. store, mall, shop +2. garage, street, parking lot +3. clothing stores, department stores, variety stores +4. eat, exercise, rest +5. nice, easy, polite +6. go shopping, park the car, eat lunch +7. parking lot, mall, cafeteria + +People like to shop at a (1). They can park in the (2). There are (3) and many other kinds of stores. Often there are many places to (4) at while you shop. It's (5) to (6) at a (7). + +--- + +# Grammar + +**LOGAR SHOPPING CENTER DIRECTORY** + +Look at the directory and listen to the sentences. Then read the sentences on the next page. + +![Floor plan diagram showing the first floor and second floor layout of Logar Shopping Center with numbered store locations from 1 to 20, including stairs and escalator markers in the middle](images/page_085_001.jpg) + +1. PETE'S Pet Shop +2. GENE'S Variety Store +3. BEN'S Barbershop +4. MY CHILD Clothing Store +5. MYRA Women's Clothing Store +6. LEAD'S Department Store +7. HOMER'S Department Store +8. LEO'S Card Shop +9. STARR Shoe Store +10. FAST Chicken +11. NOVA Movie Theater +12. DAN'S Shoe Store +13. NEW AGE Bookstore +14. KARR'S Cafeteria +15. KID'S ROOM Clothes & Games +16. TV'S R US Shop +17. WORLD Travel Agency +18. EYEGLASS Shop +19. FOR MEN Clothing Store +20. SAM'S Drugstore + +--- + +**SUSIE OPENED A CLOTHING STORE IN THE MALL.** + +1. Pete's Pet Shop is across from Homer's Department Store. +2. Dan's Shoe Store is in the mall. +3. Bernice bought her new glasses at the Eye Glass Shop. +4. Karr's Cafeteria isn't by the mall. It's in the mall. +5. Leo's Card Shop is on the first floor. +6. Part of Starr Shoe Store is in back of Fast Chicken. +7. The World Travel Agency is next to the Eyeglass Shop. +8. The escalator is in front of Karr's Cafeteria. +9. Sam's Drugstore is above Nova Movie Theater. +10. Myra's Women's Clothing Store is below Kid's Room. +11. Pete's Pet Shop is near Ben's Barbershop. +12. Part of Gene's Variety Store is behind Pete's Pet Shop. +13. The first floor is below or under the second floor. + +--- + +**ON IT, UNDER IT, BY IT!** + +![A living room scene featuring a man sitting in an armchair reading a newspaper, a woman sitting at a desk talking on the telephone, a cat nearby, a sofa near a door, a coffee table with items on it, and a picture framed on the wall next to a window](images/page_087_001.jpg) + +Answer the questions about the picture. + +PATTERN 1: +Is the sofa by the door? +Yes, the sofa is by the door. + +Is the girl sitting on the desk? +No, she's not sitting on the desk, she's sitting at the desk. + +PATTERN 2: +Where's the picture? +The picture is by the window. + +--- + +**WHERE ...?** + +Look at the picture. Read the sentence. Then ask a question with where and answer it. + +EXAMPLE: Jerry is looking for his father. +Where is his father? +He's sitting in the chair. + +1. June wants an apple. +2. I'm tired. I want to sit down. +3. I want to call my friend. +4. The flowers smell sweet. +5. Teddy, we need to feed the cat. +6. I heard that you have a new picture. + +**WHO IS SITTING ...?** + +Look around the classroom. Then ask or answer a question. Use these words in your questions and answers. + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| where | is/are | who | do/does | under | by | +| at | above | in | below | near | on | +| behind | across from | in back of | next to | in front of | + +EXAMPLES: +Where is the pencil? +It's on the desk. + +Is the dictionary on the notebook? +No, it's next to the notebook. + +Does Maj Barr sit near the door? +Yes, he does. + +Who is sitting behind Lt Marks? +Capt Jones is sitting behind Lt Marks. + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +**MAKE AN OUTLINE.** + +Read the paragraph. Then use the chart and complete the outline. + +EXAMPLE: + +Mrs. Lewis teaches different languages. She teaches French and German. In her French class, she has four men and six women. In her German class she has more men than women. She has eight men and three women. It doesn't matter to Mrs. Lewis. She enjoys both of her classes. + +![Diagram showing a hierarchy with 'Mrs. Lewis's Classes' at top, splitting into 'French class' (with 'four men' and 'six women') and 'German class' (with 'eight men' and 'three women')](images/page_089_001.jpg) + +Mrs. Lewis's Classes + +A. ____________________ +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ + +B. ____________________ +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ + +--- + +**MANY LANGUAGES** + +Mr. Gill's English class has students from many different countries. Some of his students are from Spain, France, and Saudi Arabia. His students often speak two languages. Most of the students from Spain speak Spanish and French. Those from France speak French and German. Some of the Saudi Arabians go to school in France. Those students can speak Arabic and French. Mr. Gill enjoys his class. He has learned many interesting things about the world from his students. + +![Hierarchy chart titled 'Mr. Gill's Students' with branches for Spain (Spanish, French), France (French, German), and Saudi Arabia (Arabic, French)](images/page_090_001.jpg) + +Mr. Gill's Students + +A. ____________________ +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ + +B. ____________________ +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ + +C. ____________________ +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ + +--- + +## Writing Skill + +### MY APARTMENT + +Match the sentence part in Column A with the sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in correct order. + +EXAMPLE: + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| b 1. First, for my living room, | a. I bought a new stove and refrigerator. | +| c 2. All these things were expensive, | b. I bought a new sofa and end tables. | +| d 3. I got some new things | c. but now I enjoy my apartment more. | +| a 4. Then for my kitchen, | d. for my apartment. | + +Correct Order: 3, 1, 4, 2 + +### THE TRIP + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. They used many | a. and stayed overnight in many nice hotels. | +| _____ 2. Fred and Jane both | b. a vacation. | +| _____ 3. They took a long trip | c. enjoyed their trip. | +| _____ 4. They went sightseeing every day and | d. rolls of film. | +| _____ 5. Fred and Jane took | e. took a lot of pictures of mountains and lakes. | + +Correct order: _____, _____, _____, _____, _____ + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 2 + +A. Use the words and complete the paragraph. + +**THE ROBINSONS WENT SHOPPING.** + +| clothing store | escalator | shop | +| variety store | parking lots | cafeteria | +| went shopping | upstairs | department store | +| decided to | mall | shopping center | + +Mrs. Robinson, her daughter Jean, and her son Paul ____________ last Saturday morning. They drove to the ____________ and parked their car in one of the ____________ near the ____________. First, they went to a ____________ because Mrs. Robinson wanted to buy a new sofa. They went to a ____________ next. Jean needed to buy a new notebook. Then, Paul wanted to go ____________. He wanted to see the pets. Jean and Mrs. Robinson climbed the stairs, but Paul took the ____________. They went in the pet ____________. It was fun to see the pets. Next, they went to the new ____________ and bought a new shirt for dad. After that, they were hungry. They ____________ go to the ____________ for lunch. After lunch, they were very tired. They went home. + +--- + +B. Complete the sentences. Then write a paragraph. + +Max owns (1). He works very hard. He has to (2). His (3) helps him. The work is (4). He makes (5) money. He and his family are happy because the (6) is theirs. + +1. a gas station, a motel, a cafeteria +2. clean up the rooms, cook the food, repair cars +3. son, brother, daughter +4. easy, difficult, interesting +5. a lot of, a little, lots of +6. gas station, motel, cafeteria + +--- + +C. Complete the dialogs. Use these sentences. + +| Have you met ...? | +| I'm pleased to meet you. | +| I'm glad to meet you, too. | +| Nice to meet you, too. | +| How do you do, ...? | +| Nice to meet you. | + +**Lt Kline:** Major Ortiz, let me introduce Lt Hood to you. +**Lt Hood:** ____________, Major Ortiz? +**Maj Ortiz:** ____________ + +\*\*\*\* + +**Jan:** Steve, ____________ David? +**Steve:** No. I haven't met him. +**Jan:** Steve, this is David. +**Steve:** ____________ +**David:** ____________ + +--- + +D. Write two questions and answers. Use everybody or everyone. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +E. Circle the best answer, a, b, or c. + +1. Children are often \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the dark. + a. playing in + b. happy in + c. afraid of + +2. Mark: Did your family come with you? + Jim: No. I came \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. alone + b. here + c. happy + +3. Your brother is very \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He helped me take the suitcases to the taxi. + a. weak + b. polite + c. tired + +4. I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ your phone number, but I can't find it. Can you give it to me again, please? + a. wrote down + b. put on + c. decided to + +5. Please come to the house at 6:30 p.m. We'll eat \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ at seven. + a. breakfast + b. lunch + c. supper + +6. I thought about a place for my next vacation for a long time. Finally, I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to go to Hawaii. + a. received + b. decided + c. was afraid + +7. Not \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ is here today. A few students went to the dispensary. + a. everyone + b. one + c. anyone + +8. When you write a sentence, always begin the first word with a capital letter. This is a punctuation \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. test + b. book + c. rule + +9. Rob: I sent you a birthday card last week. Did you get it? + Nancy: Yes, I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ it yesterday morning. Thank you. + a. gave + b. received + c. returned + +10. Jack and Jim live in the same apartment building. Jack lives in apartment 102, and Jim lives in 203. Jack and Jim are \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. roommates + b. friends + c. neighbors + +11. I don't know your friend. Aren't you going to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ me? + a. introduce + b. meet + c. show + +12. Mr. Mailer: Where's Dr. Perez's office? + Miss King: You need to go \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one floor. His office is on the third floor, not the fourth floor. + a. to + b. up + c. down + +F. Use the underlined word as the answer and write a question. Use what, when, or who in your question. + +1. Jane is ready to go to the mall. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. The food will be ready to pick up in twenty minutes. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. I'm afraid to climb trees. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +G. Combine the sentences. Use an infinitive phrase after the adjective. + +1. Judy and Anna are ready. They are going to the mall. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Mr. McGuire was pleased. He heard from his son. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Fred is glad. He has a new television. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +H. This is Major Grant's schedule. Use the information and write three questions and answers about items on the schedule. Use the present tense to indicate future time. + +| TRAVEL SCHEDULE FOR MAJOR GRANT | | | +|---|---|---| +| Time | Place | Activity | +| 0700 | Houston airport | plane departure | +| 0800 | San Antonio airport | arrival | +| 0845 | San Antonio airport | Base taxi pick up | +| 0930 | Lackland AFB | arrival | +| 1030 | Building 7348 Rm 227 | meet with Col Curtis | + +EXAMPLE: What time does Major Grant's plane depart from the airport? +His plane departs the Houston airport at 0700. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +I. Complete the paragraph. Use the words in the box. You can use some words more than once. + +| on in under next to behind in front of by across from | +|---| + +Jimmy Ryan was getting ready for school. He was looking for his clothes. His mother said, "Your shirt is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the chair. Your pants are hanging \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the closet. Your socks are \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the top drawer. Your shoes are \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the bed." He got dressed and picked up his books. They were \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the desk \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ his lunch box. He walked to the bus stop. The bus arrived and he got \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He sat \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ his friend, Ken. His other friend, Mike, sat \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ him \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the window. The bus stopped \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the school and the students got off. + +--- + +J. Read the two sentences. Then make a new sentence with a prepositional phrase. + +1. John went to the cafeteria. He got his favorite food. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Paul parked his car. He parked it in the parking lot. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Mary went to the shopping center. Her sister went with her. + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +K. Match the sentence part in Column A with the sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in order. + +| | A | | B | +|---|---|---|---| +| 1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ | Alice and Jane | a. | they rent a car. | +| 2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ | This new information about the people and places | b. | by car than by taxi. | +| 3. \_\_\_\_\_\_ | They do this because it is cheaper to go sightseeing | c. | like to travel. | +| 4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ | When they go sightseeing, they learn a lot about | d. | travel by plane. | +| 5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ | Usually they | e. | the people and places. | +| 6. \_\_\_\_\_\_ | When they arrive at the airport, | f. | is exciting for Alice and Jane. | + +Order: \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +L. Read the paragraph. Look at the chart and make an outline. + +Meg has a new furnished apartment. In the living room there are two end tables, a couch, two lamps, a coffee table, and an arm chair. In the bedroom she has a bed, a bookcase, and a cabinet with drawers. She really likes her bedroom. The kitchen has a new stove, a refrigerator, and a table and chairs. It's a very nice apartment. + +![#1 A hierarchical diagram/outline showing Meg's Apartment split into living room, bedroom, and kitchen, with items listed under each room](images/page_217_001.jpg) + +Meg's Apartment + +A. ____________________________________________________ + +1. ____________________________________________________ + +2. ____________________________________________________ + +3. ____________________________________________________ + +4. ____________________________________________________ + +5. ____________________________________________________ + +B. ____________________________________________________ + +1. ____________________________________________________ + +2. ____________________________________________________ + +3. ____________________________________________________ + +C. ____________________________________________________ + +1. ____________________________________________________ + +2. ____________________________________________________ + +3. ____________________________________________________ + +--- + +M. Fill out the form. Use the information in the paragraph. + +Ann received a call for John. It was David Jones. He called at 4 o'clock on Saturday. He wants John to call him back at 555-0481. + +| PHONE CALLS FOR ________________ | Date: ________________ | +| FROM: ________________ | Time: ________________ | +| RECEIVED BY: ________________ | | +| MESSAGE: | | +| [ ] WILL CALL AGAIN | [ ] WANTS TO SEE YOU ON ________________ AT ________________ | +| [ ] RETURNED YOUR CALL | [ x ] PLEASE CALL ________________ | + +--- + +HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 3 + +A. The underlined word and the scrambled word have similar meanings. + +A SCRAMBLED WORD = "ROWD" +AN UNSCRAMBLED WORD = WORD + +First unscramble the word in ( ). Then write a different sentence with the unscrambled word. + +EXAMPLE: He's a fast worker. ( k u q i c ) +Jan is a quick runner. + +1. Jan: Are you hungry? +Dan: Yes. I'm hungry. It's almost one o'clock. (fo soceur) +Tony: Are you tired? +John: ____________________________________________________ + +2. Do we have a spare umbrella in the house? (tearx) +____________________________________________________ + +3. Pass me the salt, please. (dahn) +____________________________________________________ + +4. Tighten the lugs before you replace the hub cap. (tsnu) +____________________________________________________ + +5. Lt Smith: Can I borrow your book one more day? +Lt White: Yes. I won't need it until next week. (rues) +Lt Smith: Can you help me change my tire? +Lt Wong: ____________________________________________________ + +--- + +B. The underlined word and the scrambled word have opposite meanings. First, unscramble the word in ( ). Then write a sentence with the unscrambled word. + +EXAMPLE: He took all the air out of the tire (aeitfnld) +The children inflated their football. + +1. Kim's belt is tight. (slooe) +____________________________________________________ + +2. Only two people can sit in the front of my car. (ni eht cabk) +____________________________________________________ + +3. Did you lower the window before you left the house? (asrei) +____________________________________________________ + +4. Eat your food slowly. (uciIyqk) +____________________________________________________ + +5. Put on your hat when you go outside. (mevore) +____________________________________________________ + +6. Loosen the nuts. We're taking off the tire. (htigtne) +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +C. Select the best answer, a, b, or c. + +1. It's important to ________ cool on hot days. +a. do +b. keep +c. work + +2. Your left front tire is low. It needs ________. +a. jack +b. wheel +c. air + +3. I don't have a pen. Do you have ________ pen you can lend me? +a. an extra +b. enough +c. tight + +4. The book I want to buy costs $4.50. I only have $3.00. I don't have ________ money to buy it. +a. extra +b. enough +c. all + +5. Can you ________? Will you take this package upstairs for me? +a. work in a hurry +b. walk to the front +c. do me a favor + +6. Jimmy: You need to put air in your basketball before the game. +Paul: Yes, I know. I'll ________ it this afternoon. +a. play +b. inflate +c. put + +7. We're late for school. You have to ________. +a. hurry up +b. study +c. tighten + +8. When you want to ask a question, ________ your hand. +a. remove +b. replace +c. raise + +9. Two of my tires are very old. I need to ________ them soon. +a. return +b. replace +c. inflate + +10. Mr. Jones: He sure finished his homework in a hurry. +Mr. Bean: Yes, he ________ worked fast. +a. of course +b. did +c. certainly + +--- + +D. Read the paragraph. Select the best summary. + +Jane and her husband have two children. They live with her mother, father, and two brothers in a large old house. Jane's mother helps her care for the children and clean the house. They work very well together. Her father helps Jane's husband in his store. When he needs them, Jane's brothers also help. The family lives and works together happily. + +a. Jane's family all live together in a large old house. They help each other and work together happily. +b. Jane's father and brothers help her husband in his store. Her mother helps her with the children. +c. Jane and her family all work together in her husband's store. They live together, too. + +--- + +E. Read the paragraph. Write the topic and the main idea. Then select the best title. + +Lackland AFB in San Antonio, Texas, is a very large place. All new airmen have to come to Lackland. There are a lot of barracks, mess halls, snack bars, and gyms for the new airmen. This base also has the largest Air Force hospital in the United States. People from everywhere come to Wilford Hall Hospital. Lackland is a large and important Air Force Base. + +--- + +Topic: __________________________________________________ + +Main idea: __________________________________________________ + +Title: +a. San Antonio, Texas +b. Wilford Hall Hospital +c. Lackland AFB, Texas + +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +F. **Read the two sentences. Make a new sentence with a prepositional phrase.** + +1. Paul borrowed some money. He borrowed it from his father. +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Jean deposited some money. She put it in her checking account. +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Phil called and left a message. He left the message for Ted. +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. He dropped his cup. It fell on the floor. +_________________________________________________________________ + +G. **Select a word and complete the sentence. Then write a paragraph.** + +Vic had to (1). He had the (2), but he didn't have (3). He had to go to (4) for it. When he got there he had to (5). + +1. change a tire, deposit some money, mail a package +2. address, tools, cash +3. a deposit slip, a stamp, a spare tire +4. the post office, a tire store, the bank +5. stand in line, change clerks, pay a lot. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +H. **Answer the following questions in complete sentences. Use the cues in your answers and a gerund after the verb.** + +1. When did John begin studying French? (in March) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. What kind of clothes do you like wearing to the beach? (cool clothes) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Would you mind feeding my dog while I'm on vacation? (no) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +I. **Use the information in the chart. Write two polite requests and two responses. Use could or would in your requests.** + +| Student 1 Wants .... | Student 2 Has .... | +|---|---| +| EX: text book | a pencil, a notebook
a soda, a dictionary | +| 1. a blanket | 1. a sheet, a coat
a towel, a sweater | +| 2. shampoo | 2. toothpaste, a brush
a mirror, shampoo | +| 3. a wrench | 3. a wrench, a spoon
a bolt, a knife | +| 4. a soda | 4. orange juice, tea
coffee, water | + +EXAMPLE: Could I borrow your text book? +Sorry, I don't have mine with me. + +1. _________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +J. **Read the letters.** + +Dear Bill, + +I'll be going to Sacramento next week. Could you pick me up at the airport? The plane is scheduled to arrive at 1930 hrs. on Friday, October 18th. Let me know. + +Thanks, +Sam + +Dear Sam, + +I can pick you up on Friday the 18th. I can't get to the airport until 2000 hrs. Would you mind waiting in front of the airport for me? Let me know. See you soon. + +Your friend, +Bill + +First write a letter and make a request. Then write an answer to the letter. Use could, would, can, will, can't, or won't in the letters. You can ask someone to do these things or you can use your own ideas. + +1. take a trip with you +2. buy something for you +3. pick up something for you + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +K. **Read each sentence and question. Then answer the question.** + +EXAMPLE: "Pick up Capt Walker at 13:00." +\* \* \* \* \* \* +What did she say? +She said to pick up Capt Walker at 13:00. + +1. "Be here in the morning." +\* \* \* \* \* \* +What did he say? +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. "Would you hand me the dictionary?" +\* \* \* \* \* \* +What did she ask you? +_________________________________________________________________ + +L. **Read the paragraph. Look at the chart and make an outline.** + +Alex is studying for two tests. He'll have a math test and an English test. Tonight he is studying about circles, squares, and lines. Last night he studied his letters and punctuation rules. He's going to be ready for these tests! + +``` + +-------+ + | Tests | + +---+---+ + | + +---------------+---------------+ + | | + +---+--+ +---+-----+ + | Math | | English | + +---+--+ +---+-----+ + | | + +------+-----+------+ +------+------+ + | | | | | | ++--+ +---+ +---+ +----+ +---+---+ +-------+-------+ +|c.| |sq.| |l. | |let.| |p. rules | |p. rules (cont)| ++--+ +---+ +---+ +----+ +-------+ +---------------+ +``` + +Tests + +A. _________________________________________________________________ + +1. _________________________________________________________________ +2. _________________________________________________________________ +3. _________________________________________________________________ + +B. _________________________________________________________________ + +1. _________________________________________________________________ +2. _________________________________________________________________ + +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +--- + +HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 4 + +A. Read the article and answer the questions. + +**WHAT DO THE JACKSONS READ?** + +Mr. Jackson enjoys reading the newspaper every day. He usually reads it in the morning while he eats breakfast. First, he reads the articles on the front page. He likes to know about world news. Then, he looks for interesting articles. He also likes to read about famous people and places. Sometimes he wants to keep some of the articles. He cuts them out and puts them in a book. He has a large collection of these interesting articles. They're fun to read. + +Mrs. Jackson also likes to read the newspaper, but she likes to read magazines better. She thinks the articles in magazines are more interesting than the ones in the newspapers. She receives two weekly magazines, and three monthly magazines. That gives her enough articles to read. + +1. What does Mr. Jackson enjoy doing every day? + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. Why does he read the front page first? + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. What does Mr. Jackson collect? + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. What's fun to read? + _________________________________________________________________ + +5. Why does Mrs. Jackson like to read magazines better than newspapers? + _________________________________________________________________ + +6. About how many magazines does she receive every month? + _________________________________________________________________ + +B. Put these words in the correct box: + +> aunt, cousin, daughter, husband, father, grandfather, grandmother, mother, nephew, niece, son, uncle, wife, + +| WOMAN | MAN | +|---|---| +| EXAMPLES: wife | husband | +| | | +| | | +| | | +| | | +| | | +| | | + +C. Read the sentences and write the answer. + +EXAMPLE: I have a mother and a father. But, I can't go to them or say their names. Who am I? + +their baby + +1. I'm married to your mother's brother. Who am I? + ____________________________________ + +2. Your parents are our children. Who are we? + ____________________________________ + +3. You call my mother aunt. Who am I? + ____________________________________ + +4. I'm your sister's daughter. Who am I? + ____________________________________ + +5. I'm your brother's son. Who am I? + ____________________________________ + +6. We're your father and mother. Who are we? + ____________________________________ + +7. We are your aunts, uncles, grandparents, cousins, etc. Who are we? + ____________________________________ + +8. Your mother and I are brother and sister. Who am I? + ____________________________________ + +9. You work for me. Who am I? + ____________________________________ + +10. We own a business together. What do we have? + ____________________________________ + +D. Find the words and circle them. You can find words from left to right and from top to bottom. + +EXAMPLES: JOB | STUDENT + +1. BUSINESSMAN +2. BARBER +3. CASHIER +4. DENTIST +5. DOCTOR +6. DRIVER +7. CLERK +8. POLICEMAN +9. TELLER +10. WAITER +11. SALESPERSON +12. SOLDIER +13. SECRETARY +14. TEACHER +15. WORK +16. OCCUPATION +17. MECHANIC +18. WRITER +19. WAITRESS +20. COOK + +A W B C D D O C T O R E F G H M I J K L +B A R B E R M N O P Q R S S T E U V W X +Y I Z A B P O L I C E M A N C C O O K D +E T F S S G H I J T E L L E R H K L M N +W R I T E R O P Q R S T E U W A I T E R +O E X U C A S H I E R Y S Z A N B C E T +R S C D R F G H O C C U P A T I O N I E +K S L E E J K L M N O P E Q R C S T U A +V D E N T I S T W X Y D R I V E R Z A C +A B R T A C D J O B F G S H I J K L M H +N O K P R Q R S T U V S O L D I E R W E +X Y Z A Y B C D B U S I N E S S M A N R + +E. Use these words and complete the paragraph. + +| pleasant | far | types | +|---|---|---| +| got married | owns | single | +| works on | famous | married | +| marriage | | | + +**PAT AND RON** + +Pat was a secretary before she ____________ Ron. When Ron was still ____________, he was a clerk at a department store. While he was there he saved his money and bought automobile repair tools. After they ____________, they moved to Smallville. Smallville is not very ____________ from the big city. It's a ____________ little town. They started their new ____________, and of course, new jobs there. Ron ____________ his own tools. He has a job in a garage and ____________ cars. Pat works for a ____________ writer. She ____________ all his articles. + +F. Use the underlined word as the answer and write a question. Use how, when, where, or who in your question. + +1. Kathy will be able to spend $50.00 on a new coat. + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. Uncle Ted was able to fly to California. + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. Henry will be able to go to Europe next summer. + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. He was able to fly to Dallas for $50.00. + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +5. Jane was able to get there by bus. + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +G. Use the chart and write three questions and answers about distance and time. Try to make your sentences different. Use some of the words below in the questions or answers. + +| how far? | about | it's | it takes | from | between | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| + +MILES BETWEEN CITIES IN THE UNITED STATES + +| BOSTON | | | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1005 | CHICAGO | | | | | | | +| 1808 | 932 | DALLAS | | | | | | +| 3084 | 2194 | 1506 | LOS ANGELES | | | | | +| 1545 | 1398 | 1334 | 2638 | MIAMI | | | | +| 210 | 841 | 1597 | 2886 | 1363 | NEW YORK CITY | | | +| 3112 | 2107 | 2114 | 1163 | 3443 | 2924 | SEATTLE | | +| 434 | 704 | 1365 | 2747 | 1124 | 224 | 2812 | WASHINGTON D.C. | + +EXAMPLE: How far is it from Boston to New York City? +It's not far. It's about 200 miles. + +1. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +I. Read the two sentences. Then write a new sentence with a prepositional phrase. + +1. She collects stamps. She collects them from different countries. + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. Bart drives a taxi. He drives it in the city. + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. Helen typed the letter. She typed it for her boss. + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +I. Read the paragraph. Write the topic and the main idea. Then select a title for the paragraph. + +Ted wanted a soft drink. He tried to use a vending machine. He dropped the coins in the slot and pulled the knob. Nothing happened. He followed the directions on the machine and tried a second time. It didn't work. He tried to move the machine. He hit it with his hand. Finally, he called the telephone number on the machine. He wanted to get his money back. He told the man that he was angry. The man apologized and told Ted to come to his office for the money. Ted wasn't happy. He learned that vending machines don't always work. + +Topic: ______________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: __________________________________________________________________ + +Title: +a. Nothing Happened +b. A Vending Machine +c. They Don't Always Work! + +J. Read the paragraph. Use the chart and complete the outline. + +Harry visits everyone in his family every week. On Sunday he goes to his parents' house first, and then he goes to his grandparents' home. On Monday he goes to see his Aunt Nan and Uncle George. His cousin Clyde is usually there, also. On Wednesday he has dinner with his brother and his wife. They have two children, Mark and Joan. He enjoys playing with his niece and nephew. It's fun to be an uncle. Harry really enjoys his family. + +| Harry's Family Visits | | | +|---|---|---| +| **Sunday** | **Monday** | **Wednesday** | +| parents
grandparents | aunt and uncle
cousin | brother and wife
niece and nephew | + +Harry's Family Visits + +A. __________________________________________________________________ + 1. _______________________________________________________________ + 2. _______________________________________________________________ + +B. __________________________________________________________________ + 1. _______________________________________________________________ + 2. _______________________________________________________________ + +C. __________________________________________________________________ + 1. _______________________________________________________________ + 2. _______________________________________________________________ + +K. Read the paragraph. Select the best summary. + +Fred wanted to do his laundry, but he needed some detergent. He went to a vending machine. He got some change and put it in the slot. Fred found it out of order. He had to go back home with his dirty clothes until another day. + +a. The vending machine was broken. Fred had to take his dirty clothes back home. +b. Fred couldn't do his laundry because he didn't have any detergent. The vending machine was out of it, too. +c. Fred's clothes were too dirty for detergent to get them clean. He took them back home. + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +L. Select a word and complete the sentence. Then write a paragraph. + +Katy was on vacation. She bought a local (1). She wanted (2) a (3). She was (4) and she wanted (5) before she went back to (6). + +1. map, car, newspaper +2. to read about, to drive to, to find +3. pleasant motel, a good restaurant, a nice apartment +4. late, hungry, lost +5. to get there, to eat, to leave +6. her hotel, her home, the river + +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +M. Match the sentence part in Column A with the sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in correct order. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. David wanted to take | a. reservations in London for him. | +| _____ 2. Then they sent him | b. to a travel agency. | +| _____ 3. After he picked them up, | c. about many places. | +| _____ 4. He decided | d. to go to London. | +| _____ 5. The agency made the | e. a vacation. | +| _____ 6. First, he went | f. he could start his vacation in two days! | +| _____ 7. They had information | g. he went home to pack. | +| _____ 8. Thanks to the agency, | h. to the airport for his tickets. | + +Correct order: _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____ + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 2 + +A. Listen to each word. Circle the number of the stressed syllable. + +| | | | | | | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 2. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | +| 3. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 4. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | +| 5. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | +| 7. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 8. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | +| 9. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 10. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | + +B. Read the two sentences. Combine them by putting a to-infinitive after an adjective. + +1. Lt Mathews was happy. He received a package from home. +2. Col Jackson was pleased. He spoke at the graduation. +3. My sister is afraid. She is alone. + +C. Listen and answer the questions with prepositions of location. + +D. Make and respond to an introduction. + +1. Jack Smith introduces Mr. Rogers (age 75) to Dave Wilson (age 30). +2. Lt Ricks introduces Maj Jones to Sgt Costa. + +E. Choose the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. Harris: Was anyone in the office with Major Williams? + Gates: No, he was ________ + + a. afraid + b. ready + c. alone + +2. Ted: Do you have my phone number? + Mike: No, I don't. Let me ________ + + a. remember it + b. write it down + c. decide to + +3. Jill: Which dress did Nancy buy? + Carol: She ________ to buy the brown one. + + a. decided + b. introduced + c. shopped + +4. Dennis: When will the party start? + Sam: When ________ arrives. + + a. anyone + b. everyone + c. no one + +5. Tom: I don't know your friend. Will you ________ me? + + a. show + b. tell + c. introduce + +6. Green: Is Major Miller's office on the 1st floor? + Williams: No. It's ________ in room 218. + + a. on + b. upstairs + c. downstairs + +--- + +7. You have to get up now, or you won't be _______ on time. + + a. ready + b. polite + c. alone + +8. John arrives tomorrow from England. + + a. came + b. will come + c. was coming + +9. The students don't know the colonel. Will you make the _______ to the class. + + a. rule + b. supper + c. introduction + +10. Mike: Why does he have to do more pushups. + Jack: Because he broke the _______. + + a. rules + b. malls + c. neighbors + +11. Pat: Do you like to _______ at the new store? + Joe: No, it doesn't have the kind of tools that I use. + + a. park + b. shop + c. write down + +12. The plane departs at 1300. + + a. will leave + b. left + c. was leaving + +F. Match the sentence part in Column A with the sentence part in Column B. Put the sentences in order. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. I needed some curtains | a. some beautiful ones. | +| _____ 2. I went to | b. and decided to go shopping. | +| _____ 3. I bought them, took them home, | c. for the bedroom. | +| _____ 4. I woke up this morning | d. GATES department store. | +| _____ 5. They had | e. and hung them up. | + +Order: _____, _____, _____, _____, _____ + +G. Read the paragraph. Write the topic. Then write the main idea in a complete sentence. + +Jeff's favorite sport is tennis. He plays it very well. It's a very popular game. He's going to teach tennis to his friend Jack this weekend. + +Topic: __________________________________________________ + +Main idea: __________________________________________________ + +H. Read the paragraph and the chart box outline. Use the information and complete an outline. + +### AT THE MALL + +Three friends went shopping at the mall. One needed some new clothes. She went to the clothing store. She bought two pairs of shoes, a blouse, and a blue dress. Another wanted to get some things for her home. She went to the department store. She bought some towels, a sheet, and a bookcase. The other one went to a variety store. While she was there, she bought a pen, some paper, and a box of candy. The three women enjoyed their afternoon at the mall. + +![#1 A chart outline titled "AFTERNOON AT THE MALL" branching into three main categories: "clothing store", "department store", and "variety store". Under clothing store: shoes, blouse, dress. Under department store: towels, sheet, bookcase. Under variety store: pen, paper, candy.](images/page_249_001.jpg) + +### AFTERNOON AT THE MALL + +A. __________________________________________________ + 1. __________________________________________________ + 2. __________________________________________________ + 3. __________________________________________________ + +B. __________________________________________________ + 1. __________________________________________________ + 2. __________________________________________________ + 3. __________________________________________________ + +C. __________________________________________________ + 1. __________________________________________________ + 2. __________________________________________________ + 3. __________________________________________________ diff --git a/sources/book-10/st-3.md b/sources/book-10/st-3.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87b127cb --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/st-3.md @@ -0,0 +1,1232 @@ + + +# BOOK 10 LESSON 3 + +## WOULD YOU PLEASE ...? + +![A man standing in an office talking to another man seated at a desk, pointing to a dictionary on a bookshelf behind him](images/page_093_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +Would you please lend me your dictionary? +Sorry, but I don't have one./Sure, I'd be happy to. + +### GRAMMAR +Lt Mathews likes flying helicopters. +Would you ...? Yes, I will./Sorry, I can't. +Could you ...? Sure, I can./Sorry, I can't. +What did the captain say? +He said to report to the major's office. + +### SKILLS +first, next, then +Brad raised the car. He raised it with the jack. +Brad raised the car with the jack. +Write the topic and the main idea. Scan and answer the question. +Give or carry out instructions. Complete an outline. +Select the best summary. + +### VOCABULARY + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| could/can | inflate | would/will | air | +| cover | jack up | | cover | +| hand (out) | keep | certainly | hub cap | +| hurry (up) | loosen | common | jack | +| | lower | enough | key | +| do ... a favor | mind | extra | lug | +| in a hurry | pass (out) | flat | nut | +| of course | raise | loose | tire | +| the back (of) | remove | quick/quickly | trunk | +| the front (of) | replace | spare | wheel | +| | tighten | tight | wrench | + +## CONTENTS OF BOOK 10 LESSON 3 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: changing a flat tire | 87 | +| READING SKILLS: write the topic
write the main idea
select a title | 93 | +| VOCABULARY: do a favor | 95 | +| LISTENING SKILL: write transitional words/phrases | 100 | +| GRAMMAR: gerunds as direct objects of verbs | 101 | +| SPEAKING AND LISTENING SKILLS:
give instructions orally
carry out/pantomime instructions | 104 | +| GRAMMAR: could/can, would/will as requests/responses | 105 | +| FUNCTION: make/respond to polite requests | 108 | +| READING SKILL: scan and provide | 111 | +| GRAMMAR: indirect speech, reporting commands (say/ask + present active infinitive) | 113 | +| READING SKILL: select the summary | 116 | +| WRITING SKILL: transpose chart into outline | 117 | +| WRITING SKILL: combine sentences independent clause/phrase | 118 | + +# Vocabulary + +### A FLAT TIRE + +![#1 Diagram of a car wheel showing the outer rubber labeled "TIRE" and the central cap labeled "HUB CAP"](images/page_095_001.jpg) + +![#2 Diagram of a car wheel with the hub cap removed, showing the wheel center and lug nuts labeled "NUTS"](images/page_095_002.jpg) + +Listen to the sentences. Then repeat them. + +A car has four wheels. + +The tire is on the wheel. + +The hub cap (wheel cover) covers the hub or center of the wheel. + +When you remove the hub cap, you can see the hub and the nuts. + +A flat tire has little or no air. + +The lugs, or nuts, fasten the wheel to the car. + +When you loosen the nuts, turn the wrench to the left. + +When you tighten the nuts, turn the wrench to the right. + +![#3 A car jack placed underneath the side frame of a car, elevating the wheel off the ground](images/page_095_003.jpg) +Use the jack to raise the car off the ground. + +![#4 A lug wrench tool used for turning wheel nuts](images/page_095_004.jpg) +Use the lug wrench to remove the nuts. + +![#5 An open car trunk displaying the open compartment at the rear of the vehicle](images/page_096_001.jpg) +The trunk is in the back of the car. + +Some common tire tools are the jack and the wrench. + +![#6 An open car trunk with a spare tire resting inside](images/page_096_002.jpg) +People also keep the spare tire (fifth or extra tire) in the trunk. + +![#7 The rear view of a car with a callout bubble showing a car key](images/page_096_003.jpg) +You need to open the trunk with a car key. + +--- + +# HOW TO CHANGE A FLAT TIRE + +Look at the pictures while your teacher reads the sentences to you. Repeat the sentences. Then read them. + +![#1 Two men opening the trunk of a car to take out the spare tire and tools](images/page_097_001.jpg) + +1. Take your spare tire, lug wrench, and jack out of the trunk. + +![#2 A man removing the hub cap from a car wheel using a wrench](images/page_097_002.jpg) + +2. Remove the hub cap with the wrench. + +![#3 A person using a wrench to loosen the lug nuts on a car wheel](images/page_097_003.jpg) + +3. Loosen the nuts with the wrench. + +![#4 A man positioning a jack under the frame of a car](images/page_097_004.jpg) + +4. Put the jack in place. + +![#5 A man operating a jack to lift the car up](images/page_097_005.jpg) + +5. Jack up the car. + +![#6 A person removing the loosened lug nuts from the wheel](images/page_097_006.jpg) + +6. Remove the nuts from the wheel. + +![#7 Two men pulling the flat tire off the car wheel hub](images/page_098_001.jpg) + +7. Remove the flat tire. + +![#8 Two men aligning and putting the spare tire onto the wheel hub](images/page_098_002.jpg) + +8. Put the spare tire on. + +![#9 A man threading and hand-tightening lug nuts onto the wheel](images/page_098_003.jpg) + +9. Replace the lugs and tighten them until you can't turn them by hand. + +![#10 A man lowering the car using the jack while another watches](images/page_098_004.jpg) + +10. Lower the car and finish tightening the nuts. + +![#11 A man replacing the hub cap onto the wheel using a mallet or hand](images/page_098_005.jpg) + +11. Remove the jack and replace the hub cap. + +![#12 Two men placing the flat tire and tools back into the car trunk](images/page_098_006.jpg) + +12. Put the flat tire, the wrench, and the jack back in the trunk. + +--- + +# BEFORE OR AFTER? + +Look at the 12 pictures on pp. 89-90 again. One student will ask a question with before or after. Another will answer the question. + +EXAMPLES: What do you do before you replace the hub cap? +You tighten the lugs. + +What do you do after you lower the car? +You finish tightening the lugs. + +# THREE CAN DO IT FASTER. + +Steve, Ted and John went for a drive. The car started pulling to the right side. Ted stopped the car. He got out and checked. They had a flat tire! + +"That's okay", he thought. "The three of us can change the tire in no time." + +Now look at the pictures on page 92, and you tell the story. + +EXAMPLE: Picture 1: Steve opened the trunk and took the spare tire out. John took the lug wrench and the jack out of the trunk. + +--- + +![Profile headshot of John](images/page_100_001.jpg) = JOHN +![Profile headshot of Steve](images/page_100_002.jpg) = STEVE +![Profile headshot of Ted](images/page_100_003.jpg) = TED + +![#1 Steve and John taking the spare tire and tools out of the trunk](images/page_100_004.jpg) + +![#2 John removing the hub cap from the wheel](images/page_100_005.jpg) + +![#3 Ted loosening the lug nuts with a wrench](images/page_100_006.jpg) + +![#4 Ted positioning the jack under the car](images/page_100_007.jpg) + +![#5 John jacking up the car](images/page_100_008.jpg) + +![#6 Ted removing the lug nuts from the wheel](images/page_100_009.jpg) + +![#7 Steve and John removing the flat tire](images/page_100_010.jpg) + +![#8 Steve and John putting the spare tire onto the car](images/page_100_011.jpg) + +![#9 Ted replacing and tightening the lug nuts with a wrench](images/page_100_012.jpg) + +![#10 John lowering the car with the jack while Ted watches](images/page_100_013.jpg) + +![#11 John tapping the hub cap back into place](images/page_100_014.jpg) + +![#12 John placing the flat tire back into the trunk](images/page_100_015.jpg) + +--- + +# Reading Skills + +### WHAT'S THE TOPIC? + +Read the paragraph. Write the topic. + +Martha's husband gave her some money for her birthday. She couldn't decide how to use it. She went to the mall. She looked at furniture and other things for the house. Then she looked at yard tools. She also looked at new clothes. She couldn't decide. She put her money in the bank. + +______________________________________________________________________ + +### WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA? + +Read the paragraph. Write the main idea in a complete sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Martha's husband gave her some money for her birthday. She couldn't decide how to use it. She went to the mall. She looked at furniture and other things for the house. Then she looked at yard tools. She also looked at new clothes. She couldn't decide. She put her money in the bank. + +Martha couldn't decide how to spend her money. + +1. Joe's sick. He doesn't feel well. His head and throat hurt. He'd like to take some medicine. There are many medicines in the drugstore, but he's afraid that he'll take the wrong one. He thinks he should see a doctor, but he's afraid the visit will be expensive. While Joe is trying to decide between a doctor's visit and medicine, he is getting worse. + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +2. There are some rules for polite introductions. In the United States most people shake hands when they meet others for the first time. Women don't always shake hands with other women. When they are sitting, men usually stand up for introductions. Women don't have to stand, but most women do stand when they meet older people or people of higher rank. Remember these rules when you make introductions. + +______________________________________________________________________ + +### WHAT DO YOU WANT TO CALL IT? + +Read the paragraph. Select the best title. + +Beth wants a new coat and the department store at the mall is having a big winter coat sale. She knows that she can save a lot of money at the sale. The mall will be very crowded because a lot of people will want to save money, too. She knows she'll have to get to the mall early. + +a. A Cold Winter + +b. A New Coat + +c. Department Stores + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### HOW DO WE KEEP WARM? + +![A drawing of a thermometer showing a temperature reading](images/page_103_001.jpg) + +The temperature dropped 50 degrees overnight in Flowerville. People are trying to keep warm this cold day. + +Draw a picture. Show and tell how you keep warm. + +1. Use the rectangle on the next page for your picture. +2. Show your drawing while the other students speak. +3. Each student will add his sentence to those before his. + +EXAMPLES: + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Pvt Ruiz:** When I need to keep warm, I put lots of covers on my bed. | ![#1 A drawing of a bed covered with blankets](images/page_103_002.jpg) | +| **Sgt Ball:** When you need to keep warm, you put lots of covers on your bed; when I need to keep warm, I drink hot coffee. | ![#2 A drawing of a steaming cup of coffee on a saucer](images/page_103_003.jpg) | +| **Pvt Lane:** When she needs to keep warm she puts lots of covers on her bed; when you need to keep warm, you drink hot coffee; when I need to keep warm, I wear my gloves and cap. | ![#3 A drawing of a winter cap and pair of gloves](images/page_103_004.jpg) | + +--- + +![A large empty rectangular box for drawing](images/page_104_001.jpg) + +--- + +![A woman attached to an air hose inflates a tire, making a hiss sound "SSSSST"](images/page_105_001.jpg) + +### I'LL INFLATE THE TIRE. + +Repeat the dialog. Then read it. + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Ann:** | Where are we going? | +| **Gloria:** | To the gas station. Yesterday, I found out that I need to put some air in my spare tire. | +| **Ann:** | Are YOU going to inflate the tire? | +| **Gloria:** | Of course. | +| **Ann:** | Aren't you afraid you might not do it right? | +| **Gloria:** | Of course not. I'll use the air pressure gauge. | + +![An air pressure gauge tool](images/page_105_002.jpg) + +--- + +![Two side-by-side illustrations comparing tight shoes that pinch feet vs loose, roomy shoes](images/page_106_001.jpg) + +### MY SHOES ARE TIGHT! + +Repeat the underlined words. Listen to and then read the dialog. + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Peggy:** | Hi, Liz! | +| **Liz:** | Hi, Peggy. | +| **Peggy:** | Do you want to go shopping with me? I have a little extra money and I want to buy some black shoes. | +| **Liz:** | Really? Where did you get the money? | +| **Peggy:** | My parents sent me fifty dollars. | +| **Liz:** | I thought you bought black shoes last month. | +| **Peggy:** | I did. I bought them a little big, because I don't like tight shoes. But now, they're very loose. | +| **Liz:** | Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. | +| **Peggy:** | How about lunch? I can take you to the Italian Restaurant at the mall. | +| **Liz:** | That sounds good, but will you have enough money? | +| **Peggy:** | Sure, the shoes I want cost about $35.00. I'll have enough to pay for lunch. | +| **Liz:** | Then let's hurry up. I'm getting hungry. | + +--- + +![A male teacher handing out pop quiz papers to a group of male students in a classroom](images/page_107_001.jpg) + +### A POP QUIZ! + +Repeat the underlined words. Listen to and then read the story. + +"Can you do me a favor, Joe?" my teacher asked. "Why, certainly," I said. "Could you please pass these papers out to the class for me?" "Sure," I said. "Are you sure you don't mind?" she asked. "Of course not. I'll be happy to do it," I told her. + +I hurried up to the front of the class. I handed out all the papers to the students, but I had a few extras. When I looked down at them, I saw the word QUIZ. Oh, no, a quiz. I didn't study last night. I sure wasn't ready. I quickly went to my desk and started on my quiz. + +An hour later we got our scores back. The teacher sure checked our papers in a hurry. She was quick to hand them back to us. My score was 72. That wasn't good. Now, I realize that I have to be ready to take a quiz at any time. + +\* pop quiz = an unscheduled quiz + +--- + +# Listening Skill + +### FIRST, NEXT, THEN + +Listen to the paragraphs and write the connective words. Listen for words like first, second, last, then, now, next, while, later, finally, and after (that). + +1. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + f. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + f. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +# Grammar + +### GERUNDS + +The object of a verb is usually a noun or pronoun. + +I like basketball. +(noun) + +The object of a verb can also be a gerund. A gerund is the -ing form of a verb. It is used as a noun. + +I like playing basketball. +(gerund) + +I like playing basketball. +(gerund phrase) + +There are certain verbs that can be followed by gerunds. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| Mike | starts | moving | next week. | +| The boys | enjoy | playing | soccer. | +| Does William | mind | stopping | here? | +| Sgt Kline | didn't begin | exercising | until 7:00 a.m. | +| Janet | finished | eating | before Peter. | +| The Martins | like | driving | along the ocean. | + +Read the sentences. + +1. Did Jim begin studying French last summer? +2. Joe enjoys swimming in the summer. +3. Marie finished cleaning her room. +4. Lt Mathews likes flying helicopters. +5. Ms. Wilson doesn't mind staying until Sam gets back. +6. Sgt Hercules started lifting weights ten years ago. +7. Edgar Allen Poe began writing when he was sixteen years old. +8. Nancy enjoys spending money at the mall. +9. Did Mr. Adams finish repairing the window? +10. Mrs. Murray didn't start driving until she was forty years old. + +--- + +### DO YOU ENJOY PLAYING ...? + +Repeat the dialog. Then learn a part well enough to recite it without looking at the book. + +1. Roger: When did you begin studying for this quiz? +Sam: I began studying three weeks ago. + +2. Jim: Do you enjoy playing basketball? +Bob: Yes, and I also enjoy playing soccer. + +3. Sgt Burns: Did the Smiths finish moving? +Sgt Marsh: Yes, and they also finished cleaning their old house. + +4. Walt: Does Mary Anne like listening to the radio? +Tim: Yes, and she likes watching TV, too. + +5. Carl: Does Kevin mind taking me to school? +Ted: No, he doesn't mind taking you. + +6. Lt Anders: When did Captain Martinez start flying? +Lt Ashly: He started flying six years ago. + +### HE STARTED WRITING THE LETTER AFTER DINNER. + +Look at the words in ( ) and answer the questions. + +EXAMPLE: When did Lt Peterson finish writing his book? +(last March) +He finished writing his book last March. + +1. Why did he stop smoking? +(got sick) + +2. When did Lt Gonzales begin flying a helicopter? +(two years ago) + +3. When did Ms. Watkins finish making the cake? +(before lunch) + +4. What kind of clothes does Jack like wearing to the gym? +(workout clothes) + +5. Do you mind handing me the wrench? +(no, I don't) + +6. When did Pvt Walters start studying Italian? +(last month) + +--- + +7. Does Rick like helping in the kitchen? +(yes) + +8. Do you enjoy sleeping late on Saturday? +(yes) + +### WHEN DID YOU FINISH EATING LUNCH? + +Look at the cues. Ask and answer questions. Use a gerund in both your question and answer. + +EXAMPLE: S1: when/did begin/play tennis/? +When did you begin playing tennis? + +S2: when/ten/ +I began playing tennis when I was ten years old. + +1. S1: when/did begin/play soccer/? +S2: five years ago + +2. S1: when/did stop/play baseball/? +S2: when/forty-five + +3. S1: when/enjoy/watch TV/? +S2: before/bed + +4. S1: when/did finish/eat lunch/? +S2: an hour ago + +5. S1: what kind food/enjoy/eat/? +S2: Mexican food + +6. S1: do mind/wait until tomorrow/? +S2: no/okay + +--- + +7. S1: did finish/fix car yesterday/? +S2: yes/6 o'clock + +8. S1: do like/eat/that restaurant/? +S2: yes/there + +9. S1: will start/study/new book tomorrow/? +S2: no/next week + +10. S1: did/begin/walk after dinner/yesterday evening/? +S2: yes/with my neighbor + +### Speaking/Listening Skills + +#### WHAT WOULD YOU LIKE? + +Tell the class how to do these things. Your partner will act out each instruction after you say it. + +1. change a tire +2. brush teeth +3. use a candy machine +4. make a salad +5. put on shoes + +--- + +# Grammar + +### POLITE REQUESTS + +We use could you and would you to make polite requests (when we need another person's help). + +| POLITE REQUEST | ANSWERS | +|---|---| +| Could you please open the door? | Yes, of course I can.
No, I'm sorry, I can't. | +| Would you help me with his box? | Yes, I'll be happy to help you.
I'd like to, but I can't right now. | + +### WOULD YOU ASK SGT FERGUSON TO COME HERE? + +Repeat the dialog. Then learn a part well enough to recite it without looking at the book. + +1. Carl: Could you take me to the commissary after class? +Larry: Of course I can. I'd be glad to. + +2. Janet: Could you please show me how this works? +Vince: Yes, I can. I learned this morning. + +3. Adam: Could you tighten the nut? +Jack: No, I can't make it any tighter. + +4. Rita: Would you have dinner with me and my family tonight? +Fran: Yes, I'll be happy to have dinner with you tonight. + +5. Anna: Would you help me move this desk? +Bill: Sorry I can't. I have a bad back. + +--- + +### WOULD YOU ...? YES. I WILL. + +Read the questions. Use the word in ( ) and answer the question. Use *can* or *will* in your answer. + +1. Could you lend me twenty dollars? (no) + +2. Would you mind waiting ten more minutes? (sure) + +3. Would you ask Pvt Adams to come here? (yes) + +4. Could you take my brother to school today? (no) + +5. Would you help Barbara with those big boxes? (yes) + +6. Could you finish changing this tire? My back hurts. (no) + +--- + +**WOULD YOU HELP ME FIX MY CAR? SORRY, I CAN'T.** + +Look at the words. Then make a polite request. Use **could** or **would** in your requests and **can** or **will** in your response. Make a complete response. + +EXAMPLE: S1: open window +Could you help me open this window? +S2: Yes/sure, I think I can. +or +S2: No. I'm sorry. I can't. I hurt my hand. + +1. go to the mall +2. change tire +3. clean the kitchen +4. fasten your seatbelt +5. take a message +6. lock the door +7. call back at 7:00 +8. fix the sink + +--- + +# Function + +**WOULD YOU PLEASE ...?** + +Repeat the dialog. Then read it. + +1. Would you help me, please? I have a flat. +Sure. Do you have any tools? + +2. Would you please pass me the salt? +Sure. Here you are. + +3. Do me a favor. Please lend me your wrench. +I'd be glad to. + +4. Will you do me a favor? I need some help. +Certainly, how can I help you? + +5. Could you hand me the jack? +Of course, here it is. + +6. Would you mind handing me the wrench? +I'd be glad to. + +--- + +**COULD YOU PLEASE ...?** + +Look at the words and ask a question. + +EXAMPLE: + +hand, wrench +Would you please hand me the wrench? +Would you hand me the wrench, please? +Could you please hand me the wrench? +Could you hand me the wrench, please? +Will you please hand me the wrench? +Will you hand me the wrench, please? +Would you mind handing me the wrench? + +1. hand, jack +2. close, door +3. come, here +4. help, change tire +5. do, favor +6. lend, book +7. give, wrench +8. pass, bread +9. fasten, seat +10. mind, lend + +**SURE... SORRY....** + +Listen and answer the question politely. + +EXAMPLES: Would you please lend me your dictionary? +no +Sorry, but I don't have one. + +Would you please hand me the dictionary? +yes +Sure, I'd be happy to. + +--- + +**COULD I BORROW YOUR ...?** + +Look at the chart. Make and respond to a polite request. + +EXAMPLE: + +| Student 1 Wants .... | Student 2 Has ..... | +|---|---| +| 1. a pen | 1. a pencil a dictionary
a soda a text book | + +S1: Could I borrow your pen? +S2: Sorry, I don't have one. Would you like to use my pencil? + +| Student 1 Wants .... | Student 2 Has .... | +|---|---| +| 1. a text book | 1. a pencil a notebook
a soda a dictionary | +| 2. a blanket | 2. a sheet a coat
a towel a sweater | +| 3. toothpaste | 3. toothpaste a brush
a mirror shampoo | +| 4. a wrench | 4. a wrench a spoon
a bolt a knife | +| 5. a soda | 5. orange juice tea
coffee water | +| 6. a pencil | 6. a pen a bolt
a wrench a nut | +| 7. a piece of gum | 7. a candy bar chips
a soda fruit | +| 8. a jack | 8. a wrench a nut
a bolt a knife | + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**HOW MUCH?** + +First read the questions. Then look at the picture. You will only see it for a short time. Then write the correct answer. + +1. How much do four new tires cost? +__________________________________________________ + +2. What is the telephone number? +__________________________________________________ + +3. What is the name of the tire store? +__________________________________________________ + +4. What is the address? +__________________________________________________ + +--- + +**APARTMENTS FOR RENT** + +1. How much is a one-bedroom apartment? +__________________________________________________ + +2. What is the name of the apartments? +__________________________________________________ + +3. How much is the two bedroom apartment? +__________________________________________________ + +4. What is the phone number? +__________________________________________________ + +5. What is the address? +__________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Grammar + +**WHAT DID HE SAY?** + +Repeat the dialog. Then learn a part well enough to recite it without looking at the book. + +1. Capt Moreno: Sgt Kline, report to the major's office right now. + Sgt Kline: Yes, sir. + + \* \* \* \* \* + + Sgt Anderson: What did the Captain say? + Sgt Kline: He said to report to the Major's office. + +2. Dad: Freddy, hang your coat up. + Freddy: Okay, Dad, in a minute. + + \* \* \* \* \* + + Susie: Freddy, what did Dad say? + Freddy: He said to hang my coat up. + +3. Maj Jones: Ms. Rogers, could you get me the dictionary? + Ms. Rogers: Yes, sir. I'll do it right now. + + \* \* \* \* \* + + Mr. Thompson: What did Maj Jones ask you?. + Ms. Rogers: Maj Jones asked me to get him the dictionary. + +--- + +**WHAT DID HE SAY?** + +Read the sentence. Then ask or answer a question about the sentence. + +EXAMPLES: Report to the colonel at 1300. + +\* \* \* \* \* + +S1: What did he say? +S2: He said to report to the colonel at 1300. + +\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* + +Could you pass me the salt, please? + +\* \* \* \* \* + +S1: What did she ask you? +S2: She asked me to pass her the salt. + +1. Pick up Capt Walker at 1300. + +2. Call Capt Walker at the dispensary. + +3. Would you hand me the dictionary? + +4. Could you lend me a pencil? + +5. Get Sgt Powers on the phone for me. + +6. Would you turn out the lights? + +7. Lock the garage door. + +8. Please hand out the papers. + +--- + +**HE ASKED ME TO PICK UP ....** + +Look at the example. S1 tells or asks someone to do something. S2 asks a question about it. S3 answers the question. + +EXAMPLE: pick up + +S1: Will you pick up my clothes at the laundry? + +\* \* \* \* \* + +S2: What did he ask you? +S3: He asked me to pick up his clothes at the laundry. + +1. go + +2. put + +3. don't close + +4. circle + +5. don't turn off + +6. clean + +7. don't walk + +8. hand + +9. report + +10. call + +--- + +### Reading Skill + +**WHAT'S IT ALL ABOUT?** + +Read the paragraph. Select the summary. + +EXAMPLE: When Brad has some spare time, he works in his yard. Every day he picks up the leaves and once a week he cuts the grass. Last week he put flowers around the trees and in front of the house. Next fall he's going to put some vegetables in his back yard. Brad's yard really keeps him busy. + +a. Brad spends a lot of time working in his yard. It really keeps him busy. +b. Brad has a lot of spare time. Sometimes he works in his yard. +c. Brad has a front yard and a back yard. He has flowers and trees in them. + +1. Newspapers are important to Ned. He wants to know the local news and the news from around the world. He gets a morning paper and an evening paper. Every day he reads both of these papers. He also reads the business news. He thinks that he's a better businessman because he knows the news of the world and his city. + +a. Ned gets a morning and an evening newspaper. He reads them both every day. +b. Keeping up with world and local news is important to Ned. He thinks this makes him a better businessman. +c. Ned reads two newspapers. He likes to read the business news. + +2. Lucy is a cashier in a hotel restaurant. She adds up the checks and takes the money from the customers after they eat. She thinks her job is interesting, and she likes it. People from many places around the world come to eat in the restaurant. Lucy enjoys meeting them. She hopes that one day she will be able to take a vacation in their countries. + +--- + +a. Lucy likes her job, but she wants to take a vacation around the world. She likes to travel and meet people. +b. Lucy likes her job because she meets interesting people from different places around the world. She hopes to visit their countries one day. +c. Lucy is a cashier in a hotel restaurant. Hotel restaurant cashiers have interesting jobs taking money from people from around the world. + +--- + +### Writing Skill + +**FLIGHT INFORMATION** + +Read the paragraph. Then use the chart and complete the outline. + +Paul wants to a take a vacation in Hawaii. He called the airline for reservations. The clerk gave him this information about the flights. On Monday and Wednesday there are two flights: one in the morning at ten and another in the afternoon at two. On Saturday, there are three flights: one at nine o'clock in the morning, another at one in the afternoon, and another at eight o'clock in the evening. Paul's going to take the Saturday morning flight. Then he'll have more time in Hawaii. + +![A flow chart titled Flight Information showing three main branches for Monday, Wednesday, and Saturday, with flight time sub-branches beneath each day](images/page_125_001.jpg) + +--- + +Flight Information + +A. ________________________________________ + 1. ____________________________________ + 2. ____________________________________ + +B. ________________________________________ + 1. ____________________________________ + 2. ____________________________________ + +C. ________________________________________ + 1. ____________________________________ + 2. ____________________________________ + 3. ____________________________________ + +--- + +### Writing Skill + +**MAKE A SENTENCE.** + +Read the two sentences. Then combine them to make a new sentence. + +1. He loosened the nuts. He loosened them with a wrench. + + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. The man removed the hub cap. He removed it from the wheel. + + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. Brad raised the car. He raised it with the jack. + + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +4. Mary goes to class. She goes at night. + +5. Fred drove his car. He drove it to work. + +6. He has a spare tire. It is in the trunk. + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 3 + +A. Listen to the paragraph and write the connectives. + +1. ____________________ +2. ____________________ +3. ____________________ + +B. Read the sentences. Then answer the questions. Use indirect speech in your answers. + +1. Hand me the wrench, please. + What did he say? + +2. Don't make long distance-calls on this phone. + What did she say? + +3. Would you give this package to Paul? + What did he ask? + +4. Could you stay after class, please? + What did he ask you? + +5. Pass me the meat, please. + What did he say? + +C. Look at the words. One student will make a request and another will answer. + +1. would/close +2. will/call +3. would/mind +4. could/pass +5. would/lend +6. could/borrow + +E. Complete the sentence. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. Jeff's right front tire is low. It needs some _______. + + a. jack + b. wrench + c. air + +2. I don't have a pencil. Do you have an _______ one that you could lend me? + + a. extra + b. enough + c. pen + +3. Could you _______? Will you take this book to the library for me? + + a. be in a hurry + b. do me a favor + c. remove the key + +4. I lost Jim's dictionary. I need to _______ it. + + a. replace + b. inflate + c. loosen + +--- + +5. Mike: Helen, would you like to have dinner with me tonight? + Helen: _______. I'd be glad to. + + a. mind + b. sure + c. hurry + +6. Is your _______ tire in the trunk? + + a. tool + b. jack + c. spare + +7. When he wants to _______ warm, he wears his gloves. + + a. keep + b. work + c. hurry + +8. It's going to be cold tonight. We need more _______. + + a. jacks + b. covers + c. air + +9. You need a _______ to lift the car. + + a. wrench + b. trunk + c. jack + +10. I can't get in my car. I forgot my _______. + + a. key + b. tire + c. nut + +11. I need some more gas. I don't have _______ to get to work. + + a. enough + b. extra + c. loose + +12. We need to _______ the temperature. It's too hot in here. + + a. inflate + b. lower + c. remove + +F. Read the paragraph. Write the topic. Then write the main idea in a complete sentence and select the best title. + +Mike and Tom graduated from school last month. Now they have an apartment together. They both like the same kinds of food and the same kinds of people. They both enjoy playing basketball and tennis. They're good roommates, and they're good friends. + +Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: ______________________________________________________________ + +Title: a. Graduates +b. Friends +c. Apartments + +G. Read the paragraph. Select the best summary. + +Ned reads and collects magazines. He buys his magazines from his favorite book store. He reads each one from front to back. Then he puts them on a shelf and writes the name, date, and shelf number in a notebook. When Ned wants a magazine, he can always find it. + +a. Ned buys magazines from his favorite book store. After he reads them, the book store keeps them on shelves for him. +b. Ned likes to read magazines. He reads every one he gets from front to back. +c. Ned reads and collects magazines. He can always find the one he wants in his collection because of the way he keeps them. + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 10 LESSON 4 + +A. Complete the sentences with the correct vocabulary. + +1. I'm your mother's sister. I'm your _______. +2. You're my aunt's son. I'm your _______. +3. You're very young. You can't speak or walk. You're a _______. +4. You're my brother's son. You're my _______. +5. You're my mother's father. You're my _______. +6. You're my father's mother. You're my _______. +7. You work on my teeth. You're my _______. +8. You're my mother and father. You're my _______. +9. You sell things. You're a _______. +10. You work with money. You take money from people and sometimes give back change. You're a _______. +11. You type letters and answer the phone on your job. You're a _______. +12. You get this information from newspapers. The information is called _______. +13. You're my mother's brother. You're my _______. +14. I work for you. You're my _______. +15. I own a business with some of my friends. We own a _______. +16. Mark and Jan got married ten years ago. They have a very happy _______. +17. People all around the world know about Mr. Davis and his articles. He's a very _______ person. +18. He lives on the next street. It isn't very _______ from here. +19. I'm doing it right now! I'm _______ it! +20. This is mine. I _______ it. + +B. Listen to each word. Circle the number of the stressed syllable. + +1. 1 2 3 4 +2. 1 2 3 4 +3. 1 2 3 4 +4. 1 2 3 4 +5. 1 2 3 4 +6. 1 2 3 4 +7. 1 2 3 4 +8. 1 2 3 4 + +C. Change the sentence. Use **be able to** instead of **can**. + +1. I don't think John can go. +2. Hal can't fix my car. +3. You can't see the dentist until next Thursday. +4. When can you leave? +5. What can you do now? +6. How much can you pay for a new car? +7. Why can't you go tomorrow? +8. I can't learn all these words in one day. + +D. Think about the time difference between your country and the United States. Then ask and answer the question. + +EXAMPLES: +S1: What time is it in your country? +S2: In Madrid it's four o'clock in the afternoon. + +S2: What time is it in your country? +S3: In London it's three o'clock in the afternoon. + +E. Look at the chart and answer the questions about time and distance. + +**MILES BETWEEN TEXAS CITIES** + +| AUSTIN | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| 192 | DALLAS | | | +| 164 | 245 | HOUSTON | | +| 78 | 270 | 197 | SAN ANTONIO | + +F. Answer a question that your instructor will ask you about weather, temperature, time, or distance. Then you ask a question. + +G. Select a word for each number and complete the paragraph. + +1. newspaper, occupation, boss +2. lessons, businesses, articles +3. magazines, articles, newspapers +4. articles, library books, jobs +5. happy, bored, famous +6. working, listening, studying +7. school, magazine, doctor +8. to study, to hear, to read +9. articles, music, lessons + +Mr. Kramer has a very interesting $\underset{(1)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$. He writes $\underset{(2)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$ for two different $\underset{(3)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$. His $\underset{(4)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$ are very popular and he is very $\underset{(5)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$ in his town. Next month he will start $\underset{(6)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$ for a $\underset{(7)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$ and people all around the world will be able $\underset{(8)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$ his $\underset{(9)}{\underline{\hspace{4cm}}}$. + +H. Match the sentence part in Column A with the sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Then put the sentences in order. + +| COLUMN A | COLUMN B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. Bill's car started | a. flat! | +| _____ 2. The car started moving | b. and looked at his tire. | +| _____ 3. It was | c. to pull to the right. | +| _____ 4. He jacked up the car | d. call the garage. | +| _____ 5. He got out of the car | e. and fell off the jack. | +| _____ 6. Next time, he'll | f. and loosened the lugs. | + +Order: _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____ + +--- + +I. Read the paragraph. Write the topic. Then write the main idea in a complete sentence and select the best title. + +It's easy to change a flat tire. First, get the spare tire out of the trunk of the car. Then jack up the car, remove the lugs, and take off the flat tire. Put the spare tire on and tighten the lugs a little. Finally, lower the car and finish tightening the lugs. Be sure to get the flat tire fixed. + +Topic: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +Main idea: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +Title: a. Things I Must Do +b. It's Easy to Do +c. Driving a Car + +J. Read the paragraph. Select the best summary. + +Mary is a businesswoman. She works for a magazine. Her work is difficult, but she's good at her job. She wants to keep it, so she works very hard. + +a. Mary is a good businesswoman who works for a magazine. She has to work hard at her job because she wants to keep it. +b. Mary wants to keep her job, but it is very difficult. She doesn't like to work so hard. +c. Mary works for a magazine. Her work is difficult, but she doesn't have to work very hard because she is a good businesswoman. + +![A sign showing River Mall Hours and business operating times for World Travel Agency, Lead's Department Store, Karr's Cafeteria, and Riverside Restaurant](images/page_261_001.jpg) + +![A grocery store advertisement listing prices for Green Beans, Carrot Slices, Pork & Beans, New Potatoes, Family Paper Towels, Family Orange Juice, and Family Bread](images/page_263_001.jpg) + +--- + +![An advertisement for Hal's Tire Store offering 4 new tires for $99.00, including car and truck tires](images/page_265_001.jpg) + +**4 NEW TIRES $99.00** + +**555-1234** + +**HAL'S TIRE STORE** +1111 E. THIRD ST. + +- CARS +- Any Size +- Car & Truck +- Whitewalls +- TRUCKS + +![An advertisement for Downtown Apartments listing 1 and 2 bedroom prices and office hours](images/page_267_001.jpg) + +**DOWNTOWN APARTMENTS** + +215 North Street + +FAMILIES WELCOME + +1 BEDROOM ......... $265 month +2 BEDROOMS ......... $345 month + +*Call Today* +**555-7200** + +OFFICE HOURS: +8:00 - 5:00 Monday thru Friday +10:00 - 3:00 Saturday + +![An advertisement for Home Center Stores advertising TV, radio, and headphone sales](images/page_269_001.jpg) + +**HOME CENTER STORES** +7 Ritti Road +SAN ANTONIO +555-4028 + +ALL 25" TABLE TOP TV's ON SALE! +Reg. $799 +NOW $449 + +ALL 19" TV's ON SALE! +SALE ENDS MARCH 1! +Reg. $699 +NOW $399 + +ALL RADIOS ON SALE +Reg. $129 +NOW $64 + +STEREO HEADPHONES +$198 + +--- + +![An advertisement card for "the Green Thumb SHOP" featuring a bouquet of roses, with text reading "FLOWERS", "WEDDINGS • PARTIES", "WE DELIVER EVERYWHERE!", "555-3333", "2000 RIVER RD.", and "B10L4 #2"](images/page_271_001.jpg) + +100.000 TL. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-10/st-4.md b/sources/book-10/st-4.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..106b3456 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/st-4.md @@ -0,0 +1,894 @@ + + +# HOW FAR IS IT TO ...? BOOK 10 LESSON 4 + +![A military officer talking to a boy sitting at a desk with an open book](images/page_129_001.jpg) + +--- + +### FUNCTION +- How's your family? Fine, thank you. And yours? +- How's the weather in Dallas? It's very pleasant right now. +- What kind of work do you do? I'm a salesman. I sell cars. + +--- + +### GRAMMAR +- Charles can/is able to take a vacation this year. +- Is it cold outside? It's 35 degrees. (Fahrenheit) +- What time is it? It's one thirty. +- How far is it to Austin? It takes about two hours to get there. + +--- + +### SKILLS +Circle the stressed syllable. Scan and answer the question. Read a paragraph and write the topic, the main idea, and select a title. Complete a sentence and write a paragraph. Select a summary. Match the sentence parts; put them in order. + +--- + +### VOCABULARY + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| be able to | how | cashier | news | +| collect | it (impersonal) | collection | newspaper | +| marry | married | company | niece | +| own | pleasant | cousin | occupation | +| take/took (distance/time) | single | dentist | parent | +| type | article | driver | relative | +| work on | aunt | folks | salesperson/people/man/woman | +| about | baby | grandfather | secretary | +| famous | boss | grandmother | uncle | +| far | business | grandparent | work | +| from | businessman/woman | magazine | writer | +| | | marriage | | +| | | nephew | | + +get married +What (kind of work) do ... do? +It takes ... to .... + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 10 LESSON 4 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: families and relatives | 123 | +| LISTENING SKILL: primary stress | 128 | +| VOCABULARY: occupations | 129 | +| READING SKILL: scan and provide | 135 | +| GRAMMAR: be able to | 136 | +| READING SKILLS: write the topic
write the main idea
select the title | 139 | +| GRAMMAR: impersonal "it"
and How far...? | 140 | +| WRITING SKILL: write a paragraph | 145 | +| FUNCTION: making small talk | 146 | +| READING SKILL: select the summary | 152 | +| WRITING SKILL: match phrases/clauses,
put in correct order | 153 | + +## Vocabulary + +### A FAMILY TREE + +![Portrait of Paul Wright](images/page_131_001.jpg) +Paul Wright + +![Portrait of Bertha Wright](images/page_131_002.jpg) +Bertha Wright + +![Portrait of Kenneth Smith](images/page_131_003.jpg) +Kenneth Smith + +![Portrait of Rita Smith](images/page_131_004.jpg) +Rita Smith + +![Portrait of George Clyde](images/page_131_005.jpg) +George Clyde + +![Portrait of Linda Clyde](images/page_131_006.jpg) +Linda Clyde + +![Portrait of Frank Wright](images/page_131_007.jpg) +Frank Wright + +![Portrait of Jane Wright](images/page_131_008.jpg) +Jane Wright + +![Portrait of Rick Smith](images/page_131_009.jpg) +Rick Smith + +![Portrait of Kathleen Clyde](images/page_131_010.jpg) +Kathleen Clyde + +![Portrait of Matt Clyde](images/page_131_011.jpg) +Matt Clyde + +![Portrait of Kevin Wright](images/page_131_012.jpg) +Kevin Wright + +![Portrait of Julie Wright](images/page_131_013.jpg) +Julie Wright + +![Portrait of Mark Clyde](images/page_131_014.jpg) +Mark Clyde + +![Portrait of Little Matt Clyde](images/page_131_015.jpg) +Little Matt Clyde + +![Portrait of Janet Clyde](images/page_131_016.jpg) +Janet Clyde + +1. grandfather + + Paul Wright is Julie's grandfather. He's her father's father. + +2. grandmother + + Rita Smith is Julie's grandmother on her mother's side of the family. + +3. grandparents + + Kenneth and Rita Smith are Julie's grandparents on her mother's side. + +4. parents + + Kathleen and Matt Clyde are Mark's parents. + +5. uncle + + Frank Wright and Rick Smith are Mark's uncles. + +6. aunt + + Jane Wright is Mark's aunt. + +7. nephew + + Mark is Frank Wright's nephew. + +8. niece + + Janet is Frank Wright's niece. + +9. cousins + + The Wright children and the Clyde children are cousins. + +10. baby + + Mark and Janet have a baby brother. Little Matt is ten months old. + +11. married + + Frank Wright has a wife. He is married to Jane Smith. + +12. single + + Rick Smith is single. He's not married. + +--- + +13. marry get married + +Julie Wright's going to marry George White. +She'll get married in June. + +14. marriage + +Julie and George are getting married in June. Their marriage will be in the summer. + +15. folks + +Matt's folks will visit him next week. His parents will arrive Saturday, and his younger sister will arrive Sunday. + +16. relatives + +My aunts, uncles, grandparents, and cousins are all my relatives. + +### WHO IS...? + +Look at the chart and ask or answer these questions about Julie Wright's relatives. + +EXAMPLE: Who are Julie's parents? +Frank and Jane Wright are her parents. + +1. Who are Julie's grandparents on her father's side? +2. Who's Julie's grandmother on her mother's side? +3. Who's her grandfather on her mother's side? +4. Who are her uncles? +5. Who's Julie's aunt? +6. Who are Julie's cousins? + +Now look at Kathleen and Matt Clyde and ask or answer questions about them. + +1. How many children do they have? +2. What are their names? +3. Who is their niece? +4. Who is their nephew? +5. Is Matt Clyde single? +6. Who are Kathleen's folks? + +### WHO ARE JANET CLYDE'S RELATIVES? + +Look at the family tree (chart) and underline the correct answer. + +This is Janet Clyde. Kathleen Clyde and Matt Clyde are her (parents, grandparents). Kenneth Smith is her (uncle, grandfather) and Rita Smith is her (grandmother, aunt) on her mother's side of the family. George and Linda Clyde are also her (grandparents, cousins). + +Rick Smith and Frank Wright are two of Janet's (cousins, uncles). Jane Wright is her (aunt, niece). Kevin and Julie Wright are Janet's (nephews, cousins). + +### HE'D LIKE TO GO NOW. + +Use the words in the box and complete the paragraphs. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| folks | get married | marriage | married | +| marry | nephew | relatives | single | + +Julie Wright is getting married in June. She is going to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ George White. His \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ live in San Francisco, but they're coming to the wedding. All of Julie's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ live right here, in San Antonio. All of them are coming to the wedding. + +George's sister has a son, Pete. Pete is George's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. A year ago George told Pete, "I'll take you fishing before I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_." Pete remembers that, and he'd like to go fishing now. He wants to go before the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He knows George will be \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ for only two more months. After that, when he's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, he may not be able to go fishing. + +### Listening Skill + +#### LISTEN! + +Listen to the word and circle the number of the stressed syllable. + +EXAMPLE: 1 2 3 4 5 + +1. 1 2 3 4 5 +2. 1 2 3 4 5 +3. 1 2 3 4 5 +4. 1 2 3 4 5 +5. 1 2 3 4 5 +6. 1 2 3 4 5 +7. 1 2 3 4 5 +8. 1 2 3 4 5 + +### Vocabulary + +WHAT KIND OF WORK DO YOU DO? + +OR + +WHAT IS YOUR OCCUPATION? + +![#1 A cashier standing behind a register in a clothing store assisting a customer](images/page_137_001.jpg) + +1. cashier + +Ken is a cashier in a department store. + +![#2 A female dentist examining a male patient's teeth in a dental chair](images/page_137_002.jpg) + +2. dentist + +Sue is a dentist. + +![#3 A male and female real estate salesperson standing in front of a house sign that says SOLD](images/page_138_001.jpg) + +3. salespeople + +Joseph and Rita are salespeople. They sell houses. Joseph is a salesman, and Rita is a saleswoman. + +![#4 A female secretary sitting at her desk typing on a typewriter](images/page_138_002.jpg) + +4. secretary + +Fran is a secretary. She types 85 words a minute. She types fast. + +![#5 A businessman standing in front of a clothing window display labeled SOTO'S fashions](images/page_138_003.jpg) + +5. businessman boss + +Mr. Soto is a businessman. He has a business. He owns a clothing store. He's the boss in his store. He has a salesperson working for him. + +![#6 A female and male taxi driver standing in front of a taxi car labeled M&H TAXI COMPANY](images/page_138_004.jpg) + +6. taxi driver company + +Myra is a taxi driver. She's also a businesswoman. She and her husband Hal own a taxi company together. + +--- + +**HE'S A DENTIST, YOU'RE A PILOT, I'M A TAXI DRIVER.** + +1. Select an occupation. You may use one of these occupations or add your own. + + cashier saleswoman taxi driver businessman + secretary pilot dentist mechanic + salesman doctor bank clerk waiter + +2. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: doctor +mechanic +secretary + +S1: I'm a doctor. + +S2: You're a doctor. +I'm a mechanic. + +S3: She's a doctor. +You're a mechanic. +I'm a secretary. + +3. After you select an occupation, write it down in the big rectangle on top of the page. Use big letters. + +4. When the exercise begins, say your occupation and show your rectangle. Keep showing it until the last student finishes. + +5. The last person must say all his classmates' occupations. + +**IT'S NOT VERY FAR.** + +Sam: How far is it from Houston to Dallas? +Jan: Oh, it's about two hundred and fifty miles. + +Sam: Could you find out the exact number of miles for me? +Jan: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles. + +Sam: Which city do you think is nicer to visit? +Jan: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant. + +Sam: That's good. I'm going to Houston first. Then, from there, I might drive to Dallas. +Jan: Well, have a good trip! +Sam: Thanks. + +![A newspaper titled "The Dallas News" with headlines "Grand jury adjourns early" and "Record Tax Hikes Loom"](images/page_141_001.jpg) +![A small newspaper or magazine titled "WORLD NEWS"](images/page_141_002.jpg) + +**MR. JACOBS WRITES ARTICLES.** + +Mr. Jacobs is a famous writer. He lives in Dallas, but people everywhere know about him. He writes stories about different things. Then, he sells these stories or articles to newspapers and magazines. You can find some of his articles in magazines all around the world. He also writes newspaper articles for his town paper. These articles are usually about local news. For example, last week he wrote an article about the new library for the south side of the city; another article was about the high number of accidents on the weekends; and another was about the city water company. + +Articles for magazines are usually longer. Of course, it also takes Mr. Jacobs longer to write them. Right now he's working on an article about the American family in today's world. Mr. Jacobs enjoys his work very much. + +![A collection of twelve different coins displayed in two rows inside a box frame](images/page_142_001.jpg) + +**DO YOU COLLECT ANYTHING?** + +Bruce: What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Anything interesting? +Ben: Well, I'm going to add some coins to my coin collection. But that's all. Do you collect anything? + +Bruce: No. I only collect my students' papers after they finish a test, but that's different. +Ben: What are YOU doing Saturday? + +Bruce: I'm going to work on my car in the morning. I have to replace two tires. Then I want to go see the Dodgers. I have an extra ticket. Do you want to come with me? +Ben: Sure. Where can I meet you? + +Bruce: At my apartment, about five. +Ben: Good! I'll see you then. + +Circle T for true statements, circle F for false statements. + +1. Ben collects coins. T F +2. Bruce collects papers from his students. T F +3. Ben has a coin collection. T F +4. Bruce has a paper collection. T F +5. Ben will repair his car. T F +6. Ben doesn't want to see the Dodgers. T F + +## Reading Skill + +**HOW MUCH?** + +First read the questions. Then look at the picture. You will only see the picture for a short time. Then write the correct answer. + +1. How much do 25" TV's usually cost? + ________________________________________ + +2. How much do 19" TV's cost when they are on sale? + ________________________________________ + +3. What is the name of the store? + ________________________________________ + +4. How much do the radios cost now? + ________________________________________ + +5. Are the stereo headphones on sale? + ________________________________________ + +**FLOWERS** + +1. What is the name of the flower shop? + ________________________________________ + +2. Where does the flower shop deliver? + ________________________________________ + +3. What is the phone number? + ________________________________________ + +4. What is the address? + ________________________________________ + +## Grammar + +**BE ABLE TO** + +| Be able to is used to express ability. It is the same as **can**. | +|---| +| Present | John **is able to** speak three languages.
John **can** speak three languages. | +| Future | We'll **be able to** leave tomorrow.
We **can** leave tomorrow. | +| Past | I **wasn't able to** go last night.
I **couldn't** go last night. | + +--- + +**PATRICK WAS ABLE TO GO TO THE MOVIE.** + +Read the sentences. + +1. Will Robert be able to go to the party? +2. I don't think he'll be able to go. +3. Diane isn't able to move the refrigerator. +4. We were able to leave early. +5. They weren't able to fix my car. +6. Is grandmother able to take the trip? +7. Was the secretary able to fix the typewriter? +8. Was your nephew able to read that magazine? +9. Jennifer's cousin will be able to drive next month. +10. Were you able to get yesterday's newspaper? + +**A CAT IS ABLE TO CLIMB TREES.** + +Change from can to be able to. + +EXAMPLES: A cat can climb trees. +A cat is able to climb trees. + +Can you finish your work? +Are you able to finish your work? + +1. I can touch my toes. +2. Can a dog swim? +3. They can be here tomorrow morning. +4. Animals can't speak. +5. Jim can play basketball well. +6. How fast can a fish swim? +7. Linda can speak four languages. +8. What languages can you speak? + +**WERE YOU ABLE TO GO?** + +Ask a past tense question with be able to and the words given. Another student will answer. + +EXAMPLE: go to the BX last Saturday +Were you able to go to the BX last Saturday? +Yes, I was. OR No, I wasn't. + +1. speak English when you were young +2. see your friend at the airport last night +3. cook your own food while you were on vacation +4. take a vacation last year +5. get your own apartment +6. go to Los Angeles last summer +7. sleep late last Sunday + +**HE WASN'T ABLE TO GO.** + +Read the paragraphs. Use be able to and answer the questions. + +On Friday, Jim invited Ken to a party. He wasn't able to go because he had to work. On Sunday, Stan invited him to the movie. He wasn't able to go the movie because he had to study for a test. On Tuesday, Jack asked him to go to dinner with him. He didn't have to work, and he didn't have to study. At last, he was able to do something with a friend! + +1. Why wasn't Ken able to go to the party? +2. Was Ken able to go to the movie? +3. What was Ken able to do? + +Jim collected coins on his last vacation to Europe. He got coins from England, France, and Germany. He wasn't able to get coins from Italy or Greece, but his friends in Switzerland are going to send him some of those coins next month. He'll have a large selection of coins in his collection. + +4. Was Jim able to collect coins from Germany? +5. Was he able to get coins from Italy or Greece when he was on vacation? +6. Do you think he'll be able to get some coins from those countries? + +# Reading Skills + +**WRITE THE TOPIC.** + +Read the paragraph. Then write the topic. + +Peg and Paul visit their grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Lee, for two weeks every summer. Their cousin Mark visits with them, too. The children really enjoy staying with their grandparents. Mr. and Mrs. Lee take them swimming and sightseeing often. Mr. Lee also takes the boys fishing. Peg doesn't go with them because she doesn't like to fish. When the boys go fishing, Peg and her grandmother go shopping. Peg, Paul, and Mark think two weeks is not long enough for a visit with their grandparents. They'd like to stay all summer. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +**WRITE THE MAIN IDEA.** + +Read the paragraph again. Write the main idea in a complete sentence. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +**WHAT DO YOU WANT TO CALL IT?** + +Read the paragraph again. Select the best title. + +a. Peg, Paul, and Mark +b. Summer With Grandfather and Grandmother +c. Swimming and Sightseeing in the Summer + +# Grammar + +**IS IT GOING TO BE COLD ALL DAY?** + +**IT'S ....** + +Use it when you talk about weather, temperature, time, or distance. + +1. S1: Is it cold outside? + S2: Yes, it's 35 degrees. (Fahrenheit) + +2. S1: What time is it? + S2: It's 5:30. + +3. S1: Is it time for lunch? + S2: No, it's only 10:15. + +4. S1: Is it raining? + S2: Yes, it's raining very hard. + +5. S1: Is it going to be hot today? + S2: No, it's going to be cool all day. + +6. S1: How far is it to Austin from here? + S2: It's about 78 miles. + +**IT'S COLD AND WINDY.** + +Read the weather chart and answer the teacher's questions. Then look at the chart again. One student will ask about the weather and another student will use the chart and answer the question. + +| CITY | WEATHER | TEMPERATURE | +|---|---|---| +| New York | windy and cold | 35° | +| Atlanta | sunny and cool | 52° | +| Washington D.C. | cloudy and cold | 42° | +| Los Angeles | cloudy and warm | 68° | +| Houston | rainy and warm | 74° | + +**TIME AROUND THE WORLD** + +Look at the clocks and answer the questions. + +![An analog clock showing 4:00](images/page_150_001.jpg) +PARIS + +![An analog clock showing 3:00](images/page_150_002.jpg) +LONDON + +![An analog clock showing 10:00](images/page_150_003.jpg) +SAN SALVADOR + +![An analog clock showing 10:00](images/page_150_004.jpg) +BANGKOK + +![An analog clock showing 6:00](images/page_150_005.jpg) +RIYADH + +![An analog clock showing 6:00](images/page_150_006.jpg) +ANKARA + +![An analog clock showing 12:00](images/page_150_007.jpg) +SEOUL + +![An analog clock showing 12:00](images/page_150_008.jpg) +TOKYO + +![An analog clock showing 12:00](images/page_150_009.jpg) +RIO DE JANEIRO + +![An analog clock showing 5:00](images/page_150_010.jpg) +CAIRO + +![An analog clock showing 10:00](images/page_150_011.jpg) +MEXICO CITY + +![An analog clock showing 5:00](images/page_150_012.jpg) +BEIRUT + +--- + +# HOW FAR IS IT TO UNCLE STEVE'S HOUSE? + +1. S1: How far is it to Houston? + S2: It's about 250 miles. + +2. S1: How far did Sgt Mitchell drive yesterday? + S2: He drove 650 miles. + +3. S1: How far is it to San Francisco? + S2: I don't know in miles, but it takes four and a half hours by plane. + +4. S1: How far is Aunt Julie's house? + S2: It takes about thirty minutes to get there. + +5. S1: How far is it to your grandmother's house? + S2: It's not far. She lives right outside the city. + +--- + +# IT TAKES ABOUT .... + +EXAMPLES: MILES BETWEEN TEXAS CITIES + +| AUSTIN | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| 192 | DALLAS | | | +| 164 | 245 | HOUSTON | | +| 78 | 270 | 197 | SAN ANTONIO | + +EXAMPLE: How far is it to Dallas? + +It's 270 miles from San Antonio to Dallas. +It's about 270 miles. +It takes about 5 hours to get there by car. +It takes about an hour by plane. + +![A map of the United States showing major cities (Seattle, Los Angeles, Dallas, Chicago, Boston, New York City, Washington D.C., Miami) along with a distance chart below listing mileages between these cities](images/page_152_001.jpg) + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +## SELECT A WORD. + +Select a word and complete the sentence. Then write a paragraph. + +1. finger, leg, arm, +2. school, library, mess hall +3. ate, studied, slept +4. some money, some soup, a book + +Mark's (1) is broken. David took him to the (2). They both (3) while they were there, and Mark returned (4). + +--- + +1. money, food, books +2. library, store, bank +3. closed, open, quiet +4. advice, food, newspapers +5. desk, machine, salad +6. dessert, dictionary, withdrawals +7. cakes, library books, deposits + +Phil needed some (1). He went to the (2), but it was (3). He asked a man for some (4). The man said, "Use the (5) for (6) or (7)." + +--- + +# Function + +## LET'S TALK ABOUT OUR FAMILIES. + +Repeat and read these dialogs about our families. + +1. How's your family? + Fine, thank you. And yours? + +2. How're your children? + They're all well, thank you. + +3. How's your wife? + She's fine, thanks. + +4. How's your uncle feeling? + He's better, thanks. + +5. How's the new baby? + She's fine, thanks. Please come and see her. + +6. My daughter called last night. + Did she have any news? + +7. I talked to my parents yesterday. + How are they? + +8. How's your son Robert? + He's fine. He has a new job. + +--- + +## LET'S TALK ABOUT THE WEATHER. + +Repeat and read these dialogs about the weather. + +1. How's the weather in Dallas? + It's very pleasant right now. + +2. How do you like this rainy weather? + It's good weather for my vegetables. + +3. Do you think it'll snow today? + Yes, it may. Look at those clouds. + +4. When do you think the weather will change? + I don't know, but I hope it rains soon. + +5. How's the weather in Houston? + Very hot this time of year. + +6. That was a nice shower this afternoon. + Yes, it cooled things off. + +7. Is it always this hot in Dallas? + No, it's only hot in the summer. + +8. Is the weather colder in Houston or Dallas? + It's colder in Dallas. In the winter it snows there. + +--- + +## LET'S TALK ABOUT OCCUPATIONS. + +Repeat and read these dialogs about occupations. + +1. What kind of work do you do? + I'm a salesman. I sell cars. + +2. How's your work? + Not good. I'm looking for another job. + +3. Do you have a job? + No, I'm out of work right now. + +4. What kind of job do you have? + I'm a taxi driver. + +5. Where do you work? + I'm a secretary at the First State Bank. + +6. What are you working on? + I'm writing an article for the Dallas Times. + +7. What kind of job are you looking for? + I think I'd be a good salesman. + +8. What kind of work would you like to do? + I'd like to be a nurse. + +--- + +# OH, THEY'RE FINE + +Look at the chart. Take a role. + +EXAMPLE: + +A +| Greet.
(Hello. How are you?) | +|---| + +B +| Respond.
(Fine. It's good to see you.) | +|---| + +A +| Ask about family.
(How's your family?) | +|---| + +B +| Respond.
(Oh, they're fine, thank you.) | +|---| + +1. +A +| Greet. | +|---| + +B +| Respond. | +|---| + +A +| Ask about family. | +|---| + +B +| Respond. | +|---| + +--- + +2. +A +| Greet. | +|---| + +B +| Respond. | +|---| + +A +| Talk about weather. | +|---| + +B +| Respond. | +|---| + +3. +A +| Greet. | +|---| + +B +| Respond. | +|---| + +A +| Ask about his/her job. | +|---| + +B +| Respond. | +|---| + +--- + +# LET'S TALK. + +Take a role. Make a conversation with another student. + +At Lunch + +**Ted:** You're having lunch with your friend Ralph. You're a single man. You sell insurance and you're the best salesman in your office. You're happy, and you like your job. + +**Ralph:** You're having lunch with your friend Ted. You're a married man. You have three children. You're a car salesman, but you don't sell many cars. You're looking for a new job because you need more money for your family. + +At the Gym + +**Larry:** While you're working out at the gym, you meet a friend, Doug. You usually come to the gym during your lunch hour, but today you came after work. You work in an office building downtown. You got married a few months ago. + +**Doug:** You meet a friend when you stop at the gym to work out after you finish work at 5:00. This is the first meeting with your friend Larry in a long time, but you worked in the same office two years ago. You are single, but you are going to get married next month. + +At the Snack Bar + +**Leo:** You stop at a snack bar on a rainy day to get something to eat. You're in a shopping center. You are shopping for a pair of shoes. You are a teacher. You're not married. A young woman sits down beside you. + +**Betty:** You sit down in the only empty seat at a snack bar. You're very tired because you shopped all morning. You want to have a snack and a little rest before you drive home on the wet streets. You're not married. You have a job in a restaurant. You work at night. + +--- + +On an Airplane + +**Robert:** You are flying to Denver to look for a job. You are married and have two children. The youngest child is just a baby. Your wife works in a hospital. You live in Florida, and this is your first visit to Denver. + +**Clyde:** You are flying back home to Denver after a business trip to Dallas. You are married. You're sitting beside a young man. He looks worried. + +At the Department Store + +**Sam:** You're shopping in a department store when you see a good friend, Gene. You have three children. Your children and your friend's children go to the same schools. Your wives are friends, too. + +**Gene:** You meet a good friend at a department store where you are shopping. You see Sam often. Your families are good friends, too. Your wife, Rona, is the manager of a restaurant. Sometimes you work there on weekends when your wife needs extra help. You and Rona have two sons, Max and Burt. + +## Reading Skill + +### WHAT'S IT ALL ABOUT? + +Read the paragraph. Select the best summary. + +> My dentist is a good doctor and a good businessman. He checks my teeth every six months. When it's time for a visit, his secretary calls me. Most people don't like to visit a dentist. My dentist and his secretary make my visits pleasant. A good businessman keeps his customers happy. + +a. Dentists are good businessmen. They work on people's teeth and call them every six months. +b. Most people don't like to visit dentists, but usually they have a pleasant visit. +c. A good businessman keeps his customers happy. A good dentist and his secretary can make a visit pleasant. + +--- + +## Writing Skill + +### THE DINNER PARTY + +Match a sentence part in Column A with a sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in correct order. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. Sally is having a dinner | a. of tomatoes and onions. | +| _____ 2. She always uses carrots | b. soup with cheese. | +| _____ 3. Second, she'll serve a salad | c. party tomorrow night. | +| _____ 4. Finally, for dessert she'll | d. but Sally likes dinner parties. | +| _____ 5. First, she'll serve onion | e. when she makes this dish. | +| _____ 6. Then for the meat dish she'll | f. serve pie and ice cream. | +| _____ 7. That kind of meal is a lot of work, | g. serve chicken and vegetables. | + +Correct Order: ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______ + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-10/st-5.md b/sources/book-10/st-5.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b935c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/st-5.md @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ + + +# LESSON 5: LET'S REVIEW! + +![#1 Four-panel oval composite showing various scenes: top-left man using a soda water vending machine; top-right military officers shaking hands; bottom-left military officer handing a dictionary to another man in a library; bottom-right military officer pointing at a map for another officer.](images/page_163_001.jpg) + +**HOW TO** + +Look at the example. Listen to the sentence. Change the sentence to negative and use the word(s) below in your new sentence. Use **how to** in your sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Mary taught John how to drive the car. +fly the plane +Mary **didn't** teach John **how to fly the plane**. + +1. Spanish +2. drive a car +3. cut the meat +4. football +5. fix the truck +6. read French +7. fix the bus +8. operate the washing machine + +--- + +**SELECT THE TOPIC.** + +Listen to a paragraph. Select the topic. + +1. +a. different places +b. vending machines +c. day and night + +2. +a. Fred's business +b. other companies +c. collecting money + +--- + +**SELECT THE MAIN IDEA.** + +Listen to the paragraphs again. Then select the main idea. + +1. +a. Vending machines operate all day and night. +b. You can get different things from vending machines. +c. It's good to have vending machines everywhere. + +2. +a. Fred owns a collection business. +b. Fred is a businessman. +c. Fred's office is in a mall. + +--- + +**SMALL TALK** + +1. +**Tom:** Hi, Harry. How are you? +**Harry:** Fine, Tom. It's good to see you. +**Tom:** Good to see you, too. How's the family? +**Harry:** Oh, they're fine, thank you. And yours? +**Tom:** Everyone's okay but little Jane. She has a sore throat. +**Harry:** Well, I hope she gets better soon. +**Tom:** Thanks. Tell your family hello for me. +**Harry:** I will. We'll have to get together soon. Bye. + +2. +**Bob:** It's nice to see you again, Bill. What brings you to our city? +**Bill:** I'm visiting some friends. +**Bob:** Are you enjoying the nice weather? +**Bill:** I sure am. +**Bob:** How's the weather in Kansas? +**Bill:** Cold! This sunshine is better than the cold and snow in Kansas. +**Bob:** Well, it's nice to have you here. Hope you enjoy your visit. +**Bill:** Thank you, Bob. It was nice to see you, too. + +3. +**Bill:** The weather is really nice today. +**Jim:** Yes, it is. I don't enjoy working inside on a beautiful day. +**Bill:** Where do you work? +**Jim:** I work in a bank. I'm a teller. +**Bill:** Well, on beautiful days, I'm glad I'm a taxi driver. I can be outside in the nice sunshine. + +--- + +**SELECT THE SUMMARY** + +Read the paragraph silently. Then select the best summary. + +There are things that you should do before you go on vacation. Check your car. Fill it with gas. Take some common tools with you. Always have a jack, a wrench, and a spare tire. Don't forget your driver's license and extra change. Drive carefully and fasten your seatbelt. Do these things, and you'll have a good, safe trip. + +a. There are things you should do when on vacation. Check your car, have the right tools with you, and drive carefully. If you do, you'll have a good, safe trip. +b. Always take tools with you when you go on a trip. Check your car and fasten your seatbelt. +c. Check your seatbelt before you go on vacation. Get a driver's license so you'll have a good, safe trip. + +--- + +**WHICH IS THE BEST TITLE?** + +Read the paragraph. Then select a title for it. + +1. One store at the Big Tree Mall sells everything. It's called Dilley's Department Store. You can buy clothes, furniture, books, and many other things there. It's my favorite store because you don't have to go from one store to another for things. You can get it all from Dilley's. Dilley's is very popular with lots of people. + +a. Big Tree Mall +b. Dilley's Department Store +c. A Department Store + +2. Rhode Island is the smallest state in the country, but over 900,000 people live there. Most of these people live and work in the cities. Rhode Island is on the Atlantic coast and has good weather. The temperature in July is usually about 69 degrees. Because temperatures in some of the other states on the Atlantic coast are very high in the summer, many people go to Rhode Island for their summer vacations. It's a popular place in July. + +a. Summer Vacations +b. The Atlantic Coast +c. Rhode Island + +--- + +**ASK AND ANSWER** + +Use the cues to make a question and/or a long answer like the example. Use a gerund after the verb. + +EXAMPLE: when/begin work/restaurant +When did you begin working in the restaurant? + +last month +I began working in the restaurant last month. + +1. when/start study +1800 hours + +2. what kind magazine/enjoy read +news magazines + +3. when/stop work/last night +2200 hours + +4. why/keep on read +book interesting + +5. when/finish wash +an hour ago + +--- + +**WILL HE BE ABLE TO ...?** + +Read the paragraph and answer the questions. Use **be able to**. + +Jim likes to travel. On his vacation last year he was able to go to London. While he was there he was able to fly to Ireland. He rented a car and was able to drive across Ireland from the east to the west. He wasn't able to get to Paris, but maybe this year he'll be able to go to Europe again. + +1. Where was Jim able to go on his vacation last year? +2. Where was he able to fly while he was there? +3. Where did he drive? +4. Where wasn't he able to go? +5. Where does he hope to be able to go this year? + +**A QUICK SHOPPING TRIP** + +Janet went to the shopping center. She didn't have much time, but she was able to do a lot. At the clothing store she was able to find a blouse for her new skirt. Then she went to the variety store. There she was able to get pens and pencils for her daughter. In the department store, she was able to buy some towels and finish her shopping. Her car was in the parking lot near the department store. She was able to leave the mall quickly and get back home before her children arrived from school. + +1. What was Janet able to do in a short time? +2. What was she able to find for her new skirt? +3. What was she able to get at the variety store? +4. Where was she able to finish her shopping? +5. Why was she able to leave quickly? + +--- + +**CIRCLE IT!** + +Listen to the word and circle the number of the stressed syllable. + +1. 1 2 3 4 +2. 1 2 3 4 +3. 1 2 3 4 +4. 1 2 3 4 +5. 1 2 3 4 +6. 1 2 3 4 +7. 1 2 3 4 +8. 1 2 3 4 +9. 1 2 3 4 +10. 1 2 3 4 + +**SAY THE OPPOSITE.** + +Listen to the word and say a word with the opposite meaning. + +**HE'S HAPPY TO HAVE ....** + +Read the two sentences. Combine them and make a new sentence. Use a to-infinitive after the adjective. + +EXAMPLE: Harry is happy. He has a new car. +Harry is happy to have a new car. + +1. Ann isn't afraid. She lives alone. +2. Ms. Smith was sorry. She left the city. +3. Fred and Sam are not ready. They are going to the soccer game. +4. Marge was upset. She lost her keys. +5. David is glad. He got a good score on his test. +6. Mrs. Hall was pleased. She got a call from her son. +7. Hal was afraid. He went to the dentist. +8. David was sad. He lost his wrist watch. + +--- + +**THIS IS ....** + +Student A will introduce Student B to Student C. + +EXAMPLE: +Student A: like +I'd like you to meet my friend, Jack. + +Student B: happy +Hello, Jack. I'm happy to meet you. + +Student C: nice +Nice to meet you, too. + +| Student A | Student B | Student C | +|---|---|---| +| 1. like | happy | nice | +| 2. want | pleasure | glad | +| 3. this is | glad | pleasure | +| 4. introduce | nice | how? | +| 5. met? | how? | how? | +| 6. let me | know | pleasure | +| 7. meet | meet | happy | + +**A STUDY SCHEDULE** + +Match a sentence part in Column A with a sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in correct order. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 1. After lunch he'll | a. for a big test tomorrow. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 2. First, he'll study with | b. study again until dinner. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 3. Then he'll go to | c. relax for about an hour. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 4. John is getting ready | d. bed by 10 o'clock. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 5. After dinner he'll | e. rest and watch TV. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 6. Then he'll have lunch and | f. Al for about three hours. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 7. He thinks this is | g. a good study schedule. | + +Correct Order: \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +**IT'S ....** + +Complete the dialogs. + +1. Bob: What time is it? +Alice: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one o'clock. +Bob: We have to hurry. We have to check in the hotel before 6 o'clock. +Alice: Well, how far is it to Dallas? +Bob: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ about 300 miles. It takes about five hours to get there. + +2. Patsy: Is Pat's new business far from his home? +Tom: No, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ not very far. +Patsy: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ him long to get to work? +Tom: It's about five miles from his home. It only takes him about ten or fifteen minutes to get there. + +3. Kay: The weather is nice today. Yesterday \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ very hot. +Ted: Yes, it was bad. I went to a movie. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ cool there. +Kay: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ was it from your house? Did you walk? +Ted: It's about two miles from my house, but I didn't want to walk in the hot weather. + +--- + +**MAKE A NEW SENTENCE.** + +Read the two sentences. Combine them, using a prepositional phrase. + +EXAMPLE: Tom went to the clothing store. It was in the shopping center. +Tom went to the clothing store in the shopping center. + +1. Jan went up on the escalator. It was near the variety store. +2. Mark parked his car. He parked in the parking lot. +3. Bill saw the flat tire. It was on his car. +4. Kitty used the vending machine. It was next to the stairs. +5. Ned met the salesman for lunch. He met him at a restaurant. +6. Jane took out the spare tire. She took it from the trunk. +7. Rick bought some new stamps for his collection. They were from Africa. + +**WHAT DID HE SAY?** + +Listen to an order or request. Then answer the question, "What did he say?" + +EXAMPLE: +I: Lower the tire. +What did he say? +S: He said to lower the tire. + +--- + +**AFTER, WHEN, UNTIL, WHILE, BEFORE** + +Read the two sentences. Use the word in ( ) to combine them into one sentence. + +1. Mary brushed her teeth. She ate breakfast. (after) +2. The teacher came in. The students were studying. (when) +3. David doesn't eat. He goes home. (until) +4. Meg listens to the radio. She cooks dinner. (while) +5. Dottie will go to Paris. She will learn French. (before) +6. Frank washed his hands. He changed the tire. (after) +7. Fred read the book. He saw the movie. (before) +8. John left. The class ended. (when) + +**WHAT DO I DO?** + +Put these sentences in order. + +A. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Then make your selection. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ First, put the money in the slot. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ How do you use this machine? +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Lift the door. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Push the button. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Then wait until the snack drops. + +B. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Pull the knob. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Get it out here. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Please tell me how to operate this. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Put your money in the slot. +\_\_\_\_\_\_ Get the exact change. + +--- + +**OUTLINE IT!** + +Read the paragraph. Then use the chart and complete the outline. + +Mark's brothers and sister own their own companies. His brother Tony owns a tire company. He sells tires and small auto parts. His other brother Mike owns a collection agency. His business is very good. He collects money for some large department stores, a bank, and his brother's tire store. Their sister Lory has a book store. She sells books, magazines, and newspapers from around the world. Mark is the youngest of the three brothers and sister. He hopes he'll be able to have his own business, too. + +![A flow chart titled "Family Businesses" showing three main branches for Tony, Mike, and Lory, detailing the types of businesses and items they sell or service](images/page_175_001.jpg) + +Family Businesses + +--- + +Family Businesses + +A. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +B. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +C. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +**EVERYONE CAN GO!** + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| be able to | be supposed to | boss | common | company | +| cover | famous | it takes | marriage | out of | + +Use the words in the box and complete the paragraphs. You may use some words more than once. + +Mary works for the family \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. The store sells towels, sheets, bed \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ and pillows. Her dad is the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. When he's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ town, she does his job. + +Next Saturday Mary is going to marry a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ writer. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ will be in another town. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ two hours to get there from the store. All the people in the store want to go to the wedding, but the store \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ stay open until nine o'clock on Saturday night. They won't \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ go. It's not a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ thing, but this week Mary's father is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ town. Mary's the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_! She said to the people, "Next Saturday the store will close. Everyone can go to my wedding." + +--- + +**HE CAN'T GO!** + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| about | can't | could | how to | I'll | +| is...able to | is supposed to | it | it...take | let | +| leave | mind | supper | to go | would | +| it...takes | | | | | + +Use the words in the box and complete the paragraph. + +Mark \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ for Rome tomorrow. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ pick up his tickets at the airport today, but he \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ not \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ do it. His boss won't \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ him. He asked Jack, "\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ you please pick my tickets up for me?" Jack said, "I'm sorry, but I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ you \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ asking Jane?" "OK, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ ask Jane." Jane said, "I'll be happy \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but you'll have to tell me \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ get there. Do you think \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ will \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a long time?" "No, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ only \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ 15 minutes." + +"Okay. What time is it now?" "\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ is 4 o'clock." "Good! I can leave now and return before \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_." + +--- + +**THE SHOW BEGINS AT 8 O'CLOCK TOMORROW.** + +Change these sentences with will to the present tense form meaning future time. + +EXAMPLE: The show will begin at 8 o'clock tomorrow. +The show begins at 8 o clock tomorrow. + +1. Jack will go to work at noon today. +2. The class will graduate next Thursday. +3. What time will the game start? +4. The movie will end in ten minutes. +5. Charlie will get home early this evening. +6. The train will leave at midnight tonight. +7. The plane will take off for New York at seven. +8. The Smiths will arrive this afternoon. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-10/st-misc.md b/sources/book-10/st-misc.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bf33f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/st-misc.md @@ -0,0 +1,1013 @@ + + +# source + +Extracted from PDF with 276 pages. + +--- + +BK10ST +January 1991 + +Defense Language Institute +English Language Center +Lackland Air Force Base, Texas + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +LEVEL - II + +BOOK 10 + +STUDENT TEXT + +Hv. Basımevi ve Neş. Md. lüğü +3016/1996 +Etimesgut - ANKARA + +# PREFACE + +The **American Language Course (ALC)** is designed primarily for an intensive language training program. However, these materials can also be used in nonintensive programs. The course will provide students with a sufficient level of fluency and communicative proficiency in English to enable them to successfully pursue technical or professional training in schools conducted by the Department of Defense. + +The General English Phase of the ALC consists of six progressive levels of language proficiency training. Each level contains 6 separate instructional packages. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| Level I | Books 1 - 6 | +| Level II | Books 7 - 12 | +| Level III | Books 13 - 18 | +| Level IV | Books 19 - 24 | +| Level V | Books 25 - 30 | +| Level VI | Books 31 - 36 | + +The coordinated instructional packages consist of the following: + +1. Instructor Text +2. Student Text +3. Audiotapes +4. Instructor Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +5. Student Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +6. Quiz Kits +7. Optional training aids + +Inquiries concerning these materials, including requests for copies, should be addressed to Commandant, Defense Language Institute, ATTN: LERW, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas, 78236-5000. + +Recommendations for improving this edition are encouraged. Letters should be addressed to: Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LEAC, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5000. + +The American Language Course (ALC) contains copyrighted material. Reproduction of this publication is not authorized without the expressed written permission of the owners of the copyrights. + +Previous January 1990 Edition will be used until exhausted. + +# NOTES TO THE STUDENT + +The Student Text for Book 10, Level II, has four lessons and one review lesson, daily evaluations and homework assignments, and various appendixes. + +The homework and evaluation exercises are at the back of this text. The evaluation exercises are short quizzes and will be given after each lesson is completed. The daily homework assignments will require about two hours to complete. + +The appendixes are after the fifth lesson. Appendix A is an alphabetical list of the new vocabulary presented in this book. Next to the word is the number of the lesson where the word is introduced. Appendix B is a list of the grammar structures presented in this book. Next to the structure is the number of the lesson where the structure is presented. The rest of the appendixes are reference materials. + +The American Language Course focuses on four areas: + +1. **Function** + The functions are the ways we use a language to communicate. There are exercises in the lessons that show you how and when to use certain words, phrases, and sentences in a particular situation. + +2. **Grammar** + The grammar structures in the lesson are the forms you need to speak and write correctly. + +3. **Skills** + There are exercises in the lessons to help you improve your skill or ability in listening, speaking, reading or writing. + +4. **Vocabulary** + The words and expressions presented in the lesson are those you will need to do the functions and the grammar exercises. + +The first page of each lesson is the focus page. It provides a summary of the material that will be presented in the lesson. + +--- + +# CONTENTS + +| Title | Page | +|---|---| +| Lesson 1: Tell Me How To .... | 1 | +| Lesson 2: Let Me Introduce .... | 43 | +| Lesson 3: Would You Please ...? | 85 | +| Lesson 4: How Far Is It To ...? | 121 | +| Lesson 5: Let's Review! | 155 | +| Appendix A: Word List | A-1 | +| Appendix B: Structure List | B-1 | +| Appendix C: Principal Parts/Irregular Verbs | C-1 | +| Appendix D: Patterns of Irregular Verbs | D-1 | +| Appendix E: Verb Forms | E-1 | +| Appendix F: Punctuation and Capitalization | F-1 | +| Homework | HW-1 | +| Evaluation | EE-1 | +| Transparency Masters | | + + + + +Appendix A + +# WORD LIST + +about (p), 4 +adult, 2 +afraid (of), 2 +after, 1 +air, 3 +alone, 2 +another, 1 +article, 4 +aunt, 4 + +baby, 4 +be able to, 4 +be supposed to, 1 +before, 1 +boss, 4 +business, 4 +businessman/woman, 4 + +cafeteria, 2 +candy bar, 1 +cashier, 4 +certainly, 3 +chip (n), 1 +clothing store, 2 +coin return/release, 1 +collect, 4 +collection, 4 +common, 3 +company, 4 +could/can, 3 +cousin, 4 +cover (n), 3 +cover (v), 3 +cream, 1 + +decide (to), 2 +dentist, 4 +department store, 2 +detergent, 1 +diet drink, 1 +dispense, 1 +do...a favor, 3 +down, 2 +downstairs, 2 +driver, 4 + +drop, 1 + +enough, 3 +escalator, 2 +everybody, 2 +everyone, 2 +everywhere, 1 +exact/exactly, 1 +extra, 3 + +famous, 4 +far, 4 +favorite, 1 +finally, 1 +find out/found out, 1 +flat, 3 +floor, 2 +folks, 4 +for, 1 +from, 4 + +get back/got back, 1 +get married, 4 +go shopping, 2 +grandfather, 4 +grandmother, 4 +grandparent, 4 +gum/chewing gum, 1 + +hand (v), 3 +Have you met...?, 2 +how, 4 +How do you do?, 2 +hub cap, 3 +hurry/hurried (up), 3 + +I'd like you to meet...., 2 +in a hurry, 3 +inflate, 3 +insert, 1 +introduce, 2 +introduction, 2 +it, 4 + +It's a pleasure to meet you., 2 +It takes ... to .... + +jack (n), 3 +jack up, 3 + +keep, 3 +key, 3 +knob, 1 + +last/lastly, 1 +let/let, 2 +Let me introduce...., 2 +lift, 1 +loose, 3 +loosen, 3 +lower, 3 +lug, 3 + +machine, 1 +magazine, 4 +mall, 2 +marriage, 4 +married (j), 4 +marry, 4 +mind (v), 3 + +neighbor, 2 +nephew, 4 +news, 4 +newspaper, 4 +niece, 4 +no, 1 +nut, 1 +nut, 3 + +occupation, 4 +of course, 3 +opening, 1 +operate, 1 +out of order, 1 +out of, 1 +own (v), 4 + +parent, 4 +parking lot, 2 +pass out (v), 3 +pleasant, 4 +polite/politely, 2 +popular, 1 + +quick/quickly, 3 + +raise, 3 +receive, 2 +relative, 4 +remove, 3 +replace, 3 +rule, 2 + +salesperson/people/man/woman, 4 +secretary, 4 +selection, 1 +shake/shook, 2 +shop (n), 2 +shop (v), 2 +shopping center, 2 +single, 4 +soda/soda pop/soft drink, 1 +spare, 3 +stairs, 2 +stick/stuck, 1 +stuck (j), 1 +supper, 2 + +take/took, 4 +teach/taught, 1 +the back (of), 3 +the front (of), 3 +tight, 3 +tighten, 3 +time, 1 +tire, 3 +tray, 1 +trunk, 3 +type, 4 + +uncle, 4 +until, 1 +up, 2 +upstairs, 2 + +variety store, 2 +vending machine, 1 + +washing machine, 1 +What (kind of work) do (...) do? +wheel, 3 +when, 1 +while, 1 +work (n), 4 +work (v), 1 +work on, 4 +would/will, 3 +wrench, 3 +write down/wrote down, 2 +writer, 4 + + + + +Appendix B + +# STRUCTURE LIST + +Adverb Clauses: Time clauses with when, until, while, before, after, 1 + +Adverbs: Interrogative: how + adverb (how far ...?), 4 + +Indirect Speech: Past tense reported commands/requests (say-verb), 3 + +Prepositions: place/location, 2 + +Pronouns: Impersonal "it", 4 + +Verbs: Verbals: how + infinitive phrase as direct object of verb, 1 + +Verbs: Verbals: gerund/gerund phrase as direct object of verb, 3 + +Verbs: Modals expressing ability/capability: be able to (present and past), 4 + +Verbs: Modal expressing advisability: be supposed to, 1 + +Verbs: Modals expressing polite requests: could, would, 3 + +Verbs: Infinitive phrase following predicate adjective to express cause/reason, 2 + +Verbs: Tenses: simple present as future time, 2 + +--- + + + + +Appendix C + +# PRINCIPAL PARTS OF CERTAIN IRREGULAR VERBS + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | flee | fled | fled | +| awake | awoke | awakened | fly | flew | flown | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | +| be | was | been | forgive | forgave | forgiven | +| bear | bore | borne | freeze | froze | frozen | +| beat | beat | beaten | | | | +| become | became | become | get | got | gotten(got) | +| begin | began | begun | give | gave | given | +| bend | bent | bent | grind | ground | ground | +| bet | bet | bet | grow | grew | grown | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| bid | bid | bid | hang | hung | hung | +| bite | bit | bitten | have | had | had | +| bleed | bled | bled | hear | heard | heard | +| blow | blew | blown | hide | hid | hidden | +| break | broke | broken | hit | hit | hit | +| bring | brought | brought | hold | held | held | +| build | built | built | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| burst | burst | burst | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | keep | kept | kept | +| | | | know | knew | known | +| cast | cast | cast | | | | +| catch | caught | caught | lay | laid | laid | +| choose | chose | chosen | lead | led | led | +| come | came | come | leave | left | left | +| cost | cost | cost | lend | lent | lent | +| creep | crept | crept | let | let | let | +| cut | cut | cut | lie | lay | lain | +| | | | light | lit | lit(lighted) | +| deal | dealt | dealt | lose | lost | lost | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| do | did | done | make | made | made | +| draw | drew | drawn | mean | meant | meant | +| drink | drank | drunk | meet | met | met | +| drive | drove | driven | | | | +| | | | pay | paid | paid | +| eat | ate | eaten | put | put | put | +| | | | | | | +| fall | fell | fallen | quit | quit | quit | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| feel | felt | felt | read | read | read | +| fight | fought | fought | ride | rode | ridden | +| find | found | found | ring | rang | rung | + +IRREGULAR VERBS (Continued) + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| rise | rose | risen | wake | woke(waked) | woke(waked) | +| run | ran | run | wear | wore | worn | +| | | | weave | wove | woven | +| say | said | said | weep | wept | wept | +| see | saw | seen | wet | wet | wet | +| seek | sought | sought | win | won | won | +| shake | shook | shaken | wind | wound | wound | +| sell | sold | sold | wring | wrung | wrung | +| send | sent | sent | write | wrote | written | +| set | set | set | | | | +| shed | shed | shed | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| show | showed | shown | | | | +| shrink | shrank | shrunk | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | | | | +| sing | sang | sung | | | | +| sink | sank | sunk | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| sleep | slept | slept | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| slit | slit | slit | | | | +| speak | spoke | spoken | | | | +| spend | spent | spent | | | | +| spin | spun | spun | | | | +| split | split | split | | | | +| spread | spread | spread | | | | +| spring | sprang | sprung | | | | +| stand | stood | stood | | | | +| steal | stole | stolen | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| sting | stung | stung | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | +| string | strung | strung | | | | +| swear | swore | sworn | | | | +| sweep | swept | swept | | | | +| swim | swam | swum | | | | +| swing | swung | swung | | | | +| | | | | | | +| take | took | taken | | | | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| tear | tore | torn | | | | +| tell | told | told | | | | +| think | thought | thought | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | | | | +| | | | | | | +| understand | understood | understood | | | | + + + + +Appendix D + +# PATTERNS OF IRREGULAR VERBS + +## 1. Three Principal Parts the Same + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| hit | hit | hit | bid | bid | bid | +| quit | quit | quit | | | | +| split | split | split | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| | | | burst | burst | burst | +| bet | bet | bet | | | | +| let | let | let | cost | cost | cost | +| set | set | set | | | | +| | | | shed | shed | shed | +| put | put | put | spread | spread | spread | +| cut | cut | cut | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | cast | cast | cast | + +## 2. Last Two Principal Parts the Same + +### a. Final Consonant Change Only + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| have | had | had | bend | bent | bent | +| make | made | made | spend | spent | spent | +| | | | send | sent | sent | +| build | built | built | | | | + +### b. Vowel Change Only + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| meet | met | met | | | | +| read | read | read | | | | +| bleed | bled | bled | | | | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| lead | led | led | | | | +| | | | | | | +| light | lit | lit | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| hold | held | held | | | | +| win | won | won | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| | | | | | | +| find | found | found | | | | +| wind | wound | wound | | | | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| | | | | | | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | + +### c. Vowel Change - Addition of -t or -d + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| sleep | slept | slept | mean | meant | meant | +| keep | kept | kept | leave | left | left | +| creep | crept | crept | flee | fled | fled | +| weep | wept | wept | | | | +| | | | tell | told | told | +| think | thought | thought | sell | sold | sold | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | lose | lost | lost | +| catch | caught | caught | | | | +| fight | fought | fought | hear | heard | heard | +| seek | sought | sought | understand | understood | understood | + +## 3. Three Principal Parts Differ to Some Extent + +### a. No Similarity + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| be | was | been | +| go | went | gone | +| do | did | done | + +### b. Vowel Change--Addition of -n + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | ride | rode | ridden | +| drive | drove | driven | rise | rose | risen | +| fly | flew | flown | | | | + +### c. Vowel Change--No -n + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| sing | sang | sung | swim | swam | swum | +| ring | rang | rung | | | | +| drink | drank | drunk | begin | began | begun | + +### d. First and Third Vowels Similar + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| blow | blew | blown | run | ran | run | +| know | knew | known | come | came | come | +| grow | grew | grown | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | eat | ate | eaten | +| | | | give | gave | given | +| | | | see | saw | seen | +| | | | draw | drew | drawn | + +### e. Second and Third Vowels Similar + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| break | broke | broken | tear | tore | torn | +| speak | spoke | spoken | wear | wore | worn | +| choose | chose | chosen | swear | swore | sworn | +| steal | stole | stolen | bear | bore | born | +| | | | | | | +| | | | get | got | got(gotten) | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | + + + + +Appendix E + +# VERB FORMS + +(These are examples of standard conjugations.) + +Verb: To Be (Be: Simple Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am | we were | +| you are | you are | +| he, she, it is | they are | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been | we have been | +| you have been | you have been | +| he has been | they have been | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was | we were | +| you were | you were | +| he was | they were | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been | we had been | +| you had been | you had been | +| he had been | they had been | + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be | we will be | +| you will be | you will be | +| he will be | they were | + +### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been | we will have been | +| you will have been | you will have been | +| he will have been | they will have been | + +Verb: to walk (Walk: Simple Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I walk | we walk | +| you walk | you walk | +| he, she, it walks | they walk | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have walked | we have walked | +| you have walked | you have walked | +| he has walked | they have walked | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I walked | we walked | +| you walked | you walked | +| he walked | they walked | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had walked | we had walked | +| you had walked | you had walked | +| he had walked | they had walked | + +\* shall may be used, but it's less common. + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will walk | we will walk | +| you will walk | you will walk | +| he will walk | they will walk | + +### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have walked | we will have walked | +| you will have walked | you will have walked | +| he will have walked | they will have walked | + +Verb: To Walk (Progressive Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am walking | we are walking | +| you are walking | you are walking | +| he, she, it is walking | they are walking | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was walking | we were walking | +| you were walking | you were walking | +| he was walking | they were walking | + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be walking | we will be walking | +| you will be walking | you will be walking | +| he will be walking | they will be walking | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been walking | we have been walking | +| you have been walking | you have been walking | +| he has been walking | they have been walking | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been walking | we had been walking | +| you had been walking | you had been walking | +| he had been walking | they had been walking | + +\* see page E-1 + +--- + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +#### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been walking | we will have been walking | +| you will have been walking | you will have been walking | +| he will have been walking | they will have been walking | + +Verb: To See (Passive Voice) + +#### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am seen | we are seen | +| you are seen | you are seen | +| he, she, it is seen | they are seen | + +#### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was seen | we were seen | +| you were seen | you were seen | +| he was seen | they were seen | + +#### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be seen | we will be seen | +| you will be seen | you will be seen | +| he will be seen | they will be seen | + +#### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been seen | we have been seen | +| you have been seen | you have been seen | +| he has been seen | they have been seen | + +#### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been seen | we had been seen | +| you had been seen | you had been seen | +| he had been seen | they had been seen | + +\* see page E-1 + +Verb: To See (Continued) + +#### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been seen | we will have been seen | +| you will have been seen | you will have been seen | +| he will have been seen | they will have been seen | + +Verb: To Be (Subjunctive Mood) +(used in conditional or contrary-to-the-fact situations) + +| | | +|---|---| +| (If) I were | (If) we were | +| (If) you were | (If) you were | +| (If) he, she, it were | (If) they were | + +\* see page E-1 + + + + +# Appendix F + +## Punctuation and Capitalization + +### Punctuation + +#### A. PERIOD (.) + +1. Use a period at the end of a statement or command. + + The pen and paper are on the table. + Go to the chalkboard and write your name. + +2. Use a period after an abbreviation or an initial. Abbreviated military ranks do not require a period. + + Feb. (February) + Dr. Smith (Doctor Smith) + J. Jones (John Jones) + Mr. Brown + Mrs. White + Ms. Little + a.m. + p.m. + +#### B. QUESTION MARK (?) + +1. Use a question mark after a question. Sometimes the question may be written like a statement. + + How many children are in your family? + He's here today? + +#### C. EXCLAMATION MARK (!) + +1. Use an exclamation mark after words, sentences, or expressions that show excitement, surprise, or emotion. Any exclamation, even if not a sentence, will end with an exclamation mark. + + What a game! + Wow! + Look out! + Oh! + Do it! + +#### D. QUOTATION MARKS (" ") + +1. Use quotation marks to show the words of a speaker. They're always placed above the line and are used in pairs. + + John said, "The commissary closes at 2100 hours today." + "Where are the children?" she asked. + +2. If the words of the speaker are divided into two parts, use quotation marks around both parts. + + "Do you," she asked, "go to the library after class?" + +3. Use quotation marks around the titles of chapters, articles, parts of books and magazines, short poems, short stories, and songs. + + Last night I read the chapter "Grammar Is Easy" in our book. Then I read the article "Learning English" in the newspaper. + +#### E. APOSTROPHE (') + +1. Use an apostrophe in contractions. + + I'm + isn't + what's + she's + aren't + where's + they're + can't + Bob's + + o'clock (of the clock) + +2. Use an apostrophe to indicate possession. + + a. If the noun is singular, add 's. + Bill's book + the girl's coat + + b. When the noun is plural, add 's if the plural does not end in s. + the children's clothes + the men's shirts + + c. If the plural noun ends in s, add only an apostrophe. + the boys' shoes + the libraries' books + +#### F. COMMA (,) + +1. Use commas to separate items in a series. + + We ate sandwiches, potato chips, and fruit for lunch. + She looked behind the chairs, under the bed, and in the kitchen for her notebook. + +2. Use a comma before the conjunctions and, but, or, nor, for, yet when they join independent clauses. + + We lived in Venezuela for three years, and then we returned to the United States. + Frank can speak Chinese well, but he can't read it. + +3. Use a comma after an introductory clause or phrase to separate it from the rest of the sentence. + + After we study this book, we want to take a break. + Because John was sick, he didn't take the test. + Looking up at the sky, the small boy suddenly ran home. + +4. Use a comma after words such as yes, no, well when they begin a sentence. + + Do you want to go to the library? + Yes, I do. + + I didn't pass the test. + Well, study more. + +5. Use commas to separate the words of a speaker from the rest of the sentence. + + "Listen to me," she said. + Jack asked, "Where's my lunch?" + "I don't know," said John, "the answer to the question." + +6. Use a comma in dates and addresses. + + June 9, 1970 + 143 Main Street, Los Angeles, California + +7. Use a comma in figures to separate thousands. + + 5,000 (or 5000) + 10,000 + 6,550,000 + +### Capitalization + +1. Capitalize the first word of a sentence. + + The boy stood up and walked outside. + Your book is behind the chair. + +2. Capitalize the names of people, cities, states, countries, and languages. + + Mark + San Antonio + Texas + Spain + Arabic + Bill + Chicago + California + United States + Chinese + Mary + Houston + Florida + Canada + Russian + Linda + London + New York + Venezuela + English + +3. Capitalize the names of schools, streets, buildings, bridges, companies, and organizations. + + Defense Language Institute + Main Street + Clark Avenue + Golden Gate Bridge + Ford Motor Company + National Football League + University of Chicago + Empire State Building + General Motors + +4. Capitalize the days of the week, months of the year, and holidays. + + Sunday + June + Christmas + Monday + July + Easter + Tuesday + August + Thanksgiving + +5. Capitalize titles and military ranks before names. + + Gen Roberts + Professor Land + Capt Smith + President Lincoln + Sgt Jones + +6. Capitalize the pronoun "I." + + I can't go with you. + I'm happy to see you again. + +7. Capitalize the first word of every direct quotation. + + She asked, "Can I sit here?" + "We saw her," said John, "at the University." + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-1A.md b/sources/book-10/tape-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aadbf69e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1A. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. +Look at the pictures in Figure 1. +Listen and repeat. +Number 1: vending machine. +Vending machine. +This is a vending machine. +A vending machine sells many different things. +Popular. +Popular. +Vending machines are popular. +Everyone uses them. +Number 2: sodas. +Sodas. +Soda pop. +Soda pop. +Sodas are sometimes called soda water. +A soda or soda pop is a drink. +Number 3: chips. +Chips. +Do you like potato chips or corn chips? +Chips are usually made with salt. +Number 4: chewing gum. +Chewing gum. +Do you want a piece of chewing gum? +Some people chew gum between meals. +Number 5: candy bar. +Candy bar. +I like to eat chocolate candy bars. +Chocolate candy bars are a sweet snack. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.58-11.42] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1A. + [20.43-20.91] Hello. + [21.90-24.62] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. + [33.66-35.66] Look at the pictures in Figure 1. + [36.06-37.42] Listen and repeat. + [38.90-41.46] Number 1: vending machine. + [43.60-44.88] Vending machine. + [47.42-49.02] This is a vending machine. + [52.21-55.09] A vending machine sells many different things. + [60.43-60.99] Popular. + [63.14-63.78] Popular. + [66.05-67.73] Vending machines are popular. + [71.41-72.93] Everyone uses them. + [77.18-79.26] Number 2: sodas. + [81.06-81.94] Sodas. + [83.79-84.59] Soda pop. + [86.26-87.14] Soda pop. + [89.33-92.13] Sodas are sometimes called soda water. + [97.17-99.89] A soda or soda pop is a drink. + [104.24-105.84] Number 3: chips. + [107.89-107.94] Chips. + [111.02-113.42] Do you like potato chips or corn chips? + [118.86-120.62] Chips are usually made with salt. + [125.97-128.05] Number 4: chewing gum. + [130.29-131.17] Chewing gum. + [133.82-135.34] Do you want a piece of chewing gum? + [139.73-142.21] Some people chew gum between meals. + [147.94-149.86] Number 5: candy bar. + [151.58-152.38] Candy bar. + [154.94-157.10] I like to eat chocolate candy bars. + [161.06-163.86] Chocolate candy bars are a sweet snack. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to a question. +Write the number of the question in front of the correct answer. +Number 1: What's another name for soda? +Number 2: What do some people chew between meals? +Number 3: What is a popular sweet snack? +Number 4: Where can you buy snacks and small things? +Number 5: What's a popular snack made with salt? +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is 4: vending machines. +Repeat: You can buy snacks and small things +from a vending machine. +Letter B is 1: soda pop. +Repeat: Another name for soda is soda pop. +Letter C is 3: candy bar. +Repeat: A popular sweet snack is a candy bar. +Letter D is 5: chips. +Repeat: A popular snack made with salt is chips. +Letter E is 2: gum. +Repeat: Some people chew gum between meals. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-3.02] Look at Figure 2. + [6.53-7.97] Listen to a question. + [9.12-12.40] Write the number of the question in front of the correct answer. + [14.26-17.58] Number 1: What's another name for soda? + [23.02-27.26] Number 2: What do some people chew between meals? + [32.86-38.67] Number 3: What is a popular sweet snack? + [42.30-46.66] Number 4: Where can you buy snacks and small things? + [52.61-56.75] Number 5: What's a popular snack made with salt? + [63.58-65.10] Let's check your answers. + [67.02-70.62] Letter A is 4: vending machines. + [71.58-74.86] Repeat: You can buy snacks and small things + [78.94-80.22] from a vending machine. + [83.38-86.74] Letter B is 1: soda pop. + [88.14-91.66] Repeat: Another name for soda is soda pop. + [97.66-101.02] Letter C is 3: candy bar. + [102.93-106.69] Repeat: A popular sweet snack is a candy bar. + [112.58-115.30] Letter D is 5: chips. + [116.78-121.10] Repeat: A popular snack made with salt is chips. + [126.86-129.58] Letter E is 2: gum. + [130.70-134.38] Repeat: Some people chew gum between meals. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences. +Picture 1: detergent. +Detergent. +Washing machine. +Washing machine. +A detergent is a soap. +She put the detergent in the washing machine. +Picture 2: insert. +Insert. +Opening. +Opening. +Insert the money in the slot. +Put the money in the small opening. +She is inserting the money +into the opening for coins. +Picture 3: selection. +Selection. +Knob. +Knob. +Make your selection or pick out a snack. +Pull a knob for your selection. +Picture 4: drop. +Drop. +Lift. +Lift. +The selection will drop or fall when you pull the knob. +Lift the door and take out your selection. +Picture 5: out of order. +Out of order. +Get back. +Get back. +Coin release. +Coin release. +Coin return. +Coin return. +The machine was out of order. +It didn't work. +When the machine is out of order, +you can get your money back. +She turned the coin release +and got her money back from the coin return cup. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.21-3.57] Look at Figure 3. + [4.21-7.41] Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences. + [8.88-10.88] Picture 1: detergent. + [12.93-13.73] Detergent. + [16.42-17.54] Washing machine. + [19.81-21.01] Washing machine. + [23.44-24.88] A detergent is a soap. + [28.34-30.90] She put the detergent in the washing machine. + [36.40-38.48] Picture 2: insert. + [40.71-40.95] Insert. + [43.35-43.87] Opening. + [45.73-46.37] Opening. + [49.30-50.98] Insert the money in the slot. + [55.90-57.74] Put the money in the small opening. + [61.74-63.10] She is inserting the money + [67.49-69.17] into the opening for coins. + [74.22-76.62] Picture 3: selection. + [78.75-79.29] Selection. + [82.03-82.67] Knob. + [84.70-85.26] Knob. + [88.05-90.61] Make your selection or pick out a snack. + [96.08-97.84] Pull a knob for your selection. + [102.74-104.58] Picture 4: drop. + [106.26-106.74] Drop. + [108.59-109.07] Lift. + [110.77-111.41] Lift. + [113.86-117.22] The selection will drop or fall when you pull the knob. + [123.74-126.06] Lift the door and take out your selection. + [131.86-134.02] Picture 5: out of order. + [136.05-136.69] Out of order. + [138.98-141.33] Get back. + [141.30-142.26] Get back. + [144.29-145.01] Coin release. + [147.47-148.27] Coin release. + [151.28-152.32] Coin return. + [154.35-155.43] Coin return. + [158.05-159.71] The machine was out of order. + [162.10-162.98] It didn't work. + [165.55-167.07] When the machine is out of order, + [171.47-175.23] you can get your money back. + [177.34-178.70] She turned the coin release + [183.09-185.81] and got her money back from the coin return cup. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to the question. +Circle the letter of the correct answer. +Number 1: He picked out a candy bar. +What did he do? +Number 2: How do you get your selection from the machine? +Number 3: What is a detergent? +Number 4: She put the money in the slot. +What did she do? +Number 5: What is another name for slot? +Number 6: When a machine doesn't work, what do we say? +Number 7: She used the washing machine. +What did she do? +Number 8: How do you get your money back from a vending machine? +Number 9: Where do you get your change from? +Number 10: What do we say when something falls? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +Repeat: He picked out a candy bar. +He made his selection. +Number 2 is C. +Repeat: To get your selection from the machine... +Lift the door. +Number 3 is B. +Repeat: A detergent is a soap. +Number 4 is C. +Repeat: She put the money in the slot... +She inserted her money. +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: Another name for slot is opening. +Number 6 is A. +Repeat: When a machine doesn't work... +It's out of order. +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: She washed her clothes in the washing machine. +Number 8 is C. +Repeat: When you want to get your money back, turn the coin release. +Number 9 is B. +Repeat: You get your change from the coin return. +Number 10 is A. +Repeat: When something falls, we say it drops. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-3.31] Look at Figure 4. + [4.03-5.23] Listen to the question. + [6.21-8.61] Circle the letter of the correct answer. + [10.37-13.39] Number 1: He picked out a candy bar. + [14.30-15.18] What did he do? + [21.90-26.13] Number 2: How do you get your selection from the machine? + [32.69-35.76] Number 3: What is a detergent? + [42.03-45.07] Number 4: She put the money in the slot. + [46.11-46.91] What did she do? + [52.98-56.34] Number 5: What is another name for slot? + [62.08-66.24] Number 6: When a machine doesn't work, what do we say? + [71.97-75.62] Number 7: She used the washing machine. + [76.40-77.20] What did she do? + [82.98-87.31] Number 8: How do you get your money back from a vending machine? + [93.78-97.36] Number 9: Where do you get your change from? + [103.31-107.36] Number 10: What do we say when something falls? + [114.21-115.73] Let's check your answers. + [117.26-118.78] Number 1 is A. + [119.42-122.29] Repeat: He picked out a candy bar. + [126.86-128.14] He made his selection. + [133.81-135.33] Number 2 is C. + [136.26-139.73] Repeat: To get your selection from the machine... + [143.70-144.58] Lift the door. + [149.15-150.67] Number 3 is B. + [151.52-154.32] Repeat: A detergent is a soap. + [159.57-161.17] Number 4 is C. + [162.26-165.30] Repeat: She put the money in the slot... + [170.38-171.74] She inserted her money. + [177.04-178.56] Number 5 is B. + [179.63-183.36] Repeat: Another name for slot is opening. + [189.66-191.42] Number 6 is A. + [192.18-195.15] Repeat: When a machine doesn't work... + [199.34-200.22] It's out of order. + [205.86-206.79] Number 7 is A. + [208.65-212.43] Repeat: She washed her clothes in the washing machine. + [219.82-221.58] Number 8 is C. + [222.69-227.73] Repeat: When you want to get your money back, turn the coin release. + [234.43-236.03] Number 9 is B. + [236.74-240.82] Repeat: You get your change from the coin return. + [246.29-248.05] Number 10 is A. + [249.15-252.99] Repeat: When something falls, we say it drops. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 5: repeat the underlined words 2 times. +Soft drink. +Soft drink. +Exact. +Exact. +Machine. +Machine. +Now listen to the dialogue. +I'd like a soft drink. +Do you have the exact change? +No. +Why do I need the exact change? +Because this machine doesn't give change. +Listen again, and then answer the questions. +I'd like a soft drink. +Do you have the exact change? +No. +Why do I need the exact change? +Because this machine doesn't give change. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-6.53] Look at figure 5: repeat the underlined words 2 times. + [7.90-8.86] Soft drink. + [10.96-11.92] Soft drink. + [14.13-14.93] Exact. + [16.88-17.68] Exact. + [19.89-20.61] Machine. + [22.37-23.17] Machine. + [26.50-28.26] Now listen to the dialogue. + [31.94-32.98] I'd like a soft drink. + [34.21-35.73] Do you have the exact change? + [36.29-36.69] No. + [37.09-38.69] Why do I need the exact change? + [39.52-41.76] Because this machine doesn't give change. + [43.23-45.87] Listen again, and then answer the questions. + [47.57-48.61] I'd like a soft drink. + [49.82-51.50] Do you have the exact change? + [51.74-52.22] No. + [52.62-54.30] Why do I need the exact change? + [54.86-57.10] Because this machine doesn't give change. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen and answer the questions. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: What does Frank want? +Repeat: He wants a soft drink. +Number 2: +What does Tina say that Frank has to have? +Repeat: He has to have the exact change. +Number 3: Why does he have to have the exact change? +Repeat: He has to have the exact change. +Because the machine doesn't give change. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-2.75] Look at Figure 6. + [4.03-5.95] Listen and answer the questions. + [6.51-8.91] Circle A, B, or C. + [11.06-13.87] Number 1: What does Frank want? + [18.93-21.17] Repeat: He wants a soft drink. + [26.56-27.28] Number 2: + [29.01-33.69] What does Tina say that Frank has to have? + [37.50-41.02] Repeat: He has to have the exact change. + [48.18-52.85] Number 3: Why does he have to have the exact change? + [59.07-62.58] Repeat: He has to have the exact change. + [67.02-69.50] Because the machine doesn't give change. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7 and repeat the underlined words 2 times. +Operate. +Operate. +Out of. +Out of. +Diet drink. +Diet drink. +Stuck. +Stuck. +Another. +Another. +Worked. +Worked. +Now listen to the dialogue. +I can't operate this machine. +Maybe it's out of that diet drink. +I think my money is stuck. +I don't think it went down. +Try to get another kind of soft drink. +Oh, it worked this time. +I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop. +Now, listen again and then answer the questions. +I can't operate this machine. +Maybe it's out of that diet drink. +I think my money is stuck. +I don't think it went down. +Try to get another kind of soft drink. +Oh, it worked this time. +I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-6.77] Now look at Figure 7 and repeat the underlined words 2 times. + [8.26-8.82] Operate. + [10.85-11.49] Operate. + [13.49-16.05] Out of. + [16.13-18.93] Out of. + [18.88-19.92] Diet drink. + [22.26-23.30] Diet drink. + [25.90-26.54] Stuck. + [28.58-29.22] Stuck. + [32.05-34.95] Another. + [35.02-38.13] Another. + [38.16-40.53] Worked. + [40.61-41.17] Worked. + [45.18-46.86] Now listen to the dialogue. + [50.64-52.16] I can't operate this machine. + [53.14-54.90] Maybe it's out of that diet drink. + [55.62-56.82] I think my money is stuck. + [57.30-58.50] I don't think it went down. + [59.65-61.57] Try to get another kind of soft drink. + [62.40-63.92] Oh, it worked this time. + [64.75-67.39] I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop. + [69.54-72.26] Now, listen again and then answer the questions. + [73.98-75.50] I can't operate this machine. + [76.82-78.66] Maybe it's out of that diet drink. + [79.30-80.66] I think my money is stuck. + [80.90-82.18] I don't think it went down. + [83.17-85.25] Try to get another kind of soft drink. + [86.34-87.78] Oh, it worked this time. + [88.26-90.58] I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8. +Listen to the sentences about the dialogue. +Circle the answers that mean the same. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: "Carl couldn't make the machine work." +The answer is letter A. +Repeat: "He couldn't operate it." +Number 2: +"The machine was out of that diet drink." +The answer is letter C. +Repeat: "It didn't have any of that diet drink." +Number 3: +"Carl thinks his money is stuck." +The answer is letter A. +Repeat: "He thinks it didn't drop." +Number 4: +"Dora told him to get another kind of drink." +The answer is letter B. +Repeat: "She told him to get a different drink." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.00-3.28] Look at Figure 8. + [4.08-6.64] Listen to the sentences about the dialogue. + [7.58-9.82] Circle the answers that mean the same. + [10.46-12.78] Circle A, B, or C. + [14.58-18.22] Number 1: "Carl couldn't make the machine work." + [23.49-25.65] The answer is letter A. + [26.61-29.01] Repeat: "He couldn't operate it." + [32.91-33.63] Number 2: + [35.37-37.73] "The machine was out of that diet drink." + [43.94-46.10] The answer is letter C. + [47.31-51.33] Repeat: "It didn't have any of that diet drink." + [57.23-58.03] Number 3: + [59.73-61.57] "Carl thinks his money is stuck." + [68.34-70.50] The answer is letter A. + [71.33-74.08] Repeat: "He thinks it didn't drop." + [78.53-79.25] Number 4: + [81.07-83.87] "Dora told him to get another kind of drink." + [90.58-92.42] The answer is letter B. + [93.33-96.61] Repeat: "She told him to get a different drink." + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 9; listen to a paragraph, and select the main idea. +Vending machines are everywhere; they're all around the world. +You can find them in many places. +They sell snacks, soft drinks, stamps, cigarettes, socks, stockings, sandwiches, and many other things. +People everywhere can get almost anything from a vending machine. +Circle B: "People everywhere use vending machines" is the main idea of the paragraph. +Now listen to a paragraph and select the main idea. +Number 1: People enjoy vending machines. +In 1880, one of the first vending machines sold chewing gum. +In 1902, some cities had rooms for vending machines only. +These machines sold different snacks. +Then, in 1927, machines started to sell soft drinks. +These machines were popular in 1880, and they are popular today. +Now select the main idea for Number 1. +The answer is C. +The main idea is: vending machines are popular machines. +Listen to another paragraph and select the main idea. +Number 2: You can always eat or drink something when there's a vending machine near you. +Many people get hungry between meals and buy snacks from vending machines. +The machines have a big selection of things. +People can eat snacks at any time of the day or night. +Vending machines never close. +It's good to have one near your home. +Now select the main idea for Number 2. +The answer is A. +The main idea is: it's good to have a vending machine near your home. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-7.79] Look at the example in Figure 9; listen to a paragraph, and select the main idea. + [9.58-13.74] Vending machines are everywhere; they're all around the world. + [14.46-16.46] You can find them in many places. + [17.38-27.14] They sell snacks, soft drinks, stamps, cigarettes, socks, stockings, sandwiches, and many other things. + [27.86-31.70] People everywhere can get almost anything from a vending machine. + [37.33-44.19] Circle B: "People everywhere use vending machines" is the main idea of the paragraph. + [45.52-49.04] Now listen to a paragraph and select the main idea. + [51.06-54.90] Number 1: People enjoy vending machines. + [55.82-59.90] In 1880, one of the first vending machines sold chewing gum. + [61.02-65.50] In 1902, some cities had rooms for vending machines only. + [66.78-69.02] These machines sold different snacks. + [69.95-74.83] Then, in 1927, machines started to sell soft drinks. + [75.89-80.69] These machines were popular in 1880, and they are popular today. + [85.82-88.62] Now select the main idea for Number 1. + [100.48-102.40] The answer is C. + [103.04-107.68] The main idea is: vending machines are popular machines. + [109.66-113.10] Listen to another paragraph and select the main idea. + [114.58-120.59] Number 2: You can always eat or drink something when there's a vending machine near you. + [121.76-126.64] Many people get hungry between meals and buy snacks from vending machines. + [127.57-130.21] The machines have a big selection of things. + [131.23-134.35] People can eat snacks at any time of the day or night. + [135.28-137.28] Vending machines never close. + [138.21-140.61] It's good to have one near your home. + [145.41-147.97] Now select the main idea for Number 2. + [159.23-160.99] The answer is A. + [161.90-166.54] The main idea is: it's good to have a vending machine near your home. + +#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f10-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 10. +Repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "Mary learned how to cook chicken." +Number 2: "Did you teach your wife how to drive?" +Number 3: "Barry asked Tony how to make a cake." +Number 4: +"Where did Tim learn how to operate this machine?" +Number 5: "Martin didn't find out how to fix the car." +Number 6: "Who showed her how to change the tire?" +Number 7: "Marge forgot how to start the machine." +Number 8: "Do you remember how to turn on that machine?" +Number 9: "Please show Fran how to do the math problem." +Number 10: "Where did you learn how to use that machine?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-3.55] Look at Figure 10. + [4.11-5.39] Repeat the sentences. + [6.99-10.75] Number 1: "Mary learned how to cook chicken." + [15.58-19.34] Number 2: "Did you teach your wife how to drive?" + [24.11-28.85] Number 3: "Barry asked Tony how to make a cake." + [34.72-35.52] Number 4: + [36.99-39.71] "Where did Tim learn how to operate this machine?" + [45.36-50.08] Number 5: "Martin didn't find out how to fix the car." + [56.00-59.71] Number 6: "Who showed her how to change the tire?" + [65.34-69.78] Number 7: "Marge forgot how to start the machine." + [75.01-79.63] Number 8: "Do you remember how to turn on that machine?" + [85.62-90.26] Number 9: "Please show Fran how to do the math problem." + [95.50-99.97] Number 10: "Where did you learn how to use that machine?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 11 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f11-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 11. +Listen to a question, then read the answer. +Do you know how to operate a vending machine? +Repeat: "No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine." +Now listen, then use the words in Figure 11 and answer the questions with complete sentences. +Use "how to" in your answers. +Number 1: "Do you remember how to change a flat tire?" +Repeat: "No, I don't remember how to change a flat tire." +Number 2: "Can you find out how to use this washing machine?" +Repeat: "Yes, I can find out how to use this washing machine." +Number 3: "Did you forget how to make the cookies?" +Repeat: "Yes, I forgot how to make the cookies." +Number 4: "Has Fred learned how to drive a car?" +Repeat: "No, Fred hasn't learned how to drive a car." +Number 5: +"Did Charles ask how to make a long-distance call?" +Repeat: "Yes, Charles asked how to make a long-distance call." +Number 6: +"Can Mark show you how to play tennis?" +Repeat: "No, Mark can't show me how to play tennis." +Number 7: +"Is Mrs. +Allen going to teach you how to speak English?" +Repeat: "Yes, Mrs. +Allen is going to teach me how to speak English." +Number 8: "Did Kate tell you how to find her house?" +Repeat: "No, Kate didn't tell me how to find her house." +This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-4.48] Now look at the example in Figure 11. + [5.52-8.80] Listen to a question, then read the answer. + [10.11-14.67] Do you know how to operate a vending machine? + [16.14-21.23] Repeat: "No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine." + [26.83-33.74] Now listen, then use the words in Figure 11 and answer the questions with complete sentences. + [34.72-37.12] Use "how to" in your answers. + [38.66-42.51] Number 1: "Do you remember how to change a flat tire?" + [49.25-53.01] Repeat: "No, I don't remember how to change a flat tire." + [58.90-63.50] Number 2: "Can you find out how to use this washing machine?" + [71.02-75.60] Repeat: "Yes, I can find out how to use this washing machine." + [83.52-87.07] Number 3: "Did you forget how to make the cookies?" + [93.79-97.07] Repeat: "Yes, I forgot how to make the cookies." + [102.86-106.90] Number 4: "Has Fred learned how to drive a car?" + [112.46-116.06] Repeat: "No, Fred hasn't learned how to drive a car." + [122.58-123.46] Number 5: + [125.01-127.76] "Did Charles ask how to make a long-distance call?" + [135.95-140.35] Repeat: "Yes, Charles asked how to make a long-distance call." + [148.42-149.06] Number 6: + [150.81-152.83] "Can Mark show you how to play tennis?" + [158.88-162.96] Repeat: "No, Mark can't show me how to play tennis." + [169.55-170.19] Number 7: + [171.87-172.35] "Is Mrs. + [172.35-174.83] Allen going to teach you how to speak English?" + [181.98-183.98] Repeat: "Yes, Mrs. + [183.98-186.70] Allen is going to teach me how to speak English." + [194.24-198.59] Number 8: "Did Kate tell you how to find her house?" + [204.96-209.36] Repeat: "No, Kate didn't tell me how to find her house." + [223.66-226.19] This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-1B.md b/sources/book-10/tape-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3c1cc8a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1B. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "favorite." +Favorite. +"I like this kind of gum." +Better than any other kind. +"It's my favorite." +Number 2: "work." +Work. +"This machine works well." +"It operates easily all the time." +Number 3: "out of." +Out of. +"The machine was out of my favorite gum." +There wasn't any left. +Number 4: "stick." +Stick. +"Stick the coin in this slot." +"Insert the coin here." +Number 5: "time." Time. +"I went to the library 2 times last week." +Number 6: "no." +No. +"The machine had no coffee." +It didn't have any coffee. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.11-14.19] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B. + [21.31-21.79] Hello. + [22.75-25.71] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1B. + [33.81-35.09] Look at Figure 1. + [35.57-37.41] Repeat the words and sentences. + [41.07-43.07] Number 1: "favorite." + [44.88-45.52] Favorite. + [47.89-49.33] "I like this kind of gum." + [52.64-54.16] Better than any other kind. + [57.17-58.13] "It's my favorite." + [61.52-63.04] Number 2: "work." + [64.85-65.33] Work. + [67.38-68.90] "This machine works well." + [72.10-74.18] "It operates easily all the time." + [79.84-81.68] Number 3: "out of." + [84.05-84.61] Out of. + [87.49-89.97] "The machine was out of my favorite gum." + [95.47-96.75] There wasn't any left. + [100.13-101.73] Number 4: "stick." + [103.47-104.11] Stick. + [106.11-107.79] "Stick the coin in this slot." + [112.37-113.73] "Insert the coin here." + [119.14-123.71] Number 5: "time." Time. + [126.27-129.07] "I went to the library 2 times last week." + [133.95-135.79] Number 6: "no." + [137.41-138.05] No. + [141.73-143.41] "The machine had no coffee." + [146.42-147.86] It didn't have any coffee. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to part of a sentence, then use a word in the box and complete the sentence in your book. +Write the word on the line. +Look at the example. +Listen: "When you like something a lot, it's your—" +The correct word is "favorite." Repeat: "When you like something a lot, +it's your favorite." +Now listen. +Number 1: "When you insert a coin in the slot, you—" +Repeat: "When you insert a coin in the slot, +you stick it in." +Number 2: "There isn't any more candy. +The machine is—" +Repeat: "There isn't any more candy. +The machine is out of it." +Number 3: "The machine is operating well. +It is—" +Repeat: "The machine is operating well. +It is working." +Number 4: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. +It has—" +Repeat: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. +It has no diet drinks." +Number 5: "Marge can't go today. +She can't go this—" +Repeat: "Marge can't go today. +She can't go this time." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.99] Look at Figure 2. + [4.03-10.59] Listen to part of a sentence, then use a word in the box and complete the sentence in your book. + [11.55-13.07] Write the word on the line. + [13.98-15.18] Look at the example. + [16.21-23.43] Listen: "When you like something a lot, it's your—" + [25.74-31.97] The correct word is "favorite." Repeat: "When you like something a lot, + [36.48-37.76] it's your favorite." + [42.24-43.12] Now listen. + [44.69-49.33] Number 1: "When you insert a coin in the slot, you—" + [62.48-65.90] Repeat: "When you insert a coin in the slot, + [70.70-71.58] you stick it in." + [75.49-79.01] Number 2: "There isn't any more candy. + [79.89-83.31] The machine is—" + [91.55-94.35] Repeat: "There isn't any more candy. + [98.27-99.63] The machine is out of it." + [105.71-109.74] Number 3: "The machine is operating well. + [110.38-113.31] It is—" + [117.52-120.56] Repeat: "The machine is operating well. + [123.98-124.86] It is working." + [129.39-133.49] Number 4: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. + [134.29-136.59] It has—" + [142.58-146.46] Repeat: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. + [151.81-153.41] It has no diet drinks." + [159.46-162.45] Number 5: "Marge can't go today. + [163.41-167.19] She can't go this—" + [172.56-174.96] Repeat: "Marge can't go today. + [177.86-179.30] She can't go this time." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3, listen and repeat. +Number 1: "out of." Out of. +She is out of the office for the day. +She's not in the office today. +Number 2: "lastly." +Lastly. +First he went to the school. +Then he went to the library. +And lastly he went to the barracks. +Number 3: "cream." +Cream. +Cream comes from milk. +I like cream in my coffee. +Number 4: "finally." +Finally. +He tried to start the car many times. +Finally he called a mechanic. +At last he got some help. +Number 5: "stick." +Stick. +The letter needs another stamp. +Stick this one on the envelope, please. +Number 6: "no." +No. +He had no money. +He didn't have any money. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-5.01] Look at Figure 3, listen and repeat. + [6.51-13.35] Number 1: "out of." Out of. + [13.36-15.28] She is out of the office for the day. + [19.15-20.75] She's not in the office today. + [26.45-28.53] Number 2: "lastly." + [30.27-31.23] Lastly. + [34.53-36.21] First he went to the school. + [39.97-41.73] Then he went to the library. + [46.00-48.16] And lastly he went to the barracks. + [54.14-55.74] Number 3: "cream." + [57.87-57.92] Cream. + [60.75-62.03] Cream comes from milk. + [65.17-66.77] I like cream in my coffee. + [72.40-74.56] Number 4: "finally." + [76.74-77.46] Finally. + [80.99-83.31] He tried to start the car many times. + [88.45-90.45] Finally he called a mechanic. + [94.50-96.34] At last he got some help. + [101.90-103.58] Number 5: "stick." + [105.42-105.47] Stick. + [108.70-110.22] The letter needs another stamp. + [114.22-116.38] Stick this one on the envelope, please. + [122.59-124.35] Number 6: "no." + [126.19-126.75] No. + [129.10-130.14] He had no money. + [133.74-135.18] He didn't have any money. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Listen to a sentence. +Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: listen. +We get cream from milk. +The answer is letter B. +Repeat: cream comes from milk. +Number 2: listen. +He didn't have any change. +The answer is letter B. +Repeat: he had no change. +Number 3: listen. +At last the class is over. +The answer is letter A. +Repeat: finally the class is over. +Number 4: listen. +Mary won't be home all day today. +The answer is letter C. +Repeat: +she'll be out of the house. +Number 5: listen. +Put another stamp on the letter. +The answer is letter A. +Repeat: put a stamp on the letter. +Stick it on the envelope. +Number 6: listen. +First he called her. +Then he went to see her. +The answer is letter A. +Repeat: last he went to see her. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-3.55] Now look at Figure 4. + [4.45-5.81] Listen to a sentence. + [6.53-10.45] Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning. + [11.09-13.33] Circle A, B, or C. + [15.63-17.23] Number 1: listen. + [18.54-20.14] We get cream from milk. + [26.14-28.46] The answer is letter B. + [29.28-32.08] Repeat: cream comes from milk. + [36.69-38.21] Number 2: listen. + [39.23-40.91] He didn't have any change. + [47.47-49.47] The answer is letter B. + [50.19-52.75] Repeat: he had no change. + [56.66-58.18] Number 3: listen. + [59.55-61.31] At last the class is over. + [67.76-69.68] The answer is letter A. + [70.24-72.96] Repeat: finally the class is over. + [79.52-81.20] Number 4: listen. + [82.70-84.86] Mary won't be home all day today. + [91.84-93.52] The answer is letter C. + [94.35-94.83] Repeat: + [96.66-98.10] she'll be out of the house. + [103.66-105.42] Number 5: listen. + [106.96-108.56] Put another stamp on the letter. + [115.22-117.22] The answer is letter A. + [117.70-120.64] Repeat: put a stamp on the letter. + [124.06-125.50] Stick it on the envelope. + [130.61-132.21] Number 6: listen. + [133.52-134.80] First he called her. + [135.55-137.39] Then he went to see her. + [143.82-145.58] The answer is letter A. + [146.45-149.52] Repeat: last he went to see her. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 5. +Read the first sentence. +Now listen: +"For his selection." +Use the sentence you read and the words heard to make a long sentence. +Repeat: "George lifted the door of the vending machine." +"For his selection." +Now look at number 1. +Read the sentence. +Listen: "with pockets." +Complete the sentence. +Repeat: "Sally bought a new dress with big pockets." +Read number 2. +Read: +"Listen." "In his friend's car." +Complete the sentence. +Repeat: "Frank had an accident in his friend's car." +Read number 3. +Listen: "For some coffee with cream." +Repeat: "Jan pulled the knob on the machine." +"For some coffee with cream." +Read number 4. +Listen: "without money." +Repeat: "Hal didn't want to go out for dinner." +"Without money." +Read number 5. +Listen: "On TV last night." +Repeat: "Ted watched his favorite show on TV last night." +Read number 6. +Listen: "In the classroom." +Repeat: "Ali left his books in the classroom." +Read number 7. +Listen: "On the truck." +Repeat: "Bill taught John how to change the tire on the truck." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.90] Now look at the example in Figure 5. + [5.18-6.62] Read the first sentence. + [9.63-10.51] Now listen: + [12.40-13.92] "For his selection." + [16.03-20.35] Use the sentence you read and the words heard to make a long sentence. + [21.30-25.42] Repeat: "George lifted the door of the vending machine." + [29.52-30.80] "For his selection." + [36.43-37.55] Now look at number 1. + [38.61-39.73] Read the sentence. + [45.36-47.36] Listen: "with pockets." + [48.90-50.10] Complete the sentence. + [55.79-59.63] Repeat: "Sally bought a new dress with big pockets." + [65.47-66.43] Read number 2. + [67.15-67.55] Read: + [72.16-74.82] "Listen." "In his friend's car." + [76.50-77.62] Complete the sentence. + [84.27-88.11] Repeat: "Frank had an accident in his friend's car." + [94.86-95.82] Read number 3. + [100.30-103.82] Listen: "For some coffee with cream." + [112.05-115.78] Repeat: "Jan pulled the knob on the machine." + [120.66-122.26] "For some coffee with cream." + [129.81-130.77] Read number 4. + [136.40-138.58] Listen: "without money." + [146.00-151.53] Repeat: "Hal didn't want to go out for dinner." + [154.64-155.36] "Without money." + [159.26-160.38] Read number 5. + [164.85-167.62] Listen: "On TV last night." + [175.58-179.90] Repeat: "Ted watched his favorite show on TV last night." + [186.59-187.39] Read number 6. + [191.19-193.17] Listen: "In the classroom." + [198.99-202.53] Repeat: "Ali left his books in the classroom." + [208.48-209.52] Read number 7. + [215.18-216.70] Listen: "On the truck." + [221.63-226.82] Repeat: "Bill taught John how to change the tire on the truck." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6. +Listen to a conversation. +Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine? +Sure. +Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob for your selection. +Do I have to use the exact change? +Yes. +This machine doesn't give change. +Listen to the conversation again. +Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine? +Sure. +Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob of your selection. +Do I have to use the exact change? +Yes. +This machine doesn't give change. +Now listen to the question. +Choose the best answer. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1. +What did the woman ask? +Number 2. +What did the man tell her to do first? +Number 3. +Which knob did the man tell her to pull? +Number 4. +What must the woman do? +Number 5. +Does the machine give change? +Check your answers. +Repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is B. +Listen. +What did the woman ask? +Repeat. +She asked how to work the machine. +Number 2 is A. +Listen. +What did the man tell her to do first? +Repeat. +He told her to insert the money first. +Number 3 is B. +Listen. +Which knob did the man tell her to pull? +Repeat. +He told her to pull the selection knob. +Number 4 is A. +Listen. +What must the woman do? +Repeat. +She must use exact change. +Number 5 is C. +Listen. +Does the machine give change? +Repeat. +No, it doesn't. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.38] Look at figure 6. + [4.02-5.70] Listen to a conversation. + [9.71-13.07] Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine? + [13.71-14.19] Sure. + [14.67-19.07] Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob for your selection. + [20.00-22.08] Do I have to use the exact change? + [22.24-22.72] Yes. + [22.80-24.48] This machine doesn't give change. + [26.48-28.16] Listen to the conversation again. + [29.54-32.50] Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine? + [33.14-33.62] Sure. + [34.18-38.66] Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob of your selection. + [39.78-41.86] Do I have to use the exact change? + [42.18-42.74] Yes. + [42.74-44.34] This machine doesn't give change. + [49.71-51.31] Now listen to the question. + [52.11-53.63] Choose the best answer. + [54.27-56.59] Circle A, B, or C. + [58.00-58.72] Number 1. + [59.66-60.94] What did the woman ask? + [68.43-69.15] Number 2. + [70.11-72.35] What did the man tell her to do first? + [81.15-81.87] Number 3. + [83.06-85.22] Which knob did the man tell her to pull? + [92.11-92.83] Number 4. + [93.92-95.12] What must the woman do? + [102.06-102.86] Number 5. + [103.76-105.28] Does the machine give change? + [116.66-118.02] Check your answers. + [118.58-120.50] Repeat the correct answers. + [122.35-123.71] Number 1 is B. + [124.43-124.91] Listen. + [125.92-126.96] What did the woman ask? + [128.40-128.88] Repeat. + [129.60-131.76] She asked how to work the machine. + [136.02-137.54] Number 2 is A. + [138.18-138.66] Listen. + [139.62-141.70] What did the man tell her to do first? + [143.15-143.63] Repeat. + [144.27-146.43] He told her to insert the money first. + [150.75-152.27] Number 3 is B. + [153.14-153.54] Listen. + [155.14-157.30] Which knob did the man tell her to pull? + [159.38-159.86] Repeat. + [160.50-162.66] He told her to pull the selection knob. + [167.90-169.50] Number 4 is A. + [170.22-170.70] Listen. + [171.57-172.77] What must the woman do? + [174.77-175.33] Repeat. + [176.05-178.05] She must use exact change. + [184.90-186.34] Number 5 is C. + [186.82-187.30] Listen. + [188.21-189.81] Does the machine give change? + [191.23-191.71] Repeat. + [192.35-193.31] No, it doesn't. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7. +Listen to another conversation. +Excuse me. +I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. +Is it out of order, or out of diet drink? +I don't think it's out of order. +I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. +Maybe the coins are stuck. +What should I do? +Push the coin release. +You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection. +Listen to the conversation again. +Excuse me. +I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. +Is it out of order, or out of diet drink? +I don't think it's out of order. +I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. +Maybe the coins are stuck. +What should I do? +Push the coin release. +You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection. +Now listen to the questions. +Select the best answer: A, B, or C. +Number 1: What did the man want from the vending machine? +Number 2: What did the woman think about the machine? +Number 3: What did she tell him to do? +Check your answers. +Repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is C. +Listen. +What kind of drink did the man want? +Repeat: He wanted a diet drink. +Number 2 is C. +Listen. +What did the woman think about the machine? +Repeat: She thought the coins were stuck. +Number 3 is C. +Listen. +What did she tell him to do? +Repeat: She told him to push the coin release. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-3.54] Look at Figure 7. + [4.10-6.10] Listen to another conversation. + [8.72-9.52] Excuse me. + [10.08-13.52] I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. + [14.24-16.56] Is it out of order, or out of diet drink? + [17.55-18.99] I don't think it's out of order. + [19.31-21.23] I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. + [21.71-23.15] Maybe the coins are stuck. + [23.55-24.43] What should I do? + [25.33-26.77] Push the coin release. + [27.41-30.05] You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection. + [32.13-33.89] Listen to the conversation again. + [35.44-36.24] Excuse me. + [36.56-40.08] I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. + [40.91-42.91] Is it out of order, or out of diet drink? + [44.06-45.50] I don't think it's out of order. + [45.82-47.74] I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. + [48.30-49.66] Maybe the coins are stuck. + [50.14-50.94] What should I do? + [51.97-53.33] Push the coin release. + [53.81-56.37] You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection. + [60.05-61.73] Now listen to the questions. + [62.21-65.89] Select the best answer: A, B, or C. + [67.14-70.96] Number 1: What did the man want from the vending machine? + [78.29-82.10] Number 2: What did the woman think about the machine? + [89.52-92.56] Number 3: What did she tell him to do? + [100.56-101.76] Check your answers. + [102.32-104.16] Repeat the correct answers. + [105.78-106.98] Number 1 is C. + [107.38-107.86] Listen. + [108.82-110.58] What kind of drink did the man want? + [111.79-114.27] Repeat: He wanted a diet drink. + [118.16-119.68] Number 2 is C. + [120.40-120.80] Listen. + [122.18-124.18] What did the woman think about the machine? + [126.03-128.91] Repeat: She thought the coins were stuck. + [133.49-134.93] Number 3 is C. + [135.57-136.05] Listen. + [137.26-138.54] What did she tell him to do? + [140.27-143.71] Repeat: She told him to push the coin release. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8. +Listen to the paragraph. +Ned wanted some coffee. +He went to his favorite vending machine. +This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. +Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. +No coffee? +I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time. +I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine. +He inserted another coin and pulled the knob, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar. +They didn't work. +Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. +He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. +Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. +Listen to the paragraph again and answer the questions. +Ned wanted some coffee. +He went to his favorite vending machine. +This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. +Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. +No coffee? +I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time. +I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine. +He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar. +They didn't work. +Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. +He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. +Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. +Now answer the questions. +Number 1: Where did Ned go to get his coffee? +Repeat: He went to his favorite vending machine. +Number 2: Why was that his favorite vending machine? +Repeat: Because it always worked +and was never out of coffee. +Number 3: Why can't he go out and get coffee? +Repeat: Because he can't be out of his office at this time. +Number 4: What did Ned write on a piece of paper? +Repeat: He wrote "Out of Order" on it. +Number 5: What did he do with the paper? +Repeat: He stuck it to the vending machine. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.30] Look at Figure 8. + [3.86-5.22] Listen to the paragraph. + [7.04-8.56] Ned wanted some coffee. + [9.41-11.41] He went to his favorite vending machine. + [12.40-15.52] This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. + [16.85-20.53] Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. + [21.25-22.05] No coffee? + [23.10-27.98] I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time. + [28.96-32.00] I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine. + [33.42-44.37] He inserted another coin and pulled the knob, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar. + [45.17-46.05] They didn't work. + [47.31-55.47] Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. + [56.59-61.31] He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. + [62.42-66.10] Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. + [70.67-74.43] Listen to the paragraph again and answer the questions. + [76.10-77.46] Ned wanted some coffee. + [78.35-80.35] He went to his favorite vending machine. + [81.31-84.35] This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. + [85.34-89.02] Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. + [90.02-90.74] No coffee? + [91.70-96.42] I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time. + [97.22-100.34] I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine. + [101.82-112.78] He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar. + [113.85-114.70] They didn't work. + [115.78-124.02] Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. + [125.20-130.32] He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. + [131.28-135.28] Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee. + [138.48-140.64] Now answer the questions. + [141.82-145.60] Number 1: Where did Ned go to get his coffee? + [150.91-153.95] Repeat: He went to his favorite vending machine. + [159.07-163.23] Number 2: Why was that his favorite vending machine? + [169.57-172.05] Repeat: Because it always worked + [175.26-176.46] and was never out of coffee. + [182.00-185.81] Number 3: Why can't he go out and get coffee? + [191.60-195.66] Repeat: Because he can't be out of his office at this time. + [201.10-204.94] Number 4: What did Ned write on a piece of paper? + [210.56-213.04] Repeat: He wrote "Out of Order" on it. + [219.38-222.56] Number 5: What did he do with the paper? + [228.22-231.18] Repeat: He stuck it to the vending machine. + [245.06-248.02] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-1C.md b/sources/book-10/tape-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a04535c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1C. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the dialogue. +Do we have time for coffee before the bell rings? +Yes, I think we have time for a cup before it rings. +Will you hold my books while I get it? +Sure. +I don't want any, but I'll wait until you get yours. +Will you wait with me while I drink it? +Yes, we're early. +I can wait until you finish it. +Now, repeat the dialogue. +Do we have time for coffee +before the bell rings? +Yes, I think we have time for a cup +before it rings. +Will you hold my books while I get it? +Sure. +I don't want any, +but I'll wait until you get yours. +Will you wait with me while I drink it? +Yes, we're early. +I can wait until you finish it. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.84-13.04] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1C. + [19.76-20.16] Hello. + [20.72-23.36] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. + [29.39-30.43] Look at Figure 1. + [30.99-32.03] Listen to the dialogue. + [34.74-37.14] Do we have time for coffee before the bell rings? + [37.70-40.34] Yes, I think we have time for a cup before it rings. + [41.34-43.10] Will you hold my books while I get it? + [43.50-43.98] Sure. + [44.46-46.62] I don't want any, but I'll wait until you get yours. + [47.84-49.68] Will you wait with me while I drink it? + [50.08-51.12] Yes, we're early. + [51.44-52.72] I can wait until you finish it. + [55.49-56.69] Now, repeat the dialogue. + [59.25-61.01] Do we have time for coffee + [63.90-65.34] before the bell rings? + [68.77-71.01] Yes, I think we have time for a cup + [75.20-76.16] before it rings. + [78.90-80.98] Will you hold my books while I get it? + [85.25-85.73] Sure. + [86.56-87.44] I don't want any, + [91.25-92.69] but I'll wait until you get yours. + [95.95-97.79] Will you wait with me while I drink it? + [101.79-102.75] Yes, we're early. + [105.63-106.91] I can wait until you finish it. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 2. +Listen to part of a sentence, then select one of the phrases in your book and complete the sentence. +Listen: "They ate at the restaurant." +Circle B. +Repeat: "They ate at the restaurant after they saw the movie." +Number 1: "I was very thirsty." +Number 2: +"Fran was talking to us." +Number 3: "He inserted the coins." +Number 4: "Ted ate the chips." +Number 5: "I inserted coins." +Number 6: "Bill drank coffee." +Number 7: "Her selection dropped." +Number 8: "They went to a movie." +Let's check your answers. +Repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is A. +Repeat: "I was very thirsty before I drank the soda." +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: "Fran was talking to us while we were eating lunch." +Number 3 is A. +Repeat: "He inserted the coins before he pulled the knob." +Number 4 is B. +Repeat: "Ted ate the chips after he drank the soda pop." +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: "I inserted coins." +"Until the machine started to work." +Number 6 is A. +Repeat: "Bill drank coffee before the bell rang." +Number 7 is B. +Repeat: "Her selection dropped when she pulled the knob." +Number 8 is A. +Repeat: "They went to a movie after they did their homework." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.40-4.32] Look at the example in Figure 2. + [5.26-11.26] Listen to part of a sentence, then select one of the phrases in your book and complete the sentence. + [11.90-14.67] Listen: "They ate at the restaurant." + [22.42-23.30] Circle B. + [23.94-28.10] Repeat: "They ate at the restaurant after they saw the movie." + [30.40-34.08] Number 1: "I was very thirsty." + [41.98-42.86] Number 2: + [44.02-45.94] "Fran was talking to us." + [54.32-57.98] Number 3: "He inserted the coins." + [67.38-70.80] Number 4: "Ted ate the chips." + [78.56-82.34] Number 5: "I inserted coins." + [90.45-93.97] Number 6: "Bill drank coffee." + [102.14-105.74] Number 7: "Her selection dropped." + [114.62-117.82] Number 8: "They went to a movie." + [126.77-128.13] Let's check your answers. + [128.53-130.05] Repeat the correct answers. + [131.14-132.90] Number 1 is A. + [133.46-137.78] Repeat: "I was very thirsty before I drank the soda." + [143.25-145.01] Number 2 is B. + [145.41-150.05] Repeat: "Fran was talking to us while we were eating lunch." + [157.09-159.09] Number 3 is A. + [159.41-164.13] Repeat: "He inserted the coins before he pulled the knob." + [170.10-171.94] Number 4 is B. + [172.26-176.82] Repeat: "Ted ate the chips after he drank the soda pop." + [183.18-185.18] Number 5 is B. + [185.26-188.22] Repeat: "I inserted coins." + [192.37-194.61] "Until the machine started to work." + [200.50-202.50] Number 6 is A. + [202.50-206.99] Repeat: "Bill drank coffee before the bell rang." + [212.27-214.19] Number 7 is B. + [214.43-218.59] Repeat: "Her selection dropped when she pulled the knob." + [224.66-226.50] Number 8 is A. + [226.74-230.90] Repeat: "They went to a movie after they did their homework." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 3. +Read the two sentences. +Now listen to a word and say the new sentence: "when". +Repeat: Were you next to the vending machine when it fell? +Number 1: "read". +Listen: "while". +Repeat: He ate a candy bar. +While she drank a diet soda. +Number 2: "read". +Listen: "before". +Repeat: You insert the coins. +Before you lift the door. +Number 3: "read". +Listen: "after". +Repeat: The selection will drop. +After you insert the money. +Number 4: "read". +Listen: "until". +Repeat: Don't add the detergent. +Until you put the clothes in the washing machine. +Number 5: "read". +Listen: "when". +Repeat: Bill was in the shower. +When the telephone rang. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.87-3.87] Look at the example in Figure 3. + [4.59-5.95] Read the two sentences. + [14.43-18.46] Now listen to a word and say the new sentence: "when". + [24.03-28.05] Repeat: Were you next to the vending machine when it fell? + [30.32-32.08] Number 1: "read". + [37.33-39.57] Listen: "while". + [45.39-48.72] Repeat: He ate a candy bar. + [52.50-54.74] While she drank a diet soda. + [60.70-62.46] Number 2: "read". + [69.57-72.45] Listen: "before". + [78.98-82.24] Repeat: You insert the coins. + [86.30-88.22] Before you lift the door. + [94.66-96.66] Number 3: "read". + [103.18-105.34] Listen: "after". + [112.03-118.47] Repeat: The selection will drop. + [119.76-121.68] After you insert the money. + [128.21-130.05] Number 4: "read". + [140.13-142.05] Listen: "until". + [152.90-156.40] Repeat: Don't add the detergent. + [162.54-165.26] Until you put the clothes in the washing machine. + [176.46-178.38] Number 5: "read". + [184.46-189.27] Listen: "when". + [192.13-195.25] Repeat: Bill was in the shower. + [199.74-201.34] When the telephone rang. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Repeat the words in the box. +"After." "After that." "Finally." +"First." +"Last." "At last." "Lastly." +"Next." "Second." "Then." +These are connective words. +Listen to the example. +Listen for the connective words in the paragraph. +Nell wanted some coffee. +First, she stuck a coin in the slot. +Then she made her selection and pulled the knob. +Next, she lifted the door and got her cup of coffee. +Finally, she enjoyed her cup of hot coffee. +Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. +You will hear the paragraph 2 times. +Listen and write the connective words. +Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine. +First, she inserted the coins in the slot. +Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop. +Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times. +Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too. +At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. +She gave him the other soda. +After that, Gina went to class. +Listen to paragraph number 1 again. +Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine. +First, she inserted the coins in the slot. +Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop. +Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times. +Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too. +At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. +She gave him the other soda. +After that, Gina went to class. +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is "first." Letter B is "second." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "finally." Letter E is "at first." Letter F is "then." Letter G is "after that." +Listen to paragraph number 2 and write the connecting words. +Bill had to wash his clothes. +First, he found an empty washing machine. +Then he put in his clothes. +Next, he put in the detergent. +Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. +After that, he just waited. +Finally, the machine stopped. +At last he had some clean clothes. +Listen to paragraph number 2 again. +Bill had to wash his clothes. +First, he found an empty washing machine. +Then he put in his clothes. +Next, he put in the detergent. +Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. +After that, he just waited. +Finally, the machine stopped. +At last he had some clean clothes. +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is "first." Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "last." Letter E is "after that." Letter F is "finally." Letter G is "at last." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.12] Now look at Figure 4. + [3.76-5.44] Repeat the words in the box. + [6.75-15.50] "After." "After that." "Finally." + [17.92-18.80] "First." + [21.10-28.39] "Last." "At last." "Lastly." + [32.01-38.97] "Next." "Second." "Then." + [45.75-47.19] These are connective words. + [47.85-48.98] Listen to the example. + [49.87-52.27] Listen for the connective words in the paragraph. + [53.84-55.60] Nell wanted some coffee. + [56.24-59.28] First, she stuck a coin in the slot. + [60.10-62.90] Then she made her selection and pulled the knob. + [63.70-67.46] Next, she lifted the door and got her cup of coffee. + [69.22-72.74] Finally, she enjoyed her cup of hot coffee. + [77.47-81.63] Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. + [82.74-84.66] You will hear the paragraph 2 times. + [85.38-87.62] Listen and write the connective words. + [89.22-92.82] Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine. + [93.70-96.98] First, she inserted the coins in the slot. + [97.82-103.26] Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop. + [104.18-107.54] Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times. + [108.26-113.30] Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too. + [114.50-119.94] At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. + [120.66-122.34] She gave him the other soda. + [123.06-125.46] After that, Gina went to class. + [129.68-131.68] Listen to paragraph number 1 again. + [133.66-137.02] Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine. + [137.66-140.86] First, she inserted the coins in the slot. + [141.58-146.86] Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop. + [148.82-151.94] Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times. + [152.93-157.65] Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too. + [157.88-164.37] At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. + [164.93-166.47] She gave him the other soda. + [168.13-169.75] After that, Gina went to class. + [172.28-173.58] Let's check your answers. + [174.90-194.37] Letter A is "first." Letter B is "second." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "finally." Letter E is "at first." Letter F is "then." Letter G is "after that." + [198.82-201.83] Listen to paragraph number 2 and write the connecting words. + [203.68-205.76] Bill had to wash his clothes. + [205.76-209.52] First, he found an empty washing machine. + [210.24-212.69] Then he put in his clothes. + [213.36-215.40] Next, he put in the detergent. + [216.75-220.57] Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. + [220.98-223.04] After that, he just waited. + [223.31-225.34] Finally, the machine stopped. + [226.95-229.68] At last he had some clean clothes. + [233.07-235.25] Listen to paragraph number 2 again. + [237.30-239.30] Bill had to wash his clothes. + [240.02-243.32] First, he found an empty washing machine. + [243.54-246.10] Then he put in his clothes. + [246.34-249.60] Next, he put in the detergent. + [250.03-254.52] Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. + [254.81-257.40] After that, he just waited. + [257.68-259.70] Finally, the machine stopped. + [260.10-262.50] At last he had some clean clothes. + [266.61-267.65] Let's check your answers. + [268.95-288.53] Letter A is "first." Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "last." Letter E is "after that." Letter F is "finally." Letter G is "at last." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5, listen to the dialogue. +Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine? +Sure. +Put the money in the slot, make your selection, and pull the knob. +Do I get the soda then? +Yes. +It will dropright here. +Lift this door and get your drink. +Thanks for your help. +Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat. +Excuse me. +Can you tell me how to use this machine? +Sure. +Put the money in the slot. +Make your selection, and pull the knob. +Do I get the soda then? +Yes. +It will dropright here. +Lift this door and get your drink. +Thanks for your help. +Look at Figure 5 again. +Someone will be Hank and you be Pete. +Ready? +Excuse me. +Can you tell me how to use this machine? +Do I get the soda then? +Thanks for your help. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.72-5.52] Look at Figure 5, listen to the dialogue. + [9.39-12.43] Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine? + [13.34-13.82] Sure. + [14.38-17.98] Put the money in the slot, make your selection, and pull the knob. + [19.38-20.50] Do I get the soda then? + [20.98-21.54] Yes. + [21.70-22.90] It will dropright here. + [23.54-25.14] Lift this door and get your drink. + [25.86-26.74] Thanks for your help. + [28.37-30.61] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat. + [32.56-33.36] Excuse me. + [35.76-39.69] Can you tell me how to use this machine? + [42.50-42.98] Sure. + [43.78-44.90] Put the money in the slot. + [50.05-52.05] Make your selection, and pull the knob. + [57.17-58.37] Do I get the soda then? + [63.71-64.27] Yes. + [64.35-65.47] It will dropright here. + [68.93-70.69] Lift this door and get your drink. + [75.15-76.03] Thanks for your help. + [80.56-82.08] Look at Figure 5 again. + [83.34-85.42] Someone will be Hank and you be Pete. + [86.67-87.07] Ready? + [89.09-89.81] Excuse me. + [90.74-92.66] Can you tell me how to use this machine? + [101.58-102.86] Do I get the soda then? + [109.74-110.54] Thanks for your help. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 6. +Listen to another dialogue. +Will you please show me how this machine works? +I need some stamps. +Of course. +Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here. +Will the machine give me change? +Yes, it will. +Listen again, and repeat. +Will you please show me how this machine works? +I need some stamps. +Of course. +Just put your money in this slot. +Push this button. +And pull the stamps outright here. +Will the machine give me change? +Yes, it will. +Now, look at Figure 6 again. +You read Eric's lines. +You begin. +Of course. +Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here. +Yes, it will. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-2.48] Now look at Figure 6. + [3.44-4.72] Listen to another dialogue. + [9.04-11.20] Will you please show me how this machine works? + [12.00-13.04] I need some stamps. + [14.05-14.69] Of course. + [15.25-20.21] Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here. + [21.30-22.82] Will the machine give me change? + [23.62-24.42] Yes, it will. + [26.62-28.30] Listen again, and repeat. + [29.89-32.21] Will you please show me how this machine works? + [38.10-39.38] I need some stamps. + [42.54-43.34] Of course. + [44.98-46.50] Just put your money in this slot. + [51.26-52.22] Push this button. + [56.43-57.95] And pull the stamps outright here. + [63.68-65.36] Will the machine give me change? + [69.89-70.77] Yes, it will. + [74.86-76.62] Now, look at Figure 6 again. + [77.84-79.36] You read Eric's lines. + [80.08-80.80] You begin. + [87.44-88.16] Of course. + [88.88-93.70] Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here. + [99.14-99.86] Yes, it will. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 7, listen to dialogue number 1, then answer the questions. +I want a candy bar, Carl. +Do you know how to work this vending machine? +Yes, Brad. +Insert your coins here, make your selection, and then push that button. +Be sure the coins drop before you push the button. +I was doing it wrong. +I pushed the button before the coins dropped. +Now answer these questions about dialogue number 1. +Number 1: What did Brad want to know? +Repeat: Brad wanted to know how to work the vending machine. +Number 2: What did Brad do wrong? +Repeat: Brad pushed the button before the coins dropped. +Listen to dialogue number 2, then answer the questions. +Fred, how do you operate this machine? +I put some money in it, but nothing came out. +Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave. +Pull a different knob. +I pull them all and nothing happens. +Well, maybe the coins are stuck. +Push the coin release. +I did that too. +Then it's out of order. +Answer these questions about dialogue number 2. +Number 1: What did Dave ask Fred? +Repeat: He asked Fred how to operate the machine. +Number 2: What did Fred tell Dave to do first? +Repeat: First, he told Dave to pull a different knob. +Number 3: +Then what did he tell Dave to do? +Repeat: Then he told Dave to push the coin release. +Number 4: What was the matter with the machine? +Repeat: It was out of order. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-7.71] Go to Figure 7, listen to dialogue number 1, then answer the questions. + [11.25-12.77] I want a candy bar, Carl. + [13.87-15.63] Do you know how to work this vending machine? + [16.69-17.33] Yes, Brad. + [17.89-22.86] Insert your coins here, make your selection, and then push that button. + [23.76-26.40] Be sure the coins drop before you push the button. + [28.10-29.22] I was doing it wrong. + [29.94-32.34] I pushed the button before the coins dropped. + [36.82-39.62] Now answer these questions about dialogue number 1. + [43.52-46.96] Number 1: What did Brad want to know? + [53.20-58.08] Repeat: Brad wanted to know how to work the vending machine. + [64.74-68.14] Number 2: What did Brad do wrong? + [75.18-80.22] Repeat: Brad pushed the button before the coins dropped. + [86.56-90.48] Listen to dialogue number 2, then answer the questions. + [93.06-95.38] Fred, how do you operate this machine? + [96.24-98.56] I put some money in it, but nothing came out. + [100.08-102.24] Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave. + [102.80-103.76] Pull a different knob. + [104.75-106.91] I pull them all and nothing happens. + [107.39-109.31] Well, maybe the coins are stuck. + [109.87-110.99] Push the coin release. + [111.47-112.43] I did that too. + [113.52-114.48] Then it's out of order. + [119.70-122.34] Answer these questions about dialogue number 2. + [123.63-126.91] Number 1: What did Dave ask Fred? + [132.58-136.53] Repeat: He asked Fred how to operate the machine. + [143.18-147.36] Number 2: What did Fred tell Dave to do first? + [154.22-159.12] Repeat: First, he told Dave to pull a different knob. + [166.69-167.57] Number 3: + [169.07-171.55] Then what did he tell Dave to do? + [179.33-183.97] Repeat: Then he told Dave to push the coin release. + [191.84-195.65] Number 4: What was the matter with the machine? + [202.50-205.14] Repeat: It was out of order. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8. +Read the sentence parts. +Now listen to the first part of a sentence. +Use the part in your book and complete the sentence. +Number 1: "Excuse me, can you tell me—" +Number 2: "Make your selection and—" +Number 3: "The soda will drop and then—" +Number 4: "Push this button and pull the—" +Number 5: "Be sure the coins drop—" +Number 6: "When the coins stick—" +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is D. +Repeat: "Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine?" +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: "Make your selection and pull the knob." +Number 3 is F. +Repeat: "The soda will drop here, and you lift this door and get it." +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: "Push this button and pull the stamps out here." +Number 5 is E. +Repeat: "Be sure the coins drop before you push the button." +Number 6 is C. +Repeat: "When the coins are stuck, try to push the coin return." +This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-2.99] Look at Figure 8. + [3.79-5.23] Read the sentence parts. + [22.93-24.93] Now listen to the first part of a sentence. + [25.57-28.61] Use the part in your book and complete the sentence. + [29.33-36.03] Number 1: "Excuse me, can you tell me—" + [41.79-45.22] Number 2: "Make your selection and—" + [52.94-59.31] Number 3: "The soda will drop and then—" + [64.83-71.31] Number 4: "Push this button and pull the—" + [76.26-82.47] Number 5: "Be sure the coins drop—" + [86.83-89.79] Number 6: "When the coins stick—" + [102.42-103.94] Now let's check your answers. + [105.26-107.26] Number 1 is D. + [107.90-118.47] Repeat: "Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine?" + [124.30-126.22] Number 2 is B. + [126.86-130.70] Repeat: "Make your selection and pull the knob." + [137.04-139.04] Number 3 is F. + [141.81-147.68] Repeat: "The soda will drop here, and you lift this door and get it." + [155.71-157.87] Number 4 is A. + [158.59-163.36] Repeat: "Push this button and pull the stamps out here." + [171.60-173.60] Number 5 is E. + [173.84-179.25] Repeat: "Be sure the coins drop before you push the button." + [187.66-189.66] Number 6 is C. + [189.90-195.57] Repeat: "When the coins are stuck, try to push the coin return." + [213.42-216.22] This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-1D.md b/sources/book-10/tape-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a68cc4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B. +Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the chart and repeat. +Some things you have to do. +Number 1: repeat. +You have to obey traffic laws. +You're supposed to obey traffic laws. +Number 2: repeat. +You have to wear your uniform to class. +You're supposed to wear your uniform to class. +Number 3: repeat. +You have to be on time to class. +You're supposed to be on time to class. +Now look at some things you should do. +Number 1: repeat. +You should be on time for dinner. +You're supposed to be on time for dinner. +Number 2: repeat. +You should thank people when they help you. +You're supposed to thank people when they help you. +Number 3: repeat. +You should write to your family often. +You're supposed to write to your family often. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.22-14.22] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B. + [20.42-24.18] Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D. + [32.35-33.39] Look at Figure 1. + [34.11-35.63] Look at the chart and repeat. + [37.22-38.90] Some things you have to do. + [39.89-41.65] Number 1: repeat. + [42.67-44.75] You have to obey traffic laws. + [48.61-50.93] You're supposed to obey traffic laws. + [55.31-57.07] Number 2: repeat. + [58.10-60.50] You have to wear your uniform to class. + [66.99-69.63] You're supposed to wear your uniform to class. + [75.71-77.63] Number 3: repeat. + [78.59-80.67] You have to be on time to class. + [86.11-88.43] You're supposed to be on time to class. + [97.87-101.49] Now look at some things you should do. + [101.58-103.34] Number 1: repeat. + [104.75-106.67] You should be on time for dinner. + [112.46-114.70] You're supposed to be on time for dinner. + [120.50-122.26] Number 2: repeat. + [123.22-125.38] You should thank people when they help you. + [131.68-134.24] You're supposed to thank people when they help you. + [140.61-142.53] Number 3: repeat. + [143.94-146.10] You should write to your family often. + [152.90-155.38] You're supposed to write to your family often. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 2. +Listen to a question. +Circle the letter next to the best answer. +Listen. +Should we drive carefully when we drive onice? +Yes, we're supposed to. +Repeat: We're supposed to drive carefully when we drive onice. +Number 1: Should we do our homework every day? +Number 2: Must you smoke in the classroom? +Number 3: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? +Number 4: Must you study before a test? +Number 5: Should we exercise before we warm up? +Number 6: Must you salute when you're not in uniform? +Number 7: Should they go out on weeknights? +Number 8: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +Listen. +Should we do our homework every day? +Yes, we're supposed to. +Repeat: We're supposed to do our homework every day. +Number 2 is A. +Listen. +Must you smoke in the classroom? +No, we're not supposed to. +Repeat: We're not supposed to smoke in the classroom. +Number 3 is B. +Listen. +Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? +Yes, they're supposed to. +Repeat: The coins are supposed to drop before you pull the knob. +Number 4 is A. +Listen. +Must you study before a test? +Yes, I'm supposed to. +Repeat: I'm supposed to study before a test. +Number 5 is B. +Listen. +Should we exercise before we warm up? +No, we're not supposed to. +Repeat: We're not supposed to exercise before we warm up. +Number 6 is B. +Listen. +Must you salute when you're not in uniform? +No, we're not supposed to. +Repeat: We're not supposed to salute when we're not in uniform. +Number 7 is B. +Listen. +Should they go out on weeknights? +No, they're not supposed to. +Repeat: They're not supposed to go out on weeknights. +Number 8 is A. +Listen. +Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? +Yes, he's supposed to. +Repeat: He's supposed to put American coins +in American vending machines. +Coins from other countries won't work. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.76] Look at the example in Figure 2. + [4.64-5.76] Listen to a question. + [6.59-8.91] Circle the letter next to the best answer. + [9.71-10.27] Listen. + [11.62-14.10] Should we drive carefully when we drive onice? + [18.18-19.78] Yes, we're supposed to. + [20.77-25.09] Repeat: We're supposed to drive carefully when we drive onice. + [27.22-31.26] Number 1: Should we do our homework every day? + [36.80-40.26] Number 2: Must you smoke in the classroom? + [46.34-51.09] Number 3: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? + [57.22-60.58] Number 4: Must you study before a test? + [67.02-73.53] Number 5: Should we exercise before we warm up? + [77.79-81.55] Number 6: Must you salute when you're not in uniform? + [88.27-91.87] Number 7: Should they go out on weeknights? + [97.92-103.76] Number 8: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? + [111.66-113.02] Let's check your answers. + [114.24-115.92] Number 1 is A. + [116.24-116.80] Listen. + [117.60-120.69] Should we do our homework every day? + [120.75-122.59] Yes, we're supposed to. + [123.60-127.04] Repeat: We're supposed to do our homework every day. + [132.86-134.70] Number 2 is A. + [134.94-135.50] Listen. + [136.22-138.06] Must you smoke in the classroom? + [138.99-140.99] No, we're not supposed to. + [141.71-145.23] Repeat: We're not supposed to smoke in the classroom. + [151.07-152.83] Number 3 is B. + [153.23-153.79] Listen. + [154.54-157.58] Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? + [158.53-160.37] Yes, they're supposed to. + [161.20-165.84] Repeat: The coins are supposed to drop before you pull the knob. + [173.60-175.52] Number 4 is A. + [176.00-176.56] Listen. + [177.42-179.34] Must you study before a test? + [179.98-181.90] Yes, I'm supposed to. + [182.62-186.06] Repeat: I'm supposed to study before a test. + [190.45-192.33] Number 5 is B. + [192.93-193.53] Listen. + [194.13-196.85] Should we exercise before we warm up? + [197.57-199.65] No, we're not supposed to. + [200.45-205.25] Repeat: We're not supposed to exercise before we warm up. + [209.84-212.00] Number 6 is B. + [212.28-212.56] Listen. + [212.84-215.76] Must you salute when you're not in uniform? + [216.64-218.56] No, we're not supposed to. + [219.42-223.58] Repeat: We're not supposed to salute when we're not in uniform. + [230.98-232.74] Number 7 is B. + [233.14-233.70] Listen. + [233.70-236.58] Should they go out on weeknights? + [237.22-239.30] No, they're not supposed to. + [240.13-243.97] Repeat: They're not supposed to go out on weeknights. + [248.96-250.64] Number 8 is A. + [251.36-251.84] Listen. + [252.64-256.88] Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? + [257.60-259.60] Yes, he's supposed to. + [260.16-264.18] Repeat: He's supposed to put American coins + [269.68-271.68] in American vending machines. + [276.56-279.04] Coins from other countries won't work. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3. +Listen to the directions. +Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building. +Listen. +Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. +Helen didn't know the town very well. +Madge had to give her directions. +"We can meet at the drugstore after class. +It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." +Put "A" by drugstore in the key. +Let's continue. +"Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch." +"After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency." +"I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. +You can meet me there. +It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive." +"Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house." +"I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards." +"We can go together to the bank. +It's a block north and west." +"Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner." +"Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. +The library is on ourright, and we can return our books." +"When we go home, we'll walk east. +We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." +Listen to the directions again. +Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. +Helen didn't know the town very well. +Madge had to give her directions. +"We can meet at the drugstore after class. +It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." "Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch." +"After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency. +I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. +You can meet me there. +It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive." +"Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house. +I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards." "We can go together to the bank. +It's a block north and west." "Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner." "Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. +The library is on ourright, and we can return our books." "When we go home, we'll walk east. +We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." +Let's check your answers. +A is the drugstore. +B is the travel agency. +C is the restaurant. +D is Sandy's house. +E is the blouse store. +F is the city park. +G is the bank. +H is the shoe shop. +I is the library. +J is the vegetable place. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.71-2.83] Look at figure 3. + [3.63-5.07] Listen to the directions. + [5.71-9.39] Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building. + [10.26-10.74] Listen. + [14.06-18.06] Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. + [18.94-20.94] Helen didn't know the town very well. + [21.92-23.76] Madge had to give her directions. + [25.07-27.47] "We can meet at the drugstore after class. + [28.27-32.35] It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." + [39.94-42.58] Put "A" by drugstore in the key. + [44.94-45.98] Let's continue. + [48.30-56.06] "Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch." + [61.66-67.50] "After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency." + [73.49-78.61] "I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. + [79.82-81.02] You can meet me there. + [82.08-89.44] It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive." + [96.35-103.31] "Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house." + [109.71-113.55] "I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards." + [119.58-121.58] "We can go together to the bank. + [122.38-124.46] It's a block north and west." + [130.61-140.53] "Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner." + [146.83-152.59] "Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. + [153.94-158.42] The library is on ourright, and we can return our books." + [164.02-166.89] "When we go home, we'll walk east. + [167.55-174.75] We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." + [181.35-183.14] Listen to the directions again. + [185.18-189.10] Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. + [189.90-192.06] Helen didn't know the town very well. + [192.78-194.62] Madge had to give her directions. + [195.90-198.38] "We can meet at the drugstore after class. + [199.02-210.69] It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." "Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch." + [213.38-218.50] "After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency. + [219.36-223.44] I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. + [224.56-225.84] You can meet me there. + [226.48-231.92] It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive." + [234.06-240.14] "Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house. + [241.41-247.36] I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards." "We can go together to the bank. + [248.37-265.30] It's a block north and west." "Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner." "Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. + [266.50-274.22] The library is on ourright, and we can return our books." "When we go home, we'll walk east. + [275.02-281.26] We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." + [285.28-286.64] Let's check your answers. + [287.90-289.82] A is the drugstore. + [290.38-292.54] B is the travel agency. + [293.18-294.94] C is the restaurant. + [295.50-297.34] D is Sandy's house. + [298.06-299.82] E is the blouse store. + [300.46-302.38] F is the city park. + [302.86-304.46] G is the bank. + [304.46-306.94] H is the shoe shop. + [307.50-309.26] I is the library. + [309.82-311.82] J is the vegetable place. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to some words. +Write them in Figure 4. +Number 1: "apologize." +Apologize. +Number 2: "realize." +Realize. +Number 3: "forgive." Forgive. +Number 4: "pleased." Pleased. +Number 5: "really." Really. +Number 6: "blanket." Blanket. +Number 7: "laundry." Laundry. +Number 8: "closet." Closet. +Number 9: "feelings." Feelings. +Number 10: "pillow." Pillow. +Let's check your work. +Number 1: "apologize." A-P-O-L-O-G-I-Z-E. +Apologize. +Number 2: "realize." R-E-A-L-I-Z-E. +Realize. +Number 3: "forgive." F-O-R-G-I-V-E. +Forgive. +Number 4: "pleased." P-L-E-A-S-E-D. +Pleased. +Number 5: "really." R-E-A-L-L-Y. +Really. +Number 6: "blanket." B-L-A-N-K-E-T. +Blanket. +Number 7: "laundry." L-A-U-N-D-R-Y. +Laundry. +Number 8: "closet." C-L-O-S-E-T. +Closet. +Number 9: "feelings." F-E-E-L-I-N-G-S. +Feelings. +Number 10: "pillow." P-I-L-L-O-W. +Pillow. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.75] Look at Figure 4. + [3.47-4.91] Listen to some words. + [5.55-7.15] Write them in Figure 4. + [8.64-11.36] Number 1: "apologize." + [12.82-14.10] Apologize. + [22.00-24.56] Number 2: "realize." + [25.89-26.93] Realize. + [34.96-39.27] Number 3: "forgive." Forgive. + [47.07-51.69] Number 4: "pleased." Pleased. + [59.13-65.91] Number 5: "really." Really. + [71.01-77.37] Number 6: "blanket." Blanket. + [82.77-86.93] Number 7: "laundry." Laundry. + [94.86-99.15] Number 8: "closet." Closet. + [107.15-111.33] Number 9: "feelings." Feelings. + [118.58-122.59] Number 10: "pillow." Pillow. + [131.39-132.51] Let's check your work. + [133.73-144.99] Number 1: "apologize." A-P-O-L-O-G-I-Z-E. + [145.65-146.49] Apologize. + [147.69-156.69] Number 2: "realize." R-E-A-L-I-Z-E. + [157.53-158.07] Realize. + [159.15-168.21] Number 3: "forgive." F-O-R-G-I-V-E. + [168.87-169.41] Forgive. + [170.43-178.29] Number 4: "pleased." P-L-E-A-S-E-D. + [178.89-179.49] Pleased. + [180.63-188.31] Number 5: "really." R-E-A-L-L-Y. + [188.49-188.91] Really. + [190.47-197.55] Number 6: "blanket." B-L-A-N-K-E-T. + [198.27-198.87] Blanket. + [199.77-207.45] Number 7: "laundry." L-A-U-N-D-R-Y. + [208.11-208.65] Laundry. + [209.31-215.97] Number 8: "closet." C-L-O-S-E-T. + [216.69-217.11] Closet. + [217.95-226.11] Number 9: "feelings." F-E-E-L-I-N-G-S. + [226.71-227.25] Feelings. + [227.85-234.39] Number 10: "pillow." P-I-L-L-O-W. + [234.81-235.23] Pillow. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Listen to a paragraph. +You will hear it two times. +Listen. +Coins operate many kinds of machines. +We call these machines vending machines. +One kind of vending machine sells food. +They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. +Another kind sells drinks. +They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea. +A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. +These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars. +Vending machines are very useful machines. +Listen again and complete the chart. +Coins operate many kinds of machines. +We call these machines vending machines. +One kind of vending machine sells food. +They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. +Another kind sells drinks. +They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea. +A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. +These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars. +Vending machines are very useful machines. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.40-3.60] Look at Figure 5. + [4.32-5.52] Listen to a paragraph. + [6.35-7.87] You will hear it two times. + [8.51-8.99] Listen. + [10.56-13.36] Coins operate many kinds of machines. + [14.16-17.04] We call these machines vending machines. + [17.98-20.54] One kind of vending machine sells food. + [21.26-24.14] They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. + [24.78-26.70] Another kind sells drinks. + [27.26-30.38] They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea. + [31.18-34.62] A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. + [35.49-40.21] These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars. + [41.10-43.98] Vending machines are very useful machines. + [47.41-49.41] Listen again and complete the chart. + [51.47-54.19] Coins operate many kinds of machines. + [54.67-57.31] We call these machines vending machines. + [66.88-69.52] One kind of vending machine sells food. + [74.54-77.66] They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. + [89.31-91.23] Another kind sells drinks. + [97.12-101.36] They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea. + [115.17-118.45] A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. + [124.74-130.42] These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars. + [144.75-147.71] Vending machines are very useful machines. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6 and listen to the paragraph. +People like to eat snacks between meals. +People eat all kinds of food for snacks. +Some people eat big snacks. +They're small meals. +They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack. +Other people like small snacks. +A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them. +Some people just want a drink. +They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda. +Then they don't get hungry until the next meal. +Listen again and complete the chart. +People like to eat snacks between meals. +People eat all kinds of food for snacks. +Some people eat big snacks. +They're small meals. +They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack. +Other people like small snacks. +A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them. +Some people just want a drink. +They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda. +Then they don't get hungry until the next meal. +Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-4.27] Look at figure 6 and listen to the paragraph. + [6.32-8.96] People like to eat snacks between meals. + [9.76-12.40] People eat all kinds of food for snacks. + [13.12-15.04] Some people eat big snacks. + [15.76-17.04] They're small meals. + [17.84-21.60] They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack. + [22.50-24.50] Other people like small snacks. + [25.22-29.78] A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them. + [30.58-32.42] Some people just want a drink. + [33.22-36.10] They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda. + [37.12-39.68] Then they don't get hungry until the next meal. + [44.00-46.00] Listen again and complete the chart. + [48.40-51.20] People like to eat snacks between meals. + [52.06-54.86] People eat all kinds of food for snacks. + [55.65-57.81] Some people eat big snacks. + [63.90-65.34] They're small meals. + [65.90-70.06] They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack. + [85.73-87.97] Other people like small snacks. + [94.43-99.63] A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them. + [113.07-114.99] Some people just want a drink. + [121.18-124.78] They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda. + [136.35-139.39] Then they don't get hungry until the next meal. + [142.37-145.17] Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson. + [150.48-153.20] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-2A.md b/sources/book-10/tape-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..039ac4b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2A. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2A. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to a paragraph. +First, circle the letter of the topic of the paragraph. +Then, circle the letter of the main idea. +Listen. +Number 1: "Jan was hungry. +She wanted a candy bar. +She finally found a vending machine. +It took her money, but it didn't give her any candy or her money back. +She shook the machine. +She was angry. +She didn't have any more change." It always happens. +Machines don't always work when you need them. +Select the topic. +The answer is A. +The topic of the paragraph is "Vending Machines." Now select the main idea. +The answer is B. +The main idea is: "Machines don't always work." +Number 2: "When you lend a friend money, you sometimes hurt your friendship. +When a friend asks to borrow some money, you should tell him you can't lend it to him. +That's my advice. +Why? +Because you won't feel good around him until he gives you back the money. +It may be difficult, but it's better not to lend money to a friend." +Select the topic. +The answer is C. +The topic of the paragraph is "Money and Friendship." Now select the main idea. +The answer is A. +The main idea is: "Don't lend money to friends." +Number 3: "Nell works in a bank. +She opens and closes accounts for people every day. +She gives them the checkbooks for their checking accounts. +She cashes checks, takes deposits, and helps people make deposits to or withdrawals from their savings accounts. +Bank work isn't easy, but Nell likes it very much." +Select the topic in Number 3. +The answer is B. +The topic is "Nell's Work." Now select the main idea. +The answer is C. +The main idea is: "Nell likes to work in the bank." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.72-12.72] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2A. + [19.12-19.60] Hello. + [20.40-22.88] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2A. + [29.10-30.86] Look at Figure 1. + [30.86-32.14] Listen to a paragraph. + [32.85-36.29] First, circle the letter of the topic of the paragraph. + [37.09-39.73] Then, circle the letter of the main idea. + [40.45-40.93] Listen. + [42.27-45.36] Number 1: "Jan was hungry. + [45.92-47.44] She wanted a candy bar. + [48.37-50.77] She finally found a vending machine. + [51.49-56.29] It took her money, but it didn't give her any candy or her money back. + [57.01-58.45] She shook the machine. + [58.77-60.21] She was angry. + [60.96-65.20] She didn't have any more change." It always happens. + [65.92-68.56] Machines don't always work when you need them. + [73.58-74.70] Select the topic. + [81.22-82.82] The answer is A. + [83.54-89.52] The topic of the paragraph is "Vending Machines." Now select the main idea. + [96.34-97.70] The answer is B. + [98.34-101.78] The main idea is: "Machines don't always work." + [104.42-111.45] Number 2: "When you lend a friend money, you sometimes hurt your friendship. + [111.62-116.98] When a friend asks to borrow some money, you should tell him you can't lend it to him. + [117.70-119.14] That's my advice. + [119.97-120.53] Why? + [121.09-124.93] Because you won't feel good around him until he gives you back the money. + [125.65-129.81] It may be difficult, but it's better not to lend money to a friend." + [136.45-137.57] Select the topic. + [144.42-145.78] The answer is C. + [146.58-153.02] The topic of the paragraph is "Money and Friendship." Now select the main idea. + [159.10-160.46] The answer is A. + [161.18-164.54] The main idea is: "Don't lend money to friends." + [166.66-170.40] Number 3: "Nell works in a bank. + [171.04-174.32] She opens and closes accounts for people every day. + [175.50-178.62] She gives them the checkbooks for their checking accounts. + [179.42-187.42] She cashes checks, takes deposits, and helps people make deposits to or withdrawals from their savings accounts. + [188.48-192.32] Bank work isn't easy, but Nell likes it very much." + [196.19-198.03] Select the topic in Number 3. + [204.51-205.98] The answer is B. + [206.70-211.86] The topic is "Nell's Work." Now select the main idea. + [218.90-220.58] The answer is C. + [221.54-225.14] The main idea is: "Nell likes to work in the bank." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 2, look at the example, listen and repeat the word "cafeteria". +Listen to the sentence and repeat it, then repeat the word and underline it when you hear it. +Now repeat: "Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria." +Repeat and underline "cafeteria". +Now listen, repeat, and underline. +Number 1, repeat: "mall". +"Shopping center". +A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it. +Repeat and underline: "mall". +"Shopping center". +Number 2, repeat: "decided to". +"Shop". +Ruth decided to shop at the mall. +Repeat and underline: "decided to". +"Shop". +Number 3, repeat: "parking lot". +She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall. +Repeat and underline: "parking lot". +Number 4, repeat: "shop". +First she went to a bookshop in the mall. +Repeat and underline: "shop". +Number 5, repeat: "upstairs". +"Clothing store". +Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress. +Repeat and underline: "upstairs". +"Clothing store". +Number 6, repeat: "department store". +She went to a department store. +It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house. +Repeat and underline: "department store". +Number 7, repeat: "variety store". +The variety store also sells different things, +but they are smaller and cheaper things. +Repeat and underline: "variety store". +Number 8, repeat: "received". +Ruth received her packages from the cashier. +The cashier gave them to her. +Repeat and underline: "received". +Number 9, repeat: "downstairs". +She went downstairs to the first floor. +Repeat and underline: "downstairs". +Number 10, repeat: "go shopping". +Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon. +Repeat and underline: "go shopping". + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-9.10] Go to Figure 2, look at the example, listen and repeat the word "cafeteria". + [10.58-17.10] Listen to the sentence and repeat it, then repeat the word and underline it when you hear it. + [18.26-22.64] Now repeat: "Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria." + [27.79-30.35] Repeat and underline "cafeteria". + [32.85-35.89] Now listen, repeat, and underline. + [38.06-41.98] Number 1, repeat: "mall". + [44.06-45.18] "Shopping center". + [48.37-52.37] A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it. + [58.99-62.61] Repeat and underline: "mall". + [65.44-66.56] "Shopping center". + [72.61-79.95] Number 2, repeat: "decided to". + [79.97-80.45] "Shop". + [83.84-86.08] Ruth decided to shop at the mall. + [91.68-95.04] Repeat and underline: "decided to". + [99.01-99.57] "Shop". + [104.80-109.10] Number 3, repeat: "parking lot". + [112.82-116.74] She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall. + [123.10-126.88] Repeat and underline: "parking lot". + [133.90-140.43] Number 4, repeat: "shop". + [140.45-143.01] First she went to a bookshop in the mall. + [148.67-151.31] Repeat and underline: "shop". + [156.02-160.26] Number 5, repeat: "upstairs". + [163.26-163.95] "Clothing store". + [168.48-173.20] Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress. + [179.62-182.74] Repeat and underline: "upstairs". + [187.31-188.00] "Clothing store". + [193.23-197.61] Number 6, repeat: "department store". + [201.69-203.44] She went to a department store. + [209.12-214.16] It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house. + [220.62-224.46] Repeat and underline: "department store". + [230.26-234.57] Number 7, repeat: "variety store". + [238.95-242.42] The variety store also sells different things, + [247.41-249.95] but they are smaller and cheaper things. + [255.94-259.62] Repeat and underline: "variety store". + [265.82-269.50] Number 8, repeat: "received". + [272.53-275.49] Ruth received her packages from the cashier. + [282.08-283.92] The cashier gave them to her. + [289.30-292.58] Repeat and underline: "received". + [297.13-301.24] Number 9, repeat: "downstairs". + [305.09-307.81] She went downstairs to the first floor. + [314.45-317.73] Repeat and underline: "downstairs". + [325.81-329.13] Number 10, repeat: "go shopping". + [333.39-337.63] Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon. + [344.56-347.92] Repeat and underline: "go shopping". + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3. +Listen to a question. +Select the answer. +Number 1: Where did Ruth go? +The answer is A. +Repeat: Ruth went to the mall. +Number 2: Where did she park her car? +The answer is C. +Repeat: She parked her car in the parking lot. +Number 3: Which store did she go to first? +The answer is C. +Repeat: She went to the bookshop first. +Number 4: Where did Ruth buy a dress? +The answer is B. +She bought a dress at the clothing store. +Number 5: Can one buy a dress at a department store? +The answer is B. +Repeat: Yes, a department store sells dresses. +Number 6: Can one buy a refrigerator at a variety store? +The answer is C. +Repeat: No, a variety store doesn't sell refrigerators. +Number 7: How do you say, "She got her packages"? +The answer is A. +Repeat: She received them. +Number 8: What does Ruth like to do? +The answer is B. +Repeat: Ruth likes to go shopping. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.34-3.46] Look at figure 3. + [4.26-5.38] Listen to a question. + [5.94-7.06] Select the answer. + [8.99-14.61] Number 1: Where did Ruth go? + [17.26-19.18] The answer is A. + [19.74-22.38] Repeat: Ruth went to the mall. + [26.93-32.61] Number 2: Where did she park her car? + [35.39-37.39] The answer is C. + [37.79-41.47] Repeat: She parked her car in the parking lot. + [47.15-51.76] Number 3: Which store did she go to first? + [57.70-59.62] The answer is C. + [60.10-63.22] Repeat: She went to the bookshop first. + [68.54-74.07] Number 4: Where did Ruth buy a dress? + [76.45-78.37] The answer is B. + [78.77-81.25] She bought a dress at the clothing store. + [87.44-92.11] Number 5: Can one buy a dress at a department store? + [96.77-98.45] The answer is B. + [99.09-103.41] Repeat: Yes, a department store sells dresses. + [108.70-113.71] Number 6: Can one buy a refrigerator at a variety store? + [118.77-120.69] The answer is C. + [121.17-126.45] Repeat: No, a variety store doesn't sell refrigerators. + [133.14-139.04] Number 7: How do you say, "She got her packages"? + [144.69-146.69] The answer is A. + [147.01-149.57] Repeat: She received them. + [155.89-159.09] Number 8: What does Ruth like to do? + [164.26-166.10] The answer is B. + [166.50-169.62] Repeat: Ruth likes to go shopping. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4: listen to the words and circle the number of the strong syllable. +The strong syllable is called a stressed syllable. +Listen to the example: "apologize," "apologize." The second syllable is stressed; circle the number 2. +Now listen and circle. +Number 1: "bicycle," +"bicycle." +Number 2: "complete," +"complete." +Number 3: "automobile," +"automobile." +Number 4: "different," +"different." +Number 5: "information," +"information." +Number 6: "insurance," "insurance." +Number 7: "immediately," "immediately." +Number 8: "signature," "signature." +Number 9: "gymnasium," +"gymnasium." +Number 10: "identification," +"identification." +Check your work. +Number 1 is 1: "bicycle." Number 2 is 2: "complete." Number 3 is 1: "automobile." Number 4 is 1: "different." Number 5 is 3: "information." Number 6 is 2: "insurance." Number 7 is 2: "immediately." Number 8 is 1: "signature." +Number 9 is 2: "gymnasium." Number 10 is 5: "identification." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-7.50] Now look at Figure 4: listen to the words and circle the number of the strong syllable. + [8.50-11.62] The strong syllable is called a stressed syllable. + [12.72-24.03] Listen to the example: "apologize," "apologize." The second syllable is stressed; circle the number 2. + [27.12-28.64] Now listen and circle. + [29.89-32.86] Number 1: "bicycle," + [34.75-35.79] "bicycle." + [38.64-41.20] Number 2: "complete," + [42.83-43.87] "complete." + [48.33-51.34] Number 3: "automobile," + [53.17-54.29] "automobile." + [58.16-61.07] Number 4: "different," + [62.67-63.55] "different." + [67.26-70.54] Number 5: "information," + [72.09-73.23] "information." + [77.79-82.95] Number 6: "insurance," "insurance." + [87.75-93.03] Number 7: "immediately," "immediately." + [96.93-102.69] Number 8: "signature," "signature." + [106.35-109.65] Number 9: "gymnasium," + [111.63-112.83] "gymnasium." + [116.13-119.67] Number 10: "identification," + [121.41-123.03] "identification." + [128.19-129.03] Check your work. + [132.87-165.75] Number 1 is 1: "bicycle." Number 2 is 2: "complete." Number 3 is 1: "automobile." Number 4 is 1: "different." Number 5 is 3: "information." Number 6 is 2: "insurance." Number 7 is 2: "immediately." Number 8 is 1: "signature." + [168.45-176.61] Number 9 is 2: "gymnasium." Number 10 is 5: "identification." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 5. +Now listen to a dialogue. +Did you go shopping at the mall today? +I sure did. +It was very crowded. +At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot. +Finally I found one. +Where did you shop? +I shopped at the department store. +I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up. +While I was there I bought some other things. +Did you go to any other stores? +Yes, I went to the bookshop. +I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it. +Did you have lunch at the cafeteria? +Yes, I did. +It was delicious. +Answer these questions about the dialogue. +Number 1: Where did the woman go shopping? +Repeat: The woman went shopping at the mall. +Number 2: Where did she park? +Repeat: She parked in the parking lot. +Number 3: Where did the woman shop and buy things? +Repeat: She shopped and bought things at the department store. +Number 4: What other store did she go to? +Repeat: She went to the bookshop. +Number 5: Where did she eat lunch? +Repeat: She ate lunch at the cafeteria. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-3.10] Go to Figure 5. + [3.58-4.86] Now listen to a dialogue. + [7.54-9.38] Did you go shopping at the mall today? + [10.53-11.33] I sure did. + [11.49-12.69] It was very crowded. + [13.17-15.49] At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot. + [16.21-17.57] Finally I found one. + [18.45-19.25] Where did you shop? + [20.27-21.95] I shopped at the department store. + [22.51-25.55] I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up. + [26.48-28.40] While I was there I bought some other things. + [29.12-30.48] Did you go to any other stores? + [31.28-32.88] Yes, I went to the bookshop. + [33.44-35.68] I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it. + [36.54-38.06] Did you have lunch at the cafeteria? + [38.86-39.66] Yes, I did. + [39.66-40.62] It was delicious. + [43.66-45.90] Answer these questions about the dialogue. + [47.10-50.38] Number 1: Where did the woman go shopping? + [54.69-58.10] Repeat: The woman went shopping at the mall. + [64.24-66.72] Number 2: Where did she park? + [71.36-74.24] Repeat: She parked in the parking lot. + [79.07-83.15] Number 3: Where did the woman shop and buy things? + [88.98-93.46] Repeat: She shopped and bought things at the department store. + [98.93-102.45] Number 4: What other store did she go to? + [108.98-111.46] Repeat: She went to the bookshop. + [116.11-119.31] Number 5: Where did she eat lunch? + [123.82-127.02] Repeat: She ate lunch at the cafeteria. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph. +First, write the topic, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. +Listen. +Paragraph 1: "Apartment managers have a difficult job. +They make appointments, show the people the empty apartments, and take deposits on the rent. +They also have to talk to people when things in the apartments break or don't work. +Many times they have to work longer than 8 hours a day. +It's not an easy job." +Write the topic. +The topic is "Apartment managers." Now write the main idea. +The main idea is, "Apartment managers have difficult jobs." +Listen to the second paragraph. +Jane likes animals. +She has 2 dogs, a cat, and a bird. +She keeps her cat and bird in the house. +She has a yard with a fence, and her dogs stay outside in the yard. +She is good to her animals, and she likes to play with them. +Write the topic. +The topic is "Jane's animals." Now write the main idea. +The main idea is, "Jane likes animals." You may write the topic and main idea in different words, but the ideas should be the same. +Look on the answer page for this lesson for examples. +Discuss your topic and main ideas with your teacher after lab. +This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-2.50] Look at Figure 6. + [3.86-5.06] Listen to a paragraph. + [5.81-11.89] First, write the topic, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. + [12.78-13.10] Listen. + [14.78-19.97] Paragraph 1: "Apartment managers have a difficult job. + [20.86-26.86] They make appointments, show the people the empty apartments, and take deposits on the rent. + [28.00-32.88] They also have to talk to people when things in the apartments break or don't work. + [33.92-37.36] Many times they have to work longer than 8 hours a day. + [38.08-39.76] It's not an easy job." + [45.01-45.97] Write the topic. + [56.85-62.10] The topic is "Apartment managers." Now write the main idea. + [84.85-88.85] The main idea is, "Apartment managers have difficult jobs." + [91.09-92.61] Listen to the second paragraph. + [94.67-96.27] Jane likes animals. + [96.91-100.19] She has 2 dogs, a cat, and a bird. + [100.83-103.39] She keeps her cat and bird in the house. + [104.11-108.91] She has a yard with a fence, and her dogs stay outside in the yard. + [109.97-113.73] She is good to her animals, and she likes to play with them. + [119.36-120.32] Write the topic. + [131.14-136.34] The topic is "Jane's animals." Now write the main idea. + [157.26-167.89] The main idea is, "Jane likes animals." You may write the topic and main idea in different words, but the ideas should be the same. + [169.17-172.05] Look on the answer page for this lesson for examples. + [172.94-176.38] Discuss your topic and main ideas with your teacher after lab. + [187.89-191.25] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-2B.md b/sources/book-10/tape-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1941f687 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2B. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B. +Look at the pictures in Figure 1. +Listen to a story. +Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. +Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. +Joan didn't see her mother leave. +She was alone. +When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried. +Everybody tried to help her. +Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. +Everyone was glad to see her. +When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home. +The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. +Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. +After supper, she told her neighbor about her day in the mall. +Now look at the example in Figure 1. +Listen and repeat the word and sentence. +Repeat: "supper." +Another name for dinner is supper. +Now underline the word while you say it: "supper." +Now listen, repeat, and underline. +Number 1. +Repeat: "shopping center." +Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. +Repeat and underline: "shopping center." +Number 2. +Repeat: "up," "stairs," +"floor." +Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. +Repeat and underline: "up," "stairs," +"floor." +Number 3. +Repeat: "alone." +Joan didn't see her mother leave. +She was all alone. +Repeat and underline: "alone." +Number 4. +Repeat: "afraid." +When she realized that, +she was afraid and she cried. +Repeat and underline: "afraid." +Number 5. +Repeat: "everybody." +Everybody tried to help her. +Repeat and underline: "everybody." +Number 6. +Repeat: "down." "escalator." +Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. +Repeat and underline: "down." +"escalator." +Number 7. +Repeat: "everyone." +Everyone was glad to see her. +Repeat and underline: "everyone." +Number 8. +Repeat: "ready." +When Joan saw her mother, +she was ready to go home. +Repeat and underline: "ready." +Number 9. +Repeat: "politely." +The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. +Repeat and underline: "politely." +Number 10. +Repeat: "decided." +Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. +Repeat and underline: "decided." +Number 11. +Repeat: "supper." +"neighbor." +After supper, +Joan told her neighbor +about her day at the mall. +Repeat and underline: "neighbor." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.58-11.58] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2B. + [17.70-18.10] Hello. + [18.82-22.10] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B. + [29.02-30.94] Look at the pictures in Figure 1. + [31.50-32.54] Listen to a story. + [34.53-37.17] Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. + [38.19-40.83] Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. + [42.10-44.18] Joan didn't see her mother leave. + [44.66-45.70] She was alone. + [46.50-50.50] When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried. + [51.47-53.07] Everybody tried to help her. + [54.11-56.75] Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. + [57.68-59.52] Everyone was glad to see her. + [60.61-63.73] When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home. + [64.74-67.38] The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. + [68.34-71.70] Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. + [72.56-76.16] After supper, she told her neighbor about her day in the mall. + [80.22-82.30] Now look at the example in Figure 1. + [82.98-85.38] Listen and repeat the word and sentence. + [86.29-87.81] Repeat: "supper." + [90.02-92.10] Another name for dinner is supper. + [97.68-101.76] Now underline the word while you say it: "supper." + [104.77-107.81] Now listen, repeat, and underline. + [108.72-109.68] Number 1. + [110.24-112.48] Repeat: "shopping center." + [115.87-118.43] Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. + [123.78-127.06] Repeat and underline: "shopping center." + [130.85-131.57] Number 2. + [132.05-137.89] Repeat: "up," "stairs," + [140.14-140.19] "floor." + [144.00-147.28] Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. + [153.14-159.17] Repeat and underline: "up," "stairs," + [162.00-162.80] "floor." + [165.92-167.12] Number 3. + [167.28-169.32] Repeat: "alone." + [171.31-173.31] Joan didn't see her mother leave. + [177.22-181.23] She was all alone. + [183.15-185.87] Repeat and underline: "alone." + [190.11-190.83] Number 4. + [191.47-193.53] Repeat: "afraid." + [196.11-201.09] When she realized that, + [202.83-205.07] she was afraid and she cried. + [209.14-212.07] Repeat and underline: "afraid." + [219.45-220.18] Number 5. + [220.77-222.54] Repeat: "everybody." + [226.11-227.92] Everybody tried to help her. + [232.08-235.04] Repeat and underline: "everybody." + [238.64-239.52] Number 6. + [239.99-246.27] Repeat: "down." "escalator." + [249.87-252.24] Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. + [257.98-260.99] Repeat and underline: "down." + [264.14-265.10] "escalator." + [268.08-269.75] Number 7. + [270.30-271.93] Repeat: "everyone." + [274.77-279.03] Everyone was glad to see her. + [280.30-282.42] Repeat and underline: "everyone." + [286.05-286.28] Number 8. + [286.72-289.05] Repeat: "ready." + [291.09-292.92] When Joan saw her mother, + [296.29-297.97] she was ready to go home. + [301.81-304.98] Repeat and underline: "ready." + [308.06-309.42] Number 9. + [309.87-311.23] Repeat: "politely." + [314.49-317.57] The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. + [322.95-325.83] Repeat and underline: "politely." + [329.37-330.21] Number 10. + [330.99-332.19] Repeat: "decided." + [336.27-339.95] Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. + [344.82-347.43] Repeat and underline: "decided." + [350.77-351.86] Number 11. + [352.31-353.81] Repeat: "supper." + [356.77-357.49] "neighbor." + [361.17-362.11] After supper, + [364.67-366.19] Joan told her neighbor + [369.09-370.69] about her day at the mall. + [373.63-376.58] Repeat and underline: "neighbor." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences. +Write T for true or F for false. +Number 1: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center." +Number 2: "Joan and her mother went on the escalator to the second floor." +Number 3: "Joan wasn't afraid to be alone." +Number 4: "Everybody tried to help Joan." +Number 5: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator." +Number 6: "Joan didn't want to go home and eat." +Number 7: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time." +Number 8: "Joan didn't want to talk about her day at the mall." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is true. +Repeat: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center." +Number 2 is false. +"Joan and her mother didn't go to the second floor on the escalator." Repeat: "Joan's mother went up the stairs to the second floor." +Number 3 is false. +Repeat: "Joan was afraid to be alone." +Number 4 is true. +Repeat: "Everybody tried to help Joan." +Number 5 is true. +Repeat: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator." +Number 6 is false. +Repeat: "Joan was ready to go home." +Number 7 is true. +Repeat: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time." +Number 8 is false. +"Joan did talk about her day at the mall." Repeat: "After dinner, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.37-5.57] Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences. + [6.37-9.89] Write T for true or F for false. + [10.98-15.14] Number 1: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center." + [18.51-23.39] Number 2: "Joan and her mother went on the escalator to the second floor." + [26.82-30.42] Number 3: "Joan wasn't afraid to be alone." + [33.52-36.88] Number 4: "Everybody tried to help Joan." + [39.82-43.58] Number 5: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator." + [46.75-50.27] Number 6: "Joan didn't want to go home and eat." + [53.57-58.37] Number 7: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time." + [62.37-66.29] Number 8: "Joan didn't want to talk about her day at the mall." + [73.01-74.37] Let's check your answers. + [77.28-78.96] Number 1 is true. + [79.44-83.12] Repeat: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center." + [89.26-91.26] Number 2 is false. + [92.10-101.14] "Joan and her mother didn't go to the second floor on the escalator." Repeat: "Joan's mother went up the stairs to the second floor." + [107.44-109.28] Number 3 is false. + [109.68-112.88] Repeat: "Joan was afraid to be alone." + [117.84-119.60] Number 4 is true. + [120.00-123.28] Repeat: "Everybody tried to help Joan." + [127.73-129.49] Number 5 is true. + [130.05-134.13] Repeat: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator." + [140.11-142.03] Number 6 is false. + [142.43-145.63] Repeat: "Joan was ready to go home." + [149.98-151.74] Number 7 is true. + [152.46-156.94] Repeat: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time." + [163.63-165.55] Number 8 is false. + [166.03-174.19] "Joan did talk about her day at the mall." Repeat: "After dinner, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at figure 3: first, listen to a word, then write and say the letters while they are spelled, then listen and repeat the sentence. +Number 1: shopping center. +S-H-O-P-P-I-N-G, shopping. +C-E-N-T-E-R, center. +Repeat: There are many different stores in a shopping center. +Number 2: upstairs. +U-P-S-T-A-I-R-S, upstairs. +Repeat: An escalator will take you upstairs. +Number 3: alone. +A-L-O-N-E, alone. +Repeat: All the students were gone. +The teacher was alone. +Number 4: afraid. +A-F-R-A-I-D, afraid. +Repeat: Some people are afraid of dogs. +Number 5: everybody. +E-V-E-R-Y-B-O-D-Y, everybody. +Repeat: Everybody bought a ticket to the game. +Number 6: supper. +S-U-P-P-E-R, supper. +Repeat: Supper is another word for dinner. +Number 7: neighbor. +N-E-I-G-H-B-O-R, neighbor. +Repeat: A neighbor lives near you. +Number 8: mall. +M-A-L-L, mall. +Repeat: Mall is another word for shopping center. +Number 9: receive. +R-E-C-E-I-V-E, receive. +Repeat: Everyone likes to receive mail from home. +Number 10: cafeteria. +C-A-F-E-T-E-R-I-A, cafeteria. +Repeat: The students eat in the cafeteria every day. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-13.38] Now look at figure 3: first, listen to a word, then write and say the letters while they are spelled, then listen and repeat the sentence. + [15.42-18.14] Number 1: shopping center. + [20.02-27.09] S-H-O-P-P-I-N-G, shopping. + [30.39-35.13] C-E-N-T-E-R, center. + [36.69-40.65] Repeat: There are many different stores in a shopping center. + [46.05-48.27] Number 2: upstairs. + [49.47-57.33] U-P-S-T-A-I-R-S, upstairs. + [59.73-63.33] Repeat: An escalator will take you upstairs. + [65.91-69.03] Number 3: alone. + [69.57-73.59] A-L-O-N-E, alone. + [74.73-77.87] Repeat: All the students were gone. + [80.70-82.14] The teacher was alone. + [85.25-87.33] Number 4: afraid. + [89.31-93.81] A-F-R-A-I-D, afraid. + [95.31-98.73] Repeat: Some people are afraid of dogs. + [102.87-105.69] Number 5: everybody. + [106.23-113.37] E-V-E-R-Y-B-O-D-Y, everybody. + [114.21-117.69] Repeat: Everybody bought a ticket to the game. + [123.81-125.85] Number 6: supper. + [127.65-132.09] S-U-P-P-E-R, supper. + [133.23-136.65] Repeat: Supper is another word for dinner. + [140.61-142.83] Number 7: neighbor. + [144.33-150.33] N-E-I-G-H-B-O-R, neighbor. + [151.83-154.71] Repeat: A neighbor lives near you. + [158.67-160.53] Number 8: mall. + [161.61-164.31] M-A-L-L, mall. + [166.05-170.13] Repeat: Mall is another word for shopping center. + [174.93-176.73] Number 9: receive. + [177.99-182.43] R-E-C-E-I-V-E, receive. + [183.99-188.25] Repeat: Everyone likes to receive mail from home. + [193.59-196.17] Number 10: cafeteria. + [197.97-204.03] C-A-F-E-T-E-R-I-A, cafeteria. + [205.53-209.67] Repeat: The students eat in the cafeteria every day. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 4. +Listen to the two sentences: "Sam was glad he has a new car." Now repeat the new sentence: "Sam was glad to have a new car." +Now listen to a sentence. +Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence. +Number 1: "Fran is pleased." +Repeat: "Fran is pleased to have a new coat." +Number 2: "Roger is sorry." +Repeat: "Roger is sorry to leave Texas." +Number 3: "Jane is afraid." +Repeat: "Jane is afraid to go to the doctors." +Number 4: "Lil was happy." +Repeat: "Lil was happy to get the message." +Number 5: "Max was surprised." +Repeat: "Max was surprised to find his ID under the bed." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.30-4.22] Look at the example in Figure 4. + [5.22-16.93] Listen to the two sentences: "Sam was glad he has a new car." Now repeat the new sentence: "Sam was glad to have a new car." + [20.93-22.37] Now listen to a sentence. + [23.26-26.46] Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence. + [28.22-31.26] Number 1: "Fran is pleased." + [34.46-38.06] Repeat: "Fran is pleased to have a new coat." + [42.03-44.59] Number 2: "Roger is sorry." + [48.88-52.32] Repeat: "Roger is sorry to leave Texas." + [57.47-60.03] Number 3: "Jane is afraid." + [63.86-67.22] Repeat: "Jane is afraid to go to the doctors." + [72.98-75.54] Number 4: "Lil was happy." + [79.38-82.58] Repeat: "Lil was happy to get the message." + [88.10-91.22] Number 5: "Max was surprised." + [93.84-98.00] Repeat: "Max was surprised to find his ID under the bed." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 5. +Listen to the question. +Use the words and answer the question. +Listen: "Is he happy?" +Repeat: "Yes, he's happy to go home tomorrow." +Listen, then answer the question. +Number 1: "Was Jane afraid?" +Repeat: "Yes, she was afraid to lose her wallet." +Number 2: "What was he scared to do?" +Repeat: "He was scared to cross the highway." +Number 3: "Were they happy?" +Repeat: "No, they weren't happy to move out of town." +Number 4: "Is it dangerous here?" +Repeat: "Yes, it's dangerous to swim here." +Number 5: "Is John glad?" +Repeat: "No, he's not glad to change jobs." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.97] Now look at the example in Figure 5. + [4.77-5.89] Listen to the question. + [6.98-8.98] Use the words and answer the question. + [10.70-12.38] Listen: "Is he happy?" + [14.05-17.12] Repeat: "Yes, he's happy to go home tomorrow." + [20.22-22.22] Listen, then answer the question. + [23.82-29.01] Number 1: "Was Jane afraid?" + [31.36-35.12] Repeat: "Yes, she was afraid to lose her wallet." + [40.24-43.71] Number 2: "What was he scared to do?" + [48.38-51.66] Repeat: "He was scared to cross the highway." + [57.98-60.54] Number 3: "Were they happy?" + [65.18-69.18] Repeat: "No, they weren't happy to move out of town." + [74.94-77.74] Number 4: "Is it dangerous here?" + [82.27-86.19] Repeat: "Yes, it's dangerous to swim here." + [91.98-97.23] Number 5: "Is John glad?" + [99.14-102.90] Repeat: "No, he's not glad to change jobs." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 6. +Use the words and ask a question. +Repeat: Are you ready to eat? +Number 1. +Repeat: Are you ready to go? +Number 2. +Repeat: Is he sad to leave? +Number 3. +Repeat: Is it safe to play here? +Number 4. +Repeat: Are you afraid to swim? +Number 5. +Repeat: Are they ready to eat? +Number 6. +Repeat: Is she happy to leave? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.56-4.72] Now look at the example in Figure 6. + [5.36-7.36] Use the words and ask a question. + [12.06-14.22] Repeat: Are you ready to eat? + [18.64-19.60] Number 1. + [23.30-25.38] Repeat: Are you ready to go? + [29.89-30.69] Number 2. + [34.72-40.05] Repeat: Is he sad to leave? + [42.69-43.65] Number 3. + [48.29-51.09] Repeat: Is it safe to play here? + [56.21-57.09] Number 4. + [61.63-64.51] Repeat: Are you afraid to swim? + [70.03-70.91] Number 5. + [74.61-77.17] Repeat: Are they ready to eat? + [82.58-83.54] Number 6. + [87.20-92.61] Repeat: Is she happy to leave? + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 7. +This is a dictation exercise. +Listen to a paragraph first. +Do you know how to open an account at a bank? +First select a bank near your home or office. +Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. +It's best to take your ID with you. +The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. +He will also ask about your job. +It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. +Open both of them. +Now listen again and write the group of words you hear. +Do you know. +How to open. +An account at a bank. +First select a bank. +Near your home. +Or office. +Then go to the bank. +And speak to. +The bank clerk. +It's best to take. +Your ID with you. +The bank clerk will ask. +For your name and address. +He'll also ask. +About your job. +It's good to have. +A savings account. +And a checking account. +Open both of them. +Now listen again and check your sentences. +Do you know how to open an account at a bank? +First select a bank near your home or office. +Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. +It's best to take your ID with you. +The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. +He'll also ask about your job. +It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. +Open both of them. +You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.62-2.82] Go to Figure 7. + [3.46-5.62] This is a dictation exercise. + [6.42-8.10] Listen to a paragraph first. + [11.79-14.59] Do you know how to open an account at a bank? + [15.57-18.77] First select a bank near your home or office. + [19.73-22.37] Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. + [23.54-25.62] It's best to take your ID with you. + [27.42-30.22] The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. + [31.15-33.23] He will also ask about your job. + [34.50-37.78] It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. + [38.74-40.02] Open both of them. + [42.85-45.81] Now listen again and write the group of words you hear. + [48.46-51.93] Do you know. + [60.22-63.81] How to open. + [71.46-75.81] An account at a bank. + [93.74-95.50] First select a bank. + [110.61-111.89] Near your home. + [123.38-124.42] Or office. + [134.99-139.11] Then go to the bank. + [150.18-154.59] And speak to. + [159.41-160.53] The bank clerk. + [170.74-172.02] It's best to take. + [184.91-186.43] Your ID with you. + [200.06-201.66] The bank clerk will ask. + [218.34-220.26] For your name and address. + [237.55-239.31] He'll also ask. + [248.91-252.99] About your job. + [260.85-265.83] It's good to have. + [274.77-279.63] A savings account. + [289.41-290.93] And a checking account. + [305.90-307.42] Open both of them. + [323.42-326.06] Now listen again and check your sentences. + [327.89-331.25] Do you know how to open an account at a bank? + [332.48-336.08] First select a bank near your home or office. + [337.10-340.38] Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. + [341.70-344.02] It's best to take your ID with you. + [345.31-348.59] The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. + [348.91-352.21] He'll also ask about your job. + [352.43-357.58] It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. + [358.77-360.13] Open both of them. + [363.04-366.32] You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. + [371.89-374.53] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-2C.md b/sources/book-10/tape-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81c2dce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,540 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2C. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2C. +Look at Figure 1, listen to a dialogue, then answer the questions. +Listen. +Let's go shopping, Mary. +I need some new clothes. +Okay, Peg. +There's a nice dress shop in the mall. +There's a good shoe store there too. +I'll help you shop. +I don't need any clothes, but I do want to get some things at the department store. +This will be fun. +Let's go. +Now answer the questions. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: What does Peg need? +Number 2: Where are they going? +Number 3: Where does Mary want to go? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is C. +Peg needs some new clothes. +Number 2 is A. +They are going to the mall. +Number 3 is C. +Mary wants to go to the department store. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.80-13.20] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2C. + [19.52-20.08] Hello. + [20.96-24.00] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2C. + [32.05-37.49] Look at Figure 1, listen to a dialogue, then answer the questions. + [37.89-38.37] Listen. + [41.33-42.61] Let's go shopping, Mary. + [42.69-44.05] I need some new clothes. + [45.02-45.74] Okay, Peg. + [46.14-47.98] There's a nice dress shop in the mall. + [48.86-51.02] There's a good shoe store there too. + [52.11-53.07] I'll help you shop. + [53.71-58.03] I don't need any clothes, but I do want to get some things at the department store. + [58.59-59.55] This will be fun. + [59.63-60.35] Let's go. + [63.38-64.98] Now answer the questions. + [65.38-67.70] Circle A, B, or C. + [68.98-71.74] Number 1: What does Peg need? + [77.81-80.51] Number 2: Where are they going? + [87.06-90.53] Number 3: Where does Mary want to go? + [97.41-99.01] Let's check your answers. + [100.37-101.81] Number 1 is C. + [102.83-104.67] Peg needs some new clothes. + [106.46-107.90] Number 2 is A. + [109.34-110.62] They are going to the mall. + [112.61-114.13] Number 3 is C. + [115.66-117.90] Mary wants to go to the department store. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to the dialogue and then select the answers to the questions. +Brr, it's cold. +It sure is, but it's colder in the north. +They hadice on their roads this morning. +What was the temperature up north? +It was 10 degrees. +That's very cold. +I guess I shouldn't say 36 degrees; it's cold. +Now answer the questions. +Number 1: Where did they haveice on the roads? +Number 2: What was the temperature in the north? +Number 3: What is the temperature here? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +They hadice on the roads in the north. +Number 2 is C. +The temperature in the north was 10 degrees. +Number 3 is B. +The temperature here is 36 degrees. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-3.50] Look at Figure 2. + [3.50-7.34] Listen to the dialogue and then select the answers to the questions. + [13.65-15.57] Brr, it's cold. + [16.32-18.56] It sure is, but it's colder in the north. + [18.80-20.40] They hadice on their roads this morning. + [21.12-22.56] What was the temperature up north? + [22.88-23.92] It was 10 degrees. + [24.24-25.36] That's very cold. + [26.08-28.88] I guess I shouldn't say 36 degrees; it's cold. + [32.18-33.86] Now answer the questions. + [35.28-38.85] Number 1: Where did they haveice on the roads? + [45.95-49.42] Number 2: What was the temperature in the north? + [57.04-60.38] Number 3: What is the temperature here? + [65.94-67.54] Let's check your answers. + [69.10-70.62] Number 1 is A. + [71.84-73.84] They hadice on the roads in the north. + [75.74-77.34] Number 2 is C. + [78.37-80.85] The temperature in the north was 10 degrees. + [82.74-84.42] Number 3 is B. + [85.41-88.29] The temperature here is 36 degrees. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3, listen, then answer the questions. +Are you going to take a vacation this summer, Art? +Yes, but I haven't decided on the place. +I thought you were going to drive to the mountains. +I'd like to. +I want to go there because I like to take long walks in the mountains, but my family wants to go to the ocean. +They like to swim. +Maybe you can go to a lake. +They can swim and you can walk. +Answer the questions. +Number 1: Where does Art want to go? +Number 2: What does his family like to do? +Number 3: Where did his friends say they should go? +Let's check your work. +Number 1 is C: Art wants to go to the mountains. +Number 2 is B: His family likes to swim. +Number 3 is A: His friends said they should go to the lake. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-6.72] Now look at Figure 3, listen, then answer the questions. + [9.68-12.00] Are you going to take a vacation this summer, Art? + [12.56-14.64] Yes, but I haven't decided on the place. + [15.57-17.57] I thought you were going to drive to the mountains. + [18.13-18.85] I'd like to. + [19.33-24.61] I want to go there because I like to take long walks in the mountains, but my family wants to go to the ocean. + [25.01-25.89] They like to swim. + [27.22-28.58] Maybe you can go to a lake. + [29.14-30.66] They can swim and you can walk. + [33.84-35.20] Answer the questions. + [36.30-39.26] Number 1: Where does Art want to go? + [45.57-48.85] Number 2: What does his family like to do? + [56.37-59.73] Number 3: Where did his friends say they should go? + [67.31-68.67] Let's check your work. + [70.11-74.72] Number 1 is C: Art wants to go to the mountains. + [76.67-80.91] Number 2 is B: His family likes to swim. + [82.80-87.89] Number 3 is A: His friends said they should go to the lake. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the box in Figure 4. +Listen and repeat. +John leaves tomorrow. +John will leave tomorrow. +John is going to leave tomorrow. +John is leaving tomorrow. +All these sentences mean the same thing. +Now listen and repeat the sentences. +Look at the changes. +Number 1. +Repeat. +The Smiths shop next week for their trip. +The Smiths will shop next week for their trip. +Number 2. +Repeat. +They leave next month on their vacation. +They are going to leave next month on their vacation. +Number 3. +Repeat. +They pack their suitcases tomorrow. +They are packing their suitcases tomorrow. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.81] Look at the box in Figure 4. + [4.21-5.33] Listen and repeat. + [6.91-8.43] John leaves tomorrow. + [12.69-14.29] John will leave tomorrow. + [18.70-20.78] John is going to leave tomorrow. + [26.03-27.55] John is leaving tomorrow. + [33.39-36.03] All these sentences mean the same thing. + [36.59-38.59] Now listen and repeat the sentences. + [39.23-40.35] Look at the changes. + [41.62-42.34] Number 1. + [42.98-43.54] Repeat. + [45.30-47.62] The Smiths shop next week for their trip. + [55.60-58.16] The Smiths will shop next week for their trip. + [64.78-65.50] Number 2. + [65.90-66.38] Repeat. + [67.86-70.02] They leave next month on their vacation. + [75.82-78.70] They are going to leave next month on their vacation. + [84.51-85.23] Number 3. + [85.63-86.19] Repeat. + [87.34-89.34] They pack their suitcases tomorrow. + [96.30-98.54] They are packing their suitcases tomorrow. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the picture in Figure 5; listen to a story about the Smiths and the trip they are going to take. +The Smiths are on vacation all of next month. +Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning. +The next week they fly to Rome. +They spend a week there. +Then they go on to Cairo. +They sightsee in Cairo for a week. +After that they fly home. +Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school. +Look at the example in Figure 5. +Listen: "The Smiths will be on vacation all of next month." Change the words "will be" to "are." Write the word "are" in the first blank. +Now listen to the story. +Change the words and complete the sentences. +Their plane will arrive in London tomorrow morning. +The next week they will fly to Rome. +They will spend a week there. +Then they will go on to Cairo. +They will sightsee in Cairo for a week. +After that they will fly home. +Then Jim and Jan Smith will return to work, and the children will go back to school. +Now let's check your answers. +Repeat theright sentences. +Repeat: "The Smiths are on vacation all of next month." +Repeat: "Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning." +Repeat: "The next week they fly to Rome." +Repeat: "They spend a week there." +Repeat: "Then they go on to Cairo." +Repeat: "They sightsee in Cairo for a week." +Repeat: "After that they fly home." +Repeat: "Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work." +And the children go back to school. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-8.70] Now look at the picture in Figure 5; listen to a story about the Smiths and the trip they are going to take. + [10.59-13.55] The Smiths are on vacation all of next month. + [14.94-17.42] Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning. + [18.75-20.99] The next week they fly to Rome. + [21.97-23.25] They spend a week there. + [24.18-25.86] Then they go on to Cairo. + [27.17-29.25] They sightsee in Cairo for a week. + [30.43-32.19] After that they fly home. + [33.54-38.74] Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school. + [43.66-45.90] Look at the example in Figure 5. + [46.30-58.78] Listen: "The Smiths will be on vacation all of next month." Change the words "will be" to "are." Write the word "are" in the first blank. + [62.03-63.71] Now listen to the story. + [64.27-66.99] Change the words and complete the sentences. + [69.46-72.26] Their plane will arrive in London tomorrow morning. + [80.10-82.34] The next week they will fly to Rome. + [89.41-90.85] They will spend a week there. + [97.81-99.97] Then they will go on to Cairo. + [107.15-109.47] They will sightsee in Cairo for a week. + [117.28-119.44] After that they will fly home. + [126.88-133.12] Then Jim and Jan Smith will return to work, and the children will go back to school. + [140.64-142.40] Now let's check your answers. + [142.88-144.64] Repeat theright sentences. + [146.05-150.34] Repeat: "The Smiths are on vacation all of next month." + [156.58-160.61] Repeat: "Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning." + [167.06-170.78] Repeat: "The next week they fly to Rome." + [178.29-181.04] Repeat: "They spend a week there." + [188.11-191.46] Repeat: "Then they go on to Cairo." + [198.14-201.84] Repeat: "They sightsee in Cairo for a week." + [209.02-212.35] Repeat: "After that they fly home." + [218.69-222.50] Repeat: "Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work." + [228.22-230.14] And the children go back to school. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 6: listen to an introduction, listen to the things people say when they meet for the first time. +Mary, have you met Jack? +No, I haven't. +Let me introduce you: Mary, this is Jack Jones. +Jack, this is Mary Barr. +How do you do, Jack? +It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-10.32] Now look at Figure 6: listen to an introduction, listen to the things people say when they meet for the first time. + [13.81-15.33] Mary, have you met Jack? + [16.13-17.01] No, I haven't. + [17.73-21.49] Let me introduce you: Mary, this is Jack Jones. + [21.97-23.65] Jack, this is Mary Barr. + [24.59-25.47] How do you do, Jack? + [26.11-27.47] It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at figure 7. +Repeat these sentences. +Number 1: "I'd like you to meet my sister." +Number 2: "Have you met my friend Joe?" +Number 3: "Let me introduce you to my wife." +Number 4: "I want you to meet my husband." +Number 5: "This is David Williams." +Number 6: "It's a pleasure to meet you." +Number 7: "I'm happy to meet you." +Number 8: "How do you do?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.44] Now look at figure 7. + [3.76-5.36] Repeat these sentences. + [6.64-10.10] Number 1: "I'd like you to meet my sister." + [16.10-19.49] Number 2: "Have you met my friend Joe?" + [24.96-28.85] Number 3: "Let me introduce you to my wife." + [34.59-38.24] Number 4: "I want you to meet my husband." + [43.58-46.54] Number 5: "This is David Williams." + [51.60-54.48] Number 6: "It's a pleasure to meet you." + [58.48-61.23] Number 7: "I'm happy to meet you." + [66.24-68.42] Number 8: "How do you do?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 8: listen to a word and complete the sentence. +Don't write it; just say the complete sentence. +Listen: "Lieutenant Anders." +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Lieutenant Anders." +Listen: "Lieutenant Anders," then complete the sentence. +Number 1: "Captain Carr." +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Captain Carr." +Number 2: "Jane Smith." +Repeat: "Have you met Jane Smith?" +Number 3: "My mother." +Repeat: "Let me introduce you to my mother." +Number 4: "Rita." +Repeat: "I want you to meet my sister Rita." +Number 5: "Colonel Davis." +Repeat: "This is Colonel Davis." +Number 6: "A pleasure." +Repeat: "It's a pleasure to meet you." +Number 7: "Glad." +Repeat: "I'm glad to meet you." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-7.46] Now look at the example in Figure 8: listen to a word and complete the sentence. + [7.94-11.22] Don't write it; just say the complete sentence. + [12.02-14.96] Listen: "Lieutenant Anders." + [18.13-21.89] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Lieutenant Anders." + [29.25-31.97] Listen: "Lieutenant Anders," then complete the sentence. + [33.79-36.27] Number 1: "Captain Carr." + [42.38-45.71] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Captain Carr." + [52.06-54.30] Number 2: "Jane Smith." + [61.55-64.11] Repeat: "Have you met Jane Smith?" + [70.62-72.46] Number 3: "My mother." + [79.10-82.58] Repeat: "Let me introduce you to my mother." + [89.97-91.41] Number 4: "Rita." + [96.72-100.03] Repeat: "I want you to meet my sister Rita." + [106.74-109.06] Number 5: "Colonel Davis." + [115.04-117.20] Repeat: "This is Colonel Davis." + [122.03-123.79] Number 6: "A pleasure." + [130.61-133.28] Repeat: "It's a pleasure to meet you." + [138.62-140.38] Number 7: "Glad." + [146.30-148.54] Repeat: "I'm glad to meet you." + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 9: there are 3 main rules for introductions. +First, always introduce men to women; second, always introduce younger people to older people; and third, always introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank. +Look at the example in Figure 9. +Look at the rules, and make an introduction. +Listen: "Mrs. +Hall and Mr. +Wynn, I'd like you to meet my friend." "Mrs. +Hall, this is Mr. +Wynn." +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +Mrs. +Hall, this is Mr. +Wynn." +Now listen carefully. +Look at the rules and make an introduction. +Number 1: Lieutenant Ali and Colonel James. +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +Colonel James, this is Lieutenant Ali." +Number 2: Mary Wilson and John Hill. +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +Mary Wilson, this is John Hill." +Number 3: Captain Black and Sergeant Green. +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +Captain Black, this is Sergeant Green." +Number 4: Jack Brown and Jane Smith. +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +Jane Smith, this is Jack Brown." +Number 5: Private White and Sergeant Gray. +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +Sergeant Gray, this is Private White." +Number 6: Colonel Hall and General Davis. +Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. +General Davis, this is Colonel Hall." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-6.43] Look at Figure 9: there are 3 main rules for introductions. + [6.91-21.39] First, always introduce men to women; second, always introduce younger people to older people; and third, always introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank. + [22.32-24.48] Look at the example in Figure 9. + [25.28-27.92] Look at the rules, and make an introduction. + [28.56-30.48] Listen: "Mrs. + [30.48-31.60] Hall and Mr. + [31.60-36.32] Wynn, I'd like you to meet my friend." "Mrs. + [36.32-37.84] Hall, this is Mr. + [37.84-38.32] Wynn." + [42.38-45.74] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [46.30-46.78] Mrs. + [46.78-48.38] Hall, this is Mr. + [48.38-48.86] Wynn." + [55.94-57.46] Now listen carefully. + [57.86-60.34] Look at the rules and make an introduction. + [62.69-66.94] Number 1: Lieutenant Ali and Colonel James. + [75.10-78.30] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [79.02-81.50] Colonel James, this is Lieutenant Ali." + [91.92-95.92] Number 2: Mary Wilson and John Hill. + [103.98-107.34] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [108.59-111.15] Mary Wilson, this is John Hill." + [116.93-121.02] Number 3: Captain Black and Sergeant Green. + [127.41-130.21] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [130.93-133.49] Captain Black, this is Sergeant Green." + [140.85-144.90] Number 4: Jack Brown and Jane Smith. + [153.41-156.24] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [157.25-159.73] Jane Smith, this is Jack Brown." + [168.62-172.86] Number 5: Private White and Sergeant Gray. + [180.59-183.49] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [184.51-187.15] Sergeant Gray, this is Private White." + [197.58-201.81] Number 6: Colonel Hall and General Davis. + [209.97-212.69] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend. + [213.62-216.10] General Davis, this is Colonel Hall." + +#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f10-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 10, listen to a dialogue. +Mr. +Hill, have you met Ms. +Jane Dowell? +She'll be in your class this week. +I'm happy to know you, Ms. +Dowell. +I hope you'll enjoy my class. +How do you do, sir? +Now you take part in the conversation. +This time you be the instructor. +Listen. +Mr. +Hill, have you met Ms. +Jane Dowell? +She will be in your class this week. +How do you do, sir? +Now be Student Number 1. +Begin. +I'm happy to know you, Ms. +Dowell. +I hope you'll enjoy my class. +How do you do, sir? +Now be Student Number 2. +Listen. +Mr. +Hill, have you met Ms. +Jane Dowell? +She'll be in your class this week. +I'm happy to know you, Ms. +Dowell. +I hope you'll enjoy my class. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-4.74] Look at Figure 10, listen to a dialogue. + [11.15-11.39] Mr. + [11.39-12.67] Hill, have you met Ms. + [12.67-13.39] Jane Dowell? + [13.63-15.31] She'll be in your class this week. + [16.27-17.23] I'm happy to know you, Ms. + [17.23-17.63] Dowell. + [18.03-19.47] I hope you'll enjoy my class. + [20.27-21.07] How do you do, sir? + [23.38-25.22] Now you take part in the conversation. + [25.86-27.70] This time you be the instructor. + [28.34-28.82] Listen. + [31.65-31.97] Mr. + [31.97-33.33] Hill, have you met Ms. + [33.33-34.05] Jane Dowell? + [34.37-36.21] She will be in your class this week. + [41.52-42.48] How do you do, sir? + [44.21-45.81] Now be Student Number 1. + [46.37-46.93] Begin. + [52.50-53.46] I'm happy to know you, Ms. + [53.46-53.78] Dowell. + [54.02-55.46] I hope you'll enjoy my class. + [56.02-56.98] How do you do, sir? + [58.54-60.14] Now be Student Number 2. + [60.70-61.18] Listen. + [63.81-64.13] Mr. + [64.13-65.17] Hill, have you met Ms. + [65.17-65.89] Jane Dowell? + [66.29-67.89] She'll be in your class this week. + [68.82-69.78] I'm happy to know you, Ms. + [69.78-70.10] Dowell. + [70.34-71.70] I hope you'll enjoy my class. + +#### TAPE — Figure 11 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f11-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 11: Ask-and-answer questions with the words "someone" and "anyone." Let's do the example. +Repeat the question: "Did you hit someone with the ball?" Listen: "No." Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't hit anyone." +Number 1: Ask the question. +Repeat: "Did you see anyone at the party?" +Listen: "No." +Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't see anyone." +Number 2: Ask the question. +Repeat the question: "Did she hurt anyone's feelings?" +Listen: "Yes." +Repeat the answer: "Yes, she hurt someone's feelings." +Number 3: +Repeat the question: "Did you talk to someone on the phone?" +Listen: "No." +Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't talk to anyone on the phone." +Number 4: +Repeat the question: "Did you lie to anyone at school?" +Listen: "No." +Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't lie to anyone at school." +Number 5: +Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the story?" +Listen: "Yes." +Repeat the answer: "Yes, I told someone the story." +Number 6: +Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the correct time?" +Listen: "No." +Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't tell anyone." +This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.84-11.02] Now go to Figure 11: Ask-and-answer questions with the words "someone" and "anyone." Let's do the example. + [11.66-22.74] Repeat the question: "Did you hit someone with the ball?" Listen: "No." Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't hit anyone." + [24.72-27.28] Number 1: Ask the question. + [36.37-39.22] Repeat: "Did you see anyone at the party?" + [45.82-47.34] Listen: "No." + [53.42-56.70] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't see anyone." + [61.76-64.16] Number 2: Ask the question. + [71.22-75.02] Repeat the question: "Did she hurt anyone's feelings?" + [82.80-84.16] Listen: "Yes." + [90.61-94.69] Repeat the answer: "Yes, she hurt someone's feelings." + [101.58-102.38] Number 3: + [110.80-114.80] Repeat the question: "Did you talk to someone on the phone?" + [120.61-121.81] Listen: "No." + [127.95-132.27] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't talk to anyone on the phone." + [137.81-138.53] Number 4: + [144.96-148.78] Repeat the question: "Did you lie to anyone at school?" + [153.97-155.25] Listen: "No." + [161.81-165.89] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't lie to anyone at school." + [172.70-173.58] Number 5: + [179.86-183.78] Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the story?" + [188.86-190.38] Listen: "Yes." + [194.91-198.43] Repeat the answer: "Yes, I told someone the story." + [205.46-206.26] Number 6: + [212.00-218.73] Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the correct time?" + [223.25-224.53] Listen: "No." + [232.19-235.71] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't tell anyone." + [249.04-252.56] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-2D.md b/sources/book-10/tape-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9e9e58a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2D. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen and repeat the connective words in the box. +After. +After that. +Finally. +First. +Last. +Next. +Then. +Now look at the example. +Listen to a paragraph. +Listen for a connective word. +Listen. +Ted is going to study. +First, he gets his books. +Then, he fixes his light. +Finally, he starts to study. +Now listen to Paragraph 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. +Number 1. +Jill wanted to shop in the mall. +First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. +Then, she decided to go to the variety store. +After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. +Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping. +Listen to Paragraph 1 again. +Jill wanted to shop in the mall. +First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. +Then, she decided to go to the variety store. +After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. +Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping. +Let's check your answers for Number 1. +Letter A is "first." +Letter B is "then." +Letter C is "after that." Letter D is "finally." +Listen to the second paragraph. +Write the connective words when you hear them. +Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. +First, he checked in at the office. +Then, he drove to his room and parked his car. +Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. +Then, he showered and got ready for bed. +He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep. +Listen to Paragraph 2 again. +Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. +First, he checked in at the office. +Then, he drove to his room and parked his car. +Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. +Then, he showered and got ready for bed. +He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep. +Let's check your answers for Number 2. +Letter A is "first." +Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "then." Letter E is "finally." +Listen to Paragraph 3. +Write the connective words when you hear them. +Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. +She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. +First, there are salads. +Next, they have meats and then vegetables. +After that, they have breads and then desserts. +Last, there are drinks. +She likes to pick out her favorite foods. +Listen to Paragraph 3 again. +Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. +She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. +First, there are salads. +Next, they have meats and then vegetables. +After that, they have breads and then desserts. +Last, there are drinks. +She likes to pick out her favorite foods. +Check your answers for Number 3. +Letter A is "first." Letter B is "next." Letter C is "then." Letter D is "after that." Letter E is "then." Letter F is "last." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [12.82-16.74] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2D. + [21.60-22.16] Hello. + [22.72-25.47] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2D. + [32.11-33.39] Look at Figure 1. + [33.87-36.83] Listen and repeat the connective words in the box. + [40.32-40.88] After. + [43.31-44.11] After that. + [46.82-47.54] Finally. + [50.75-51.47] First. + [54.83-58.11] Last. + [58.91-58.96] Next. + [62.31-62.77] Then. + [66.56-68.00] Now look at the example. + [68.56-70.08] Listen to a paragraph. + [70.64-72.32] Listen for a connective word. + [73.12-73.68] Listen. + [74.70-76.22] Ted is going to study. + [76.94-78.78] First, he gets his books. + [79.42-81.58] Then, he fixes his light. + [82.14-84.38] Finally, he starts to study. + [85.36-90.24] Now listen to Paragraph 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. + [91.95-92.75] Number 1. + [94.10-96.02] Jill wanted to shop in the mall. + [97.01-100.29] First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. + [101.60-104.40] Then, she decided to go to the variety store. + [105.55-108.99] After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. + [110.02-114.26] Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping. + [118.29-120.61] Listen to Paragraph 1 again. + [122.37-124.13] Jill wanted to shop in the mall. + [124.94-127.90] First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. + [129.26-132.14] Then, she decided to go to the variety store. + [133.46-136.82] After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. + [137.65-141.97] Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping. + [145.81-148.05] Let's check your answers for Number 1. + [149.68-151.44] Letter A is "first." + [153.33-155.41] Letter B is "then." + [157.07-162.58] Letter C is "after that." Letter D is "finally." + [166.83-168.61] Listen to the second paragraph. + [169.09-171.14] Write the connective words when you hear them. + [173.22-175.51] Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. + [177.20-178.77] First, he checked in at the office. + [179.97-182.61] Then, he drove to his room and parked his car. + [184.26-187.62] Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. + [188.59-190.83] Then, he showered and got ready for bed. + [192.16-196.56] He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep. + [201.74-203.98] Listen to Paragraph 2 again. + [205.78-208.10] Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. + [208.34-210.96] First, he checked in at the office. + [212.34-215.00] Then, he drove to his room and parked his car. + [215.93-219.30] Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. + [221.36-223.04] Then, he showered and got ready for bed. + [224.32-228.63] He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep. + [232.10-233.89] Let's check your answers for Number 2. + [235.97-237.81] Letter A is "first." + [239.46-251.79] Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "then." Letter E is "finally." + [255.34-256.58] Listen to Paragraph 3. + [257.85-260.06] Write the connective words when you hear them. + [261.99-264.13] Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. + [265.17-267.87] She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. + [268.94-270.66] First, there are salads. + [271.14-274.77] Next, they have meats and then vegetables. + [275.10-279.45] After that, they have breads and then desserts. + [281.14-282.74] Last, there are drinks. + [283.89-285.99] She likes to pick out her favorite foods. + [288.79-291.22] Listen to Paragraph 3 again. + [292.65-295.36] Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. + [295.53-298.35] She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. + [299.22-300.98] First, there are salads. + [300.98-305.59] Next, they have meats and then vegetables. + [305.81-310.30] After that, they have breads and then desserts. + [310.59-312.21] Last, there are drinks. + [312.39-315.63] She likes to pick out her favorite foods. + [319.01-320.77] Check your answers for Number 3. + [322.16-342.14] Letter A is "first." Letter B is "next." Letter C is "then." Letter D is "after that." Letter E is "then." Letter F is "last." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the pictures in Figure 2, listen and repeat. +Picture 1, repeat: "The book is on the table." +Picture 2, repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall." +"The variety store is next to the bookshop." +Picture 3, repeat: "The cafeteria is by the stairs." +Picture 4, repeat: "The department store is at the corner +of Vine and 10th Street." +Picture 5, repeat: "Ned lives near the shopping center." +Picture 6, repeat: "The carpet is under the chair." +Picture 7, repeat: "The restaurant is across from the bank." +Picture 8, repeat: "The car is in front of the bus." +Picture 9, repeat: "The light is above the garage door." +Picture 10, repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture." +Picture 11, repeat: "The motel is in back of the restaurant." +"The motel is behind the restaurant." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.87-5.71] Now look at the pictures in Figure 2, listen and repeat. + [6.99-11.55] Picture 1, repeat: "The book is on the table." + [16.61-21.30] Picture 2, repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall." + [26.35-29.15] "The variety store is next to the bookshop." + [35.01-40.58] Picture 3, repeat: "The cafeteria is by the stairs." + [45.57-51.34] Picture 4, repeat: "The department store is at the corner + [56.27-58.35] of Vine and 10th Street." + [63.44-68.69] Picture 5, repeat: "Ned lives near the shopping center." + [74.32-78.83] Picture 6, repeat: "The carpet is under the chair." + [84.16-89.44] Picture 7, repeat: "The restaurant is across from the bank." + [94.58-99.30] Picture 8, repeat: "The car is in front of the bus." + [104.88-110.16] Picture 9, repeat: "The light is above the garage door." + [115.50-120.54] Picture 10, repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture." + [126.43-131.95] Picture 11, repeat: "The motel is in back of the restaurant." + [136.94-139.02] "The motel is behind the restaurant." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 3. +Listen to a sentence. +Circle the words you hear in the sentence. +Listen: "The book is on the table." Circle the word "on." Repeat: "The book is on the table." +Now listen and circle. +Number 1: "The bookshop is in the mall." +Number 2: "His room is by the stairs." +Number 3: "The tree is in front of the house." +Number 4: "The truck is in back of the car." +Number 5: "David is at the store." +Number 6: "Jack sits near Ned." +Number 7: "The small pictures are below the large picture." +Number 8: "She keeps her shoes under the bed." +Number 9: "The lab is across from the library." +Number 10: "Jim's room is above mine." +Check your answers. +Number 1 is "in." Repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall." +Number 2 is "by." Repeat: "His room is by the stairs." +Number 3 is "in front of." Repeat: "The tree is in front of the house." +Number 4 is "in back of." Repeat: "The truck is in back of the car." +Number 5 is "at." Repeat: "David is at the store." +Number 6 is "near." Repeat: "Jack sits near Ned." +Number 7 is "below." Repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture." +Number 8 is "under." Repeat: "She keeps her shoes under the bed." +Number 9 is "across from." Repeat: "The lab is across from the library." +Number 10 is "above." Repeat: "Jim's room is above mine." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-4.02] Now look at the example in Figure 3. + [4.58-5.78] Listen to a sentence. + [6.26-8.50] Circle the words you hear in the sentence. + [8.90-17.33] Listen: "The book is on the table." Circle the word "on." Repeat: "The book is on the table." + [22.58-24.18] Now listen and circle. + [25.68-29.04] Number 1: "The bookshop is in the mall." + [33.95-38.10] Number 2: "His room is by the stairs." + [43.57-47.38] Number 3: "The tree is in front of the house." + [52.94-56.98] Number 4: "The truck is in back of the car." + [62.38-65.62] Number 5: "David is at the store." + [70.83-74.45] Number 6: "Jack sits near Ned." + [79.41-84.06] Number 7: "The small pictures are below the large picture." + [89.50-92.86] Number 8: "She keeps her shoes under the bed." + [98.53-102.45] Number 9: "The lab is across from the library." + [108.08-111.44] Number 10: "Jim's room is above mine." + [118.35-119.63] Check your answers. + [121.06-126.94] Number 1 is "in." Repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall." + [130.83-136.99] Number 2 is "by." Repeat: "His room is by the stairs." + [141.15-148.50] Number 3 is "in front of." Repeat: "The tree is in front of the house." + [154.13-160.86] Number 4 is "in back of." Repeat: "The truck is in back of the car." + [165.02-170.22] Number 5 is "at." Repeat: "David is at the store." + [174.80-180.37] Number 6 is "near." Repeat: "Jack sits near Ned." + [184.98-192.19] Number 7 is "below." Repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture." + [197.12-203.18] Number 8 is "under." Repeat: "She keeps her shoes under the bed." + [209.04-216.16] Number 9 is "across from." Repeat: "The lab is across from the library." + [220.83-227.31] Number 10 is "above." Repeat: "Jim's room is above mine." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, look at the pictures in Figure 4. +Listen to the question, then use the words and answer the question. +Picture 1: "Where's the money?" +"On the table. +Under the book." +Repeat: "The money is on the table, under the book." +Picture 2: "Did you park your car next to the mall?" +"No, but near the mall." +Repeat: "No, but I parked my car near the mall." +Picture 3: +"Is the department store at the corner?" +"Yes, across from the drugstore." +Repeat: "Yes, the department store is at the corner across from the drugstore." +Picture 4: "Where did you leave your car?" +"Behind the restaurant, in the parking lot." Repeat: "I left my car behind the restaurant." +"In the parking lot." +Picture 5: "Is the insurance office by the variety store?" +"No, on the second floor, above the variety store." +Repeat: "No, the insurance office is on the second floor." +"Above the variety store." +Picture 6: "Where did she put the rug?" +"In front of the sofa." Repeat: "She put the rug in front of the sofa." +Picture 7: "Is the dog in the house?" +"No, in back of the house." +Repeat: "No, the dog's not in the house." +"He's in back of the house." +Picture 8: "Where is the airplane flying?" +"Below the clouds." +Repeat: "The airplane is flying below the clouds." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-4.11] Now, look at the pictures in Figure 4. + [4.75-9.07] Listen to the question, then use the words and answer the question. + [11.17-13.49] Picture 1: "Where's the money?" + [20.46-21.26] "On the table. + [22.13-22.93] Under the book." + [27.22-30.82] Repeat: "The money is on the table, under the book." + [37.63-41.79] Picture 2: "Did you park your car next to the mall?" + [50.37-51.89] "No, but near the mall." + [54.46-58.30] Repeat: "No, but I parked my car near the mall." + [64.53-65.33] Picture 3: + [67.10-69.26] "Is the department store at the corner?" + [76.94-79.02] "Yes, across from the drugstore." + [83.30-89.14] Repeat: "Yes, the department store is at the corner across from the drugstore." + [97.17-100.35] Picture 4: "Where did you leave your car?" + [109.10-119.01] "Behind the restaurant, in the parking lot." Repeat: "I left my car behind the restaurant." + [121.46-122.42] "In the parking lot." + [127.71-132.59] Picture 5: "Is the insurance office by the variety store?" + [140.14-144.93] "No, on the second floor, above the variety store." + [147.74-152.80] Repeat: "No, the insurance office is on the second floor." + [158.50-160.10] "Above the variety store." + [165.41-168.72] Picture 6: "Where did she put the rug?" + [176.75-182.67] "In front of the sofa." Repeat: "She put the rug in front of the sofa." + [189.14-194.85] Picture 7: "Is the dog in the house?" + [201.18-203.10] "No, in back of the house." + [205.22-208.42] Repeat: "No, the dog's not in the house." + [213.28-214.64] "He's in back of the house." + [221.01-224.48] Picture 8: "Where is the airplane flying?" + [231.73-232.93] "Below the clouds." + [234.78-238.51] Repeat: "The airplane is flying below the clouds." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +First, listen to a paragraph. +I don't like this vending machine. +It never has my favorite soda. +It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. +That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. +Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. +But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. +I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today. +Now listen again, and complete the sentences with the words you hear. +I don't like this vending machine. +It never has my favorite soda. +It's a popular drink. +But this machine doesn't have it. +That other one usually has my favorite. +But it's out of it today. +Now I have to make another selection. +And I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. +But I'm thirsty. +So I'll drop my money in the slot. +And pull the knob. +I'll have to drink what I can get. +Now listen to the paragraph again, and check your work. +I don't like this vending machine. +It never has my favorite soda. +It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. +That other one usually has my favorite. +But it's out of it today. +Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. +But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. +I'll have to drink what I can get. +Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. +This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.08-3.92] Now look at Figure 5. + [3.92-5.68] First, listen to a paragraph. + [7.50-9.42] I don't like this vending machine. + [10.26-12.18] It never has my favorite soda. + [13.42-16.70] It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. + [19.18-23.02] That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. + [24.37-29.97] Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. + [31.09-35.25] But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. + [36.34-38.98] I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today. + [42.21-46.61] Now listen again, and complete the sentences with the words you hear. + [48.85-50.69] I don't like this vending machine. + [57.52-59.44] It never has my favorite soda. + [67.18-68.54] It's a popular drink. + [74.35-75.95] But this machine doesn't have it. + [83.22-85.30] That other one usually has my favorite. + [92.64-94.16] But it's out of it today. + [101.73-103.81] Now I have to make another selection. + [111.20-113.76] And I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. + [121.17-122.13] But I'm thirsty. + [128.02-130.18] So I'll drop my money in the slot. + [136.54-137.42] And pull the knob. + [143.30-145.54] I'll have to drink what I can get. + [157.36-160.80] Now listen to the paragraph again, and check your work. + [162.48-164.48] I don't like this vending machine. + [166.43-168.43] It never has my favorite soda. + [170.53-173.81] It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. + [176.58-178.82] That other one usually has my favorite. + [180.93-182.13] But it's out of it today. + [183.79-190.10] Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. + [192.46-197.42] But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. + [199.09-201.09] I'll have to drink what I can get. + [204.35-207.79] Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + [212.66-215.94] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-3A.md b/sources/book-10/tape-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75aba8df --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3A. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the sentences. +Number 1: "A bicycle has 2 wheels." Number 2: "A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle." Number 3: "You can turn the nut with a wrench." Number 4: "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. +There is air inside the tire." Number 5: "The tire is low. +It has some air, but not enough." Number 6: "The tire is flat. +It has only a little air." +Now repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "wheel." +"Wheel." +"A bicycle has 2 wheels." +Number 2: "nut." +"Nut." +"A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle." +Number 3: "wrench." +"Wrench." "You can turn the nut with a wrench." +Number 4: "tire." +"Tire." +"Air." +"Air." "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel." +"There is air inside the tire." +Number 5: "enough." +"Enough." "The tire is low." +"It has some air, but not enough." +Number 6: "flat." "Flat." "The tire is flat." +"It has only a little air." +Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. +Listen to and answer some questions about the pictures. +Answer in complete sentences. +Then repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: "What shape are the wheels?" +Repeat: "The wheels are round." +Number 2: "Where are the tires?" +Repeat: "The tires fit on the outside of the wheels." +Number 3: "What can you turn with a wrench?" +Repeat: "You can turn a nut with a wrench." +Number 4: "What is in the tires?" +Repeat: "There's air inside the tires." +Number 5: "What is wrong with this tire?" +Repeat: "It doesn't have enough air." +Number 6: "What is wrong with this tire?" +Repeat: "It's flat." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.73-13.73] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3A. + [19.98-20.38] Hello. + [21.26-24.62] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A. + [30.16-30.96] Look at Figure 1. + [32.00-33.36] Listen to the sentences. + [34.69-54.93] Number 1: "A bicycle has 2 wheels." Number 2: "A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle." Number 3: "You can turn the nut with a wrench." Number 4: "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. + [54.87-62.10] There is air inside the tire." Number 5: "The tire is low. + [62.90-69.38] It has some air, but not enough." Number 6: "The tire is flat. + [70.10-71.86] It has only a little air." + [73.94-76.10] Now repeat the words and sentences. + [77.47-79.79] Number 1: "wheel." + [81.42-81.47] "Wheel." + [84.02-85.94] "A bicycle has 2 wheels." + [89.14-91.22] Number 2: "nut." + [92.75-92.80] "Nut." + [94.89-97.49] "A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle." + [102.29-104.56] Number 3: "wrench." + [106.22-110.46] "Wrench." "You can turn the nut with a wrench." + [114.75-117.20] Number 4: "tire." + [118.88-119.60] "Tire." + [121.58-121.63] "Air." + [124.41-129.06] "Air." "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel." + [134.29-136.45] "There is air inside the tire." + [141.68-143.79] Number 5: "enough." + [145.65-149.12] "Enough." "The tire is low." + [152.19-154.64] "It has some air, but not enough." + [159.10-167.85] Number 6: "flat." "Flat." "The tire is flat." + [171.15-173.19] "It has only a little air." + [179.79-182.50] Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. + [182.50-185.78] Listen to and answer some questions about the pictures. + [186.42-188.50] Answer in complete sentences. + [189.22-191.38] Then repeat the correct answers. + [192.24-195.28] Number 1: "What shape are the wheels?" + [199.25-204.51] Repeat: "The wheels are round." + [206.32-209.12] Number 2: "Where are the tires?" + [213.79-217.95] Repeat: "The tires fit on the outside of the wheels." + [224.29-227.89] Number 3: "What can you turn with a wrench?" + [233.01-236.61] Repeat: "You can turn a nut with a wrench." + [242.72-248.01] Number 4: "What is in the tires?" + [250.22-253.15] Repeat: "There's air inside the tires." + [258.94-262.30] Number 5: "What is wrong with this tire?" + [266.50-269.86] Repeat: "It doesn't have enough air." + [274.32-277.90] Number 6: "What is wrong with this tire?" + [282.74-284.67] Repeat: "It's flat." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: repeat the underlined words 2 times. +Inflate. +Inflate. +Lower. +Lower. +Raise. +Raise. +Loose. +Loose. +Tight. +Tight. +Loosen. +Loosen. +Tighten. +Tighten. +Now listen to the paragraph. +Mike is fixing his bicycle. +First, he's putting air in the back tire. +After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. +He's short, and it's high for him. +He must lower it. +Next, he'll fix the handlebars. +He'll raise them because they're low for him. +Also, they slip because they're loose. +They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. +He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. +He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Complete the sentences. +Mike is fixing his bicycle. +First, he's putting air in the back tire. +After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. +He's short, and it's high for him. +He must lower it. +Next, he'll fix the handlebars. +He'll raise them because they're low for him. +Also, they're loose. +They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. +He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. +He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench. +Now let's check the words. +Number 1 is "inflates." Repeat: After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. +Number 2 is "lower." Repeat: He must lower the seat. +Number 3 is "raise." Repeat: He'll raise the handlebars. +Number 4 is "loose." Repeat: The handlebars slip because they're loose. +Number 5 is "tight." Repeat: The handlebars should be tight. +Number 6 is "loosen." Repeat: Mike will loosen a nut under the seat. +Number 7 is "tighten." Repeat: He'll tighten the nut again. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.66-7.30] Now look at Figure 2: repeat the underlined words 2 times. + [8.86-9.74] Inflate. + [13.17-14.05] Inflate. + [18.30-21.81] Lower. + [21.86-22.50] Lower. + [25.95-26.67] Raise. + [29.97-30.27] Raise. + [33.50-36.87] Loose. + [37.17-40.11] Loose. + [40.35-43.29] Tight. + [43.53-46.65] Tight. + [46.95-47.54] Loosen. + [50.19-50.77] Loosen. + [53.85-54.27] Tighten. + [56.73-57.15] Tighten. + [64.98-66.50] Now listen to the paragraph. + [68.03-69.95] Mike is fixing his bicycle. + [70.51-73.63] First, he's putting air in the back tire. + [74.59-77.95] After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. + [78.74-81.22] He's short, and it's high for him. + [81.86-83.22] He must lower it. + [84.37-86.61] Next, he'll fix the handlebars. + [87.49-89.97] He'll raise them because they're low for him. + [90.77-93.49] Also, they slip because they're loose. + [94.54-97.58] They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. + [98.54-101.98] He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. + [102.74-106.74] He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench. + [110.14-111.82] Listen to the paragraph again. + [112.14-113.50] Complete the sentences. + [115.44-117.44] Mike is fixing his bicycle. + [117.92-121.12] First, he's putting air in the back tire. + [122.24-125.76] After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. + [131.63-134.27] He's short, and it's high for him. + [134.91-136.27] He must lower it. + [142.58-144.98] Next, he'll fix the handlebars. + [145.70-148.26] He'll raise them because they're low for him. + [153.94-155.70] Also, they're loose. + [161.50-164.78] They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. + [170.40-173.76] He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. + [174.40-178.48] He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench. + [194.61-196.05] Now let's check the words. + [197.04-204.88] Number 1 is "inflates." Repeat: After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. + [211.12-216.64] Number 2 is "lower." Repeat: He must lower the seat. + [220.45-226.37] Number 3 is "raise." Repeat: He'll raise the handlebars. + [231.68-238.80] Number 4 is "loose." Repeat: The handlebars slip because they're loose. + [243.92-250.00] Number 5 is "tight." Repeat: The handlebars should be tight. + [254.54-261.02] Number 6 is "loosen." Repeat: Mike will loosen a nut under the seat. + [266.40-271.92] Number 7 is "tighten." Repeat: He'll tighten the nut again. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3, listen to the dialogue. +You have a flat tire. +Which tire? +The one on the left. +The left front tire. +That tire's new. +Are the others new? +No, just that one. +That's awful. +Who can fix it? +You can fix it. +I don't know how. +I'll teach you how. +Listen to the dialogue again, this time repeat it. +You have a flat tire. +Which tire? +The one on the left. +The left front tire. +That tire's new. +Are the others new? +No, just that one. +That's awful. +Who can fix it? +You can fix it. +I don't know how. +I'll teach you how. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-5.02] Look at Figure 3, listen to the dialogue. + [7.81-9.17] You have a flat tire. + [10.21-11.01] Which tire? + [11.57-12.85] The one on the left. + [13.95-15.31] The left front tire. + [16.24-17.36] That tire's new. + [18.16-19.28] Are the others new? + [19.92-21.28] No, just that one. + [21.68-22.72] That's awful. + [23.36-24.40] Who can fix it? + [24.88-26.00] You can fix it. + [26.86-28.14] I don't know how. + [28.86-30.06] I'll teach you how. + [31.66-35.26] Listen to the dialogue again, this time repeat it. + [37.79-39.15] You have a flat tire. + [43.92-44.72] Which tire? + [47.50-48.78] The one on the left. + [49.87-51.23] The left front tire. + [56.22-57.34] That tire's new. + [59.71-60.83] Are the others new? + [65.38-66.74] No, just that one. + [68.86-69.98] That's awful. + [73.22-74.26] Who can fix it? + [76.61-80.07] You can fix it. + [81.82-83.10] I don't know how. + [85.23-86.51] I'll teach you how. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Listen to the paragraph. +First, Frank walks to the back of the car. +He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk. +He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there. +First, he takes off the hubcap because it covers the lug nuts. +Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. +He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them. +Next, he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire. +After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hubcap. +Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage. +Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words 2 times. +The back of. +The back of. +Key. +Key. +Trunk. +Trunk. +Keeps. +Keeps. +Jack. +Jack. +Lug wrench. +Lug wrench. +Extra. +Extra. +Hubcap. +Hubcap. +Covers. +Covers. +Jacks up. +Jacks up. +Removes. +Removes. +Replaces. +Replaces. +Spare. +Spare. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-3.18] Now look at Figure 4. + [3.66-4.94] Listen to the paragraph. + [6.59-9.15] First, Frank walks to the back of the car. + [10.03-12.75] He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk. + [13.54-17.78] He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there. + [18.82-23.38] First, he takes off the hubcap because it covers the lug nuts. + [24.18-28.66] Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. + [29.52-32.96] He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them. + [33.82-37.50] Next, he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire. + [38.85-44.77] After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hubcap. + [45.55-50.67] Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage. + [54.61-58.69] Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words 2 times. + [60.38-63.75] The back of. + [64.62-69.09] The back of. + [69.17-69.73] Key. + [71.94-72.58] Key. + [74.72-76.95] Trunk. + [76.98-77.62] Trunk. + [79.82-80.38] Keeps. + [82.53-82.58] Keeps. + [86.14-86.70] Jack. + [88.89-89.25] Jack. + [91.73-92.77] Lug wrench. + [94.75-95.79] Lug wrench. + [98.61-99.25] Extra. + [101.10-101.82] Extra. + [104.69-107.55] Hubcap. + [107.73-107.94] Hubcap. + [110.78-111.58] Covers. + [113.86-114.58] Covers. + [117.54-120.69] Jacks up. + [120.70-124.29] Jacks up. + [124.40-125.20] Removes. + [126.94-127.82] Removes. + [130.67-131.79] Replaces. + [133.81-134.93] Replaces. + [137.42-138.30] Spare. + [139.95-140.83] Spare. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5: some of the words are missing. +Listen to the paragraph. +It is a little different from the other paragraph. +When there's a picture or a blank, say theright word. +Try to say the words before you hear them. +Let's do the first sentence. +First: "Frank walks to..." +"...the back of the car." +Did you say "the back of" before you heard it? +Let's repeat the first sentence, then complete the paragraph. +Try to say the words before you hear them. +First: "Frank walks to..." +"...the back of the car." +"He sticks the..." "...key in the lock and opens the..." +"...trunk." "He keeps a..." "...jack, a..." "...lug wrench, +and an..." "...extra tire there." "He takes them out of the..." "...trunk and begins to change the flat." +"The..." "...hubcap covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first." "Then he..." "...jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground." "He loosens the nuts with the..." "...lug wrench and..." "...removes them." "Next he takes off the flat tire and..." "...replaces it with the..." +"...spare tire." "After he..." +"...replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the..." "...hubcap on the new wheel." "Finally he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-5.65] Look at Figure 5: some of the words are missing. + [6.83-8.11] Listen to the paragraph. + [9.10-11.58] It is a little different from the other paragraph. + [12.64-16.00] When there's a picture or a blank, say theright word. + [17.10-19.34] Try to say the words before you hear them. + [20.56-22.00] Let's do the first sentence. + [23.79-28.29] First: "Frank walks to..." + [30.45-32.05] "...the back of the car." + [34.46-37.26] Did you say "the back of" before you heard it? + [38.51-42.83] Let's repeat the first sentence, then complete the paragraph. + [43.81-46.29] Try to say the words before you hear them. + [49.18-51.90] First: "Frank walks to..." + [54.51-58.66] "...the back of the car." + [60.78-68.56] "He sticks the..." "...key in the lock and opens the..." + [72.11-88.34] "...trunk." "He keeps a..." "...jack, a..." "...lug wrench, + [90.90-105.65] and an..." "...extra tire there." "He takes them out of the..." "...trunk and begins to change the flat." + [107.74-147.92] "The..." "...hubcap covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first." "Then he..." "...jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground." "He loosens the nuts with the..." "...lug wrench and..." "...removes them." "Next he takes off the flat tire and..." "...replaces it with the..." + [150.37-153.57] "...spare tire." "After he..." + [156.99-172.85] "...replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the..." "...hubcap on the new wheel." "Finally he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6 now. +Listen carefully to each sentence, and circle T for true or F for false. +Number 1: "A key fits in a lock." +Number 2: "Remove" and "take off" are the same. +Number 3: "Spare" is the opposite of "extra." +Number 4: "Frank raises the car with the jack." +Number 5: "He turns the hubcap with the wrench." +Number 6: "The trunk of Frank's car is in the front." +Number 7: "He tightens the nuts before he removes them." +Number 8: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire." +Listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is true. +Repeat: "A key fits in a lock." +Number 2 is true. +Repeat: "Remove" and "take off" are the same. +Number 3 is false. +"Spare" and "extra" are not opposites. +Repeat: "Spare" and "extra" are the same. +Number 4 is true. +Repeat: "Frank raises the car with the jack." +Number 5 is false. +"Frank doesn't turn the hubcaps with the wrench; he turns the lug nuts." Repeat: "Frank turns the lug nuts with the wrench." +Number 6 is false. +"The trunk isn't in the front; it's in the back." Repeat: "The trunk is in the back of the car." +Number 7 is false. +"Frank loosens the nuts before he removes them from the wheel, not after." Repeat: "He loosens the nuts before he removes them." +Number 8 is true. +Repeat: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire." +Listen to a paragraph two times. +First, just listen. +"When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants; they can get a snack from a vending machine. +There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. +They have coffee, tea, soup, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. +People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. +These vending machines are usually very popular." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-3.10] Look at Figure 6 now. + [4.08-10.00] Listen carefully to each sentence, and circle T for true or F for false. + [11.74-15.18] Number 1: "A key fits in a lock." + [22.16-26.58] Number 2: "Remove" and "take off" are the same. + [33.58-37.82] Number 3: "Spare" is the opposite of "extra." + [44.94-48.94] Number 4: "Frank raises the car with the jack." + [55.54-59.38] Number 5: "He turns the hubcap with the wrench." + [65.78-69.62] Number 6: "The trunk of Frank's car is in the front." + [75.63-79.87] Number 7: "He tightens the nuts before he removes them." + [86.14-90.46] Number 8: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire." + [102.16-104.08] Listen and check your answers. + [104.64-106.32] Number 1 is true. + [106.96-109.52] Repeat: "A key fits in a lock." + [114.19-115.87] Number 2 is true. + [116.35-120.27] Repeat: "Remove" and "take off" are the same. + [125.57-127.33] Number 3 is false. + [127.97-130.77] "Spare" and "extra" are not opposites. + [131.09-134.61] Repeat: "Spare" and "extra" are the same. + [139.54-141.22] Number 4 is true. + [141.70-144.98] Repeat: "Frank raises the car with the jack." + [149.65-151.41] Number 5 is false. + [151.81-161.39] "Frank doesn't turn the hubcaps with the wrench; he turns the lug nuts." Repeat: "Frank turns the lug nuts with the wrench." + [167.15-168.51] Number 6 is false. + [168.51-176.51] "The trunk isn't in the front; it's in the back." Repeat: "The trunk is in the back of the car." + [182.53-184.37] Number 7 is false. + [185.01-195.17] "Frank loosens the nuts before he removes them from the wheel, not after." Repeat: "He loosens the nuts before he removes them." + [202.11-203.87] Number 8 is true. + [204.35-209.15] Repeat: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire." + [215.82-217.98] Listen to a paragraph two times. + [218.46-220.14] First, just listen. + [221.89-230.59] "When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants; they can get a snack from a vending machine. + [231.84-237.44] There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. + [238.16-244.96] They have coffee, tea, soup, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. + [246.21-251.49] People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. + [252.69-255.57] These vending machines are usually very popular." + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C. +When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants. +They can get a snack from a vending machine. +There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. +They have coffee, tea, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. +People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. +These vending machines are usually very popular. +The answer is B. +The main idea of the paragraph is: vending machines are popular machines. +Now listen to another paragraph. +There are many different kinds of clothing stores. +Some sell clothes only for children. +Others sell only men's or women's clothes. +There are also stores for sports clothing. +You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. +In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. +Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. +When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C. +There are many different kinds of clothing stores. +Some sell clothes only for children. +Others sell only men's or women's clothes. +There are also stores for sports clothing. +You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. +In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. +Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. +When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. +The answer is C. +The main idea of the paragraph is: there are many kinds of clothing stores. +This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.29-3.81] Now look at Figure 7. + [4.67-6.35] Listen to the paragraph again. + [7.33-12.37] Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C. + [13.81-19.01] When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants. + [19.81-22.21] They can get a snack from a vending machine. + [23.17-28.45] There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. + [29.09-34.85] They have coffee, tea, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. + [35.81-41.25] People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. + [41.89-44.93] These vending machines are usually very popular. + [56.06-57.90] The answer is B. + [58.66-64.34] The main idea of the paragraph is: vending machines are popular machines. + [65.94-67.62] Now listen to another paragraph. + [69.82-72.70] There are many different kinds of clothing stores. + [73.42-75.82] Some sell clothes only for children. + [76.78-79.66] Others sell only men's or women's clothes. + [80.82-83.54] There are also stores for sports clothing. + [84.40-87.92] You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. + [89.06-93.62] In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. + [94.77-97.81] Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. + [98.77-104.61] When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. + [115.74-117.42] Listen to the paragraph again. + [118.14-123.26] Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C. + [124.58-127.38] There are many different kinds of clothing stores. + [128.02-130.26] Some sell clothes only for children. + [131.20-134.00] Others sell only men's or women's clothes. + [135.15-137.71] There are also stores for sports clothing. + [138.27-142.03] You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. + [143.09-147.49] In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. + [148.48-151.52] Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. + [152.56-158.19] When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. + [170.50-171.58] The answer is C. + [172.50-177.73] The main idea of the paragraph is: there are many kinds of clothing stores. + [185.10-188.46] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-3B.md b/sources/book-10/tape-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8d6b0ab --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3B. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen and repeat the connectives in the box. +After. +After. +Finally. +Finally. +First. +First. +Last. +Last. +Next. +Next. +Second. +Second. +Then. +Then. +Listen to Paragraph 1 and look at the box. +Listen for the words in the box. +These words are connective words. +Mike needed to fix his bicycle. +First, he inflated the back tire. +There wasn't enough air in it. +He fixed the handlebars second. +They were high, and they were loose. +He lowered them, and then he tightened them. +He fixed the seat last. +He raised it because it was low for him. +Listen to Paragraph 1 again. +When you hear the words in the box, write them on the blank lines in Figure 1. +Mike needed to fix his bicycle. +First, he inflated the back tire. +There wasn't enough air in it. +He fixed the handlebars second. +They were high, and they were loose. +He lowered them, and then he tightened them. +He fixed the seat last. +He raised it because it was low for him. +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "last." +Listen to Paragraph 2. +Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. +First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. +After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. +He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. +Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. +He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones. +Finally, he's ready to leave. +Listen to Paragraph 2 again. +This time, write the connective words when you hear them. +Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. +First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. +After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. +He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. +Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. +He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones. +Finally, he's ready to leave. +Now let's check your words. +Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "after." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "next." Number 5 is "last." Number 6 is "finally." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.35-12.51] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3B. + [18.54-18.94] Hello. + [20.02-22.59] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3B. + [29.02-30.06] Look at Figure 1. + [30.70-33.34] Listen and repeat the connectives in the box. + [35.25-35.63] After. + [38.16-38.88] After. + [41.76-42.64] Finally. + [44.80-45.68] Finally. + [49.23-50.03] First. + [52.37-53.25] First. + [55.94-59.25] Last. + [59.55-63.27] Last. + [63.51-66.09] Next. + [66.33-69.87] Next. + [70.11-72.93] Second. + [73.11-76.05] Second. + [76.23-76.47] Then. + [79.06-79.78] Then. + [83.87-86.91] Listen to Paragraph 1 and look at the box. + [87.78-89.46] Listen for the words in the box. + [90.10-92.10] These words are connective words. + [94.72-96.80] Mike needed to fix his bicycle. + [97.63-100.11] First, he inflated the back tire. + [101.25-102.93] There wasn't enough air in it. + [103.33-105.41] He fixed the handlebars second. + [105.89-107.97] They were high, and they were loose. + [108.69-111.01] He lowered them, and then he tightened them. + [111.97-113.81] He fixed the seat last. + [114.29-116.77] He raised it because it was low for him. + [119.81-121.97] Listen to Paragraph 1 again. + [123.06-128.10] When you hear the words in the box, write them on the blank lines in Figure 1. + [129.65-131.73] Mike needed to fix his bicycle. + [132.29-134.77] First, he inflated the back tire. + [135.49-137.09] There wasn't enough air in it. + [137.92-139.92] He fixed the handlebars second. + [140.56-142.48] They were high, and they were loose. + [143.12-145.44] He lowered them, and then he tightened them. + [146.24-148.00] He fixed the seat last. + [148.48-151.04] He raised it because it was low for him. + [158.56-160.72] Now let's check your answers. + [161.44-171.01] Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "last." + [175.18-176.54] Listen to Paragraph 2. + [178.43-183.87] Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. + [184.51-188.43] First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. + [189.26-192.78] After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. + [193.26-198.54] He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. + [199.76-202.80] Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. + [204.37-209.33] He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones. + [209.97-211.81] Finally, he's ready to leave. + [213.73-215.89] Listen to Paragraph 2 again. + [216.61-220.05] This time, write the connective words when you hear them. + [224.22-229.47] Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. + [229.98-234.22] First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. + [235.71-239.28] After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. + [239.92-245.74] He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. + [245.96-249.70] Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. + [249.92-255.67] He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones. + [255.94-258.12] Finally, he's ready to leave. + [265.42-266.65] Now let's check your words. + [267.00-285.15] Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "after." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "next." Number 5 is "last." Number 6 is "finally." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Look at the picture and listen to the dialogue. +Do me a favor, please. +Certainly. +What can I do for you? +Hand me the other half of my seatbelt. +May I look at your paper? +Of course. +I'm not reading it. +I need to keep warm. +Can you get a blanket for me? +Sure, I'll be glad to. +I'd like to smoke a cigarette. +Will that bother you? +No, I won't mind. +Now repeat the underlined words. +Do a favor. +Do a favor. +Certainly. +Certainly. +Of course. +Of course. +Keep. +Keep. +Sure. +Sure. +Mind. +Mind. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Repeat it this time. +Do me a favor, please. +Certainly. +What can I do for you? +Hand me the other half of my seatbelt. +May I look at your paper? +Of course. +I'm not reading it. +I need to keep warm. +Can you get a blanket for me? +Sure, I'll be glad to. +I'd like to smoke a cigarette. +Will that bother you? +No, I won't mind. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.14] Look at Figure 2. + [3.78-6.26] Look at the picture and listen to the dialogue. + [8.98-10.18] Do me a favor, please. + [10.42-10.98] Certainly. + [11.30-12.18] What can I do for you? + [12.82-14.58] Hand me the other half of my seatbelt. + [16.30-17.42] May I look at your paper? + [17.82-18.46] Of course. + [18.46-19.26] I'm not reading it. + [20.70-21.74] I need to keep warm. + [22.14-23.50] Can you get a blanket for me? + [24.38-25.58] Sure, I'll be glad to. + [27.41-28.61] I'd like to smoke a cigarette. + [29.01-29.81] Will that bother you? + [30.45-31.57] No, I won't mind. + [35.28-37.36] Now repeat the underlined words. + [38.93-39.97] Do a favor. + [42.58-43.62] Do a favor. + [47.31-47.79] Certainly. + [50.80-51.60] Certainly. + [54.42-55.30] Of course. + [58.18-58.98] Of course. + [62.05-64.23] Keep. + [64.30-66.93] Keep. + [66.78-67.50] Sure. + [69.65-70.37] Sure. + [72.66-75.33] Mind. + [75.22-76.02] Mind. + [79.68-81.28] Listen to the dialogue again. + [82.00-83.20] Repeat it this time. + [84.83-86.19] Do me a favor, please. + [88.53-89.09] Certainly. + [90.46-91.34] What can I do for you? + [94.93-96.77] Hand me the other half of my seatbelt. + [101.76-102.96] May I look at your paper? + [106.58-107.22] Of course. + [107.38-108.18] I'm not reading it. + [110.67-111.87] I need to keep warm. + [114.91-116.35] Can you get a blanket for me? + [120.67-122.03] Sure, I'll be glad to. + [125.46-126.74] I'd like to smoke a cigarette. + [129.62-130.42] Will that bother you? + [133.97-135.25] No, I won't mind. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please look at Figure 3. +Listen to the dialogue. +Have you finished your lunch? +Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. +I'm sorry you had to hurry. +You take the plates very quickly. +We're always in a hurry on this flight. +Because it's so short? +Yes. +We never have enough time. +One more question, please. +Where are the restrooms? +At the front of the airplane. +Listen to the underlined words again, and repeat. +Quick. +Quick. +Hurry. +Hurry. +Quickly. +Quickly. +In a hurry. +In a hurry. +The front of. +The front of. +Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat. +Have you finished your lunch? +Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. +I'm sorry you had to hurry. +You take the plates very quickly. +We're always in a hurry on this flight. +Because it's so short? +Yes. +We never have enough time. +One more question, please. +Where are the restrooms? +At the front of the airplane. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.94-3.46] Please look at Figure 3. + [4.10-5.30] Listen to the dialogue. + [7.90-9.10] Have you finished your lunch? + [10.24-12.24] Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. + [12.56-13.92] I'm sorry you had to hurry. + [14.64-16.16] You take the plates very quickly. + [16.56-18.32] We're always in a hurry on this flight. + [18.96-19.92] Because it's so short? + [20.24-20.72] Yes. + [20.88-22.32] We never have enough time. + [23.04-24.32] One more question, please. + [24.32-25.44] Where are the restrooms? + [25.60-26.88] At the front of the airplane. + [30.85-33.57] Listen to the underlined words again, and repeat. + [35.42-35.90] Quick. + [37.98-38.54] Quick. + [41.22-41.70] Hurry. + [43.76-44.32] Hurry. + [46.70-47.34] Quickly. + [49.62-50.26] Quickly. + [52.85-53.73] In a hurry. + [55.50-56.46] In a hurry. + [58.90-61.77] The front of. + [61.81-65.49] The front of. + [66.69-69.25] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat. + [72.03-73.31] Have you finished your lunch? + [76.54-78.70] Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal. + [81.54-82.90] I'm sorry you had to hurry. + [86.72-88.40] You take the plates very quickly. + [90.66-92.58] We're always in a hurry on this flight. + [96.48-97.68] Because it's so short? + [100.18-100.82] Yes. + [101.06-102.50] We never have enough time. + [106.82-108.02] One more question, please. + [108.50-109.54] Where are the restrooms? + [114.02-115.38] At the front of the airplane. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to the words and circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress. +Look at the first example and listen: +"hurry, +hurry." +Circle 1. +The first syllable of "hurry" is stressed more than the second syllable. +Repeat: "hurry." +Listen to the second example: "across, across." +The answer is 2. +The second syllable has the strong stress in "across." Repeat: "across." +Let's begin the exercise. +Listen and circle the number. +Number 1: "inflate, inflate." +Number 2: "lower, lower." +Number 3: "remove, remove." +Number 4: "tighten, tighten." +Number 5: "extra, +extra." +Number 6: "enough, enough." +Number 7: "cover, cover." +Number 8: "quickly, quickly." Number 9: "replace, replace." +Number 10: "cigarette, cigarette." +Number 11: "across, across." +Number 12: "certainly, certainly." +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is 2. +Repeat: "inflate." +Number 2 is 1. +Repeat: "lower." +Number 3 is 2. +Repeat: "remove." +Number 4 is 1. +Repeat: "tighten." +Number 5 is 1. +Repeat: "extra." +Number 6 is 2. +Repeat: "enough." +Number 7 is 1. +Repeat: "cover." +Number 8 is 1. +Repeat: "quickly." +Number 9 is 2. +Repeat: "replace." +Number 10 is 3. +Repeat: "cigarette." +Number 11 is 2. +Repeat: "across." +Number 12 is 1. +Repeat: "certainly." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.84-2.96] Look at Figure 4. + [4.16-8.56] Listen to the words and circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress. + [10.00-12.32] Look at the first example and listen: + [13.95-14.35] "hurry, + [16.03-16.43] hurry." + [22.98-24.18] Circle 1. + [25.07-29.39] The first syllable of "hurry" is stressed more than the second syllable. + [30.35-32.14] Repeat: "hurry." + [34.82-43.17] Listen to the second example: "across, across." + [47.62-49.38] The answer is 2. + [50.50-57.76] The second syllable has the strong stress in "across." Repeat: "across." + [60.37-62.13] Let's begin the exercise. + [62.53-64.37] Listen and circle the number. + [65.90-70.30] Number 1: "inflate, inflate." + [74.35-80.85] Number 2: "lower, lower." + [83.10-90.75] Number 3: "remove, remove." + [92.35-96.46] Number 4: "tighten, tighten." + [100.53-102.93] Number 5: "extra, + [104.37-104.42] extra." + [109.11-115.05] Number 6: "enough, enough." + [116.85-120.25] Number 7: "cover, cover." + [124.53-136.13] Number 8: "quickly, quickly." Number 9: "replace, replace." + [140.61-143.80] Number 10: "cigarette, cigarette." + [148.29-151.56] Number 11: "across, across." + [155.31-158.58] Number 12: "certainly, certainly." + [165.15-166.62] Now check your answers. + [167.52-169.35] Number 1 is 2. + [170.07-172.05] Repeat: "inflate." + [174.09-176.13] Number 2 is 1. + [176.85-178.71] Repeat: "lower." + [181.47-183.57] Number 3 is 2. + [184.17-186.15] Repeat: "remove." + [189.09-190.95] Number 4 is 1. + [191.43-193.11] Repeat: "tighten." + [196.17-198.21] Number 5 is 1. + [198.75-200.37] Repeat: "extra." + [203.13-204.99] Number 6 is 2. + [205.59-207.27] Repeat: "enough." + [210.81-212.91] Number 7 is 1. + [213.51-215.37] Repeat: "cover." + [217.71-219.69] Number 8 is 1. + [220.11-221.73] Repeat: "quickly." + [224.91-226.77] Number 9 is 2. + [227.31-229.23] Repeat: "replace." + [231.63-233.55] Number 10 is 3. + [234.09-235.89] Repeat: "cigarette." + [239.31-241.23] Number 11 is 2. + [241.77-243.69] Repeat: "across." + [245.79-247.77] Number 12 is 1. + [248.25-250.11] Repeat: "certainly." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now turn to Figure 5, repeat the sentences. +Everyone began laughing. +Mike started apologizing. +Anne likes exercising in the gym. +Paul enjoys watching sports on TV. +Dr. +Hall never minds answering questions. +We finished listening to the tape after class. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-5.46] Now turn to Figure 5, repeat the sentences. + [7.06-8.90] Everyone began laughing. + [13.54-15.70] Mike started apologizing. + [20.66-25.35] Anne likes exercising in the gym. + [28.14-30.78] Paul enjoys watching sports on TV. + [36.14-36.54] Dr. + [36.54-39.10] Hall never minds answering questions. + [46.61-49.41] We finished listening to the tape after class. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Look at the example and listen. +Kay likes to drive her brother's car. +Kay likes driving her brother's car. +Now listen to the sentence, then change it. +Use the -ing form. +Number 1: The child started to cry. +Repeat: The child started crying. +Number 2: I don't like to stand in line. +Repeat: I don't like standing in line. +Number 3: Al began to study after dinner. +Repeat: Al began studying after dinner. +Number 4: Some people like to get up early. +Repeat: Some people like getting up early. +Number 5: The students began to ask questions. +Repeat: The students began asking questions. +Number 6: Mary started to look for an apartment. +Repeat: Mary started looking for an apartment. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.50-3.78] Look at Figure 6. + [4.67-6.43] Look at the example and listen. + [9.49-11.65] Kay likes to drive her brother's car. + [12.90-15.06] Kay likes driving her brother's car. + [18.90-22.10] Now listen to the sentence, then change it. + [22.93-25.65] Use the -ing form. + [28.23-34.11] Number 1: The child started to cry. + [36.35-39.66] Repeat: The child started crying. + [44.83-48.74] Number 2: I don't like to stand in line. + [53.47-56.99] Repeat: I don't like standing in line. + [62.94-67.04] Number 3: Al began to study after dinner. + [71.76-75.04] Repeat: Al began studying after dinner. + [81.12-84.82] Number 4: Some people like to get up early. + [89.49-92.85] Repeat: Some people like getting up early. + [97.78-102.06] Number 5: The students began to ask questions. + [106.70-110.46] Repeat: The students began asking questions. + [116.22-120.51] Number 6: Mary started to look for an apartment. + [125.02-128.94] Repeat: Mary started looking for an apartment. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 7, look at the example, and listen. +Mark enjoys old movies. +Watch. +Mark enjoys watching old movies. +Now look at the sentence and listen to the word. +Complete the sentence in your book, then repeat it. +Number 1: "meet." +Repeat: Jane enjoys meeting people. +Number 2: "write." +Repeat: Did you finish writing your letter? +Number 3: "fill out." +Repeat: I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms. +Number 4: "borrow." +Repeat: Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends. +Number 5: "talk." +Repeat: Everyone started talking at the same time. +Number 6: "take." +Repeat: Jan began taking the medicine every 4 hours. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-5.10] Go to Figure 7, look at the example, and listen. + [8.90-10.58] Mark enjoys old movies. + [11.73-12.37] Watch. + [13.97-15.97] Mark enjoys watching old movies. + [19.94-22.50] Now look at the sentence and listen to the word. + [23.36-26.96] Complete the sentence in your book, then repeat it. + [28.40-30.40] Number 1: "meet." + [35.36-38.72] Repeat: Jane enjoys meeting people. + [45.22-47.22] Number 2: "write." + [52.08-55.62] Repeat: Did you finish writing your letter? + [60.74-62.90] Number 3: "fill out." + [68.13-72.69] Repeat: I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms. + [79.18-81.34] Number 4: "borrow." + [86.30-91.04] Repeat: Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends. + [100.56-102.56] Number 5: "talk." + [106.94-111.41] Repeat: Everyone started talking at the same time. + [117.74-119.50] Number 6: "take." + [124.43-129.15] Repeat: Jan began taking the medicine every 4 hours. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 8 now. +Listen to the paragraph. +John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. +He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda. +He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. +He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened. +John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Then write the main idea in a complete sentence. +John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. +He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda. +He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. +He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened. +John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda. +Write a sentence now. +The main idea is something like: "John lost his money in the vending machine." Turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your sentence. +This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.00-3.28] Go to Figure 8 now. + [4.24-5.52] Listen to the paragraph. + [8.14-12.62] John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. + [13.34-18.30] He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda. + [19.41-24.77] He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. + [25.60-29.60] He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened. + [30.51-33.55] John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda. + [37.58-39.26] Listen to the paragraph again. + [39.98-43.74] Then write the main idea in a complete sentence. + [45.14-49.54] John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. + [50.18-54.82] He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda. + [55.54-60.82] He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. + [61.38-65.14] He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened. + [65.94-68.98] John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda. + [72.69-73.97] Write a sentence now. + [94.08-104.61] The main idea is something like: "John lost his money in the vending machine." Turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your sentence. + [111.26-114.46] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-3C.md b/sources/book-10/tape-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5ac440b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3C. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. +Look at Figure 1, listen to the words in the box, and repeat. +Can. +Can. +Could. +Could. +Will. +Will. +Would. +Would. +Look at the dialogues and listen. +Could you please do me a favor? +Yes, of course. +Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? +I sure can. +Would you take a message for me, please? +I'll be glad to. +Will you tell Mr. +Rogers that I called? +I certainly will. +Listen to the dialogues again. +Write the words you hear in the blanks. +Number 1. +Could you please do me a favor? +Yes, of course. +Number 2. +Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? +I sure can. +Number 3. +Would you take a message for me, please? +I'll be glad to. +Number 4. +Will you tell Mr. +Rogers that I called? +I certainly will. +Now check your answers. +Is "could." Repeat. +Could you please do me a favor? +Yes, of course. +Number 2 is "can." Repeat. +Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? +I sure can. +Number 3 is "would." Repeat. +Would you take a message for me, please? +I'll be glad to. +Number 4 is "will." Repeat. +Will you tell Mr. +Rogers that I called? +I certainly will. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.75-13.07] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3C. + [19.12-19.60] Hello. + [20.32-23.28] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. + [29.62-33.86] Look at Figure 1, listen to the words in the box, and repeat. + [37.22-37.78] Can. + [39.65-40.37] Can. + [42.40-42.88] Could. + [44.90-45.38] Could. + [47.46-50.01] Will. + [49.98-52.41] Will. + [52.40-54.57] Would. + [54.59-55.07] Would. + [58.45-60.53] Look at the dialogues and listen. + [64.11-65.55] Could you please do me a favor? + [66.77-67.89] Yes, of course. + [70.19-72.35] Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? + [72.59-73.39] I sure can. + [75.73-77.65] Would you take a message for me, please? + [78.45-79.33] I'll be glad to. + [80.83-81.71] Will you tell Mr. + [81.71-83.07] Rogers that I called? + [83.55-84.43] I certainly will. + [87.06-88.66] Listen to the dialogues again. + [89.52-91.44] Write the words you hear in the blanks. + [92.78-93.42] Number 1. + [95.12-96.64] Could you please do me a favor? + [98.80-99.84] Yes, of course. + [106.59-107.15] Number 2. + [108.38-110.46] Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? + [111.18-111.98] I sure can. + [118.35-118.99] Number 3. + [120.24-122.08] Would you take a message for me, please? + [122.72-123.52] I'll be glad to. + [129.97-130.53] Number 4. + [130.53-132.34] Will you tell Mr. + [132.34-133.70] Rogers that I called? + [134.42-135.30] I certainly will. + [138.46-140.14] Now check your answers. + [140.46-142.58] Is "could." Repeat. + [143.84-145.28] Could you please do me a favor? + [150.18-151.38] Yes, of course. + [153.94-157.39] Number 2 is "can." Repeat. + [158.48-159.97] Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? + [166.17-167.13] I sure can. + [170.49-173.43] Number 3 is "would." Repeat. + [174.39-176.31] Would you take a message for me, please? + [182.97-184.11] I'll be glad to. + [188.43-191.73] Number 4 is "will." Repeat. + [192.69-193.35] Will you tell Mr. + [193.65-194.79] Rogers that I called? + [200.01-201.09] I certainly will. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to the dialogue. +Could you do me a favor? +Certainly. +What do you need? +Lunch money. +Can you lend me $3? +Yes, I can. +Thanks. +Will you do another thing for me? +Of course. +You always do me favors. +Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? +Sure. +I know a good restaurant downtown. +Now, let's read the dialogue together. +You read Anne's lines. +Could you do me a favor? +Lunch money. +Can you lend me $3? +Thanks. +Will you do another thing for me? +Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.24-5.28] Look at Figure 2, listen to the dialogue. + [8.29-9.65] Could you do me a favor? + [10.67-11.23] Certainly. + [11.23-12.11] What do you need? + [12.51-13.31] Lunch money. + [13.55-14.35] Can you lend me $3? + [15.55-16.27] Yes, I can. + [16.91-17.47] Thanks. + [17.71-19.23] Will you do another thing for me? + [19.95-20.67] Of course. + [20.67-22.19] You always do me favors. + [23.07-24.91] Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? + [25.63-26.11] Sure. + [26.11-28.03] I know a good restaurant downtown. + [31.02-33.26] Now, let's read the dialogue together. + [33.74-35.18] You read Anne's lines. + [39.14-40.50] Could you do me a favor? + [45.07-45.87] Lunch money. + [46.27-47.15] Can you lend me $3? + [52.03-52.59] Thanks. + [52.91-54.51] Will you do another thing for me? + [60.14-62.06] Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow? + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 3, look at the examples, and listen. +"Lend me a dollar." Will. +"Will you please lend me a dollar?" +"Turn that radio off." Could. +"Could you please turn that radio off?" +Now. +Now listen to the sentence and change it to a polite question. +Number 1: "Move your car." Can. +Repeat: "Can you please move your car?" +Number 2: "Repeat the answer." Would. +Repeat: "Would you please repeat the answer?" +Number 3: "Fill out this form." Could. +Repeat: "Could you please fill out this form?" +Number 4: "Tell me what time it is." Can. +Repeat: "Can you please tell me what time it is?" +Number 5: "Bring me a cup of coffee." Could. +Repeat: "Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?" +Number 6: "Introduce me to your friend." Would. +Repeat: "Would you please introduce me to your friend?" +Number 7: "Take this book back to the library." Will. +Repeat: "Will you please take this book back to the library?" +Number 8: "Show me how to operate this machine." Can. +Repeat: "Can you please show me how to operate this machine?" +Number 9: "Write that word on the chalkboard." Would. +Repeat: "Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?" +Number 10: "Tell Mother I won't be home for dinner." Will. +Repeat: "Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.97-6.13] Please go to Figure 3, look at the examples, and listen. + [9.66-13.53] "Lend me a dollar." Will. + [13.62-14.98] "Will you please lend me a dollar?" + [18.05-20.88] "Turn that radio off." Could. + [22.22-23.98] "Could you please turn that radio off?" + [26.42-26.66] Now. + [27.38-31.14] Now listen to the sentence and change it to a polite question. + [32.38-36.53] Number 1: "Move your car." Can. + [41.36-44.08] Repeat: "Can you please move your car?" + [49.20-54.14] Number 2: "Repeat the answer." Would. + [59.70-62.66] Repeat: "Would you please repeat the answer?" + [68.27-72.96] Number 3: "Fill out this form." Could. + [78.58-81.62] Repeat: "Could you please fill out this form?" + [89.41-94.51] Number 4: "Tell me what time it is." Can. + [100.85-104.14] Repeat: "Can you please tell me what time it is?" + [111.26-115.92] Number 5: "Bring me a cup of coffee." Could. + [121.90-125.18] Repeat: "Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?" + [131.26-135.58] Number 6: "Introduce me to your friend." Would. + [141.68-145.12] Repeat: "Would you please introduce me to your friend?" + [152.61-157.84] Number 7: "Take this book back to the library." Will. + [163.89-167.81] Repeat: "Will you please take this book back to the library?" + [175.17-180.75] Number 8: "Show me how to operate this machine." Can. + [186.83-190.75] Repeat: "Can you please show me how to operate this machine?" + [196.96-202.10] Number 9: "Write that word on the chalkboard." Would. + [208.24-211.87] Repeat: "Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?" + [218.85-223.98] Number 10: "Tell Mother I won't be home for dinner." Will. + [230.94-234.46] Repeat: "Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4 now. +Listen to the questions from the last exercise, then give the complete answer. +First, look at the answers and repeat. +Of course. +Sure. +Certainly. +Yes, I can. +Yes, I will. +Now look at the examples and listen. +Would you please help me? +Of course. +Can you please speak more slowly? +Yes, I can. +Let's begin the exercise. +Number 1, listen. +Can you please move your car? +Repeat: sure. +Number 2, listen. +Would you please repeat the answer? +Repeat: certainly. +Number 3, listen. +Could you please fill out this form? +Repeat: of course. +Number 4, listen. +Can you please tell me the time? +Repeat: yes, I can. +Number 5, listen. +Could you please bring me a cup of coffee? +Repeat: sure. +Number 6, listen. +Would you please introduce me to your friend? +Repeat: of course. +Number 7, listen. +Will you please take this book back to the library? +Repeat: yes, I will. +Number 8, listen. +Can you please show me how to operate this machine? +Repeat: yes, I can. +Number 9, listen. +Would you please write that word on the chalkboard? +Repeat: certainly. +Number 10, listen. +Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner? +Repeat: yes, I will. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.25] Look at Figure 4 now. + [3.89-9.49] Listen to the questions from the last exercise, then give the complete answer. + [10.05-12.85] First, look at the answers and repeat. + [13.79-14.75] Of course. + [16.66-17.30] Sure. + [19.41-20.21] Certainly. + [22.29-23.41] Yes, I can. + [25.22-26.42] Yes, I will. + [31.01-33.25] Now look at the examples and listen. + [35.26-36.54] Would you please help me? + [37.55-38.19] Of course. + [39.31-41.07] Can you please speak more slowly? + [41.90-42.78] Yes, I can. + [46.27-48.03] Let's begin the exercise. + [49.57-51.09] Number 1, listen. + [52.30-53.82] Can you please move your car? + [57.71-59.07] Repeat: sure. + [61.87-63.39] Number 2, listen. + [64.77-66.45] Would you please repeat the answer? + [71.28-72.80] Repeat: certainly. + [76.18-77.86] Number 3, listen. + [79.15-80.83] Could you please fill out this form? + [85.98-87.66] Repeat: of course. + [91.30-92.98] Number 4, listen. + [94.51-98.25] Can you please tell me the time? + [100.82-102.90] Repeat: yes, I can. + [106.91-108.67] Number 5, listen. + [110.13-112.05] Could you please bring me a cup of coffee? + [117.17-118.45] Repeat: sure. + [122.38-123.34] Number 6, listen. + [125.49-127.63] Would you please introduce me to your friend? + [131.70-133.46] Repeat: of course. + [137.20-138.38] Number 7, listen. + [140.25-142.77] Will you please take this book back to the library? + [148.10-149.62] Repeat: yes, I will. + [154.16-156.00] Number 8, listen. + [156.90-159.66] Can you please show me how to operate this machine? + [164.08-165.76] Repeat: yes, I can. + [170.19-171.71] Number 9, listen. + [172.96-175.12] Would you please write that word on the chalkboard? + [180.61-182.05] Repeat: certainly. + [186.37-187.97] Number 10, listen. + [189.06-191.46] Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner? + [197.09-198.69] Repeat: yes, I will. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the questions in Figure 5. +Next, listen to a conversation, then answer the questions. +Read the questions now. +Good morning. +May I help you? +No, thank you. +I'm just looking. +Did you see our new fall suits? +No, I didn't. +Where are they? +Right here by the shirts and sweaters. +Oh, I see. +They look very nice. +When you want to try one on, tell me. +My name is Charles. +Allright, thanks. +Now listen to the conversation again, then answer the questions. +Good morning. +May I help you? +No, thank you. +I'm just looking. +Did you see our new fall suits? +No, I didn't. +Where are they? +Right here by the shirts and sweaters. +Oh, I see. +They look very nice. +When you want to try one on, tell me. +My name is Charles. +Allright. +Thanks. +Now answer the questions. +Number 1: Where are the men? +Repeat: They're in a clothing store. +Number 2: Does the customer want to buy anythingright now? +Repeat: No, he's just looking. +Number 3: What is the clerk's name? +Repeat: The clerk's name is Charles. +Number 4: Where are the fall suits? +Repeat: They're by the shirts and sweaters. +Number 5: What did the customer say about the suits? +Repeat: He said that they looked very nice. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-3.47] Look at the questions in Figure 5. + [4.67-9.47] Next, listen to a conversation, then answer the questions. + [9.95-11.47] Read the questions now. + [14.10-14.66] Good morning. + [14.82-15.54] May I help you? + [16.34-16.98] No, thank you. + [17.14-17.94] I'm just looking. + [18.66-20.34] Did you see our new fall suits? + [21.06-21.94] No, I didn't. + [22.18-22.74] Where are they? + [23.14-24.82] Right here by the shirts and sweaters. + [25.46-26.58] Oh, I see. + [26.82-27.86] They look very nice. + [28.72-30.72] When you want to try one on, tell me. + [30.96-32.00] My name is Charles. + [32.48-33.36] Allright, thanks. + [35.30-39.22] Now listen to the conversation again, then answer the questions. + [40.50-41.06] Good morning. + [41.30-42.10] May I help you? + [42.96-43.60] No, thank you. + [43.76-44.56] I'm just looking. + [45.68-47.52] Did you see our new fall suits? + [47.68-48.56] No, I didn't. + [48.72-49.20] Where are they? + [49.84-51.76] Right here by the shirts and sweaters. + [52.16-53.12] Oh, I see. + [53.44-54.40] They look very nice. + [54.96-56.96] When you want to try one on, tell me. + [57.12-58.16] My name is Charles. + [58.64-58.96] Allright. + [59.28-59.76] Thanks. + [62.29-63.97] Now answer the questions. + [65.09-67.49] Number 1: Where are the men? + [73.49-76.05] Repeat: They're in a clothing store. + [80.85-85.78] Number 2: Does the customer want to buy anythingright now? + [92.34-94.66] Repeat: No, he's just looking. + [99.22-102.37] Number 3: What is the clerk's name? + [109.06-111.86] Repeat: The clerk's name is Charles. + [116.75-120.03] Number 4: Where are the fall suits? + [127.49-130.51] Repeat: They're by the shirts and sweaters. + [135.12-139.30] Number 5: What did the customer say about the suits? + [145.94-149.22] Repeat: He said that they looked very nice. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6 and listen to the words. +Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. +Look at the example and listen: +cafeteria, cafeteria. +The answer is 3. +The third syllable has the strong stress. +Repeat: cafeteria. +Now begin the exercise. +Listen and circle the number. +Number 1: politely, +politely. +Number 2: popular, popular. +Number 3: operate, +operate. +Number 4: +another, another. +Number 5: finally, +finally. +Number 6: favorite, +favorite. +Number 7: selection, +selection. +Number 8: everyone, everyone. +Number 9: everybody, everybody. +Number 10: introduce, +introduce. +Number 11: introduction, +introduction. +Number 12: variety, variety. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is 2. +Repeat: politely. +Number 2 is 1. +Repeat: popular. +Number 3 is 1. +Repeat: operate. +Number 4 is 2. +Repeat: another. +Number 5 is 1. +Repeat: finally. +Number 6 is 1. +Repeat: favorite. +Number 7 is 2. +Repeat: selection. +Number 8 is 1. +Repeat: everyone. +Number 9 is 1. +Repeat: everybody. +Number 10 is 3. +Repeat: introduce. +Number 11 is 3. +Repeat: introduction. +Number 12 is 2. +Repeat: variety. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.50-4.14] Look at Figure 6 and listen to the words. + [4.78-8.06] Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. + [8.86-10.78] Look at the example and listen: + [12.35-16.11] cafeteria, cafeteria. + [21.07-22.91] The answer is 3. + [23.84-26.56] The third syllable has the strong stress. + [27.20-29.92] Repeat: cafeteria. + [31.71-33.55] Now begin the exercise. + [33.95-35.79] Listen and circle the number. + [37.30-40.06] Number 1: politely, + [41.49-42.29] politely. + [46.85-53.85] Number 2: popular, popular. + [56.58-58.42] Number 3: operate, + [60.09-60.69] operate. + [66.69-67.53] Number 4: + [69.51-75.39] another, another. + [77.79-79.84] Number 5: finally, + [81.66-82.46] finally. + [87.07-88.64] Number 6: favorite, + [91.23-91.83] favorite. + [95.91-98.25] Number 7: selection, + [100.23-100.77] selection. + [104.97-112.47] Number 8: everyone, everyone. + [114.27-121.23] Number 9: everybody, everybody. + [122.78-125.10] Number 10: introduce, + [127.10-128.14] introduce. + [134.74-137.22] Number 11: introduction, + [139.53-140.19] introduction. + [144.15-148.95] Number 12: variety, variety. + [156.99-158.49] Now check your answers. + [159.51-161.19] Number 1 is 2. + [162.15-163.83] Repeat: politely. + [166.53-168.15] Number 2 is 1. + [168.93-170.75] Repeat: popular. + [173.02-175.18] Number 3 is 1. + [175.64-177.10] Repeat: operate. + [179.61-181.35] Number 4 is 2. + [182.37-186.69] Repeat: another. + [186.81-188.67] Number 5 is 1. + [189.45-191.13] Repeat: finally. + [193.71-195.57] Number 6 is 1. + [196.23-198.27] Repeat: favorite. + [201.09-202.95] Number 7 is 2. + [203.97-205.83] Repeat: selection. + [209.19-210.81] Number 8 is 1. + [211.77-213.69] Repeat: everyone. + [216.75-218.31] Number 9 is 1. + [219.21-221.25] Repeat: everybody. + [223.95-225.93] Number 10 is 3. + [226.59-228.51] Repeat: introduce. + [232.53-234.69] Number 11 is 3. + [234.99-237.09] Repeat: introduction. + [241.11-242.79] Number 12 is 2. + [243.57-245.61] Repeat: variety. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now turn to Figure 7. +Listen to paragraph number 1 two times, then write the main idea. +Ted drives his car a lot. +His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too. +The car looks good, but the tires don't. +He has to put air in his tires often. +When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. +Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. +Listen to paragraph number 1 again. +Ted drives his car a lot. +His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too. +The car looks good, but the tires don't. +He has to put air in his tires often. +When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. +Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. +Now write the main idea of the paragraph. +The main idea of the paragraph is: "Ted needs new tires," or "The tires on his car are bad." Both sentences are correct. +You might use different words in your sentence, but the idea should be about the same. +Now listen to paragraph number 2. +Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. +She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. +The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. +They always help others first. +All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. +Listen to paragraph number 2 again. +Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. +She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. +The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. +They always help others first. +All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. +Now write the main idea of the paragraph on line 2. +The main idea is: "Maria doesn't like to go to the mall." You can also say that she doesn't enjoy shopping in the mall. +Turn to the answer page for this lesson to see the paragraphs and main ideas. +This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.38] Now turn to Figure 7. + [4.26-9.38] Listen to paragraph number 1 two times, then write the main idea. + [11.39-12.91] Ted drives his car a lot. + [14.10-17.38] His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too. + [18.37-20.53] The car looks good, but the tires don't. + [21.68-23.84] He has to put air in his tires often. + [24.86-28.46] When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. + [29.87-33.63] Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. + [37.10-39.42] Listen to paragraph number 1 again. + [40.50-42.02] Ted drives his car a lot. + [42.93-45.97] His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too. + [47.02-49.10] The car looks good, but the tires don't. + [50.11-52.19] He has to put air in his tires often. + [53.20-56.56] When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. + [57.54-62.02] Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires. + [69.66-72.86] Now write the main idea of the paragraph. + [87.76-100.11] The main idea of the paragraph is: "Ted needs new tires," or "The tires on his car are bad." Both sentences are correct. + [100.75-105.79] You might use different words in your sentence, but the idea should be about the same. + [107.71-109.79] Now listen to paragraph number 2. + [111.23-114.83] Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. + [115.90-122.94] She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. + [124.16-126.53] The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. + [127.66-129.26] They always help others first. + [130.16-133.73] All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. + [138.10-140.34] Listen to paragraph number 2 again. + [141.55-144.99] Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. + [146.05-152.67] She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. + [154.27-156.34] The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. + [157.41-159.02] They always help others first. + [160.05-163.46] All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it. + [167.30-170.42] Now write the main idea of the paragraph on line 2. + [187.18-196.38] The main idea is: "Maria doesn't like to go to the mall." You can also say that she doesn't enjoy shopping in the mall. + [198.85-203.97] Turn to the answer page for this lesson to see the paragraphs and main ideas. + [210.59-213.87] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-3D.md b/sources/book-10/tape-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1cf8f734 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3D. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the dialogues. +Number 1. +Tell Mike hello for me. +What did Kim say to do? +She said to tell Mike hello for her. +Number 2. +Sue, wear your raincoat. +What did Mom say to wear? +She said to wear your raincoat. +Number 3. +Don't mark on your test booklets. +What did he say not to do? +He said not to mark on our test booklets. +Listen to the dialogues again. +Repeat them. +Tell Mike hello for me. +What did Kim say to do? +She said to tell Mike hello for her. +Sue, wear your raincoat. +What did Mom say to wear? +She said to wear your raincoat. +Don't mark on your test booklets. +What did he say not to do? +He said not to mark on our test booklets. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.32-14.32] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3D. + [20.30-20.70] Hello. + [21.73-24.18] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. + [31.84-33.12] Look at Figure 1. + [33.60-35.12] Listen to the dialogues. + [38.16-38.88] Number 1. + [39.84-41.20] Tell Mike hello for me. + [42.06-43.50] What did Kim say to do? + [44.50-46.50] She said to tell Mike hello for her. + [48.10-48.82] Number 2. + [49.87-51.63] Sue, wear your raincoat. + [52.72-54.08] What did Mom say to wear? + [54.88-56.40] She said to wear your raincoat. + [57.97-58.61] Number 3. + [60.02-62.26] Don't mark on your test booklets. + [62.82-64.26] What did he say not to do? + [65.04-67.84] He said not to mark on our test booklets. + [69.54-71.14] Listen to the dialogues again. + [71.70-72.42] Repeat them. + [74.99-76.27] Tell Mike hello for me. + [79.89-81.25] What did Kim say to do? + [84.37-86.37] She said to tell Mike hello for her. + [89.86-91.70] Sue, wear your raincoat. + [95.22-96.50] What did Mom say to wear? + [99.25-100.77] She said to wear your raincoat. + [108.30-110.22] Don't mark on your test booklets. + [114.32-115.76] What did he say not to do? + [119.42-121.98] He said not to mark on our test booklets. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the example in Figure 2. +Listen to a sentence and a question. +Answer the question. +Then repeat the correct answer. +Listen. +"Check the front tires." What did he say to do? +He said to check the front tires. +Now listen and answer the question. +Number 1. +"Lock the garage door." +What did he say to do? +Repeat: He said to lock the garage door. +Number 2. +"Put the tire in the trunk." +What did he say to do? +Repeat: He said to put the tire in the trunk. +Number 3. +"Wash the car today." What did he say to do? +Repeat: He said to wash the car today. +Number 4. +"Turn the light on." What did he say to do? +Repeat: He said to turn the light on. +Number 5. +"Don't leave now." What did he say not to do? +Repeat: He said not to leave now. +Number 6. +"Wait a few minutes." What did he say to do? +Repeat: He said to wait a few minutes. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-4.34] Now look at the example in Figure 2. + [5.06-7.14] Listen to a sentence and a question. + [7.86-8.90] Answer the question. + [9.62-11.78] Then repeat the correct answer. + [12.18-12.74] Listen. + [16.10-20.05] "Check the front tires." What did he say to do? + [22.62-25.10] He said to check the front tires. + [28.72-30.72] Now listen and answer the question. + [32.38-33.02] Number 1. + [34.35-35.44] "Lock the garage door." + [37.84-39.04] What did he say to do? + [42.02-44.98] Repeat: He said to lock the garage door. + [48.72-49.36] Number 2. + [50.94-52.38] "Put the tire in the trunk." + [54.75-55.95] What did he say to do? + [58.29-61.17] Repeat: He said to put the tire in the trunk. + [65.18-65.90] Number 3. + [67.79-71.25] "Wash the car today." What did he say to do? + [74.50-77.30] Repeat: He said to wash the car today. + [80.80-81.52] Number 4. + [83.02-86.30] "Turn the light on." What did he say to do? + [89.06-91.54] Repeat: He said to turn the light on. + [94.91-95.79] Number 5. + [96.66-100.53] "Don't leave now." What did he say not to do? + [104.40-107.20] Repeat: He said not to leave now. + [111.62-111.94] Number 6. + [114.11-117.57] "Wait a few minutes." What did he say to do? + [118.85-121.49] Repeat: He said to wait a few minutes. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Turn to figure 3 and listen. +Mrs. +Hill talks a lot. +Her husband John and her son Billy don't always listen to her. +Sometimes they're reading or watching TV. +Other times they're just thinking about something else. +Look at the dialogues and listen to Mrs. +Hill. +Then you be Mr. +Hill or Billy and ask or answer a question. +Listen and complete the conversation. +Number 1. +Billy, hang up your coat. +Ask Billy's question. +Repeat: what did she say to do? +She said to hang up your coat. +Number 2. +Please feed the dog. +Ask Billy's question. +Repeat: what did she say to do? +She said to feed the dog. +Number 3. +John, please return Dr. +Smith's call. +What did she say to do? +Answer his question. +Repeat: she said to return Dr. +Smith's call. +Number 4. +Do your homework now, Billy. +What did she say to do? +Answer his question. +Repeat: she said to do your homework. +Number 5. +Please give Billy some lunch money. +What did she say to give me? +Answer his question. +Repeat: she said to give you some lunch money. +Number 6. +Please put gas in the car. +Billy, what did your mother say to do? +Answer his question. +Repeat: she said to put gas in the car. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.19-4.27] Turn to figure 3 and listen. + [7.02-7.42] Mrs. + [7.42-8.46] Hill talks a lot. + [9.57-12.93] Her husband John and her son Billy don't always listen to her. + [14.11-16.59] Sometimes they're reading or watching TV. + [17.65-20.37] Other times they're just thinking about something else. + [25.26-27.74] Look at the dialogues and listen to Mrs. + [27.74-28.14] Hill. + [30.26-31.86] Then you be Mr. + [31.86-35.54] Hill or Billy and ask or answer a question. + [39.22-41.38] Listen and complete the conversation. + [45.89-46.53] Number 1. + [48.14-49.58] Billy, hang up your coat. + [50.82-52.26] Ask Billy's question. + [57.25-59.81] Repeat: what did she say to do? + [62.86-64.38] She said to hang up your coat. + [67.90-68.46] Number 2. + [70.11-71.23] Please feed the dog. + [72.59-73.87] Ask Billy's question. + [78.05-80.61] Repeat: what did she say to do? + [83.92-85.36] She said to feed the dog. + [88.53-89.25] Number 3. + [90.45-91.89] John, please return Dr. + [91.89-92.85] Smith's call. + [97.38-98.58] What did she say to do? + [99.50-100.54] Answer his question. + [105.87-108.27] Repeat: she said to return Dr. + [108.27-109.23] Smith's call. + [114.38-115.02] Number 4. + [116.24-117.76] Do your homework now, Billy. + [119.42-120.62] What did she say to do? + [121.78-122.90] Answer his question. + [127.87-130.59] Repeat: she said to do your homework. + [134.45-135.25] Number 5. + [138.37-140.13] Please give Billy some lunch money. + [141.79-143.23] What did she say to give me? + [144.34-145.46] Answer his question. + [151.84-154.56] Repeat: she said to give you some lunch money. + [158.11-158.75] Number 6. + [160.27-162.11] Please put gas in the car. + [163.33-165.41] Billy, what did your mother say to do? + [166.85-167.89] Answer his question. + [174.13-176.93] Repeat: she said to put gas in the car. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 4, read the questions. +Now listen to a conversation 2 times, then answer the questions in your book. +I'm glad you're driving, Sam. +I'm lost. +When did you move away from here, Dan? +7 years ago. +Silver City has really changed a lot in that time. +Yes, it has. +There are more people and a lot of new buildings. +What's that large place on theright? +That's the Silver Star Mall. +Do you want to eat lunch there? +Yes, I certainly do. +I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything. +Listen to the conversation again. +I'm glad you're driving, Sam. +I'm lost. +When did you move away from here, Dan? +7 years ago. +Silver City has really changed a lot in that time. +Yes, it has. +There are more people and a lot of new buildings. +What's that large place on theright? +That's the Silver Star Mall. +Do you want to eat lunch there? +Yes, I certainly do. +I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything. +Now answer the questions. +Say the answers only, don't write. +Number 1: Who's driving the car? +Repeat: Sam is driving the car. +Number 2: What city are Dan and Sam in? +Repeat: They're in Silver City. +Number 3: When did Sam move away from there? +Repeat: He moved away 7 years ago. +Number 4: Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch? +Repeat: They'll eat lunch at the Silver Star Mall. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.66-5.78] Go to Figure 4, read the questions. + [19.09-24.85] Now listen to a conversation 2 times, then answer the questions in your book. + [28.82-30.42] I'm glad you're driving, Sam. + [30.74-31.54] I'm lost. + [32.37-33.97] When did you move away from here, Dan? + [34.96-36.00] 7 years ago. + [36.64-39.92] Silver City has really changed a lot in that time. + [40.56-41.60] Yes, it has. + [42.24-44.80] There are more people and a lot of new buildings. + [45.52-47.20] What's that large place on theright? + [48.75-50.11] That's the Silver Star Mall. + [50.51-51.63] Do you want to eat lunch there? + [52.19-53.39] Yes, I certainly do. + [54.37-57.65] I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything. + [60.24-61.92] Listen to the conversation again. + [63.46-64.98] I'm glad you're driving, Sam. + [65.22-65.94] I'm lost. + [66.58-68.18] When did you move away from here, Dan? + [68.50-69.54] 7 years ago. + [70.53-73.65] Silver City has really changed a lot in that time. + [74.13-75.09] Yes, it has. + [75.81-78.21] There are more people and a lot of new buildings. + [78.77-80.29] What's that large place on theright? + [81.01-82.37] That's the Silver Star Mall. + [82.85-83.97] Do you want to eat lunch there? + [84.37-85.73] Yes, I certainly do. + [86.66-89.70] I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything. + [93.12-94.80] Now answer the questions. + [95.36-98.32] Say the answers only, don't write. + [99.97-102.70] Number 1: Who's driving the car? + [107.74-110.14] Repeat: Sam is driving the car. + [113.78-117.44] Number 2: What city are Dan and Sam in? + [123.68-126.00] Repeat: They're in Silver City. + [130.48-134.18] Number 3: When did Sam move away from there? + [139.90-142.86] Repeat: He moved away 7 years ago. + [147.82-151.76] Number 4: Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch? + [157.71-161.50] Repeat: They'll eat lunch at the Silver Star Mall. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5: look at the names of buildings in Silver City. +Now listen: when you hear the name of a building, write the letter next to the name of the building. +Listen. +When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes. +He decided to rent a car at the airport. +He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. +Sam told him to take Airport Road into town. +The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50. +Write the letter E next to number 1. +The Landmark Hotel is Building E. +Now listen to Sam's directions and write the letter of each building next to the correct name when you hear it. +On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. +You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street. +The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. +You turn east on Easy Street. +The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block. +The next street will be 1st Street. +After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. +Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street. +The High School Gym will be on yourright. +You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright. +Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. +My address is 2024 2nd Street. +I hope you won't get lost. +Listen again and fill in any missing letters. +Listen. +When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes. +He decided to rent a car at the airport. +He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. +Sam told him to take Airport Road into town. +The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50. +On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. +You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street. +The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. +You turn to the east on Easy Street. +The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block. +The next street will be 1st Street. +After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. +Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street. +The High School Gym will be on yourright. +You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright. +Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. +My address is 2024 2nd Street. +I hope you won't get lost. +Now check your answers. +Number 1: The Landmark Hotel is E. +Number 2: The Silver City Mall is H. +Number 3: The Silver Dollar Restaurant is B. +Number 4: The New Money Bank is F. +Number 5: The City Library is G. +Number 6: The old post office is A. +Number 7: The SureCare Clinic is C. +Number 8: The High School Gym is D. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.43-6.99] Look at Figure 5: look at the names of buildings in Silver City. + [15.28-21.90] Now listen: when you hear the name of a building, write the letter next to the name of the building. + [22.38-22.94] Listen. + [24.67-31.55] When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes. + [32.64-34.72] He decided to rent a car at the airport. + [35.90-39.66] He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. + [41.09-44.05] Sam told him to take Airport Road into town. + [45.12-50.00] The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50. + [56.75-60.62] Write the letter E next to number 1. + [60.62-63.10] The Landmark Hotel is Building E. + [64.19-71.15] Now listen to Sam's directions and write the letter of each building next to the correct name when you hear it. + [73.23-78.91] On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. + [86.61-93.17] You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street. + [94.54-97.82] The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. + [105.31-107.39] You turn east on Easy Street. + [108.62-112.62] The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block. + [119.76-121.68] The next street will be 1st Street. + [123.06-132.13] After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. + [138.38-141.66] Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street. + [143.17-144.74] The High School Gym will be on yourright. + [151.53-155.60] You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright. + [164.18-167.22] Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. + [168.35-171.60] My address is 2024 2nd Street. + [171.95-174.45] I hope you won't get lost. + [180.08-183.28] Listen again and fill in any missing letters. + [184.34-184.90] Listen. + [186.34-192.90] When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes. + [193.95-196.48] He decided to rent a car at the airport. + [197.60-201.44] He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. + [202.90-206.10] Sam told him to take Airport Road into town. + [207.47-211.87] The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50. + [213.45-219.46] On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. + [221.38-227.38] You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street. + [229.95-233.15] The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. + [235.42-237.58] You turn to the east on Easy Street. + [239.95-243.55] The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block. + [246.10-247.86] The next street will be 1st Street. + [249.74-258.66] After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. + [260.59-263.85] Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street. + [265.34-267.26] The High School Gym will be on yourright. + [269.31-272.99] You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright. + [274.75-277.84] Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. + [279.31-283.78] My address is 2024 2nd Street. + [283.79-285.15] I hope you won't get lost. + [288.88-290.26] Now check your answers. + [291.99-295.94] Number 1: The Landmark Hotel is E. + [297.60-301.44] Number 2: The Silver City Mall is H. + [304.17-308.54] Number 3: The Silver Dollar Restaurant is B. + [310.89-314.69] Number 4: The New Money Bank is F. + [316.67-320.46] Number 5: The City Library is G. + [323.09-327.04] Number 6: The old post office is A. + [329.25-332.85] Number 7: The SureCare Clinic is C. + [334.38-337.90] Number 8: The High School Gym is D. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now turn to Figure 6. +Listen to the dialogue. +Look at that car. +Which car? +The blue one. +The blue one next to us? +Yes, that one. +That's Jim's car. +Jim White? +Not Jim White. +Jim Brown. +Do you like it? +I like the wheel covers. +They make Jim's car look fast. +Yes, fast and expensive. +Now listen and repeat the dialogue. +Look at that car. +Which car? +The blue one. +The blue one next to us? +Yes, that one. +That's Jim's car. +Jim White? +Not Jim White. +Jim Brown. +Do you like it? +I like the wheel covers. +They make Jim's car look fast. +Yes, fast and expensive. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-3.38] Now turn to Figure 6. + [3.86-5.14] Listen to the dialogue. + [7.38-8.66] Look at that car. + [9.74-10.22] Which car? + [11.23-11.95] The blue one. + [13.12-14.32] The blue one next to us? + [14.88-16.24] Yes, that one. + [16.96-17.76] That's Jim's car. + [18.40-19.20] Jim White? + [20.50-21.14] Not Jim White. + [21.54-22.26] Jim Brown. + [23.41-24.05] Do you like it? + [25.25-26.37] I like the wheel covers. + [27.46-29.54] They make Jim's car look fast. + [30.26-32.10] Yes, fast and expensive. + [34.40-36.32] Now listen and repeat the dialogue. + [38.62-39.66] Look at that car. + [42.43-42.99] Which car? + [45.46-46.18] The blue one. + [48.30-49.58] The blue one next to us? + [52.37-53.65] Yes, that one. + [56.37-57.25] That's Jim's car. + [60.24-61.04] Jim White? + [63.38-64.18] Not Jim White. + [64.42-65.22] Jim Brown. + [68.46-69.18] Do you like it? + [72.59-73.71] I like the wheel covers. + [77.52-79.60] They make Jim's car look fast. + [83.63-85.63] Yes, fast and expensive. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7. +Listen to a sentence and select the best response. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: "Jane's shoes are loose." +Number 2: "Which one doesn't have wheels?" +Number 3: "Anne removed one glove." +Number 4: "Glen has enough money." +Number 5: "Mary's answer was quick." +Number 6: "Ken's belt is tight." +Number 7: "Why is Pat hurrying?" +Number 8: "Roger raised the desk." +Number 9: "Nan inflated the soccer ball." +Number 10: "Why does Alan need the wrench?" +Now listen and check your answers. +Repeat theright answers. +Number 1 is C. +Repeat: "Jane's shoes are loose because they're large for her." +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: "Boats don't have wheels." +Number 3 is C. +Repeat: "Anne took off her glove." +Number 4 is C. +Repeat: "Glen doesn't need any more money because he has enough." +Number 5 is A. +Repeat: "Mary gave a fast answer. +It was quick." +Number 6 is A. +Repeat: "Ken's belt is tight because he ate too much." +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: "Pat's hurrying because she's late." +Number 8 is C. +Repeat: "Roger lifted the desk." +Number 9 is B. +Repeat: "The soccer ball got larger when Nan inflated it." +Number 10 is B. +Repeat: "Alan needs the wrench because he's fixing the machine." +This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.30-3.50] Look at Figure 7. + [4.30-6.94] Listen to a sentence and select the best response. + [8.34-10.74] Circle A, B, or C. + [12.42-15.86] Number 1: "Jane's shoes are loose." + [26.22-30.10] Number 2: "Which one doesn't have wheels?" + [39.66-43.18] Number 3: "Anne removed one glove." + [56.53-59.57] Number 4: "Glen has enough money." + [74.67-78.24] Number 5: "Mary's answer was quick." + [90.74-93.84] Number 6: "Ken's belt is tight." + [107.79-111.15] Number 7: "Why is Pat hurrying?" + [122.64-125.74] Number 8: "Roger raised the desk." + [136.32-139.94] Number 9: "Nan inflated the soccer ball." + [151.97-155.39] Number 10: "Why does Alan need the wrench?" + [173.95-176.11] Now listen and check your answers. + [176.51-178.03] Repeat theright answers. + [179.44-180.72] Number 1 is C. + [181.62-186.30] Repeat: "Jane's shoes are loose because they're large for her." + [193.82-195.18] Number 2 is B. + [195.98-198.46] Repeat: "Boats don't have wheels." + [203.30-204.98] Number 3 is C. + [205.62-208.34] Repeat: "Anne took off her glove." + [213.39-214.67] Number 4 is C. + [215.42-220.46] Repeat: "Glen doesn't need any more money because he has enough." + [228.21-229.73] Number 5 is A. + [230.53-233.65] Repeat: "Mary gave a fast answer. + [234.37-235.17] It was quick." + [241.30-242.74] Number 6 is A. + [243.52-247.62] Repeat: "Ken's belt is tight because he ate too much." + [255.34-257.10] Number 7 is A. + [258.03-261.50] Repeat: "Pat's hurrying because she's late." + [268.29-269.89] Number 8 is C. + [270.64-273.52] Repeat: "Roger lifted the desk." + [279.07-280.59] Number 9 is B. + [281.39-285.94] Repeat: "The soccer ball got larger when Nan inflated it." + [293.66-295.26] Number 10 is B. + [295.82-300.22] Repeat: "Alan needs the wrench because he's fixing the machine." + [316.19-319.23] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-4A.md b/sources/book-10/tape-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d78fc7a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4A. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. +Look at Figure 1. +These are some pictures of a family. +Listen and repeat the underlined words 2 times: +"folks." +Folks. +Picture 1: grandfather. +Grandfather. +Picture 2: grandmother. +Grandmother. +Picture 3: +grandparents. +Grandparents. +Picture 4: parents. +Parents. +Baby. +Baby. +Now turn the page and repeat: +"relatives." +Relatives. +Picture 5: +aunt. +Aunt. +Single. +Single. +Get married. +Get married. +Picture 6: +married. +Married. +Picture 7: uncle. +Uncle. +Picture 8: +marriage. +Marriage. +Cousins. +Cousins. +Picture 9: +niece. +Niece. +Nephew. +Nephew. +Now turn back to Picture 1. +Listen to the story of this family. +Grandfather Jones is in Picture 1, and Grandmother Jones is in Picture 2. +They are my mother's parents. +They're my grandparents on my mother's side of the family. +I see these grandparents often because we live in the same city. +Grandfather doesn't work anymore. +He and Grandmother like to take trips very often. +Picture 3 shows my grandparents on my father's side. +Don and Lita Garcia are my father's parents. +They don't live in this city; they live in New Mexico. +It's far from here. +I only see them 1 or 2 times a year. +Then, in Picture 4, are my mother and father. +This is an old picture. +There is a very young child in the picture with my mother and father. +My mother has a baby in her arms. +That baby is me. +I was a 10-month-old baby. +That was a long time ago. +The little boy in the picture next to my father is my brother Frank. +He was 3 years old in the picture. +Go to the next page and you will see some more of my relatives. +First, in Pictures 5 and 6 are my mother's sisters, my aunts: Aunt Mary and Aunt June. +Picture 5 is a picture of Aunt Mary when she was single before she got married. +Next to Aunt Mary is a picture of Aunt June. +Aunt June never married. +She's single. +She lives alone in a small town not very far from here. +Next to Aunt June in Picture 7 is Uncle Jerry. +Uncle Jerry is my father's brother. +Uncle Jerry lives in New Mexico also, but he comes to visit us often. +My father has a sister too, but I don't have her picture. +Her name is Jean. +She's my Aunt Jean. +Picture 8 shows Aunt Mary after she got married. +It's a picture of her family. +My Aunt Mary has a very happy marriage. +In the picture with her is her husband, Uncle Ben, and her children, Meg and Rob, my cousins. +Aunt Mary and her family live here in town. +My cousins and I went to the same schools when we were growing up. +It's nice to have your relatives in the same city. +And finally, in Picture 9 are my brother Frank's children. +They are my newest and youngest relatives: my niece Jane and my nephew Jack. +My niece is 2 and a half years old. +My nephew is a 4-month-old baby. +They're the babies of the family. +I hope you enjoyed my pictures. +I like to look at them and think of my folks. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [12.83-16.83] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4A. + [23.57-23.97] Hello. + [24.69-27.25] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. + [33.63-35.55] Look at Figure 1. + [35.55-37.31] These are some pictures of a family. + [38.03-41.63] Listen and repeat the underlined words 2 times: + [43.14-43.86] "folks." + [45.92-46.64] Folks. + [48.98-53.61] Picture 1: grandfather. + [53.68-54.72] Grandfather. + [57.34-60.32] Picture 2: grandmother. + [61.90-62.94] Grandmother. + [65.76-66.72] Picture 3: + [68.10-69.22] grandparents. + [71.18-72.38] Grandparents. + [74.70-77.54] Picture 4: parents. + [79.81-79.86] Parents. + [82.72-83.52] Baby. + [85.36-86.08] Baby. + [88.58-91.74] Now turn the page and repeat: + [93.44-94.40] "relatives." + [97.14-98.10] Relatives. + [100.62-101.00] Picture 5: + [103.53-103.95] aunt. + [106.65-107.01] Aunt. + [109.59-112.05] Single. + [112.23-112.71] Single. + [115.11-118.47] Get married. + [118.59-119.54] Get married. + [122.16-123.04] Picture 6: + [124.37-125.09] married. + [127.17-127.97] Married. + [130.30-133.04] Picture 7: uncle. + [135.22-135.78] Uncle. + [138.27-139.15] Picture 8: + [140.43-140.48] marriage. + [143.91-144.42] Marriage. + [146.53-147.33] Cousins. + [149.12-149.76] Cousins. + [152.31-153.21] Picture 9: + [154.89-155.13] niece. + [157.47-157.77] Niece. + [160.59-160.95] Nephew. + [163.17-163.53] Nephew. + [166.71-168.32] Now turn back to Picture 1. + [168.45-171.10] Listen to the story of this family. + [174.02-179.14] Grandfather Jones is in Picture 1, and Grandmother Jones is in Picture 2. + [180.56-182.56] They are my mother's parents. + [183.71-187.07] They're my grandparents on my mother's side of the family. + [188.48-192.56] I see these grandparents often because we live in the same city. + [194.06-196.06] Grandfather doesn't work anymore. + [196.70-199.58] He and Grandmother like to take trips very often. + [201.73-205.25] Picture 3 shows my grandparents on my father's side. + [206.59-209.95] Don and Lita Garcia are my father's parents. + [210.94-214.46] They don't live in this city; they live in New Mexico. + [215.18-216.54] It's far from here. + [217.63-220.59] I only see them 1 or 2 times a year. + [222.14-225.90] Then, in Picture 4, are my mother and father. + [226.62-228.06] This is an old picture. + [229.18-232.62] There is a very young child in the picture with my mother and father. + [233.82-235.90] My mother has a baby in her arms. + [236.88-238.24] That baby is me. + [239.17-241.01] I was a 10-month-old baby. + [241.76-243.52] That was a long time ago. + [244.77-248.77] The little boy in the picture next to my father is my brother Frank. + [249.52-251.84] He was 3 years old in the picture. + [253.92-258.16] Go to the next page and you will see some more of my relatives. + [259.55-267.87] First, in Pictures 5 and 6 are my mother's sisters, my aunts: Aunt Mary and Aunt June. + [268.86-273.74] Picture 5 is a picture of Aunt Mary when she was single before she got married. + [275.17-277.97] Next to Aunt Mary is a picture of Aunt June. + [278.77-280.29] Aunt June never married. + [280.93-281.81] She's single. + [282.29-286.29] She lives alone in a small town not very far from here. + [288.51-291.71] Next to Aunt June in Picture 7 is Uncle Jerry. + [292.93-295.17] Uncle Jerry is my father's brother. + [296.34-301.14] Uncle Jerry lives in New Mexico also, but he comes to visit us often. + [302.26-306.26] My father has a sister too, but I don't have her picture. + [307.12-308.40] Her name is Jean. + [308.80-310.40] She's my Aunt Jean. + [312.24-315.44] Picture 8 shows Aunt Mary after she got married. + [316.24-318.80] It's a picture of her family. + [319.05-321.86] My Aunt Mary has a very happy marriage. + [322.86-330.14] In the picture with her is her husband, Uncle Ben, and her children, Meg and Rob, my cousins. + [331.25-333.89] Aunt Mary and her family live here in town. + [334.91-338.59] My cousins and I went to the same schools when we were growing up. + [339.46-342.26] It's nice to have your relatives in the same city. + [344.11-348.83] And finally, in Picture 9 are my brother Frank's children. + [349.55-355.69] They are my newest and youngest relatives: my niece Jane and my nephew Jack. + [356.43-358.74] My niece is 2 and a half years old. + [359.05-361.90] My nephew is a 4-month-old baby. + [362.22-364.41] They're the babies of the family. + [364.64-367.35] I hope you enjoyed my pictures. + [367.54-370.48] I like to look at them and think of my folks. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +Listen to the question and circle the correct answer: A, B, or C. +Number 1: "Who's my father's father?" +Letter A is the answer. +Repeat: "My father's father is my grandfather." Now listen and circle the correct letter. +Number 2: +"Who's my father's mother?" +Number 3: "What do we call a very young child?" +Number 4: "Who are my mother's sisters?" +Number 5: "Who's my father's brother?" +Number 6: "Who are my aunt's children?" +Number 7: "Who's my brother's son?" +Number 8: "Who's my brother's daughter?" +Number 9: "When a woman has a husband, what do we call her?" +Number 10: "What do we call a man without a wife?" +Let's check your answers. +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: "My father's mother is my grandmother." +Number 3 is C. +Repeat: "A very young child is called a baby." +Number 4 is C. +Repeat: "My mother's sisters are my aunts." +Number 5 is A. +Repeat: "My father's brother is my uncle." +Number 6 is B. +Repeat: "My aunt's children are my cousins." +Number 7 is B. +Repeat: "My brother's son is my nephew." +Number 8 is C. +Repeat: "My brother's daughter is my niece." +Number 9 is B. +Repeat: "A woman with a husband is called a married woman." +Number 10 is A. +Repeat: "A man without a wife is a single man." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.65-2.93] Now look at Figure 2. + [3.65-8.61] Listen to the question and circle the correct answer: A, B, or C. + [9.70-12.74] Number 1: "Who's my father's father?" + [18.24-19.84] Letter A is the answer. + [20.77-28.45] Repeat: "My father's father is my grandfather." Now listen and circle the correct letter. + [30.72-31.60] Number 2: + [33.22-34.74] "Who's my father's mother?" + [41.07-45.39] Number 3: "What do we call a very young child?" + [50.03-53.78] Number 4: "Who are my mother's sisters?" + [59.73-63.46] Number 5: "Who's my father's brother?" + [68.83-72.64] Number 6: "Who are my aunt's children?" + [77.42-80.54] Number 7: "Who's my brother's son?" + [86.08-89.04] Number 8: "Who's my brother's daughter?" + [93.62-98.50] Number 9: "When a woman has a husband, what do we call her?" + [103.90-107.50] Number 10: "What do we call a man without a wife?" + [119.82-121.10] Let's check your answers. + [124.03-125.87] Number 2 is B. + [126.35-130.35] Repeat: "My father's mother is my grandmother." + [135.18-137.18] Number 3 is C. + [137.90-141.74] Repeat: "A very young child is called a baby." + [147.14-149.22] Number 4 is C. + [149.62-153.62] Repeat: "My mother's sisters are my aunts." + [159.47-161.47] Number 5 is A. + [161.87-165.39] Repeat: "My father's brother is my uncle." + [171.47-173.47] Number 6 is B. + [173.79-177.79] Repeat: "My aunt's children are my cousins." + [183.90-186.06] Number 7 is B. + [186.46-190.06] Repeat: "My brother's son is my nephew." + [196.34-197.94] Number 8 is C. + [198.18-202.99] Repeat: "My brother's daughter is my niece." + [209.46-211.38] Number 9 is B. + [211.62-215.94] Repeat: "A woman with a husband is called a married woman." + [221.57-223.41] Number 10 is A. + [223.89-227.89] Repeat: "A man without a wife is a single man." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Listen. +Next month I will graduate from school. +I ask my relatives to come. +Some of them will be able to come, and some of them won't be able to come. +Look at the example. +You ask the question and someone will answer it. +Then you put an X on the chart in the Yes, No, or Maybe column. +Repeat the example question. +Will Aunt June be able to come? +Now listen to the answer and mark the chart. +Listen: I'm not sure. +Aunt June might be able to come. +Put an X in number 1 under "Maybe." +Now look at the chart and ask a question. +Listen to the answer and mark the chart. +Number 2. +Repeat: Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? +Listen: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. +Mark the chart. +Number 3. +Repeat: Will Aunt Mary be able to come? +Listen and mark: No, she won't be able to come. +Number 4. +Repeat: Will Uncle Ben be able to come? +Listen and mark: He isn't sure. +He might. +Number 5. +Repeat: Will Cousin Meg be able to come? +Listen and mark: Yes, she will. +Number 6. +Repeat: Will Cousin Rob be able to come? +Listen and mark: No, he won't. +Number 7. +Repeat: Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? +Listen and mark: He didn't know. +He might. +Number 8. +Repeat: Will your brother Frank be able to come? +Listen and mark: Yes, he will. +Number 9. +Repeat: Will your parents be able to come? +Listen and mark: Yes, they will. +Now, here are some questions for you. +Use the chart and answer in a complete sentence. +The questions are not in the same order. +Will Aunt June be able to come? +Repeat: I'm not sure. +Aunt June might be able to come. +Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? +Repeat: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. +Will my parents be able to come? +Repeat: Yes, your parents will be able to come. +Will Uncle Ben be able to come? +Repeat: Maybe. +Uncle Ben might be able to come. +Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? +Repeat: Maybe. +Uncle Jerry might be able to come. +Will Cousin Meg be able to come? +Repeat: Yes, Cousin Meg will be able to come. +Will Aunt Mary be able to come? +Repeat: No, Aunt Mary won't be able to come. +Will my brother Frank be able to come? +Repeat: Yes, your brother Frank will be able to come. +Will Cousin Rob be able to come? +Repeat: No, Cousin Rob won't be able to come. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.97-3.25] Look at Figure 3. + [3.73-4.29] Listen. + [5.89-9.33] Next month I will graduate from school. + [10.54-12.62] I ask my relatives to come. + [13.65-17.81] Some of them will be able to come, and some of them won't be able to come. + [18.74-20.02] Look at the example. + [20.10-22.58] You ask the question and someone will answer it. + [24.90-29.46] Then you put an X on the chart in the Yes, No, or Maybe column. + [30.80-32.72] Repeat the example question. + [34.30-38.67] Will Aunt June be able to come? + [40.30-43.02] Now listen to the answer and mark the chart. + [44.88-47.36] Listen: I'm not sure. + [48.58-50.74] Aunt June might be able to come. + [54.37-57.65] Put an X in number 1 under "Maybe." + [60.83-63.15] Now look at the chart and ask a question. + [64.08-66.32] Listen to the answer and mark the chart. + [68.56-69.52] Number 2. + [74.03-81.09] Repeat: Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? + [83.70-89.46] Listen: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. + [90.99-92.11] Mark the chart. + [98.00-98.88] Number 3. + [104.00-107.44] Repeat: Will Aunt Mary be able to come? + [112.74-117.38] Listen and mark: No, she won't be able to come. + [122.99-123.87] Number 4. + [128.99-132.80] Repeat: Will Uncle Ben be able to come? + [137.12-140.08] Listen and mark: He isn't sure. + [140.56-141.36] He might. + [146.32-147.28] Number 5. + [151.25-155.06] Repeat: Will Cousin Meg be able to come? + [159.09-162.21] Listen and mark: Yes, she will. + [167.60-167.97] Number 6. + [172.47-175.60] Repeat: Will Cousin Rob be able to come? + [180.33-183.22] Listen and mark: No, he won't. + [187.90-188.43] Number 7. + [192.13-196.34] Repeat: Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? + [201.36-204.16] Listen and mark: He didn't know. + [204.56-205.20] He might. + [211.18-211.66] Number 8. + [216.93-220.86] Repeat: Will your brother Frank be able to come? + [226.38-229.02] Listen and mark: Yes, he will. + [233.89-234.53] Number 9. + [238.50-241.65] Repeat: Will your parents be able to come? + [246.69-249.46] Listen and mark: Yes, they will. + [257.01-258.82] Now, here are some questions for you. + [259.62-262.82] Use the chart and answer in a complete sentence. + [263.79-265.87] The questions are not in the same order. + [268.66-272.85] Will Aunt June be able to come? + [275.38-277.94] Repeat: I'm not sure. + [278.66-280.82] Aunt June might be able to come. + [286.99-290.27] Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? + [295.26-300.94] Repeat: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. + [307.54-309.57] Will my parents be able to come? + [315.11-318.51] Repeat: Yes, your parents will be able to come. + [324.81-326.88] Will Uncle Ben be able to come? + [331.79-333.63] Repeat: Maybe. + [333.63-336.80] Uncle Ben might be able to come. + [342.45-346.89] Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? + [349.70-351.70] Repeat: Maybe. + [352.42-354.74] Uncle Jerry might be able to come. + [361.29-363.63] Will Cousin Meg be able to come? + [368.82-373.09] Repeat: Yes, Cousin Meg will be able to come. + [379.47-381.50] Will Aunt Mary be able to come? + [386.70-390.48] Repeat: No, Aunt Mary won't be able to come. + [396.27-398.56] Will my brother Frank be able to come? + [403.76-408.15] Repeat: Yes, your brother Frank will be able to come. + [414.99-417.15] Will Cousin Rob be able to come? + [422.61-427.30] Repeat: No, Cousin Rob won't be able to come. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Look at the connective words in the box. +Repeat: "after", "after that", "finally", "first", +"last", "lastly", +"next", "second", +"then". +Now listen to a paragraph 2 times. +First, just listen for the connective words. +Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. +First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk. +Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. +After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. +He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. +Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on. +He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. +And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car. +Now listen again. +This time, write the connective words when you hear them. +Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. +First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk. +Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. +After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. +He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. +Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on. +He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. +And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car. +Listen to another paragraph. +First, just listen. +Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? +Do you know how to operate it? +Let me tell you how to use it. +First, be sure you have enough change. +It's best to have the exact change. +The machine doesn't always give back change. +Then look at the snacks. +It usually has a large number of selections. +Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. +Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. +Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection. +Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection. +Now listen again. +This time, write the connective words when you hear them. +Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? +Do you know how to operate it? +Let me tell you how to use it. +First, be sure you have enough change. +It's best to have the exact change. +The machine doesn't always give back change. +Then look at the snacks. +It usually has a large number of selections. +Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. +Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. +Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection. +Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection. +Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.94-3.14] Look at Figure 4. + [4.10-6.26] Look at the connective words in the box. + [7.41-15.65] Repeat: "after", "after that", "finally", "first", + [17.25-19.65] "last", "lastly", + [22.17-25.11] "next", "second", + [26.73-27.26] "then". + [29.85-32.27] Now listen to a paragraph 2 times. + [32.75-35.87] First, just listen for the connective words. + [37.86-40.58] Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. + [41.38-48.82] First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk. + [49.78-55.14] Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. + [56.26-60.18] After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. + [60.94-64.14] He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. + [65.10-69.42] Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on. + [70.26-74.74] He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. + [75.82-81.34] And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car. + [85.73-86.77] Now listen again. + [87.70-90.66] This time, write the connective words when you hear them. + [93.02-95.82] Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. + [96.88-104.00] First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk. + [104.99-110.43] Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. + [112.06-116.46] After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. + [117.38-120.66] He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. + [122.16-126.80] Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on. + [127.44-131.49] He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. + [132.69-138.69] And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car. + [142.94-144.62] Listen to another paragraph. + [145.10-146.78] First, just listen. + [147.97-151.49] Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? + [152.13-153.97] Do you know how to operate it? + [155.18-156.86] Let me tell you how to use it. + [157.62-160.36] First, be sure you have enough change. + [160.58-162.82] It's best to have the exact change. + [163.65-166.91] The machine doesn't always give back change. + [166.99-168.43] Then look at the snacks. + [169.15-172.70] It usually has a large number of selections. + [172.70-175.82] Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. + [176.62-179.90] Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. + [180.62-184.22] Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection. + [185.01-189.97] Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection. + [196.72-197.84] Now listen again. + [198.59-201.55] This time, write the connective words when you hear them. + [203.36-206.80] Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? + [207.44-209.44] Do you know how to operate it? + [210.59-212.27] Let me tell you how to use it. + [213.39-216.51] First, be sure you have enough change. + [216.58-219.63] It's best to have the exact change. + [220.71-223.50] The machine doesn't always give back change. + [224.55-226.62] Then look at the snacks. + [227.26-229.82] It usually has a large number of selections. + [231.23-235.63] Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. + [235.84-239.24] Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. + [240.75-244.40] Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection. + [246.21-251.12] Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection. + [259.54-262.42] Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson. + [268.95-271.38] This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-4B.md b/sources/book-10/tape-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..26f176c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4B. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen and repeat the sentences. +What's her occupation? +What's his job? +What kind of work does he do? +What does he do? +Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Picture 1: "Dentist." +Dentist. +"A dentist is a doctor." +"She works on people's teeth." +Picture 2: "Businesswoman." Businesswoman. +"Company." +Company. +"She's a businesswoman." +"Rita and her husband own an insurance company." +Picture 3: "Salesman." +Salesman. +"He sells cars." "He's a salesman." +Picture 4: "Cashier." +Cashier. +"Boss." +Boss. +"Alice takes money from customers at a restaurant." +"She's a cashier." +"Mr. +Jones owns the restaurant." +"He's her boss." +Picture 5: "Secretary." +Secretary. +"He's the new secretary for the school." +"He types 55 words a minute." +Picture 6: "Driver." +Driver. +"He's the new driver for the school bus." +"He's a bus driver." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.61-15.30] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4B. + [20.98-21.22] Hello. + [22.21-25.41] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4B. + [31.44-32.56] Look at Figure 1. + [33.12-35.28] Listen and repeat the sentences. + [36.67-37.87] What's her occupation? + [42.14-43.02] What's his job? + [46.72-48.24] What kind of work does he do? + [53.07-53.95] What does he do? + [58.18-60.74] Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. + [60.74-62.66] Repeat the words and sentences. + [65.41-67.73] Picture 1: "Dentist." + [69.74-70.54] Dentist. + [73.55-74.99] "A dentist is a doctor." + [78.06-79.90] "She works on people's teeth." + [84.61-90.66] Picture 2: "Businesswoman." Businesswoman. + [93.47-94.11] "Company." + [96.27-96.99] Company. + [98.54-100.06] "She's a businesswoman." + [103.33-106.45] "Rita and her husband own an insurance company." + [112.11-114.67] Picture 3: "Salesman." + [116.37-117.09] Salesman. + [118.82-122.67] "He sells cars." "He's a salesman." + [126.22-129.02] Picture 4: "Cashier." + [131.01-131.89] Cashier. + [134.58-135.22] "Boss." + [136.91-137.63] Boss. + [139.28-142.56] "Alice takes money from customers at a restaurant." + [146.56-147.84] "She's a cashier." + [152.88-153.20] "Mr. + [153.20-155.20] Jones owns the restaurant." + [158.51-159.79] "He's her boss." + [165.46-168.33] Picture 5: "Secretary." + [171.06-171.11] Secretary. + [174.09-176.35] "He's the new secretary for the school." + [180.78-183.34] "He types 55 words a minute." + [188.22-190.70] Picture 6: "Driver." + [192.88-193.68] Driver. + [196.06-198.62] "He's the new driver for the school bus." + [202.72-204.16] "He's a bus driver." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences about people's occupations or jobs, then answer the question. +Write the number in front of the correct answer. +Number 1: "He works in a grocery store." "The customers pay him for their food." "What's his occupation?" +The answer is C, cashier. +Put a 1 in front of cashier. +Repeat: "The cashier takes the customers' money for food." +Number 2: +"Jack drives a truck for a furniture store." "What's his job?" +The correct answer is B. +Repeat: "He's a truck driver." +Number 3: +"Mary sells towels in a department store." "What is her job?" +The correct answer is D, saleswoman. +Repeat: "A saleswoman sells things." +Number 4: "Mark owns a drugstore." "What's his occupation?" +The correct answer is A, businessman. +Repeat: "He's a businessman." +Number 5: +"Alice works for an insurance company." "She types, writes letters, and answers the phone." "What is she?" +The correct answer is F, secretary. +Repeat: "A secretary usually types and answers the phone." +Number 6: "He cleaned and filled my teeth." "What's his occupation?" +The correct answer is E, dentist. +Repeat: "A dentist cleans and fills teeth." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-10.22] Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences about people's occupations or jobs, then answer the question. + [11.15-13.71] Write the number in front of the correct answer. + [15.50-25.09] Number 1: "He works in a grocery store." "The customers pay him for their food." "What's his occupation?" + [29.06-31.94] The answer is C, cashier. + [32.74-34.82] Put a 1 in front of cashier. + [38.11-42.99] Repeat: "The cashier takes the customers' money for food." + [51.15-51.95] Number 2: + [53.58-60.81] "Jack drives a truck for a furniture store." "What's his job?" + [63.12-65.36] The correct answer is B. + [66.00-68.32] Repeat: "He's a truck driver." + [72.29-73.17] Number 3: + [74.54-79.50] "Mary sells towels in a department store." "What is her job?" + [84.85-88.29] The correct answer is D, saleswoman. + [89.25-92.69] Repeat: "A saleswoman sells things." + [97.63-103.46] Number 4: "Mark owns a drugstore." "What's his occupation?" + [109.22-112.82] The correct answer is A, businessman. + [113.54-116.10] Repeat: "He's a businessman." + [121.82-122.70] Number 5: + [124.02-132.18] "Alice works for an insurance company." "She types, writes letters, and answers the phone." "What is she?" + [137.20-140.56] The correct answer is F, secretary. + [141.04-145.84] Repeat: "A secretary usually types and answers the phone." + [150.77-156.69] Number 6: "He cleaned and filled my teeth." "What's his occupation?" + [161.55-164.27] The correct answer is E, dentist. + [164.91-168.75] Repeat: "A dentist cleans and fills teeth." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the chart in Figure 3. +This is a chart about the weather in different cities. +Read all the information on the chart. +First, repeat the names of the cities two times. +Los Angeles. +Los Angeles. +New York. +New York. +San Francisco. +San Francisco. +Washington. +Washington. +Phoenix. +Phoenix. +Detroit. +Detroit. +Las Vegas. +Las Vegas. +Chicago. +Chicago. +Now look at the example. +Listen to the question and answer it. +What was the temperature in Chicago? +Repeat: It was 34 degrees. +Listen and answer. +Was it cloudy or clear? +Repeat: It was cloudy. +Use the chart and answer the questions. +Number 1: What was the temperature in Phoenix? +Repeat: It was 72 degrees. +Was it cloudy or clear in Phoenix? +Repeat: It was clear. +Number 2: +What was the temperature in Las Vegas? +Repeat: It was 65 degrees in Las Vegas. +Was it cloudy or rainy in Las Vegas? +Repeat: It was rainy in Las Vegas. +Number 3: What was the temperature in San Francisco? +Repeat: It was 55 degrees in San Francisco. +Was it cloudy or clear? +Repeat: It was cloudy. +Number 4: What was the temperature in New York? +Repeat: It was 41 degrees. +Was it cloudy or rainy in New York? +Repeat: It was cloudy. +Number 5: What was the temperature in Los Angeles? +Repeat: It was 60 degrees. +Was it rainy or cloudy? +Repeat: It was rainy. +Number 6: What was the temperature in Detroit? +Repeat: It was 30 degrees. +Was it cloudy or clear? +Repeat: It was clear. +Number 7: What was the temperature in Washington? +Repeat: It was 42 degrees. +Was it windy or rainy? +Repeat: It was windy. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-3.55] Now look at the chart in Figure 3. + [4.56-7.44] This is a chart about the weather in different cities. + [8.32-10.24] Read all the information on the chart. + [24.24-27.84] First, repeat the names of the cities two times. + [29.65-30.77] Los Angeles. + [33.79-35.07] Los Angeles. + [37.41-40.47] New York. + [40.56-43.65] New York. + [43.62-44.90] San Francisco. + [47.18-48.46] San Francisco. + [50.69-53.55] Washington. + [53.55-57.15] Washington. + [57.04-57.92] Phoenix. + [59.87-59.92] Phoenix. + [63.86-63.91] Detroit. + [66.09-66.57] Detroit. + [69.33-69.99] Las Vegas. + [72.02-73.22] Las Vegas. + [75.81-76.13] Chicago. + [77.94-77.99] Chicago. + [83.50-84.78] Now look at the example. + [85.81-87.89] Listen to the question and answer it. + [89.20-90.96] What was the temperature in Chicago? + [95.60-98.77] Repeat: It was 34 degrees. + [101.15-102.75] Listen and answer. + [104.96-106.72] Was it cloudy or clear? + [110.70-112.62] Repeat: It was cloudy. + [115.68-118.16] Use the chart and answer the questions. + [120.08-123.52] Number 1: What was the temperature in Phoenix? + [127.89-131.17] Repeat: It was 72 degrees. + [136.13-138.61] Was it cloudy or clear in Phoenix? + [143.07-145.47] Repeat: It was clear. + [148.86-149.58] Number 2: + [151.46-153.62] What was the temperature in Las Vegas? + [157.77-161.70] Repeat: It was 65 degrees in Las Vegas. + [166.43-169.31] Was it cloudy or rainy in Las Vegas? + [172.58-175.78] Repeat: It was rainy in Las Vegas. + [179.78-184.50] Number 3: What was the temperature in San Francisco? + [188.46-193.21] Repeat: It was 55 degrees in San Francisco. + [197.78-199.72] Was it cloudy or clear? + [203.23-205.85] Repeat: It was cloudy. + [208.80-213.09] Number 4: What was the temperature in New York? + [216.90-219.46] Repeat: It was 41 degrees. + [224.31-226.85] Was it cloudy or rainy in New York? + [230.59-233.07] Repeat: It was cloudy. + [236.19-240.69] Number 5: What was the temperature in Los Angeles? + [245.17-247.97] Repeat: It was 60 degrees. + [251.78-253.78] Was it rainy or cloudy? + [256.99-259.39] Repeat: It was rainy. + [262.16-266.00] Number 6: What was the temperature in Detroit? + [269.84-272.31] Repeat: It was 30 degrees. + [275.97-277.71] Was it cloudy or clear? + [281.31-282.99] Repeat: It was clear. + [286.65-290.91] Number 7: What was the temperature in Washington? + [295.53-298.17] Repeat: It was 42 degrees. + [301.89-303.81] Was it windy or rainy? + [308.00-309.42] Repeat: It was windy. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4: listen to the time and draw the hands on the clocks. +Number 1: it's 6. +Number 2: it's 7:30. +Number 3: it's 12:15. +Number 4: it's 7. +Number 5: it's 5:20. +Number 6: it's 10:45. +Now look at the clocks and the sentences, and answer the questions. +Number 1: What time is it? +Repeat: It's 6. +It's time to get up. +Number 2: Is it time to sleep? +Repeat: No. +It's 7:30. +It's time for class. +Number 3: What time is it? +Repeat: It's 12:15. +It's time to eat. +Number 4: Is it time to relax? +Repeat: Yes. +It's 7. +It's your free time. +Number 5: Is it time for breakfast? +Repeat: No. +It's 5:20. +It's time to eat supper. +Number 6: What time is it? +Repeat: It's 10:45. +It's time to go to sleep. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.27-7.47] Now look at Figure 4: listen to the time and draw the hands on the clocks. + [10.99-13.23] Number 1: it's 6. + [17.89-20.29] Number 2: it's 7:30. + [25.38-28.02] Number 3: it's 12:15. + [33.84-36.16] Number 4: it's 7. + [41.79-44.31] Number 5: it's 5:20. + [50.07-53.07] Number 6: it's 10:45. + [60.87-64.75] Now look at the clocks and the sentences, and answer the questions. + [67.07-70.16] Number 1: What time is it? + [75.10-77.02] Repeat: It's 6. + [77.74-79.02] It's time to get up. + [84.46-89.91] Number 2: Is it time to sleep? + [91.94-93.78] Repeat: No. + [94.42-95.54] It's 7:30. + [96.18-97.70] It's time for class. + [105.86-108.50] Number 3: What time is it? + [113.46-116.45] Repeat: It's 12:15. + [116.77-117.97] It's time to eat. + [125.97-128.91] Number 4: Is it time to relax? + [133.49-135.33] Repeat: Yes. + [135.49-136.37] It's 7. + [136.69-137.81] It's your free time. + [145.22-148.34] Number 5: Is it time for breakfast? + [153.49-155.33] Repeat: No. + [155.65-156.85] It's 5:20. + [157.17-158.53] It's time to eat supper. + [165.82-167.97] Number 6: What time is it? + [173.13-175.47] Repeat: It's 10:45. + [175.83-177.30] It's time to go to sleep. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the conversation. +What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? +Are you going to do anything interesting? +Well, I'm going to add— +Some coins to my collection. +Do you collect anything? +No. +All I collect— +Is my student's papers after a test. +But that's different. +What are you doing Saturday? +I'm going to work on my car. +I have to replace two tires. +Then I'm going to a baseball game. +Do you want to come with me? +I have an extra ticket. +Sure. +Where can I meet you? +How about my apartment at 5? +Good. +See you then. +Now let's read the conversation. +You read Ben's lines. +What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? +Are you going to do anything interesting? +No. +All I collect is student's papers after a test. +But that's different. +I'm going to work on my car. +I have to replace two tires. +Then I'm going to a baseball game. +Do you want to come with me? +I have an extra ticket. +How about my apartment at 5? +Now change parts. +You read Bruce's lines. +You start. +Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection. +Do you collect anything? +What are you doing Saturday? +Sure. +Where can I meet you? +Good. +See you then. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.90-5.90] Now look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the conversation. + [8.82-11.06] What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? + [16.51-18.27] Are you going to do anything interesting? + [23.02-26.85] Well, I'm going to add— + [28.83-30.27] Some coins to my collection. + [34.56-35.60] Do you collect anything? + [40.08-40.56] No. + [42.19-43.07] All I collect— + [46.27-48.51] Is my student's papers after a test. + [54.75-55.63] But that's different. + [59.02-60.30] What are you doing Saturday? + [64.99-66.59] I'm going to work on my car. + [71.34-73.42] I have to replace two tires. + [78.98-80.90] Then I'm going to a baseball game. + [86.13-87.41] Do you want to come with me? + [92.08-93.28] I have an extra ticket. + [96.86-97.34] Sure. + [98.72-99.52] Where can I meet you? + [103.23-105.55] How about my apartment at 5? + [109.20-109.52] Good. + [110.08-110.72] See you then. + [113.60-115.28] Now let's read the conversation. + [116.54-117.82] You read Ben's lines. + [121.54-123.78] What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? + [124.96-126.64] Are you going to do anything interesting? + [136.66-137.14] No. + [138.13-140.93] All I collect is student's papers after a test. + [142.27-143.15] But that's different. + [150.00-154.11] I'm going to work on my car. + [154.26-156.10] I have to replace two tires. + [157.90-159.66] Then I'm going to a baseball game. + [161.79-163.07] Do you want to come with me? + [165.63-166.67] I have an extra ticket. + [171.25-173.25] How about my apartment at 5? + [177.10-178.46] Now change parts. + [179.52-181.04] You read Bruce's lines. + [181.90-182.38] You start. + [191.79-194.51] Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection. + [195.57-196.53] Do you collect anything? + [205.73-206.93] What are you doing Saturday? + [221.41-221.89] Sure. + [222.29-223.09] Where can I meet you? + [229.01-229.41] Good. + [230.05-230.85] See you then. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6, listen to a paragraph two times, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. +Listen. +Why do people go to shopping centers? +You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. +The stores want to sell their things. +They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. +They try to get the customers into their stores. +Many people just like to see these stores. +Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. +It's cool and safe there. +Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. +A shopping center can be fun to visit. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Why do people go to shopping centers? +You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. +The stores want to sell their things. +They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. +They try to get the customers into their stores. +Many people just like to see these stores. +Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. +It's cool and safe there. +Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. +A shopping center can be fun to visit. +Now write the main idea. +Listen to another paragraph. +When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. +Some people wear warm clothes. +Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. +At night, people put many covers on their beds. +Others think that doing the opposite helps. +For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. +They say that cold plus cold equals hot. +Listen again. +When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. +Some people wear warm clothes. +Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. +At night, people put many covers on their beds. +Others think that doing the opposite helps. +For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. +They say that cold plus cold equals hot. +Now write the main idea of the paragraph. +After the lesson ends, look at example sentences on the answer page for this lesson. +Your sentence doesn't have to be the same, but it should have the same idea. +This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.29-11.57] Look at Figure 6, listen to a paragraph two times, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. + [12.43-12.91] Listen. + [16.14-18.46] Why do people go to shopping centers? + [19.28-27.23] You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. + [28.24-30.32] The stores want to sell their things. + [31.04-34.72] They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. + [35.62-38.26] They try to get the customers into their stores. + [39.39-42.11] Many people just like to see these stores. + [42.83-45.87] Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. + [46.51-48.27] It's cool and safe there. + [49.07-53.23] Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. + [53.95-56.19] A shopping center can be fun to visit. + [59.39-61.15] Listen to the paragraph again. + [62.61-64.85] Why do people go to shopping centers? + [65.49-73.31] You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. + [74.27-76.35] The stores want to sell their things. + [77.22-80.90] They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. + [81.87-84.43] They try to get the customers into their stores. + [85.65-88.29] Many people just like to see these stores. + [89.28-92.08] Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. + [92.80-94.40] It's cool and safe there. + [95.63-99.79] Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. + [100.51-102.83] A shopping center can be fun to visit. + [104.91-106.27] Now write the main idea. + [128.48-130.00] Listen to another paragraph. + [131.79-136.67] When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. + [137.73-139.81] Some people wear warm clothes. + [140.96-143.92] Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. + [144.83-147.71] At night, people put many covers on their beds. + [148.67-151.15] Others think that doing the opposite helps. + [151.31-156.43] For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. + [157.33-160.21] They say that cold plus cold equals hot. + [163.52-164.40] Listen again. + [166.98-171.46] When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. + [172.45-174.53] Some people wear warm clothes. + [175.36-178.45] Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. + [179.66-181.95] At night, people put many covers on their beds. + [183.03-185.50] Others think that doing the opposite helps. + [186.06-191.42] For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. + [191.42-194.22] They say that cold plus cold equals hot. + [198.03-200.22] Now write the main idea of the paragraph. + [202.08-207.92] After the lesson ends, look at example sentences on the answer page for this lesson. + [208.98-213.62] Your sentence doesn't have to be the same, but it should have the same idea. + [221.26-224.49] This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-4C.md b/sources/book-10/tape-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b5cc143 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4C. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4C. +Look at Figure 1. +Complete the dialogue. +Listen and circle the correct word. +Listen. +How far is it from Houston to Dallas? +Oh, it's about 250 miles. +Could you find out the exact number of miles for me? +Sure, let me check my map. +It's 243 miles. +Which city do you think is nicer to visit? +Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant. +That's good. +I'm driving to Houston first, then from there I might drive to Dallas. +Well, have a good trip. +Thanks. +Now listen and repeat the dialogue. +How far is it from Houston to Dallas? +Oh, it's about 250 miles. +Could you find out +the exact number of miles for me? +Sure. +Let me check my map. +It's 243 miles. +Which city do you think is nicer to visit? +Well, in my opinion, +Houston is more pleasant. +That's good. +I'm driving to Houston first. +Then from there I might drive to Dallas. +Well, have a good trip. +Thanks. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [12.48-16.56] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4C. + [22.69-23.17] Hello. + [23.97-26.61] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4C. + [34.27-35.39] Look at Figure 1. + [36.03-37.23] Complete the dialogue. + [37.95-40.19] Listen and circle the correct word. + [40.91-41.39] Listen. + [46.35-48.35] How far is it from Houston to Dallas? + [49.38-51.78] Oh, it's about 250 miles. + [52.64-55.04] Could you find out the exact number of miles for me? + [56.13-57.73] Sure, let me check my map. + [58.53-60.85] It's 243 miles. + [61.78-63.62] Which city do you think is nicer to visit? + [65.17-68.13] Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant. + [68.45-69.01] That's good. + [69.33-73.97] I'm driving to Houston first, then from there I might drive to Dallas. + [75.06-76.26] Well, have a good trip. + [76.58-77.14] Thanks. + [79.76-81.52] Now listen and repeat the dialogue. + [84.67-86.67] How far is it from Houston to Dallas? + [91.02-93.26] Oh, it's about 250 miles. + [98.38-99.26] Could you find out + [102.08-103.84] the exact number of miles for me? + [105.98-106.54] Sure. + [108.96-110.08] Let me check my map. + [113.18-115.82] It's 243 miles. + [121.12-123.04] Which city do you think is nicer to visit? + [128.26-129.94] Well, in my opinion, + [132.62-134.14] Houston is more pleasant. + [138.88-139.44] That's good. + [141.25-142.93] I'm driving to Houston first. + [146.58-149.30] Then from there I might drive to Dallas. + [153.55-154.75] Well, have a good trip. + [157.49-157.89] Thanks. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at the map in Figure 2. +Let's repeat the names of some cities in the United States. +Repeat: Sacramento, +Sacramento. +San Francisco, +San Francisco. +Las Vegas, +Las Vegas. +Los Angeles, +Los Angeles. +San Diego, +San Diego. +Phoenix, +Phoenix. +This map shows the time and number of miles between the cities. +Look at the example. +Listen: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" Read the first answer. +Repeat: "It's 127 miles." +"How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" +Now read the second answer. +Repeat: "It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes." +Look at the map and listen to the question. +First, answer the question in miles. +Then listen again and answer the question in time. +Number 1: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?" +Repeat: "It's 353 miles." +"How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?" +Repeat: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes." +Number 2: +"How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?" +Repeat: "It's 386 miles." +"How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?" +Repeat: "It takes 8 hours to drive from Los Angeles to Sacramento." +Number 3: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?" +Repeat: "It's 276 miles." +"How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?" +Repeat: "It takes 5 hours and 50 minutes." +Number 4: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?" +Repeat: "It's 376 miles." +"How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?" +Repeat: "It takes 8 hours and 5 minutes." +Now I want you to ask the question. +You will be given the cities, and you ask the question. +Las Vegas and Phoenix. +Repeat: "How far is it from Las Vegas to Phoenix?" +Listen: "It's 285 miles, and it takes 6 hours and 20 minutes to drive." +San Francisco and Sacramento. +Repeat: "How far is it from San Francisco to Sacramento?" +Listen: "It takes 1 hour and 55 minutes to drive from San Francisco to Sacramento." +Los Angeles and Las Vegas. +Repeat: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?" +Listen: "It's 276 miles." +San Diego and Phoenix. +Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?" +Listen: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes to drive." +San Diego and Los Angeles. +Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" +Listen: "It's 127 miles." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.50-3.91] Now look at the map in Figure 2. + [5.26-8.46] Let's repeat the names of some cities in the United States. + [10.75-13.60] Repeat: Sacramento, + [15.62-16.66] Sacramento. + [19.15-20.43] San Francisco, + [22.62-23.90] San Francisco. + [27.30-28.34] Las Vegas, + [30.42-31.54] Las Vegas. + [36.03-37.15] Los Angeles, + [39.87-40.59] Los Angeles. + [42.98-44.07] San Diego, + [46.59-47.00] San Diego. + [49.83-50.25] Phoenix, + [52.77-53.19] Phoenix. + [59.55-64.16] This map shows the time and number of miles between the cities. + [65.18-66.22] Look at the example. + [67.31-74.59] Listen: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" Read the first answer. + [77.47-81.07] Repeat: "It's 127 miles." + [85.74-88.62] "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" + [90.29-91.57] Now read the second answer. + [96.02-99.30] Repeat: "It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes." + [102.10-104.50] Look at the map and listen to the question. + [105.23-108.11] First, answer the question in miles. + [109.09-112.37] Then listen again and answer the question in time. + [113.62-118.40] Number 1: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?" + [122.22-124.94] Repeat: "It's 353 miles." + [131.91-133.74] "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?" + [139.39-143.55] Repeat: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes." + [149.73-150.15] Number 2: + [151.55-154.71] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?" + [159.92-163.48] Repeat: "It's 386 miles." + [169.57-172.21] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?" + [177.74-181.11] Repeat: "It takes 8 hours to drive from Los Angeles to Sacramento." + [189.03-194.13] Number 3: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?" + [198.63-202.47] Repeat: "It's 276 miles." + [210.45-213.51] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?" + [218.55-222.39] Repeat: "It takes 5 hours and 50 minutes." + [228.39-233.13] Number 4: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?" + [236.61-240.87] Repeat: "It's 376 miles." + [247.17-249.99] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?" + [254.25-258.09] Repeat: "It takes 8 hours and 5 minutes." + [264.51-266.85] Now I want you to ask the question. + [268.45-272.05] You will be given the cities, and you ask the question. + [274.85-276.34] Las Vegas and Phoenix. + [280.11-284.16] Repeat: "How far is it from Las Vegas to Phoenix?" + [288.03-295.95] Listen: "It's 285 miles, and it takes 6 hours and 20 minutes to drive." + [299.25-301.17] San Francisco and Sacramento. + [306.15-310.65] Repeat: "How far is it from San Francisco to Sacramento?" + [316.23-323.22] Listen: "It takes 1 hour and 55 minutes to drive from San Francisco to Sacramento." + [327.57-329.85] Los Angeles and Las Vegas. + [333.76-338.85] Repeat: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?" + [343.74-347.55] Listen: "It's 276 miles." + [351.15-352.86] San Diego and Phoenix. + [357.33-361.41] Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?" + [365.38-370.50] Listen: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes to drive." + [374.28-376.82] San Diego and Los Angeles. + [381.62-386.13] Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" + [391.38-393.14] Listen: "It's 127 miles." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3. +First, listen to some questions. +Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going? +Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money? +Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy? +Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes? +Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz? +Number 6: Will Peggy have enough money? +Now listen to a conversation. +Hi, Liz. +Hi, Peggy. +Do you want to go shopping with me? +I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes. +Really? +Where did you get the money? +My parents sent me $50. +I thought you bought black shoes last month. +I did. +I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose. +Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. +How about lunch? +I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall. +That sounds good, but will you have enough money? +Sure. +The shoes I want cost about $35. +I'll have enough to pay for lunch. +Then let's hurry up. +I'm getting hungry. +Listen to the conversation again. +Hi, Liz. +Hi, Peggy. +Do you want to go shopping with me? +I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes. +Really? +Where did you get the money? +My parents sent me $50. +I thought you bought black shoes last month. +I did. +I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose. +Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. +How about lunch? +I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall. +That sounds good, but will you have enough money? +Sure. +The shoes I want cost about $35. +I'll have enough to pay for lunch. +Then let's hurry up. +I'm getting hungry. +Now circle the best answer: A, B, or C. +Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going? +Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money? +Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy? +Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes? +Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz? +Number 6: How much money will Peggy have for lunch? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Liz and Peggy are going to the mall. +Number 2 is A. +Peggy's parents gave her the money. +Number 3 is B. +Peggy wants to buy some shoes. +Number 4 is C. +Peggy's old shoes are very loose. +Number 5 is B. +Peggy is going to buy lunch for Liz. +Number 6 is A. +Peggy should have $15 left after she pays for her shoes. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-3.25] Now look at Figure 3. + [3.97-6.13] First, listen to some questions. + [7.33-11.18] Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going? + [12.93-16.21] Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money? + [17.70-21.36] Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy? + [22.96-27.71] Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes? + [29.28-33.58] Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz? + [35.15-38.51] Number 6: Will Peggy have enough money? + [42.24-43.92] Now listen to a conversation. + [48.05-48.77] Hi, Liz. + [49.41-50.13] Hi, Peggy. + [50.61-52.21] Do you want to go shopping with me? + [52.61-55.89] I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes. + [56.53-57.01] Really? + [57.01-57.97] Where did you get the money? + [58.21-59.41] My parents sent me $50. + [60.93-63.12] I thought you bought black shoes last month. + [63.28-63.92] I did. + [64.24-69.28] I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose. + [70.24-72.64] Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. + [73.12-73.92] How about lunch? + [74.32-76.56] I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall. + [77.54-79.54] That sounds good, but will you have enough money? + [79.86-80.34] Sure. + [80.74-82.82] The shoes I want cost about $35. + [83.54-85.06] I'll have enough to pay for lunch. + [85.70-86.58] Then let's hurry up. + [86.58-87.38] I'm getting hungry. + [90.75-92.75] Listen to the conversation again. + [95.44-96.16] Hi, Liz. + [97.09-97.73] Hi, Peggy. + [98.29-99.89] Do you want to go shopping with me? + [100.37-103.73] I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes. + [104.37-104.85] Really? + [104.85-105.97] Where did you get the money? + [106.21-107.41] My parents sent me $50. + [108.93-111.10] I thought you bought black shoes last month. + [111.26-111.90] I did. + [112.22-117.18] I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose. + [118.29-120.45] Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear. + [121.01-121.97] How about lunch? + [122.37-124.69] I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall. + [125.81-127.89] That sounds good, but will you have enough money? + [128.13-128.61] Sure. + [128.93-130.93] The shoes I want cost about $35. + [130.93-133.33] I'll have enough to pay for lunch. + [134.21-135.17] Then let's hurry up. + [135.17-136.13] I'm getting hungry. + [140.34-143.78] Now circle the best answer: A, B, or C. + [146.56-150.26] Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going? + [152.82-156.34] Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money? + [159.23-162.83] Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy? + [165.73-170.59] Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes? + [173.06-177.09] Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz? + [179.97-184.06] Number 6: How much money will Peggy have for lunch? + [187.10-188.54] Let's check your answers. + [189.70-191.30] Number 1 is B. + [192.16-194.32] Liz and Peggy are going to the mall. + [195.31-196.99] Number 2 is A. + [197.89-199.97] Peggy's parents gave her the money. + [201.50-203.26] Number 3 is B. + [204.06-206.14] Peggy wants to buy some shoes. + [207.20-209.12] Number 4 is C. + [209.92-212.00] Peggy's old shoes are very loose. + [213.26-215.18] Number 5 is B. + [215.74-217.90] Peggy is going to buy lunch for Liz. + [219.09-220.85] Number 6 is A. + [221.78-226.18] Peggy should have $15 left after she pays for her shoes. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen and repeat the words in the box 2 times. +Articles, +articles; +famous, +famous; magazines, +magazines; +news, +news; +newspapers, +newspapers. +Now listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box. +You can use some words 2 times. +Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day. +Number 2: The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting. +Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things. +Number 4: There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people. +Number 5: The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles. +Now listen and repeat the sentences. +Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day. +Number 2: The information or news in them +is usually about something interesting or exciting. +Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things. +Number 4: There are magazines about the news, +about sports, +about travel, +and about famous people. +Number 5: The different kinds of information +in magazines and newspapers +are called articles. +This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.10-7.38] Look at Figure 4, listen and repeat the words in the box 2 times. + [8.46-9.26] Articles, + [11.49-12.21] articles; + [14.58-15.46] famous, + [17.78-22.21] famous; magazines, + [24.35-25.47] magazines; + [27.78-28.58] news, + [30.34-30.39] news; + [33.10-34.22] newspapers, + [35.98-37.18] newspapers. + [40.96-44.64] Now listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box. + [45.36-47.52] You can use some words 2 times. + [48.90-53.58] Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day. + [58.46-66.11] Number 2: The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting. + [72.88-77.82] Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things. + [83.36-91.92] Number 4: There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people. + [97.39-104.42] Number 5: The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles. + [112.27-114.59] Now listen and repeat the sentences. + [115.39-119.63] Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day. + [125.17-129.66] Number 2: The information or news in them + [135.26-138.27] is usually about something interesting or exciting. + [146.50-152.19] Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things. + [159.14-163.25] Number 4: There are magazines about the news, + [166.99-168.11] about sports, + [170.27-171.39] about travel, + [173.33-175.09] and about famous people. + [179.12-183.28] Number 5: The different kinds of information + [187.82-189.82] in magazines and newspapers + [192.90-194.42] are called articles. + [203.36-206.39] This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-10/tape-4D.md b/sources/book-10/tape-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1b08439 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-10/tape-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4D. +Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to a question. +Select the best answer. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: Where do your folks live? +Number 2: What does your wife do? +Number 3: What kind of work do you do? +Number 4: How's your family? +Number 5: Do you have a large family? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Number 2 is C. +Number 3 is A. +Number 4 is B. +Number 5 is C. +Listen to the question again. +Then repeat the answer. +Number 1: Listen. +Where do your folks live? +Repeat: They live in Detroit. +Number 2: Listen. +What does your wife do? +Repeat: She's a schoolteacher. +Number 3: Listen. +What kind of work do you do? +Repeat: I'm a dentist. +Number 4: Listen. +How's your family? +Repeat: They're fine, thank you. +Number 5: Listen. +Do you have a large family? +Repeat: Yes, I have 4 brothers and 3 sisters. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [12.90-16.98] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4D. + [22.08-25.84] Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D. + [32.58-33.62] Look at Figure 1. + [34.26-35.54] Listen to a question. + [36.43-37.71] Select the best answer. + [38.35-40.75] Circle A, B, or C. + [42.59-45.71] Number 1: Where do your folks live? + [50.24-53.12] Number 2: What does your wife do? + [58.18-61.38] Number 3: What kind of work do you do? + [65.66-68.59] Number 4: How's your family? + [72.64-75.92] Number 5: Do you have a large family? + [83.84-85.20] Let's check your answers. + [86.34-88.34] Number 1 is B. + [89.22-91.38] Number 2 is C. + [92.43-94.43] Number 3 is A. + [95.39-97.39] Number 4 is B. + [98.48-100.40] Number 5 is C. + [104.78-106.30] Listen to the question again. + [106.94-108.46] Then repeat the answer. + [110.45-112.37] Number 1: Listen. + [113.33-117.03] Where do your folks live? + [118.35-120.99] Repeat: They live in Detroit. + [124.42-126.34] Number 2: Listen. + [127.36-128.64] What does your wife do? + [132.64-135.28] Repeat: She's a schoolteacher. + [139.79-141.87] Number 3: Listen. + [143.02-144.94] What kind of work do you do? + [149.78-151.94] Repeat: I'm a dentist. + [155.94-157.71] Number 4: Listen. + [158.90-159.94] How's your family? + [164.19-166.83] Repeat: They're fine, thank you. + [170.72-172.40] Number 5: Listen. + [173.44-175.28] Do you have a large family? + [178.62-183.42] Repeat: Yes, I have 4 brothers and 3 sisters. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 2. +Look at the sentence after the letter A. +It's an answer to a question. +Look at the underlined words. +They will help you ask the question. +Listen. +"What does your mother do?" +Repeat: "What does your mother do?" +"My mother is a dentist." +Now look at number 1 and ask the question. +Repeat: "How's your father?" +"My father is feeling much better." +Number 2: ask the question. +Repeat: "What kind of job does your brother want?" +"My brother wants a job in sales." +Number 3: ask the question. +Repeat: "How was the weather in Dallas?" +"It was windy and cloudy in Dallas." +Number 4: ask the question. +Repeat: "How are your children?" +"My children are fine, thank you." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-4.19] Look at the example in Figure 2. + [4.94-7.50] Look at the sentence after the letter A. + [8.72-10.40] It's an answer to a question. + [11.58-13.26] Look at the underlined words. + [14.42-16.34] They will help you ask the question. + [17.25-17.81] Listen. + [19.01-20.21] "What does your mother do?" + [21.90-24.42] Repeat: "What does your mother do?" + [27.98-29.26] "My mother is a dentist." + [32.56-35.36] Now look at number 1 and ask the question. + [40.90-43.57] Repeat: "How's your father?" + [49.55-51.63] "My father is feeling much better." + [57.68-60.85] Number 2: ask the question. + [66.80-70.88] Repeat: "What kind of job does your brother want?" + [76.96-79.20] "My brother wants a job in sales." + [85.33-88.54] Number 3: ask the question. + [94.13-97.57] Repeat: "How was the weather in Dallas?" + [103.68-106.08] "It was windy and cloudy in Dallas." + [112.78-116.08] Number 4: ask the question. + [121.18-123.82] Repeat: "How are your children?" + [129.23-131.07] "My children are fine, thank you." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 3: listen to the word and circle the number of the strongest syllable. +The strongest syllable is called a stressed syllable. +You'll hear the word two times: "listen," "selection," +"selection." +Do you hear the stress on the second syllable? +Circle the 2. +Number 1: "introduction," "introduction." +Number 2: "neighbor," +"neighbor." +Number 3: "cafeteria," "cafeteria." +Number 4: "variety," +"variety." +Number 5: "machine," +"machine." +Number 6: "operate," +"operate." +Number 7: "favorite," +"favorite." Number 8: "popular," "popular." Number 9: "remove," "remove." +Number 10: "tighten," +"tighten." +Number 11: "enough," "enough." Number 12: "inflate," +"inflate." +Number 13: "loosen," +"loosen." +Number 14: "replace," +"replace." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 3. +Repeat: "introduction," +"introduction." +Number 2 is 1. +Repeat: "neighbor," +"neighbor." Number 3 is 3. +Repeat: "cafeteria," +"cafeteria." +Number 4 is 2. +Repeat: "variety," "variety." +Number 5 is 2. +Repeat: "machine," +"machine." +Number 6 is 1. +Repeat: "operate," +"operate." +Number 7 is 1. +Repeat: "favorite," +"favorite." +Number 8 is 1. +Repeat: "popular," +"popular." +Number 9 is 2. +Repeat: "remove," "remove." Number 10 is 1. +Repeat: "tighten," +"tighten." +Number 11 is 2. +Repeat: "enough," +"enough." Number 12 is 2. +Repeat: "inflate," +"inflate." +Number 13 is 1. +Repeat: "loosen," +"loosen." +Number 14 is 2. +Repeat: "replace," +"replace." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-8.86] Look at the example in Figure 3: listen to the word and circle the number of the strongest syllable. + [10.22-13.74] The strongest syllable is called a stressed syllable. + [15.12-19.92] You'll hear the word two times: "listen," "selection," + [21.52-22.48] "selection." + [24.72-26.88] Do you hear the stress on the second syllable? + [28.24-29.36] Circle the 2. + [31.47-36.62] Number 1: "introduction," "introduction." + [40.94-43.02] Number 2: "neighbor," + [44.75-45.47] "neighbor." + [48.93-54.10] Number 3: "cafeteria," "cafeteria." + [57.38-59.78] Number 4: "variety," + [61.41-62.45] "variety." + [65.92-68.16] Number 5: "machine," + [69.93-70.65] "machine." + [74.37-76.05] Number 6: "operate," + [78.33-79.17] "operate." + [82.83-85.11] Number 7: "favorite," + [87.03-104.07] "favorite." Number 8: "popular," "popular." Number 9: "remove," "remove." + [107.49-109.33] Number 10: "tighten," + [111.28-111.92] "tighten." + [115.38-124.53] Number 11: "enough," "enough." Number 12: "inflate," + [126.87-127.59] "inflate." + [130.89-133.05] Number 13: "loosen," + [134.61-135.21] "loosen." + [139.05-141.39] Number 14: "replace," + [143.31-144.03] "replace." + [149.37-150.13] Let's check your answers. + [152.49-154.35] Number 1 is 3. + [155.13-157.41] Repeat: "introduction," + [160.11-161.01] "introduction." + [163.59-165.45] Number 2 is 1. + [165.93-168.03] Repeat: "neighbor," + [170.13-174.69] "neighbor." Number 3 is 3. + [175.17-177.63] Repeat: "cafeteria," + [179.55-180.57] "cafeteria." + [182.49-184.47] Number 4 is 2. + [185.07-189.39] Repeat: "variety," "variety." + [191.85-193.89] Number 5 is 2. + [194.43-196.41] Repeat: "machine," + [198.15-198.87] "machine." + [200.97-202.89] Number 6 is 1. + [203.37-205.53] Repeat: "operate," + [207.57-208.41] "operate." + [210.45-212.25] Number 7 is 1. + [212.79-214.77] Repeat: "favorite," + [216.81-217.65] "favorite." + [219.81-221.79] Number 8 is 1. + [222.15-224.13] Repeat: "popular," + [226.05-226.71] "popular." + [228.93-230.79] Number 9 is 2. + [231.21-239.85] Repeat: "remove," "remove." Number 10 is 1. + [240.21-242.01] Repeat: "tighten," + [243.93-244.53] "tighten." + [247.23-249.15] Number 11 is 2. + [249.51-251.37] Repeat: "enough," + [253.35-258.45] "enough." Number 12 is 2. + [259.29-261.33] Repeat: "inflate," + [263.25-264.03] "inflate." + [266.79-268.89] Number 13 is 1. + [269.67-271.77] Repeat: "loosen," + [273.93-274.59] "loosen." + [277.59-280.23] Number 14 is 2. + [280.77-282.93] Repeat: "replace," + [285.33-286.05] "replace." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the letter in Figure 4. +First, listen to some questions about this letter. +Don't try to answer. +After you read the letter, you will answer the questions. +Listen. +Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party? +Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store? +Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich? +Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night? +Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night? +Now read the letter silently. +Now listen to the questions again and answer them. +Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party? +Repeat: No, he wasn't able to go to Jane's party. +Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store? +Repeat: He was able to leave after 8. +Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich? +Repeat: No, he wasn't able to buy a sandwich. +Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night? +Repeat: He wasn't able to eat +because he couldn't find a sandwich vending machine. +Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night? +Repeat: He'll be able to go +to a restaurant and movie on Tuesday night. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.73] Look at the letter in Figure 4. + [4.83-8.00] First, listen to some questions about this letter. + [9.12-10.32] Don't try to answer. + [11.52-14.88] After you read the letter, you will answer the questions. + [15.60-16.08] Listen. + [17.10-21.18] Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party? + [22.46-26.38] Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store? + [28.11-31.79] Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich? + [33.23-37.31] Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night? + [38.78-43.54] Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night? + [47.09-48.77] Now read the letter silently. + [96.74-99.46] Now listen to the questions again and answer them. + [101.01-105.01] Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party? + [108.98-113.62] Repeat: No, he wasn't able to go to Jane's party. + [118.80-125.37] Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store? + [127.15-130.59] Repeat: He was able to leave after 8. + [135.52-142.05] Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich? + [144.30-148.30] Repeat: No, he wasn't able to buy a sandwich. + [153.81-158.10] Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night? + [162.69-165.54] Repeat: He wasn't able to eat + [169.44-172.48] because he couldn't find a sandwich vending machine. + [179.76-184.66] Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night? + [189.58-192.22] Repeat: He'll be able to go + [195.68-198.48] to a restaurant and movie on Tuesday night. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5: you will hear a paragraph three times. +The first time, listen only. +Listen. +Mrs. +Wright is my neighbor. +We live in the same apartment building. +She lives alone. +Sometimes I take her shopping. +I help her with her packages. +We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. +She says that I am a very polite person. +The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper. +I stuck it on her table near her phone. +I told her to call me when she needed anything. +She was pleased and thanked me. +It feels good to be able to help someone. +This time, listen and write. +Mrs. +Wright. +Is my neighbor. +We live in the same. +Apartment building. +She lives alone. +Sometimes. +I take her shopping. +I help her with her packages. +We live upstairs. +And it's hard. +To take packages. +Up the stairs. +She says. +That I am. +A very polite person. +The other day. +I wrote down. +My phone number. +On some paper. +I stuck it. +On her table. +Near her phone. +I told her. +To call me. +When she needed anything. +She was pleased. +And thanked me. +It feels good. +To be able. +To help someone. +Now listen again and check your paragraph. +Mrs. +Wright is my neighbor. +We live in the same apartment building. +She lives alone. +Sometimes I take her shopping. +I help her with her packages. +We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. +She says that I am a very polite person. +The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper. +I stuck it on her table near her phone. +I told her to call me when she needed anything. +She was pleased and thanked me. +It feels good to be able to help someone. +You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 10. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-6.27] Now look at Figure 5: you will hear a paragraph three times. + [7.07-8.83] The first time, listen only. + [9.55-10.11] Listen. + [11.23-11.71] Mrs. + [11.71-12.99] Wright is my neighbor. + [13.79-15.87] We live in the same apartment building. + [16.59-17.63] She lives alone. + [18.64-20.56] Sometimes I take her shopping. + [21.39-23.07] I help her with her packages. + [24.03-28.11] We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. + [29.33-33.09] She says that I am a very polite person. + [33.25-36.61] The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper. + [37.76-40.00] I stuck it on her table near her phone. + [41.12-43.76] I told her to call me when she needed anything. + [44.66-46.58] She was pleased and thanked me. + [47.60-50.08] It feels good to be able to help someone. + [54.40-56.24] This time, listen and write. + [57.94-58.42] Mrs. + [58.42-58.82] Wright. + [66.37-67.41] Is my neighbor. + [79.92-84.81] We live in the same. + [94.14-95.50] Apartment building. + [109.79-113.37] She lives alone. + [121.30-122.42] Sometimes. + [131.15-132.43] I take her shopping. + [145.79-147.55] I help her with her packages. + [167.50-171.63] We live upstairs. + [181.81-186.33] And it's hard. + [193.50-194.86] To take packages. + [206.75-207.87] Up the stairs. + [217.78-218.82] She says. + [226.46-231.27] That I am. + [234.38-238.83] A very polite person. + [251.15-255.03] The other day. + [261.49-266.25] I wrote down. + [271.57-276.57] My phone number. + [284.90-286.02] On some paper. + [296.70-301.23] I stuck it. + [306.32-310.35] On her table. + [316.40-317.60] Near her phone. + [328.27-332.55] I told her. + [335.82-340.59] To call me. + [344.53-345.97] When she needed anything. + [363.92-368.01] She was pleased. + [376.69-380.37] And thanked me. + [389.43-393.63] It feels good. + [400.54-400.58] To be able. + [408.75-413.19] To help someone. + [423.03-425.60] Now listen again and check your paragraph. + [428.02-428.50] Mrs. + [428.50-429.86] Wright is my neighbor. + [430.50-432.50] We live in the same apartment building. + [433.22-434.34] She lives alone. + [435.14-437.06] Sometimes I take her shopping. + [437.95-439.55] I help her with her packages. + [440.82-445.14] We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. + [446.27-449.07] She says that I am a very polite person. + [450.38-454.46] The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper. + [455.63-458.03] I stuck it on her table near her phone. + [459.34-462.06] I told her to call me when she needed anything. + [463.22-465.38] She was pleased and thanked me. + [466.32-468.88] It feels good to be able to help someone. + [472.94-476.38] You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. + [481.97-484.93] This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 10. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-1A.md b/sources/book-11/lla-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c914d07 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,682 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1A, BOOK 11 + +## Figure 1 + +| Repeat the words.
Repeat the dialog. | +|---| + +![A school nurse standing behind five sick children labeled Sally, David, Allen, Maria, and Steve. Sally is holding her head; David is holding his ear; Allen is holding his stomach; Maria is holding her back; Steve is holding his chest. A label reads "SCHOOL NURSE" near the nurse.](images/page_010_001.jpg) + +**Nurse:** What’s wrong with all of you? + +**Sally:** My head hurts. I have a headache. + +**David:** I have an earache. My left ear aches. + +**Allen:** My stomach hurts. I have a stomachache. + +**Nurse:** Maria, what’s the matter with you? + +**Maria:** I hurt my back. Now I have a backache. + +**Nurse:** What’s your problem, Steve? + +**Steve:** My chest hurts. I feel a pain right here. + +## Figure 2 + +| Write the number under the correct picture. | +|---| + +![#a A girl holding her forehead with one hand and resting her other arm near her stomach.](images/page_011_001.jpg) +a. _______ + +![#b A boy holding the left side of his head near his ear.](images/page_011_002.jpg) +b. _______ + +![#c A boy holding his stomach with both hands.](images/page_011_003.jpg) +c. _______ + +![#d A girl holding her lower back with both hands.](images/page_011_004.jpg) +d. _______ + +![#e A boy holding his chest with both hands.](images/page_011_005.jpg) +e. _______ + +## Figure 3 + +| Repeat the underlined words.
Write in the temperature. | +|---| + +The nurse at the school took everyone’s temperature. She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes. Then she took the thermometers and looked at them. Maria’s thermometer said 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius. That temperature is all right. Someone with a temperature higher than 98.6 has a fever. + +![A digital thermometer displaying "98.6°F".](images/page_012_001.jpg) + +Maria’s + +![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_002.jpg) +![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_003.jpg) + +[ ] Steve’s +[ ] Allen’s + +![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_004.jpg) +![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_005.jpg) + +[ ] Sally’s +[ ] David’s + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Repeat the words and the sentences.** + +![#1 Three-panel illustration showing symptoms of a cold: a woman wiping her runny nose, a woman sneezing into a tissue, and a woman coughing with her hand over her mouth.](images/page_013_001.jpg) + +1. Sally has a bad cold. + +2. She hopes her friends won't catch it. + +3. She thinks she caught it from her sister. + +4. She began to feel the symptoms yesterday. + +5. First she started to sneeze. + +6. Then her nose began to run. + +7. Now she has a bad cough. She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often. + +8. Now she's running a temperature of 101. + +9. Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor. + +10. She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to the dialog and write the missing words.** + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| sneezing | fever | runny | +| catch | cold | see | +| appointment | cough | symptoms | + +Sally: Excuse me. I can't stop ____________________. + +Maria: What's the matter? Did you ____________________ a ____________________? + +Sally: I have all the ____________________ of one. + +Maria: That's a bad ____________________. Do you have a ____________________? + +Sally: Yes, and a ____________________ nose, too. + +Maria: Did you make a doctor's ____________________? + +Sally: I don't think I need to ____________________ the doctor. + +Maria: Why not? + +Sally: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed. + +Maria: Yes, and eat a lot of chicken soup. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Read the questions.** + +1. Who is Mr. Wilson? + +2. How was the math test this morning? + +3. Where was David this morning? + +4. Did all of the other students take the math test? + +5. Will Mr. Wilson give the class another test? + +--- + + + + +# Book 11 Language Laboratory Activities +## Audio Scripts + +### Table of Contents + +Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 +Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 +Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 +Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 +Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 +Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 +Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 +Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 +Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 +Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 +Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 +Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 +Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 +Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 +Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 +Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the underlined words in the dialog. Then repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +headache...headache +earache...earache +aches...aches +stomach...stomach +stomachache...stomachache +backache...backache +problem...problem +chest...chest +pain...pain + +(3) Now listen to the dialog. Don't repeat it. Just listen. +(voices 1, 2, and 5, female; voices 3, 4, and 6, male) + +voice 1: What's wrong with all of you? +voice 2: My head hurts. I have a headache. +voice 3: I have an earache. My left ear aches. +voice 4: My stomach hurts. I have a stomachache. +voice 1: Maria, what's the matter with you? +voice 5: I hurt my back. Now I have a backache. +voice 1: What's your problem, Steve? +voice 6: My chest hurts. I feel a pain right here. + +(4) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: What's wrong with all of you? +voice 2: My head hurts. I have a headache. +voice 3: I have an earache. My left ear aches. +voice 4: My stomach hurts. I have a stomachache. +voice 1: Maria, what's the matter with you? +voice 5: I hurt my back. Now I have a backache. +voice 1: What's your problem, Steve? +voice 6: My chest hurts. I feel a pain right here. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(5) Now go to Figure 2. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. Number 1 is an example. + +Number 1: Allen has a stomachache. (pause 6 sec) The answer is c. Write the number 1 below that picture. +Number 2: Sally has a headache. (pause 6 sec) +Number 3: Maria has a backache. (pause 5 sec) +Number 4: Steve has a pain in his chest. (pause 4 sec) +Number 5: David has an earache. (pause 3 sec) + +(6) Look at the pictures and check your answers. (pause 2 sec after each sentence) + +Picture a is 2. (pause 2 sec) +Picture b is 5. +Picture c is 1. +Picture d is 3. +Picture e is 4. + +(7) Look at the pictures again and answer the questions. (pause 3 sec after each question) + +Do all of the students have the same problem? (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: No, they have different problems. (pause for repetition) + +Look at picture a. What's the matter with Sally? +Repeat: She has a headache. + +Look at picture b. What's wrong with David? +Repeat: David has an earache. + +Look at picture c. What's the matter with Allen? +Repeat: He has a stomachache. + +Look at picture d. What is Maria's problem? +Repeat: She has a backache. + +Look at picture e. Where does Steve have a pain? +Repeat: He has a pain in his chest. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(8) Please look at Figure 3. Look at the paragraph. Listen to the underlined words and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +nurse...nurse +temperature...temperature +fever...fever + +(9) Now look at the paragraph and listen. Don't repeat. + +The nurse at the school took everyone's temperature. She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes. Then she took the thermometers and looked at them. Maria's thermometer said 98 point 6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius. That temperature is all right. Someone with a temperature higher than 98 point 6 has a fever. + +(10) Look at Maria's thermometer. What is her temperature? +(pause 2 sec) It's ninety-eight point six. Does she have a fever? +(pause 2 sec) No, she doesn't. Repeat: Maria doesn't have a fever. + +(11) Now listen and look at the other thermometers. When you hear a student's temperature, write it on his or her thermometer. + +When the nurse looked at the other thermometers, this is what she learned: (pause 6 sec after each sentence) + +Steve had a temperature of a hundred degrees. (pause 6 sec) +Allen's temperature was ninety-eight point two degrees. +Sally's temperature was ninety-nine point five. +David had a temperature of one hundred and three degrees. + +(12) Listen again and check the temperatures. (pause 3 sec after each sentence) + +Steve had a temperature of a hundred degrees. (pause 3 sec) +Allen's temperature was ninety-eight point two degrees. +Sally's temperature was ninety-nine point five. +David had a temperature of one hundred and three degrees. + +--- + +(13) Which students had fevers? Put a check beside their names. (pause 10 sec) Three students had fevers. They were Steve, Sally, and David. Now look at the thermometers and answer these questions. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Whose fever was the highest? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: David's fever was the highest. + +Who had the lowest temperature? +Repeat: Allen had the lowest temperature. + +What was the highest temperature? +Repeat: The highest temperature was one hundred and three. + +What was Steve's temperature? +Repeat: Steve's temperature was one hundred degrees. + +What was Sally's temperature? +Repeat: Sally's temperature was ninety-nine point five. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(14) Now look at Figure 4. Look at the pictures and repeat the words under the pictures. (pause for repetition) + +runny nose...runny nose + +sneeze...sneeze + +cough...cough + +(15) Look at the sentences under the pictures. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: cold...cold +Sally has a bad cold. + +Number 2: catch...catch +She hopes her friends won't catch it. + +Number 3: caught...caught +She thinks she caught it from her sister. + +Number 4: symptoms...symptoms +She began to feel the symptoms yesterday. + +Number 5: sneeze...sneeze +First she started to sneeze. + +Number 6: run...run +Then her nose began to run. + +Number 7: cough...cough +Now she has a bad cough. coughed...coughed +She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often. + +Number 8: running a temperature...running a temperature +Now she's running a temperature of one hundred and one. + +Number 9: see...see +Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor. + +Number 10: appointment...appointment +She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(16) Go to Figure 5 now. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat. +(2 female voices. Please add the sound effects of a cold as indicated) + +voice 1: (sneeze) Excuse me. I can't stop sneezing. +voice 2: What's the matter? Did you catch a cold? +voice 1: I have all the symptoms of one. (cough, cough) +voice 2: That's a bad cough. Do you have a fever? +voice 1: Yes, and a runny nose, too. (sniff) +voice 2: Did you make a doctor's appointment? +voice 1: I don't think I need to see the doctor. +voice 2: Why not? +voice 1: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed. +voice 2: Yes. (as if smiling) And eat a lot of chicken soup. + +(17) Listen to the dialog again. This time write the missing words in the blanks. (pause 6 sec after sentences with underlined words) + +voice 1: (sneeze) Excuse me. I can't stop sneezing. (pause 6 sec) +voice 2: What's the matter? Did you catch a cold? +voice 1: I have all the symptoms of one. (cough, cough) +voice 2: That's a bad cough. Do you have a fever? +voice 1: Yes, and a runny nose, too. (sniff) +voice 2: Did you make a doctor's appointment? +voice 1: I don't think I need to see the doctor. +voice 2: Why not? +voice 1: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed. +voice 2: Yes. (as if smiling) And eat a lot of chicken soup. + +(18) Listen to the dialog a third time and check the words. + +voice 1: (sneeze) Excuse me. I can't stop sneezing. +voice 2: What's the matter? Did you catch a cold? +voice 1: I have all the symptoms of one. (cough, cough) +voice 2: That's a bad cough. Do you have a fever? +voice 1: Yes, and a runny nose, too. (sniff) +voice 2: Did you make a doctor's appointment? +voice 1: I don't think I need to see the doctor. +voice 2: Why not? +voice 1: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed. +voice 2: Yes. (as if smiling) And eat a lot of chicken soup. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(19) Go to Figure 6. Read the questions. (pause 20 sec) Now listen to a conversation. +(two male voices) + +voice 1: Hey, David. Why weren't you in math class this morning? +voice 2: I was in the nurse's office. +voice 1: What was wrong? +voice 2: I was sick. +voice 1: That's too bad. The math test was easy. +voice 2: It was? I thought it was going to be hard. +voice 1: I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. Half of the class wasn't there. +voice 2: Was Mr. Wilson angry? +voice 1: No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult. +voice 2: Another test tomorrow? I feel sick again. + +(20) Listen to the conversation again, then answer the questions. Listen first. + +voice 1: Hey, David. Why weren't you in math class this morning? +voice 2: I was in the nurse's office. +voice 1: What was wrong? +voice 2: I was sick. +voice 1: That's too bad. The math test was easy. +voice 2: It was? I thought it was going to be hard. +voice 1: I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. Half of the class wasn't there. +voice 2: Was Mr. Wilson angry? +voice 1: No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult. +voice 2: Another test tomorrow? I feel sick again. + +(21) Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Who is Mr. Wilson? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Mr. Wilson is a teacher. + +Number 2: How was the math test this morning? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It was easy. + +Number 3: Where was David this morning? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He was in the nurse's office. + +Number 4: Did all of the other students take the math test? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, half of the students in the class didn't take the test. + +Number 5: Will Mr. Wilson give the class another test? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, he'll give the class another test tomorrow. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 11.** + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +# ANSWERS + +## Book 11 Language Laboratory Activities Answer Key + +### Table of Contents + +Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 +Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 +Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 +Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 +Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 +Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 +Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 +Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 +Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 +Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 +Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 +Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 +Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 +Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 +Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 +Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + +## Lesson 1A + +### Figure 2 +a. 2 +b. 5 +c. 1 +d. 3 +e. 4 + +### Figure 3 +Steve's 100.0 ✓ +Allen's 98.2 +Sally's 99.5 ✓ +David's 103.0 ✓ + +### Figure 5 +Sally: Excuse me. I can't stop sneezing. +Maria: What's the matter? Did you catch a cold? +Sally: I have all the symptoms of one. +Maria: That's a bad cough. Do you have a fever? +Sally: Yes, and a runny nose, too. +Maria: Did you make a doctor's appointment? +Sally: I don't think I need to see the doctor. +Maria: Why not? +Sally: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed. +Maria: Yes, and eat a lot of chicken soup. + +## Lesson 1B + +### Figure 3 +Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a physical exam every summer. When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. The doctor checks Henry carefully they. When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. + +Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. How about you? Do you get a checkup every year? + +### Figure 5 +1. F +2. T +3. F +4. T +5. F + +### Figure 6 +1. a +2. b +3. c +4. c + +### Figure 9 +b + +--- + +## Lesson 1C + +### Figure 2 +1. T +2. T +3. T +4. T +5. T +6. F +7. F +8. F + +### Figure 10 +1. first +2. second +3. third +4. last + +## Lesson 1D + +### Figure 3 +1. 1 +2. 1 +3. 1 +4. 2 +5. 2 +6. 1 +7. 3 +8. 1 +9. 1 +10. 1 +11. 2 +12. 3 +13. 4 +14. 3 + +### Figure 5 +Capt Hill: Why have you been coming in late every morning? +Lt Walker: I've been having trouble with my car. +Capt Hill: Has a mechanic been working on it? +Lt Walker: No, I've been trying to fix it myself. +Capt Hill: How have you been getting to the base? +Lt Walker: A friend has been giving me a ride. + +### Figure 7 +Why did the Smith family buy a new home? Because they have five children, two dogs, and a cat. They needed a house with rooms for all of the children and a large yard with a fence for their animals. They're very happy in their new house. + +## Lesson 2A + +### Figure 2 +1. a +2. a +3. a +4. b +5. b +6. b +7. a +8. b + +### Figure 5 +1. d +2. b + +## Lesson 2B + +### Figure 5 +c. 3 +d. 1 +e. 5 +f. 2 +g. 4 + +--- + +### Figure 6 +Ellen: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? +Becky: Yes, thank you. No one writes to me. +Ellen: Do you write to anybody? +Becky: No. I don't mail anything to anyone. +Ellen: That's the problem. Nobody gets mail from you. +Becky: Do you think I should write to someone? +Ellen: Yes. Then somebody will answer your letter. +Becky: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + +### Figure 9 + +| | | COLUMNS | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| | | **1** | **2** | **3** | +| **ROWS** | **1** | **,** | | **;** | +| | **2** | | **!** | | +| | **3** | **" "** | **?** | **( )** | + +## Lesson 2C + +### Figure 3 +1. It's getting worse. +2. She gets upset. +3. They're getting shorter. +4. He became a careful driver. +5. He'll became a relaxed person. +6. They'll become strong men. + +### Figure 4 +1. Did his uncle become an important person? +2. Is the tea getting cold? +3. Does your apartment get dirty fast? +4. Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman? +5. Will the tapes get more expensive? +6. Are their parents becoming good friends? + +### Figure 7 +Paul is studying math in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes, he will. He's a good student and knows and all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + +## Lesson 2D + +### Figure 1 +1. b +2. a +3. b +4. a +5. c +6. b + +--- + +### Figure 3 +1. a +2. b +3. a +4. a +5. b +6. b +7. a +8. b +9. a +10. a + +### Figure 4 +Sgt Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. A car which was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man who is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her four children to school. She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people who were in the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts which kept them safe. The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. + +### Figure 2 +1. He has an expensive new car. +2. They're going to move to Florida. + +### Figure 5 + +| | **COLUMNS** | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** | +| **1** | | | | “ ” | +| **2** | | | ? | | +| **3** | , | | | | +| **4** | | . | | | diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-1B.md b/sources/book-11/lla-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91789482 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1B, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words.** + +1. annual +2. examination +3. physical +4. exam +5. checkup +6. regular +7. in +8. out +9. sometime +10. come in +11. make it +12. how about +13. then + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Repeat the dialog.** + +1. **Sue:** Does your family take a vacation every year? + **Tom:** Yes, we take an annual vacation. + +2. **Pat:** Jane can't see very well at night. + **Joe:** She ought to have an eye examination. + +3. **Ann:** Why are you going to the doctor? Are you sick? + **Tim:** No, but I need a physical exam before school starts. + +4. **Jan:** I go to the dentist only when I have a problem. + **Jim:** I don't. I have a checkup every six months. + +5. **Ted:** Does Jim usually work on your car? + **Jan:** No, Tom is my regular mechanic. + +6. **Dan:** Are you in the military? + **Bob:** No, I was in for 8 years, but I'm out now. + +7. **Bob:** Can you give me a haircut sometime today? + **Ray:** Sure. Can you come in at nine o'clock? + **Bob:** Sorry, I can't make it there that early. + **Ray:** All right. How about eleven o'clock? + **Bob:** That's fine. I'll see you then. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Write the missing words.** + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| annual | come in | how about | physical | sometime | +| checkup | exam | makes it | regular | then | + +Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a ____________________ exam every summer. When it's time for his ____________________ visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. The secretary always gives him an appointment ____________________ in June. The doctor checks Henry carefully ____________________. When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the ____________________ exam, he asks Henry to ____________________ for another examination. Henry always ____________________ to the doctor's office for his ____________________ because he wants to keep his job. ____________________ you? Do you get a ____________________ every year? + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +![Split visual split into composite scenes showing a worried mother talking on the phone, a secretary taking the call, a doctor listening, and a injured boy sitting on an exam table rubbing his sore arm with pain star.](images/page_018_001.jpg) + +**Mrs. Green:** Can I speak with the doctor, please? + +**Secretary:** Dr. Paine will have some free time in about an hour. May she return your call then? + +**Mrs. Green:** No, I can't wait. This is an emergency. My son Mike had an accident. + +**Secretary:** Just a minute, please. I'll tell her. Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. + +**Dr. Paine:** What's the problem, Mrs. Green? + +**Mrs. Green:** Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. + +**Dr. Paine:** Is he in a lot of pain? + +**Mrs. Green:** Yes. Can you see him right away? + +**Dr. Paine:** I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. When can you get there? + +**Mrs. Green:** I can be there in ten minutes. Thank you! + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Circle T or F.** + +1. T F +2. T F +3. T F +4. T F +5. T F + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Circle the correct answer.** + +*Example:* They're in a \_\_\_\_\_\_ store. +a. shoe +b. variety +c. clothing + +1. They're eating in \_\_\_\_\_\_. +a. a restaurant +b. a dining hall +c. someone's home + +2. They're going to \_\_\_\_\_\_ at the airport. +a. buy tickets +b. pick someone up +c. get on an airplane + +3. The \_\_\_\_\_\_ is out of order. +a. pay phone +b. refrigerator +c. vending machine + +4. The driver may \_\_\_\_\_\_. +a. run a red light +b. cause an accident +c. get a traffic ticket + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +1. Beth was Dr. Clark's patient five years ago. +She's Dr. Clark's patient now. +Beth is still Dr. Clark's patient. + +2. Dr. Clark's office was downtown. +It's in the shopping mall now. +Dr. Clark's office isn't downtown any longer. + +3. When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy. +Then she began to have problems with her teeth. +Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Read the forms and answer the questions.** + +| Patient Information | Patient Information | +|---|---| +| Date: June 20, 1988 | Date: July 15, 1993 | +| 1. Name: Beth Davis | Name: Beth Davis Hill | +| 2. Age: 23 | Age: 28 | +| Home address: | Home address: | +| 3. 122 State Street | 6614 Waterside Street | +| 4. Bay City, Florida | Bay City, Florida | +| 5. Home phone: 555-4009 | Home phone: 555-7101 | +| 6. Occupation: Secretary | Occupation: Teacher | +| 7. Place of business: Bay City High School | Place of business: Bay City High School | + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +**Select the main idea.** + +a. Mark sleeps a lot. +b. Mark is very healthy. +c. Mark doesn't eat much. +d. Mark likes to exercise. + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1B + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: annual...annual + +Number 2: examination...examination + +Number 3: physical...physical + +Number 4: exam...exam + +Number 5: checkup...checkup + +Number 6: regular...regular + +Number 7: in...in + +Number 8: out...out + +Number 9: sometime...sometime + +Number 10: come in...come in + +Number 11: make it...make it + +Number 12: how about...how about + +Number 13: then...then + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(3) Now look at Figure 2 and listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat. +(voice 1 female, voices 2 and 3 male) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Does your family take a vacation every year? +voice 2: Yes, we take an annual vacation. + +Number 2: +voice 1: Jane can't see very well at night. +voice 2: She ought to have an eye examination. + +Number 3: +voice 1: Why are you going to the doctor? Are you sick? +voice 2: No, but I need a physical exam before school starts. + +--- + +Number 4: +voice 1: I go to the dentist only when I have a problem. +voice 2: I don't. I have a checkup every six months. + +Number 5: +voice 2: Does Jim usually work on your car? +voice 1: No, Tom is my regular mechanic. + +Number 6: +voice 3: Are you in the military? +voice 2: No, I was in for eight years, but I'm out now. + +Number 7: +voice 2: Can you give me a haircut sometime today? +voice 3: Sure. Can you come in at nine o'clock? +voice 2: Sorry, I can't make it there that early. +voice 3: All right. How about eleven o'clock? +voice 2: That's fine. I'll see you then. + +(4) Look at Figure 2 again and answer the questions about the dialogs. (pause 4 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What kind of vacation does Tom's family take? +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: They take an annual vacation. + +Number 2: What should Jane have? +Repeat: She should have an eye examination. + +Number 3: What does Tim need before school starts? +Repeat: He needs a physical exam. + +Number 4: How often does Jim go to the dentist for a checkup? +Repeat: He goes for a checkup every six months. + +Number 5: Who is Jan's regular mechanic? +Repeat: Tom is her regular mechanic. + +Number 6: Is Bob in the military now, or is he out? +Repeat: He's out now. How long was he in? Repeat: He was in for eight years. + +Number 7: When does Bob want a haircut? +Repeat: He wants one sometime today. + +When does Ray ask him to come in? Repeat: Ray asks him to come at nine o'clock. + +Can Bob be there by nine? Repeat: No, he can't make it there by nine. + +How about eleven o'clock? Is eleven o'clock okay? Yes, it's okay. + +Will he see Ray at eleven? Repeat: Yes, he'll see him then. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(5) Now look at Figure 3 and listen to the paragraphs. Write the missing words. (pause as marked) + +Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a physical exam every summer. (pause 6 sec) When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. (pause 6 sec) The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. (pause 6 sec) The doctor checks Henry carefully then. (pause 6 sec) When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. (pause 6 sec) + +Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. (pause 6 sec) How about you? (pause 6 sec) Do you get a checkup every year? (pause 6 sec) + +(6) Listen to the paragraphs again and check your work. + +Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a physical exam every summer. When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. The doctor checks Henry carefully then. When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. + +Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. How about you? Do you get a checkup every year? + +(7) When the lesson ends go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(8) Please go to Figure 4 now. Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition) + +emergency...emergency + +patient...patient + +get...get + +(9) Listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat. +(3 female voices) (voice 1 agitated, voices 2 and 3 calm and efficient) + +voice 1: Can I speak with the doctor, please? +voice 2: Dr. Paine will have some free time in about an hour. May she return your call then? +voice 1: No, I can't wait. This is an emergency. My son Mike had an accident. +voice 2: Just a minute, please. I'll tell her. (aside) Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. + +(pause 2 sec) + +voice 3: What's the problem, Mrs. Green? +voice 1: Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. +voice 3: Is he in a lot of pain? +voice 1: Yes. Can you see him right away? +voice 3: I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. When can you get there? +voice 1: I can be there in ten minutes. Thank you! + +(10) Listen to the dialog again and repeat it. +(pause for repetition between sentences) + +voice 1: Can I speak with the doctor, please? (pause) +voice 2: Dr. Paine will have some free time in about an hour. May she return your call then? +voice 1: No, I can't wait. This is an emergency. My son Mike had an accident. +voice 2: Just a minute, please. I'll tell her. (aside) Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. +voice 3: What's the problem, Mrs. Green? +voice 1: Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. +voice 3: Is he in a lot of pain? +voice 1: Yes. Can you see him right away? +voice 3: I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. When can you get there? +voice 1: I can be there in ten minutes. Thank you! + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(11) Look at Figure 5 and listen to the sentences about the dialogs. Circle "T" if the sentence is true. Circle "F" if it is false. +(pause 6 sec between items) + +Number 1: Mrs. Green wants to make a regular appointment. + +Number 2: Mike needs to see the doctor right away. + +Number 3: The doctor is Mike's patient. + +Number 4: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room. + +Number 5: Mrs. Green can drive to the hospital in half an hour. + +(12) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is false. Mrs. Green doesn't want to make a regular appointment. Repeat: This is an emergency. + +Number 2 is true. +Repeat: Mike needs to see the doctor right away. + +Number 3 is false. The doctor isn't Mike's patient. +Repeat: Mike is Dr. Paine's patient. + +Number 4 is true. +Repeat: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room. + +Number 5 is false. It won't take Mrs. Green half an hour to get to the hospital. Repeat: She can get there in ten minutes. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(13) Please look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the dialogs; then circle the correct answer. Look at the example first. +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: This jacket looks good with my slacks. +voice 2: Yes, it does. Would you like to try it on? + +Where are the men? (pause 10 sec) The answer is c. They're in a clothing store. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: This jacket looks good with my slacks. +voice 2: Yes, it does. Would you like to try it on? + +(14) Now listen and circle a, b, or c. (pause 10 sec after each item) +(Numbers 1-4: voice 1 male, voice 2 female) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Would you like to order dessert? +voice 2: Yes, I think I saw apple pie on the menu. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: +voice 1: Will we get there in time? +voice 2: Yes. His flight doesn't land until ten o'clock. + +Number 3: +voice 1: It took my money and kept the soda! +voice 2: Did you push the coin return? + +Number 4: +voice 1: Oh, no! There's a police car. +voice 2: How fast were you driving? + +(15) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is a. They're eating in a restaurant. + +Number 2 is b. They're going to pick someone up at the airport. + +Number 3 is c. The vending machine is out of order. + +Number 4 is c. The driver may get a traffic ticket. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(16) Go to Figure 7. Look at the sentences and repeat the underlined words. + +Number 1: still...still + +Number 2: any longer...any longer + +Number 3: anymore...anymore + +(17) Now listen to the sentences. Repeat only the sentences with the underlined words. Don't repeat the others. Listen. + +Number 1: Beth was Dr. Clark's patient five years ago. She's Dr. Clark's patient now. Beth is still Dr. Clark's patient. +Repeat: Beth is still Dr. Clark's patient. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 2: Dr. Clark's office was downtown. It's in the shopping mall now. Dr. Clark's office isn't downtown any longer. +Repeat: Dr. Clark's office isn't downtown any longer. + +Number 3: When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy. Then she began to have problems with her teeth. Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore. +Repeat: Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(18) Go to Figure 8 now. These are Dr. Clark's information forms for Beth. They're not the same. The one on the right is newer than the one on the left, and some things are different. Read both forms now. (pause 30 sec) Now look at the forms and answer some questions about Beth. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Is Beth's last name still Davis? (pause 5 sec) No, it's not. Beth is married now, and her last name is different. +Repeat: Her last name isn't Davis any longer. + +Number 2: Is Beth's age still the same? No, it's not. She's twenty-eight now. +Repeat: She's not twenty-three anymore. + +Number 3: Does she live on State Street any longer? No, she doesn't. She lives on Waterside Street now. +Repeat: She doesn't live on State Street any longer. + +Number 4: Does Beth still live in Bay City? Yes, she does. +Repeat: She still lives in Bay City. + +Number 5: Is her telephone number still the same? No, it's different. +Repeat: Her phone number isn't the same anymore. + +Number 6: Is she a secretary any longer? No, she's a teacher now. +Repeat: She's not a secretary any longer. + +Number 7: Does Beth work at Bay City High School anymore? Yes, she does. +Repeat: She still works at the high school. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(19) Look at Figure 9 now and listen to the paragraph. Then select the main idea. + +Mark is never sick. He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. He sleeps for seven or eight hours every night and feels terrific the next day. The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong. + +(20) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + +Mark is never sick. He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. He sleeps for seven or eight hours every night and feels terrific the next day. The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong. + +(21) The answer is b. Mark is very healthy. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B BOOK 11.** diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-1C.md b/sources/book-11/lla-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa777a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1C, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words.** + +1. dot +![#1 Three dots positioned horizontally, each labeled with a letter above it: dot A, dot B, and dot C](images/page_022_001.jpg) + +2. connect +![#2 Two dots labeled A and B connected by a straight horizontal line segment, with a separate dot labeled C above to the right](images/page_022_002.jpg) + +3. inch/inches +![#3 A horizontal ruler line marked with tick marks labeled 0, 1, and 2, showing inches](images/page_022_003.jpg) + +4. middle +![#4 A horizontal line segment with a dot labeled B in the exact middle](images/page_022_004.jpg) + +5. horizontal +![#5 A horizontal line segment connecting point A on the left to point C on the right](images/page_022_005.jpg) + +6. vertical +![#6 A vertical line segment connecting point D at the top to point E at the bottom](images/page_022_006.jpg) + +7. perpendicular +![#7 A vertical line D-E intersecting a horizontal line A-C at a right angle](images/page_022_007.jpg) + +8. parallel +![#8 Three pairs of parallel lines: two horizontal lines labeled A and B, two vertical lines labeled C and D, and two vertical lines labeled E and F](images/page_022_008.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Circle T or F.** + +![Diagram showing a large rectangle labeled Side 1 on the left, Side 2 at the top, Side 3 on the right, and Side 4 at the bottom. Dot A is on the top line, dot B is in the center. Below the rectangle is a 3-inch ruler scale marked from 0 to 3.](images/page_023_001.jpg) + +1. T F +2. T F +3. T F +4. T F +5. T F +6. T F +7. T F +8. T F + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| Alan | is | in Canada | now | +| | was | | in June. | +| | **has been** | | for a year. | + +2. +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| Jane and Sara | have | good jobs | now | +| | had | | 6 months ago. | +| | **have had** | | since last fall. | + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Change the sentences.** + +*Examples:* Tom is a car salesman. (since 1988) +**Tom has been a car salesman since 1988.** + +Ann and Jim are teachers. (for three years) +**Ann and Jim have been teachers for three years.** + +1. Dan is a mechanic. +2. His brothers are dentists. +3. Bob is in China. +4. Jan and Jill are roommates. +5. Steve is a policeman. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Change the sentences.** + +*Examples:* +Mike has a good job. (since he graduated) +Mike **has had** a good job since he graduated. + +Mary and Kay have an apartment. (for six months) +Mary and Kay **have had** an apartment for six months. + +1. The students have their books. + +2. Jill has a cold. + +3. Jim's car has a flat tire. + +4. We have our tickets. + +5. Jane has a car. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Change the sentences.** + +*Examples:* +Dan has been in Houston since 1983. (Dallas) +Dan **hasn't been** in Dallas since 1983. + +The girls have had a cat for three years. (dog) +The girls **haven't had** a dog for three years. + +1. The children have been good for a week. + +2. John has been a waiter for three years. + +3. Janet has been married since 1984. + +4. Leigh has been happy since she became a teacher. + +5. The students have had classes for a year. + +6. Larry has had an old car for a long time. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Read the calendar.** +> **Answer the questions.** + +#### Vince's Business Trip + +| | MON | TUE | WED | THUR | FRI | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| **Morning** | make airline reservations | 10:00 – pick up ticket at travel agency | 8:00 – work with other salesmen at office | | back in N.Y. office | +| **Afternoon** | | 2:00 – flight departs N.Y. for Miami | same | 1:30 – arrive at airport
4:30 – depart Miami | | +| **Evening** | | | 5:00 – leave office | 6:45 – arrive N.Y. | | + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +> **Repeat the sentences.** + +![A male doctor speaking to a young boy sitting on an examination table with a thermometer in his mouth](images/page_027_001.jpg) + +1. **Dr. Ford:** + **How long** has your stomach hurt? + **How long** have you had that cough? + **How long** has your temperature been 102? + **How long** have you been out of bed? + +2. **Tommy:** + **How long** have you been a doctor? + **How long** must I wait before I can eat? + **How long** do I have to stay in the hospital? + **How long** should I keep that thermometer in my mouth? + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +> **Change the statements to questions.** + +*Example:* +Kay lived in China. +How long did she live in China? + +The teachers are sick. +How long have they been sick? + +It's snowing. +How long has it been snowing? + +1. It's raining. + +2. She has a headache. + +3. John is in the Air Force. + +4. My cousins studied French. + +5. Dick will be in Dallas. + +6. Eileen was a pilot. + +7. The Wilson's will stay with us. + +8. Doug has a problem with math. + +--- + +### Figure 10 + +> **Write the connective words.** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: dot...dot +The marks above A, B, and C are called dots. + +Number 2: connect...connect +A line connects dot A and dot B. + +Number 3: inch...inch +inches...inches. +The line is two inches long. + +Number 4: middle...middle +Dot B is in the middle of the line. + +Number 5: horizontal...horizontal +Line A-C is horizontal. + +Number 6: vertical...vertical +Line D-E is vertical. + +Number 7: perpendicular...perpendicular +Line A-C and Line D-E are perpendicular. + +Number 8: parallel...parallel +Line A is parallel to line B, / line C is parallel to line D, / and line E is parallel to line F. +The lines are parallel. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(3) Now go to Figure 2. Look at the rectangle and listen to the sentences. Circle T if the sentence is true. Circle F if the sentence is false. (pause 6 sec between items) + +Number 1: Side 1 is vertical. + +Number 2: Side 2 is horizontal. + +Number 3: Side 1 is parallel to side 3. + +Number 4: Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4. + +Number 5: Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4. + +Number 6: Side 2 is parallel to side 3. + +Number 7: Dot A is in the middle of the rectangle. + +Number 8: Side 1 is 3 inches long. + +(4) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is true. Repeat: Side 1 is vertical. + +Number 2 is true. Repeat: Side 2 is horizontal. + +Number 3 is true. Repeat: Side 1 is parallel to side 3. + +Number 4 is true. Repeat: Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4. + +Number 5 is true. Repeat: Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4. + +Number 6 is false. Side 2 isn't parallel to side 3. Repeat: Side 2 is parallel to side 4. + +Number 7 is false. Dot A is in the middle of the line, but not in the middle of the rectangle. Repeat: Dot B is in the middle of the rectangle. + +Number 8 is false. Side 4 is 3 inches long, but side 1 isn't. Repeat: Side 4 is 3 inches long. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(5) Now look at Figure 3. Listen to the sentences but don't repeat them. + +Number 1: Alan is in Canada now. He was in Canada in June. He has been in Canada for a year. + +Number 2: Jane and Sara have good jobs now. They had good jobs six months ago. They have had good jobs since last fall. + +(6) Repeat these sentences. + +Number 1: Alan has been in Canada for a year. (pause for repetition only) + +Number 2: Jane and Sara have had good jobs since last fall. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(7) Please go to Figure 4. Look at the examples and listen. (second voice for cues in; pause for repetition only) + +Tom is a car salesman. +voice 2: since 1988 +Tom has been a car salesman since 1988. +Repeat: Tom has been a car salesman since 1988. (pause for repetition) + +Ann and Jim are teachers. +voice 2: for three years +Ann and Jim have been teachers for three years. +Repeat: Ann and Jim have been teachers for three years. (pause for repetition) + +(8) Now listen to the sentences and change them. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Dan is a mechanic. +voice 2: since 1980 (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Dan has been a mechanic since 1980. + +Number 2: His brothers are dentists. +voice 2: for ten years (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: His brothers have been dentists for ten years. + +Number 3: Bob is in China. +voice 2: since 1985 (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Bob has been in China since 1985. + +Number 4: Jan and Jill are roommates. +voice 2: for a year (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Jan and Jill have been roommates for a year. + +Number 5: Steve is a policeman. +voice 2: for only three months (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Steve has been a policeman for only three months. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(9) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the examples. + +Mike has a good job. +voice 2: since he graduated +Mike has had a good job since he graduated. +Repeat: Mike has had a good job since he graduated. (pause for repetition) + +Mary and Kay have an apartment. +voice 2: for six months +Mary and Kay have had an apartment for six months. +Repeat: Mary and Kay have had an apartment for six months. (pause for repetition) + +(10) Listen to the sentences and change them. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The students have their books. +voice 2: since Monday (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The students have had their books since Monday. + +(pause for repetition) + +Number 2: Jill has a cold. +voice 2: for a week (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Jill has had a cold for a week. + +Number 3: Jim's car has a flat tire. +voice 2: since yesterday (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Jim's car has had a flat tire since yesterday. + +Number 4: We have our tickets. +voice 2: for a month (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: We've had our tickets for a month. + +Number 5: Jane has a car. +voice 2: since she was 18 (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Jane has had a car since she was 18. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(11) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the examples. Then repeat them. (a second voice for cues) + +Dan has been in Houston since 1983. +voice 2: Dallas +Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983. +Repeat: Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983. (pause for repetition) + +The girls have had a cat for three years. +voice 2: dog +The girls haven't had a dog for three years. +Repeat: The girls haven't had a dog for three years. (pause for repetition) + +(12) Now listen to the sentences and change them. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The children have been good for a week. +voice 2: bad (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The children haven't been bad for a week. + +Number 2: John has been a waiter for three years. +voice 2: cashier (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: John hasn't been a cashier for three years. + +Number 3: Janet has been married since 1984. +voice 2: single (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Janet hasn't been single since 1984. + +Number 4: Leigh has been happy since she became a teacher. +voice 2: bored (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Lee hasn't been bored since she became a teacher. + +Number 5: The students have had classes for a year. +voice 2: a vacation (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The students haven't had a vacation for a year. + +Number 6: Larry has had an old car for a long time. +voice 2: an accident (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Larry hasn't had an accident for a long time. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(13) Please look at Figure 7 and listen. Vince is a salesman in New York. This week he's on a business trip to Miami. This is his calendar for the trip. Read the calendar now. (pause 20 sec) Now answer some questions about the trip. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Look at Tuesday afternoon. (short pause) It's Tuesday afternoon now. Vince is leaving for Miami. Has he had his airline reservations for a week? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, he's had them since Monday morning. (pause for repetition) + +Has he had his airplane ticket very long? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, he's only had it since Tuesday at 10:00. + +Look at Wednesday morning. Vince went to the office to work with other salesmen. (slight pause) It's Wednesday evening now. Have the salesmen been at the office all day? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Yes, they've been at the office since 8 o'clock this morning. + +Now it's one-thirty Thursday afternoon. Vince is arriving at the airport. Has he been in Miami for a week? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, he's been in Miami for about two days. + +Vince and some other salesmen arrived at the airport at 1:30. Right now, at 4:30, they're getting on the airplane. Have they been at the airport for one hour? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, they've been there for three hours. + +Now go to Friday morning. (slight pause) It's Friday morning and Vince is getting ready for work again. Has he been home since Thursday evening? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Yes, he's been home since 6:45 Thursday evening. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(14) Look at Figure 8 now. Listen to the sentences. Then repeat them. (pause after each question for repetition) + +Number 1: How long has your stomach hurt? +How long have you had that cough? +How long has your temperature been one hundred and two? +How long have you been out of bed? + +Number 2: How long have you been a doctor? +How long must I wait before I can eat? +How long do I have to stay in the hospital? +How long should I keep that thermometer in my mouth? + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(15) Now look at Figure 9. Listen to the examples and repeat the questions. + +Kay lived in China. Repeat: How long did she live in China? (pause for repetition) + +The teachers are sick. Repeat: How long have they been sick? + +It's snowing. Repeat: How long has it been snowing? + +(16) Now listen to the sentences and change them to questions. (pause 3 sec after each statement and for repetition of question) + +Number 1: It's raining. (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: How long has it been raining? +(pause for repetition) + +Number 2: She has a headache. +Repeat: How long has she had a headache? + +Number 3: John is in the Air Force. +Repeat: How long has he been in the Air Force? + +Number 4: My cousins studied French. +Repeat: How long did they study French? + +Number 5: Dick will be in Dallas. +Repeat: How long will he be in Dallas? + +Number 6: Eileen was a pilot. +Repeat: How long was she a pilot? + +Number 7: The Wilsons will stay with us. +Repeat: How long will they stay with us? + +Number 8: Doug has a problem with math. +Repeat: How long has he had a problem with math? + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(17) Now go to Figure 10. Listen to the paragraph; don't repeat it. Listen for connective words like first, next, then, finally, and last. Don't write. Just listen. + +When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: First, drink a lot of water and fruit juice. Second, keep warm and dry. Third, stay home when you can. Rest on a sofa or go to bed. Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. Don't give other people your cold. + +(18) Listen to the paragraph again. This time, when you hear a connective word, write it on the correct line in Figure 10. (read a little more slowly and pause 2 sec between sentences) + +When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: First, drink a lot of water and fruit juice. Second, keep warm and dry. Third, stay home when you can. Rest on a sofa or go to bed. Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. Don't give other people your cold. + +(19) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is first. + +Number 2 is second. + +Number 3 is third. + +Number 4 is last. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 11. diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-1D.md b/sources/book-11/lla-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82b24ece --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ + + +# LESSON 1D, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +> **Read a part in the dialog.** + +![A split panel showing a sick man on the left holding a phone to his ear with a towel around his neck, and a female receptionist on the right speaking on the phone in an office labeled DR. W. WRIGHT](images/page_030_001.jpg) + +**Clerk:** Good morning. Dr. Wright's office. + +**Kent:** This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today. + +**Clerk:** What's wrong? + +**Kent:** I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. + +**Clerk:** Are you running a fever? + +**Kent:** Yes. My temperature is 102. + +**Clerk:** Are you taking any medicine? + +**Kent:** Yes, but it's not helping me. + +**Clerk:** Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then? + +**Kent:** Yes, thank you. I'll be there. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Say the patient's part in the dialog.** + +*Examples:* +> Dr. Wong's office. +> (Mr. Clark, an appointment today) +> **This is Mr. Clark. I need an appointment today.** +> +> What is the problem? +> (bad earache) +> **I have a bad earache.** + +Clerk: Dr. Wong's office. + +Kent: ________________________________________. + +Clerk: What's the matter? + +Kent: ________________________________________. + +Clerk: Do you have a fever? + +Kent: ________________________________________. + +Clerk: Are you taking any medicine? + +Kent: ________________________________________. + +Clerk: Dr. Wong's last appointment is at 4:45. Can you come in then? + +Kent: ________________________________________. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress.** + +*Example:* (1) 2 3 4 5 + +1. 1 2 3 4 5 +2. 1 2 3 4 5 +3. 1 2 3 4 5 +4. 1 2 3 4 5 +5. 1 2 3 4 5 +6. 1 2 3 4 5 +7. 1 2 3 4 5 + +8. 1 2 3 4 5 +9. 1 2 3 4 5 +10. 1 2 3 4 5 +11. 1 2 3 4 5 +12. 1 2 3 4 5 +13. 1 2 3 4 5 +14. 1 2 3 4 5 + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Repeat the sentence. Repeat the dialogs.** + +| Paul | is | studying | now. | +|---|---|---|---| +| | was | | last night. | +| | **has been** | | for two days. | + +1. Steve: **Have you been waiting long?** + Alice: **No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes.** + +2. David: **Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time?** + Janet: **Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour.** + +3. Steve: **I'm glad to see you. Where have you been hiding?\*** + Karen: **I've been visiting my relatives in California.** + +\* *Where have you been hiding? = Where have you been?* + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Write the missing words.** + +Capt Hill: Why _______________ you _______________ coming in late every morning? + +Lt Walker: I've _______________ _______________ trouble with my car. + +Capt Hill: _______________ a mechanic been _______________ on it? + +Lt Walker: No, _______________ _______________ trying to fix it myself. + +Capt Hill: How _______________ you _______________ getting to the base? + +Lt Walker: A friend _______________ _______________ _______________ me a ride. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Answer the questions.** + +*Examples:* +> Has Sgt Carter been working here long? +> (yes, five years) +> **Yes. He's been working here for five years.** +> +> Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar? +> (no, mess hall) +> **No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.** + +1. Have you been studying English? + +2. Has your roommate been watching the news? + +3. Has Lt Hall been flying long? + +4. Has Capt White been renting an apartment? + +5. Have the other officers been living on base? + +6. Have the students been listening to the tape? + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Write the paragraph** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1D + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialog, but don't repeat it. +(voice 2 male voice 1 female) + +voice 1: Good morning. Dr. Wright's office. +voice 2: This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today. +voice 1: What's wrong? +voice 2: I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. +voice 1: Are you running a fever? +voice 2: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two. +voice 1: Are you taking any medicine? +voice 2: Yes, but it's not helping me. +voice 1: Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then? +voice 2: Yes, thank you. I'll be there. + +(3) Let's read the dialog together. You read Kent's lines. Someone will begin. (read voice 1 only; pause for student to read voice 2) + +voice 1: Good morning. Dr. Wright's office. +(voice 2: This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today.) +voice 1: What's wrong? +(voice 2: I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.) +voice 1: Are you running a fever? +(voice 2: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two.) +voice 1: Are you taking any medicine? +(voice 2: Yes, but it's not helping me.) +voice 1: Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then? +(voice 2: Yes, thank you. I'll be there.) + +(4) Now read the clerk's part. You begin. (read voice 2 only; pause for student to read voice 1) + +(voice 1: Good morning. Dr. Wright's office.) +voice 2: This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today. +(voice 1: What's wrong?) +voice 2: I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. +(voice 1: Are you running a fever?) +voice 2: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two. +(voice 1: Are you taking any medicine?) +voice 2: Yes, but it's not helping me. +(voice 1: Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then?) +voice 2: Yes, thank you. I'll be there. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(5) Please go to Figure 2. Kent is calling another doctor. Listen; then say Kent's part. Use the words you hear. Listen to the example. +(2 voices: voice 1 female (different from previous dialog, if possible); voice 2 either (for cues in parentheses); voice 3 male) + +voice 1: Dr. Wong's office. +voice 2: Mr. Clark, an appointment today +voice 3: This is Mr. Clark. I need an appointment today. +voice 1: What is the problem? +voice 2: bad earache +voice 3: I have a bad earache. + +(6) Now say Kent's part. Make an appointment with the doctor. +(voice 2: pause 4 sec after each cue. voice 3: pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Dr. Wong's office. +voice 2: Mr. Clark, an appointment today (pause 4 sec) + +Repeat: This is Mr. Clark. I need an appointment today. +(pause for repetition) + +voice 1: What's the matter? +voice 2: a terrible cold (pause 4 sec) + +Repeat: I have a terrible cold. + +voice 1: Do you have a fever? +voice 2: yes, a hundred and two (pause 4 sec) + +Repeat: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two. + +voice 1: Are you taking any medicine? +voice 2: yes, some cough medicine (pause 4 sec) + +Repeat: Yes, I'm taking some cough medicine. + +voice 1: Dr. Wong's last appointment is at 4:45. Can you come in then? +voice 2: yes (pause 4 sec) + +Repeat: Yes, I can. Thank you. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(7) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the words. Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. Look at the example and listen. Don't repeat. + +checkup...checkup (pause 5 sec) The answer is 1. The first syllable has the strong stress. Listen: checkup. Now listen and circle the correct number. (pause 4 sec between items) + +Number 1: INches...INches (pause 6 sec) + +Number 2: SOMEtime...SOMEtime + +Number 3: PAtient...PAtient + +Number 4: conNECT...conNECT + +Number 5: exAM...exAM + +Number 6: REGular...REGular + +Number 7: anyMORE...anyMORE + +Number 8: ANnual...ANnual + +Number 9: PHYSical...PHYSical + +Number 10: VERtical...VERtical + +Number 11: eMERgency...eMERgency + +Number 12: horiZONtal...horiZONtal + +Number 13: examiNAtion...examiNAtion + +Number 14: perpenDICular...perpenDICular + +--- + +(8) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is 1. Repeat: INches + +Number 2 is 1. Repeat: SOMetime + +Number 3 is 1. Repeat: PAtient + +Number 4 is 2. Repeat: conNECT + +Number 5 is 2. Repeat: exAM + +Number 6 is 1. Repeat: REGular + +Number 7 is 3. Repeat: anyMORE + +Number 8 is 1. Repeat: ANnual + +Number 9 is 1. Repeat: PHYSical + +Number 10 is 1. Repeat: VERTical + +Number 11 is 2. Repeat: eMERgency + +Number 12 is 3. Repeat: horiZONtal + +Number 13 is 4. Repeat: examiNATion + +Number 14 is 3. Repeat: perpenDICular + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(9) Please look at Figure 4. Look at the sentences in the box. (pause 8 sec) Listen and repeat the last sentence: Paul has been studying for two days. Repeat: Paul has been studying for two days. + +(10) Now look at the dialogs below the box. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +(voice 1 male, voice 2 female) + +voice 1: Have you been waiting long? (pause) +voice 2: No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes. (pause) +voice 1: Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time? +voice 2: Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour. +voice 1: I'm glad to see you. Where have you been hiding? +voice 2: I've been visiting my relatives in California. + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(11) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat. +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Why have you been coming in late every morning? +voice 2: I've been having trouble with my car. +voice 1: Has a mechanic been working on it? +voice 2: No, I've been trying to fix it myself. +voice 1: How have you been getting to the base? +voice 2: A friend has been giving me a ride. + +(12) Listen to the dialog again. While you listen, write the missing words in the blanks. (pause 6 sec after each sentence) + +voice 1: Why have you been coming in late every morning? +(pause 6 sec) +voice 2: I've been having trouble with my car. +voice 1: Has a mechanic been working on it? +voice 2: No, I've been trying to fix it myself. +voice 1: How have you been getting to the base? +voice 2: A friend has been giving me a ride. + +(13) Listen to the dialog a third time. Check the words and repeat the questions and answers. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Why have you been coming in late every morning? +(pause for repetition) +voice 2: I've been having trouble with my car. +voice 1: Has a mechanic been working on it? +voice 2: No, I've been trying to fix it myself. +voice 1: How have you been getting to the base? +voice 2: A friend has been giving me a ride. + +**AUDIO TRACK 16** + +(14) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the examples. + +(3 voices, voice 1 for cues) + +voice 2: Has Sgt Carter been working here long? +voice 1: yes, five years +voice 3: Yes, he's been working here five years. +Repeat: Yes, he's been working here five years. + +voice 2: Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar? +voice 1: no, mess hall +voice 3: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall. +Repeat: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall. + +(15) Now answer the questions with the words that you hear. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Have you been studying English? +voice 1: yes, three months (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I've been studying English for three months. + +Number 2: Has your roommate been watching the news? +voice 1: no, a movie (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, he's been watching a movie. + +Number 3: Has Lt Hall been flying long? +voice 1: yes, since he was fifteen (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, he's been flying since he was fifteen. + +Number 4: Has Capt White been renting an apartment? +voice 1: no, a house (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, he's been renting a house. + +Number 5: Have the other officers been living on base? +voice 1: yes, six months (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, they've been living on base for six months. + +Number 6: Have the students been listening to the tape? +voice 1: yes, seventeen minutes (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, they've been listening to the tape for seventeen minutes. + +**AUDIO TRACK 17** + +(16) Please go to Figure 7. Listen to the paragraph. Don't write or repeat. Only listen. + +Why did the Smith family buy a new home? Because they have five children, two dogs, and a cat. They needed a house with rooms for all of the children and a large yard with a fence for their animals. They're very happy in their new house. + +(17) Listen again. This time, write the paragraph while you're listening to it. Use capital letters, periods, commas, question marks, and apostrophes. Now listen and write. (pause 8-15 sec between thought groups) + +Why did/the Smith family/buy a new home?/Because they have/five children,/two dogs,/and a cat./They needed a house/with rooms/for all of the children/and a large yard/with a fence/for their animals./They're very happy/in their new house. + +(18) Listen and check your work. + +Why did the Smith family buy a new home? Because they have five children, two dogs, and a cat. They needed a house with rooms for all of the children and a large yard with a fence for their animals. They're very happy in their new house. + +(19) Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 11.** + +– USER NOTES – diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-2A.md b/sources/book-11/lla-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1d9d73d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2A, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +![A busy city street scene showing a car with a "STUDENT DRIVER" sign on the roof stuck in heavy traffic near traffic lights, pedestrian signals ("WALK", "DONT WALK"), a "ONE WAY" sign, and a "DETOUR" construction sign. Inside the student driver car are two people.](images/page_036_001.jpg) + +Carl is a student driver. Mr. Ford is his instructor. Yesterday Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic. He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson. + +Today is different. He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems. He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident. The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry. + +The streets downtown are narrow and crowded. They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him. He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost. He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way. + +Carl is making a lot of mistakes. Mr. Ford is nervous too; he'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown. Carl will be happy to follow his instructions. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Choose a sentence with a similar meaning.** + +1. a. He didn't know how to get out of downtown. + b. He didn't know what time it was. + +2. a. The other car didn't stop. + b. The other car stopped right away. + +3. a. He went in the wrong direction. + b. He drove downtown at the wrong time. + +4. a. He asked Mr. Ford for advice. + b. He obeyed Mr. Ford's advice. + +5. a. Mr. Ford is the driver. + b. Mr. Ford is the teacher. + +6. a. Carl is having a good time. + b. Carl thinks he'll do something wrong. + +7. a. He wasn't afraid yesterday. + b. He wasn't at fault yesterday. + +8. a. He knows that he's on the right street. + b. He's not sure that he's going the right way. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +![Illustration showing the view from inside a driving school car looking out the back window at another car behind it on a road, with labels for LEFT LANE, RIGHT LANE, STEERING WHEEL, TURN SIGNAL, and a STUDENT DRIVER sign on top of the car](images/page_038_001.jpg) + +**Mr. Ford:** Check that speed, Carl. How fast are you going? +**Carl:** Forty miles an hour. + +**Mr. Ford:** Then you're speeding. Slow down a little. +**Carl:** I thought forty was the speed limit here. + +**Mr. Ford:** No, the sign back there said thirty. +**Carl:** Oh, I'm sorry. Look, there's another sign ahead. + +**Mr. Ford:** Yes, I see. It says forty-five miles per hour. +**Carl:** Good. Now I can speed up! + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +**Carl:** The car ahead of us is going very slowly. +**Mr. Ford:** It's in bad shape. The driver's being cautious. + +**Carl:** May I go around him?. +**Mr. Ford:** First check the other lane of traffic. + +**Carl:** All right. No one's coming. Now can I pass him? +**Mr. Ford:** Yes. Remember to use your turn signal . + +**Carl:** Why? I don't want to make a turn. +**Mr. Ford:** Because you should always change lanes cautiously. + +**Carl:** Okay. Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. +**Mr. Ford:** Good. Also, keep your mind on the road. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Select the main idea.** + +1. a. Linda's car is new. + b. Linda enjoys driving. + c. Bad weather bothers Linda. + d. Linda is a careful driver. + +2. a. Cars should be able to stop quickly. + b. Drivers should always watch the road. + c. Animals and children can cause accidents. + d. Other people in the car shouldn't talk to the driver. + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the underlined words. + +instructor...instructor + +relaxed...relaxed + +nervous...nervous + +confuse...confuse + +failed...failed + +lost...lost + +way...way + +follow...follow + +(3) Now listen to the paragraphs. Don't repeat. + +Carl is a student driver. Mr. Ford is his instructor. Yesterday Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic. He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson. + +Today is different. He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems. He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident. The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry. + +The streets downtown are narrow and crowded. They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him. He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost. He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way. + +Carl is making a lot of mistakes. Mr. Ford is nervous too; he'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown. Carl will be happy to follow his instructions. + +(4) Listen to the questions. Then look at the paragraph and answer them. (pause 5 sec after each question) What is the instructor's name? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: The instructor's name is Mr. Ford. + +What is he teaching Carl? (pause) +Repeat: He's teaching Carl how to drive. + +How did Carl feel yesterday when he drove? +Repeat: He felt relaxed. + +--- + +How does he feel today? +Repeat: He feels nervous. + +What do the streets downtown do to Carl? +Repeat: They confuse him. + +Did he learn the names of the downtown streets before his driving lesson? +Repeat: No, he failed to memorize the city map. + +Is Carl lost? +Repeat: Yes, he's lost. + +Does Carl know the way out of downtown? +Repeat: No, he doesn't know the way out. + +How will he get out of downtown? +Repeat: He'll follow Mr. Ford's instructions. + +#### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(5) Please go to Figure 2. Listen and choose a sentence with a similar meaning. Circle a or b. (pause 8 sec after each sentence) + +Number 1: Carl was lost. + +Number 2: The other car failed to stop. + +Number 3: Carl went the wrong way. + +Number 4: He followed Mr. Ford's advice. + +Number 5: Mr. Ford is the instructor. + +Number 6: Today Carl is nervous. + +Number 7: Yesterday he was relaxed. + +Number 8: The streets confuse Carl. + +(6) Now listen and check your answers. + +Number 1 is a. Carl didn't know how to get out of downtown. + +Number 2 is a. The other car didn't stop. + +Number 3 is a. Carl went in the wrong direction. + +Number 4 is b. He obeyed Mr. Ford's advice. + +Number 5 is b. Mr. Ford is the teacher. + +Number 6 is b. Carl thinks he'll do something wrong. + +Number 7 is a. He wasn't afraid yesterday. + +Number 8 is b. He's not sure that he's going the right way. + +#### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(7) Please go to Figure 3 now. Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition) + +speed...speed +miles an hour...miles an hour +speeding...speeding +slow down...slow down +speed limit...speed limit +sign...sign +ahead...ahead +miles per hour...miles per hour +speed up...speed up + +(8) Now listen to the dialog; don't repeat it. +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Check that speed, Carl. How fast are you going? +voice 2: Forty miles an hour. +voice 1: Then you're speeding. Slow down a little. +voice 2: I thought forty was the speed limit here. +voice 1: No, the sign back there said thirty. +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. Look, there's another sign ahead. +voice 1: Yes, I see. It says forty-five miles per hour. +voice 2: Good. Now I can speed up! + +(9) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Check that speed, Carl. (pause) How fast are you going? (pause) +voice 2: Forty miles an hour. +voice 1: Then you're speeding. Slow down a little. +voice 2: I thought forty was the speed limit here. +voice 1: No, the sign back there said thirty. +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. Look, there's another sign ahead. +voice 1: Yes, I see. It says forty-five miles per hour. +voice 2: Good. Now I can speed up! + +(10) Look at the dialog and answer the questions. +(pause 5 sec after each question) + +How fast is Carl driving? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: He's driving at a speed of forty miles an hour. + +Is the speed limit thirty miles an hour? +Repeat: Yes, the speed limit is thirty miles an hour. + +Is Carl driving under the speed limit? +Repeat: No, he's driving over the speed limit. + +What is he doing? +Repeat: He's speeding. + +What should he do? +Repeat: He should slow down. + +Does he see another sign with the speed limit on it? +Repeat: Yes, he sees another speed limit sign. + +Is the sign in back of him or ahead of him? +Repeat: It's ahead of him. + +#### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(11) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the underlined words in the dialog and then repeat them. + +ahead of...ahead of +cautious...cautious +lane...lane +pass...pass +turn...turn +signal...signal +cautiously...cautiously +steering wheel...steering wheel +mind...mind + +(12) Now listen to the dialog, but don't repeat it. +(same 2 male voices as in previous dialog) + +voice 1: The car ahead of us is going very slow. +voice 2: It's in bad shape. The driver's being cautious. +voice 1: May I go around him?. +voice 2: First check the other lane of traffic. +voice 1: All right. No one's coming. Now can I pass him? +voice 2: Yes. Remember to use your turn signal. +voice 1: Why? I don't want to make a turn. +voice 2: Because you should always change lanes cautiously. +voice 1: Okay. Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. +voice 2: Good. Also, keep your mind on the road. + +(13) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. + +voice 1: The car ahead of us / is going very slow. +voice 2: It's in bad shape. The driver's being cautious. +voice 1: May I go around him? +voice 2: First check the other lane of traffic. +voice 1: All right. No one's coming. Now can I pass him? +voice 2: Yes. Remember to use your turn signal. +voice 1: Why? I don't want to make a turn. +voice 2: Because you should always / change lanes cautiously. +voice 1: Okay. Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. +voice 2: Good. Also, keep your mind on the road. + +(14) Now look at the dialog and answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Is the person in the other car a careless driver? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: No, he's a cautious driver. (pause for repetition) + +Does Carl want to pass the other car? +Repeat: Yes, he wants to pass the other car. + +Should he signal other drivers and tell them that he wants to pass? +Repeat: Yes. he should signal other drivers. + +Does Carl want to make a turn? +Repeat: No, he doesn't want to make a turn. + +What is he doing? +Repeat: He's changing lanes. + +How should drivers change lanes? +Repeat: They should change lanes cautiously. + +Should Carl drive with just one hand on the steering wheel? +Repeat: No, he should drive with both hands / on the steering wheel. + +Should he think about other things while he's driving? +Repeat: No, he should keep his mind on the road. + +#### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(15) Look at Figure 5. Listen to paragraph number 1. Then select the main idea. Listen. + +Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. She leaves for work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. When she's tired, she's very cautious. Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident. + +(16) What was the main idea of the paragraph? Circle a, b, c, or d. +(pause 10 sec) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + +Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. She leaves for work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. When she's tired, she's very cautious. Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident. + +(17) The answer is d, Linda is a careful driver. Now listen to paragraph number 2. + +Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. Then, a car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. They hit it because they don't see it soon enough. + +(18) Now circle the main idea of paragraph number 2. (pause 10 sec) +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + +Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. Then, a car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. They hit it because they don't see it soon enough. + +(19) The answer is b. Drivers should always watch the road. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 11. diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-2B.md b/sources/book-11/lla-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c6937b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,598 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2B, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![Illustration of a street scene showing pedestrians crossing at an intersection, traffic light with WALK/DON'T WALK signals labeled SIGNALS, a highway sign labeled SIGNS, and labeled elements: INTERSECTION, PEDESTRIANS](images/page_040_001.jpg) + +caution      flash      intersection      pedestrian      sign      signal + +1. Be careful; use caution. + +2. When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes. + +3. Streets cross at intersections. + +4. When people walk, they're pedestrians . + +5. Signs show names, directions, and other information. + +6. A traffic light is a signal. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Answer the questions.** + +At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions. Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs. + +Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution. Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information. + +Cautious drivers look for signals and signs. Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Give the number of the correct signal.** + +**SIGNALS** + +1. +![A vertical traffic signal light showing three circular lights labeled: stop (red), caution (yellow), go (green)](images/page_042_001.jpg) + +**traffic signals** + +2. +![Three black boxes containing white directional arrows: top box has arrow pointing up labeled "ahead only", middle box has arrow pointing left labeled "left only", bottom box has arrow pointing right labeled "right only"](images/page_042_002.jpg) + +3. +![Four square pedestrian signal boxes: top left has a walking person icon, top right has a raised hand icon, bottom left has the word WALK in a circle, bottom right has the words DON'T WALK in a circle](images/page_042_003.jpg) + +**pedestrian signals** + +--- + +4. +![#4 A driver's arm extended straight out and pointing down from a car window](images/page_042_004.jpg) + +**stop or slow down** + +5. +![#5 A driver's arm extended straight out horizontally from a car window](images/page_042_005.jpg) + +**left turn** + +6. +![#6 A driver's arm bent upward at the elbow from a car window](images/page_042_006.jpg) + +**right turn** + +**hand signals** + +--- + +7. +![#7 Drawing of two cars showing front turn signals illuminated, with lines pointing to them labeled "TURN SIGNALS" and "(FLASHING YELLOW)"](images/page_042_007.jpg) + +**left or right turn** + +8. +![#8 Drawing of the rear of a car showing brake lights illuminated, labeled "BRAKE LIGHTS" and "(RED)"](images/page_042_008.jpg) + +**stop or slow down** + +**automobile signals** + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +#### SIGNS + +1. stop sign + +![A black octagonal stop sign with the word STOP](images/page_043_001.jpg) + +Stop at the stop sign and look both ways. Go when it's safe. + +2. yield
right-of-way + +![A triangular yield sign with the word YIELD](images/page_043_002.jpg) + +Yield the right-of-way to the other driver. He can go ahead of you. + +3. one-way + +![A rectangular one-way sign showing an arrow pointing right with the words ONE WAY](images/page_043_003.jpg) + +This is a one-way street. Traffic moves in only one direction. + +4. two-way + +![A diamond-shaped sign showing two arrows pointing in opposite directions](images/page_043_004.jpg) + +This is a two-way street. Traffic moves in both directions. + +5. railroad
crossing + +![A circular railroad crossing sign with an X and the letters R R](images/page_043_005.jpg) + +A railroad crosses the highway here. A train may be coming. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign.** + +![#a A triangular yield sign reading YIELD](images/page_044_001.jpg) +a. ______ + +![#b A circular railroad crossing sign reading RXR](images/page_044_002.jpg) +b. ______ + +![#c A diamond-shaped sign with two opposing arrows indicating two-way traffic](images/page_044_003.jpg) +c. ______ + +![#d A rectangular sign reading ONE WAY with an arrow pointing right](images/page_044_004.jpg) +d. ______ + +![#e An octagonal stop sign reading STOP](images/page_044_005.jpg) +e. ______ + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Repeat the words.**
**Write the words you hear.** + +| anyone | someone | no one | +|---|---|---| +| anybody | somebody | nobody | + +Ellen: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? + +Becky: Yes, thank you. __________________ writes to me. + +Ellen: Do you write to __________________? + +Becky: No. I don't mail anything to __________________. + +Ellen: That's the problem. __________________ gets mail from you. + +Becky: Do you think I should write to __________________? + +Ellen: Yes. Then __________________ will answer your letter. + +Becky: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Change the sentence to a question.** + +*Example:* Nobody's here. (anyone)
Is anyone here? + +1. No one can hear us. + +2. Nobody saw the accident. + +3. Someone knows the answer. + +4. Somebody called you last night. + +5. Nobody told Mark about the test. + +6. No one knows Ann's telephone number. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Answer the questions.** + +*Example:* Is anybody going to the show? (no, nobody)
No, nobody's going to the show. + +1. Has somebody been using my pen? + +2. Does anybody understand the lesson? + +3. Can someone give me a ride home? + +4. Did anyone bring the soft drinks? + +5. Will somebody tell Mark the answer? + +6. Is anybody listening to this tape? + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.** + +#### COLUMNS + +| | 1 | 2 | 3 | +|---|---|---|---| +| **R**
**O**
**W**
**S** | **1** | | | | +| | **2** | | | | +| | **3** | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| , = comma | +| ! = exclamation mark | +| ( ) = parentheses | +| " " = quotation marks | +| ; = semicolon | +| ? = question mark | + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Change the sentence to a question.** + +*Example:* Nobody's here. (anyone)
Is anyone here? + +1. No one can hear us. + +2. Nobody saw the accident. + +3. Someone knows the answer. + +4. Somebody called you last night. + +5. Nobody told Mark about the test. + +6. No one knows Ann's telephone number. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Answer the questions.** + +*Example:* Is anybody going to the show? (no, nobody)
No, nobody's going to the show. + +1. Has somebody been using my pen? + +2. Does anybody understand the lesson? + +3. Can someone give me a ride home? + +4. Did anyone bring the soft drinks? + +5. Will somebody tell Mark the answer? + +6. Is anybody listening to this tape? + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.** + +#### COLUMNS + +| | 1 | 2 | 3 | +|---|---|---|---| +| **R
O
W
S** **1** | | | | +| **2** | | | | +| **3** | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| , = comma | +| ! = exclamation mark | +| ( ) = parentheses | +| “ ” = quotation marks | +| ; = semicolon | +| ? = question mark | + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2B + +#### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words under the picture; then repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +caution...caution +flash...flash +intersection...intersection +pedestrian...pedestrian +sign...sign +signal...signal + +(3) Now look at the sentences. Listen, then repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Be careful; use caution. + +Number 2: When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes. + +Number 3: Streets cross at intersections. + +Number 4: When people walk, they're pedestrians. + +Number 5: Signs show names, directions, and other information. + +Number 6: A traffic light is a signal. + +#### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(4) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the paragraphs. Don't repeat them. + +At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions. Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs. + +Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution. Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information. + +Cautious drivers look for signals and signs. Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely. + +--- + +(5) Look at the paragraphs again and answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Where do cars and people come together? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: They come together at intersections. + +What can easily happen at an intersection? +Repeat: Accidents can happen easily at an intersection. + +What does a large intersection usually have? +Repeat: It usually has many signals and signs. + +What do traffic signals use to give instructions? +Repeat: Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. + +What does a traffic light tell people to do? +Repeat: It tells them to stop, to go, or to use caution. + +What do traffic signs have on them? +Repeat: Traffic signs have words and pictures on them. + +What do traffic signs give? +Repeat: They give instructions and information. + +What do cautious drivers look for? +Repeat: They look for signs and signals. + +How do cautious drivers use the instructions and information? +Repeat: They use them to drive safely. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(6) Please go to Figure 3. Look at the pictures and listen. Don't repeat. + +Number 1: Traffic signals tell drivers to move or to stop. A green light says "Go!" A yellow light says, "Be careful." A red light says "Stop!" This signal is also called a "stop light." + +Number 2: Traffic signals also tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead. + +Number 3: There are signals only for pedestrians. When the signal says "Walk" or shows the picture of a man, look both ways, and then cross the street quickly. When it says "Don't walk" or shows the picture of a hand, wait on the corner until the light changes. + +Number 4: Sometimes drivers use hand signals. This signal tells other drivers that this car is going to slow down or stop. + +Number 5: This is the hand signal for a left turn. + +Number 6: This driver is going to turn right. + +Number 7: Some of the lights on the front and back of a car are also signals. When the yellow lights on the front and back of a car are flashing, its driver wants to turn or change lanes. + +Number 8: Red lights on the back of the car come on when the car is slowing down or stopping. + +(7) Look at the signals again and listen to the question. Then give the number of the correct signal. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Which traffic signal tells drivers to go, stop, or be ready to stop? (pause 5 sec) Number 1. Repeat: The traffic light tells people to go, stop, or be ready to stop. + +Which hand signal does a driver use before a right turn? (pause 5 sec) Number 6. Repeat: This is the signal for a right turn. + +Which lights tell other drivers that a car is turning or changing lanes? (pause 5 sec) Number 7. Repeat: The flashing yellow lights are turn signals. + +Which signal lights tell pedestrians when it's safe to cross a street? (pause 5 sec) Number 3. Repeat: Pedestrian signal lights tell people when to cross a street. + +Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to turn left? (pause 5 sec) Number 5. Repeat: This is the signal for a left turn. + +Which traffic signals tell drivers to turn, or go straight ahead? (pause 5 sec) Number 2. Repeat: These signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead. + +Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to slow down or stop? (pause 5 sec) Number 4. Repeat: This driver is going to slow down or stop. + +Which lights tell the drivers behind another car that it's slowing down or stopping? (pause 5 sec) Number 8. Repeat: The red lights on the back of the car. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(8) Turn to Figure 4 and look at the signs. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: stop sign...stop sign +Stop at the stop sign and look both ways. (pause) +Go when it's safe. + +Number 2: yield...yield +right-of-way...right-of-way +Yield the right-of-way to the other driver. (pause) +He can go ahead of you. + +Number 3: one-way...one-way +This is a one-way street. (pause) +Traffic moves in only one direction. + +Number 4: two-way...two-way +This is a two-way street. (pause) +Traffic moves in both directions. + +Number 5: railroad...railroad +crossing...crossing +A railroad crosses the highway here. (pause) +A train may be coming. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(9) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the sentence. Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign. (pause 6 sec between items) + +Number 1: Be careful. Look for a train. + +Number 2: All cars must travel in the same direction. + +Number 3: You must let other drivers go ahead of you. + +Number 4: Stop at the intersection. Don't go until it's safe. + +Number 5: Cars are moving in opposite directions on this street. + +(10) Listen and check your answers. + +Number 1 is b, the railroad crossing sign. + +Number 2 is d, the one-way traffic sign. + +Number 3 is a, the yield sign. + +Number 4 is e, the stop sign. + +Number 5 is c, the two-way traffic sign. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(11) Now go to Figure 6. Look at the words in the box. Listen to the words and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +anyone...anyone + +anybody...anybody + +someone...someone + +somebody...somebody + +no one...no one + +nobody...nobody + +(12) The dialog has the words which are in the box. Write the words in the blanks when you hear them. Listen and write. (pause as marked) + +(2 female voices) + +voice 1: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? +voice 2: Yes, thank you. No one writes to me. (pause 6 sec) +voice 1: Do you write to anybody? (pause 6 sec) +voice 2: No. I don't mail anything to anyone. (pause 6 sec) +voice 1: That's the problem. Nobody gets mail from you. (pause 6 sec) +voice 2: Do you think I should write to someone? (pause 6 sec) +voice 1: Yes. Then somebody will answer your letter. (pause 6 sec) +voice 2: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + +(13) Now check your answers and repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? +voice 2: Yes, thank you. No one writes to me. +voice 1: Do you write to anybody? +voice 2: No. I don't mail anything to anyone. +voice 1: That's the problem. Nobody gets mail from you. +voice 2: Do you think I should write to someone? +voice 1: Yes. Then somebody will answer your letter. +voice 2: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(14) Look at Figure 7 and listen to the example. Don't repeat. + +(voice 2 for cues in parentheses) + +Nobody's here. +(voice 2): anyone +Is anyone here? + +Now listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence to a question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: No one can hear us. +(voice 2): anybody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Can anybody hear us? + +Number 2: Nobody saw the accident. +(voice 2): someone (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Did someone see the accident? + +Number 3: Someone knows the answer. +(voice 2): somebody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Does somebody know the answer? + +Number 4: Somebody called you last night. +(voice 2): anybody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Did anybody call you last night? + +Number 5: Nobody told Mark about the test. +(voice 2): somebody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Did somebody tell Mark about the test? + +Number 6: No one knows Ann's telephone number. +(voice 2): anyone (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Does anyone know Ann's telephone number? + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(15) Look at Figure 8 and listen to the example. Don't repeat. + +(voice 2 for cues in parentheses) + +voice 1: Is anybody going to the show? +(voice 2): no, nobody +voice 1: No, nobody's going to the show. + +(16) Listen to the question and the words after it. Then answer the question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Has somebody been using my pen? +(voice 2): no, nobody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, nobody's been using your pen. + +Number 2: Does anybody understand the lesson? +(voice 2): yes, someone (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, someone understands the lesson. + +Number 3: Can someone give me a ride home? +(voice 2): yes, somebody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, somebody can give you a ride home. + +Number 4: Did anyone bring the soft drinks? +(voice 2): no, no one (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, no one brought the soft drinks. + +Number 5: Will somebody tell Mark the answer? +(voice 2): no, nobody (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, nobody will tell Mark the answer. + +Number 6: Is anybody listening to this tape? +(voice 2): yes, someone (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes. Someone's listening to this tape. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(17) Turn to Figure 9 now. Listen to the sentence. Then write the punctuation mark in the correct place. Look at the grid and listen to the example. The exclamation mark is in column 2, row 2. Put the exclamation mark in the second row of the second column. (pause 8 sec) There should be an exclamation mark in the middle square. Now listen and write the punctuation mark in the correct place. (pause 8 sec between statements) + +The comma is in column 1, row 1. (pause 8 sec) + +The semi-colon is in column 3, row 1. + +The quotation marks are in column 1, row 3. + +The parentheses are in column 3, row 3. + +The question mark is in column 2, row 3. + +(18) Now check your work on the answer page for this lesson. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 11. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-2C.md b/sources/book-11/lla-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba658e34 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ + + +# LESSON 2C, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Listen to the dialogs.** + +1. Kathy: Does Jane **get** nervous now when she drives? + Kevin: Yes, she **became** a very cautious driver after her car accident. + +2. Sally: Is the weather **getting** worse? + Steve: Yes, the ice on the streets is **becoming** an awful problem. + +3. Maria: Do you think Bill will ever **become** a happy person? + David: I don't know. He still **gets** angry about nothing. + +4. Janet: Are you **becoming** a better math student? + Jason: Yes, the problems are **getting** easier every day. + +5. Alice: Do your sisters want to **become** nurses? + Larry: No, they want to **become** doctors. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. +| The instructor | gets
got
will get
is getting
has been getting | nervous. | +|---|---|---| + +*Example:* Jim gets tired easily. (Mary) +*Mary gets tired easily.* + +2. +| Al's students | become
became
will become
are becoming | good pilots. | +|---|---|---| + +*Example:* Jane became a good saleswoman. (teacher) +*Jane became a good teacher.* + +### Figure 3 + +**Change the sentence.** + +*Example:* My cold isn't getting worse. (better) +*It's getting better.* + +1. The food here isn't getting better. +2. Karen doesn't get angry. +3. The nights aren't getting longer. +4. Bill didn't become a careless driver. +5. Mark won't become a nervous person. +6. The boys won't become weak men. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Change the sentence to a question.** + +*Examples:* The school is getting crowded. (classroom) +*Is the classroom getting crowded?* + +Houston became an important city. (Laredo) +*Did Laredo become an important city?* + +1. His father became an important person. +2. The coffee is getting cold. +3. My apartment gets dirty fast. +4. Kathryn is becoming a beautiful woman. +5. The books will get more expensive. +6. The children are becoming good friends. + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to the dialog and repeat the questions.** + +1. Jan: My turn signals don't work. What should I do? + Bob: Lower the window and signal with your left arm. + +2. Tom: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? + Ann: That's a signal. They want to pass you. + + Tom: What should I do? + Ann: Move to the right lane when you can. + +3. Keith: What should I do when a school bus stops? + Frank: You should stop, too, when its lights are flashing. + + Keith: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? + Frank: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. + + Keith: Why do I have to stop? + Frank: Because children might be crossing the street. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Listen to the paragraph and answer the questions.** + +When there's ice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously. Drive slowly, and try to stay in the right lane. Change lanes and turn corners carefully. Also, change your speed slowly. When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to the ice. Then you won't be able to stop. Stay home when you can. When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads. + +### Figure 7 + +**Write the sentences and punctuate them correctly.** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2C + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat them. +(4 voices: voices 1 and 3 female, voice 2 and 4 male) + +voice 1: Does Jane get nervous now when she drives? +voice 2: Yes, she became a very cautious driver after her car accident. + +voice 3: Is the weather getting worse? +voice 4: Yes, the ice on the streets is becoming an awful problem. + +voice 1: Do you think Bill will ever become a happy person? +voice 2: I don't know. He still gets angry about nothing. + +voice 3: Are you becoming a better math student? +voice 4: Yes, the problems are getting easier every day. + +voice 1: Do your sisters want to become nurses? +voice 2: No, they want to become doctors. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Now go to Figure 2. Look at the underlined words in the first box. Repeat the word then repeat the sentence. (pause for repetition) + +Repeat: gets. (pause) The instructor gets nervous. (pause) got. +The instructor got nervous. +will get. The instructor will get nervous. +is getting. The instructor is getting nervous. +has been getting. The instructor has been getting nervous. + +(4) Look at the example below the first box. Don't repeat. +(voice 2 for cues) + +Jim gets tired easily. +(voice 2): +Mary gets tired easily. + +(5) Listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentences. (pause as market; pause for repetition) + +Mary gets tired easily. +(voice 2): sick (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Mary gets sick easily. + +(voice 2): well (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Mary gets well easily. + +(voice 2): quickly (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Mary gets well quickly. + +(voice 2): the children (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: The children get well quickly. + +(voice 2): bored (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: The children get bored quickly. + +(voice 2): excited (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: The children get excited quickly. + +(6) Look at the underlined words in the second box. Repeat the word; then repeat the sentence. (pause for repetition) + +Repeat: become. (pause) Al's students become good pilots. (pause) +became. Al's students became good pilots. +will become. Al's students will become good pilots. +are becoming. Al's students are becoming good pilots. + +(7) Now look at the example under the second box. Don't repeat. +(voice 2 for cues) + +Jane became a good saleswoman. +(voice 2:) teacher +Jane became a good teacher. + +(8) Listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Jane became a good teacher. +(voice 2): is becoming (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Jane is becoming a good teacher. + +(voice 2): Michael (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Michael is becoming a good teacher. + +(voice 2): better (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Michael is becoming a better teacher. + +(voice 2): writer (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: Michael is becoming a better writer. + +(voice 2): the students (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: The students are becoming better writers. + +(voice 2): will become (pause 3 sec) +Repeat: The students will become better writers. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(9) Look at Figure 3 now. Listen to the example. Don't repeat. +(voice 2 for cues) + +My cold isn't getting worse. +(voice 2): better +It's getting better. + +(10) Listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The food here isn't getting any better. +(voice 2): worse (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It's getting worse. + +Number 2: Karen doesn't get angry. +(voice 2): upset (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: She gets upset. + +Number 3: The nights aren't getting longer. +(voice 2): shorter (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They're getting shorter. + +Number 4: Bill didn't become a careless driver. +(voice 2): careful (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He became a careful driver. + +Number 5: Mark won't become a nervous person. +(voice 2): relaxed (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He'll become a relaxed person. + +Number 6: The boys won't become weak men. +(voice 2): strong (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They'll become strong men. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(11) Please go to Figure 4 now. Look at the examples. Listen, but don't repeat. +(voice 2 for cues) + +The school is getting crowded. +(voice 2): classroom (pause 4 sec) +Is the classroom getting crowded? + +Houston became an important city. +(voice 2): Laredo (pause 4 sec) +Did Laredo become an important city? + +(12) First listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence to a question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: His father became an important person. +(voice 2): uncle (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Did his uncle become an important person? + +Number 2: The coffee is getting cold. +(voice 2): tea (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Is the tea getting cold? + +Number 3: My apartment gets dirty fast. +(voice 2): your apartment (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Does your apartment get dirty fast? + +Number 4: Kathryn is becoming a beautiful woman. +(voice 2): her sister (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman? + +Number 5: The books will get more expensive. +(voice 2): tapes (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Will the tapes get more expensive? + +Number 6: The children are becoming good friends. +(voice 2): their parents (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Are their parents becoming good friends? + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(13) Now go to Figure 5. Look at the dialogs and listen. Don't repeat. +(3 voices: voice 1 female, voices 2 and 3 male) + +voice 1: My turn signals don't work. What should I do? +voice 2: Lower the window and signal with your left arm. + +voice 3: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? +voice 1: That's a signal. They want to pass you. + +voice 3: What should I do? +voice 1: Move to the right lane when you can. + +voice 2: What should I do when a school bus stops? +voice 3: You should stop, too, when its lights are flashing. + +voice 2: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? +voice 3: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. + +voice 2: Why do I have to stop? +voice 3: Because children might be crossing the street. + +(14) Listen to the dialogs again. Repeat the questions. Don't repeat the answers. Repeat the questions only. (pause for repetition after each question) + +voice 1: My turn signals don't work. What should I do? (pause) +voice 2: Lower the window and signal with your left arm. + +voice 3: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? (pause) +voice 1: That's a signal. They want to pass you. + +voice 3: What should I do? (pause) +voice 1: Move to the right lane when you can. + +voice 2: What should I do when a school bus stops? (pause) +voice 3: You should stop, too, when its lights are flashing. + +voice 2: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? (pause) +voice 3: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. + +voice 2: Why do I have to stop? (pause) +voice 3: Because children might be crossing the street. + +--- + +(15) This time, repeat only the answers. Don't repeat the questions, just the answers. (pause for repetition after each answer) + +voice 1: My turn signals don't work. What should I do? +voice 2: Lower the window and signal with your left arm. (pause) + +voice 4: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? +voice 3: That's a signal. They want to pass you. (pause) + +voice 4: What should I do? +voice 3: Move to the right lane when you can. (pause) + +voice 2: What should I do when a school bus stops? +voice 4: You should stop too when its lights are flashing. (pause) + +voice 2: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? +voice 4: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. (pause) + +voice 2: Why do I have to stop? +voice 4: Because children might be crossing the street. (pause) + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(16) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the paragraph. Don't repeat. + +When there's ice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously. Drive slowly, and try to stay in the right lane. Change lanes and turn corners carefully. Also, change your speed slowly. When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to the ice. Then you won't be able to stop. Stay home when you can. When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads. + +(17) Look at the paragraph again and listen to the questions. Then answer them. (pause 5 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +How should you drive when there's ice on the streets? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: You should drive cautiously when there's ice on the streets. (pause for repetition) + +Should you drive fast then? +Repeat: No, you shouldn't drive fast then. + +Should you change lanes and turn corners carefully? +Repeat: Yes, you should change lanes and turn corners carefully. + +What can happen when you try to change your speed quickly? +Repeat: When you try to change your speed quickly, / the tires may not stick to the ice. + +Will you be able to stop? +Repeat: No, you won't be able to stop. + +Should you stay home when there's ice on the roads? +Repeat: Yes, you should stay home when you can. + +When you must drive, how long should you wait? +Repeat: You should wait until someone puts salt on the roads. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(18) Look at Figure 7 now. This is a dictation exercise. First listen to the paragraph. + +Paul is studying math in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes, he will. He's a good student and knows all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + +(19) Now listen to the paragraph again. This time, write the sentences on the lines in Figure 7. Punctuate the sentences correctly. Use capital letters, commas, periods, apostrophes and question marks when you need them. + +Listen and write. (pause 10-20 sec after each thought group) + +Paul is studying math / in school. / His math teacher / is giving the class / a quiz today / on shapes and lines. / Will Paul / get a good grade / on the test? / Yes, he will. / He's a good student / and knows all the answers. / There won't be any mistakes / on Paul's test. + +(20) Listen to the paragraph again and check your work. + +Paul is studying math in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes, he will. He's a good student and knows all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + +(21) Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C BOOK 11. + +— USER NOTES — diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-2D.md b/sources/book-11/lla-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51d6377c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ + + +# LESSON 2D, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Circle the correct answer.** + +*Example:* The woman is ______. +a. late +b. early +c. on time + +1. He wants to ______ a car. + a. buy + b. rent + c. borrow + +2. He has ______. + a. a fever + b. a stomachache + c. a doctor's appointment + +3. He's upset because ______. + a. he hit her car + b. she hit his car + c. they hit another car + +4. a. He doesn't like coffee. + b. She doesn't have any tea. + c. He doesn't want coffee or tea. + +5. She was traveling by ______. + a. bus + b. train + c. airplane + +6. She just had a ______. + a. bad cold + b. physical exam + c. dentist's appointment + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Repeat the sentences with the underlined words.** + +1. Last weekend I read a book. + I liked it a lot. + Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. + +2. It was a new book. + John told me about it. + It was a new book that John told me about. + +3. John is a friend of mine. + He really enjoys reading. + John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. + +4. He has an apartment. + It's full of books. + He has an apartment which is full of books. + +5. I know other people. + They collect books also. + I know other people that collect books also. + +6. But John reads every book in his collection. + He's the only one. + But John's the only one who reads every book in his collection. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Circle the answer that completes the sentence.** + +| **WHO** and **THAT** = people | **WHICH** and **THAT** = things | +|---|---| + +*Example:* ⓐ who are not careful. +b. which are not careful. + +1. a. who is crossing the street. + b. which is crossing the street. + +2. a. who are bad. + b. that are bad. + +3. a. that is walking. + b. which is walking. + +4. a. who is giving you a ticket. + b. which is giving you a ticket. + +5. a. which is careless. + b. that is careless. + +6. a. who are wet. + b. that are wet. + +7. a. who are playing. + b. which are playing. + +8. a. who isn't in good shape. + b. that isn't in good shape. + +9. a. which is flashing. + b. who is flashing. + +10. a. that is stopping for children. + b. who is stopping for children. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Write the missing words.** + +Sgt Carter told us about an accident __________________ he saw this morning. +A car __________________ was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man +__________________ is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver +__________________ had the green light realized that something was wrong and +stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman __________________ was +taking her four children to school. She hit the car __________________ stopped +because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people __________________ were in +the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts __________________ +kept them safe. The old man __________________ ran the light never realized that +he caused an accident. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to the conversation and answer the question.** + +1. Which textbook does Ann need to borrow? +2. Where did Greg find Alan's wallet? + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2D + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialogs and select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 12 sec after each dialog) + +(2 voices: voice 1 female, voice 2 male) + +Listen to the example. + +voice 1: Please hurry, driver. +voice 2: I'm doing my best, ma'am. (pause 12 sec) + +The answer is a. The woman is late. + +(3) Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Please hurry, driver. +voice 2: I'm doing my best, ma'am. + +Now listen to the dialogs and circle a, b, or c. + +Number 1: +voice 2: How much does this car cost? +voice 1: Thirty-two dollars a day. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 2: +voice 1: What does your thermometer say? +voice 2: One hundred and two degrees. + +Number 3: +voice 2: Look at the side of my car! +voice 1: I'm sorry. I didn't see the stop sign. + +Number 4: +voice 1: Would you like a cup of coffee? +voice 2: No, thank you. Do you have any tea? + +Number 5: +voice 2: How was your trip? +voice 1: Too long. The weather over San Antonio was bad, and we had to land in Houston. + +Number 6: +voice 1: Well, Doctor, am I healthy? +voice 2: Yes, you're in good shape for a person of your age. + +(4) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is b. He wants to rent a car. + +Number 2 is a. He has a fever. + +Number 3 is b. He's upset because she hit his car. + +Number 4 is a. He doesn't like coffee. + +Number 5 is c. She was traveling by airplane. + +Number 6 is b. She just had a physical exam. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(5) Please go to Figure 2. Look at the sentences and listen. Don't repeat. + +Last weekend I read a book. I liked it a lot. Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. + +It was a new book. John told me about it. It was a new book that John told me about. + +John is a friend of mine. He really enjoys reading. John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. + +He has an apartment. It's full of books. He has an apartment which is full of books. + +I know other people. They collect books also. I know other people that collect books also. + +But John reads every book in his collection. He's the only one. But John's the only one / who reads every book in his collection. + +(6) Now repeat the sentences with the underlined words. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. (pause) + +Number 2: It was a new book that John told me about. + +Number 3: John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. + +Number 4: He has an apartment which is full of books. + +Number 5: I know other people that collect books also. + +Number 6: But John's the only one / who reads every book in his collection. + +(7) Look at the sentences again and answer some questions. (pause 4 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What kind of book did the person read last weekend? +(pause) Repeat: He read a book that he liked a lot. (pause for repetition) + +Number 2: Which book was it? +Repeat: It was a new book that John told him about. + +Number 3: Is John his instructor? +Repeat: No, John is a friend of his / who really enjoys reading. + +Number 4: Where does John live? +Repeat: He lives in an apartment that's full of books. + +Number 5: Does he know other people that collect books? +Repeat: Yes, he knows other people that collect them. + +Number 6: How is John different from the other people who collect books? +Repeat: He's the only one who reads every book / in his collection. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(8) Look at Figure 3. Read the words in the boxes now. (pause 8 sec) Listen to part of a sentence and choose the answer that completes it. Circle a or b. Remember to use who or that for people and which or that for things. Look at the example and listen. + +Accidents usually happen to drivers.... (pause 8 sec) The answer is a, because drivers are people. Repeat: Accidents usually happen / to drivers who are not careful. Now, listen and circle a or b. (pause 8 sec between items) + +Number 1: You should always stop for someone.... (pause 8 sec) + +Number 2: Fix or replace any tires.... + +Number 3: A pedestrian is a person.... + +Number 4: Be polite to a policeman.... + +Number 5: Don't ride with a driver.... + +Number 6: Drive cautiously on streets.... + +Number 7: Drive carefully near children.... + +Number 8: Don't take a trip in a car.... + +--- + +Number 9: Use caution when you see a light.... + +Number 10: Don't pass a school bus.... + +(9) Listen and check your answers. Then repeat the sentence. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a. Repeat: Stop for someone who is crossing the street. +(pause) + +Number 2 is b. Repeat: Fix or replace any tires that are bad. + +Number 3 is a. Repeat: A pedestrian is a person that is walking. + +Number 4 is a. Repeat: Be polite to a policeman who is giving you a ticket. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: Don't ride with a driver that is careless. + +Number 6 is b. Repeat: Drive cautiously on streets that are wet. + +Number 7 is a. Repeat: Drive carefully near children who are playing. + +Number 8 is b. Repeat: Don't take a trip in a car that isn't in good shape. + +Number 9 is a. Repeat: Use caution when you see a light which is flashing. + +Number 10 is a. Repeat: Don't pass a school bus that is stopping for children. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(10) Please go to Figure 4. Listen to the paragraph, but don't repeat. Write the missing words while you're listening. (pause 5 sec at the end of each sentence) + +Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. A car which was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man who is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her four children to school. She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people who were in the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts which kept them safe. The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. + +(11) Listen to the paragraph again and check the words you wrote. + +Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. A car which was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man who is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her four children to school. She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people who were in the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts which kept them safe. The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(12) Look at Figure 5. Read the question; then listen to the conversation. Read the first question now. (pause 5 sec) + +(3 female voices) + +voice 1: Hello. +voice 2: This is Ann. May I please speak with Carol? +voice 1: She's not here right now. May I take a message? +voice 2: Yes, please. Will you tell her that I need to borrow her Spanish textbook tonight? +voice 1: I'll be glad to. +voice 2: Thanks a lot. (pause 2 sec) +voice 1: Hi, Carol. Ann called while you were gone. +voice 3: What did she say? +voice 1: She said to tell you that she needs to borrow your Spanish book tonight. + +(13) Now answer the question. Which textbook does Ann need to borrow? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Ann needs to borrow Carol's Spanish textbook. (pause) + +(14) Read the second question. (pause 5 sec) Now listen to the conversation. + +(3 male voices) + +voice 1: Hey, Greg. +voice 2: Hi, Sam. Do you know where Alan is? +voice 1: I think he went to the mall. +voice 2: He won't be gone long. I have his wallet. +voice 1: I'll give it to him when he gets back. +voice 2: Okay, thanks. Tell him that I found it in the commissary parking lot. (pause 2 sec) + +voice 1: Hi, Alan. That was a short shopping trip. +voice 3: I couldn't buy anything. I lost my wallet. +voice 1: Here it is. Greg just brought it back. +voice 3: Terrific! Where was it? +voice 1: He said to tell you that he found it in the commissary parking lot. + +(15) Now answer the question. Where did Greg find Alan's wallet? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Greg found Alan's wallet in the commissary parking lot. (pause) + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D BOOK 11. diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-3A.md b/sources/book-11/lla-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e240487c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ + + +# LESSON 3A, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words and the sentences.** + +![#A A foot pressing down on a car's brake pedal](images/page_058_001.jpg) + +![#B An open hood of a truck showing the engine block labeled GM TRUCK](images/page_058_002.jpg) + +![#C A man looking under the popped hood of a small car](images/page_058_003.jpg) + +![#D Cars lined up at a red traffic light](images/page_058_004.jpg) + +![#E A mechanic looking at a car engine under an open hood](images/page_058_005.jpg) + +![#F The front of a car next to cans of oil and a drain pan](images/page_058_006.jpg) + +--- + +![#G A loud speeding car making a VARROOOM sound as a child covers his ears and a man looks annoyed](images/page_059_001.jpg) + +![#H A man sitting in the driver's seat holding the steering wheel](images/page_059_002.jpg) + +![#I A man handing a written document labeled GUARANTEE 90 DAYS to another man](images/page_059_003.jpg) + +![#J A woman holding a credit card talking to a clerk at an auto parts counter](images/page_059_004.jpg) + +![#K A storefront labeled AUTO PARTS with a sign advertising XTRA POWER BATTERY and a customer inside](images/page_059_005.jpg) + +![#L A mechanic with grease spots on his clothes and hands](images/page_059_006.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Write the answer to the question about the dialog.** + +1. What doe Harry have? + ____________________________________________________________________ + ____________________________________________________________________ + +2. Where are the Clarks going to move? + ____________________________________________________________________ + ____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. Max is too tall. He can't sleep in that bed. + Max is too tall to sleep in that bed. + +2. Sgt Willis is too busy. He can't take a vacation. + Sgt Willis is too busy to take a vacation. + +3. Myra is too tired. She can't listen to any more problems. + Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems. + +4. Freddy is too light. He can't play football. + Freddy is too light to play football. + +5. It's too late. We can't worry about past mistakes. + It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes. + +6. Rose Ann isn't too nervous. She can take a test. + Rose Ann isn't too nervous to take a test. + +7. The captain was too sick. He couldn't come to class. + The captain was too sick to come to class. + +8. Mary is too slow. She can't finish early. + Mary is too slow to finish early. + +9. The coffee is too hot. He can't drink it. + The coffee is too hot for him to drink. + +10. Chinese is not to difficult. They can learn it. + Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn. + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Change the statement to a question.** + +*Example:* Freddy is too light to play football. (tennis) +Is he too light to play tennis? + +1. The captain was too sick to come to class. +2. Mary is too slow to finish early. +3. Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems. +4. Greg is too young to drive a car. +5. It's too late to study for the test. +6. This book is too difficult for John to read. + +--- + +### Figure 5 +**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.** + +#### COLUMNS +| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **ROWS** **1** | | | | | +| **2** | | | | | +| **3** | | | | | +| **4** | | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| . = period | +| " " = quotation marks | +| ? = question mark | +| , = comma | + +
+ + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Go to Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and the sentences that you hear. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A: brake...brake +Jim is having problems with his brakes. + +Picture B: engine...engine +Henry's new truck has a big engine. + +Picture C: motor...motor +This car has a small motor. + +Picture D: stall...stall +Jill's car stalled two times / on the way to work. + +Picture E: tune-up...tune-up +Kevin's car needed a tune-up / after he drove it ten thousand miles. + +Picture F: oil...oil +My car needs a quart of oil. + +Picture G: noise...noise +That car is making a lot of noise. + +Picture H: warm up...warm up +Bobby, please warm up the car. + +Picture I: guarantee...guarantee +The mechanic guaranteed the repair work / for ninety days. + +Picture J: charge...charge +What is the charge for the repair / of a flat tire? + +Picture K: part...part +Mr. Jenkins needs a new part for his car. + +Picture L: too...too +His shirt is too dirty to wear / to Allen's party. + +(3) Now listen to some sentences. Each sentence describes one of the pictures. Match the sentence with the correct picture. Write the number of the sentence on the line under the picture. (pause 8 sec after each item) + +Number 1: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light. + +Number 2: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning. + +Number 3: Carl needs some new parts for his motor. + +Number 4: Lee's truck has a big engine. + +Number 5: Mr. Wilson uses the brakes to slow down. + +Number 6: Is it time to change the oil? + +Number 7: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise. + +Number 8: Mike, change your shirt. That one's too dirty. + +Number 9: The mechanic doesn't charge much to change a flat tire. + +Number 10: Ellen's new car has a small engine. + +Number 11: Sara's car is getting a tune-up. + +Number 12: The mechanic gave me a ninety-day guarantee. + +(4) Now check your answers and repeat the sentences. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 5 goes under picture A. +Repeat: Mr. Wilson uses the brakes to slow down. + +Number 4 goes under picture B. +Repeat: Lee's truck has a big engine. + +Number 10 goes under picture C. +Repeat: Ellen's new car has a small engine. + +Number 1 goes under picture D. +Repeat: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light. + +Number 11 goes under picture E. +Repeat: Sara's car is getting a tune-up. + +Number 6 goes under picture F. +Repeat: Is it time to change the oil? + +Number 7 goes under picture G. +Repeat: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise. + +Number 2 goes under picture H. +Repeat: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning. + +Number 12 goes under picture I. +Repeat: The mechanic gave me a ninety-day guarantee. + +Number 9 goes under picture J. +Repeat: The mechanic doesn't charge much / to change a flat tire. + +Number 3 goes under picture K. +Repeat: Carl needs some new parts for his motor. + +Number 8 goes under picture L. +Repeat: Mike, change your shirt. (pause for repetition) +That one is too dirty. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog. Then write the answer to a question about it. Read the questions now. (pause 10 sec) Now listen to the dialogs. You will hear each twice. + +(2 voices, both are male) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Hey Jack, did you see Harry's new car? +voice 2: Yes, I did. It looks expensive. +voice 1: It was. +voice 2: Do you think he'll let us ride in it? + +(6) Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: Hey Jack, did you see Harry's new car? +voice 2: Yes, I did. It looks expensive. +voice 1: It was. +voice 2: Do you think he'll let us ride in it? + +Now write a sentence that answers the question. + +(7) The answer is: He has an expensive new car. + +(8) Listen to the second dialog. + +voice 1: Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month? +voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they going? +voice 1: They're moving to Florida. +voice 2: They're going to have a lot of warm weather. + +--- + +(9) Listen to the conversation again. +voice 1: Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month? +voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they going? +voice 1: They're moving to Florida. +voice 2: They're going to have a lot of warm weather. + +Now answer the question with a complete sentence. (pause 20 sec) + +(10) The answer is: They're going to move to Florida. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(11) Go to Figure 3. Look at the sentences and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Max is too tall. He can't sleep in that bed. +Max is too tall to sleep in that bed. + +Number 2: Sgt Willis is too busy. He can't take a vacation. +Sgt Willis is too busy to take a vacation. + +Number 3: Myra is too tired. She can't listen to any more problems. +Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems. + +Number 4: Freddy is too light. He can't play football. +Freddy is too light to play football. + +Number 5: It's too late. We can't worry about past mistakes. +It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes. + +Number 6: Rose Ann isn't too nervous. She can take a test. +Rose Ann isn't too nervous to take a test. + +Number 7: The captain was too sick. He couldn't come to class. +The captain was too sick to come to class. + +Number 8: Mary is too slow. She can't finish early. +Mary is too slow to finish early. + +Number 9: The coffee is too hot. He can't drink it. +The coffee is too hot for him to drink. + +Number 10: Chinese is not too difficult. They can learn it. +Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(12) Look at Figure 4. Listen to a statement and change it like the example. Listen to the example first. +(2 voices) +voice 1: Freddy is too light to play football. +voice 2: tennis +Is he too light to play tennis? +Repeat: Is he too light to play tennis? + +(13) Now listen to the statement and a cue and ask a question. Then repeat the question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: +voice 1: The captain was too sick to come to class. +voice 2: watch TV (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Was he too sick to watch TV? + +Number 2: +voice 1: Mary is too slow to finish early. +voice 2: on time (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is she too slow to finish on time? + +Number 3: +voice 1: Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems. +voice 2: write letters (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is she too tired to write letters? + +Number 4: +voice 1: Greg is too young to drive a car. +voice 2: ride a bicycle (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is he too young to ride a bicycle? + +Number 5: +voice 1: It's too late to study for the test. +voice 2: learn something new (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is it too late to learn something new? + +Number 6: +voice 1: This book is too difficult for John to read. +voice 2: Mark (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is it too difficult for Mark to read? + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(14) Look at Figure 5. Listen and follow the directions. Write punctuation marks in the correct places in Figure 3. Use the key to help you. (pause 10 sec after second reading) + +Number 1: Write a question mark in column three, row two. +Write a question mark in column three, row two. +(pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: Write a period in column two, row four. +Write a period in column two, row four. +(pause 10 sec) + +Number 3: Put the comma in column one, row three. +Put the comma in column one, row three. +(pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: Put the quotation marks in column four, row one. +Put the quotation marks in column four, row one. +(pause 10 sec) + +(15) Look at the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 11.** + + + + +# Lesson 3A + +### Figure 1 +A. 5 +B. 4 +C. 10 +D. 1 +E. 11 +F. 6 +G. 7 +H. 2 +I. 12 +J. 9 +K. 3 +L. 8 + +### Figure 3 +a. 5 +b. 3 +c. 1 +d. 7 +e. 6 +f. 2 +g. 4 diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-3B.md b/sources/book-11/lla-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4a01ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3B, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 +**Repeat the words and sentences you hear.** + +![#A A coiled rubber hose and close-up views of the hose connections](images/page_062_001.jpg) +A + +![#B A water faucet dripping water into a sink basin](images/page_062_002.jpg) +B + +![#C A man exchanging an item of clothing at a counter with a sign above reading "EXCHANGE"](images/page_062_003.jpg) +C + +![#D A police officer or military guard standing at a desk speaking with a man](images/page_062_004.jpg) +D + +![#E Two young boys wrestling/scuffling over an object](images/page_062_005.jpg) +E + +![#F A payment booklet labeled "PAYMENT BOOK REFRIGERATOR"](images/page_062_006.jpg) +F + +![#G A family dining in front of a sign that reads "ARTHUR'S Steak House"](images/page_062_007.jpg) +G + +![#H A man in a cap with grease/dirt stains on his shirt](images/page_062_008.jpg) +H + +![#I Two men in suits smiling and shaking hands](images/page_062_009.jpg) +I + +--- + +![#J Two young football players sitting dejectedly on a bench under a scoreboard showing HOME 0, VISITORS 21](images/page_063_001.jpg) +J + +![#K A man at a restaurant table talking to two men dressed in formal tuxedos](images/page_063_002.jpg) +K + +--- + +### Figure 2 +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. We go to the gym to play volleyball. +2. Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day. +3. Can I use a credit card to pay for this? +4. Richard didn't come to borrow money. +5. Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish. +6. Roger called the office to make an appointment. +7. Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet. +8. He called to say hello. + +--- + +### Figure 3 +**Write the number beside the phrase.** + +______ a. to play soccer. +______ b. to change her appointment. +______ c. to deposit his check. +______ d. to bring it back. +______ e. to live near the ocean. +______ f. to wash her car. +______ g. to drink a cup of coffee with her. + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress.** + +| | | | | | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 2. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 7. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 3. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 8. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 4. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 9. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 5. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 10. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | + +--- + +### Figure 5 +**Repeat the words.** + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. salt / salty | 8. soap / soapy | +| 2. ice / icy | 9. grease / greasy | +| 3. fun / funny | 10. cloud / cloudy | +| 4. rain / rainy | 11. leak / leaky | +| 5. snow / snowy | 12. oil / oily | +| 6. storm / stormy | 13. sun / sunny | +| 7. noise / noisy | 14. water / watery | + +--- + +### Figure 6 +**Answer the questions.** + +*Example:* Does the soup have a lot of water in it? (yes) +Yes, the soup is watery. + +1. Does this meat have a lot of salt on it? +2. Is there ice on the highways? +3. Was there a lot of rain last weekend? +4. Do you have soap on your hands? +5. Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building? +6. Are there a lot of clouds in the sky? +7. Is there grease on your French fries? +8. Is the sun shining today? + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3B + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat some words and sentences. Look at picture A. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A: hose...hose +Look at the hoses. These are two kinds of hoses. + +Picture B: leak...leak +Uncle George has a leak in his kitchen faucet. + +Picture C: exchange...exchange +Jim is going to exchange that sweater for two shirts. + +Picture D: refund...refund +Sgt Jackson asked the salesman for a refund. + +Picture E: give back...give back +Charlie won't give the car back to Jimmy. + +Picture F: credit...credit +Mrs. Brooks bought her refrigerator on credit. + +Picture G: service...service +That new restaurant gives excellent service. + +Picture H: grease...grease +The mechanic has grease on his shirt. + +Picture I: satisfied...satisfied +Mr. Evans was very satisfied with your work. + +Picture J: unhappy...unhappy +The boys were unhappy when they lost the game. + +Picture K: dissatisfied...dissatisfied +The customer is dissatisfied with the food. + +(3) Now listen to some sentences. Each sentence describes a picture in Figure 1. Match the sentence to the picture. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. You will hear each sentence twice. + +Number 1: Is he satisfied with John's work? +Is he satisfied with John's work? + +Number 2: Why is he dissatisfied with his food? +Why is he dissatisfied with his food? + +Number 3: He is getting a refund. +He is getting a refund. + +Number 4: Why are the football players unhappy? +Why are the football players unhappy? + +Number 5: The faucet is leaking. +The faucet is leaking. + +Number 6: The service here is excellent. +The service here is excellent. + +Number 7: Which hose is for the garden? +Which hose is for the garden? + +Number 8: He wants to exchange the sweater. +He wants to exchange the sweater. + +Number 9: He won't give back the toy car. +He won't give back the toy car. + +Number 10: She didn't pay cash. She bought it on credit. +She didn't pay cash. She bought it on credit. + +Number 11: Is that grease on his shirt? +Is that grease on his shirt? + +(4) Let's check the answers. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A is 7. Repeat: Which hose is for the garden? + +Picture B is 5. Repeat: The faucet is leaking. + +Picture C is 8. Repeat: He wants to exchange the sweater. + +Picture D is 3. Repeat: He is getting a refund. + +Picture E is 9. Repeat: He won't give back the toy car. + +Picture F is 10. Repeat: She didn't pay cash. / She bought it on credit. + +Picture G is 6. Repeat: The service here is excellent. + +Picture H is 11. Repeat: Is that grease on his shirt? + +Picture I is 1. Repeat: Is he satisfied with John's work? + +Picture J is 4. Repeat: Why are the football players unhappy? + +Picture K is 2. Repeat: Why is he dissatisfied with his food? + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(5) Go to Figure 2. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: We go to the gym to play volleyball. + +Number 2: Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day. + +Number 3: Can I use a credit card to pay for this? + +Number 4: Richard didn't come to borrow money. + +Number 5: Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish. + +Number 6: Roger called the office to make an appointment. + +Number 7: Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet. + +Number 8: He called to say hello. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(6) Now look at Figure 3. Read the phrases now. (pause 15 sec) +Now listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that completes it. Write the number on the blank line. You'll hear each part twice. + +(7) Let's do number 1 as an example. Listen. + +Number 1: Neil went to the bank.... +Neil went to the bank.... Put a number 1 next to the letter c. "to deposit his check." completes the sentence. + +(8) Now listen and complete the sentence. +(pause 10 sec after each item) + +Number 2: Mrs. Adams paid Frank.... +Mrs. Adams paid Frank.... + +Number 3: Ms. Johnson called the dentist.... +Ms. Johnson called the dentist.... + +--- + +Number 4: Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work.... +Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work.... + +Number 5: The students wanted to go outside.... +The students wanted to go outside.... + +Number 6: The Jacksons moved to Miami.... +The Jacksons moved to Miami.... + +Number 7: Lori borrowed my book last week. +She came over this morning.... +Lori borrowed my book last week. +She came over this morning.... + +(9) Now let's check your answers. Then repeat the correct answer. +Letter a is number 5. +Repeat: The students wanted to go outside to play soccer. + +Letter b is number 3. +Repeat: Ms. Johnson called the dentist to change her appointment. + +Letter c is number 1. +Repeat: Neil went to the bank to deposit his check. + +Letter d is number 7. +Repeat: Lori borrowed my book last week. / She came over this morning to bring it back. + +Letter e is number 6. +Repeat: The Jacksons moved to Miami to live near the ocean. + +Letter f is number 2. +Repeat: Mrs. Adams paid Frank to wash her car. + +Letter g is number 4. +Repeat: Bob stops at his grandmother's house / on the way to work / to drink a cup of coffee with her. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(10) Look at Figure 4. Circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress. You will hear each word twice. Listen and circle the number. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 1: CAUtious...CAUtious + +Number 2: beCOME...beCOME + +Number 3: conNECT...conNECT + +Number 4: STOmachache...STOmachache + +Number 5: eMERgency...eMERgency + +Number 6: TEMperature...TEMperature + +Number 7: STEEring wheel...STEEring wheel + +Number 8: CROSsing...CROSsing + +Number 9: slow DOWN ..slow DOWN + +Number 10: aHEAD...aHEAD + +(11) Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 1, CAUtious. Repeat: CAUtious. + +Number 2 is 2, beCOME. Repeat: beCOME. + +Number 3 is 2, conNECT. Repeat: conNECT. + +Number 4 is 1, STOmachache. Repeat: STOmachache. + +Number 5 is 2, eMERgency. Repeat: eMERgency. + +Number 6 is 1, TEMperature. Repeat: TEMperature. + +Number 7 is 1, STEEring wheel. Repeat: STEEring wheel. + +Number 8 is 1, CROSsing. Repeat: CROSsing. + +Number 9 is 2, slow DOWN. Repeat: slow DOWN. + +Number 10 is 2, aHEAD. Repeat: aHEAD. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(12) Look at Figure 5. Listen and repeat the words. (pause for repetition after each pair) + +salt / salty +salt / salty + +ice / icy +ice / icy + +fun / funny +fun / funny + +rain / rainy +rain / rainy + +snow / snowy +snow / snowy + +storm / stormy +storm / stormy + +noise / noisy +noise / noisy + +soap / soapy +soap / soapy + +grease / greasy +grease / greasy + +cloud / cloudy +cloud / cloudy + +leak / leaky +leak / leaky + +oil / oily +oil / oily + +sun / sunny +sun / sunny + +water / watery +water / watery + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(13) Look at Figure 6. Listen and answer the question. First listen to the example. +(2 voices) + +voice 1: Does the soup have a lot of water in it? yes +voice 2: Repeat: Yes, the soup is watery. + +(14) Now answer questions like the example. (pause 4 sec after each cue; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Does this meat have a lot of salt on it? yes (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: Yes, this meat is salty. + +Number 2: +voice 1: Is there ice on the highways? yes (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: Yes, the highways are icy. + +Number 3: +voice 1: Was there a lot of rain last weekend? no (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: No, it wasn't rainy last weekend. + +Number 4: +voice 1: Do you have soap on your hands? yes (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: Yes, my hands are soapy. + +Number 5: +voice 1: Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building? no (pause 4) +voice 2: Repeat: No, my apartment building isn't noisy. + +Number 6: +voice 1: Are there a lot of clouds in the sky? yes (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: Yes, the sky is cloudy. + +Number 7: +voice 1: Is there grease on your French fries? no (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: No, my French fries aren't greasy. + +Number 8: +voice 1: Is the sun shining today? yes (pause 4 sec) +voice 2: Repeat: Yes, it's sunny today. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 11. + +--- USER NOTES --- + + + + +# Lesson 3B + +### Figure 1 +A. 7 +B. 5 +C. 8 +D. 3 +E. 9 +F. 10 +G. 6 +H. 11 +I. 1 +J. 4 +K. 2 + +### Figure 4 +1. 1 +2. 2 +3. 2 +4. 1 +5. 2 +6. 1 +7. 1 +8. 1 +9. 1 +10. 2 diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-3C.md b/sources/book-11/lla-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..739fd18c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3C, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 +**Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress.** + +| | | | | | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 2. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 7. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 3. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 8. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 4. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 9. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +| 5. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 10. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | + +--- + +### Figure 2 +**Write the answer to the question about the dialog.** + +1. Where will Major Parker and Major Smith eat lunch? + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +2. What does Bob need to borrow from Jack? + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Write the missing words.** + +1. There's a lot of wind today. It's a ____________________ day. + +2. This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's ____________________. + +3. She thinks she's my boss. She's ____________________. + +4. He had aches and pains in his body. He felt ____________________. + +5. This candy has nuts in it. This candy is ____________________. + +6. They wanted something for their thirst. They were ____________________. + +7. You look like you need some sleep. You look ____________________. + +8. The phone is close to my hand. It's ____________________. + +9. My gloves have dirt on them. They're ____________________. + +10. His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny ____________________ smile. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Write sentences with "too".** + +![#A A person bundled up in a heavy coat and hat walking into a severe snowstorm](images/page_068_001.jpg) +____________________ + +![#B A cash register displaying a high total price of $380.00](images/page_068_002.jpg) +____________________ + +![#C A steaming hot cup of coffee or tea sitting on a saucer](images/page_068_003.jpg) +____________________ + +![#D A man trying to button a long-sleeved shirt that is way too small and tight for him](images/page_068_004.jpg) +____________________ + +![#E A clock on the wall showing the time as 11:55, late at night near windows](images/page_068_005.jpg) +____________________ + +![#F A woman pushing with all her strength to move a very heavy wooden table](images/page_068_006.jpg) +____________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress. You will hear each word twice. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 1: ESCalator...ESCalator + +Number 2: introDUCtion...introDUCtion + +Number 3: POPular...POPular + +Number 4: RELative..RELative + +Number 5: BIcycle...BIcycle + +Number 6: inforMAtion...inforMAtion + +Number 7: TRAFfic...TRAFfic + +Number 8: SIGnature...SIGnature + +Number 9: dePOSit...dePOSit + +Number 10: EMPty...EMPty + +(3) Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 1, ESCalator. Repeat: ESCalator. + +Number 2 is 3, introDUCtion. Repeat: introDUCtion. + +Number 3 is 1, POPular. Repeat: POPular. + +Number 4 is 1, RELative. Repeat: RELative. + +Number 5 is 1, BIcycle. Repeat: BIcycle. + +Number 6 is 3, inforMAtion. Repeat: inforMAtion. + +Number 7 is 1, TRAFfic. Repeat: TRAFfic. + +Number 8 is 1, SIGnature. Repeat: SIGnature. + +Number 9 is 2, dePOSit. Repeat: dePOSit. + +Number 10 is 1, EMPty. Repeat: EMPty. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to two conversations; then write the answer to the question about the message that was taken and delivered. Read the questions in Figure 2. (pause 10 sec) Now listen to the first dialog. + +(3 voices: voices 2 and 3 are male) + +(phone rings twice, then dialog begins) + +voice 1: Hello. +voice 2: Hello. Major Parker, please. +voice 1: He's not here right now. May I take a message? +voice 2: Yes, this is Major Smith. Please tell him that I'll meet him at the Officers' Club at eleven hundred hours for lunch. +voice 1: Okay. I'll tell him. + +(footsteps of man, sound of door opening) + +voice 1: Major Parker, you had a call. +voice 3: Yes, who was it? +voice 1: It was Major Smith. He said to tell you that he'll meet you for lunch at eleven hundred hours at the Officers' Club. + +(5) Now write a sentence that answers the question. (pause 15 sec) Check your answer. They'll eat lunch at the Officers' Club. + +(6) Listen to the second dialog. + +(3 voices: voices 2 and 3 are male) + +(knock on door, then dialog begins) + +voice 1: Hi, Bob. +voice 2: Is Jack home? +voice 1: No, he's not. He'll be back at five thirty. +voice 2: Will you tell him that I need to borrow his math book? +voice 1: Sure. I'll tell him to take it to your house this evening. +voice 1: Jack, Bob came by. +voice 3: Oh, really? What did he want? +voice 1: He said to tell you that he needs to borrow your math book. + +(7) Now answer the question with a complete sentence. (pause 15 sec) Check your answer: He needs to borrow Jack's math book. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Look at Figure 3. Listen to some sentences. Don't repeat, just listen. + +There's a lot of wind today. It's a windy day. + +This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's creamy. + +She thinks she's my boss. She's bossy. + +He had aches and pains in his body. He felt achy. + +This candy has nuts in it. This candy is nutty. + +They wanted something for their thirst. They were thirsty. + +You look like you need some sleep. You look sleepy. + +The phone is close to my hand. It's handy. + +My gloves have dirt on them. They're dirty. + +His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny smile. + +(9) Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words. (pause 10 sec after each one) + +Number 1: There's a lot of wind today. It's a windy day. + +Number 2: This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's creamy. + +Number 3: She thinks she's my boss. She's bossy. + +Number 4: He had aches and pains in his body. He felt achy. + +Number 5: This candy has nuts in it. This candy is nutty. + +Number 6: They wanted something for their thirst. They were thirsty. + +Number 7: You look like you need some sleep. You look sleepy. + +Number 8: The phone is close to my hand. It's handy. + +Number 9: My gloves have dirt on them. They're dirty. + +Number 10: His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny smile. + +(10) Now check your spelling. + +Number 1 is windy, w-i-n-d-y. Repeat: It's a windy day. + +Number 2 is creamy, c-r-e-a-m-y. Repeat: It's creamy. + +Number 3 is bossy, b-o-s-s-y. Repeat: She's bossy. + +Number 4 is achy, a-c-h-y. There is no letter "e" in achy. Repeat: He felt achy. + +Number 5 is nutty, n-u-t-t-y. There are two "t's" in nutty. Repeat: This candy is nutty. + +Number 6 is thirsty, t-h-i-r-s-t-y. Repeat: They were thirsty. + +Number 7 is sleepy, s-l-e-e-p-y. Repeat: You look sleepy. + +Number 8 is handy, h-a-n-d-y. Repeat: It's handy. + +Number 9 is dirty, d-i-r-t-y. Repeat: They're dirty. + +Number 10 is sunny, s-u-n-n-y. Repeat: It's a sunny smile. + +(11) Listen and repeat some sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Repeat: It's too cold. + +Repeat: It's too hot. + +Repeat: His shirt is too dirty. + +Repeat: This jacket is too small. + +Repeat: That box is too heavy. + +Repeat: Those pants are too big. + +Repeat: My hands were too greasy. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(12) Now look at Figure 4. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. Write a sentence like the example. + +Look at picture A and listen to a sentence twice. + +The children can't go outside. +The children can't go outside. + +The sentence that follows is "It's too cold." The children can't go outside because it's too cold. Now listen to a sentence; then write another sentence. Use the word too in your sentence. (pause 20 sec between items) + +Picture B: I can't buy this suit. +I can't buy this suit. (pause 20 sec) + +Picture C: Jim, don't drink that coffee +Jim, don't drink that coffee. (pause 20 sec) + +Picture D: Fred, don't buy that shirt. +Fred, don't buy that shirt. (pause 20 sec) + +Picture E: We can't go to the movies now. +We can't go to the movies now. (pause 20 sec) + +Picture F: Janet, don't try to move that table. +Janet, don't try to move that table. (pause 20 sec) + +(14) Turn to the answer page for this lesson and look at the answers for Figure 4. Your answers can look like these, or they can be a little different. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 11.** + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# Lesson 3C + +### Figure 1 +1. 1 +2. 3 +3. 1 +4. 1 +5. 1 +6. 3 +7. 1 +8. 1 +9. 2 +10. 1 + +### Figure 2 +1. They'll eat lunch at the Officer's Club. +2. He needs to borrow Jack's math book. + +### Figure 3 +1. There's a lot of wind today. It's a windy day. +2. This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's creamy. +3. She thinks she's my boss. She's bossy. +4. He had aches and pains in his body. He felt achy. +5. This candy has nuts in it. This candy is nutty. +6. They wanted something for their thirst. They were thirsty. +7. You look like you need some sleep. You look sleepy. +8. The phone is close to my hand. It's handy. +9. My gloves have dirt on them. They're dirty. +10. His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny sunny smile. + +### Figure 4 +A. It's too cold. +B. It's too expensive. +C. It's too hot. +D. It's too small. +E. It's too late. +F. It's too heavy. diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-3D.md b/sources/book-11/lla-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91a29179 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,456 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3D, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Write the main idea.** + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Repeat the dialog. Read the waiter's part.** + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Waiter: Yes, sir. + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Waiter: Oh, I'm so sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak. + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Waiter: Yes, sir. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Read the customer's part.** + +Customer: Excuse me. + +Waiter: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Customer: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak. + +Waiter: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Customer: Thank you, and please hurry. + +Waiter: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Repeat the dialog. Read the clerk's part.** + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Clerk: Yes, sir. + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Clerk: The numbers are the same, sir + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Clerk: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days. + +Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Clerk: No problem. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Read the customer's part.** + +Customer: Miss, can you help me? + +Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Customer: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered. + +Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Customer: Yes, but I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow. + +Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +Customer: Thank you. + +Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Repeat the sentences. Write the number of the question on the line.** + +______ 1. Not very well; I was too nervous. + +______ 2. It's too dark in this room to see. + +______ 3. I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk. + +______ 4. No. It's too early to go home. + +______ 5. No, she's too tall to be Jean. + +______ 6. Yes, but it's too old to drink. + +______ 7. I can't. It's too big for me to pick up. + +______ 8. No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat. + +______ 9. It was too awful to watch! + +______ 10. Because John's news is almost too good to be true. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Write the paragraph.** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3D + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a paragraph. You will hear it twice. After hearing it for the second time, write the main idea in a complete sentence. Listen to the first paragraph. + +Good drivers must know many things. They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them. + +(3) Listen again. + +Good drivers must know many things. They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them. + +(4) Now write the main idea. (pause 45 sec) + +(5) Check your answer. This is the main idea: Good drivers need to know many things. You could also say, "There are many things a good driver must know." + +(6) Listen to the second paragraph. + +Regular checkups are important. You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. Then when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. You should have a complete physical examination every year. + +(7) Listen again. + +Regular checkups are important. You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. Then when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. You should have a complete physical examination every year. + +--- + +(8) Write the main idea in a complete sentence. (pause 45 sec) + +(9) Now check your answer. It should be something like this: You should get a complete checkup every year. Or, you could also say, "Annual physical exams are important." + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(10) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog. Don't repeat; just listen. +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Excuse me. +voice 2: Yes, sir. +voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak. +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak. +voice 1: Thank you. And please hurry. +voice 2: Yes, sir. + +(11) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (pause at / for repetition) + +voice 1: Excuse me. +voice 2: Yes, sir. +voice 1: I didn't order chicken. / I ordered chicken-fried steak. +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. / I'll take it back / and get your steak. +voice 1: Thank you, / and please hurry. +voice 2: Yes, sir. + +(12) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the customer's words; then read the waiter's part. You are the waiter. (pause for student to read his line) + +voice 1: Excuse me. +(voice 2: Yes, sir.) +voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak. +(voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. / I'll take it back / and get your steak.) +voice 1: Thank you, and please hurry. +(voice 2: Yes, sir.) + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(13) Now look at Figure 3. Change roles. Now you're the customer. Read the customer's part, and listen to the waiter. Ready? Begin. (pause long enough for student to read his line) + +(voice 1: Excuse me.) +voice 2: Yes, sir. + +(voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.) +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak. + +(voice 1: Thank you, and please hurry.) +voice 2: Yes, sir. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(14) Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialog. Don't repeat. Just listen. +(two voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Miss, can you help me? +voice 2: Yes, sir. +voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered. +voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir. +voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow. +voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days. +voice 1: Thank you. +voice 2: No problem. + +(15) Listen to the dialog again. Listen and repeat. +(pause at / for repetition) + +voice 1: Miss, can you help me? +voice 2: Yes, sir. +voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. / This isn't the one I ordered. +voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir. +voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow. +voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days. +voice 1: Thank you. +voice 2: No problem. + +(16) Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part. You are the clerk. Let's begin. (pause for students to read voice 2's part) + +voice 1: Miss, can you help me? +(voice 2: Yes, sir.) +voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered. +(voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.) +voice 1: Yes. But I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow. +(voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days.) +voice 1: Thank you. +(voice 2: No problem.) + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(17) Look at Figure 5. Now you're the customer; read the customer's part. Ready? Begin. +(pause long enough for students to read voice 1's part) + +(voice 1: Miss, can you help me?) +voice 2: Yes, sir. +(voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.) +voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir. +(voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow.) +voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days. +(voice 1: Thank you.) +voice 2: No problem. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(18) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the responses. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Not very well; I was too nervous. +Number 2: It's too dark in this room to see. +Number 3: I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk. +Number 4: No. It's too early to go home. +Number 5: No, she's too tall to be Jean. +Number 6: Yes, but it's too old to drink. +Number 7: I can't. It's too big for me to pick up. +Number 8: No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat. +Number 9: It was too awful to watch! +Number 10: Because John's news is almost too good to be true. + +(voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.) +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak. + +(voice 1: Thank you, and please hurry.) +voice 2: Yes, sir. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(14) Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialog. Don't repeat. Just listen. +(two voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Miss, can you help me? +voice 2: Yes, sir. +voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered. +voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir. +voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow. +voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days. +voice 1: Thank you. +voice 2: No problem. + +(15) Listen to the dialog again. Listen and repeat. +(pause at / for repetition) + +voice 1: Miss, can you help me? +voice 2: Yes, sir. +voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. / This isn't the one I ordered. +voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir. +voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow. +voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days. +voice 1: Thank you. +voice 2: No problem. + +(16) Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part. You are the clerk. Let's begin. (pause for students to read voice 2's part) + +voice 1: Miss, can you help me? +(voice 2: Yes, sir.) +voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered. +(voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.) + +voice 1: Yes. But I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow. +(voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days.) +voice 1: Thank you. +(voice 2: No problem.) + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(17) Look at Figure 5. Now you're the customer; read the customer's part. Ready? Begin. +(pause long enough for students to read voice 1's part) + +(voice 1: Miss, can you help me?) +voice 2: Yes, sir. +(voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.) +voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir. +(voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow.) +voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days. +(voice 1: Thank you.) +voice 2: No problem. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(18) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the responses. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Not very well; I was too nervous. +Number 2: It's too dark in this room to see. +Number 3: I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk. +Number 4: No. It's too early to go home. +Number 5: No, she's too tall to be Jean. +Number 6: Yes, but it's too old to drink. +Number 7: I can't. It's too big for me to pick up. +Number 8: No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat. +Number 9: It was too awful to watch! +Number 10: Because John's news is almost too good to be true. + +(19) Now look at the statements in Figure 6 and listen to a question. Select the statement that answers the question best, and write the number on the line. + +(20) Listen to the example. + +How far is it to the library? (pause 10 sec) The correct answer is number 3: I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk. Write a "one" on the line in front of number 3. + +(21) Now listen, select, and write the number. (pause 10 sec after each item) + +Number 1: How far is it to the library? +Number 2: How did you like the movie? +Number 3: Is that woman in the parking lot Jean? +Number 4: Do you want some dessert? +Number 5: Where's the light? +Number 6: How did you do on the exam? +Number 7: Are you ready to go? +Number 8: Why are you so happy? +Number 9: Is there any milk in the refrigerator? +Number 10: Please hand me that box. + +(22) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is 6. How did you do on the exam? Not very well; I was too nervous. +Number 2 is 5. Where's the light? It's too dark in this room to see. +Number 3 is 1. How far is it to the library? I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk. +Number 4 is 7. Are you ready to go? No, it's too early to go home. +Number 5 is 3. Is that woman in the parking lot Jean? No, she's too tall to be Jean. +Number 6 is 9. Is there any milk in the refrigerator? Yes, but it's too old to drink. +Number 7 is 10. Please hand me that box. I can't. It's too big for me to pick up. + +--- + +Number 8 is 4. Do you want some dessert? No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat. + +Number 9 is 2. How did you like the movie? It was too awful to watch! + +Number 10 is 8. Why are you so happy? Because John's news is almost too good to be true. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(23) Look at Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen to it the first time. (read at normal speed) + +Don decided to go to the mall. First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought two shirts and a pair of slacks. After that, he was hungry. He went to the cafeteria for lunch. His last stop was at the variety store. He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper. + +(24) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 15 to 20 sec at each / ) + +Don decided to / go to the mall. / First, he went into / the department store / to look at sofas. / Then he went / into the men's clothing store / and bought two shirts / and a pair of slacks. / + +After that, / he was hungry. / He went to / the cafeteria for lunch. / His last stop / was at the variety store. / He bought some cards, / a pen, and some paper. + +25) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. Be sure to use correct punctuation. (read at normal speed) + +Don decided to go to the mall. First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought two shirts and a pair of slacks. After that, he was hungry. He went to the cafeteria for lunch. His last stop was at the variety store. He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper. + +(26) Turn to the answer page for this lesson to check your answers for Figure 7. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 11.** + + + + +# Lesson 3D + +### Figure 1 +7. Good drivers need to know many things. / There are many things good drivers must know. +8. You should get a complete checkup every year. / Annual physical exams are important. + +### Figure 6 +1. 6 +2. 5 +3. 1 +4. 7 +5. 3 +6. 9 +7. 10 +8. 4 +9. 2 +10. 8 + +### Figure 7 +Don decided to go to the mall. First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought two shirts and a pair of slacks. After that, he was hungry. He went to the cafeteria for lunch. His last stop was at the variety store. He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper. + +### Figure 4 +1. a +2. c +3. a +4. a +5. b +6. c +7. a +8. b +9. b +10. b + +### Figure 6 +1. T +2. F +3. F +4. T diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-4A.md b/sources/book-11/lla-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1db23f17 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,403 @@ + + +# LESSON 4A, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +1. Many people relax watching TV. TV is entertainment for many people. + +![Three television screens showing different TV programs: a football player running, a woman wearing a helmet and holding a spear, and a pig and rabbit standing together](images/page_074_001.jpg) + +2. There are many television channels. You can watch a variety of shows on them. + +3. Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings. +![#3 A person watching a children's cartoon program on a television set](images/page_074_002.jpg) + +4. Some programs are frightening. People become afraid when they watch them. +![#4 A man looking frightened while watching a monster on a television screen](images/page_074_003.jpg) + +5. Some programs are not interesting. They're boring. They're dull. +![#5 A man looking bored and sad while watching a news reporter on television](images/page_074_004.jpg) + +6. Some programs are funny. We laugh while we watch them. +![#6 A woman laughing while watching a funny show on television](images/page_075_001.jpg) + +7. Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio. +![#7 A television showing a commercial for a convertible car](images/page_075_002.jpg) + +8. Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV. + +--- + +### Figure 2 +**Write the main idea.** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 3 +**Repeat the underlined words.** + +**Valerie:** Do you spend much time in front of the television? + +**Victor:** Oh yes! As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV four or five hours a day. And that's almost every night after work. I think TV is wonderful. + +**Valerie:** I could do that before, but I can't now. I'm too busy. I have lots to do when I get home from work. + +**Victor:** I think that when you enjoy something you can find time for it. + +**Valerie:** I guess you're right. Do you recommend any programs? Which ones do you like to watch? + +**Victor:** I love the funny shows. I think they are great because I like to laugh. I don't see many programs that I think are terrible. I guess I'm easily satisfied. + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Circle the correct letter.** + +1. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. at a snack bar + b. in a clothing store + c. in a classroom + +2. They're at a \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. restaurant + b. snack bar + c. vending machine + +3. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. on the highway + b. in an airplane + c. at a soccer game + +4. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. changing a tire + b. at a vending machine + c. eating a hamburger + +5. They're in \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. the living room + b. the car + c. a hospital + +6. They're in a \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. restaurant + b. garage + c. department store + +7. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. in a mall + b. in a garage + c. downtown + +8. They're in \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. the classroom + b. a doctor's office + c. a restaurant + +9. They're in \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. the classroom + b. a bank + c. a mall + +10. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. in the classroom + b. at a snack bar + c. at an accident + +--- + +### Figure 5 +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![A man standing in front of a movie poster for "Mountain Man Action starring Miles Gray, Les Green, Now Showing"](images/page_078_001.jpg) + +Movies are Don's great love. In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. He doesn't like movies that frighten him. He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones. + +--- + +### Figure 6 +**Circle T or F.** + +1. T F +2. T F +3. T F +4. T F + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: entertainment...entertainment +Many people relax watching TV. +TV is entertainment for many people. + +Number 2: channels...channels +variety...variety +There are many television channels. +You can watch a variety of shows on them. + +Number 3: programs...programs +Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings. + +Number 4: frightening...frightening +Some programs are frightening. +People become afraid when they watch them. + +Number 5: boring...boring +dull...dull +Some programs are not interesting. +They're boring. They're dull. + +Number 6: funny...funny +laugh...laugh +Some programs are funny. +We laugh while we watch them. + +Number 7: commercials...commercials +Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio. + +Number 8: almost...almost +Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV. + +(3) Look at Figure 1 again and answer some questions. (pause as marked; pause for repetition) + +What is television for many people? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Television is entertainment for many people. + +Does television show only one kind of program? (pause 5 sec) +No, it doesn't. +Repeat: Television shows a variety of programs. + +When do some channels show children's programs? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Some channels show children's programs / on Saturday mornings. + +Is a program that makes you be afraid a funny program? (pause 5 sec) +No, it isn't. +Repeat: Frightening programs cause people to be afraid. / They frighten people. + +Are all the programs on television interesting? (pause 4 sec) +No, they aren't. +Repeat: Some programs are boring. + +What kind of programs make us laugh? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Funny programs make us laugh. + +What tries to sell us things on television? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Commercials try to sell things on television. + +Can you hear commercials on the radio also? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, you can hear commercials on the radio. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Look at Figure 2. You'll hear three paragraphs. Write the main idea of each paragraph in Figure 2. Listen. + +Paragraph 1. + +The motor in Ann's car was making a noise. She didn't know the cause of the noise. She decided to take it to a garage. She thought her car might need service. + +Listen to the paragraph 1 again. + +The motor in Ann's car was making a noise. She didn't know the cause of the noise. She decided to take it to a garage. She thought her car might need service. + +(5) Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea of the paragraph is "Ann's car might need service," or "Something might be wrong with Ann's car." + +(6) Listen to Paragraph 2. + +Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. When a customer finds something wrong with the service in a store or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy. + +Listen to paragraph 2 again. + +Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. When a customer finds something wrong with the service in a store or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy. + +(7) Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea of paragraph 2 is "Stores need to keep their customers happy," or "A store should satisfy its customers." + +(8) Listen to paragraph 3. + +People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. They'll follow signs and signals. They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. All drivers should take lessons sometime. + +Listen to paragraph 3 again. + +People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. They'll follow signs and signals. They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. All drivers should take lessons sometime. + +(9) Write the main idea now. (pause 20 sec) The main idea of paragraph 3 is "Everyone who drives should take lessons," or "People who take driving lessons are safer drivers." + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(10) Look at Figure 3. Repeat the underlined words. + +spend...spend +as a matter of fact...as a matter of fact +frequently...frequently +wonderful...wonderful +recommend...recommend +love...love +great...great +terrible...terrible + +(11) Listen to a conversation. Don't repeat. Just listen. +(2 voices, voice 1 is female, voice 2 is male) + +voice 1: Do you spend much time in front of the television? +voice 2: Oh yes! As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV four or five hours a day. And that's almost every night after work. I think TV is wonderful. +voice 1: I could do that before, but I can't now. I'm too busy. I have lots to do when I get home from work. +voice 2: I think that when you enjoy something you can find time for it. +voice 1: I guess you're right. Do you recommend any programs? Which ones do you like to watch? +voice 2: I love the funny shows. I think they are great because I like to laugh. I don't see many programs that I think are terrible. I guess I'm easily satisfied. + +(12) Look at the dialog again and answer my questions. (pause 3 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +How many hours does Victor spend in front of the television? +Repeat: He spends four or five hours a day. + +Does he watch television only once a week? +Repeat: No, he watches TV frequently after work. + +What does Victor think about television? +Repeat: He thinks it's wonderful. + +Does Valerie watch television frequently also? +Repeat: No, she doesn't. She's too busy. + +Which programs did Victor recommend? +Repeat: He recommended the funny shows. + +Why does Victor love funny shows? +Repeat: Because he loves to laugh. + +Does Victor see many terrible programs on television? +Repeat: No, he doesn't think there are many terrible shows. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(13) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the people talking. Decide where they are and circle the correct letter. Listen. +(pause 8 sec after each dialog) +(2 voices, voice 1 is male, voice 2 is female) + +Number 1: +voice 1: A hamburger, please. +voice 2: Anything else, sir? + +Number 2: +voice 1: I want this candy bar. +voice 2: Pull this knob. + +Number 3: +voice 1: How fast are you going? +voice 2: The speed limit, 55 miles per hour. + +Number 4: +voice 1: Can you loosen this? +voice 2: Where's the wrench? + +Number 5: +voice 1: It stalled again. +voice 2: You may need a tune-up. + +Number 6: +voice 1: I want to return this. +voice 2: Do you have your sales slip? + +Number 7: +voice 1: Let's go to the department store first, then the clothing store, and then downstairs to the variety store. Okay? +voice 2: All right, and then we'll come back upstairs to the cafeteria. + +Number 8: +voice 1: Do you have an appointment? +voice 2: Yes, I do. She's going to give me an examination. + +--- + +Number 9: +voice 1: I want to make a deposit. +voice 2: Did you fill out a deposit slip, sir? + +Number 10: +voice 1: Whose fault was it? +voice 2: The man in the white car, officer. He ran a red light. + +(14) Check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a. Repeat: They're at a snack bar. +Number 2 is c. Repeat: They're at a vending machine. +Number 3 is a. Repeat: They're on the highway. +Number 4 is a. Repeat: They're changing a tire. +Number 5 is b. Repeat: They're in the car. +Number 6 is c. Repeat: They're in a department store. +Number 7 is a. Repeat: They're in a mall. +Number 8 is b. Repeat: They're in a doctor's office. +Number 9 is b. Repeat: They're in a bank. +Number 10 is c. Repeat: They're at an accident. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(15) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +love...love +Movies are Don's great love. + +in fact...in fact +In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. + +frighten...frighten +He doesn't like movies that frighten him. + +entertaining...entertaining +adventure...adventure +He finds that adventure movies / are the most entertaining ones. + +Listen to the complete paragraph. + +Movies are Don's great love. In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. He doesn't like movies that frighten him. He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(16) Look at Figure 6. Answer questions about Don with true or false. Mark T if the statement is true and F if the statement is false. (pause 10 sec after each item) + +Number 1: Don likes to go to the movies. +Number 2: Don doesn't spend much time at the movies. +Number 3: Don's favorite movies are frightening movies. +Number 4: Don feels that adventure movies are the most entertaining. + +(17) Now let's check the answers. + +Number 1 is true. Don likes to go to the movies. +Number 2 is false. He does spend a lot of time at the movies. +Number 3 is false. He doesn't like frightening movies. +Number 4 is true. He thinks that adventure movies are the most entertaining. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 11.** + +— USER NOTES — + + + + +# Lesson 4A + +### Figure 2 +1. Ann's car might need service. / Something might be wrong with Ann's car. +2. Stores need to keep their customers happy. / A store should satisfy its customers. +3. Everyone who drives should take lessons. / People who take driving lessons are safer drivers. diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-4B.md b/sources/book-11/lla-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dfd8d85 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 4B, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 +**Repeat the underlined.** + +Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night. Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive. A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find. They decided to try it. They were terribly unhappy with it. There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud. They couldn't hear each other talk. + +The waiter didn't take their order promptly. He let them wait and wait. Frank felt he was impolite when he served them, too. Frank doesn't like a rude waiter. Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut. She had to ask for a sharp knife. Her knife was too dull to cut it. + +They don't want to go there again. As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip. If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price. + +--- + +### Figure 2 +**Circle a, b, or c.** + +1. a. They went to the movies. + b. They went to a new restaurant. + c. They went to the mall. + +2. a. Friends recommended it. + b. The entertainment was good. + c. They met their friends there. + +3. a. The music was for a tape. + b. The music was for the movie. + c. The music was for entertainment. + +4. a. Yes, they liked it. + b. No, it was too loud. + c. No, it was too low. + +5. a. Because he didn't speak French. + b. Because he had long hair. + c. Because he was impolite. + +6. a. She had to ask for a sharper knife. + b. She had to ask for a duller knife. + c. She had to ask for a straight knife. + +7. a. Her knife was too dull to cut the meat. + b. Her knife was too sharp to cut the lettuce. + c. Her knife was dirty. + +8. a. No, Frank didn't leave a tip. + b. Yes, but it was a small one. + c. Yes, he left a nice tip. + +--- + +### Figure 3 +**Answer the question.** + +*Example:* How far could you swim last year? (1 mile) +*Last year, I could swim one mile.* + +1. How fast could you type before you took the class? +2. Could David describe the accident? +3. How far could he run five years ago? +4. Could you speak English last year? +5. What could you do about his problem? +6. Could John operate the vending machine? + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Repeat the sentences.** + +![A woman sweating while leaning on a vacuum cleaner next to a calendar page that says "CALENDAR FRIDAY 13"](images/page_082_001.jpg) + +![A woman sitting comfortably in an armchair reading a book next to a calendar page that says "CALENDAR SATURDAY 14"](images/page_082_002.jpg) + +Sally has a plan for her housework. This is Sally's plan. She washes clothes on Monday. She cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday. She goes shopping on Tuesday. She irons clothes on Thursday. When she follows her plan, she has free time on the weekend. Then she can relax. + +--- + +### Figure 5 +**Write the paragraph.** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4B + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hello. Please look at the Language Laboratory Activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition) + +reasonable...reasonable +terribly...terribly +entertainment...entertainment +loud...loud +promptly...promptly +impolite...impolite +served...served +rude...rude +dish...dish +sharp...sharp +dull...dull +if you ask me...if you ask me + +(3) Now listen and read the paragraphs with the tape. Then select the answers to the questions that you'll hear. Listen and read. + +Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night. Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive. A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find. They decided to try it. They were terribly unhappy with it. There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud. They couldn't hear each other talk. + +The waiter didn't take their order promptly. He let them wait and wait. Frank felt he was impolite when he served them, too. Frank doesn't like a rude waiter. Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut. She had to ask for a sharp knife. Her knife was too dull to cut it. They don't want to go there again. As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip. If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(4) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions and select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 15 sec at the end of each question) + +Number 1: Where did Frank and Peg go last night? +Number 2: Why did they decide to try it? +Number 3: What was the music for? +Number 4: Did it entertain them? +Number 5: Why didn't Frank like the waiter? +Number 6: What did Peg have to ask for? +Number 7: Why does she want another knife? +Number 8: Did Frank leave a tip? + +(5) Listen to the questions again, and check your answers. Repeat the correct responses. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is b. Listen: Where did Frank and Peg go last night? +Repeat: They went to a new restaurant. + +Number 2 is a. Listen: Why did they decide to try it? +Repeat: Friends recommended the restaurant. + +Number 3 is c. Listen: What was the music for? +Repeat: The music was for entertainment. + +Number 4 is b. Listen: Did it entertain them? +Repeat: No, it was too loud. + +Number 5 is c. Listen: Why didn't Frank like the waiter? +Repeat: Because the waiter was impolite. + +Number 6 is a. Listen: What did Peg have to ask for? +Repeat: She had to ask for a sharper knife. + +Number 7 is also a. Listen: Why did she want another knife? +Repeat: Her knife was too dull to cut the meat. + +Number 8 is b. Listen: Did Frank leave a tip? +Repeat: Yes, but it was a small one. + +(6) Now listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: I couldn't enjoy the movie last night. / I was too tired. +Number 2: Bob couldn't watch TV last night. / He was too busy. +Number 3: When I was young, I could run five miles. Now I can't. +Number 4: They could recommend that restaurant last year. / They can't recommend it anymore. +Number 5: The mechanic couldn't fix my car this week. / have the parts. +Number 6: Jan couldn't record the tape this morning. / it now. +Number 7: The little boy couldn't write his name last month. / Now he can. +Number 8: Ali could speak English / when he was a little boy. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(7) Now go to Figure 3. Listen to a question. Then listen to some words and answer the question. Listen. + +(voice 1): How far could you swim last year? +1 mile +Last year, I could swim one mile. +Repeat: Last year I could swim one mile. + +Now listen and answer. (pause after each cue and for repetition) + +Number 1: How fast could you type before you took the class? +(voice 2:) thirty words per minute (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: I could type thirty words per minute / before I took the class. + +Number 2: Could David describe the accident? +(voice 2): no, too nervous (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: No, he couldn't. He was too nervous. + +Number 3: How far could he run five years ago? +(voice 2): not very far (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: He couldn't run very far five years ago. + +Number 4: Could you speak English last year? +(voice 2): yes, not well (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Yes, I could, but not very well. + +--- + +Number 5: What could you do about his problem? +(voice 2): not, anything (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: I couldn't do anything about his problem. + +Number 6: Could John operate the vending machine? +(voice 2): yes, working (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: Yes, he could. The machine was working. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(8) Look at Figure 4. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Sally has a plan for her housework. + +This is Sally's plan. + +She washes clothes on Monday. + +She cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday. + +She goes shopping on Tuesday. + +She irons clothes on Thursday. + +When she follows her plan, + +she has free time on the weekend. + +Then she can relax. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(9) Look at Figure 5. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear the paragraph three times. Listen only the first time. The second time you hear it, write the phrases as you hear them. Check your work and fill in any missing words or phrases when you hear the paragraph the third time. Be careful to use correct punctuation. + +(10) Listen to the paragraph. + +John wants to make a long-distance call. A station-to-station call is less expensive, but he thinks his wife may not be there. He doesn't want to pay to talk to someone else. He calls person-to-person. The operator says, "Just a minute, please." Then John's wife comes to the phone. Is the call expensive? Yes, but John doesn't care. + +(11) Listen and write. (pause 20 sec after each diagonal) + +John wants to make / a long-distance call / A station-to-station / call is less expensive, / but he thinks his wife / may not be there. / He doesn't want / to pay to talk / to someone else / He calls person-to-person. / The operator says, / "Just a minute, please." / Then John's wife / comes to the phone. / Is the call expensive? / Yes, but John doesn't care. + +(12) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. + +John wants to make a long distance call. A station-to-station call is less expensive, but he thinks his wife may not be there. He doesn't want to pay to talk to someone else. He calls person-to-person. The operator says, "Just a minute, please." Then John's wife comes to the phone. Is the call expensive? Yes, but John doesn't care. + +(13) Look at the correct paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. Check your punctuation carefully. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 11.** + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +# Lesson 4B + +### Figure 2 +1. b +2. a +3. c +4. b +5. c +6. a +7. a +8. b + +### Figure 5 +John wants to make a long-distance call. A station-to-station call is less expensive, but he thinks his wife may not be there. He doesn't want to pay to talk to someone else. He calls person-to-person. The operator says, “Just a minute, please.” Then John's wife comes to the phone. Is the call expensive? Yes, but John doesn't care. diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-4C.md b/sources/book-11/lla-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1b6188d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,455 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 4C BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 +**Answer the questions.** + +*Example:* Jan: David, you need to spend more time with your children. +*(What did Jan tell David?)* +*She told him that he needed to spend more time with his children.* + +1. **Waitress:** Your coffee is very hot, Mr. Smith. +2. **Sgt Wilson:** Ann Jones, the captain wants to see you. +3. **Mrs. Garcia:** George, you're late for class. +4. **Customer:** Waiter, we're ready for our check. +5. **Becky:** I'm worried about my grade, Mr. Brown. +6. **Henry:** Linda, I really like your book. +7. **Sam:** Lou. I can't remember the name of the movie. +8. **Tina:** Jack, I really enjoyed dinner. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Write the answer to the question.** + +1. What did Fran tell Tony? + + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +2. What did Mary tell Don about the party? + + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +3. What did Floyd tell Jill about the restaurant? + + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +4. What did the sergeant tell Nick? + + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +5. What did the nurse tell Fred? + + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +6. What did the ticket agent tell John about his plane? + + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the questions and answers.** + +1. Do you go to many movies? + Yes, I go frequently. I love movies. + +2. What is your favorite kind of movie? + Funny movies are my favorites. + +3. Can you recommend a good movie? + The one I saw at the Galaxy was great. + +4. How did you like the movie at the Star? + It was very entertaining. + +5. How was the movie? + It was boring. I left before it was over. + +6. Did you enjoy the movie? + It was wonderful. I enjoyed every minute of it. + +7. What is your opinion of the movie at the Crossing? + It was terribly dull. I almost went to sleep. + +8. Do you like frightening movies? + Yes, I do. I like to feel afraid. + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +### Figure 4 + +**Write the words.** + +1. ______________________ + +2. ______________________ + +3. ______________________ + +4. ______________________ + +5. ______________________ + +6. ______________________ + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.** + +#### COLUMNS + +| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **1** | | | | | +| **2** | | | | | +| **3** | | | | | +| **4** | | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| ! = exclamation point | +| , = comma | +| ? = question mark | +| " " = quotation marks | +| . = period | + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +### Figure 6 + +**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.** + +#### COLUMNS + +| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **1** | | | | | +| **2** | | | | | +| **3** | | | | | +| **4** | | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| - = hyphen | +| , = comma | +| : = colon | +| ; = semicolon | +| . = period | + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C. + +(2) Go to Figure 1. Read the example as you listen to it. +(use various male, female voices as available) Example. + +female voice: David, you need to spend more time with your children. (slight pause) +script voice: What did Jan tell David? +second voice: She told him that he needed to spend more time with his children. +script voice: Repeat: She told him that he needed / to spend more time with his children. + +Now listen and answer the question. (pause slightly after line is read: pause after question and for repetition) + +Number 1: +female voice: Your coffee is very hot, Mr. Smith. +script voice: What did the waitress tell Mr. Smith? (5 sec) +Repeat: She told him that his coffee was very hot. + +Number 2: +male voice: Airman Jones, the captain wants to see you. +script voice: What did Sergeant Wilson tell Airman Jones? (5 sec) +Repeat: He told him that the captain wanted to see him. + +Number 3: +female voice: George, you're late for class. +script voice: What did Mrs. Garcia say to George? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: She told him that he was late for class. + +Number 4: +male voice: Waiter, we're ready for our check. +script voice: What did the customer tell the waiter? (5 sec) +Repeat: He told him that they were ready for their check. + +Number 5: +female voice: I'm worried about my grade, Mr. Brown. +script voice: What did Becky tell Mr. Brown? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: She told him that she was worried about her grade. + +Number 6: +male voice: Linda, I really like your book. +script voice: What did Henry tell Linda? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: He told her that he really liked her book. + +Number 7: +male voice: Lou, I can't remember the name of the movie. +script voice: What did Sam tell Lou? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: He told him that he couldn't remember / the name of the movie. + +Number 8: +female voice: Jack, I really enjoyed dinner. +script voice: What did Tina tell Jack? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: She told him that she really enjoyed dinner. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(3) Go to Figure 2. Listen to a conversation twice. Then write the answer to the question about the conversation. + +Number 1: +(voice 1, voice 2, both male) + +voice 1: Tony, did you see Fran last weekend? +voice 2: Yes. She told me she'd see me again this weekend. + +Listen again and write the answer. + +voice 1: Tony, did you see Fran last weekend? +voice 2: Yes. She told me she'd see me again this weekend. + +(pause 35 sec) +What did Fran tell Tony? +Repeat: She told him she'd see him again this weekend. + +Number 2: +(voice 1, voice 2, both male) + +voice 1: Don, will Mary come to the party? +voice 2: No. She told me she couldn't come. + +Listen again to number 2. Then write the answer. + +voice 1: Don, will Mary come to the party? +voice 2: No. She told me she couldn't come. + +(pause 35 sec) What did Mary tell Don about the party? +Repeat: She told him / that she couldn't come to the party. + +Number 3: +(2 female voices) + +voice 1: Jill, who recommended this restaurant to you? +voice 2: Floyd did. He told me it was very good and reasonable. + +Listen again. Then answer question number 3. + +voice 1: Jill, who recommended this restaurant to you? +voice 2: Floyd did. He told me it was good and very reasonable. + +(pause 35 sec) What did Floyd tell Jill about the restaurant? +Repeat: He told her that it was good and very reasonable. + +Number 4: +(two male voices) + +voice 1: What did the sergeant say to you, Nick? +voice 2: He told me I had to stay in the barracks tonight. + +Listen again; then write the answer to the question. + +voice 1: What did the sergeant say to you, Nick? +voice 2: He told me I had to stay in the barracks tonight. + +(pause 35 sec) What did the sergeant tell Nick? +Repeat: He told him he had to stay in the barracks tonight. + +Number 5: +(two male voices) + +voice 1: What time is your appointment? +voice 2: The nurse told me that the doctor could see me at one-thirty. + +Listen again. Then answer the question. + +voice 1: What time is your appointment? +voice 2: The nurse told me that the doctor could see me at one-thirty. + +(pause 35 sec) What did the nurse tell Fred? +Repeat: The nurse told him that the doctor could see him at one-thirty. + +Number 6: +(two male voices) + +voice 1: What time does your plane leave? +voice 2: The ticket agent told me it would be late. I won't leave till 2:15. + +Listen again. Then answer the question. + +--- + +voice 1: What time does your plane leave? +voice 2: The ticket agent told me it would be late. I won't leave till 2:15. + +(pause 35 sec) What did the ticket agent tell John about his plane? +Repeat: The ticket agent told him that it would be late. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(4) Look at Figure 3. Listen and repeat. +(2 voices; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Do you go to many movies? +voice 2: Yes, I go frequently. I love movies. + +Number 2: +voice 1: What is your favorite kind of movie? +voice 2: Funny movies are my favorites. + +Number 3: +voice 1: Can you recommend a good movie? +voice 2: The one I saw at the Galaxy was great. + +Number 4: +voice 1: How did you like the movie at the Star? +voice 2: It was very entertaining. + +Number 5: +voice 1: How was the movie? +voice 2: It was boring. I left before it was over. + +Number 6: +voice 1: Did you enjoy the movie? +voice 2: It was wonderful. I enjoyed every minute of it. + +Number 7: +voice 1: What is your opinion of the movie at the Crossing? +voice 2: It was terribly dull. I almost went to sleep. + +Number 8: +voice 1: Do you like frightening movies? +voice 2: Yes, I do. I like to feel afraid. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(5) Look at Figure 4. Write the words that you hear. (pause 3 sec after you spell the word) + +Number 1: funny...funny, f-u-n-n-y +Number 2: dull...dull, d-u-l-l +Number 3: wonderful...wonderful, w-o-n-d-e-r-f-u-l +Number 4: boring...boring, b-o-r-i-n-g +Number 5: great...great, g-r-e-a-t +Number 6: terrible...terrible, t-e-r-r-i-b-l-e + +(6) Now answer the questions you hear. Use the words you wrote in Figure 4. Let's do number 1 together. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What did you think of the movie you saw last night? The first word you have is "funny." Listen to the answer: I thought it was funny. Repeat: I thought it was funny. + +Number 2: What is your opinion of the John Sunshine show? +(pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I think it's dull. + +Number 3: How was the food at the Tree House Restaurant? +(pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I thought it was wonderful. + +Number 4: How was the movie at the Star yesterday? +(pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I thought it was boring. + +Number 5: What do you think of The New Lucille Show? +(pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I think it's great. + +Number 6: What's the food like at Aunt Jodie's Restaurant? +(pause 4 sec) +Repeat: I think it's terrible. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(7) Look at Figure 5. Listen and follow the directions. Complete the chart / grid by writing the symbols in the correct boxes. Use the key to help you. (pause 5 sec after second repetition) + +Number 1: Write a comma in the fourth row, second column. +Write a comma in the fourth row, second column. + +Number 2: Write a period in the first row, fourth column. +Write a period in the first row, fourth column. + +Number 3: Write a question mark in the second row, first column. +Write a question mark in the second row, first column. + +Number 4: Write an exclamation mark in the third row, third column. +Write an exclamation mark in the third row, third column . + +Number 5: Write quotation marks in the fourth row, fourth column. +Write quotation marks in the fourth row, fourth column + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(8) Figure 6 is a grid like Figure 5. Listen and complete it the same way. (pause 5 sec after second repetition) + +Number 1: Write a semicolon in the first row, second column. +Write a semicolon in the first row, second column. + +Number 2: Write a period in the third row, first column. +Write a period in the third row, first column. + +Number 3: Write a hyphen in the fourth row, third column. +Write a hyphen in the fourth row, third column. + +Number 4: Write a question mark in the second row, fourth column. +Write a question mark in the second row, fourth column. + +Number 5: Write a colon in the first row, fourth column. +Write a colon in the first row, fourth column. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 11.** + + + + +# Lesson 4C + +### Figure 2 +1. She told him she'd see him again this weekend. +2. She told Don that she couldn't come (to the party). +3. He told her it was good and very reasonable. +4. He told him he had to stay in the barracks tonight. +5. The nurse told him that the doctor could see him at 1:30. +6. The ticket agent told him it would be late. + +### Figure 4 +1. funny +2. dull +3. wonderful +4. boring +5. great +6. terrible + +### Figure 5 + +| | **COLUMNS** | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** | +| **1** | | | | . | +| **2** | ? | | | | +| **3** | | | ! | | +| **4** | | , | | “ ” | + +### Figure 6 + +| | **COLUMNS** | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** | +| **1** | | ; | | : | +| **2** | | | | ? | +| **3** | . | | | | +| **4** | | | - | | diff --git a/sources/book-11/lla-4D.md b/sources/book-11/lla-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24fa8a73 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/lla-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ + + +# LESSON 4D, BOOK 11 + +### Figure 1 + +**Complete the sentences.** + +1. ... at three o'clock. + +2. ... on Wednesdays and Fridays. + +3. ... in about five minutes. + +4. ... before midnight. + +5. ... after dinner. + +6. ... from twelve to one every day. + +7. ... until 8 o'clock. + +8. ... for three months. + +9. ... since she was a child. + +10. ... in a day. + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +### Figure 2 + +**Write answers to the questions.** + +1. ![#1 A clock face showing the time 7:10](images/page_088_001.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +2. ![#2 A clock face showing the time 11:20](images/page_088_002.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +3. ![#3 A monthly calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', the 8th is circled, and a handwritten note below reading "Major leaves on Fri"](images/page_088_003.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +4. ![#4 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', the 5th is circled, handwritten note above "Sue arrived"](images/page_089_001.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +5. ![#5 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', dates 3 through 16 are circled together in an oval outline](images/page_089_002.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +6. ![#6 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', the 6th is circled, handwritten note above "Col leaves"](images/page_089_003.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +7. ![#7 A rectangular sign reading "11:00 A.M.-MIDNIGHT 7 DAYS A WEEK"](images/page_089_004.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +8. ![#8 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', dates 13, 14, and 15 marked with X's](images/page_089_005.jpg) + ______________________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Use the cue word to answer the question.** + +*Example:* Where do you plan to eat lunch? (cafeteria) +I plan to eat lunch at the cafeteria. + +1. What do you intend to do tonight? + +2. Why do you like to eat at the Coach Inn? + +3. How was your dinner at the Steak House last night? + +4. Can you recommend a good place to eat? + +5. Have you been to the Country Inn? + +6. How did you like the restaurant you went to last night? + +7. Did you enjoy the food at the Star Restaurant? + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +### Figure 4 + +**Write the paragraph.** + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 4D + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hello. Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D. +(pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen, and complete the sentences. Use the words in Figure 1. Listen to Number 1 first. + +(2 voices) + +voice 1: Meet me at the library.... +voice 2: Meet me at the library at 3 o'clock. + +(3) Now listen, and complete the sentence. Then repeat the sentence. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Meet me at the library.... +voice 2: Meet me at the library at 3 o'clock. + +Number 2: +voice 1: Hal goes to the snack bar.... +voice 2: Repeat: Hal goes to the snack bar on Wednesdays and Fridays. + +Number 3: +voice 1: Your teacher will be here.... +voice 2: Repeat: Your teacher will be here in about five minutes. + +Number 4: +voice 1: You must mail the letter.... +voice 2: Repeat: You must mail the letter before midnight. + +Number 5: +voice 1: Helen wants to go to the library.... +voice 2: Repeat: Helen wants to go to the library after dinner. + +Number 6: +voice 1: The captain goes to the gym.... +voice 2: Repeat: The captain goes to the gym from twelve to one every day. + +Number 7: +voice 1: The TV program doesn't start.... +voice 2: Repeat: The TV program doesn't start until eight o'clock. + +Number 8: +voice 1: He was in this school.... +voice 2: Repeat: He was in this school for three months. + +Number 9: +voice 1: She has been studying English.... +voice 2: Repeat: She has been studying English since she was a child. + +Number 10: +voice 1: They will get there.... +voice 2: Repeat: They will get there in a day. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions and look at the pictures. Write answers to the questions. Write sentences. (pause 45 sec after each question) + +Number 1: When will Tom be back? + +Number 2: When do you want Mark to be home? + +Number 3: How long will the major be here? + +Number 4: How long has your friend been here? + +Number 5: How long is your aunt going to stay with you? + +Number 6: When is the colonel leaving? + +Number 7: When is that restaurant open? + +Number 8: How long has the sergeant been here? + +(4) Listen to the questions; then repeat the answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: When will Tom be back? +Repeat: He'll be back at 8 o'clock. + +Number 2: When do you want Mark to be home? +Repeat: I want Mark to be home at 11 o'clock. + +Number 3: How long will the major be here? +Repeat: The major will be here until Friday. + +Number 4: How long has your friend been here? +Repeat: My friend has been here since Tuesday. + +Number 5: How long is your aunt going to stay with you? +Repeat: My aunt is going to stay with me for two weeks. + +Number 6: When is the colonel leaving? +Repeat: The colonel is leaving on Wednesday. + +Number 7: When is that restaurant open? +Repeat: It's open from 11 a.m. until midnight every day. + +Number 8: How long has the sergeant been here? +Repeat: The sergeant has been here for three days. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(5) Look at Figure 3. You will hear a question and a cue word. Listen and answer the question with the cue word. (pause 5 sec after giving the cue words) + +Example: +voice 1: Where do you plan to eat lunch? cafeteria +voice 2: I plan to eat lunch at the cafeteria. + +Number 1: +voice 1: What do you intend to do tonight? entertain friends +voice 2: I intend to entertain friends tonight. + +Number 2: +voice 1: Why do you like to eat at the Coach Inn? reasonable prices +voice 2: Because it has reasonable prices. + +Number 3: +voice 1: How was your dinner at the Steak House last night? terrible +voice 2: My dinner was terrible. + +Number 4: +voice 1: Can you recommend a good place to eat? Joe's Place +voice 2: Yes, I recommend Joe's Place. + +Number 5: +voice 1: Have you been to the Country Inn frequently +voice 2: Yes, I've been there frequently. + +Number 6: +voice 1: How did you like the restaurant you went to last night? wonderful +voice 2: It was wonderful. + +Number 7: +voice 1: Did you enjoy the food at the Star Restaurant? great +voice 2: Yes, the food was great. + +--- + +(6) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen to it the first time. + +(read at normal speed) + +Bob met his friends at the gymnasium. They decided to play a game of volleyball. "The exercise will be good for us," Bob said. His friends said, "Let's just have fun!" Games are always fun. Are they good exercise, too? + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(7) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 15-20 sec at each / ) + +Bob met his friends / at the gymnasium. / They decided to play / a game of volleyball. / "The exercise will be / good for us," Bob said. / His friends said, / "Let's just have fun!" / Games are always fun. / Are they good exercise, too? + +(8) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. Be sure to use correct punctuation. (read at normal speed) + +Bob met his friends at the gymnasium. They decided to play a game of volleyball. "The exercise will be good for us," Bob said. His friends said, "Let's just have fun!" Games are always fun. Are they good exercise, too? + +(9) Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. Look at the punctuation carefully. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 11.** + + + + +# Lesson 4D + +### Figure 2 +1. Tom / He will be back at 8 o'clock. +2. I want Mark to be home at 11 o'clock. +3. The major will be here until Friday. +4. My friend has been here since Tuesday. +5. My aunt is going to stay with me for two weeks. +6. The colonel is leaving on Wednesday. +7. It's open from 11:00 a.m. until midnight 7 days a week. +8. The sergeant has been here for three days. + +### Figure 3 +1. I intend to entertain friends tonight. +2. Because it has reasonable prices. +3. My dinner was terrible. +4. Yes, I recommend Joe's Place. +5. Yes, I've been there frequently. +6. It was wonderful. +7. Yes, the food was great. + +### Figure 4 +Bob met his friends at the gymnasium. They decided to play a game of volleyball. “The exercise will be good for us,” Bob said. His friends said, “Let's just have fun!” Games are always fun. Are they good exercise, too? + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-11/st-1.md b/sources/book-11/st-1.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d222891 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/st-1.md @@ -0,0 +1,2519 @@ + + +# I NEED TO SEE THE DOCTOR. +# BOOK 11 LESSON 1 + +![A sick man holding a telephone receiver talking to a female receptionist at a desk labeled DR. R. JONES who is also on the telephone](images/page_005_001.jpg) + +--- FUNCTION --- +Dr. Hale's office. May I help you? +I need to make an appointment for my annual checkup. + +--- GRAMMAR --- +Maria has had a temperature since last night. +How long was John in the hospital? +Have you been studying? Yes, I've been reviewing Lesson 1. + +--- SKILLS --- +Listen to a conversation and select the correct answer. +Listen and write the paragraph. +Find the meaning of the word. + +--- VOCABULARY --- + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| ache | annual | ache | headache | +| catch/caught | any longer | appointment | inch/inches | +| come/came in | anymore | back | middle | +| connect | horizontal | backache | nurse | +| cough | in | checkup | pain | +| run/ran | out | chest | patient | +| see/saw | parallel | cold | physical | +| sneeze | perpendicular | cough | problem | +| | regular | dot | sneeze | +| | runny | earache | stomach | +| | since | emergency | stomachache | +| How about ... ? | sometime | examination/exam | symptom | +| make/made (it) | still | | temperature | +| run/ran a temperature | then | fever | | +| | vertical | | | + +--- + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 11 LESSON 1 + +| Section | Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: symptoms | 3 | +| LISTENING SKILL: short dialog; select inference | 8 | +| VOCABULARY: making an appointment; an emergency | 9 | +| VOCABULARY: anymore, any longer, still, sometime, catch, since | 11 | +| GRAMMAR: present perfect (be, have) | 13 | +| READING SKILL: unknown words/phrases (context clues; select probable meaning) | 17 | +| GRAMMAR: questions with how long | 20 | +| VOCABULARY: lines and dots | 23 | +| READING SKILL: draw objects (follow written instructions) | 25 | +| FUNCTION: making a medical appointment | 27 | +| GRAMMAR: present perfect progressive | 31 | +| LISTENING SKILL: oral text (select topic) | 36 | +| WRITING SKILL: dictation of a paragraph | 37 | + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +**WHAT'S WRONG?** + +Repeat the underlined words and sentences. + +![#1 A man holding his chest in pain with jagged lightning bolt lines indicating severe chest pain](images/page_007_001.jpg) +1. Ned's chest hurts. + +![#2 A woman holding a hand to her head with a thermometer in her mouth showing 103 degrees](images/page_007_002.jpg) +2. Sally is running a temperature. + +![#3 A woman holding her lower back with jagged lines indicating back pain](images/page_007_003.jpg) +3. Fran's back hurts. She has a pain in her back. + +![#4 A woman holding her stomach with a distressed expression and lines indicating stomach pain](images/page_007_004.jpg) +4. Her stomach hurts. + +![#5 A man in uniform holding his back with lines indicating backache](images/page_008_001.jpg) +5. Fred has a backache. + +![#6 A woman clutching her head with both hands with lines indicating a headache](images/page_008_002.jpg) +6. Sally has a headache. + +![#7 A man holding his hand over his ear with lines indicating earache](images/page_008_003.jpg) +7. Joe has an earache. + +![#8 A boy clutching his stomach with lines indicating stomachache](images/page_008_004.jpg) +8. Pete has a stomachache. + +**HE HAS A BACKACHE.** + +Listen to the sentence and say the number of the picture. Then listen to a number of a picture and tell what's wrong with the person in that picture. + +![#1 A man in uniform holding his back with lines indicating pain](images/page_009_001.jpg) + +![#2 A woman holding a hand to her forehead with a thermometer in her mouth showing 103 degrees](images/page_009_002.jpg) + +![#3 A woman holding her head with both hands showing pain](images/page_009_003.jpg) + +![#4 A man holding his chest in pain with jagged lines](images/page_009_004.jpg) + +![#5 A boy clutching his stomach in pain](images/page_009_005.jpg) + +![#6 A woman holding her lower back in pain](images/page_009_006.jpg) + +![#7 A man holding his ear in pain](images/page_010_001.jpg) + +![#8 A woman holding her stomach in pain](images/page_010_002.jpg) + +**NED HAS AN AWFUL COLD.** + +Repeat the underlined words and listen to the story. Then read the story and answer questions about it. + +I went to see Ned yesterday. When I got there ![A man standing in a doorway](images/page_011_001.jpg), he was sneezing ![A man sneezing into his hand](images/page_011_002.jpg). He was also coughing ![A man coughing into his hand](images/page_011_003.jpg), and his nose was running ![A man wiping his runny nose with a tissue](images/page_011_004.jpg). With his runny nose, he had a bad pain in his chest, too. His cough ![A man coughing](images/page_011_005.jpg) made his chest ache ![A man holding his aching chest](images/page_011_006.jpg) more. While I was there, he took his temperature with a thermometer ![A medical thermometer reading 103 degrees](images/page_011_007.jpg), and he had a fever. How did he catch his cold? Maybe he caught it from someone at work; or did he catch it when he walked home from the office in the rain? He wasn't sure. He only knew that the sneezing ![A man sneezing](images/page_011_008.jpg), coughing ![A man coughing](images/page_011_009.jpg), and other symptoms were not pleasant. Ned really felt bad yesterday. + +**ACHES AND PAINS** + +The instructor will give you the number of one of these symptoms. Without words, show the symptom. Another student will tell which symptom you have. + +EXAMPLE: Student 1 holds his head and closes his eyes. +Student 2: You have a headache. + +1. backache +2. headache +3. stomachache +4. earache +5. cough +6. sneeze +7. chest pain + +# Listening Skill + +**LISTEN TO THE CONVERSATIONS.** + +Listen to a short conversation. Then select the correct answer. + +1. The man is ____. + a. staying home + b. planning a vacation + c. buying a plane ticket + d. renting a car + +2. The man and woman work ____. + a. in a store + b. at a school + c. for a magazine + d. in a restaurant + +3. The two women ____. + a. were late + b. had a flat tire + c. had an accident + d. were lost + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### AN APPOINTMENT FOR A PHYSICAL + +![A man and a woman speaking on telephone receivers, separated by a diagonal split line, with "DR. J. D..." printed in the background](images/page_013_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words and listen to the dialog. Then read the dialog and answer questions about it. + +Ms. Roberts: Dr. Getwell's office. May I help you? +Mr. Edwards: Yes, I'd like to make an appointment to see the doctor. + +Ms. Roberts: What would you like to see him about? +Mr. Edwards: I need to have a complete physical. I'm buying some insurance, and the insurance company wants to be sure that I'm in good shape. + +Ms. Roberts: When did you have your last physical examination, sir? +Mr. Edwards: Well, I had my annual checkup about ten months ago. I have an appointment for my regular exam in two months, but I don't want to wait. The insurance company has a good deal* this month. + +Ms. Roberts: Can you come in on Monday at 1:30? +Mr. Edwards: No, I'm sorry; I can't make it on Monday. + +Ms. Roberts: How about Tuesday at 8:30? +Mr. Edwards: That'll be fine. Thank you. + +Ms. Roberts: We'll see you on Tuesday. +Mr. Edwards: Yes, I'll see you then. + +\*good deal = something good at a good price + +--- + +### IT'S AN EMERGENCY! + +![A nurse talking to a distressed father holding his crying young daughter with a head injury](images/page_014_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words and listen. Then read the dialog. + +Mr. Peters: My little girl fell and cut her head. She needs to see the doctor right away! + +Ms. Barton: Dr. Wells is with another patient right now. Can you wait a few minutes? + +Mr. Peters: No, this is an emergency! I tried to catch her when she started to fall, but I wasn't able to. She hurt her head badly when she hit the ground. + +Ms. Barton: I'm Dr. Wells' new nurse. Let me look at your daughter's head. I'm sure I can fix the problem. + +Mr. Peters: All right, thanks. Will the doctor have time to check my daughter's head when you finish? + +Ms. Barton: Yes, of course. When the other patient comes out of the examination room, your daughter can go in. + +Answer the questions about the dialog. + +1. Why can't the doctor see Mr. Peters' little girl right now? +2. Does someone need to help Mr. Peters' daughter right away? +3. What did Mr. Peters do when his daughter started to fall? +4. Who is Ms. Barton? + +--- + +5. Something's wrong with the little girl's head. Can the nurse help her? +6. Where is Dr. Wells right now? +7. When can Mr. Peters and his daughter go in and see the doctor? + +# Vocabulary + +### DO JANE AND THE ROBINSONS STILL LIVE IN THE SAME PLACE? + +![#1 A suburban street showing two houses side by side, with a bicycle on the lawn and a mailbox labeled ROBINSON in the foreground](images/page_015_001.jpg) +BEFORE + +![#2 The same suburban street showing the two houses, but the bicycle and mailbox label are no longer there, and landscaping has grown](images/page_015_002.jpg) +NOW + +| BEFORE | NOW | +|---|---| +| Two years ago, Jane lived in the white house on Elm St., and Ann Robinson lived in the house next to hers. | Today, Jane still lives on Elm Street, but the Robinsons don't live there any longer. They aren't neighbors anymore. | + +--- + +### ANN AND JANE ARE FRIENDS. + +Dear Ann, + +I lost your address and couldn't write to you for a long time, but I saw your Uncle Bill yesterday and he gave it to me. I have so many questions to ask you. Tell me about your family. How is your mother? Does she still live with you? How about your husband? Does he still teach in the same school? Does your son still play baseball? How about you? What are you doing now? Did you start teaching again, too, or are you still staying at home? + +I'm fine. I'm still not working but hope to find a job soon. I hope you'll answer my letter right away. Please come to see us sometime. + +Your friend, +Jane + +********** + +Dear Jane, + +Yes, your letter was full of questions! It's really been a long time since I wrote to you. Now about my family. My mother doesn't live with us any longer. She has a little house not too far away. Robert doesn't teach any longer. He went into the Air Force and is a student now! He's learning how to fly. Ross still plays ball. I'm still staying home; I don't want to teach anymore. I'll go back to school next month. Then Robert and I will both be students. + +How about you? You didn't write very much about you or your family. Write soon and tell me what you're doing. We really should try to visit each other sometime. + +Your friend, +Ann + +### DOES ANN'S SON STILL PLAY BASEBALL? + +Ask and answer questions about the people in the letters. + +EXAMPLE: +I: Robert +S1: Does Robert still teach school? +S2: No, he doesn't teach school anymore. +Or: No, he doesn't teach school any longer. + +--- + +# Grammar + +### THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE + +| John | has | | now. | +|---|---|---|---| +| John | had | a red car | last year. | +| John | has had | | for six months. | + +| Robert | is | | today. | +|---|---|---|---| +| Robert | was | in New York | Thursday. | +| Robert | has been | | since Monday. | + +We use the present perfect tense to talk about three kinds of actions: (1) those that began in the past and are still happening, (2) those that just ended, and (3) those that occurred at an indefinite time. This lesson covers the verbs **be** and **have**. + +EXAMPLES: They **have been** here for a month. (They got here a month ago, and they're still here.) + +Ed **has** already **had** dinner. (He just finished eating.) + +He **has been** to Europe before. (I'm not sure when he went.) + +We often use **for** or **since** with the present perfect tense. **For** refers to a period of time. **Since** refers to a point in time. + +EXAMPLES: Jim **has been** in the Army **for** five years. +He **has been** a captain **since** February 1. + +--- + +### CONTRACTIONS + +| I have | | I've | +| you have | | you've | +| he has | | he's | +| she has | = | she's | +| it has | | it's | +| we have | | we've | +| you have | | you've | +| they have | | they've | + +| has | + not | = | hasn't | +|---|---|---|---| +| have | | | haven't | + +### HAVE YOU HAD THAT COLD LONG? + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Sam: Have you had that cold long? +Henry: No, I **haven't**. I've **had** it only about two days. + +2. Don: Where has Jan **been** all morning? +John: She's **been** at Martha's house. + +3. Mr. Wilson: Has Ali **been** a student since last fall? +Mr. Roberts: Yes, he **has been** in school since November. + +4. Larry: Has Kay **been** in college since she graduated from high school? +Ralph: No, she's only **been** in college since last year. + +5. Alan: Has Ted **had** that sports car long? +Jerry: Yes, he's **had** it for three years. + +--- + +### I'VE BEEN A STUDENT HERE SINCE JULY. + +Ask and answer the questions. Answer in complete sentences and use the words in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Has Jane been on the phone long? +(yes, for an hour) +Yes, she's been on the phone for an hour. + +1. Has Lt Kim been in the United States since last January? +(no, last month) + +2. Has the baby had that cold since last weekend? +(no, yesterday) + +3. Have you been a student here since September? +(no, July) + +4. Has Sgt Henderson been in Japan for two years? +(yes) + +5. Have you had that earache since last night? +(yes) + +6. Has your brother been in the Navy long? +(no, only a year) + +7. Has Richard had that boat long? +(no, last August) + +8. Has your daughter had this appointment for a long time? +(yes, three months) + +9. Have you had that cough long? +(yes, about two weeks) + +10. Has Sara been in the Air Force since last summer? +(yes, July) + +--- + +### WHERE HAVE YOU BEEN? + +Complete the question and read the dialog. + +EXAMPLE: Ed: Where ________________________________________ +Al: I've been on vacation for the last two weeks. + +1. Dave: Where ________________________________________ +Dora: Sara's been in St. Louis all week. + +2. Ray: How much ________________________________________ +Don: I've had a lot of homework this week. + +3. Mary: Who ________________________________________ +Mark: Mike has been in Hawaii for six weeks. + +4. Jan: How many ________________________________________ +Dan: I've had only one cold this winter. + +5. Sam: Who ________________________________________ +Ben: Lt Jones has been in the major's office all morning. + +6. Ken: How many ________________________________________ +Kay: Lt Harris has been in Germany for five months. + +7. Jill: Who ________________________________________ +Bill: Jim has had two bad automobile accidents this year. + +8. Lee: Where ________________________________________ +Dee: The children have been inside for the last two hours. + +--- + +9. Tom: What ________________________________________ +Tim: Walter has had an earache since he swam in the river. + +10. Kyle: Why ________________________________________ +Carl: Jim's been in the hospital so much this year because he's had two bad automobile accidents. + +### Reading Skill + +#### WHAT DOES THE WORD MEAN? + +Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not, or is on the line. + +EXAMPLE: a. Stop at the intersection. + +An intersection \_\_\_may be\_\_\_ a street corner. +\_\_\_may be\_\_\_ a kind of gate. +\_\_\_may be\_\_\_ a store. + +b. Stop at the intersection with the traffic light. + +An intersection \_\_\_may be\_\_\_ a street corner. +\_\_\_may be\_\_\_ a kind of gate. +\_\_\_is not\_\_\_ a store. + +c. Stop at the traffic light at the intersection of Martin and Pine Streets. + +An intersection \_\_\_is\_\_\_ a street corner. +\_\_\_is not\_\_\_ a kind of gate. +\_\_\_is not\_\_\_ a store. + +--- + +1. a. Marlene bought a magenta dress. + +Magenta ____________ cheap. +____________ long. +____________ red. + +b. Marlene bought an expensive magenta dress. + +Magenta ____________ cheap. +____________ long. +____________ red. + +c. Because she likes the color, Marlene bought an expensive magenta dress with a short skirt. + +Magenta ____________ cheap. +____________ long. +____________ red. + +2. I received a publication today. + +a. A publication ____________ a call. +____________ a magazine. +____________ a package. + +b. I received a publication in the mail today. + +A publication ____________ a call. +____________ a magazine. +____________ a package. + +--- + +c. I received a publication in the mail today. There are some very interesting articles in it. + +A publication ____________ a call. +____________ a magazine. +____________ a package. + +3. a. We went to the beach last weekend. + +The beach ____________ land at the edge of water. +____________ a mountain with snow. +____________ a large lake. + +b. We went to the beach and went swimming last weekend. + +The beach ____________ land at the edge of water. +____________ a mountain with snow. +____________ a large lake. + +c. We went to the beach and went swimming in the ocean last weekend. + +The beach ____________ land at the edge of water. +____________ a mountain with snow. +____________ a large lake. + +--- + +### Grammar + +#### QUESTIONS WITH HOW LONG + +| The phrase **how long** is used to introduce questions about length of time. | +|---| +| **EXAMPLES:**
How long did you stay at the party?
How long will they be on vacation?
How long is the flight to New York? | + +#### HOW LONG HAS HENRY OWNED THAT CAR? + +![Two men standing and talking outdoors while a third man in the background washes a car with a hose and bucket](images/page_024_001.jpg) + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Jim: How long has Henry owned that car? +Walter: He's owned it since he was 18 years old. + +2. Peter: How long will you stay in France? +Kevin: I'll stay about three months. + +3. Sgt Allor: How long did Pvt Johnson exercise yesterday? +Sgt Rivas: About two and a half hours. + +--- + +4. **Mr. Jones:** How long is your English class? + **Mr. Chevalier:** It's fifty minutes long. + +5. **Capt Habib:** How long have you been in Egypt? + **Mr. Browning:** I've been here four months. + +6. **Dr. Peterson:** How long has Ralph had that cough? + **Mr. Rogers:** He's had it about three days. + +### HOW LONG WILL YOU BE THERE? + +Ask a question with **how long**. Another student will read the answer. + +EXAMPLE: How long have you been at this base? +I've been at this base for three months. + +1. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +He's been a major for two years. + +2. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +I was in class all day. + +3. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +I studied for the test all evening. + +4. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +They've been married since last summer. + +5. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +She's been an instructor here for five years. + +6. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +He's had that bad cough for a month. + +7. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +My brother's had that job since he graduated. + +8. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +They'll be in Houston all weekend. + +9. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +She's been in the hospital since Sunday. + +10. How long ____________________________________________________________________ +The students were in lab for an hour. + +# Vocabulary + +### LINES AND DOTS + +1. ![#1 A single horizontal line](images/page_027_001.jpg) +This is a horizontal line. + +2. ![#2 A single vertical line](images/page_027_002.jpg) +This is a vertical line. + +3. ![#3 Two parallel horizontal lines side-by-side with vertical parallel lines shown to the right](images/page_027_003.jpg) +These are parallel lines. + +4. ![#4 A vertical line labeled A perpendicular to a horizontal line labeled B](images/page_027_004.jpg) +Line A is perpendicular to line B. + +5. ![#5 A single dot](images/page_027_005.jpg) +Sam put a dot on the board. + +6. ![#6 Two dots side-by-side](images/page_027_006.jpg) +He put another dot on the board. + +7. ![#7 A horizontal line drawn between two dots](images/page_027_007.jpg) +Sam is drawing a line between the two dots. He's connecting the two dots. + +8. ![#8 A horizontal line segment bounded by two short vertical end marks](images/page_027_008.jpg) +This line is one inch long. + +9. ![#9 A horizontal line segment twice as long as the previous one, divided into two one-inch segments by vertical end and center marks](images/page_027_009.jpg) +This line is two inches long. + +10. ![#10 A square with a dot drawn in the center](images/page_027_010.jpg) +Mary put a dot in the middle of the square. + +### THIS LINE IS AN INCH LONG. + +Listen to the sentence and select the correct answer. + +1. a. ![#1a Two parallel horizontal lines](images/page_028_001.jpg) +b. ![#1b A vertical line perpendicular to a horizontal line](images/page_028_002.jpg) +c. ![#1c A horizontal line connecting two dots](images/page_028_003.jpg) + +2. a. ![#2a A short line segment bounded by end marks](images/page_028_004.jpg) +b. ![#2b A medium line segment bounded by end marks](images/page_028_005.jpg) +c. ![#2c A long line segment divided into two sections bounded by end marks](images/page_028_006.jpg) + +3. a. ![#3a A circle with a dot near the left edge](images/page_028_007.jpg) +b. ![#3b A circle with a dot in the center](images/page_028_008.jpg) +c. ![#3c A circle with a dot near the right edge](images/page_028_009.jpg) + +4. a. ![#4a A vertical line perpendicular to a horizontal line](images/page_028_010.jpg) +b. ![#4b Two parallel horizontal lines](images/page_028_011.jpg) +c. ![#4c A line connecting dots with extra dots spaced out](images/page_028_012.jpg) + +5. a. ![#5a Two dots](images/page_028_013.jpg) +b. ![#5b A single dot](images/page_028_014.jpg) +c. ![#5c A line connecting two dots](images/page_028_015.jpg) + +6. a. ![#6a A medium line segment bounded by end marks](images/page_028_016.jpg) +b. ![#6b A short line segment bounded by end marks](images/page_028_017.jpg) +c. ![#6c A long line segment bounded by end marks](images/page_028_018.jpg) + +7. a. ![#7a A single dot](images/page_028_019.jpg) +b. ![#7b A line connecting two dots](images/page_028_020.jpg) +c. ![#7c Two dots](images/page_028_021.jpg) + +8. a. ![#8a A horizontal dashed line](images/page_028_022.jpg) +b. ![#8b A line segment bounded by end marks](images/page_028_023.jpg) +c. ![#8c A single vertical line](images/page_028_024.jpg) + +9. a. ![#9a A line connecting two dots](images/page_028_025.jpg) +b. ![#9b A single dot](images/page_028_026.jpg) +c. ![#9c Two dots](images/page_028_027.jpg) + +10. a. ![#10a A plain horizontal line](images/page_028_028.jpg) +b. ![#10b A vertical line perpendicular to a horizontal line](images/page_028_029.jpg) +c. ![#10c A single vertical line](images/page_028_030.jpg) + +# Reading Skill + +### DRAW A PICTURE. + +Read the instructions and draw a picture. + +Picture A + +1. Draw a horizontal line from A to B. + +2. Draw two parallel vertical lines. Draw one from point A and one from point B. They should be perpendicular to the horizontal line and touch the bottom corners of the triangle. + +3. Draw a rectangle with one short side on line AB and the other between points C and D. + +4. On the left side, draw one small square between the rectangle and the vertical line above point A. On the right side, draw another small square between the rectangle and the vertical line above point B. + +What is it? ____________________ + +![Diagram containing a triangle with labeled points C and D below its baseline, and points A and B positioned lower down](images/page_029_001.jpg) + +Picture B + +1. Draw a circle with the circumference touching points A, B, C, D, E, and A again. + +2. Under the circle you drew, draw another circle with the circumference touching points C, E, F, G, and C again. + +3. Draw a larger circle under the second circle. The circumference must touch points F, H, I, J, and F again. + +4. Make a square connecting points A, E, L, K, and A again. + +5. Draw a horizontal line connecting points M and N. + +What is it? ____________________ + +![Diagram showing various lettered points (K, L, M, N, A, E, B, D, C, E, G, F, H, J, I) and dotted clusters forming a structure to be drawn](images/page_030_001.jpg) + +--- + +# Function + +**I'D LIKE TO MAKE AN APPOINTMENT.** + +Read the dialogs. + +Appointment Clerk: Dr. Hardy's office. May I help you? +Patient: Yes. This is Alan Brown. I'd like to make an appointment for a checkup. + +Appointment Clerk: Will this be your first visit to Dr. Hardy? +Patient: Yes, it will. + +Appointment Clerk: Are you having any problems? +Patient: No. It's just time for my annual physical. + +Appointment Clerk: The earliest open appointment is on January 18th at 9 o'clock. +Patient: I'm sorry. I can't make it that day. + +Appointment Clerk: How about January 20th at 10 o'clock? +Patient: That sounds good. Thanks. + +Appointment Clerk: Don't eat anything before your appointment, and drink only water. + +********** + +Patient's Mother: Hello. This is Mrs. Smith. I need to see the doctor right away. + +Appointment Clerk: What's the problem, Mrs. Smith? +Patient's Mother: My baby's sick. He caught a cold a week ago. He's not running a temperature anymore, but he still has a runny nose, and he's coughing and sneezing. + +Appointment Clerk: Is he taking any medicine? +Patient's Mother: Yes, he is, but I don't think he's getting better. + +Appointment Clerk: Can you come in this afternoon at three? +Patient's Mother: Yes, I can make it then. + +********** + +Appointment Clerk: Dr. Carter's office. +Patient: Hello. This is Sam Porter. I want to make an appointment with Dr. Carter. I don't feel well. + +Appointment Clerk: What are your symptoms, Mr. Porter? +Patient: I ache all over. I have a headache and a pain in my chest, and my stomach feels awful. + +Appointment Clerk: Can you come in sometime this morning? +Patient: Yes. I can get there in about an hour. + +Appointment Clerk: Good. Come in and the doctor will see you between his other appointments. + +**I'M RUNNING A TEMPERATURE.** + +Complete the sentences and read the dialog. + +Appointment Clerk: Dr. Hardy's office. May _______________________ +Patient: Yes, I need to __________________________________ + +Appointment Clerk: What __________________________________________________ +Patient: I have _________________ and I'm ________________ +________________________________________________________ + +Appointment Clerk: ___________________ tomorrow at 2 o'clock? +Patient: Yes, ___________________________________________ + +**CAN YOU COME IN AT 9:00?** + +Take a role and make an appointment. Read the information; then ask and answer questions. Be sure to include the underlined information. You may add other information. + +1. S1: You want to make an appointment with Dr. Hardy. You're healthy, but it's time for your annual physical. You're a new patient. + + S2: You're Dr. Hardy's appointment clerk. When the patient calls, you'll need to know these things: (1) What kind of symptoms does he have? (2) When was his last physical exam? (3) Is he a regular patient or a new patient? Give him the date and time for an appointment and instructions about eating and drinking before his physical. + +2. S3: Your child is sick, and you're very worried. He has these symptoms; (1) a runny nose, (2) a cough, (3) a sore throat, and (4) a high fever. You want an appointment for him right away. He's not one of the doctor's regular patients. + + S4: You're the appointment clerk in Dr. Hale's office. When a child's parent calls for an appointment, you'll ask questions like these: (1) Is this an emergency? (2) What are the child's symptoms? (3) Has the child seen Dr. Hale before? + + Tell the parent to bring the child to the office sometime this afternoon. The doctor will see the child between her other appointments. + +3. S5: You need to see Dr. East because your ears are bothering you. You got water in them when you swam in the lake last weekend. You're a regular patient of Dr. East's, and you had a physical three months ago. You'd like an appointment sometime this week. + + S6: You are Dr. East's appointment clerk. When the patient calls, you'll need to know these things: (1) What's the problem? (2) Is he one of Dr. East's regular patients? (3) When did he last see the doctor? Give the patient a date and time for an appointment next week. + +4. S7: You fell and hit the back of your head yesterday. Now you feel sick and think you should see the doctor. You have (1) a headache, (2) a backache, and (3) an earache. You'd like to see the doctor today or tomorrow, but you can't make it to his office before 10:00 a.m. + + S8: You're the appointment clerk in Dr. West's office. Before you can give one of his patients an appointment, you need this information: (1) Is the patient calling to make a regular appointment, or does he have an emergency? (2) What's the problem? (3) What are the symptoms? Give the patient a time for an appointment today. + +**MY CHILD IS SICK!** + +Be a patient, a parent with a sick child, or a clerk in a doctor's office; ask for or give a doctor's appointment. You may use these situations or add others. + +1. Your child is very sick. +2. You need an annual checkup. +3. You hurt your foot in a soccer game. +4. You haven't been feeling well for several days. +5. Your child needs a physical exam before school starts. +6. You need a physical before you can buy some insurance. + +# Grammar + +**THE PRESENT PERFECT PROGRESSIVE TENSE** + +Like the present perfect tense, the present perfect progressive tense is used to refer to actions or events that began in the past and continue into the present. + +There is a difference between the two tenses. The present perfect progressive is closer to the present than the present perfect is. The present perfect progressive stresses that an action or event is not finished. It also suggests that it will continue into the future. + +EXAMPLE: They've been talking on the phone for an hour. +(They're talking now and may talk for another hour.) + +| Keith | has | been | studying since 4:30. | +|---|---|---|---| +| Ann and Bob | have | | | + +**HENRY HAS BEEN WATCHING TELEVISION SINCE THIS MORNING.** + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Lt Nelson: Have you been waiting long, sir? +Capt Smith: Yes, I've been sitting here over an hour. + +2. Brian: Has Larry been sleeping all afternoon? +Ed: No, he's been working on his car since 2:00. + +3. Cathy: How have you been getting to work this week? +Laura: I've been riding with one of my neighbors. + +4. Mr. Perkins: You've been counting that money for half an hour. +Ms. Franklin: I haven't been counting it. I've been thinking about how to use it. + +5. Charles: What have you been doing this summer? +Richard: I've been going to summer school in the morning and working out at the gym in the afternoon. + +--- + +### I'VE BEEN SHOPPING ALL MORNING. + +Ask and answer the questions. Answer in complete sentences and use the word(s) in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Where have you been eating this week? (cafeteria) +I've been eating at the cafeteria. + +1. Who has Tom been riding to school with? (Carl) + +2. Where have you been working out? (the base gym) + +3. When have you been going to the gym? (before dinner) + +4. Whose textbook have you been borrowing? (Gina's) + +5. How often have you been seeing the doctor? (every week) + +6. How long has Janet been studying? (since 6:00) + +7. Which lesson has the class been reviewing? (Lesson 4) + +8. How long has Uncle Fred been sitting in the back yard? (two and a half hours) + +9. Who's been waiting in the major's office since noon? (Lt Richards) + +### HAS HE BEEN STUDYING ALL NIGHT? + +Ask and answer questions about the pictures. Use the words below the pictures. + +EXAMPLES: + +![A boy sitting and reading a book with a clock on the wall showing 6:30](images/page_038_001.jpg) +read/since 6:30 + +Has he been reading that book since 6:30? +Yes, he's been reading it for an hour and a half. + +![A man working on an open car hood outside near a house with the sun shining](images/page_038_002.jpg) +work on/all day + +Has he been working on his bicycle all day? +No, he's been working on his car all day. + +![#1 Three children playing with a basketball outdoors under a bright sun](images/page_038_003.jpg) +1. play/all afternoon + +![#2 A swimmer swimming freestyle in the water with splash waves](images/page_038_004.jpg) +2. study/45 minutes + +![#3 An older man sleeping in an armchair with an open newspaper on his lap, a wall clock shows 2:00](images/page_039_001.jpg) +3. sleep/since 2:00 + +![#4 Two young men watching television together](images/page_039_002.jpg) +4. do homework/all afternoon + +![#5 Several couples dancing at a party with hanging decorations](images/page_039_003.jpg) +5. dance/all evening + +![#6 A muscular man lifting a heavy barbell](images/page_039_004.jpg) +6. work out/for several years + +![#7 Five young men in shorts marching with arms raised](images/page_039_005.jpg) +7. march/all morning + +![#8 A man lying comfortably on the ground next to a radio playing music](images/page_039_006.jpg) +8. talk on the phone/an hour + +![#9 A view through a window showing snow falling outside on bare trees](images/page_040_001.jpg) +9. snow/since midnight + +![#10 A military officer sitting at a desk looking impatient next to some magazines](images/page_040_002.jpg) +10. wait/for a long time + +# Listening Skill + +### WHAT IS THE PARAGRAPH ABOUT? + +Listen to the paragraph and select the topic. + +1. a. keeping healthy +b. finding a doctor +c. getting checkups + +2. a. pay phones +b. local calls +c. wrong numbers + +3. a. how to study for a test +b. how to memorize new words +c. how to write test questions + +# Writing Skill + +### LISTEN AND WRITE. + +Listen to a paragraph the first time. Write the paragraph on the lines below when you hear it the second time. Check your writing when you hear the paragraph the third time. Be careful to use the correct punctuation. + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 1 + +A. Write a sentence about the picture. + +![A woman holding her lower back in pain](images/page_200_001.jpg) +EXAMPLE: She has a pain in her back. + +![#1 A man clutching the side of his head in severe pain](images/page_200_002.jpg) +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#2 A woman clutching her forehead with both hands in distress](images/page_200_003.jpg) +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#3 A man clutching his chest with lightning bolts indicating sharp pain](images/page_200_004.jpg) +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#4 A woman holding her stomach in pain](images/page_201_001.jpg) +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#5 A military officer holding his shoulder in pain](images/page_201_002.jpg) +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#6 A woman with a thermometer in her mouth reading 103 degrees, sweating with a hand on her forehead](images/page_201_003.jpg) +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#7 A man clutching his stomach and arm in pain](images/page_201_004.jpg) +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +B. Read the paragraph and look at the pictures; then complete the sentences. + +### NED HAS AN AWFUL COLD. + +I went to see Ned yesterday. When I ![A man walking through a doorway](images/page_202_001.jpg) +he was ![A man coughing into his hand](images/page_202_002.jpg). He was also ![A man sneezing into a tissue](images/page_202_003.jpg), and his nose was ![A man blowing his nose into a tissue](images/page_202_004.jpg). With his runny nose, he had a bad pain in his chest, too. His ![A man coughing violently](images/page_202_005.jpg) made his \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ ![A man clutching his hurting chest](images/page_202_006.jpg) more. While I was there, he took his temperature with a ![A medical thermometer showing 103 degrees](images/page_202_007.jpg), and he had a fever. How did he catch his cold? Maybe he caught it from someone at work. Or did he catch it when he walked home from the office in the rain? He wasn't sure. He only knew that the ![A man coughing](images/page_202_008.jpg), \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ ![A man sneezing](images/page_202_009.jpg), and other symptoms were not pleasant. Ned really felt bad yesterday. + +--- + +C. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| annual | checkup | examination | +| anymore | come in | make it | +| appointment | emergency | physical | +| regular | sometime | still | + +1. Ted had the flu last month, and he \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ feels weak. + +2. He wants to see a doctor \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ soon, but he's not in a hurry. + +3. Ted doesn't need help right away. This isn't an \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +4. When Ted called Dr. Dean's office, the clerk asked him to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ on Monday. + +5. He couldn't \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to the doctor's office on Monday. + +6. Now he has an \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ with Dr. Dean on Tuesday. + +7. Ted was a patient of Dr. Hill's, but he's not \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +8. He's been a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ patient of Dr. Dean's for three years. + +9. Ted gets a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ from Dr. Dean every year, but this appointment isn't for his \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ exam. + +10. He wants an \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ now because he thinks he has a problem. + +--- + +D. Follow the directions. + +1. Draw a vertical line: + +2. Put a dot in the square: +![An empty square box](images/page_204_001.jpg) + +3. Draw parallel lines: + +4. Draw a line two inches long: + +5. Connect these three dots: + +6. Draw a horizontal line: + +7. Put the letter X in the middle of the circle: +![An empty circle labeled B underneath](images/page_204_002.jpg) +B + +8. Draw a line (B) perpendicular to line A: +A \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +9. Draw a line one inch long: + +10. Put two dots in the square: +![An empty square box](images/page_204_003.jpg) + +--- + +E. Answer the questions in complete sentences. Use the words in ( ). + +1. Has Ali been in the United States since November? (no, last month) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Has your daughter had a fever since yesterday? (yes, yesterday afternoon) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Has Lt Cantu been a student here since March? (no, since April) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Has Sgt Higgins been in Turkey for four years? (yes) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. Has the major had that backache since he moved his desk? (no, his bookcase) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +F. Make sentences from the words. Use have or has and -ing. + +EXAMPLE: Andy/play/baseball/two hours +Andy has been playing baseball for two hours. + +1. Robert/watch/TV/6:30 +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Major Evans/wait/Captain Vassar/thirty minutes +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Mr. Moore's students/study/3:00 +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. baby/cry/all night +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. men/exercise/two hours +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +G. Read the paragraph; then write the answers to the questions in complete sentences. + +Frank has been home all day today. He has had a fever and a cough for two days. He's been taking medicine since last night. How long will he have to stay home? He doesn't know. He hopes to return to work by Thursday. + +1. How long has Frank been home? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. What has he had? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. How long has he been taking medicine? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. How long will he have to stay home? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +H. Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not or is on the line. + +1. a. Tony's car stalled. + +The meaning of stalled __________ stopped on the road. + +__________ had a flat tire. + +__________ wouldn't start. + +b. Tony's car stalled while he was driving. + +The meaning of stalled __________ stopped on the road. + +__________ had a flat tire. + +__________ wouldn't start. + +c. Tony's car stalled while he was driving and wouldn't start again. + +The meaning of stalled __________ stopped on the road. + +__________ had a flat tire. + +__________ wouldn't start. + +2. a. Hal bought the plan. + +A plan __________ a mechanic's tool. + +__________ a piece of furniture. + +__________ a kind of picture. + +b. Hal bought the plan for his new home. + +A plan __________ a mechanic's tool. + +__________ a piece of furniture. + +__________ a kind of picture. + +c. Hal has bought the plan for his new home from a company that builds houses. + +A plan __________ a mechanic's tool. + +__________ a piece of furniture. + +__________ a kind of picture. + +--- + +I. Read the paragraph and select a word from below for each number. Then write a correct paragraph. + +Sam is trying to 1 , but he isn't doing very well. He has a bad 2 . He can't 3 anything. When he 4 , his 5 hurts. He called the 6 , and he has 7 for 8 . + +1. play soccer / study for a test / take a bus +2. head / headache / earache +3. read / hear / sit +4. runs / reads / drives +5. chest / head / nose +6. doctor / mechanic / dispensary +7. an appointment / a football game / a lesson +8. the doctor / his wife / this afternoon + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +J. Draw a line from the words in Column A to the correct words in Column B. Then write a paragraph with the sentences. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| 1. At 11:00 he called the | backache when he got up. | +| 2. She gave him a | about his symptoms. | +| 3. Wednesday morning Ted had a | 1 o'clock appointment. | +| 4. The woman on the phone asked Ted | doctor's office. | +| 5. Ted answered | that he had a physical last month. | +| 6. By 10 o'clock he had a cough, a runny | the date of his last checkup. | +| 7. Ted sneezed, coughed, and said, "Thanks, see | nose, and a temperature. | +| 8. She also asked about | you at 1 o'clock." | + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 2 + +**A. Complete the sentences. Use the words in the box.** + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| sidewalk | lanes | intersection | two-way | +| one-way | ways | right-of-way | pass | +| slow down | signs | steering wheel | signal | + +1. Obey all traffic ____________________. + +2. ____________________ when the streets are wet. + +3. Always ____________________ when you change ____________________. + +4. Never ____________________ a vehicle when you're going up a hill. + +5. At a yield sign, give the ____________________ to other cars. + +6. Traffic moves in both directions on a ____________________ street. + +7. On a ____________________ street, all vehicles must go in the same direction. + +8. Keep both hands on the ____________________ when you drive. + +9. Before you cross an ____________________, look both ____________________. + +10. Don't walk in the street when there's a ____________________ for pedestrians. + +--- + +**B. Match the words in column A with those in column B. Write the correct letter in the blank.** + +| Column A | | Column B | +|---|---|---| +| ______ 1. ahead | a. | teacher | +| ______ 2. lane | b. | a person who's walking | +| ______ 3. pedestrian | c. | go faster | +| ______ 4. instructor | d. | a change in direction | +| ______ 5. way | e. | not nervous | +| ______ 6. cautious | f. | in front; in advance | +| ______ 7. turn | g. | part of a road | +| ______ 8. speed up | h. | obey; go or come behind | +| ______ 9. follow | i. | careful | +| ______ 10. relaxed | j. | direction; how to do something | + +--- + +**C. Write answers to the questions about the dialog. Use complete sentences.** + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Policeman:** | You were speeding, young man. The speed limit here is 30 miles an hour. You were going 45. | +| **Clarence:** | I'm sorry, sir. I didn't mean to speed. The one-way streets confused me. I'm lost and can't find the Army post. | +| **Policeman:** | You failed to obey the speed limit signs. I have to give you a ticket. | +| **Clarence:** | Yes, sir. I understand. | +| **Policeman:** | Here you are. It's about half a mile to the post. Go to the next intersection and turn left. | + +1. What was Clarence doing wrong? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. How fast was he going? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Could he find the way to the post? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. What confused him while he was driving? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. Did he obey the speed limit signs? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**D. Write the topic and the main idea of the paragraph.** + +People who are safe drivers keep their minds on the road when they're behind the steering wheel. They think about the weather and slow down when it's bad. They also think about the highway or street that they're traveling on. When it's narrow or wet, they're more cautious. Another thing they think about is the traffic. They watch the other vehicles carefully and try to be ready for anything that might happen. + +Topic: __________________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: ______________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**E. Change the sentences to questions.** + +EXAMPLE: Somebody please move that table. +*Will somebody please move that table?* + +1. Nobody wants to go outdoors in this cold weather. +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. There was no one at Jim's apartment. +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Someone will be there after 4:30. +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. No one would answer his question. +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**F. Change the sentences from affirmative to negative. Replace the underlined adjective in the sentence with the adjective in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: Mike gets lost when he travels out of town. (nervous) +*Mike doesn't get nervous when he travels out of town.* + +1. The weather got worse on Saturday. (better) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. New cars will become more expensive next year. (cheaper) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Jim gets bored on an airline flight. (nervous) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. The children usually get hungry before dinner. (tired) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**G. Answer the questions in complete sentences. Use become or get.** + +1. When do you get angry? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. When will you become a (next rank)? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Where did you get lost? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. When do you get nervous? +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**H. Write one sentence from two sentences. Use the words in ( ).** + +1. Did you see the accident? +It happened yesterday. (that) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. I don't know the name of the clerk. +She helped me. (who) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. What's the number of the flight? +It goes to Houston. (which) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. This is the pay phone. +It doesn't work anymore. (that) +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**I. Complete the sentences. Use who, which, or that.** + +1. I like movies __________________________________________________________________ + +2. I like a person ________________________________________________________________ + +3. I have a friend ________________________________________________________________ + +4. I've never had a vacation _______________________________________________________ + +5. I don't like people ____________________________________________________________ + +--- + +J. **Read the paragraph. Use the chart to complete the outline.** + +All countries use six colors for traffic signs. Three colors--red, yellow, and white--tell you the rules for driving. Red signs tell you not to move, and yellow signs tell you to use caution. White signs give the speed limit or the direction that traffic can move. Three other colors--orange, blue, and green--give different kinds of information. Orange signs tell us that people are working on the road. Blue signs tell us about things like gas stations, restrooms, or hospitals. Green signs give directions to other streets and roads. + +``` + +-----------------------+ + | Traffic sign colors | + +-----------+-----------+ + | + +---------------+---------------+ + | | + +-------+-------+ +-------+-------+ + | rules | | information | + +---+---+---+---+ +---+---+---+---+ + | | | | | | + +----+ | +----+ +----+ | +----+ + | | | | | | + +---+---+ +--+--+ +---+---+ +---+---+ +--+--+ +---+---+ + | red | |yellow| | white | | orange| | blue | | green | + +-------+ +-----+ +-------+ +-------+ +-----+ +-------+ +``` + +### Traffic Sign Colors + +A. ______________________________________________________________________ + +1. __________________________________________________________________ + +2. __________________________________________________________________ + +3. __________________________________________________________________ + +B. ______________________________________________________________________ + +1. __________________________________________________________________ + +2. __________________________________________________________________ + +3. __________________________________________________________________ + +HW-19 + +K. **Draw a line from the words in Column A to the words in Column B that complete the sentence. Then write the sentences in the correct order to make a paragraph.** + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| He tried to return to the accident because he was worried about the people who might be hurt, | really began to worry! | +| He thought he was the only person on the highway, but when he came to the top of a hill, | but he couldn't find it again; the cars weren't there anymore. | +| Then Col King | work one dark, rainy night. | +| Col King was driving home from | to call the police. | +| He drove to the nearest house and used the telephone there | he saw that there was an accident on the road ahead. | + +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +HW-20 + +### HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 3 + +A. **Complete the sentences in the dialogs. Use the words in the box.** + ++-------------------------------------------------------+ +| brakes motor stalled | +| greased noise tune-up | +| guarantee oil tuned up | +| guarantees warm up | ++-------------------------------------------------------+ + +1. **Fred:** Listen! The engine is making a funny ________________. Can you hear it? + **Fran:** Yes, I can. After you started the ________________ did you let it ________________ for a few minutes? + **Fred:** Yes, I did. It stopped, but I started it again. Before I was able to leave, it ________________ a second time. + **Fran:** It may need a ________________. I think you should call the garage. + +2. **Meg:** I took the car to the garage yesterday. The mechanic ________________ it, ________________ the engine, and changed the ________________. + **Hal:** I've been worried because the car doesn't stop very well. Did he check the ________________? + **Meg:** Yes. We shouldn't have any more problems. He gave us a 60-day ________________. + **Hal:** I'm glad to know that he ________________ his work. + +HW-21 + +B. **Read the stories and answer the questions in complete sentences. Use the underlined words in your answers.** + +1. Steve and Marge enjoy eating at Ray's Restaurant. The service there is slow, but they're always satisfied with their meals. Some restaurants cook a lot of their food in grease or oil, but not at Ray's. The food there is never greasy. Ray's is noisy when it's crowded, but Steve and Marge usually don't mind the noise. + +a. Do the waiters at Ray's Restaurant bring the food right away? +______________________________________________________________________ + +b. Are Steve and Marge ever unhappy with their meals at Ray's? +______________________________________________________________________ + +c. What do some restaurants do with a lot of their food? +______________________________________________________________________ + +d. Does Ray's Restaurant serve greasy food? +______________________________________________________________________ + +e. Is there always too much noise in the restaurant? +______________________________________________________________________ + +HW-22 + +2. The hose in Mark's yard leaked. Because he couldn't fix the leak, he decided to buy a hose that was on sale at a store in the mall. He had a bad time. The new hose was leaky, too. He wanted to exchange it, but the store didn't have any more hoses. The clerk told Mark she'd refund his money, but he didn't want a refund. He wanted a new hose. He gave back the leaky hose and asked her to credit the price of the hose to his account. Next week, when the store gets more hoses, he can pick up a new one. The clerk didn't want a dissatisfied customer. She was happy to help Mark. + +a. What was the matter with Mark's old hose? +______________________________________________________________________ + +b. Why did he decide to buy a new one? +______________________________________________________________________ + +c. Did he pay the regular price for the hose? +______________________________________________________________________ + +d. Was the new hose all right? +______________________________________________________________________ + +e. Was Mark able to give back the leaky hose and get another one? +______________________________________________________________________ + +f. Why didn't the clerk refund Mark's money? +______________________________________________________________________ + +g. What did the clerk do? +______________________________________________________________________ + +h. Why was the clerk happy to help Mark? +______________________________________________________________________ + +HW-23 + +C. **Find the words that end in y and circle them. The letters in the words can go up or down, from left to right, or from right to left. The words can be vertical or horizontal, but the letters will always be in a straight line.** + +``` +cloudy c w a t e r y h l +funny l a l m g e r i e +greasy o s x y n n u f a +icy u t u l r w b d k +leaky d h j i k m b n y +noisy y p a o s a l t y +oily p e d s u q g o s +rainy y s i o n u t v t +salty s h a r n y l m o +snowy a m b c y n i a r +soapy e z h x i n i a m +stormy r k l n g x c b y +sunny g l s n o w y p d +watery +``` + +D. **Underline the correct word.** + +EXAMPLE: The weekend was (rain, rainy.) + +1. Yesterday was cool and (sun, sunny). +2. The cook uses a lot of (salt, salty). +3. Be careful! The stairs are (ice, icy). +4. What's making that awful (noise, noisy)? +5. January is usually a (snow, snowy) month. +6. Is there enough (oil, oily) in the engine? +7. A mechanic's hands are often (grease, greasy). +8. Three inches of (rain, rainy) fell last night. +9. The airplane took off in (storm, stormy) weather. +10. A person with a cold often has (water, watery) eyes. + +HW-24 + +--- + +E. **Complete the sentences with too + an adjective.** + +EXAMPLE: We didn't swim. The water was too cold. + +1. I can't drink this coffee. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Beth won't be able to lift that box. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ for her. + +3. You shouldn't put on that shirt. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to wear again. + +4. I couldn't relax before the exam. I was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. We can't go to the movie now. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +6. Don't bother him. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to talk to anyone. + +7. George didn't go to work today. He was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +8. Don't buy that car. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +9. Are you going to class now? It's only 6:00 a.m. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to leave. + +10. Can you turn on another light? It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ in here to see anything. + +F. **Answer the questions in complete sentences. Use the words in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: Did Calvin move to find a better job? (no, save money) + +No, he moved to save money. + +1. Do you want to stop at the mall to shop? (no, eat dinner) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Did you use the car to go anywhere today? (yes, downtown) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Is Sara moving to Dallas to work? (no, go to school) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. Did Henry go to the library to study? (no, meet his friend) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. Are you going to pay someone to cut the grass while you're on vacation? (yes, my neighbor's son) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +G. **Complete the questions.** + +EXAMPLE: What is Donna coming to borrow? + +Donna is coming to borrow my tape recorder. + +1. When \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + Ken called last weekend to tell me about the party. + +2. How often \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + We stop here to eat breakfast two or three times a week. + +3. How much \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + She paid the mechanic eighty dollars to fix the brakes. + +4. Why \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + I come to the library to study because it's not noisy here. + +5. Where \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + I usually go to a department store to buy shoes. + +6. What \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + They used a credit card to pay for their meal. + +H. **Write one sentence with an independent clause and a dependent clause. Use the word in ( ). Two clauses joined by "who" or "that" cannot be written two ways like the example.** + +EXAMPLE: Tim's car stalled. +He turned the corner. (when) + +Tim's car stalled when he turned the corner. + +Or: When he turned the corner, Tim's car stalled. + +1. Ted waited. +Someone changed the oil in his car. (while) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Sam wants to check the brakes. +He drives his car to California next week. (before) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. The mechanic had to order the part. +He needed it for the car. (that) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. Mark was dissatisfied with the service. +The garage gave him a refund. (until) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. First the clerk helped the customer. +The customer was in a hurry. (who) + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +I. **Read the paragraph; then choose a word for each number. Add the words to the paragraph and write it on the lines below.** + +1. The (1) car was (2). It really made (3) noises. Ted bought it (4) for his (5). He thinks a (6) will help it. + + (1) new, fast, old + (2) cheap, expensive, noisy + (3) awful, different, funny + (4) on credit, for cash, last week + (5) job, vacation, son + (6) tune-up, warm up, oil change + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Howard and Helen went to a (1) restaurant. The food was (2). The service was (3). They were both (4) and decided to (5). + + (1) new, old, noisy + (2) tasty, salty, greasy + (3) good, bad, slow + (4) unhappy, satisfied, hungry + (5) leave, eat, return + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +J. **Write the topic and the main idea of the paragraph. Then write a title for it.** + +**Title:** \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +A policeman has a difficult job. He has to watch for people who fail to stop at signal lights and stop signs. He must stop drivers who don't obey the speed limit or who break other rules. He does all this while he's making and answering radio calls. He has to be ready to help people, too. A policeman works very hard, but people don't always realize it. + +**Topic:** \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +**Main idea:** \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +K. **Read the paragraph and select the best summary.** + +Often people fail to do something right because they don't follow instructions. Maybe they can't remember them, or maybe they never read or hear them. Sometimes instructions are not clear and confuse people. Before they start a job that's new to them, they should ask for instructions and then follow them exactly. That way, they'll save time. They won't spend too much time on the job or do it wrong and then have to do it again. + +a. People often don't follow instructions, but they should. They can save time by doing a job quickly and correctly. + +b. Some people don't follow instructions because they can't remember or understand them. Others don't read them. + +c. When the instructions for a job are confusing, people should ask someone to explain them before they begin. + +--- + +L. Use parts of both sentences to make a new sentence with one independent clause. + +EXAMPLE: Sally made an appointment yesterday. +The appointment is for a checkup. + +Sally made an appointment for a checkup yesterday. + +1. Mrs. Martin has an appointment today. +It's with her dentist. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Ken has had a pain for several days. +It's in his right leg. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. The car hit the man. +He was in the pedestrian crossing. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. The book is about driving rules. +It's on my desk. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. The driver didn't see the signal. +It was at the railroad crossing. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +M. Follow the directions and draw a picture. + +1. Draw curved lines in a circle from A to B, C, D, and to A again. +2. Draw curved lines from D to E, F, G, and to D again. +3. Draw curved lines from H to I, J, K, E, and to H again. +4. Draw curved lines from E to L, M, N, H, and to E again. +5. Draw a line from O to line FG, and from P to line FG also. +6. Draw a line from Q to line GD, and from R to line GD also. +7. Draw a line from S to line AB, and also from T to line AB. + +What did you draw? _________________________________________________ + +M J +. . +L K S +. . . +N . E . . I . A . T +F . . H . D . B +G . . C +. . . . +O P Q R + +HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 4 + +A. Complete the sentences. Use the words in the box. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| dish | funny | recommend | +| entertaining | frightening | serves | +| entertainment | plan to | variety | +| | programs | | + +People enjoy different kinds of ________________. Some like to go to movies, some like to stay at home and watch TV, and some like to go out to eat. + +You can usually choose from a ________________ of movies. You can be afraid at a movie that's ________________, laugh at a movie that's ________________, or see one that's just ________________. + +People who like to stay at home can watch a variety of TV ________________. Everyone has a favorite one and will ________________ it to his friends. + +When you ________________ go out to eat, you can usually find a restaurant that ________________ your favorite kind of food. Almost every restaurant has one ________________ that is very popular with its customers. + +B. Match the words that are opposites. Write the letter of the word(s) in Column B beside the correct word in Column A. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| ______ 1. could | a. awful; terrible | +| ______ 2. dull | b. bad; small | +| ______ 3. entertaining | c. boring | +| ______ 4. frequently | d. cry | +| ______ 5. great | e. interesting; sharp | +| ______ 6. impolite | f. late | +| ______ 7. laugh | g. polite | +| ______ 8. prompt | h. politely | +| ______ 9. rudely | i. save | +| ______ 10. spend | j. seldom | +| ______ 11. terrible | k. great; wonderful | +| ______ 12. wonderful | l. wasn't able to. | + +C. Use the information in the paragraph and the boxes to write the outline. + +There are many good restaurants in this city. People enjoy going to them because they serve good food and give good service. They may serve a wide variety of food, or they may serve just a few dishes. Their customers like the polite waiters and the prompt meals. + +![Flowchart diagram showing "Restaurants" branching into "good food" and "good service", which further branch into sub-categories "a variety of dishes", "a few dishes", "polite waiters", and "prompt meals"](images/page_233_001.jpg) + +### Restaurants + +A. __________________________________________________ +1. __________________________________________________ +2. __________________________________________________ + +B. __________________________________________________ +1. __________________________________________________ +2. __________________________________________________ + +D. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| almost | entertained | intends | reasonable | +| boring | felt | laughed | rudely | +| busy | frequently | plan | sharp | +| channel | frightened | promptly | terribly | + +1. Mary goes to the movies three times a week. She goes ________________. + +2. The prices at this hotel are not high. They're ________________. + +3. I was afraid when I had an automobile accident. It ________________ me. + +4. We listened to fine music while we ate. The music ________________ us. + +5. That TV program was very funny. We ________________ a lot while we were watching it. + +6. We didn't have to wait long for the taxi. It arrived ________________. + +7. What did he think of the movie? He ________________ it was dull. + +8. Is he going back to that restaurant? No, that's not his ________________. + +9. Because I couldn't cut my meat, I asked for a ________________ knife. + +--- + +10. I want to see the news on TV. Which ____________ is it on? + +11. The waiter was very impolite. He spoke to us ____________. + +12. That movie was very dull. I fell asleep because it was so ____________. + +13. He's doing a lot of work. He's very ____________. + +14. The party last night was ____________ noisy. In fact, someone called the police because it was so loud. + +15. Henry plans to go to work early and stay late. He ____________ to work all day. + +16. Paula is 19 now, but her birthday is next Saturday. She's ____________ 20 years old. + +--- + +**E. Change the sentences. Use couldn't and the word(s) in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: Jennifer can play tennis now. (two months ago) +She couldn't play tennis two months ago. + +1. The Harrisons could check in at 2:00 p.m. (noon) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Peter could mail the package before 5:00 p.m. (after 5:00 p.m.) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Joe could fix his sister's car. (his brother's truck) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Mike could drive when he was eighteen. (fifteen) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. The pedestrian could describe the accident. (vehicle) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**F. Read the paragraph and select the best summary.** + +> Many people get the flu in the winter. Some people feel bad for just two or three days, and others are sick for much longer. The symptoms of the flu are usually fever, headache, backache, a runny nose, and sometimes a cough. Take some medicine for the pain and fever and drink a lot of fruit juice. When you have the flu; you can't do much. Just stay home and get a lot of rest. + +a. Fever, a cough, and a runny nose are symptoms of the flu. Many people who are sick with the flu also have backaches and headaches. + +b. Some people are sick for only a few days when they have the flu in the winter. Other people are sick for a much longer time. + +c. The flu lasts a few days or longer and causes a variety of symptoms. Medicine, fruit juice, and rest can help when you have it. + +--- + +**G. Answer the questions about the dialogs. Use complete sentences.** + +EXAMPLE: +Jane: Is that movie any good? +John: Yes, it's very funny. + +What did John tell Jane? +He told her that the movie was very funny. + +1. Anne: How's the food in the cafeteria? +Mike: It tastes all right. + +What did Mike tell Anne about the food in the cafeteria? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Thomas: Do we need to stop for gas? +Howard: Yes, the tank's almost empty. + +What did Howard tell Thomas? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Alice: Is your brother in the military? +Allen: No, he's not. + +What did Allen say about his brother? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Mary: What's wrong with the engine? +Mark: I think it just needs a tune-up. + +What did Mark tell Mary? +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**H. Circle the correct answer.** + +1. I don't have to be home ________ 11:00. +a. for +b. from +c. until +d. since + +2. The children have been in bed ________ 9:00. +a. in +b. from +c. for +d. since + +3. The stores in the mall open ________ 10:00. +a. at +b. for +c. till +d. from + +4. We're going to the gym ________ class. +a. at +b. for +c. after +d. since + +5. Can you be here ________ thirty minutes? +a. at +b. in +c. on +d. to + +6. Can the doctor see me ________ Thursday? +a. on +b. for +c. till +d. from + +--- + +**I. Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not, or is on the line.** + +1. +a. The humidity is high. + +Humidity ________ temperature. +________ a kind of cloud. +________ water in the air. + +b. The weather is cool but the humidity is high. + +Humidity ________ temperature. +________ a kind of cloud. +________ water in the air. + +c. The weather is cool and the sky is clear, but the humidity is high. + +Humidity ________ temperature. +________ a kind of cloud. +________ water in the air. + +2. +a. The man slipped. + +Slipped ________ walked. +________ climbed. +________ fell down. + +b. The man slipped on the sidewalk. + +Slipped ________ walked. +________ climbed. +________ fell down. + +c. The man slipped on the icy sidewalk and couldn't get up. + +Slipped ________ walked. +________ climbed. +________ fell down. + +--- + +**J. Make a new sentence that uses parts of both sentences.** + +EXAMPLE: Bob watched the movie. +It was on TV. +Bob watched the movie on TV. + +1. Nell recommended the clothing store. +It's in the mall. +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Fred is planning a trip. +It's to the mountains. +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. The children loved the movie. +It was about animals. +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Lt Lee always goes to the library. +He goes there to study. +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**K. Write one sentence from two sentences. Use the word in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: +The show ended. +We ate dinner. (after) +After the show ended, we ate dinner. +or +We ate dinner after the show ended. + +1. Herb worked on the car. +He drove it to work. (before) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Fran planned to buy a new dress. +She went to the mall. (when) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. He went to the BX. +He went to the bank. (after) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. He works on his homework. +His wife tells him that dinner's ready. (until) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. It's been a long time. +Henry went to the movies. (since) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 1 + +**A. Listen to a paragraph and select the topic.** + +The paragraph is about ________. + +a. classes and vacations in U.S. schools +b. the best times for vacations in the U.S. +c. teachers and children in U.S. schools + +**B. Listen to a dialog and select the best answer.** + +1. The people are using a ________. + +a. vending machine +b. camera +c. tape recorder + +2. The people are in a ________. + +a. drug store +b. hospital +c. doctor's office + +3. The people are at a ________. + +a. restaurant +b. motel +c. library + +**C. Listen to a paragraph the first time. Write the paragraph on the lines below when you hear it the second time. Check your writing when you hear the paragraph the third time. Be careful to use the correct punctuation.** + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +**D. Write answers to the questions. Use the words in ( ).** + +1. Where have you been going every evening? (the library) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. What have you been doing at the library? (studying math) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Has your roommate been studying after dinner, too? (no, working out at the gym) + +_________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________ + +**E. Complete the questions.** + +1. How long _____________________________________________________ +Steve has been in England for several years. + +2. How long _____________________________________________________ +He's had a job there for a year and a half. + +3. Has __________________________________________________________ +No, he hasn't had any problems. Everything's been OK. + +4. Have _________________________________________________________ +Yes, Steve and I have been friends for a long time. + +**F. Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not or is on the line.** + +She watched the signal. + +A signal ________ a traffic light. +________ a policeman. +________ a symptom. + +She watched the signal at the corner. + +A signal ________ a traffic light. +________ a policeman. +________ a symptom. + +She watched the signal at the corner and saw it turn green. + +A signal ________ a traffic light. +________ a policeman. +________ a symptom. + +**G. Follow the instructions and draw a picture.** + +1. Draw horizontal lines from dot A to dot B and from dot D to dot C. +2. Draw vertical lines from dot D to dot A and from dot C to dot B. +3. Draw a line from dot E perpendicular to line AB. +4. Use straight lines to connect dots D and F, F and E, E and G, and G and C. +5. Connect dot H to I and dot J to dot K. +6. Draw parallel lines from dots H and I perpendicular to line AB and from dots J and K perpendicular to line AB. + +![Diagram with points labeled A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and dashed squares near H, I, J, K](images/page_245_001.jpg) + +What did you draw? _________________________________________________ + +**H. Complete the dialog. Use the words in ( ).** + +**Clerk:** Dr. Bee's office. +**Patient:** This is _________________________________________________ +(your name) (appointment) +_________________________________________________ + +**Clerk:** Is this appointment for a physical? +**Patient:** Yes. _________________________________________________ +(checkup) + +**Clerk:** Are you having any problems? +**Patient:** No. _________________________________________________ +(physical) + +**Clerk:** Is next Thursday at 10 o'clock all right? +**Patient:** Yes. _________________________________________________ +(good) + +--- + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 2 + +A. **Ask and answer questions about the signs.** + +1. ![#1 An octagonal STOP sign](images/page_247_001.jpg) + +2. ![#2 A triangular YIELD sign](images/page_247_002.jpg) + +3. ![#3 A square sign showing a U-turn prohibited symbol](images/page_247_003.jpg) + +4. ![#4 A rectangular ALL-WAY sign](images/page_247_004.jpg) + +5. ![#5 A diamond-shaped pedestrian crossing warning sign](images/page_247_005.jpg) + +6. ![#6 A circular railroad crossing sign with RXR](images/page_247_006.jpg) + +7. ![#7 A rectangular ONE WAY sign with an arrow](images/page_247_007.jpg) + +8. ![#8 A rectangular SPEED LIMIT 55 sign](images/page_247_008.jpg) + +9. ![#9 A diamond-shaped intersection warning sign showing a cross](images/page_247_009.jpg) + +10. ![#10 A school crossing sign showing two children walking](images/page_247_010.jpg) + +--- + +B. **Listen and put the punctuation marks in the correct place.** + +### COLUMNS + +| | A | B | C | D | KEY | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| **1** | | | | | **" "** quotation marks | +| **2** | | | | | **.** period | +| **3** | | | | | **,** comma | +| | | | | | **?** question mark | +| **4** | | | | | **;** semicolon | +| | | | | | **:** colon | + +--- + +C. **Use parts of both sentences to write a new sentence. Use the word in ( ).** + +1. Ted didn't see the car. + It ran the stop sign. (which) + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + ______________________________________________________________________ + +2. The taxi hit a pedestrian. + The pedestrian was crossing the street. (who) + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + ______________________________________________________________________ + +3. Kay's instructor gives her advice. + The advice helps her. (that) + + ______________________________________________________________________ + + ______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +D. **Circle the correct answer.** + +1. The instructor's office ________ a classroom. + a. got + b. became + c. been + +2. A1C Peters will ________ Sgt Peters next month. + a. being + b. get + c. become + +3. Did the children ________ tired on the trip? + a. get + b. became + c. have + +4. Gertrude ________ upset when she makes a mistake. + a. does + b. has + c. gets + +--- + +E. **Match one part of the sentence with the other. Write the correct letter beside the number.** + +_____ 1. The truck missed the pedestrian + +_____ 2. Ed is the instructor + +_____ 3. The yellow light is the signal + +_____ 4. That is the book + +_____ 5. I'd like to find a vending machine + +_____ 6. The driver flashed the red lights + +_____ 7. A headache and cough were the symptoms + +_____ 8. Charlie's is the restaurant + +_____ 9. This is the street + +_____ 10. Helen is the one + +a. which were on the emergency vehicle. + +b. that Marge is reading. + +c. that has good food and good waiters. + +d. that sells ice cream. + +e. who was crossing at the intersection. + +f. who teaches driving lessons. + +g. who is a nurse in Dr. Crocker's office. + +h. that Mary had when she woke up this morning. + +i. which means you should be cautious. + +j. that is one-way. + +--- + +F. **Read the paragraph; then write the topic and the main idea.** + +> Many people don't obey the speed limit. They don't worry about it, but they should. First, they need to realize that they're often not safe drivers when they're trying to get to a place in a hurry. Second, they use more gas than slower drivers. Third, a ticket could cost time and money. Fourth and most important, an accident can cause a lot of pain for everyone who is in it. + +**Topic:** ______________________________________________________________________ + +**Main idea:** ______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 3 + +A. Take a role and read the information. Then make a short conversation about it with another student. + +1. **Customer:** Dissatisfied with motor tune-up after he paid the mechanic for it. + **Mechanic:** Says there is a guarantee, and he will check the engine. + +2. **Customer:** Dissatisfied with cold soup. + **Waiter:** Happy to get a bowl of hot soup. + +3. **Customer:** Wants to return a shirt that is too big. + **Clerk:** Asks for sales slip. + +4. **Customer:** Doesn't like the milk; wants another glass. + **Waiter:** Asks politely, "What's wrong with the milk?" and gets another glass. + +5. **Customer:** Wants to exchange a radio that isn't working. + **Clerk:** Says guarantee ended; store will be happy to repair radio. + +6. **Customer:** Car still stalls after service. + **Mechanic:** Apologizes and tells customer there will not be a charge. + +7. **Customer:** Bought a sweater that's the wrong color. + **Clerk:** Tells the customer that he can exchange the sweater or get credit for it on his account. + +8. **Customer:** Car hasn't had service in a long time. + **Mechanic:** Asks customer to bring car to garage for a checkup. + +9. **Customer:** Wants to change tables because of noise. + **Waiter:** Doesn't have another table right now. + +10. **Customer:** Wants to return a leaky hose. + **Clerk:** Will give a refund. + +B. Listen to a question. Use **too** and the words in your book to answer the question. + +EXAMPLES: +I: Are you going to eat that orange? +no, sour +S: No, it's too sour (to eat). + +I: Can you remember the address? +yes, not difficult +S: Yes, it's not too difficult (to remember). + +1. no, expensive +2. no, early +3. yes, not bitter +4. no, late +5. no, tired +6. no, young +7. yes, not tight +8. yes, not hard +9. no, heavy +10. yes, not dirty + +C. Circle the correct answer. + +1. He called the doctor's office to _______. + a. buy some medicine + b. get some money + c. change his appointment + +2. Fred used a wrench to _______. + a. loosen the nut + b. get a tire + c. fill the gas tank + +3. Hank stopped at the gas station to _______. + a. eat some lunch + b. buy some oil + c. mail some letters + +4. Sue went to the laundry to _______. + a. buy a new dress + b. make a reservation + c. get the clean clothes + +5. Shiela moved to Los Angeles to _______. + a. cash a check + b. find a better job + c. visit a good friend + +D. Add a **-y** suffix to the underlined noun and make a new sentence. + +EXAMPLE: The pilot flew the small plane in the storm. +The pilot flew the small plane in stormy weather. + +1. The car made a lot of noise. +________________________________________________________________________ + +2. There was oil on the garage floor. +________________________________________________________________________ + +3. The sun shines a lot in California. +________________________________________________________________________ + +4. There's too much salt in this soup. +________________________________________________________________________ + +5. Colorado has winters with a lot of snow. +________________________________________________________________________ + +E. Read the paragraph and select the best summary. Then write a title for the paragraph. + +Title: ___________________________________________________________________ + +Garages usually give guarantees with most of their work. The mechanics want satisfied customers. They'll do the work on your car; then they'll work on it again without a charge when there's still a problem. Customers are unhappy when they have to pay for the same thing two times. A dissatisfied customer will usually not return, and he'll also tell all of his friends that they shouldn't go to that garage. + +a. Sometimes a mechanic isn't able to fix all of your car's problems when you bring it in to the garage the first time. + +b. Garages usually guarantee their work because they don't want to lose customers. Most unhappy customers won't return. + +c. Guarantees are important. When garages don't give them, their customers often have to pay for the same work twice. diff --git a/sources/book-11/st-2.md b/sources/book-11/st-2.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..420169c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/st-2.md @@ -0,0 +1,1028 @@ + + +# THIS STREET IS ONE–WAY! BOOK 11 LESSON 2 + +![Cars driving fast and screeching near a ONE WAY sign](images/page_042_001.jpg) + +—FUNCTION— +Is it safe to pass a school bus? +No, not when children are getting on or off the bus. + +—GRAMMAR— +Did anyone go to the game? No, everyone watched it on TV. +Jim got lost on his way to the airport. +I'm the one who wrote the letter; he's the person that signed it. + +—SKILLS— +What time did John say to meet him at the mall? +The comma is in column A, row 2. +Write the main idea. +I'd like to meet the people. They wrote these textbooks. +I'd like to meet the people who wrote these textbooks. + +—VOCABULARY— + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| become/became | ahead | caution | +| confuse | ahead of | crossing | +| fail (to) | anybody | instructor | +| flash | cautions/cautiously | intersection | +| follow | lost | lane | +| get/got | nervous | mind | +| mean | no one | pedestrian | +| pass | nobody | railroad | +| pull over | one-way | right-of-way | +| signal | relaxed | sidewalk | +| slow down/up | somebody | sign | +| speed/sped (up) | that | signal | +| yield | two-way | speed | +| | which | speed limit | +| | who | steering wheel | +| | | stop sign | +| | | turn | +| in advance | | way | +| miles per hour (m.p.h.) | | | + +--- + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 11 LESSON 2 + +| | Page | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** streets and highways, signs and signals | 41 | +| **LISTENING SKILL:** oral statements of location (complete grid) | 45 | +| **VOCABULARY:** driving lessons | 46 | +| **VOCABULARY:** somebody, anybody, no one, nobody | 54 | +| **GRAMMAR:** indefinite pronouns | 56 | +| **LISTENING SKILLS:**
oral text (write topic)
oral text (write main idea) |
60
60 | +| **GRAMMAR:** linking verbs (become, get) | 61 | +| **FUNCTION:** asking for and giving information about safety | 65 | +| **GRAMMAR:** adjective clauses (that, which, who) | 72 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** two related sentences (combine to form one sentence with a dependent and an independent clause) | 76 | +| **READING SKILL:**
written text (select title)
written text (write main idea) |
78
78 | + +# Vocabulary + +### STREETS AND HIGHWAYS, SIGNS AND SIGNALS + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +1. +![#1 Top-down view of cars driving along marked lanes on a highway or street](images/page_044_001.jpg) + +Yellow and white lines mark the lanes on streets and highways. + +You should stay in the right lane until you want to pass or go around another car. + +2. +![#2 A standard traffic light with three circular signals](images/page_044_002.jpg) + +The red light means stop, and the green light means go. + +When you see a yellow light, use caution. Be careful, because the light will turn red in a few seconds. + +3. +![#3 A collection of various road signs including STOP, NO U TURN, ONE WAY, YIELD, right turn, and 25 MPH](images/page_044_003.jpg) + +A sign gives information or directions. Many signs tell drivers that they can't do something. Other signs show them that they can. + +You should follow the directions on highway and street signs. + +Sometimes signs show that you must make a turn slowly. + +4. +![#4 A rectangular road sign stating SPEED LIMIT 55](images/page_045_001.jpg) + +The speed limit on the highways is 55 or 65 miles per hour. + +The speed limit on city streets is usually 30 or 35 m.p.h. + +5. +![#5 An octagonal STOP sign](images/page_045_002.jpg) + +A stop sign means that you must make a complete stop. + +Don't just slow down. + +6. +![#6 A driver extending his left arm straight out of the car window to signal a left turn](images/page_045_003.jpg) + +You may use signal lights or hand and arm signals. + +This man is signaling because he's going to turn left. + +7. +![#7 A view of cars merging onto a highway near a triangular YIELD sign](images/page_045_004.jpg) + +A yield sign tells you that you may have to slow down or stop. + +When you see a yield sign, you must give the right-of-way to other vehicles. + +# TOO MANY SIGNS AND SIGNALS + +![#1 An intersection scene with a street sign and traffic light](images/page_046_001.jpg) +![#2 A driver looking into the rear-view mirror while driving](images/page_046_002.jpg) +![#3 A railroad crossing sign with tracks and a car passing](images/page_046_003.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the story. + +Mark usually only drives on the highway with his father. Because he knows that he'll have to learn how to drive downtown sometime, he decided to try it this morning. He looked at a city street map in advance, but that didn't help him when he got downtown. The heavy traffic and all of the signs and signals there confused him. + +First, he drove the wrong way for two blocks on a one-way street. He turned and got on a two-way street at the next intersection. Then he saw that some red and blue lights were flashing off and on behind him. Finally he realized that an emergency vehicle was following him. He had to slow down and pull over to the side of the road while it passed. + +Then he came to a railroad crossing. The lights there were flashing, too. He knew that signal meant that he had to stop because a train was coming. He looked both ways, but he couldn't see it yet. He crossed the tracks carefully. Then he decided to go home. He was tired of trying to drive and watch signs and signals at the same time. He'll try it again another day. + +# WHAT KIND OF STREET IS THIS? + +Answer the question about the picture. + +EXAMPLE: Picture 1. Two streets cross here. What is it called? +It's called an intersection. + +![#1 A street scene showing an intersection with a ONE WAY sign and traffic light](images/page_047_001.jpg) +![#2 An octagonal STOP sign](images/page_047_002.jpg) +![#3 A car driver extending his arm out the window to signal](images/page_047_003.jpg) +![#4 Cars driving in designated lanes on a road](images/page_047_004.jpg) +![#5 Cars merging on a highway near a YIELD sign](images/page_047_005.jpg) +![#6 A rectangular sign showing SPEED LIMIT 55](images/page_047_006.jpg) +![#7 A driver's view from inside a car looking into the rear-view mirror](images/page_047_007.jpg) +![#8 A RAILROAD CROSSING sign with tracks in front of a car](images/page_047_008.jpg) +![#9 An intersection with traffic lights and a ONE WAY sign](images/page_047_009.jpg) +![#10 A group of traffic signs including STOP, NO U TURN, ONE WAY, YIELD, right turn arrow, and 25 MPH](images/page_048_001.jpg) +![#11 A standard three-light traffic signal light hanging vertically](images/page_048_002.jpg) +![#12 Two cars on a two-way street traveling in opposite directions indicated by arrows](images/page_048_003.jpg) + +# Listening Skill + +PUT THE PUNCTUATION MARK IN THE BOX. + +Listen and put the punctuation mark in the correct box. Use the key to help you. + +### COLUMNS + +| | A | B | C | KEY | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **1** | | | | **:** colon | +| **2** | | | | **,** comma | +| | | | | **!** exclamation mark | +| **3** | | | | **-** hyphen | +| | | | | **( )** parentheses | +| | | | | **.** period | +| **4** | | | | **" "** quotation marks | +| | | | | **;** semicolon | + +--- + +## Vocabulary + +### YOU NEED DRIVING LESSONS! + +![Lynn talking to Carl, with thought bubbles above them: one shows Lynn terrified while gripping the steering wheel, and another shows a male driving instructor teaching a calm Lynn how to drive.](images/page_049_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words; then read the dialog. + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Lynn:** | I get nervous when I drive. I just can't be relaxed when I'm behind the steering wheel! | +| **Carl:** | Maybe you should take driving lessons from a good instructor. | +| **Lynn:** | Yes, maybe I should. | + +![A car with a sign on top reading "CAUTION STUDENT DRIVER" driving on a curved road towards a sharp right turn sign.](images/page_049_002.jpg) + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Instructor:** | Slow down, Miss Jay, or you won't be able to make this turn safely. You must turn cautiously. | +| **Lynn:** | What's a good speed for a turn? | +| **Instructor:** | Ten miles per hour is usually best. | + +![Lynn talking to Carl, with a thought bubble above Lynn showing her happily driving a car while relaxed.](images/page_050_001.jpg) + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Carl:** | Do you think you know the right way to drive now? Did you become less nervous after your lessons? | +| **Lynn:** | Yes. I learned to keep my mind on the traffic. I think only about my driving. | +| **Carl:** | I'm glad the instructor was able to help you. | + +Ask and answer these questions about the dialogs. + +1. How does Lynn feel when she is behind the steering wheel? +2. What did Carl think she should do? +3. What did the instructor tell Lynn to do? +4. What speed did he say was best for a turn? +5. Did Lynn become less nervous after her lessons? + +--- + +### I GOT LOST! + +![Lynn and Carl talking, with thought bubbles above Lynn: one shows a car speeding past a motorcycle, and another shows Lynn getting a traffic ticket from a police officer.](images/page_051_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words; then read the dialog. + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Lynn:** | I tried to find the new mall yesterday, but I wasn't able to. I drove around the city for an hour or more. | +| **Carl:** | Why? Did you get lost? | +| **Lynn:** | Yes, and I was in a hurry, too. When I finally found my way, I sped up. Then I saw a policeman ahead. | +| **Carl:** | Did you slow up? | +| **Lynn:** | I tried, but it was too late. I was still speeding when I passed him. | +| **Carl:** | Did he pull you over? | +| **Lynn:** | He sure did! He gave me a ticket because I failed to obey the speed limit. | +| **Carl:** | I'm sorry about the ticket, but you should be more cautious. You can't be careless when you're driving. | + +--- + +Ask and answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. What happened to Lynn yesterday? +2. Was she driving faster than the speed limit? +3. Did she see a police car behind her? +4. What did she try to do when she saw the policeman? +5. What did the policeman do? +6. What did Carl tell her? + +--- + +### THE CARELESS PEDESTRIAN + +![A street scene where a pedestrian (Albert) has been hit by a car in front of a traffic light; a driver steps out of the car, and an ambulance is nearby with bystanders watching.](images/page_053_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words and listen to the paragraph. Then read the paragraph. + +A few minutes ago, Albert was walking from the bus stop to his office. He was late for work and wanted to walk faster, but he couldn't. There were too many people ahead of him on the sidewalk. When he saw that there were fewer pedestrians on the other side, he decided to cross the street. He stepped in front of a car, and the driver couldn't stop in time. Now he's hurt. + +Ask and answer questions about the paragraph. + +1. Was Albert a driver or a pedestrian? +2. Where were he and the other people walking? +3. Were there too many people following him? +4. Did he make it to the other side? +5. What happened to Albert? +6. Could the driver stop when he saw Albert in front of the car? + +--- + +### ADVICE FOR PEDESTRIANS + +Complete the sentence. Use one of the words in the box. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| intersections | left | yield | signal | +| right-of-way | ways | street | pedestrians | + +1. Obey all signals for _______________ and traffic. +2. Do not cross the street between two _______________. +3. Use sidewalks. Do not walk in the _______________. +4. When there are no sidewalks, walk on the _______________ side of the road. +5. Be cautious. Drivers may not always be able to _______________ to pedestrians. +6. Don't stand in the street when the light is red or the _______________ says "Don't walk." Wait on the sidewalk. +7. Look both _______________ before you cross the street. +8. Remember that pedestrians must yield the _______________ to all vehicles when they cross the street between intersections. + +--- + +# THE WAY TO DRIVE SAFELY + +Match the sentences on the left with the sentences on the right. + +___ 1. Keep your eyes and your mind on the road. +a. Jan always signals when she is going to change lanes or make a turn. + +___ 2. Obey traffic laws. +b. Ann takes her car to a mechanic for a checkup every few months. When something's wrong, he fixes or replaces it. + +___ 3. Keep your car in good shape. +c. When he drives, Steve thinks about the traffic and watches the road. + +___ 4. Signal when you turn or stop. +d. Bill always holds the steering wheel with both hands. + +___ 5. Wear seat belts. +e. Sam is always cautious. He watches and follows the signs and signals. + +___ 6. Watch for pedestrians. +f. Buses stop at all railroad crossings. + +___ 7. Slow down and be ready to stop at railroad crossings. +g. Cal always buckles up. + +___ 8. Keep your hands on the steering wheel. +h. When he's driving where other people are walking, Robert is very cautious. + +# Vocabulary + +### WOULD ANYBODY LIKE SOME COFFEE? + +![A group of people sitting at a dining table while a waiter holds a coffee pot and speaks to them](images/page_057_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words; then read the dialogs. + +1. **Waiter:** Would anybody like some coffee? + **Martin:** Yes, I think two of us would. + +2. **Waiter:** Did somebody order tea? + **Martha:** Yes, I asked for tea. + +3. **Waiter:** Can I get someone a glass of water? + **Morton:** No, thank you. Nobody needs water right now. + +4. **Waiter:** Is anyone ready to order dessert? + **Marian:** No, no one has finished eating yet. + +### SOMEONE CALLED WHILE YOU WERE OUT. + +Circle the correct answer. + +1. No one saw the accident. + a. A person + b. Not one person + +2. Anybody could pass this test. + a. Any person + b. Many people + +3. Somebody called after you left. + a. One person + b. Some people + +4. No one left before midnight. + a. Everybody stayed until midnight. + b. A few people stayed until midnight. + +5. Nobody was awake when Jim got home. + a. Someone was asleep. + b. Everyone was asleep. + +# Grammar + +### INDEFINITE PRONOUNS + +> **Someone and somebody are used in affirmative statements and questions.** +> +> **EXAMPLES:** +> Someone wants to speak to you on the phone. +> Somebody forgot to put gas in the car. +> +> Can someone please take this book to the library? +> Has somebody been using my pen without asking me? + +> **No one and nobody are used in affirmative statements.** +> +> **EXAMPLES:** +> No one wants to leave before the general does. +> The weather was awful; nobody got to work on time. + +> **Anyone and anybody are usually used in negative statements and in affirmative and negative questions. They are sometimes used in affirmative statements.** +> +> **EXAMPLES:** +> I didn't know anyone at the party last night. +> +> Can anyone give me a ride home after class? +> Was anybody in the office when you got there? +> Doesn't anyone have a pencil? +> +> Anybody can learn another language. + +### DOES ANYONE HERE SPEAK ENGLISH? + +Repeat the sentences. + +![An empty office with desks and file cabinets](images/page_060_001.jpg) +There was no one/nobody in Colonel Mitchell's office. + +![A military officer talking to another man in front of a building with oriental characters on a sign](images/page_060_002.jpg) +Does anybody/anyone here speak English? + +![A woman with a coat over her arm trying to open a door while carrying bags](images/page_060_003.jpg) +Will somebody/someone please open the door? + +### NO ONE FAILED THE TEST. + +1. Did **anyone** fail the test? +2. **Nobody** failed the exam. +3. Can **somebody** help me? +4. **No one** went to Jean's party. +5. **Nobody** wants to work for Mr. Grouch. +6. **Anybody** can learn to drive. +7. Would **anyone** like to have dessert? +8. I don't think **anyone** arrived on time today. +9. Will **someone** be there at 3:00? +10. There was **no one** in the captain's office. + +--- + +**WILL SOMEONE MEET ME AT THE AIRPORT?** + +Ask and answer the questions. When you answer, use the word in ( ) and anyone, anybody, someone, somebody, no one, or nobody. + +EXAMPLES: Will someone meet me at the airport? (yes) +Yes, someone will meet you there. + +Has anyone told Mark about the test tomorrow? (no) +No, no one's told him about it. + +1. Was anyone hurt in the accident? (no) + +2. Did someone call the police? (yes) + +3. Are you looking for somebody? (no) + +4. Did anybody call while I was out? (yes) + +5. Could anyone answer the question? (no) + +6. Will someone be in the office on Saturday? (yes) + +7. Does anybody have change for a hundred-dollar bill? (no) + +8. Would anyone like to go to the commissary with me? (no) + +9. Does anybody know Janet's new telephone number? (yes) + +10. Does anyone have an extra ticket to the soccer game? (yes) + +*** + +**JIM DIDN'T SEE ANYBODY IN THE CLASSROOM.** + +Circle the correct answer. + +1. When I called the library, ______ answered the phone. + + a. anybody + b. nobody + +2. ______ wanted to walk home from school in the rain. + + a. No one + b. Anyone + +3. Could ______ please help me for a minute? + + a. somebody + b. nobody + +4. ______ wants to eat at that restaurant again. + + a. No one + b. Anybody + +5. ______ will be at the airport by 2:30. + + a. Anyone + b. Someone + +6. ______ wears a suit to a picnic. + + a. Anybody + b. Nobody + +7. Captain Ramos won't talk to ______ about the accident. + + a. anybody + b. somebody + +8. Did ______ watch the baseball game last night? + + a. nobody + b. anyone + +*** + +# Listening Skill + +**WHAT'S THE TOPIC OF THE PARAGRAPH?** +**WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA?** + +Listen to a paragraph three times. The first time, write the topic of the paragraph. The second time, write the main idea of the paragraph. The third time, check your work. + +1. Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + + Main idea: ______________________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________________________ + +2. Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + + Main idea: ______________________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + + Main idea: ______________________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________________________ + +*** + +# Grammar + +**BECOME AND GET** + +Become and get are used as linking verbs to show a change in state or condition. + +| SUBJECT | LINKING VERB | SUBJECT COMPLEMENT | +|---|---|---| +| Most captains | **become** | majors. (noun) | +| The homework | **became** / **got** | confusing. (adjective) | + +**SOME STUDENTS GET NERVOUS BEFORE A TEST.** + +Read the sentences. + +1. Do you **get** nervous before a test? + +2. The children **became** tired of sightseeing. + +3. Kevin **got** lost on his way to Howard's house. + +4. When will Lieutenant Burns **become** a captain? + +5. Peter **became** a doctor after ten years of school. + +6. Ted doesn't **get** upset when he's late for class. + +7. Bob's clothes **get** dirty when he works on his car. + +8. The major **becomes** very angry when someone lies to him. + +*** + +**RALPH GETS TIRED AFTER A LONG GAME.** + +![Two men, James and Ralph, talking outside the GYMNASIUM building.](images/page_065_001.jpg) + +Read the dialog. + +**James:** Hi, Ralph. You sure look tired. + +**Ralph:** I know. I **get** tired after a long game. + +**James:** Why do you play so much basketball? + +**Ralph:** I enjoy it, and I want to **become** good at it. + +**James:** You already play well. + +**Ralph:** Thanks, but I want to **get** better. What are you doing? + +**James:** I'm **getting** ready to work out. + +**Ralph:** Why do you work out? Do you want to **become** the strongest man in town? + +**James:** No, I'm just trying to **become** a healthier person. + +**Ralph:** I heard that you **got** really sick last month. + +**James:** I did, but I'm **getting** well again fast. + +*** + +**HAROLD GOT SICK AT SCHOOL.** + +Ask and answer questions about the sentences. Use the word(s) in ( ). + +EXAMPLES: Harold got sick at work today. + +(tired) +Did Harold get tired at work today? +(no) +No, he got sick. + +Jan gets upset when she fails a test. + +(upset) +Does Jan get upset when she fails a test? +(yes, very) +Yes, she gets very upset. + +1. Jim gets nervous when he drives downtown. + + (nervous) + (yes, very) + +2. This restaurant becomes crowded at noon. + + (in the evening) + (no) + +3. Don got lost because he forgot the map. + + (address) + (no) + +4. The movie gets more interesting. + + (interesting) + (yes, near the end) + +5. Lt Keith will become a captain on Monday. + + (Friday) + (no) + +--- + +6. I think this job will get easier. + + (more difficult) + (no) + +7. Mark became a cautious driver after his accident. + + (cautious) + (yes, very) + +8. The weather here gets more pleasant in the fall. + + (summer) + (no) + +9. Ken became upset when the waitress spilled the coffee. + + (water) + (no) + +10. Patrick got angry when he saw the ticket on his car. + + (angry) + (yes, very) + +--- + +# Function + +### DRIVING SCHOOL + +![An instructor in a uniform speaking to students in a driving school classroom in front of a sign that reads "DEFENSIVE DRIVING"](images/page_068_001.jpg) + +Read the paragraphs. Then answer the instructor's questions. + +Why is Max in a classroom on Saturday morning? Well, last Saturday evening while he was driving downtown on his way to a party, he saw that red lights were flashing behind him. At first he thought an emergency vehicle was following him. Then he realized it was a policeman. He pulled over, lowered his window, and asked "What's the matter, officer?" + +The policeman answered, "You were speeding. Also, you failed to use your turn signal when you changed lanes." The policeman gave Max a ticket and told him he could pay the fine or go to a driving school. Max chose to go to the driving school because it cost less than the fine. Now he's listening to the instructor's advice. + +--- + +### BE A CAUTIOUS DRIVER. + +Repeat the sentences. + +1. Obey all traffic signs. + +2. Slow down when the weather is bad. + +3. Look both ways before you cross an intersection. + +4. Keep your car in good shape. + +5. Keep your mind on your driving and your eyes on the road. + +6. Keep both hands on the steering wheel. + +7. Always signal when you change lanes. + +8. Don't drive when you're tired, upset, or sick. + +9. Always yield to pedestrians. + +10. Never pass a car on the right. + +11. Don't pass a car on a hill or a curve. + +12. Don't park on a highway; pull over to the side of the road. + +--- + +### TRAFFIC SIGNS + +1. You must STOP before the intersection. You mustn't just slow down. + +![A standard octagonal red STOP sign](images/page_070_001.jpg) +stop sign + +2. Give the right-of-way to vehicles on the other road. You must slow down or stop. + +![An inverted triangular red and white YIELD sign](images/page_070_002.jpg) +yield sign + +3. You may not make a U-turn* when you see a sign like this. + +![A square sign showing a U-turn arrow inside a red circle with a slash through it](images/page_070_003.jpg) +no U-turn + +4. All vehicles must stop at the intersection. These signs are always with a stop sign. + +![A rectangular sign reading ALL-WAY](images/page_070_004.jpg) +all-way + +\*make a U-turn = to turn and go in the opposite direction + +--- + +5. Pedestrians may cross the street here. Slow down and watch for them. Be ready to stop. + +![A diamond-shaped sign with a symbol of a person walking across a pedestrian crosswalk](images/page_071_001.jpg) +pedestrian crossing + +6. Slow down and look both ways. When a train is coming, STOP. + +![A circular sign with a large X and two 'R' letters representing a railroad crossing](images/page_071_002.jpg) +railroad crossing + +7. Traffic moves only one way on a street with a sign like this. You may turn only in that direction. + +![A rectangular sign with a right-pointing arrow reading ONE WAY inside it](images/page_071_003.jpg) +one-way + +8. This sign tells you the speed limit (in miles per hour) for the street or highway. You should not drive faster than the speed limit. + +![A rectangular sign reading SPEED LIMIT 55](images/page_071_004.jpg) +speed limit + +9. There is a crossroad ahead. Look to the right and left for other traffic. + +![A diamond-shaped sign with a black plus sign inside, indicating a crossroad](images/page_071_005.jpg) +crossroad + +--- + +10. You are near a school. Slow down and be ready to stop. Watch for children! + +![#10 A diamond-shaped yellow warning sign showing silhouettes of two children walking](images/page_072_001.jpg) +school + +### STOP AND LOOK BOTH WAYS! + +1. **Instructor:** What should you do when a red light is flashing? + **Student:** Stop, look both ways, and drive cautiously. + +2. **Instructor:** What should you do when a yellow light is flashing? + **Student:** Slow down and drive with caution. + +3. **Instructor:** What does a yield sign mean? + **Student:** Wait for the other car to go first. + +4. **Instructor:** What should you do when you see a stop sign? + **Student:** Stop, look both ways, and drive with caution. + +5. **Instructor:** When should you pull over? + **Student:** When the lights on an emergency vehicle are flashing. + +6. **Instructor:** What should you do when a school bus stops? + **Student:** Don't pass it. Stop and wait while the red lights on the bus are flashing. + +7. **Instructor:** What does an all-way stop sign mean? + **Student:** All traffic must stop at the intersection. + +--- + +8. Instructor: What do you do at a railroad crossing? +Student: Slow down, look both ways, and drive with caution. + +9. Instructor: Tell me when it's not safe to pass another car. +Student: It's not safe to pass on a hill or a curved road when the yellow stripe is in your lane. + +10. Instructor: Do you know what an all-way stop sign means? +Student: Yes, all cars must stop at that intersection. + +### WHAT DOES THE SIGN MEAN? + +Ask and answer questions about the signs. + +EXAMPLES: + +![#A crossroad traffic sign consisting of a black plus sign inside a diamond shape](images/page_073_001.jpg) + +What is this sign? +It's a crossroad sign. + +What does it mean? +There's an intersection ahead. + +What should you do when you see it? +Look both ways for other traffic. + +1. ![#1 A upside-down triangular yield traffic sign with the word YIELD in white text on a black background](images/page_073_002.jpg) + +2. ![#2 A diamond-shaped pedestrian sign depicting two children walking](images/page_073_003.jpg) + +3. ![#3 A rectangular ONE WAY sign with an arrow pointing right](images/page_074_001.jpg) + +4. ![#4 A circular railroad crossing sign with an X and the letters R R](images/page_074_002.jpg) + +5. ![#5 An octagonal STOP sign with white border and STOP written in white on black background](images/page_074_003.jpg) + +6. ![#6 A diamond-shaped pedestrian crossing sign showing a person walking on a crosswalk](images/page_074_004.jpg) + +7. ![#7 A square sign showing a black U-turn arrow crossed out by a diagonal line](images/page_074_005.jpg) + +8. ![#8 A rectangular speed limit sign reading SPEED LIMIT 50](images/page_074_006.jpg) + +# Grammar + +### ADJECTIVE CLAUSES + +> An adjective clause is group of words that describes a noun or pronoun. Adjective clauses begin with who, which, or that. +> +> Who refers to people. +> Which refers to things. +> That refers to both people and things. + +| | | ADJECTIVE CLAUSE | +|---|---|---| +| Ms. Steves is the one | who | teaches Spanish. | +| Roper's is the store | which | sells tires. | +| This is the watch | that | broke last week. | +| Mr. Dial is the man | that | fixed it for me. | + +### WALTER IS THE ONE WHO SELLS CARS. + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Which apartment do you like? +I like the one **that** has the big kitchen. + +2. Did you call the sergeant yesterday? +No, I wasn't the person **that** called him. + +3. What kind of car do you want? +I want a car **which** doesn't use much gas. + +4. Did you pass the test? +I'm the only student **who** passed it. + +5. Is that the shirt **that** has chocolate on it? +No, it's the shirt **which** has tomato juice on it. + +### THAT'S THE CLERK WHO HELPED ME. + +Match the words in Column A with the words in Column B. Write the correct letter in the blank. + +| Column A | | Column B | +|---|---|---| +| _____ 1. | This little restaurant is the place | a. who gave me a traffic ticket last week. | +| _____ 2. | The woman over there is the clerk | b. that sells delicious hamburgers. | +| _____ 3. | Joan has an old car | c. that smells so good. | +| _____ 4. | Flight 123 is the one | d. who sold me this camera. | +| _____ 5. | Sgt Mason is the policeman | e. who gave me a physical last week. | +| _____ 6. | WEARS is the men's clothing store | f. that always has a flat tire. | +| _____ 7. | The red flower is the one | g. which is arriving now at Gate 4. | +| _____ 8. | Maj Jackson is the doctor | h. which sells the most expensive suits. | + +### IS THIS THE UNIFORM THAT'S TOO LARGE FOR YOU? + +Ask and answer the questions. When you answer a question, use the words in ( ). + +EXAMPLES: +Is this the hat that's too big for you? (no, small) +No, it's the one that's too small. + +Do you know the name of the man who helped you? (yes) +Yes, I know the name of the man who helped me. + +1. Do you remember the clerk who sold you the radio? (yes) + +2. Is this the TV show that's always so boring? (no, exciting) + +3. Does Sara know the person that wrote the letter? (yes) + +4. Was Dennis on the flight which left at noon? (no, ten minutes ago.) + +5. Are you buying the jacket that has the silver buttons? (no, gold) + +6. Does Maj West know the general who's visiting the base next week? (yes) + +7. Are you the salesman who answered the phone? (no, Mr. Garza) + +8. Is this a store which sells old books and magazines? (no, new) + +9. Is she the airman who wants to become a mechanic? (no, pilot) + +10. Is there a restaurant here that serves good fish? (yes) + +### THE PEN THAT'S ON THE TABLE IS MINE. + +Complete the sentence. Use **who**, **which**, or **that** and the words that are given. + +EXAMPLES: +is/on table +The pen which is/that's on the table is mine. + +go/to mall +This is the bus that/which goes to the mall. + +flew/plane +The lieutenant is the one who flew the plane. + +1. just passed/us +The driver ________________________ was speeding. + +2. is/in parking lot +The truck ________________________ is Bob's. + +3. helped/me/yesterday +The clerk ________________________ was very polite. + +4. was/on TV/last week +This is the same show ________________________ + +5. came/in the mail/today +That's the magazine ________________________ + +6. took us/airport +He's the taxi driver ________________________ + +--- + +7. will graduate/Thursday + These are the students __________________________________________________ + +8. goes/to Chicago + Flight 123 is the one __________________________________________________ + +9. made/reservation + Mr. Jones is the travel agent __________________________________________ + +10. taught me/speak Spanish + My grandfather is the person __________________________________________ + +# Writing Skill + +**PUT TWO SENTENCES TOGETHER.** + +Write one sentence from two sentences. Use **who**, **which**, or **that** in the new sentence. + +EXAMPLES: +That's the truck. It hit my car. +That's the truck which/that hit my car. + +The students passed the test. They studied. +The students who studied passed the test. + +1. This is the bus. It goes downtown. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +2. That's the apartment. I live in it now. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +3. I can't find the clerk. He helped me. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +4. Two cars hit the stop sign. It was on this corner. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +5. The first exam is the one. It's the hardest. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +6. Dr. Clark is the one. She gave me this medicine. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +7. The driver missed the turn. He was speeding. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +8. The car belongs to his brother. Paul's driving it. +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +# Reading Skill + +**WHAT'S THE TOPIC OF THE PARAGRAPH?** +**WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA?** + +Read the paragraph; then write the topic and the main (most important) idea. + +EXAMPLE: +A fever can be a symptom of other problems. A fever with an earache can mean that the person needs to see a doctor and take stronger medicine. A fever with a cough, a runny nose, and body aches can be more than just a cold. A fever and a stomachache together can be really bad. + +Topic: fever + +Main idea: A fever can mean that there are other problems. + +1. When you have colds, don't give them to other people. Cover your nose when you sneeze, and cover your mouth when you cough. Take your medicine, and follow your doctor's advice. When you have a fever, or your cold gets worse, stay home and rest. You'll get well quicker, and your friends and family will be happier. They don't want to catch your cold. + +Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: __________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________ + +2. "Be careful of the driver in the car behind the car ahead of you." This sentence looks confusing, but it's one of the most important rules in safe driving. Other drivers aren't the only ones who might be careless; we might make a careless mistake on the highway, too. We should worry about other drivers, but we should also be sure that we're driving cautiously. + +Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: __________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________ + +3. Many things tell us what a speed limit sign should say. One of them is the number of people who use the street, road, or highway. Another is the places that those people are going to. Are they traveling to work or to their homes? Are they on vacation? The kind of street, road, or highway also decides the speed limit. A high speed limit isn't safe on a narrow, curved road with only two lanes. Because a wide, straight road with many lanes is safer, the speed limit on it can be higher. + +Topic: __________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: __________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________ diff --git a/sources/book-11/st-3.md b/sources/book-11/st-3.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1507b851 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/st-3.md @@ -0,0 +1,926 @@ + + +# PLEASE GIVE ME A REFUND. BOOK 11 LESSON 3 + +![A man holding a broken tennis racket showing it to a clerk standing behind a counter in a store](images/page_083_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +When I tried to use this, it broke. +Would you like to exchange it for another one? +No, I'd like a refund, please. + +### GRAMMAR +The coffee is still too hot to drink. +He didn't go to the BX to buy anything. He went to cash a check. +They drove cautiously on the snowy streets and icy roads. + +### SKILLS +Listen and write. +Follow the instructions and draw something. +What's the most important idea in the paragraph? +What is the topic? Write a title for the paragraph. + +### VOCABULARY + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| charge | dissatisfied | brake | motor | +| credit | greasy | bug | noise | +| exchange | leaky | charge | oil | +| give/gave back | noisy | credit | part | +| grease | oily | engine | refund | +| guarantee | satisfied | fly | sales slip | +| leak | too | grease | satisfaction | +| oil | unhappy | guarantee | service | +| refund | | hose | tune-up | +| satisfy | -y | leak | | +| stall | | | | +| tune up | | | | +| warm (up) | on sale | | | + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 11 LESSON 3 + +| | Page | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** automobile repairs and service | 83 | +| **READING SKILL:** draw objects (follow written instructions) | 90 | +| **VOCABULARY:** dissatisfied customers | 92 | +| **GRAMMAR:** too + predicate adjective + to-infinitive | 97 | +| **READING SKILLS:**
written text (write topic)
written text (write main idea)
written text (write title) |
101
101
101 | +| **FUNCTION:** expressing dissatisfaction with services rendered/merchandise purchased | 103 | +| **GRAMMAR:** infinitive phrase of purpose | 111 | +| **GRAMMAR:** -y suffix (nouns --> adjectives) | 115 | +| **READING SKILL:** written text (select summary) | 118 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** dictation of a paragraph | 120 | + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### WHAT'S THAT NOISE? + +![Two women standing near a car with its hood open, discussing the car's motor issues](images/page_085_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words and listen to the dialog. Read the dialog; then answer the instructor's questions. + +**Nell:** I think something's wrong with the car, Pat. The engine sounds different. Listen to that noise. + +**Pat:** You're right, Nell. The engine's very noisy. It stalled this morning, too. In fact, it stopped twice. + +**Nell:** Maybe it was cold. Did you let it warm up before you tried to drive the car? + +**Pat:** Yes, I started the motor ten minutes before I left. I'm sure it got warm. + +**Nell:** I think you should take your car to a garage or a gas station for service. A mechanic can repair the engine and tune it up for you. + +--- + +**Pat:** That's a good idea. It hasn't had a tune-up in a long time. Maybe that will solve the problem. + +### PAT'S CAR STALLS. + +Circle the correct answer. + +1. The car stalls. + a. It stops when it shouldn't. + b. It doesn't stop when it should. + +2. There's a different noise in the engine. + a. piece + b. sound + +3. The engine's noisy. + a. It makes a lot of noise. + b. It makes the wrong noise. + +4. Someone needs to tune up the motor. + a. replace + b. work on + +5. When the engine isn't operating, Pat can't ________ her car. + a. drive + b. get in + +6. In an automobile, an engine is also called a ________. + a. motor + b. service + +7. An engine doesn't work well when it's cold; it needs to ________. + a. tune up + b. warm up + +8. The mechanics at Ace Garage always give their customers good service. + a. Their work is always good. + b. Their prices are always low. + +--- + +### MY CAR STALLED TWICE TODAY. + +Repeat the underlined words. Listen to the dialog; then read it. + +**Sam:** Ace Garage, Sam speaking. Can I help you? + +**Pat:** Yes, this is Ms. Jones. My car stalled twice this morning, and the engine's making a different kind of noise. + +**Sam:** Bring it to the garage in the morning, Ms. Jones, and I'll check the engine and tune it up for you. Is anything else wrong? + +**Pat:** Yes, as a matter of fact. The brakes don't feel right when I use them, and the car doesn't stop well. + +**Sam:** I'll be glad to check the brakes, too. + +**Pat:** Thank you. I may not be able to pay for all of this work right away. Can you tell me how much you'll charge for it? + +**Sam:** I won't know until I look at your car. I may need to replace some of the old parts in the engine or the brakes. + +**Pat:** Will I be able to charge everything to my account? + +**Sam:** Yes, ma'am. Regular customers like you can always get credit. You can put the charges on your account or use a bank credit card. + +**Pat:** Do you guarantee your work? + +--- + +**Sam:** I certainly do. I give all my customers a guarantee that's good for 30 days. When I fail to do a job right the first time, I repair the car again and don't charge the customer anything. + +Answer the questions about the dialog. + +1. Why doesn't Pat's car stop well? +2. How much money will the mechanic charge Pat for his work? +3. Will Sam need to replace anything in the engine or brakes? +4. Pat may not have enough money to pay the mechanic's bill right away. What can she do? +5. What can regular customers like Pat always get? +6. How can Pat use her credit at the garage? +7. When Sam's customers have to ask him to fix the same thing twice in one month, he doesn't charge them again for his work. Why not? +8. What does Sam give his customers? + +--- + +### AN OIL CHANGE AND A GREASE JOB + +![A mechanic under a raised car pouring motor oil into the engine and preparing to apply grease](images/page_089_001.jpg) + +Read the paragraphs silently. Then ask and answer the questions. + +After he drives 3,000 miles, Larry changes the oil in his car. He uses five or six quarts to oil the parts that move inside the engine. He knows that the oil is very important; the engine won't operate long without it. + +Larry can change the oil in his car, but he has to ask a mechanic to grease the front end for him. The mechanic puts the car in the garage and raises it five or six feet from the floor. Then he puts grease inside all of the places that need it. + +1. What does Larry do after he drives 3,000 miles? +2. How much oil does his engine need? +3. What does the oil do inside the engine? +4. Why is the oil important? +5. What does Larry have to ask a mechanic to do for him? +6. After he's raised the car, what does the mechanic do? + +--- + +### THE ENGINE NEEDS TWO QUARTS OF OIL. + +Complete the sentences. Use all of the words in the box. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| brake | credit | greased | oil | +| charge | credited | guarantee | oiled | +| charges | grease | guarantees | part | + +1. Stan put ten gallons of gas and two quarts of ________ in his car. +2. Many restaurants use hot ________ to cook French fries. +3. The store that sells these tools ________ them. +4. At this motel, there is no ________ for children under the age of 12. +5. When Linda doesn't want to pay cash for something, she ________ it. +6. The food won't stick to the pan because the cook ________ it before he used it. +7. When you park your car on a hill, you should use the emergency ________. +8. Pat can't pay all of the mechanic's bill this month; she can pay only ________ of it. + +--- + +9. It took the Smiths four years to pay for their car because they bought it on ____________________. + +10. Before Ken ____________________ the lock, it was difficult to open the door. Now it's easy. + +11. These tires should be good for several years. There's a 50,000-mile ____________________ on them. + +12. Ray put some money in his checking account, but the bank ____________________ it to his savings account by mistake. + +# Reading Skill + +**DRAW A PICTURE.** + +Read the instructions and draw a picture in the box. + +Picture A + +1. Draw parallel lines from C to D and from A to F. +2. Draw a curved line from A to B to C. +3. Draw a curved line from F to E to D. +4. Draw a curved line from F to G to D. +5. Write the word OIL below E. + +What is it? ____________________ + +![A box containing lettered dots A, B, C, D, E, F, and G positioned for a drawing activity](images/page_092_001.jpg) + +Picture B + +1. Draw a straight line from the top of A to the top of B. +2. Draw another line parallel to it from the bottom of A to the bottom of B. +3. Draw a line from D to the top of A and from C to the top of B. +4. Connect D and C with a horizontal line. +5. Draw two vertical lines from both ends of E to the line above. +6. Draw two vertical lines from both ends of H to the line above. +7. Draw two parallel lines between both ends of F and the line above it. +8. Draw two parallel lines between both ends of G and the line above it. + +What is it? ____________________ + +![A box containing labeled reference lines and points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H for a drawing activity](images/page_093_001.jpg) + +# Vocabulary + +**JIM BOUGHT A HOSE THAT LEAKED (OR DID IT?)** + +Repeat the underlined words. Then listen to the paragraphs. + +![A hand holding a newspaper advertisement showing a coiled hose on sale for $12.99](images/page_094_001.jpg) + +Jim bought a new hose for his yard at the U-Save Department Store yesterday. When he read the paper this morning, he saw that the same kind of hose was on sale at another store for four dollars less. He was unhappy because he paid the regular price for his hose, but he thought it was a good one. + +![A garden hose attached to a faucet, spraying water out from a leak in the hose](images/page_094_002.jpg) + +Later Jim fastened his new hose to an outside faucet and turned on the water. The hose leaked! He decided to go back to the U-Save Store and tell the clerk that he didn't need a hose with a leak in it. + +![A man standing at a store counter returning a coiled hose to a female store clerk who holds a sales slip](images/page_095_001.jpg) + +The clerk took the leaky hose and said, "I'll be happy to exchange this for another hose." When Jim told her that he didn't want to exchange it, she said, "Do you want me to credit your account with the cost of the hose?" He answered, "No, I'd like to get a refund." "I can certainly give back your money," the clerk said. "Do you still have your sales slip?" After Jim showed it to her, she refunded his money. + +![A man holding money in front of the storefront for 'SAVE-MORE STORE'](images/page_095_002.jpg) + +Then Jim went to Save-More and bought a hose exactly like the first one. He saved four dollars and was very pleased. He hurried home and tried his new hose. + +Answer these questions about the story. + +1. What did Jim buy at U-Save yesterday? +2. Was it on sale at U-Save? +3. What happened when Jim turned on the water? +4. What did Jim think was wrong? +5. What did the clerk say she'd be happy to do? +6. What did Jim want? +7. What did he have to show the clerk? +8. What did the clerk do with Jim's money? +9. What did Jim do with his refund? +10. What do you think? Did the first hose really leak? + +**WALTER'S VERY DISSATISFIED.** + +![Two men sitting at a restaurant table; one man is looking unhappy at his plate of food with a fly buzzing above it while the other man talks to him](images/page_096_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the dialog. + +| | | +|---|---| +| Willie: | I think I'll order another hamburger. The first one was good, but it didn't satisfy me. I'm still hungry. | +| Walter: | I'm glad you like the food here. I'm certainly not satisfied with it. | +| Willie: | I didn't realize that you were unhappy. What's wrong? | +| Walter: | My food is greasy. Look at the grease on this piece of chicken! | +| Willie: | Yes, I see. How is the salad? Are you dissatisfied with it, too? | + +--- + +Walter: Yes, it's very oily. I asked for a little salad oil, not a lot. + +Willie: You're right. It does look too oily. There's also a bug in it. + +Walter: Oh, no! What kind is it? + +Willie: I think it's a fly. It's a big one, but it isn't moving. ![A drawing of a fly](images/page_097_001.jpg) + +Walter: That really doesn't give me much satisfaction. I'm ready to leave right now and never come back! + +### TRUE OR FALSE? + +Write **T** beside the sentences that are true and **F** beside those that are false. + +______ 1. One hamburger wasn't enough for Willie. + +______ 2. Walter liked the food at the restaurant. + +______ 3. Walter was happy about his meal. + +______ 4. There was grease on Walter's food. + +______ 5. Walter was satisfied with his salad. + +______ 6. There wasn't much oil on the salad. + +______ 7. A fly is a kind of bug. + +______ 8. Walter felt better when he learned the fly wasn't moving. + +--- + +### I'M OFTEN UNHAPPY WITH THE GREASY FOOD AT JAY'S. + +Look at some information about two restaurants. When the instructor gives you a number, make a sentence with satisfied, dissatisfied, or unhappy. + +Ray's Restaurant | Jay's Restaurant +--- | --- +1. Good food | 2. Food too greasy +3. Waiters are slow | 4. Fast service +5. Always clean | 6. Sometimes see bugs +7. Different kinds of food | 8. Same food all the time +9. People not friendly | 10. People always friendly + +EXAMPLES: + +I: Number 1. +S1: I'm satisfied with the food at Ray's. + +I: Number 6. +S2: I'm dissatisfied with Jay's because I see bugs there sometimes. + +--- + +# Grammar + +### TOO + PREDICATE ADJECTIVE + TO-INFINITIVE + +One of the meanings of **too** is "more than enough". **Too** followed by an adjective and a to-infinitive means "more than is necessary for a particular purpose." + +EXAMPLES: +- The test was **too** long for us to finish. (We couldn't finish the test because it was longer than necessary.) +- These shoes don't fit well. They're **too** tight. (These shoes are tighter than they should be in order to fit well.) + +TOO + ADJECTIVE | (FOR + NOUN/PRONOUN) | INFINITIVE +---|---|--- +Candy is **too sweet.** | | +Coffee is **too bitter** | for me | to drink. +Carol was **too tired** | | to drive. +It'll be **too early** | for the children | to get up. + +--- + +### THIS SOUP IS TOO HOT TO EAT! + +![A man holding a spoon of steaming soup to his mouth, wincing from the heat](images/page_100_001.jpg) + +Read the sentences. + +1. It's too cold to go outside. The children must play inside. + +2. Susie can't move that table. It's too heavy. + +3. Randy looks too young to be a doctor. + +4. Jack's house isn't too difficult for you to find. + +5. St. Louis is too far for you to drive there alone. + +6. Is this chair too small to sit in? + +7. Jim can't wear these slacks. They're too big. + +8. Lt Rich is too angry to speak to Lt Ward. + +--- + +### THE MEAT IS TOO SALTY. + +Read the sentence; then make another one. Use **too** and the word(s) in ( ). + +EXAMPLES: +- I can buy that one. (not expensive) + *It's not too expensive.* +- Jason can't drive yet. (young) + *He's too young.* + +1. I can't drink the coffee. (hot) + +2. Margaret wants to go to the party. (not tired) + +3. Jerry can't stop worrying. (upset) + +4. Charlie can't wear those clothes. (dirty) + +5. Don't let Fred drive the new car. (careless) + +6. This coffee doesn't taste good. (bitter) + +7. Sally liked the cookies. (not sweet) + +8. We didn't go to the lake last week. (rainy) + +9. Jane couldn't get on the first bus. (crowded) + +10. I was able to finish the homework. (not difficult) + +--- + +### ARE YOU GOING TO THE GYM? NO, I'M TOO TIRED. + +Ask and answer the questions. Use the words in ( ) when you answer a question. + +EXAMPLE: +- Are you going to wear your jacket? (no, warm) + *No, it's too warm to wear a jacket.* + +1. Are you going to lunch now? (no, early) + +2. Can Jane walk to school tomorrow? (no, far) + +3. Was Mary too upset to enjoy the party? (yes) + +4. Did Nelson go to work yesterday? (no, sick) + +5. Do you think Ken can wear this shirt? (no, small) + +6. Is that box too heavy for Barbara to lift? (yes, heavy) + +7. Can we go to the movie now? (no, late) + +8. Are you going to buy that car? (no, expensive) + +9. Is it too dark outside now to see anything? (yes, dark) + +10. Is Ed still too young to get a driver's license? (yes, young) + +--- + +## Reading Skills + +### TOPICS, MAIN IDEAS, AND TITLES + +The topic of a paragraph is the subject that it deals with. The main idea states what the writer thinks is important about the topic. + +A title is a name that describes or identifies something such as an article, a book, a movie, or a song. Titles can be sentences, phrases, or single words. The title of this lesson is "Please Give Me a Refund." What's the title of this exercise? + +When you write a title, capitalize the first word, the last word, all important words (adverbs, adjectives, nouns, pronouns, and verbs), and all prepositions with five or more letters. Usually we don't capitalize words like a, an, the, and, or, but, to, from, in, etc. + +Read the paragraph. First, write the topic. Next, write the main idea in a complete sentence. Then write a title above the paragraph. + +EXAMPLE: Title: The Job May Be Harder Than You Think. + +You may think that it's easy to change a tire when you know how. But you can know how to do something and still not be able to do it. It may be very difficult to jack up the car or to loosen the nuts. The spare tire may not have enough air in it. You don't always have the right tools. Sometimes a job that should be easy for you to do is really very difficult. + +Topic: jobs + +Main idea: A job that looks easy may really be very hard to do. + +--- + +1. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + +When you're driving, watch the speed limit signs. They show different speeds in different places. On the important highways, you can usually go 55 to 65 miles per hour, but sometimes you have to slow down to 45 or 50 m.p.h. Around schools, the speed limit is 20 m.p.h. In most other parts of the city, it's usually 30 or 35 m.p.h. In places that aren't very safe, the speed limit will be lower. + +Topic: ____________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +2. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + +Mechanics have important jobs. Most people want to keep their cars in good shape, and they need a mechanic who can help them. They may know how to change the oil and fix some small problems, but they usually can't do everything. When something is wrong with the engine or some other important part of the car, they have to call a mechanic. Often only mechanics can find the problem and use the right tools to fix it. + +Topic: ____________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +3. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + +Credit cards are easy to get and to use, but they can cause problems. Sometimes people have too many credit cards and use them too often. They can charge almost everything. Department stores usually have their own credit cards, and many banks have cards, too. People can use them in stores, restaurants, garages, airports, hotels, and many other places. Some people put too much on their charge accounts and aren't able to pay for all of it when the bills come at the end of the month. + +Topic: ____________________________________________________________________ + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +## Function + +### MY CAR STALLED! + +![A man standing inside a phone booth calling someone on the telephone while his car with its hood open is parked on the side of the road in the background. The sign on the booth says "PHONE BOOTH"](images/page_105_001.jpg) + +Listen to the dialogs; then read them. + +1. +**Clerk:** Bell Motors. Fred Waters speaking. +**Customer:** Hello. This is Dave Green. I just had a tune-up, but my car still stalls. +**Clerk:** We'd be glad to check it for you. Can you bring it in tomorrow? We're very busy today. +**Customer:** Okay. I'll see you early tomorrow morning. + +--- + +2. +**Clerk:** Speedy Engine Repair. May I help you? +**Customer:** This is Mary Clark. One of your mechanics worked on my brakes yesterday, but I don't think he really fixed the problem. +**Clerk:** We'll be glad to take another look at the brakes. Can you bring the car in early tomorrow morning? +**Customer:** Yes, I'll be there at 7:30. Thank you very much. + +3. +**Mechanic:** Evans and Sons. This is Jack. How may I help you? +**Customer:** Jack, this is Jane Flint. I'm having the same trouble with my car. It's still leaking oil. +**Mechanic:** I'm sorry to hear that, Ms. Flint. Bring it in again, and we'll fix it. Our work has a 90-day guarantee. +**Customer:** Okay, thanks. I'll do that. + +--- + +### THERE'S A FLY IN MY SOUP! + +![A dissatisfied customer sitting at a restaurant table talking to an upset waiter with a bow tie standing next to his table](images/page_107_001.jpg) + +Listen to the dialogs; then read them. + +1. +**Customer:** Waiter, there's a fly in my soup! +**Waiter:** Oh, I'm sorry. I'll bring you another bowl. +**Customer:** Thank you. + +2. +**Waiter:** Is everything all right, sir? +**Customer:** Well, the soup tastes a little too salty to me. +**Waiter:** May I get you something else? +**Customer:** No, don't bother. I don't have time to wait. + +3. +**Customer:** Waiter! +**Waiter:** Can I help you, sir? +**Customer:** Would you mind bringing me another fork? This one looks dirty. +**Waiter:** Certainly. I'm sorry, sir. +**Customer:** Thank you. + +--- + +### I WANT A REFUND! + +![A male customer standing at a customer service counter returning a shirt to a clerk standing behind the counter under a sign that reads "CUSTOMER SERVICE"](images/page_108_001.jpg) + +Listen to the dialogs; then read them. + +1. +**Clerk:** Can I help you? +**Customer:** Yes, I'd like to return this shirt. It's too big. Here's my sales slip. +**Clerk:** All right. Do you want to exchange it, or do you want a refund? +**Customer:** I want a refund, please. + +2. +**Clerk:** May I help you? +**Customer:** This jacket is too small. I want to exchange it. +**Clerk:** Do you have your sales slip? +**Customer:** Yes, here it is. +**Clerk:** Good. I'll credit your account, and you can select another jacket. + +--- + +3. **Clerk:** Good afternoon. What can I do for you? + + **Customer:** I came to pick up my watch. I left it here last week. + + **Clerk:** What is your name, please? + + **Customer:** Johnson, Rick Johnson. + + **Clerk:** Let's see. Oh, here it is. I'm afraid it's not ready. + + **Customer:** They said to pick it up today. What's the problem? + + **Clerk:** We had to order a part for it, Mr. Johnson. I'm sure it will be ready by tomorrow afternoon. + + **Customer:** Okay, I'll come back tomorrow then. + +--- + +# I'M DISSATISFIED.... + +Take a role and read the information. Then make a conversation about the situation with another student. + +**EXAMPLE:** +- **S1:** You're a customer in a restaurant, and you're unhappy. You and your family have been waiting for a table for half an hour. +- **S2:** You're a waiter in the restaurant. There aren't any empty tables right now, but there should be one soon. + +- **Customer:** Waiter, can you help us, please? We've been waiting for half an hour. +- **Waiter:** I'm sorry, sir. We don't have any empty tables right now. +- **Customer:** Will we have to wait much longer? +- **Waiter:** No, we should have a table for you soon. + +1. **S1:** You're a customer who's dissatisfied with the service at a garage. The mechanic worked on your car's brakes, but he didn't fix them. You paid him for the work. + **S2:** You're the mechanic who worked on the brakes. You'll try again to repair them. Because you guarantee your work, the customer won't have to pay more money. + +2. **S3:** You're a customer in a restaurant, and you're not satisfied with the coffee that the waiter brought. It's not very hot. + **S4:** You're the waiter who served the customer the cup of coffee. You'll be happy to warm up his coffee for him. + +3. **S5:** The shoes that you bought last week are too tight; you want the store to give back your money. You remembered to bring your sales slip with you. + **S6:** You're the clerk at the shoe store. You'll be glad to refund the customer's money, but you must have the sales slip first. + +--- + +4. **S7:** You ordered milk in a restaurant, but it tastes sour. You want the waiter/waitress to take this glass of milk and bring you another one. + **S8:** You're the waiter/waitress who served the milk. Politely ask, "What's wrong with the milk?", and tell the customer that you'll bring another glass right away. + +5. **S9:** You bought a lamp on sale at the department store several months ago, and it doesn't work anymore. You want to exchange it for a new one. + **S10:** You're the clerk. You must politely explain to the customer that the guarantee on the lamp isn't good anymore, but that the store will repair the lamp. + +6. **S11:** You asked a mechanic to repair your car's brake lights, but they still don't work. You're not satisfied with the service at the garage. + **S12:** You're the mechanic who worked on the customer's brake lights. Apologize for the bad service and tell the customer that there won't be a charge for the work. + +7. **S13:** You bought some curtains for your new apartment, and they're too short. You'd like to exchange them for ones that are longer. + **S14:** You're the clerk, and you know that the store is out of longer curtains right now. You can refund the customer's money or credit his account. + +8. **S15:** You took your car to a garage because you couldn't close one of the windows. The mechanic said that he fixed it, but now you can't open it. + **S16:** You're the mechanic, and you're sure the window was working when you returned the car to the customer. Tell him to come back, and you'll check it again. + +--- + +# THERE'S A PROBLEM. + +Be a customer who has a problem or the clerk, mechanic, or waiter who must satisfy the customer. You may use these situations or add others. + +1. In a restaurant, the food is greasy. + +2. After a tune-up, your car still stalls. + +3. In a restaurant, you find a fly in your soup. + +4. Someone gave you a new shirt, and it's too big. + +5. You can't get a good picture on your new television. + +6. You bought the wrong kind of oil for your car's engine. + +7. You want to exchange a sweater for one a different color. + +8. The waiter just served you a chicken dish; you ordered beef. + +--- + +# Grammar + +## INFINITIVE PHRASE OF PURPOSE + +An infinitive or infinitive phrase placed after a verb tells the reason for which something is done. + +**EXAMPLES:** +- Jim didn't have any news. He just called to talk. (He only called because he wanted to talk.) +- Beth stopped at the store to buy some milk. (She stopped because she needed to buy some milk.) + +| | INFINITIVE PHRASE OF PURPOSE | | +|---|---|---| +| Ray moved | to save | a little money. | +| Lt Lee went | to talk | to the supervisor. | +| Don't use a pen | to mark | the answer sheet. | +| Roger called | to invite | us to his party. | + +### TERRY STOPPED AT THE BX TO EXCHANGE THE SHIRT. + +Read the sentences. + +1. We didn't stay to watch all of the show. + +2. Did Ken go to the mall to meet his friends? + +3. Henry's moving to Arizona to start a new job. + +4. Arnold went to Mexico last summer to study Spanish. + +5. Ann called the doctor's office to make an appointment. + +6. Bill always stops to eat breakfast on his way to work. + +7. Can I use a credit card to pay for my airline tickets? + +8. Mike didn't come to borrow money; he came to pay a bill. + +--- + +# PAT ASKED THE MECHANIC TO CHECK THE BRAKES. + +Match the part of the sentence in Column A with the part in Column B. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| 1. Kathy called the doctor's office | a. to fix his car. | +| 2. Victor uses Jim's recorder | b. to eat breakfast. | +| 3. Roger paid the mechanic | c. to live in a big city. | +| 4. Mary Ann stopped at the mall | d. to change her appointment. | +| 5. Lt Wilson goes to the gym | e. to record his favorite music. | +| 6. Debbie went to the bank | f. to buy some new shoes. | +| 7. Harvey moved to Houston | g. to withdraw some money. | +| 8. Amn Barnes came to the dining hall | h. to play basketball. | + +--- + +### I STOPPED TO PICK UP MY MAIL. + +Read the dialogs. Then answer the instructor's questions. + +1. **Sam:** Did you stop at the post office? + **Tim:** Yes, I stopped to pick up my mail. + +2. **Tom:** Did you change the oil in your car? + **Bob:** No, I paid Tony to change it for me. + +3. **George:** Did you use this wrench? + **Kevin:** Yes, I used it to repair the faucet. + +4. **Sandy:** Did Shiela stay at home today? + **Sarah:** No, she went to the commissary to get some milk. + +5. **Doug:** Did you talk to Alan last night? + **Glen:** Yes, I called him to tell him about the game. + +6. **Jim:** Is Dan coming here after dinner? + **Vic:** Yes, he's coming to borrow my English book. + +7. **Mike:** Did Ted move to Los Angeles? + **Pete:** Yes, he moved to find a better job. + +8. **Kaye:** Do you go to the library after class? + **Kyle:** No, I usually go to the gym to work out. + +--- + +### WHY ARE YOU GOING TO FLORIDA? + +Use the words in ( ) to answer the questions. + +**EXAMPLE:** Why are you going to Florida? +(visit my parents) +I'm going to Florida to visit my parents. + +1. What did you pay Ted to do? + (cut the grass) + +2. Why did Janet go to the bank? + (cash a check) + +3. Why did Robert call so late last night? + (apologize) + +4. Why are you stopping here? + (buy a newspaper) + +5. Why did Anne come to our classroom? + (ask a question) + +6. Why did Larry go to Roger's house? + (borrow some tools) + +7. What did he use the tools to do? + (repair his car) + +8. Why are you calling Ned? + (tell him about the accident) + +9. What did you pay the mechanic to do? + (tune up the engine) + +10. Why is Sam moving to Los Angeles? + (live with his brother) + +--- + +# Grammar + +### THE SUFFIX -Y + +> A suffix is a letter or group of letters added at the end of a word. When the suffix **-y** is added to a noun, the noun becomes an adjective which means "like", "full of", or "characterized by" something. When the noun ends with "-e," drop the "-e" before adding "-y." +> +> **EXAMPLE:** The water was soapy. (The water was full of soap.) + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| cloud | | cloudy | sun | | sunny | +| fun | | funny | rain | | rainy | +| grease | | greasy | salt | | salty | +| ice | + y = | icy | snow | + y = | snowy | +| leak | | leaky | soap | | soapy | +| noise | | noisy | storm | | stormy | +| oil | | oily | water | | watery | + +### IT'S NOISY IN THE DINING HALL. + +Read the sentences. + +1. There's a leak in the kitchen faucet. + Can you fix a **leaky** faucet? + +2. The children had fun at the show. + They thought the movie was **funny**. + +3. There was ice on the roads yesterday. + The roads in the mountains were very **icy**. + +4. They had a lot of rain in Houston last weekend. + West Texas doesn't have a lot of **rainy** weather. + +5. There was too much salt in the beans. + Was the soup too **salty**? + +6. We drove to New Orleans in a bad storm. + I don't enjoy driving in **stormy** weather. + +--- + +### HOW WAS THE WEATHER? + +![A map of the United States showing different weather conditions across regions, with Los Angeles labeled on the West Coast and New York labeled on the East Coast](images/page_118_001.jpg) + +Listen to the paragraph. Then answer the instructor's questions. + +The Jacksons took a trip across the country. They started in California. It was very sunny. Then they got to Colorado. There it was snowy. Up in the mountains, the roads were very icy. When they got to the Midwest, it was stormy. Finally, they arrived in New York, and the weather was rainy. + +--- + +### IT WAS RAINY SATURDAY. + +Change the underlined noun to an adjective by adding the suffix **-y** to it. Then make a new sentence. + +**EXAMPLE:** There was a lot of rain Saturday. +It was **rainy** Saturday. + +1. The children have soap on their hands. + +2. One of the hoses in my engine has a leak in it. + +3. Is there much rain here in the summer? + +4. Carl doesn't like food with a lot of salt on it. + +5. Was there ice on the streets last night? + +6. There weren't any clouds in the sky this morning. + +7. The sun usually shines in San Diego. + +8. There's a lot of noise in the cafeteria at noon. + +9. Does the soup have too much water in it? + +10. The French fries don't have a lot of grease on them. + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +### WHICH SUMMARY IS THE BEST? + +Read each paragraph and select the best summary. + +**EXAMPLE:** When the old man got on the bus, he realized that it was very crowded. He thought, "Oh, no! I'll have to stand up, and I'm very tired." Then a young man who saw him stood up and said, "Please sit down here, sir." The old man thanked the young man, and sat down. + +a. The bus was very crowded. A lot of people had to stand up because there weren't enough seats. + +b. The old man who got on the crowded bus didn't have to stand up. A polite young man gave him a seat. + +c. The old man was very tired when he got on the bus. He wanted to sit down, but he couldn't find a seat. + +1. Many men and women in the Air Force come to Lackland Air Force Base. This is their first base. They exercise, learn about the military, and get their uniforms here. After six weeks, they leave Lackland and go to different bases in the country. + +a. Men and women in the Air Force have to learn about the military. They also have to exercise. + +b. There are many men and women at Lackland Air Force Base. They wear uniforms and exercise. + +c. Many of the men and women in the Air Force come to Lackland first. They stay for six weeks and then go to other bases. + +--- + +2. A dictionary will give you a lot of information. It will tell you how to spell a word, how to say it, and how to use it. Sometimes one word can mean different things; a dictionary will explain them and give examples. People who want to speak, read, and write well should have a good dictionary and use it often. + + a. Good dictionaries have a lot of information, but they're expensive. + + b. The information in a good dictionary is important to people who want to use language well. + + c. When you want to know how to spell a word, look it up in the dictionary. + +3. Ken just got back from his vacation. Now he's sitting in class and thinking about Florida, the ocean, and the sun. His teacher thinks that he's reading his lesson, but he's not. His book is open, but his mind isn't on the words on the page. He's really thinking about his trip. That's much more interesting to him than his textbook. + + a. Ken's in class, but he's not reading his textbook. He's thinking about his vacation in Florida. + + b. Ken took a vacation to Florida. He liked the ocean and the sunny weather there. + + c. Ken's trying to read his textbook, but he can't. The lesson isn't very interesting. + +# Writing Skill + +LISTEN AND WRITE. + +Listen to the paragraph the first time. Write the paragraph when you hear it the second time. Check your work when you hear it the third time. Be careful to use correct punctuation. + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ diff --git a/sources/book-11/st-4.md b/sources/book-11/st-4.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7993736c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/st-4.md @@ -0,0 +1,1354 @@ + + +# THAT WAS A GREAT MOVIE! BOOK 11 LESSON 4 + +![A man and woman standing near a movie theater entrance; a poster reads "NOW SHOWING FAST BAD HOT HOT CARS"](images/page_123_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +I think this program's boring. What's your opinion of it? +I think it's very interesting. In fact, I'm really enjoying it. + +### GRAMMAR +We could see Bob, but he couldn't see us. +Tom told me that he was too busy to go to the show with us. +Myra's relatives are arriving on Sunday and staying for a week. + +### SKILLS +The climate _____ may be _____ the weather. +Use parts of both sentences to make a new sentence. +Answer questions about the conversation. +Write the main idea and a title. + +### VOCABULARY +could +entertain +feel/felt +frighten +intend (to) +laugh (at) +love +plan (to) +recommend +serve +spend + +boring +busy +dull +entertaining +frequently +frightening +funny +great +impolite/impolitely +loud/loudly +prompt/promptly +reasonable/reasonably +rude/rudely +sharp +since +terrible +terribly +wonderful + +cards +channel +commercial +dish +entertainment +love +plan +program +variety + +as a matter of fact +if you ask me +in fact + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 11 LESSON 4 + +| | Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: entertainment | 123 | +| READING SKILL: unknown words/phrases (context clues; select probable meaning) | 131 | +| VOCABULARY: restaurant meals and service | 134 | +| GRAMMAR: could (past ability) | 138 | +| READING SKILLS: written text (write main idea) / written text (write title) | 141 / 141 | +| FUNCTION: eliciting, giving, and responding to opinions about restaurants, movies, and books | 143 | +| LISTENING SKILL: role-play of informal conversation (answer instructor's questions) | 151 | +| GRAMMAR: indirect speech (told + indirect object + past tense THAT noun clause) | 152 | +| READING SKILL: written text (select summary) | 156 | +| GRAMMAR: prepositions of time | 158 | +| WRITING SKILL: two related sentences (combine to form one sentence with a dependent and an independent clause) | 163 | + +# Vocabulary + +### I'M NEVER TOO BUSY TO WATCH A MOVIE! + +![A man and woman talking at a table, with thought bubbles above them showing movie theater audiences and people playing cards](images/page_125_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Listen to the dialog; then read it. + +Fred: Do you go to a lot of movies? + +Fran: Yes, I go to the movies frequently. As a matter of fact, I spend two or three nights a week at the movies. + +Fred: You do? That's almost half of the evenings in a week. I could do that when I was younger, but I can't anymore. I'm too busy with other things now. + +Fran: I don't intend to get that busy! What kind of entertainment do you have time for? + +Fred: Well, I like to watch TV on the weekend. I like Channel 35. It has some really interesting programs. + +Fran: I don't like TV because of the commercials. They're always trying to sell me something. Do you watch television every weekend? + +Fred: No, sometimes I play cards with my friends. In fact, they're coming to my house for a card game this Saturday night. + +### FRAN FREQUENTLY SPENDS THE EVENING AT THE MOVIES. + +Circle the correct answer. + +1. Fran goes to the movies frequently. + + a. She goes often. + b. She seldom goes. + +2. As a matter of fact, she goes two or three times a week. + + a. She goes only two or three times a week. + b. She really goes two or three times a week. + +3. She spends a lot of time at the movies. + + a. She always has a good time at the movies. + b. She uses a lot of her time to watch movies. + +4. Three is almost half of seven. + + a. It's less than half of seven. + b. It's more than half of seven. + +5. Fred could go to the movies often when he was younger. + + a. He wanted to go. + b. He was able to go. + +6. He's too busy to go now. + + a. He has a lot of spare time. + b. He doesn't have enough free time. + +--- + +7. Fran doesn't intend to stop watching movies. + + a. She doesn't mean to stop. + b. She doesn't want to stop. + +8. Fred watches TV for entertainment. + + a. He gets bored when he watches TV. + b. He watches TV because he enjoys it. + +9. There are interesting programs on Channel 35. + + a. That channel has interesting shows. + b. The people on that channel are interesting. + +10. Fran doesn't like commercials. + + a. She doesn't care about watching the latest news. + b. She doesn't care for the messages that companies pay to put on TV or radio. + +11. Fred and his friends play cards. + + a. They use a pack of 52 cards to play a game. + b. They play sports and write their scores on cards. + +12. In fact, Fred's friends are coming to his house Saturday. + + a. It's true. They're really going to be there. + b. It's not certain yet. They may not be there. + +### SIX MOVIE THEATERS + +#### A VARIETY OF FILMS FOR EVERYONE + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the advertisement silently. + +![#1 Drawing of a man laughing out loud](images/page_128_001.jpg) + +**THEATER 1** +WHY CRY WHEN YOU CAN **LAUGH**? +Don't miss this very funny movie. You might be sad now, but you'll be happy when you watch this show! + +![#2 Drawing of cars tumbling off a cliff or bridge in an accident](images/page_128_002.jpg) + +**THEATER 2** +THEY NEVER CAME HOME. +Here's a true story about a terrible accident. It will frighten everyone. After this, you may be afraid to drive. + +![#3 Drawing of an airplane flying around the globe](images/page_128_003.jpg) + +**THEATER 3** +A FLIGHT AROUND THE WORLD +You'll enjoy seeing some of the most interesting and beautiful parts of the world in this wonderful new show. + +![#4 Drawing of two climbers scaling a steep mountain peak](images/page_128_004.jpg) + +**THEATER 4** +THE GREAT MOUNTAIN +Watch two men climb one of the world's largest mountains. You'll never forget this show. It's great! + +![#5 Drawing of a man and a woman gazing lovingly into each other's eyes](images/page_128_005.jpg) + +**THEATER 5** +MARK AND MARIA +A Love Story +They want to marry, but he must leave. Now their love is strong. What will their feelings be when he returns? + +![#6 Drawing of a happy boy smiling next to a dog licking his face](images/page_128_006.jpg) + +**THEATER 6** +A BOY'S BEST FRIEND +Everyone will love the story of young Billy and Bowser, the big brown dog who followed him everywhere. + +\*theater = a place or building for movies or other entertainment + +Ask and answer the questions about the movies. Answer in complete sentences and use the underlined words. + +1. Are there different kinds of movies at the theaters? +2. Will people cry when they watch the movie in Theater 1? +3. Why will they enjoy the movie in Theater 1? +4. Was the accident in "They Never Came Home" a very bad one? +5. Will people who watch the story about the accident become afraid? +6. Is "A Trip Around the World" a very good show? +7. What's the movie in Theater 4 like? +8. Do the men in that movie climb a small mountain? +9. What is the movie in Theater 5 about? +10. Will people really enjoy "A Boy and His Dog"? + +### DO YOU WANT TO HEAR A GREAT STORY? + +Use the words in the box to complete the sentences. You can use a word more than one time. + +| frightening | great | love | wonderful | +|---|---|---|---| +| funny | laugh | terrible | variety | + +1. We want to hear a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ story, not a sad one. +2. Dana looks \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but she feels awful. +3. A \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ store sells many different kinds of things. +4. I'm sure you'll \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ this book. I really enjoyed it. +5. This is a terrific meal. The food is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +6. People usually smile and \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a lot when they're very happy. +7. Alex made a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ grade on the exam. As a matter of fact, he failed it. +8. Dora is afraid of dentists. To her, a dentist's office is a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ place. +9. When Marsha writes to her family and good friends, she signs her letters "\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, Marsha." +10. Lakes Erie, Ontario, Michigan, Superior, and Huron are called the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ Lakes because they're so large. + +### WHICH MOVIE DO YOU RECOMMEND? + +![Two young men standing in front of movie posters for "Jaws 9" and "Hot Cars" at a cinema](images/page_131_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words and listen to the dialog. Read it; then answer the instructor's questions. + +Tim: Do you want to see "A Boy's Best Friend"? +Jim: No, let's see something else. I saw that last week. + +Tim: I can see it another time, I guess. Was it interesting? +Jim: No, it was boring. I got up and left before it was over. How about "Jaws 9"? + +Tim: My brother and I saw it Friday night. +Jim: How did you feel about it? Was it dull? + +Tim: No, it certainly wasn't. I felt it was exciting, and my brother thought it was frightening. +Jim: Well, which one of the other shows do you recommend? + +Tim: I think we ought to see "Hot Cars." My cousin saw it and told me it was very entertaining. +Jim: Then let's go. Since your cousin enjoyed it, I'm sure we will, too. + +### CAN YOU RECOMMEND A GOOD RESTAURANT? + +Match the questions in Column A with the answers in Column B. Write the correct letter next to the number. + +| COLUMN A | COLUMN B | +|---|---| +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 1. Can you recommend a good restaurant? | a. I felt that it was very difficult. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 2. Was the lieutenant's report interesting? | b. Yes, I thought the hour would never end. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 3. Why are you taking the bus to work every day? | c. Yes, Paul's Place always serves wonderful meals. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 4. Some people are afraid to fly. Are you? | d. No, it was very dull. I couldn't stay awake. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 5. What did you think about the test? | e. Yes, I thought it was very entertaining. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 6. Did you enjoy the movie last night? | f. No, I love flying. It's not frightening. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 7. Did you think the class was boring? | g. Since my car stalls sometimes, I don't want to drive it. | + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**WHAT DOES THE WORD MEAN?** + +Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not, or is on the line. + +EXAMPLE: +a. Jan watched the program. + +A program may be a show. +may be a bad storm. +may be a traffic light. + +b. Jan watched the program until it ended. + +A program may be a show. +may be a bad storm. +is not a traffic light. + +c. Jan watches the program every Sunday night at 9:00. + +A program is a show. +is not a bad storm. +is not a traffic light. + +--- + +1. +a. The climate is good. + +The climate ________ the food. +________ the engine. +________ the weather. + +b. The climate is good in my country. + +The climate ________ the food. +________ the engine. +________ the weather. + +c. The climate is good in my country in the winter. + +The climate ________ the food. +________ the engine. +________ the weather. + +2. +a. Jim looked at his atlas. + +An atlas ________ a clock or watch. +________ a book of maps. +________ a large dictionary. + +b. Jim looked at his atlas and turned the pages slowly. + +An atlas ________ a clock or watch. +________ a book of maps. +________ a large dictionary. + +c. Jim looked at his road atlas and turned the pages slowly. He studied the highways and cities carefully. + +An atlas ________ a clock or watch. +________ a book of maps. +________ a large dictionary. + +--- + +3. +a. The street is dangerous. + +Dangerous ________ narrow. +________ crowded. +________ not safe. + +b. The street is dangerous at night. + +Dangerous ________ narrow. +________ crowded. +________ not safe. + +c. The street is dangerous at night for anyone who is alone. + +Dangerous ________ narrow. +________ crowded. +________ not safe. + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +**RICHARD ROPER RECOMMENDS ROSA'S.** + +![A man sitting at a restaurant table looking happy while a waiter stands nearby](images/page_136_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Listen to the story; then answer your instructor's questions. + +Richard Roper is a reporter* for Channel 35. He visits different restaurants every week; then he tells about them on the Wednesday evening news program. Here's this week's story: + +Hello again! I tried two restaurants last weekend. I was very satisfied with one and very unhappy with the other. The first place, Rosa's Restaurant, serves wonderful food at reasonable prices. The most expensive lunch is only $5.95. Dinner costs more, of course, but in the evening Rosa entertains the customers with fine music. + +I ordered the beef and rice dish. The waiter was both polite and prompt. He brought a salad right away and served the other food just a few minutes later. He also brought my check to the table promptly. This restaurant should be more popular. It was reasonably full when I was there, but it wasn't crowded. I strongly recommend a visit to Rosa's. I plan to eat there often. + +\*reporter = someone who writes news stories + +--- + +**HE DOESN'T RECOMMEND THE RED ROOM.** + +![An unhappy customer at a restaurant talking to an angry waiter](images/page_137_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words and listen to the story. Then answer your instructor's questions. + +The second restaurant is the Red Room. It's the opposite of Rosa's; the food is bad and the prices are terribly high. There's music, but it's too loud to be entertaining. I tried to start a conversation with the people at the table next to mine, but they couldn't hear me. I think it's impolite to talk too loudly, so I stopped trying. + +The service at the Red Room was slow, and the waiter was rude. Since my meal was cold when the waiter finally served it, I asked him to warm it up again. He rudely answered that he didn't have time. When I saw that my knife was too dull to cut the meat, I asked him to bring me a sharp knife. He said impolitely, "The knife's all right. You're just too weak to use it." + +Soon after I got home, I began to feel a sharp pain in my stomach. If you ask me, the restaurant's food caused it. I don't recommend the Red Room. When you want to go out for dinner, make plans to eat at a different restaurant. + +--- + +**THE WAITER SERVED THE FOOD PROMPTLY.** + +Circle the correct answer. + +1. A ________ noise woke us up in the middle of the night. +a. loud +b. prompt +c. impolite + +2. It's ________ not to answer someone who asks you a question. +a. rude +b. prompt +c. reasonable + +3. When other people can't see something, Alvin can. He has very ________ eyes. +a. loud +b. sharp +c. prompt + +4. Television ________ many children on Saturday morning while their parents sleep late. +a. plans +b. serves +c. entertains + +5. Will and Wanda aren't getting married until next year, but she's already ________ the wedding. +a. serving +b. planning +c. entertaining + +6. Donna said, "If you ask me, Dina's upset about something." She ________ that Dina's upset. +a. thinks +b. is sorry +c. has heard + +--- + +7. After I watched that movie, I wanted to ask for a refund. It was ______ long and boring. + + a. loudly + b. terribly + c. impolitely + +8. Walter never becomes angry with people for things that aren't their fault. He's always ______. + + a. dull + b. impolite + c. reasonable + +9. Carl has been using the same blade in his razor for two weeks. It's too ______ for him to shave with now. + + a. dull + b. loud + c. sharp + +10. Rhonda called Ron, but he wasn't there. Fifteen minutes later, he called her. He returned her call ______. + + a. terribly + b. promptly + c. reasonably + +# Grammar + +**COULD AS PAST ABILITY** + +| COULD = WAS ABLE TO | COULD + NOT = COULDN'T | +|---|---| + +**JIMMY COULDN'T BUTTON HIS SHIRT.** + +![A young boy struggling to button his shirt](images/page_140_001.jpg) + +Read the sentences. + +1. Can you run a mile in five minutes? + I **could** when I was younger, but I can't now. + +2. Could Henry repair the motor? + No, he **couldn't**. He didn't have the right tools. + +3. How well **could** you hear the instructor? + I **could** hear her very well when she spoke loudly. + +4. What **could** Sarah eat while she was sick? + She **could** eat only soup. + +5. Could your wife cook when you married her? + Yes, she **could**. She was a good cook when we got married. + +**COULD JANET DRAW BEFORE SHE TOOK LESSONS?** + +Read the questions and use the word(s) in ( ) to answer them. + +EXAMPLE: Could Janice draw before she took lessons? +(no, not anything) +No, she couldn't draw anything. + +1. Could you mail the package? +(no, too large) + +2. Could you drive when you were fifteen? +(yes) + +3. Could Dorothy describe the accident? +(no, too nervous) + +4. How far could you run a year ago? +(only two miles) + +5. What could you do about the problem? +(not anything) + +6. Could Margaret deposit the money Sunday? +(no, not until Monday) + +7. How many of the questions could the students answer? +(almost all) + +8. How much of the homework could you do last night? +(about half) + +9. Could Captain Santos change his plane reservations? +(no, too late) + +10. What could Ed remember about your conversation with him? +(almost everything) + +**ANN COULD ANSWER ALL OF THE QUESTIONS.** + +Ask and answer questions about the sentences. Use **could** and **couldn't**. + +EXAMPLES: The test was too long for Paula to finish. + +Could Paula finish the test? +No, she couldn't. + +Paul knew the answers to the questions. + +Could Paul answer the questions? +Yes, he could. + +1. Sam learned to speak Spanish very well. + +2. Ken was too tired to stay awake. + +3. No one ever taught Clara how to swim when she was a child. + +4. Fred enjoyed playing cards. + +5. Fran wasn't too busy to go to the movies. + +6. The coffee was too bitter for Richard to drink. + +7. Ted tried to stop his car, but his brakes failed. + +8. The instructor spoke too fast for Alan to understand. + +9. When she met people, Beth always remembered their names. + +10. When Ann was ten years old, her mother taught her how to cook. + +# Reading Skill + +**WRITE THE MAIN IDEA AND A TITLE.** + +Read the paragraph and write the main idea. Then write a title for the paragraph. + +EXAMPLE: Title: Entertainment for Everyone + +Different people enjoy different kinds of entertainment. Children like to watch TV. They like funny programs. Adults like sports on TV, and they like going to movies, too. TV and movies have to give a variety of entertainment for all ages, because not everyone thinks that the same thing is entertaining. + +Main idea: Different people enjoy different kinds of of entertainment. + +1. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + +When people like a restaurant, they usually recommend it to their friends. To some people, good service is the most important thing. Others go back to their favorite restaurant again and again because they really like one dish on the menu or because they can get a wide variety of food there. Everyone feels that his favorite place is the best and is sure that his friends will like it, too. + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +2. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + +No one intends to hurt another person's feelings. Most of the time it's an accident. We don't usually mean to be rude. Frequently we're impolite because we're busy or careless, and we say or do the wrong thing without realizing it. We should think carefully before we speak or do something that might hurt someone's feelings. Then the other person won't get angry or upset, and we won't feel bad and have to apologize. + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +3. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + +Some TV commercials are better than the regular programs, and some are too boring to watch. Almost all are loud, and almost everybody will tell you they don't enjoy watching them. But some commercials are very entertaining, and frequently everyone will enjoy seeing them and talking about them. When this happens, the commercial sells a lot and the company that paid for it is very happy. That's the plan for all commercials, but only a few become popular. + +Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +## Function + +### WAS THE MOVIE INTERESTING? + +![People in a movie theater; a woman turns back and says "WAKE UP! THIS IS THE BEST PART OF THE MOVIE!", while an older man next to her rests his eyes and says "I'M NOT ASLEEP, I'M JUST RESTING MY EYES!"](images/page_145_001.jpg) + +Repeat the sentences. + +1. How did you like the movie? + It was very dull. In fact, I almost went to sleep. + +2. Did you enjoy the movie? + No, it was terribly frightening. + +3. Did you see the movie at the Star? + Yes, and in my opinion, it's great. + +4. Did you see any good movies last week? + Yes, I saw a very funny movie last Saturday. + +5. How was the movie? + The music was good, but the story was boring. + +6. Can you recommend a good movie? + I thought the one at the Star was entertaining. + +--- + +### THE MOVIE WAS BORING, BUT THE MUSIC WAS GOOD. + +Read and complete the conversations. Use some of the words in the box or add others. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| boring | interesting | as a matter of fact | +| dull | long | in my opinion | +| exciting | sad | if you ask me | +| good | too | certainly | + +1. Jim: What did you think of the movie last night? + Kim: I thought ________________________, but ________________________ + ____________________________________________________________________ + +2. Kay: Did you enjoy the movie at the Star Theater? + Jay: No, it was ________________________________________________________ + +3. Dan: How did you like the movie, "Lost Star?" + Jan: It was okay, but ________________________, it was ________________________ + ____________________________________________________________________ + +4. Ben: Did you see any good movies last week? + Ken: Yes, ________________________, I ________________________ + ____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### THE CROSSING SERVES GOOD VEGETABLES. + +Repeat the sentences. + +1. Have you been to The Crossing? + Yes, many times. They serve delicious soup. + +2. Can you recommend a good restaurant? + Yes, I had a wonderful dinner at Jay's. + +3. How was your dinner at Aldo's? + It was terrible. As a matter of fact, I got sick. + +4. Do you like to eat at Harry's? + Yes, the food's good, and the prices are reasonable. + +5. Where do you plan to eat tonight? + Mike's. In my opinion, his fish is the best in town. + +6. Let's go to Aldo's tonight. + The service there is so slow. Can we go to another restaurant? + +--- + +### HOW IS THE FOOD AT ALDO'S? + +Read and complete the conversations. Use some of the words in the box or add others. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| like | chicken | delicious | +| recommend | fish | good | +| taste | food | in fact | +| think | service | in my opinion | + +1. Ann: I'm planning to go to Aldo's. Have you been there? + Bob: Yes, ________________________, I __________________________________________________ + +2. Jan: What do you think about the food at JJ's? + Jim: If you ask me, __________________________________________________ + +3. Ken: Can you recommend a good restaurant? + Kay: Yes, ________________________ is the best restaurant in town. + +4. Tom: What do you think I should order? + Sue: ________________________. It's my favorite dish. + +--- + +### I THOUGHT THAT SHOW WAS BORING. + +Repeat the sentences. + +1. What's your favorite TV program? + I enjoy the old movies on Channel Three the best. + +2. What did you think of the eight o'clock movie? + I thought that show was boring. + +3. Which TV schedule do you like to use? + The one in the Times; it's easiest to read. + +4. Do you like to watch football on TV? + Yes, but if you ask me, there're too many commercials. + +5. Which news program do you usually watch? + Channel Two. They have more world news. + +6. What do you think of the Saturday children's shows? + I feel some of them are too frightening. + +--- + +### WHAT DID YOU THINK OF THE GAME LAST NIGHT? + +Read and complete the conversations. Use some of the words in the box or add others. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| enjoy | boring | certainly | +| like | exciting | really | +| think | funny | too | +| watch | interesting | very | + +1. Vic: Did you watch the movie on TV last night? + Val: Yes, and I thought __________________________________________________ + +2. Nan: What did you think of the Cowboys game yesterday? + Ned: In my opinion, it was __________________________________________________ + +3. Dan: Did you see the Ann Adams show? + Don: No, I didn't. I don't __________________________________________________ + +4. Ray: How do you feel about the new police show on TV? + Rob: Parts of it are ________________________, but ________________________ + ____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**WHAT DID YOU THINK OF THE SHOW?** + +Take a role and make a conversation. + +Alan: +> What did you think of the Ann Adams Variety Show last night? + +Bill: +> I felt it was exciting. + +or + +> I thought it was boring. + +Alan: +> You did? I thought it was very entertaining. + +or + +> You did? I thought it was dull. + +Bill: +> I didn't. As a matter of fact, I thought most of it was very dull. + +or + +> I didn't. If you ask me, it was interesting. + +Alan: +> Well, didn't you enjoy the talk with the writers? + +or + +> Well, did you like the music, too? + +Bill: +> Yes. It was a little loud, but I enjoyed it. + +or + +> They were okay, but they weren't too sharp. + +Alan: +> Oh, I felt it was the wrong kind of music for the show. + +or + +> Oh, I thought the conversation was interesting. + +Bill: +> Well, maybe we just like different things. + +# Listening Skill + +**WHAT DID YOU THINK OF THE MOVIE?** + +Take a role and read the information. Then make a conversation about the situation with another student. Answer the instructor's questions about a conversation between two other students. + +1. S1: You're thinking about going to see the movie that's showing at the base theater, but you don't know much about it. Ask your roommate for information. + S2: You saw the movie last weekend. Tell your roommate a little about it and give him your opinion of it. + +2. S3: You and a friend just saw a show at the mall and are talking about it while you drive home. Give your opinion of the movie and ask your friend for his. + S4: Your feeling about the movie is different from your friend's. Give your opinion and explain it. + +3. S5: You're tired of the restaurants around the base and want to try a French restaurant downtown. Ask a friend for his opinion of the restaurant. + S6: You ate at the restaurant not too long ago. Tell your friend about it and give him your opinion. + +4. S7: You're a waiter at a new restaurant. One of your customers just finished his meal. Ask him for his opinion of the restaurant. Does he plan to come back? + S8: You just ate dinner in the restaurant. Answer the waiter's questions politely and explain your feeling about the restaurant. + +5. S9: You wanted to watch a program on television last night, but you weren't able to. Ask a friend about the program. + S10: You watched the program last night. Tell your friend a few things about it and give him your opinion of it. + +6. S11: You've been watching a new TV show with a friend for only 15 minutes, but you already have a strong opinion of it. Ask your friend his opinion; then answer his question. + S12: Give and explain your opinion of the TV show; then ask your friend for his. + +# Grammar + +**INDIRECT SPEECH** + +Indirect speech reports what another person has said. For this reason, it is also called reported speech. The speaker's exact words aren't repeated in indirect speech: + +1. Present tense verbs change to the past tense. +2. Pronouns and possessive adjectives change from first or second person to third person (unless someone is reporting his own words.) + +Direct speech (present tense): +Jan: I'm out of money. +Jim: I have some cash. + +Indirect speech: + +| TOLD | INDIRECT OBJECT | (THAT) | PAST TENSE NOUN CLAUSE | +|---|---|---|---| +| Jan told | Jim | | she was out of money. | +| Jim told | her | that | he had some cash. | +| I told | Jan | | I had some cash. | + +**THE INSTRUCTOR TOLD ANNETTE THAT SHE PASSED THE TEST.** + +![A panel showing Annette talking to Mr. Reed on the left, and Kenneth talking to Annette on the right](images/page_155_001.jpg) + +Read the dialogs. + +Annette: I'm worried about my grade on the test, Mr. Reed. +Mr. Reed: I'm sure it's good, Annette. + +Annette: Can you remember it? +Mr. Reed: No, I can't. I'm sorry. + +Annette: Will you give the tests back to us? +Mr. Reed: Yes, I intend to give them back Friday. + +********** + +Kenneth: Did you talk to Mr. Reed about your test grade? +Annette: Yes, I told him that I was worried about it. + +Kenneth: What did he say? +Annette: He told me he was sure it was good. + +Kenneth: Did he tell you the grade? +Annette: No, he told me that he couldn't remember it. + +Kenneth: Is he going to give the tests back to us? +Annette: Yes, he told me he intended to give them back Friday. + +**TED TOLD THE CLERK THAT HE WANTED A DIFFERENT HOTEL ROOM.** + +Read the sentence. Then make another sentence that reports what was said. Use **told** and a past-tense verb in the new sentence. + +EXAMPLE: John: Jim, the car needs a tune-up. +John **told** Jim that the car **needed** a tune-up. +Or: John **told** Jim the car **needed** a tune-up. + +1. Linda: Bob, I love the show! + +2. Waiter: Sir, your table is ready. + +3. Karen: Kathy, I'm ready to go home. + +4. Major: Captain, I need to talk to you. + +5. Policeman: Ma'am, you have a flat tire. + +6. Mr. Smithers: Miss Martin, you're late! + +7. Ron: Ms. Garza, I can't answer the question. + +8. Instructor: Bob, you're not failing this class. + +9. Sgt Bolt: Amn Baker, the barracks aren't clean. + +10. Customer: Waiter, I need another fork, please. + +--- + +# HE TOLD ANN THAT THE MOVIE STARTED AT 7:15. + +Ask and answer questions about the dialogs. + +EXAMPLES: +Ann: When does the movie start? +Bob: At 7:15, I think. + +What did Bob tell Ann? +He told her that he thought the show started at 7:15. + +Mr. Hall: Can I pick up my car now? +Mechanic: No, it's not ready yet. + +Did the mechanic tell Mr. Hall that his car was ready? +No, he told him it wasn't ready yet. + +1. Waiter: How is your dinner, sir? +Curtis: I'm enjoying it very much. + +2. Waiter: Do you have reservations for dinner? +Walter: Yes, we have them for 8:00. + +3. Mary: Can you recommend a good Chinese restaurant? +Mark: No, I don't know anything about Chinese food. + +4. Clerk: Would you like to exchange this tie, sir? +Clyde: No, I want a refund, please. + +5. Dave: How does the engine sound? +Dora: Well, it's not making any loud noises now. + +6. Clerk: Are you going to charge the tires? +Clara: No, I plan to write a check for them. + +7. Andy: Do you think this show's boring? +Anne: No, I think it's interesting. + +8. Greg: Which news program do you watch? +Glen: I usually watch Channel 8's evening news. + +9. Sandy: Is Ray in town, or is he on vacation? +Randy: I think he's on vacation this week. + +10. Larry: What do you intend to have for dessert? +Laura: I'm going to order a piece of chocolate cake. + +# Reading Skill + +## WHICH SUMMARY IS THE BEST? + +Read each paragraph and select the best summary. + +EXAMPLE: Linda knows how to study for a test. She starts getting ready for it early. She reviews the lessons in the textbook first. Next she looks at her notebook and memorizes the important things in it. After that, she usually writes questions and practices answering them. She always makes a good grade on a test. + +a. Linda always writes in her notebook while she's in class. Later, she uses it to study. +b. Linda always makes a good grade on a test because she knows how to study for it. +c. Linda always studies for a test by writing and answering questions about the things in the lesson. + +1. When Karen went outside this morning to check the weather, the sky was clear. She decided to walk to work. She left her umbrella at home because she didn't think she needed it. About 4:00 the weather started to change. Soon there were big, black clouds in the sky. It began to rain while she was walking home, and her clothes got very wet. + +a. Karen didn't take her umbrella to work. It started to rain while she was walking home, and she got very wet. +b. The sky was clear when Karen left for work this morning. Because it looked like a nice day, she decided to walk. +c. While Karen was at work today, the weather changed. She wanted to walk home, but it was too rainy. + +2. Do you usually spend too much money at the grocery store? Here are two things that may help. First, eat a good meal before you go. Don't shop for food when you're hungry, or you'll get more than you need. Also, plan your meals for the week ahead. Write everything that's necessary for those meals on a piece of paper, and don't buy anything else. + +a. Most people usually get hungry when they go to the grocery store. +b. Eat a good meal before you go to the grocery store, and you'll feel better while you shop. +c. You can save money by eating and by planning your meals before you go to the grocery store. + +3. Yesterday after school, John and his friends played football in the street near his house. At six o'clock, John's mother told him that dinner was ready, but he didn't want to come inside. After waiting for half an hour, the family decided to eat dinner without him. John came home when it got dark, but everyone had finished eating by that time. + +a. John and his friends like to play football after school. They usually play in the street near John's house. +b. John missed dinner yesterday. He was playing football and didn't want to come inside when it was ready. +c. John's family always eats dinner at six o'clock. When he's not there on time, they don't wait for him. + +# Grammar + +## PREPOSITIONS OF TIME + +| | +|---| +| The following prepositions indicate time: at, in, on, before, after, from, until, till, to, for, and since. | +| | +| **At** is used with the time of day, with an age, and with the words night, first, last, beginning, and end. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| at noon, at midnight, at 7:30 a.m. | +| at the age of twelve | +| at night, at first, at last | +| at the beginning, at the end | +| | +| **On** is used with days and dates. It can also be used with parts of a certain day and the words time and schedule. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| on Monday, on your birthday | +| on October 18 | +| on the evening of June 8 | +| on time, on schedule | +| | +| **In** is used with quantities of time and with the words beginning and end. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| in ten minutes, in an hour | +| in a week, in two years | +| in the beginning, in the end | +| | +| **Before** and **after** are used with time of day, with dates, and with nouns that name events or occurences. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| before noon, after 5:00 p.m. | +| before December 31, after April 15 | +| before the game, after dinner | +| | +| **After** can also be used with a quantity of time. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| after six months, after thirty years | + +| | +|---| +| **From** is used with to and till/until to indicate periods of time. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| from 1985 to 1993 | +| from May 1 until June 15 | +| from 10:00 a.m. till 5:30 p.m. | +| | +| **Until/till** can also be used alone with days, dates, and times. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| until next Friday, till next week | +| until 1997, till August 2 | +| until 10:00 p.m., till midnight | +| | +| **For** is used with periods of time. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| for half an hour, for three weeks, for one year | +| | +| **Since** is used with definite times. | +| | +| EXAMPLES: | +| since Sunday, since 6:00 this morning, since 1988 | + +# ED ARRIVES ON MONDAY. + +Read the sentences. + +1. What do you plan to do after dinner? +2. Col Henderson will be here till Thursday. +3. Jim was in the Air Force for twenty years. +4. Meet me at 6:30 in front of Larry's office. +5. Lt Cooper will be here in about ten minutes. +6. We have to deposit the money before 5:00 p.m. +7. Dr. Blake has been at the hospital since midnight. +8. Where does Sgt Jackson go on Tuesdays and Thursdays? +9. Mr. Adams' English class doesn't start until 8:30 a.m. +10. Maj Brooks works out from 4:00 to 5:30 three days a week. + +# THE FLIGHT LEAVES IN TEN MINUTES. + +Ask and answer the questions. Use the words in ( ) when you answer. + +EXAMPLE: +When does the flight to Atlanta leave? +(in ten minutes) +It leaves in 10 minutes. + +1. When will Peggy be back? +(at 6:00) + +2. When should Sara be home? +(before 10:30) + +3. How long will Captain Jeffrey be on base? +(until Friday) + +4. How long has your cousin been here? +(since last Tuesday) + +5. When is Sam arriving at the airport? +(in about an hour) + +6. How long are your aunt and uncle going to stay? +(for three weeks) + +7. When is Sgt Richardson leaving? +(on Monday) + +8. When is the dentist's office open? +(from 8:00 to 4:30) + +9. When do you want to go shopping? +(after lunch) + +10. How long does this class last? +(till 2:30) + +--- + +# JIM LEFT AT NOON. + +Circle the correct answer. + +1. Jim's plane arrives ______ 6:00. + a. on + b. at + c. in + d. to + +2. My cousin leaves ______ Friday. + a. in + b. at + c. to + d. on + +3. I'll see the colonel ______ an hour. + a. in + b. on + c. from + d. till + +4. Ralph needs to be home ______ 10:00. + a. for + b. from + c. since + d. before + +5. That store is open ______ 9:00 a.m. ______ 9:00 p.m. + a. from, to + b. at, after + c. until, till + d. since, until + +6. The soldiers have a test ______ lunch. + a. from + b. since + c. after + d. in + +7. Jeff has been studying ______ 6:30. + a. on + b. for + c. from + d. since + +8. On Saturday Sam sometimes sleeps ______ noon. + a. in + b. from + c. until + d. since + +9. They've been on vacation ______ three weeks. + a. at + b. for + c. after + d. since + +10. Dan didn't get to work ______ 9:00 this morning. + a. on + b. to + c. for + d. till + +# Writing Skill + +PUT TWO SENTENCES TOGETHER. + +Write one sentence from two sentences. Use the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Hal watches the TV channel. +It doesn't show commercials. (which) + +Hal watches the TV channel which doesn't show commercials. + +1. Do you know the name of the mechanic? + He worked on your brakes. (who) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. Jean recommended a restaurant. + It serves Chinese and American food. (that) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. Bill watched the TV program. + He ate his dinner. (while) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. The children fell asleep. + The movie was over. (before) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +5. Don't open your test booklet. + The instructor says to begin. (until) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +6. Charles became a pilot. + He was 17 years old. (when) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +7. Denise was too tired to go to class. + She studied all night. (after) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +8. We felt sorry for the little boy. + He was lost. (because) + _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 11 LESSON 4 + +A. Give your opinion of a movie, restaurant, or TV show. Then ask another student for his opinion. You may use the kinds of movies, restaurants, or shows below or add others. + +1. A regular TV show +2. A TV sports program +3. A popular old movie +4. A movie on TV this week +5. One of the movies at the mall +6. The evening news program on TV +7. A cheap restaurant +8. An expensive restaurant +9. A good restaurant for a family +10. A cafeteria or dining hall on base + +--- + +B. Match the word in column A with the word in column B which has the same meaning. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. wonderful | a. very | +| _____ 2. intend | b. make happy | +| _____ 3. promptly | c. really | +| _____ 4. entertain | d. terrific, great | +| _____ 5. loud | e. not sharp; not interesting | +| _____ 6. impolite | f. because | +| _____ 7. terribly | g. awful | +| _____ 8. dull | h. noisy | +| _____ 9. in fact | i. not polite; rude | +| _____ 10. since | j. often | +| _____ 11. frequently | k. mean to | +| _____ 12. terrible | l. right away | + +C. Read the sentence; then write another one that means the same thing. Use could or couldn't in your sentence. + +1. Uncle Aldo never learned to drive. +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +2. The instructor spoke too fast for me to understand. +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +3. Did you know how to speak English a year ago? +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +4. Janie was able to read before she was five years old. +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +D. Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not or is on the line. + +The weather cleared up. + +Cleared up _______________ became rainy. + +_______________ became windy. + +_______________ became sunny. + +The rain ended and the weather cleared up. + +Cleared up _______________ became rainy. + +_______________ became windy. + +_______________ became sunny. + +The rain ended, the wind stopped blowing, and the weather cleared up. + +Cleared up _______________ became rainy. + +_______________ became windy. + +_______________ became sunny. + +E. Circle the correct answer. + +1. How long will they be here? +a. since Saturday +b. until Friday +c. after Tuesday + +2. What time do you want to meet? +a. at noon +b. for 2 hours +c. since 2 o'clock + +3. How long have you been here? +a. for two weeks +b. in three days +c. before yesterday + +4. When do you want to go to the movie? +a. since lunch +b. until dinner +c. after dinner + +5. When does your class have its morning break? +a. for 45 minutes +b. until 10:00 +c. from 9:00 until 9:20 + +F. Read the sentence and the question; then write the answer. + +1. Frank: Frieda, I'm ready to go. +What did Frank tell Frieda? +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +2. Meg: Carl, I want to pay for dinner. +What did Meg tell Carl? +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +3. Herb: Jane, the food at that restaurant is great. +What did Herb tell Jane? +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-11/st-5.md b/sources/book-11/st-5.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..778f75ee --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/st-5.md @@ -0,0 +1,497 @@ + + +# GET READY FOR THE QUIZ. BOOK 11 LESSON 5 + +![A circular collage divided into segments showing various scenes: a woman on the phone, a person smoking a cigarette, a customer service desk with a radio, a man working under a car hood, an angry man holding a cup pointing at a TV screen showing an advertisement for soda that says "IT'S GREAT! YOU'LL LOVE IT!", traffic signs showing STOP, SPEED LIMIT 55 MPH, and YIELD, and a person seen from behind facing traffic signals](images/page_167_001.jpg) + +# WHAT'S THE TOPIC OF THE PARAGRAPH? +# WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA? + +Listen to a paragraph three times. The first time, write the topic of the paragraph. The second time, write the main idea of the paragraph. The third time, check your work. + +1. Topic: _________________________________________________________________ + + Main idea: _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. Topic: _________________________________________________________________ + + Main idea: _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### WHAT WILL THEY DO? + +Listen to a short conversation. Then circle the correct answer. + +1. The two people will _______. + a. go to a Mexican restaurant + b. not eat anything right away + c. eat hamburgers and French fries + d. cook a big meal at home tonight + +2. The two people _______. + a. have different opinions + b. always like the same things + c. watch television every evening + d. will turn off the television soon + +3. The two people hope to _______. + a. get jobs + b. spend money + c. keep working + d. take vacations + +4. The two people _______. + a. never watch commercials + b. don't like any TV commercials + c. enjoy watching some commercials + d. think all commercials are boring + +5. The two people _______. + a. are very hungry now + b. don't know how to cook + c. eat at a lot of different places + d. eat at that restaurant frequently + +### PUT THE PUNCTUATION MARK IN THE BOX. + +Listen and put the punctuation mark in the correct box. Use the key to help you. + +| COLUMNS | A | B | C | KEY | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| **ROWS** | | | | \* | asterisk | +| **1** | | | | : | colon | +| **2** | | | | , | comma | +| **3** | | | | ! | exclamation mark | +| | | | | ( ) | parentheses | +| **4** | | | | . | period | +| | | | | " " | quotation marks | +| | | | | ; | semicolon | + +### I'M CALLING TO RECOMMEND A GOOD MECHANIC. + +Answer the questions with complete sentences. Use an infinitive and the words in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Why are you calling Jim? +(recommend/mechanic) +I'm calling to recommend a good mechanic to him. + +1. Why did Jane call last night? +(recommend/movie) + +2. What did the policeman use his lights for? +(signal/drivers) + +3. Why did you come to work early this morning? +(see/boss) + +4. What did Doris pay the mechanic to do? +(service/car) + +5. Why did Don go to the car parts store? +(exchange/hose) + +6. Why did the Smiths stop in Chicago? +(visit/relatives) + +7. What does the mechanic use that machine for? +(tune up/ engines) + +8. Why is Ann calling the department store? +(charge/clothes) + +9. Who(m) are you going to the hospital to see? +(see/brother) + +10. Why is the truck driver moving to the left lane? +(pass/another truck) + +### I BECOME CAUTIOUS WHEN . . . + +Complete the sentence. Use the correct form of **get** or **become** and the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: He gets nervous when he has an exam. (nervous) + +1. I ____________________ when I get on an airplane. (nervous) + +2. David ____________________ when he went downtown. (lost) + +3. The weather ____________________ before it got better. (worse) + +4. My nose ____________________ when I have a cold. (runny) + +5. I ____________________ because I had a test the next day. (busy) + +6. That book ____________________ after you read a few pages. (funnier) + +7. The children ____________________ before the movie started. (noisy) + +8. The class ____________________ because the students weren't talking. (dull) + +9. The students ____________________ when the teacher gives them too much homework. (unhappy) + +10. The storm ____________________ after the lights went out. (frightening) + +### COULD YOU SPEAK ENGLISH BEFORE YOU CAME HERE? + +Make a question or an answer for each sentence. Use **could** or **couldn't**. + +EXAMPLES: **Could you speak English before you came here?** +No, I couldn't speak English before I came here. + +Could you drive when you were 15? +**Yes, I could drive when I was 15.** +Or: **No, I couldn't drive when I was 15.** + +1. Could you play in the soccer game last weekend? + +2. Could Alex study with you Thursday? + +3. Could you remember the doctor's name after you met him? + +4. Could Ed repair engines before he became an Army mechanic? + +5. No, he couldn't review the lesson with me yesterday. + +6. Yes, I could answer all of the questions on the test. + +7. No, I couldn't do all of my homework last night. + +8. Yes, I could understand the teacher in our Spanish class. + +### HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN HERE? + +Ask a question that fits the answer. Use **how long** and the words that are given. + +EXAMPLE: Tom: you/at work +**How long have you been at work?** + +Jim: I've been here for almost two hours. + +1. Dan: Jeff/this base +Don: He's been at this base for a year and a half. + +2. Jan: you/that cold +Jim: I've had this cold since last Monday. + +3. Jan: you/fever +Jim: I've had a fever for two days. + +4. Ken: Ted/cough +Sam: He's had that cough for four or five days. + +5. Don: colonel/in Germany +Bob: He'll be in Germany for six weeks. + +6. Mark: Jane/her cousin's house +Mary: She'll be at her cousin's house for the weekend. + +7. Jack: you/program +Beth: I've been watching it for an hour. + +8. Greg: instructor +Gina: She's been teaching here for three years. + +9. Anne: car +Alan: It's been leaking oil for a week. + +10. Jack: Lt Roberts/the captain +Jean: She's been talking to him for half an hour. + +### HE TOLD HER THAT . . . + +Listen to a short conversation between Anne and Alex. Then write an answer to the question. Use **told** in the answer. + +1. What did Alex tell Anne? + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. What did he tell her next? + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. What did he say about his temperature? + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. Did Alex say that he likes doctors? + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. What did Anne tell him? + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# SOMEBODY HIT A PEDESTRIAN. + +Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Be sure to write the correct form when you use a verb. + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **someone/somebody**
**anyone/anybody**
**no one/nobody** | **fail to**
**pass**
**speed** | **ahead**
**lost**
**nervous** | **lane**
**stop sign**
**way** | **yield** | + +EXAMPLES: There's not anyone/anybody in that lane. + +1. I don't think _________________ got _________________ downtown. + +2. _________________ stopped at that _________________. + +3. There was an accident because _________________ didn't _________________ at the intersection. + +4. _________________ knew the _________________ to the base. + +5. Was _________________ _________________ when Bob drove? + +6. _________________ saw the car _________________ of us until it was too late. + +7. _________________ _________________ stop at the light. + +8. _________________ should _________________ another car on a hill. + +9. _________________ who is changing from one _________________ to another should signal. + +10. _________________ drives fast on this road. _________________ who _________________ here gets a ticket. + +# I'M TOO UNHAPPY TO . . . + +Use the words in the box to complete this sentence: + +_________________ **too** _________________ **to be** _________________. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| **busy**
**polite**
**funny**
**boring** | **dull**
**angry**
**rude**
**unhappy** | **sharp**
**tired**
**nervous**
**relaxed** | **frightening**
**satisfied**
**reasonable**
**entertaining** | + +EXAMPLES: I'm too busy to be unhappy. + +The movie was too funny to be boring. + +# YES, IT'S USUALLY RAINY THERE. + +Answer the questions. Add the suffix **-y** to the underlined word, and use the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Is there a leak in the bathroom faucet? (yes) +Yes, the bathroom faucet is leaky. + +1. Is there a lot of rain in London? (yes) + +2. Is there ice on the roads? (yes) + +3. Does the meat have too much salt on it? (no) + +4. Does it snow often in Saudi Arabia? (no) + +5. Was there a lot of soap in the water? (yes) + +6. Do you have grease on your hands? (no) + +7. Was there too much water in the coffee? (no) + +8. Do airplanes take off when there's a storm? (no) + +9. Will there be a lot of rain tomorrow? (yes) + +10. Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building? (no) + +# ALDO'S AUTO REPAIR IS THE SHOP THAT SERVICED MY CAR. + +Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Be sure to use the correct form of the word. There may be more than one correct answer. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| **that**
**who**
**which** | **service**
**refund**
**guarantee** | **charge**
**exchange**
**leak** | **credit**
**tune up**
**give back** | + +EXAMPLES: Is this the shop which/that serviced your car? + +Ernie is the mechanic who tuned up my engine. + +1. Is this the shop _________________ all kinds of cars? + +2. Is that the shop _________________ your money? + +3. Sam's Service Station is the place _________________ the job. + +4. I was the one _________________ the work. + +5. The clerk _________________ the part at the shop is my sister. + +6. Is he the man _________________ the motor that leaked oil? + +7. Who was the clerk _________________ your account? + +8. Are you the mechanic _________________ truck engines? + +9. This is the shop _________________ didn't _________________ my money. + +10. What's the name of the garage _________________ its work for 90 days? + +# WHICH SUMMARY IS THE BEST? + +Read each paragraph and select the best summary. + +1. Soccer is a game that almost everyone who is in good physical shape can play. In basketball, most of the players are tall. In football, many of the players are heavy and very strong. Soccer is different. A player who is fast can do well in a soccer game. He doesn't need to be tall, heavy, or strong. + + a. Basketball players have to be tall, or they won't do well in a game. + + b. Football and basketball games are different from soccer games. + + c. Speed, not size, is the thing that's most important to a soccer player. + +2. People who are driving on long trips should stop often. They can buy gas, eat, sightsee, or just exercise a little. When they get tired, they can pull over to the side of the road and rest. Without regular breaks, drivers can easily become tired or careless. Sometimes when a driver falls asleep at the wheel, his vehicle leaves the road or crosses into the opposite lane and causes a terrible accident. + + a. You should be careful while you're driving. When you become tired, pull off the road and rest. + + b. Drivers should stop regularly on long trips. Those who don't take breaks can become tired and cause accidents. + + c. Long automobile trips can be boring. When you take breaks to go sightseeing, they're more interesting. + +# PUT TWO SENTENCES TOGETHER. + +Read the two sentences. Then write a new sentence with an independent clause and a dependent clause. Use the word in ( ). + +1. The student isn't in class today. + He had a fever yesterday. (who) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. He has a cold. + It's getting worse every day. (which) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. He didn't make a doctor's appointment. + He really felt bad. (until) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. His friend drove him to the doctor's office. + The student thought he was too sick to drive. (because) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. The doctor examined him. + His friend waited. (while) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +6. He looked better. + He came out of the examination room. (when) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +7. He wasn't terribly sick. He went in. (before) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +8. But he became sicker. He saw the doctor's bill (after) + + _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +# TOPICS, MAIN IDEAS, AND TITLES + +Read the paragraph. First, write the topic. Next, write the main idea in a complete sentence. Then write a title above the paragraph. + +1. Title: ___________________________________________________________________________ + + No one wants to be in an automobile accident or plans to have one, but many people get hurt on the highway every day. Often they are the ones who caused the accident because they were careless. They didn't keep their car in good shape, their mind on the road, their hands on the wheel, or their eyes on the speed limit signs. + + Topic: ___________________________________________________________________________ + + Main idea: ___________________________________________________________________________ + ___________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +2. Title: ____________________________________________________________________ + + When people really want to do something that's + difficult, they can usually find a way. Two U.S. pilots + wanted to show that an airplane could fly around the world + and not stop. They decided to build an airplane that was + very light and didn't use much gas. It was noisy and slow, + but it worked. In 1986, they flew it around the world. + They got hurt when they flew through stormy weather and + became terribly tired, but they finished the trip in nine + days. + + Topic: ______________________________________________________________ + Main idea: ______________________________________________________________ + ______________________________________________________________ + +### WHAT DOES THE WORD MEAN? + +Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not, or is on the line. + +1. a. Tom slept during class. + + During ___________ before the class started. + ___________ while he was in class. + ___________ after he left class. + + b. The teacher was upset because Tom slept during class. + + During ___________ before the class started. + ___________ while he was in class. + ___________ after he left class. + + c. The teacher was upset because Tom slept during class and didn't hear the question. + + During ___________ before the class started. + ___________ while he was in class. + ___________ after he left class. + +2. a. Tina will remain here. + + Remain ___________ work. + ___________ stay. + ___________ leave. + + b. Tina will remain here in the hospital. + + Remain ___________ work. + ___________ stay. + ___________ leave. + + c. Tina will remain here in the hospital until she is well and can go back home. + + Remain ___________ work. + ___________ stay. + ___________ leave. + +### LISTEN AND WRITE. + +Listen to the paragraph the first time. Write the paragraph when you hear it the second time. Check your work when you hear it the third time. Be careful to use correct punctuation. + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ diff --git a/sources/book-11/st-misc.md b/sources/book-11/st-misc.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..112d9d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/st-misc.md @@ -0,0 +1,959 @@ + + +# source + +Extracted from PDF with 263 pages. + +--- + +BK11ST +January 1991 +D + +Defense Language Institute +English Language Center +Lackland Air Force Base, Texas + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +LEVEL II +BOOK 11 +STUDENT TEXT + +--- + +# PREFACE + +The **American Language Course (ALC)** is designed primarily for an intensive language training program. However, these materials can also be used in nonintensive programs. The course will provide students with a sufficient level of fluency and communicative proficiency in American English to enable them to successfully pursue technical or professional training in schools conducted by the Department of Defense. + +The General English Phase of the ALC consists of six progressive levels of language proficiency training. Levels I through V consist of six separate instructional packages each. Level VI contains four. + +| Level | Books | +|---|---| +| Level I | Books 1 - 6 | +| Level II | Books 7 - 12 | +| Level III | Books 13 - 18 | +| Level IV | Books 19 - 24 | +| Level V | Books 25 - 30 | +| Level VI | Books 31 - 34 | + +The coordinated instructional packages for Books 1-30 consist of the following: + +1. Instructor Text +2. Student Text +3. Audiotapes +4. Instructor Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +5. Student Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +6. Quiz Kits +7. Optional training aids + +Inquiries concerning these materials, including requests for copies, should be addressed to Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LERW, 2235 Andrews Ave., Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5259. + +Recommendations for improving this edition are encouraged. Letters should be addressed to: Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LEAC, 2230 Andrews Ave., Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5203. + +The American Language Course (ALC) contains copyrighted material. Reproduction of this publication is not authorized without the expressed written permission of the owners of the copyrights. + +--- + +# NOTES TO THE STUDENT + +The Student Text for Book 11, Level II, has four lessons and one review lesson, daily evaluations and homework assignments, and various appendixes. + +The homework and evaluation exercises are at the back of this text. The evaluation exercises are short quizzes and will be given after each lesson is completed. The daily homework assignments will require about two hours to complete. + +The appendixes are after the fifth lesson. Appendix A is an alphabetical list of the new vocabulary presented in this book. Next to the word is the number of the lesson where the word is introduced. Appendix B is a list of the grammar structures presented in this book. Next to the structure is the number of the lesson where the structure is presented. The rest of the appendixes are reference materials. + +The American Language Course focuses on four areas: + +1. **Function** +The functions are the ways we use a language to communicate. There are exercises in the lessons that show you how and when to use certain words, phrases, and sentences in a particular situation. + +2. **Grammar** +The grammar structures in the lesson are the forms you need to speak and write correctly. + +3. **Skills** +There are exercises in the lessons to help you improve your skill or ability in listening, speaking, reading or writing. + +4. **Vocabulary** +The words and expressions presented in the lesson are those you will need to do the functions and the grammar exercises. + +The first page of each lesson is the focus page. It provides a summary of the material that will be presented in the lesson. + +--- + +# CONTENTS + +| Title | Page | +|---|---| +| **Lesson 1** | I Need To See The Doctor. | 1 | +| **Lesson 2** | This Street Is One-Way! | 39 | +| **Lesson 3** | Please Give Me A Refund. | 81 | +| **Lesson 4** | That Was A Great Movie! | 121 | +| **Lesson 5** | Get Ready For The Quiz. | 165 | +| **Appendix A** | Word List | A-1 | +| **Appendix B** | Structure List | B-1 | +| **Appendix C** | Principal Parts/Irregular Verbs | C-1 | +| **Appendix D** | Patterns of Irregular Verbs | D-1 | +| **Appendix E** | Verb Forms | E-1 | +| **Appendix F** | Punctuation and Capitalization | F-1 | +| | Homework | HW-1 | +| | Evaluation | EE-1 | + +--- + + + + +# Appendix A + +## WORD LIST + +| | | +|---|---| +| ache (n), 1 | dull, 4 | +| ache (v), 1 | | +| ahead, 2 | earache, 1 | +| ahead of, 2 | emergency, 1 | +| annual, 1 | engine, 3 | +| any longer, 1 | entertain, 4 | +| anybody, 2 | entertaining, 4 | +| appointment, 1 | entertainment, 4 | +| as a matter of fact, 4 | examination/exam, 1 | +| | exchange, 3 | +| back, 1 | | +| backache, 1 | fail (to), 2 | +| become/became, 2 | feel/felt, 4 | +| boring, 4 | fever, 1 | +| brake (n), 3 | flash, 2 | +| bug, 3 | fly (n), 3 | +| busy, 4 | follow, 2 | +| | frequently, 4 | +| cards, 4 | frighten, 4 | +| catch/caught, 1 | frightening, 4 | +| caution, 2 | funny, 4 | +| cautious/cautiously, 2 | | +| channel, 4 | get/got, 1 | +| charge (n), 3 | get/got, 2 | +| charge (v), 3 | give/gave back (v), 3 | +| checkup, 1 | grease (n), 3 | +| chest, 1 | grease (v), 3 | +| cold (n), 1 | greasy, 3 | +| come/came in, 1 | great, 4 | +| commercial (n), 4 | guarantee (n), 3 | +| confuse, 2 | guarantee (v), 3 | +| connect, 1 | | +| cough (n), 1 | headache, 1 | +| cough (v), 1 | horizontal, 1 | +| could, 4 | hose, 3 | +| credit (n), 3 | how about...?, 1 | +| credit (v), 3 | | +| crossing, 2 | if you ask me, 4 | +| | impolite/impolitely, 4 | +| dish, 4 | in (a), 1 | +| dissatisfied, 3 | in advance, 2 | +| dot, 1 | in fact, 4 | + +| | | +|---|---| +| inch/inches, 1 | prompt/promptly, 4 | +| instructor, 2 | pull over, 2 | +| intend (to), 4 | | +| intersection, 2 | railroad, 2 | +| | reasonable/reasonably, 4 | +| lane, 2 | recommend, 4 | +| laugh (at), 4 | refund (n), 3 | +| leak (n), 3 | refund (v), 3 | +| leak (v), 3 | regular, 1 | +| leaky, 3 | relaxed, 2 | +| lost, 2 | right-of-way, 2 | +| loud/loudly, 4 | rude/rudely, 4 | +| love (n), 4 | run/ran a temperature, 1 | +| love (v), 4 | run/ran, 1 | +| | runny, 1 | +| make/made it, 1 | | +| mean (v), 2 | sales slip, 3 | +| middle, 1 | satisfaction, 3 | +| miles per/an hour, (m.p.h.), 2 | satisfied, 3 | +| mind, 2 | satisfy, 3 | +| motor, 3 | see/saw, 1 | +| | serve, 4 | +| nervous, 2 | service (n), 3 | +| no one, 2 | sharp, 4 | +| nobody, 2 | sidewalk, 2 | +| noise, 3 | sign (n), 2 | +| noisy, 3 | signal (n), 2 | +| nurse, 1 | signal (v), 2 | +| | since (c), 4 | +| oil (n), 3 | since (c)(p), 1 | +| oil (v), 3 | slow down/up, 2 | +| oily, 3 | sneeze (n), 1 | +| on sale, 3 | sneeze (v), 1 | +| one-way, 2 | somebody, 2 | +| out (a), 1 | sometime, 1 | +| | speed (n), 2 | +| pain, 1 | speed/sped (up), 2 | +| parallel, 1 | speed limit, 2 | +| part, 3 | speed/spent, 4 | +| pass, 2 | stall (v), 3 | +| patient (n), 1 | steering wheel, 2 | +| pedestrian, 2 | still (a), 1 | +| perpendicular, 1 | stomach, 1 | +| physical (n), 1 | stomachache, 1 | +| plan (n), 4 | stop sign, 2 | +| plan (to) (v), 4 | symptom, 1 | +| problem, 1 | | +| program, 4 | temperature, 1 | +| | terrible/terribly, 4 | + +| | | +|---|---| +| that (r), 2 | | +| then, 1 | | +| too, 3 | | +| tune up (v), 3 | | +| tune-up (n), 3 | | +| turn (n), 2 | | +| two-way, 2 | | +| | | +| unhappy, 3 | | +| | | +| variety, 4 | | +| vertical, 1 | | +| | | +| warm (up), 3 | | +| way, 2 | | +| which (r), 2 | | +| who (r), 2 | | +| wonderful, 4 | | +| | | +| yield, 2 | | + +--- + + + + +# Appendix B + +## STRUCTURE LIST + +Adverbs: Interrogative: **how + adverb (long)**, 1 + +Affixes: Suffixes: **-y (noun + -y)**, 3 + +Clauses: Adjective clauses (restrictive) referring to a person: **that/who** (as subject in clause), 2; referring to a thing/idea: **that/which** (as subject in clause), 2 + +Indirect Speech: Reported simple present tense: **told + indirect object + past tense that-noun clause**, 4 + +Prepositions: Time: **after/at/before/from/in/on/since/to/till/until**, 4 + +Pronouns: Indefinite: **anyone/anybody/no one/nobody/someone/somebody**, 2 + +Verbs: Linking verbs followed by adjective: **become/get**, 2 + +Verbs: Modals/Modal equivalents expressing ability/capability: **could (past can)**, 4 + +Verbs: Present perfect with **be/have** and **since/for**, 1 + +Verbs: Present perfect progressive, 1 + +Verbs: Verbals: Infinitive/Infinitive phrase: **verb modifier expressing purpose**, 3; **after too + predicate adjective**, 3 + + + + +# Appendix C + +## PRINCIPAL PARTS OF CERTAIN IRREGULAR VERBS + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | flee | fled | fled | +| awake | awoke | awakened | fly | flew | flown | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | +| be | was | been | forgive | forgave | forgiven | +| bear | bore | borne | freeze | froze | frozen | +| beat | beat | beaten | | | | +| become | became | become | get | got | gotten(got) | +| begin | began | begun | give | gave | given | +| bend | bent | bent | grind | ground | ground | +| bet | bet | bet | grow | grew | grown | +| bid | bid | bid | | | | +| bind | bound | bound | hang | hung | hung | +| bite | bit | bitten | have | had | had | +| bleed | bled | bled | hear | heard | heard | +| blow | blew | blown | hide | hid | hidden | +| break | broke | broken | hit | hit | hit | +| bring | brought | brought | hold | held | held | +| build | built | built | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| burst | burst | burst | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | keep | kept | kept | +| | | | know | knew | known | +| cast | cast | cast | | | | +| catch | caught | caught | lay | laid | laid | +| choose | chose | chosen | lead | led | led | +| come | came | come | leave | left | left | +| cost | cost | cost | lend | lent | lent | +| creep | crept | crept | let | let | let | +| cut | cut | cut | lie | lay | lain | +| | | | light | lit | lit(lighted) | +| deal | dealt | dealt | lose | lost | lost | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| do | did | done | make | made | made | +| draw | drew | drawn | mean | meant | meant | +| drink | drank | drunk | meet | met | met | +| drive | drove | driven | | | | +| | | | pay | paid | paid | +| eat | ate | eaten | put | put | put | +| | | | | | | +| fall | fell | fallen | quit | quit | quit | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| feel | felt | felt | read | read | read | +| fight | fought | fought | ride | rode | ridden | +| find | found | found | ring | rang | rung | + +## IRREGULAR VERBS (Continued) + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| rise | rose | risen | wake | woke(waked) | woken(waked) | +| run | ran | run | wear | wore | worn | +| | | | weave | wove | woven | +| say | said | said | weep | wept | wept | +| see | saw | seen | wet | wet | wet | +| seek | sought | sought | win | won | won | +| shake | shook | shaken | wind | wound | wound | +| sell | sold | sold | wring | wrung | wrung | +| send | sent | sent | write | wrote | written | +| set | set | set | | | | +| shed | shed | shed | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| show | showed | shown | | | | +| shrink | shrank | shrunk | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | | | | +| sing | sang | sung | | | | +| sink | sank | sunk | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| sleep | slept | slept | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| slit | slit | slit | | | | +| speak | spoke | spoken | | | | +| spend | spent | spent | | | | +| spin | spun | spun | | | | +| split | split | split | | | | +| spread | spread | spread | | | | +| spring | sprang | sprung | | | | +| stand | stood | stood | | | | +| steal | stole | stolen | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| sting | stung | stung | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | +| string | strung | strung | | | | +| swear | swore | sworn | | | | +| sweep | swept | swept | | | | +| swim | swam | swum | | | | +| swing | swung | swung | | | | +| | | | | | | +| take | took | taken | | | | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| tear | tore | torn | | | | +| tell | told | told | | | | +| think | thought | thought | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | | | | +| | | | | | | +| understand | understood | understood | | | | + + + + +# Appendix D + +## PATTERNS OF IRREGULAR VERBS + +### 1. Three Prinicipal Parts the Same + +hit — hit — hit +quit — quit — quit +split — split — split + +bet — bet — bet +let — let — let +set — set — set + +put — put — put +cut — cut — cut +shut — shut — shut + +bid — bid — bid + +hurt — hurt — hurt +burst — burst — burst + +cost — cost — cost + +shed — shed — shed +spread — spread — spread + +cast — cast — cast + +### 2. Last Two Prinicipal Parts the Same + +#### a. Final Consonant Change Only + +have — had — had +make — made — made + +build — built — built + +bent — bent — bent +spend — spent — spent +send — sent — sent + +#### b. Vowel Change Only + +meet — met — met +read — read — read +bleed — bled — bled +feed — fed — fed +lead — led — led + +light — lit — lit +slide — slid — slid +sit — sat — sat +shoot — shot — shot +hold — held — held +win — won — won +shine — shone — shone + +find — found — found +wind — wound — wound +bind — bound — bound + +dig — dug — dug +stick — stuck — stuck +strike — struck — struck + +#### c. Vowel Change - Addition of -t or -d + +sleep — slept — slept +keep — kept — kept +creep — crept — crept +weep — wept — wept + +think — thought — thought +teach — taught — taught +buy — bought — bought +catch — caught — caught +fight — fought — fought +seek — sought — sought + +mean — meant — meant +leave — left — left + +flee — fled — fled +tell — told — told +sell — sold — sold + +lose — lost — lost + +hear — heard — heard +understand — understood — understood + +### 3. Three Principal Parts Differ to Some Extent + +#### a. No Similarity + +be — was — been +go — went — gone +do — did — done + +#### b. Vowel Change--Addition of -n + +arise — arose — arisen +drive — drove — driven +fly — flew — flown + +ride — rode — ridden +rise — rose — risen + +#### c. Vowel Change--No -n + +sing — sang — sung +ring — rang — rung +drink — drank — drunk + +swim — swam — swum + +begin — began — begun + +#### d. First and Third Vowels Similar + +blow — blew — blown +know — knew — known +grow — grew — grown +throw — threw — thrown + +run — ran — run +come — came — come + +eat — ate — eaten +give — gave — given +see — saw — seen +draw — drew — drawn + +#### e. Second and Third Vowels Similar + +break — broke — broken +speak — spoke — spoken +choose — chose — chosen +steal — stole — stolen + +tear — tore — torn +wear — wore — worn +swear — swore — sworn +bear — bore — born + +get — got — got(gotten) +forget — forgot — forgotten + + + + +# Appendix E + +## VERB FORMS + +(These are examples of standard conjugations.) + +### Verb: To Be (Be: Simple Form) + +#### Present Tense +I am +you are +he, she, it is + +we are +you are +they are + +#### Present Perfect Tense +I have been +you have been +he has been + +we have been +you have been +they have been + +#### Past Tense +I was +you were +he was + +we were +you were +they were + +#### Past Perfect Tense +I had been +you had been +he had been + +we had been +you had been +they had been + +#### Future Tense* +I will be +you will be +he will be + +we will be +you will be +they will be + +#### Future Perfect Tense* +I will have been +you will have been +he will have been + +we will have been +you will have been +they will have been + +### Verb: to walk (Walk: Simple Form) + +#### Present Tense +I walk +you walk +he, she, it walks + +we walk +you walk +they walk + +#### Present Perfect Tense +I have walked +you have walked +he has walked + +we have walked +you have walked +they have walked + +#### Past Tense +I walked +you walked +he walked + +we walked +you walked +they walked + +#### Past Perfect Tense +I had walked +you had walked +he had walked + +we had walked +you had walked +they had walked + +\* shall may be used, but it's less common. + +--- + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +#### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will walk | we will walk | +| you will walk | you will walk | +| he will walk | they will walk | + +#### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have walked | we will have walked | +| you will have walked | you will have walked | +| he will have walked | they will have walked | + +### Verb: To Walk (Progressive Form) + +#### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am walking | we are walking | +| you are walking | you are walking | +| he, she, it is walking | they are walking | + +#### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was walking | we were walking | +| you were walking | you were walking | +| he was walking | they were walking | + +#### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be walking | we will be walking | +| you will be walking | you will be walking | +| he will be walking | they will be walking | + +#### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been walking | we have been walking | +| you have been walking | you have been walking | +| he has been walking | they have been walking | + +#### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been walking | we had been walking | +| you had been walking | you had been walking | +| he had been walking | they had been walking | + +--- +\* see page E-1 + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +#### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been walking | we will have been walking | +| you will have been walking | you will have been walking | +| he will have been walking | they will have been walking | + +### Verb: To See (Passive Voice) + +#### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am seen | we are seen | +| you are seen | you are seen | +| he, she, it is seen | they are seen | + +#### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was seen | we were seen | +| you were seen | you were seen | +| he was seen | they were seen | + +#### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be seen | we will be seen | +| you will be seen | you will be seen | +| he will be seen | they will be seen | + +#### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been seen | we have been seen | +| you have been seen | you have been seen | +| he has been seen | they have been seen | + +#### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been seen | we had been seen | +| you had been seen | you had been seen | +| he had been seen | they had been seen | + +--- +\* see page E-1 + +Verb: To See (Continued) + +#### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been seen | we will have been seen | +| you will have been seen | you will have been seen | +| he will have been seen | they will have been seen | + +### Verb: To Be (Subjunctive Mood) +(used in conditional or contrary-to-the-fact situations) + +| | | +|---|---| +| (If) I were | (If) we were | +| (If) you were | (If) you were | +| (If) he, she, it were | (If) they were | + +--- +\* see page E-1 + + + + +# Appendix F + +## Punctuation and Capitalization + +### Punctuation + +#### A. PERIOD (.) + +1. Use a period at the end of a statement or command. + + The pen and paper are on the table. + Go to the chalkboard and write your name. + +2. Use a period after an abbreviation or an initial. Abbreviated military ranks do not require a period. + + Feb. (February) + Dr. Smith (Doctor Smith) + J. Jones (John Jones) + Mr. Brown + Mrs. White + Ms. Little + a.m. + p.m. + +#### B. QUESTION MARK (?) + +1. Use a question mark after a question. Sometimes the question may be written like a statement. + + How many children are in your family? + He's here today? + +#### C. EXCLAMATION MARK (!) + +1. Use an exclamation mark after words, sentences, or expressions that show excitement, surprise, or emotion. Any exclamation, even if not a sentence, will end with an exclamation mark. + + What a game! + Wow! + Look out! + Oh! + Do it! + +#### D. QUOTATION MARKS (" ") + +1. Use quotation marks to show the words of a speaker. They're always placed above the line and are used in pairs. + + John said, "The commissary closes at 2100 hours today." + "Where are the children?" she asked. + +2. If the words of the speaker are divided into two parts, use quotation marks around both parts. + + "Do you," she asked, "go to the library after class?" + +3. Use quotation marks around the titles of chapters, articles, parts of books and magazines, short poems, short stories, and songs. + + Last night I read the chapter "Grammar Is Easy" in our book. Then I read the article "Learning English" in the newspaper. + +#### E. APOSTROPHE (') + +1. Use an apostrophe in contractions. + + I'm + isn't + what's + she's + aren't + where's + they're + can't + Bob's + o'clock (of the clock) + +2. Use an apostrophe to indicate possession. + + a. If the noun is singular, add 's. + + Bill's book + the girl's coat + + b. When the noun is plural, add 's if the plural does not end in s. + + the children's clothes + the men's shirts + + c. If the plural noun ends in s, add only an apostrophe. + + the boys' shoes + the libraries' books + +#### F. COMMA (,) + +1. Use commas to separate items in a series. + + We ate sandwiches, potato chips, and fruit for lunch. + + She looked behind the chairs, under the bed, and in the kitchen for her notebook. + +2. Use a comma before the conjunctions and, but, or, nor, for, yet when they join independent clauses. + + We lived in Venezuela for three years, and then we returned to the United States. + + Frank can speak Chinese well, but he can't read it. + +3. Use a comma after an introductory clause or phrase to separate it from the rest of the sentence. + + After we study this book, we want to take a break. + Because John was sick, he didn't take the test. + + Looking up at the sky, the small boy suddenly ran home. + +4. Use a comma after words such as yes, no, well when they begin a sentence. + + Do you want to go to the library? + Yes, I do. + + I didn't pass the test. + Well, study more. + +5. Use commas to separate the words of a speaker from the rest of the sentence. + + "Listen to me," she said. + Jack asked, "Where's my lunch?" + "I don't know," said John, "the answer to the question." + +6. Use a comma in dates and addresses. + + June 9, 1970 + 143 Main Street, Los Angeles, California + +7. Use a comma in figures to separate thousands. + + 5,000 (or 5000) + 10,000 + 6,550,000 + +--- + +Capitalization + +1. Capitalize the first word of a sentence. + +The boy stood up and walked outside. +Your book is behind the chair. + +2. Capitalize the names of people, cities, states, countries, and languages. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| Mark | Bill | Mary | Linda | +| San Antonio | Chicago | Houston | London | +| Texas | California | Florida | New York | +| Spain | United States | Canada | Venezuela | +| Arabic | Chinese | Russian | English | + +3. Capitalize the names of schools, streets, buildings, bridges, companies, and organizations. + +Defense Language Institute +University of Chicago +Main Street +Clark Avenue +Empire State Building +Golden Gate Bridge +Ford Motor Company +General Motors +National Football League + +4. Capitalize the days of the week, months of the year, and holidays. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| Sunday | Monday | Tuesday | +| June | July | August | +| Christmas | Easter | Thanksgiving | + +5. Capitalize titles and military ranks before names. + +Gen Roberts +Capt Smith +Sgt Jones +Professor Land +President Lincoln + +6. Capitalize the pronoun "I." + +I can't go with you. +I'm happy to see you again. + +7. Capitalize the first word of every direct quotation. + +She asked, "Can I sit here?" +"We saw her," said John, "at the University." diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-1A.md b/sources/book-11/tape-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6fdc117 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, then repeat them. +Headache. +Headache. +Earache. +Earache. +Aches. +Aches. +Stomach. +Stomach. +Stomachache. +Stomachache. +Backache. +Backache. +Problem. +Problem. +Chest. +Chest. +Pain. +Pain. +Now listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat it, just listen. +What's wrong with all of you? +My head hurts. +I have a headache. +I have an earache. +My left ear aches. +My stomach hurts. +I have a stomachache. +Maria, what's the matter with you? +I hurt my back. +Now I have a backache. +What's your problem, Steve? +My chest hurts. +I feel a painright here. +Listen to the dialogue again. +This time, repeat it. +What's wrong with all of you? +My head hurts. +I have a headache. +I have an earache. +My left ear aches. +My stomach hurts. +I have a stomachache. +Maria, what's the matter with you? +I hurt my back. +Now I have a backache. +What's your problem, Steve? +My chest hurts. +I feel a painright here. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.65-13.57] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1A. + [19.74-20.30] Hello. + [20.94-24.38] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. + [31.47-32.67] Look at Figure 1. + [33.31-37.87] Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, then repeat them. + [39.63-40.27] Headache. + [42.42-42.98] Headache. + [45.50-46.14] Earache. + [48.29-49.01] Earache. + [51.44-52.08] Aches. + [54.03-54.75] Aches. + [57.07-57.87] Stomach. + [59.71-59.76] Stomach. + [63.21-63.99] Stomachache. + [66.03-66.75] Stomachache. + [69.33-69.87] Backache. + [71.79-72.39] Backache. + [74.46-75.18] Problem. + [77.01-77.81] Problem. + [79.70-80.42] Chest. + [82.21-82.93] Chest. + [84.83-85.47] Pain. + [87.18-87.82] Pain. + [91.28-92.88] Now listen to the dialogue. + [93.44-95.92] Don't repeat it, just listen. + [99.09-100.37] What's wrong with all of you? + [100.93-101.89] My head hurts. + [102.05-103.01] I have a headache. + [103.90-104.86] I have an earache. + [105.02-106.22] My left ear aches. + [106.78-107.90] My stomach hurts. + [108.06-109.26] I have a stomachache. + [109.66-111.50] Maria, what's the matter with you? + [111.98-113.18] I hurt my back. + [113.82-115.26] Now I have a backache. + [115.74-117.42] What's your problem, Steve? + [117.74-118.78] My chest hurts. + [119.02-120.30] I feel a painright here. + [122.37-123.81] Listen to the dialogue again. + [124.45-125.73] This time, repeat it. + [128.06-129.34] What's wrong with all of you? + [133.18-134.14] My head hurts. + [134.22-135.18] I have a headache. + [139.95-140.91] I have an earache. + [141.31-142.59] My left ear aches. + [146.59-147.79] My stomach hurts. + [147.79-148.83] I have a stomachache. + [153.34-154.62] Maria, what's the matter with you? + [159.09-160.41] I hurt my back. + [160.95-162.39] Now I have a backache. + [167.25-168.93] What's your problem, Steve? + [172.35-173.19] My chest hurts. + [174.03-175.59] I feel a painright here. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2. +Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. +Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. +Number 1 is an example. +Number 1: +"Alan has a stomachache." +The answer is C. +Write the number 1 below that picture. +Number 2: "Sally has a headache." +Number 3: "Maria has a backache." +Number 4: "Steve has a pain in his chest." +Number 5: "David has an earache." +Look at the pictures and check your answers. +Picture A is 2. +Picture B is 5. +Picture C is 1. +Picture D is 3. +Picture E is 4. +Look at the pictures again and answer the questions. +Do all of the students have the same problem? +Repeat: "No, they have different problems." +Look at Picture A. +What's the matter with Sally? +Repeat: "She has a headache." +Look at Picture B. +What's wrong with David? +Repeat: "David has an earache." +Look at Picture C. +What's the matter with Alan? +Repeat: "He has a stomachache." +Look at Picture D. +What is Maria's problem? +Repeat: "She has a backache." +Look at Picture E. +Where does Steve have a pain? +Repeat: "He has a pain in his chest." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.37-3.73] Now go to Figure 2. + [4.53-7.09] Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. + [8.06-11.02] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. + [12.02-13.86] Number 1 is an example. + [15.26-15.98] Number 1: + [17.41-18.93] "Alan has a stomachache." + [23.44-25.36] The answer is C. + [26.08-28.56] Write the number 1 below that picture. + [31.89-34.77] Number 2: "Sally has a headache." + [41.47-44.78] Number 3: "Maria has a backache." + [50.67-54.66] Number 4: "Steve has a pain in his chest." + [59.54-62.58] Number 5: "David has an earache." + [67.86-70.10] Look at the pictures and check your answers. + [71.54-73.62] Picture A is 2. + [75.07-77.15] Picture B is 5. + [78.64-79.97] Picture C is 1. + [82.17-84.39] Picture D is 3. + [85.59-87.57] Picture E is 4. + [92.51-95.47] Look at the pictures again and answer the questions. + [97.42-99.66] Do all of the students have the same problem? + [104.34-107.62] Repeat: "No, they have different problems." + [113.34-114.38] Look at Picture A. + [115.65-117.01] What's the matter with Sally? + [121.71-124.21] Repeat: "She has a headache." + [128.40-129.44] Look at Picture B. + [130.90-132.02] What's wrong with David? + [136.93-139.41] Repeat: "David has an earache." + [144.48-145.68] Look at Picture C. + [147.04-148.40] What's the matter with Alan? + [153.14-155.54] Repeat: "He has a stomachache." + [160.59-161.71] Look at Picture D. + [163.12-164.40] What is Maria's problem? + [168.27-170.67] Repeat: "She has a backache." + [174.51-175.63] Look at Picture E. + [177.34-178.86] Where does Steve have a pain? + [183.10-186.19] Repeat: "He has a pain in his chest." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please look at Figure 3. +Look at the paragraph, listen to the underlined words, and repeat them. +Nurse. +Nurse. +Temperature. +Temperature. +Fever. +Fever. +Now look at the paragraph and listen, don't repeat. +The nurse at the school took everyone's temperature. +She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes. +Then she took the thermometers and looked at them. +Maria's thermometer said 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius. +That temperature is allright. +Someone with a temperature higher than 98.6 has a fever. +Look at Maria's thermometer. +What is her temperature? +It's 98.6. +Does she have a fever? +No, she doesn't. +Repeat: Maria doesn't have a fever. +Now listen and look at the other thermometers. +When you hear a student's temperature, write it on his or her thermometer. +When the nurse looked at the other thermometers, this is what she learned: +Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees. +Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees. +Sally's temperature was 99.5. +David had a temperature of 103 degrees. +Listen again and check the temperatures. +Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees. +Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees. +Sally's temperature was 99.5. +David had a temperature of 103 degrees. +Which students had fevers? +Put a check beside their names. +Three students had fevers. +They were Steve, Sally, and David. +Now look at the thermometers and answer these questions. +Whose fever was the highest? +Repeat: David's fever was the highest. +Who had the lowest temperature? +Repeat: Alan had the lowest temperature. +What was the highest temperature? +Repeat: The highest temperature was 103. +What was Steve's temperature? +Repeat: Steve's temperature was 100 degrees. +What was Sally's temperature? +Repeat: Sally's temperature was 99.5. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.06-3.66] Please look at Figure 3. + [4.30-8.86] Look at the paragraph, listen to the underlined words, and repeat them. + [10.27-10.91] Nurse. + [12.62-13.26] Nurse. + [15.41-18.09] Temperature. + [18.13-19.09] Temperature. + [21.26-22.06] Fever. + [24.13-24.93] Fever. + [28.59-32.11] Now look at the paragraph and listen, don't repeat. + [34.08-36.88] The nurse at the school took everyone's temperature. + [38.10-44.82] She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes. + [45.78-49.30] Then she took the thermometers and looked at them. + [50.40-58.24] Maria's thermometer said 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius. + [59.52-61.20] That temperature is allright. + [62.16-66.72] Someone with a temperature higher than 98.6 has a fever. + [70.88-72.64] Look at Maria's thermometer. + [73.36-74.56] What is her temperature? + [76.83-78.67] It's 98.6. + [78.67-80.66] Does she have a fever? + [83.02-84.62] No, she doesn't. + [85.18-88.30] Repeat: Maria doesn't have a fever. + [92.02-94.50] Now listen and look at the other thermometers. + [94.98-99.54] When you hear a student's temperature, write it on his or her thermometer. + [102.03-106.27] When the nurse looked at the other thermometers, this is what she learned: + [107.97-111.17] Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees. + [119.01-123.33] Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees. + [130.48-134.25] Sally's temperature was 99.5. + [142.11-145.14] David had a temperature of 103 degrees. + [153.87-156.19] Listen again and check the temperatures. + [157.66-160.14] Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees. + [164.97-168.45] Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees. + [172.59-176.19] Sally's temperature was 99.5. + [180.99-184.47] David had a temperature of 103 degrees. + [190.50-191.52] Which students had fevers? + [192.66-194.42] Put a check beside their names. + [203.62-205.46] Three students had fevers. + [206.10-208.98] They were Steve, Sally, and David. + [209.94-212.90] Now look at the thermometers and answer these questions. + [214.82-216.34] Whose fever was the highest? + [222.06-225.14] Repeat: David's fever was the highest. + [230.86-232.30] Who had the lowest temperature? + [238.93-241.81] Repeat: Alan had the lowest temperature. + [247.62-249.38] What was the highest temperature? + [255.94-259.38] Repeat: The highest temperature was 103. + [266.67-268.28] What was Steve's temperature? + [274.63-278.97] Repeat: Steve's temperature was 100 degrees. + [285.75-286.71] What was Sally's temperature? + [294.15-299.01] Repeat: Sally's temperature was 99.5. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Look at the pictures and repeat the words under the pictures. +Runny nose. +Runny nose. +Sneeze. +Sneeze. +Cough. +Cough. +Look at the sentences under the pictures. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: cold. +Cold. +Sally has a bad cold. +Number 2: catch. +Catch. +She hopes her friends won't catch it. +Number 3: caught. +Caught. +She thinks she caught it from her sister. +Number 4: symptoms. +Symptoms. +She began to feel the symptoms yesterday. +Number 5: sneeze. +Sneeze. +First she started to sneeze. +Number 6: run. +Run. +Then her nose began to run. +Number 7: cough. +Cough. +Now she has a bad cough. +Coughed. +Coughed. +She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often. +Number 8: running a temperature. +Running a temperature. +Now she's running a temperature of 101. +Number 9: see. +See. +Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor. +Number 10: appointment. +Appointment. +She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.25] Now look at Figure 4. + [3.97-7.25] Look at the pictures and repeat the words under the pictures. + [9.30-10.34] Runny nose. + [12.35-13.47] Runny nose. + [15.36-16.24] Sneeze. + [18.00-19.04] Sneeze. + [21.14-21.62] Cough. + [23.63-24.19] Cough. + [28.22-30.62] Look at the sentences under the pictures. + [31.18-33.02] Repeat the words and sentences. + [34.27-36.03] Number 1: cold. + [37.79-38.43] Cold. + [40.42-42.18] Sally has a bad cold. + [46.18-48.26] Number 2: catch. + [50.03-50.67] Catch. + [52.99-55.07] She hopes her friends won't catch it. + [59.82-61.58] Number 3: caught. + [63.63-63.68] Caught. + [66.29-68.53] She thinks she caught it from her sister. + [73.47-77.43] Number 4: symptoms. + [77.44-78.40] Symptoms. + [80.72-83.52] She began to feel the symptoms yesterday. + [88.48-90.72] Number 5: sneeze. + [92.45-95.37] Sneeze. + [95.38-97.38] First she started to sneeze. + [102.05-103.81] Number 6: run. + [105.47-106.03] Run. + [108.14-110.14] Then her nose began to run. + [115.02-117.26] Number 7: cough. + [119.31-119.87] Cough. + [122.27-124.11] Now she has a bad cough. + [127.47-128.03] Coughed. + [129.92-130.40] Coughed. + [133.15-136.75] She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often. + [143.58-146.42] Number 8: running a temperature. + [148.58-150.02] Running a temperature. + [153.26-156.30] Now she's running a temperature of 101. + [163.95-164.99] Number 9: see. + [168.27-168.51] See. + [171.27-173.94] Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor. + [179.57-181.33] Number 10: appointment. + [182.93-185.55] Appointment. + [186.88-189.68] She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 5 now. +Listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat. +Excuse me. +I can't stop sneezing. +What's the matter? +Did you catch a cold? +I have all the symptoms of one. +That's a bad cough. +Do you have a fever? +Yes. +And a runny nose too. +Did you make a doctor's appointment? +I don't think I need to see the doctor. +Why not? +I know what she'll tell me. +Stay in bed. +Yes. +And eat a lot of chicken soup. +Listen to the dialogue again. +This time write the missing words in the blanks. +Excuse me. +I can't stop sneezing. +What's the matter? +Did you catch a cold? +I have all the symptoms of one. +That's a bad cough. +Do you have a fever? +Yes. +And a runny nose too. +Did you make a doctor's appointment? +I don't think I need to see the doctor. +Why not? +I know what she'll tell me. +Stay in bed. +Yes. +And eat a lot of chicken soup. +Listen to the dialogue a third time and check the words. +Excuse me. +I can't stop sneezing. +What's the matter? +Did you catch a cold? +I have all the symptoms of one. +That's a bad cough. +Do you have a fever? +Yes. +And a runny nose too. +Did you make a doctor's appointment? +I don't think I need to see the doctor. +Why not? +I know what she'll tell me. +Stay in bed. +Yes. +And eat a lot of chicken soup. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.66] Go to Figure 5 now. + [4.30-5.58] Listen to the dialogue. + [6.30-7.18] Don't repeat. + [12.38-13.26] Excuse me. + [13.50-14.94] I can't stop sneezing. + [15.18-15.98] What's the matter? + [16.30-17.26] Did you catch a cold? + [17.66-19.50] I have all the symptoms of one. + [21.45-22.80] That's a bad cough. + [23.28-24.16] Do you have a fever? + [24.88-25.36] Yes. + [25.36-26.80] And a runny nose too. + [27.92-29.52] Did you make a doctor's appointment? + [30.24-32.08] I don't think I need to see the doctor. + [32.64-33.28] Why not? + [34.00-35.36] I know what she'll tell me. + [35.76-36.72] Stay in bed. + [37.04-37.68] Yes. + [38.40-40.16] And eat a lot of chicken soup. + [41.84-43.60] Listen to the dialogue again. + [44.32-47.04] This time write the missing words in the blanks. + [49.22-50.10] Excuse me. + [50.34-51.78] I can't stop sneezing. + [56.16-56.88] What's the matter? + [57.28-58.32] Did you catch a cold? + [63.12-64.88] I have all the symptoms of one. + [72.00-73.28] That's a bad cough. + [78.78-79.74] Do you have a fever? + [84.96-85.36] Yes. + [85.52-86.88] And a runny nose too. + [93.79-95.39] Did you make a doctor's appointment? + [99.63-101.47] I don't think I need to see the doctor. + [101.87-102.67] Why not? + [109.20-110.48] I know what she'll tell me. + [110.96-111.84] Stay in bed. + [115.14-115.70] Yes. + [116.10-117.62] And eat a lot of chicken soup. + [120.53-123.89] Listen to the dialogue a third time and check the words. + [130.14-130.94] Excuse me. + [131.34-132.70] I can't stop sneezing. + [133.26-134.06] What's the matter? + [134.38-135.74] Did you catch a cold? + [137.09-138.85] I have all the symptoms of one. + [140.85-142.13] That's a bad cough. + [142.69-143.65] Do you have a fever? + [144.13-144.53] Yes. + [144.61-145.89] And a runny nose too. + [147.78-149.46] Did you make a doctor's appointment? + [150.18-151.94] I don't think I need to see the doctor. + [152.10-152.82] Why not? + [153.30-154.58] I know what she'll tell me. + [155.06-155.86] Stay in bed. + [156.26-156.82] Yes. + [157.14-158.90] And eat a lot of chicken soup. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to figure 6. +Read the questions. +Now listen to a conversation. +Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning? +I was in the nurse's office. +What was wrong? +I was sick. +That's too bad. +The math test was easy. +It was? +I thought it was going to be hard. +I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. +Half of the class wasn't there. +Was Mr. +Wilson angry? +No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult. +Another test tomorrow? +I feel sick again. +Listen to the conversation again. +Then answer the questions. +Listen first. +Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning? +I was in the nurse's office. +What was wrong? +I was sick. +That's too bad. +The math test was easy. +It was? +I thought it was going to be hard. +I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. +Half of the class wasn't there. +Was Mr. +Wilson angry? +No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult. +Another test tomorrow? +I feel sick again. +Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1. +Who is Mr. +Wilson? +Repeat: Mr. +Wilson is a teacher. +Number 2. +How was the math test this morning? +Repeat: It was easy. +Number 3. +Where was David this morning? +Repeat: He was in the nurse's office. +Number 4. +Did all of the other students take the math test? +Repeat: No, half of the students in the class didn't take the test. +Number 5. +Will Mr. +Wilson give the class another test? +Repeat: Yes, he'll give the class another test tomorrow. +This is the end of lesson 1A, book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-2.98] Go to figure 6. + [4.34-5.54] Read the questions. + [25.25-27.17] Now listen to a conversation. + [31.49-34.37] Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning? + [34.77-36.05] I was in the nurse's office. + [36.53-37.33] What was wrong? + [37.41-38.13] I was sick. + [38.53-39.41] That's too bad. + [39.97-41.17] The math test was easy. + [41.33-42.05] It was? + [42.45-43.73] I thought it was going to be hard. + [44.62-46.86] I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. + [47.34-48.78] Half of the class wasn't there. + [49.10-49.50] Was Mr. + [49.50-50.22] Wilson angry? + [50.62-53.98] No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult. + [54.38-56.14] Another test tomorrow? + [56.46-57.90] I feel sick again. + [62.61-64.45] Listen to the conversation again. + [64.93-67.17] Then answer the questions. + [67.89-68.85] Listen first. + [71.12-74.00] Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning? + [74.40-75.76] I was in the nurse's office. + [76.24-76.96] What was wrong? + [77.04-77.76] I was sick. + [78.16-79.04] That's too bad. + [79.60-80.80] The math test was easy. + [80.96-81.68] It was? + [82.08-83.36] I thought it was going to be hard. + [84.34-86.58] I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. + [86.98-88.42] Half of the class wasn't there. + [88.74-89.14] Was Mr. + [89.14-89.94] Wilson angry? + [90.26-93.70] No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult. + [94.10-95.78] Another test tomorrow? + [96.18-97.54] I feel sick again. + [101.09-104.53] Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. + [106.40-107.12] Number 1. + [108.50-109.06] Who is Mr. + [109.06-109.62] Wilson? + [115.92-117.60] Repeat: Mr. + [117.60-118.88] Wilson is a teacher. + [123.87-124.59] Number 2. + [125.65-127.65] How was the math test this morning? + [133.94-135.70] Repeat: It was easy. + [140.18-140.90] Number 3. + [142.05-143.65] Where was David this morning? + [149.97-152.94] Repeat: He was in the nurse's office. + [158.99-159.71] Number 4. + [161.31-163.87] Did all of the other students take the math test? + [170.10-175.38] Repeat: No, half of the students in the class didn't take the test. + [183.09-183.49] Number 5. + [185.12-185.52] Will Mr. + [185.52-187.52] Wilson give the class another test? + [193.14-197.86] Repeat: Yes, he'll give the class another test tomorrow. + [213.50-216.78] This is the end of lesson 1A, book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-1B.md b/sources/book-11/tape-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbc7fad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,656 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1B. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. +Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words. +Number 1: "annual." +Annual. +Number 2: "examination." +Examination. +Number 3: "physical." +Physical. +Number 4: "exam." +Exam. +Number 5: "checkup." Checkup. +Number 6: "regular." +Regular. +Number 7: "in." +In. +Number 8: "out." Out. +Number 9: "sometime." +Sometime. +Number 10: "come in." Come in. +Number 11: "make it." Make it. +Number 12: "how about." How about. +Number 13: "then." +Then. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [15.44-19.44] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1B. + [25.34-25.90] Hello. + [26.70-30.27] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. + [38.69-41.17] Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words. + [42.64-44.56] Number 1: "annual." + [46.54-49.95] Annual. + [50.08-52.64] Number 2: "examination." + [54.50-55.62] Examination. + [59.02-61.02] Number 3: "physical." + [63.04-63.76] Physical. + [66.70-69.02] Number 4: "exam." + [70.69-71.49] Exam. + [74.43-82.05] Number 5: "checkup." Checkup. + [82.18-84.34] Number 6: "regular." + [86.42-89.73] Regular. + [89.81-91.57] Number 7: "in." + [93.49-96.99] In. + [97.09-103.53] Number 8: "out." Out. + [103.57-106.05] Number 9: "sometime." + [107.97-108.93] Sometime. + [112.05-119.25] Number 10: "come in." Come in. + [120.06-127.47] Number 11: "make it." Make it. + [127.60-135.03] Number 12: "how about." How about. + [135.90-138.14] Number 13: "then." + [139.71-139.76] Then. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2 and listen to the dialogues; don't repeat. +Number 1. +Does your family take a vacation every year? +Yes, we take an annual vacation. +Number 2. +Jane can't see very well at night. +She ought to have an eye examination. +Number 3. +Why are you going to the doctor? +Are you sick? +No, but I need a physical exam before school starts. +Number 4. +I go to the dentist only when I have a problem. +I don't. +I have a checkup every 6 months. +Number 5. +Does Jim usually work on your car? +No, Tom is my regular mechanic. +Number 6. +Are you in the military? +No. +I was in for 8 years, but I'm out now. +Number 7. +Can you give me a haircut some time today? +Sure. +Can you come in at 9 o'clock? +Sorry, I can't make it there that early. +Allright. +How about 11 o'clock? +That's fine. +I'll see you then. +Look at Figure 2 again and answer the questions about the dialogues. +Number 1. +What kind of vacation does Tom's family take? +Repeat: They take an annual vacation. +Number 2. +What should Jane have? +Repeat: She should have an eye examination. +Number 3. +What does Tim need before school starts? +Repeat: He needs a physical exam. +Number 4. +How often does Jim go to the dentist for a checkup? +Repeat: He goes for a checkup every 6 months. +Number 5. +Who is Jan's regular mechanic? +Repeat: Tom is her regular mechanic. +Number 6. +Is Bob in the military now, or is he out? +Repeat: He's out now. +How long was he in? +Repeat: He was in for 8 years. +Number 7. +When does Bob want a haircut? +Repeat: He wants one some time today. +When does Ray ask him to come in? +Repeat: Ray asks him to come in at 9 o'clock. +Can Bob be there by 9? +Repeat: No, he can't make it there by 9. +How about 11 o'clock? +Is 11 o'clock okay? +Yes, it's okay. +Will he see Ray at 11? +Repeat: Yes, he'll see him then. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.34-6.90] Now look at Figure 2 and listen to the dialogues; don't repeat. + [11.38-12.10] Number 1. + [13.46-15.70] Does your family take a vacation every year? + [16.10-18.42] Yes, we take an annual vacation. + [19.70-20.42] Number 2. + [22.03-24.27] Jane can't see very well at night. + [26.14-28.30] She ought to have an eye examination. + [29.36-30.16] Number 3. + [31.62-33.14] Why are you going to the doctor? + [33.38-34.10] Are you sick? + [35.01-38.53] No, but I need a physical exam before school starts. + [39.71-40.59] Number 4. + [41.66-44.46] I go to the dentist only when I have a problem. + [44.86-45.42] I don't. + [45.98-47.98] I have a checkup every 6 months. + [49.81-50.69] Number 5. + [51.74-53.82] Does Jim usually work on your car? + [54.38-56.70] No, Tom is my regular mechanic. + [58.14-59.02] Number 6. + [59.02-61.02] Are you in the military? + [61.26-61.74] No. + [62.14-64.38] I was in for 8 years, but I'm out now. + [65.10-65.98] Number 7. + [67.12-69.04] Can you give me a haircut some time today? + [69.60-70.24] Sure. + [70.80-72.24] Can you come in at 9 o'clock? + [72.72-75.04] Sorry, I can't make it there that early. + [75.68-76.32] Allright. + [76.56-77.76] How about 11 o'clock? + [78.08-78.72] That's fine. + [79.12-79.92] I'll see you then. + [83.58-87.82] Look at Figure 2 again and answer the questions about the dialogues. + [89.58-90.30] Number 1. + [91.41-94.29] What kind of vacation does Tom's family take? + [100.34-103.50] Repeat: They take an annual vacation. + [109.20-109.92] Number 2. + [111.41-112.69] What should Jane have? + [118.96-122.66] Repeat: She should have an eye examination. + [129.04-129.76] Number 3. + [131.28-133.76] What does Tim need before school starts? + [140.67-143.58] Repeat: He needs a physical exam. + [149.06-149.78] Number 4. + [151.30-154.10] How often does Jim go to the dentist for a checkup? + [161.87-165.55] Repeat: He goes for a checkup every 6 months. + [171.50-172.14] Number 5. + [173.55-175.47] Who is Jan's regular mechanic? + [181.98-185.06] Repeat: Tom is her regular mechanic. + [190.08-190.96] Number 6. + [190.96-194.56] Is Bob in the military now, or is he out? + [200.34-201.94] Repeat: He's out now. + [205.94-207.06] How long was he in? + [212.62-215.58] Repeat: He was in for 8 years. + [220.16-220.88] Number 7. + [222.00-223.60] When does Bob want a haircut? + [230.13-233.54] Repeat: He wants one some time today. + [239.71-241.55] When does Ray ask him to come in? + [248.70-252.72] Repeat: Ray asks him to come in at 9 o'clock. + [260.83-262.56] Can Bob be there by 9? + [268.95-272.06] Repeat: No, he can't make it there by 9. + [279.09-280.47] How about 11 o'clock? + [281.49-282.10] Is 11 o'clock okay? + [288.93-290.29] Yes, it's okay. + [294.66-296.18] Will he see Ray at 11? + [302.80-305.60] Repeat: Yes, he'll see him then. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3 and listen to the paragraphs: "Write the missing words." +Henry is an airline pilot. +He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. +He gets a physical exam every summer. +When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. +Armstrong's office. +The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. +The doctor checks Henry carefully then. +When Dr. +Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. +Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. +How about you? +Do you get a checkup every year? +Listen to the paragraphs again and check your work. +Henry is an airline pilot. +He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. +He gets a physical exam every summer. +When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. +Armstrong's office. +The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. +The doctor checks Henry carefully then. +When Dr. +Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. +Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. +How about you? +Do you get a checkup every year? +When the lesson ends, go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.69-7.97] Now look at Figure 3 and listen to the paragraphs: "Write the missing words." + [10.30-11.98] Henry is an airline pilot. + [13.07-16.27] He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. + [17.70-20.02] He gets a physical exam every summer. + [28.88-33.63] When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. + [33.71-34.91] Armstrong's office. + [43.18-47.18] The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. + [55.95-58.19] The doctor checks Henry carefully then. + [67.47-67.95] When Dr. + [67.95-75.18] Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. + [84.53-90.05] Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. + [98.18-99.06] How about you? + [105.38-107.14] Do you get a checkup every year? + [116.48-119.60] Listen to the paragraphs again and check your work. + [121.46-123.14] Henry is an airline pilot. + [124.21-127.57] He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. + [129.22-131.62] He gets a physical exam every summer. + [132.99-137.71] When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. + [137.71-138.99] Armstrong's office. + [140.85-144.93] The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. + [146.70-148.94] The doctor checks Henry carefully then. + [150.46-151.02] When Dr. + [151.02-157.98] Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. + [159.82-165.58] Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. + [167.06-167.86] How about you? + [169.14-170.82] Do you get a checkup every year? + [175.68-180.56] When the lesson ends, go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 4 now. +Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. +Emergency. +Emergency. +Patient. +Patient. +Get. +Get. +Listen to the dialogues. +Don't repeat. +Can I speak with the doctor, please? +Dr. +Payne will have some free time in about an hour. +May she return your call then? +No, I can't wait. +This is an emergency. +My son Mike had an accident. +Just a minute, please. +I'll tell her. +Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. +What's the problem, Mrs. +Green? +Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. +Is he in a lot of pain? +Yes. +Can you see himright away? +I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. +When can you get there? +I can be there in 10 minutes. +Thank you. +Listen to the dialog again and repeat it. +Can I speak with the doctor, please? +Dr. +Payne will have some free time in about an hour. +May she return your call then? +No, I can't wait. +This is an emergency. +My son Mike had an accident. +Just a minute, please. +I'll tell her. +Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. +What's the problem, Mrs. +Green? +Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. +Is he in a lot of pain? +Yes. +Can you see himright away? +I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. +When can you get there? +I can be there in 10 minutes. +Thank you. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.26-4.18] Please go to Figure 4 now. + [4.82-7.86] Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. + [9.42-10.38] Emergency. + [12.37-13.33] Emergency. + [15.54-16.10] Patient. + [18.13-18.69] Patient. + [20.74-21.30] Get. + [23.20-23.76] Get. + [27.79-29.31] Listen to the dialogues. + [29.87-30.83] Don't repeat. + [33.52-35.12] Can I speak with the doctor, please? + [35.68-36.08] Dr. + [36.08-38.40] Payne will have some free time in about an hour. + [38.80-40.24] May she return your call then? + [40.56-41.68] No, I can't wait. + [41.84-43.12] This is an emergency. + [43.36-45.20] My son Mike had an accident. + [45.36-46.32] Just a minute, please. + [46.48-47.28] I'll tell her. + [49.15-52.03] Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. + [54.78-55.82] What's the problem, Mrs. + [55.82-56.22] Green? + [56.70-59.34] Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. + [59.66-60.94] Is he in a lot of pain? + [61.18-61.66] Yes. + [61.82-63.18] Can you see himright away? + [63.50-65.82] I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. + [66.22-67.18] When can you get there? + [67.90-69.42] I can be there in 10 minutes. + [69.66-70.14] Thank you. + [72.29-75.09] Listen to the dialog again and repeat it. + [78.83-80.51] Can I speak with the doctor, please? + [84.77-85.09] Dr. + [85.09-87.65] Payne will have some free time in about an hour. + [96.03-97.79] May she return your call then? + [102.43-103.79] No, I can't wait. + [106.83-108.27] This is an emergency. + [110.83-112.59] My son Mike had an accident. + [116.56-117.92] Just a minute, please. + [120.54-121.50] I'll tell her. + [124.90-127.86] Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble. + [132.34-133.54] What's the problem, Mrs. + [133.54-134.02] Green? + [137.34-139.90] Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game. + [143.33-144.69] Is he in a lot of pain? + [147.76-148.32] Yes. + [149.95-151.31] Can you see himright away? + [154.99-157.47] I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. + [161.06-162.18] When can you get there? + [166.24-167.92] I can be there in 10 minutes. + [171.02-171.50] Thank you. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5 and listen to the sentences about the dialogues. +Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if it is false. +Number 1: Mrs. +Green wants to make a regular appointment. +Number 2: Mike needs to see the doctorright away. +Number 3: The doctor is Mike's patient. +Number 4: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room. +Number 5: Mrs. +Green can drive to the hospital in half an hour. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is false. +Mrs. +Green doesn't want to make a regular appointment. +Repeat: This is an emergency. +Number 2 is true. +Repeat: Mike needs to see the doctorright away. +Number 3 is false. +The doctor isn't Mike's patient. +Repeat: Mike is Dr. +Payne's patient. +Number 4 is true. +Repeat: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room. +Number 5 is false. +It won't take Mrs. +Green half an hour to get to the hospital. +Repeat: She can get there in 10 minutes. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-6.27] Look at Figure 5 and listen to the sentences about the dialogues. + [7.17-13.17] Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if it is false. + [15.10-17.49] Number 1: Mrs. + [17.49-20.05] Green wants to make a regular appointment. + [27.44-31.97] Number 2: Mike needs to see the doctorright away. + [39.98-43.66] Number 3: The doctor is Mike's patient. + [52.18-57.30] Number 4: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room. + [66.19-68.78] Number 5: Mrs. + [68.78-71.74] Green can drive to the hospital in half an hour. + [79.54-80.98] Now check your answers. + [83.34-85.02] Number 1 is false. + [86.26-86.58] Mrs. + [86.58-88.98] Green doesn't want to make a regular appointment. + [90.64-93.04] Repeat: This is an emergency. + [97.84-99.36] Number 2 is true. + [100.29-104.21] Repeat: Mike needs to see the doctorright away. + [109.86-111.54] Number 3 is false. + [112.56-114.24] The doctor isn't Mike's patient. + [115.36-117.60] Repeat: Mike is Dr. + [117.60-118.64] Payne's patient. + [124.75-126.51] Number 4 is true. + [127.66-131.70] Repeat: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room. + [137.26-139.02] Number 5 is false. + [140.46-141.58] It won't take Mrs. + [141.58-143.90] Green half an hour to get to the hospital. + [145.73-148.85] Repeat: She can get there in 10 minutes. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please look at Figure 6 now. +Listen to the dialogues, then circle the correct answer. +Look at the example first. +This jacket looks good with my slacks. +Yes, it does. +Would you like to try it on? +Where are the men? +The answer is C. +They're in a clothing store. +Listen to the dialogue again. +This jacket looks good with my slacks. +Yes, it does. +Would you like to try it on? +Now listen and circle A, B, or C. +Number 1. +Would you like to order dessert? +Yes. +I think I saw apple pie on the menu. +Number 2. +Will we get there in time? +Yes. +His flight doesn't land until 10 o'clock. +Number 3. +It took my money and kept the soda. +Did you push the coin return? +Number 4. +Oh no, there's a police car. +How fast were you driving? +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +They're eating in a restaurant. +Number 2 is B. +They're going to pick someone up at the airport. +Number 3 is C. +The vending machine is out of order. +Number 4 is C. +The driver may get a traffic ticket. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-3.74] Please look at Figure 6 now. + [4.54-8.38] Listen to the dialogues, then circle the correct answer. + [9.10-10.78] Look at the example first. + [16.98-19.14] This jacket looks good with my slacks. + [19.30-20.50] Yes, it does. + [20.50-21.62] Would you like to try it on? + [23.31-24.19] Where are the men? + [32.99-34.67] The answer is C. + [35.47-36.75] They're in a clothing store. + [38.24-39.68] Listen to the dialogue again. + [40.77-42.85] This jacket looks good with my slacks. + [43.17-44.29] Yes, it does. + [44.37-45.49] Would you like to try it on? + [48.98-52.26] Now listen and circle A, B, or C. + [58.14-58.86] Number 1. + [59.81-61.17] Would you like to order dessert? + [62.22-62.78] Yes. + [62.86-65.18] I think I saw apple pie on the menu. + [76.67-77.47] Number 2. + [78.35-79.63] Will we get there in time? + [80.27-80.91] Yes. + [80.91-83.55] His flight doesn't land until 10 o'clock. + [95.97-96.77] Number 3. + [97.41-99.41] It took my money and kept the soda. + [100.40-102.00] Did you push the coin return? + [113.90-114.78] Number 4. + [115.50-117.58] Oh no, there's a police car. + [118.22-119.74] How fast were you driving? + [135.33-136.77] Now check your answers. + [138.85-140.45] Number 1 is A. + [141.57-143.09] They're eating in a restaurant. + [145.94-147.70] Number 2 is B. + [148.85-151.09] They're going to pick someone up at the airport. + [153.49-155.33] Number 3 is C. + [156.32-158.08] The vending machine is out of order. + [160.58-162.42] Number 4 is C. + [163.55-165.55] The driver may get a traffic ticket. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 7, look at the sentences, and repeat the underlined words. +Number 1: "still." Still. +Number 2: "any longer." +Any longer. +Number 3: "any more." +Any more. +Now listen to the sentences. +Repeat only the sentences with the underlined words. +Don't repeat the others. +Listen. +Number 1: "Beth was Dr. +Clark's patient 5 years ago." "She's Dr. +Clark's patient now." +"Beth is still Dr. +Clark's patient." +Repeat: "Beth is still Dr. +Clark's patient." +Number 2: +"Dr. +Clark's office was downtown." +"It's in the shopping mall now." +"Dr. +Clark's office isn't downtown any longer." +Repeat: "Dr. +Clark's office isn't downtown any longer." +Number 3: "When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy." +"Then she began to have problems with her teeth." "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore." +Repeat: "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-7.06] Go to Figure 7, look at the sentences, and repeat the underlined words. + [8.53-15.27] Number 1: "still." Still. + [15.31-17.71] Number 2: "any longer." + [19.57-19.94] Any longer. + [23.28-25.76] Number 3: "any more." + [27.52-28.24] Any more. + [33.74-35.58] Now listen to the sentences. + [36.14-39.18] Repeat only the sentences with the underlined words. + [40.02-41.46] Don't repeat the others. + [41.86-42.42] Listen. + [44.94-47.44] Number 1: "Beth was Dr. + [47.44-51.47] Clark's patient 5 years ago." "She's Dr. + [51.47-52.83] Clark's patient now." + [54.64-56.00] "Beth is still Dr. + [56.00-56.96] Clark's patient." + [58.69-61.31] Repeat: "Beth is still Dr. + [61.31-62.43] Clark's patient." + [67.63-68.35] Number 2: + [69.97-70.29] "Dr. + [70.29-72.29] Clark's office was downtown." + [74.11-75.71] "It's in the shopping mall now." + [78.05-78.37] "Dr. + [78.37-81.17] Clark's office isn't downtown any longer." + [83.98-85.74] Repeat: "Dr. + [85.74-88.78] Clark's office isn't downtown any longer." + [96.93-101.84] Number 3: "When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy." + [103.54-110.37] "Then she began to have problems with her teeth." "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore." + [112.45-116.05] Repeat: "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore." + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 8 now. +These are Dr. +Clark's information forms for Beth; they're not the same. +The one on theright is newer than the one on the left, and some things are different. +Read both forms now. +Now look at the forms and answer some questions about Beth. +Number 1: Is Beth's last name still Davis? +No, it's not. +Beth is married now, and her last name is different. +Repeat: her last name isn't Davis any longer. +Number 2: Is Beth's age still the same? +No, it's not. +She's 28 now. +Repeat: she's not 23 anymore. +Number 3: +Does she live on State Street any longer? +No, she doesn't. +She lives on Waterside Street now. +Repeat: she doesn't live on State Street any longer. +Number 4: Does Beth still live in Bay City? +Yes, she does. +Repeat: she still lives in Bay City. +Number 5: Is her telephone number still the same? +No, it's different. +Repeat: her phone number isn't the same anymore. +Number 6: +Is she a secretary any longer? +No, she's a teacher now. +Repeat: she's not a secretary any longer. +Number 7: +Does Beth work at Bay City High School anymore? +Yes, she does. +Repeat: she still works at the high school. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-3.57] Go to Figure 8 now. + [4.51-5.31] These are Dr. + [5.31-9.47] Clark's information forms for Beth; they're not the same. + [10.35-15.47] The one on theright is newer than the one on the left, and some things are different. + [16.37-18.21] Read both forms now. + [49.26-52.94] Now look at the forms and answer some questions about Beth. + [55.15-59.14] Number 1: Is Beth's last name still Davis? + [65.38-66.58] No, it's not. + [67.79-71.15] Beth is married now, and her last name is different. + [73.20-76.72] Repeat: her last name isn't Davis any longer. + [81.84-85.20] Number 2: Is Beth's age still the same? + [91.42-92.22] No, it's not. + [93.47-94.83] She's 28 now. + [96.56-100.02] Repeat: she's not 23 anymore. + [104.40-105.12] Number 3: + [106.94-109.02] Does she live on State Street any longer? + [116.72-117.68] No, she doesn't. + [119.44-121.68] She lives on Waterside Street now. + [123.17-127.31] Repeat: she doesn't live on State Street any longer. + [134.58-138.61] Number 4: Does Beth still live in Bay City? + [147.09-148.21] Yes, she does. + [149.65-152.69] Repeat: she still lives in Bay City. + [158.99-162.70] Number 5: Is her telephone number still the same? + [170.10-171.22] No, it's different. + [172.51-176.94] Repeat: her phone number isn't the same anymore. + [182.96-183.60] Number 6: + [185.37-187.10] Is she a secretary any longer? + [195.46-197.22] No, she's a teacher now. + [198.46-201.74] Repeat: she's not a secretary any longer. + [207.78-208.42] Number 7: + [210.02-213.22] Does Beth work at Bay City High School anymore? + [220.18-221.46] Yes, she does. + [223.02-226.06] Repeat: she still works at the high school. + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 9 now, and listen to the paragraph, then select the main idea. +Mark is never sick. +He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. +He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. +He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day. +The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +Mark is never sick. +He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. +He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. +He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day. +The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong. +The answer is B. +Mark is very healthy. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-7.78] Look at Figure 9 now, and listen to the paragraph, then select the main idea. + [9.79-11.15] Mark is never sick. + [12.27-15.63] He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. + [16.91-21.95] He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. + [23.42-29.10] He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day. + [30.29-35.33] The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong. + [39.42-42.70] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [44.78-46.14] Mark is never sick. + [47.26-50.70] He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. + [51.71-56.91] He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. + [58.05-63.41] He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day. + [64.83-69.87] The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong. + [74.10-75.94] The answer is B. + [76.42-78.02] Mark is very healthy. + [84.27-87.39] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-1C.md b/sources/book-11/tape-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1080e60 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,497 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1C. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1C. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "dot." +Dot. +The marks above A, B, and C are called dots. +Number 2: "connect." Connect. +A line connects dot A and dot B. +Number 3: "inch." +Inch. +Inches. +Inches. +The line is 2 inches long. +Number 4: +"middle." +Middle. +Dot B is in the middle of the line. +Number 5: "horizontal." +Horizontal. +Line AC is horizontal. +Number 6: "vertical." +Vertical. +Line DE is vertical. +Number 7: "perpendicular." +Perpendicular. +Line AC and line DE are perpendicular. +Number 8: "parallel." +Parallel. +Line A is parallel to line B. +Line C is parallel to line D. +And line E is parallel to line F. +The lines are parallel. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [14.40-18.88] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1C. + [24.62-25.02] Hello. + [26.00-30.40] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1C. + [36.18-37.30] Look at Figure 1. + [37.94-39.78] Repeat the words and sentences. + [40.34-42.42] Number 1: "dot." + [44.05-44.69] Dot. + [46.19-50.59] The marks above A, B, and C are called dots. + [57.15-62.56] Number 2: "connect." Connect. + [65.63-68.51] A line connects dot A and dot B. + [76.66-78.98] Number 3: "inch." + [81.36-81.84] Inch. + [84.54-85.26] Inches. + [87.82-87.87] Inches. + [91.41-95.79] The line is 2 inches long. + [98.16-99.12] Number 4: + [100.66-101.14] "middle." + [104.05-104.69] Middle. + [108.10-110.90] Dot B is in the middle of the line. + [117.01-119.82] Number 5: "horizontal." + [122.67-122.99] Horizontal. + [127.71-129.90] Line AC is horizontal. + [135.34-137.82] Number 6: "vertical." + [141.18-141.23] Vertical. + [145.57-147.81] Line DE is vertical. + [152.74-155.66] Number 7: "perpendicular." + [159.76-160.80] Perpendicular. + [166.66-171.06] Line AC and line DE are perpendicular. + [179.46-181.26] Number 8: "parallel." + [185.43-185.91] Parallel. + [190.83-193.62] Line A is parallel to line B. + [200.61-203.65] Line C is parallel to line D. + [210.14-213.18] And line E is parallel to line F. + [218.59-220.27] The lines are parallel. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2. +Look at the rectangle and listen to the sentences. +Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if the sentence is false. +Number 1: "Side 1 is vertical." +Number 2: "Side 2 is horizontal." +Number 3: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3." +Number 4: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4." +Number 5: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4." +Number 6: "Side 2 is parallel to side 3." +Number 7: "Dot A is in the middle of the rectangle." +Number 8: "Side 1 is 3 inches long." +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is true. +Repeat: "Side 1 is vertical." +Number 2 is true. +Repeat: "Side 2 is horizontal." +Number 3 is true. +Repeat: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3." +Number 4 is true. +Repeat: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4." +Number 5 is true. +Repeat: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4." +Number 6 is false. +"Side 2 isn't parallel to side 3." Repeat: "Side 2 is parallel to side 4." +Number 7 is false. +"Dot A is in the middle of the line, but not in the middle of the rectangle." +Repeat: "Dot B is in the middle of the rectangle." +Number 8 is false. +"Side 4 is 3 inches long, but side 1 isn't." Repeat: "Side 4 is 3 inches long." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.45-3.73] Now go to Figure 2. + [4.86-7.66] Look at the rectangle and listen to the sentences. + [8.59-14.19] Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if the sentence is false. + [15.18-18.77] Number 1: "Side 1 is vertical." + [24.40-27.92] Number 2: "Side 2 is horizontal." + [33.78-38.74] Number 3: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3." + [44.62-50.19] Number 4: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4." + [57.45-63.62] Number 5: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4." + [71.71-76.75] Number 6: "Side 2 is parallel to side 3." + [83.17-87.57] Number 7: "Dot A is in the middle of the rectangle." + [95.82-99.82] Number 8: "Side 1 is 3 inches long." + [107.55-108.75] Now check your answers. + [111.01-112.53] Number 1 is true. + [113.33-116.05] Repeat: "Side 1 is vertical." + [119.15-120.59] Number 2 is true. + [121.70-125.10] Repeat: "Side 2 is horizontal." + [129.74-131.18] Number 3 is true. + [131.98-136.02] Repeat: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3." + [141.45-142.95] Number 4 is true. + [143.67-148.23] Repeat: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4." + [154.41-155.91] Number 5 is true. + [156.57-161.68] Repeat: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4." + [169.05-170.67] Number 6 is false. + [172.53-180.90] "Side 2 isn't parallel to side 3." Repeat: "Side 2 is parallel to side 4." + [187.77-189.58] Number 7 is false. + [190.30-195.90] "Dot A is in the middle of the line, but not in the middle of the rectangle." + [197.82-201.82] Repeat: "Dot B is in the middle of the rectangle." + [207.31-208.99] Number 8 is false. + [210.00-219.49] "Side 4 is 3 inches long, but side 1 isn't." Repeat: "Side 4 is 3 inches long." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3: listen to the sentences, but don't repeat them. +Number 1: "Alan is in Canada now." "He was in Canada in June." "He has been in Canada for a year." Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have good jobs now." "They had good jobs 6 months ago." "They have had good jobs since last fall." +Repeat these sentences. +Number 1: "Alan has been in Canada for a year." +Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have had good jobs since last fall." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.90-6.70] Now look at Figure 3: listen to the sentences, but don't repeat them. + [7.95-28.16] Number 1: "Alan is in Canada now." "He was in Canada in June." "He has been in Canada for a year." Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have good jobs now." "They had good jobs 6 months ago." "They have had good jobs since last fall." + [30.91-32.43] Repeat these sentences. + [33.36-37.60] Number 1: "Alan has been in Canada for a year." + [43.34-49.04] Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have had good jobs since last fall." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 4, look at the examples, and listen: +"Tom is a car salesman" since 1988. +"Tom has been a car salesman since 1988." Repeat: "Tom has been a car salesman since 1988." +"Anne and Jim are teachers" for 3 years. +"Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years." +Repeat: "Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years." +Now listen to the sentences and change them. +Number 1: "Dan is a mechanic" +since 1980. +Repeat: "Dan has been a mechanic since 1980." +Number 2: "His brothers are dentists" +for 10 years. +Repeat: "His brothers have been dentists for 10 years." +Number 3: "Bob is in China" +since 1985. +Repeat: "Bob has been in China since 1985." +Number 4: "Jan and Jill are roommates" +for a year. +Repeat: "Jan and Jill have been roommates for a year." +Number 5: "Steve is a policeman" +for only 3 months. +Repeat: "Steve has been a policeman for only 3 months." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.32-6.50] Please go to Figure 4, look at the examples, and listen: + [8.29-12.61] "Tom is a car salesman" since 1988. + [14.45-23.84] "Tom has been a car salesman since 1988." Repeat: "Tom has been a car salesman since 1988." + [30.43-34.30] "Anne and Jim are teachers" for 3 years. + [36.35-39.31] "Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years." + [40.82-44.98] Repeat: "Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years." + [51.02-53.42] Now listen to the sentences and change them. + [56.78-59.66] Number 1: "Dan is a mechanic" + [61.42-62.78] since 1980. + [66.91-71.38] Repeat: "Dan has been a mechanic since 1980." + [77.52-80.72] Number 2: "His brothers are dentists" + [82.29-85.89] for 10 years. + [87.57-91.98] Repeat: "His brothers have been dentists for 10 years." + [97.98-101.14] Number 3: "Bob is in China" + [103.09-107.19] since 1985. + [109.54-113.85] Repeat: "Bob has been in China since 1985." + [120.67-124.27] Number 4: "Jan and Jill are roommates" + [125.86-129.39] for a year. + [131.44-135.81] Repeat: "Jan and Jill have been roommates for a year." + [142.88-146.08] Number 5: "Steve is a policeman" + [148.21-149.89] for only 3 months. + [154.50-159.06] Repeat: "Steve has been a policeman for only 3 months." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Listen to the examples: "Mike has a good job since he graduated." +"Mike has had a good job since he graduated." +Repeat: "Mike has had a good job since he graduated." +"Mary and Kay have an apartment +for 6 months." +"Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months." Repeat: "Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months." +Listen to the sentences and change them. +Then repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: "The students have their books +since Monday." +Repeat: "The students have had their books since Monday." +Number 2: "Jill has a cold +for a week." +Repeat: "Jill has had a cold for a week." +Number 3: "Jim's car has a flat tire +since yesterday." +Repeat: "Jim's car has had a flat tire since yesterday." +Number 4: "We have our tickets +for a month." +Repeat: "We've had our tickets for a month." +Number 5: "Jane has a car +since she was 18." +Repeat: "Jane has had a car since she was 18." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.66-4.02] Now look at Figure 5. + [4.74-10.88] Listen to the examples: "Mike has a good job since he graduated." + [12.61-15.49] "Mike has had a good job since he graduated." + [17.12-21.36] Repeat: "Mike has had a good job since he graduated." + [27.52-29.60] "Mary and Kay have an apartment + [30.90-32.02] for 6 months." + [33.84-43.50] "Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months." Repeat: "Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months." + [49.78-51.94] Listen to the sentences and change them. + [52.50-54.98] Then repeat the correct answers. + [56.48-59.90] Number 1: "The students have their books + [61.26-62.38] since Monday." + [66.45-70.61] Repeat: "The students have had their books since Monday." + [76.43-79.31] Number 2: "Jill has a cold + [80.78-81.74] for a week." + [86.37-90.05] Repeat: "Jill has had a cold for a week." + [94.53-98.43] Number 3: "Jim's car has a flat tire + [100.64-101.92] since yesterday." + [107.89-112.13] Repeat: "Jim's car has had a flat tire since yesterday." + [118.18-121.22] Number 4: "We have our tickets + [122.86-126.09] for a month." + [127.98-131.34] Repeat: "We've had our tickets for a month." + [137.81-140.69] Number 5: "Jane has a car + [142.29-143.89] since she was 18." + [148.53-152.61] Repeat: "Jane has had a car since she was 18." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6 now. +Listen to the examples, then repeat them. +"Dan has been in Houston since 1983." Dallas. +"Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983." +Repeat: "Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983." +"The girls have had a cat for 3 years." Dog. +"The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years." +Repeat: "The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years." +Now listen to the sentences and change them, then repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: "The children have been good for a week." Bad. +Repeat: "The children haven't been bad for a week." +Number 2: "John has been a waiter for 3 years." Cashier. +Repeat: "John hasn't been a cashier for 3 years." +Number 3: "Janet has been married since 1984." +Single. +Repeat: "Janet hasn't been single since 1984." +Number 4: +"Lee has been happy since she became a teacher." +Bored. +Repeat: "Lee hasn't been bored since she became a teacher." +Number 5: "The students have had classes for a year." +A vacation. +Repeat: "The students haven't had a vacation for a year." +Number 6: "Larry has had an old car for a long time." +An accident. +Repeat: "Larry hasn't had an accident for a long time." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-3.39] Look at Figure 6 now. + [4.21-7.49] Listen to the examples, then repeat them. + [9.14-13.97] "Dan has been in Houston since 1983." Dallas. + [15.50-18.70] "Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983." + [20.38-24.75] Repeat: "Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983." + [31.23-35.23] "The girls have had a cat for 3 years." Dog. + [37.10-39.82] "The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years." + [42.03-46.03] Repeat: "The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years." + [52.06-57.18] Now listen to the sentences and change them, then repeat the correct answers. + [58.11-63.90] Number 1: "The children have been good for a week." Bad. + [68.10-71.86] Repeat: "The children haven't been bad for a week." + [77.01-83.50] Number 2: "John has been a waiter for 3 years." Cashier. + [87.84-92.08] Repeat: "John hasn't been a cashier for 3 years." + [99.73-103.81] Number 3: "Janet has been married since 1984." + [105.95-106.75] Single. + [110.75-115.31] Repeat: "Janet hasn't been single since 1984." + [119.92-120.29] Number 4: + [122.08-124.72] "Lee has been happy since she became a teacher." + [127.04-127.60] Bored. + [132.46-136.46] Repeat: "Lee hasn't been bored since she became a teacher." + [142.27-146.66] Number 5: "The students have had classes for a year." + [148.45-149.33] A vacation. + [153.71-158.11] Repeat: "The students haven't had a vacation for a year." + [163.62-168.54] Number 6: "Larry has had an old car for a long time." + [170.37-171.33] An accident. + [175.12-179.36] Repeat: "Larry hasn't had an accident for a long time." + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please look at Figure 7 and listen: +Vince is a salesman in New York. +This week he's on a business trip to Miami. +This is his calendar for the trip. +Read the calendar now. +Now answer some questions about the trip. +Look at Tuesday afternoon. +It's Tuesday afternoon now. +Vince is leaving for Miami. +Has he had his airline reservations for a week? +Repeat: No, he's had them since Monday morning. +Has he had his airplane ticket very long? +Repeat: No, he's only had it since Tuesday at 10 o'clock. +Look at Wednesday morning. +Vince went to the office to work with other salesmen. +It's Wednesday evening now. +Have the salesmen been at the office all day? +Repeat: Yes, they've been at the office since 8 o'clock this morning. +Now it's 1:30, Thursday afternoon. +Vince is arriving at the airport. +Has he been in Miami for a week? +Repeat: No, he's been in Miami for about 2 days. +Vince and some other salesmen arrived at the airport at 1:30. +Right now, at 4:30, they're getting on the airplane. +Have they been at the airport for 1 hour? +Repeat: No, they've been there for 3 hours. +Now go to Friday morning. +It's Friday morning and Vince is getting ready for work again. +Has he been home since Thursday evening? +Repeat: Yes, he's been home since 6:45 Thursday evening. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.97-4.13] Please look at Figure 7 and listen: + [5.55-7.47] Vince is a salesman in New York. + [8.40-10.88] This week he's on a business trip to Miami. + [12.03-13.71] This is his calendar for the trip. + [14.70-15.98] Read the calendar now. + [42.00-44.16] Now answer some questions about the trip. + [46.94-48.94] Look at Tuesday afternoon. + [52.21-54.05] It's Tuesday afternoon now. + [54.88-56.64] Vince is leaving for Miami. + [58.03-63.39] Has he had his airline reservations for a week? + [66.77-71.68] Repeat: No, he's had them since Monday morning. + [77.76-82.83] Has he had his airplane ticket very long? + [86.27-91.39] Repeat: No, he's only had it since Tuesday at 10 o'clock. + [100.74-102.26] Look at Wednesday morning. + [107.81-110.85] Vince went to the office to work with other salesmen. + [116.70-118.46] It's Wednesday evening now. + [119.95-124.95] Have the salesmen been at the office all day? + [128.43-133.47] Repeat: Yes, they've been at the office since 8 o'clock this morning. + [142.43-145.39] Now it's 1:30, Thursday afternoon. + [147.57-149.65] Vince is arriving at the airport. + [151.28-155.91] Has he been in Miami for a week? + [160.40-165.20] Repeat: No, he's been in Miami for about 2 days. + [173.66-178.06] Vince and some other salesmen arrived at the airport at 1:30. + [179.18-183.10] Right now, at 4:30, they're getting on the airplane. + [184.62-186.94] Have they been at the airport for 1 hour? + [192.99-197.15] Repeat: No, they've been there for 3 hours. + [202.64-204.40] Now go to Friday morning. + [207.79-211.47] It's Friday morning and Vince is getting ready for work again. + [212.53-214.93] Has he been home since Thursday evening? + [220.11-225.71] Repeat: Yes, he's been home since 6:45 Thursday evening. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8 now: listen to the sentences, then repeat them. +Number 1: "How long has your stomach hurt?" +"How long have you had that cough?" +"How long has your temperature been 102?" +"How long have you been out of bed?" +Number 2: +"How long have you been a doctor?" +"How long must I wait before I can eat?" +"How long do I have to stay in the hospital?" +"How long should I keep that thermometer in my mouth?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-7.31] Look at Figure 8 now: listen to the sentences, then repeat them. + [10.24-13.95] Number 1: "How long has your stomach hurt?" + [19.06-21.06] "How long have you had that cough?" + [27.38-29.46] "How long has your temperature been 102?" + [37.70-39.38] "How long have you been out of bed?" + [46.00-46.88] Number 2: + [48.74-50.26] "How long have you been a doctor?" + [56.21-58.61] "How long must I wait before I can eat?" + [65.04-67.60] "How long do I have to stay in the hospital?" + [74.85-77.57] "How long should I keep that thermometer in my mouth?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 9. +Listen to the examples and repeat the questions. +"K. +lived in China." Repeat: "How long did she live in China?" +"The teachers are sick." +Repeat: "How long have they been sick?" +"It's snowing." +Repeat: "How long has it been snowing?" +Now listen to the sentences and change them to questions. +Number 1: "It's raining." +Repeat: "How long has it been raining?" +Number 2: "She has a headache." +Repeat: "How long has she had a headache?" +Number 3: "John is in the Air Force." +Repeat: "How long has he been in the Air Force?" +Number 4: "My cousin studied French." +Repeat: "How long did they study French?" +Number 5: "Dick will be in Dallas." +Repeat: "How long will he be in Dallas?" +Number 6: "Eileen was a pilot." +Repeat: "How long was she a pilot?" +Number 7: "The Wilsons will stay with us." +Repeat: "How long will they stay with us?" +Number 8: "Doug has a problem with math." +Repeat: "How long has he had a problem with math?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-2.56] Now look at Figure 9. + [3.79-6.99] Listen to the examples and repeat the questions. + [8.19-8.51] "K. + [8.51-13.58] lived in China." Repeat: "How long did she live in China?" + [19.71-20.99] "The teachers are sick." + [22.86-25.74] Repeat: "How long have they been sick?" + [30.98-32.02] "It's snowing." + [33.68-36.80] Repeat: "How long has it been snowing?" + [42.69-46.45] Now listen to the sentences and change them to questions. + [47.63-50.29] Number 1: "It's raining." + [55.23-58.27] Repeat: "How long has it been raining?" + [64.86-70.35] Number 2: "She has a headache." + [72.83-76.03] Repeat: "How long has she had a headache?" + [82.06-85.47] Number 3: "John is in the Air Force." + [89.63-93.63] Repeat: "How long has he been in the Air Force?" + [99.41-103.12] Number 4: "My cousin studied French." + [106.61-110.24] Repeat: "How long did they study French?" + [114.94-118.06] Number 5: "Dick will be in Dallas." + [121.58-124.74] Repeat: "How long will he be in Dallas?" + [130.53-133.57] Number 6: "Eileen was a pilot." + [136.45-139.86] Repeat: "How long was she a pilot?" + [145.42-149.18] Number 7: "The Wilsons will stay with us." + [153.12-156.48] Repeat: "How long will they stay with us?" + [162.18-165.94] Number 8: "Doug has a problem with math." + [170.10-174.14] Repeat: "How long has he had a problem with math?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f10-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 10. +Listen to the paragraph. +Don't repeat it. +Listen for connective words like "first," "next," "then," "finally," and "last." Don't write; just listen. +When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice; second, keep warm and dry; third, stay home when you can. +Rest on a sofa or go to bed. +Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. +Don't give other people your cold. +Listen to the paragraph again. +This time, when you hear a connective word, write it on the correct line in Figure 10. +When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice; +second, keep warm and dry; +third, stay home when you can. +Rest on a sofa or go to bed. +Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. +Don't give other people your cold. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "third." Number 4 is "last." +This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.40-3.76] Now go to Figure 10. + [4.48-5.84] Listen to the paragraph. + [6.54-7.58] Don't repeat it. + [8.86-19.92] Listen for connective words like "first," "next," "then," "finally," and "last." Don't write; just listen. + [21.76-36.50] When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice; second, keep warm and dry; third, stay home when you can. + [37.30-39.54] Rest on a sofa or go to bed. + [40.59-45.15] Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. + [46.02-48.02] Don't give other people your cold. + [51.98-53.50] Listen to the paragraph again. + [54.40-60.56] This time, when you hear a connective word, write it on the correct line in Figure 10. + [62.58-70.96] When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice; + [73.33-75.81] second, keep warm and dry; + [78.93-81.41] third, stay home when you can. + [81.89-84.29] Rest on a sofa or go to bed. + [87.63-92.51] Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. + [95.44-97.52] Don't give other people your cold. + [102.86-104.22] Now check your answers. + [105.57-116.78] Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "third." Number 4 is "last." + [124.13-127.25] This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-1D.md b/sources/book-11/tape-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae9076fb --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,568 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1D. +Hello again. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it. +Good morning, Dr. +Wright's office. +This is Kent Clark. +I need an appointment with Dr. +Wright sometime today. +What's wrong? +I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. +Are you running a fever? +Yes. +My temperature is 102. +Are you taking any medicine? +Yes, but it's not helping me. +Dr. +Wright can see you at 3:30. +Can you come in then? +Yes. +Thank you. +I'll be there. +Let's read the dialogue together. +You read Kent's lines. +Someone will begin. +Good morning, Dr. +Wright's office. +What's wrong? +Are you running a fever? +Are you taking any medicine? +Dr. +Wright can see you at 3:30. +Can you come in then? +Now read the clerk's part. +You begin. +This is Kent Clark. +I need an appointment with Dr. +Wright sometime today. +I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. +Yes. +My temperature is 102. +Yes, but it's not helping me. +Yes. +Thank you. +I'll be there. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.26-13.50] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1D. + [20.01-20.48] Hello again. + [21.52-25.36] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. + [33.27-34.43] Look at Figure 1. + [35.30-37.86] Listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it. + [41.38-42.26] Good morning, Dr. + [42.26-43.22] Wright's office. + [43.62-44.74] This is Kent Clark. + [45.14-46.50] I need an appointment with Dr. + [46.50-47.86] Wright sometime today. + [48.34-48.98] What's wrong? + [49.62-52.58] I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. + [53.30-54.58] Are you running a fever? + [55.06-55.54] Yes. + [55.54-56.82] My temperature is 102. + [56.82-59.30] Are you taking any medicine? + [59.94-61.62] Yes, but it's not helping me. + [62.67-62.99] Dr. + [62.99-64.99] Wright can see you at 3:30. + [65.15-66.35] Can you come in then? + [67.18-67.66] Yes. + [67.66-68.30] Thank you. + [68.46-69.18] I'll be there. + [70.78-72.62] Let's read the dialogue together. + [73.18-74.86] You read Kent's lines. + [75.18-76.62] Someone will begin. + [78.54-79.58] Good morning, Dr. + [79.58-80.62] Wright's office. + [86.40-87.20] What's wrong? + [92.64-93.92] Are you running a fever? + [99.09-100.69] Are you taking any medicine? + [104.61-105.01] Dr. + [105.01-106.93] Wright can see you at 3:30. + [107.25-108.37] Can you come in then? + [114.46-116.06] Now read the clerk's part. + [116.54-117.50] You begin. + [125.10-126.38] This is Kent Clark. + [127.02-128.86] I need an appointment with Dr. + [128.86-130.38] Wright sometime today. + [133.68-136.72] I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week. + [140.32-141.04] Yes. + [141.12-142.72] My temperature is 102. + [147.57-149.36] Yes, but it's not helping me. + [153.95-154.51] Yes. + [154.51-155.15] Thank you. + [155.31-156.03] I'll be there. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 2. +Kent is calling another doctor. +Listen. +Then say Ken's part. +Use the words you hear. +Listen to the example. +Dr. +Wong's office. +Mr. +Clark. +An appointment today. +This is Mr. +Clark. +I need an appointment today. +What is the problem? +Bad earache. +I have a bad earache. +Now say Ken's part. +Make an appointment with the doctor. +Dr. +Wong's office. +Mr. +Clark. +An appointment today. +Repeat. +This is Mr. +Clark. +I need an appointment today. +What's the matter? +A terrible cold. +Repeat. +I have a terrible cold. +Do you have a fever? +Yes. +102. +Repeat. +Yes. +My temperature is 102. +Are you taking any medicine? +Yes. +Some cough medicine. +Repeat. +Yes. +I'm taking some cough medicine. +Dr. +Wong's last appointment is at 4:45. +Can you come in then? +Yes. +Repeat. +Yes, I can. +Thank you. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.06-3.42] Please go to Figure 2. + [4.38-6.22] Kent is calling another doctor. + [7.02-7.58] Listen. + [8.34-9.94] Then say Ken's part. + [10.93-12.21] Use the words you hear. + [13.23-14.35] Listen to the example. + [17.14-17.54] Dr. + [17.54-18.66] Wong's office. + [19.73-20.13] Mr. + [20.13-20.53] Clark. + [21.01-22.29] An appointment today. + [23.41-24.05] This is Mr. + [24.05-24.61] Clark. + [25.09-26.69] I need an appointment today. + [29.63-30.67] What is the problem? + [31.92-33.12] Bad earache. + [33.87-35.55] I have a bad earache. + [37.63-39.15] Now say Ken's part. + [39.87-41.95] Make an appointment with the doctor. + [43.97-44.29] Dr. + [44.29-45.41] Wong's office. + [46.91-47.23] Mr. + [47.23-47.71] Clark. + [48.27-49.47] An appointment today. + [56.13-56.69] Repeat. + [57.60-58.24] This is Mr. + [58.24-58.80] Clark. + [61.42-63.10] I need an appointment today. + [66.38-67.34] What's the matter? + [68.37-69.57] A terrible cold. + [74.29-74.93] Repeat. + [75.92-77.60] I have a terrible cold. + [80.67-81.87] Do you have a fever? + [82.51-83.07] Yes. + [83.31-83.79] 102. + [89.62-90.26] Repeat. + [91.04-91.76] Yes. + [92.98-95.06] My temperature is 102. + [100.53-102.06] Are you taking any medicine? + [103.06-103.70] Yes. + [103.94-105.22] Some cough medicine. + [109.82-110.46] Repeat. + [111.58-112.22] Yes. + [112.70-114.62] I'm taking some cough medicine. + [118.21-118.53] Dr. + [118.53-121.25] Wong's last appointment is at 4:45. + [122.13-123.17] Can you come in then? + [123.81-124.37] Yes. + [128.24-128.88] Repeat. + [129.94-131.06] Yes, I can. + [133.10-133.66] Thank you. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Listen to the words. +Circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress. +Look at the example and listen. +Don't repeat. +Checkup. +Checkup. +The answer is 1. +The first syllable has the strong stress. +Listen. +Checkup. +Now listen and circle the correct number. +Number 1: inches. +Inches. +Number 2: sometime. +Sometime. +Number 3: patient. +Patient. +Number 4: connect. +Connect. +Number 5: exam. +Exam. +Number 6: regular. +Regular. +Number 7: any more. +Any more. +Number 8: annual. +Annual. +Number 9: physical. +Physical. +Number 10: vertical. +Vertical. +Number 11: emergency. +Emergency. +Number 12: horizontal. +Horizontal. +Number 13: examination. +Examination. +Number 14: perpendicular. +Perpendicular. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is 1. +Repeat: inches. +Number 2 is 1. +Repeat: sometime. +Number 3 is 1. +Repeat: patient. +Number 4 is 2. +Repeat: connect. +Number 5 is 2. +Repeat: exam. +Number 6 is 1. +Repeat: regular. +Number 7 is 3. +Repeat: any more. +Number 8 is 1. +Repeat: annual. +Number 9 is 1. +Repeat: physical. +Number 10 is 1. +Repeat: vertical. +Number 11 is 2. +Repeat: emergency. +Number 12 is 3. +Repeat: horizontal. +Number 13 is 4. +Repeat: examination. +Number 14 is 3. +Repeat: perpendicular. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.21-3.33] Look at Figure 3. + [4.05-5.17] Listen to the words. + [6.06-9.26] Circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress. + [10.16-12.16] Look at the example and listen. + [12.72-13.44] Don't repeat. + [14.88-16.77] Checkup. + [16.85-17.41] Checkup. + [23.04-24.64] The answer is 1. + [25.47-27.95] The first syllable has the strong stress. + [28.70-29.18] Listen. + [29.90-30.54] Checkup. + [32.14-34.30] Now listen and circle the correct number. + [39.14-41.46] Number 1: inches. + [42.64-43.44] Inches. + [48.11-50.75] Number 2: sometime. + [52.16-53.20] Sometime. + [58.64-61.07] Number 3: patient. + [62.42-63.22] Patient. + [67.89-71.31] Number 4: connect. + [71.39-74.67] Connect. + [76.89-79.18] Number 5: exam. + [80.45-81.33] Exam. + [86.10-89.85] Number 6: regular. + [90.15-93.27] Regular. + [95.91-98.19] Number 7: any more. + [99.45-100.23] Any more. + [105.63-109.05] Number 8: annual. + [109.29-112.47] Annual. + [114.81-118.17] Number 9: physical. + [118.35-121.71] Physical. + [123.87-127.53] Number 10: vertical. + [127.77-128.37] Vertical. + [132.99-135.81] Number 11: emergency. + [137.13-137.91] Emergency. + [143.25-145.71] Number 12: horizontal. + [147.09-147.99] Horizontal. + [153.33-156.27] Number 13: examination. + [157.71-158.73] Examination. + [164.43-168.69] Number 14: perpendicular. + [168.87-170.13] Perpendicular. + [178.29-179.31] Now check your answers. + [180.57-182.25] Number 1 is 1. + [183.15-184.71] Repeat: inches. + [187.11-188.91] Number 2 is 1. + [189.75-192.03] Repeat: sometime. + [195.45-197.31] Number 3 is 1. + [198.21-200.01] Repeat: patient. + [202.59-204.33] Number 4 is 2. + [204.99-206.85] Repeat: connect. + [209.97-211.77] Number 5 is 2. + [212.25-214.11] Repeat: exam. + [217.59-219.39] Number 6 is 1. + [219.93-221.73] Repeat: regular. + [224.85-226.83] Number 7 is 3. + [227.55-229.35] Repeat: any more. + [232.17-234.15] Number 8 is 1. + [234.69-236.49] Repeat: annual. + [239.43-241.29] Number 9 is 1. + [241.83-243.69] Repeat: physical. + [246.93-248.73] Number 10 is 1. + [249.21-251.25] Repeat: vertical. + [254.31-256.23] Number 11 is 2. + [256.95-259.11] Repeat: emergency. + [262.17-264.03] Number 12 is 3. + [264.75-266.85] Repeat: horizontal. + [270.69-272.91] Number 13 is 4. + [273.45-275.73] Repeat: examination. + [279.75-282.09] Number 14 is 3. + [282.63-284.91] Repeat: perpendicular. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please look at Figure 4. +Look at the sentences in the box. +Listen and repeat the last sentence: +"Paul has been studying for 2 days." Repeat: "Paul has been studying for 2 days." +Now look at the dialogues below the box. +Listen and repeat. +Have you been waiting long? +No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes. +Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time? +Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour. +I'm glad to see you. +Where have you been hiding? +I've been visiting my relatives in California. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.62-3.06] Please look at Figure 4. + [4.18-6.10] Look at the sentences in the box. + [14.62-17.10] Listen and repeat the last sentence: + [18.61-26.18] "Paul has been studying for 2 days." Repeat: "Paul has been studying for 2 days." + [31.84-34.08] Now look at the dialogues below the box. + [34.64-35.92] Listen and repeat. + [39.33-40.53] Have you been waiting long? + [44.43-47.23] No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes. + [52.08-54.24] Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time? + [58.26-61.22] Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour. + [65.28-66.32] I'm glad to see you. + [67.04-68.08] Where have you been hiding? + [72.22-74.78] I've been visiting my relatives in California. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat. +Why have you been coming in late every morning? +I've been having trouble with my car. +Has a mechanic been working on it? +No. +I've been trying to fix it myself. +How have you been getting to the base? +A friend has been giving me a ride. +Listen to the dialogue again. +While you listen, write the missing words in the blanks. +Why have you been coming in late every morning? +I've been having trouble with my car. +Has a mechanic been working on it? +No. +I've been trying to fix it myself. +How have you been getting to the base? +A friend has been giving me a ride. +Listen to the dialogue a third time. +Check the words and repeat the questions and answers. +Why have you been coming in late every morning? +I've been having trouble with my car. +Has a mechanic been working on it? +No. +I've been trying to fix it myself. +How have you been getting to the base? +A friend has been giving me a ride. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-2.93] Look at Figure 5. + [3.57-4.69] Listen to the dialogue. + [5.49-6.13] Don't repeat. + [9.94-12.10] Why have you been coming in late every morning? + [12.58-14.18] I've been having trouble with my car. + [14.50-16.02] Has a mechanic been working on it? + [16.34-16.82] No. + [16.98-18.58] I've been trying to fix it myself. + [19.22-20.82] How have you been getting to the base? + [21.06-22.74] A friend has been giving me a ride. + [24.59-26.11] Listen to the dialogue again. + [27.04-29.92] While you listen, write the missing words in the blanks. + [30.56-32.56] Why have you been coming in late every morning? + [38.61-40.21] I've been having trouble with my car. + [47.25-48.85] Has a mechanic been working on it? + [55.12-55.60] No. + [56.00-57.76] I've been trying to fix it myself. + [63.92-65.52] How have you been getting to the base? + [71.47-73.07] A friend has been giving me a ride. + [79.74-81.42] Listen to the dialogue a third time. + [82.22-85.18] Check the words and repeat the questions and answers. + [86.94-89.34] Why have you been coming in late every morning? + [94.88-96.56] I've been having trouble with my car. + [101.23-102.91] Has a mechanic been working on it? + [108.16-108.64] No. + [108.72-110.48] I've been trying to fix it myself. + [115.47-117.07] How have you been getting to the base? + [122.93-124.53] A friend has been giving me a ride. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6 now. +Listen to the examples. +Has Sergeant Carter been working here long? +Yes, 5 years. +Yes, he's been working here 5 years. +Repeat: Yes, he's been working here 5 years. +Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar? +No, mess hall. +No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall. +Repeat: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall. +Now answer the questions with the words that you hear. +Number 1: Have you been studying English? +Yes, 3 months. +Repeat: Yes, I've been studying English for 3 months. +Number 2: Has your roommate been watching the news? +No, a movie. +Repeat: No, he's been watching a movie. +Number 3: Has Lieutenant Hall been flying long? +Yes, since he was 15. +Repeat: Yes, he's been flying since he was 15. +Number 4: Has Captain White been renting an apartment? +No, a house. +Repeat: No, he's been renting a house. +Number 5: Have the other officers been living on base? +Yes, 6 months. +Repeat: Yes, they've been living on base for 6 months. +Number 6: Have the students been listening to the tape? +Yes, 17 minutes. +Repeat: Yes, they've been listening to the tape for 17 minutes. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.21-3.57] Look at Figure 6 now. + [4.51-5.79] Listen to the examples. + [10.90-12.98] Has Sergeant Carter been working here long? + [13.78-15.54] Yes, 5 years. + [16.98-20.02] Yes, he's been working here 5 years. + [20.82-25.30] Repeat: Yes, he's been working here 5 years. + [31.89-34.13] Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar? + [34.85-36.37] No, mess hall. + [37.81-40.53] No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall. + [41.44-45.68] Repeat: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall. + [52.62-55.34] Now answer the questions with the words that you hear. + [56.43-59.98] Number 1: Have you been studying English? + [61.63-63.39] Yes, 3 months. + [67.62-72.82] Repeat: Yes, I've been studying English for 3 months. + [79.38-83.20] Number 2: Has your roommate been watching the news? + [85.18-86.78] No, a movie. + [91.33-94.77] Repeat: No, he's been watching a movie. + [99.58-103.81] Number 3: Has Lieutenant Hall been flying long? + [105.65-108.05] Yes, since he was 15. + [112.88-117.44] Repeat: Yes, he's been flying since he was 15. + [122.56-128.97] Number 4: Has Captain White been renting an apartment? + [129.01-130.69] No, a house. + [134.85-138.21] Repeat: No, he's been renting a house. + [143.49-147.89] Number 5: Have the other officers been living on base? + [149.26-151.34] Yes, 6 months. + [155.58-160.22] Repeat: Yes, they've been living on base for 6 months. + [166.03-172.23] Number 6: Have the students been listening to the tape? + [172.26-174.60] Yes, 17 minutes. + [178.34-183.78] Repeat: Yes, they've been listening to the tape for 17 minutes. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to figure 7, listen to the paragraph: don't write or repeat, only listen. +Why did the Smith family buy a new home? +Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat. +They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals. +They're very happy in their new house. +Listen again. +This time, write the paragraph while you're listening to it. +Use capital letters, periods, commas, question marks, and apostrophes. +Now listen and write. +Why did— +The Smith family— +Buy a new home— +Because they have— +5 children— +2 dogs— +And a cat. +They needed a house— +With rooms— +For all of the children— +And a large yard— +With a fence— +For their animals. +They're very happy— +In their new house— +Listen and check your work. +Why did the Smith family buy a new home? +Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat. +They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals. +They're very happy in their new house. +Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.29-9.63] Please go to figure 7, listen to the paragraph: don't write or repeat, only listen. + [11.82-14.78] Why did the Smith family buy a new home? + [15.98-19.98] Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat. + [21.07-27.79] They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals. + [29.52-31.76] They're very happy in their new house. + [35.34-36.22] Listen again. + [36.94-40.62] This time, write the paragraph while you're listening to it. + [41.58-47.74] Use capital letters, periods, commas, question marks, and apostrophes. + [48.88-50.24] Now listen and write. + [51.97-55.53] Why did— + [59.50-63.99] The Smith family— + [70.90-75.09] Buy a new home— + [85.79-87.31] Because they have— + [97.76-102.87] 5 children— + [108.78-109.82] 2 dogs— + [117.94-118.90] And a cat. + [127.86-129.30] They needed a house— + [143.01-143.89] With rooms— + [153.10-154.70] For all of the children— + [169.28-170.72] And a large yard— + [183.95-184.99] With a fence— + [194.74-196.10] For their animals. + [208.85-210.13] They're very happy— + [222.40-223.92] In their new house— + [236.96-238.48] Listen and check your work. + [240.37-244.41] Why did the Smith family buy a new home? + [244.43-248.67] Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat. + [250.02-256.66] They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals. + [258.33-260.35] They're very happy in their new house. + [266.69-269.97] Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + [276.72-280.08] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-2A.md b/sources/book-11/tape-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c0e977f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,542 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the underlined words. +Instructor. +Instructor. +Relaxed. +Relaxed. +Nervous. +Nervous. +Confuse. +Confuse. +Failed. +Failed. +Lost. +Lost. +Way. +Way. +Follow. +Follow. +Now listen to the paragraphs. +Don't repeat. +Carl is a student driver. +Mr. +Ford is his instructor. +Yesterday, Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic. +He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson. +Today is different. +He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems. +He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident. +The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry. +The streets downtown are narrow and crowded. +They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him. +He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost. +He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way. +Carl is making a lot of mistakes. +Mr. +Ford is nervous too. +He'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown. +Carl will be happy to follow his instructions. +Listen to the questions, then look at the paragraph and answer them. +What is the instructor's name? +Repeat: The instructor's name is Mr. +Ford. +What is he teaching Carl? +Repeat: He's teaching Carl how to drive. +How did Carl feel yesterday when he drove? +Repeat: He felt relaxed. +How does he feel today? +Repeat: He feels nervous. +What do the streets downtown do to Carl? +Repeat: They confuse him. +Did he learn the names of the downtown streets before his driving lesson? +Repeat: No, he failed to memorize the city map. +Is Carl lost? +Repeat: Yes, he's lost. +Does Carl know the way out of downtown? +Repeat: No, he doesn't know the way out. +How will he get out of downtown? +Repeat: He'll follow Mr. +Ford's instructions. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.02-13.18] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2A. + [19.89-20.27] Hello. + [20.99-24.69] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. + [31.28-32.56] Look at Figure 1. + [33.04-34.88] Repeat the underlined words. + [38.91-39.71] Instructor. + [42.08-42.96] Instructor. + [45.30-46.10] Relaxed. + [48.50-48.55] Relaxed. + [52.53-53.12] Nervous. + [55.47-55.95] Nervous. + [58.83-59.55] Confuse. + [61.95-62.61] Confuse. + [65.43-65.85] Failed. + [68.25-68.67] Failed. + [71.49-74.13] Lost. + [74.31-77.19] Lost. + [77.81-77.86] Way. + [79.78-80.50] Way. + [82.54-85.47] Follow. + [85.41-89.07] Follow. + [89.18-90.94] Now listen to the paragraphs. + [91.34-92.22] Don't repeat. + [93.95-95.63] Carl is a student driver. + [97.01-97.33] Mr. + [97.33-99.09] Ford is his instructor. + [100.46-104.38] Yesterday, Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic. + [105.63-108.11] He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson. + [109.46-110.42] Today is different. + [111.44-115.36] He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems. + [116.38-119.42] He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident. + [120.82-124.02] The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry. + [125.58-128.22] The streets downtown are narrow and crowded. + [129.34-133.02] They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him. + [134.06-137.90] He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost. + [139.07-142.99] He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way. + [144.46-146.62] Carl is making a lot of mistakes. + [146.62-146.67] Mr. + [147.74-149.18] Ford is nervous too. + [150.62-153.42] He'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown. + [154.75-157.47] Carl will be happy to follow his instructions. + [160.13-164.85] Listen to the questions, then look at the paragraph and answer them. + [166.83-168.27] What is the instructor's name? + [174.42-177.38] Repeat: The instructor's name is Mr. + [177.38-177.94] Ford. + [183.92-185.28] What is he teaching Carl? + [193.28-196.40] Repeat: He's teaching Carl how to drive. + [202.58-204.98] How did Carl feel yesterday when he drove? + [212.59-214.83] Repeat: He felt relaxed. + [220.98-222.26] How does he feel today? + [230.13-232.21] Repeat: He feels nervous. + [237.65-240.13] What do the streets downtown do to Carl? + [247.30-249.46] Repeat: They confuse him. + [256.67-260.67] Did he learn the names of the downtown streets before his driving lesson? + [268.86-273.33] Repeat: No, he failed to memorize the city map. + [279.47-280.59] Is Carl lost? + [287.30-289.46] Repeat: Yes, he's lost. + [296.19-298.51] Does Carl know the way out of downtown? + [306.58-309.38] Repeat: No, he doesn't know the way out. + [316.22-318.14] How will he get out of downtown? + [326.21-328.05] Repeat: He'll follow Mr. + [328.05-329.41] Ford's instructions. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 2, listen, and choose a sentence with a similar meaning. +Circle A or B. +Number 1: "Carl was lost." +Number 2: "The other car failed to stop." +Number 3: "Carl went the wrong way." +Number 4: "He followed Mr. +Ford's advice." +Number 5: "Mr. +Ford is the instructor." +Number 6: "Today, Carl is nervous." +Number 7: "Yesterday, he was relaxed." +Number 8: "The streets confuse Carl." +Now listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is A: "Carl didn't know how to get out of downtown." +Number 2 is A: "The other car didn't stop." +Number 3 is A: "Carl went in the wrong direction." +Number 4 is B: "He obeyed Mr. +Ford's advice." +Number 5 is B: "Mr. +Ford is the teacher." +Number 6 is B: "Carl thinks he'll do something wrong." +Number 7 is A: "He wasn't afraid yesterday." +Number 8 is B: "He's not sure that he's going theright way." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.84-7.20] Please go to Figure 2, listen, and choose a sentence with a similar meaning. + [7.60-9.12] Circle A or B. + [11.07-13.55] Number 1: "Carl was lost." + [23.25-26.70] Number 2: "The other car failed to stop." + [36.05-39.31] Number 3: "Carl went the wrong way." + [48.46-51.14] Number 4: "He followed Mr. + [51.14-52.34] Ford's advice." + [61.42-63.44] Number 5: "Mr. + [63.44-64.96] Ford is the instructor." + [74.59-78.03] Number 6: "Today, Carl is nervous." + [86.64-90.29] Number 7: "Yesterday, he was relaxed." + [99.58-102.94] Number 8: "The streets confuse Carl." + [114.69-116.77] Now listen and check your answers. + [118.37-123.98] Number 1 is A: "Carl didn't know how to get out of downtown." + [126.35-130.53] Number 2 is A: "The other car didn't stop." + [132.62-137.41] Number 3 is A: "Carl went in the wrong direction." + [140.24-144.00] Number 4 is B: "He obeyed Mr. + [144.00-144.96] Ford's advice." + [148.18-151.30] Number 5 is B: "Mr. + [151.30-152.50] Ford is the teacher." + [155.18-160.29] Number 6 is B: "Carl thinks he'll do something wrong." + [163.17-167.50] Number 7 is A: "He wasn't afraid yesterday." + [170.16-175.18] Number 8 is B: "He's not sure that he's going theright way." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 3 now. +Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. +Speed. +Speed. +Miles an hour. +Miles an hour. +Speeding. +Speeding. +Slow down. +Slow down. +Speed limit. +Speed limit. +Sign. +Sign. +Ahead. +Ahead. +Miles per hour. +Miles per hour. +Speed up. +Speed up. +Now listen to the dialog. +Don't repeat it. +Check that speed, Carl. +How fast are you going? +40 miles an hour. +Then you're speeding. +Slow down a little. +I thought 40 was the speed limit here. +No, the sign back there said 30. +Oh, I'm sorry. +Look, there's another sign ahead. +Yes, I see. +It says 45 miles per hour. +Good. +Now I can speed up. +Listen to the dialog again. +This time, repeat it. +Check that speed, Carl. +How fast are you going? +40 miles an hour. +Then you're speeding. +Slow down a little. +I thought 40 was the speed limit here. +No, the sign back there said 30. +Oh. +I'm sorry. +Look, there's another sign ahead. +Yes, I see. +It says 45 miles per hour. +Good. +Now I can speed up. +Look at the dialog and answer the questions. +How fast is Carl driving? +Repeat: He's driving at a speed of 40 miles an hour. +Is the speed limit 30 miles an hour? +Repeat: Yes, the speed limit is 30 miles an hour. +Is Carl driving under the speed limit? +Repeat: No, he's driving over the speed limit. +What is he doing? +Repeat: He's speeding. +What should he do? +Repeat: He should slow down. +Does he see another sign with the speed limit on it? +Repeat: Yes, he sees another speed limit sign. +Is the sign in back of him or ahead of him? +Repeat: It's ahead of him. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.58-4.50] Please go to Figure 3 now. + [4.98-8.18] Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. + [9.33-10.21] Speed. + [11.89-12.77] Speed. + [14.91-16.19] Miles an hour. + [18.70-19.71] Miles an hour. + [22.80-23.68] Speeding. + [26.14-27.10] Speeding. + [29.54-29.99] Slow down. + [32.85-33.69] Slow down. + [36.15-36.47] Speed limit. + [39.03-39.73] Speed limit. + [42.10-42.90] Sign. + [44.88-44.93] Sign. + [48.33-50.79] Ahead. + [51.03-53.97] Ahead. + [54.27-55.47] Miles per hour. + [59.07-60.27] Miles per hour. + [63.75-66.87] Speed up. + [66.82-70.17] Speed up. + [72.96-74.56] Now listen to the dialog. + [74.96-76.08] Don't repeat it. + [78.94-80.46] Check that speed, Carl. + [80.70-81.82] How fast are you going? + [82.22-83.34] 40 miles an hour. + [84.14-85.10] Then you're speeding. + [85.18-86.22] Slow down a little. + [87.02-88.78] I thought 40 was the speed limit here. + [89.78-91.94] No, the sign back there said 30. + [92.18-92.98] Oh, I'm sorry. + [93.46-94.90] Look, there's another sign ahead. + [95.62-96.74] Yes, I see. + [97.14-99.22] It says 45 miles per hour. + [99.30-99.70] Good. + [99.86-100.98] Now I can speed up. + [103.89-105.41] Listen to the dialog again. + [105.97-107.33] This time, repeat it. + [110.66-112.10] Check that speed, Carl. + [114.93-116.21] How fast are you going? + [119.68-120.72] 40 miles an hour. + [122.74-123.78] Then you're speeding. + [126.90-127.94] Slow down a little. + [130.64-132.40] I thought 40 was the speed limit here. + [136.98-139.54] No, the sign back there said 30. + [144.54-144.94] Oh. + [145.26-145.90] I'm sorry. + [147.97-149.49] Look, there's another sign ahead. + [155.02-156.30] Yes, I see. + [158.11-160.23] It says 45 miles per hour. + [165.87-166.29] Good. + [167.91-169.34] Now I can speed up. + [173.31-176.18] Look at the dialog and answer the questions. + [177.68-179.36] How fast is Carl driving? + [186.38-190.70] Repeat: He's driving at a speed of 40 miles an hour. + [199.65-201.81] Is the speed limit 30 miles an hour? + [209.10-212.86] Repeat: Yes, the speed limit is 30 miles an hour. + [220.90-222.90] Is Carl driving under the speed limit? + [229.94-233.30] Repeat: No, he's driving over the speed limit. + [241.33-242.13] What is he doing? + [247.89-249.65] Repeat: He's speeding. + [252.66-253.46] What should he do? + [259.95-262.35] Repeat: He should slow down. + [267.76-270.16] Does he see another sign with the speed limit on it? + [276.56-280.64] Repeat: Yes, he sees another speed limit sign. + [288.70-291.42] Is the sign in back of him or ahead of him? + [298.18-300.34] Repeat: It's ahead of him. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, and then repeat them. +Ahead of. +Ahead of. +Cautious. +Cautious. +Lane. +Lane. +Pass. +Pass. +Turn. +Turn. +Signal. +Signal. +Cautiously. +Cautiously. +Steering wheel. +Steering wheel. +Mind. +Mind. +Now listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it. +The car ahead of us is going very slow. +It's in bad shape. +The driver's being cautious. +May I go around him? +First check the other lane of traffic. +Allright. +No one's coming. +Now can I pass him? +Yes. +Remember to use your turn signal. +Why? +I don't want to make a turn. +Because you should always change lanes cautiously. +Okay. +Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. +Good. +Also, keep your mind on the road. +Listen to the dialogue again. +This time, repeat it. +The car ahead of us +is going very slow. +It's in bad shape. +The driver's being cautious. +May I go around him? +First check the other lane of traffic. +Allright. +No one's coming. +Now can I pass him? +Yes. +Remember to use your turn signal. +Why? +I don't want to make a turn. +Because you should always +change lanes cautiously. +Okay. +Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. +Good. +Also, keep your mind on the road. +Now, look at the dialogue and answer the questions. +Is the person in the other car a careless driver? +Repeat: No, he's a cautious driver. +Does Carl want to pass the other car? +Repeat: Yes, he wants to pass the other car. +Should he signal other drivers and tell them that he wants to pass? +Repeat: Yes, he should signal other drivers. +Does Carl want to make a turn? +Repeat: No, he doesn't want to make a turn. +What is he doing? +Repeat: He's changing lanes. +How should drivers change lanes? +Repeat: They should change lanes cautiously. +Should Carl drive with just one hand on the steering wheel? +Repeat: No, he should drive with both hands. +On the steering wheel. +Should he think about other things while he's driving? +Repeat: No, he should keep his mind on the road. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.48-4.16] Now look at Figure 4. + [4.96-9.04] Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, and then repeat them. + [10.91-11.63] Ahead of. + [13.74-16.89] Ahead of. + [16.98-17.46] Cautious. + [19.82-20.54] Cautious. + [23.14-23.86] Lane. + [25.90-26.70] Lane. + [29.44-32.13] Pass. + [32.18-32.82] Pass. + [35.25-35.97] Turn. + [38.37-38.70] Turn. + [40.98-41.03] Signal. + [44.31-44.67] Signal. + [48.03-50.91] Cautiously. + [51.03-51.81] Cautiously. + [54.75-55.47] Steering wheel. + [57.81-58.59] Steering wheel. + [61.17-63.57] Mind. + [63.93-67.89] Mind. + [68.02-71.30] Now listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it. + [74.02-76.58] The car ahead of us is going very slow. + [77.41-78.45] It's in bad shape. + [79.01-80.45] The driver's being cautious. + [81.09-82.37] May I go around him? + [83.36-84.88] First check the other lane of traffic. + [85.36-85.92] Allright. + [86.56-87.52] No one's coming. + [88.08-89.20] Now can I pass him? + [89.60-90.16] Yes. + [90.32-91.76] Remember to use your turn signal. + [92.08-92.72] Why? + [93.36-94.56] I don't want to make a turn. + [95.20-97.84] Because you should always change lanes cautiously. + [98.40-98.96] Okay. + [99.76-101.68] Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. + [102.16-102.56] Good. + [103.12-105.12] Also, keep your mind on the road. + [107.52-109.04] Listen to the dialogue again. + [109.76-111.12] This time, repeat it. + [112.02-113.30] The car ahead of us + [116.43-119.97] is going very slow. + [122.53-123.65] It's in bad shape. + [126.91-128.43] The driver's being cautious. + [131.63-132.99] May I go around him? + [137.30-139.14] First check the other lane of traffic. + [144.72-145.28] Allright. + [146.67-147.63] No one's coming. + [149.84-151.04] Now can I pass him? + [154.72-154.77] Yes. + [156.85-158.43] Remember to use your turn signal. + [162.19-162.75] Why? + [164.42-165.75] I don't want to make a turn. + [171.22-172.05] Because you should always + [176.52-177.78] change lanes cautiously. + [180.81-180.83] Okay. + [182.85-185.72] Both of my hands are on the steering wheel. + [191.60-191.86] Good. + [193.59-195.76] Also, keep your mind on the road. + [200.31-203.70] Now, look at the dialogue and answer the questions. + [205.14-208.10] Is the person in the other car a careless driver? + [215.26-218.06] Repeat: No, he's a cautious driver. + [223.07-225.07] Does Carl want to pass the other car? + [232.62-235.82] Repeat: Yes, he wants to pass the other car. + [243.15-246.99] Should he signal other drivers and tell them that he wants to pass? + [253.17-257.01] Repeat: Yes, he should signal other drivers. + [263.31-267.21] Does Carl want to make a turn? + [271.62-274.58] Repeat: No, he doesn't want to make a turn. + [280.69-281.81] What is he doing? + [287.95-290.03] Repeat: He's changing lanes. + [296.42-298.34] How should drivers change lanes? + [305.04-308.48] Repeat: They should change lanes cautiously. + [317.01-320.21] Should Carl drive with just one hand on the steering wheel? + [326.90-331.01] Repeat: No, he should drive with both hands. + [335.68-336.64] On the steering wheel. + [344.62-347.18] Should he think about other things while he's driving? + [352.66-356.26] Repeat: No, he should keep his mind on the road. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5, listen to paragraph number 1, then select the main idea. +Listen. +Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. +She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. +She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. +When she's tired, she's very cautious. +Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident. +What was the main idea of the paragraph? +Circle A, B, C, or D. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. +She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. +She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. +When she's tired, she's very cautious. +Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident. +The answer is D. +Linda is a careful driver. +Now listen to paragraph number 2. +Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. +Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. +Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. +They hit it because they don't see it soon enough. +Now circle the main idea of paragraph number 2. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. +Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. +Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. +They hit it because they don't see it soon enough. +The answer is B. +Drivers should always watch the road. +This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-8.22] Look at Figure 5, listen to paragraph number 1, then select the main idea. + [8.62-9.18] Listen. + [11.20-15.84] Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. + [16.99-22.11] She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. + [23.60-27.44] She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. + [28.75-31.07] When she's tired, she's very cautious. + [32.16-34.80] Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident. + [38.93-41.41] What was the main idea of the paragraph? + [42.05-44.93] Circle A, B, C, or D. + [54.02-57.06] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [59.17-63.57] Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. + [64.56-69.92] She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. + [71.06-74.90] She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. + [76.37-78.53] When she's tired, she's very cautious. + [79.92-82.48] Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident. + [86.61-88.37] The answer is D. + [88.85-90.69] Linda is a careful driver. + [91.65-93.81] Now listen to paragraph number 2. + [97.15-101.31] Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. + [102.56-108.75] Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. + [110.14-115.50] Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. + [116.59-118.99] They hit it because they don't see it soon enough. + [123.92-127.44] Now circle the main idea of paragraph number 2. + [136.98-140.02] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [141.76-145.68] Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. + [147.06-153.30] Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. + [154.40-160.53] Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. + [161.43-163.97] They hit it because they don't see it soon enough. + [166.56-168.24] The answer is B. + [168.88-171.20] Drivers should always watch the road. + [177.81-181.01] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-2B.md b/sources/book-11/tape-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e94de42 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,492 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2B. +Hello again. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the words under the picture, then repeat them. +Caution. +Caution. +Flash. +Flash. +Intersection. +Intersection. +Pedestrian. +Pedestrian. +Sign. +Sign. +Signal. +Signal. +Now look at the sentences. +Listen, then repeat them. +Number 1: "Be careful. +Use caution." +Number 2: "When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes." +Number 3: "Streets cross at intersections." +Number 4: "When people walk, they're pedestrians." +Number 5: "Signs show names, directions, and other information." +Number 6: "A traffic light is a signal." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.71-11.63] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2B. + [18.58-19.54] Hello again. + [20.26-24.10] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. + [31.18-32.46] Look at Figure 1. + [33.02-36.54] Listen to the words under the picture, then repeat them. + [38.24-38.88] Caution. + [41.12-41.76] Caution. + [44.13-44.93] Flash. + [46.82-47.62] Flash. + [50.11-50.99] Intersection. + [53.73-54.33] Intersection. + [57.63-58.29] Pedestrian. + [60.75-61.47] Pedestrian. + [64.47-66.81] Sign. + [67.11-69.69] Sign. + [69.87-70.29] Signal. + [72.45-72.81] Signal. + [76.88-78.48] Now look at the sentences. + [78.96-80.80] Listen, then repeat them. + [82.46-85.01] Number 1: "Be careful. + [85.73-86.61] Use caution." + [91.98-97.50] Number 2: "When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes." + [104.83-108.83] Number 3: "Streets cross at intersections." + [114.46-118.91] Number 4: "When people walk, they're pedestrians." + [124.38-130.38] Number 5: "Signs show names, directions, and other information." + [137.78-141.17] Number 6: "A traffic light is a signal." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +Listen to the paragraphs; don't repeat them. +At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions. +Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs. +Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. +Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution. +Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information. +Cautious drivers look for signals and signs. +Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely. +Look at the paragraphs again and answer the questions. +Where do cars and people come together? +Repeat: They come together at intersections. +What can easily happen at an intersection? +Repeat: Accidents can happen easily at an intersection. +What does a large intersection usually have? +Repeat: It usually has many signals and signs. +What do traffic signals use to give instructions? +Repeat: Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. +What does a traffic light tell people to do? +Repeat: It tells them to stop, to go, or to use caution. +What do traffic signs have on them? +Repeat: Traffic signs have words and pictures on them. +What do traffic signs give? +Repeat: They give instructions and information. +What do cautious drivers look for? +Repeat: They look for signs and signals. +How do cautious drivers use the instructions and information? +Repeat: They use them to drive safely. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-3.20] Now look at Figure 2. + [3.84-6.72] Listen to the paragraphs; don't repeat them. + [9.23-13.95] At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions. + [15.74-23.02] Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs. + [24.69-27.73] Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. + [28.91-36.99] Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution. + [38.69-43.57] Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information. + [45.57-48.45] Cautious drivers look for signals and signs. + [49.58-54.70] Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely. + [57.84-61.12] Look at the paragraphs again and answer the questions. + [63.14-65.22] Where do cars and people come together? + [71.68-75.12] Repeat: They come together at intersections. + [81.01-83.41] What can easily happen at an intersection? + [90.90-94.90] Repeat: Accidents can happen easily at an intersection. + [102.50-104.90] What does a large intersection usually have? + [112.00-116.11] Repeat: It usually has many signals and signs. + [121.90-124.94] What do traffic signals use to give instructions? + [132.72-136.83] Repeat: Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. + [144.03-146.40] What does a traffic light tell people to do? + [153.41-158.85] Repeat: It tells them to stop, to go, or to use caution. + [167.62-169.54] What do traffic signs have on them? + [176.64-180.56] Repeat: Traffic signs have words and pictures on them. + [188.70-190.30] What do traffic signs give? + [197.44-200.88] Repeat: They give instructions and information. + [208.98-210.82] What do cautious drivers look for? + [218.43-221.71] Repeat: They look for signs and signals. + [229.71-233.31] How do cautious drivers use the instructions and information? + [241.38-244.34] Repeat: They use them to drive safely. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to figure 3, look at the pictures, and listen; don't repeat. +Number 1: +traffic signals tell drivers to move or to stop. +A green light says "go," a yellow light says "be careful," a red light says "stop." This signal is also called a stoplight. +Number 2: traffic signals also tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead. +Number 3: +there are signals only for pedestrians. +When the signal says "walk" or shows the picture of a man, look both ways and then cross the street quickly. +When it says "don't walk" or shows the picture of a hand, wait on the corner until the light changes. +Number 4: sometimes drivers use hand signals. +This signal tells other drivers that this car is going to slow down or stop. +Number 5: this is the hand signal for a left turn. +Number 6: this driver is going to turnright. +Number 7: some of the lights on the front and back of a car are also signals. +When the yellow lights on the front and back of a car are flashing, its driver wants to turn or change lanes. +Number 8: red lights on the back of the car come on when the car is slowing down or stopping. +Look at the signals again and listen to the question, then give the number of the correct signal. +Which traffic signal tells drivers to go, stop, or be ready to stop? +Number 1: repeat, the traffic light tells people to go, stop, or be ready to stop. +Which hand signal does a driver use before aright turn? +Number 6: repeat, this is the signal for aright turn. +Which lights tell other drivers that a car is turning or changing lanes? +Number 7: repeat, the flashing yellow lights are turn signals. +Which signal lights tell pedestrians when it's safe to cross a street? +Number 3: repeat, pedestrian signal lights tell people when to cross a street. +Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to turn left? +Number 5: repeat, this is the signal for a left turn. +Which traffic signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead? +Number 2: repeat, these signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead. +Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to slow down or stop? +Number 4: repeat, this driver is going to slow down or stop. +Which lights tell the drivers behind another car that it's slowing down or stopping? +Number 8: repeat, the red lights on the back of the car. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.19-7.63] Please go to figure 3, look at the pictures, and listen; don't repeat. + [9.10-9.74] Number 1: + [11.25-14.61] traffic signals tell drivers to move or to stop. + [15.70-27.89] A green light says "go," a yellow light says "be careful," a red light says "stop." This signal is also called a stoplight. + [31.33-38.29] Number 2: traffic signals also tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead. + [41.60-42.32] Number 3: + [43.86-46.50] there are signals only for pedestrians. + [47.46-55.86] When the signal says "walk" or shows the picture of a man, look both ways and then cross the street quickly. + [57.17-64.27] When it says "don't walk" or shows the picture of a hand, wait on the corner until the light changes. + [67.42-72.00] Number 4: sometimes drivers use hand signals. + [73.50-78.62] This signal tells other drivers that this car is going to slow down or stop. + [81.31-85.73] Number 5: this is the hand signal for a left turn. + [88.80-92.48] Number 6: this driver is going to turnright. + [95.07-101.42] Number 7: some of the lights on the front and back of a car are also signals. + [103.02-110.38] When the yellow lights on the front and back of a car are flashing, its driver wants to turn or change lanes. + [113.49-120.62] Number 8: red lights on the back of the car come on when the car is slowing down or stopping. + [126.67-132.91] Look at the signals again and listen to the question, then give the number of the correct signal. + [135.02-140.54] Which traffic signal tells drivers to go, stop, or be ready to stop? + [147.34-155.50] Number 1: repeat, the traffic light tells people to go, stop, or be ready to stop. + [163.12-166.56] Which hand signal does a driver use before aright turn? + [174.14-179.49] Number 6: repeat, this is the signal for aright turn. + [185.67-190.69] Which lights tell other drivers that a car is turning or changing lanes? + [197.31-202.75] Number 7: repeat, the flashing yellow lights are turn signals. + [209.97-214.21] Which signal lights tell pedestrians when it's safe to cross a street? + [221.92-228.48] Number 3: repeat, pedestrian signal lights tell people when to cross a street. + [235.65-239.17] Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to turn left? + [246.37-251.46] Number 5: repeat, this is the signal for a left turn. + [258.50-263.06] Which traffic signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead? + [271.98-278.54] Number 2: repeat, these signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead. + [285.31-290.01] Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to slow down or stop? + [297.82-303.78] Number 4: repeat, this driver is going to slow down or stop. + [314.21-319.49] Which lights tell the drivers behind another car that it's slowing down or stopping? + [328.80-333.54] Number 8: repeat, the red lights on the back of the car. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Turn to Figure 4 and look at the signs. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "Stop sign." +Stop sign. +Stop at the stop sign and look both ways. +Go when it's safe. +Number 2: "Yield." +Yield. +Right of way. +Right of way. +Yield theright of way to the other driver. +He can go ahead of you. +Number 3: "One way." +One way. +This is a one-way street. +Traffic moves in only one direction. +Number 4: "Two-way." +Two-way. +This is a two-way street. +Traffic moves in both directions. +Number 5: "Railroad." +Railroad. +Crossing. +Crossing. +A railroad crosses the highway here. +A train may be coming. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.10-4.82] Turn to Figure 4 and look at the signs. + [5.30-7.22] Repeat the words and sentences. + [9.07-11.23] Number 1: "Stop sign." + [13.50-14.62] Stop sign. + [17.07-20.43] Stop at the stop sign and look both ways. + [25.33-26.77] Go when it's safe. + [31.17-32.69] Number 2: "Yield." + [34.54-35.18] Yield. + [37.46-38.42] Right of way. + [40.24-41.20] Right of way. + [43.71-45.95] Yield theright of way to the other driver. + [51.66-52.94] He can go ahead of you. + [57.30-59.62] Number 3: "One way." + [61.52-62.40] One way. + [65.31-66.59] This is a one-way street. + [70.16-72.32] Traffic moves in only one direction. + [77.86-79.94] Number 4: "Two-way." + [82.05-82.53] Two-way. + [84.81-85.89] This is a two-way street. + [89.47-91.71] Traffic moves in both directions. + [97.38-99.30] Number 5: "Railroad." + [100.96-101.68] Railroad. + [103.70-104.50] Crossing. + [106.37-107.09] Crossing. + [109.62-111.86] A railroad crosses the highway here. + [116.46-118.06] A train may be coming. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Listen to the sentence. +Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign. +Number 1: "Be careful, look for a train." +Number 2: "All cars must travel in the same direction." +Number 3: "You must let other drivers go ahead of you." +Number 4: "Stop at the intersection. +Don't go until it's safe." +Number 5: "Cars are moving in opposite directions on this street." +Listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is B, the railroad crossing sign. +Number 2 is D, the one-way traffic sign. +Number 3 is A, the yield sign. +Number 4 is E, the stop sign. +Number 5 is C, the two-way traffic sign. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.00-3.76] Now look at Figure 5. + [4.32-5.68] Listen to the sentence. + [6.08-9.12] Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign. + [11.10-14.91] Number 1: "Be careful, look for a train." + [23.20-27.28] Number 2: "All cars must travel in the same direction." + [36.00-40.11] Number 3: "You must let other drivers go ahead of you." + [48.10-51.22] Number 4: "Stop at the intersection. + [52.19-53.95] Don't go until it's safe." + [62.14-67.12] Number 5: "Cars are moving in opposite directions on this street." + [76.98-78.90] Listen and check your answers. + [80.54-84.78] Number 1 is B, the railroad crossing sign. + [86.50-91.46] Number 2 is D, the one-way traffic sign. + [93.55-97.31] Number 3 is A, the yield sign. + [99.65-103.58] Number 4 is E, the stop sign. + [105.25-109.78] Number 5 is C, the two-way traffic sign. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 6. +Look at the words in the box. +Listen to the words and repeat them. +Anyone. +Any one. +Any body. +Any body. +Someone. +Some one. +Somebody. +Some body. +No one. +No one. +Nobody. +No body. +The dialogue has the words which are in the box. +Write the words in the blanks when you hear them. +Listen and write. +Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? +Yes, thank you. +No one writes to me. +Do you write to anybody? +No, I don't mail anything to anyone. +That's the problem. +Nobody gets mail from you. +Do you think I should write to someone? +Yes. +Then somebody will answer your letter. +And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. +Now check your answers and repeat the dialogue. +Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? +Yes, thank you. +No one writes to me. +Do you write to anybody? +No, I don't mail anything to anyone. +That's the problem. +Nobody gets mail from you. +Do you think I should write to someone? +Yes. +Then somebody will answer your letter. +And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.81-3.33] Now go to Figure 6. + [3.97-5.49] Look at the words in the box. + [6.05-8.13] Listen to the words and repeat them. + [9.58-10.30] Anyone. + [12.32-13.20] Any one. + [15.33-16.21] Any body. + [18.18-19.06] Any body. + [21.28-24.51] Someone. + [24.40-27.75] Some one. + [27.76-28.56] Somebody. + [30.90-31.70] Some body. + [34.16-36.99] No one. + [37.06-37.86] No one. + [40.05-42.87] Nobody. + [42.90-43.70] No body. + [46.67-49.55] The dialogue has the words which are in the box. + [50.19-52.75] Write the words in the blanks when you hear them. + [53.65-54.61] Listen and write. + [58.54-60.62] Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? + [61.10-62.06] Yes, thank you. + [62.46-63.82] No one writes to me. + [69.58-70.86] Do you write to anybody? + [76.75-79.31] No, I don't mail anything to anyone. + [85.09-86.13] That's the problem. + [86.45-88.21] Nobody gets mail from you. + [94.90-96.50] Do you think I should write to someone? + [101.62-102.10] Yes. + [102.34-104.34] Then somebody will answer your letter. + [110.90-113.94] And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + [117.90-120.86] Now check your answers and repeat the dialogue. + [124.56-126.80] Do you want to read this letter from Nancy? + [131.95-132.99] Yes, thank you. + [133.39-134.67] No one writes to me. + [139.06-140.42] Do you write to anybody? + [145.06-147.62] No, I don't mail anything to anyone. + [151.78-152.82] That's the problem. + [153.14-154.74] Nobody gets mail from you. + [160.62-162.22] Do you think I should write to someone? + [166.46-166.94] Yes. + [167.42-169.42] Then somebody will answer your letter. + [175.47-178.35] And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7 and listen to the example; don't repeat. +Nobody's "here" +anyone. +Is anyone here? +Now listen to the sentence and the word after it, then change the sentence to a question. +Number 1: "No one can hear us." Anybody. +Repeat: "Can anybody hear us?" +Number 2: "Nobody saw the accident." Someone. +Repeat: "Did someone see the accident?" +Number 3: "Someone knows the answer." Somebody. +Repeat: "Does somebody know the answer?" +Number 4: "Somebody called you last night." Anybody. +Repeat: "Did anybody call you last night?" +Number 5: "Nobody told Mark about the test." Somebody. +Repeat: "Did somebody tell Mark about the test?" +Number 6: "No one knows Anne's telephone number." Anyone. +Repeat: "Does anyone know Anne's telephone number?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.08-6.64] Look at figure 7 and listen to the example; don't repeat. + [8.50-9.86] Nobody's "here" + [11.36-12.00] anyone. + [13.10-15.81] Is anyone here? + [15.97-22.29] Now listen to the sentence and the word after it, then change the sentence to a question. + [25.39-29.76] Number 1: "No one can hear us." Anybody. + [35.36-37.92] Repeat: "Can anybody hear us?" + [41.98-47.20] Number 2: "Nobody saw the accident." Someone. + [53.04-55.84] Repeat: "Did someone see the accident?" + [61.50-66.83] Number 3: "Someone knows the answer." Somebody. + [72.18-74.74] Repeat: "Does somebody know the answer?" + [80.22-85.52] Number 4: "Somebody called you last night." Anybody. + [91.54-94.50] Repeat: "Did anybody call you last night?" + [100.35-106.13] Number 5: "Nobody told Mark about the test." Somebody. + [112.78-115.98] Repeat: "Did somebody tell Mark about the test?" + [122.58-128.14] Number 6: "No one knows Anne's telephone number." Anyone. + [134.56-137.92] Repeat: "Does anyone know Anne's telephone number?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8 and listen to the example; don't repeat. +Is anybody going to the show? +No, nobody. +No, nobody's going to the show. +Listen to the question and the words after it, then answer the question. +Number 1: Has somebody been using my pen? +No, nobody. +Repeat: No, nobody's been using your pen. +Number 2: +Does anybody understand the lesson? +Yes, someone. +Repeat: Yes, someone understands the lesson. +Number 3: Can someone give me a ride home? +Yes, somebody. +Repeat: Yes, somebody can give you a ride home. +Number 4: Did anyone bring the soft drinks? +No, no one. +Repeat: No, no one brought the soft drinks. +Number 5: Will somebody tell Mark the answer? +No, nobody. +Repeat: No, nobody will tell Mark the answer. +Number 6: Is anybody listening to this tape? +Yes, someone. +Repeat: Yes, someone's listening to this tape. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-6.13] Look at Figure 8 and listen to the example; don't repeat. + [7.92-11.07] Is anybody going to the show? + [11.09-12.69] No, nobody. + [13.87-16.43] No, nobody's going to the show. + [18.02-22.90] Listen to the question and the words after it, then answer the question. + [24.45-29.37] Number 1: Has somebody been using my pen? + [29.44-30.96] No, nobody. + [37.65-41.01] Repeat: No, nobody's been using your pen. + [46.14-46.94] Number 2: + [48.45-50.45] Does anybody understand the lesson? + [51.30-52.90] Yes, someone. + [59.52-63.44] Repeat: Yes, someone understands the lesson. + [69.12-72.66] Number 3: Can someone give me a ride home? + [73.78-75.38] Yes, somebody. + [81.82-85.18] Repeat: Yes, somebody can give you a ride home. + [91.06-94.48] Number 4: Did anyone bring the soft drinks? + [95.44-96.80] No, no one. + [103.26-106.38] Repeat: No, no one brought the soft drinks. + [112.29-116.14] Number 5: Will somebody tell Mark the answer? + [117.20-118.56] No, nobody. + [125.44-129.52] Repeat: No, nobody will tell Mark the answer. + [136.13-139.73] Number 6: Is anybody listening to this tape? + [141.07-142.43] Yes, someone. + [149.15-152.67] Repeat: Yes, someone's listening to this tape. + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Turn to Figure 9 now. +Listen to the sentence, then write the punctuation mark in the correct place. +Look at the grid and listen to the example. +The exclamation mark is in column 2, row 2. +Put the exclamation mark in the second row of the second column. +There should be an exclamation mark in the middle square. +Now listen and write the punctuation mark in the correct place. +The comma is in column 1, row 1. +The semicolon is in column 3, row 1. +The quotation marks are in column 1, row 3. +The parentheses are in column 3, row 3. +The question mark is in column 2, row 3. +Now check your work on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.03-3.79] Turn to Figure 9 now. + [4.70-10.14] Listen to the sentence, then write the punctuation mark in the correct place. + [11.02-13.58] Look at the grid and listen to the example. + [14.85-18.77] The exclamation mark is in column 2, row 2. + [19.84-24.08] Put the exclamation mark in the second row of the second column. + [32.91-36.19] There should be an exclamation mark in the middle square. + [36.91-40.91] Now listen and write the punctuation mark in the correct place. + [42.78-46.86] The comma is in column 1, row 1. + [56.43-60.69] The semicolon is in column 3, row 1. + [70.22-74.30] The quotation marks are in column 1, row 3. + [84.72-89.12] The parentheses are in column 3, row 3. + [99.74-103.74] The question mark is in column 2, row 3. + [114.57-117.73] Now check your work on the answer page for this lesson. + [124.03-127.07] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-2C.md b/sources/book-11/tape-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73c5ec86 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2C. +Hello again. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the dialogues. +Don't repeat them. +Does Jane get nervous now when she drives? +Yes. +She became a very cautious driver after her car accident. +Is the weather getting worse? +Yes. +Theice on the streets is becoming an awful problem. +Do you think Bill will ever become a happy person? +I don't know. +He still gets angry about nothing. +Are you becoming a better math student? +Yes. +The problems are getting easier every day. +Do your sisters want to become nurses? +No. +They want to become doctors. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.74-15.82] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2C. + [22.02-22.50] Hello again. + [23.65-27.57] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. + [34.85-35.97] Look at Figure 1. + [36.69-38.13] Listen to the dialogues. + [38.45-39.65] Don't repeat them. + [45.82-48.62] Does Jane get nervous now when she drives? + [49.55-50.03] Yes. + [50.11-53.71] She became a very cautious driver after her car accident. + [55.82-57.42] Is the weather getting worse? + [57.90-58.54] Yes. + [58.70-61.50] Theice on the streets is becoming an awful problem. + [63.33-66.13] Do you think Bill will ever become a happy person? + [66.77-67.57] I don't know. + [67.81-69.65] He still gets angry about nothing. + [71.63-73.71] Are you becoming a better math student? + [74.27-74.67] Yes. + [74.67-77.15] The problems are getting easier every day. + [78.93-81.09] Do your sisters want to become nurses? + [81.73-82.05] No. + [82.05-83.49] They want to become doctors. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2. +Look at the underlined words in the first box. +Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence. +Repeat: "Gets." +The instructor gets nervous. +Got. +The instructor got nervous. +Will get. +The instructor will get nervous. +Is getting. +The instructor is getting nervous. +Has been getting. +The instructor has been getting nervous. +Look at the example below the first box. +Don't repeat. +Jim gets tired easily. +Mary. +Mary gets tired easily. +Listen to the sentence and the word after it. +Then change the sentence. +Mary gets tired easily. +Sick. +Repeat: Mary gets sick easily. +Well. +Repeat: Mary gets well easily. +Quickly. +Repeat: Mary gets well quickly. +The children. +Repeat: The children get well quickly. +Bored. +Repeat: The children get bored quickly. +Excited. +Repeat: The children get excited quickly. +Look at the underlined words in the second box. +Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence. +Repeat: "Become." Our students become good pilots. +Became. +Our students became good pilots. +Will become. +Our students will become good pilots. +Are becoming. +Our students are becoming good pilots. +Now look at the example under the second box. +Don't repeat. +Jane became a good saleswoman. +Teacher. +Jane became a good teacher. +Listen to the sentence and the word after it. +Then change the sentence. +Jane became a good teacher. +Is becoming. +Repeat: Jane is becoming a good teacher. +Michael. +Repeat: Michael is becoming a good teacher. +Better. +Repeat: Michael is becoming a better teacher. +Writer. +Repeat: Michael is becoming a better writer. +The students. +Repeat: The students are becoming better writers. +Will become. +Repeat: The students will become better writers. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.21-3.41] Now go to Figure 2. + [4.32-7.04] Look at the underlined words in the first box. + [8.03-11.15] Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence. + [12.42-14.58] Repeat: "Gets." + [16.59-18.43] The instructor gets nervous. + [21.62-22.18] Got. + [24.22-25.98] The instructor got nervous. + [29.66-33.03] Will get. + [33.26-35.10] The instructor will get nervous. + [39.46-40.18] Is getting. + [42.72-44.72] The instructor is getting nervous. + [49.20-50.32] Has been getting. + [53.20-55.52] The instructor has been getting nervous. + [61.34-63.82] Look at the example below the first box. + [64.22-65.10] Don't repeat. + [66.80-68.56] Jim gets tired easily. + [69.63-70.19] Mary. + [72.70-74.38] Mary gets tired easily. + [77.81-80.29] Listen to the sentence and the word after it. + [81.09-83.01] Then change the sentence. + [84.58-86.58] Mary gets tired easily. + [89.76-90.40] Sick. + [93.41-96.69] Repeat: Mary gets sick easily. + [101.74-102.46] Well. + [106.64-109.76] Repeat: Mary gets well easily. + [114.38-115.02] Quickly. + [117.84-121.04] Repeat: Mary gets well quickly. + [125.36-128.67] The children. + [129.41-132.69] Repeat: The children get well quickly. + [137.23-137.87] Bored. + [141.28-144.80] Repeat: The children get bored quickly. + [149.38-150.26] Excited. + [153.55-156.91] Repeat: The children get excited quickly. + [163.36-166.00] Look at the underlined words in the second box. + [166.98-169.94] Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence. + [171.15-179.07] Repeat: "Become." Our students become good pilots. + [184.19-187.83] Became. + [187.95-190.43] Our students became good pilots. + [195.04-199.17] Will become. + [199.18-202.22] Our students will become good pilots. + [208.61-209.49] Are becoming. + [213.51-216.22] Our students are becoming good pilots. + [223.95-226.59] Now look at the example under the second box. + [227.15-227.87] Don't repeat. + [229.95-232.11] Jane became a good saleswoman. + [233.74-234.22] Teacher. + [235.76-237.60] Jane became a good teacher. + [240.27-242.59] Listen to the sentence and the word after it. + [243.31-245.39] Then change the sentence. + [247.57-249.33] Jane became a good teacher. + [251.10-252.14] Is becoming. + [255.47-259.23] Repeat: Jane is becoming a good teacher. + [265.50-266.14] Michael. + [270.06-273.66] Repeat: Michael is becoming a good teacher. + [278.53-278.93] Better. + [282.81-286.29] Repeat: Michael is becoming a better teacher. + [292.71-293.07] Writer. + [296.43-299.97] Repeat: Michael is becoming a better writer. + [305.73-306.34] The students. + [310.23-314.21] Repeat: The students are becoming better writers. + [320.61-324.39] Will become. + [325.65-328.66] Repeat: The students will become better writers. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3 now. +Listen to the example. +Don't repeat. +"My cold isn't getting worse." Better. +"It's getting better." +Listen to the sentence and the word after it. +Then change the sentence. +Number 1: "The food here isn't getting better." +Worse. +Repeat: "It's getting worse." +Number 2: +"Karen doesn't get angry." +Upset. +Repeat: "She gets upset." +Number 3: +"The nights aren't getting longer." +Shorter. +Repeat: "They're getting shorter." +Number 4: "Bill didn't become a careless driver." +Careful. +Repeat: "He became a careful driver." +Number 5: +"Mark won't become a nervous person." +Relaxed. +Repeat: "He'll become a relaxed person." +Number 6: "The boys won't become weak men." Strong. +Repeat: "They'll become strong men." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.20] Look at Figure 3 now. + [3.84-5.04] Listen to the example. + [5.60-6.48] Don't repeat. + [8.02-11.46] "My cold isn't getting worse." Better. + [12.91-13.87] "It's getting better." + [15.95-18.19] Listen to the sentence and the word after it. + [18.99-20.83] Then change the sentence. + [24.08-27.97] Number 1: "The food here isn't getting better." + [29.90-30.46] Worse. + [34.75-37.73] Repeat: "It's getting worse." + [41.81-42.61] Number 2: + [44.03-45.63] "Karen doesn't get angry." + [47.46-48.18] Upset. + [52.78-55.50] Repeat: "She gets upset." + [59.89-60.85] Number 3: + [62.58-64.34] "The nights aren't getting longer." + [66.48-67.12] Shorter. + [71.66-74.22] Repeat: "They're getting shorter." + [77.68-82.26] Number 4: "Bill didn't become a careless driver." + [84.37-85.01] Careful. + [88.78-92.22] Repeat: "He became a careful driver." + [96.35-97.23] Number 5: + [98.78-101.02] "Mark won't become a nervous person." + [103.17-104.13] Relaxed. + [108.38-111.82] Repeat: "He'll become a relaxed person." + [116.48-126.33] Number 6: "The boys won't become weak men." Strong. + [127.49-130.61] Repeat: "They'll become strong men." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 4 now. +Look at the examples, listen, but don't repeat. +The school is getting crowded. +Classroom. +Is the classroom getting crowded? +Houston became an important city. +Laredo. +Did Laredo become an important city? +First, listen to the sentence and the word after it. +Then change the sentence to a question. +Number 1: +His father became an important person. +Uncle. +Repeat: Did his uncle become an important person? +Number 2: The coffee is getting cold. +Tea. +Repeat: Is the tea getting cold? +Number 3: My apartment gets dirty fast. +Your apartment. +Repeat: Does your apartment get dirty fast? +Number 4: +Catherine is becoming a beautiful woman. +Her sister. +Repeat: Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman? +Number 5: The books will get more expensive. +Tapes. +Repeat: Will the tapes get more expensive? +Number 6: The children are becoming good friends. +Their parents. +Repeat: Are their parents becoming good friends? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.97-3.57] Please go to Figure 4 now. + [4.45-7.89] Look at the examples, listen, but don't repeat. + [9.50-11.10] The school is getting crowded. + [12.26-12.90] Classroom. + [14.75-16.35] Is the classroom getting crowded? + [20.43-22.35] Houston became an important city. + [23.89-24.45] Laredo. + [27.84-29.84] Did Laredo become an important city? + [32.21-35.49] First, listen to the sentence and the word after it. + [36.38-39.26] Then change the sentence to a question. + [40.83-41.71] Number 1: + [43.78-47.97] His father became an important person. + [48.08-48.56] Uncle. + [52.14-56.45] Repeat: Did his uncle become an important person? + [61.81-65.17] Number 2: The coffee is getting cold. + [66.64-67.12] Tea. + [70.70-73.82] Repeat: Is the tea getting cold? + [78.64-82.85] Number 3: My apartment gets dirty fast. + [84.78-86.06] Your apartment. + [90.45-94.21] Repeat: Does your apartment get dirty fast? + [99.68-100.56] Number 4: + [102.90-105.38] Catherine is becoming a beautiful woman. + [107.76-108.48] Her sister. + [113.50-117.34] Repeat: Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman? + [122.72-126.24] Number 5: The books will get more expensive. + [127.82-128.38] Tapes. + [132.51-135.79] Repeat: Will the tapes get more expensive? + [140.43-144.51] Number 6: The children are becoming good friends. + [146.64-147.68] Their parents. + [151.74-155.50] Repeat: Are their parents becoming good friends? + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 5, look at the dialogues, and listen; don't repeat. +My turn signals don't work. +What should I do? +Lower the window and signal with your left arm. +Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? +That's a signal. +They want to pass you. +What should I do? +Move to theright lane when you can. +What should I do when a school bus stops? +You should stop too when its lights are flashing. +Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? +Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. +Why do I have to stop? +Because children might be crossing the street. +Listen to the dialogues again. +Repeat the questions; don't repeat the answers. +Repeat the questions only. +My turn signals don't work. +What should I do? +Lower the window and signal with your left arm. +Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? +That's a signal. +They want to pass you. +What should I do? +Move to theright lane when you can. +What should I do when a school bus stops? +You should stop too when its lights are flashing. +Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? +Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. +Why do I have to stop? +Because children might be crossing the street. +This time, repeat only the answers. +Don't repeat the questions; just the answers. +My turn signals don't work. +What should I do? +Lower the window and signal with your left arm. +Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? +That's a signal. +They want to pass you. +What should I do? +Move to theright lane when you can. +What should I do when a school bus stops? +You should stop too when its lights are flashing. +Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? +Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. +Why do I have to stop? +Because children might be crossing the street. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-7.52] Now go to Figure 5, look at the dialogues, and listen; don't repeat. + [10.91-12.67] My turn signals don't work. + [12.91-13.87] What should I do? + [14.51-16.91] Lower the window and signal with your left arm. + [18.32-20.80] Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? + [21.44-22.32] That's a signal. + [22.48-23.60] They want to pass you. + [25.20-26.08] What should I do? + [27.20-29.28] Move to theright lane when you can. + [30.88-33.12] What should I do when a school bus stops? + [35.36-38.48] You should stop too when its lights are flashing. + [40.53-42.77] Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? + [43.89-46.37] Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. + [47.50-48.54] Why do I have to stop? + [49.76-51.76] Because children might be crossing the street. + [52.91-54.59] Listen to the dialogues again. + [54.91-58.35] Repeat the questions; don't repeat the answers. + [58.75-60.51] Repeat the questions only. + [62.18-63.86] My turn signals don't work. + [64.34-65.46] What should I do? + [69.78-72.42] Lower the window and signal with your left arm. + [74.30-77.18] Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? + [81.44-82.32] That's a signal. + [82.80-83.92] They want to pass you. + [85.58-86.46] What should I do? + [88.53-90.85] Move to theright lane when you can. + [93.22-95.38] What should I do when a school bus stops? + [99.52-102.16] You should stop too when its lights are flashing. + [105.58-107.66] Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? + [112.11-115.15] Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. + [118.43-119.55] Why do I have to stop? + [121.49-123.33] Because children might be crossing the street. + [126.64-129.20] This time, repeat only the answers. + [129.60-132.56] Don't repeat the questions; just the answers. + [134.19-135.95] My turn signals don't work. + [136.43-137.39] What should I do? + [138.80-141.20] Lower the window and signal with your left arm. + [146.14-148.86] Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? + [152.16-153.12] That's a signal. + [153.44-154.72] They want to pass you. + [160.99-161.95] What should I do? + [164.56-166.64] Move to theright lane when you can. + [171.15-173.31] What should I do when a school bus stops? + [174.43-177.15] You should stop too when its lights are flashing. + [182.50-184.58] Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? + [185.30-188.10] Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. + [192.13-193.41] Why do I have to stop? + [193.81-196.39] Because children might be crossing the street. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6 now. +Listen to the paragraph. +Don't repeat. +When there'sice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously. +Drive slowly, and try to stay in theright lane. +Change lanes and turn corners carefully. +Also, change your speed slowly. +When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to theice. +Then you won't be able to stop. +Stay home when you can. +When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads. +Look at the paragraph again and listen to the questions. +Then answer them. +How should you drive when there'sice on the streets? +Repeat: You should drive cautiously when there'sice on the streets. +Should you drive fast then? +Repeat: No, you shouldn't drive fast then. +Should you change lanes and turn corners carefully? +Repeat: Yes, you should change lanes and turn corners carefully. +What can happen when you try to change your speed quickly? +Repeat: When you try to change your speed quickly. +The tires may not stick to theice. +Will you be able to stop? +Repeat: No, you won't be able to stop. +Should you stay home when there'sice on the roads? +Repeat: Yes, you should stay home when you can. +When you must drive, how long should you wait? +Repeat: You should wait until someone puts salt on the roads. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-3.22] Look at Figure 6 now. + [3.86-5.14] Listen to the paragraph. + [5.70-6.42] Don't repeat. + [8.75-13.23] When there'sice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously. + [14.29-17.97] Drive slowly, and try to stay in theright lane. + [19.22-21.94] Change lanes and turn corners carefully. + [22.90-25.62] Also, change your speed slowly. + [26.77-33.09] When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to theice. + [34.11-35.95] Then you won't be able to stop. + [36.88-38.48] Stay home when you can. + [39.42-44.22] When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads. + [48.96-52.16] Look at the paragraph again and listen to the questions. + [52.72-54.16] Then answer them. + [56.08-58.96] How should you drive when there'sice on the streets? + [64.66-69.87] Repeat: You should drive cautiously when there'sice on the streets. + [77.07-81.39] Should you drive fast then? + [84.50-88.66] Repeat: No, you shouldn't drive fast then. + [96.34-99.62] Should you change lanes and turn corners carefully? + [105.60-111.12] Repeat: Yes, you should change lanes and turn corners carefully. + [120.29-123.65] What can happen when you try to change your speed quickly? + [129.66-136.35] Repeat: When you try to change your speed quickly. + [139.82-142.30] The tires may not stick to theice. + [149.25-153.63] Will you be able to stop? + [157.17-160.61] Repeat: No, you won't be able to stop. + [166.10-168.98] Should you stay home when there'sice on the roads? + [174.77-179.09] Repeat: Yes, you should stay home when you can. + [186.58-189.86] When you must drive, how long should you wait? + [195.36-200.00] Repeat: You should wait until someone puts salt on the roads. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7 now. +This is a dictation exercise; first, listen to the paragraph. +Paul is studying math in school. +His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. +Will Paul get a good grade on the test? +Yes, he will. +He's a good student and knows all the answers. +There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. +Now listen to the paragraph again. +This time, write the sentences on the lines in Figure 7. +Punctuate the sentences correctly. +Use capital letters, commas, periods, apostrophes, and question marks when you need them. +Listen and write. +Paul is studying math. +In school. +His math teacher. +Is giving the class. +A quiz today. +On shapes and lines. +Will Paul. +Get a good grade. +On the test. +Yes, he will. +He's a good student. +And knows all the answers. +There won't be any mistakes. +On Paul's test. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your work. +Paul is studying math in school. +His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. +Will Paul get a good grade on the test? +Yes, he will. +He's a good student and knows all the answers. +There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. +Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your work. +This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.21-3.57] Look at Figure 7 now. + [4.61-9.57] This is a dictation exercise; first, listen to the paragraph. + [12.54-14.70] Paul is studying math in school. + [15.79-20.35] His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. + [21.50-23.82] Will Paul get a good grade on the test? + [24.46-25.50] Yes, he will. + [26.06-29.18] He's a good student and knows all the answers. + [29.98-32.54] There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + [38.53-40.29] Now listen to the paragraph again. + [41.01-44.77] This time, write the sentences on the lines in Figure 7. + [46.14-48.14] Punctuate the sentences correctly. + [48.93-56.05] Use capital letters, commas, periods, apostrophes, and question marks when you need them. + [57.44-58.72] Listen and write. + [60.42-64.71] Paul is studying math. + [76.18-77.06] In school. + [84.56-85.84] His math teacher. + [96.88-101.55] Is giving the class. + [108.69-109.97] A quiz today. + [118.77-120.69] On shapes and lines. + [132.90-137.13] Will Paul. + [141.14-142.42] Get a good grade. + [152.99-156.63] On the test. + [163.71-167.55] Yes, he will. + [174.69-176.05] He's a good student. + [188.53-190.45] And knows all the answers. + [207.62-212.19] There won't be any mistakes. + [227.73-229.25] On Paul's test. + [243.97-246.77] Listen to the paragraph again and check your work. + [248.91-251.23] Paul is studying math in school. + [251.98-256.19] His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. + [258.33-261.45] Will Paul get a good grade on the test? + [261.63-262.77] Yes, he will. + [263.61-267.15] He's a good student and knows all the answers. + [268.22-271.64] There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + [274.45-278.83] Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your work. + [285.01-287.97] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-2D.md b/sources/book-11/tape-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c789356 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2D. +Hello again. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the dialogues and select the best answer. +Circle A, B, or C. +Listen to the example. +"Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am." +The answer is A. +The woman is late. +Listen to the dialogue again. +"Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am." +Now listen to the dialogues and circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: "How much does this car cost?" "$32 a day." +Number 2. +"What does your thermometer say?" "102 degrees." +Number 3. +"Look at the side of my car." "I'm sorry, I didn't see the stop sign." +Number 4. +"Would you like a cup of coffee?" "No, thank you. +Do you have any tea?" +Number 5. +"How was your trip?" "Too long. +The weather over San Antonio was bad, and we had to land in Houston." +Number 6. +"Well, doctor, am I healthy?" +"Yes, you're in good shape for a person of your age." +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +He wants to rent a car. +Number 2 is A. +He has a fever. +Number 3 is B. +He's upset because she hit his car. +Number 4 is A. +He doesn't like coffee. +Number 5 is C. +She was traveling by airplane. +Number 6 is B. +She just had a physical exam. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.14-13.71] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2D. + [20.67-21.15] Hello again. + [22.18-25.70] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. + [32.40-33.52] Look at Figure 1. + [34.45-37.33] Listen to the dialogues and select the best answer. + [38.35-40.67] Circle A, B, or C. + [42.62-43.90] Listen to the example. + [44.90-47.86] "Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am." + [57.81-59.17] The answer is A. + [59.49-60.85] The woman is late. + [63.25-64.93] Listen to the dialogue again. + [66.05-69.92] "Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am." + [75.02-79.26] Now listen to the dialogues and circle A, B, or C. + [81.12-86.66] Number 1: "How much does this car cost?" "$32 a day." + [95.63-96.35] Number 2. + [98.02-102.10] "What does your thermometer say?" "102 degrees." + [112.21-113.01] Number 3. + [114.10-119.06] "Look at the side of my car." "I'm sorry, I didn't see the stop sign." + [129.47-130.27] Number 4. + [131.81-134.85] "Would you like a cup of coffee?" "No, thank you. + [135.17-136.13] Do you have any tea?" + [146.46-146.75] Number 5. + [147.18-150.62] "How was your trip?" "Too long. + [151.02-155.26] The weather over San Antonio was bad, and we had to land in Houston." + [166.35-167.23] Number 6. + [168.64-170.48] "Well, doctor, am I healthy?" + [173.65-176.05] "Yes, you're in good shape for a person of your age." + [190.96-192.24] Now check your answers. + [194.42-196.26] Number 1 is B. + [196.58-198.18] He wants to rent a car. + [199.23-200.99] Number 2 is A. + [201.31-202.43] He has a fever. + [203.68-205.44] Number 3 is B. + [206.16-208.72] He's upset because she hit his car. + [210.03-211.71] Number 4 is A. + [211.95-213.47] He doesn't like coffee. + [214.78-216.70] Number 5 is C. + [217.02-219.10] She was traveling by airplane. + [220.27-222.11] Number 6 is B. + [222.43-224.75] She just had a physical exam. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to figure 2. +Look at the sentences and listen; don't repeat. +Last weekend I read a book. +I liked it a lot. +Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. +It was a new book. +John told me about it. +It was a new book that John told me about. +John is a friend of mine. +He really enjoys reading. +John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. +He has an apartment. +It's full of books. +He has an apartment which is full of books. +I know other people. +They collect books also. +I know other people that collect books also. +But John reads every book in his collection. +He's the only one. +But John's the only one who reads every book in his collection. +Now repeat the sentences with the underlined words. +Number 1: Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. +Number 2: It was a new book that John told me about. +Number 3: John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. +Number 4: He has an apartment which is full of books. +Number 5: I know other people that collect books also. +Number 6: But John's the only one +who reads every book in his collection. +Look at the sentences again and answer some questions. +Number 1: What kind of book did the person read last weekend? +Repeat: He read a book that he liked a lot. +Number 2: Which book was it? +Repeat: It was a new book that John told him about. +Number 3: Is John his instructor? +Repeat: No. +John is a friend of his +who really enjoys reading. +Number 4: Where does John live? +Repeat: He lives in an apartment that's full of books. +Number 5: Does he know other people that collect books? +Repeat: Yes, he knows other people that collect them. +Number 6: How is John different from the other people who collect books? +Repeat: He's the only one who reads every book +in his collection. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.87-3.23] Please go to figure 2. + [4.03-7.47] Look at the sentences and listen; don't repeat. + [8.85-10.93] Last weekend I read a book. + [11.57-12.85] I liked it a lot. + [14.29-17.57] Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. + [19.71-20.91] It was a new book. + [21.47-22.91] John told me about it. + [23.84-26.24] It was a new book that John told me about. + [27.55-29.07] John is a friend of mine. + [29.55-31.31] He really enjoys reading. + [32.30-35.50] John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. + [36.78-38.14] He has an apartment. + [38.54-39.82] It's full of books. + [40.70-43.34] He has an apartment which is full of books. + [45.34-46.54] I know other people. + [47.34-48.70] They collect books also. + [49.87-52.59] I know other people that collect books also. + [54.26-56.82] But John reads every book in his collection. + [57.46-58.74] He's the only one. + [60.02-64.50] But John's the only one who reads every book in his collection. + [71.47-74.67] Now repeat the sentences with the underlined words. + [77.87-82.86] Number 1: Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot. + [88.98-93.36] Number 2: It was a new book that John told me about. + [99.12-103.60] Number 3: John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading. + [109.30-113.30] Number 4: He has an apartment which is full of books. + [121.38-125.78] Number 5: I know other people that collect books also. + [132.83-136.40] Number 6: But John's the only one + [141.23-143.63] who reads every book in his collection. + [150.03-153.39] Look at the sentences again and answer some questions. + [154.80-159.95] Number 1: What kind of book did the person read last weekend? + [164.53-167.73] Repeat: He read a book that he liked a lot. + [173.06-175.70] Number 2: Which book was it? + [180.88-184.56] Repeat: It was a new book that John told him about. + [190.32-195.75] Number 3: Is John his instructor? + [199.33-201.09] Repeat: No. + [201.49-202.93] John is a friend of his + [207.42-209.18] who really enjoys reading. + [214.69-217.49] Number 4: Where does John live? + [221.81-225.81] Repeat: He lives in an apartment that's full of books. + [231.86-235.78] Number 5: Does he know other people that collect books? + [241.23-245.15] Repeat: Yes, he knows other people that collect them. + [251.47-256.62] Number 6: How is John different from the other people who collect books? + [262.53-266.78] Repeat: He's the only one who reads every book + [273.20-274.35] in his collection. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3. +Read the words in the boxes now. +Listen to part of a sentence and choose the answer that completes it. +Circle A or B. +Remember to use "who" or "that" for people, and "which" or "that" for things. +Look at the example and listen: +"Accidents usually happen to drivers." +The answer is A, because drivers are people. +Repeat: "Accidents usually happen +to drivers who are not careful." +Now listen and circle A or B. +Number 1: "You should always stop for someone." +Number 2: "Fix or replace any tires." +Number 3: "A pedestrian is a person." +Number 4: "Be polite to a policeman." +Number 5: "Don't ride with a driver." +Number 6: "Drive cautiously on streets." +Number 7: "Drive carefully near children." +Number 8: "Don't take a trip in a car." +Number 9: "Use caution when you see a light." +Number 10: "Don't pass a school bus." +Listen and check your answers, then repeat the sentence. +Number 1 is A. +Repeat: "Stop for someone who is crossing the street." +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: "Fix or replace any tires that are bad." +Number 3 is A. +Repeat: "A pedestrian is a person that is walking." +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: "Be polite to a policeman who is giving you a ticket." +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: "Don't ride with a driver that is careless." +Number 6 is B. +Repeat: "Drive cautiously on streets that are wet." +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: "Drive carefully near children who are playing." +Number 8 is B. +Repeat: "Don't take a trip in a car that isn't in good shape." +Number 9 is A. +Repeat: "Use caution when you see a light which is flashing." +Number 10 is A. +Repeat: "Don't pass a school bus that is stopping for children." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-2.98] Look at figure 3. + [3.78-5.62] Read the words in the boxes now. + [14.35-17.95] Listen to part of a sentence and choose the answer that completes it. + [18.96-20.56] Circle A or B. + [21.74-28.70] Remember to use "who" or "that" for people, and "which" or "that" for things. + [29.95-31.63] Look at the example and listen: + [33.60-36.08] "Accidents usually happen to drivers." + [44.99-48.99] The answer is A, because drivers are people. + [50.50-53.62] Repeat: "Accidents usually happen + [58.70-60.54] to drivers who are not careful." + [65.50-68.06] Now listen and circle A or B. + [70.43-77.07] Number 1: "You should always stop for someone." + [82.66-89.13] Number 2: "Fix or replace any tires." + [95.30-101.37] Number 3: "A pedestrian is a person." + [106.86-110.58] Number 4: "Be polite to a policeman." + [119.31-122.75] Number 5: "Don't ride with a driver." + [131.47-134.90] Number 6: "Drive cautiously on streets." + [144.27-150.69] Number 7: "Drive carefully near children." + [156.10-161.97] Number 8: "Don't take a trip in a car." + [168.42-174.69] Number 9: "Use caution when you see a light." + [181.11-184.38] Number 10: "Don't pass a school bus." + [196.61-200.85] Listen and check your answers, then repeat the sentence. + [201.57-203.17] Number 1 is A. + [203.73-207.89] Repeat: "Stop for someone who is crossing the street." + [213.41-215.25] Number 2 is B. + [215.65-220.00] Repeat: "Fix or replace any tires that are bad." + [226.19-228.11] Number 3 is A. + [228.67-232.75] Repeat: "A pedestrian is a person that is walking." + [239.15-241.07] Number 4 is A. + [241.71-246.43] Repeat: "Be polite to a policeman who is giving you a ticket." + [253.60-255.60] Number 5 is B. + [256.08-260.24] Repeat: "Don't ride with a driver that is careless." + [265.87-267.95] Number 6 is B. + [268.27-272.75] Repeat: "Drive cautiously on streets that are wet." + [279.22-281.06] Number 7 is A. + [281.78-285.62] Repeat: "Drive carefully near children who are playing." + [292.08-294.08] Number 8 is B. + [294.64-299.23] Repeat: "Don't take a trip in a car that isn't in good shape." + [306.80-308.72] Number 9 is A. + [309.28-314.00] Repeat: "Use caution when you see a light which is flashing." + [321.52-323.28] Number 10 is A. + [323.76-328.48] Repeat: "Don't pass a school bus that is stopping for children." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 4. +Listen to the paragraph, but don't repeat. +Write the missing words while you are listening. +Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. +A car which was speeding ran a red light. +The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well. +The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. +The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school. +She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. +The people who were in the accident were allright. +All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe. +The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. +Listen to the paragraph again and check the words you wrote. +Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. +A car which was speeding ran a red light. +The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well. +The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. +The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school. +She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. +The people who were in the accident were allright. +All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe. +The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.94-3.30] Please go to Figure 4. + [4.43-6.91] Listen to the paragraph, but don't repeat. + [7.94-10.50] Write the missing words while you are listening. + [12.19-16.27] Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. + [21.95-24.83] A car which was speeding ran a red light. + [31.38-35.86] The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well. + [41.81-47.49] The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. + [53.62-58.26] The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school. + [64.11-68.11] She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. + [74.37-77.25] The people who were in the accident were allright. + [82.82-86.10] All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe. + [91.81-96.69] The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. + [105.94-109.30] Listen to the paragraph again and check the words you wrote. + [110.77-114.69] Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. + [115.86-118.66] A car which was speeding ran a red light. + [119.87-124.43] The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well. + [125.94-131.22] The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. + [133.04-137.44] The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school. + [139.76-143.52] She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. + [144.88-147.44] The people who were in the accident were allright. + [148.69-151.81] All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe. + [153.26-158.14] The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5, read the question, then listen to the conversation. +Read the first question now. +Hello. +This is Anne. +May I please speak with Carol? +She's not hereright now. +May I take a message? +Yes, please. +Will you tell her that I need to borrow her Spanish textbook tonight? +I'll be glad to. +Thanks a lot. +Hi, Carol. +Anne called while you were gone. +What did she say? +She said to tell you that she needs to borrow your Spanish book tonight. +Now answer the question: Which textbook does Anne need to borrow? +Repeat: Anne needs to borrow Carol's Spanish textbook. +Read the second question. +Now listen to the conversation. +Hey, Greg. +Hi, Sam. +Do you know where Alan is? +I think he went to the mall. +He won't be gone long. +I have his wallet. +I'll give it to him when he gets back. +Okay, thanks. +Tell him that I found it in the commissary parking lot. +Hi, Alan. +That was a short shopping trip. +I couldn't buy anything. +I lost my wallet. +Here it is. +Greg just brought it back. +Terrific. +Where was it? +He said to tell you that he found it in the commissary parking lot. +Now answer the question: Where did Greg find Alan's wallet? +Repeat: Greg found Alan's wallet in the commissary parking lot. +This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-8.03] Look at Figure 5, read the question, then listen to the conversation. + [9.34-10.86] Read the first question now. + [13.84-14.32] Hello. + [14.88-15.60] This is Anne. + [15.92-17.28] May I please speak with Carol? + [17.68-19.04] She's not hereright now. + [19.44-20.56] May I take a message? + [20.88-21.60] Yes, please. + [21.92-25.20] Will you tell her that I need to borrow her Spanish textbook tonight? + [26.26-27.22] I'll be glad to. + [27.78-28.42] Thanks a lot. + [29.22-29.86] Hi, Carol. + [30.26-31.78] Anne called while you were gone. + [32.58-33.46] What did she say? + [33.94-37.94] She said to tell you that she needs to borrow your Spanish book tonight. + [46.99-51.60] Now answer the question: Which textbook does Anne need to borrow? + [58.03-62.27] Repeat: Anne needs to borrow Carol's Spanish textbook. + [68.74-69.94] Read the second question. + [75.54-77.14] Now listen to the conversation. + [79.79-80.43] Hey, Greg. + [80.91-81.47] Hi, Sam. + [81.79-82.83] Do you know where Alan is? + [83.31-84.59] I think he went to the mall. + [84.99-86.19] He won't be gone long. + [86.35-87.15] I have his wallet. + [88.38-90.14] I'll give it to him when he gets back. + [90.78-91.82] Okay, thanks. + [92.54-95.02] Tell him that I found it in the commissary parking lot. + [97.30-98.02] Hi, Alan. + [98.50-99.94] That was a short shopping trip. + [100.66-101.86] I couldn't buy anything. + [101.86-102.82] I lost my wallet. + [103.87-104.59] Here it is. + [105.23-106.51] Greg just brought it back. + [106.91-107.47] Terrific. + [107.55-108.11] Where was it? + [109.20-112.40] He said to tell you that he found it in the commissary parking lot. + [120.40-124.70] Now answer the question: Where did Greg find Alan's wallet? + [130.98-135.92] Repeat: Greg found Alan's wallet in the commissary parking lot. + [147.98-151.02] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-3A.md b/sources/book-11/tape-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9269f384 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. +Go to Figure 1. +Look at the pictures. +Repeat the words and the sentences that you hear. +Picture A: "break." +"Brake." +Jim is having problems with his brakes. +Picture B: "engine." +"Engine." +Henry's new truck has a big engine. +Picture C: "motor." +"Motor." +This car has a small motor. +Picture D: "stall." +"Stall." +Jill's car stalled 2 times. +On the way to work. +Picture E: "tune-up." +"Tune-up." +Kevin's car needed a tune-up. +After he drove it 10,000 miles. +Picture F: "oil." +"Oil." +My car needs a quart of oil. +Picture G: "noise." +"Noise." +That car is making a lot of noise. +Picture H: "warm-up." +"Warm-up." +Bobby, please warm up the car. +Picture I: "guarantee." +"Guarantee." +The mechanic guaranteed the repair work. +For 90 days. +Picture J: "charge." +"Charge." +What is the charge for the repair? +Of a flat tire. +Picture K: "part." +"Part." +Mr. +Jenkins needs a new part for his car. +Picture L: "two." "Two." +His shirt is too dirty to wear. +To Alan's party. +Now listen to some sentences. +Each sentence describes one of the pictures. +Match the sentence with the correct picture. +Write the number of the sentence on the line under the picture. +Number 1: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light. +Number 2: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning. +Number 3: Carl needs some new parts for his motor. +Number 4: Lee's truck has a big engine. +Number 5: Mr. +Wilson uses the brakes to slow down. +Number 6: Is it time to change the oil? +Number 7: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise. +Number 8: Mike, change your shirt. +That one's too dirty. +Number 9: +The mechanic doesn't charge much to change a flat tire. +Number 10: Ellen's new car has a small engine. +Number 11: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up. +Number 12: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee. +Now check your answers and repeat the sentences. +Number 5 goes under Picture A. +Repeat: Mr. +Wilson uses the brakes to slow down. +Number 4 goes under Picture B. +Repeat: Lee's truck has a big engine. +Number 10 goes under Picture C. +Repeat: Ellen's new car has a small engine. +Number 1 goes under Picture D. +Repeat: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light. +Number 11 goes under Picture E. +Repeat: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up. +Number 6 goes under Picture F. +Repeat: Is it time to change the oil? +Number 7 goes under Picture G. +Repeat: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise. +Number 2 goes under Picture H. +Repeat: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning. +Number 12 goes under Picture I. +Repeat: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee. +Number 9 goes under Picture J. +Repeat: The mechanic doesn't charge much. +To change a flat tire. +Number 3 goes under Picture K. +Repeat: Carl needs some new parts for his motor. +Number 8 goes under Picture L. +Repeat: Mike, change your shirt. +That one is too dirty. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.42-15.26] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3A. + [21.75-21.77] Hello. + [22.77-26.61] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. + [34.19-36.03] Go to Figure 1. + [36.03-37.07] Look at the pictures. + [37.71-40.51] Repeat the words and the sentences that you hear. + [41.82-43.98] Picture A: "break." + [45.50-45.55] "Brake." + [47.89-50.45] Jim is having problems with his brakes. + [55.86-57.78] Picture B: "engine." + [59.22-59.94] "Engine." + [62.37-64.53] Henry's new truck has a big engine. + [69.97-71.89] Picture C: "motor." + [73.63-74.19] "Motor." + [76.34-78.26] This car has a small motor. + [83.87-86.22] Picture D: "stall." + [87.60-88.32] "Stall." + [90.56-92.88] Jill's car stalled 2 times. + [97.10-98.14] On the way to work. + [103.02-104.78] Picture E: "tune-up." + [106.98-107.46] "Tune-up." + [110.72-112.64] Kevin's car needed a tune-up. + [116.90-119.22] After he drove it 10,000 miles. + [125.02-126.70] Picture F: "oil." + [128.75-129.23] "Oil." + [131.42-133.34] My car needs a quart of oil. + [138.85-140.77] Picture G: "noise." + [142.38-143.18] "Noise." + [145.87-148.11] That car is making a lot of noise. + [154.29-156.13] Picture H: "warm-up." + [157.86-158.42] "Warm-up." + [161.01-163.09] Bobby, please warm up the car. + [169.26-172.03] Picture I: "guarantee." + [173.82-174.78] "Guarantee." + [177.34-182.01] The mechanic guaranteed the repair work. + [184.53-185.73] For 90 days. + [190.62-192.70] Picture J: "charge." + [194.43-194.48] "Charge." + [198.18-199.86] What is the charge for the repair? + [205.23-206.27] Of a flat tire. + [210.48-212.24] Picture K: "part." + [214.45-214.85] "Part." + [217.89-218.21] Mr. + [218.21-220.53] Jenkins needs a new part for his car. + [228.26-232.69] Picture L: "two." "Two." + [235.38-237.30] His shirt is too dirty to wear. + [241.89-242.98] To Alan's party. + [248.93-250.77] Now listen to some sentences. + [251.49-254.13] Each sentence describes one of the pictures. + [254.85-257.17] Match the sentence with the correct picture. + [257.95-261.15] Write the number of the sentence on the line under the picture. + [262.94-268.29] Number 1: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light. + [277.09-281.74] Number 2: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning. + [291.06-294.74] Number 3: Carl needs some new parts for his motor. + [305.20-308.74] Number 4: Lee's truck has a big engine. + [318.82-320.91] Number 5: Mr. + [320.91-323.87] Wilson uses the brakes to slow down. + [332.72-336.62] Number 6: Is it time to change the oil? + [345.99-350.25] Number 7: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise. + [360.46-363.09] Number 8: Mike, change your shirt. + [364.40-365.36] That one's too dirty. + [375.42-375.90] Number 9: + [377.79-381.25] The mechanic doesn't charge much to change a flat tire. + [390.30-394.71] Number 10: Ellen's new car has a small engine. + [404.19-408.05] Number 11: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up. + [417.87-422.72] Number 12: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee. + [432.10-435.14] Now check your answers and repeat the sentences. + [437.14-439.78] Number 5 goes under Picture A. + [440.42-442.02] Repeat: Mr. + [442.02-444.42] Wilson uses the brakes to slow down. + [451.47-453.87] Number 4 goes under Picture B. + [455.19-458.32] Repeat: Lee's truck has a big engine. + [464.59-467.15] Number 10 goes under Picture C. + [468.11-471.76] Repeat: Ellen's new car has a small engine. + [478.58-481.11] Number 1 goes under Picture D. + [482.74-487.14] Repeat: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light. + [495.44-498.32] Number 11 goes under Picture E. + [499.33-503.40] Repeat: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up. + [509.98-512.93] Number 6 goes under Picture F. + [513.89-516.40] Repeat: Is it time to change the oil? + [521.74-524.43] Number 7 goes under Picture G. + [525.57-529.66] Repeat: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise. + [535.47-538.25] Number 2 goes under Picture H. + [538.56-543.81] Repeat: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning. + [549.71-552.35] Number 12 goes under Picture I. + [552.65-557.61] Repeat: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee. + [565.65-568.11] Number 9 goes under Picture J. + [569.31-572.49] Repeat: The mechanic doesn't charge much. + [577.11-578.49] To change a flat tire. + [583.17-585.87] Number 3 goes under Picture K. + [587.19-591.09] Repeat: Carl needs some new parts for his motor. + [599.25-601.65] Number 8 goes under Picture L. + [603.15-606.09] Repeat: Mike, change your shirt. + [609.99-611.25] That one is too dirty. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to a dialogue, then write the answer to a question about it. +Read the questions now. +Now listen to the dialogues. +You will hear each twice. +Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car? +Yes, I did. +It looks expensive. +It was. +Do you think he'll let us ride in it? +Listen to the conversation again. +Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car? +Yes, I did. +It looks expensive. +It was. +Do you think he'll let us ride in it? +Now write a sentence that answers the question. +The answer is: He has an expensive new car. +Listen to the second dialogue. +Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month? +No, I didn't. +Where are they going? +They're moving to Florida. +They're going to have a lot of warm weather. +Listen to the conversation again. +Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month? +No, I didn't. +Where are they going? +They're moving to Florida. +They're going to have a lot of warm weather. +Now answer the question with a complete sentence. +The answer is: They're going to move to Florida. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-8.50] Look at Figure 2, listen to a dialogue, then write the answer to a question about it. + [9.62-11.14] Read the questions now. + [24.26-25.94] Now listen to the dialogues. + [26.66-28.34] You will hear each twice. + [32.08-34.48] Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car? + [35.20-36.16] Yes, I did. + [36.48-37.52] It looks expensive. + [37.84-38.64] It was. + [39.20-40.56] Do you think he'll let us ride in it? + [43.63-45.23] Listen to the conversation again. + [46.38-48.78] Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car? + [49.82-50.70] Yes, I did. + [51.02-52.06] It looks expensive. + [52.14-52.86] It was. + [53.42-54.70] Do you think he'll let us ride in it? + [60.93-63.65] Now write a sentence that answers the question. + [83.01-87.09] The answer is: He has an expensive new car. + [89.18-91.02] Listen to the second dialogue. + [94.38-97.10] Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month? + [97.50-98.38] No, I didn't. + [98.70-99.50] Where are they going? + [99.98-101.26] They're moving to Florida. + [102.10-103.86] They're going to have a lot of warm weather. + [106.32-108.00] Listen to the conversation again. + [110.34-112.90] Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month? + [113.46-114.34] No, I didn't. + [114.74-115.38] Where are they going? + [115.94-117.22] They're moving to Florida. + [117.62-119.22] They're going to have a lot of warm weather. + [124.34-127.14] Now answer the question with a complete sentence. + [150.51-154.43] The answer is: They're going to move to Florida. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 3, look at the sentences, and repeat them. +Number 1: "Max is too tall." +"He can't sleep in that bed." +"Max is too tall to sleep in that bed." +Number 2: "Sgt. +Willis is too busy." +"He can't take a vacation." +"Sgt. +Willis is too busy to take a vacation." +Number 3: "Myra is too tired." +"She can't listen to any more problems." +"Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems." +Number 4: +"Freddy is too light." +"He can't play football." +"Freddy is too light to play football." +Number 5: "It's too late." +"We can't worry about past mistakes." +"It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes." +Number 6: "Rosanne isn't too nervous." +"She can take a test." +"Rosanne isn't too nervous to take a test." +Number 7: "The captain was too sick." +"He couldn't come to class." +"The captain was too sick to come to class." +Number 8: "Mary is too slow." +"She can't finish early." +"Mary is too slow to finish early." +Number 9: "The coffee is too hot." +"He can't drink it." +"The coffee is too hot for him to drink." +Number 10: +"Chinese is not too difficult." +"They can learn it." +"Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-6.38] Go to Figure 3, look at the sentences, and repeat them. + [8.08-11.14] Number 1: "Max is too tall." + [13.46-15.14] "He can't sleep in that bed." + [19.23-21.95] "Max is too tall to sleep in that bed." + [28.59-30.86] Number 2: "Sgt. + [30.94-32.22] Willis is too busy." + [36.27-37.87] "He can't take a vacation." + [42.08-42.48] "Sgt. + [42.48-45.04] Willis is too busy to take a vacation." + [51.50-54.99] Number 3: "Myra is too tired." + [59.26-61.58] "She can't listen to any more problems." + [66.80-70.80] "Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems." + [78.51-79.23] Number 4: + [80.77-82.05] "Freddy is too light." + [86.30-87.66] "He can't play football." + [92.74-94.90] "Freddy is too light to play football." + [100.61-103.26] Number 5: "It's too late." + [107.58-109.98] "We can't worry about past mistakes." + [116.58-119.78] "It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes." + [127.26-130.86] Number 6: "Rosanne isn't too nervous." + [136.06-137.42] "She can take a test." + [142.45-145.41] "Rosanne isn't too nervous to take a test." + [151.94-155.36] Number 7: "The captain was too sick." + [160.32-161.92] "He couldn't come to class." + [168.32-171.12] "The captain was too sick to come to class." + [178.96-181.78] Number 8: "Mary is too slow." + [185.57-187.01] "She can't finish early." + [193.82-196.06] "Mary is too slow to finish early." + [202.50-205.90] Number 9: "The coffee is too hot." + [210.99-212.11] "He can't drink it." + [216.61-219.09] "The coffee is too hot for him to drink." + [226.42-227.22] Number 10: + [228.69-230.53] "Chinese is not too difficult." + [235.42-236.22] "They can learn it." + [242.29-245.73] "Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4: listen to a statement and change it like the example. +Listen to the example first: +"Freddie is too light to play football." +Tennis: "Is he too light to play tennis?" Repeat: "Is he too light to play tennis?" +Now listen to the statement and a cue and ask a question, then repeat the question. +Number 1: "The captain was too sick to come to class." Watch TV. +Repeat: "Was he too sick to watch TV?" +Number 2: +"Mary is too slow to finish early." On time. +Repeat: "Is she too slow to finish on time?" +Number 3: +"Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems." +Write letters. +Repeat: "Is she too tired to write letters?" +Number 4: +"Greg is too young to drive a car." Ride a bicycle. +Repeat: "Is he too young to ride a bicycle?" +Number 5: "It's too late to study for the test." Learn something new. +Repeat: "Is it too late to learn something new?" +Number 6: "This book is too difficult for John to read." Mark. +Repeat: "Is it too difficult for Mark to read?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-7.38] Look at Figure 4: listen to a statement and change it like the example. + [8.32-10.16] Listen to the example first: + [12.54-14.94] "Freddie is too light to play football." + [16.77-25.76] Tennis: "Is he too light to play tennis?" Repeat: "Is he too light to play tennis?" + [29.73-36.13] Now listen to the statement and a cue and ask a question, then repeat the question. + [37.79-44.72] Number 1: "The captain was too sick to come to class." Watch TV. + [52.02-55.26] Repeat: "Was he too sick to watch TV?" + [60.70-61.34] Number 2: + [62.77-67.06] "Mary is too slow to finish early." On time. + [74.10-77.30] Repeat: "Is she too slow to finish on time?" + [85.65-86.37] Number 3: + [87.79-90.91] "Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems." + [92.59-93.47] Write letters. + [100.94-103.98] Repeat: "Is she too tired to write letters?" + [110.85-111.57] Number 4: + [113.07-117.46] "Greg is too young to drive a car." Ride a bicycle. + [123.86-126.98] Repeat: "Is he too young to ride a bicycle?" + [134.64-141.47] Number 5: "It's too late to study for the test." Learn something new. + [148.78-152.06] Repeat: "Is it too late to learn something new?" + [158.02-164.19] Number 6: "This book is too difficult for John to read." Mark. + [170.96-174.32] Repeat: "Is it too difficult for Mark to read?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Listen and follow the directions. +Write punctuation marks in the correct places in Figure 3. +Use the key to help you. +Number 1: +Write a question mark in column 3, row 2. +Write a question mark in column 3, row 2. +Number 2: Write a period in column 2, row 4. +Write a period in column 2, row 4. +Number 3: Put the comma in column 1, row 3. +Put the comma in column 1, row 3. +Number 4: Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1. +Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1. +Look at the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. +This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-3.33] Look at Figure 5. + [4.05-5.97] Listen and follow the directions. + [6.93-10.85] Write punctuation marks in the correct places in Figure 3. + [11.57-13.17] Use the key to help you. + [15.68-16.40] Number 1: + [18.00-22.00] Write a question mark in column 3, row 2. + [23.47-27.23] Write a question mark in column 3, row 2. + [40.50-45.55] Number 2: Write a period in column 2, row 4. + [47.15-50.55] Write a period in column 2, row 4. + [61.53-66.10] Number 3: Put the comma in column 1, row 3. + [67.41-69.54] Put the comma in column 1, row 3. + [82.32-87.82] Number 4: Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1. + [89.49-93.33] Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1. + [106.88-110.48] Look at the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + [116.82-120.02] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-3B.md b/sources/book-11/tape-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4297f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,513 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3B. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen and repeat some words and sentences. +Look at Picture A. +Picture A: hose. +Hose. +Look at the hoses. +There are 2 kinds of hoses. +Picture B: leak. +Leak. +Uncle George has a leak in his kitchen faucet. +Picture C: exchange. +Exchange. +Jim is going to exchange that sweater for 2 shirts. +Picture D: refund. +Refund. +Sergeant Jackson asked the salesman for a refund. +Picture E: give back. +Give back. +Charlie won't give the car back to Jimmy. +Picture F: credit. +Credit. +Mrs. +Brooks bought her refrigerator on credit. +Picture G: service. +Service. +That new restaurant gives excellent service. +Picture H: grease. +Grease. +The mechanic has grease on his shirt. +Picture I: satisfied. +Satisfied. +Mr. +Evans was very satisfied with your work. +Picture J: unhappy. +Unhappy. +The boys were unhappy when they lost the game. +Picture K: dissatisfied. +Dissatisfied. +The customer is dissatisfied with the food. +Now listen to some sentences. +Each sentence describes a picture in Figure 1. +Match the sentence to the picture. +Write the number of the sentence under the picture. +You will hear each sentence twice. +Number 1: Is he satisfied with John's work? +Is he satisfied with John's work? +Number 2: Why is he dissatisfied with his food? +Why is he dissatisfied with his food? +Number 3: He is getting a refund. +He is getting a refund. +Number 4: Why are the football players unhappy? +Why are the football players unhappy? +Number 5: The faucet is leaking. +The faucet is leaking. +Number 6: The service here is excellent. +The service here is excellent. +Number 7: Which hose is for the garden? +Which hose is for the garden? +Number 8: He wants to exchange the sweater. +He wants to exchange the sweater. +Number 9: He won't give back the toy car. +He won't give back the toy car. +Number 10: She didn't pay cash. +She bought it on credit. +She didn't pay cash. +She bought it on credit. +Number 11: Is that grease on his shirt? +Is that grease on his shirt? +Let's check the answers. +Picture A is 7. +Repeat: Which hose is for the garden? +Picture B is 5. +Repeat: The faucet is leaking. +Picture C is 8. +Repeat: He wants to exchange the sweater. +Picture D is 3. +Repeat: He is getting a refund. +Picture E is 9. +Repeat: He won't give back the toy car. +Picture F is 10. +Repeat: She didn't pay cash. +She bought it on credit. +Picture G is 6. +Repeat: The service here is excellent. +Picture H is 11. +Repeat: Is that grease on his shirt? +Picture I is 1. +Repeat: Is he satisfied with John's work? +Picture J is 4. +Repeat: Why are the football players unhappy? +Picture K is 2. +Repeat: Why is he dissatisfied with his food? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [6.96-10.96] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3B. + [18.48-19.12] Hello. + [19.68-23.68] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3B. + [30.00-30.80] Look at Figure 1. + [31.68-34.32] Listen and repeat some words and sentences. + [35.12-36.16] Look at Picture A. + [39.58-41.42] Picture A: hose. + [42.93-43.57] Hose. + [45.71-46.83] Look at the hoses. + [49.42-51.10] There are 2 kinds of hoses. + [55.09-56.69] Picture B: leak. + [59.47-60.03] Leak. + [62.22-64.86] Uncle George has a leak in his kitchen faucet. + [70.27-72.75] Picture C: exchange. + [74.53-74.58] Exchange. + [77.79-81.31] Jim is going to exchange that sweater for 2 shirts. + [88.86-90.70] Picture D: refund. + [92.69-93.41] Refund. + [96.06-99.50] Sergeant Jackson asked the salesman for a refund. + [106.26-108.98] Picture E: give back. + [110.85-111.73] Give back. + [114.56-117.04] Charlie won't give the car back to Jimmy. + [123.98-125.66] Picture F: credit. + [127.60-128.08] Credit. + [131.02-131.42] Mrs. + [131.42-134.14] Brooks bought her refrigerator on credit. + [140.51-142.03] Picture G: service. + [144.38-144.43] Service. + [147.78-150.42] That new restaurant gives excellent service. + [157.02-158.78] Picture H: grease. + [161.19-161.61] Grease. + [164.31-165.89] The mechanic has grease on his shirt. + [172.05-174.69] Picture I: satisfied. + [176.55-177.33] Satisfied. + [180.09-180.40] Mr. + [180.40-182.80] Evans was very satisfied with your work. + [188.48-190.88] Picture J: unhappy. + [192.56-193.36] Unhappy. + [196.00-198.72] The boys were unhappy when they lost the game. + [205.18-208.06] Picture K: dissatisfied. + [209.97-210.93] Dissatisfied. + [213.81-216.69] The customer is dissatisfied with the food. + [223.35-225.30] Now listen to some sentences. + [225.94-228.87] Each sentence describes a picture in Figure 1. + [229.89-231.63] Match the sentence to the picture. + [233.36-234.96] Write the number of the sentence under the picture. + [235.52-237.68] You will hear each sentence twice. + [239.19-242.98] Number 1: Is he satisfied with John's work? + [244.45-246.05] Is he satisfied with John's work? + [255.93-260.38] Number 2: Why is he dissatisfied with his food? + [261.84-264.77] Why is he dissatisfied with his food? + [274.56-277.82] Number 3: He is getting a refund. + [279.06-279.75] He is getting a refund. + [289.23-292.99] Number 4: Why are the football players unhappy? + [294.88-296.61] Why are the football players unhappy? + [307.34-309.70] Number 5: The faucet is leaking. + [311.81-313.25] The faucet is leaking. + [322.53-326.18] Number 6: The service here is excellent. + [327.87-329.33] The service here is excellent. + [339.55-341.80] Number 7: Which hose is for the garden? + [344.25-345.93] Which hose is for the garden? + [354.75-358.52] Number 8: He wants to exchange the sweater. + [360.03-362.32] He wants to exchange the sweater. + [371.21-374.53] Number 9: He won't give back the toy car. + [376.61-378.75] He won't give back the toy car. + [388.71-391.79] Number 10: She didn't pay cash. + [392.04-394.10] She bought it on credit. + [395.42-396.64] She didn't pay cash. + [397.06-399.07] She bought it on credit. + [407.26-410.80] Number 11: Is that grease on his shirt? + [412.83-414.00] Is that grease on his shirt? + [425.78-427.35] Let's check the answers. + [429.21-431.55] Picture A is 7. + [431.85-434.73] Repeat: Which hose is for the garden? + [439.71-441.57] Picture B is 5. + [442.23-444.96] Repeat: The faucet is leaking. + [450.21-452.31] Picture C is 8. + [452.86-456.59] Repeat: He wants to exchange the sweater. + [461.44-463.65] Picture D is 3. + [464.37-467.13] Repeat: He is getting a refund. + [473.04-474.58] Picture E is 9. + [475.05-478.95] Repeat: He won't give back the toy car. + [484.68-486.02] Picture F is 10. + [487.31-489.74] Repeat: She didn't pay cash. + [493.11-494.55] She bought it on credit. + [499.29-501.63] Picture G is 6. + [501.94-505.31] Repeat: The service here is excellent. + [510.69-512.76] Picture H is 11. + [513.17-516.64] Repeat: Is that grease on his shirt? + [522.21-524.18] Picture I is 1. + [524.46-527.62] Repeat: Is he satisfied with John's work? + [535.11-537.09] Picture J is 4. + [537.87-541.59] Repeat: Why are the football players unhappy? + [549.45-551.43] Picture K is 2. + [552.15-556.05] Repeat: Why is he dissatisfied with his food? + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 2. +Repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "We go to the gym to play volleyball." +Number 2: "Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day." +Number 3: "Can I use a credit card to pay for this?" +Number 4: "Richard didn't come to borrow money." +Number 5: "Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish." +Number 6: "Roger called the office to make an appointment." +Number 7: "Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet." +Number 8: "He called to say hello." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.78-2.98] Go to Figure 2. + [3.54-4.98] Repeat the sentences. + [6.93-10.91] Number 1: "We go to the gym to play volleyball." + [16.80-21.42] Number 2: "Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day." + [28.11-32.24] Number 3: "Can I use a credit card to pay for this?" + [39.92-43.71] Number 4: "Richard didn't come to borrow money." + [50.21-54.69] Number 5: "Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish." + [60.48-64.50] Number 6: "Roger called the office to make an appointment." + [70.58-75.06] Number 7: "Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet." + [81.12-84.10] Number 8: "He called to say hello." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3. +Read the phrases now. +Now listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that completes it. +Write the number on the blank line. +You'll hear each part twice. +Let's do number 1 as an example. +Listen. +Number 1: +"Neil went to the bank." +Neil went to the bank. +Put a number 1 next to the letter C. +"to deposit his check" completes the sentence. +Now listen and complete the sentence. +Number 2: "Mrs. +Adams paid Frank." +Mrs. +Adams paid Frank. +Number 3: "Ms. +Johnson called the dentist." Ms. +Johnson called the dentist. +Number 4: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work." Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work. +Number 5: "The students wanted to go outside." The students wanted to go outside. +Number 6: "The Jacksons moved to Miami." +The Jacksons moved to Miami. +Number 7: +"Laurie borrowed my book last week." She came over this morning. +Laurie borrowed my book last week. +She came over this morning. +Now let's check your answers, then repeat the correct answer. +Letter A is number 5. +Repeat: "The students wanted to go outside to play soccer." +Letter B is number 3. +Repeat: "Ms. +Johnson called the dentist to change her appointment." +Letter C is number 1. +Repeat: "Neil went to the bank to deposit his check." +Letter D is number 7. +Repeat: "Laurie borrowed my book last week." +She came over this morning to bring it back. +Letter E is number 6. +Repeat: "The Jacksons moved to Miami to live near the ocean." +Letter F is number 2. +Repeat: "Mrs. +Adams paid Frank to wash her car." +Letter G is number 4. +Repeat: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house +on the way to work +to drink a cup of coffee with her." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.62] Now look at Figure 3. + [4.34-5.94] Read the phrases now. + [23.86-27.78] Now listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that completes it. + [29.07-31.23] Write the number on the blank line. + [32.14-34.14] You'll hear each part twice. + [35.49-37.73] Let's do number 1 as an example. + [38.29-38.85] Listen. + [40.32-41.20] Number 1: + [42.86-44.30] "Neil went to the bank." + [46.43-47.95] Neil went to the bank. + [48.67-51.39] Put a number 1 next to the letter C. + [52.29-55.65] "to deposit his check" completes the sentence. + [58.02-60.50] Now listen and complete the sentence. + [62.10-64.37] Number 2: "Mrs. + [64.37-65.89] Adams paid Frank." + [67.54-67.86] Mrs. + [67.86-69.38] Adams paid Frank. + [79.86-82.05] Number 3: "Ms. + [82.05-85.89] Johnson called the dentist." Ms. + [85.89-87.73] Johnson called the dentist. + [98.77-111.75] Number 4: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work." Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work. + [121.41-132.39] Number 5: "The students wanted to go outside." The students wanted to go outside. + [141.25-145.39] Number 6: "The Jacksons moved to Miami." + [147.89-150.13] The Jacksons moved to Miami. + [161.14-161.94] Number 7: + [163.50-167.79] "Laurie borrowed my book last week." She came over this morning. + [169.90-171.98] Laurie borrowed my book last week. + [172.99-174.43] She came over this morning. + [187.78-191.78] Now let's check your answers, then repeat the correct answer. + [193.82-195.66] Letter A is number 5. + [196.46-200.67] Repeat: "The students wanted to go outside to play soccer." + [207.94-210.18] Letter B is number 3. + [211.06-212.75] Repeat: "Ms. + [212.86-215.82] Johnson called the dentist to change her appointment." + [223.38-224.90] Letter C is number 1. + [226.29-230.48] Repeat: "Neil went to the bank to deposit his check." + [237.95-240.11] Letter D is number 7. + [241.34-244.62] Repeat: "Laurie borrowed my book last week." + [249.57-252.05] She came over this morning to bring it back. + [259.09-261.09] Letter E is number 6. + [261.09-267.14] Repeat: "The Jacksons moved to Miami to live near the ocean." + [275.10-276.62] Letter F is number 2. + [277.84-279.68] Repeat: "Mrs. + [279.68-282.16] Adams paid Frank to wash her car." + [288.14-289.55] Letter G is number 4. + [291.66-295.04] Repeat: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house + [299.14-300.10] on the way to work + [303.14-304.82] to drink a cup of coffee with her." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4: circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress. +You will hear each word twice. +Listen and circle the number. +Number 1: "cautious." +Cautious. +Number 2: "become." Become. +Number 3: "connect." Connect. +Number 4: "stomachache." Stomachache. +Number 5: "emergency." Emergency. +Number 6: "temperature." Temperature. +Number 7: "steering wheel." Steering wheel. +Number 8: "crossing." Crossing. +Number 9: "slow down." Slow down. +Number 10: "ahead." Ahead. +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 1: "cautious." Repeat: "cautious." +Number 2 is 2: "become." Repeat: "become." +Number 3 is 2: "connect." Repeat: "connect." +Number 4 is 1: "stomachache." Repeat: "stomachache." +Number 5 is 2: "emergency." Repeat: "emergency." +Number 6 is 1: "temperature." Repeat: "temperature." +Number 7 is 1: "steering wheel." +Repeat: "steering wheel." +Number 8 is 1: "crossing." Repeat: "crossing." +Number 9 is 2: "slow down." Repeat: "slow down." +Number 10 is 2: "ahead." Repeat: "ahead." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-7.65] Look at Figure 4: circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress. + [8.48-10.64] You will hear each word twice. + [11.28-13.20] Listen and circle the number. + [14.61-16.70] Number 1: "cautious." + [18.46-19.10] Cautious. + [25.66-29.89] Number 2: "become." Become. + [35.63-40.11] Number 3: "connect." Connect. + [46.29-50.80] Number 4: "stomachache." Stomachache. + [56.55-61.73] Number 5: "emergency." Emergency. + [68.05-74.91] Number 6: "temperature." Temperature. + [79.20-84.22] Number 7: "steering wheel." Steering wheel. + [89.81-93.98] Number 8: "crossing." Crossing. + [99.36-104.30] Number 9: "slow down." Slow down. + [110.64-114.75] Number 10: "ahead." Ahead. + [122.02-123.86] Now let's check your answers. + [125.62-131.81] Number 1 is 1: "cautious." Repeat: "cautious." + [134.61-141.89] Number 2 is 2: "become." Repeat: "become." + [144.90-152.00] Number 3 is 2: "connect." Repeat: "connect." + [155.23-162.51] Number 4 is 1: "stomachache." Repeat: "stomachache." + [165.62-173.07] Number 5 is 2: "emergency." Repeat: "emergency." + [178.05-185.07] Number 6 is 1: "temperature." Repeat: "temperature." + [189.87-193.59] Number 7 is 1: "steering wheel." + [195.15-197.25] Repeat: "steering wheel." + [202.35-209.01] Number 8 is 1: "crossing." Repeat: "crossing." + [213.15-220.53] Number 9 is 2: "slow down." Repeat: "slow down." + [224.85-231.45] Number 10 is 2: "ahead." Repeat: "ahead." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the words. +Salt, salty. +Salt, salty. +Ice, icy. +Ice, icy. +Fun, funny. +Fun, funny. +Rain, rainy. +Rain, rainy. +Snow, snowy. +Snow, snowy. +Storm, stormy. +Storm, stormy. +Noise, noisy. +Noise, noisy. +Soap, soapy. +Soap, soapy. +Grease, greasy. +Grease, greasy. +Cloud, cloudy. +Cloud, cloudy. +Leak, leaky. +Leak, leaky. +Oil, oily. +Oil, oily. +Sun, sunny. +Sun, sunny. +Water, watery. +Water, watery. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-5.26] Look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the words. + [6.96-8.64] Salt, salty. + [11.57-13.33] Salt, salty. + [16.27-17.87] Ice, icy. + [20.13-21.65] Ice, icy. + [24.94-26.54] Fun, funny. + [28.72-30.40] Fun, funny. + [33.92-35.52] Rain, rainy. + [37.46-39.06] Rain, rainy. + [42.53-44.37] Snow, snowy. + [46.22-48.06] Snow, snowy. + [52.70-54.51] Storm, stormy. + [56.67-58.17] Storm, stormy. + [62.19-63.51] Noise, noisy. + [66.13-67.01] Noise, noisy. + [70.83-72.51] Soap, soapy. + [74.64-76.32] Soap, soapy. + [80.85-82.45] Grease, greasy. + [84.40-86.00] Grease, greasy. + [89.15-90.91] Cloud, cloudy. + [92.77-94.61] Cloud, cloudy. + [98.22-99.82] Leak, leaky. + [102.05-103.73] Leak, leaky. + [107.38-108.90] Oil, oily. + [111.36-112.88] Oil, oily. + [116.75-118.35] Sun, sunny. + [120.45-122.05] Sun, sunny. + [126.10-127.94] Water, watery. + [129.90-131.82] Water, watery. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen and answer the question. +First, listen to the example. +Does the soup have a lot of water in it? +Yes. +Repeat: Yes, the soup is watery. +Now answer questions like the example. +The example. +Number 1: Does this meat have a lot of salt on it? +Yes. +Repeat: Yes, this meat is salty. +Number 2: Is thereice on the highways? +Yes. +Repeat: Yes, the highways are icy. +Number 3: +Was there a lot of rain last weekend? +No. +Repeat: No, it wasn't rainy last weekend. +Number 4: Do you have soap on your hands? +Yes. +Repeat: Yes, my hands are soapy. +Number 5: Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building? +No. +Repeat: No, my apartment building isn't noisy. +Number 6: Are there a lot of clouds in the sky? +Yes. +Repeat: Yes, the sky is cloudy. +Number 7: Is there grease on your French fries? +No. +Repeat: No, my French fries aren't greasy. +Number 8: Is the sun shining today? +Yes. +Repeat: Yes, it's sunny today. +This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.60-2.88] Look at Figure 6. + [3.52-5.28] Listen and answer the question. + [5.84-8.00] First, listen to the example. + [10.05-12.37] Does the soup have a lot of water in it? + [13.65-14.29] Yes. + [15.12-18.56] Repeat: Yes, the soup is watery. + [21.97-24.53] Now answer questions like the example. + [25.25-26.05] The example. + [27.55-31.73] Number 1: Does this meat have a lot of salt on it? + [32.69-33.25] Yes. + [39.33-42.13] Repeat: Yes, this meat is salty. + [47.10-50.51] Number 2: Is thereice on the highways? + [51.07-51.71] Yes. + [58.14-60.94] Repeat: Yes, the highways are icy. + [65.39-66.11] Number 3: + [67.87-69.87] Was there a lot of rain last weekend? + [71.07-71.47] No. + [77.52-81.04] Repeat: No, it wasn't rainy last weekend. + [87.30-91.01] Number 4: Do you have soap on your hands? + [91.73-92.29] Yes. + [97.90-100.62] Repeat: Yes, my hands are soapy. + [105.86-110.27] Number 5: Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building? + [111.14-111.70] No. + [119.14-123.14] Repeat: No, my apartment building isn't noisy. + [129.07-132.88] Number 6: Are there a lot of clouds in the sky? + [133.87-134.35] Yes. + [140.43-142.99] Repeat: Yes, the sky is cloudy. + [149.23-153.12] Number 7: Is there grease on your French fries? + [154.22-154.62] No. + [161.12-164.08] Repeat: No, my French fries aren't greasy. + [170.96-174.14] Number 8: Is the sun shining today? + [174.99-175.55] Yes. + [181.95-184.43] Repeat: Yes, it's sunny today. + [203.36-206.56] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-3C.md b/sources/book-11/tape-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b3c4fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3C. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. +Look at Figure 1. +Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress. +You will hear each word twice. +Number 1: escalator. +Escalator. +Number 2: introduction. +Introduction. +Number 3: popular. +Popular. +Number 4: +relative. +Relative. +Number 5: bicycle. +Bicycle. +Number 6: information. +Information. +Number 7: traffic. +Traffic. +Number 8: signature. +Signature. +Number 9: deposit. +Deposit. +Number 10: empty. +Empty. +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 1: escalator. +Repeat: escalator. +Number 2 is 3: introduction. +Repeat: introduction. +Number 3 is 1: popular. +Repeat: popular. +Number 4 is 1: relative. +Repeat: relative. +Number 5 is 1: bicycle. +Repeat: bicycle. +Number 6 is 3: information. +Repeat: information. +Number 7 is 1: traffic. +Repeat: traffic. +Number 8 is 1: signature. +Repeat: signature. +Number 9 is 2: deposit. +Repeat: deposit. +Number 10 is 1: empty. +Repeat: empty. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.77-13.89] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3C. + [19.84-20.32] Hello. + [20.88-23.61] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. + [29.78-30.90] Look at Figure 1. + [32.18-35.46] Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress. + [36.38-38.30] You will hear each word twice. + [39.81-42.45] Number 1: escalator. + [44.14-45.02] Escalator. + [51.81-54.61] Number 2: introduction. + [55.77-56.61] Introduction. + [65.01-68.67] Number 3: popular. + [68.97-72.27] Popular. + [75.99-76.85] Number 4: + [77.79-78.75] relative. + [79.71-80.67] Relative. + [87.39-91.17] Number 5: bicycle. + [91.59-92.25] Bicycle. + [98.97-101.81] Number 6: information. + [102.99-104.11] Information. + [110.73-114.21] Number 7: traffic. + [114.19-117.57] Traffic. + [120.78-124.71] Number 8: signature. + [124.56-125.68] Signature. + [132.87-135.39] Number 9: deposit. + [136.32-137.36] Deposit. + [143.39-145.92] Number 10: empty. + [147.18-147.98] Empty. + [155.17-156.69] Now let's check your answers. + [158.38-161.94] Number 1 is 1: escalator. + [162.74-164.37] Repeat: escalator. + [168.15-172.05] Number 2 is 3: introduction. + [173.31-175.47] Repeat: introduction. + [179.85-184.17] Number 3 is 1: popular. + [184.29-186.63] Repeat: popular. + [190.53-194.97] Number 4 is 1: relative. + [195.09-197.37] Repeat: relative. + [200.49-204.33] Number 5 is 1: bicycle. + [206.13-208.35] Repeat: bicycle. + [211.53-215.37] Number 6 is 3: information. + [216.69-219.03] Repeat: information. + [223.17-227.67] Number 7 is 1: traffic. + [227.85-232.17] Repeat: traffic. + [233.85-237.39] Number 8 is 1: signature. + [238.11-239.91] Repeat: signature. + [243.03-246.69] Number 9 is 2: deposit. + [247.77-249.99] Repeat: deposit. + [252.93-256.05] Number 10 is 1: empty. + [257.19-259.11] Repeat: empty. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: listen to two conversations, then write the answer to the question about the message that was taken and delivered. +Read the questions in Figure 2. +Now listen to the first dialogue. +Hello. +Hello, Major Parker, please. +He's not hereright now. +May I take a message? +Yes, this is Major Smith. +Please tell him that I'll meet him at the Officers' Club at 11:00 hours for lunch. +Okay. +I'll tell him. +Major Parker, you had a call. +Yes? +Who was it? +It was Major Smith. +He said to tell you that he'll meet you for lunch at 11:00 hours at the Officers' Club. +Now write a sentence that answers the question. +Check your answer: "They'll eat lunch at the Officers' Club." +Listen to the second dialogue. +Hi, Bob. +Is Jack home? +No, he's not. +He'll be back at 5:30. +Will you tell him that I need to borrow his math book? +Sure. +I'll tell him to take it to your house this evening. +Jack, Bob came by. +Oh, really? +What did he want? +He said to tell you that he needs to borrow your math book. +Now answer the question with a complete sentence. +Check your answer: "He needs to borrow Jack's math book." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.13-11.89] Now look at Figure 2: listen to two conversations, then write the answer to the question about the message that was taken and delivered. + [13.15-14.91] Read the questions in Figure 2. + [25.46-27.06] Now listen to the first dialogue. + [31.52-32.08] Hello. + [32.88-34.88] Hello, Major Parker, please. + [35.28-36.72] He's not hereright now. + [36.80-37.92] May I take a message? + [38.32-40.24] Yes, this is Major Smith. + [40.80-46.00] Please tell him that I'll meet him at the Officers' Club at 11:00 hours for lunch. + [46.48-47.04] Okay. + [47.36-48.08] I'll tell him. + [51.18-52.86] Major Parker, you had a call. + [53.34-53.90] Yes? + [53.98-54.46] Who was it? + [54.94-56.22] It was Major Smith. + [56.62-61.50] He said to tell you that he'll meet you for lunch at 11:00 hours at the Officers' Club. + [67.15-69.79] Now write a sentence that answers the question. + [85.81-90.16] Check your answer: "They'll eat lunch at the Officers' Club." + [92.56-94.08] Listen to the second dialogue. + [98.56-99.20] Hi, Bob. + [100.00-100.88] Is Jack home? + [101.36-102.24] No, he's not. + [102.72-104.08] He'll be back at 5:30. + [104.80-107.36] Will you tell him that I need to borrow his math book? + [107.68-108.16] Sure. + [108.48-110.64] I'll tell him to take it to your house this evening. + [112.67-114.11] Jack, Bob came by. + [114.35-114.91] Oh, really? + [115.31-115.95] What did he want? + [116.19-118.99] He said to tell you that he needs to borrow your math book. + [128.02-130.66] Now answer the question with a complete sentence. + [145.30-149.78] Check your answer: "He needs to borrow Jack's math book." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3. +Listen to some sentences. +Don't repeat, just listen. +There's a lot of wind today. +It's a windy day. +This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream. +It's creamy. +She thinks she's my boss. +She's bossy. +He had aches and pains in his body. +He felt achy. +This candy has nuts in it. +This candy is nutty. +They wanted something for their thirst. +They were thirsty. +You look like you need some sleep. +You look sleepy. +The phone is close to my hand. +It's handy. +My gloves have dirt on them. +They're dirty. +His smile is bright like the sun. +It's a sunny smile. +Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words. +Number 1: There's a lot of wind today. +It's a windy day. +Number 2: This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream. +It's creamy. +Number 3: She thinks she's my boss. +She's bossy. +Number 4: He had aches and pains in his body. +He felt achy. +Number 5: This candy has nuts in it. +This candy is nutty. +Number 6: They wanted something for their thirst. +They were thirsty. +Number 7: You look like you need some sleep. +You look sleepy. +Number 8: The phone is close to my hand. +It's handy. +Number 9: My gloves have dirt on them. +They're dirty. +Number 10: His smile is bright like the sun. +It's a sunny smile. +Now check your spelling. +Number 1 is windy. +W-I-N-D-Y. +Repeat: It's a windy day. +Number 2 is creamy. +C-R-E-A-M-Y. +Repeat: It's creamy. +Number 3 is bossy. +B-O-S-S-Y. +Repeat: She's bossy. +Number 4 is achy. +A-C-H-Y. +There is no letter E in achy. +Repeat: He felt achy. +Number 5 is nutty. +N-U-T-T-Y. +There are 2 T's in nutty. +Repeat: This candy is nutty. +Number 6 is thirsty. +T-H-I-R-S-T-Y. +Repeat: They were thirsty. +Number 7 is sleepy. +S-L-E-E-P-Y. +Repeat: You look sleepy. +Number 8 is handy. +H-A-N-D-Y. +Repeat: It's handy. +Number 9 is dirty. +D-I-R-T-Y. +Repeat: They're dirty. +Number 10 is sunny. +S-U-N-N-Y. +Repeat: It's a sunny smile. +Listen and repeat some sentences. +Repeat: It's too cold. +Repeat: It's too hot. +Repeat: His shirt is too dirty. +Repeat: This jacket is too small. +Repeat: That box is too heavy. +Repeat: Those pants are too big. +Repeat: My hands were too greasy. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.04] Look at figure 3. + [3.87-5.39] Listen to some sentences. + [6.11-8.19] Don't repeat, just listen. + [11.66-13.50] There's a lot of wind today. + [13.98-16.71] It's a windy day. + [16.85-19.89] This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream. + [20.45-21.33] It's creamy. + [22.93-24.69] She thinks she's my boss. + [25.41-26.45] She's bossy. + [28.26-30.74] He had aches and pains in his body. + [31.38-32.66] He felt achy. + [35.42-37.18] This candy has nuts in it. + [37.74-39.10] This candy is nutty. + [40.46-42.70] They wanted something for their thirst. + [43.42-44.46] They were thirsty. + [45.82-47.74] You look like you need some sleep. + [48.38-49.50] You look sleepy. + [51.26-53.10] The phone is close to my hand. + [53.50-54.38] It's handy. + [56.53-58.13] My gloves have dirt on them. + [58.69-59.49] They're dirty. + [61.09-63.49] His smile is bright like the sun. + [64.21-65.65] It's a sunny smile. + [69.01-72.53] Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words. + [74.45-78.11] Number 1: There's a lot of wind today. + [79.42-80.62] It's a windy day. + [91.34-96.03] Number 2: This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream. + [96.59-97.39] It's creamy. + [108.56-112.32] Number 3: She thinks she's my boss. + [113.12-114.24] She's bossy. + [126.38-130.69] Number 4: He had aches and pains in his body. + [131.60-132.88] He felt achy. + [144.10-147.89] Number 5: This candy has nuts in it. + [148.72-150.16] This candy is nutty. + [161.46-165.34] Number 6: They wanted something for their thirst. + [165.98-167.02] They were thirsty. + [177.42-180.78] Number 7: You look like you need some sleep. + [181.26-182.38] You look sleepy. + [192.43-195.71] Number 8: The phone is close to my hand. + [196.27-197.23] It's handy. + [208.75-212.19] Number 9: My gloves have dirt on them. + [212.67-213.39] They're dirty. + [225.55-229.15] Number 10: His smile is bright like the sun. + [229.71-231.31] It's a sunny smile. + [243.55-244.75] Now check your spelling. + [246.74-248.66] Number 1 is windy. + [249.41-253.17] W-I-N-D-Y. + [253.77-256.17] Repeat: It's a windy day. + [260.73-261.84] Number 2 is creamy. + [263.36-268.35] C-R-E-A-M-Y. + [269.25-271.53] Repeat: It's creamy. + [275.19-277.23] Number 3 is bossy. + [278.37-281.19] B-O-S-S-Y. + [282.69-284.91] Repeat: She's bossy. + [288.87-291.03] Number 4 is achy. + [292.29-294.39] A-C-H-Y. + [295.71-298.29] There is no letter E in achy. + [299.61-301.89] Repeat: He felt achy. + [306.15-307.95] Number 5 is nutty. + [309.09-311.61] N-U-T-T-Y. + [312.51-314.49] There are 2 T's in nutty. + [315.81-318.33] Repeat: This candy is nutty. + [322.47-324.45] Number 6 is thirsty. + [325.53-330.03] T-H-I-R-S-T-Y. + [330.87-332.91] Repeat: They were thirsty. + [336.81-338.79] Number 7 is sleepy. + [339.81-343.29] S-L-E-E-P-Y. + [344.07-346.11] Repeat: You look sleepy. + [349.71-351.75] Number 8 is handy. + [352.71-355.77] H-A-N-D-Y. + [356.67-358.59] Repeat: It's handy. + [361.89-363.81] Number 9 is dirty. + [364.95-367.35] D-I-R-T-Y. + [368.25-370.35] Repeat: They're dirty. + [373.77-375.63] Number 10 is sunny. + [376.89-379.29] S-U-N-N-Y. + [380.31-382.96] Repeat: It's a sunny smile. + [388.47-390.54] Listen and repeat some sentences. + [391.87-394.75] Repeat: It's too cold. + [398.59-400.99] Repeat: It's too hot. + [404.45-407.33] Repeat: His shirt is too dirty. + [411.57-414.45] Repeat: This jacket is too small. + [418.61-421.74] Repeat: That box is too heavy. + [425.76-428.82] Repeat: Those pants are too big. + [433.18-435.98] Repeat: My hands were too greasy. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. +Write a sentence like the example. +Look at Picture A and listen to a sentence twice: "The children can't go outside." "The children can't go outside." +The sentence that follows is: "It's too cold." "The children can't go outside because it's too cold." Now listen to a sentence, then write another sentence. +Use the word "to" in your sentence. +Picture B: "I can't buy this suit." "I can't buy this suit." +Picture C: "Jim, don't drink that coffee." "Jim, don't drink that coffee." +Picture D: "Fred, don't buy that shirt." "Fred, don't buy that shirt." +Picture E: "We can't go to the movies now." "We can't go to the movies now." +Picture F: "Janet, don't try to move that table." "Janet, don't try to move that table." +Turn to the answer page for this lesson and look at the answers for Figure 4. +Your answers can look like these, or they can be a little different. +This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.01] Now look at Figure 4. + [4.14-6.78] Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. + [7.84-9.76] Write a sentence like the example. + [11.28-21.47] Look at Picture A and listen to a sentence twice: "The children can't go outside." "The children can't go outside." + [23.25-36.19] The sentence that follows is: "It's too cold." "The children can't go outside because it's too cold." Now listen to a sentence, then write another sentence. + [37.06-39.54] Use the word "to" in your sentence. + [41.65-48.03] Picture B: "I can't buy this suit." "I can't buy this suit." + [68.64-75.82] Picture C: "Jim, don't drink that coffee." "Jim, don't drink that coffee." + [99.82-107.42] Picture D: "Fred, don't buy that shirt." "Fred, don't buy that shirt." + [130.21-136.37] Picture E: "We can't go to the movies now." "We can't go to the movies now." + [157.39-164.83] Picture F: "Janet, don't try to move that table." "Janet, don't try to move that table." + [187.42-192.06] Turn to the answer page for this lesson and look at the answers for Figure 4. + [193.22-197.46] Your answers can look like these, or they can be a little different. + [204.29-207.49] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-3D.md b/sources/book-11/tape-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14cd3a76 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3D. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to a paragraph. +You will hear it twice. +After hearing it for the second time, write the main idea in a complete sentence. +Listen to the first paragraph. +Good drivers must know many things. +They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. +They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. +They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them. +Listen again. +Good drivers must know many things. +They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. +They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. +They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them. +Now write the main idea. +Check your answer. +This is the main idea: "Good drivers need to know many things." You could also say: "There are many things a good driver must know." +Listen to the second paragraph. +Regular checkups are important. +You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. +A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. +Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. +You should have a complete physical examination every year. +Listen again. +Regular checkups are important. +You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. +A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. +Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. +You should have a complete physical examination every year. +Write the main idea in a complete sentence. +Now check your answer. +It should be something like this: "You should get a complete checkup every year." Or you could also say: "Annual physical exams are important." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [5.26-9.90] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3D. + [16.59-17.34] Hello. + [17.92-20.37] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. + [27.47-28.64] Look at Figure 1. + [28.59-30.85] Listen to a paragraph. + [31.74-33.02] You will hear it twice. + [34.10-39.30] After hearing it for the second time, write the main idea in a complete sentence. + [39.78-41.38] Listen to the first paragraph. + [43.46-45.78] Good drivers must know many things. + [46.93-53.89] They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. + [55.14-59.30] They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. + [60.54-64.94] They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them. + [67.95-68.83] Listen again. + [71.10-73.42] Good drivers must know many things. + [74.30-81.42] They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. + [82.40-86.56] They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. + [87.66-92.06] They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them. + [95.46-96.90] Now write the main idea. + [143.22-144.18] Check your answer. + [145.34-155.71] This is the main idea: "Good drivers need to know many things." You could also say: "There are many things a good driver must know." + [157.84-159.52] Listen to the second paragraph. + [161.02-163.02] Regular checkups are important. + [163.86-166.55] You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. + [167.70-171.94] A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. + [172.91-177.95] Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. + [179.04-182.56] You should have a complete physical examination every year. + [185.41-186.37] Listen again. + [189.17-191.17] Regular checkups are important. + [191.89-194.69] You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. + [195.70-200.34] A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. + [201.95-207.36] Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. + [208.14-212.10] You should have a complete physical examination every year. + [215.08-217.78] Write the main idea in a complete sentence. + [262.45-263.65] Now check your answer. + [264.83-276.75] It should be something like this: "You should get a complete checkup every year." Or you could also say: "Annual physical exams are important." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 2. +Listen to a dialogue. +Don't repeat, just listen. +Excuse me— Yes, sir. +I didn't order chicken, I ordered chicken fried steak. +Oh. +I'm sorry. +I'll take it back and get your steak. +Thank you. +And please hurry. +Yes, sir. +Listen to the dialogue again. +This time, repeat it. +Excuse me— +Yes, sir. +I didn't order chicken. +I ordered chicken fried steak. +Oh. +I'm sorry. +I'll take it back +and get your steak. +Thank you. +And please hurry. +Yes, sir. +Now look at figure 2. +Listen to the customer's words, then read the waiter's part. +You are the waiter. +Excuse me. +I didn't order chicken. +I ordered chicken fried steak. +Thank you. +And please hurry. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-2.90] Look at figure 2. + [4.06-5.26] Listen to a dialogue. + [5.98-7.90] Don't repeat, just listen. + [11.22-12.58] Excuse me— Yes, sir. + [13.49-16.85] I didn't order chicken, I ordered chicken fried steak. + [17.09-17.65] Oh. + [18.13-18.77] I'm sorry. + [19.49-21.09] I'll take it back and get your steak. + [21.73-22.29] Thank you. + [22.69-23.65] And please hurry. + [23.97-24.37] Yes, sir. + [27.23-28.75] Listen to the dialogue again. + [29.23-30.67] This time, repeat it. + [32.34-33.22] Excuse me— + [35.39-35.79] Yes, sir. + [37.41-38.53] I didn't order chicken. + [40.93-42.77] I ordered chicken fried steak. + [46.96-47.44] Oh. + [47.68-48.32] I'm sorry. + [51.26-52.22] I'll take it back + [55.18-56.14] and get your steak. + [58.32-58.96] Thank you. + [61.38-62.42] And please hurry. + [64.99-65.47] Yes, sir. + [69.42-70.54] Now look at figure 2. + [71.34-75.10] Listen to the customer's words, then read the waiter's part. + [76.06-76.86] You are the waiter. + [78.30-79.10] Excuse me. + [81.25-82.45] I didn't order chicken. + [83.31-85.15] I ordered chicken fried steak. + [94.06-94.86] Thank you. + [95.02-95.90] And please hurry. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3: the change roles. +Now, you're the customer; read the customer's part and listen to the waiter. +Ready. +Begin. +Yes, sir. +Oh, I'm sorry. +I'll take it back and get your steak. +Yes, sir. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-5.01] Now look at Figure 3: the change roles. + [6.10-12.34] Now, you're the customer; read the customer's part and listen to the waiter. + [13.30-13.70] Ready. + [14.50-14.98] Begin. + [17.73-18.21] Yes, sir. + [24.10-25.30] Oh, I'm sorry. + [26.10-27.78] I'll take it back and get your steak. + [32.86-33.34] Yes, sir. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialogue. +Don't repeat, just listen. +Miss, can you help me? +Yes, sir. +I ordered a shirt from the catalog. +This isn't the one I ordered. +The numbers are the same, sir. +Yes, but I ordered brown. +This shirt is yellow. +Oh, I see. +I'll exchange this for you. +Your shirt will be here in 2 days. +Thank you. +No problem. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Listen and repeat. +Miss, can you help me? +Yes, sir. +I ordered a shirt from the catalog. +This isn't the one I ordered. +The numbers are the same, sir. +Yes, but I ordered brown. +This shirt is yellow. +Oh, I see. +I'll exchange this for you. +Your shirt will be here in 2 days. +Thank you. +No problem. +Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part. +You are the clerk. +Let's begin. +Miss, can you help me? +I ordered a shirt from the catalog. +This isn't the one I ordered. +Yes, but I ordered brown. +This shirt is yellow. +Thank you. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-4.96] Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialogue. + [5.89-8.05] Don't repeat, just listen. + [12.14-13.18] Miss, can you help me? + [13.58-14.14] Yes, sir. + [15.23-17.23] I ordered a shirt from the catalog. + [17.79-19.15] This isn't the one I ordered. + [20.64-22.32] The numbers are the same, sir. + [22.72-24.64] Yes, but I ordered brown. + [25.12-26.16] This shirt is yellow. + [26.64-28.08] Oh, I see. + [28.56-30.08] I'll exchange this for you. + [30.56-32.72] Your shirt will be here in 2 days. + [32.80-33.44] Thank you. + [33.92-34.64] No problem. + [35.57-37.09] Listen to the dialogue again. + [37.89-39.09] Listen and repeat. + [41.87-43.39] Miss, can you help me? + [46.29-46.85] Yes, sir. + [48.29-50.37] I ordered a shirt from the catalog. + [55.60-57.28] This isn't the one I ordered. + [61.84-63.52] The numbers are the same, sir. + [66.94-69.10] Yes, but I ordered brown. + [71.92-73.20] This shirt is yellow. + [76.94-78.46] Oh, I see. + [81.47-82.99] I'll exchange this for you. + [87.26-89.66] Your shirt will be here in 2 days. + [95.01-95.57] Thank you. + [96.98-97.62] No problem. + [98.88-102.16] Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part. + [103.07-104.03] You are the clerk. + [104.98-105.78] Let's begin. + [108.54-110.14] Miss, can you help me? + [116.10-118.18] I ordered a shirt from the catalog. + [119.25-120.61] This isn't the one I ordered. + [125.34-127.42] Yes, but I ordered brown. + [128.29-129.41] This shirt is yellow. + [137.76-138.32] Thank you. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Now you're the customer. +Read the customer's part. +Ready? +Begin. +Yes, sir. +The numbers are the same, sir. +Oh, I see. +I'll exchange this for you. +Your shirt will be here in 2 days. +No problem. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.34-3.54] Look at Figure 5. + [4.18-5.46] Now you're the customer. + [6.02-7.54] Read the customer's part. + [8.26-8.66] Ready? + [9.46-10.02] Begin. + [13.44-14.08] Yes, sir. + [19.18-20.86] The numbers are the same, sir. + [27.07-28.43] Oh, I see. + [28.75-30.35] I'll exchange this for you. + [30.91-33.23] Your shirt will be here in 2 days. + [36.69-37.33] No problem. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6, listen to the responses, listen and repeat. +Number 1: +"Not very well." "I was too nervous." +Number 2: "It's too dark in this room to see." +Number 3: "I'm not sure," +"but I think it's too far to walk." +Number 4: +"No, it's too early to go home." +Number 5: "No, she's too tall to be Jean." +Number 6: "Yes, but it's too old to drink." +Number 7: "I can't." "It's too big for me to pick up." +Number 8: "No thanks." +"Theice cream is too cold for me to eat." +Number 9: "It was too awful to watch." +Number 10: "Because John's news is almost too good to be true." +Now look at the statements in figure 6 and listen to a question. +Select the statement that answers the question best, and write the number on the line. +Listen to the example: +"How far is it to the library?" +The correct answer is number 3: "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk." Write a 1 on the line in front of number 3. +Now listen, select, and write the number. +Number 1: "How far is it to the library?" +Number 2: "How did you like the movie?" +Number 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?" +Number 4: "Do you want some more dessert?" +Number 5: "Where's the light?" +Number 6: "How did you do on the exam?" +Number 7: "Are you ready to go?" +Number 8: "Why are you so happy?" +Number 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?" +Number 10: "Please hand me that box." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 6: "How did you do on the exam?" "Not very well. +I was too nervous." +Number 2 is 5: "Where's the light?" "It's too dark in this room to see." +Number 3 is 1: "How far is it to the library?" "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk." +Number 4 is 7: "Are you ready to go?" "No, it's too early to go home." +Number 5 is 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?" "No, she's too tall to be Jean." +Number 6 is 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?" +"Yes, but it's too old to drink." Number 7 is 10: "Please hand me that box." "I can't. +It's too big for me to pick up." Number 8 is 4: "Do you want some dessert?" "No thanks. +Theice cream is too cold for me to eat." Number 9 is 2: "How did you like the movie?" "It was too awful to watch." Number 10 is 8: "Why are you so happy?" "Because John's news is almost too good to be true." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-7.50] Look at figure 6, listen to the responses, listen and repeat. + [9.07-9.95] Number 1: + [11.54-16.85] "Not very well." "I was too nervous." + [21.46-25.39] Number 2: "It's too dark in this room to see." + [31.60-34.69] Number 3: "I'm not sure," + [38.56-40.56] "but I think it's too far to walk." + [46.42-47.22] Number 4: + [48.48-51.68] "No, it's too early to go home." + [57.38-62.13] Number 5: "No, she's too tall to be Jean." + [68.14-72.30] Number 6: "Yes, but it's too old to drink." + [78.26-87.09] Number 7: "I can't." "It's too big for me to pick up." + [90.42-92.74] Number 8: "No thanks." + [95.25-97.65] "Theice cream is too cold for me to eat." + [105.70-109.65] Number 9: "It was too awful to watch." + [115.41-120.91] Number 10: "Because John's news is almost too good to be true." + [127.82-131.74] Now look at the statements in figure 6 and listen to a question. + [132.83-138.03] Select the statement that answers the question best, and write the number on the line. + [139.54-140.74] Listen to the example: + [142.58-144.18] "How far is it to the library?" + [153.04-164.58] The correct answer is number 3: "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk." Write a 1 on the line in front of number 3. + [166.85-169.89] Now listen, select, and write the number. + [171.09-174.61] Number 1: "How far is it to the library?" + [182.74-185.62] Number 2: "How did you like the movie?" + [196.88-201.09] Number 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?" + [211.65-214.93] Number 4: "Do you want some more dessert?" + [225.30-227.86] Number 5: "Where's the light?" + [238.32-241.83] Number 6: "How did you do on the exam?" + [251.82-253.98] Number 7: "Are you ready to go?" + [264.33-267.18] Number 8: "Why are you so happy?" + [277.89-281.87] Number 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?" + [293.15-296.11] Number 10: "Please hand me that box." + [308.98-310.34] Let's check your answers. + [311.52-318.00] Number 1 is 6: "How did you do on the exam?" "Not very well. + [318.24-319.44] I was too nervous." + [322.03-328.32] Number 2 is 5: "Where's the light?" "It's too dark in this room to see." + [330.21-338.18] Number 3 is 1: "How far is it to the library?" "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk." + [339.78-346.10] Number 4 is 7: "Are you ready to go?" "No, it's too early to go home." + [347.87-355.31] Number 5 is 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?" "No, she's too tall to be Jean." + [356.88-361.04] Number 6 is 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?" + [362.80-371.73] "Yes, but it's too old to drink." Number 7 is 10: "Please hand me that box." "I can't. + [372.21-380.75] It's too big for me to pick up." Number 8 is 4: "Do you want some dessert?" "No thanks. + [380.75-399.95] Theice cream is too cold for me to eat." Number 9 is 2: "How did you like the movie?" "It was too awful to watch." Number 10 is 8: "Why are you so happy?" "Because John's news is almost too good to be true." + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7. +This is a dictation exercise. +You will hear a paragraph three times. +Listen to it the first time. +"Don decided to go to the mall. +First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. +Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks. +After that, he was hungry. +He went to the cafeteria for lunch. +His last stop was at the variety store. +He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper." +Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. +"Don decided to..." +"Go to the mall." +"First, he went into..." +"The department store..." +"To look at sofas." +"Then he went..." +"Into the men's clothing store..." +"And bought 2 shirts." +"And a pair of slacks." +"After that..." +"He was hungry." +"He went to..." +"The cafeteria for lunch." +"His last stop..." +"Was at the variety store." +"He bought some cards..." +"A pen and some paper." +Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. +Be sure to use correct punctuation. +"Don decided to go to the mall. +First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. +Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks. +After that, he was hungry. +He went to the cafeteria for lunch. +His last stop was at the variety store. +He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper." +Turn to the answer page for this lesson to check your answers for Figure 7. +This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.50-2.62] Look at Figure 7. + [3.62-5.70] This is a dictation exercise. + [6.75-8.91] You will hear a paragraph three times. + [9.79-11.23] Listen to it the first time. + [13.22-15.22] "Don decided to go to the mall. + [16.11-19.79] First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. + [20.88-26.08] Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks. + [27.44-29.04] After that, he was hungry. + [29.60-31.76] He went to the cafeteria for lunch. + [33.46-36.18] His last stop was at the variety store. + [36.94-40.14] He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper." + [43.89-46.61] Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. + [48.53-52.47] "Don decided to..." + [60.72-61.84] "Go to the mall." + [71.54-73.54] "First, he went into..." + [85.94-87.14] "The department store..." + [101.68-102.80] "To look at sofas." + [116.02-117.14] "Then he went..." + [126.45-128.61] "Into the men's clothing store..." + [148.43-149.87] "And bought 2 shirts." + [166.13-167.73] "And a pair of slacks." + [184.42-185.46] "After that..." + [193.95-194.99] "He was hungry." + [205.94-206.98] "He went to..." + [214.82-216.50] "The cafeteria for lunch." + [231.04-236.01] "His last stop..." + [242.93-244.61] "Was at the variety store." + [262.91-264.51] "He bought some cards..." + [279.68-281.60] "A pen and some paper." + [303.71-306.59] Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. + [307.23-309.39] Be sure to use correct punctuation. + [310.66-312.58] "Don decided to go to the mall. + [313.36-317.36] First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. + [318.42-324.02] Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks. + [325.01-326.93] After that, he was hungry. + [327.81-330.13] He went to the cafeteria for lunch. + [330.41-333.78] His last stop was at the variety store. + [334.58-337.94] He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper." + [339.79-344.27] Turn to the answer page for this lesson to check your answers for Figure 7. + [349.29-352.71] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-4A.md b/sources/book-11/tape-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed6199d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,509 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4A. +Hello. +Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "Entertainment." Entertainment. +Many people relax watching TV. +TV is entertainment for many people. +Number 2: "Channels." +Channels. +Variety. +Variety. +There are many television channels. +You can watch a variety of shows on them. +Number 3: "Programs." +Programs. +Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings. +Number 4: "Frightening." +Frightening. +Some programs are frightening. +People become afraid when they watch them. +Number 5: "Boring." +Boring. +Dull. +Dull. +Some programs are not interesting. +They're boring. +They're dull. +Number 6: "Funny." +Funny. +Laugh. +Laugh. +Some programs are funny. +We laugh while we watch them. +Number 7: "Commercials." +Commercials. +Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio. +Number 8: "Almost." +Almost. +Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV. +Look at Figure 1 again and answer some questions. +What is television for many people? +Repeat: "Television is entertainment for many people." +Does television show only one kind of program? +No, it doesn't. +Repeat: "Television shows a variety of programs." +When do some channels show children's programs? +Repeat: "Some channels show children's programs +on Saturday mornings." +Is a program that makes you be afraid a funny program? +No, it isn't. +Repeat: "Frightening programs cause people to be afraid." +They frighten people. +Are all the programs on television interesting? +No, they aren't. +Repeat: "Some programs are boring." +What kind of programs make us laugh? +Repeat: "Funny programs make us laugh." +What tries to sell us things on television? +Repeat: "Commercials try to sell things on television." +Can you hear commercials on the radio also? +Repeat: "Yes, you can hear commercials on the radio." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.69-12.21] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4A. + [18.51-18.81] Hello. + [19.49-22.65] Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. + [28.10-29.22] Look at Figure 1. + [29.78-31.70] Repeat the words and sentences. + [33.07-38.50] Number 1: "Entertainment." Entertainment. + [40.89-43.38] Many people relax watching TV. + [47.73-50.13] TV is entertainment for many people. + [54.03-56.11] Number 2: "Channels." + [57.81-57.86] Channels. + [60.53-61.41] Variety. + [62.94-62.99] Variety. + [65.91-67.74] There are many television channels. + [72.38-77.07] You can watch a variety of shows on them. + [80.27-82.19] Number 3: "Programs." + [83.84-84.80] Programs. + [86.77-90.69] Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings. + [98.93-101.01] Number 4: "Frightening." + [102.83-103.71] Frightening. + [106.32-108.08] Some programs are frightening. + [112.19-114.27] People become afraid when they watch them. + [120.13-121.97] Number 5: "Boring." + [123.98-124.62] Boring. + [126.58-127.22] Dull. + [128.93-129.49] Dull. + [132.22-134.14] Some programs are not interesting. + [138.51-139.31] They're boring. + [141.49-142.21] They're dull. + [145.46-146.90] Number 6: "Funny." + [149.13-149.43] Funny. + [151.89-154.17] Laugh. + [154.41-154.95] Laugh. + [157.71-158.85] Some programs are funny. + [161.73-163.37] We laugh while we watch them. + [168.93-170.83] Number 7: "Commercials." + [173.27-174.05] Commercials. + [177.39-180.91] Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio. + [189.26-191.10] Number 8: "Almost." + [192.93-193.59] Almost. + [196.19-200.67] Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV. + [208.67-211.79] Look at Figure 1 again and answer some questions. + [214.99-216.67] What is television for many people? + [223.86-227.22] Repeat: "Television is entertainment for many people." + [233.87-236.59] Does television show only one kind of program? + [243.44-244.32] No, it doesn't. + [245.23-249.18] Repeat: "Television shows a variety of programs." + [255.94-258.58] When do some channels show children's programs? + [265.98-268.75] Repeat: "Some channels show children's programs + [274.69-276.05] on Saturday mornings." + [281.25-284.37] Is a program that makes you be afraid a funny program? + [292.18-293.06] No, it isn't. + [293.98-298.18] Repeat: "Frightening programs cause people to be afraid." + [304.11-305.15] They frighten people. + [309.76-312.08] Are all the programs on television interesting? + [318.74-319.54] No, they aren't. + [320.34-323.38] Repeat: "Some programs are boring." + [329.49-331.41] What kind of programs make us laugh? + [337.65-340.21] Repeat: "Funny programs make us laugh." + [346.90-349.30] What tries to sell us things on television? + [356.34-359.86] Repeat: "Commercials try to sell things on television." + [366.80-369.04] Can you hear commercials on the radio also? + [374.45-377.73] Repeat: "Yes, you can hear commercials on the radio." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +You'll hear three paragraphs; write the main idea of each paragraph in Figure 2. +Listen. +Paragraph 1. +The motor in Anne's car was making a noise. +She didn't know the cause of the noise. +She decided to take it to a garage. +She thought her car might need service. +Listen to Paragraph 1 again. +The motor in Anne's car was making a noise. +She didn't know the cause of the noise. +She decided to take it to a garage. +She thought her car might need service. +Now write the main idea. +The main idea of the paragraph is: "Anne's car might need service," or "Something might be wrong with Anne's car." +Listen to Paragraph 2. +Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. +When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. +The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. +They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy. +Listen to Paragraph 2 again. +Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. +When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. +The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. +They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy. +Now write the main idea. +The main idea of Paragraph 2 is: "Stores need to keep their customers happy," or "A store should satisfy its customers." +Listen to Paragraph 3. +People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. +They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. +They'll follow signs and signals. +They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. +All drivers should take lessons sometime. +Listen to Paragraph 3 again. +People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. +They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. +They'll follow signs and signals. +They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. +All drivers should take lessons sometime. +Write the main idea now. +The main idea of Paragraph 3 is: "Everyone who drives should take lessons," or "People who take driving lessons are safer drivers." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-2.98] Look at Figure 2. + [3.70-9.30] You'll hear three paragraphs; write the main idea of each paragraph in Figure 2. + [10.27-10.91] Listen. + [11.94-12.98] Paragraph 1. + [14.59-17.39] The motor in Anne's car was making a noise. + [18.35-20.43] She didn't know the cause of the noise. + [21.42-23.66] She decided to take it to a garage. + [24.53-26.93] She thought her car might need service. + [29.58-31.26] Listen to Paragraph 1 again. + [33.14-35.70] The motor in Anne's car was making a noise. + [36.54-38.62] She didn't know the cause of the noise. + [39.46-41.78] She decided to take it to a garage. + [42.50-44.74] She thought her car might need service. + [51.62-53.30] Now write the main idea. + [79.22-88.88] The main idea of the paragraph is: "Anne's car might need service," or "Something might be wrong with Anne's car." + [90.91-92.51] Listen to Paragraph 2. + [94.46-98.54] Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. + [99.55-107.31] When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. + [108.40-114.16] The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. + [115.18-119.66] They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy. + [122.06-123.82] Listen to Paragraph 2 again. + [125.92-129.76] Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. + [130.82-138.51] When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. + [139.59-145.29] The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. + [146.25-151.00] They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy. + [161.99-163.62] Now write the main idea. + [189.57-199.89] The main idea of Paragraph 2 is: "Stores need to keep their customers happy," or "A store should satisfy its customers." + [201.62-203.62] Listen to Paragraph 3. + [205.60-212.00] People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. + [212.62-215.74] They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. + [216.70-218.62] They'll follow signs and signals. + [219.70-224.88] They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. + [225.79-228.00] All drivers should take lessons sometime. + [230.96-232.88] Listen to Paragraph 3 again. + [234.62-239.90] People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. + [241.41-244.43] They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. + [244.75-247.06] They'll follow signs and signals. + [247.28-253.15] They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. + [253.15-256.72] All drivers should take lessons sometime. + [263.44-265.57] Write the main idea now. + [292.08-303.36] The main idea of Paragraph 3 is: "Everyone who drives should take lessons," or "People who take driving lessons are safer drivers." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3: repeat the underlined words. +"Spend, spend." "As a matter of fact." +"As a matter of fact." "Frequently, +frequently." "Wonderful, wonderful." +"Recommend, recommend." "Love, +love." +"Great, +great." +"Terrible, +terrible." +Listen to a conversation. +Don't repeat. +Just listen. +Do you spend much time in front of the television? +Oh, yes. +As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV 4 or 5 hours a day, and that's almost every night after work. +I think TV is wonderful. +I could do that before, but I can't now. +I'm too busy. +I have lots to do when I get home from work. +I think that when you enjoy something, you can find time for it. +I guess you'reright. +Do you recommend any programs? +Which ones do you like to watch? +I love the funny shows. +I think they are great because I like to laugh. +I don't see many programs that I think are terrible. +I guess I'm easily satisfied. +Look at the dialogue again and answer the questions. +How many hours does Victor spend in front of the television? +Repeat: He spends 4 or 5 hours a day. +Does he watch television only once a week? +Repeat: No. +He watches TV frequently after work. +What does Victor think about television? +Repeat: He thinks it's wonderful. +Does Valerie watch television frequently also? +Repeat: No, she doesn't. +She's too busy. +Which programs did Victor recommend? +Repeat: He recommended the funny shows. +Why does Victor love funny shows? +Repeat: Because he loves to laugh. +Does Victor see many terrible programs on television? +Repeat: No, he doesn't think there are many terrible shows. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-5.60] Look at figure 3: repeat the underlined words. + [6.93-13.54] "Spend, spend." "As a matter of fact." + [15.49-19.82] "As a matter of fact." "Frequently, + [21.50-27.89] frequently." "Wonderful, wonderful." + [30.74-37.54] "Recommend, recommend." "Love, + [39.17-39.81] love." + [41.82-42.22] "Great, + [44.11-44.59] great." + [46.83-47.47] "Terrible, + [49.44-50.08] terrible." + [55.52-57.20] Listen to a conversation. + [57.60-58.56] Don't repeat. + [58.96-59.92] Just listen. + [63.41-65.65] Do you spend much time in front of the television? + [68.08-68.88] Oh, yes. + [69.20-76.16] As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV 4 or 5 hours a day, and that's almost every night after work. + [76.99-78.51] I think TV is wonderful. + [79.76-82.32] I could do that before, but I can't now. + [82.56-83.44] I'm too busy. + [83.84-85.84] I have lots to do when I get home from work. + [87.26-90.38] I think that when you enjoy something, you can find time for it. + [91.54-92.42] I guess you'reright. + [93.14-94.82] Do you recommend any programs? + [95.38-96.98] Which ones do you like to watch? + [97.54-99.06] I love the funny shows. + [99.30-101.62] I think they are great because I like to laugh. + [102.10-104.58] I don't see many programs that I think are terrible. + [105.14-106.90] I guess I'm easily satisfied. + [111.26-114.62] Look at the dialogue again and answer the questions. + [116.88-120.08] How many hours does Victor spend in front of the television? + [127.84-130.88] Repeat: He spends 4 or 5 hours a day. + [137.06-139.22] Does he watch television only once a week? + [147.22-148.42] Repeat: No. + [148.98-151.38] He watches TV frequently after work. + [159.42-161.34] What does Victor think about television? + [169.14-171.06] Repeat: He thinks it's wonderful. + [174.61-177.33] Does Valerie watch television frequently also? + [184.35-186.19] Repeat: No, she doesn't. + [186.67-187.55] She's too busy. + [194.72-196.80] Which programs did Victor recommend? + [202.85-205.81] Repeat: He recommended the funny shows. + [211.15-213.07] Why does Victor love funny shows? + [220.29-222.69] Repeat: Because he loves to laugh. + [228.14-231.02] Does Victor see many terrible programs on television? + [237.17-241.81] Repeat: No, he doesn't think there are many terrible shows. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4: listen to the people talking, decide where they are, and circle the correct letter. +Listen. +Number 1. +A hamburger, please. +Anything else, sir? +Number 2. +I want this candy bar. +Pull this knob. +Number 3. +How fast are you going? +The speed limit: 55 miles per hour. +Number 4. +Can you loosen this? +Where's the wrench? +Number 5. +It stalled again. +You may need a tune-up. +Number 6. +I want to return this. +Do you have your sales slip? +Number 7. +Let's go to the department store first, then the clothing store, and then downstairs to the variety store. +Okay? +Allright. +And then we'll come back upstairs to the cafeteria. +Number 8. +Do you have an appointment? +Yes, I do. +She's going to give me an examination. +Number 9. +I want to make a deposit. +Did you fill out a deposit slip, sir? +Number 10. +Whose fault was it? +The man in the white car, officer. +He ran a red light. +Check your answers. +Repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is A. +Repeat: they're at a snack bar. +Number 2 is C. +Repeat: they're at a vending machine. +Number 3 is A. +Repeat: they're on the highway. +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: they're changing a tire. +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: they're in the car. +Number 6 is C. +Repeat: they're in a department store. +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: they're in a mall. +Number 8 is B. +Repeat: they're in a doctor's office. +Number 9 is B. +Repeat: they're in a bank. +Number 10 is C. +Repeat: they're at an accident. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.22-10.46] Now look at Figure 4: listen to the people talking, decide where they are, and circle the correct letter. + [11.02-11.50] Listen. + [14.38-15.18] Number 1. + [15.74-16.94] A hamburger, please. + [17.58-18.54] Anything else, sir? + [25.55-26.35] Number 2. + [27.34-28.70] I want this candy bar. + [31.55-32.51] Pull this knob. + [39.33-40.13] Number 3. + [41.12-42.40] How fast are you going? + [43.78-46.50] The speed limit: 55 miles per hour. + [54.50-55.14] Number 4. + [55.78-56.98] Can you loosen this? + [57.54-58.34] Where's the wrench? + [65.79-67.47] Number 5. + [67.47-68.59] It stalled again. + [70.03-71.31] You may need a tune-up. + [78.10-78.98] Number 6. + [78.98-80.98] I want to return this. + [81.54-82.90] Do you have your sales slip? + [90.26-91.06] Number 7. + [91.70-98.50] Let's go to the department store first, then the clothing store, and then downstairs to the variety store. + [99.22-99.62] Okay? + [100.66-101.22] Allright. + [101.70-104.50] And then we'll come back upstairs to the cafeteria. + [113.81-114.61] Number 8. + [115.39-116.59] Do you have an appointment? + [117.23-118.03] Yes, I do. + [118.35-120.51] She's going to give me an examination. + [128.58-129.30] Number 9. + [129.30-131.71] I want to make a deposit. + [132.51-134.59] Did you fill out a deposit slip, sir? + [142.37-143.17] Number 10. + [143.81-144.77] Whose fault was it? + [145.84-147.76] The man in the white car, officer. + [147.92-149.20] He ran a red light. + [152.91-154.19] Check your answers. + [154.43-156.03] Repeat the correct answers. + [157.57-159.09] Number 1 is A. + [159.81-162.38] Repeat: they're at a snack bar. + [165.78-167.22] Number 2 is C. + [168.02-170.75] Repeat: they're at a vending machine. + [174.70-176.22] Number 3 is A. + [176.94-179.28] Repeat: they're on the highway. + [182.86-185.44] Number 4 is A. + [186.00-188.48] Repeat: they're changing a tire. + [193.25-194.93] Number 5 is B. + [195.49-197.82] Repeat: they're in the car. + [202.50-203.96] Number 6 is C. + [205.22-207.76] Repeat: they're in a department store. + [212.46-214.14] Number 7 is A. + [214.70-217.07] Repeat: they're in a mall. + [220.77-222.37] Number 8 is B. + [223.09-226.00] Repeat: they're in a doctor's office. + [230.35-232.03] Number 9 is B. + [232.67-235.18] Repeat: they're in a bank. + [239.10-240.78] Number 10 is C. + [241.50-243.98] Repeat: they're at an accident. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Love. +Love. +Movies are Don's great love. +In fact. +In fact. +In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. +Frighten. +Frighten. +He doesn't like movies that frighten him. +Entertaining. +Entertaining. +Adventure. +Adventure. +He finds that adventure movies +are the most entertaining ones. +Listen to the complete paragraph. +Movies are Don's great love. +In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. +He doesn't like movies that frighten him. +He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.09] Look at Figure 5. + [3.41-5.25] Repeat the words and sentences. + [6.59-7.15] Love. + [9.14-9.78] Love. + [11.70-13.70] Movies are Don's great love. + [17.66-18.46] In fact. + [20.27-21.15] In fact. + [23.38-26.58] In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. + [33.42-34.06] Frighten. + [35.92-36.64] Frighten. + [38.91-41.15] He doesn't like movies that frighten him. + [47.04-47.92] Entertaining. + [50.19-51.31] Entertaining. + [53.81-56.85] Adventure. + [56.91-57.71] Adventure. + [60.70-62.62] He finds that adventure movies + [67.52-69.28] are the most entertaining ones. + [74.59-76.67] Listen to the complete paragraph. + [78.64-80.48] Movies are Don's great love. + [81.23-84.83] In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. + [85.76-87.76] He doesn't like movies that frighten him. + [89.47-93.07] He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6. +Answer questions about Dawn with true or false. +Mark T if the statement is true, and F if the statement is false. +Number 1: "Dawn likes to go to the movies." +Number 2: "Dawn doesn't spend much time at the movies." +Number 3: "Dawn's favorite movies are frightening movies." +Number 4: "Dawn feels that adventure movies are the most entertaining." +Now let's check the answers. +Number 1 is true: "Dawn likes to go to the movies." Number 2 is false: "He does spend a lot of time at the movies." +Number 3 is false: "He doesn't like frightening movies." +Number 4 is true: "He thinks that adventure movies are the most entertaining." +This is the end of lesson 4A, book 11. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-2.82] Look at figure 6. + [3.79-7.39] Answer questions about Dawn with true or false. + [8.22-13.58] Mark T if the statement is true, and F if the statement is false. + [15.57-19.26] Number 1: "Dawn likes to go to the movies." + [29.46-33.49] Number 2: "Dawn doesn't spend much time at the movies." + [44.37-48.56] Number 3: "Dawn's favorite movies are frightening movies." + [59.79-64.59] Number 4: "Dawn feels that adventure movies are the most entertaining." + [78.29-80.05] Now let's check the answers. + [81.74-91.89] Number 1 is true: "Dawn likes to go to the movies." Number 2 is false: "He does spend a lot of time at the movies." + [93.52-97.60] Number 3 is false: "He doesn't like frightening movies." + [99.06-104.02] Number 4 is true: "He thinks that adventure movies are the most entertaining." + [121.95-124.99] This is the end of lesson 4A, book 11. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-11/tape-4B.md b/sources/book-11/tape-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d0b1322 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-11/tape-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4B. +Hello. +Please look at the Language Laboratory activities for Lesson 4B. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the underlined words. +Reasonable. +Reasonable. +Terribly. +Terribly. +Entertainment. +Entertainment. +Loud. +Loud. +Promptly. +Promptly. +Impolite. +Impolite. +Served. +Served. +Rude. +Rude. +Dish. +Dish. +Sharp. +Sharp. +Dull. +Dull. +If you ask me. +If you ask me. +Now listen and read the paragraphs with the lesson. +Then select the answers to the questions that you will hear. +Listen and read. +Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night. +Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive. +A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find. +They decided to try it. +They were terribly unhappy with it. +There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud. +They couldn't hear each other talk. +The waiter didn't take their order promptly. +He let them wait and wait. +Frank felt he was impolite when he served them to. +Frank doesn't like a rude waiter. +Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut. +She had to ask for a sharp knife. +Her knife was too dull to cut it. +They don't want to go there again. +As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip. +If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [13.94-18.34] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4B. + [23.78-24.26] Hello. + [24.98-28.74] Please look at the Language Laboratory activities for Lesson 4B. + [35.71-36.99] Look at Figure 1. + [37.63-39.47] Repeat the underlined words. + [40.40-41.12] Reasonable. + [43.34-44.14] Reasonable. + [46.93-47.73] Terribly. + [50.02-50.82] Terribly. + [53.15-56.31] Entertainment. + [56.40-59.73] Entertainment. + [60.09-62.37] Loud. + [62.67-65.37] Loud. + [65.55-68.25] Promptly. + [68.43-71.79] Promptly. + [72.15-72.63] Impolite. + [75.27-75.75] Impolite. + [78.51-79.23] Served. + [81.44-82.16] Served. + [84.78-87.45] Rude. + [87.52-90.51] Rude. + [90.42-93.27] Dish. + [93.20-96.81] Dish. + [96.67-99.57] Sharp. + [99.50-102.33] Sharp. + [102.24-105.03] Dull. + [104.94-107.79] Dull. + [107.85-111.21] If you ask me. + [111.34-112.46] If you ask me. + [116.80-119.68] Now listen and read the paragraphs with the lesson. + [120.67-124.11] Then select the answers to the questions that you will hear. + [124.75-125.87] Listen and read. + [127.46-130.42] Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night. + [131.58-135.58] Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive. + [136.83-140.35] A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find. + [141.38-142.74] They decided to try it. + [143.86-145.70] They were terribly unhappy with it. + [147.02-150.38] There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud. + [151.39-153.07] They couldn't hear each other talk. + [155.22-157.46] The waiter didn't take their order promptly. + [158.29-159.65] He let them wait and wait. + [160.67-163.87] Frank felt he was impolite when he served them to. + [165.25-167.01] Frank doesn't like a rude waiter. + [168.83-172.43] Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut. + [173.46-175.46] She had to ask for a sharp knife. + [176.88-178.64] Her knife was too dull to cut it. + [181.01-182.61] They don't want to go there again. + [183.41-186.69] As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip. + [187.68-192.08] If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +Listen to the questions and select the best answer. +Circle A, B, or C. +Number 1: Where did Frank and Peg go last night? +Number 2: Why did they decide to try it? +Number 3: What was the music for? +Number 4: Did it entertain them? +Number 5: Why didn't Frank like the waiter? +Number 6: What did Peg have to ask for? +Number 7: Why does she want another knife? +Number 8: Did Frank leave a tip? +Listen to the questions again and check your answers. +Repeat the correct responses. +Number 1 is B. +Listen. +Where did Frank and Peg go last night? +Repeat: They went to a new restaurant. +Number 2 is A. +Listen. +Why did they decide to try it? +Repeat: Friends recommended the restaurant. +Number 3 is C. +Listen. +What was the music for? +Repeat: The music was for entertainment. +Number 4 is B. +Listen. +Did it entertain them? +Repeat: No, it was too loud. +Number 5 is C. +Listen. +Why didn't Frank like the waiter? +Repeat: Because the waiter was impolite. +Number 6 is A. +Listen. +What did Peg have to ask for? +Repeat: She had to ask for a sharper knife. +Number 7 is also A. +Listen. +Why did she want another knife? +Repeat: Her knife was too dull to cut the meat. +Number 8 is B. +Listen. +Did Frank leave a tip? +Repeat: Yes, but it was a small one. +Now listen and repeat. +Number 1: I couldn't enjoy the movie last night. +I was too tired. +Number 2: Bob couldn't watch TV last night. +He was too busy. +Number 3: They could drive to the lake. +For their vacation last year. +They had a longer vacation last year. +Number 4: They could recommend that place last year. +It's not good anymore. +Number 5: The mechanic couldn't fix my car this week. +He didn't have the parts. +Number 6: Jan couldn't record the tape this morning. +She can do it now. +Number 7: The little boy couldn't write his name last month. +Now he can. +Number 8: Ollie could speak English. +When he was a little boy. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.28] Now look at Figure 2. + [4.00-6.80] Listen to the questions and select the best answer. + [7.28-9.44] Circle A, B, or C. + [11.70-15.42] Number 1: Where did Frank and Peg go last night? + [27.14-30.34] Number 2: Why did they decide to try it? + [44.48-47.31] Number 3: What was the music for? + [63.50-66.58] Number 4: Did it entertain them? + [82.06-85.26] Number 5: Why didn't Frank like the waiter? + [100.18-103.38] Number 6: What did Peg have to ask for? + [122.77-125.92] Number 7: Why does she want another knife? + [141.66-144.14] Number 8: Did Frank leave a tip? + [162.02-165.46] Listen to the questions again and check your answers. + [166.02-167.86] Repeat the correct responses. + [169.28-170.72] Number 1 is B. + [171.04-171.60] Listen. + [172.48-174.48] Where did Frank and Peg go last night? + [175.86-178.58] Repeat: They went to a new restaurant. + [182.93-184.53] Number 2 is A. + [185.09-185.57] Listen. + [186.75-188.43] Why did they decide to try it? + [190.22-193.42] Repeat: Friends recommended the restaurant. + [199.18-200.62] Number 3 is C. + [201.42-201.90] Listen. + [202.75-204.03] What was the music for? + [205.65-208.74] Repeat: The music was for entertainment. + [213.63-215.39] Number 4 is B. + [216.03-216.51] Listen. + [217.44-218.72] Did it entertain them? + [220.29-222.93] Repeat: No, it was too loud. + [227.25-228.77] Number 5 is C. + [229.49-229.97] Listen. + [230.86-232.54] Why didn't Frank like the waiter? + [234.53-237.44] Repeat: Because the waiter was impolite. + [241.31-242.40] Number 6 is A. + [243.99-244.35] Listen. + [245.07-246.91] What did Peg have to ask for? + [248.83-252.38] Repeat: She had to ask for a sharper knife. + [258.45-260.53] Number 7 is also A. + [261.25-261.65] Listen. + [263.09-264.77] Why did she want another knife? + [266.78-270.18] Repeat: Her knife was too dull to cut the meat. + [276.21-277.89] Number 8 is B. + [278.53-279.01] Listen. + [279.81-280.85] Did Frank leave a tip? + [282.50-285.22] Repeat: Yes, but it was a small one. + [290.56-292.00] Now listen and repeat. + [294.21-297.94] Number 1: I couldn't enjoy the movie last night. + [302.83-303.87] I was too tired. + [307.94-311.54] Number 2: Bob couldn't watch TV last night. + [315.92-316.88] He was too busy. + [320.66-324.10] Number 3: They could drive to the lake. + [329.30-330.98] For their vacation last year. + [336.22-338.30] They had a longer vacation last year. + [345.78-352.17] Number 4: They could recommend that place last year. + [355.33-356.61] It's not good anymore. + [362.08-366.14] Number 5: The mechanic couldn't fix my car this week. + [371.26-372.62] He didn't have the parts. + [378.34-382.43] Number 6: Jan couldn't record the tape this morning. + [386.93-388.05] She can do it now. + [394.02-398.16] Number 7: The little boy couldn't write his name last month. + [403.95-404.99] Now he can. + [409.87-412.67] Number 8: Ollie could speak English. + [416.16-417.28] When he was a little boy. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 3: listen to a question, then listen to some words and answer the question. +Listen. +"How far could you swim last year?" 1 mile. +"Last year I could swim 1 mile." Repeat: "Last year I could swim 1 mile." +Now listen and answer. +Number 1: "How fast could you type before you took the class?" 30 words per minute. +Repeat: "I could type 30 words per minute +before I took the class." +Number 2: "Could David describe the accident?" "No, too nervous." +Repeat: "No, he couldn't." +"He was too nervous." +Number 3: "How far could he run 5 years ago?" "Not very far." +Repeat: "He couldn't run very far 5 years ago." +Number 4: "Could you speak English last year?" "Yes, not well." +Repeat: "Yes, I could, but not very well." +Number 5: "What could you do about his problem?" "Not anything." +Repeat: "I couldn't do anything about his problem." +Number 6: "Could John operate the vending machine?" "Yes, working." +Repeat: "Yes, he could." "The machine was working." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-9.01] Now go to Figure 3: listen to a question, then listen to some words and answer the question. + [9.84-10.40] Listen. + [12.85-17.07] "How far could you swim last year?" 1 mile. + [18.34-25.97] "Last year I could swim 1 mile." Repeat: "Last year I could swim 1 mile." + [30.22-31.82] Now listen and answer. + [33.57-40.96] Number 1: "How fast could you type before you took the class?" 30 words per minute. + [48.90-52.21] Repeat: "I could type 30 words per minute + [56.37-57.89] before I took the class." + [63.07-69.41] Number 2: "Could David describe the accident?" "No, too nervous." + [76.64-78.40] Repeat: "No, he couldn't." + [80.48-81.36] "He was too nervous." + [87.58-94.35] Number 3: "How far could he run 5 years ago?" "Not very far." + [102.18-105.78] Repeat: "He couldn't run very far 5 years ago." + [111.22-117.17] Number 4: "Could you speak English last year?" "Yes, not well." + [125.15-128.43] Repeat: "Yes, I could, but not very well." + [135.34-141.65] Number 5: "What could you do about his problem?" "Not anything." + [149.49-152.53] Repeat: "I couldn't do anything about his problem." + [159.86-166.24] Number 6: "Could John operate the vending machine?" "Yes, working." + [173.02-177.49] Repeat: "Yes, he could." "The machine was working." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 4. +Repeat the sentences. +Sally has a plan for her housework. +This is Sally's plan: +she washes clothes on Monday, +she cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday, +she goes shopping on Tuesday, +she irons clothes on Thursday, +when she follows her plan, she has free time on the weekend, +then she can relax. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-3.15] Look at figure 4. + [3.55-5.07] Repeat the sentences. + [6.61-9.09] Sally has a plan for her housework. + [13.87-15.39] This is Sally's plan: + [18.74-20.66] she washes clothes on Monday, + [25.12-28.08] she cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday, + [33.81-35.73] she goes shopping on Tuesday, + [41.17-43.17] she irons clothes on Thursday, + [49.79-57.47] when she follows her plan, she has free time on the weekend, + [62.24-63.92] then she can relax. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-1A.md b/sources/book-12/lla-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cd5c45f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 1A + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. Answer the questions. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +**Listen to the dialog.** +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. + +2. I don't know, but it's a nice thought. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Where would you like to live? + +2. Do you ever expect to live in this place? + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Listen to the dialog.** +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. He lives in New York City. + +2. It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. + +3. Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg. + +4. He likes living there except in the winter. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Where does your brother live? + +2. How long does winter last there? + +3. Are the winters unpleasant? + +4. Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. + +2. Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock. + +3. Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice. + +4. If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. + +5. Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Match the phrase you hear with its completer.** +**Write the number on the line.** +**Repeat the sentences.** + +______ a. if the car is in the garage? + +______ b if he studies hard. + +______ c. if it stops raining. + +______ d. we'll go out on the boat. + +______ e. if you move that bookcase. + +______ f. if the water is too deep. + +______ g. if his mother is going to get angry. + +______ h. if he gets a vacation. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.** + +--- +--- +--- +--- +--- +--- + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# SCRIPTS + +## Book 12 Language Laboratory Activities +### Audio Scripts + +#### Table of Contents + +| | | +|---|---| +| Lesson 1A | 67 | +| Lesson 1B | 73 | +| Lesson 1C | 79 | +| Lesson 1D | 87 | +| Lesson 2A | 93 | +| Lesson 2B | 99 | +| Lesson 2C | 105 | +| Lesson 2D | 109 | +| Lesson 3A | 117 | +| Lesson 3B | 125 | +| Lesson 3C | 131 | +| Lesson 3D | 137 | +| Lesson 4A | 143 | +| Lesson 4B | 149 | +| Lesson 4C | 155 | +| Lesson 4D | 159 | + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 1A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat these words and sentences. Be ready to answer the questions. (pause long enough after each question for students to answer) + +calm...calm +If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat. +If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat. + +Can we take the baby on the boat? (pause) +We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm. + +beach...beach +The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach. +The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach. + +Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation? (pause) +They went to the beach. + +wind...wind +I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. +I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. + +When do you like to be on the beach? (pause) +I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. + +slip...slip +Joey spilled some water on the floor. His mother slipped and fell down. +Joey spilled some water on the floor. His mother slipped and fell down. + +What happened to Joey's mother? (pause) +She slipped on some water and fell down. + +clear...clear +There are no clouds in the sky. It's a beautiful, clear day. +There are no clouds in the sky. It's a beautiful, clear day. + +Is it a cloudy day? (pause) +No, it's a clear day. There are no clouds in the sky. + +deep...deep +Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake. +Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake. + +Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake? (pause) +No, she never swims in the deep part of the lake. + +frightened...frightened +The children were frightened when the lights went out. +The children were frightened when the lights went out. + +When were the children frightened? (pause) +They were frightened when the lights went out. + +(4) Now, listen to a dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +(voice 1) Where would you like to live? +(voice 2) I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. +(voice 1) Do you ever expect to live in this place? +(voice 2) I don't know, but it's a nice thought. + +(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 10 sec after the first line, pause 5 sec after the other lines) + +script voice: Where would you like to live? +script voice: Do you ever expect to live in this place? + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. You read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your second line after that. Go ahead. (pause 10 sec) + +script voice: I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. (pause 5 sec) +script voice: I don't know, but it's a nice thought. + +--- + +(7) Listen to another dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +(voice 1) Where does your brother live? +(voice 2) He lives in New York City. +(voice 1) How long does winter last there? +(voice 2) It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. +(voice 1) Are the winters unpleasant? +(voice 2) Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg. +(voice 1) Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York. +(voice 2) He likes living there except in the winter. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Now we are going to do the dialog in parts again. Look at Figure 3. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Let's begin. + +script voice: Where does your brother live? +script voice: How long does winter last there? +script voice: Are the winters unpleasant? +script voice: Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(9) Now look at Figure 4. Our roles are changed. You begin this time. + +script voice: He lives in New York City. +script voice: It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. +script voice: Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg. +script voice: He likes living there except in the winter. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(10) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the sentences. + +If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. +If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. + +Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock. +Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock. + +Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice. +Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice. + +If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. +If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. + +Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. +Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(11) Look at Figure 6. Read the phrases you see. (pause 10 sec) You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence part twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence) + +Number 1: We will go to the beach. . . . +We will go to the beach. . . . + +Number 2: Jeff's going to Miami. . . . +Jeff's going to Miami. . . . + +Number 3: Sgt Gates will pass the test. . . . +Sgt Gates will pass the test. . . . + +Number 4: You'll hurt your back again. . . . +You'll hurt your back again. . . . + +Number 5: Sam won't move to New York. . . . +Sam won't move to New York. . . . + +Number 6: How will Henry get to work . . . ? +How will Henry get to work . . . ? + +Number 7: Mother won't let us swim there. . . . +Mother won't let us swim there. . . . + +Number 8: If the weather clears up, . . . . +If the weather clears up, . . . . + +(12) Now let's check your answers. (pause at / long enough for students to repeat) + +Letter A is Number 6: How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage? Repeat: How will Henry get to work / if the car is in the garage? + +Letter B is Number 3: Sgt Gates will pass the test if he studies hard. Repeat: Sgt Gates will pass the test / if he studies hard. + +Letter C is Number 1: We will go to the beach if it stops raining. Repeat: We will go to the beach / if it stops raining. + +Letter D is Number 8: If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat. Repeat: If the weather clears up, / we'll go out on the boat. + +Letter E is Number 4: You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase. Repeat: You'll hurt your back again / if you move that bookcase. + +Letter F is Number 7: Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep. Repeat: Mother won't let us swim there / if the water is too deep. + +Letter G is Number 5: Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry. Repeat: Sam won't move to New York / if his mother is going to get angry. + +Letter H is Number 2: Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation. Repeat: Jeff's going to Miami / if he gets a vacation. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(13) Look at Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time, listen carefully. Listen. +(read at normal speed) + +Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner. + +(14) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 30 sec at each /) + +Sara Jones had a big dinner / for her family / at her home. / Her grandmother / was the only one / who couldn't come. / Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews / don't live far, / so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, / came with his parents. / Her married brother / came with his wife / and their new baby. / It was a very pleasant dinner. + +(15) Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. +(read at normal speed) + +Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 12. + + + + +# ANSWERS + +## Book 12 Language Laboratory Activities +### Answer Key + +### Table of Contents + +| Lesson | Page | +|---|---| +| Lesson 1A | 167 | +| Lesson 1B | 167 | +| Lesson 1C | 167 | +| Lesson 1D | 168 | +| Lesson 2A | 168 | +| Lesson 2B | 169 | +| Lesson 2C | 169 | +| Lesson 3A | 170 | +| Lesson 3B | 171 | +| Lesson 3C | 171 | +| Lesson 3D | 172 | +| Lesson 4A | 173 | +| Lesson 4B | 173 | +| Lesson 4C | 174 | +| Lesson 4D | 174 | + +- USER NOTES - + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 1A + +### Figure 6 + +a. 3 +b. 3 +c. 1 +d. 8 +e. 4 +f. 7 +g. 5 +h. 2 + +### Figure 7 + +Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner. + +6. No, I haven't seen him for two weeks. +7. Yes, I've been listening to the recording since it started. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-1B.md b/sources/book-12/lla-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e59fbbf --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 1B + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +**Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped. +2. Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery. +3. No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Were you ever in a bad storm before? +2. Then did it clear up? +3. Did you remain calm during the storm? + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.** + +*Example:* Gina's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +a. happy +b. tired +c. sad + +1. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. tired + b. happy + c. sick + +2. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. sad + b. happy + c. angry + +3. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. sick + b. tired + c. careless + +4. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. late + b. sick + c. hungry + +5. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. tired + b. sick + c. hurt + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY.** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Answer the questions. Check your answers on the answer page.** + +*Example:* five years +I've known Captain Jackson for five years. + +1. no +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. no, Italian +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. no, last Wednesday +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. yes, two years +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. no, since he bought the car +_________________________________________________________________ + +6. no, two weeks +_________________________________________________________________ + +7. yes, since it started +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1B + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +remain. . . remain +Tim remained in France after his family left. +Tim remained in France after his family left. + +belong. . . belong +This jacket belongs to Martha; it's hers. +This jacket belongs to Martha; it's hers. + +humid. . . humid +The weather in London is very humid; it rains a lot. +The weather in London is very humid; it rains a lot. + +no longer. . . no longer +Nina no longer wants to study French; she doesn't think it's interesting. +Nina no longer wants to study French; she doesn't think it's interesting. + +occasionally. . . occasionally +I eat there occasionally, but not very often. +I eat there occasionally, but not very often. + +like. . . like +There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington D.C., to see in the United States. +There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington D.C., to see in the United States. + +heat. . . heat +The sun gives us a lot of heat; it keeps us warm. +The sun gives us a lot of heat; it keeps us warm. + +(4) Listen to a dialog. +(two voices, both males) + +(voice 1) Were you ever in a bad storm before? +(voice 2) Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped. +(voice 1) Then did it clear up? +(voice 2) Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery. +(voice 1) Did you remain calm during the storm? +(voice 2) No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up. + +(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of a dialog. Listen to a sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 5 sec after each item) + +script voice: Were you ever in a bad storm before? +script voice: Then did it clear up? +script voice: Did you remain calm during the storm? + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. You read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your second line after that. Okay, you begin. (pause long enough for students to say their lines) + +script voice: Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped. +script voice: Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery. +script voice: No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(7) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example. + +*(two voices, 1 female voice, 1 small girl voice)* + +**(voice 1)** What's wrong, Gina? +**(voice 2)** My dog ran away. + +Gina's . . . . *(pause 5 sec)* + +(8) The answer is "Gina's sad." Now listen to the other dialogs and make your selections. *(pause 8 sec after each dialog)* + +Number 1: +*(two voices, both male)* +**(voice 1)** Hello, Sir. Long day? +**(voice 2)** Yes, I was very busy all day. + +He's . . . . + +Number 2: +*(two voices, both male)* +**(voice 1)** Look at that big smile! +**(voice 2)** I made a ninety-five on my quiz. + +He's . . . . + +Number 3: +*(two voices, both male)* +**(voice 1)** Hi, Phil. How are you today? +**(voice 2)** My stomach hurts, and I have a fever. + +He's . . . . + +Number 4: +*(two voices, both male)* +**(voice 1)** Hey, Jack. Where are you going? +**(voice 2)** It's 11:30, time for lunch. + +He's . . . . + +Number 5: +*(two voices, both male)* +**(voice 1)** What happened to your leg? +**(voice 2)** I fell down outside the door. + +He's . . . . + +(9) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is a; he's tired. Repeat: He's tired. +Number 2 is b; he's happy. Repeat: He's happy. +Number 3 is a; he's sick. Repeat: He's sick. +Number 4 is c; he's hungry. Repeat: He's hungry. +Number 5 is c; he's hurt. Repeat: He's hurt. + +(10) Repeat the following sentences. *(pause at / long enough for students to repeat)* + +Betty hasn't seen her sister for five weeks. +Betty hasn't seen her sister for five weeks. + +Lt Martin has eaten here every Friday / since nineteen eighty-four. +Lt Martin has eaten here every Friday / since nineteen eighty-four. + +Peter's lived in San Francisco for three years. +Peter's lived in San Francisco for three years. + +Tom hasn't exercised for two months. +Tom hasn't exercised for two months. + +The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years. +The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years. + +Sgt Peterson has walked to work / since his car has been in the garage. +Sgt Peterson has walked to work / since his car has been in the garage. + +Mike hasn't studied French for fifteen years. +Mike hasn't studied French for fifteen years. + +Sandy has had that job since Mr. Adams left. +Sandy has had that job since Mr. Adams left. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(11) Look at Figure 4. Listen to some questions. Then write answers like the example. You will hear each question twice. + +*EXAMPLE:* How long have you known Captain Jackson? +How long have you known Captain Jackson? + +And the answer is "I've known Captain Jackson for five years." + +(12) Let's begin. *(pause 30 sec after second reading of question)* + +Number 1: Have you ever driven to Boston? +Have you ever driven to Boston? + +Number 2: Has John ever studied German? +Has John ever studied German? + +Number 3: Has Ted exercised in the gym? +Has Ted exercised in the gym? + +Number 4: Has Ms. Wilson taught English for a long time? +Has Ms. Wilson taught English for a long time? + +Number 5: Has your brother been saving his money? +Has your brother been saving his money? + +Number 6: Have you seen your brother? +Have you seen your brother? + +Number 7: Have you been listening to this tape? +Have you been listening to this tape? + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 12.** + +--- USER NOTES --- + + + + +# Lesson 1B + +### Figure 3 + +1. a +2. b +3. a +4. c +5. c + +### Figure 4 + +1. No, I've never driven to Boston. +2. No, he hasn't, but he has studied Italian. +3. No, he hasn't exercised since last Wednesday. +4. Yes, she has taught for two years. +5. No, he hasn't been saving money since he bought the car. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-1C.md b/sources/book-12/lla-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b64a38a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ + + +# LESSON 1C + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. +There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +| Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences. | +|---| + +_____ a. would you tell her I said goodbye? + +_____ b. if the traffic's not bad. + +_____ c. my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today. + +_____ d. if she doesn't wear her jacket. + +_____ e. if we can change their reservations. + +_____ f. he should go to the dentist. + +_____ g. if we plan dinner for seven o'clock. + +_____ h. if you drive in Texas. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer. | +|---| + +*Example:* She's his ______. +a. nephew +**b.** niece +c. daughter + +1. He's driving ______. +a. carefully +b. carelessly +c. slowly + +2. They're going ______. +a. to a movie +b. to dinner +c. shopping + +3. He's ______. +a. early +b. late +c. angry + +4. He's ______. +a. happy +b. hungry +c. upset + +5. She's ______. +a. unhappy +b. angry +c. happy + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +| Listen to the dialogs. Write the answers to the questions you hear. | +|---| + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer. | +|---| + +*Example:* Jack bought a new house. He also bought a new sofa for the living +                                  1                                        2 +room, a stove for the kitchen, and a bed for the bedroom. +                3                                       4 + +#### Paragraph 1 + +Jack Robertson's occupation is selling cars. He sells both American and Japanese cars. The American cars he sells are Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile. The Japanese cars are Nissan and Toyota. He also sells trucks. He is the biggest car dealer in St. Louis. + +#### Paragraph 2 + +Lailani lives in Hawaii. Hawaii has beautiful beaches. People enjoy swimming and fishing there. The climate is warm and humid. It's occasionally windy. She thinks it's a wonderful place to live. + +#### Paragraph 3 + +Nick lives in Chicago. The winters there can be unpleasant. They are windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing. During these months, Nick remains inside. He reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1C. *(pause 6 sec)* + +(3) Repeat the sentences. *(pause at / long enough for students to repeat)* + +If I finish my homework, can I go to the game? +If I finish my homework, can I go to the game? + +Does Jim have to work late tonight / if he doesn't finish? +Does Jim have to work late tonight / if he doesn't finish? + +Dorothy should take the baby to the doctor / if she still has a fever tomorrow. +Dorothy should take the baby to the doctor / if she still has a fever tomorrow. + +If Jean gets home in time, can she go with us? +If Jean gets home in time, can she go with us? + +You must have some identification / if you want to cash a check. +You must have some identification / if you want to cash a check. + +Would you drive the kids to school this week / if I do it next week? +Would you drive the kids to school this week / if I do it next week? + +Kevin will be able to drive next week / if he passes the driver's test. +Kevin will be able to drive next week / if he passes the driver's test. + +If you see Kim, would you tell her to call me tonight? +If you see Kim, would you tell her to call me tonight? + +(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the phrases you see. *(pause 10 sec)* You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence twice. *(pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)* + +Number 1: Ted could be there by noon. . . . +Ted could be there by noon. . . . + +Number 2: If you talk to Jill before she leaves. . . . +If you talk to Jill before she leaves. . . . + +Number 3: If the weather stays clear. . . . +If the weather stays clear. . . . + +Number 4: They won't have to leave today. . . . +They won't have to leave today. . . . + +Number 5: Jeff might be able to eat with us. . . . +Jeff might be able to eat with us. . . . + +Number 6: Sara might get cold. . . . +Sara might get cold. . . . + +Number 7: You must wear your seatbelt. . . . +You must wear your seatbelt. . . . + +Number 8: If his tooth keeps hurting. . . . +If his tooth keeps hurting. . . . + +(5) Let's check your answers. *(pause long enough at / for students to repeat)* + +Letter A is Number 2: If you talk to Jill before she leaves, would you tell her I said goodbye. Repeat: If you talk to Jill before she leaves, / would you tell her I said goodbye. + +Letter B is Number 1: Ted could be there by noon if the traffic's not bad. Repeat: Ted could be there by noon / if the traffic's not bad. + +Letter C is Number 3: If the weather stays clear, my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today. Repeat: If the weather stays clear, / my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today. + +Letter D is Number 6: Sara might get cold if she doesn't wear her jacket. Repeat: Sara might get cold / if she doesn't wear her jacket. + +Letter E is Number 4: They won't have to leave today if we can change their reservations. Repeat: They won't have to leave today / if we can change their reservations. + +--- + +Letter F is Number 8: If his tooth keeps hurting, he should go to the dentist. Repeat: If his tooth keeps hurting, / he should go to the dentist. + +Letter G is Number 5: Jeff might be able to eat with us / if we plan dinner for seven o'clock. Repeat: Jeff might be able to eat with us / if we plan dinner for seven o'clock. + +Letter H is Number 7: You must wear your seatbelt if you drive in Texas. Repeat: You must wear your seatbelt / if you drive in Texas. + +AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example. +(two voices, one male, one female) +voice 1: Mary, I want you to meet my sister's daughter. +voice 2: Hi. Your uncle and I work together. + +She's his.... (pause 5 sec) + +(7) The answer is b, "She's his niece." Now listen to the other dialogs and make your choice. + +Number 1: +(two voices, both male) +voice 1: Mr. Sampson, you're driving too fast. +voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. + +He's driving.... (pause 8 sec) + +Number 2: +(two voices, both female) +voice 1: I'm going to the mall. I need blouses, skirts, and shoes. +voice 2: Sounds like fun. Can I go with you? + +They're.... (pause 8 sec) + +Number 3: +(two voices, both male) +voice 1: Bob, why are you running? +voice 2: I have a meeting. + +He's.... (pause 8 sec) + +Number 4: +(two voices, both male) +voice 1: Tom, why aren't you smiling? +voice 2: My wife just hit my truck with her car. + +He's.... (pause 8 sec) + +Number 5: +(two voices, both female) +voice 1: Betty, why are you crying? +voice 2: My best friend is moving to another city. + +She's.... (pause 8 sec) + +(8) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is b: He's driving carelessly. Repeat: He's driving carelessly. + +Number 2 is c: They're going shopping. Repeat: They're going shopping. + +Number 3 is b: He's late. Repeat: He's late. + +Number 4 is c: He's upset. Repeat: He's upset. + +Number 5 is a: She's unhappy. Repeat: She's unhappy. + +AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(9) Turn to Figure 3. Listen to a dialog. You will hear it twice. Write the answer to the question when you hear it. +(two voices, both male) +voice 1: Sam, is that a new watch? +voice 2: Yes, it is. I got it for my birthday. +voice 1: Was it expensive? +voice 2: Yes, it was. It's gold. + +(10) Listen again. +voice 1: Sam, is that a new watch? +voice 2: Yes, it is. I got it for my birthday. +voice 1: Was it expensive? +voice 2: Yes, it was. It's gold. + +What did Sam get for his birthday? (pause 15 sec) + +The answer is: "He got an expensive, gold watch." Repeat: He got an expensive, gold watch. + +(11) Listen to the next dialog. +(two voices, both female) +voice 1: Have you seen the Robinsons' new house, Betty? +voice 2: Yes, I have. It's very nice. +voice 1: How far from town is it? +voice 2: It's about forty miles from town. + +(12) Listen again. +voice 1: Have you seen the Robinsons' new house, Betty? +voice 2: Yes, I have. It's very nice. +voice 1: How far from town is it? +voice 2: It's about forty miles from town. + +Where do the Robinsons live? (pause 15 sec) + +The answer is: "They live about forty miles from town." Repeat: They live about forty miles from town. + +AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(13) Look at Figure 4. Read the paragraph; then listen to the questions. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example in Figure 4. (pause 15 sec) Listen to the question. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. (pause 8 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What did Jack buy? + +Number 2: What did he buy for the living room? + +Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen? + +Number 4: What did he buy for the bedroom? + +(14) Let's check your answers. Number 1 goes under "a new house"; "a new house" is underlined. Jack bought a new house. + +Number 2 goes under "a new sofa"; "a new sofa" is underlined. He bought a new sofa for the living room. + +Number 3 goes under "a stove"; "a stove" is underlined. He bought a stove for the kitchen. + +Number 4 goes under "a bed"; "a bed" is underlined. He bought a bed for the bedroom. + +(15) Let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec) + +(16) Now listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. You'll hear each question twice. + +Number 1: What is Mr. Robertson's occupation? +What is Mr. Robertson's occupation? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 2: What kind of cars does he sell? +What kind of cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 3: Which American cars does he sell? +Which American cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 4: Which Japanese cars does he sell? +Which Japanese cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 5: What else does he sell? +What else does he sell? (pause 5 sec) + +(17) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Mr. Robertson's occupation?" You should have "selling cars" underlined. + +Number 2, "What kind of cars does he sell?" You should have "American and Japanese" underlined. + +Number 3, "Which American cars does he sell?" You should have "Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile" underlined. + +Number 4, "Which Japanese cars does he sell?" You should have "Nissan and Toyota" underlined. + +And, Number 5, "What else does he sell?" You should have "trucks" underlined. + +(18) Now read the second paragraph. (pause 15 sec) + +(19) Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. + +Number 1: Where does Lailani live? +Where does Lailani live? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 2: What can people do at the beach? +What can people do at the beach? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 3: What is the climate like? +What is the climate like? (pause 5 sec) + +(20) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where does Lailani live?" You should have "in Hawaii" underlined. + +Number 2, "What can people do at the beach?" You should have "swimming and fishing" underlined. + +And, Number 3, "What is the climate like?" You should have "warm and humid" and "windy" underlined. + +(21) Read the last paragraph. (pause 15 sec) + +(22) Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. + +Number 1: Where does Nick live? +Where does Nick live? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 2: How are the winters? +How are the winters? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 3: What does Nick do during the winter months? +What does Nick do during the winter months? (pause 10 sec) + +(23) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where does Nick live?" You should have "Chicago" underlined. + +Number 2, "How are the winters?" You should have "unpleasant", "windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing" underlined. + +And, Number 3, "What does Nick do during the winter months?" You should have "reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music" underlined. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 12. + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 1C + +### Figure 1 + +a. 2 +b. 1 +c. 3 +d. 6 +e. 4 +f. 8 +g. 5 +h. 7 + +### Figure 2 + +1. b +2. c +3. b +4. c +5. a + +### Figure 4 + +**Paragraph 1** + +Jack Robertson's occupation is ❶selling cars. He sells both ❷American and Japanese cars. The American cars he sells are ❸Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile. The Japanese cars are ❹Nissan and Toyota. He also sells ❺trucks. He is the biggest car dealer in St. Louis. + +**Paragraph 2** + +Lailani lives ❶in Hawaii. Hawaii has beautiful beaches. People enjoy ❷swimming and fishing there. The climate is ❸warm and humid. It's occasionally ❹windy. She thinks it's a wonderful place to live. + +**Paragraph 3** + +Nick lives ❶in Chicago. The winters there can be ❷unpleasant. They are windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing. During these months, Nick remains inside. He ❸reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-1D.md b/sources/book-12/lla-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db99da3b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,555 @@ + + +# LESSON 1D + +### Figure 1 + +| Take notes. Answer the questions you hear. Use if in your answers. Repeat the answers. | +|---| + +NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________ +___________________________________________________________________________________ +___________________________________________________________________________________ + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________ +___________________________________________________________________________________ +___________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +6. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________ +___________________________________________________________________________________ +___________________________________________________________________________________ + +7. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +8. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +9. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Write the numbers you hear. | +|---| + +#### Paragraph 1 + +A. ____________________ + +B. ____________________ + +C. ____________________ + +D. ____________________ + +E. ____________________ + +F. ____________________ + +G. ____________________ + +#### Paragraph 2 + +H. ____________________ + +I. ____________________ + +J. ____________________ + +K. ____________________ + +L. ____________________ + +M. ____________________ + +N. ____________________ + +--- + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2A + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +> **Listen to the dialog.** +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Oh, Sam, I'm so confused. +2. I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field. +3. You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Hi, Mark. What's wrong? +2. About what? +3. You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school. + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Write the answers to the questions you hear.** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Write the missing word. Repeat the sentences.** + +| still | yet | no longer | already | any longer | anymore | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| + +1. Frank studied French for three years. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ knows how to speak that language. +2. Major Gunther moved last month. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ lives here. +3. It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +4. Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +5. My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +6. Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ waiting. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Listen to the question. Use the words to answer the question. Write your answer. Repeat the sentences.** + +| already | no longer | yet | anymore | any longer | still | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| + +1. (yes) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. (no, no longer) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. (yes, every month) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. (yes, every Friday) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. (yes) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. (no) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1D + +AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog and take notes. Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence. You will hear the dialog three times. Then you will hear questions. Use your notes to answer the questions. Ready? (pause 15 sec after each dialog) + +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger. +voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. +voice 1: Start on your homework right after class. +voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car. +voice 1: I'll drive if you can go. +voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go. + +Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger. +voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. +voice 1: Start on your homework right after class. +voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car. +voice 1: I'll drive if you can go. +voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go. + +Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger. +voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. +voice 1: Start on your homework right after class. +voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car. +voice 1: I'll drive if you can go. +voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go. + +(4) Now write answers to the questions. Use "if". + +Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at three-thirty? +Can Roger play soccer at three-thirty? (pause 30 sec) + +Number 2: How will Roger get to the game? +How will Roger get to the game? (pause 30 sec) + +Number 3: What time will they meet? +What time will they meet? (pause 30 sec) + +(5) Now let's check your answers. + +(6) Number 1, "Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?" The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. + +Number 2, "How will Roger get to the game?" The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go. Repeat: His friend will drive if he can go. + +And, Number 3, "What time will they meet?" The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. + +(7) Now listen to this dialog. Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec after each dialog) + +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry? +voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning. +voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? +voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. +voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money. +voice 2: Sure, no problem. + +Now listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry? +voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning. +voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? +voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. +voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money. +voice 2: Sure, no problem. + +Now listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry? +voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning. +voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? +voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. +voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money. +voice 2: Sure, no problem. + +(8) Now, write answers to the questions. Use "if" in your answers. + +Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight? +Why must Henry finish packing tonight? (pause 30 sec) + +Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? +Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? (pause 30 sec) + +Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete? +What will Henry tell Pete? (pause 30 sec) + +(9) Now, let's look at your answers. (pause slightly at / for students to repeat) + +(10) Number 4, "Why must Henry finish packing tonight?" The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30. Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight, / he won't be able to leave at 7:30. + +Number 5, "Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?" The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap. Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money / if the things for the children are cheap. + +And, Number 6, "What will Henry tell Pete?" The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. + +(11) Listen to the last dialog. Do the same thing. Take notes, and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec after each dialog) + +(two voices, both female) + +voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara? +voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. +voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow? +voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall. +voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time. +voice 2: I will if I finish my work today. + +Listen again. + +voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara? +voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. +voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow? +voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall. +voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time. +voice 2: I will if I finish my work today. + +Listen again. + +voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara? +voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. +voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow? +voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall. +voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time. +voice 2: I will if I finish my work today. + +(12) Write answers to the questions. Use "if". (pause 30 sec after each question) + +Number 7: Why does Sara have to stay late? + +Number 8: What will Sara do tomorrow? Write two answers for this question. + +Number 9: Will Sara have fun? + +(13) Let's check your answers. + +(14) Number 7, "Why does Sara have to stay late?" The answer is: "She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow." Repeat: She has to stay late / if she wants leave tomorrow. + +Number 8, "What will Sara do tomorrow?" The answers are: "If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake." and "If it rains, she's going to the mall." Repeat: If the weather is nice, / she's going to the lake. / If it rains, she's going to the mall. + +Number 9, "Will Sara have fun?" The answer is: "Yes, she will if she finishes her work." Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work. + +AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(15) Look at Figure 2. You will hear a paragraph. Listen for the numbers. Write the numbers as you hear them. + +My brother was born in 1947. He has spent the last fifteen years in the United States Navy. Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, four years in Guam, and three years in Spain. He will be in the Navy for five more years. After that, he'll probably spend twenty more years in another job. + +(16) Listen to the paragraph again. Write down the numbers. + +My brother was born in 1947. He has spent the last fifteen years in the United States Navy. Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, four years in Guam, and three years in Spain. He will be in the Navy for five more years. After that, he'll probably spend twenty more years in another job. + +(17) The numbers you should have written down are 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20. + +(18) Listen to the next paragraph. Remember, write down only the numbers. + +March 27th is my grandfather's birthday. He will be 72 years old. We are having a party for him. His three sisters, two brothers, five children, and ten grandchildren will be there. There will also be at least fifteen other people there. It will be a wonderful party. + +(19) Listen to the paragraph again. Write down the numbers. + +March 27th is my grandfather's birthday. He will be 72 years old. We are having a party for him. His three sisters, two brothers, five children, and ten grandchildren will be there. There will also be at least fifteen other people there. It will be a wonderful party. + +(20) You should have written 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 12. + +--- + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 2A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat these words and sentences. (pause at / for student repetition) + +Number 1: educate...educate +Teachers educate children; / they teach them many things. + +Number 2: turn down...turn down +That job did not pay enough money. / I turned it down. + +Number 3: education...education +Sgt Franklin wants his children / to have a good education. / He wants them to go to a good school. + +Number 4: university...university +Keith studied French / when he was at the university. + +Number 5: diploma...diploma +Debbie received her diploma yesterday; / she finished school. + +Number 6: already...already +Roger's not hungry. / He already ate dinner. + +Number 7: instead...instead +I don't want chicken. / I'll eat fish instead. + +Number 8: instead of...instead of +Jim bought the blue shirt / instead of the yellow one. + +Number 9: discussion...discussion +Col Jones and Col Roberts had a discussion / about the new mess hall. / They talked about it for thirty minutes. + +Number 10: discuss...discuss +Captain Peterson wanted to discuss / his score with his teacher. / He wanted to talk to her about it. + +(4) Listen to a dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Hi, Mark. What's wrong? +voice 2: Oh, Sam, I'm so confused. +voice 1: About what? +voice 2: I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field. +voice 1: You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school. +voice 2: You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing. + +(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Ready? Let's begin. (pause 12 sec after each item) + +voice 1: Hi, Mark. What's wrong? +voice 1: About what? +voice 1: You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. Read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your lines. Okay, you begin. (pause long enough for students to say their lines) + +voice 2: Oh, Sam, I'm so confused. +voice 2: I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field. +voice 2: You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(7) Look at Figure 3. You will hear questions on the dialog. You will hear each question twice. Write the answers to the questions. +(pause 20 sec after the second reading of each question) + +Number 1: Is Mark happy? +Is Mark happy? + +Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work? +Does he have to make a decision about work? + +Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today? +Does he have to make a choice today? + +Number 4: Is he in college now? +Is he in college now? + +(8) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: Is Mark happy? +No, he's confused. + +Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work? +No, he has to make a decision about college. + +Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today? +No, he's got plenty of time to think it over. + +Number 4: Is he in college now? +No, he's in his second year of high school. + +(9) Repeat the following words and sentences. (pause at / for students to repeat) + +already...already +Lt Adams already knows Captain Jones. / He met him last night. + +no longer...no longer +Mr. Flores no longer works here. / He retired last month. + +yet...yet +Ms. Samson hasn't typed that letter yet. / She's been very busy. + +anymore...anymore +I don't go to Lee High School anymore. / I graduated last year. + +any longer...any longer +Jim's not going to technical school any longer. / He finished and got a job. + +still...still +Beth is still living in Chicago. / She's lived there for six years now. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(10) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the sentence. Then choose the correct word to complete the sentence. (pause 3 sec at each blank line before continuing the sentence; pause 10 sec after reading the sentence) + +Number 1: Frank studied French for three years. He _____ knows how to speak that language. + +Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month. He _____ lives here. + +Number 3: It's nine-thirty, and I haven't eaten dinner _____. + +Number 4: Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base _____. + +Number 5: My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here _____. + +Number 6: Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is _____ waiting. + +(11) Let's check your answers. (pause at / for student repetition) + +Number 1 is "already". Repeat: Frank studied French for three years. / He already knows how to speak that language. + +Number 2 is "no longer". Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month. / He no longer lives here. + +Number 3 is "yet". Repeat: It's nine-thirty, / and I haven't eaten dinner yet. + +Number 4 is "any longer" or "anymore". Repeat: Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. / He doesn't work at this base any longer. + +Number 5 is "any longer" or "anymore". Repeat: My daughter got married three weeks ago. / She doesn't live here any longer. + +Number 6 is "still". Repeat: Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. / The doctor is still waiting. + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(12) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the questions. Use the words to answer the questions. Write the answers. You will hear each question twice. (pause 30 sec after the second reading of each question) + +Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet? +Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet? + +Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore? +Does Fred live here anymore? + +Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore? +Does Marilyn write to you anymore? + +Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore? +Do the Samsons eat here anymore? + +Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet? +Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet? + +Number 6: Does Lt Richards work for you anymore? +Does Lt Richards work for you anymore? + +(13) Now, let's check your answers. (pause 5 sec after each answer for student repetition) For Number 1, you should have written "Yes, she has already eaten lunch." Repeat: Yes, she has already eaten lunch. + +Number 2, "No, he no longer lives here." +Repeat: No, he no longer lives here. + +Number 3, "Yes, she still writes every month." +Repeat: Yes, she still writes every month. + +Number 4, "Yes, they still eat here every Friday." +Repeat: Yes, they still eat here every Friday. + +Number 5, "Yes, they've already been there." +Repeat: Yes, they've already been there. + +And, Number 6, "No, he no longer works for me." +Repeat: No, he no longer works for me. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 12. + +- USER NOTES - + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 1D + +### Figure 1 + +1. Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. +2. His friend will drive if he can go. +3. If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. +4. If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30. +5. Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap. +6. Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. +7. She has to stay late if she wants to leave tomorrow. +8. If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake. If it rains, she's going to the mall. +9. Yes, she will if she finishes her work. + +### Figure 2 + +| Paragraph 1 | Paragraph 2 | +|---|---| +| A. 1947 | H. 27 | +| B. 15 | I. 72 | +| C. 3 | J. 3 | +| D. 4 | K. 2 | +| E. 3 | L. 5 | +| F. 5 | M. 10 | +| G. 20 | N. 15 | diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-2A.md b/sources/book-12/lla-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e29c5a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + +# Lesson 2A + +### Figure 3 + +1. No, he's confused. +2. No, he has to make a decision about college/school. +3. No, he's got plenty of time to think it over. +4. No, he's in his second year of high school. + +### Figure 4 + +1. Frank studied French for three years. He already knows how to speak that language. +2. Major Gunther moved last month. He no longer lives here. +3. It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner yet. +4. Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base any longer/anymore. +5. My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here any longer/anymore. +6. Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is still waiting. + +### Figure 5 + +1. Yes, she has already eaten lunch. +2. No, he no longer lives here. +3. Yes, she still writes every month. +4. Yes, they still eat here every Friday. +5. Yes, they've already been there. +6. No, he no longer works for me. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-2B.md b/sources/book-12/lla-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a9822fd --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2B + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +> **Listen to the dialog.** +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field. +2. No, I'm going to be a nurse. +3. Yes, my degree will be in nursing. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now? +2. Are you going to be a doctor? +3. Will you get a degree? +4. It sounds like an interesting career. + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences.** + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. so we didn't go to the lake. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. or he can retire. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. so his mother picked him up. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. or do you need to think it over? +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. or he can take the bus. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ g. or she can stay in a motel. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ h. so he'll take courses in the field of education. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Listen to the dialogs. Write the answers to the questions you hear.** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Choose the correct answer.** + +*Example:* +a. Margaret and Joe work together. +b. Margaret and Joe are brother and sister. +**(c.)** Margaret and Joe are married. + +1. +a. A coach teaches people sports. +b. A coach is a policeman. +c. A coach is a soldier in the Army. + +2. +a. Sally thinks she can come. +b. Sally doesn't think she can come. +c. Sally doesn't want to come. + +3. +a. The school needs a place to eat. +b. The school needs a quiet place to study. +c. The school needs a place to play sports. + +4. +a. Henry ate lots of cake. +b. Henry got lots of gifts. +c. Henry spent lots of money. + +5. +a. Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry. +b. Mary Lou bought lots of clothes. +c. Mary Lou bought lots of food. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Write the punctuation in the correct place. Check your answers from the answer key.** + +#### COLUMNS + +| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **R
O
W
S** | **1** | | | | | +| | **2** | | | | | +| | **3** | | | | | +| | **4** | | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| . = period | +| " " = quotation marks | +| ? = question mark | +| , = comma | + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2B + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat the words and sentences. (pause at / for students to repeat) + +took...took +Larry took six math courses at the university. / He studied six math courses. +Larry took six math courses at the university. / He studied six math courses. + +accept...accept +That new job is a promotion. / I'm going to accept it. +That new job is a promotion. / I'm going to accept it. + +offer...offer +The Navy made John a good offer. / They'll help pay for his education. +The Navy made John a good offer. / They'll help pay for his education. + +refuse...refuse +The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. / I refuse to go there again. +The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. / I refuse to go there again. + +retire...retire +Next year, James is going to retire. / He plans to travel all over the United States. +Next year, James is going to retire. / He plans to travel all over the United States. + +just...just +I don't know where Captain Highland is. I just got here. +I don't know where Captain Highland is. I just got here. + +offer...offer +I think Mr. Moore is going to offer me that teaching job. +I think Mr. Moore is going to offer me that teaching job. + +profession...profession +Don is a doctor; he is part of the medical profession. +Don is a doctor; he is part of the medical profession. + +(4) Listen to a dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now? +voice 2: I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field. +voice 1: Are you going to be a doctor? +voice 2: No, I'm going to be a nurse. +voice 1: Will you get a degree? +voice 2: Yes, my degree will be in nursing. +voice 1: It sounds like an interesting career. + +(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Let's begin. (pause 10 sec after each item) + +voice 1: Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now? +voice 1: Are you going to be a doctor? +voice 1: Will you get a degree? +voice 1: It sounds like an interesting career. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. Read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your lines after that. You begin. (pause 10 sec after each item) + +voice 2: I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field. +voice 2: No, I'm going to be a nurse. +voice 2: Yes, my degree will be in nursing. + +(7) Repeat the following sentences. (pause at / for student repetition) + +The movie was boring, / so we went home. +The movie was boring, / so we went home. + +We can go to dinner, / or we can go to the movies. +We can go to dinner, / or we can go to the movies. + +Fred was sick, / so he didn't go to Al's party. +Fred was sick, / so he didn't go to Al's party. + +You can give it to me, / or you can give it to my secretary. +You can give it to me, / or you can give it to my secretary. + +It was snowing, / so we stayed at home. +It was snowing, / so we stayed at home. + +I can fly, / or I can take the train. +I can fly, / or I can take the train. + +Jim had a fever and a bad cough, / so he went to the doctor. +Jim had a fever and a bad cough, / so he went to the doctor. + +You can have chicken soup, / or you can have a chicken sandwich. +You can have chicken soup, / or you can have a chicken sandwich. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(8) Look at Figure 3. Read the answers. (pause 20 sec) You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence part twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each item) + +Number 1: The baby was crying .... +The baby was crying .... + +Number 2: Fred can ride with me .... +Fred can ride with me .... + +Number 3: Sgt Richards can work three more years .... +Sgt Richards can work three more years .... + +Number 4: Joanne wants to be a doctor .... +Joanne wants to be a doctor .... + +Number 5: Can you accept my offer ...? +Can you accept my offer ...? + +Number 6: Bob chose teaching as a career .... +Bob chose teaching as a career .... + +Number 7: It was raining very hard .... +It was raining very hard .... + +Number 8: Julie can stay with her sister .... +Julie can stay with her sister .... + +(9) Let's check your answers. (pause at / for student rep) + +Letter A is 7. It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake. Repeat: It was raining very hard, / so we didn't go to the lake. + +Letter B is 3. Sgt Richards can work three more years, or he can retire. Repeat: Sgt Richards can work three more years, / or he can retire. + +Letter C is 1. The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up. Repeat: The baby was crying, / so his mother picked him up. + +Letter D is 5. Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over? Repeat: Can you accept my offer, / or do you need to think it over? + +Letter E is 2. Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus. Repeat: Fred can ride with me, / or he can take the bus. + +Letter F is 4. Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses. Repeat: Joanne wants to be a doctor, / so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses. + +Letter G is 8. Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel. Repeat: Julie can stay with her sister, / or she can stay in a motel. + +Letter H is 6. Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education. Repeat: Bob chose teaching as a career, / so he'll take courses in the field of education. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(10) Look at Figure 4. You will hear a dialog twice. Listen; then write the answer to the question. + +(2 voices, both male) + +voice 1: Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam? +voice 2: I sure did, Bob. +voice 1: What profession did you decide on? +voice 2: I decided on a career in the military. + +(11) Listen again. + +voice 1: Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam? +voice 2: I sure did, Bob. +voice 1: What profession did you decide on? +voice 2: I decided on a career in the military. + +What career did Sam choose? Write your answer. (pause 30 sec) + +The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military. + +(12) Listen to the next dialog and answer the question. + +(two voices, both female) + +voice 1: Where are you going on your vacation, Sally? +voice 2: I want to go to the beach. +voice 1: It's rainy and windy today. +voice 2: I hope it clears up before I go. + +(13) Listen again. + +voice 1: Where are you going on your vacation, Sally? +voice 2: I want to go to the beach. +voice 1: It's rainy and windy today. +voice 2: I hope it clears up before I go. + +Where does Sally want to go on her vacation? Write your answer. (pause 30 sec) The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(14) Now, look at Figure 5. Listen to a sentence. Choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear. The first one is an example. + +Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. +Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. (pause 10 sec) + +The answer is c. Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. Margaret and Joe are married. Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence) + +Number 1: The coach said they have to practice again on Wednesday. +The coach said they have to practice again on Wednesday. + +Number 2: Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. She's not feeling well. +Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. She's not feeling well. + +Number 3: That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games. +That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games. + +Number 4: Henry got several presents for his birthday. He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks. +Henry got several presents for his birthday. He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks. + +Number 5: Mary Lou bought three necklaces, four rings, and two pairs of earrings. +Mary Lou bought three necklaces, four rings, and two pairs of earrings. + +(15) Let's check your answers. (pause for student rep) + +Number 1 is a. A coach teaches people sports. +Repeat: A coach teaches people sports. + +Number 2 is b. Sally doesn't think she can come. +Repeat: Sally doesn't think she can come. + +Number 3 is c. The school needs a place to play sports. +Repeat: The school needs a place to play sports. + +Number 4 is b. Henry got lots of gifts. +Repeat: Henry got lots of gifts. + +Number 5 is a. Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry. +Repeat: Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(16) Look at Figure 6. Listen carefully and follow the directions. Use the key to help you. (pause 8 sec after the second sentence) + +Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column one, row four. +Put the quotation marks in column one, row four. + +Number 2: Put the question mark in column three, row two. +Put the question mark in column three, row two. + +Number 3: Put the comma in column two, row one. +Put the comma in column two, row one. + +Number 4: Put the period in column four, row three. +Put the period in column four, row three. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 12. + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 2B + +### Figure 3 + +a. 7 +b. 3 +c. 1 +d. 5 +e. 2 +f. 4 +g. 8 +h. 6 + +### Figure 4 + +1. Sam chose a career in the military. +2. Sally wants to go to the beach. + +### Figure 5 + +1. a +2. b +3. c +4. b +5. a + +### Figure 6 + +| | COLUMNS | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** | +| **ROWS 1** | | **,** | | | +| **2** | | | **?** | | +| **3** | | | | **.** | +| **4** | **"** | **"** | | | diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-2C.md b/sources/book-12/lla-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..40fa90d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,422 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2C + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. +Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? +Lt Martin has gone to Germany. +I haven't seen the new secretary yet. +Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. +Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money. +Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? +Robert still hasn't fixed this door. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.** + +*Example:* +yes, already +Yes, I've already finished it. + +no, yet +No, I haven't finished it yet. + +1. +yes, already +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +no, yet +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. +yes, already +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +no, yet +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +3. +yes, already +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +no, yet +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. +yes, already +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +no, yet +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. +yes, already +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +no, yet +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Choose or or so to combine the sentences. Repeat the sentences.** + +*Example:* X OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.** + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2D + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. Answer the questions. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 +**Listen to the dialog.** +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out? +2. What courses will you take? +3. It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. + +--- + +### Figure 2 +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Well, Don, Friday is our last day. +2. I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September. +3. I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. + +--- + +### Figure 3 +**Listen to the dialog.** +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Is it a good job? +2. It sounds good. +3. Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. + +--- + +### Figure 4 +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today. +2. I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job. +3. Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday. +4. Thanks, Mom. + +--- + +### Figure 5 +**Listen to the dialog.** +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. +2. I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair. +3. Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks. + +--- + +### Figure 6 +**Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Hey, Tony, you really need a new car. +2. What kind are you going to buy? +3. Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it. + +--- + +### Figure 7 +**Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer.** + +*Example:* Julie went shopping1 for her family. They all needed clothes2. She bought a blouse and skirt3 for her daughter, two pairs of jeans4 for her son, and three shirts and five pairs of socks5 for her husband. + +#### Paragraph 1 + +Carl just graduated from high school. He will go to a university next fall. He has chosen teaching as his profession. He will take courses in English, math, and, of course, education. + +#### Paragraph 2 + +Patty is a teacher. She has two teaching fields. She teaches English, and she teaches German. She has four classes of English and two classes of German. + +--- + +### Figure 8 +**Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.** + +*Example:* They are ____. +a. happy +b. frightened +c. sleepy + +1. Sgt Adams is ____. +a. sick +b. hungry +c. excited + +2. Mark is ____. +a. angry +b. early +c. sick + +3. Lori is ____. +a. happy +b. upset +c. sad + +4. Sgt Allen is ____. +a. excited +b. sad +c. angry + +5. Jack is ____. +a. sick +b. tired +c. glad + +--- + +### Figure 9 +**Write the main idea of the paragraph you hear.** + +The main idea is ___________________________________________________________________ + +___________________________________________________________________ + +___________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2C + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the sentences. + +Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. +Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. + +Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? +Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? + +Lt Martin has gone to Germany. +Lt Martin has gone to Germany. + +I haven't seen the new secretary yet. +I haven't seen the new secretary yet. + +Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. +Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. + +Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money. +Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money. + +Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? +Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? + +Robert still hasn't fixed this door. +Robert still hasn't fixed this door. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions. Write the answers. Look at the example. + +Have you finished your homework yet? Yes, already. Yes, I've already finished it. No, yet. No, I haven't finished it yet. + +(5) There are two answers for each question, one yes and one no. Let's begin (pause 20 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet? +Has Janet graduated from college yet? + +Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? +Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? + +Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? +Has your son learned Spanish yet? + +Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? +Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? + +Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? +Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? + +(6) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Has Janet graduated from college yet?" Yes, she has already graduated. Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated. No, she hasn't graduated yet. Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet. + +Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? Yes, I've already seen her. Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her. No, I haven't seen her yet. Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet. + +Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? Yes, he's already learned Spanish. Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish. No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. + +Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? Yes, they have already realized it. Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it. No, they haven't realized it yet. Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet. + +Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? Yes, he's already picked it up. Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up. No, he hasn't picked it up yet. Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(7) Look at Figure 3. You will hear two sentences. Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one. Look at the example. + +Larry can drive all night. He can stay in a hotel. + +The answer is "or". Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel. + +(8) Put an X in the correct place. Let's begin (pause 5 sec after the sentence is read the second time) + +Number 1: Jim woke up late. He arrived at work late. +Jim woke up late. He arrived at work late. + +Number 2: Peter will not be here on Friday. He can't go to Tom's party. +Peter will not be here on Friday. He can't go to Tom's party. + +Number 3: Alan can eat with us. He can eat with the Moores. +Alan can eat with us. He can eat with the Moores. + +Number 4: Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars. He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation. +Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars. He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation. + +Number 5: Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz. He was very happy. +Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz. He was very happy. + +Number 6: Frank can work late tonight. He can come to work early tomorrow. +Frank can work late tonight. He can come to work early tomorrow. + +Number 7: George can help his dad with the yard. He can stay home Saturday night. +George can help his dad with the yard. He can stay home Saturday night. + +Number 8: You can use the stairs. You can use the escalator. +You can use the stairs. You can use the escalator. + +(9) Let's check your answers. Number 1 is "so". Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late. Repeat: Jim woke up late, / so he arrived at work late. + +Number 2 is "so". Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party. Repeat: Peter will not be here on Friday, / so he can't go to Tom's party. + +Number 3 is "or". Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moores. Repeat: Alan can eat with us, / or he can eat with the Moores. + +Number 4 is "so". Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation. Repeat: Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars, / so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation. + +Number 5 is "so". Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz, so he was very happy. Repeat: Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz, / so he was very happy. + +Number 6 is "or". Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow. Repeat: Frank can work late tonight, / or he can come to work early tomorrow. + +Number 7 is "or". George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night. Repeat: George can help his dad with the yard, / or he can stay home Saturday night. + +Number 8 is "or". You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator. Repeat: You can use the stairs, / or you can use the escalator. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(10) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time, just listen. + +Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there. + +(11) Now listen to the paragraph again, and write what you hear (pause 30 sec at each / to allow students to write) + +Mark lived in California / for six years. / The climate was wonderful. / There was only/ a little humidity, / there was a nice sea breeze, / and temperatures were always warm. / The beaches were full of people / who were having a good time. / He really enjoyed the six years / he was there. + +(12) Listen to the paragraph again, and check what you wrote. + +Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 12. + + + + +# Lesson 2C + +### Figure 2 + +1. Yes, she has already graduated. +No, she hasn't graduated yet. +2. Yes, I've already seen her. +No, I haven't seen her yet. +3. Yes, he's already learned Spanish. +No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. +4. Yes, they've already realized it. +No, they haven't realized it yet. +5. Yes, he's already picked it up. +No, he hasn't picked it up yet. + +### Figure 3 + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR X SO +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR X SO +3. X OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR X SO +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR X SO +6. X OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +7. X OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO +8. X OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO + +### Figure 4 + +Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there. + +### Figure 7 + +**Paragraph 1** + +Carl just graduated from high school. He will go to a ❶university next fall. He has chosen ❷teaching as his profession. He will take courses in ❸English, math, and, of course, education. + +**Paragraph 2** + +Patty is a ❶teacher. She has two teaching fields. She teaches ❷English, and she teaches ❷German. She has ❸four classes of English and ❹two classes of German. + +### Figure 8 + +1. b +2. c +3. c +4. c +5. b + +### Figure 9 + +The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-2D.md b/sources/book-12/lla-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6be810fc --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2D + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat the following words and sentences. Then answer the questions. (pause 20 sec after each question) + +career...career +Larry wants a career in the military. He wants to work in the military for twenty years. +Larry wants a career in the military. He wants to work in the military for twenty years. + +What does Larry want? +He wants a career in the military. + +choice...choice +Tom has a choice. He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher. +Tom has a choice. He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher. + +What does Tom have? +He has a choice. + +courses...courses +Janet is going to take five courses next year. She will have five classes. +Janet is going to take five courses next year. She will have five classes. + +What is Janet going to take next year? +She's going to take five courses. + +professional...professional +Pele was a professional soccer player. He played for money. +Pele was a professional soccer player. He played for money. + +Who was Pele? +He was a professional soccer player. + +medical...medical +My brother is going to medical school. He's going to be a doctor. +My brother is going to medical school. He's going to be a doctor. + +What is your brother doing? +He's going to medical school. + +degree...degree +Harold graduated from the university last month. He got his degree in history. +Harold graduated from the university last month. He got his degree in history. + +What did Harold get his degree in? +He got his degree in history. + +high school...high school +John will be eighteen years old when he finishes his last year of high school. +John will be eighteen years old when he finishes his last year of high school. + +How old will John be when he finishes high school? +He'll be eighteen when he finishes high school. + +technical...technical +Roger finished technical school. He learned how to fix cars. +Roger finished technical school. He learned how to fix cars. + +What did Roger learn in technical school? +He learned how to fix cars. + +talk over...talk over +Her husband wants to buy a new car. They're going to talk it over tonight. +Her husband wants to buy a new car. They're going to talk it over tonight. + +Is her husband going to buy a new car? +I don't know. They're going to talk it over tonight. + +(4) Listen to a dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +**voice 1:** Well, Don, Friday is our last day. +**voice 2:** Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out? +**voice 1:** I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September. +**voice 2:** What courses will you take? +**voice 1:** I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. +**voice 2:** It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. + +--- + +(5) Look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to a sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 10 sec after each line) + +script voice: Well, Don, Friday is our last day. +script voice: I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September. +script voice: I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. + +AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. You begin with the first line. Go ahead and start. + +script voice: Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out? +script voice: What courses will you take? +script voice: It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. + +(7) Listen to the next dialog. +(voice one, male; voice two, female) + +voice 1: Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today. +voice 2: Is it a good offer? +voice 1: I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job. +voice 2: It sounds good. +voice 1: Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday. +voice 2: Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. +voice 1: Thanks, Mom. + +AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(8) Look at Figure 3. Someone will read the first line. Say your line after that. (pause 10 sec after each line) + +script voice: Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today. +script voice: I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job. +script voice: Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday. +script voice: Thanks, Mom. + +AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(9) Look at Figure 4. You begin this time. + +script voice: Is it a good offer? +script voice: It sounds good. +script voice: Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. + +(10) Listen to this dialog. It's the last one. +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Hey, Tony, you really need a new car. +voice 2: I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. +voice 1: What kind are you going to buy? +voice 2: I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair. +voice 1: Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it. +voice 2: Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks. + +AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(11) Now, look at Figure 5. Someone will read a line first. Say your lines next. (pause 10 sec after each line) + +script voice: Hey, Tony, you really need a new car. +script voice: What kind are you going to buy? +script voice: Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it. + +AUDIO TRACK 10 + +(12) Look at Figure 6. You begin. + +script voice: I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. +script voice: I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair. +script voice: Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks. + +AUDIO TRACK 11 + +(13) Look at Figure 7. Read the paragraph. (pause 20 sec) Listen to the questions. Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example. Listen to the question. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. (pause 10 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where did Julie go? +Number 2: What did her family need? +Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter? +Number 4: What did she buy for her son? +Number 5: What did she buy for her husband? + +(14) Let's check your answers. Number 1 goes under "shopping"; "shopping" is underlined. +Number 2 goes under "clothes"; "clothes" is underlined. +Number 3 goes under "a blouse and skirt"; "a blouse and skirt" is underlined. +Number 4 goes under "two pairs of jeans"; "two pairs of jeans" is underlined. +Number 5 goes under "three shirts and five pairs of socks"; "three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined. + +(15) Let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 20 sec) + +(16) Now listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. You will hear each question twice. + +Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall? +Where will Carl go next fall? (pause 10 sec) +Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession? +What has he chosen as his profession? (pause 10 sec) +Number 3: What courses will he take? +What courses will he take? (pause 10 sec) + +(17) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where will Carl go next fall?", you should have "a university" underlined. +Number 2, "What has he chosen as his profession?", you should have "teaching" underlined. +Number 3, "What courses will he take?", you should have "English, math, and education" underlined. + +(18) Now read the second paragraph. (pause 20 sec) + +(19) Underline and number the answers to the questions. + +Number 1: What is Patty's profession? +What is Patty's profession? (pause 10 sec) +Number 2: What are her two teaching fields? +What are her two teaching fields? (pause 10 sec) +Number 3: How many classes of English does she have? +How many classes of English does she have? (pause 10 sec) +Number 4: How many classes of German does she have? +How many classes of German does she have? (pause 10 sec) + +(20) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Patty's profession?" You should have "teacher" underlined. +Number 2, "What are her two teaching fields?" You should have "English and German" underlined. +Number 3, "How many classes of English does she have?" You should have "four" underlined. +And, Number 4, "How many classes of German does she have?" You should have "two" underlined. + +AUDIO TRACK 12 + +(21) Look at Figure 8. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example. +(two voices, both female) + +voice 1: Did you hear that noise, Betty? +voice 2: Yes, I did. Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard. + +They are .... (pause 5 sec) + +(22) The answer is: They are frightened. Now listen to the other dialogs, and choose the correct answer. + +Number 1: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Sgt Matthews, it's 12:45, and I haven't had lunch yet. +voice 2: Don't worry, Sgt Adams, I'll wait here until you come back. + +Sgt Adams is .... (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: +(voice 1 female; voice 2, male) + +voice 1: Mark, wake up. It's after seven. Your bus will be here in thirty minutes. +voice 2: Mom, my stomach hurts. I want to stay home today. + +Mark is .... (pause 10 sec) + +Number 3: +(two voices, both female) + +voice 1: Carla, I've been accepted at the university! +voice 2: That's great, Lori! + +Lori is .... (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Pvt Walters, I told you to clean this floor. +voice 2: I'm sorry, Sgt Allen, I thought you said to clean this door. + +Sgt Allen is .... (pause 10 sec) + +Number 5: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Hey, Jack, your yard really looks nice. +voice 2: Thanks. It took me all day to do it. It was a lot of work. + +Jack is .... (pause 10 sec) + +(23) Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B: Sgt Adams is hungry. Repeat: Sgt Adams is hungry. +Number 2 is C: Mark is sick. Repeat: Mark is sick. +Number 3 is A: Lori is happy. Repeat: Lori is happy. +Number 4 is C: Sgt Allen is angry. Repeat: Sgt Allen is angry. +Number 5 is B: Jack is tired. Repeat: Jack is tired. + +AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(24) Now look at Figure 9. You will hear a paragraph. Listen carefully; then write the main idea. You will hear the paragraph twice. + +Learning a language is not easy. It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. You must learn to think in that language, and not in your own. If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon. + +(25) Listen to the paragraph again. + +Learning a language is not easy. It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. You must learn to think in that language, and not in your own. If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon. + +(26) Now write the main idea. (pause 30 sec) The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 12.** + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-3A.md b/sources/book-12/lla-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a99f3ec --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 3A + +### Figure 1 +**Repeat the words and sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. Repeat the sentences.** + +![#A A cowboy sitting on the ground next to a burning campfire in an outdoor setting](images/page_041_001.jpg) +A. ____________________ + +![#B A man holding up a cassette tape recorder](images/page_041_002.jpg) +B. ____________________ + +![#C A dining room set with a dining table, chairs, a hutch, and a chandelier](images/page_041_003.jpg) +C. ____________________ + +![#D A wooden picnic table sitting outside on a patio near bushes](images/page_041_004.jpg) +D. ____________________ + +![#E A stereo cabinet system with a record player and speakers](images/page_041_005.jpg) +E. ____________________ + +![#F A man walking up a flight of stairs inside a building](images/page_041_006.jpg) +F. ____________________ + +![#G Stacks of logs piled up against the brick wall of a house near a window](images/page_042_001.jpg) +G. ____________________ + +![#H Architectural floor plan showing various rooms and layout of a house](images/page_042_002.jpg) +H. ____________________ + +![#I A person looking through a collection of record albums, holding one labeled "ELVIS"](images/page_042_003.jpg) +I. ____________________ + +![#J A man wearing glasses talking with a woman](images/page_042_004.jpg) +J. ____________________ + +![#K A woman looking inside a microwave oven door](images/page_042_005.jpg) +K. ____________________ + +![#L A stone fireplace with a fire burning inside](images/page_042_006.jpg) +L. ____________________ + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Write the number in front of the answer. Repeat the answers.** + +______ a. She's going to add on another bedroom. + +______ b. Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. + +______ c. He's the biggest builder in Dallas. + +______ d. She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. + +______ e. She enlarged her kitchen. + +______ f. The fire gives off a lot of heat. + +______ g. He's building it in the country. + +______ h. The fire will burn him. + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Answer the question you hear. Use could in your answer. Repeat the answers.** + +*Example:* at Jim's house +Robert could be at Jim's house. + +1. Daniel's +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. today +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. on your desk +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. a bird in a tree +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. about 2-1/2 or 3 hours +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.** + +*Example:* Gina is ______. +a. happy +b. sad +c. angry *(circled)* + +1. Jack is ______. +a. sick +b. pleased +c. angry + +2. The plane is ______. +a. early +b. late +c. on time + +3. Lt Andrews is ______. +a. upset +b. happy +c. sad + +4. The tea is too ______. +a. sour +b. salty +c. sweet + +5. He's ______. +a. sad +b. excited +c. angry + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1, and repeat the words and sentences. + +Picture A: fire...fire +Jim made a fire to keep warm. +Jim made a fire to keep warm. + +Picture B: cassette...cassette +My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music. +My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music. + +Picture C: dining room...dining room +We bought some new furniture for the dining room. +We bought some new furniture for the dining room. + +Picture D: patio...patio +If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio. +If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio. + +Picture E: stereo...stereo +Rodney has a very nice stereo; he loves to listen to music. +Rodney has a very nice stereo; he loves to listen to music. + +Picture F: story...story +Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building. +Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building. + +Picture G: wood...wood +Will you cut some wood for the fire? +Will you cut some wood for the fire? + +Picture H: plan...plan +Did you see the plans for Alma's new house? +Did you see the plans for Alma's new house? + +Picture I: record...record +Larry got three records for his birthday. +Larry got three records for his birthday. + +(7) Repeat the following words and sentences. (pause long enough for students to repeat) + +Number 1: add on...add on +Mrs. Howard just had another baby. Now there are five children in the family. / They need to add on another bedroom. +Mrs. Howard just had another baby. Now there are five children in the family. / They need to add on another bedroom. + +Number 2: build...build +My son is building his home in the country. +My son is building his home in the country. + +Number 3: enlarge...enlarge +Peggy does a lot of cooking. / She has decided to enlarge her kitchen. +Peggy does a lot of cooking. / She has decided to enlarge her kitchen. + +Number 4: heat...heat +That fire is very hot; it gives off a lot of heat. +That fire is very hot; it gives off a lot of heat. + +Number 5: burn...burn +Don't let the baby play near the fire. It will burn him. +Don't let the baby play near the fire. It will burn him. + +Number 6: addition...addition +This patio is our newest addition to the house. +This patio is our newest addition to the house. + +Number 7: builder...builder +Mr. Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas. +Mr. Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas. + +Number 8: suburb...suburb +Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city. +Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(8) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a question and write the number in front of the correct answer. + +Number 1: Who is Mr. Ellis? (slight pause) The answer is c: He's the biggest builder in Dallas. Write the number 1 in front of letter c. Now listen; then write the number in front of the correct answer. Ready? (pause 15 sec after each question) + +Number 2: Peggy does a lot of cooking. What did she do to her kitchen? + +Number 3: Where is your son building his home? + +Number 4: Is this patio new? + +Number 5: Where is Mrs. Howard going to put all those children? + +Number 6: What does the fire give off? + +Number 7: Where does Valerie live? + +Number 8: Why can't the baby play near the fire? + +(9) Let's check your answers. + +Letter A is number 5. Where is Mrs. Howard going to put all those children? She's going to add on another bedroom. Repeat: She's going to add on another bedroom. + +Letter B is number 4. Is this patio new? Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. Repeat: Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. + +Letter C is number 1. Who is Mr. Ellis? He's the biggest builder in Dallas. Repeat: He's the biggest builder in Dallas. + +Letter D is number 7. Where does Valerie live? She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. Repeat: She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. + +Letter E is number 2. Peggy does a lot of cooking. What did she do to her kitchen? She enlarged her kitchen. Repeat: She enlarged her kitchen. + +Letter F is number 6. What does the fire give off? The fire gives off a lot of heat. Repeat: The fire gives off a lot of heat. + +Letter G is number 3. Where is your son building his home? He's building it in the country. Repeat: He's building it in the country. + +Letter H is number 8. Why can't the baby play near the fire? The fire will burn him. Repeat: The fire will burn him. + +(10) Repeat the following sentences. (pause at / long enough for students to repeat) + +Those questions could be too difficult for him. / I think he's having trouble. + +Walter could be at the mall. / I'm not sure. + +Could this be Alan's jacket? / It's the same color as his. + +Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight? / I can't find mine. + +What could John be doing out this late at night? / He's usually home early. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(11) Now look at Figure 3. Write the answers to the questions using could. The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions. Look at the example. + +Where's Robert? (pause 10 sec) + +(12) The answer is: Robert could be at Jim's house. + +(13) Do the rest like the example. (pause 20 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Someone left his sweater here. Whose is it? + +Number 2: When is the get-together for Jeff? + +Number 3: Where is my pencil? I can't find it. + +Number 4: What is that a picture of? + +Number 5: How long is this movie? + +(14) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: It could be Daniel's. + +Number 2 is "It could be today." Repeat: It could be today. + +Number 3 is "It could be on your desk." Repeat: It could be on your desk. + +Number 4 is "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: It could be a bird in a tree. + +Number 5 is "It could be about two and a half or three hours." Repeat: It could be about two and a half or three hours. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(15) Look at Figure 4. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example. + +(two voices, both female) + +voice 1: What happened, Gina? +voice 2: That man stepped on my toe. + +Gina is .... + +(16) The answer is "Gina is angry." Now listen to the other dialogs. + +Number 1: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Hi, Jack. Is Mr. West your barber too? +voice 2: Yes, he has given me haircuts for the past ten years. + +Jack is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 2: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim? +voice 2: I'm waiting for my brother to arrive. I've been here for three and a half hours. His plane left New York at two-thirty this afternoon. + +The plane is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 3: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Lt Andrews, your hands are very greasy, and you are late. +voice 2: I'm sorry, sir. I had to change a flat tire this morning. + +Lt Andrews is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 4: +(two voices, one female, one very young boy) + +voice 1: Jimmy, what's wrong? +voice 2: They put too much sugar in this tea. + +The tea is too .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 5: +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Where are you going in such a hurry? +voice 2: To the airport. My sister arrives this afternoon. I haven't seen her for two years. + +He's .... (pause 5 sec) + +(17) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is b; Jack is pleased. Repeat: Jack is pleased. + +Number 2 is b; The plane is late. Repeat: The plane is late. + +Number 3 is a; Lt Andrews is upset. Repeat: He's upset. + +Number 4 is c; The tea is too sweet. Repeat: The tea is too sweet. + +Number 5 is b; He's excited. Repeat: He's excited. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 12. + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 3A + +### Figure 1 + +A. 5 +B. 7 +C. 8 +D. 1 +E. 4 +F. 9 +G. 12 +H. 3 +I. 11 +J. 6 +K. 2 +L. 10 + +### Figure 2 + +a. 5 +b. 4 +c. 1 +d. 7 +e. 2 +f. 6 +g. 3 +h. 8 + +### Figure 3 + +1. It could be Daniel's. +2. It could be today. +3. It could be on your desk. +4. It could be a bird in a tree. +5. It could be about 2-1/2 or 3 hours. + +### Figure 4 + +1. b +2. b +3. a +4. c +5. b diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-3B.md b/sources/book-12/lla-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86ee7ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 3B + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +> **Write the number in front of the answer.** + +______ a. He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. + +______ b. He is planning a get-together at his house. + +______ c. Add the vegetables after the water boils. + +______ d. Jim is interested in learning about other countries. + +______ e. The meeting is in 15 minutes. + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Answer the questions. Use -ed or -ing in your answers. Repeat the answers.** + +*Example:* the movie / interest +The movie was interesting. + +1. He / excite +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. She / bore +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. It / confuse +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. It / tire +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. She / frighten +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +6. It / excite +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +7. no / I / confuse +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +8. I / bore +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.** + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3B + +AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B. ( 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat the words and sentences. + +Number 1: boil...boil +The water must boil before you add the vegetables. + +Number 2: a get-together...a get-together +Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon. + +Number 3: get together...get together +Let's get together after work today. + +Number 4: play...play +Does your son play basketball? + +Number 5: solve...solve +Did you solve the math problem? + +Number 6: take place...take place +Where did the accident take place? + +Number 7: interested in...interested in +Jim is interested in learning about other countries. + +Number 8: near...near +He hopes to add on to his house in the near future. + +Number 9: perhaps...perhaps +I can't make it for lunch today; perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow. + +Number 10: tiring...tiring +Larry went swimming all day Saturday. It was very tiring. + +Number 11: idea...idea +Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. + +Number 12: meeting...meeting +The major has a meeting with the colonel in fifteen minutes. + +Number 13: solution...solution +Sgt Allen has a solution to our problem. + +Number 14: trouble...trouble +Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house? + +(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the answers. (pause 20 sec) Now, listen to a question. Write the number of the question in front of the answer. (pause 15 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What is Jim interested in? + +Number 2: What was Jeff's idea? + +Number 3: When do I add the vegetables? + +Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon? + +Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown? + +(5) Let's check your answers. + +Letter A is number 2. He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. + +Letter B is number 4. He is planning a get-together at his house. + +Letter C is number 3. Add the vegetables after the water boils. + +Letter D is number 1. Jim is interested in learning about other countries. + +Letter E is number 5. The meeting is in fifteen minutes. + +(6) Repeat the following sentences. + +My son's soccer game was very exciting. +Sgt Roberts is excited about his high test score. +I borrowed this book from my sister. She said it is very interesting. +Bob is interested in learning Italian. +My last class in the afternoon is very boring. +Lt Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning. +My mother thinks that maps are very confusing. +Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question. +We worked in the yard today. It was very tiring. +John worked late today. He looks very tired. +The fire was frightening for everyone. +The children were frightened when the lights went out. + +AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(7) Look at Figure 2. Write the answers to the questions. Add **-ing** or **-ed** to the word. Look at the example. + +How was the movie? (pause 6 sec) The answer is: The movie was interesting. + +(8) Let's do some more. You will hear each question twice. Write the answer. (pause 20 sec after each question) + +Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job? +How does Peter feel about his new job? + +Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today? +What's wrong with Judy today? + +Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question? +Why did you spend so much time on that question? + +Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains? +How was your vacation to the mountains? + +Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident? +How did your daughter feel after the accident? + +Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe? +How was Jan's trip to Europe? + +Number 7: Could you understand my directions? +Could you understand my directions? + +Number 8: How was your class this morning? +How was your class this morning? + +(9) Now let's check your answers. + +Number 1: He is very excited about his new job. Repeat: He is very excited about his new job. + +Number 2: She's bored. Repeat: She's bored. + +Number 3: It was confusing. Repeat: It was confusing. + +Number 4: It was very tiring. Repeat: It was very tiring. + +Number 5: She was frightened. Repeat: She was frightened. + +Number 6: It was very exciting. Repeat: It was very exciting. + +Number 7: No, I was confused. Repeat: No, I was confused. + +Number 8: I was bored. Repeat: I was bored. + +AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(10) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the question. Then listen to the conversation. Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time. + +(3 voices, all male) + +What did Sgt Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? + +*(phone ringing)* + +**voice 1:** Hello, Alpha squadron. May I help you? +**voice 2:** Yes, Captain Douglas, please. +**voice 1:** I'm sorry, sir. He's not here right now. May I take a message? +**voice 2:** Yes. This is Sgt Richards. I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow. I need to ask for two more days of leave. +**voice 1:** Okay, Sgt Richards, I'll give him your message. Call back in two hours, and I'll have an answer for you. +**voice 2:** Thanks. + +*(door opening)* + +**voice 1:** Captain Douglas. +**voice 3:** Yes. +**voice 1:** Sgt Richards called. He said that he was in Detroit and needed two more days of leave. He'll call back in about thirty minutes for his answer. +**voice 3:** If I'm not here, tell him Okay. There's no problem with the leave. I'll see him in about two days. +**voice 1:** Yes, sir. + +What did Sgt Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? (pause 15 sec) + +(11) The answer is: Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave. Repeat: Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave. + +(12) Now listen to the second question and the second conversation. + +(3 voices, all female) + +Where does Sue want Lorraine to go and at what time? + +*(doorbell)* + +**voice 1:** Hi, Ms. Peterson. Is Lorraine home? +**voice 2:** No, she's not. What do you need? +**voice 1:** Well, my Mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine. +**voice 2:** I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue. She'll be home at five-thirty. What time is dinner? +**voice 1:** It's not until seven tonight. +**voice 2:** I'll have her at your house at seven o'clock. +**voice 1:** Thanks. + +*(door banging shut)* + +**voice 3:** I'm home, Mom. +**voice 1:** Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight. They are going to eat at seven o'clock. +**voice 3:** Did you tell her that I could go? +**voice 1:** Yes, and I told her you'd be there by seven o'clock, so let's go. +**voice 3:** Yes, Ma'am. + +Where does Sue want Lorraine to go and at what time? (pause 15 sec) + +(13) The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at seven o'clock. Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at seven o'clock. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 12. + +--- + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 3C + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog and take notes. You will be asked questions on the dialog. + +(three voices, all male) + +voice 1: Hi, Mike. What are you doing? +voice 2: Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house. +voice 1: That sounds nice. +voice 2: It will be nice, once it's finished. +voice 1: Hey, Carl. Did you hear about Mike's plans? +voice 3: No, I didn't. +voice 1: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house. + +(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Write the answer to the question about the dialog. +1. What did Mike say about his house? (pause 30 sec) + +(5) The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house. + +(6) Listen to this dialog and take notes. + +(3 voices, all male) + +voice 1: Hello, Mr. Parker. Where's Mrs. Parker? +voice 2: She's not home. She's in Chicago. +voice 1: Tell her hello for me when you talk to her. +voice 3: What did he say about Mrs. Parker? +voice 1: He said that she wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago. + +(7) Now answer this question. Use your notes to help you. +2. What did Mr. Parker say about his wife? (pause 30 sec) + +(8) The answer is: He said that Mrs. Parker wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago. + +(9) Listen to one more dialog and take notes. + +(3 voices, all male) + +voice 1: Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks. +voice 2: Hello, Sgt Jackson. Are you looking for someone? +voice 1: I'm looking for Sgt Robinson, sir. +voice 2: He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time. He'll be back in about thirty minutes. +voice 1: Thank you, sir. I'll come back later. +voice 2: Sgt Robinson. +voice 3: Yes, sir. +voice 2: Sgt Jackson came by. He wanted to see you. +voice 3: Thank you for the message, sir. + +(10) Answer this question from your notes. +3. What did Captain Brooks say about Sgt Robinson? (pause 30 sec) + +(11) The answer is: He said that Sgt Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(12) Look at Figure 2. Read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example. (pause 10 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where did Barbara go? +Number 2: What kind of things did she need? +Number 3: What did she buy for her living room? +Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen? +Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom? + +(13) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where did Barbara go?" You should have "the mall" underlined. + +Number 2, "What kind of things did she need?" You should have "things for her house" underlined. + +Number 3, "What did she buy for her living room?" You should have "sofa" underlined. + +Number 4, "What did she get for her kitchen?" You should have "microwave" underlined. + +And, Number 5, "What did she buy for the bedroom?" You should have "curtains" underlined. + +(14) Now let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 20 sec) + +(15) Now listen to the questions. Answer them like the example. (pause 10 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What did Art do to his house? +Number 2: What were his additions? +Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen? +Number 4: What did he buy for the living room? +Number 5: What did he buy for the patio? + +(16) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What did Art do to his house?" You should have "added on" underlined. + +Number 2, "What were his additions?" You should have "a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio" underlined. + +Number 3, "What did he buy for the kitchen?" You should have "a microwave" underlined. + +Number 4, "What did he buy for the living room?" You should have "a stereo" underlined. + +And, Number 5, "What did he buy for the patio?" You should have "a table" underlined. + +(17) Now read the next paragraph. (pause 15 sec) Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What is Virginia planning? +Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring? +Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do? +Number 4: What is she doing? + +(18) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Virginia planning?" You should have "a get-together" underlined. + +Number 2, "What did she ask her friends to bring?" You should have "their cassettes and their records" underlined. + +Number 3, "What did she ask her brother to do?" You should have "cut wood for the fireplace" underlined. + +And, Number 4, "What is she doing?" You should have "cooking a lot of food" underlined. + +(19) Read the last paragraph. (pause 10 sec) Answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house? +Number 2: What did she do to the living room? +Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen? +Number 4: What else did she enlarge? + +(20) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What did Barbara do to her house?" You should have "enlarged several rooms" underlined. + +Number 2, "What did she do to the living room?" You should have "enlarged the living room and added a fireplace" underlined. + +Number 3, "What did she do to the kitchen?" You should have "enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave" underlined. + +And, Number 4, "What else did she enlarge?" You should have "patio" underlined. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(21) Look at Figure 3. There are some dialogs that are not complete. Ask questions to complete these dialogs. Look at the example. Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there. Then there's a question that says: Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish? This is the kind of question that you need to ask. Ask the question. (pause 3 sec) Stan said that he spoke French. Write "I speak French." on the line next to the name Stan. (pause 10 sec) + +Read Dialog 1, and write a question to ask what Pat said. (pause 20 sec) Let's check your question. Your question should be: Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food? Now listen to the answer. He said he wanted Italian food. Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialog. (pause 5 sec) Did you write "I want Italian food." on the line? That completes this dialog. + +Go to Dialog 2, and write down a question. (pause 20 sec) Let's check your question. It should be: Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies? Now listen to the answer. He said that he wanted to watch TV. Write his answer on the line. (pause 10 sec) The answer is "I want to watch TV." + +Read Dialog 3 and write your question. (pause 20 sec) Your question should be: Did Paul say that he swam every day? Now listen to the answer. Paul said that he didn't like to swim. Now, write what he said on the line. (pause 10 sec) The answer is "No, I don't like to swim." + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(22) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time just listen. (read at normal speed) + +Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. + +Listen to the paragraph again. Write what you hear. (pause 20 sec at /) + +Randy is in his last year/ of high school. / Last Friday, / he made up his mind / to go to college. / Now, he has to decide / what career field to choose. / His parents told him / that a degree in business / would give him / a good future. / He's still confused / about the courses / he wants to study, / but he has time / to think it over. / + +Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. (read at normal speed) + +Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 12. + +- USER NOTES - + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 3B + +### Figure 1 + +a. 2 +b. 4 +c. 3 +d. 1 +e. 5 + +### Figure 2 + +1. He is very excited about his new job. +2. She's bored. +3. It was confusing. +4. It was very tiring. +5. She was frightened. +6. It was very exciting. +7. No, I was confused. +8. I was bored. + +### Figure 3 + +1. Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave. +2. Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-3C.md b/sources/book-12/lla-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc50c3e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + + +# LESSON 3C + +**Figure 1** + +> **Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Use your notes to help you.** + +**Dialog 1** + +NOTES: __________________________________________________ +________________________________________________________ + +1. __________________________________________________ +________________________________________________________ + +**Dialog 2** + +NOTES: __________________________________________________ +________________________________________________________ + +2. __________________________________________________ +________________________________________________________ + +**Dialog 3** + +NOTES: __________________________________________________ +________________________________________________________ + +3. __________________________________________________ +________________________________________________________ + +**Figure 2** + +> **Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer.** + +*Example:* Barbara went to the mall. She needed some things for her house. +                                            1                                2 +She bought a sofa for her living room. She got a microwave for her +                          3                                           4 +kitchen, and she bought some new curtains for the bedroom. +                                                     5 + +**Paragraph 1** + +Art added on to his house. His additions were a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio. He also bought some new things for his house. He bought a microwave for the kitchen, a stereo for the living room, and a table for the patio. + +**Paragraph 2** + +Virginia is planning a get-together. She asked her friends to bring their cassettes and their records. She asked her brother to cut wood for the fireplace. She's cooking a lot of food. + +**Paragraph 3** + +Barbara enlarged several rooms in her house. She enlarged the living room and added a fireplace. She enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave. She also enlarged her patio. + +**Figure 3** + +> **Read the dialog. Write a question using say. Listen to the answer, and write it on the line.** + +*Example:* +Mike: Do you speak French or Spanish? +Stan: I speak French. +QUESTION: Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish? + +**Dialog 1** +Ann: Do you want Chinese or Italian food? +Pat: __________________________________________________ +QUESTION: __________________________________________________ + +**Dialog 2** +Bill: Do you want to watch TV or go to the movies? +Frank: __________________________________________________ +QUESTION: __________________________________________________ + +**Dialog 3** +Shirley: Do you swim every day? +Paul: __________________________________________________ +QUESTION: __________________________________________________ + +**Figure 4** + +> **Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.** + +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ +______________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# Lesson 3C + +### Figure 1 + +**Dialog 1** +1. He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to the house. + +**Dialog 2** +2. He said that Mrs. Parker wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago. + +**Dialog 3** +3. He said that Sgt Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time. + +### Figure 2 + +**Paragraph 1** + +Art ❶added on to his house. His additions were ❷a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio. He also bought some new things for his house. He bought a ❸microwave for the kitchen, a ❹stereo for the living room, and a ❺table for the patio. + +**Paragraph 2** + +Virginia is planning ❶a get-together. She asked her friends to bring their ❷cassettes and their records. She asked her brother ❸to cut wood for the fireplace. She's ❹cooking a lot of food. + +**Paragraph 3** + +Barbara ❶enlarged several rooms in her house. She ❷enlarged the living room and added a fireplace. She ❸enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave. She also enlarged her ❹patio. + +### Figure 3 + +**Dialog 1** +Pat: I want Italian food. +QUESTION: Did Pat say that he wanted Chinese or Italian food? + +**Dialog 2** +Frank: I want to watch TV. +QUESTION: Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies? + +**Dialog 2** +Paul: No, I don't like to swim. +QUESTION: Did Paul say that he swam every day? + +### Figure 4 + +Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-3D.md b/sources/book-12/lla-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21836c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ + + +# LESSON 3D + +**Figure 1** + +> **Listen to the dialog. Read your line of the dialog.** + +Look at the sky. It might rain today. + +--- + +**Figure 2** + +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella? +2. I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet. + +--- + +**Figure 3** + +> **Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Isn't he in his office? +2. He may be in the Colonel's office. + +--- + +**Figure 4** + +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams? +2. No, and I need to speak to him now. +3. Thank you. I'll look. + +--- + +**Figure 5** + +> **Listen to the dialog. Read your line of the dialog.** + +She could be in the next office. I'll check. +She's not there. She might be in the mail room. +Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office. +We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes. + +--- + +**Figure 6** + +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans? +2. Thanks, Linda. + +--- + +**Figure 7** + +> **Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. I might be able to. What time do you need to leave? +2. I'll let you know. I may see you at 7:15. + +--- + +**Figure 8** + +> **Read your lines of the dialog.** + +1. Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow? +2. I usually leave at 7:15. + +--- + +**Figure 9** + +> **Answer the questions you hear. Use could, may, or might in your answer. Repeat the answers.** + +*Example:* in the library / could +He could be in the library. + +1. in the living room / could +__________________________________________________ + +2. cold outside / may +__________________________________________________ + +3. car in the garage / might +__________________________________________________ + +--- + +4. in the neighbor's yard / could + +5. tightening nuts / may + +6. on the dining room table / might + +7. late / could + +8. you / may + +9. stuck in traffic / might + +10. Lt Mitchell / could + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY: Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.** + +--- + +**Figure 10** + +**Answer the questions you hear. Use the words you see. Repeat the answers.** + +1. meeting / already / begin + +2. he / break / leg + +3. dog / cost + +4. water / lake + +5. since / 1984 + +6. all / old jackets + +7. no + +8. ride / bus / three years + +9. sleep well / three nights + +10. teach / that course / six years + +11. withdraw / money / Swiss bank + +**Figure 11** + +**Write the numbers you hear.** + +**Paragraph 1** + +**Paragraph 2** +Kindergarten: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +1st grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2nd grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3rd grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4th grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5th grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3D + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Listen to a dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +voice 1: Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella? +voice 2: Look at the sky. It might rain today. +voice 1: I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet. + +(4) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the first sentence; then say yours. (pause 10 sec after each item) + +script voice: Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella? +script voice: I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(5) Look at Figure 2. This time you begin. + +script voice: Look at the sky. It might rain today. + +(6) Now listen to this dialog. +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams? +voice 2: Isn't he in his office? +voice 1: No, and I need to speak to him now. +voice 2: He may be in the Colonel's office. +voice 1: Thank you. I'll look. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(7) Look at Figure 3. Someone will read the first line. You follow with your lines. + +script voice: Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams? +script voice: No, and I need to speak to him now. +script voice: Thank you. I'll look. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(8) Look at Figure 4. This time you begin. + +script voice: Isn't he in his office? +script voice: He may be in the Colonel's office. + +(9) Listen to this dialog. +(two voices, both female) + +voice 1: Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans? +voice 2: She could be in the next office. I'll check.... +She's not there. She might be in the mail room.... +Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office.... +We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about ten minutes. +voice 1: Thanks, Linda. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(10) Look at Figure 5. You answer the question. This time you have several lines. Read all of them. (pause 35 seconds after the first line) + +script voice: Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans? +script voice: Thanks, Linda. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(11) Now look at Figure 6. The roles change. I have to read several lines. You begin. + +script voice: She could be in the next office. I'll check. +She's not there. She might be in the mail room. +Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office. +We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about ten minutes. + +(12) Listen to the next dialog. It's the last one. +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow? +voice 2: I might be able to. What time do you need to leave? +voice 1: I usually leave at seven-fifteen. +voice 2: I'll let you know. I may see you at seven-fifteen. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(13) Look at Figure 7. You'll hear a line. You read the next one. + +script voice: Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow? +script voice: I usually leave at seven-fifteen. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(14) Look at Figure 8. You begin this time. + +script voice: I might be able to. What time do you need to leave? +script voice: I'll let you know. I may see you at seven-fifteen. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(15) Look at Figure 9. You will hear some questions. Answer the questions. Use could, may, or might. Look at the example. + +Where's Mr. Williams? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: He could be in the library. + +(16) Write the answers to the rest of the questions. (pause 20 seconds each question) + +Number 1: Where's my new record? +Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket? +Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work? +Number 4: Where is Sally's dog? +Number 5: What is this tool for? +Number 6: Where are my keys? +Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall? +Number 8: Who is this package for? +Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet? +Number 10: Who has been in the Major's office for the last hour? + +(17) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: It could be in the living room. Repeat: It could be in the living room. +Number 2: It may be cold outside. Repeat: It may be cold outside. + +--- + +Number 3: His car might be in the garage. Repeat: His car might be in the garage. +Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard. Repeat: It could be in the neighbor's yard. +Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts. Repeat: It may be for tightening nuts. +Number 6: They might be on the dining room table. Repeat: They might be on the dining room table. +Number 7: She could be late. Repeat: She could be late. +Number 8: It may be for you. Repeat: It may be for you. +Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic. Repeat: He might be stuck in traffic. +Number 10: It could be Lt Michell. Repeat: It could be Lt Michell. + +(18) Repeat the following sentences. + +Hurry, you're late. The meeting has already begun. +Hurry, you're late. The meeting has already begun. + +He's broken his leg. +He's broken his leg. + +This dog has cost us a lot of money. +This dog has cost us a lot of money. + +The water in the lake has frozen. +The water in the lake has frozen. + +Mark has had that car since 1984. +Mark has had that car since 1984. + +Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. +Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. + +Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. +Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. + +I've ridden the bus for three years. +I've ridden the bus for three years. + +Jill hasn't slept well for three nights. +Jill hasn't slept well for three nights. + +Mr. Evans has taught that course for six years. +Mr. Evans has taught that course for six years. + +--- + +Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. +Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(19) Now look at Figure 10. Write answers to the questions. Use the words you see. (pause 20 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Why do I have to hurry? +Number 2: What has he broken? +Number 3: What has cost us a lot of money? +Number 4: What has frozen? +Number 5: How long has Mark had that car? +Number 6: What has Lt Martin kept? +Number 7: Has Ralph paid that bill yet? +Number 8: How many years have you ridden the bus? +Number 9: Why is Jill tired? +Number 10: How long has Mr. Evans taught that course? +Number 11: What has Peter done with his money? + +(20) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun. Repeat: You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun. +Number 2: He has broken his leg. Repeat: He has broken his leg. +Number 3: This dog has cost us a lot of money. Repeat: This dog has cost us a lot of money. +Number 4: The water in the lake has frozen. Repeat: The water in the lake has frozen. +Number 5: Mark has had that car since 1984. Repeat: Mark has had that car since 1984. +Number 6: Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. Repeat: Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. +Number 7: No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. Repeat: No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. + +--- + +Number 8: I've ridden the bus for three years. Repeat: I've ridden the bus for three years. +Number 9: She hasn't slept well for three nights. Repeat: She hasn't slept well for three nights. +Number 10: He has taught that course for six years. Repeat: He has taught that course for six years. +Number 11: He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. Repeat: He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(21) Look at Figure 11. You will hear a paragraph. When you hear a number, write it down. Write only the numbers. + +Nick got a job last week. He started today. He counts pennies for the bank. A customer gave him two hundred and fifty pennies. Another customer gave him five hundred and thirty. His last customer gave him one thousand and one pennies. His new job will keep him very busy. + +(22) Listen to the paragraph again. Check the numbers you wrote. + +Nick got a job last week. He started today. He counts pennies for the bank. A customer gave him two hundred and fifty pennies. Another customer gave him five hundred and thirty. His last customer gave him one thousand and one pennies. His new job will keep him very busy. + +(23) The numbers are 250, 530, 1001. + +(24) Listen to another paragraph. Remember, write only the numbers. + +Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. There are two hundred children in kindergarten, two hundred fifty in first grade, two hundred forty-seven in second grade, two hundred seventy-two in third grade, three hundred and two in fourth grade, and two hundred eighty-seven in fifth grade. + +(25) Listen to the paragraph again. Check the numbers you wrote. + +Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. There are two hundred children in kindergarten, two hundred fifty in first grade, two hundred forty-seven in second grade, two hundred seventy-two in third grade, three hundred and two in fourth grade, and two hundred eighty-seven in fifth grade. + +(26) The numbers are kindergarten: 200, first grade: 250, second grade: 247, third grade: 272, fourth grade: 302, fifth grade: 287. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 12. + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 3D + +### Figure 9 + +1. It could be in the living room. +2. It may be cold outside. +3. His car might be in the garage. +4. It could be in the neighbor's yard. +5. It may be for tightening nuts. +6. They might be on the dining room table. +7. She could be late. +8. It may be for you. +9. He might be stuck in traffic. +10. It could be Lt Mitchell. + +### Figure 10 + +1. You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun. +2. He has broken his leg. +3. This dog has cost us a lot of money. +4. The water in the lake has frozen. +5. Mark has had that car since 1984. +6. Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. +7. No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. +8. I've ridden the bus for three years. +9. She hasn't slept well for three nights. +10. He has taught that course for six years. +11. He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. + +### Figure 11 + +**Paragraph 1** +250 +530 +1001 + +**Paragraph 2** +Kindergarten: 200 +1st grade: 250 + +--- + +2nd grade: 247 +3rd grade: 272 +4th grade: 302 +5th grade: 287 + +5. He used to wear cotton shirts and pants. +6. Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. +7. He leaves work at 5:30. +8. He always wears a suit and tie. + +### Lesson 4A + +#### Figure 1 + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| A. 6 | H. 10 | +| B. 12 | I. 9 | +| C. 1 | J. 3 | +| D. 2 | K. 14 | +| E. 7 | L. 4 | +| F. 5 | M. 11 | +| G. 13 | N. 8 | + +#### Figure 2 + +1. The ocean is a good place to catch fish. +2. My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle. +3. We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room. +4. The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house. + +#### Figure 3 + +1. He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. +2. It's very hot. +3. He used to go to work at 6:30. +4. He used to leave at 2:30. + +#### Figure 4 + +**COLUMNS** + +| ROWS | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:| +| **1** | | **?** | | | +| **2** | **!** | | **,** | | +| **3** | | | | **,** | +| **4** | | | | | + +### Lesson 4B + +#### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| a. 6 | e. 2 | +| b. 4 | f. 3 | +| c. 1 | g. 5 | +| d. 8 | h. 7 | + +#### Figure 2 + +1. They would go hunting in the fall. +2. They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. +3. They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. +4. No, it was sometimes boring. + +5. They would eat dinner; then go to bed early. +6. They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. +7. They would stay about two or three days. + +#### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| a. 3 | d. 2 | +| b. 1 | e. 4 | +| c. 5 | f. 6 | + +### Lesson 4C + +#### Figure 1 + +1. Joanne arrived later than Martha. +2. Sally left earlier than John did. +3. Alan works harder than Bob does. +4. Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does. +5. His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. +6. Cars move faster than buses do. +7. Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does. +8. Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can. +9. The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. +10. The red plane flies lower than the blue plane. + +#### Figure 2 + +**Dialog 1** +1. Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready. + +**Dialog 2** +2. He said he had the money at his office. + +**Dialog 3** +3. She said she liked to cook. + +#### Figure 3 + +Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans. + +### Lesson 4D + +#### Figure 1 + +**Dialog 1** +1. He used to live in Texas. +2. Now, he lives in California. +3. He used to ride a bus to school. +4. When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car. +5. He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. +6. He would lend him money occasionally. + +**Dialog 2** +1. Yes, he's been in the military. +2. He was an instructor. +3. He used to get up at 4:30. +4. He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. +5. He would go to class. +6. Yes, his students used to work very hard. +7. They used to study all weekend. + +#### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 4. c | +| 2. a | 5. a | +| 3. c | | + +--- +**– USER NOTES –** + +# American Language Course + +The American Language Course is a comprehensive, multilevel program for adults that teaches English for vocational and professional purposes. The ALC is designed primarily for intensive English language training in a classroom setting, but it can be adapted for slower-paced instruction. A significant feature of the ALC is the inclusion of basic military topics and vocabulary. + +Using traditional methods of language teaching as well as contemporary communicative approaches, the ALC's presentation is systematic and carefully sequenced to ensure that learners can build on previously acquired knowledge. Photographs, illustrations, charts, and tables explain vocabulary and grammar, while dialogs and student-centered activities introduce and reinforce language functions and skills. Each book is supplemented by an instructional package that includes the following: + +- Instructor text +- Student text +- Language laboratory activities text with audio scripts and answer keys +- Audio recordings +- Computer-delivered interactive multimedia instruction (IMI) +- Quiz kit +- Optional training aids + +The ALC's second edition features a completely revised student text with an accompanying instructor text. Instructor notes offer detailed guidelines for presenting classroom exercises, supplemental activities, and pertinent cultural information. A variety of teaching strategies are provided to keep students motivated and enliven the classroom. + +![Three photographs showing language students in classroom and outdoor environments, and the Defense Language Institute crest at the bottom](images/page_186_001.jpg) + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-4A.md b/sources/book-12/lla-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6b0a937 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4A + +**Figure 1** + +**Repeat the words and sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. Repeat the sentences.** + +![#A A fisherman standing and proudly holding up a large fish he has caught](images/page_059_001.jpg) +A. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#B Three people in a small boat fishing with rods on a lake](images/page_059_002.jpg) +B. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#C A hunter in outdoor gear holding a shotgun in a marshy area, watching birds fly overhead](images/page_059_003.jpg) +C. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#D A landscape view showing hills, trees, a fence, and water near a shoreline](images/page_059_004.jpg) +D. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#E A man in a sweater looking at tall city buildings across a body of water on a cloudy day](images/page_059_005.jpg) +E. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#F A thermometer showing temperatures next to a calendar page for the month of April](images/page_059_006.jpg) +F. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#G A young boy playing catch with a dog in front of a house](images/page_060_001.jpg) +G. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#H Two young men playing soccer outdoors](images/page_060_002.jpg) +H. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#I A man and a woman looking out a window together at rain falling outside](images/page_060_003.jpg) +I. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#J A group of deer standing near a body of water in a forest setting](images/page_060_004.jpg) +J. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#K Two children sitting on the ground feeding ducks by a pond](images/page_060_005.jpg) +K. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#L A glass display case in a store holding rifles, with a sign above reading "GUNS FOR SALE"](images/page_060_006.jpg) +L. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +![#M A soldier holding and aiming a rifle](images/page_061_001.jpg) + +![#N A soldier surrounded by various weapons including rifles and a bayonet](images/page_061_002.jpg) + +### Figure 2 + +> **Repeat the words and sentences. Write the missing word.** + +1. The ocean is a good place to _________________ fish. +2. My grandfather taught me how to _________________ a rifle. +3. We enlarged the house, so now I have my _________________ room. +4. The police heard a _________________ when they arrived at the house. + +--- + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +### Figure 3 + +> **Listen to the paragraph. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.** + +NOTES: Hank — used to live — Phoenix, Arizona + +lives — now — Seattle, Washington + +1. __________________________________________________________________________________ +2. __________________________________________________________________________________ +3. __________________________________________________________________________________ +4. __________________________________________________________________________________ +5. __________________________________________________________________________________ +6. __________________________________________________________________________________ +7. __________________________________________________________________________________ +8. __________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Write the punctuation in the correct place. Check your answers on the answer page.** + +| | COLUMNS | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** | +| **1** | | | | | +| **2** | | | | | +| **3** | | | | | +| **4** | | | | | + +| KEY | +|---| +| ? = question mark | +| ! = exclamation mark | +| ' = apostrophe | +| , = comma | + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause at / for student repetition) + +Picture A: fish...fish +Mr. Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday. + +Picture B: fish...fish +The boys are fishing off the pier. / Their fathers are fishing off the boat. + +Picture C: hunt...hunt +My uncle is hunting ducks. + +Picture D: country...country +The flowers are beautiful out in the country. + +Picture E: high...high +Roger could see the whole city from the high hill. + +Picture F: low...low +The temperature was 37°. That was low for April. + +Picture G: outdoors...outdoors +Put that dog outdoors. + +Picture H: out-of-doors...out-of-doors +We like to play out-of-doors. + +Picture I: indoors...indoors +It's rainy and cold. It's a good day to stay indoors. + +Picture J: deer...deer +The deer are eating by the lake. + +Picture K: duck...duck +The children enjoy feeding the ducks. + +Picture L: gun...gun +This store sells many kinds of guns. + +Picture M: rifle...rifle +My grandfather bought me this new rifle. + +Picture N: weapon...weapon +That soldier has used all the weapons. + +(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to the sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. You will hear each sentence twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each item) + +Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting. +My neighbor enjoys hunting. + +Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city. +George lives out in the country, far away from the city. + +Number 3: Look at the deer! +Look at the deer! + +Number 4: DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns. +DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns. + +Number 5: The temperature was very low. +The temperature was very low. + +Number 6: That's really a big fish! +That's really a big fish! + +Number 7: Look how high he is! +Look how high he is! + +Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military. +John learned all about weapons in the military. + +Number 9: It's still raining. I've been indoors all day. +It's still raining. I've been indoors all day. + +Number 10: They have to play soccer out-of-doors. +They have to play soccer out-of-doors. + +Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. +Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. + +Number 12: The boys asked their fathers to go fishing. +The boys asked their fathers to go fishing. + +Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. +Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. + +Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water. +The ducks like to play in the water. + +(5) Let's check your answers. (pause for student rep) + +Picture A is 6. That's really a big fish. + +Picture B is 12. The boys asked their fathers to go fishing. + +Picture C is 1. My neighbor enjoys hunting. + +Picture D is 2. George lives out in the country, far away from the city. + +Picture E is 7. Look how high he is! + +Picture F is 5. The temperature was very low. + +Picture G is 13. Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. + +Picture H is 10. They have to play soccer out-of-doors. + +Picture I is 9. It's still raining. I've been indoors all day. + +Picture J is 3. Look at the deer! + +Picture K is 14. The ducks like to play in the water. + +Picture L is 4. DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns. + +Picture M is 11. Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. + +Picture N is 8. John learned all about weapons in the military. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Repeat the words and sentences. Write the missing words in the blank. (pause 5 sec after each sentence) + +Number 1: catch...catch +The ocean is a good place to catch fish. + +Number 2: shoot...shoot +My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle. + +Number 3: own...own +We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room. + +Number 4: shot...shot +The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house. + +(7) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: You should have written catch, c-a-t-c-h. + +Number 2: You should have written shoot, s-h-o-o-t. + +Number 3: You should have written own, o-w-n. + +Number 4: You should have written shot, s-h-o-t. + +(8) Repeat these sentences. (pause at / for student rep) + +Frank used to be in the Army. / Now he works in an office. + +Don used to play football. / Now he plays tennis. + +Beth used to cook dinner every night, / but now her daughter does. + +My nephew used to visit us every weekend, / but he doesn't anymore. + +My father used to take me fishing every summer. / Now I take my son. + +Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall, / but we haven't gone for six years. + +My neighbor used to own a gun, / but he sold it last month. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a paragraph. Take notes. Listen for "used to". Be ready to answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each sentence) + +Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. (pause) It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully. (pause) Hank used to go to work at six-thirty every morning, and he used to leave at two-thirty in the afternoon. (pause) He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work. (pause) He never wore a suit and tie. (pause) Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. (pause) It's very cool there. (pause) He doesn't go to work early, and he works until five-thirty in the afternoon. (pause) He always wears a suit and tie to work. + +(10) Now write answers from your notes. (pause 20 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where did Hank use to live? + +Number 2: How is the climate there? + +Number 3: What time did Hank use to go to work? + +Number 4: When did he use to leave work? + +Number 5: What did he use to wear to work? + +Number 6: Where does he live now? + +Number 7: What time does he leave work there? + +Number 8: What does he wear to work? + +(11) Now let's check your answers. + +Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. + +Number 2: It's very hot. + +Number 3: He used to go to work at six-thirty. + +Number 4: He used to leave work at two-thirty. + +Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants. + +Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. + +Number 7: He leaves work at five-thirty. + +Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(12) Look at Figure 4. Listen carefully. Write the correct punctuation in the chart. Use the key to help you. + +Number 1: Put the exclamation mark in column one, row two. +Put the exclamation mark in column one, row two. + +Number 2: Put the apostrophe in column three, row two. +Put the apostrophe in column three, row two. + +Number 3: Put the question mark in column two, row one. +Put the question mark in column two, row one. + +Number 4: Put the comma in column four, row three. +Put the comma in column four, row three. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 12. + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4B + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat the following words and sentences. + +go...go +Victor drives to the lake to go fishing. +Victor drives to the lake to go fishing. + +instructions...instructions +I don't know how to do this. / Please read the instructions to me. +I don't know how to do this. / Please read the instructions to me. + +plenty...plenty +Please stay for dinner. / There's plenty of food. +Please stay for dinner. / There's plenty of food. + +practice...practice +Michelle practices tennis every day. / She's quite good. +Michelle practices tennis every day. / She's quite good. + +prepare...prepare +The soldier was preparing dinner. / He's a good cook. +The soldier was preparing dinner. / He's a good cook. + +used to...used to +Jeff used to be in the military. / Now he's going to school. +Jeff used to be in the military. / Now he's going to school. + +would...would +Last year, Margaret would come to our house every evening. +Last year, Margaret would come to our house every evening. + +all over...all over +The baby spilled the milk all over his mother. +The baby spilled the milk all over his mother. + +farther...farther +Larry can run farther than Mike can. / Mike can run only one mile. +Larry can run farther than Mike can. / Mike can run only one mile. + +hard...hard +The math test was really hard. / I didn't get a good score. +The math test was really hard. / I didn't get a good score. + +more...more +Billy has more money than I do. / He has ten dollars; I have only five. +Billy has more money than I do. / He has ten dollars; I have only five. + +once...once +My uncle went fishing once; / he has never gone again. +My uncle went fishing once; / he has never gone again. + +several...several +There were several people from Korea at the get-together. +There were several people from Korea at the get-together. + +slow...slow +She hurt her leg; / now Mrs. Martin walks very slow. +She hurt her leg; / now Mrs. Martin walks very slow. + +twice...twice +Bobby has been sick twice this year. / He's been sick two times. +Bobby has been sick twice this year. / He's been sick two times. + +whole...whole +Sandy's son ate the whole pie. / He ate all of it. +Sandy's son ate the whole pie. / He ate all of it. + +(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the sentences. (pause 20 sec) Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question. +(pause 10 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake? + +Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this? + +Number 3: Is there plenty of food? + +Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis? + +Number 5: What was the soldier preparing? + +Number 6: Was the math test hard? + +Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year? + +Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together? + +(5) Let's check your answers. + +Letter A is 6. Was the math test hard? Yes, it was really hard. +Repeat: Yes, it was really hard. + +Letter B is 4. How often does Michelle practice tennis? She practices every day. Repeat: She practices every day. + +Letter C is 1. Why does Victor drive to the lake? He drives to the lake to go fishing. Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing. + +Letter D is 8. How many people from Korea were at the get-together? Several people from Korea were at the get-together. Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together. + +Letter E is 2. Can you tell me how to do this? Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions. Repeat: Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions. + +Letter F is 3. Is there plenty of food? Yes, there is plenty of food. Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food. + +Letter G is 5. What was the soldier preparing? He was preparing dinner. Repeat: He was preparing dinner. + +Letter H is 7. How many times has Bobby been sick this year? He's been sick twice. Repeat: He's been sick twice. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog and take notes. Listen for "would". Be ready to answer the questions. + +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Hey, Dad, tell us about your hunting trips. +voice 2: Okay. Every fall my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. In the evening, we would eat dinner; then go to bed very early. We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. We would stay about two or three days and then go back home. + +(7) Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Hey, Dad, tell us about your hunting trips. +voice 2: OK. Every fall my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. In the evening, we would eat dinner; then go to bed very early. We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. We would stay about two or three days and then go back home. + +(8) Now write the answers to the questions. (pause 30 sec after each question) + +Number 1: When would they go hunting? + +Number 2: What would they do in the morning? + +Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? + +Number 4: Was it always exciting? + +Number 5: What would they do in the evening? + +Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? + +Number 7: How long would they stay? + +(9) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: When would they go hunting? They would go hunting in the fall. Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall. + +Number 2: What would they do in the morning? They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. Repeat: They would get up early, / eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. + +Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. + +Number 4: Was it always exciting? No, it was sometimes boring. Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring. + +Number 5: What would they do in the evening? They would eat dinner; then go to bed early. Repeat: They would eat dinner; / then go to bed early. + +Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes / because it was very cold. + +Number 7: How long would they stay? They would stay about two or three days. Repeat: They would stay about two or three days. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(10) Look at Figure 3. Read the answers you see. (pause 20 sec) Listen to Number 1. + +Number 1: The desk was too heavy for me to move. . . . (pause 5 sec) + +(11) Write the number 1 in front of Letter B. The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. + +(12) Let's do some more. + +Number 2: Andy wanted to go to the movie. . . . (pause 10 sec) + +Number 3: Henry couldn't find his keys. . . . (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: Captain Jones's car is in the garage. . . . (pause 10 sec) + +Number 5: Jim likes to go hunting. . . . (pause 10 sec) + +Number 6: Roger is shooting with his rifle. . . . (pause 10 sec) + +(13) Now let's check your answers. + +Letter A is 3. Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard. Repeat: Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard. + +Letter B is 1. The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. Repeat: The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. + +Letter C is 5. Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing. Repeat: Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to fishing. + +Letter D is 2. Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't. Repeat: Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't. + +Letter E is 4. Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work. Repeat: Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work. + +Letter F is 6. Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol. Repeat: Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 12. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-4B.md b/sources/book-12/lla-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60c06daf --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4B + +**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +### Figure 1 + +> **Write the number in front of the answer. Repeat the answers.** + +______ a. Yes, it was really hard. + +______ b. She practices every day. + +______ c. He drives to the lake to go fishing. + +______ d. Several people from Korea were at the get-together. + +______ e. Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions. + +______ f. Yes, there's plenty of food. + +______ g. He was preparing dinner. + +______ h. He's been sick twice. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Listen to the dialog. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.** + +NOTES: __________________________________________________________________________________ + +1. __________________________________________________________________________________ +2. __________________________________________________________________________________ +3. __________________________________________________________________________________ +4. __________________________________________________________________________________ +5. __________________________________________________________________________________ +6. __________________________________________________________________________________ +7. __________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +## Figure 3 + +> Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. but his son found them in the yard. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. so I asked for help. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. and Sam likes to go fishing. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. but I didn’t. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. so he took the bus to work. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. and Howard is using his pistol. + +- USER NOTES - diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-4C.md b/sources/book-12/lla-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f04cabb --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4C + +## Figure 1 + +> Repeat the sentences. Write answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +9. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +10. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +## Figure 2 + +> Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers. + +### Dialog 1 + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +### Dialog 2 + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +### Dialog 3 + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +## Figure 3 + +> Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote. + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 4C + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the sentences. Then write the answers to the questions. (pause 30 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Joanne arrived later than Martha. +Joanne arrived later than Martha. + +Who arrived later than Martha? + +Number 2: Sally left earlier than John did. +Sally left earlier than John did. + +Who left earlier? + +Number 3: Alan works harder than Bob does. +Alan works harder than Bob does. + +Who works harder than Bob? + +Number 4: My grandmother drives slower than my brother does. +My grandmother drives slower than my brother does. + +Who drives slower than my brother does? + +Number 5: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. +His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. + +Who came sooner than Bill expected? + +Number 6: Cars move faster than buses do. +Cars move faster than buses do. + +Which move faster, cars or buses? + +Number 7: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does. +Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does. + +Who throws a baseball farther? + +Number 8: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can. +Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can. + +Who can draw straighter lines? + +Number 9: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. +The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. + +Which pilots try to fly higher? + +Number 10: That red plane flies lower than the blue plane. +That red plane flies lower than the blue plane. + +Which plane flies lower? + +(4) Let's look at the answers. + +Number 1: Joanne arrived later than Martha. +Repeat: Joanne arrived later than Martha. + +Number 2: Sally left earlier than John did. +Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did. + +Number 3: Alan works harder than Bob does. +Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does. + +Number 4: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does. +Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does. + +Number 5: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. +Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. + +Number 6: Cars move faster than buses do. +Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do. + +Number 7: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does. +Repeat: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does. + +Number 8: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can. +Repeat: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can. + +Number 9: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. +Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. + +Number 10: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane. +Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a question. Then listen to a dialog. Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time. + +(voice 2, male; voice 1, female) + +What did Mr. Sandoval say about the car? + +(phone ringing) + +voice 1: Hello. +voice 2: May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please? +voice 1: He's not here right now. May I take a message? +voice 2: Yes. This is Fred Sandoval. His car is ready. +voice 1: Thank you, Mr. Sandoval. I'll tell him. + +What did Mr. Sandoval say about the car? (pause 20 sec) + +(6) Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready. Repeat: Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready. + +(7) Now listen to another question and dialog. + +(2 male voices) + +What did Captain Richardson say about the money? + +(footsteps entering room) + +voice 1: Yes, sir, may I help you? +voice 2: I'm Captain Richardson. I'm looking for Captain Brown. Is this his office? +voice 1: Yes, it is, but he's not here right now. He's at lunch. +voice 2: I have his money at my office. +voice 1: I'll tell him, sir. + +What did Captain Richardson say about the money? (pause 20 sec) + +(8) He said he had the money at his office. Repeat: He said he had the money at his office. + +(9) Now listen to another question and dialog. + +(2 female voices) + +What did Jane say about cooking? + +(silverware sounds) + +voice 1: This chicken is very good, Jane. +voice 2: Thanks, Mary. It's very easy to prepare. +voice 1: I'm not a very good cook. Maybe you could teach me some things. +voice 2: Certainly. I like to cook. + +What did Jane say about cooking? (pause 20 sec) + +(10) She said she liked to cook. Repeat: She said she liked to cook. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(11) Look at Figure 3. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen carefully the first time. (read at normal speed) + +Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans. + +(12) Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear. +(pause 30 sec at / ) + +Carl walked into his house last night / and decided he wanted a change. / What could he do / to change his house? / Well, he could enlarge / his kitchen. / He could add on / another bedroom, / and he could build / a patio. / He's going to think about it / during the weekend. / He'll make his decision / on Monday. / Then he'll have to ask his wife. / I hope she likes / his plans. / + +(13) Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. + +Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 12. diff --git a/sources/book-12/lla-4D.md b/sources/book-12/lla-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b31e005b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/lla-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4D + +LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY: Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity. + +--- + +## Figure 1 + +> Listen to the dialogs. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers. + +### Dialog 1 + +NOTES: + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +### Dialog 2 + +NOTES: + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +#### Figure 2 + +Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer. + +*Example:* The son is ________. +a. angry +b. excited +c. sad + +1. Nancy is ________. +a. sick +b. upset +c. sad + +2. She is ________. +a. angry +b. happy +c. sad + +3. Matt is ________. +a. angry +b. upset +c. happy + +4. Jack is ________. +a. excited +b. sad +c. angry + +5. They are ________. +a. afraid +b. late +c. happy + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 4D + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Repeat these words and sentences. + +brought...brought +Ginger has brought that chicken dish before. +Ginger has brought that chicken dish before. + +cut...cut +I have cut the wood four times this week. +I have cut the wood four times this week. + +fallen...fallen +Those curtains have fallen three times this week; / let's fix them. +Those curtains have fallen three times this week; / let's fix them. + +forgotten...forgotten +Do you think Sgt Wilson has forgotten about this meeting? +Do you think Sgt Wilson has forgotten about this meeting? + +grown...grown +That tree has really grown since last year. +That tree has really grown since last year. + +hidden...hidden +The children have hidden my car keys. I can't go to work. +The children have hidden my car keys. I can't go to work. + +left...left +Barbara has left her umbrella here. +Barbara has left her umbrella here. + +made...made +Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before. +Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before. + +(4) Look at Figure 1. Take notes on a dialog. Be ready to answer questions. + +(2 voices, both male) + +voice 1: Where are you from? +voice 2: I used to live in Texas. Now, I live in California. +voice 1: Did you go to school in Texas? +voice 2: Yes, I did. I used to ride a bus to school every day. Then, when I was sixteen, my father bought me a car. +voice 1: Did you drive to school? +voice 2: I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas. +voice 1: Did your father ever lend you money? +voice 2: He'd lend me money occasionally but not very often. + +(5) Now write the answers to the questions. (pause 20 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Where did he use to live? +Number 2: Where does he live now? +Number 3: How did he use to go to school? +Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was sixteen? +Number 5: Would he always drive to school? +Number 6: Would his father lend him money? + +(6) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: Where did he use to live? He used to live in Texas. +Repeat: He used to live in Texas. + +Number 2: Where does he live now? Now, he lives in California. +Repeat: Now, he lives in California. + +Number 3: How did he use to go to school? He used to ride a bus to school. +Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school. + +Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was sixteen? When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car. +Repeat: When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car. + +--- + +Number 5: Would he always drive to school? He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. +Repeat: He would usually drive to school, / but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. + +Number 6: Would his father lend him money? He would lend him money occasionally. +Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally. + +(7) Listen to the next dialog, take notes, and be ready to answer the questions. + +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Have you ever been in the military? +voice 2: Yes, I have. I was in the Army for twenty years. +voice 1: Did you enjoy it? +voice 2: Yes, I did. Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job. I was an instructor. +voice 1: Where did you work? +voice 2: Well, I worked at Ft. Benning in Georgia. I used to get up at four-thirty every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast. After breakfast, I would go to class. My students used to work very hard. They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend. + +(8) Okay. Write the answers to the questions. (pause 20 sec) + +Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? + +Number 2: What was his job? + +Number 3: When did he use to get up? + +Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? + +Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? + +Number 6: Did his students use to work very hard? + +Number 7: What did they use to do all weekend? + +(9) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? Yes, he has been in the military. Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military. + +Number 2: What was his job? He was an instructor. Repeat: He was an instructor. + +Number 3: When did he use to get up? He used to get up at 4:30. Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30. + +Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. + +Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? He would go to class. Repeat: He would go to class. + +Number 6: Did his students use to work very hard? Yes, his students used to work very hard. Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard. + +Number 7: What did they use to do all weekend? They used to study all weekend. Repeat: They used to study all weekend. + +AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(10) Now, look at Figure 2. Listen to a short dialog. Circle the letter of the answer. Look at the example. + +(two voices, both male) + +voice 1: Look, Dad. I caught one! +voice 2: That's wonderful, Son! + +The son is .... (pause 5 sec) + +(11) The answer is: The son is excited. Now listen to the other dialogs and circle the correct answer. + +Number 1: +(2 female voices) + +voice 1: Oh no! The cigarette burned my new dress. +voice 2: Don't worry, Nancy. I think I can fix it. + +Nancy is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 2: +(voice 1, young female; voice 2, young male) + +voice 1: That's my truck, Bobby. Give it to me. +voice 2: No! I'm playing with it. + +She is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 3: +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Hey, Matt. Let's go hunting this weekend. +voice 2: I'd love to. What time do you want to leave? + +Matt is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 4: +(voice 1, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Janet, where are my socks? +voice 2: I'm sorry, Jack. I forgot to wash them. + +Jack is .... (pause 5 sec) + +Number 5: +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Did you hear that shot? +voice 2: Yes, I did. It was near here. + +They are .... (pause 5 sec) + +(12) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is B: Nancy is upset. Repeat: Nancy is upset. + +Number 2 is A: She is angry. Repeat: She is angry. + +Number 3 is C: Matt is happy. Repeat: Matt is happy. + +Number 4 is C: Jack is angry. Repeat: Jack is angry. + +Number 5 is A: They are afraid. Repeat: They are afraid. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 12. + +- USER NOTES - diff --git a/sources/book-12/st-1.md b/sources/book-12/st-1.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42bc5975 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/st-1.md @@ -0,0 +1,2218 @@ + + +# WHAT WILL HAPPEN IF...? BOOK 12 LESSON 1 + +![A collage of various scenes depicting people enjoying outdoor activities, beach scenes, and weather elements](images/page_009_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +The weather's awful. If you're leaving, you should leave soon. +Well, I expect to leave at noon if it clears up. + +### GRAMMAR +If we go to the beach, we'll have a good time. +Tom might come with us if he doesn't have to study. + +How long has your car's engine sounded this way? +I've heard that noise for a week or two, I guess. + +### SKILLS +laugh +a. friend +b. dog +c. night + +Bill uses a locker. +A locker may be a small closet. +may be a paint brush. +may be a basketball. + +Read and listen. Take notes. Summarize. +Read and listen. Underline and number important words. +Write main idea, title, and topic. + +### VOCABULARY +be over +belong (to) +blow/blew/blown +clear up +expect (to) +last +remain +slip +stay + +could use + +calm +clear +dangerous +deep +during +ever +except +freezing +frightened +humid +if + +like +no longer +none +occasionally +quiet +slippery +unpleasant + +beach +breeze +climate +heat +humidity +sea +thought +wind + +1 + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 12 LESSON 1 + +| | | ST Page | +| :--- | :--- | :---: | +| VOCABULARY: | Let's go to the beach. | 3 | +| READING SKILL: | select same sound | 8 | +| VOCABULARY: | It's calm and quiet at the beach. | 9 | +| GRAMMAR: | if clauses present or future probability | 12 | +| READING SKILL: | meaning of unknown word/phrase | 18 | +| FUNCTION: | inquire about/express effect of conditions on future actions/situations | 20 | +| WRITING SKILL: | take notes/oral summary | 24 | +| WRITING SKILL: | underline/number the answers/key points in text | 27 | +| GRAMMAR: | present perfect tense past into present | 28 | +| READING SKILL: | summarizing | 34 | + +2 + +# Vocabulary + +### HOT CLIMATE OR COLD CLIMATE? + +Repeat the new words and sentences. + +1. climate + The weather of a place is its climate. + Puerto Rico has a very nice climate. + +2. heat + We receive heat from the sun. + The heat from the fire will dry your clothes. + +3. humidity + Water in the air is called humidity. + The humidity is very high near the ocean. + +4. humid + When there's a lot of water in the air, we say it's humid. + It's often very humid in Houston. + +5. sea + A sea is full of salty water. + The Mediterranean Sea is between Europe and Africa. + +6. beach + A beach is the land next to a sea or an ocean. + Children enjoy playing at the beach. + +7. blow/blew/blown + Usually a breeze blows softly in the evening. + The wind blew very hard yesterday. + Oh no! The wind has blown my papers off my desk. + +8. expect + My sister said she would call me today. I'm expecting her call. + It's 11:00 o'clock. I expect the bus to come soon. + +9. during + It was still freezing during April. + We used to go swimming every day during the summer. + +3 + +![A boy and a girl standing barefoot on a sandy beach looking out at the ocean waves and birds flying overhead](images/page_012_001.jpg) + +Repeat the new words; then read the letter. + +Dear Mary, + +Since you're tired of the freezing temperatures in New York, come and visit us during spring break (March 23rd to 28th)! + +I'm sending you a picture of your niece and nephew at the beach. The wind really blew that day but, don't worry, it hasn't blown much since. Don't you just want to come when you see the beach? + +You say that you don't want to come because of our hot climate, but you don't really feel the heat when you're near the water, Sis.* When you're next to the water and the breeze blows, you don't feel the humidity. It's more humid in New York in the summer than it is here. Come down and you will see. I hope it's clear to you that I want you to come and spend time with us. + +I expect to hear from you soon. + +Your sister, + +*Sis = Sister + +4 + +--- + +![A thought bubble showing a man at a desk thinking about another man waving; in the foreground, two women talk at an airport terminal near Gate 1 with an airplane visible outside the window](images/page_013_001.jpg) + +**WHERE'S CARL?** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Betty: I'm so glad you came. +Mary: It's nice to see you, too. +Betty: Why didn't Carl come with you? +Mary: He hasn't felt well ever since he slipped and fell at work last month. He wants to remain in New York until he finishes his medicine and sees the doctor again. +Betty: How long is his medicine going to last? +Mary: It'll last about one more week. +Betty: Poor Carl. Slippery floors are very dangerous. Are they going to do anything to make the floors less slippery? +Mary: They're going to put in carpeting*. +Betty: I'm glad they learned something from this. + +\*carpeting = carpet + +--- + +**EVER** + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Paul: What did you ever do about your car? +Sam: I finally sold it! + +2. Jim: How did you ever get to Houston on time? +Joe: I took a plane! + +3. John: How did you ever pass that test? +Mark: I studied all night! + +4. Kim: Have you ever been to Europe? +Ali: Yes, I've been there many times. +Kim: What about you, Pat? +Pat: No, I've never been there. + +5. Luke: Did you ever write to John? +Tony: No, I never did. I lost his address. +Luke: What about you, Andy? +Andy: Yes, I wrote to him last week. + +6. Art: Do you ever wear your school jacket? +Phil: No, I never wear it anymore. +Art: What about you, Tim? +Tim: Sure, I wear mine all the time. It's nice and warm. + +7. Sharif: Have you ever had pita* bread? +Owen: No, I've never had any, but I hear it's great. +Sharif: What about you, Chuck? +Chuck: Yes. I eat it all the time. It's delicious. + +\*pita = a thin, flat bread + +--- + +**WHAT EVER HAPPENED TO ...?** + +Look at the sentences below. Ask a question about the person whose name is underlined. Use the other information to answer the question about Mary's friends and relatives. + +EXAMPLES: +Aunt Virginia doesn't live in New York any longer. She moved to Texas last year. + +Question: What ever happened to Aunt Virginia? +Answer: Well, she no longer lives in New York. Now, she lives in Texas. + +Your friend Ron isn't sick any longer. He feels better now. + +Question: What ever happened to your friend Ron? +Answer: Well, he's no longer sick. Now, he feels better. + +1. Uncle Paul doesn't work with Carl any longer. He found another job. + +2. Mr. Ross, your neighbor, doesn't fix cars any longer. He hurt his hands. + +3. Frankie doesn't go to high school any longer. He graduated last May. + +4. Carl's friend Joe isn't single any longer. He's married now. + +5. Carl's mother isn't staying with us any longer. + +6. Mrs. Green doesn't visit us any longer. She can't drive anymore. + +7. Your friend Dorothy doesn't write you any longer. She's very busy with her new family. + +8. Mr. Sills doesn't tell funny stories any longer. He doesn't have time now. + +9. Miss Grant isn't in Spain any longer. She came back to the U.S. last week. + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**HOW DO WE SAY IT?** + +Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined. + +EXAMPLE: laugh +a. friend +b. dog +c. match + +1. exchange +a. egg +b. exercise +c. escalator + +2. could +a. coin +b. shop +c. rice + +3. caution +a. shop +b. chicken +c. son + +4. engine +a. jump +b. go +c. catch + +5. frequently +a. quiet +b. can +c. key + +6. instructor +a. keep +b. certain +c. so + +7. hose +a. nose +b. pass +c. shop + +8. commercial +a. should +b. chip +c. so + +9. cautious +a. sharp +b. check +c. serve + +10. service +a. feel +b. big +c. vehicle + +11. dish +a. wrench +b. shoe +c. some + +12. ache +a. chicken +b. cake +c. shop + +13. love +a. bother +b. vending +c. up + +14. become +a. cool +b. receive +c. teach + +15. patient +a. shine +b. time +c. so + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +**ARE YOU EVER FRIGHTENED LIKE THAT?** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Betty: It's so calm and quiet here--no noise, no problems. I just love being at the beach. +Mary: I do too. I'm glad we came--except that swimming in the sea frightens me sometimes. +Betty: Why is that? +Mary: I think about swimming too far into the sea, where the water is really deep, and that frightens me. +Betty: Everybody has unpleasant thoughts sometimes. +Mary: Are you ever frightened like that? +Betty: Not very often, but I occasionally worry about the kids'* swimming too far. +Mary: Let's just forget about these unpleasant thoughts and enjoy the beach. + +**CARL WANTS TO GO FISHING.** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Betty: Did you talk to Carl? Was he feeling better? +Mary: Yes, much better. He said that he drove to the lake last Sunday. It was cloudy in the morning, but it cleared up in the afternoon. The day was calm and the water was clear. He could see the fish there. He can't wait until he can go fishing. +Betty: His pain won't last much longer. He'll be ready to go fishing soon. +Mary: We certainly hope so. + +\*kids = children + +--- + +THE CHILDREN STAY CALM AND QUIET ONLY WHEN THEY GO TO SLEEP. + +Make a sentence using the words in the boxes and the phrases below. + +| stay | angry | +| remain | happy | +| | sad | +| | calm | +| | quiet | +| | cool | + +EXAMPLES: Mr. Williams stays calm when he drives. +Joe remains quiet when everyone else is making noise. + +1. when everyone else is making noise +2. when/sleep +3. when/at a party +4. during a test +5. when/have a pain +6. when/drive a car +7. when/very hot +8. when someone hurts/feelings +9. when/do class work +10. after someone calls/at 3:00 a.m. + +--- + +![Two women sitting on a couch folding laundry, surrounded by baskets of clothes](images/page_019_001.jpg) + +ONLY THE YELLOW ONES ARE OURS. + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Betty: Mary, I could use some help. +Mary: I'll be glad to help you. What do you need? +Betty: None of these socks, except the yellow ones, belong to us. I think they belong to you, or I picked them up by mistake at the laundry. +Mary: No. You didn't make a mistake. They belong to us. +Betty: Thank you for clearing that up for me. . . . I'm so glad you decided to come. +Mary: Me too, but I'm sad our visit is almost over. Tomorrow at this time we'll be back in New York. +Betty: Yes, I'm sorry your visit will be over, too. Can you come back next year? + +# Grammar + +### CONDITIONAL SENTENCES + +| If Clause | Main Clause | +|---|---| +| If the weather's good, | we drive
we're driving
we'll drive
we're going to drive | to the beach. | + +| Main Clause | If Clause | +|---|---| +| Tom | can/could
may/might
should
must/has to
is able to | come | if he doesn't have to study. | + +| Main Clause | If Clause | +|---|---| +| Can/could you
Will/would you
Are you going to | read my paper | if you have time? | + +| If Clause | Main Clause | +|---|---| +| If you finish early, | how will you tell me?
what will you do?
where are you going? | + +Conditional sentences have two parts: the if-clause and the main clause. One type of conditional sentence is used to show what may/will happen in the present/future if a certain condition happens. When the if-clause has the present tense, the main clause uses the present or future tense. Note that the if-clause may come before or after the main clause. + +IF WE GO TO THE BEACH, WE'LL HAVE A GOOD TIME. + +![Two young men talking inside a room while looking out towards a beach scene](images/page_021_001.jpg) + +Read the dialog. + +Bob: Let's go to the beach Saturday if the weather's good. +Don: If it's raining Saturday, we can go Sunday. + +Bob: I won't be able to go if I have to work Sunday. +Don: If we don't go this weekend, we can always go later. + +Bob: If we wait, we may not have good weather. +Don: You're right. We should go Saturday if we can. + +**PATTERNS:** + +1. If you speed, you will get a ticket. +2. Mike must go if he has a reservation. +3. If the telephone rings, can you answer it? + +IF YOU CAN'T DRIVE YOUR CAR, I'LL DRIVE MINE. + +Make a new sentence. Use *if*. + +Examples: Tom can't go. Let's ask Mark. +If Tom can't go, let's ask Mark. + +We can ask Ken. Mark can't go. +We can ask Ken if Mark can't go. + +1. Don: I'd like to go to North Beach. It's not crowded. +Bob: A lot of people are there. We can go to South Beach. + +2. Don: I won't be able to drive. My dad needs the car. +Bob: He does. We can use mine. + +3. Don: Okay. You drive. I'll buy the gas. +Bob: I'll buy some soft drinks. I have enough money. + +4. Don: Do you think Tom will come? We ask him. +Bob: He may. He doesn't have to study. + +5. Don: I can remember. I'll call and ask him tonight. +Bob: You forget. I'll talk to him in class tomorrow. + +IF BOB AND DON BUY SODAS, THEY CAN BUY PAPER CUPS. + +Bob and Don want to buy food for their trip to the beach. They only have $5.00 to spend. They've written the prices next to the things on their list. What can they buy? + +| SHOPPING LIST | | +|---|---| +| sodas | $2.50 | +| potato chips | $1.35 | +| corn chips | $1.40 | +| paper cups | $1.10 | +| bread | $ .80 | +| meat | $2.75 | +| fruit | $2.00 | +| ice | $ .75 | +| cookies | $1.75 | + +Look at the list and make a sentence. Use *if*. + +EXAMPLES: sodas/potato chips +If they buy sodas, they can buy potato chips, too. +They can get sodas if they get potato chips. + +sodas and potato chips/corn chips +If they get sodas and potato chips, they can't get corn chips. +They can't buy sodas and potato chips if they buy corn chips. + +1. sodas and ice/paper cups +2. sodas and fruit/paper cups +3. bread and meat/potato chips +4. sodas/meat +5. fruit/cookies +6. meat and bread/fruit +7. potato chips/meat +8. cookies/bread and meat +9. paper cups and ice/sodas and corn chips + +IF THEY BUY SODAS AND PAPER CUPS, CAN THEY BUY ICE? + +Ask and answer questions about the shopping list. Use *if*. + +EXAMPLES: fruit/meat +Q: Can they buy fruit if they buy meat? +If they buy fruit, can they buy meat, too? +A: Yes, they can. + +fruit/cookies and corn chips +Q: Can they get fruit if they get cookies and corn chips? +If they get fruit, can they get cookies and corn chips, too? +A: No, they can't. + +1. meat/bread and potato chips + +2. potato chips and corn chips/cookies + +3. bread and fruit/sodas and ice + +4. potato chips and bread/fruit and ice + +5. sodas, ice, and paper cups/anything else + +--- + +# WHAT WILL HAPPEN IF KEN PASSES THE TRUCK? + +Ask and answer questions about the pictures. Use the underlined words and if. + +EXAMPLE: + +![A car driving behind a large box truck on a two-lane road going uphill; another car is approaching from the opposite direction over the hill crest](images/page_025_001.jpg) +Ken wants to try to pass the truck. He can't see over the hill. He'll hit the other car. + +Q: What will happen if Ken tries to pass the truck? +A: If Ken tries to pass the truck, he'll hit the other car. + +Q: If Ken doesn't try to pass the truck, what will happen? +A: Ken won't hit the other car if he doesn't try to pass the truck. + +1. ![#1 A car driving down a road towards a movie theater with a policeman standing near the entrance watching the car](images/page_025_002.jpg) +Grace should slow down. The policeman will give her a ticket. + +2. ![#2 A woman walking carefully across an icy patch of pavement while two men watch her](images/page_025_003.jpg) +Carmen has to be careful. She may slip on the ice and fall. + +--- + +3. ![#3 Children standing near a school bus while the driver gets in](images/page_026_001.jpg) +Jim and Ted might have to walk to school. They need to hurry. + +4. ![#4 A man standing at a checkout counter with a bag of groceries, reaching into his pocket while the cashier waits](images/page_026_002.jpg) +Bob doesn't think that he has enough cash. He will have to write a check. + +## Reading Skill + +THE WORD MAY BE . . . IS NOT . . . IS . . . + +Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write may be, is not, or is on the line. + +EXAMPLE: +a. Bill uses a locker. + +| | | +|---|---| +| may be | a small closet. | +| may be | a paint brush. | +| may be | a basketball. | + +b. Bill uses a locker at the gym. + +| | | +|---|---| +| may be | a small closet. | +| is not | a paint brush. | +| may be | a basketball. | + +c. Bill uses a locker at the gym to keep his clothes in while he swims. + +| | | +|---|---| +| is | a small closet. | +| is not | a paint brush. | +| is not | a basketball. | + +--- + +1. a. Mark went to a stadium. + + ___________ a shopping center. + ___________ a place to watch sports. + ___________ an airport. + + b. Mark went to a stadium and bought a ticket. + + ___________ a shopping center. + ___________ a place to watch sports. + ___________ an airport. + + c. Mark went to a stadium and bought a ticket for a football game. + + ___________ a shopping center. + ___________ a place to watch sports. + ___________ an airport. + +2. a. Ellen bought a candle. + + ___________ something to make light. + ___________ something to sit on. + ___________ something to drive. + + b. Ellen bought a candle for the house. + + ___________ something to make light. + ___________ something to sit on. + ___________ something to drive. + + c. Ellen bought a candle for the house for whenever the lights go out. + + ___________ something to make light. + ___________ something to sit on. + ___________ something to drive. + +--- + +3. a. Tom has a condominium. + + ___________ a headache. + ___________ a job. + ___________ an apartment. + + b. Tom has a condominium in California. + + ___________ a headache. + ___________ a job. + ___________ an apartment. + + c. Tom has a condominium in California which he lives in during the summers. + + ___________ a headache. + ___________ a job. + ___________ an apartment. + +## Function + +### IF THAT HAPPENS, .... + +Repeat the dialog; then read it. + +Jack: The weather's awful. If you're leaving, you should leave soon. +Paul: Well, I expect to leave at noon if it clears up. +Jack: If it starts freezing, it'll be dangerous. +Paul: Right, but the police will close the roads if it gets too bad. +Jack: What'll you do if that happens? +Paul: Well, if they do that, I'll stop until it clears up. + +--- + +### WHAT'LL YOU DO IF . . . ? + +Repeat the dialog; then read it. + +Bob: If you go on vacation this year, where do you think you'll go? +Bill: If I go in the summer, I'll go to the beach. +Bob: Where will you go if you go in the winter? +Bill: Well, if that happens, then I'll go to the mountains. +Bob: If you do that, I'd like to go with you. +Bill: It'll be great if we can go together. + +### IF . . . , I'LL . . . . / I'LL . . . IF . . . . + +Listen and repeat. + +1. If my friend doesn't like it, can I bring it back? + Can I bring it back if my friend doesn't like it? + +2. If you keep your sales slip, you can bring this back. + You can bring this back if you keep your sales slip. + +3. There's a hundred-dollar deposit if you have a dog. + If you have a dog, there's a 100-dollar deposit. + +4. Do I have to pay the deposit if I have a bird? + If I have a bird, do I have to pay the deposit? + +5. What will happen if I don't do well on this test? + If I don't do well on this test, what will happen? + +6. If you don't pass, you'll have to take it again. + You'll have to take it again if you don't pass. + +--- + +# IF YOU THINK ABOUT IT, YOU'LL ANSWER CORRECTLY. + +Match the clause in Column A with the clause in Column B to make a complete, correct sentence. Write the letter in the blank next to the number. Number 1 has been done as an example. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| b 1. You shouldn't drive in the mountains | a. if the day is hot and humid. | +| ______ 2. If you can swim well, | b. if dangerous roads frighten you. | +| ______ 3. Don't expect to pass | c. you should start studying your French. | +| ______ 4. The roads shouldn't be slippery | d. you may break a bone. | +| ______ 5. If you expect to go to France, | e. you can swim in deep water. | +| ______ 6. If we have to stay after class, | f. please take a message. | +| ______ 7. If you ever see that movie, | g. if you sleep during class. | +| ______ 8. A cold drink tastes great | h. if it doesn't rain. | +| ______ 9. If you slip on the ice, | i. you'll never forget it. | +| ______ 10. If someone calls, | j. we can't go to the beach this afternoon. | + +--- + +# WHAT MIGHT/WILL/CAN HAPPEN IF . . . ? + +One student uses the words to ask a question. Another student uses the same words in his answer. Use the following patterns: + +> What might happen if . . . ? +> What will happen if . . . ? +> What can happen if . . . ? + +**EXAMPLE:** +**S1:** What might happen if you lose your airplane ticket for home? +**S2:** If I lose my airplane ticket for home, I might call my government to send another one. + +1. books fall in the lake +2. don't have money +3. lose your wallet +4. break someone's window +5. have a car accident +6. slip on the stairs +7. win a million dollars +8. find a gold ring +9. class is cancelled +10. get a promotion + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +**READ AND LISTEN. TAKE NOTES. SUMMARIZE.** + +Read the paragraphs. +Listen to questions. +Take notes on the answers. +Summarize the paragraphs from the notes. + +### FEEL GOOD AND LOOK GREAT! + +Do you want to feel healthy and look better? Here are five things you can do. First, eat fruits and vegetables every day. Second, drink a lot of water. Third, exercise every day. Next, get enough sleep every night. Last, and most importantly, think happy thoughts. If you do these five things, you will feel better and look better in a short time. + +Notes on answers to questions: + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### CHEWING GUM + +Do you know how to make chewing gum? First, you take the juice, "chicle," from the gum (or "sapodilla") tree. This tree grows in places with warm climates like Mexico and Central America. Next, you heat the juice to clean it. Then, you add sugar, color, and flavor. When the juice cools, it becomes hard. You can cut it into pieces or balls. Then you cover the balls with candy. The juice from the gum tree is now chewing gum! + +Notes on answers to questions: + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### IT'S A FAVORITE SNACK! + +In 1860, Santa Ana, a Mexican general, brought chewing gum into the United States. People liked it very much. It was easy to make. They made it in their homes. At first, people used the gum from different trees. Then, for many years they made chewing gum from "chicle," the juice of the gum (or "sapodilla") tree. They thought this juice made the best chewing gum. Around 1950 people started using a different juice called "sorbitol". This new juice is sweet. It became very popular because it is better for people's teeth than sugar. Today gum is still a favorite snack in the United States. + +Notes on answers to oral questions: + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +**READ AND LISTEN. UNDERLINE AND NUMBER.** + +Read the paragraphs. +Listen to the questions. +Underline and number the answers. + +EXAMPLE: People go to the beach in the summer. They go +                                1 +because they want to swim and get some sun and fresh +                                2 +air. It's also fun to rest on the beach on a calm, +                                2 +clear day. + +1. The storm was a bad one. It blew down an old house. It also broke house and car windows. The rain filled the roads and low water crossings with water. Lights, clocks, and radios stopped working. The storm lasted two days. + +2. If the weather clears up soon, we can go on our vacation. We plan to take our boat into the deep sea where the water is calm and clear and the cool breeze blows. + +3. The breeze that blows from the south part of Texas is a calm, quiet one. It brings warm, humid weather that is good for vegetables and fruits. This south Texas ocean breeze keeps vegetables and fruits from freezing in the winter. + +--- + +# Grammar + +### PRESENT PERFECT + +| I
We
You
They | have
haven't | studied | all afternoon. | +|---|---|---|---| +| He
She | has
hasn't | | | + +| Have | I
we
you
they | studied | all afternoon? | +|---|---|---|---| +| Has | he
she | | | + +The present perfect tense is formed with **have** or **has** + **the past participle** of the verb. With regular verbs, the past participle is formed by adding **-ed** to the verb. With irregular verbs, the past participle changes its form. For examples of past participles of irregular verbs, look at Appendix C in the back of your book. + +| COMPARISON OF PAST TENSE AND PRESENT PERFECT TENSE | +|---| +| We use **past tense** to describe situations that happened at a **definite time** in the past. | +| We use **present perfect tense** to describe situations that have happened at an **indefinite time** (or times) in the past, or situations that have begun in the past and have continued to the present. | + +--- + +# Grammar + +### HOW LONG HAS THE ENGINE SOUNDED LIKE THIS? + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Dale: How long has your car's engine sounded this way? + Gene: I've heard that noise for a week or two, I guess. + + Dale: How long has it been since someone put oil in it? + Gene: I don't think anyone has done it for several months. + +2. Lynn: This skirt has gotten tighter every week! + Gwen: Have you washed it often since you bought it? + + Lynn: No, I haven't. I've dry-cleaned it since it was new. + Gwen: Well, maybe you've eaten too much since then. + +PATTERNS: + +1. Pam **has had** that library book for a month. +2. Jack **has been** in Los Angeles since last summer. +3. The Millers **have had** their house for five years. + +### PHIL HAS LIVED THERE FOR TWO YEARS. + +Read the sentences. + +1. Phil **lived** in Chicago for two years. He doesn't live there now. +2. Phil **has lived** in Houston for two years. He still lives there. +3. Phil **has lived** in Houston since 1985. He still lives there. + +### LT ELTON HASN'T GOTTEN A NEW UNIFORM SINCE LAST YEAR. + +Complete the sentence. Use the present perfect tense. Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: +Edna has known Dave for 20 years. +(know) + +Rose and Adam have not taken any tests this week. +(not take) + +Has Marta eaten anything this morning? +(eat) + +1. _____ Emily _____ her medicine today? +(take) + +2. Joe _____ Paul's secret for 11 years. +(know) + +3. Henry _____ Spanish since he left Spain. +(not speak) + +4. Iris _____ magazine articles for many years. +(write) + +5. Sidney _____ the same car since he was 18. +(drive) + +6. We _____ at Ernie's Place since last summer. +(not eat) + +7. _____ Sal _____ the same dress everywhere she's been? +(wear) + +8. Erica _____ earaches every winter for 8 years. +(get) + +9. Chuck _____ his homework since he broke his elbow. +(not do) + +10. _____ Al _____ for Sky Way Airlines since he left the Air Force? +(fly) + +### FRED HAS FLOWN FAST AIRPLANES FOR FOURTEEN YEARS. + +In the present perfect tense, we use **for** to show how long something lasted, and **since** to show when something began. + +| FOR | SINCE | +|---|---| +| 15 minutes
several hours
five days
two weeks
six months
three years | 8:30
yesterday
a week ago
last week
June
1990 | + +Make a new sentence. Use the present perfect tense and words from the boxes above. Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: +Charles drives a taxi in Chicago. +Charles **has driven** a taxi in Chicago for three years. + +Those salesmen don't work here. +Those salesmen **haven't worked** here since June. + +1. Frank feels sick. + +2. Dick and Jane want a dog. + +3. The baby is not sleeping well. + +4. Anne intends to take a vacation. + +5. Cory does not exercise regularly. + +6. The students use these books. + +### HAS KEVIN WORKED HERE FOR A LONG TIME? + +Read the dialog silently. Then ask and answer a question about the dialog. Use the underlined word. + +EXAMPLES: +Ted: How do you like Houston? +Lee: I'm not sure. I've just lived here since May. + +Q: Has Ted lived in Houston since May? +A: Yes, he has. + +Lee: Have you been here for a long time? +Ted: No, I've only lived in Houston for a year. + +Q: Has Ted lived in Houston for a long time? +A: No, he hasn't. He's only lived there for a year. + +1. Mike: Have you known Trudy very long? + Luis: I've known her since she was a child. + +2. Mike: Dale says he's known Trudy for a long time too. + Luis: That's not true. He met her at the beach last month. + +3. Kate: How long have you and Ron owned this house? + Jane: Not long. Just since last summer. + +4. Jane: Did you and Joe buy your house when you got married? + Kate: Yes. We've owned it since 1982. + +5. Al: How have you felt this week? + Ed: Not good. I've been tired for several days. + +6. Al: How have you felt since you started going to the gym? + Ed: I've felt great since I started going there every day. + +### DAISY AND DONALD HAVE NEEDED A NEW CAR FOR YEARS. + +Read the paragraphs. Then ask and answer questions about the sentences. Start the question with the word that your teacher gives you. Use the present perfect tense. + +EXAMPLE: Donald has needed a new car for many years. (who) +Q: Who has needed a new car for many years? +A: Donald. + +(1) Daisy and Donald have wanted to buy a new car for a long time. (2) They have driven Donald's old car since they were married. (3) During the last year, they've had large auto repair bills almost every month. + +(4) For the last few weeks, they have thought about borrowing the money to buy a new car. (5) They have talked for several days with Hubert D. Louis. + +(6) Hubert is a nephew of Donald's who has worked at the Golden State Bank for 20 years. (7) He has known Donald and Daisy since he was a child. + +(8) Donald and Daisy have lived in Los Angeles near Hubert and his brothers for many years (9) and have always worked for the Easy Entertainment Company. + +Hubert has felt that his uncle's old car was too crowded ever since Donald got it. He is happy to lend Donald and Daisy the money for a new one. + +# Reading Skill + +### SUMMARIES + +Read each paragraph. Write a summary. + +EXAMPLE: +When the weather stays very cold for a long time, large pieces of ice cover parts of the world. These big pieces of ice move and break mountains and trees. They push the earth and the mountains to other places. They change the land and the way it looks. + +SUMMARY: +Large pieces of ice cover parts of the world when the weather stays cold. This ice can change the land and the way it looks. + +1. During the last part of the 1800's, people in the United States and Switzerland made machines that could make clocks. These machines made clocks faster and cheaper than men could. They made many different kinds of clocks. Some were alarm clocks. Others told the day, month, and year as well as the time. + +SUMMARY: +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +2. Man needs machines to help him study the things that live and grow in the ocean. There have been several machines made in the past, but man couldn't make a careful study using them. Today we have a better machine to help us study the ocean. It's a vehicle which, like an automobile, can move to the places we want to study under water. It has large windows which make it easy to see, and it can stay underwater a long time. + +SUMMARY: +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 1 + +A. **Complete the dialogs with the words in the boxes.** + +| blew | calm | freezing | +| blown | dangerous | frightened | +| blows | during | slippery | + +1. **John:** The wind really ________ hard last night. +**Mary:** Yes, it's ________ like that all week. +**John:** And it's so cold! It's ________ outside! +**Mary:** It's always cold ________ the winter. The wind ________ hard, and the streets get ________ because they're so ________ from the ice and snow. +**John:** I know. I'm always ________ when I'm driving on snow. It's hard to stay ________. + +| beach | expect | humidity | +| clear | heat | unpleasant | +| climate | | | + +2. **Tom:** What's the ________ like in your country? +**Jim:** It's usually nice, but sometimes it's ________. +**Tom:** I didn't ________ to hear that. I've heard you can go swimming on the ________ every day and the skies are ________. +**Tom:** That's true, but occasionally the ________ and ________ are terrible. + +B. **Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c.** + +1. **Jon:** Is the movie that you were watching finished? +**Paul:** Yes, it ________ about 15 minutes ago. +a. was out +b. was over +c. was down + +2. **Jon:** How long was it? +**Paul:** It ________ about three hours. +a. remained +b. slipped +c. lasted + +3. **Gene:** Is Linda still in Italy? +**Lynn:** Yes, she wants to ________ there until the course ends in December. +a. remain +b. slip +c. last + +4. **Ted:** What happened to Paul? +**Joe:** He ________ on the wet floor and broke his arm. +a. remained +b. slipped +c. lasted + +5. **Hans:** Excuse me, is the meeting going to begin at 5:00 or at 5:30? +**Mark:** At 5:30. +**Hans:** Thank you for ________ for me. +a. clearing that up +b. remaining that in +c. expecting that to + +6. **Ann:** Are these your magazines? +**Rick:** They're not mine. They ________ to Pat. +a. blow +b. stay +c. belong + +7. You did great! ________ of your answers is wrong. +a. Every +b. None +c. All + +8. **Lou:** It's so hot and ________ today. +**Ann:** Yes, the rain last night made things worse. +a. humid +b. heat +c. dry + +9. **Jake:** Did everyone go to school? +**Kim:** Yes, everyone ________ Kathy. She's sick, remember? +a. ever +b. expect +c. except + +10. **Walt:** Do you ever go to the movies? +**Jim:** ________. I go a few times a year. +a. Never +b. Occasionally +c. Frequently + +11. **Jake:** How ________ is the river? +**Walt:** About 15 ft. +a. deep +b. thick +c. tall + +12. **Kate:** Is the water still cold? +**Mike:** Yes, it's ________ outside. +a. deep +b. freezing +c. humid + +13. After it snowed, the roads were ________. +a. clear +b. hot +c. slippery + +14. It's very ________ when you drive on an icy road. +a. dangerous +b. easy +c. frightened + +15. **Tim:** Where are you going on your vacation? +**Dan:** I want to go to the ________ and enjoy the beach. +a. wind +b. mountains +c. sea + +C. **Answer the questions. Look at the example.** + +EXAMPLE: Has George ever been to Mexico? (no/never/ever) +No, George has never been to Mexico. +No, George hasn't ever been to Mexico. + +1. Does John ever go to the movies? (yes/sometimes/occasionally) +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +2. Does Donald ever drink coffee? (no/ever/never) +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +3. Has Tom ever had a vacation? (no/ever/never) +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +D. **Write a statement (.) or a question (?) in the present perfect tense. Use for or since.** + +EXAMPLES: Bert/know/Kevin/long time (?) +Has Bert known Kevin for a long time? + +Lt. Sims/not know/teacher/very long (.) +Lt Sims hasn't known his teacher for very long. + +1. The Millers/live/Canada/1981 (?) +____________________________________________________ + +2. Les/not see/brother/seven years (.) +____________________________________________________ + +3. Ruth/get up/5:00/every morning/30 years (.) +____________________________________________________ + +4. Lisa/play tennis/only six months (?) +____________________________________________________ + +5. The children/not go to the movies/last month (.) +____________________________________________________ + +E. **Match the clause in Column A with the clause in Column B to make a complete, correct sentence. Write the letter in the blank next to the number. Number 1 has been done as an example.** + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| f 1. If you don't want to have an accident, | a. you should use your turn signal. | +| _____ 2. If you run a red light, | b. they could be slippery. | +| _____ 3. If you change lanes, | c. call the police. | +| _____ 4. If you don't break the law, | d. you won't get a ticket. | +| _____ 5. If the roads are wet, | e. you may hit another car in the intersection. | +| _____ 6. If you have an accident, | f. you shouldn't drive carelessly. | + +F. **Change the affirmative sentence to a negative sentence. Use the word in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: Mary likes to swim if the water's warm. (cold) +Mary doesn't like to swim if the water's cold. + +1. I can understand you if you speak slowly. (fast) +____________________________________________________ + +2. Mary will finish a book if it's interesting. (boring) +____________________________________________________ + +3. You should live near the sea if you like a humid climate. (dry) +____________________________________________________ + +G. **Read the dialog and write two new sentences.** + +EXAMPLE: +**Ann:** Can I cash a check? +**Clerk:** If you have some identification. + +Ann can cash a check if she has some identification. +If Ann has some identification, she can cash a check. + +1. **Don:** Will Tom be able to pass the test? +**Dan:** If he studies. +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +2. Sally: Is Dennis going to come to work today? + David: Not if he's sick. + +--- + +3. Carl: Do you want to take the boat? + Jean: If the water's calm. + +--- + +H. **Change the sentence to a question. Use the word in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: The girls will go to the beach if it's clear. (cloudy) +Will the girls go to the beach if it's cloudy? + +1. You have to stop if the light is red. (yellow) +____________________________________________________ + +2. We can turn right if this is a two-way street. (one-way) +____________________________________________________ + +3. Ed will come to the party if Sam is going to be there. (Lisa) +____________________________________________________ + +4. Customers should call the manager if they're dissatisfied. (satisfied) +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +I. **Write a question. The underlined word will answer the question. Use questions words like who, when, where, what, whose, how, etc.** + +EXAMPLES: If Don remembers, he will ask Tom to go with them. +If Don remembers, who will he ask to go with them? + +Hilda has lived in China for a year. +Who has lived in China for a year? + +1. The boys will go to South Beach if North Beach is crowded. +____________________________________________________ + +2. Tom's aunt and uncle have rented the house for ten years. +____________________________________________________ + +3. They'll use Bob's car if they can't use Don's. +____________________________________________________ + +4. The students haven't had a good meal since they left home. +____________________________________________________ + +5. If Bob has to work Saturday, they'll go Sunday. +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +J. **Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find the meaning of the underlined word. Write may be, is not, or is on the line.** + +1. a. Jim refused the lemon pie. + + Refused + ________ said he did not want any + ________ said he wanted more + ________ said he cooked it + + b. Jim refused the lemon pie when Tom offered it. + + Refused + ________ said he did not want any + ________ said he wanted more + ________ said he cooked it + + c. Jim refused the lemon pie when Tom offered it because lemon makes Jim sick. + + Refused + ________ said he did not want any + ________ said he wanted more + ________ said he cooked it + +--- + +K. **Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined.** + +1. machine + a. shine + b. choice + c. key + +2. kick + a. clean + b. sleeve + c. quiet + +3. dangerous + a. jump + b. green + c. choice + +4. except + a. eggs + b. excuse + c. escalator + +--- + +L. **Read the paragraph. Write the topic, main idea, and give it a title.** + +A checkup by a dentist two times a year is important to keep your teeth healthy and strong. The dentist or his helper will clean your teeth and check them. He will work on any problem you have. Then, he will tell you to brush your teeth often and not to eat foods that have a lot of sugar in them. A visit to the dentist every 6 months is good for your health. + +TOPIC: ____________________________________________________ + +MAIN IDEA: ____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +TITLE: ____________________________________________________ + +--- + +M. **Read the paragraph. Write a summary.** + +Did you put some coins in a machine to buy gum or a can of soda today? Then you used a vending machine. People began to use vending machines in the United States in the 1890s, and could buy gum, stamps, and peanuts from these machines at train stations. Then in the 1900s, people could buy drinks and other foods from vending machines. Today, vending machines can sell some unusual things such as toys and stockings, and some machines can even talk. + +SUMMARY: ____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +--- + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 1 + +A. Listen to a question and some cues. Answer the question with the cues. Use if in your answers. + +B. Read the paragraph. Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. + +People who can't swim are usually frightened of deep water. The sea looks deep and dangerous to them. They may like the beach and like walking in the water when it is calm, but they are afraid to go too far out. + +C. Use and, but, or, so, or if to complete the sentences. + +1. We'll go to the beach ____________ it doesn't rain. +2. The temperature is freezing, ____________ the water hasn't frozen. +3. ____________ it is quiet, the baby will sleep. +4. The roads are icy ____________ dangerous, ____________ you should be careful. +5. We have to decide. We can go now ____________ later. +6. We went to the beach, ____________ we swam in the ocean. +7. He usually stays late, ____________ he's not staying late today. +8. The streets are slippery ____________ they get wet. +9. The child was frightened, ____________ we turned on the light. +10. Choose one ____________ the other. You can't have both. + +D. Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find the meaning of the underlined word. Write may be, is not, or is on the line. + +1. a. Jim retired at age 45. + + Retired + ____________ stopped smoking + ____________ stopped exercising + ____________ stopped working + + b. Jim rested after he retired at age 45. + + Retired + ____________ stopped smoking + ____________ stopped exercising + ____________ stopped working + + c. Jim kept busy after he retired from his job at age 45. + + Retired + ____________ stopped smoking + ____________ stopped exercising + ____________ stopped working + +E. Circle the correct answer. + +1. Jim and Jane haven't ____________. +a. go to a movie in weeks +b. see a movie in weeks +c. been to a movie in weeks + +2. Tom: How long have you lived there? +Jim: ____________ 10 years. +a. I'm living there now +b. I've lived there for +c. I've lived there since + +3. John hasn't ____________ a new car in 5 years. +a. bought +b. buy +c. get + +4. How long has it been ____________ Ann? +a. for you see +b. since you've seen +c. you see + +5. Occasionally, Sam has ____________ after work. +a. remained +b. stay +c. remain + +6. It looks like the wind has ____________ away the clouds. +a. blow +b. blew +c. blown + +7. Bill: How long has the program lasted? +Mary: It ____________ two weeks. +a. has lasted for +b. lasts for +c. has lasted since + +8. Hal hasn't ____________ Friday. +a. be here since +b. been here since +c. to be here for + +F. Match Column A and Column B to make sentences. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| 1. I haven't | a. or I can go in the winter. | +| 2. If I go in the summer, | b. if I go in the winter. | +| 3. I can go in the summer, | c. decided when to take my vacation yet. | +| 4. When do you think | d. I should go? | +| 5. But I will enjoy the snow | e. I can enjoy the sun at the beach. | + +Now put them in order and make a paragraph. + +________________________________________ + +G. Circle the letter of the word with the same sound underlined. + +1. freeze +a. loose +b. lose +c. shine + +2. check +a. Chicago +b. chicken +c. show + +3. peas +a. peace +b. teach +c. pays + +4. once +a. won +b. own +c. on + +H. Read the paragraph. Then write the topic, main idea, and give it a title. + +We don't know when man first began to use salt, but we do know that people still use it in different ways today. It is used by businesses to make glass, soap, airplane parts, some kinds of medicine, and many other things. Sometimes cities that have bad winters put salt on roads and highways to remove the ice. At home, people usually use it only to make food taste better. + +TOPIC: ____________________________________________________________________ + +MAIN IDEA: ________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +TITLE: ____________________________________________________________________ + +I. Read the paragraph. Then write a summary of it. + +Newspapers are important because they contain a lot of information. Millions of people read newspapers everyday, but how do they get their newspapers? There are different ways. One way is to buy it at a newsstand or at a store. Another way is to get it from a vending machine. A third way is to have it brought to your home. + +SUMMARY: _________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 2 + +A. Listen to a question and a word. Answer the question. Use already, yet, or never in your answer. + +B. Circle the letter of the word that sounds different. + +1. a b c +2. a b c +3. a b c +4. a b c +5. a b c +6. a b c +7. a b c +8. a b c + +C. Read the paragraph. Listen to some questions. Underline and number the answers in the paragraph. + +The decision to retire is not difficult for most people. They have worked hard all their lives, and now they want to relax and enjoy some free time. Some plan to travel. Others may have another job waiting for them. Most people like the idea of retiring. + +D. Combine the two sentences. Use so or or in your answer. + +1. He completed his course. He got a diploma. +2. Sal could go to the technical school. She could go to the university. +3. The airman chose the Air Force. He could be a pilot. +4. Joyce could teach in high school. She could teach in elementary school. +5. Herb wanted his master's degree. He went back to school. +6. They wanted to discuss the problem. They met at lunch. +7. Bart could retire. He could keep working. +8. Fran turned down the new job. She went back to school. + +E. Select the answer, a, b, or c, that is the meaning of the underlined word. + +1. They remodeled their house by building two more rooms. + a. cleaned + b. bought + c. changed + +2. Meg found the solution to her problems in the education office at the university. The people there helped her a lot. + a. the answer + b. the discussion + c. the cause + +F. Match Harry's questions and Kevin's answers. + +| HARRY | KEVIN | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. Instead of the one in Houston? Why did you do that? | a. I haven't made up my mind yet. I'll have to look at apartments. | +| _____ 2. Where are you going to live in Austin? | b. I've decided to take the one in Austin. | +| _____ 3. You'll enjoy the university. When do you plan to leave? | c. Because the pay is better, and I can take some courses at the university there. | +| _____ 4. Hi, Kevin. What have you decided to do about the job offers? | d. Sometime next month. | + +Now put the dialog in order. + +_____ _____ _____ _____ + +G. Complete the sentences with so, or, and, or but. + +1. They expected him to turn the job down, _____ his refusal of it was not news to them. +2. He got a diploma from the university in June, _____ he got a diploma from the technical school in December. +3. Bill wanted his master's degree, _____ he couldn't go back to school. +4. His vacation was over, _____ he went home. +5. Mary could study at the college, _____ she could take courses at the university. +6. You may continue working on your assignment, _____ you may go home. + +H. Read the paragraph and give an oral summary of it. + +Education is very important, but when you work at a job you often learn more than you do in school. Professionals will tell you they learned more about their profession during their first year at work than in all their years in college. So, while still in college, students should try to work in their field. The experience they get will help them decide if they like the field, and it will help them find a job later. + +ORAL SUMMARY: + + + + +HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 1 + +A. Complete the dialogs with the words in the boxes. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| blew | calm | freezing | +| blown | dangerous | frightened | +| blows | during | slippery | + +1. John: The wind really ________ hard last night. +Mary: Yes, it's ________ like that all week. +John: And it's so cold! It's ________ outside! +Mary: It's always cold ________ the winter. The wind ________ hard, and the streets get ________ because they're so ________ from the ice and snow. +John: I know. I'm always ________ when I'm driving on snow. It's hard to stay ________. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| beach | expect | humidity | +| clear | heat | unpleasant | +| climate | | | + +2. Tom: What's the ________ like in your country? +Jim: It's usually nice, but sometimes it's ________. +Tom: I didn't ________ to hear that. I've heard you can go swimming on the ________ every day and the skies are ________. +Tom: That's true, but occasionally the ________ and ________ are terrible. + +B. Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. Jon: Is the movie that you were watching finished? +Paul: Yes, it ________ about 15 minutes ago. +a. was out +b. was over +c. was down + +2. Jon: How long was it? +Paul: It ________ about three hours. +a. remained +b. slipped +c. lasted + +3. Gene: Is Linda still in Italy? +Lynn: Yes, she wants to ________ there until the course ends in December. +a. remain +b. slip +c. last + +4. Ted: What happened to Paul? +Joe: He ________ on the wet floor and broke his arm. +a. remained +b. slipped +c. lasted + +5. Hans: Excuse me, is the meeting going to begin at 5:00 or at 5:30? +Mark: At 5:30. +Hans: Thank you for ________ for me. +a. clearing that up +b. remaining that in +c. expecting that to + +6. Ann: Are these your magazines? +Rick: They're not mine. They ________ to Pat. +a. blow +b. stay +c. belong + +7. You did great! ________ of your answers is wrong. +a. Every +b. None +c. All + +8. Lou: It's so hot and ________ today. +Ann: Yes, the rain last night made things worse. +a. humid +b. heat +c. dry + +9. Jake: Did everyone go to school? +Kim: Yes, everyone ________ Kathy. She's sick, remember? +a. ever +b. expect +c. except + +10. Walt: Do you ever go to the movies? +Jim: ________. I go a few times a year. +a. Never +b. Occasionally +c. Frequently + +11. Jake: How ________ is the river? +Walt: About 15 ft. +a. deep +b. thick +c. tall + +12. Kate: Is the water still cold? +Mike: Yes, it's ________ outside. +a. deep +b. freezing +c. humid + +13. After it snowed, the roads were ________. +a. clear +b. hot +c. slippery + +14. It's very ________ when you drive on an icy road. +a. dangerous +b. easy +c. frightened + +15. Tim: Where are you going on your vacation? +Dan: I want to go to the ________ and enjoy the beach. +a. wind +b. mountains +c. sea + +C. Answer the questions. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Has George ever been to Mexico? (no/never/ever) +No, George has never been to Mexico. +No, George hasn't ever been to Mexico. + +1. Does John ever go to the movies? (yes/sometimes/occasionally) +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +2. Does Donald ever drink coffee? (no/ever/never) +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +3. Has Tom ever had a vacation? (no/ever/never) +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +D. Write a statement (.) or a question (?) in the present perfect tense. Use for or since. + +EXAMPLES: Bert/know/Kevin/long time (?) +Has Bert known Kevin for a long time? + +Lt. Sims/not know/teacher/very long (.) +Lt. Sims hasn't known his teacher for very long. + +1. The Millers/live/Canada/1981 (?) +____________________________________________________ + +2. Les/not see/brother/seven years (.) +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +3. Ruth/get up/5:00/every morning/30 years (.) + + __________________________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________________________ + +4. Lisa/play tennis/only six months (?) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +5. The children/not go to the movies/last month (.) + + __________________________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +E. Match the clause in Column A with the clause in Column B to make a complete, correct sentence. Write the letter in the blank next to the number. Number 1 has been done as an example. + +| Column A | | Column B | +|---|---|---| +| f | 1. If you don't want to have an accident, | a. you should use your turn signal. | +| ______ | 2. If you run a red light, | b. they could be slippery. | +| ______ | 3. If you change lanes, | c. call the police. | +| ______ | 4. If you don't break the law, | d. you won't get a ticket. | +| ______ | 5. If the roads are wet, | e. you may hit another car in the intersection. | +| ______ | 6. If you have an accident, | f. you shouldn't drive carelessly. | + +
HW-5
+ +
+ +F. Change the affirmative sentence to a negative sentence. Use the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Mary likes to swim if the water's warm. (cold) +Mary doesn't like to swim if the water's cold. + +1. I can understand you if you speak slowly. (fast) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +2. Mary will finish a book if it's interesting. (boring) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +3. You should live near the sea if you like a humid climate. (dry) + + __________________________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +G. Read the dialog and write two new sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Ann: Can I cash a check? +Clerk: If you have some identification. + +Ann can cash a check if she has some identification. + +If Ann has some identification, she can cash a check. + +1. Don: Will Tom be able to pass the test? +Dan: If he studies. + + __________________________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________________________ + +
HW-6
+ +
+ +2. Sally: Is Dennis going to come to work today? +David: Not if he's sick. + + __________________________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________________________ + +3. Carl: Do you want to take the boat? +Jean: If the water's calm. + + __________________________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +H. Change the sentence to a question. Use the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: The girls will go to the beach if it's clear. (cloudy) +Will the girls go to the beach if it's cloudy? + +1. You have to stop if the light is red. (yellow) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +2. We can turn right if this is a two-way street. (one-way) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +3. Ed will come to the party if Sam is going to be there. (Lisa) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +4. Customers should call the manager if they're dissatisfied. (satisfied) + + __________________________________________________________________ + +
HW-7
+ +
+ +I. Write a question. The underlined word will answer the question. Use questions words like who, when, where, what, whose, how, etc. + +EXAMPLES: If Don remembers, he will ask Tom to go with them. +If Don remembers, who will he ask to go with them? + +Hilda has lived in China for a year. +Who has lived in China for a year? + +1. The boys will go to South Beach if North Beach is crowded. + + __________________________________________________________________ + +2. Tom's aunt and uncle have rented the house for ten years. + + __________________________________________________________________ + +3. They'll use Bob's car if they can't use Don's. + + __________________________________________________________________ + +4. The students haven't had a good meal since they left home. + + __________________________________________________________________ + +5. If Bob has to work Saturday, they'll go Sunday. + + __________________________________________________________________ + +
HW-8
+ +
+ +J. Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find the meaning of the underlined word. Write may be, is not, or is on the line. + +1. a. Jim refused the lemon pie. + Refused + + __________ said he did not want any + __________ said he wanted more + __________ said he cooked it + + b. Jim refused the lemon pie when Tom offered it. + Refused + + __________ said he did not want any + __________ said he wanted more + __________ said he cooked it + + c. Jim refused the lemon pie when Tom offered it because lemon makes Jim sick. + Refused + + __________ said he did not want any + __________ said he wanted more + __________ said he cooked it + +--- + +K. Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined. + +1. machine + a. shine + b. choice + c. key + +2. kick + a. clean + b. sleeve + c. quiet + +3. dangerous + a. jump + b. green + c. choice + +4. except + a. eggs + b. excuse + c. escalator + +
HW-9
+ +
+ +L. Read the paragraph. Write the topic, main idea, and give it a title. + +A checkup by a dentist two times a year is important to keep your teeth healthy and strong. The dentist or his helper will clean your teeth and check them. He will work on any problem you have. Then, he will tell you to brush your teeth often and not to eat foods that have a lot of sugar in them. A visit to the dentist every 6 months is good for your health. + +TOPIC: __________________________________________________________________ + +MAIN IDEA: __________________________________________________________________ + +TITLE: __________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +M. Read the paragraph. Write a summary. + +Did you put some coins in a machine to buy gum or a can of soda today? Then you used a vending machine. People began to use vending machines in the United States in the 1890s, and could buy gum, stamps, and peanuts from these machines at train stations. Then in the 1900s, people could buy drinks and other foods from vending machines. Today, vending machines can sell some unusual things such as toys and stockings, and some machines can even talk. + +SUMMARY: __________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________ + +
HW-10
+ +--- + +HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 2 + +A. **Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c.** + +1. Lt. Rodriguez: Were you in Hawaii last year? +Capt. Chung: Yeah, I was on a two-year _______. +a. travel for duty +b. tour of duty +c. trip for work + +2. George: Are you going to sell me your red car? +Mark: Well, let me _______, and I'll tell you tomorrow. +a. make up your mind +b. think it over +c. change my mind + +3. Lewis: What did you talk about in class? +Stan: We had a _______ about Central America. +a. discussion +b. decision +c. refusal + +4. Can you take me to the airport? Mike wanted to take me, but he _______ when he realized he had to study for a test. +a. made up his mind +b. talked it over +c. changed his mind + +5. People who live far from schools may _______ their children at home. +a. study +b. retire +c. educate + +6. I don't think he was very clear. I'm still _______ about what he said. +a. confused +b. clear +c. dissatisfied + +7. Oscar: Where does your father work? +Mark: He doesn't work anymore. He _______ last year. +a. turned down +b. retired +c. refused + +8. I'm a dentist. That's my _______. +a. profession +b. name +c. education + +9. Dad, I want a book about cars _______ a magazine. +a. not yet +b. instead of +c. instead + +10. Wendy's parents _______ to take me home, but I told them that you were already coming to pick me up. +a. accepted +b. refused +c. offered + +11. Paul: Have you seen Burt Richard's new movie? +Rita: Yes. I've seen it _______. +a. still +b. yet +c. already + +12. Paul: Have you seen "The Greatest Story"? +Rita: No, I haven't seen it _______. +a. still +b. yet +c. already + +13. Dave: Did Jim take the job in New York? +Jack: No, he _______. +a. turned it down +b. thought it over +c. made up his mind + +14. When we make plans for the next five years, we're making plans for the _______. +a. future +b. time +c. past + +15. Carlos is a _______ soccer player. He makes a lot of money. +a. technical +b. professional +c. business + +B. **Change the sentence to a question. Use the words in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: The teacher has explained the problem. (answer) +Has the teacher explained the answer? + +1. The students have discussed their courses. (careers) +Have the students discussed their careers? + +2. Mary has thought over her decision carefully. (Beth) +Has Beth thought over her decision carefully? + +3. David has already taken that math course. (English) +Has David already taken that English course? + +C. **Write a sentence in the present perfect tense. Use has or have.** + +EXAMPLES: Lt Lee/fly/three times/this week +Lt Lee has flown three times this week. + +I/not drink/any coffee/today +I haven't drunk any coffee today. + +1. Ann/drink/four cups of tea/this morning +Ann has drunk four cups of tea this morning. + +2. Bob and Ray/not read/lesson/today +Bob and Ray haven't read lesson today. + +3. Martha/already cash/two checks/this month +Martha has already cashed two checks this month. + +D. **The underlined word is the answer. Write the question. Use question words like who, when, where, what, whose, how, etc.** + +EXAMPLE: Ted has decided to go to medical school. +Who has decided to go to medical school? + +1. Sally has been to Spain three times. +Who has been to Spain three times? + +2. Howard has two bachelor's degrees. +How many bachelor's degrees does Howard have? + +3. Steve has just accepted a job offer in Houston. +Where has Steve just accepted a job offer? + +4. Frank has refused to follow his doctor's advice. +Whose advice has Frank refused to follow? + +5. His sons have been college students for six years. +How long have his sons been college students? + +E. **Change the sentence to a question. Use the words in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: Jay is no longer an instructor. (Jan, still) +Is Jan still an instructor? + +1. John is here. (Alice, yet) +Is Alice here yet? + +2. Nelson no longer owns a truck. (car, any longer) +Does Nelson own a car any longer? + +3. Ruth writes newspaper articles. (magazine, still) +Does Ruth still write magazine articles? + +4. The girls are studying French now. (German, anymore) +Are the girls studying German anymore? + +5. The Norths already have their airline tickets. (hotel reservations, already) +Do the Norths already have their hotel reservations? + +F. **Complete the sentence with so, or, but, or and.** + +1. Tom took the job, but his father didn't want him to. +2. Sam didn't go to college, so he can't be a doctor. +3. You can refuse the offer, or you can accept it. +4. Mary moved to Houston, and her sister went with her. +5. It's raining outside, so we'll stay inside today. + +G. **Combine these sentences. Use or or so.** + +EXAMPLE: We can drive to Chicago. We can take the train. +We can drive to Chicago, or we can take the train. + +1. Bill might buy a car. He might rent a truck. +Bill might buy a car, or he might rent a truck. + +2. Michael studied hard. He made a good grade on the test. +Michael studied hard, so he made a good grade on the test. + +3. Jan wants to be a teacher. She's taking education courses. +Jan wants to be a teacher, so she's taking education courses. + +4. Delores doesn't want to go to college. She'll go to a technical school. +Delores doesn't want to go to college, so she'll go to a technical school. + +5. You can accept the offer now. You can think it over and call me back. +You can accept the offer now, or you can think it over and call me back. + +H. **Complete the letter. Use so or or.** + +Dear Aunt Emma, + +May 31 + +I can't decide what to do about my future, so I'm writing to you for advice. I can graduate from high school in December, or I can wait until May. I want to get a job as soon as I can, so I might finish early. I'd also like to go to all the graduation parties with my friends, so I may wait. If I do that, I can take a few extra courses, or I can go to school in the morning and work in the afternoon. + +What do you think? Should I graduate early, or should I wait? Please write or call me soon. + +Your confused niece, + +Dorothy + +--- + +I. Circle the letter of the answer with the same meaning as the underlined word(s). + +1. His foot didn't hurt, but it was very swollen, so he couldn't put his boots on. + + a. his foot became much bigger + b. he had a lot of pain in his foot + c. his foot smelled very bad + +2. Roger has a small shed behind his house. It's next to his garage. He has tools, old things, and car parts in it. + + a. a building to keep a car in + b. a building to keep things in + c. a building to cook in + +--- + +J. Complete each paragraph with the words in the box. + +| college | degree | education | made up her mind | +| decision | diploma | high school | think it over | + +1. Joann has not worked outside of her home for 15 years. She has always been a homemaker, but in September, everything will change: Joann is going to college. She's going to get her bachelor's degree in elementary education. Joann is nervous about going to college because it has been a long time since she graduated from high school. She has wanted to be a teacher ever since she got her high school diploma. She had to think it over before she finally made her decision. She made up her mind when her daughter went to middle school last year. + +--- + +| confusing | take | +| courses | talk things over | + +2. Joann received a schedule of classes in the mail. She tried to find some courses to take. There were so many! It was so confusing! She finally found a few interesting classes that she wanted to take. Tomorrow, she'll go to the school and talk things over with a school advisor. + +--- + +K. Complete the dialog with one of the words in ( ). + +Al: Did the university accept all of the students? (accept/except) +Bo: I heard they took everyone except Paul. (except/accept) +Al: That's not true. They offered to take him. (discussed/offered) +Bo: He refused? Why did he make that choice? (retired/refused) (choice/tour) +Al: He decided to get a job instead of going to school. (instead of/instead) +Bo: Well, I hope he discussed it with someone. (discussed/educated) +Al: I'm sure he did. He's serious about his career. (career/medical) + +--- + +Topic: HORSES + +Title: Riding Horses / Get on Horse diff --git a/sources/book-12/st-2.md b/sources/book-12/st-2.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d70642f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/st-2.md @@ -0,0 +1,1487 @@ + + +# I'VE MADE UP MY MIND. BOOK 12 LESSON 2 + +![A man in a military uniform shaking hands with another man across an office desk](images/page_043_001.jpg) + +--- +### FUNCTION +Are you going to college? Yes, I want a degree in business. +Have you decided to take that job in New York? +No, I've decided to stay here and go to the university. + +--- +### GRAMMAR +Mr. Flowers no longer works here. He retired two weeks ago. +Pam doesn't live here anymore. She moved to Arizona. +Grandma still bakes an apple pie every Saturday morning. +Jeff already took the job. Has Jim's plane arrived yet? +Have you seen the new teacher? No, I haven't seen her yet. + +--- +### SKILLS +Mrs. Frank's car was in the garage, so she took the bus to work. +We can walk to school, or we can ride the bus. + +it eat it Summaries Main idea Title Topic + +--- +### VOCABULARY + +accept +discuss +educate +offer +refuse (to) +retire +take/took/taken +talk over +think/thought/thought over +turn down + +change one's mind +make/made/made up one's mind +tour of duty/tour + +already +confused +confusing +instead +instead of +just +medical +professional +so +technical +yet + +associate degree +bachelor's degree +career +choice +college +course +decision +degree +diploma +discussion +education +educator +elementary school + +field +future +grade +high school +master's degree +middle school +offer +Ph.D. +profession +professional +refusal +university + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 12 LESSON 2 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: about schools and education | 37 | +| LISTENING SKILL: circle different word | 41 | +| VOCABULARY: making decisions | 42 | +| GRAMMAR: already, no longer, yet, anymore, any longer, still | 46 | +| READING SKILL: meaning of unfamiliar word/phrase | 50 | +| GRAMMAR: present perfect tense indefinite past | 51 | +| WRITING SKILL: underline/number the answers/key points in text | 55 | +| GRAMMAR: coordinate conjunctions so and or | 56 | +| WRITING SKILL: sentence combining | 61 | +| FUNCTION: inquire about/express decisions | 64 | +| SPEAKING SKILL: role-playing | 66 | +| LISTENING SKILL: listen to role-play/answer questions | 68 | +| READING SKILL: summarizing | 68 | + +# Vocabulary + +Look at this outline while your instructor reads an introduction to education in the U.S. + +### EDUCATION IN THE U.S. + +| SCHOOL | GRADES | DEGREE | +|---|---|---| +| Kindergarten | | | +| Elementary | 1st-5th | | +| Middle | 6th-8th | | +| High | 9th-12th | diploma | + +| Technical School | +|---| +| May offer associate degrees, Electronics, Mechanics, Computers, etc. | + +| College | | +|---|---| +| **time** | **degree** | +| 2 yr | associate | +| 4 yr | bachelor | + +| University | | +|---|---| +| **time** | **degree** | +| 4-5 yr | bachelor | +| 2-3 yr | master | +| 3-8 yr | Ph.D. | + +(Medical School follows a bachelor degree.) + +Repeat and read the words and sentences. + +1. Students who finish high school receive a high school diploma. +2. Students who want to study mechanics may go to a technical school. +3. A college offers two kinds of degrees. +4. A university offers degrees in many fields. +5. Medicine, business, and education are some fields you can study. +6. Students who want to become doctors go to medical school. + +Choose the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. When do students receive a diploma? + a. when they begin school + b. at the end of middle school + c. at the end of high school + +2. To become a doctor, a student has to go to ________. + a. technical school + b. medical school + c. bachelor's school + +3. Which school offers more kinds of degrees? + a. a technical school + b. a college + c. a university + +4. Which is a field you can study at a university? + a. medicine + b. profession + c. high school + +5. To study mechanics, a person may go to a ________. + a. technical school + b. medical school + c. professional school + +![A man sitting at a desk with papers in front of him, framed certificates and a framed family photo hanging on the wall behind him](images/page_047_001.jpg) + +### A TIME FOR DECISIONS -- Part I + +Repeat the new words; then read the paragraph. + +Meet Dan. Dan has been in the military for 17 years. It has been his career all these years. Dan has been thinking about his future. He has two choices: he can retire from the military in four years, or he can stay in. Dan hasn't made up his mind yet. If he chooses to become a civilian, he has to be ready. He needs a new profession, so he's thinking about going to technical school to get his associate degree. He'll talk it over with his wife, Paula, this evening. + +![A female teacher standing at a blackboard pointing to written Spanish phrases: "¡BUENOS DÍAS! ¿CÓMO ESTÁ UST? SEÑOR SEÑORA SEÑORITA", facing two students sitting in front of her](images/page_048_001.jpg) + +### A TIME FOR DECISIONS -- Part II + +Repeat the new words; then read the paragraph. + +Meet Paula. Paula is a professional in the field of education. She teaches Spanish at a high school. She has been a teacher in the same school for the last ten years. This afternoon, Highland College just offered her a job. She would like to change jobs because it would be good for her professional growth, but the job at the college is in the evening, and that's the time she spends teaching her children. She has to think it over and discuss the offer with Dan this evening. + +--- + +Circle T if the sentence is true. Circle F if the sentence is false. + +1. Dan's career has been in the military. T F +2. Dan has been thinking about things he has already done. T F +3. One of Dan's choices is to retire from civilian work. T F +4. Dan decided to retire. T F +5. Dan may have a new profession in the future. T F +6. Dan may get an associate degree from a university. T F +7. Dan will discuss this with his wife. T F +8. Paula is in the field of education. T F +9. Another high school just offered her a job. T F +10. A job at a college would help her career. T F +11. She will teach her children in the morning. T F +12. She will think about this and talk to Dan. T F + +### Listening Skill + +IT EAT IT + +Circle the letter of the word that sounds different. + +EXAMPLE: a b c + +1. a b c +2. a b c +3. a b c +4. a b c +5. a b c +6. a b c +7. a b c +8. a b c +9. a b c +10. a b c + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +MAKING DECISIONS + +Repeat the new words and sentences. + +1. accept + + I took the new job. I accepted it. + +2. refuse/refusal + + Paula won't accept the new job. + She will refuse it. She'll give her refusal on Monday. + +3. turn down + + Paula will turn down the new job. + She'll turn it down. + +4. instead (of) + + I don't want to study French. I want to study English instead. + I want to study English instead of French. + +5. discuss/discussion + + Let's discuss our vacation for next year. Let's talk about it now. + We had a discussion about our plans for the next year. + +6. educate/educator/education + + Teachers educate our children. + My neighbor is an educator. She works at the college. + I want my son to have a good education. + +7. offer (to) + + I offered to help her but she refused. + +--- + +### A DECISION WITHOUT DISCUSSION + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Paula: After the kids and I got home from school, I decided I didn't want the job, Dan. I'm going to turn it down. + +Dan: Don't you want to hear what I have to say? + +Paula: Yes, but first, remember, I am a mother and an educator so I want to educate my children first. If I take the job at Highland College, I won't have time to teach them. + +Dan: Now I'm confused, Paula. You've always said you need professional growth, and now that you have a chance, instead of accepting a better job, you're going to refuse it. + +Paula: Now, now, Dan. Don't you start with me!* I know that deep down* you're happy with my decision. Why don't we talk about your school instead? + +Dan: I think I want to wait until after dinner. + +Paula: Okay. + +\* *Don't you start with me!* = Don't make problems. +\* *deep down* = inside + +Answer these questions. + +1. Is Paula going to accept the job or refuse it? +2. Has she discussed this with Dan? +3. What is Paula's profession? +4. Why did she make that decision? +5. Why is Dan confused? +6. Do you think Dan is happy about Paula's decision? + +--- + +### DAN CHANGES HIS MIND ABOUT HIS FIELD. + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Dan: I've been thinking about the future, Paula. If I retire in four years, I need to have a career as a civilian. I need to go back to school. + +Paula: You really should. Do you still want to get some medical training, or have you changed your mind? + +Dan: I think I'd like to take more courses in electronics. + +Paula: That's good, since you've already taken courses in that field. + +Dan: Yes, and I sure have enjoyed them. Now that we've made all these plans, I hope they don't send me on an overseas tour of duty. + +Paula: I think you've been out of the country enough. + +Dan: Paula, I'm still a little confused. Are you sure you're happy with your refusal? + +Paula: It's really not so confusing, Dan. I'm not really happy, but I think this is what I have to do. All of us have to make some choices we don't like. + +--- + +Answer these questions. + +1. If Dan retires, what does he need? +2. What kind of training did Dan want before he changed his mind? +3. What kind of courses does he want to take now? +4. Why doesn't Dan want an overseas tour of duty now? +5. Why is Paula's decision confusing to Dan? + +### DECISIONS---THEY MADE DECISIONS ABOUT THEIR CAREERS. + +Make a sentence with each of these words. The sentence should be about Paula and Dan. + +EXAMPLE: career - Dan's career has been in the military. + +#### Paragraph 1 + +1. choices +2. retire +3. make up his mind +4. profession + +#### Paragraph 2 + +5. offered +6. professional growth +7. think over +8. discuss + +#### Paragraph 3 + +9. turn down +10. educate +11. confused +12. instead of +13. decision + +#### Paragraph 4 + +14. change his mind +15. take courses +16. tour of duty +17. refusal +18. confusing + +--- + +# Grammar + +ADVERBS: ALREADY/STILL/YET/ANYMORE/ANY LONGER/NO LONGER + +We use **already** to say something happened before now or before this time. It is used in questions and affirmative statements. + +> Ed **already** has a high school diploma. +> Mr. Smith is **already** here. +> Are they **already** in elementary school? + +We use **still** to say that a situation is continuing. It usually goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb. It is used in questions and in affirmative and negative statements. + +> Ed **still** doesn't have a college degree. +> It was warm yesterday, and it's **still** warm today. +> Are you **still** waiting? + +We use **yet** to ask or talk about something that did not happen before now, but might in the future. It goes at the end of the sentence. It is used in questions and negative statements. + +> I'm very hungry. Is dinner ready **yet**? +> Can you wait ten minutes? John isn't here **yet**. + +We use **anymore**, **any longer**, and **no longer** to say that a past situation does not exist. + +**Anymore** and **any longer** are used in questions and negative statements. They go at the end of the sentence. + +> Is he in high school **anymore**/**any longer**? +> She isn't in the army **anymore**/**any longer**. + +**No longer** is used in affirmative statements. It goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb. + +> He is **no longer** a student. +> She **no longer** works at night. + +--- + +**ED ALREADY HAS A DIPLOMA.** + +![A man wearing a graduation cap and gown holding a diploma and talking to an older man](images/page_055_001.jpg) +![A man sitting at a desk with a lamp, looking at classified ads in a newspaper](images/page_055_002.jpg) + +Ed graduated from high school in May. He isn't a student any longer. He doesn't study anymore. He no longer has to do homework or take tests. + +Ed doesn't have a job yet. He began looking for a job in June, but he still hasn't found one that he wants. He's worried, because some of his friends already have jobs. + +**ARE YOU STILL IN THE ARMY?** + +Complete the dialog. Use the words in the box. + +| still | already | yet | +|---|---|---| +| anymore | any longer | no longer | + +Dan: Why are you in civilian clothes? + +Ted: I'm ________________________ in the Army. + +Dan: Why did you decide to retire? + +Ted: I didn't want to move from base to base ________________________. + +--- + +Dan: Are you going to start a second career? + +Ted: Yes. I've ________________________ accepted an offer to teach math. + +Ted: How about you? Are you ________________________ flying for the Navy? + +Dan: No, I'm not flying ________________________. I have a desk job now. + +Ted: Are you ready to retire ________________________? + +Dan: I'd like to, but I can't. I ________________________ have two kids* in college. + +\*kids = children + +**DON ALREADY HAS A HIGH SCHOOL DIPLOMA.** + +Make a sentence about the dialog. Use the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: +Dan: Rob: Don is a college student now. +Dan: He was a college student last year too. +Don: is still a college student. (still) + +1. Don: How is your car? + Ben: I've been working on it for two days. + Ben: __________________________________________________ (still) + +2. Lou: When will you be ready to leave? + Tim: In another hour or two. + Tim: __________________________________________________ (yet) + +3. Ted: Do you plan to get a master's degree? + Bob: I have one. I got it several years ago. + Bob: __________________________________________________ (already) + +4. Jim: Does Carl live in the barracks? + Joe: He did until last week. + Carl: __________________________________________________ (anymore) + +--- + +5. Sam: Are you driving a bus now? + Tom: No. I started driving a taxi last year. + + a. Tom __________________________________________________ (any longer) + b. Tom __________________________________________________ (no longer) + +6. Tom: John wants to be a pilot. + Bob: His brother is a pilot now. + + a. John __________________________________________________ (yet) + b. John's brother __________________________________________________ (already) + +7. Ray: Does Kim teach French? + Don: She did last year, but she doesn't now. + + a. Kim __________________________________________________ (no longer) + b. Kim __________________________________________________ (any longer) + +**BARBARA IS STILL A SECRETARY FOR THE E.C.N. COMPANY.** + +Ask and answer questions about the paragraphs. Use the word your instructor gives you. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: +1. still +S1: Is Barbara still a secretary? +S2: Yes, she is + +(1) Barbara is a secretary now, (2) but she will be a college student in September. (3) She no longer likes her job (4) or wants to work for a big company. + +(5) She has an associate degree. (6) Now she wants a bachelor's degree. (7) She's thinking about a master's degree too. + +(8) Barbara will have to work while she's in college, (9) but she won't work all day. (10) She has another job. She'll work part time in the school library. + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**SELECT THE MEANING.** + +Select the word with the same meaning as the underlined word. Circle a, b, c, or d. + +EXAMPLE: Tony used an almanac in the library to find out more about the country of Kuwait. + +a. a kind of tool +b. a kind of radio +c. a kind of book + +1. Everyone enjoyed the wedding reception which was held at the Ronco Hotel. + +a. party +b. meeting +c. show + +2. I had a good idea last night about how to fix this radio, but now I can't remember it. + +a. a tool +b. some money +c. a thought + +3. The animals were put in the barn to keep them dry during the storm. + +a. a building +b. a park +c. a yard + +4. She wants to be near her job. She doesn't like to live in the city, so she lives on the outskirts. + +a. a place near a city +b. a place far from a city +c. a place in a city + +5. They got a bargain at the store, so they had enough money to go to the movies. + +a. something bought expensively +b. something bought cheaply +c. something fixed + +--- + +# Grammar + +**PRESENT PERFECT: INDEFINITE PAST** + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Doug: Have you ever been to France? + Dave: No, I never have. Have you? + +2. Rick: Don't hang up! I haven't talked to Tom yet. + Jack: Too late. He's already hung up. + +3. Mike: Has Tony chosen a university yet? + Cory: No, he hasn't decided anything about his future. + +4. Carl: How much money have you spent today? + Nick: Not much. I've only bought a magazine. + +5. Greg: Have you lent Aldo any money today? + Fred: Yes, I have. He's already borrowed $5.00 from me. + +**MARSHA HAS FORGIVEN JOHN.** + +Complete the dialog. Then read it. Use the underlined verb in the present perfect. + +EXAMPLE: Ned: Arthur called me yesterday. +Jay: He still has not called me. + +1. Don: Several people came early. + Bob: Louis _______________ not _______________ yet. + +2. Kim: Roger got three letters today. + Ken: He _______________ almost a dozen letters this week. + +3. Doug: Albert took his medicine this morning. + John: He _______________ it regularly. + +--- + +4. Jan: The students read the first story quickly. + Tim: Some of them _______________ already _______________ the book. + +5. Sam: John apologized, so Marsha should forgive him. + Lou: She _______________ already _______________ him for his mistake. + +6. Bob: Thelma didn't mean to hurt Amy's feelings. + Pat: She _______________ never _______________ to hurt anyone's feelings. + +**TONY HAS MADE A LIST.** + +Tony is planning a trip to Florida. He has made a list of the things that he wants to do before he leaves. When he has done something, he puts a check beside it. Make a sentence about something that he has already done or about something that he has not done yet. + +EXAMPLES: +1. buy film + Tony hasn't bought film yet. + +2. borrow a camera + He has already borrowed a camera. + +DO BEFORE APRIL 20: + +1. buy film +2. borrow camera ✓ +3. get traveler's checks +4. find map of Miami +5. call travel agent ✓ +6. pick up airline tickets +7. make hotel reservation ✓ +8. send shirts to laundry +9. mail hotel room deposit ✓ +10. pack suitcase + +--- + +**HAVE YOU EVER GOTTEN A TRAFFIC TICKET?** + +Ask and answer questions about things that you may have done at some time in the past. + +EXAMPLE: play/baseball +Have you ever played baseball? +Yes, I have. +No, I haven't. + +1. go/beach + +2. play/soccer + +3. meet/general + +4. fly/airplane + +5. visit/New York City + +6. have/automobile accident + +7. forget/something important + +**HOW MANY TIMES HAVE YOU EATEN IN THE MESS HALL THIS WEEK?** + +Ask and answer questions about the things you've done (or haven't done) today or this week. Use "how many" in your questions. + +EXAMPLES: letters/get +How many letters have you gotten this week? +I've gotten only one letter this week. + +letters/write +How many letters have you written today? +I haven't written any letters today. + +1. meals/eat + +2. miles/walk + +3. sodas/drink + +4. tests/take + +5. cigarettes/smoke + +6. telephone calls/make + +7. cups of coffee/drink + +8. pages of homework/do + +# Writing Skill + +**READ AND LISTEN. UNDERLINE AND NUMBER.** + +Read the paragraph. Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. + +1. I live in a small town in the center of Texas. Fourteen hundred people live there. We have an elementary school with a kindergarten (for children five years old) and grades 1-5. There is a junior high, or middle school (grades 6-8), and a high school (grades 9-12). We have no college in our small town, but there are several universities in the large city near our town. + +2. Are you an "egghead"? The word "egghead" means different things. "Egghead" can mean a student in a university who studies all the time and knows a lot of information. It can also mean someone who has no hair or almost none and whose head is smooth like an egg. + +# Grammar + +**DO YOU NEED AN APPOINTMENT TODAY, OR CAN YOU WAIT UNTIL MONDAY?** + +Read the dialogs. + +1. ![#1 A phone conversation between a receptionist and Maria](images/page_064_001.jpg) +Clerk: Can you wait until Monday, or do you need an appointment today? +Maria: I really feel awful, so I need an appointment right away. + +2. ![#2 A man at a restaurant talking to a waiter](images/page_064_002.jpg) +Steven: I don't have any cash, so I'll have to write a check. +Waiter: You can write a check, or you can charge your meal if you want to. + +3. ![#3 A boy talking to his mother while holding a wet dog outside](images/page_064_003.jpg) +Tommy: Does Rex have to stay outside, or can he come in the house? +Mother: He's wet and dirty, so please keep him outside. + +**I DON'T HAVE ANY MONEY, SO I NEED TO WRITE A CHECK.** + +| We use the conjunction so to express the result of a situation. | | +|---|---| +| SITUATION | RESULT | +| Because I don't have any cash, | I'll write a check. | +| | **so** | I'll write a check. | + +Change the sentence. Use so to show the result of a situation. (Don't use because.) + +EXAMPLE: Because it was raining, we took a taxi. +It was raining, so we took a taxi. + +1. Because we didn't have classes on Friday, we went to the beach. + +2. Because we wanted to spend all day there, we decided to leave early. + +3. Because Tom and Doug had to work, they couldn't go. + +4. Because Dave's car was out of gas, we went in Jack's car. + +5. Because Jack was tired, Mike drove. + +6. Because we were hungry, we stopped and ate lunch on the way. + +7. Because the water was cold, we didn't swim much. + +8. Because I forgot to take a towel, Jack lent me one of his. + +**I CAN PAY CASH FOR THE GAS, OR I CAN CHARGE IT.** + +| We use the conjunction or to express a choice. | | | +|---|---|---| +| We can charge the gas. | | We can pay cash for it. | +| We can charge the gas, | **or** | we can pay cash for it. | + +Combine the two sentences. Use or to express a choice. + +EXAMPLE: We can go now. +We can leave later. +We can go now, or we can leave later. + +1. We can listen to a tape. +I can turn on the radio. + +2. We can live in the barracks. +We can rent an apartment. + +3. You may take the test Friday. +You may wait until Monday. + +4. Can you answer the telephone? +Do you want me to do it? + +5. Do you have to leave today? +Can you wait until tomorrow? + +6. Could you lend me two dollars? +Should I ask someone else? + +7. The children can stay with Aunt Kate. +They can come with us. + +8. Does Jan still want to study math in college? +Has she changed her mind? + +--- + +**I'LL WATCH TV, OR I'LL READ A BOOK THIS EVENING.** + +Ask and answer questions in the dialog. Use or and the words in ( ). Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: Sam: What will you do this evening? +Pat: (read a book/watch TV) +I'll read a book, or I'll watch T.V. + +Pat: (go to a movie/go shopping) +Did you go to a movie, or did you go shopping? +Sam: I went shopping. + +1. Ted: How will you get to your next base? +Tod: (fly/drive with a friend) + +2. John: (accept university's offer/refuse it)? +Mike: I'll accept it. + +3. Lucy: What will Donna do when she finishes high school? +Mary: (go to college/get a job) + +4. Al: (have car trouble/sleep late)? +Ed: I had car trouble. + +5. Dan: Where can the students get that book? +Jan: (borrow from the library/buy at a store) + +6. Carl: How can I apologize to Mr. Williams? +Mark: (call/write a letter) + +7. Harry: (want to get married/plan to stay single)? +Larry: I plan to stay single for a few years. + +8. Kim: If Al doesn't have any cash, how can he pay for his meal? +Lou: (charge it/write a check) + +9. Wendy: What should I do with this flat tire? +Cindy: (repair it/replace it) + +10. Ken: (should write with a pen/can use pencil)? +Ben: You should write with a pen. + +**BOB WAS HUNGRY, SO HE ATE THREE SANDWICHES.** + +Combine these two sentences. Use or or so. Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: We didn't like the movie. +We left early. +We didn't like the movie, so we left early. + +The children can watch TV. +They can go to a movie. +The children can watch TV, or they can go to a movie. + +1. We can go out tonight. +We can stay home. + +2. Albert didn't feel well. +He didn't come to work today. + +3. The other driver can slow down. +He can speed up. + +4. Alan wants to be an airplane mechanic. +He's going to a technical school. + +5. Alice doesn't want to live in Houston. +She's turning down the job offer. + +6. The students can rent a car. +They can borrow one. + +7. The store manager can refund your money. +He can credit your account. + +8. Alicia's only in the fifth grade. +She isn't worried about her future yet. + +9. Adam has decided to retire. +This is his last tour of duty. + +10. You can return the dress to the store. +You can exchange it for another one. + +### Writing Skill + +**TED'S FEELING BETTER, SO HE'S GOING TO WORK TODAY.** + +Combine the two sentences. Use the conjunction in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Susan retired at age 62. Her husband kept working. (but) +Susan retired at age 62, but her husband kept working. + +1. Tom refused to go to the party. His wife did, too. (and) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +2. He didn't get the job. He cannot pay the rent. (so) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +3. It's raining today. I will take my umbrella. (so) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +4. Will you go to college? Will you get a job? (or) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +5. Alex went to college. Mary didn't. (but) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +6. Tom wanted to be a doctor. He didn't want to go to college. (but) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +7. Tom learned English at the university. His future looks good. (and) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +8. Did Alex select a career in mechanics? Did he select a career in the military? (or) + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +### Function + +**WHY DID YOU DO THAT?** + +Repeat and read the dialog. + +Joe: What did you decide to do about the job offers? +Tim: I've decided to take the one in Denver. + +Joe: Instead of the one in Dallas? Why did you do that? +Tim: The pay is good, and I can take some courses there. + +Joe: When do you plan to leave? +Tim: Sometime next month. + +Joe: How are you going to get there? By plane? +Tim: No, I'm going to take my car instead. + +Joe: Where are you going to live in Denver? +Tim: I haven't made up my mind yet. + +**WHAT DID YOU DECIDE?** + +Repeat and read these questions about decisions. + +1. What did you decide? +2. What are you going to do? +3. What have you decided to do? +4. Have you made up your mind? +5. Have you made a decision? +6. Have you changed your mind? +7. Where have you decided to go? +8. Which offer are you going to accept? +9. Did you decide to do it? +10. Did you decide not to do it? +11. When are you going to do it? +12. Why did you make that choice? + +--- + +**HAVE YOU MADE UP YOUR MIND?** + +Read the information, and then ask questions about a decision. Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: Your friend is trying to select a college. +Have you made up your mind about a college? + +Your sister is trying to choose a car. +Which car did you decide to buy? + +1. Your friend lives on base. He wants to move off base, so he is looking for an apartment. + +2. Your friend has talked to you about his vacation. He has been thinking about two different places. + +3. Your friend will be graduating from high school soon. She wants to be a mechanic. She is thinking about two different technical schools. + +4. Your friend has just received a job offer from a large department store. You want to know what she will decide. + +**I'VE DECIDED TO TAKE THE JOB.** + +Repeat and read these sentences about decisions. + +1. I've decided to take the job. +2. I finally made up my mind. + I'm going to refuse the offer +3. I've changed my mind. + I'm not going to buy a car. +4. I've made a decision. + I'm going to finish my education. +5. I've made up my mind. + I'm going to go to the university. +6. I've made a choice between courses. + I'm going to take German instead of French. +7. I've thought it over carefully. + I'm not going to take German. + I'm going to take French instead. +8. I've made a decision. + I'm going to turn down the offer. + +**WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO?** + +Listen to the question. Then answer the question as completely as you can. + +*Speaking Skill* + +**I'VE MADE MY DECISION.** + +Take a role. Read the information. Then ask and answer questions about a decision. + +EXAMPLE: + +| Al wants to know: | Ed has decided: | +|---|---| +| Is Ed going to take a vacation?
when?
where?
who?
why?
how? | He is going on a vacation.
the beach
with family
fly
in the winter
Florida | + +Al: Have you made a decision about a vacation? +Ed: Yes, I've decided to take two weeks. + +Al: Where did you decide to go? +Ed: We're thinking of going to Florida. + +Al: Oh. Is your family going with you? +Ed: Yes, the kids want to go to the beach. + +Al: When are you going? +Ed: In the winter. + +Al: Are you going to drive or fly? +Ed: We'll fly down. We can get a good price if we make reservations early. + +1. +| John wants to know: | Paul has decided: | +|---|---| +| Is Paul going to rent a house or an apartment?
when?
where?
why?
how many? | He is going to rent a house.
needs more rooms
near work
three bedrooms
next week | + +2. +| Sam wants to know: | Pat has decided: | +|---|---| +| Is Pat going to buy a new or a used car?
when?
where?
how much
why? | He is going to buy a new car.
cheaper
this month
about $8,000
in Houston | + +3. +| Mark wants to know: | Nick has decided: | +|---|---| +| Is Nick going to college?
when?
where?
why?
how? | He's going to a university.
less expensive
fly
in the fall
state university | + +WHO? WHAT? WHEN? WHERE? WHY? HOW? + +Ask questions about a decision. Another student will answer the questions. Use these decisions or add others. + +1. A decision about a career +2. A decision about a car +3. A decision about a college course +4. A decision about a job offer +5. A decision about a vacation +6. A decision about marriage +7. A decision about an apartment +8. A decision about your education + +*Listening/Reading Skill* + +**SUMMARIES** + +Read each paragraph. Give an oral summary of it. + +1. We see stars in the sky only at night, but they are really there all the time. Our sun is a star. During the day the sun makes the sky bright, so we cannot see the light of the other stars. At night, when the sun is not there, we can easily see the other stars. + +SUMMARY: + +2. Hamilton Smith made the first mechanical washing machine in 1858. Before this, people had to wash their clothes by hand. In 1910, Alva J. Fisher made the first electric washing machine, which was much easier to use. Washing machines are wonderful because they can wash clothes much faster than people can. + +SUMMARY: + +3. Jazz is a kind of music that began in the United States in the city of New Orleans, Louisiana, in the 1920s. It was very popular then, and still is today. Every night in New Orleans, jazz is played in many places around the city. Sometimes people wait in line just to hear it. + +SUMMARY: + +--- + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 2 + +A. **Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c.** + +1. Lt. Rodriguez: Were you in Hawaii last year? + Capt. Chung: Yeah, I was on a two-year ________. + + a. travel for duty + b. tour of duty + c. trip for work + +2. George: Are you going to sell me your red car? + Mark: Well, let me ________, and I'll tell you tomorrow. + + a. make up your mind + b. think it over + c. change my mind + +3. Lewis: What did you talk about in class? + Stan: We had a ________ about Central America. + + a. discussion + b. decision + c. refusal + +4. Can you take me to the airport? Mike wanted to take me, but he ________ when he realized he had to study for a test. + + a. made up his mind + b. talked it over + c. changed his mind + +5. People who live far from schools may ________ their children at home. + + a. study + b. retire + c. educate + +6. I don't think he was very clear. I'm still ________ about what he said. + + a. confused + b. clear + c. dissatisfied + +7. Oscar: Where does your father work? + Mark: He doesn't work anymore. He ________ last year. + + a. turned down + b. retired + c. refused + +--- + +8. I'm a dentist. That's my ________. + + a. profession + b. name + c. education + +9. Dad, I want a book about cars ________ a magazine. + + a. not yet + b. instead of + c. instead + +10. Wendy's parents ________ to take me home, but I told them that you were already coming to pick me up. + + a. accepted + b. refused + c. offered + +11. Paul: Have you seen Burt Richard's new movie? + Rita: Yes. I've seen it ________. + + a. still + b. yet + c. already + +12. Paul: Have you seen "The Greatest Story"? + Rita: No, I haven't seen it ________. + + a. still + b. yet + c. already + +13. Dave: Did Jim take the job in New York? + Jack: No, he ________. + + a. turned it down + b. thought it over + c. made up his mind + +14. When we make plans for the next five years, we're making plans for the ________. + + a. future + b. time + c. past + +15. Carlos is a ________ soccer player. He makes a lot of money. + + a. technical + b. professional + c. business + +--- + +B. **Change the sentence to a question. Use the words in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: The teacher has explained the problem. (answer) +Has the teacher explained the answer? + +1. The students have discussed their courses. (careers) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Mary has thought over her decision carefully. (Beth) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. David has already taken that math course. (English) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +C. **Write a sentence in the present perfect tense. Use has or have.** + +EXAMPLES: Lt Lee/fly/three times/this week +Lt Lee has flown three times this week. + +I/not drink/any coffee/today +I haven't drunk any coffee today. + +1. Ann/drink/four cups of tea/this morning +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Bob and Ray/not read/lesson/today +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Martha/already cash/two checks/this month +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +D. **The underlined word is the answer. Write the question. Use question words like who, when, where, what, whose, how, etc.** + +EXAMPLE: Ted has decided to go to medical school. +Who has decided to go to medical school? + +1. Sally has been to Spain three times. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Howard has two bachelor's degrees. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Steve has just accepted a job offer in Houston. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. Frank has refused to follow his doctor's advice. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. His sons have been college students for six years. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +E. **Change the sentence to a question. Use the words in ( ).** + +EXAMPLE: Jay is no longer an instructor. (Jan, still) +Is Jan still an instructor? + +1. John is here. (Alice, yet) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Nelson no longer owns a truck. (car, any longer) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Ruth writes newspaper articles. (magazine, still) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. The girls are studying French now. (German, anymore) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. The Norths already have their airline tickets. (hotel reservations, already) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +F. **Complete the sentence with so, or, but, or and.** + +1. Tom took the job, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ his father didn't want him to. +2. Sam didn't go to college, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ he can't be a doctor. +3. You can refuse the offer, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ you can accept it. +4. Mary moved to Houston, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ her sister went with her. +5. It's raining outside, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ we'll stay inside today. + +G. **Combine these sentences. Use or or so.** + +EXAMPLE: We can drive to Chicago. We can take the train. +We can drive to Chicago, or we can take the train. + +1. Bill might buy a car. He might rent a truck. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Michael studied hard. He made a good grade on the test. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Jan wants to be a teacher. She's taking education courses. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. Delores doesn't want to go to college. She'll go to a technical school. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. You can accept the offer now. You can think it over and call me back. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +H. **Complete the letter. Use so or or.** + +May 31 + +Dear Aunt Emma, + +I can't decide what to do about my future, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ I'm writing to you for advice. I can graduate from high school in December, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ I can wait until May. I want to get a job as soon as I can, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ I might finish early. I'd also like to go to all the graduation parties with my friends, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ I may wait. If I do that, I can take a few extra courses, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ I can go to school in the morning and work in the afternoon. + +What do you think? Should I graduate early, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ should I wait? Please write \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ call me soon. + +Your confused niece, + +Dorothy + +I. **Circle the letter of the answer with the same meaning as the underlined word(s).** + +1. His foot didn't hurt, but it was very swollen, so he couldn't put his boots on. + + a. his foot became much bigger + b. he had a lot of pain in his foot + c. his foot smelled very bad + +2. Roger has a small shed behind his house. It's next to his garage. He has tools, old things, and car parts in it. + + a. a building to keep a car in + b. a building to keep things in + c. a building to cook in + +J. **Complete each paragraph with the words in the box.** + +| college | degree | education | made up her mind | +| decision | diploma | high school | think it over | + +1. Joann has not worked outside of her home for 15 years. She has always been a homemaker, but in September, everything will change: Joann is going to $\frac{\text{}}{\text{1}}$. She's going to get her bachelor's $\frac{\text{}}{\text{2}}$ in elementary $\frac{\text{}}{\text{3}}$. Joann is nervous about going to college because it has been a long time since she graduated from $\frac{\text{}}{\text{4}}$. She has wanted to be teacher ever since she got her high school $\frac{\text{}}{\text{5}}$. She had to $\frac{\text{}}{\text{6}}$ before she finally made her $\frac{\text{}}{\text{7}}$. She $\frac{\text{}}{\text{8}}$ when her daughter went to middle school last year. + +| confusing | take | +| courses | talk things over | + +2. Joann received a schedule of classes in the mail. She tried to find some $\frac{\text{}}{\text{1}}$ to take. There were so many! It was so $\frac{\text{}}{\text{2}}$! She finally found a few interesting classes that she wanted to $\frac{\text{}}{\text{3}}$. Tomorrow, she'll go to the school and $\frac{\text{}}{\text{4}}$ with a school advisor. + +K. **Complete the dialog with one of the words in ( ).** + +Al: Did the university \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ all of the students? +(accept/except) + +Bo: I heard they took everyone \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ Paul. +(except/accept) + +Al: That's not true. They \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to take him. +(discussed/offered) + +Bo: He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_? Why did he make that \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_? +(retired/refused) (choice/tour) + +Al: He decided to get a job \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +(instead of/instead) + +Bo: Well, I hope he \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ it with someone. +(discussed/educated) + +Al: I'm sure he did. He's serious about his \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +(career/medical) + +--- + +L. **Read the paragraph. Write the topic, main idea, and give it a title.** + +> Before you get on a horse, make sure it is the right size for you. Stand near the horse. Is the top of your head a little above the horse's back? If it is, the horse is the right size for you. Children learn to ride on small horses called ponies. A tall person needs a tall horse with a wide back to ride comfortably. A rider must choose a horse carefully. + +TOPIC: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +MAIN IDEA: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +TITLE: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +M. **Read the paragraph. Write a summary.** + +> Ann has an interesting job. She puts shoes on horses. Today, she drove to Mr. Green's house to put shoes on his horse, Silver. Silver was very nervous, but Ann talked to him quietly, so he became calm. She made his hooves smooth and nailed on the shoes. Ann really enjoys her work. + +SUMMARY: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +F. **Complete the question with would. Then use used to and answer the question.** + +EXAMPLE: Where would you go hunting when you were young? +*(go hunting)* +I used to go hunting in the mountains. +*(in the mountains)* + +1. What \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ for entertainment in the summer? +*(do)* +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +*(play soccer with friends)* + +2. When \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ when you were a child? +*(go to bed)* +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +*(at 7:30)* + +--- + +G. **Complete the question with used to. Then use would and answer the question.** + +EXAMPLE: What did you use to do for fun when you were young? +*(do)* +I would go hunting. +*(go hunting)* + +1. Where \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ fishing? +*(go)* +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +*(at a lake in the mountains)* + +2. Where \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ your vacations? +*(spend)* +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +*(at the beach)* + +--- + +H. **Select the letter, a, b, or c, that gives the meaning of the underlined word.** + +1. Animals were eating grass under the trees in the field. + a. land in the country + b. parking lot in the city + c. intersection near a school + +2. That new player played the game very well. + a. someone who has children + b. someone who plays sports + c. someone who owns a business + +3. The coach showed the boys and girls how to throw a football. + a. someone who owns a business + b. someone who is a policeman + c. someone who teaches sports + +4. The girls won the game. They were very happy because they were the best. + a. finished last + b. finished second + c. finished first + +5. We finished the work early because the new machine facilitated the job. + a. couldn't do it + b. made it easier + c. did it slowly + +--- + +I. **Complete the sentence with and, or, but, or so.** + +1. Helen likes being out-of-doors, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ she doesn't enjoy hunting. + +2. The airman missed the meeting, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ she apologized to her sergeant. + +3. The sergeant said to do it right the first time, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ he would make us do extra exercises. + +4. Nan used to be in the Air Force, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ now she's a civilian. + +5. He bought a car last week, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ he doesn't have to take the bus anymore. + +6. Marge practiced shooting the gun, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ then she went hunting. + +--- + +J. **Read the paragraph. Write the topic, main idea, and give it a title.** + +> Today, young men and women are interested in all kinds of sports and healthy exercises. They like to watch sports like football, basketball, tennis, and soccer, but they don't just like to watch. They like to play those sports, too. They also like to do other healthy things. They enjoy fishing and hunting, and they like to swim and to run. They are thinking of their health, but they are also having fun while they are doing all these healthy exercises. + +TOPIC: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +MAIN IDEA: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +TITLE: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +K. **Read the paragraph. Underline the important words and phrases.** + +> Dick and Jane are trying very hard to get their vacations at the same time. They want to go to the mountains to hunt deer. Dick doesn't know when he can get leave. Jane has picked out a time twice, but because of Dick she has had to change it. If they have to wait much longer, it will be too late for them to hunt. Jane wants to go very much, but she doesn't want to go without Dick. She doesn't know what to do. + +--- + +L. **Read the paragraph and write a summary.** + +> Amanda works in a large, busy office in a big city. She doesn't get much exercise at her job, so when she goes home from work she likes to run. She tries to run three miles every day. She likes to run on roads in the country because it's very quiet and calm there. She can listen to the birds and look at the trees and flowers. She always feels relaxed after she runs. + +SUMMARY: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-12/st-3.md b/sources/book-12/st-3.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..846ff1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/st-3.md @@ -0,0 +1,1472 @@ + + +# WE'VE DECIDED TO ADD ON. BOOK 12 LESSON 3 + +![A couple standing in front of an open front door looking into their home, while on the right a child sleeps in a bed in a bedroom and a man looks out a window](images/page_079_001.jpg) + +--- FUNCTION --- +Someone's at the door. +It could be the mailman. His truck is across the street. + +--- GRAMMAR --- +The questions could be too difficult for Simon. +Was Tim's soccer game exciting? +Sgt Jones is excited about his leave. +Carol said that the plane left New Orleans two hours late. + +--- SKILLS --- +| day | they | day | profession | When Fred goes swimming, he keeps his clothes in a locker. | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **summaries** | | **a. shoe** | | **a. a shoe box** | +| **key words** | | **b. chair** | | **b. a small closet** | +| **topic title** | | **c. sit** | | | +| **main idea** | | | | | + +--- VOCABULARY --- +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| add on | interested (in) | addition | patio | +| boil | near | builder | plan | +| build/built/built | perhaps | cassette | record | +| burn | then | den | room | +| could | tiring | dining room | shed | +| enlarge | | fire | solution | +| get/got/gotten together | | fireplace | stereo | +| heat | | get-together | story | +| leave | | idea | suburb | +| play | | meeting | trouble | +| solve | | microwave | wood | +| take/took/taken place | | oven | | + +CONTENTS OF BOOK 12 LESSON 3 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: We live in the suburbs. | 73 | +| LISTENING SKILL: select different word | 76 | +| VOCABULARY: We could add on a den. | 76 | +| READING SKILL: select same sound | 80 | +| GRAMMAR: could possibility | 81 | +| READING SKILL: select meaning of unknown word/phrase | 83 | +| GRAMMAR: -ing/-ed adjectives | 84 | +| FUNCTION: elicit/express possibility | 86 | +| GRAMMAR: indirect speech (said + past tense THAT noun clause) | 88 | +| WRITING SKILL: underline/number the answers/key points in text | 92 | +| WRITING SKILL: underline critical words/phrases | 92 | +| GRAMMAR: review present perfect tense | 94 | +| READING SKILL: summarizing | 96 | + +# Vocabulary + +![Diagram showing a central area labeled DOWNTOWN surrounded by suburban houses labeled SUBURB, with one house in a circle highlighted](images/page_081_001.jpg) + +MY HOUSE IS IN THE SUBURBS. + +Repeat the new words; then read the paragraphs. + +My house is in a suburb, away from the downtown area. It's a two-story house; it has two floors or stories. + +Get in the car. I'll show you my house. We won't have to drive far. My house is near. + +![A car driven by a person, captioned "We're home!"](images/page_081_002.jpg) +We're home! + +![A two-story house with a car parked in front, captioned "Let's go inside."](images/page_081_003.jpg) +Let's go inside. + +Let me show you my house. This is the living room. How do you like our fireplace? Nice, isn't it? The builder did a very good job. On very cold days, we make great fires. + +![A brick fireplace with wood burning inside, labeled "fireplace"](images/page_081_004.jpg) +fireplace + +Answer these questions. + +1. Where is the house? +2. How many stories does it have? +3. Is the house very far? +4. What is in the living room? +5. Who did a good job? + +MORE ABOUT MY HOUSE + +Repeat the new words; then read the paragraphs. + +That's our new stereo over there. Perhaps you would like to listen to some music later. Maybe we can play Michael Johnson's new record. Or perhaps, we can play some of the cassettes that I just received in the mail. + +![A stereo system with speakers, a tuner, and cassette decks, labeled "stereo"](images/page_082_001.jpg) +stereo + +Now let's go to the dining room and kitchen. We eat dinner in the dining room, but we usually eat breakfast here in the kitchen. This is our new microwave oven. The stove's oven wasn't quick enough for us. So now we can heat water for coffee in one minute, and boil it to make soup in three minutes! + +![A microwave oven on a counter next to a steaming bowl, labeled "microwave"](images/page_082_002.jpg) +microwave + +If you look out the glass door, you can see our patio. In the summers, we eat out there sometimes. We keep wood for our fireplace in that shed. You know wood burns much better if you keep it dry. + +![A patio with table and chairs seen through a glass door, with a shed labeled "SHED" and stacked "FIREWOOD" outside](images/page_082_003.jpg) + +Answer these questions. + +1. What's new in the living room? +2. What are they going to play later on? +3. What do they use the microwave for? +4. What was the problem with the stove's oven? +5. What can you see out the glass door? +6. Why does he keep the wood in a shed? + +THE WOOD'S IN THE SHED. + +Find the part of the sentence in Column B that goes with the part in Column A. Write the letter on the line. + +| Column A | | Column B | +|---|---|---| +| _____ 1. You can boil water quickly | a. | in the suburbs. | +| _____ 2. When the weather is good, we eat outside | b. | in the fireplace. | +| | c. | in the living room. | +| _____ 3. The table and chairs are | d. | in the dining room. | +| _____ 4. Kim is playing a record | e. | to the fire. | +| _____ 5. Our stereo is | f. | in the microwave. | +| _____ 6. The wood is burning | g. | in the shed. | +| _____ 7. Tony lives | h. | in the oven. | +| _____ 8. We keep our wood | i. | on the stereo. | +| _____ 9. Mike is heating the food | j. | on the patio. | +| _____ 10. Add more wood | | | + +# Listening Skill + +HIT HIT HEAT + +Circle the letter of the word that is different. + +EXAMPLE: a b c + +1. a b c +2. a b c +3. a b c +4. a b c +5. a b c +6. a b c +7. a b c +8. a b c +9. a b c +10. a b c + +# Vocabulary + +THESE ARE NEW WORDS + +Repeat the new words and sentences. + +1. tiring +It was a long and tiring day. + +2. trouble +Yesterday, your car didn't start. What's the trouble with it today? + +3. take/took/taken place +Where did the accident take place? +It took place on the highway. +Many accidents have taken place this week. + +4. solve/solution +He solved the problem. He found the solution. + +5. get together/get-together +Let's get together for lunch tomorrow. +We had a get-together to meet the new people. + +6. meeting +The new workers had a meeting to discuss the rules. + +7. build/built/built +It's easy to build a wall. +They built a room in one week. +They have built many houses. + +--- + +![A man and a woman sitting in the front seats of a car talking to each other](images/page_085_001.jpg) + +**THE TROUBLE IS WE DON'T HAVE ENOUGH ROOM!** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Anita: Boy, some of these family get-togethers can be very tiring! + +Oscar: The trouble is we don't have enough room for all the kids to play in. + +Anita: And we don't have room for all the cooking that takes place when everybody is here. + +Oscar: I have an idea that just might solve our problem. + +Anita: Let's hear your solution. + +Oscar: We can add on a den to the house and enlarge the kitchen. + +Anita: Where will we put the den? . . . Where the patio is? + +Oscar: Oh, no! We'll leave the patio like it is. Let me draw a plan, and I'll show you. + +Answer these questions. + +1. What was tiring? +2. What did Oscar say the problem was? +3. Where does the cooking take place? +4. What's going to solve the problem? +5. What's Oscar's solution? +6. Does he want to put a den where the patio is? + +![A first floor floor plan diagram showing rooms including living room, dining room, closet, study, kitchen, patio, wood shed, and dotted lines for new den and new wall additions](images/page_086_001.jpg) +... shows the additions to the house + +**YES, WE'LL DO IT IN THE NEAR FUTURE.** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Carol: Is this the plan for the addition? I'm interested in it because I want a den, too. + +Anita: Did you look at the kitchen? + +Carol: It's going to be large. Why do you need a large kitchen? + +Anita: When all my sisters, my mother, and I get together, we just don't have enough room. + +Carol: But you only get together a few days out of the year. + +Anita: I know, but these get-togethers are very important to us. + +Carol: Are you planning to do this in the near future? + +Anita: Well, Oscar has already built the kitchen wall. He wants to build the den right after he finishes the wall. + +Carol: Then it should be ready for your next get-together. + +Anita: We hope so. + +Answer these questions. + +1. Why is Carol interested in the plan? +2. Why does Anita need a large kitchen? +3. Are these get-togethers important to Anita? +4. Will Oscar build the addition soon? +5. When should the den be ready? + +**THEY WANT TO ADD ON A DEN.** + +Select the correct answer, and write it on the line. + +Oscar and Anita had a family \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ last month. +(1. story, get-together) + +Anita thought that the get-together was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but Oscar thought that the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ was that they didn't have enough \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +(2. tiring, tired) +(3. trouble, solution) +(4. room, rooms) + +Oscar thought he had the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to the problem, and he told Anita about his \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +(5. idea, solution) +(6. idea, trouble) + +He wanted to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the kitchen and \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a new den. +(7. build, enlarge) +(8. add on, enlarge) + +Now, the family is at Oscar's and Anita's house again. Oscar has already \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the kitchen wall, and he will \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the den soon. +(9. built, bought) +(10. build, built) + +Anita's sister, Carol, is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ in the plan because she also wants a den. +(11. interested, meeting) + +Oscar and Anita think the family \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ are important, so they're glad they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +(12. get-togethers, got together) +(13. added on, addition) + +# Reading Skill + +COOK +a. circle +b. cause +c. chair + +Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined. + +EXAMPLE: laugh +a. bug +b. beef +c. daughter + +1. accept +a. cook +b. rice +c. egg + +2. profession +a. shut +b. chair +c. sit + +3. technical +a. charge +b. neck +c. quiet + +4. refusal +a. busy +b. cashier +c. cross + +5. discuss +a. decide +b. cause +c. charge + +6. choice +a. cash +b. charge +c. neck + +7. know +a. new +b. keep +c. quick + +8. refuse +a. pass +b. noise +c. shine + +9. education +a. shop +b. choose +c. time + +10. educate +a. circle +b. loose +c. forget + +# Grammar + +**YOU COULD BE THE WINNER OF A MILLION DOLLARS!** + +![A woman looking at a Lotto ticket while a man appears on a television screen talking to her](images/page_089_001.jpg) + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| The keys | **could**
might
may | be | in the kitchen. | + +*Could is used to express possibility.* + +Read the following sentences about possibility. + +1. James could be in the backyard. I'm not sure. +2. Where could Sam be? He's 30 minutes late. +3. He could be at the gym. He likes to exercise in the afternoon. +4. Could this be Mike's sweater? He has a red one. +5. It could be Tom's sweater. It's got the letter "T" on it. +6. It's very cloudy this morning. It could rain today. +7. My father said we could win a lot of money if they pick our number. + +**WHERE COULD THEY BE?** + +Read the paragraphs and answer the questions. + +Oh, dear! I have to be at work in 20 minutes, and I can't find my keys. Let's see; could they be in the kitchen? No, not there. They might be on top of the TV. No. Well, they may be on the table in the bedroom. No. Where could they be? They might be in the car. There they are! I might be a little late for work, but I'll be there. + +1. Are the keys in the kitchen? +2. Are they on the TV? +3. Are they in the bedroom? +4. Where are the keys? + +Oh, no! It's time to pay the check, and I can't find my wallet. Let's see; maybe it's in my other pocket. No. It could be in my jacket. NO! It's not there. It might be in the car. How do I get out of the restaurant to check my car? I could leave my friend here, or I could ask my friend to lend me the money. + +1. Could he find his wallet? +2. Is it in his jacket? +3. How could he leave the restaurant to check his car? +4. Does he have another choice? + +**SHE COULD BE AT THE LIBRARY** + +Answer the questions. Use **could** in your answer. + +EXAMPLE: I lost my book. Where is it? (inside the desk) +It could be inside the desk. + +1. Where could Marcy be? It's already 7:30. (the library) +2. Why is she at the library so late? (have a test tomorrow) +3. How long could this meeting last? (2 hours) +4. My 3-year-old nephew drew this picture. What is it? (dog under a tree) +5. When does the train leave for the city? (tomorrow night) +6. Who is this package for? (the colonel) +7. Why isn't Ellen home yet? (stuck in traffic) +8. Where's my pen? (on the secretary's desk) + +--- + +## Reading Skill + +### WHAT DOES IT MEAN? + +Select the word with the same meaning as the underlined word. Circle a, b, or c. + +EXAMPLE: Greg likes to fish on the lake early in the morning. If he gets any, he eats them for breakfast. + +a. try to get fish +b. buy fish +c. eat fish + +1. Smith cancelled the meeting because his car broke down, and he knew he'd be late. + +a. came to the meeting +b. didn't have the meeting +c. spoke at the meeting + +2. Ms. King gave a lecture last night, and everyone enjoyed listening to her. + +a. a talk +b. a present +c. a cry + +3. Cosa gave his teacher a neat paper with no mistakes or marks on it. + +a. dirty +b. hard +c. clean + +4. He's in the hospital with an unknown disease. + +a. sickness +b. word +c. vehicle + +5. Martha sauteed chicken and vegetables for her family's dinner. She's a good cook and can prepare almost any dish. + +a. bought +b. cooked +c. enlarged + +--- + +## Grammar + +| The -ing adjective describes the person/thing causing the feeling. | +|---| +| The -ed adjective describes the person experiencing/having the feeling. | + +**FRANK IS VERY EXCITED ABOUT HIS TRIP TO EUROPE.** + +Read the following sentences. + +1. Kevin isn't interested in playing tennis. He likes to play soccer. +My math class is very interesting. I like to study numbers. + +2. Was the game exciting last night? I didn't see it because I was doing my homework. +Lt Kim is very excited about his high test score. Now he can choose any university. + +3. This book I borrowed from Jack is very boring. I can't keep my eyes open when I read it. +Tom said that he was bored during the afternoon meeting. It lasted two hours. + +4. Are Sandy's directions confusing, or do you think you can find the party? +Carla isn't confused about which car to buy. Her father's a mechanic, and he gave her some good advice. + +5. Work today was very tiring. I didn't have time for lunch. +Col Henderson went home early because he was very tired. + +6. The strong winds were frightening to everyone. +Were the children frightened by the storm? + +### IS GEORGE EXCITED OR EXCITING? + +Choose the correct word to complete the sentence. + +1. George is (excited, exciting) about his new job. +2. Is basketball an (excited, exciting) game? +3. Was Barbara (frightened, frightening) after the accident? +4. That new movie is very (frightened, frightening). I won't let my children see it. +5. My morning class is (bored, boring). + +--- + +6. Alan's nephew is already (bored, boring) with school. +7. Ms. Sanders thinks that maps are (confused, confusing). +8. Lester is (confused, confusing) about which college to attend. +9. Is the baby crying because he is (tired, tiring)? +10. When you move a lot of heavy furniture to a new house, it's (tired, tiring). + +**THIS PLACE IS CONFUSING. I'M CONFUSED ABOUT IT.** + +Choose the correct word to complete the sentence. + +Dear Dad, + +I have so much to tell you. First of all, college is very (excited, exciting). I think the people are (interested, interesting) because they are from different countries. The first day I was (confused, confusing) about the buildings. They all looked just alike. I walked around the campus about five times that first day. It was really (tired, tiring). I thought it would be (frightened, frightening) to live away from home. Don't worry, Dad, I'm not (frightened, frightening). I haven't found anything (frightened, frightening) about school yet. + +Most of my classes are very (interested, interesting), but my Wednesday morning math class is (bored, boring). That is the only time of the day that I am (bored, boring). + +Well, Dad, it's 11:45 p.m., and I'm really (tired, tiring). I'll write you again in a few days. + +Love, +*Dave* + +--- + +### INTERESTING OR INTERESTED? + +Answer the questions. Use these adjectives. + +> exciting, excited, interested, interesting, boring, bored, confusing, confused, tiring, tired, frightening, frightened + +1. Could you follow Herb's directions? +2. How was your trip to Hawaii? +3. What's wrong with Major Jones today? +4. Why did Ted spend so much time on that one question? +5. How's that new movie? +6. How was the flight from Yemen to New York? +7. How did Polly and Anna feel during the storm? +8. How does Lt Alonzo feel about his score of 95? + +## Function + +**I'M NOT SURE. IT COULD BE . . . .** + +Repeat the dialogs; then read them. They are about possibility. + +1. **Dan:** Where did Al leave the newspaper? + **Sam:** I'm not sure. It may be on the patio. + +2. **Pat:** What's the matter with your car? There's grease under it. + **Doug:** I don't know. It might be the engine. + +3. **Paul:** What's the matter with Jan? She hasn't said much today. + **Matt:** I don't know. She could be worried. Her mother's sick. + +4. **Steve:** Where's Mary? I haven't seen her since lunch. + **Andy:** I'm not sure, but she might be in the lab. + +5. **Peter:** Whose stereo is that? It's awfully loud. + **David:** It could be Jean's. She likes loud music. + +6. **Tom:** Do you think Mary could still be in the library? + **Tim:** Yes, she could be. She's studying for a test. + +7. **Phil:** Could Dave be at the movie? + **Mark:** No, but he could be at the game. He was planning to go. + +--- + +### HE COULD BE .... + +Match the best response in Column B with the sentence in Column A, and write the letter on the line. Then put the sentences in order to make a dialog. Write the numbers on the lines below the columns. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| 1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ Which one? The city or school library? | a. He could be in the barracks. I saw him there a few minutes ago. | +| 2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ Thanks. I'll try the city library. | b. I'm not sure. He uses both. | +| 3. \_\_\_\_\_\_ Where is John? | c. Good luck! | +| 4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ I've already checked there. Where else could he be? | d. Well, then he may be at the library. He has a test tomorrow. | + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ \_\_\_\_\_\_ \_\_\_\_\_\_ \_\_\_\_\_\_ + +### WHAT'S THE MATTER WITH IT? + +Let's talk about COULD, MAY, or MIGHT BE. They are ways to express possibility. Ask a question. Another student will answer. Use these problems, or add your own. + +EXAMPLE: **David:** Paul said he had trouble with his car. What's the matter with it? +**John:** I don't know. It could be the engine. It sounded noisy this morning. + +PROBLEMS + +a. with a car +b. with health +c. with a camera +d. with a lost book, coat, etc. +e. with other people + +--- + +## Grammar + +### INDIRECT SPEECH + +| DIRECT SPEECH (present tense) | INDIRECT SPEECH (past tense) | +|---|---| +| **Tom:** I know the answer. | What did Tom say?
Tom said (that) he knew the answer. | + +| A noun clause is used to report what someone has said. This is called indirect speech or reported speech.

The following changes are made:
1. The present tense verb in direct speech changes to the past tense in indirect speech.
2. The pronouns are changed in indirect speech.
3. The conjunction *that* is used to introduce the clause. It is sometimes omitted. | +|---| + +**ERIC SAID THAT HE WANTED TO ADD A SECOND STORY TO HIS HOUSE.** + +Read the dialogs; then recite them. + +1. **Alan:** Hey, Eric, what are your plans for the house? + **Eric:** I plan to enlarge the kitchen, add on a bedroom, build a patio, and buy a big stereo for the living room. + + *(Later)* + + **Tony:** Hi, Alan. Do you know what Eric plans to do to his house? + **Alan:** Yes, he said that he planned to enlarge the kitchen, add on a bedroom, build a patio, and buy a big stereo for the living room. + +--- + + + + +EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 3 + +A. Read the dialog and then answer the question. Use indirect speech. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: +Rob: We want to add on to our house. +Jan: How many rooms? + +What did Rob say to Jan? +He said (that) they wanted to add on to their house. + +1. Rick: Do you have a microwave oven? +Don: Yes, we do. + +What did Don say to Rick? + +2. Marcie: Dot and Dan have a beautiful new stereo. +Betty: Bill and I want to get one, too. + +What did Betty say? + +3. Don: Do the Dobbs have a garage for their new car? +Bob: Yes, they have a nice two-car garage. + +What did Bob say about the Dobbs? + +4. Jack: Where does Hal work? +Nick: He works for a large business. + +What did Nick say about Hal? + +5. Lynn: Does that house have a patio? +Mark: Yes, it's next to the dining room. + +What did Mark say about the patio? + +6. Greg: Is their house two stories? +Dan: Yes. The bedrooms are on the second floor. + +What did Dan say about the house? + +7. Morris: Is there a fireplace in the living room? +Benny: No, but there's one in the den. + +What did Benny say about the fireplace? + +8. Brad: Does Henry collect stamps? +Bud: Yes. He has a great collection. + +What did Bud say? + +B. Your instructor will tell you one of John's problems. Tell another student about John's problem and ask a question about it. The other student will answer the question. Use could, may, or might in your answers. + +EXAMPLE: Instructor: with his car + +S1: John said (that) he had trouble with his car. What's the matter with it? +S2: I don't know. It could be the engine. It sounded noisy this morning. + +C. Read the paragraph. Listen to some questions. Underline and number the answers in the paragraph. + +Some people collect records. Some like just one kind of music and collect only records of that kind. Other people like all kinds of music, so their collections have many records of different types of music. It can be expensive to collect records or cassettes, but it also is very interesting. + +--- + +D. Circle the letter of the word that sounds different. + +1. a b c +2. a b c +3. a b c +4. a b c +5. a b c +6. a b c +7. a b c +8. a b c + +E. Circle a or b to complete the sentence. + +1. The get-together wasn't any fun. We were ________. + a. boring + b. bored + +2. The children were ________ after playing all day. + a. tiring + b. tired + +3. The plans from the builder were ________. + a. confusing + b. confused + +4. The fire in the oven was ________. + a. frightening + b. frightened + +5. They thought the meeting was very ________. + a. exciting + b. excited + +6. The language cassettes were ________. + a. interesting + b. interested + +F. Circle the right answer. + +1. They have ________ to build their house. + a. began + b. begin + c. begun + +EE-13 + +2. The rain ________ last night, and the roads are dangerous now. + a. freezes + b. froze + c. has frozen + +3. The baby has ________ 10 o'clock. + a. slept since + b. sleeping for + c. to sleep since + +4. He has ________ coffee every morning since his 18th birthday. + a. drink + b. drunk + c. drinking + +5. The old man has ________ two hours. + a. standing there since + b. stood there for + c. stands there for + +6. Bill ________ his money from the bank yesterday. + a. withdrew + b. withdraw + c. withdrawn + +G. Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined. + +1. wrench + a. check + b. machine + c. wash + +2. pleasant + a. advice + b. pass + c. easy + +3. uncle + a. place + b. medical + c. quick + +4. what + a. why + b. who + c. low + +5. secret + a. ankle + b. since + c. size + +6. selection + a. charge + b. fish + c. tight + +7. wash + a. watch + b. sound + c. shop + +8. since + a. cause + b. size + c. cross + +EE-14 + +H. Circle the letter of the answer that explains the meaning of the underlined word. + +It is unlikely that I'll go to the party tonight. I have to study for a test and go to bed early. + +a. He thinks he should go to the party. +b. He doesn't think he will be at the party. +c. He knows that he has to go to the party. + +I. Read the paragraph. Underline the MOST IMPORTANT SENTENCES. Then write the topic, main idea, and give it a title. + +It is different when you cook in a microwave oven. It takes a lot less time to cook everything. If it takes an hour to cook something in the oven, you can cook it in a few minutes in a microwave. Then you have time for other things. When you use a microwave, you have to be careful about the pots, pans, and dishes you use. If you use metal, you might start a fire. Also you can't put just any dish in a microwave because some dishes will break. + +TOPIC: __________________________________________________ + +MAIN IDEA: __________________________________________________ + +TITLE: __________________________________________________ + +EE-15 + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 3 + +A. Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. Jim: Do you want to read this book about fish? + Jan: No, thank you. I'm not ______ in books about fish. + a. reading + b. interested + c. meeting + +2. Where will the get-together ______? + a. take place + b. meeting + c. add on + +3. Water freezes at $32^\circ\text{ F}$, and it ______ at $212^\circ\text{ F}$. + a. burns + b. heats + c. boils + +4. The building's floor ______ shows how the rooms are arranged. + a. story + b. plan + c. map + +5. Lt Jones: Whose records are those on the teacher's desk? + Lt Chung: They're mine. I ______ them there for her. + a. read + b. wrote + c. left + +6. Pvt Reed is in ______ again. He was late for the meeting. + a. trouble + b. fire + c. plan + +7. Kate: Someone changed the furniture in the living room. + Lynn: Mary wanted to change it. It was her ______. + a. guess + b. solution + c. idea + +8. The pictures are too small. Can you ______ them? + a. add on + b. enlarge + c. build + +--- + +9. Kate: Excuse me, where's the nearest store? + John: Jake's store is very ______. It's only two blocks that way. + a. near + b. next + c. far + +10. He hasn't made up his mind about the trip. ______ he'll go. He doesn't know yet. + a. None + b. Perhaps + c. Yet + +11. The papers fell in the fire and ______. + a. burned + b. heated + c. boiled + +12. This soup is cold. Could you please ______ it up for me? + a. burn + b. heat + c. plan + +13. The problems in the schools are still there. We have not found a good ______. + a. stereo + b. fireplace + c. solution + +14. Jack: I need more tape to record this music. + Mark: Do you want a ______ tape? + a. record + b. cassette + c. radio + +15. Mrs. Rogers: This room looks different from the other rooms in the house. + Mr. Rogers: Yes, it was an ______ to the house. + a. extra + b. addition + c. add on + +--- + +B. Complete the dialog. Use these words. + +| tiring | meeting | room | get-togethers | +|---|---|---|---| + +**George:** Where do you want to have the meeting next week? +**Scott:** We can have it in the living room at my house. +**George:** Do you think there's enough room for all of us? +**Scott:** Sure. My brother Rick always has his get-togethers there. +**George:** Let's not make it too long. Last week's meeting was very tiring. + +--- + +C. Write the answers to the following questions. Use could in your answers along with the cues. + +1. Where's Nick? He's already twenty minutes late. (stuck in traffic) +He could be stuck in traffic. + +2. Why is Betty riding the bus to work today? (car in garage) +Her car could be in garage. + +3. Why did you bring your umbrella today? (rain) +It could be raining. + +D. Complete the answers to the questions. + +1. Has class begun yet? +Yes, class has just begun. + +2. How long has this chair been broken? +It has been broken for about two weeks. + +3. Has this bill been paid yet? +No, I haven't paid it yet. + +4. How long has Mr. Evans taught math? +He has taught math for nine years. + +5. How long has it been since you've slept? +I haven't slept since 10:00 p.m.. + +--- + +E. Write the answers. Use the -ed or -ing form of the word in ( ). + +1. How does Peter feel about his new job? +He's very excited. (excite) + +2. How's that new book by Steven Spellbind? +It's interesting. (interest) + +3. How do you feel after two hours of exercise? +I get very tired. (tire) + +4. Why do you always look so sleepy after that class? +It's boring. (bore) + +5. Can't you decide on which car to buy? +No, I'm very confused. (confuse) + +6. How did Ray feel after the accident? +He was very frightened. (frighten) + +7. How are the directions on that map? +They're a little confusing. (confuse) + +--- + +F. Select the best answer a, b, or c. + +1. He drove the car recklessly, so he had an accident. +a. He was in an old car. +b. He was driving slowly. +c. He wasn't careful. + +2. He didn't like his new job because his boss intimidated him. +a. His boss helped him a lot. +b. His boss frightened him. +c. His boss paid him. + +--- + +G. Write the past participle of the verb to complete the sentence. + +1. We can't go out to dinner. Mom has already begun to cook. +$$\text{begin}$$ + +2. You're in trouble, Bobby. You have broken Dad's radio. +$$\text{break}$$ + +3. The Tompsons have built a second story to their house. +$$\text{build}$$ + +4. That dog has really cost us a lot of money. +$$\text{cost}$$ + +5. Has Barry drunk any milk today? +$$\text{drink}$$ + +6. Has anyone found Debbie's keys yet? +$$\text{find}$$ + +7. Has the cold weather frozen the lake yet? +$$\text{freeze}$$ + +8. Has Tommy kept that sweater since high school? +$$\text{keep}$$ + +9. Have they lost the game yet? +$$\text{lose}$$ + +10. Larry has paid the April bill already. +$$\text{pay}$$ + +11. Have you ever ridden a motorcycle? +$$\text{ride}$$ + +12. Mr. Nickols has always said to be polite to others. +$$\text{say}$$ + +13. Someone has shaken this soda. +$$\text{shake}$$ + +14. Why has Jane slept so much today? +$$\text{sleep}$$ + +15. George has stood in line for 30 minutes now. +$$\text{stand}$$ + +16. My Uncle Fred has taught me how to drive a truck. +$$\text{teach}$$ + +17. Why has Ms. Altry withdrawn her money from this bank? +$$\text{withdraw}$$ + +--- + +H. Circle the letter of the word with the same sound underlined. + +1. advice +a. sick +b. nose +c. size + +2. backache +a. cook +b. which +c. shine + +3. cashier +a. shop +b. charge +c. nose + +4. selection +a. time +b. should +c. charge + +--- + +I. First, read the letter. Then complete it with the words in the box. + +| boil | fireplace | heat | play | story | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| builder | fires | microwave | record | suburbs | +| dining room | get together | patio | stereo | wood | + +Dear Rosa, + +Sorry for taking so long to write. I have been so busy in my new house. We bought a house in the suburbs (1). You should see it. It's beautiful! It's a two-story (2) house, and it has a fireplace (3). I can't wait until winter comes, and we can make fires (4)! I can smell the wood (5) burning. You should see the dining room (6) and the kitchen. They're really big. The builder (7) knew that people like large kitchens! We also have a patio (8) so we can eat outside in the summer. + +We finally bought the stereo (9) we wanted. Now we can enjoy our fireplace while we play (10) good music. Thank you for the record (11) you sent me. We also bought a microwave (12), and I love it! I save a lot of time when I cook. I seldom use my stove anymore. I heat (13) up food and boil (14) water in the microwave. + +I hope we can get together (15) this summer. I think the kids would really enjoy it. + +Love, +Kathy + +--- + +J. Write the answers to the questions. Use indirect speech. + +EXAMPLE: +**Ralph:** I need to get more sleep. +**Mark:** What did Ralph say? +**Hal:** He said (that) he needed to get more sleep. + +1. **John:** I want to add on a second story. +**Ted:** Rod, what did John say? +**Rod:** He said that he wanted to add on a second story. + +2. **Vicki:** I can't go with you, Sally. +**Lori:** What did she say to you, Sally? +**Sally:** She said that she couldn't go with me. + +3. **Larry:** I don't have enough time. +**Henry:** What did Larry say? +**Roger:** He said that he didn't have enough time. + +4. **Joe:** I enjoy watching this program. +**Alan:** Hank, what did Joe say? +**Hank:** He said that he enjoyed watching that program. + +--- + +K. Combine the two sentences. Use the words and, but, or, or so. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: +The house was too small. They enlarged it. +The house was too small, so they enlarged it. + +1. They had some extra money. They added on a den. +They had some extra money, so they added on a den. + +--- + +2. The house was cold. So we made a fire in the fireplace. + +3. Jane woke up late. But she still got to work on time. + +4. Johnny wants a new car. But he doesn't have enough money. + +5. We went to the theater. And we saw a good movie. + +--- + +**L. Read the paragraph. Write the topic, main idea, and give it a title.** + +> High school students should plan for their future. When they receive their diplomas, they should have an idea about the career they want to choose. Many students don't know what they want to do. They aren't sure about the job they want or the courses they need to get a degree. Other students change their minds, and that means a change in courses or job training. Then, there are some people who never know what they want to do. It is difficult to plan your future when you are young, but if you do, it can save you a lot of time. + +TOPIC: YOUR'S CAREER + +MAIN IDEA: If you want good future, you should choose select best way. + +TITLE: You should make a plan for your future + +--- + +**M. Underline the THREE MOST IMPORTANT SENTENCES in the paragraph.** + +> Colonel Rogers discussed two things at the meeting today. First, he discussed different plans for the new building. He talked about the cost of each plan, and he said he didn't like any of the plans yet. Then, he talked about his last trip to Washington, D.C. He said the trip was very interesting. + +--- + +**N. Read each paragraph and write a summary.** + +1. Jack Anderson left his car with Nick, the mechanic at ACE GARAGE. Nick worked on the car for five hours. First, he fixed an oil leak, and then he replaced all the hoses. After that, he gave the car a tune-up. Now, he's going to work on the brakes. Mr. Anderson will be a satisfied customer after Nick finishes the work. + +SUMMARY: ______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +2. Mr. Sims has just moved to the United States. He went to the bank this morning to find out what to do with his money. He learned about savings and checking accounts. With both accounts, he can deposit and withdraw money. The bank clerk showed him how to fill out deposit slips. Mr. Sims feels good about the bank. He knows that his money will be safe there. + +SUMMARY: ______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 12 LESSON 4 + +**A. Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c.** + +1. Ron: Have you cleaned your ______? + Mike: Yes, I'm ready for our hunting trip. + + a. cap + b. rifle + c. shot + +2. Bill: What kind of ______ does that man have? + Policeman: He has a small pistol. + + a. gun + b. deer + c. tool + +3. Lou: How many did you catch? + Sam: I caught five ______. + + a. fish + b. guns + c. lines + +4. Dave: Did you hear that loud bang? + Anna: Yes, it sounded like a ______. + + a. duck + b. shot + c. deer + +5. Leo: Does your father keep any ______ in the house? + Jim: Yes, he has a rifle and a pistol. + + a. shots + b. weapons + c. deer + +6. Mother: You can ask your friend to eat with us; there's ______ of food. + + a. more + b. much + c. plenty + +7. Kim: Can we speak English instead of French? I need to ______ my English. + Ron: Of course. + + a. prepare + b. practice + c. catch + +8. The ______ was flying very low when I shot it. + + a. deer + b. fish + c. duck + +9. The ______ ran very quickly. I don't think I hit it. + + a. deer + b. fish + c. duck + +10. Frank: Is the pool in the building? + Steve: Yes, it's an ______ pool. + + a. extra + b. outdoor + c. indoor + +11. My friend doesn't like to live in the city; he wants to live in the ______. + + a. country + b. house + c. lake + +12. Mmmm! This chicken is good. How did you ______ it? + + a. ready + b. practice + c. prepare + +13. John: I don't know how to fix this bicycle. + Brian: Don't worry. Here are the ______. + + a. rules + b. instructions + c. weapons + +14. Can you teach me how to ______ your new rifle? + + a. hunt + b. practice + c. shoot + +15. The book is not very long. The ______ book is only 90 pages. + + a. whole + b. low + c. several + +--- + +**E. Write the past participle of the verb to complete the sentences.** + +1. Grandmother hasn't brought that lamb dish before. + (bring) + +2. My mother has cut my son's hair for years. + (cut) + +3. It's November, and the leaves haven't fallen yet. + (fall) + +4. Jimmy has grown two inches this year. + (grow) + +5. Roger hasn't caught a cold like this in a long time. + (catch) + +6. Has the Major left for the day? + (leave) + +7. Jerry hasn't made breakfast yet, and I'm hungry. + (make) + +8. Ira hasn't put his books away yet. + (put) + +9. The phone hasn't rung all evening. + (ring) + +10. Roger has run this distance before. + (run) + +11. Tom has sold his car, his rifle, and his bicycle. + (sell) + +12. You haven't shown me your new clothes. + (show) + +13. Kevin has never shot a deer before. + (shoot) + +14. I've never been stuck in traffic like this before. + (stick) + +15. Dad has told us not to leave our bicycles there. + (tell) + +16. I haven't forgotten about our meeting. + (forget) + +17. Michael has hidden my pencil. + (hide) + +--- + +**F. Complete the question with would. Then use used to and answer the question.** + +EXAMPLE: Where **would** you go hunting when you were young? +(go hunting) + +I **used to** go hunting in the mountains. +(in the mountains) + +1. What would you do for entertainment in the summer? + (do) + + I used to play soccer with friends + (play soccer with friends) + +2. When would you go to bed when you were a child? + (go to bed) + + I used to go to bed at 7:30 + (at 7:30) + +--- + +**G. Complete the question with used to. Then use would and answer the question.** + +EXAMPLE: What **did** you **use to** do for fun when you were young? +(do) + +I **would** go hunting. +(go hunting) + +1. Where did you use to go fishing? + (go) + + I would go at a lake in the mountains + (at a lake in the mountains) + +2. Where do you use to spend your vacations? + (spend) + + I would go at the beach + (at the beach) + +--- + +H. Select the letter, a, b, or c, that gives the meaning of the underlined word. + +1. Animals were eating grass under the trees in the field. +a. land in the country +b. parking lot in the city +c. intersection near a school + +2. That new player played the game very well. +a. someone who has children +b. someone who plays sports +c. someone who owns a business + +3. The coach showed the boys and girls how to throw a football. +a. someone who owns a business +b. someone who is a policeman +c. someone who teaches sports + +4. The girls won the game. They were very happy because they were the best. +a. finished last +b. finished second +c. finished first + +5. We finished the work early because the new machine facilitated the job. +a. couldn't do it +b. made it easier +c. did it slowly + +--- + +I. Complete the sentence with and, or, but, or so. + +1. Helen likes being out-of-doors, but she doesn't enjoy hunting. + +2. The airman missed the meeting, so she apologized to her sergeant. + +3. The sergeant said to do it right the first time, or he would make us do extra exercises. + +4. Nan used to be in the Air Force, but now she's a civilian. + +5. He bought a car last week, so he doesn't have to take the bus anymore. + +6. Marge practiced shooting the gun, and then she went hunting. + +--- + +J. Read the paragraph. Write the topic, main idea, and give it a title. + +> Today, young men and women are interested in all kinds of sports and healthy exercises. They like to watch sports like football, basketball, tennis, and soccer, but they don't just like to watch. They like to play those sports, too. They also like to do other healthy things. They enjoy fishing and hunting, and they like to swim and to run. They are thinking of their health, but they are also having fun while they are doing all these healthy exercises. + +TOPIC: Sport for Healthy + +MAIN IDEA: ____________________________________________________________________ + +TITLE: ____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +K. Read the paragraph. Underline the important words and phrases. + +> Dick and Jane are trying very hard to get their vacations at the same time. They want to go to the mountains to hunt deer. Dick doesn't know when he can get leave. Jane has picked out a time twice, but because of Dick she has had to change it. If they have to wait much longer, it will be too late for them to hunt. Jane wants to go very much, but she doesn't want to go without Dick. She doesn't know what to do. + +--- + +L. Read the paragraph and write a summary. + +> Amanda works in a large, busy office in a big city. She doesn't get much exercise at her job, so when she goes home from work she likes to run. She tries to run three miles every day. She likes to run on roads in the country because it's very quiet and calm there. She can listen to the birds and look at the trees and flowers. She always feels relaxed after she runs. + +SUMMARY: ____________________________________________________________________ + +____________________________________________________________________ + +____________________________________________________________________ + +____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +in the open +outdoors +out-of-doors + +- Let's have a walk in the open. +- We like to do the sports outdoors. +- I enjoy doing sports out-of-doors. + +- Ben said that they had a two-car garage. +- Dan said that they just wanted to add a den and a patio. +- Jerry said that they had two fireplaces. +- George said that he put some of their stuff in the kitchen. +- Brad said that microwave was faster. +- He collected records to play on his stereo. +- Nicky said that the bedrooms were upstairs. +- Ricky said he did. + +certain, sure +must be, fond of, stay, like + +--- + +FİYATI : 4.000 TL. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-12/st-4.md b/sources/book-12/st-4.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d3aafad --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/st-4.md @@ -0,0 +1,651 @@ + + +# WE USED TO GO TO THE LAKE. BOOK 12 LESSON 4 + +![A mountain landscape with a lake in the foreground, evergreen trees along the shore, and birds flying above](images/page_105_001.jpg) + +---FUNCTION--- + +What did you use to do for fun? I used to go fishing every Saturday. I'd go to the movie every weekend. + +---GRAMMAR--- + +My dad and I used to hunt here. Now I work here. + +What would Ken do for his teacher's class? +He would study very hard for her class. + +My friends arrived sooner than I expected. +Al left the house earlier than Kim did. +Roger throws the ball farther than his sister does. + +Harry has told us that story before. + +---SKILLS--- + +laugh - beef +Summaries +Title +Topic +Main Idea + +They're going to the lake. They hope to catch a lot of fish. +They are going to the lake, and they hope to catch a lot of fish. + +---VOCABULARY--- + +catch/caught/caught +fish +go +hunt +kill +practice +prepare +shoot/shot/shot +used to +would +in the open + +all over +bang! +farther +further +hard +high +indoors +low +more +once +out-of-doors + +outdoors +own +several +slow +twice +whole + +country +deer/deer +duck +fish/fish +fishing rod +gun +instructions +line +outdoors +own +pistol + +plenty +rifle +shot +walk +weapon + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 12 LESSON 4 + +| ST PAGE | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** We may go hunting. | 99 | +| **READING SKILL:** select same sound | 102 | +| **VOCABULARY:** Fishing is a lot of fun! | 103 | +| **READING SKILL:** select meaning of unfamiliar word/phrase | 108 | +| **GRAMMAR:** used to (past routine; discontinued past habit) | 109 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** sentence combining | 111 | +| **GRAMMAR:** would (past routine) | 112 | +| **FUNCTION:** ask about/narrate past routines/patterns of activities | 114 | +| **GRAMMAR:** -er comparative of adverbs | 117 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** underline critical words/phrases | 120 | +| **GRAMMAR:** review present perfect tense | 121 | +| **READING SKILL:** summarizing | 123 | + +# Vocabulary + +## WE MAY GO HUNTING. + +Repeat and read the new words and sentences. + +![A revolver pistol shown above a long rifle](images/page_107_001.jpg) +Pistols and rifles are guns. +Guns and knives are weapons. + +![Two hunters in hunting caps and jackets carrying rifles through the woods](images/page_107_002.jpg) +Some people like to go hunting. They use guns to hunt. + +![A group of deer standing together in a grassy area, including a prominent buck with antlers](images/page_107_003.jpg) +Herb likes to hunt deer. +This year, he wants to get two deer. + +![A hunter standing near a pond or lake, aiming his gun upward at flying ducks, with one downed duck at his feet](images/page_107_004.jpg) +Dan likes to hunt ducks. +He's just shot a duck and killed it. + +# WATCH OUT*, DEER! HERE COME FRED AND PETE! + +Repeat the new words; then read the paragraphs. + +Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors. Once every year during the deer season, they spend at least two weeks hunting. Deer season this year will begin next week. Both Fred and Pete are getting ready for their hunting trip. They're preparing their weapons. + +Fred has just bought a new rifle, so he and Pete have driven out of the city to the country to practice with it. Fred is going to shoot at some empty soda cans. He was so excited that he dropped his truck keys in the grass. Pete had to hunt for the keys because all Fred could think about was shooting his new rifle. + +Bang!!!! + +"Good, Fred, that was a good shot. Do it again," said Pete. + +Bang!!!! + +"You missed that time. You weren't low enough. You have to shoot lower," said Pete. + +Bang!!!! + +"You're still shooting too high, Fred," said Pete. + +Bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! + +After several shots, Pete said, "I think you've got it now, Fred. Watch out, deer! Here we come!" + +\*Watch out = be careful + +--- + +Read these statements about the story of Fred and Pete. If the information is correct, circle "T." If the information is wrong, circle "F." + +1. Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors. T F +2. Fred and Pete hunt deer two times a year. T F +3. They are getting their weapons ready. T F +4. Fred and Pete went to another country. T F +5. Fred wants to practice with his new rifle. T F +6. Fred will shoot at some cans. T F +7. Fred hunted for his keys. T F +8. Fred's shots were very low at first. T F +9. Fred shot only one time. T F + +**FRED AND PETE LIKE TO BE OUT-OF-DOORS.** + +Look at the example. Make a sentence. + +EXAMPLE: out-of-doors Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors. + +1. once +2. deer season +3. prepare +4. country +5. practice +6. shoot at +7. lower +8. several + +# Reading Skill + +**WHICH LETTER DOES IT SOUND LIKE?** + +Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined. + +EXAMPLE: laugh +a. big +b. beef +c. daughter + +1. climb +a. cook +b. ice +c. change + +2. license +a. cook +b. flies +c. ice + +3. apostrophe +a. pay +b. free +c. very + +4. dessert +a. pass +b. shine +c. nose + +5. refrigerator +a. dog +b. page +c. laugh + +6. direction +a. change +b. shop +c. time + +7. looked +a. wanted +b. changed +c. laughed + +8. knife +a. keep +b. new +c. gun + +9. news +a. niece +b. lose +c. shop + +10. gymnasium +a. raise +b. pass +c. shop + +# Vocabulary + +**SOME NEW WORDS** + +Repeat and read the new words and sentences. + +1. indoors/outdoors +The party was outdoors, but we went indoors when the rain started. + +2. farther/further +My house is far; I live 20 miles from here. His house is farther; he lives 35 miles from here. + +I've gone further in my education than my brother has. I'm in college while he's only in high school. + +3. instructions +Tell me how to use this machine; give me instructions. + +4. whole +Do you want a whole box of pencils or just a few? + +5. plenty (of) +Mr. Rockefeller has plenty of money. + +I don't want any cake. I've had plenty. + +6. catch/caught/caught +I want to go to the lake to catch some fish. +I caught some fish there last week. +My friends have caught many fish there, too. + +**INDOORS OR OUTDOORS** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Melissa: Charlie, I want to stay indoors this weekend and work on the house. +Charlie: But I thought we were going fishing with the children. +Melissa: I don't want to go fishing. I want to stay home. +Charlie: Why don't you want to go outdoors? Chris, Richard, and I love to be in the open, and you love to take walks around the lake. +Melissa: That's true. And I know you like to fish, but I don't like to clean and prepare the fish. I get bored just watching you. +Charlie: If I prepare the fish, will you go? +Melissa: I'll think about it. + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. What does Melissa want to do this weekend? +2. What does Charlie want to do? +3. Who else likes to be out in the open? +4. Why doesn't Melissa want to go fishing? +5. Who will prepare the fish? + +**THE FISHING ROD** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +![Diagram of a fishing rod labeled with its parts: fishing rod, line, hook, and bait](images/page_113_001.jpg) + +Charlie: Your mother doesn't want to go fishing. I think she needs her own fishing rod. +Chris: That's a good idea, Dad. You have your own rod, Richard has his own, and I have my own. Mom needs her own, too. +Charlie: There's a department store farther down the street. We can buy one there. + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. What does Mother need? +2. Who already has a fishing rod? +3. Where is the department store? + +**THE LESSON** + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Melissa: Are there fish all over or just in some parts of the lake? +Richard: They're everywhere but some places are better for catching them. +Melissa: I've caught one! I've caught one! What do I do next? +Richard: Pull the line in slow. Don't pull it hard because you may lose the fish. +Melissa: It's gone. This has happened to me not once, but twice already. +Richard: Don't worry. Two times is nothing. You'll learn. + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. Are there fish all over or just in some parts of the lake? +2. How should Melissa pull in the line? Why? +3. How many times has Melissa lost fish? + +--- + +# PREPARING THE FISH + +Repeat the new words; then read the dialog. + +Charlie: Okay, Melissa; give me further instructions. Tell me how to prepare the fish. + +Melissa: Have you caught a few fish already? + +Charlie: Yes, I've caught several, about four or five. So tell me. + +Melissa: First, make a fire. Next, clean the fish and put some lemon juice, salt, and pepper on it. Then cook it in very hot oil. + +Charlie: One fish is ready. Who wants it? + +Chris: I do. + +Charlie: Do you want the whole fish or just half, Chris? + +Chris: I'll take a whole one. + +Charlie: Was one enough or do you want more? + +Chris: No. One was plenty. It was more than enough. + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. How many fish did Charlie catch? + +2. What kind of instructions did Melissa give Charlie? + +3. Did Chris want half a fish? + +4. Was one fish enough for him? + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +### WHAT DOES IT MEAN? + +Select the meaning of the underlined word(s). Circle a, b, or c. + +EXAMPLE: Mike coached his son because he wanted him to learn how to play the game well. + +a. bought games +b. gave instructions +c. served soda + +1. They played very hard during the whole game, but they still lost. + +a. weren't first +b. didn't finish +c. were late + +2. Herby played a tennis match with his friend. It took them an hour. + +a. planned a party +b. started a fire +c. played a game + +3. Andy believes weapons are dangerous. He doesn't let his children touch them. + +a. expects +b. repairs +c. thinks + +4. The plane was going north to New York. It was flying towards New York when it started to rain hard, so it landed in another city. + +a. around New York +b. in the direction of New York +c. away from New York + +--- + +# Grammar + +### USED TO + +> We use **used to** to say that something happened regularly or existed in the past but no longer happens or exists now. +> +> I **used to be** a student at that college. Now I'm an instructor there. + +Read the following sentences. They all contain used to. + +1. My father used to smoke, but he stopped last year. + +2. Did Larry use to cook dinner every night? + Yes, and he used to cook breakfast on the weekends, too. Now he doesn't have enough time. + +3. Did Lt Evans use to play football for the Air Force? + No, he used to play for the Army. + +4. Where did Oscar use to live? + Oscar used to live in Mexico City; now he lives in Miami, Florida. + +5. Captain Simms used to be late for class every day. His instructor used to get angry at him. + +### JACK USED TO WORK AT NIGHT. + +Read the paragraph. Answer the questions your teacher asks. + +Jack used to be a waiter in a restaurant that was open 24 hours a day. He used to work at night. He used to go to work at 10:30 p.m. and work until 7:00 a.m. He used to wear jeans, a T-shirt, and a pair of tennis shoes. Now Jack works from 10:00 a.m. until 7:00 p.m., wears a three-piece suit, and owns the restaurant. + +--- + +### THINGS ARE NOT WHAT THEY USED TO BE. + +Complete the dialogs. Use used to in your answers. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: +A: Bob isn't like I remember him from college. +B: No, he's not. He used to have hair. +(have hair) + +1. A: Did you know that Mike can speak Spanish? + B: Yes. He ________________________________________ + (live in Mexico) + +2. A: How did you learn to shoot like that? + B: I ________________________________________ + (be in the military) + +3. A: Does Rod know a lot about animals? + B: Yes, he does. He ________________________________________ + (work out-of-doors) + +4. A: Why does Ray have all those weapons? + B: He ________________________________________ every fall. + (hunt) + +5. A: Where did you get all these shoes? + B: I ________________________________________ at a shoe store. + (work) + +6. A: Does Fred know how to fly? + B: Sure. He ________________________________________ + (be a pilot in the Navy) + +7. A: Is Ms. Richards helping you with your math? + B: Yes, she ________________________________________ + (be a high school math teacher) + +8. A: I heard that you fixed Mr. Edwards' car. + B: Yes, I ________________________________________ + (work in a garage) + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +### I WANTED TO GO, BUT HE DIDN'T WANT TO. + +Combine the two sentences. Use the words in ( ). Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Ralph and Ellen wanted to go hunting early in the morning. They decided to stay out-of-doors. (so) + +Ralph and Ellen wanted to go hunting early in the morning, so they decided to stay out-of-doors. + +1. They hunted twice this week. Ralph finally shot a deer on Sunday morning. (and) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. They were very tired. They had a good time. (but) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. They couldn't eat the whole deer. They gave some of it to their neighbors. (so) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. Ralph and Ellen can hunt there. They can go fishing. (or) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. They are going to the lake. They hope to catch a lot of fish. (and) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +6. There is a lake house. They may stay outdoors. (but) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +7. They have to get up very early in the morning. They should go to bed before 11:00. (so) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +8. They can spend time outdoors. They can stay indoors. (or) + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +# Grammar + +### WOULD + +> We use **would** when we talk about things that often happened in the past. +> +> When my sister and I were young, my family **would go** to the mountains. If the weather was good, we **would get** up early and **go** swimming in the cold river. +> +> **Used to** is also possible in these sentences. + +--- + +Read the paragraph. It is about something that happened in the past. + +When Ken was in fifth grade, he had a teacher that he really liked. He would study very hard for her class. Anytime she needed someone to help her, Ken would offer to help. He would clean the chalkboards, straighten the desks, and empty the trash. Sometimes, he would stay after class and ask her questions about the day's lessons. He thought that there would never be another teacher like her. He was wrong. Now he's in the seventh grade, and he has another favorite teacher. + +Look at the example. Then look at the paragraph again. Use the numbers as guides and answer the questions. + +EXAMPLE: What would Ken do for his teacher's class? +He would study very hard for her class. + +# WHEN I WAS YOUNG . . . + +Complete the following sentences like the example. Use **would**. + +EXAMPLE: When I was a child, and I was sick, I would ask my mother to let me stay in her bed. I would eat a lot of soup. Sometimes, I would go to the doctor. I would watch TV. + +1. When I was in school and arrived late, I would . . . . +2. When my sister was a little girl, she would . . . . +3. When I was young and needed money, I would . . . . +4. When I was a child and was frightened, I would . . . . +5. When my father got angry with me, he would . . . . +6. My parents were pleased with me when I would . . . . +7. When I was young, during the summer I would . . . . +8. When I was a child, on my mother's birthday, I would . . . . + +# Function + +**BEFORE YOU WERE IN THE MILITARY, . . . .** + +Listen and repeat; then read the sentences both ways. + +1. . . . what did you use to do for entertainment (fun)? +2. . . . what would you do for fun (entertainment)? +3. . . . what did you do for entertainment (fun)? +4. . . . where did you use to go fishing (hunting, swimming)? +5. . . . where would you go on your vacations? +6. . . . where did you go on your vacations? +7. . . . how did you use to spend your free time? +8. . . . how would you spend your free time? +9. . . . how did you spend your free time? + +**BEFORE I WAS IN THE MILITARY, . . . .** + +Listen and repeat; then read the sentences three ways. + +1. +I would +I'd +I used to +go hunting every fall. + +2. +I would +I'd +I used to +go to the movies every weekend. + +3. +I would +I'd +I used to +spend my vacations in the mountains. + +4. +I would +I'd +I used to +play soccer every evening. + +5. +I would +I'd +I used to +go fishing every Saturday. + +6. +I would +I'd +I used to +go fishing at the lake near my home. + +**BEFORE I LIVED HERE, . . . .** + +Put the sentences in order. Write the letter on the line next to the number. Then read the stories. + +STORY A + +1. ______ a. Frequently I'd see deer or other animals on that old road. +2. ______ b. There was a lot of traffic on the highway, so I used to take an old country road. +3. ______ c. Before I lived here, I used to live in the country far from work, so I'd get up very early in the morning. +4. ______ d. It took a little longer to travel that way, but I enjoyed seeing them in the early morning hours. + +STORY B + +1. ______ a. As a matter of fact, it was so good I couldn't wait. I used to start eating before we got to the country. +2. ______ b. When I was young, my dad and I used to go deer hunting. +3. ______ c. We used to get it from a small cafe on our way out of town. I remember they served delicious hot bread. +4. ______ d. We'd have breakfast at home, but we'd always eat our lunch in the country. + +**WHEN I WAS A CHILD, ....** + +Answer the question. Use **used to** or **would**. + +EXAMPLES: +I: When I was a child, I used to go to the movies on Saturday afternoon with my sister. What about you? +S1: When I was a child, I'd clean my room on Saturday. +S2: When I was a child, I used to help my dad with the yard work on Saturday. +S3: When I was a child, we lived near the beach, and I'd go there every weekend. diff --git a/sources/book-12/st-5.md b/sources/book-12/st-5.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82d5f9bd --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/st-5.md @@ -0,0 +1,535 @@ + + +# REVIEW TIME! BOOK 12 LESSON 5 + +![A circular montage divided into sections illustrating various activities and scenarios: a couple standing together thinking, a child sleeping in bed, businessmen shaking hands in an office, a tropical beach with palm trees and a sailboat, and people fishing from a boat](images/page_131_001.jpg) + +--- + +SO BUT AND OR + +Combine the sentences. Use or, and, but, or so. + +1. Mark could charge the shirt. He could pay cash for it. +2. Helen wanted to visit her family. She had to leave before she could see them. +3. Kathy wanted to get her bachelor's degree. She went back to college. +4. The problem was confusing. They discussed it. +5. He likes working with young children. He likes teaching them. +6. Herb listened to the discussion. He didn't change his mind. +7. You can order soup if you like. You can order a sandwich. +8. Jan studied at the university. She worked in a restaurant. + +# WHAT DID HE SAY? + +Read the dialog. Answer the question. Use indirect speech. + +1. Al: Do the Dales have a garage? +Ben: Yes. They have a two-car garage. + +What did Ben say? + +2. Cal: Do they want to enlarge their whole house? +Dan: No, they just want to add on a den and a patio. + +What did Dan say? + +3. Eldon: Do they have a fireplace? +Jerry: Yes, they have two fireplaces. + +What did Jerry say? + +4. Frank: Is your dining room large enough for all of your family? +George: No, some of us sit in the kitchen. + +What did George say? + +5. Herb: Can you heat that in the oven? +Brad: Yes, but the microwave is faster. + +What did Brad say? + +6. Jean: Do you collect records or cassettes? +Jim: I collect records to play on my stereo. + +What did Jim say? + +7. Keith: Where are the bedrooms? +Nicky: The bedrooms are upstairs. + +What did Nicky say? + +8. Sam: Do you like to have get-togethers at your house? +Rick: Yes, I do. + +What did Rick say? + +# IF YOU'RE LEAVING, . . . . + +Make a dialog. Match the phrases in Column A with those in Column B. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. If this rain freezes, | a. you should leave soon. | +| _____ 2. Well, if they do that, | b. close the roads if it gets too bad. | +| _____ 3. The weather's terrible. If you're leaving, | c. if that happens? | +| _____ 4. What'll you do | d. if it clears up. | +| _____ 5. I expect to leave at noon | e. I'll stop until it clears up. | +| _____ 6. Yes, but the police will | f. it'll be dangerous to drive. | + +Now put the dialog in order. Write the numbers on the lines. + +_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ + +# MAY BE, IS NOT, IS. + +Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find the meaning of the underlined word. Write may be, is not, or is on the line to complete the sentence. + +1. A. I suppose that they are happy. +Suppose __________ know. +__________ care. +__________ think. + +B. It's not important to me, but I suppose that they are happy. +Suppose __________ know. +__________ care. +__________ think. + +C. It's not important to me and I'm not sure, but I suppose that they are happy. +Suppose __________ know. +__________ care. +__________ think. + +# HAT HAT BAT + +Circle the letter of the word that sounds different. + +1. a b c +2. a b c +3. a b c +4. a b c +5. a b c +6. a b c +7. a b c +8. a b c +9. a b c +10. a b c + +# TRAVEL + +Read the paragraph. Underline the important words and phrases. + +Many people like to travel. Some like to travel far away to other countries. They like to go sightseeing and visit the beautiful cathedrals and monuments. Others like to visit friends who live near them. They go straight to their friends' house and spend all their time with them. When they leave, they are happy because they were with their friends. All travel can be fun. + +# WHAT ABOUT YOU? + +Answer the question. Use used to or would. Then ask your neighbor the question, what about you? + +EXAMPLE: When I was a child, I used to go to the movies on Saturday afternoon with my sister. What about you? +When I was a child, I'd clean up my room on Saturday. What about you? + +# WHAT DID HE DECIDE? + +Read the dialogs. + +1. Tom: What did Joe decide to do about the job offers? +Hal: He decided to take the one in Dallas. + +Tom: Instead of the one in Houston? Why did he do that? +Hal: The pay is good, and he wants to take some courses at the university there. + +Tom: When does he plan to leave? +Hal: Sometime next month. + +Tom: Is he going by plane? +Hal: No, he's going to drive. + +2. Don: What are you going to do for your vacation next month? +Joe: I've decided to go to the mountains. + +Don: I thought you decided to go to the beach? +Joe: I changed my mind. + +Don: Why? What made you change your mind? +Joe: It's too hot on the beach, and I like winter sports. + +Don: Is your mind made up this time? +Joe: Yes. I've thought it over, and I've made my choice. + +# SO? OR? + +Combine the two sentences. Use so or or. + +1. Ted refused the offer. He didn't go to work at the college. +2. Mark could keep on working. He could retire. +3. Joan accepted the decision. Her father felt better. +4. They offered Hal a choice. He thought it over. + +--- + +5. You can get a degree in education at the university. There is a degree in another profession. + +6. They'll go to high school. They'll go to technical school. + +7. Fred made up his mind to get a diploma. He went back to high school. + +8. Madge could take the mathematics course. She could take the language course. + +**ALREADY OR YET?** + +Complete the sentences with **already**, **yet**, **still**, **anymore**, or **any longer**. + +1. Does Herb ____________ come to see her? + +2. He doesn't work at that restaurant ____________. + +3. Has Sally ____________ gotten her degree? + +4. Have the Britts moved to New York ____________? + +5. John doesn't live here ____________. + +6. Mary ____________ doesn't have her degree. + +7. Has Fred made up his mind about a career ____________? + +8. Jane ____________ knows what she wants to do. + +9. She didn't want to discuss it ____________. + +10. We never see him ____________. + +--- + +**SPRING IN TEXAS** + +Read the paragraph. Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. + +1. Spring is a pretty season in Texas. The wind blows and keeps it cool. It is humid but not too hot, so the humidity is not difficult to put up with. Occasionally there will be freezing weather in spring, but usually it is warm and pleasant. The flowers and trees are pretty, and the sun shines in the clear sky. Winter is over, and everyone is happy. + +2. Americans drink a lot of coffee and tea. They usually drink hot coffee and tea during the winter and iced coffee and tea during the summer. Some people like iced tea all year, just like some like hot coffee all year. They may like their coffee and tea with cream and sugar, or they may like it without anything. Some people like lemon in their tea, and some don't. Everybody has his favorite way to drink his coffee or tea. + +**CONFUSED OR CONFUSING?** + +Choose a or b to complete the sentence. + +1. The builder was ____________ by the plans. + a. confusing + b. confused + +2. They were ____________ in the plans for the get-together. + a. interesting + b. interested + +--- + +3. Edith was ____________ about her idea for the meeting. + a. exciting + b. excited + +4. The music on the stereo was ____________. + a. boring + b. bored + +5. The ____________ child wanted the light on while he slept. + a. frightening + b. frightened + +6. The exercises were ____________. + a. tiring + b. tired + +7. They found the solution to the problem ____________. + a. confusing + b. confused + +8. Marge found living in the suburbs ____________. + a. exciting + b. excited + +9. The storm was ____________. + a. frightening + b. frightened + +10. The language cassettes were ____________. + a. interesting + b. interested + +**WHAT DOES THAT MEAN?** + +Select the meaning of the underlined word. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. Mark is certain he wants to go to that university. He has made up his mind. + a. cautious + b. not sure + c. sure + +2. Helen woke at 6:00 when the alarm clock rang, but she didn't get up until 6:30. + a. stopped drawing + b. stopped sleeping + c. stopped reading + +--- + +3. Hank owes a lot of money to the bank for his new car. + a. has to count + b. has to lend + c. has to pay + +4. The Youngs have paid back the money to the bank. They don't have to give the bank any more money. + a. given back + b. borrowed back + c. asked for + +5. Madge is fond of children and enjoys having them visit her. + a. likes + b. works with + c. has + +**WHAT DOES IT SOUND LIKE?** + +Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined. + +1. apostrophe + a. foot + b. pencil + c. head + +2. agent + a. high + b. jump + c. good + +3. backed + a. did + b. take + c. wanted + +4. easy + a. nose + b. show + c. pass + +5. write + a. red + b. wet + c. when + +6. trousers + a. sun + b. nose + c. show + +7. price + a. pass + b. show + c. care + +8. blouse + a. toes + b. pass + c. show + +9. examination + a. time + b. show + c. child + +--- + +**A SUMMARY** + +Read the paragraph and write a summary. + +Your home is one of the most dangerous places in the world. Every year hundreds of people have accidents in their homes. Many people fall down stairs or slip on wet floors in their bathrooms. Careless people leave cigarettes that cause fires and burn homes and apartment houses. Grease fires that start on stoves in kitchens also cause terrible fires. Many times parents let children play in the kitchen while the mother is cooking. Sometimes hot food spills on the child, or the child cuts his hands with a knife. Accidents like this shouldn't happen. People need to be careful in their homes. They need to practice being safe all the time. + +SUMMARY: ____________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________________ + +**SHE COULD BE AT THE LIBRARY** + +Read the dialogs. + +1. +George: Where is Jean? We planned to get together and study tonight. +Monty: She could be in the barracks. I saw her there a few minutes ago. +George: I've already been there. Where else could she be? +Monty: She has a test tomorrow, so she may be at the library. +George: Which one? The base library or the school library? +Monty: I'm not sure. She uses both. +George: Thanks. I'll have to try them both. +Monty: Good luck! + +--- + +2. +Dave: John called. He said he'd be late. He's having car trouble. What do you think is the matter with his car? +Mark: It could be anything. His car is very old. +Dave: Yes, it is. It could be the tires. They seemed low yesterday. +Mark: Or it may be the motor. It really sounded noisy. He might just need a tune-up. +Dave: Perhaps it's the lights. They weren't working right last night. He may have stopped to get them fixed. +Mark: Like I said, when a car's that old, it could be anything. + +**WHO ARRIVED EARLIER?** + +Read the sentences and then complete them. Use the -er comparative form of the adverb in your answer. + +1. John arrived at 0800. Bob arrived at 0900. (early) + John arrived ________________________________________________________. + +2. Bill always drives at 55 mph. Lynn drives at 60 mph. (fast) + Lynn drives _________________________________________________________. + +3. Sam traveled 200 miles to hunt deer. Fred traveled 150 miles. (far) + Sam traveled ________________________________________________________. + +4. The Smiths arrived at the party before the Johnsons. (soon) + The Smiths arrived at the party ______________________________________. + +5. Frank can repair four flat tires in an hour. Bill can repair only two. (slow) + Bill works __________________________________________________________. + +--- + +**HOW LONG . . . ?** + +Circle the letter of the correct answer. + +1. How long have you lived there? + a. I've lived there for a year. + b. I live there for a year. + c. I living there for a year. + +2. They have _____ the house they want to buy. + a. chose + b. chosen + c. choose + +3. Mel hasn't _____ in that restaurant for years. + a. ate + b. eat + c. eaten + +4. The major has _____ planes since 1986. + a. flown + b. flew + c. fly + +5. Have you _____ Jim for a very long time? + a. known + b. know + c. knew + +6. How often has Sam _____ after work? + a. remain + b. stay + c. remained + +7. How long has it been _____? + a. for you seeing Nell + b. since you've seen Nell + c. you see Nell + +8. We have _____ them for weeks: + a. expecting + b. expected + c. expect + +9. Jim and Jane haven't _____ to a movie in weeks. + a. go + b. see + c. been + +10. She has _____ him every week for a year. + a. written + b. write + c. wrote + +11. The plane is flying too _____. It's not high enough. + a. quiet + b. low + c. deep + +12. Clay moved into his _____ apartment yesterday. + a. own + b. just + c. calm + +**WANTS TO, EXPECTS TO** + +Complete the sentence. Use these words. + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| be over | ever | lasted | sea | unpleasant | +| calm | except | no longer | slipped | | +| climate | expects (to) | none | take | | +| could use | if | quiet | thought | | +| deep | instead | remain | turn down | | + +1. Linda wants to _____ in Spain until spring. + +2. The movie _____ more than three hours. + +3. Pete _____ on the icy road and fell. + +4. Mr. Sparks _____ travel to Egypt next year. + +5. _____ of those books are his. He doesn't have any books. + +6. The rain last night caused the heat to be _____. + +7. Everybody is here _____ Mary. She's sick. + +8. He doesn't _____ go to the movies. + +9. It's too hot to go fishing. I'll stay indoors _____. + +10. Ron will _____ the job offer. He doesn't want it. + +11. The water is _____ and dangerous in that place. + +12. _____ I have to take my vacation in the winter, I'll go to the mountains. + +13. The weather of a place is its _____. + +14. Next year, I want to _____ some courses at the college. + +15. My aunt _____ lives in New York. She lives here now. + +16. A _____ is full of salty water. + +17. When will the show _____? I want to go home soon. + +18. Betty likes being at the beach because it is _____ and _____. + +19. A long vacation is a nice _____ right now. + +20. We _____ some help. + +Write the words these letters make. + +1. keat celpa ____________________ +2. cctaierp ____________________ +3. penoaw ____________________ +4. cnoe ____________________ +5. lal veor ____________________ +6. utyrnoc ____________________ +7. netply ____________________ +8. apeerpr ____________________ +9. olwhe ____________________ +10. hsto ____________________ +11. kudc ____________________ +12. ylcanisoaclo ____________________ +13. elifd ____________________ +14. oondsri ____________________ +15. lifre ____________________ +16. stnnituircso ____________________ +17. tooudors ____________________ +18. aveesrl ____________________ +19. tsju ____________________ +20. wcite ____________________ diff --git a/sources/book-12/st-misc.md b/sources/book-12/st-misc.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89ccb61e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/st-misc.md @@ -0,0 +1,1323 @@ + + +# source + +Extracted from PDF with 246 pages. + +--- + +BK 12 ST +January 1991 + +Defense Language Institute +English Language Center +Lackland Air Force Base, Texas + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +LEVEL - II +BOOK 12 + +STUDENT TEXT + +Hava Basımevi Müdürlüğü +3412/1991 +Etimesgut - ANKARA + +
+ +
+ +**PREFACE** + +The American Language Course (ALC) is designed primarily for an intensive language training program. However, these materials can also be used in nonintensive programs. The course will provide students with a sufficient level of fluency and communicative proficiency in English to enable them to successfully pursue technical or professional training in schools conducted by the Department of Defense. + +The General English Phase of the ALC consists of six progressive levels of language proficiency training. Each level contains 6 separate instructional packages. + +| Level | Books | +|---|---| +| Level I | Books 1 - 6 | +| Level II | Books 7 - 12 | +| Level III | Books 13 - 18 | +| Level IV | Books 19 - 24 | +| Level V | Books 25 - 30 | +| Level VI | Books 31 - 36 | + +The coordinated instructional packages consist of the following: + +1. Instructor Text +2. Student Text +3. Audiotapes +4. Instructor Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +5. Student Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +6. Quiz Kits +7. Optional training aids + +Inquiries concerning these materials, including requests for copies, should be addressed to Commandant, Defense Language Institute, ATTN: LERW, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas, 78236-5000. + +Recommendations for improving this edition are encouraged. Letters should be addressed to: Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LEAC, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5000. + +The American Language Course (ALC) contains copyrighted material. Reproduction of this publication is not authorized without the expressed written permission of the owners of the copyrights. + +Previous January 1990 Edition will be used until exhausted. + +i + +
+ +
+ +**NOTES TO THE STUDENT** + +The Student Text for Book 12, Level II, has four lessons and one review lesson, daily evaluations and homework assignments, and various appendixes. + +The homework and evaluation exercises are at the back of this text. The evaluation exercises are short quizzes and will be given after each lesson is completed. The daily homework assignments will require about two hours to complete. + +The appendixes are after the fifth lesson. Appendix A is an alphabetical list of the new vocabulary presented in this book. Next to the word is the number of the lesson where the word is introduced. Appendix B is a list of the grammar structures presented in this book. Next to the structure is the number of the lesson where the structure is presented. The rest of the appendixes are reference materials. + +The American Language Course focuses on four areas: + +1. **Function** + + The functions are the ways we use a language to communicate. There are exercises in the lessons that show you how and when to use certain words, phrases, and sentences in a particular situation. + +2. **Grammar** + + The grammar structures in the lesson are the forms you need to speak and write correctly. + +3. **Skills** + + There are exercises in the lessons to help you improve your skill or ability in listening, speaking, reading or writing. + +4. **Vocabulary** + + The words and expressions presented in the lesson are those you will need to do the functions and the grammar exercises. + +The first page of each lesson is the focus page. It provides a summary of the material that will be presented in the lesson. + +iii + +
+ +--- + +# CONTENTS + +| Title | Page | +| :--- | :---: | +| Lesson 1 What Will Happen If...? | 1 | +| Lesson 2 I've Made Up My Mind. | 35 | +| Lesson 3 We've Decided to Add On. | 71 | +| Lesson 4 We Used to Go to the Lake. | 97 | +| Lesson 5 Review Time! | 123 | +| Appendix A Word List | A-1 | +| Appendix B Structure List | B-1 | +| Appendix C Principal Parts/Irregular Verbs | C-1 | +| Appendix D Patterns of Irregular Verbs | D-1 | +| Appendix E Verb Forms | E-1 | +| Appendix F Punctuation and Capitalization | F-1 | +| Homework | HW-1 | +| Evaluation | EE-1 | + +v + + + + +2. Lt Adams: Sgt Owens, you seem very excited today. Why? + Sgt Owens: I start my vacation today at 1200 hrs. I have two weeks to relax. + + *(Later)* + + Lt West: Lt Adams, why is Sgt Owens so happy today? + Lt Adams: Oh, he said that he started his vacation today and that he had two weeks to relax. + +3. Hugh: Hey, Donald, do you want to come to the mall with Michael and me? + Donald: I sure do. + + *(Later)* + + Michael: Hugh, did Donald say that he wanted to come with us? + Hugh: Yes, he did. + +4. Kevin: Marco, do you play baseball anymore? + Marco: Yes, I play on Saturday mornings. + + *(Later)* + + Peter: Kevin, when did Marco say that he played baseball? + Kevin: He said that he played on Saturday mornings. + +**LISTEN TO THE LIEUTENANT.** + +Read the sentences. + +Lt Spock: Sgt Scott, your scores are low this month. You have to study more. + +Sgt McCoy, you have clothes all over the floor. You need to hang them up or wash them today. + +Sgt Cooper, you don't need to talk to the Captain today. + +Sgt Kirk, your work is very good. You are a good example for the other students. + +Sgt Moore, your appointment with the Colonel is Friday at 1430 hrs. + +Sgt Green, your work isn't complete. + +Sgt Cot, you are the best student in the class. + +Sgt Ohara, Lt Gray doesn't like the report. + +Sgt Reese, congratulations! You win $100. + +Sgt Kim, your shoes aren't the right color. + +Answer the questions about the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Sgt Dillon: Sgt Scott, what did Lt Spock say to you? +Sgt Scott: He said that my scores were low this month, and that I had to study more. + +1. Sgt Dillon: Sgt McCoy, what did Lt Spock say to you? + Sgt McCoy: __________________________________________________ + +2. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Cooper, what did Lt Spock say to you? + Sgt Cooper: __________________________________________________ + +3. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Kirk, what did Lt Spock say? + Sgt Kirk: __________________________________________________ + +4. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Moore, what did Lt Spock say? + Sgt Moore: __________________________________________________ + +5. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Green, what did Lt Spock say to you? + Sgt Green: __________________________________________________ + +6. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Cot, what did Lt Spock say to you? + Sgt Cot: __________________________________________________ + +7. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Ohara, what did Lt Spock say? + Sgt Ohara: __________________________________________________ + +8. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Reese, what did Lt Spock say to you? + Sgt Reese: __________________________________________________ + +9. Sgt Dillon: Sgt Kim, what did Lt Spock say? + Sgt Kim: __________________________________________________ + +**WHAT DID DAD SAY?** + +Read the sentences. Make questions about them; then answer the questions. + +Dad: Mike, your grades are very good. I want to take you to lunch. +Sara, I don't like that dress. It's too short. +Donny, you need to get a haircut this week. +Lisa, you aren't sick. Class starts at 8:00. +Mark, I want to meet your new friend, Sammy. + +EXAMPLE: Mary: What did Dad say to you, Mike? +Mike: He said that my grades were very good, and that he wanted to take me to lunch. + +1. Mary: __________________________________________________ + + Sara: __________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________ + +2. Mary: __________________________________________________ + + Donny: __________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________ + +3. Mary: __________________________________________________ + + Lisa: __________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________ + +4. Mary: __________________________________________________ + + Mark: __________________________________________________ + + __________________________________________________ + +# Writing Skill + +**UNDERLINE INFORMATION** + +Read the paragraph. Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers in the paragraph. + +Today, young people are moving to the suburbs. They want to be near their jobs, but they don't want to live in big cities. They have money to spend, so builders try to build homes to please them. Builders try to have all the things these buyers want in a home. They frequently build in extras like fireplaces, patios, and places for stereos. They sometimes put microwave ovens in the kitchens, too. All of these things please buyers of homes in the suburbs. + +# Writing Skill + +**UNDERLINE IMPORTANT INFORMATION** + +Read the paragraph. Underline the important words and phrases. + +EXAMPLE: Vending machines have a variety of things. Some have coffee, hot tea, and soft drinks. Others have chips, candy bars, or nuts for hungry people. Some vending machines have other things you may need, like stamps or cigarettes. + +1. Jesse Peters, the home builder, built a large house in the suburbs. It has two stories. The first story has a living room with a fireplace, a dining room, a large kitchen, and a bathroom. The second story has four bedrooms, two bathrooms, and a playroom for the children. It's an expensive home for a large family. + +2. Winters in the north can be very unpleasant. Temperatures drop to below freezing; the wind blows hard. Usually, there is a lot of ice and snow. It becomes difficult to walk and even more difficult to drive because everything gets slippery. + +3. Education is very important if you want to get a good job in today's world. You can study courses in technical fields, business fields, or professional fields. If you don't have a good education in the field you are interested in, you might have trouble getting a job. + +# Grammar + +**PRESENT PERFECT TENSE** + +Repeat the following forms of verbs. + +| PRESENT | PAST | PAST PARTICIPLE | +|---|---|---| +| begin | began | begun | +| break | broke | broken | +| build | built | built | +| cost | cost | cost | +| drink | drank | drunk | +| find | found | found | +| freeze | froze | frozen | +| keep | kept | kept | +| lose | lost | lost | +| pay | paid | paid | +| ride | rode | ridden | +| say | said | said | +| shake | shook | shaken | +| sleep | slept | slept | +| stand | stood | stood | +| teach | taught | taught | +| withdraw | withdrew | withdrawn | + +--- + +HAVE YOU BEGUN THE EXERCISE YET? + +Complete the following sentences with the correct past participle from the list on page 94. + +1. Mrs. Flowers has ____________ that course since she started at this school. +2. Frank hasn't ____________ well all week. He looks tired. +3. Mother has ____________ that she doesn't want us to play in the street. +4. My father's already ____________ this bill. +5. Major Prado has ____________ them in a meeting for over two hours. +6. Jack lost his pen 3 days ago, but now he has ____________ it. +7. This idea of yours has ____________ us a lot of money. +8. Oh, no! You've ____________ the lamp, and now I have to clean it up. +9. Mrs. Jenkins has ____________ all her money from the bank and will take a trip with it. +10. I have ____________ in line for thirty minutes, and my feet hurt now. +11. Don't take the medicine until you have ____________ the bottle well. +12. Charlie hasn't ____________ a bicycle since he was ten years old. +13. Pvt Bracken has ____________ his keys again, and he may not find them this time. +14. This cold weather has ____________ the water. +15. I've already ____________ four cups of coffee this morning. +16. They've ____________ a new house in the suburbs. +17. Hurry Mickey! The movie has already ____________. + +Reading Skill + +SUMMARIES + +Read each paragraph and write a summary. + +1. From the beginning of time, man has been interested in the ocean but a little frightened of things on the bottom of it. The bottom of the ocean is a place that many people think is cold, black, and dangerous. We don't know much about the bottom of the ocean, but today we have new tools so we can study the animals and plants that live there. The ocean may offer the world food and perhaps even a place to live in the future. + +SUMMARY: __________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________ + +2. Do you know how a traffic signal light works? On some lights, a clock inside the box keeps the signal changing regularly. Other signal lights do not use clocks. They use a wire that goes under the street. Cars and trucks going over the wire make the light change. A third kind of signal light has a button that people push to change the light when they want to cross the intersection. + +SUMMARY: __________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________ + + + + +# Grammar + +**COMPARATIVE OF ADVERBS** + +Use **-er** for the comparative form of adverbs that don't end in **-ly**. +John can run **faster** than his brother. + +**DOES JOHN WORK HARDER THAN LUKE?** +**NO, LUKE WORKS HARDER THAN JOHN.** + +Read the sentences. + +1. early      earlier than +Kim left the house early, but Al left the house earlier than Kim did. + +2. far      farther than +Sarah can throw the ball far, but Roger throws it farther than she can. + +3. fast      faster than +Tom runs fast, but he doesn't run faster than the instructor's son. + +4. hard      harder than +The boys work hard, but I think the girls work harder than the boys. + +5. high      higher than +John really hits the ball high, but Roger hits the ball higher than John. + +6. low      lower than +Some planes can fly low, but helicopters can fly much lower than airplanes can. + +7. near      nearer than +The commissary is near here, but the BX is much nearer to us than the commissary. + +8. late      later than +My friends arrived late, but I arrived later than they did. + +9. slow      slower than +The morning class goes slow, but the class after lunch goes slower than the others. + +10. soon      sooner than +My parents arrived soon, but my friends arrived sooner than I expected. + +11. straight      straighter than +Jack stands very straight, but Ed stands straighter than he does. + +**WHO RUNS FASTER?** + +Answer the questions in complete sentences. Use the **-er** adverb in your answer. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: I need to get some milk. Joe's Grocery is two blocks away; the G.A.B. store is 2 miles away. Which store do I live nearer to? +You live nearer to Joe's Grocery. + +1. Patty usually gets up at 6:30, and John gets up at 5:15. Who gets up earlier? +2. John runs 3.5 miles every night. Fred runs 2.7 miles every morning. Who runs farther? +3. Jake works for the bank. His hours are from 9:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. Ralph is a mailman. He works from 5:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Who works longer? +4. Sgt Nickols shoots the target right in the center. Sgt Flowers shoots below the center. Who shoots lower? +5. Captain Lawrence left the base at 1630. Lt Anderson left at 1800. Who stayed later? +6. Larry can't hit the target at all, but Carl hits it every time. Who shoots straighter? +7. The street sign near the school says 20 mph. The highway sign says 55 mph. Where does Jack drive slower? +8. Mrs. Vince planned her dinner party for 7:00. Her friends came at 6:45. Did they come on time? +9. George and Harry wash cars on the weekends. George washes six cars in a day; Harry washes nine. Who works faster? + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +### WHICH WORDS ARE IMPORTANT? + +Read the paragraphs. Underline the important words and phrases. + +1. The sport of hunting is fun for both men and women. When you prepare to go hunting, you must first choose a weapon. A shotgun is used for hunting birds, and a rifle is used for hunting deer. Next, you must practice shooting, so you will be sure to kill the animal and not just hurt it. When you can do this, you are ready to hunt in the great outdoors. + +2. Fishing is another outdoor sport a lot of people enjoy. You don't have to prepare for fishing with a lot of practice like you do for hunting, but you have to decide on a place to fish. Some people like to fish in the ocean. Others like to fish in lakes or in rivers. The place you choose to fish helps you select the kind of fishing pole or rod you will need. + +--- + +# Grammar + +### PRESENT PERFECT TENSE + +Repeat the following forms of verbs. + +| PRESENT | PAST | PAST PARTICIPLE | +|---|---|---| +| bring | brought | brought | +| cut | cut | cut | +| fall | fell | fallen | +| forget | forgot | forgotten | +| grow | grew | grown | +| hide | hid | hidden | +| leave | left | left | +| make | made | made | +| put | put | put | +| ring | rang | rung | +| run | ran | run | +| sell | sold | sold | +| show | showed | shown | +| shoot | shot | shot | +| stick | stuck | stuck | +| tell | told | told | +| catch | caught | caught | + +--- + +### HAVE YOU FORGOTTEN YOUR BOOK AGAIN? + +Complete the following sentences with the correct past participle from the list on page 120. + +1. Tim has _________ enough wood for the whole winter. +2. Your children have really _________ since the last time I saw them. +3. Carl hasn't _________ his mother's birthday cake yet. His oven is broken. +4. George hasn't _________ five miles in a long time. +5. Jerry hasn't _________ that rifle in five years, so his shooting isn't straight now. +6. Have the Jacksons _________ you about their trip to Germany? +7. Jean has _________ her Monopoly game to the party, so we can play after we eat. +8. Mr. Wilkins has _________ on that slippery floor before. +9. Jason has _________ my keys, and I can't find them now. +10. Have you _________ how to get to Janet's house? +11. You can't speak to Mr. Smith. He has already _________ the office for today. +12. The phone has _________ at least 15 times the past hour. +13. Mary has _________ on two different dresses, and she still can't decide which one to wear. +14. The Martins have _________ their house and have moved to California. +15. Harold has been _________ in traffic for over an hour. +16. Tommy hasn't _________ any fish this morning. +17. He's _________ us his pictures before. + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +### SUMMARIES + +Read each paragraph and give an oral summary of it. + +1. Commercials are a big part of American TV. There are several commercials every fifteen or twenty minutes. Some of them are funny and entertaining, and some of them are not. Most of them have one purpose: to get you to buy something. Most of us don't like to see commercials when we are watching TV, but because commercials make money for businesses, they are here to stay. + +ORAL SUMMARY: + +2. People get together for different reasons. Friends get together because they enjoy being with each other. Businessmen and women get together for business meetings because they want to discuss and make decisions about their businesses. People also get together for parties for birthdays, new babies, and other happy things. A get-together can be for fun or business. + +ORAL SUMMARY: + +--- + + + + +# Appendix A + +**WORD LIST** + +accept, 2 +add on, 3 +addition, 3 +all over, 4 +already, 2 +associate degree, 2 + +bachelor's degree, 2 +bang, 4 +be over, 1 +beach, 1 +belong (to), 1 +blow/blew/blown, 1 +boil, 3 +breeze, 1 +build/built/built, 3 +builder, 3 +burn, 3 + +calm, 1 +career, 2 +cassette, 3 +catch/caught/caught, 4 +change one's mind, 2 +choice, 2 +clear, 1 +clear up, 1 +climate, 1 +college, 2 +confused, 2 +confusing, 2 +could, 3 +could use, 1 +country, 4 +course, 2 + +dangerous, 1 +decision, 2 +deep, 1 +deer/deer, 4 +degree, 2 +den, 3 +dining room, 3 +diploma, 2 +discuss, 2 +discussion, 2 +duck, 4 +during, 1 + +educate, 2 +education, 2 +educator, 2 +elementary school, 2 +enlarge, 3 +ever, 1 +except, 1 +expect (to), 1 + +farther, 4 +field, 2 +fire, 3 +fireplace, 3 +fish, 4 +fishing rod, 4 +freezing, 1 +frightened, 1 +further, 4 +future, 2 + +get-together, 3 +get/got/gotten together, 3 +go, 4 +grade, 2 +gun, 4 + +hard, 4 +heat, 1, 3 +high, 4 +high school, 2 +humid, 1 +humidity, 1 +hunt, 4 + +idea, 3 +if, 1 +in the open (outdoors), 4 +indoors, 4 +instead, 2 +instead of, 2 +instructions, 4 +interested (in), 3 + +just, 2 + +kill, 4 + +last, 1 +leave, 3 +like, 1 +line, 4 +low, 4 + +make/made/made up one's mind, 2 +master's degree, 2 +medical, 2 +meeting, 3 +microwave, 3 +middle school, 2 +more, 4 + +near, 3 +no longer, 1 +none, 1 + +occasionally, 1 +offer, 2 +once, 4 +oven, 3 +outdoors, 4 +out-of-doors, 4 +own, 4 + +patio, 3 +perhaps, 3 +Ph. D., 2 +pistol, 4 +plan, 3 +play, 3 +plenty, 4 +practice, 4 +prepare, 4 +profession, 2 +professional, 2 + +quiet, 1 + +record, 3 +refusal, +refuse (to), 2 +remain, 1 +retire, 2 +rifle, 4 +room, 3 + +sea, 1 +several, 4 +shed, 3 +shoot/shot/shot, 4 +shot, 4 +slip, 1 +slippery, 1 +slow, 4 +so, 2 +solution, 3 +solve, 3 +stay, 1 +stereo, 3 +story, 3 +suburb, 3 + +take/took/taken, 2 +take/took/taken place, 3 +talk over, 2 +technical, 2 +then, 3 +think/thought/thought over, 2 +thought, 1 +tiring, 3 +tour of duty/tour, 2 +trouble, 3 +turn down, 2 +twice, 4 + +university, 2 +unpleasant, 1 +used to, 4 + +walk, 4 +weapon, 4 +whole, 4 +wind, 1 +wood, 3 +would, 4 + +yet, 2 + +--- + + + + +Appendix B + +# STRUCTURE LIST + +Adjectives: Participial: -ed/-ing, 3 + +Adverbs: Comparison: -er single syllable (and early), 4 + +Adverbs: Time: already/any longer/anymore/no longer/still/yet, 2 + +Clauses: Adverb clauses of condition: conjunction if to introduce conditional clause, 1 + +Clauses: Adverb clauses of condition: statements with real conditions referring to one event, 1 + +Conjunctions: Coordinating: or/so, 2 + +Indirect speech: Reported simple present tense: say-type verb (simple past), 3 + +Verbs: Modals: could (possibility), 3 + +Verbs: Modals: used to (discontinued past habit; past routine), 4 + +Verbs: Modals: would (past routine), 4 + +Verbs: Present perfect: indefinite past, 2 + +Verbs: Present perfect: past participle review, 3, 4 + +Verbs: Present perfect: past to present, 1 + + + + +# Appendix C + +## PRINCIPAL PARTS OF CERTAIN IRREGULAR VERBS + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | flee | fled | fled | +| awake | awoke | awakened | fly | flew | flown | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | +| be | was | been | forgive | forgave | forgiven | +| bear | bore | borne | freeze | froze | frozen | +| beat | beat | beaten | | | | +| become | became | become | get | got | gotten(got) | +| begin | began | begun | give | gave | given | +| bend | bent | bent | grind | ground | ground | +| bet | bet | bet | grow | grew | grown | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| bid | bid | bid | hang | hung | hung | +| bite | bit | bitten | have | had | had | +| bleed | bled | bled | hear | heard | heard | +| blow | blew | blown | hide | hid | hidden | +| break | broke | broken | hit | hit | hit | +| bring | brought | brought | hold | held | held | +| build | built | built | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| burst | burst | burst | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | keep | kept | kept | +| | | | know | knew | known | +| cast | cast | cast | | | | +| catch | caught | caught | lay | laid | laid | +| choose | chose | chosen | lead | led | led | +| come | came | come | leave | left | left | +| cost | cost | cost | lend | lent | lent | +| creep | crept | crept | let | let | let | +| cut | cut | cut | lie | lay | lain | +| | | | light | lit | lit(lighted) | +| deal | dealt | dealt | lose | lost | lost | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| do | did | done | make | made | made | +| draw | drew | drawn | mean | meant | meant | +| drink | drank | drunk | meet | met | met | +| drive | drove | driven | | | | +| | | | pay | paid | paid | +| eat | ate | eaten | put | put | put | +| | | | | | | +| fall | fell | fallen | quit | quit | quit | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| feel | felt | felt | read | read | read | +| fight | fought | fought | ride | rode | ridden | +| find | found | found | ring | rang | rung | + +IRREGULAR VERBS (Continued) + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| rise | rose | risen | wake | woke (waked) | woke (waked) | +| run | ran | run | wear | wore | worn | +| say | said | said | weave | wove | woven | +| see | saw | seen | weep | wept | wept | +| seek | sought | sought | wet | wet | wet | +| shake | shook | shaken | win | won | won | +| sell | sold | sold | wind | wound | wound | +| send | sent | sent | wring | wrung | wrung | +| set | set | set | write | wrote | written | +| shed | shed | shed | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| show | showed | shown | | | | +| shrink | shrank | shrunk | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | | | | +| sing | sang | sung | | | | +| sink | sank | sunk | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| sleep | slept | slept | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| slit | slit | slit | | | | +| speak | spoke | spoken | | | | +| spend | spent | spent | | | | +| spin | spun | spun | | | | +| split | split | split | | | | +| spread | spread | spread | | | | +| spring | sprang | sprung | | | | +| stand | stood | stood | | | | +| steal | stole | stolen | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| sting | stung | stung | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | +| string | strung | strung | | | | +| swear | swore | sworn | | | | +| sweep | swept | swept | | | | +| swim | swam | swum | | | | +| swing | swung | swung | | | | +| take | took | taken | | | | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| tear | tore | torn | | | | +| tell | told | told | | | | +| think | thought | thought | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | | | | +| understand | understood | understood | | | | + + + + +Appendix D + +# PATTERNS OF IRREGULAR VERBS + +1. Three Prinicipal Parts the Same + +hit hit hit bid bid bid +quit quit quit +split split split hurt hurt hurt + burst burst burst + +bet bet bet cost cost cost +let let let +set set set shed shed shed + spread spread spread + +put put put cast cast cast +cut cut cut +shut shut shut + +2. Last Two Prinicipal Parts the Same + +a. Final Consonant Change Only + +have had had bend bent bent +make made made spend spent spent + send sent sent +build built built + +b. Vowel Change Only + +meet met met +read read read +bleed bled bled +feed fed fed +lead led led + +light lit lit +slide slid slid +sit sat sat +shoot shot shot +hold held held +win won won +shine shone shone + +find found found +wind wound wound +bind bound bound + +dig dug dug +stick stuck stuck +strike struck struck + +c. Vowel Change - Addition of -t or -d + +sleep slept slept mean meant meant +keep kept kept leave left left +creep crept crept flee fled fled +weep wept wept + tell told told +think thought thought sell sold sold +teach taught taught +buy bought bought lose lost lost +catch caught caught +fight fought fought hear heard heard +seek sought sought understand understood understood + +3. Three Principal Parts Differ to Some Extent + +a. No Similarity + +be was been +go went gone +do did done + +b. Vowel Change--Addition of -n + +arise arose arisen ride rode ridden +drive drove driven rise rose risen +fly flew flown + +c. Vowel Change--No -n + +sing sang sung swim swam swum +ring rang rung +drink drank drunk begin began begun + +d. First and Third Vowels Similar + +blow blew blown run ran run +know knew known come came come +grow grew grown +throw threw thrown eat ate eaten + give gave given + see saw seen + draw drew drawn + +e. Second and Third Vowels Similar + +break broke broken tear tore torn +speak spoke spoken wear wore worn +choose chose chosen swear swore sworn +steal stole stolen bear bore born + + get got got(gotten) + forget forgot forgotten + + +--- + + + + +Appendix E + +# VERB FORMS + +(These are examples of standard conjugations.) + +Verb: To Be (Be: Simple Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am | we were | +| you are | you are | +| he, she, it is | they are | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been | we have been | +| you have been | you have been | +| he has been | they have been | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was | we were | +| you were | you were | +| he was | they were | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been | we had been | +| you had been | you had been | +| he had been | they had been | + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be | we will be | +| you will be | you will be | +| he will be | they were | + +### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been | we will have been | +| you will have been | you will have been | +| he will have been | they will have been | + +Verb: to walk (Walk: Simple Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I walk | we walk | +| you walk | you walk | +| he, she, it walks | they walk | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have walked | we have walked | +| you have walked | you have walked | +| he has walked | they have walked | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I walked | we walked | +| you walked | you walked | +| he walked | they walked | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had walked | we had walked | +| you had walked | you had walked | +| he had walked | they had walked | + +\* shall may be used, but it's less common. + +E-1 + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will walk | we will walk | +| you will walk | you will walk | +| he will walk | they will walk | + +### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have walked | we will have walked | +| you will have walked | you will have walked | +| he will have walked | they will have walked | + +Verb: To Walk (Progressive Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am walking | we are walking | +| you are walking | you are walking | +| he, she, it is walking | they are walking | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was walking | we were walking | +| you were walking | you were walking | +| he was walking | they were walking | + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be walking | we will be walking | +| you will be walking | you will be walking | +| he will be walking | they will be walking | + +### Present Prefect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been walking | we have been walking | +| you have been walking | you have been walking | +| he has been walking | they have been walking | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been walking | we had been walking | +| you had been walking | you had been walking | +| he had been walking | they had been walking | + +\* see page E-1 + +E-2 + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +### Future Perfect Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been walking | we will have been walking | +| you will have been walking | you will have been walking | +| he will have been walking | they will have been walking | + +Verb: To See (Passive Voice) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am seen | we are seen | +| you are seen | you are seen | +| he, she, it is seen | they are seen | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was seen | we were seen | +| you were seen | you were seen | +| he was seen | they were seen | + +### Future Tense* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be seen | we will be seen | +| you will be seen | you will be seen | +| he will be seen | they will be seen | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been seen | we have been seen | +| you have been seen | you have been seen | +| he has been seen | they have been seen | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been seen | we had been seen | +| you had been seen | you had been seen | +| he had been seen | they had been seen | + +\* see page E-1 + +E-3 + +2. If the words of the speaker are divided into two parts, use quotation marks around both parts. + +"Do you," she asked, "go to the library after class?" + +3. Use quotation marks around the titles of chapters, articles, parts of books and magazines, short poems, short stories, and songs. + +Last night I read the chapter "Grammar Is Easy" in our book. Then I read the article "Learning English" in the newspaper. + +E. APOSTROPHE (') + +1. Use an apostrophe in contractions. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| I'm | she's | they're | +| isn't | aren't | can't | +| what's | where's | Bob's | + +o'clock (of the clock) + +2. Use an apostrophe to indicate possession. + +a. If the noun is singular, add 's. + +Bill's book +the girl's coat + +b. When the noun is plural, add 's if the plural does not end in s. + +the children's clothes +the men's shirts + +c. If the plural noun ends in s, add only an apostrophe. + +the boys' shoes +the libraries' books + +F. COMMA (,) + +1. Use commas to separate items in a series. + +We ate sandwiches, potato chips, and fruit for lunch. + +She looked behind the chairs, under the bed, and in the kitchen for her notebook. + +F-2 + +2. Use a comma before the conjunctions and, but, or, nor, for, yet when they join independent clauses. + +We lived in Venezuela for three years, and then we returned to the United States. + +Frank can speak Chinese well, but he can't read it. + +3. Use a comma after an introductory clause or phrase to separate it from the rest of the sentence. + +After we study this book, we want to take a break. +Because John was sick, he didn't take the test. + +Looking up at the sky, the small boy suddenly ran home. + +4. Use a comma after words such as yes, no, well when they begin a sentence. + +Do you want to go to the library? +Yes, I do. + +I didn't pass the test. +Well, study more. + +5. Use commas to separate the words of a speaker from the rest of the sentence. + +"Listen to me," she said. +Jack asked, "Where's my lunch?" +"I don't know," said John, "the answer to the question." + +6. Use a comma in dates and addresses. + +June 9, 1970 +143 Main Street, Los Angeles, California + +7. Use a comma in figures to separate thousands. + +5,000 (or 5000) +10,000 +6,550,000 + +F-3 + +# Capitalization + +1. Capitalize the first word of a sentence. + +The boy stood up and walked outside. +Your book is behind the chair. + +2. Capitalize the names of people, cities, states, countries, and languages. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| Mark | Bill | Mary | Linda | +| San Antonio | Chicago | Houston | London | +| Texas | California | Florida | New York | +| Spain | United States | Canada | Venezuela | +| Arabic | Chinese | Russian | English | + +3. Capitalize the names of schools, streets, buildings, bridges, companies, and organizations. + +Defense Language Institute +University of Chicago +Main Street +Clark Avenue +Empire State Building +Golden Gate Bridge +Ford Motor Company +General Motors +National Football League + +4. Capitalize the days of the week, months of the year, and holidays. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| Sunday | Monday | Tuesday | +| June | July | August | +| Christmas | Easter | Thanksgiving | + +5. Capitalize titles and military ranks before names. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| Gen Roberts | Capt Smith | Sgt Jones | +| Professor Land | President Lincoln | | + +6. Capitalize the pronoun "I." + +I can't go with you. +I'm happy to see you again. + +7. Capitalize the first word of every direct quotation. + +She asked, "Can I sit here?" +"We saw her," said John, "at the University." + +F-4 + +--- + + + + +January 1991 + +Defense Language Institute +English Language Center +Lackland Air Force Base, Texas + +![Emblem of the Defense Language Institute English Language Center](images/page_203_001.jpg) + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +| LEVEL | BOOK - 12 Appendix | +|---|---| + +STUDENT TEXT + +--- + +BK 12 ST +January 1991 + +![Emblem of the Defense Language Institute English Language Center](images/page_205_001.jpg) + +Defense Language Institute +English Language Center +Lackland Air Force Base, Texas + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +## LEVEL - II +## BOOK 12 +## STUDENT TEXT + +Hava Basımevi Müdürlüğü +3412/1991 +Etimesgut - ANKARA diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-1A.md b/sources/book-12/tape-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..408bb6bd --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1A. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A. +Repeat these words and sentences. +Be ready to answer the questions. +Calm. +Calm. +If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat. +If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat. +Can we take the baby on the boat? +We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm. +Beach. +Beach. +The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach. +The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach. +Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation? +They went to the beach. +Wind. +Wind. +I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. +I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. +When do you like to be on the beach? +I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. +Slip. +Slip. +Joey spilled some water on the floor. +His mother slipped and fell down. +Joey spilled some water on the floor. +His mother slipped and fell down. +What happened to Joey's mother? +She slipped on some water and fell down. +Clear. +Clear. +There are no clouds in the sky. +It's a beautiful clear day. +There are no clouds in the sky. +It's a beautiful clear day. +Is it a cloudy day? +No. +It's a clear day. +There are no clouds in the sky. +Deep. +Deep. +Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake. +Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake. +Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake? +No. +She never swims in the deep part of the lake. +Frightened. +Frightened. +The children were frightened when the lights went out. +The children were frightened when the lights went out. +When were the children frightened? +They were frightened when the lights went out. +Now listen to a dialogue. +Where would you like to live? +I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly. +This place would have a warm climate and a little humidity. +Do you ever expect to live in this place? +I don't know, but it's a nice thought. +Now look at Figure 1. +Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. +Listen to the sentence, then say yours. +Ready? +Where would you like to live? +Do you ever expect to live in this place? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.62-11.22] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1A. + [16.85-17.25] Hello. + [18.05-20.69] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A. + [27.15-29.07] Repeat these words and sentences. + [29.71-31.63] Be ready to answer the questions. + [34.62-35.10] Calm. + [36.00-36.56] Calm. + [37.12-40.40] If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat. + [41.20-44.72] If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat. + [45.86-47.70] Can we take the baby on the boat? + [56.50-60.10] We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm. + [61.70-62.34] Beach. + [63.06-63.78] Beach. + [64.58-67.30] The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach. + [68.22-71.42] The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach. + [73.02-75.18] Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation? + [84.02-85.38] They went to the beach. + [86.54-87.26] Wind. + [87.90-88.62] Wind. + [89.79-93.15] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. + [94.56-98.16] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. + [99.89-101.65] When do you like to be on the beach? + [114.67-117.87] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly. + [118.86-119.42] Slip. + [120.42-121.06] Slip. + [123.14-125.30] Joey spilled some water on the floor. + [126.02-128.42] His mother slipped and fell down. + [129.31-131.39] Joey spilled some water on the floor. + [131.95-134.27] His mother slipped and fell down. + [135.76-137.28] What happened to Joey's mother? + [148.59-151.15] She slipped on some water and fell down. + [152.50-153.14] Clear. + [154.11-154.75] Clear. + [155.62-157.46] There are no clouds in the sky. + [158.10-159.94] It's a beautiful clear day. + [161.18-163.26] There are no clouds in the sky. + [163.50-165.42] It's a beautiful clear day. + [166.80-168.00] Is it a cloudy day? + [182.78-183.18] No. + [183.50-184.46] It's a clear day. + [185.10-187.42] There are no clouds in the sky. + [191.50-191.82] Deep. + [192.54-193.10] Deep. + [193.94-197.14] Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake. + [198.16-200.40] Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake. + [202.53-204.90] Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake? + [217.50-217.90] No. + [218.30-221.26] She never swims in the deep part of the lake. + [223.10-223.66] Frightened. + [224.30-225.10] Frightened. + [225.90-228.54] The children were frightened when the lights went out. + [229.60-232.16] The children were frightened when the lights went out. + [233.25-234.77] When were the children frightened? + [247.34-249.66] They were frightened when the lights went out. + [254.53-255.89] Now listen to a dialogue. + [259.63-260.75] Where would you like to live? + [261.86-267.30] I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly. + [268.37-271.73] This place would have a warm climate and a little humidity. + [273.01-275.01] Do you ever expect to live in this place? + [275.57-277.97] I don't know, but it's a nice thought. + [284.85-286.05] Now look at Figure 1. + [287.18-289.74] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. + [291.86-294.50] Listen to the sentence, then say yours. + [295.39-295.79] Ready? + [298.21-299.41] Where would you like to live? + [311.49-313.57] Do you ever expect to live in this place? + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one. +Say your second line after that. +Go ahead. +I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly. +This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. +I don't know, but it's a nice thought. +Listen to another dialogue. +Where does your brother live? +He lives in New York City. +How long does winter last there? +It lasts about 6 months. +Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. +Are the winters unpleasant? +Well, they can be dangerous. +Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg. +Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York. +He likes living there except in the winter. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-7.09] Now look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one. + [8.34-10.42] Say your second line after that. + [11.73-12.21] Go ahead. + [17.25-22.85] I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly. + [23.65-26.77] This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. + [32.50-34.42] I don't know, but it's a nice thought. + [39.12-40.56] Listen to another dialogue. + [44.30-45.34] Where does your brother live? + [46.40-47.68] He lives in New York City. + [49.28-50.72] How long does winter last there? + [51.20-52.72] It lasts about 6 months. + [53.36-56.48] Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. + [57.71-58.91] Are the winters unpleasant? + [59.55-61.39] Well, they can be dangerous. + [61.63-63.95] Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg. + [65.04-66.56] Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York. + [67.12-69.04] He likes living there except in the winter. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, we are going to do the dialogue in parts again. +Look at Figure 3: listen to my sentence, then say yours. +Let's begin. +"Where does your brother live?" +"How long does winter last there?" +"Are the winters unpleasant?" +"Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-5.02] Now, we are going to do the dialogue in parts again. + [6.02-10.91] Look at Figure 3: listen to my sentence, then say yours. + [11.63-12.35] Let's begin. + [14.85-16.05] "Where does your brother live?" + [21.49-22.93] "How long does winter last there?" + [33.10-34.38] "Are the winters unpleasant?" + [42.48-44.16] "Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4: our roles are changed. +You begin this time. +He lives in New York City. +It lasts about 6 months. +Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. +Well, they can be dangerous. +Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg. +He likes living there except in the winter. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.78-5.06] Now look at Figure 4: our roles are changed. + [5.78-6.82] You begin this time. + [12.22-13.42] He lives in New York City. + [19.18-20.78] It lasts about 6 months. + [21.62-24.26] Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter. + [29.57-31.17] Well, they can be dangerous. + [31.89-34.37] Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg. + [40.06-41.98] He likes living there except in the winter. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Repeat the sentences. +If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. +If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. +Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock. +Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock. +Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice. +Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice. +If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. +If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. +Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. +Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.10-3.38] Look at Figure 5. + [3.86-5.22] Repeat the sentences. + [7.30-11.22] If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. + [23.98-27.98] If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us. + [46.77-50.69] Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock. + [65.68-69.60] Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock. + [88.37-91.17] Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice. + [109.34-112.30] Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice. + [129.62-132.66] If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. + [150.35-153.87] If it clears up, my family is going to the beach. + [172.24-175.84] Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. + [194.54-198.06] Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6, read the phrases you see. +You will hear part of a sentence. +Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. +You will hear each sentence part twice. +Number 1: "We will go to the beach." "We will go to the beach." +Number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami." "Jeff's going to Miami." +Number 3: "Sgt. +Gates will pass the test." "Sgt. +Gates will pass the test." +Number 4: "You'll hurt your back again." "You'll hurt your back again." +Number 5: "Sam won't move to New York." "Sam won't move to New York." +Number 6: "How will Henry get to work?" "How will Henry get to work?" +Number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there." "Mother won't let us swim there." +Number 8: "If the weather clears up." "If the weather clears up." +Now let's check your answers. +Letter A is number 6: "How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage?" Repeat: "How will Henry get to work?" +"If the car is in the garage." +Letter B is number 3: "Sgt. +Gates will pass the test if he studies hard." Repeat: "Sgt. +Gates will pass the test." +"If he studies hard." +Letter C is number 1: "We will go to the beach if it stops raining." Repeat: "We will go to the beach." +"If it stops raining." +Letter D is number 8: "If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat." Repeat: "If the weather clears up." +"We'll go out on the boat." +Letter E is number 4: "You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase." Repeat: "You'll hurt your back again." +"If you move that bookcase." +Letter F is number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep." Repeat: "Mother won't let us swim there." +"If the water is too deep." +Letter G is number 5: "Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry." Repeat: "Sam won't move to New York." +"If his mother is going to get angry." +Letter H is number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation." Repeat: "Jeff's going to Miami." +"If he gets a vacation." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-5.52] Look at Figure 6, read the phrases you see. + [16.56-18.24] You will hear part of a sentence. + [18.96-22.00] Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. + [22.99-25.39] You will hear each sentence part twice. + [26.67-32.27] Number 1: "We will go to the beach." "We will go to the beach." + [53.04-58.42] Number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami." "Jeff's going to Miami." + [79.01-80.77] Number 3: "Sgt. + [80.93-83.66] Gates will pass the test." "Sgt. + [83.82-85.34] Gates will pass the test." + [107.39-112.93] Number 4: "You'll hurt your back again." "You'll hurt your back again." + [133.28-140.43] Number 5: "Sam won't move to New York." "Sam won't move to New York." + [158.18-164.00] Number 6: "How will Henry get to work?" "How will Henry get to work?" + [186.80-192.64] Number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there." "Mother won't let us swim there." + [215.62-223.71] Number 8: "If the weather clears up." "If the weather clears up." + [238.51-240.03] Now let's check your answers. + [241.58-250.06] Letter A is number 6: "How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage?" Repeat: "How will Henry get to work?" + [259.47-261.39] "If the car is in the garage." + [270.86-273.66] Letter B is number 3: "Sgt. + [273.66-278.62] Gates will pass the test if he studies hard." Repeat: "Sgt. + [278.62-280.22] Gates will pass the test." + [287.39-288.67] "If he studies hard." + [298.24-309.27] Letter C is number 1: "We will go to the beach if it stops raining." Repeat: "We will go to the beach." + [316.70-318.14] "If it stops raining." + [327.23-338.91] Letter D is number 8: "If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat." Repeat: "If the weather clears up." + [348.59-350.11] "We'll go out on the boat." + [359.97-369.12] Letter E is number 4: "You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase." Repeat: "You'll hurt your back again." + [380.42-382.10] "If you move that bookcase." + [390.54-399.34] Letter F is number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep." Repeat: "Mother won't let us swim there." + [410.74-412.50] "If the water is too deep." + [421.31-431.46] Letter G is number 5: "Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry." Repeat: "Sam won't move to New York." + [440.06-442.30] "If his mother is going to get angry." + [452.64-460.64] Letter H is number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation." Repeat: "Jeff's going to Miami." + [467.55-469.31] "If he gets a vacation." \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-1B.md b/sources/book-12/tape-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6462219a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Remain. +Remain. +Tim remained in France after his family left. +Tim remained in France after his family left. +Belong. +Belong. +This jacket belongs to Martha. +It's hers. +This jacket belongs to Martha. +It's hers. +Humid. +Humid. +The weather in London is very humid. +It rains a lot. +The weather in London is very humid. +It rains a lot. +No longer. +No longer. +Nina no longer wants to study French. +She doesn't think it's interesting. +Nina no longer wants to study French. +She doesn't think it's interesting. +Occasionally. +Occasionally. +I eat there occasionally, but not very often. +I eat there occasionally, but not very often. +Like. +Like. +There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States. +There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States. +Heat. +Heat. +The sun gives us a lot of heat. +It keeps us warm. +The sun gives us a lot of heat. +It keeps us warm. +Listen to a dialogue. +Were you ever in a bad storm before? +Yes, and I was very frightened. +It was about an hour before it stopped. +Then did it clear up? +Yes. +It got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery. +Did you remain calm during the storm? +No, I didn't. +None of us did. +We were all very glad when it cleared up. +Now, look at Figure 1. +Each of those sentences is part of a dialogue. +Listen to a sentence, then say yours. +Ready? +Were you ever in a bad storm before? +Then did it clear up? +Did you remain calm during the storm? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.23-13.07] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B. + [18.59-18.99] Hello. + [19.89-22.69] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. + [29.42-31.26] Repeat the words and sentences. + [32.43-33.15] Remain. + [34.27-35.07] Remain. + [36.35-39.55] Tim remained in France after his family left. + [47.12-50.00] Tim remained in France after his family left. + [59.14-59.94] Belong. + [61.36-62.08] Belong. + [63.87-65.71] This jacket belongs to Martha. + [66.03-66.75] It's hers. + [75.71-77.47] This jacket belongs to Martha. + [77.63-78.35] It's hers. + [85.36-85.84] Humid. + [86.90-87.38] Humid. + [88.72-90.64] The weather in London is very humid. + [91.36-92.48] It rains a lot. + [100.14-102.06] The weather in London is very humid. + [102.46-103.50] It rains a lot. + [112.45-113.33] No longer. + [114.64-115.60] No longer. + [117.41-120.05] Nina no longer wants to study French. + [120.37-122.45] She doesn't think it's interesting. + [131.57-134.05] Nina no longer wants to study French. + [134.45-136.45] She doesn't think it's interesting. + [145.31-146.19] Occasionally. + [147.92-148.96] Occasionally. + [151.44-154.72] I eat there occasionally, but not very often. + [163.10-166.38] I eat there occasionally, but not very often. + [177.65-178.21] Like. + [179.22-179.78] Like. + [181.22-188.61] There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States. + [201.34-208.54] There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States. + [220.30-220.86] Heat. + [222.22-222.78] Heat. + [223.60-225.68] The sun gives us a lot of heat. + [226.16-227.36] It keeps us warm. + [235.49-237.41] The sun gives us a lot of heat. + [237.65-238.77] It keeps us warm. + [245.44-246.64] Listen to a dialogue. + [249.41-251.25] Were you ever in a bad storm before? + [251.89-253.57] Yes, and I was very frightened. + [253.81-255.73] It was about an hour before it stopped. + [256.29-257.25] Then did it clear up? + [257.73-258.21] Yes. + [258.29-262.53] It got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery. + [263.33-265.09] Did you remain calm during the storm? + [265.57-266.21] No, I didn't. + [266.45-267.25] None of us did. + [267.41-269.25] We were all very glad when it cleared up. + [270.29-271.57] Now, look at Figure 1. + [272.40-274.96] Each of those sentences is part of a dialogue. + [275.44-277.84] Listen to a sentence, then say yours. + [278.40-278.88] Ready? + [280.29-282.21] Were you ever in a bad storm before? + [288.06-289.10] Then did it clear up? + [297.49-299.49] Did you remain calm during the storm? + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one. +Say your second line after that. +Okay, you begin: +"Yes, and I was very frightened; it was about an hour before it stopped." +"Yes, it got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery." +"No, I didn't. +None of us did. +We were all very glad when it cleared up." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-6.93] Now, look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one. + [7.73-9.57] Say your second line after that. + [10.85-12.53] Okay, you begin: + [17.74-22.38] "Yes, and I was very frightened; it was about an hour before it stopped." + [27.06-32.34] "Yes, it got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery." + [35.57-36.37] "No, I didn't. + [36.61-37.57] None of us did. + [37.97-40.05] We were all very glad when it cleared up." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation. +The first one is an example. +What's wrong, Gina? +My dog ran away. +Gina's? +The answer is: Gina's sad. +Now listen to the other dialogues and make your selections. +Number 1. +Hello, sir. +Long day? +Yes. +I was very busy all day. +He's? +Number 2. +Look at that big smile. +I made a 95 on my quiz. +He's? +Number 3. +Hi, Phil. +How are you today? +My stomach hurts, and I have a fever. +He's? +Number 4. +Hey, Jack. +Where are you going? +It's 11:30, time for lunch. +He's? +Number 5. +What happened to your leg? +I fell down outside the door. +He's? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +He's tired. +Repeat: he's tired. +Number 2 is B. +He's happy. +Repeat: he's happy. +Number 3 is A. +He's sick. +Repeat: he's sick. +Number 4 is C. +He's hungry. +Repeat: he's hungry. +Number 5 is C. +He's hurt. +Repeat: he's hurt. +Repeat the following sentences. +Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks. +Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks. +Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday +since 1984. +Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday +since 1984. +Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years. +Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years. +Tom hasn't exercised for 2 months. +The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years. +The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years. +Sergeant Peterson has walked to work +since his car has been in the garage. +Sergeant Peterson has walked to work +since his car has been in the garage. +Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years. +Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years. +Sandy has had that job since Mr. +Adams left. +Sandy has had that job since Mr. +Adams left. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-9.73] Look at Figure 3, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation. + [10.69-12.37] The first one is an example. + [17.20-18.80] What's wrong, Gina? + [19.95-21.63] My dog ran away. + [23.23-23.87] Gina's? + [32.11-34.59] The answer is: Gina's sad. + [35.97-39.17] Now listen to the other dialogues and make your selections. + [40.38-41.10] Number 1. + [42.42-43.06] Hello, sir. + [43.38-44.02] Long day? + [44.10-44.58] Yes. + [44.82-46.18] I was very busy all day. + [46.82-47.38] He's? + [56.11-56.75] Number 2. + [58.24-59.52] Look at that big smile. + [60.08-62.16] I made a 95 on my quiz. + [62.99-63.55] He's? + [72.42-73.06] Number 3. + [74.35-74.99] Hi, Phil. + [75.15-75.95] How are you today? + [76.27-78.51] My stomach hurts, and I have a fever. + [79.60-80.16] He's? + [89.95-90.67] Number 4. + [91.94-92.58] Hey, Jack. + [92.82-93.62] Where are you going? + [94.18-96.18] It's 11:30, time for lunch. + [96.74-97.30] He's? + [106.61-107.41] Number 5. + [108.93-110.05] What happened to your leg? + [110.99-112.59] I fell down outside the door. + [113.49-114.05] He's? + [123.33-124.69] Let's check your answers. + [125.90-127.58] Number 1 is A. + [127.90-128.86] He's tired. + [129.58-131.58] Repeat: he's tired. + [133.94-135.78] Number 2 is B. + [136.34-137.22] He's happy. + [137.97-139.38] Repeat: he's happy. + [142.71-144.51] Number 3 is A. + [145.11-145.90] He's sick. + [146.46-148.30] Repeat: he's sick. + [151.66-153.50] Number 4 is C. + [154.14-155.02] He's hungry. + [155.66-157.50] Repeat: he's hungry. + [161.98-163.82] Number 5 is C. + [164.22-165.10] He's hurt. + [165.66-167.50] Repeat: he's hurt. + [173.07-174.77] Repeat the following sentences. + [177.97-180.93] Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks. + [186.94-190.38] Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks. + [197.33-200.45] Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday + [206.88-208.48] since 1984. + [214.11-216.75] Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday + [221.95-223.23] since 1984. + [232.35-235.47] Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years. + [240.93-244.25] Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years. + [251.88-254.88] Tom hasn't exercised for 2 months. + [263.07-266.11] The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years. + [272.90-275.70] The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years. + [283.52-286.08] Sergeant Peterson has walked to work + [291.46-293.62] since his car has been in the garage. + [299.10-301.58] Sergeant Peterson has walked to work + [307.30-309.70] since his car has been in the garage. + [316.58-318.87] Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years. + [328.53-332.05] Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years. + [340.51-342.91] Sandy has had that job since Mr. + [342.91-343.79] Adams left. + [348.75-350.88] Sandy has had that job since Mr. + [350.88-351.84] Adams left. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen to some questions, then write answers like the example. +You will hear each question twice. +Example: "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" +And the answer is: "I've known Captain Jackson for 5 years." Let's begin. +Number 1: "Have you ever driven to Boston?" "Have you ever driven to Boston?" +Number 2: "Has John ever studied German?" "Has John ever studied German?" +Number 3: "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" +Number 4: "Has Ms. +Wilson taught English for a long time?" "Has Ms. +Wilson taught English for a long time?" +Number 5: "Has your brother been saving his money?" "Has your brother been saving his money?" +Number 6: "Have you seen your brother?" "Have you seen your brother?" +Number 7: "Have you been listening to this tape?" "Have you been listening to this tape?" +To check your answers, turn to page 8 of your Language Laboratory Activities booklet. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-8.54] Look at Figure 4, listen to some questions, then write answers like the example. + [9.55-11.31] You will hear each question twice. + [12.56-20.43] Example: "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" + [22.74-29.74] And the answer is: "I've known Captain Jackson for 5 years." Let's begin. + [31.87-38.30] Number 1: "Have you ever driven to Boston?" "Have you ever driven to Boston?" + [65.01-71.82] Number 2: "Has John ever studied German?" "Has John ever studied German?" + [106.30-113.65] Number 3: "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" + [146.18-148.50] Number 4: "Has Ms. + [148.50-151.95] Wilson taught English for a long time?" "Has Ms. + [151.95-154.03] Wilson taught English for a long time?" + [186.90-193.33] Number 5: "Has your brother been saving his money?" "Has your brother been saving his money?" + [223.44-228.24] Number 6: "Have you seen your brother?" "Have you seen your brother?" + [261.09-267.25] Number 7: "Have you been listening to this tape?" "Have you been listening to this tape?" + [298.18-303.14] To check your answers, turn to page 8 of your Language Laboratory Activities booklet. + [309.18-312.94] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-1D.md b/sources/book-12/tape-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01da6290 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to a dialogue and take notes. +Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence. +You will hear the dialogue three times. +Then you will hear questions. +Use your notes to answer the questions. +Ready. +There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger. +If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. +Start on your homeworkright after class. +Okay, I will. +But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. +I don't have a car. +I'll drive if you can go. +Okay. +I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go. +Listen to the dialogue again. +There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger. +If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. +Start on your homeworkright after class. +Okay, I will. +But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. +I don't have a car. +I'll drive if you can go. +Okay. +I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go. +Listen to the dialogue again. +There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger. +If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. +Start on your homeworkright after class. +Okay, I will. +But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. +I don't have a car. +I'll drive if you can go. +Okay. +I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go. +Now write answers to the questions. +Use "if." +Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30? +Can Roger play soccer at 3:30? +Number 2: How will Roger get to the game? +How will Roger get to the game? +Number 3: What time will they meet? +What time will they meet? +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30? +The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. +Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. +Number 2: How will Roger get to the game? +The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go. +Repeat: His friend. +Can go. +And number 3: What time will they meet? +The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. +Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. +Now listen to this dialogue. +Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. +Are you still packing, Henry? +Yes. +If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning. +Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? +You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. +That's great. +Okay. +Tell me if I owe you any money. +Sure. +No problem. +Now listen to the dialogue again. +Are you still packing, Henry? +Yes. +If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning. +Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? +You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. +That's great. +Okay. +Tell me if I owe you any money. +Sure. +No problem. +Now listen to the dialogue again. +Are you still packing, Henry? +Yes. +If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning. +Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? +You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. +That's great. +Okay. +Tell me if I owe you any money. +Sure. +No problem. +Now write answers to the questions. +Use "if" in your answers. +Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight? +Why must Henry finish packing tonight? +Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? +Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? +Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete? +What will Henry tell Pete? +Now let's look at your answers. +Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight? +The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30. +Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight, +he won't be able to leave at 7:30. +Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? +The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap. +Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money. +If the things for the children are cheap. +And number 6: What will Henry tell Pete? +The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. +Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. +Listen to the last dialogue. +Do the same thing. +Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. +Why are you still here, Sarah? +I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. +What are you going to do tomorrow? +If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. +If it rains, I'm going to the mall. +That sounds like fun. +Have a good time. +I will, if I finish my work today. +Listen again. +Why are you still here, Sarah? +I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. +What are you going to do tomorrow? +If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. +If it rains, I'm going to the mall. +That sounds like fun. +Have a good time. +I will, if I finish my work today. +Listen again. +Why are you still here, Sarah? +I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. +What are you going to do tomorrow? +If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. +If it rains, I'm going to the mall. +That sounds like fun. +Have a good time. +I will, if I finish my work today. +Write answers to the questions. +Use "if." +Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late? +Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow? +Write two answers for this question. +Number 9: Will Sarah have fun? +Let's check your answers. +Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late? +The answer is: She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow. +Repeat: She has to stay late +if she wants leave tomorrow. +Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow? +The answers are: If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake. +And: If it rains, she's going to the mall. +Repeat: If the weather is nice, +she's going to the lake. +If it rains, she's going to the mall. +Number 9: Will Sarah have fun? +The answer is: Yes, she will if she finishes her work. +Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.35-12.11] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B. + [18.99-19.04] Hello. + [20.43-22.19] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. + [29.49-30.75] Look at Figure 1. + [31.47-33.01] Listen to a dialogue and take notes. + [34.59-37.15] Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence. + [38.77-41.01] You will hear the dialogue three times. + [41.81-43.57] Then you will hear questions. + [44.43-46.16] Use your notes to answer the questions. + [48.14-48.19] Ready. + [51.87-55.95] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger. + [57.15-60.03] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. + [60.90-62.98] Start on your homeworkright after class. + [63.06-64.02] Okay, I will. + [64.94-67.34] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. + [67.90-68.78] I don't have a car. + [69.84-71.20] I'll drive if you can go. + [71.44-71.92] Okay. + [72.24-74.80] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go. + [90.99-92.51] Listen to the dialogue again. + [93.34-97.34] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger. + [98.46-101.07] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. + [102.21-104.29] Start on your homeworkright after class. + [104.45-105.41] Okay, I will. + [106.38-108.43] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. + [109.26-109.87] I don't have a car. + [111.15-112.59] I'll drive if you can go. + [112.83-113.13] Okay. + [113.55-115.28] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go. + [134.37-135.39] Listen to the dialogue again. + [136.59-140.58] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger. + [140.94-145.44] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play. + [145.60-147.09] Start on your homeworkright after class. + [147.04-148.90] Okay, I will. + [149.65-152.05] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. + [152.61-153.49] I don't have a car. + [154.53-155.63] I'll drive if you can go. + [156.06-156.62] Okay. + [156.94-159.45] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go. + [178.53-181.37] Now write answers to the questions. + [181.74-182.13] Use "if." + [186.26-189.03] Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30? + [189.99-191.80] Can Roger play soccer at 3:30? + [226.23-229.65] Number 2: How will Roger get to the game? + [231.03-232.95] How will Roger get to the game? + [269.61-273.09] Number 3: What time will they meet? + [274.23-275.79] What time will they meet? + [307.47-308.91] Now let's check your answers. + [312.15-315.99] Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30? + [318.15-322.95] The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. + [323.37-327.63] Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. + [337.17-340.65] Number 2: How will Roger get to the game? + [342.45-346.29] The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go. + [346.95-348.81] Repeat: His friend. + [348.81-349.17] Can go. + [357.69-360.69] And number 3: What time will they meet? + [361.71-367.77] The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. + [368.67-374.49] Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. + [383.79-385.23] Now listen to this dialogue. + [386.01-388.59] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. + [391.53-392.91] Are you still packing, Henry? + [393.57-393.81] Yes. + [394.59-398.97] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning. + [400.29-403.05] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? + [403.95-406.95] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. + [407.73-408.33] That's great. + [408.93-409.29] Okay. + [410.07-411.57] Tell me if I owe you any money. + [411.87-412.17] Sure. + [412.35-412.89] No problem. + [433.05-434.61] Now listen to the dialogue again. + [436.53-437.97] Are you still packing, Henry? + [438.57-438.87] Yes. + [439.65-444.03] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning. + [445.35-448.05] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? + [449.01-452.01] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. + [452.79-453.86] That's great. + [453.81-453.86] Okay. + [455.13-456.82] Tell me if I owe you any money. + [456.77-456.82] Sure. + [457.33-457.89] No problem. + [477.21-479.79] Now listen to the dialogue again. + [479.95-481.31] Are you still packing, Henry? + [481.31-482.35] Yes. + [483.15-487.35] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning. + [488.67-490.90] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money? + [492.39-495.33] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete. + [496.11-496.71] That's great. + [497.37-497.67] Okay. + [498.45-500.01] Tell me if I owe you any money. + [500.25-500.55] Sure. + [500.73-501.27] No problem. + [518.79-520.77] Now write answers to the questions. + [521.61-523.35] Use "if" in your answers. + [524.25-528.03] Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight? + [528.99-531.33] Why must Henry finish packing tonight? + [566.37-572.43] Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? + [573.27-577.95] Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? + [609.57-612.93] Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete? + [613.77-615.63] What will Henry tell Pete? + [647.91-649.29] Now let's look at your answers. + [651.21-655.17] Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight? + [655.89-662.43] The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30. + [662.85-668.37] Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight, + [674.01-676.83] he won't be able to leave at 7:30. + [684.21-690.57] Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? + [691.23-698.07] The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap. + [699.09-705.39] Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money. + [712.83-715.53] If the things for the children are cheap. + [723.03-726.69] And number 6: What will Henry tell Pete? + [727.53-732.33] The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. + [732.93-737.43] Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. + [746.67-748.23] Listen to the last dialogue. + [748.95-749.91] Do the same thing. + [750.93-753.75] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. + [757.11-758.85] Why are you still here, Sarah? + [759.39-761.91] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. + [763.29-764.85] What are you going to do tomorrow? + [765.51-768.27] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. + [769.05-771.15] If it rains, I'm going to the mall. + [771.87-773.25] That sounds like fun. + [773.85-774.81] Have a good time. + [775.47-777.33] I will, if I finish my work today. + [795.45-796.17] Listen again. + [798.21-799.95] Why are you still here, Sarah? + [800.55-803.25] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. + [804.09-805.59] What are you going to do tomorrow? + [806.01-808.71] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. + [809.37-811.83] If it rains, I'm going to the mall. + [812.37-813.69] That sounds like fun. + [814.29-815.13] Have a good time. + [815.49-817.41] I will, if I finish my work today. + [836.31-837.15] Listen again. + [838.71-840.39] Why are you still here, Sarah? + [840.93-843.57] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow. + [844.71-846.15] What are you going to do tomorrow? + [846.63-849.21] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. + [849.75-852.09] If it rains, I'm going to the mall. + [852.57-853.89] That sounds like fun. + [854.37-855.33] Have a good time. + [855.75-857.67] I will, if I finish my work today. + [878.25-879.87] Write answers to the questions. + [880.47-881.25] Use "if." + [884.73-888.39] Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late? + [918.21-921.45] Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow? + [922.35-924.15] Write two answers for this question. + [958.05-963.27] Number 9: Will Sarah have fun? + [992.01-993.27] Let's check your answers. + [994.47-998.31] Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late? + [1000.05-1004.73] The answer is: She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow. + [1005.33-1007.73] Repeat: She has to stay late + [1012.53-1014.09] if she wants leave tomorrow. + [1019.85-1023.33] Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow? + [1024.47-1029.69] The answers are: If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake. + [1030.59-1033.89] And: If it rains, she's going to the mall. + [1034.97-1037.67] Repeat: If the weather is nice, + [1043.91-1045.41] she's going to the lake. + [1053.63-1056.51] If it rains, she's going to the mall. + [1066.59-1070.79] Number 9: Will Sarah have fun? + [1070.85-1076.01] The answer is: Yes, she will if she finishes her work. + [1076.67-1081.65] Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +You will hear a paragraph. +Listen for the numbers. +Write the numbers as you hear them. +My brother was born in 1947. +He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy. +Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain. +He will be in the Navy for 5 more years. +After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Write down the numbers. +My brother was born in 1947. +He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy. +Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain. +He will be in the Navy for 5 more years. +After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job. +The numbers you should have written down are: 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20. +Listen to the next paragraph. +Remember, write down only the numbers. +March 27 is my grandfather's birthday. +He will be 72 years old. +We are having a party for him. +His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there. +There will also be at least 15 other people there. +It will be a wonderful party. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Write down the numbers. +March 27 is my grandfather's birthday. +He will be 72 years old. +We are having a party for him. +His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there. +There will also be at least 15 other people there. +It will be a wonderful party. +You should have written: 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15. +This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.19-3.39] Look at Figure 2. + [4.19-5.55] You will hear a paragraph. + [6.35-7.63] Listen for the numbers. + [8.58-10.50] Write the numbers as you hear them. + [11.62-14.73] My brother was born in 1947. + [15.36-19.36] He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy. + [20.51-27.63] Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain. + [28.75-31.15] He will be in the Navy for 5 more years. + [32.14-37.02] After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job. + [42.75-44.59] Listen to the paragraph again. + [45.31-46.59] Write down the numbers. + [47.39-50.73] My brother was born in 1947. + [50.91-54.67] He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy. + [55.54-61.94] Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain. + [62.83-65.23] He will be in the Navy for 5 more years. + [66.10-70.50] After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job. + [74.56-88.35] The numbers you should have written down are: 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20. + [89.37-90.99] Listen to the next paragraph. + [91.71-94.46] Remember, write down only the numbers. + [95.62-98.74] March 27 is my grandfather's birthday. + [99.46-101.54] He will be 72 years old. + [102.34-103.70] We are having a party for him. + [104.10-110.82] His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there. + [111.58-114.54] There will also be at least 15 other people there. + [115.38-116.98] It will be a wonderful party. + [120.62-122.30] Listen to the paragraph again. + [122.94-124.22] Write down the numbers. + [125.25-128.21] March 27 is my grandfather's birthday. + [129.06-131.06] He will be 72 years old. + [131.95-133.71] We are having a party for him. + [134.11-140.67] His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there. + [141.60-144.48] There will also be at least 15 other people there. + [144.71-147.07] It will be a wonderful party. + [150.62-162.21] You should have written: 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15. + [168.99-172.05] This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-2A.md b/sources/book-12/tape-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5f81252 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2A. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. +Repeat these words in sentences. +Number 1: educate, +educate. +Teachers educate children. +They teach them many things. +Number 2: turn down, turn down. +That job did not pay enough money. +I turned it down. +Number 3: education, +education. +Sergeant Franklin wants his children +to have a good education. +He wants them to go to a good school. +Number 4: university, +university. +Keith studied French +when he was at the university. +Number 5: diploma, +diploma. +Debbie received her diploma yesterday. +She finished school. +Number 6: already, already. +Roger is not hungry. +He already ate dinner. +Number 7: instead, +instead. +I don't want chicken. +I'll eat fish instead. +Number 8: instead of, +instead of. +Jim bought the blue shirt +instead of the yellow one. +Number 9: discussion, +discussion. +Colonel Jones and Colonel Roberts had a discussion. +About the new mess hall. +They talked about it for 30 minutes. +Number 10: discuss, +discuss. +Captain Peterson wanted to discuss +his score with his teacher. +He wanted to talk to her about it. +Listen to a dialogue. +Hi, Mark. +What's wrong? +Oh, Sam, I'm so confused. +About what? +I've got to make a decision about college. +My parents and I talked it over last night. +Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field. +You don't have to make a choice today. +You've got plenty of time to think it over. +You're only in your second year of high school. +You'reright. +Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing. +Now look at Figure 1. +Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. +Listen to the sentence, then say yours. +Ready? +Let's begin. +Hi, Mark. +What's wrong? +About what? +You don't have to make a choice today. +You've got plenty of time to think it over. +You're only in your second year of high school. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.58-12.14] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2A. + [19.23-19.71] Hello. + [20.77-23.97] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. + [31.04-33.12] Repeat these words in sentences. + [34.27-36.51] Number 1: educate, + [38.34-38.98] educate. + [41.15-42.75] Teachers educate children. + [47.20-48.96] They teach them many things. + [53.22-58.50] Number 2: turn down, turn down. + [61.17-63.33] That job did not pay enough money. + [68.37-71.85] I turned it down. + [73.50-74.83] Number 3: education, + [77.79-78.51] education. + [81.39-83.38] Sergeant Franklin wants his children + [88.46-89.90] to have a good education. + [95.44-97.60] He wants them to go to a good school. + [104.34-106.26] Number 4: university, + [108.06-109.02] university. + [111.58-112.94] Keith studied French + [117.15-118.75] when he was at the university. + [123.94-125.70] Number 5: diploma, + [127.57-128.29] diploma. + [131.26-133.42] Debbie received her diploma yesterday. + [139.89-143.73] She finished school. + [145.54-152.01] Number 6: already, already. + [152.25-153.22] Roger is not hungry. + [156.10-157.38] He already ate dinner. + [161.97-163.81] Number 7: instead, + [165.87-166.23] instead. + [168.81-169.60] I don't want chicken. + [173.76-175.04] I'll eat fish instead. + [180.29-182.29] Number 8: instead of, + [184.27-187.65] instead of. + [187.79-189.07] Jim bought the blue shirt + [194.29-195.65] instead of the yellow one. + [201.06-202.82] Number 9: discussion, + [204.96-205.76] discussion. + [208.54-211.58] Colonel Jones and Colonel Roberts had a discussion. + [218.34-219.54] About the new mess hall. + [224.91-226.75] They talked about it for 30 minutes. + [232.10-233.54] Number 10: discuss, + [235.79-235.84] discuss. + [240.13-242.53] Captain Peterson wanted to discuss + [247.15-248.51] his score with his teacher. + [252.91-254.67] He wanted to talk to her about it. + [259.84-261.28] Listen to a dialogue. + [264.69-265.17] Hi, Mark. + [265.33-265.97] What's wrong? + [266.69-268.61] Oh, Sam, I'm so confused. + [268.85-269.49] About what? + [270.29-272.61] I've got to make a decision about college. + [273.33-275.73] My parents and I talked it over last night. + [276.56-281.92] Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field. + [282.75-284.59] You don't have to make a choice today. + [285.31-287.23] You've got plenty of time to think it over. + [288.03-289.87] You're only in your second year of high school. + [290.43-290.91] You'reright. + [291.63-294.11] Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing. + [296.13-297.33] Now look at Figure 1. + [298.16-300.80] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. + [301.84-304.48] Listen to the sentence, then say yours. + [305.20-305.60] Ready? + [306.40-307.12] Let's begin. + [308.64-309.20] Hi, Mark. + [309.36-310.00] What's wrong? + [314.67-315.23] About what? + [328.91-330.67] You don't have to make a choice today. + [331.23-333.15] You've got plenty of time to think it over. + [333.95-335.95] You're only in your second year of high school. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one. +Say your lines. +Okay. +You begin. +"Oh Sam, I'm so confused." +"I've got to make a decision about college." "My parents and I talked it over last night." "Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field." +"You'reright. +Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-6.86] Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one. + [8.21-9.33] Say your lines. + [9.97-10.53] Okay. + [11.36-12.00] You begin. + [14.46-16.38] "Oh Sam, I'm so confused." + [18.88-30.16] "I've got to make a decision about college." "My parents and I talked it over last night." "Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field." + [40.38-41.02] "You'reright. + [41.74-44.30] Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +You will hear questions on the dialogue. +You will hear each question twice. +Write the answers to the questions. +Number 1: Is Mark happy? +Is Mark happy? +Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work? +Does he have to make a decision about work? +Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today? +Does he have to make a choice today? +Number 4: Is he in college now? +Is he in college now? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: Is Mark happy? +No, he's confused. +Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work? +No, he has to make a decision about college. +Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today? +No, he's got plenty of time to think it over. +Number 4: Is he in college now? +No, he's in his second year of high school. +Repeat the following words in sentences. +Already. +Already. +Lieutenant Adams already knows Captain Jones. +He met him last night. +No longer. +No longer. +Mr. +Flores no longer works here. +He retired last month. +Yet. +Yet. +Ms. +Sampson hasn't typed that letter yet. +She's been very busy. +Anymore. +Anymore. +I don't go to Lee High School anymore. +I graduated last year. +Any longer. +Any longer. +Jim's not going to technical school any longer. +He finished and got a job. +Still. +Still. +Beth is still living in Chicago. +She's lived there for 6 years now. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-2.93] Look at Figure 3. + [3.73-5.97] You will hear questions on the dialogue. + [6.61-8.69] You will hear each question twice. + [10.06-11.98] Write the answers to the questions. + [13.52-15.92] Number 1: Is Mark happy? + [17.17-18.13] Is Mark happy? + [37.17-41.60] Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work? + [43.33-45.65] Does he have to make a decision about work? + [65.65-70.17] Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today? + [70.35-72.11] Does he have to make a choice today? + [94.06-97.06] Number 4: Is he in college now? + [98.67-99.95] Is he in college now? + [123.57-125.01] Let's check your answers. + [126.16-128.56] Number 1: Is Mark happy? + [129.86-131.30] No, he's confused. + [134.14-137.98] Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work? + [140.42-143.22] No, he has to make a decision about college. + [146.13-149.95] Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today? + [152.16-155.44] No, he's got plenty of time to think it over. + [158.45-160.85] Number 4: Is he in college now? + [163.36-165.76] No, he's in his second year of high school. + [170.50-172.98] Repeat the following words in sentences. + [174.06-174.70] Already. + [176.50-177.22] Already. + [179.84-182.88] Lieutenant Adams already knows Captain Jones. + [187.65-188.93] He met him last night. + [193.12-193.84] No longer. + [195.57-196.37] No longer. + [200.30-200.54] Mr. + [200.54-202.46] Flores no longer works here. + [207.38-208.74] He retired last month. + [213.06-213.54] Yet. + [215.25-215.73] Yet. + [219.02-219.18] Ms. + [219.18-221.10] Sampson hasn't typed that letter yet. + [226.86-227.98] She's been very busy. + [233.01-233.65] Anymore. + [235.63-236.35] Anymore. + [238.37-240.37] I don't go to Lee High School anymore. + [245.39-246.91] I graduated last year. + [250.78-251.42] Any longer. + [253.66-254.38] Any longer. + [257.04-259.68] Jim's not going to technical school any longer. + [265.14-266.66] He finished and got a job. + [270.98-273.51] Still. + [273.46-276.57] Still. + [276.69-278.53] Beth is still living in Chicago. + [283.30-285.22] She's lived there for 6 years now. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentence, then choose the correct word to complete the sentence. +Number 1: Frank studied French for 3 years. +He knows how to speak that language. +Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month. +He +lives here. +Number 3: It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner. +Number 4: +Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. +He doesn't work at this base. +Number 5: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago. +She doesn't live here. +Number 6: Mrs. +Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. +The doctor is waiting. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is already. +Repeat: Frank studied French for 3 years. +He already knows how to speak that language. +Number 2 is no longer. +Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month. +He no longer lives here. +Number 3 is yet. +Repeat: It's 9:30, +and I haven't eaten dinner yet. +Number 4 is any longer, or any more. +Repeat: Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. +He doesn't work at this base any longer. +Number 5 is any longer, or any more. +Repeat: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago. +She doesn't live here any longer. +Number 6 is still. +Repeat: Mrs. +Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. +The doctor is still waiting. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-9.34] Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentence, then choose the correct word to complete the sentence. + [11.25-15.57] Number 1: Frank studied French for 3 years. + [16.13-19.46] He knows how to speak that language. + [32.85-36.30] Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month. + [37.17-37.57] He + [39.15-39.71] lives here. + [52.42-56.96] Number 3: It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner. + [70.66-71.30] Number 4: + [73.68-76.24] Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. + [77.52-81.21] He doesn't work at this base. + [94.29-98.27] Number 5: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago. + [99.18-100.38] She doesn't live here. + [112.18-114.75] Number 6: Mrs. + [114.75-116.99] Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. + [117.92-120.40] The doctor is waiting. + [133.84-135.20] Let's check your answers. + [136.32-138.16] Number 1 is already. + [139.25-142.75] Repeat: Frank studied French for 3 years. + [147.44-150.00] He already knows how to speak that language. + [156.75-158.83] Number 2 is no longer. + [160.46-163.10] Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month. + [164.54-165.74] He no longer lives here. + [176.14-178.06] Number 3 is yet. + [179.47-181.89] Repeat: It's 9:30, + [184.93-186.53] and I haven't eaten dinner yet. + [192.64-196.96] Number 4 is any longer, or any more. + [198.37-202.61] Repeat: Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. + [208.94-211.26] He doesn't work at this base any longer. + [218.75-222.83] Number 5 is any longer, or any more. + [224.06-227.71] Repeat: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago. + [234.69-236.45] She doesn't live here any longer. + [240.54-242.14] Number 6 is still. + [242.99-244.69] Repeat: Mrs. + [244.69-247.01] Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. + [254.29-256.45] The doctor is still waiting. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Listen to the questions. +Use the words to answer the questions. +Write the answers. +You will hear each question twice. +Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet? +Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet? +Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore? +Does Fred live here anymore? +Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore? +Does Marilyn write to you anymore? +Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore? +Do the Samsons eat here anymore? +Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet? +Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet? +Number 6: Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore? +Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore? +Now let's check your answers. +For number 1, you should have written "Yes." She has already eaten lunch. +Repeat: "Yes." She has already eaten lunch. +Number 2: "No." He no longer lives here. +Repeat: "No." He no longer lives here. +Number 3: "Yes." She still writes every month. +Repeat: "Yes." She still writes every month. +Number 4: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday. +Repeat: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday. +Number 5: "Yes." They've already been there. +Repeat: "Yes." They've already been there. +Number 6: "No." He no longer works for me. +Repeat: "No." He no longer works for me. +This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-3.42] Look at Figure 5. + [4.14-5.42] Listen to the questions. + [6.53-8.85] Use the words to answer the questions. + [10.53-11.65] Write the answers. + [13.28-15.52] You will hear each question twice. + [17.15-20.75] Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet? + [22.48-24.24] Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet? + [54.43-57.42] Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore? + [58.94-60.30] Does Fred live here anymore? + [79.42-82.86] Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore? + [84.21-85.89] Does Marilyn write to you anymore? + [106.94-110.38] Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore? + [112.24-114.00] Do the Samsons eat here anymore? + [138.35-142.26] Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet? + [144.05-146.13] Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet? + [176.91-180.74] Number 6: Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore? + [182.46-184.78] Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore? + [216.66-218.58] Now let's check your answers. + [220.00-225.58] For number 1, you should have written "Yes." She has already eaten lunch. + [226.48-230.08] Repeat: "Yes." She has already eaten lunch. + [234.78-237.90] Number 2: "No." He no longer lives here. + [239.47-242.51] Repeat: "No." He no longer lives here. + [250.86-254.30] Number 3: "Yes." She still writes every month. + [255.58-258.78] Repeat: "Yes." She still writes every month. + [265.28-269.20] Number 4: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday. + [270.37-273.73] Repeat: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday. + [279.39-282.69] Number 5: "Yes." They've already been there. + [284.06-286.78] Repeat: "Yes." They've already been there. + [292.48-295.60] Number 6: "No." He no longer works for me. + [296.80-299.76] Repeat: "No." He no longer works for me. + [311.25-314.85] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-2B.md b/sources/book-12/tape-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..378b3711 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2B. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Took. +Took. +Larry took 6 math courses at the university. +He studied 6 math courses. +Larry took 6 math courses at the university. +He studied 6 math courses. +Accept. +Accept. +That new job is a promotion. +I'm going to accept it. +That new job is a promotion. +I'm going to accept it. +Offer. +Offer. +The Navy made John a good offer. +They'll help pay for his education. +The Navy made John a good offer. +They'll help pay for his education. +Refuse. +Refuse. +The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. +I refuse to go there again. +The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. +I refuse to go there again. +Retire. +Retire. +Next year, James is going to retire. +He plans to travel all over the United States. +Next year, James is going to retire. +He plans to travel all over the United States. +Adjust. +Adjust. +I don't know where Captain Highland is. +I just got here. +I don't know where Captain Highland is. +I just got here. +Offer. +Offer. +I think Mr. +Moore is going to offer me that teaching job. +I think Mr. +Moore is going to offer me that teaching job. +Profession. +Profession. +Don is a doctor. +He's part of the medical profession. +Don is a doctor. +He's part of the medical profession. +Listen to a dialogue. +Hey, Mike. +What courses are you taking now? +I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. +I'm in the medical field. +Are you going to be a doctor? +No. +I'm going to be a nurse. +Will you get a degree? +Yes. +My degree will be in nursing. +It sounds like an interesting career. +Now look at Figure 1. +Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. +Listen to a sentence, then say yours. +Let's begin. +Hey, Mike. +What courses are you taking now? +Are you going to be a doctor? +Will you get a degree? +It sounds like an interesting career. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.74-12.82] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2B. + [20.46-20.86] Hello. + [22.06-25.02] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B. + [34.50-36.58] Repeat the words and sentences. + [40.86-41.18] Took. + [43.14-43.54] Took. + [45.34-48.06] Larry took 6 math courses at the university. + [53.49-55.41] He studied 6 math courses. + [60.08-62.80] Larry took 6 math courses at the university. + [68.13-69.97] He studied 6 math courses. + [74.38-75.10] Accept. + [76.93-76.98] Accept. + [79.71-81.50] That new job is a promotion. + [84.88-86.08] I'm going to accept it. + [89.42-91.10] That new job is a promotion. + [93.50-94.78] I'm going to accept it. + [98.72-99.20] Offer. + [101.46-101.86] Offer. + [104.18-106.02] The Navy made John a good offer. + [111.52-113.36] They'll help pay for his education. + [118.34-120.18] The Navy made John a good offer. + [124.75-126.51] They'll help pay for his education. + [131.70-132.58] Refuse. + [134.51-135.47] Refuse. + [138.64-142.08] The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. + [148.35-149.95] I refuse to go there again. + [154.46-157.98] The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. + [163.23-164.85] I refuse to go there again. + [170.27-170.59] Retire. + [172.71-173.36] Retire. + [176.58-178.82] Next year, James is going to retire. + [183.87-186.67] He plans to travel all over the United States. + [191.68-194.00] Next year, James is going to retire. + [199.70-202.50] He plans to travel all over the United States. + [207.42-207.98] Adjust. + [210.06-210.62] Adjust. + [213.57-215.81] I don't know where Captain Highland is. + [216.61-217.49] I just got here. + [223.42-225.74] I don't know where Captain Highland is. + [226.30-227.34] I just got here. + [234.29-234.77] Offer. + [237.07-237.31] Offer. + [239.92-240.64] I think Mr. + [240.64-243.28] Moore is going to offer me that teaching job. + [250.66-251.38] I think Mr. + [251.38-253.94] Moore is going to offer me that teaching job. + [261.10-261.82] Profession. + [263.81-264.61] Profession. + [266.94-268.22] Don is a doctor. + [268.78-270.70] He's part of the medical profession. + [276.72-277.92] Don is a doctor. + [278.48-280.24] He's part of the medical profession. + [286.78-288.06] Listen to a dialogue. + [291.20-291.84] Hey, Mike. + [292.08-293.52] What courses are you taking now? + [294.24-296.40] I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. + [297.12-298.40] I'm in the medical field. + [298.40-300.24] Are you going to be a doctor? + [300.48-300.96] No. + [301.20-302.40] I'm going to be a nurse. + [302.72-303.76] Will you get a degree? + [303.92-304.40] Yes. + [304.40-305.76] My degree will be in nursing. + [306.08-307.76] It sounds like an interesting career. + [309.66-310.46] Now look at Figure 1. + [311.86-314.50] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. + [315.41-318.13] Listen to a sentence, then say yours. + [318.85-319.65] Let's begin. + [321.66-322.22] Hey, Mike. + [322.46-323.98] What courses are you taking now? + [332.14-333.26] Are you going to be a doctor? + [338.10-339.14] Will you get a degree? + [344.22-345.98] It sounds like an interesting career. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one. +Say your lines after that. +You begin. +I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. +I'm in the medical field. +No. +I'm going to be a nurse. +Yes, my degree will be in nursing. +Repeat the following sentences. +The movie was boring. +So we went home. +The movie was boring. +So we went home. +We can go to dinner. +Or we can go to the movies. +We can go to dinner. +Or we can go to the movies. +Fred was sick. +So he didn't go to Al's party. +Fred was sick. +So he didn't go to Al's party. +You can give it to me. +Or you can give it to my secretary. +You can give it to me. +Or you can give it to my secretary. +It was snowing. +So we stayed at home. +It was snowing. +So we stayed at home. +I can fly. +Or I can take the train. +I can fly. +Or I can take the train. +Jim had a fever and a bad cough. +So he went to the doctor. +Jim had a fever and a bad cough. +So he went to the doctor. +You can have chicken soup. +Or you can have a chicken sandwich. +You can have chicken soup. +Or you can have a chicken sandwich. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.24-8.14] Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one. + [9.22-10.90] Say your lines after that. + [12.11-12.75] You begin. + [15.70-17.78] I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. + [18.58-19.86] I'm in the medical field. + [21.95-22.43] No. + [22.67-23.87] I'm going to be a nurse. + [25.98-27.82] Yes, my degree will be in nursing. + [33.52-35.44] Repeat the following sentences. + [37.01-38.29] The movie was boring. + [41.14-42.26] So we went home. + [44.91-46.19] The movie was boring. + [48.21-49.41] So we went home. + [53.17-56.55] We can go to dinner. + [57.39-58.91] Or we can go to the movies. + [63.46-66.75] We can go to dinner. + [66.83-68.35] Or we can go to the movies. + [73.52-74.48] Fred was sick. + [76.45-78.37] So he didn't go to Al's party. + [82.45-85.65] Fred was sick. + [85.78-87.62] So he didn't go to Al's party. + [94.11-97.83] You can give it to me. + [98.50-100.58] Or you can give it to my secretary. + [105.81-109.59] You can give it to me. + [110.34-112.34] Or you can give it to my secretary. + [118.27-119.23] It was snowing. + [121.78-123.06] So we stayed at home. + [125.84-126.72] It was snowing. + [129.09-130.29] So we stayed at home. + [135.44-138.33] I can fly. + [138.42-139.86] Or I can take the train. + [143.04-146.19] I can fly. + [146.26-147.78] Or I can take the train. + [153.34-155.42] Jim had a fever and a bad cough. + [159.78-161.06] So he went to the doctor. + [165.73-170.49] Jim had a fever and a bad cough. + [172.70-173.98] So he went to the doctor. + [179.42-183.39] You can have chicken soup. + [184.51-186.43] Or you can have a chicken sandwich. + [191.20-195.21] You can have chicken soup. + [196.48-198.48] Or you can have a chicken sandwich. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3. +Read the answers. +You will hear part of a sentence. +Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. +You will hear each sentence part twice. +Number 1: "The baby was crying." "The baby was crying." +Number 2: "Fred can ride with me." "Fred can ride with me." +Number 3: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years." "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years." +Number 4: "Joanne wants to be a doctor." "Joanne wants to be a doctor." +Number 5: "Can you accept my offer?" "Can you accept my offer?" +Number 6: "Bob chose teaching as a career." "Bob chose teaching as a career." +Number 7: "It was raining very hard." "It was raining very hard." +Number 8: "Julie can stay with her sister." "Julie can stay with her sister." +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is 7. +"It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake." Repeat: "It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake." +Letter B is 3. +"Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years, or he can retire." +Repeat: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years, +or he can retire." +Letter C is 1. +"The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up." +Repeat: "The baby was crying, +so his mother picked him up." +Letter D is 5. +"Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over?" +Repeat: "Can you accept my offer, +or do you need to think it over?" +Letter E is 2. +"Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus." Repeat: "Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus." +Letter F is 4. +"Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses." +Repeat: "Joanne wants to be a doctor, +so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses." +Letter G is 8. +"Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel." +Repeat: "Julie can stay with her sister, +or she can stay in a motel." +Letter H is 6. +"Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education." +Repeat: "Bob chose teaching as a career, +so he'll take courses in the field of education." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.99] Look at figure 3. + [3.82-5.02] Read the answers. + [25.95-27.87] You will hear part of a sentence. + [29.47-32.51] Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. + [34.00-36.56] You will hear each sentence part twice. + [38.48-44.96] Number 1: "The baby was crying." "The baby was crying." + [60.56-69.69] Number 2: "Fred can ride with me." "Fred can ride with me." + [79.66-90.69] Number 3: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years." "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years." + [100.27-107.47] Number 4: "Joanne wants to be a doctor." "Joanne wants to be a doctor." + [120.56-127.18] Number 5: "Can you accept my offer?" "Can you accept my offer?" + [138.74-146.94] Number 6: "Bob chose teaching as a career." "Bob chose teaching as a career." + [158.30-167.55] Number 7: "It was raining very hard." "It was raining very hard." + [176.42-183.39] Number 8: "Julie can stay with her sister." "Julie can stay with her sister." + [200.90-202.34] Let's check your answers. + [204.03-205.31] Letter A is 7. + [206.70-218.03] "It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake." Repeat: "It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake." + [223.23-225.15] Letter B is 3. + [226.77-231.01] "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years, or he can retire." + [232.61-238.17] Repeat: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years, + [241.94-243.14] or he can retire." + [248.48-249.92] Letter C is 1. + [251.26-253.98] "The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up." + [255.81-258.13] Repeat: "The baby was crying, + [262.03-263.39] so his mother picked him up." + [269.49-271.17] Letter D is 5. + [272.59-275.95] "Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over?" + [277.89-280.59] Repeat: "Can you accept my offer, + [284.37-285.89] or do you need to think it over?" + [290.94-292.54] Letter E is 2. + [294.24-305.30] "Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus." Repeat: "Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus." + [310.96-312.16] Letter F is 4. + [313.94-318.74] "Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses." + [320.46-325.59] Repeat: "Joanne wants to be a doctor, + [329.06-331.78] so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses." + [337.86-339.14] Letter G is 8. + [340.38-344.30] "Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel." + [346.06-348.94] Repeat: "Julie can stay with her sister, + [354.61-356.21] or she can stay in a motel." + [362.24-363.68] Letter H is 6. + [365.33-370.72] "Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education." + [372.61-378.21] Repeat: "Bob chose teaching as a career, + [381.18-383.74] so he'll take courses in the field of education." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 4. +You will hear a dialogue twice. +Listen, then write the answer to the question. +Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam? +I sure did, Bob. +What profession did you decide on? +I decided on a career in the military. +Listen again. +Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam? +I sure did, Bob. +What profession did you decide on? +I decided on a career in the military. +What career did Sam choose? +Write your answer. +The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military. +Listen to the next dialogue and answer the question. +Where are you going on your vacation, Sally? +I want to go to the beach. +It's rainy and windy today. +I hope it clears up before I go. +Listen again. +Where are you going on your vacation, Sally? +I want to go to the beach. +It's rainy and windy today. +I hope it clears up before I go. +Where does Sally want to go on her vacation? +Write your answer. +The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.91] Look at figure 4. + [4.18-6.18] You will hear a dialogue twice. + [7.52-10.48] Listen, then write the answer to the question. + [13.15-15.55] Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam? + [16.43-17.31] I sure did, Bob. + [18.53-20.21] What profession did you decide on? + [20.53-22.77] I decided on a career in the military. + [24.43-25.23] Listen again. + [26.67-29.07] Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam? + [29.31-30.27] I sure did, Bob. + [30.99-32.59] What profession did you decide on? + [32.83-35.07] I decided on a career in the military. + [39.92-42.24] What career did Sam choose? + [43.20-44.24] Write your answer. + [73.97-77.89] The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military. + [80.03-83.79] Listen to the next dialogue and answer the question. + [87.86-90.26] Where are you going on your vacation, Sally? + [91.50-93.42] I want to go to the beach. + [93.66-95.50] It's rainy and windy today. + [96.14-98.38] I hope it clears up before I go. + [101.89-102.69] Listen again. + [105.65-108.05] Where are you going on your vacation, Sally? + [109.30-111.30] I want to go to the beach. + [111.46-113.30] It's rainy and windy today. + [113.94-116.26] I hope it clears up before I go. + [119.01-121.41] Where does Sally want to go on her vacation? + [122.53-123.49] Write your answer. + [147.87-151.15] The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Listen to a sentence; choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear. +The first one is an example: +"Margaret and Joe make a nice couple." +Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. +The answer is C: "Margaret and Joe make a nice couple." Margaret and Joe are married. +Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement. +Number 1: "The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday." The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday. +Number 2: "Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. +She's not feeling well." +Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. +She's not feeling well. +Number 3: "That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games." +That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games. +Number 4: "Henry got several presents for his birthday. +He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks." +Henry got several presents for his birthday. +He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks. +Number 5: +"Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings." +Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is A: "A coach teaches people sports." Repeat: "A coach teaches people sports." +Number 2 is B: "Sally doesn't think she can come." Repeat: "Sally doesn't think she can come." +Number 3 is C: "The school needs a place to play sports." Repeat: "The school needs a place to play sports." +Number 4 is B: "Henry got lots of gifts." +Repeat: "Henry got lots of gifts." +Number 5 is A: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry." Repeat: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.68-3.28] Now look at Figure 5. + [4.46-10.54] Listen to a sentence; choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear. + [12.26-14.02] The first one is an example: + [16.43-18.83] "Margaret and Joe make a nice couple." + [21.23-23.55] Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. + [34.29-41.14] The answer is C: "Margaret and Joe make a nice couple." Margaret and Joe are married. + [42.58-46.90] Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement. + [48.08-57.92] Number 1: "The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday." The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday. + [72.40-76.30] Number 2: "Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. + [77.02-78.38] She's not feeling well." + [79.81-82.05] Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. + [82.77-84.05] She's not feeling well. + [99.47-106.30] Number 3: "That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games." + [107.90-113.34] That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games. + [128.48-133.09] Number 4: "Henry got several presents for his birthday. + [133.95-137.63] He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks." + [139.46-141.86] Henry got several presents for his birthday. + [142.69-146.21] He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks. + [162.37-163.01] Number 5: + [164.53-169.73] "Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings." + [171.33-177.17] Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings. + [194.67-196.11] Let's check your answers. + [197.74-206.62] Number 1 is A: "A coach teaches people sports." Repeat: "A coach teaches people sports." + [210.69-219.25] Number 2 is B: "Sally doesn't think she can come." Repeat: "Sally doesn't think she can come." + [225.87-235.49] Number 3 is C: "The school needs a place to play sports." Repeat: "The school needs a place to play sports." + [241.81-246.45] Number 4 is B: "Henry got lots of gifts." + [248.29-250.58] Repeat: "Henry got lots of gifts." + [255.12-264.42] Number 5 is A: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry." Repeat: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen carefully and follow the directions. +Use the key to help you. +Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4. +Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4. +Number 2: Put the question mark in column 3, row 2. +Put the question mark in column 3, row 2. +Number 3: Put the comma in column 2, row 1. +Put the comma in column 2, row 1. +Number 4: Put the period in column 4, row 3. +Put the period in column 4, row 3. +To check your answers, turn to page 22 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet. +This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-2.47] Look at Figure 6. + [3.70-6.10] Listen carefully and follow the directions. + [6.74-8.18] Use the key to help you. + [10.59-15.46] Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4. + [17.79-21.39] Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4. + [31.06-36.26] Number 2: Put the question mark in column 3, row 2. + [37.82-41.49] Put the question mark in column 3, row 2. + [50.37-55.47] Number 3: Put the comma in column 2, row 1. + [56.97-60.43] Put the comma in column 2, row 1. + [69.26-73.81] Number 4: Put the period in column 4, row 3. + [75.45-78.42] Put the period in column 4, row 3. + [91.23-96.83] To check your answers, turn to page 22 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet. + [104.22-107.26] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-2C.md b/sources/book-12/tape-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85dcf05b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2C. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the sentences. +Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. +Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. +Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? +Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? +Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany. +Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany. +I haven't seen the new secretary yet. +I haven't seen the new secretary yet. +Mr. +Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. +Mr. +Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. +Mr. +Smith has already borrowed too much money. +Mr. +Smith has already borrowed too much money. +Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? +Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? +Robert still hasn't fixed this door. +Robert still hasn't fixed this door. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.46-15.18] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2C. + [22.90-23.30] Hello. + [24.83-27.45] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. + [40.35-41.39] Look at Figure 1. + [42.11-43.55] Repeat the sentences. + [45.07-46.83] Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. + [51.76-53.68] Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet. + [60.21-62.29] Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? + [67.47-69.63] Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles? + [76.83-78.91] Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany. + [84.00-86.24] Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany. + [92.99-95.15] I haven't seen the new secretary yet. + [100.46-102.70] I haven't seen the new secretary yet. + [109.87-110.19] Mr. + [110.19-112.91] Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. + [119.38-119.70] Mr. + [119.70-122.18] Rogers hasn't answered all the questions. + [129.44-129.76] Mr. + [129.76-132.08] Smith has already borrowed too much money. + [138.77-139.09] Mr. + [139.09-141.57] Smith has already borrowed too much money. + [150.32-152.08] Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? + [158.51-160.43] Has Jerome cleaned his room yet? + [168.53-170.61] Robert still hasn't fixed this door. + [175.57-177.81] Robert still hasn't fixed this door. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to the questions, write the answers, look at the example. +Have you finished your homework yet? +Yes, already. +Yes, I've already finished it. +No, yet. +No, I haven't finished it yet. +There are 2 answers for each question, one yes and one no. +Let's begin. +Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet? +Has Janet graduated from college yet? +Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? +Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? +Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? +Has your son learned Spanish yet? +Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? +Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? +Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? +Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet? +Yes, she has already graduated. +Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated. +No, she hasn't graduated yet. +Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet. +Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? +Yes, I've already seen her. +Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her. +No, I haven't seen her yet. +Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet. +Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? +Yes, he has already learned Spanish. +Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish. +No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. +Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. +Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? +Yes, they have already realized it. +Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it. +No, they haven't realized it yet. +Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet. +Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? +Yes, he's already picked it up. +Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up. +No, he hasn't picked it up yet. +Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-8.62] Look at Figure 2, listen to the questions, write the answers, look at the example. + [9.79-11.39] Have you finished your homework yet? + [12.38-13.90] Yes, already. + [14.69-16.85] Yes, I've already finished it. + [17.89-19.49] No, yet. + [20.13-22.69] No, I haven't finished it yet. + [24.42-29.30] There are 2 answers for each question, one yes and one no. + [30.02-30.90] Let's begin. + [32.78-36.75] Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet? + [47.68-49.84] Has Janet graduated from college yet? + [60.59-64.03] Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? + [74.53-76.29] Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? + [90.61-94.19] Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? + [111.95-113.71] Has your son learned Spanish yet? + [135.44-140.43] Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? + [155.41-158.21] Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? + [177.38-180.93] Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? + [199.04-200.88] Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? + [223.06-224.58] Let's check your answers. + [225.92-229.90] Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet? + [231.22-233.38] Yes, she has already graduated. + [234.74-237.94] Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated. + [243.70-245.78] No, she hasn't graduated yet. + [247.34-250.46] Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet. + [255.47-258.74] Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? + [259.98-262.30] Yes, I've already seen her. + [263.42-266.38] Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her. + [271.18-273.02] No, I haven't seen her yet. + [274.40-277.52] Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet. + [282.45-286.21] Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? + [287.78-290.42] Yes, he has already learned Spanish. + [292.03-295.39] Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish. + [300.29-302.61] No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. + [304.05-307.33] Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. + [314.88-319.39] Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? + [320.83-323.55] Yes, they have already realized it. + [325.25-328.77] Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it. + [333.63-335.87] No, they haven't realized it yet. + [337.18-340.46] Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet. + [345.82-349.36] Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? + [350.67-352.75] Yes, he's already picked it up. + [354.29-357.41] Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up. + [361.62-363.54] No, he hasn't picked it up yet. + [365.17-368.21] Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +You will hear two sentences. +Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one. +Look at the example: "Larry can drive all night." "He can stay in a hotel." The answer is OR: Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel. +Put an X in the correct place. +Let's begin. +Number 1: "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late." "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late." +Number 2: "Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party." +"Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party." +Number 3: "Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors." +"Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors." +Number 4: "Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." +"Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." +Number 5: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy." +"Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy." +Number 6: "Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow." +"Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow." +Number 7: "George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night." +"George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night." +Number 8: "You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator." +"You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is SO: "Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late." Repeat: "Jim woke up late." +"So he arrived at work late." +Number 2 is SO: +"Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party." +Repeat: "Peter will not be here on Friday." +"So he can't go to Tom's party." +Number 3 is OR: +"Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moors." +Repeat: "Alan can eat with us." +"Or he can eat with the Moors." +Number 4 is SO: +"Charlie borrowed $400, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." +Repeat: "Charlie borrowed $400." +"So he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." +Number 5 is SO: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz, so he was very happy." +Repeat: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." +"So he was very happy." +Number 6 is OR: "Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow." +Repeat: "Frank can work late tonight." +"Or he can come to work early tomorrow." +Number 7 is OR: +"George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night." +Repeat: "George can help his dad with the yard." +"Or he can stay home Saturday night." +Number 8 is OR: "You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator." +Repeat: "You can use the stairs." "Or you can use the escalator." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-3.26] Look at Figure 3. + [3.98-5.82] You will hear two sentences. + [6.46-10.14] Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one. + [10.78-25.74] Look at the example: "Larry can drive all night." "He can stay in a hotel." The answer is OR: Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel. + [27.38-29.62] Put an X in the correct place. + [29.94-30.74] Let's begin. + [33.82-43.15] Number 1: "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late." "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late." + [50.83-57.02] Number 2: "Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party." + [58.85-63.63] "Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party." + [69.71-75.02] Number 3: "Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors." + [76.66-80.53] "Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors." + [86.35-93.76] Number 4: "Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." + [95.68-101.12] "Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." + [108.58-114.91] Number 5: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy." + [116.98-121.94] "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy." + [128.35-134.63] Number 6: "Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow." + [137.12-142.16] "Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow." + [153.10-159.98] Number 7: "George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night." + [161.57-166.88] "George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night." + [175.15-180.59] Number 8: "You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator." + [182.62-186.42] "You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator." + [194.69-196.05] Let's check your answers. + [197.49-207.46] Number 1 is SO: "Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late." Repeat: "Jim woke up late." + [210.72-212.48] "So he arrived at work late." + [218.46-220.14] Number 2 is SO: + [221.73-226.13] "Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party." + [227.81-230.85] Repeat: "Peter will not be here on Friday." + [237.15-239.23] "So he can't go to Tom's party." + [245.38-247.06] Number 3 is OR: + [248.69-252.35] "Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moors." + [254.17-256.37] Repeat: "Alan can eat with us." + [261.49-263.25] "Or he can eat with the Moors." + [269.36-270.37] Number 4 is SO: + [272.67-277.68] "Charlie borrowed $400, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." + [279.50-282.34] Repeat: "Charlie borrowed $400." + [287.67-289.92] "So he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation." + [296.78-304.40] Number 5 is SO: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz, so he was very happy." + [306.19-310.35] Repeat: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." + [316.99-318.27] "So he was very happy." + [323.25-330.03] Number 6 is OR: "Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow." + [332.32-337.53] Repeat: "Frank can work late tonight." + [340.10-342.45] "Or he can come to work early tomorrow." + [347.79-349.31] Number 7 is OR: + [350.85-355.57] "George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night." + [357.27-360.45] Repeat: "George can help his dad with the yard." + [365.98-367.98] "Or he can stay home Saturday night." + [374.00-380.82] Number 8 is OR: "You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator." + [382.11-389.26] Repeat: "You can use the stairs." "Or you can use the escalator." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +This is a dictation exercise. +You will hear a paragraph three times. +The first time, just listen. +Mark lived in California for 6 years. +The climate was wonderful. +There was only a little humidity. +There was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. +The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. +He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there. +Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear. +Mark lived in California. +For 6 years. +The climate was wonderful. +There was only. +A little humidity. +There was a nice sea breeze. +And the temperatures were always warm. +The beaches were full of people. +Who were having a good time. +Henry really enjoyed the 6 years. +He was there. +Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. +Mark lived in California for 6 years. +The climate was wonderful. +There was only a little humidity. +There was a nice sea breeze, and the temperatures were always warm. +The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. +He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there. +To check your paragraph, turn to page 26 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet. +This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-3.04] Look at Figure 4. + [3.76-5.84] This is a dictation exercise. + [6.56-8.72] You will hear a paragraph three times. + [9.52-11.52] The first time, just listen. + [13.26-15.98] Mark lived in California for 6 years. + [16.78-18.22] The climate was wonderful. + [19.57-21.49] There was only a little humidity. + [22.43-26.27] There was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. + [27.47-30.67] The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. + [31.58-34.14] He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there. + [40.16-43.84] Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear. + [45.01-46.61] Mark lived in California. + [64.64-65.84] For 6 years. + [81.87-83.31] The climate was wonderful. + [100.83-104.31] There was only. + [112.94-114.30] A little humidity. + [126.35-130.47] There was a nice sea breeze. + [142.59-144.75] And the temperatures were always warm. + [160.29-164.37] The beaches were full of people. + [179.63-181.15] Who were having a good time. + [197.06-201.69] Henry really enjoyed the 6 years. + [220.29-221.01] He was there. + [234.67-238.11] Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. + [240.16-242.80] Mark lived in California for 6 years. + [243.52-244.88] The climate was wonderful. + [246.10-247.86] There was only a little humidity. + [248.66-252.58] There was a nice sea breeze, and the temperatures were always warm. + [254.11-256.96] The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. + [258.91-261.55] He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there. + [266.13-272.24] To check your paragraph, turn to page 26 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet. + [277.89-281.25] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-2D.md b/sources/book-12/tape-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ccb9823d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,588 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2D. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. +Repeat the following words and sentences, then answer the questions. +Career. +Career. +Larry wants a career in the military. +He wants to work in the military for 20 years. +Larry wants a career in the military. +He wants to work in the military for 20 years. +What does Larry want? +He wants a career in the military. +Choice. +Choice. +Tom has a choice. +He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher. +Tom has a choice. +He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher. +What does Tom have? +He has a choice. +Courses. +Courses. +Janet is going to take 5 courses next year. +She will have 5 classes. +Janet is going to take 5 courses next year. +She will have 5 classes. +What is Janet going to take next year? +She's going to take 5 courses. +Professional. +Professional. +Pele was a professional soccer player. +He played for money. +Pele was a professional soccer player. +He played for money. +Who was Pele? +He was a professional soccer player. +Medical. +Medical. +My brother is going to medical school. +He's going to be a doctor. +My brother is going to medical school. +He's going to be a doctor. +What is your brother doing? +He's going to medical school. +Degree. +Degree. +Harold graduated from the university last month. +He got his degree in history. +Harold graduated from the university last month. +He got his degree in history. +What did Harold get his degree in? +He got his degree in history. +High school. +High school. +John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school. +John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school. +How old will John be when he finishes high school? +He'll be 18 when he finishes high school. +Technical. +Technical. +Roger finished technical school. +He learned how to fix cars. +Roger finished technical school. +He learned how to fix cars. +What did Roger learn in technical school? +He learned how to fix cars. +Talk over. +Talk over. +Her husband wants to buy a new car. +They're going to talk it over tonight. +Her husband wants to buy a new car. +They're going to talk it over tonight +Is her husband going to buy a new car? +I don't know. +They're going to talk it over tonight. +Listen to a dialogue. +Well, Don, Friday is our last day. +Yeah, Jack, it is. +What are you going to do now that school is out? +I've been accepted at the university. +I'll start there in September. +What courses will you take? +I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. +It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. +Look at Figure 1. +Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. +Listen to a sentence, then say yours. +Ready? +Well, Don, Friday is our last day +I've been accepted at the university. +I'll start there in September. +I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.72-13.12] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2D. + [19.87-20.35] Hello. + [21.07-23.95] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. + [31.41-35.89] Repeat the following words and sentences, then answer the questions. + [37.20-37.92] Career. + [39.62-40.34] Career. + [42.08-44.24] Larry wants a career in the military. + [49.78-52.50] He wants to work in the military for 20 years. + [59.01-61.25] Larry wants a career in the military. + [66.32-69.12] He wants to work in the military for 20 years. + [74.37-75.41] What does Larry want? + [86.26-88.18] He wants a career in the military. + [90.14-90.54] Choice. + [92.70-93.42] Choice. + [95.39-96.75] Tom has a choice. + [99.33-102.13] He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher. + [107.47-108.83] Tom has a choice. + [112.90-115.54] He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher. + [121.09-122.21] What does Tom have? + [128.18-129.30] He has a choice. + [131.71-132.27] Courses. + [134.35-134.91] Courses. + [137.55-140.16] Janet is going to take 5 courses next year. + [146.70-148.62] She will have 5 classes. + [152.98-155.78] Janet is going to take 5 courses next year. + [162.13-163.97] She will have 5 classes. + [169.22-171.30] What is Janet going to take next year? + [181.97-184.05] She's going to take 5 courses. + [188.03-188.75] Professional. + [191.31-192.11] Professional. + [195.28-197.44] Pele was a professional soccer player. + [203.71-204.75] He played for money. + [209.14-211.30] Pele was a professional soccer player. + [216.64-217.76] He played for money. + [221.76-222.64] Who was Pele? + [234.78-236.70] He was a professional soccer player. + [241.23-243.63] Medical. + [243.60-244.24] Medical. + [247.04-249.04] My brother is going to medical school. + [255.20-256.64] He's going to be a doctor. + [262.13-264.21] My brother is going to medical school. + [270.69-272.13] He's going to be a doctor. + [278.00-279.20] What is your brother doing? + [289.62-291.14] He's going to medical school. + [295.10-295.82] Degree. + [298.14-298.86] Degree. + [301.11-304.13] Harold graduated from the university last month. + [310.74-312.58] He got his degree in history. + [320.01-322.66] Harold graduated from the university last month. + [328.94-330.70] He got his degree in history. + [335.78-337.70] What did Harold get his degree in? + [349.34-351.02] He got his degree in history. + [356.99-357.63] High school. + [360.32-360.96] High school. + [364.00-368.72] John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school. + [379.66-384.47] John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school. + [393.57-396.37] How old will John be when he finishes high school? + [408.69-411.17] He'll be 18 when he finishes high school. + [417.06-417.70] Technical. + [419.86-420.66] Technical. + [423.68-425.68] Roger finished technical school. + [431.60-433.36] He learned how to fix cars. + [439.12-441.20] Roger finished technical school. + [445.95-447.71] He learned how to fix cars. + [453.79-456.03] What did Roger learn in technical school? + [466.85-468.61] He learned how to fix cars. + [474.91-475.63] Talk over. + [477.97-478.69] Talk over. + [482.24-484.24] Her husband wants to buy a new car. + [490.80-492.64] They're going to talk it over tonight. + [500.05-502.05] Her husband wants to buy a new car. + [508.10-509.86] They're going to talk it over tonight + [517.98-520.14] Is her husband going to buy a new car? + [531.50-532.22] I don't know. + [534.56-536.24] They're going to talk it over tonight. + [543.57-545.01] Listen to a dialogue. + [547.60-549.84] Well, Don, Friday is our last day. + [550.32-551.52] Yeah, Jack, it is. + [551.92-553.84] What are you going to do now that school is out? + [554.77-556.53] I've been accepted at the university. + [556.85-558.29] I'll start there in September. + [558.85-559.97] What courses will you take? + [560.80-565.84] I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. + [566.77-568.77] It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. + [570.67-571.63] Look at Figure 1. + [572.67-575.44] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue. + [576.50-579.14] Listen to a sentence, then say yours. + [580.00-580.40] Ready? + [582.32-584.48] Well, Don, Friday is our last day + [590.86-593.02] I've been accepted at the university. + [593.02-594.38] I'll start there in September. + [598.18-602.95] I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +You begin with the first line. +Go ahead and start. +Yeah, Jack, it is. +What are you going to do now that school is out? +What courses will you take? +It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. +Listen to the next dialogue. +Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today. +Is it a good offer? +I think so. +It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay me for any college courses that help me with the job. +It sounds good. +Well, I'll think it over. +They don't need an answer until Wednesday. +Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. +Thanks, Mom. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-3.34] Now look at Figure 2. + [4.34-5.94] You begin with the first line. + [6.85-8.05] Go ahead and start. + [11.34-12.54] Yeah, Jack, it is. + [12.86-14.78] What are you going to do now that school is out? + [20.05-21.17] What courses will you take? + [27.18-29.26] It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you. + [36.35-38.03] Listen to the next dialogue. + [41.68-44.80] Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today. + [45.52-46.48] Is it a good offer? + [46.64-47.44] I think so. + [47.84-55.44] It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay me for any college courses that help me with the job. + [56.24-57.28] It sounds good. + [57.92-59.44] Well, I'll think it over. + [59.92-61.68] They don't need an answer until Wednesday. + [62.72-65.36] Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. + [65.52-66.32] Thanks, Mom. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line. +Say your line after that. +"Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today." +"I think so. +It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job." +"Well, I'll think it over. +They don't need an answer until Wednesday." +"Thanks, Mom." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-5.47] Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line. + [6.19-7.71] Say your line after that. + [9.58-12.54] "Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today." + [16.03-16.75] "I think so. + [17.39-24.83] It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job." + [28.45-30.05] "Well, I'll think it over. + [30.61-32.29] They don't need an answer until Wednesday." + [36.45-37.17] "Thanks, Mom." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 4. +You begin this time. +Is it a good offer? +It sounds good. +Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. +Listen to this dialogue. +It's the last one. +Hey Tony, you really need a new car. +I know, Glenn. +Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. +What kind are you going to buy? +I've decided to buy an American car. +They're easier for mechanics to repair. +Bring it to my house when you get it. +I want to ride in it. +Okay, Glenn. +See you in about 2 weeks. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-2.74] Look at figure 4. + [3.54-4.66] You begin this time. + [9.70-10.74] Is it a good offer? + [21.39-24.81] It sounds good. + [29.49-32.37] Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it. + [37.94-39.38] Listen to this dialogue. + [40.10-41.06] It's the last one. + [43.73-45.81] Hey Tony, you really need a new car. + [46.29-47.09] I know, Glenn. + [47.49-53.65] Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. + [54.72-56.00] What kind are you going to buy? + [56.56-58.72] I've decided to buy an American car. + [59.50-61.66] They're easier for mechanics to repair. + [62.70-64.14] Bring it to my house when you get it. + [64.70-65.58] I want to ride in it. + [65.98-66.70] Okay, Glenn. + [67.26-68.78] See you in about 2 weeks. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5: someone will read a line first. +Say your line next. +"Hey Tony, you really need a new car." +"What kind are you going to buy?" +"Bring it to my house when you get it. +I want to ride in it." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-5.86] Now look at Figure 5: someone will read a line first. + [6.58-8.02] Say your line next. + [10.67-12.75] "Hey Tony, you really need a new car." + [23.28-24.56] "What kind are you going to buy?" + [32.14-33.50] "Bring it to my house when you get it. + [33.98-34.94] I want to ride in it." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +You begin. +I know, Glenn. +Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. +I've decided to buy an American car. +They're easier for mechanics to repair. +Okay, Glenn, see you in about 2 weeks. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.30-2.91] Look at Figure 6. + [4.22-4.94] You begin. + [9.46-10.26] I know, Glenn. + [11.15-17.31] Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car. + [21.18-23.42] I've decided to buy an American car. + [24.06-26.06] They're easier for mechanics to repair. + [32.62-35.18] Okay, Glenn, see you in about 2 weeks. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7. +Read the paragraph. +Listen to the questions. +Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer. +Look at the example. +Listen to the question. +Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer. +Number 1: Where did Julie go? +Number 2: What did her family need? +Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter? +Number 4: What did she buy for her son? +Number 5: What did she buy for her husband? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 goes under "Shopping." "Shopping" is underlined. +Number 2 goes under "Clothes." "Clothes" is underlined. +Number 3 goes under "A blouse and skirt." "A blouse and skirt" is underlined. +Number 4 goes under "Two pairs of jeans." "Two pairs of jeans" is underlined. +Number 5 goes under "Three shirts and five pairs of socks." "Three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined. +Let's begin. +Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. +Now listen to the questions. +Underline and number the answers. +You will hear each question twice. +Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall? +Where will Carl go next fall? +Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession? +What has he chosen as his profession? +Number 3: What courses will he take? +What courses will he take? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall? +You should have "A university" underlined. +Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession? +You should have "Teaching" underlined. +Number 3: What courses will he take? +You should have "English," "Math," and "Education" underlined. +Now read the second paragraph. +Underline and number the answers to the questions. +Number 1: What is Patty's profession? +What is Patty's profession? +Number 2: What are her two teaching fields? +What are her two teaching fields? +Number 3: How many classes of English does she have? +How many classes of English does she have? +Number 4: How many classes of German does she have? +How many classes of German does she have? +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1: What is Patty's profession? +You should have "Teacher" underlined. +Number 2: What are her two teaching fields? +You should have "English" and "German" underlined. +Number 3: How many classes of English does she have? +You should have "4" underlined. +And number 4: How many classes of German does she have? +You should have "2" underlined. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-3.46] Look at figure 7. + [3.94-5.14] Read the paragraph. + [27.92-29.52] Listen to the questions. + [30.08-34.48] Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer. + [35.55-36.59] Look at the example. + [37.81-39.09] Listen to the question. + [40.00-45.20] Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer. + [47.41-50.40] Number 1: Where did Julie go? + [59.84-62.86] Number 2: What did her family need? + [73.84-77.04] Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter? + [87.12-90.54] Number 4: What did she buy for her son? + [101.20-104.48] Number 5: What did she buy for her husband? + [116.50-117.94] Let's check your answers. + [119.60-124.96] Number 1 goes under "Shopping." "Shopping" is underlined. + [127.02-132.58] Number 2 goes under "Clothes." "Clothes" is underlined. + [134.62-141.52] Number 3 goes under "A blouse and skirt." "A blouse and skirt" is underlined. + [143.50-150.85] Number 4 goes under "Two pairs of jeans." "Two pairs of jeans" is underlined. + [152.86-162.91] Number 5 goes under "Three shirts and five pairs of socks." "Three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined. + [171.84-172.72] Let's begin. + [173.44-176.88] Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. + [200.11-201.79] Now listen to the questions. + [202.43-204.59] Underline and number the answers. + [204.99-207.31] You will hear each question twice. + [209.17-213.04] Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall? + [214.80-216.88] Where will Carl go next fall? + [228.90-233.06] Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession? + [235.04-237.44] What has he chosen as his profession? + [249.92-253.04] Number 3: What courses will he take? + [254.27-255.87] What courses will he take? + [269.07-270.59] Let's check your answers. + [272.02-276.13] Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall? + [277.30-280.58] You should have "A university" underlined. + [283.17-287.58] Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession? + [288.86-292.46] You should have "Teaching" underlined. + [293.87-297.30] Number 3: What courses will he take? + [298.40-304.32] You should have "English," "Math," and "Education" underlined. + [316.48-318.64] Now read the second paragraph. + [339.94-342.90] Underline and number the answers to the questions. + [344.53-349.41] Number 1: What is Patty's profession? + [349.57-351.17] What is Patty's profession? + [360.54-364.58] Number 2: What are her two teaching fields? + [366.08-368.32] What are her two teaching fields? + [381.41-385.39] Number 3: How many classes of English does she have? + [387.14-389.46] How many classes of English does she have? + [400.98-404.95] Number 4: How many classes of German does she have? + [406.86-409.34] How many classes of German does she have? + [421.59-423.49] Now let's check your answers. + [424.89-428.10] Number 1: What is Patty's profession? + [429.38-432.34] You should have "Teacher" underlined. + [434.29-437.98] Number 2: What are her two teaching fields? + [439.34-443.18] You should have "English" and "German" underlined. + [445.97-450.03] Number 3: How many classes of English does she have? + [451.57-454.69] You should have "4" underlined. + [456.45-461.34] And number 4: How many classes of German does she have? + [461.34-465.33] You should have "2" underlined. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. +The first one is an example. +Did you hear that noise, Betty? +Yes, I did. +Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard. +They are. +The answer is: they are frightened. +Now, listen to the other dialogues and choose the correct answer. +Number 1. +Sergeant Matthews, it's 12:45 and I haven't had lunch yet. +Don't worry, Sergeant Adams. +I'll wait here until you come back. +Sergeant Adams is... +Number 2. +Mark, wake up. +It's after 7. +Your bus will be here in 30 minutes. +Mom, my stomach hurts. +I want to stay home today. +Mark is... +Number 3. +Carla! +I've been accepted at the university. +That's great, Lori. +Lori is... +Number 4. +Private Walters, I told you to clean this floor. +I'm sorry, Sergeant Allen. +I thought you said to clean this door. +Sergeant Allen is... +Number 5. +Hey, Jack. +Your yard really looks nice. +Thanks. +It took me all day to do it. +It was a lot of work. +Jack is... +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Sergeant Adams is hungry. +Repeat: Sergeant Adams is hungry. +Number 2 is C. +Mark is sick. +Repeat: Mark is sick. +Number 3 is A. +Lori is happy. +Repeat: Lori is happy. +Number 4 is C. +Sergeant Allen is angry. +Repeat: Sergeant Allen is angry. +Number 5 is B. +Jack is tired. +Repeat: Jack is tired. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.08-10.64] Look at Figure 8, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. + [11.44-13.28] The first one is an example. + [17.23-18.67] Did you hear that noise, Betty? + [19.07-19.87] Yes, I did. + [20.11-22.43] Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard. + [26.53-29.55] They are. + [33.68-35.92] The answer is: they are frightened. + [36.99-40.75] Now, listen to the other dialogues and choose the correct answer. + [42.16-42.88] Number 1. + [44.22-48.22] Sergeant Matthews, it's 12:45 and I haven't had lunch yet. + [49.65-51.09] Don't worry, Sergeant Adams. + [51.33-52.85] I'll wait here until you come back. + [54.98-58.65] Sergeant Adams is... + [68.48-69.20] Number 2. + [70.93-72.37] Mark, wake up. + [72.93-73.89] It's after 7. + [74.37-76.29] Your bus will be here in 30 minutes. + [76.69-78.61] Mom, my stomach hurts. + [79.01-80.45] I want to stay home today. + [82.43-83.39] Mark is... + [94.02-94.90] Number 3. + [96.30-96.86] Carla! + [97.10-99.18] I've been accepted at the university. + [99.50-100.70] That's great, Lori. + [102.19-103.31] Lori is... + [113.81-114.61] Number 4. + [116.19-119.07] Private Walters, I told you to clean this floor. + [119.63-120.91] I'm sorry, Sergeant Allen. + [121.47-123.39] I thought you said to clean this door. + [124.86-126.14] Sergeant Allen is... + [137.98-138.86] Number 5. + [140.42-141.06] Hey, Jack. + [141.46-143.06] Your yard really looks nice. + [143.46-144.02] Thanks. + [144.26-145.62] It took me all day to do it. + [146.26-147.30] It was a lot of work. + [149.54-150.50] Jack is... + [162.05-163.41] Let's check your answers. + [166.29-167.81] Number 1 is B. + [168.53-170.13] Sergeant Adams is hungry. + [171.12-173.76] Repeat: Sergeant Adams is hungry. + [177.76-179.44] Number 2 is C. + [180.08-181.28] Mark is sick. + [182.03-184.27] Repeat: Mark is sick. + [187.92-189.52] Number 3 is A. + [190.42-191.62] Lori is happy. + [192.77-195.01] Repeat: Lori is happy. + [198.56-200.16] Number 4 is C. + [201.22-202.98] Sergeant Allen is angry. + [204.03-206.99] Repeat: Sergeant Allen is angry. + [210.69-212.37] Number 5 is B. + [213.23-214.51] Jack is tired. + [215.79-218.35] Repeat: Jack is tired. + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, look at Figure 9. +You will hear a paragraph; listen carefully, then write the main idea. +You will hear the paragraph twice. +Learning a language is not easy. +It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. +You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. +You must learn to think in that language, not in your own. +If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Learning a language is not easy. +It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. +You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. +You must learn to think in that language and not in your own. +If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon. +Now write the main idea. +The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it. +This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.08-3.44] Now, look at Figure 9. + [4.08-9.20] You will hear a paragraph; listen carefully, then write the main idea. + [9.76-11.92] You will hear the paragraph twice. + [14.03-15.95] Learning a language is not easy. + [16.75-19.63] It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. + [20.61-26.29] You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. + [27.38-30.66] You must learn to think in that language, not in your own. + [31.63-36.19] If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon. + [38.85-40.69] Listen to the paragraph again. + [42.00-44.00] Learning a language is not easy. + [45.09-47.97] It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. + [49.09-54.69] You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. + [55.94-59.14] You must learn to think in that language and not in your own. + [60.13-64.37] If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon. + [67.82-69.66] Now write the main idea. + [100.90-107.86] The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it. + [113.68-117.12] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-3A.md b/sources/book-12/tape-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..651a5295 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,587 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3A. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A. +Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: fire. +Fire. +Jim made a fire to keep warm. +Jim made a fire to keep warm. +Picture B: cassette. +Cassette. +My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music. +My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music. +Picture C: dining room. +Dining room. +We bought some new furniture for the dining room. +We bought some new furniture for the dining room. +Picture D: patio. +Patio. +If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio. +If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio. +Picture E: stereo. +Stereo. +Rodney has a very nice stereo. +He loves to listen to music. +Rodney has a very nice stereo. +He loves to listen to music. +Picture F: story. +Story. +Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building. +Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building. +Picture G: wood. +Wood. +Will you cut some wood for the fire? +Will you cut some wood for the fire? +Picture H: plan. +Plan. +Did you see the plans for Alma's new house? +Did you see the plans for Alma's new house? +Picture I: record. +Record. +Larry got 3 records for his birthday. +Larry got 3 records for his birthday. +Picture J: microwave. +Microwave. +Jane wants to buy a microwave. +Jane wants to buy a microwave. +Picture K: oven. +Oven. +Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees. +Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees. +Picture L: fireplace. +Fireplace. +Mr. +Evans has a fireplace in his new house. +Mr. +Evans has a fireplace in his new house. +Look at Figure 1 again. +Listen to a sentence. +Match the sentence to the picture. +Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. +You will hear each sentence twice. +Number 1: The children are playing on the patio. +The children are playing on the patio. +You should have written the number 1 under Picture D. +Let's continue. +Number 2: Mother is baking a cake in the oven. +Mother is baking a cake in the oven. +Number 3: Have you seen the plans for my new house? +Have you seen the plans for my new house? +Number 4: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. +Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. +Number 5: Why don't you make a fire? +Why don't you make a fire? +Number 6: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. +George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. +Number 7: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. +Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. +Number 8: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. +We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. +Number 9: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. +Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. +Number 10: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. +Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. +Number 11: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? +Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? +Number 12: Ask Tim to cut some more wood. +Ask Tim to cut some more wood. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 goes under Picture D: The children are playing on the patio. +Repeat: The children are playing on the patio. +Number 2 goes under Picture K: Mother is baking a cake in the oven. +Repeat: Mother is baking a cake in the oven. +Number 3 goes under Picture H: Have you seen the plans for my new house? +Repeat: Have you seen the plans for my new house? +Number 4 goes under Picture E: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. +Repeat: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. +Number 5 goes under Picture A: Why don't you make a fire? +Repeat: Why don't you make a fire? +Number 6 goes under Picture J: +George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. +Repeat: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. +Number 7 goes under Picture B: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. +Repeat: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. +Number 8 goes under Picture C: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. +Repeat: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. +Number 9 goes under Picture F: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. +Repeat: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. +Number 10 goes under Picture L: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. +Repeat: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. +Number 11 goes under Picture I: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? +Repeat: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? +Number 12 goes under Picture G: Ask Tim to cut some more wood. +Repeat: Ask Tim to cut some more wood. +Repeat the following words and sentences. +Number 1: Add on. +Add on. +Mrs. +Howard just had another baby. +Now there are 5 children in the family. +They need to add on another bedroom. +Mrs. +Howard just had another baby. +Now there are 5 children in the family. +They need to add on another bedroom. +Number 2: Build. +Build. +My son is building his home in the country. +My son is building his home in the country. +Number 3: Enlarge. +Enlarge. +Peggy does a lot of cooking. +She has decided to enlarge her kitchen. +Peggy does a lot of cooking. +She has decided to enlarge her kitchen. +Number 4: Heat. +Heat. +That fire is very hot. +It gives off a lot of heat. +That fire is very hot. +It gives off a lot of heat. +Number 5: Burn. +Burn. +Don't let the baby play near the fire. +It will burn him. +Don't let the baby play near the fire. +It will burn him. +Number 6: Addition. +Addition. +This patio is our newest addition to the house. +This patio is our newest addition to the house. +Number 7: Builder. +Builder. +Mr. +Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas. +Mr. +Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas. +Number 8: Suburb. +Suburb. +Valerie lives in a new suburb outside the city. +Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.52-12.80] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3A. + [19.53-19.83] Hello. + [20.55-23.86] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A. + [30.93-34.59] Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences. + [38.08-41.55] Picture A: fire. + [41.54-42.18] Fire. + [43.89-45.97] Jim made a fire to keep warm. + [50.43-52.59] Jim made a fire to keep warm. + [56.82-58.58] Picture B: cassette. + [60.63-61.11] Cassette. + [63.75-66.67] My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music. + [72.80-75.92] My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music. + [82.16-84.24] Picture C: dining room. + [85.79-86.83] Dining room. + [88.93-91.41] We bought some new furniture for the dining room. + [96.70-99.26] We bought some new furniture for the dining room. + [105.14-106.98] Picture D: patio. + [109.05-109.47] Patio. + [112.41-115.28] If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio. + [120.88-123.60] If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio. + [130.05-131.85] Picture E: stereo. + [133.98-134.78] Stereo. + [137.76-139.76] Rodney has a very nice stereo. + [140.56-142.24] He loves to listen to music. + [149.37-151.41] Rodney has a very nice stereo. + [152.00-152.69] He loves to listen to music. + [161.49-163.23] Picture F: story. + [165.45-165.87] Story. + [168.93-172.47] Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building. + [179.15-183.03] Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building. + [190.05-192.09] Picture G: wood. + [193.47-193.95] Wood. + [196.35-198.21] Will you cut some wood for the fire? + [203.19-205.23] Will you cut some wood for the fire? + [211.47-213.33] Picture H: plan. + [214.95-217.77] Plan. + [217.95-220.35] Did you see the plans for Alma's new house? + [226.35-228.87] Did you see the plans for Alma's new house? + [236.37-238.29] Picture I: record. + [240.15-240.69] Record. + [243.87-245.85] Larry got 3 records for his birthday. + [250.41-252.57] Larry got 3 records for his birthday. + [258.93-260.97] Picture J: microwave. + [262.83-263.67] Microwave. + [266.07-268.05] Jane wants to buy a microwave. + [273.09-275.13] Jane wants to buy a microwave. + [281.43-283.17] Picture K: oven. + [285.27-285.57] Oven. + [288.51-292.65] Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees. + [299.37-303.51] Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees. + [311.09-312.75] Picture L: fireplace. + [314.91-315.57] Fireplace. + [318.27-318.33] Mr. + [318.63-320.91] Evans has a fireplace in his new house. + [326.25-326.31] Mr. + [326.61-329.01] Evans has a fireplace in his new house. + [335.91-337.29] Look at Figure 1 again. + [338.25-339.51] Listen to a sentence. + [340.35-342.15] Match the sentence to the picture. + [342.81-345.51] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. + [346.05-348.21] You will hear each sentence twice. + [349.59-353.43] Number 1: The children are playing on the patio. + [354.57-357.03] The children are playing on the patio. + [373.77-376.83] You should have written the number 1 under Picture D. + [377.67-378.45] Let's continue. + [380.13-383.67] Number 2: Mother is baking a cake in the oven. + [385.29-387.51] Mother is baking a cake in the oven. + [398.01-402.21] Number 3: Have you seen the plans for my new house? + [403.65-406.05] Have you seen the plans for my new house? + [418.29-422.31] Number 4: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. + [424.05-426.33] Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. + [438.39-441.57] Number 5: Why don't you make a fire? + [443.19-444.63] Why don't you make a fire? + [456.45-461.55] Number 6: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. + [463.53-466.59] George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. + [478.05-482.19] Number 7: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. + [483.93-486.21] Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. + [497.13-503.25] Number 8: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. + [504.93-508.89] We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. + [520.47-524.85] Number 9: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. + [526.95-529.47] Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. + [542.55-547.35] Number 10: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. + [549.09-551.91] Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. + [565.41-569.97] Number 11: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? + [571.77-574.77] Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? + [586.47-590.37] Number 12: Ask Tim to cut some more wood. + [592.35-594.51] Ask Tim to cut some more wood. + [611.67-612.99] Let's check your answers. + [614.67-619.71] Number 1 goes under Picture D: The children are playing on the patio. + [620.97-624.03] Repeat: The children are playing on the patio. + [628.65-634.17] Number 2 goes under Picture K: Mother is baking a cake in the oven. + [635.73-638.73] Repeat: Mother is baking a cake in the oven. + [644.91-650.97] Number 3 goes under Picture H: Have you seen the plans for my new house? + [652.17-655.71] Repeat: Have you seen the plans for my new house? + [662.73-668.79] Number 4 goes under Picture E: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. + [670.05-673.47] Repeat: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful. + [678.93-684.09] Number 5 goes under Picture A: Why don't you make a fire? + [685.29-687.81] Repeat: Why don't you make a fire? + [692.19-694.89] Number 6 goes under Picture J: + [696.51-699.69] George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. + [701.25-705.51] Repeat: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave. + [713.43-719.67] Number 7 goes under Picture B: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. + [721.17-724.83] Repeat: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette. + [731.49-739.95] Number 8 goes under Picture C: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. + [741.57-746.73] Repeat: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV. + [754.29-760.95] Number 9 goes under Picture F: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. + [762.57-766.59] Repeat: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building. + [775.11-781.89] Number 10 goes under Picture L: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. + [783.39-787.47] Repeat: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace. + [795.93-802.89] Number 11 goes under Picture I: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? + [804.57-808.89] Repeat: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record? + [817.47-823.71] Number 12 goes under Picture G: Ask Tim to cut some more wood. + [825.33-828.99] Repeat: Ask Tim to cut some more wood. + [834.69-837.21] Repeat the following words and sentences. + [838.71-841.11] Number 1: Add on. + [843.15-843.81] Add on. + [847.23-847.53] Mrs. + [847.65-849.27] Howard just had another baby. + [853.89-856.47] Now there are 5 children in the family. + [861.69-863.97] They need to add on another bedroom. + [870.69-870.99] Mrs. + [871.11-872.91] Howard just had another baby. + [878.73-881.07] Now there are 5 children in the family. + [889.41-891.57] They need to add on another bedroom. + [898.53-900.21] Number 2: Build. + [902.13-902.61] Build. + [904.83-907.17] My son is building his home in the country. + [912.81-915.57] My son is building his home in the country. + [921.57-924.21] Number 3: Enlarge. + [925.89-926.55] Enlarge. + [928.89-930.27] Peggy does a lot of cooking. + [933.93-936.33] She has decided to enlarge her kitchen. + [941.85-943.23] Peggy does a lot of cooking. + [946.71-949.11] She has decided to enlarge her kitchen. + [955.77-957.33] Number 4: Heat. + [958.89-959.19] Heat. + [961.11-962.67] That fire is very hot. + [963.51-965.07] It gives off a lot of heat. + [971.55-973.17] That fire is very hot. + [973.89-975.63] It gives off a lot of heat. + [982.77-984.33] Number 5: Burn. + [986.19-986.49] Burn. + [988.77-990.93] Don't let the baby play near the fire. + [995.61-999.09] It will burn him. + [1000.77-1002.81] Don't let the baby play near the fire. + [1008.45-1009.59] It will burn him. + [1014.45-1016.31] Number 6: Addition. + [1018.11-1018.77] Addition. + [1022.13-1025.13] This patio is our newest addition to the house. + [1030.41-1033.29] This patio is our newest addition to the house. + [1038.57-1040.25] Number 7: Builder. + [1041.99-1042.35] Builder. + [1045.41-1045.47] Mr. + [1045.83-1047.93] Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas. + [1054.41-1054.47] Mr. + [1054.83-1056.99] Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas. + [1063.71-1065.51] Number 8: Suburb. + [1067.31-1067.79] Suburb. + [1071.87-1075.17] Valerie lives in a new suburb outside the city. + [1081.05-1084.59] Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, and write the number in front of the correct answer. +Number 1: "Who is Mr. +Ellis?" +The answer is C. +He's the biggest builder in Dallas. +Write the number 1 in front of letter C. +Now listen, then write the number in front of the correct answer. +Ready? +Number 2: "Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen? +Number 3: "Where is your son building his home?" +Number 4: "Is this patio new?" +Number 5: "Where is Mrs. +Howard going to put all those children?" +Number 6: "What does the fire give off?" +Number 7: "Where does Valerie live?" +Number 8: "Why can't the baby play near the fire?" +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is number 5. +"Where is Mrs. +Howard going to put all those children?" She's going to add on another bedroom. +Repeat: "She's going to add on another bedroom." +Letter B is number 4. +"Is this patio new?" Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. +Repeat: "Yes, it's the newest addition to the house." +Letter C is number 1. +"Who is Mr. +Ellis?" He's the biggest builder in Dallas. +Repeat: "He's the biggest builder in Dallas." +Letter D is number 7. +"Where does Valerie live?" +She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. +Repeat: "She lives in a new suburb outside of the city." +Letter E is number 2. +"Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen? +She enlarged her kitchen. +Repeat: "She enlarged her kitchen." +Letter F is number 6. +"What does the fire give off?" The fire gives off a lot of heat. +Repeat: "The fire gives off a lot of heat." +Letter G is number 3. +"Where is your son building his home?" +He's building it in the country. +Repeat: "He's building it in the country." +Letter H is number 8. +"Why can't the baby play near the fire?" The fire will burn him. +Repeat: "The fire will burn him." +Repeat the following sentences. +"Those questions could be too difficult for him." +I think he's having trouble. +Walter could be at the mall. +I'm not sure. +Could this be Alan's jacket? +It's the same color as his. +Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight? +I can't find mine. +What could John be doing out this late at night? +He's usually home early. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-7.74] Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, and write the number in front of the correct answer. + [8.83-11.28] Number 1: "Who is Mr. + [11.28-11.84] Ellis?" + [14.94-16.14] The answer is C. + [17.07-19.23] He's the biggest builder in Dallas. + [19.79-22.35] Write the number 1 in front of letter C. + [23.15-27.07] Now listen, then write the number in front of the correct answer. + [27.47-27.95] Ready? + [29.87-35.73] Number 2: "Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen? + [46.86-50.93] Number 3: "Where is your son building his home?" + [64.69-67.65] Number 4: "Is this patio new?" + [79.30-81.90] Number 5: "Where is Mrs. + [81.90-84.14] Howard going to put all those children?" + [97.30-100.59] Number 6: "What does the fire give off?" + [112.62-115.54] Number 7: "Where does Valerie live?" + [125.58-129.25] Number 8: "Why can't the baby play near the fire?" + [146.21-147.57] Let's check your answers. + [148.91-150.83] Letter A is number 5. + [152.02-152.74] "Where is Mrs. + [152.74-158.37] Howard going to put all those children?" She's going to add on another bedroom. + [159.50-162.78] Repeat: "She's going to add on another bedroom." + [167.49-169.17] Letter B is number 4. + [170.59-176.21] "Is this patio new?" Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. + [177.94-181.62] Repeat: "Yes, it's the newest addition to the house." + [187.15-188.83] Letter C is number 1. + [190.26-190.74] "Who is Mr. + [190.74-194.35] Ellis?" He's the biggest builder in Dallas. + [195.74-199.26] Repeat: "He's the biggest builder in Dallas." + [207.09-208.93] Letter D is number 7. + [210.27-211.63] "Where does Valerie live?" + [213.50-216.38] She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. + [217.98-222.38] Repeat: "She lives in a new suburb outside of the city." + [230.78-232.19] Letter E is number 2. + [233.84-238.00] "Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen? + [239.60-241.04] She enlarged her kitchen. + [242.30-244.78] Repeat: "She enlarged her kitchen." + [250.29-251.73] Letter F is number 6. + [253.07-258.16] "What does the fire give off?" The fire gives off a lot of heat. + [259.97-263.20] Repeat: "The fire gives off a lot of heat." + [271.17-273.15] Letter G is number 3. + [274.47-276.50] "Where is your son building his home?" + [278.62-280.46] He's building it in the country. + [281.58-284.54] Repeat: "He's building it in the country." + [289.44-291.28] Letter H is number 8. + [292.29-297.10] "Why can't the baby play near the fire?" The fire will burn him. + [298.69-300.93] Repeat: "The fire will burn him." + [305.82-307.82] Repeat the following sentences. + [309.71-312.35] "Those questions could be too difficult for him." + [319.36-320.96] I think he's having trouble. + [328.67-330.11] Walter could be at the mall. + [334.62-335.58] I'm not sure. + [340.83-342.43] Could this be Alan's jacket? + [347.86-349.54] It's the same color as his. + [356.69-359.17] Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight? + [365.98-367.26] I can't find mine. + [374.14-376.70] What could John be doing out this late at night? + [384.70-386.06] He's usually home early. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, look at Figure 3: write the answers to the questions using "could." The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions. +Look at the example: "Where is Robert?" +The answer is: "Robert could be at Jim's house." Do the rest like the example. +Number 1: "Someone left his sweater here. +Whose is it?" +Number 2: +"When is the get-together for Jeff?" +Number 3: "Where is my pencil? +I can't find it." +Number 4: "What is that a picture of?" +Number 5: "How long is this movie?" +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is: "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: "It could be Daniel's." +Number 2 is: "It could be today." Repeat: "It could be today." +Number 3 is: "It could be on your desk." Repeat: "It could be on your desk." +Number 4 is: "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: "It could be a bird in a tree." +Number 5 is: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours." +Repeat: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-10.85] Now, look at Figure 3: write the answers to the questions using "could." The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions. + [11.73-14.29] Look at the example: "Where is Robert?" + [20.66-26.40] The answer is: "Robert could be at Jim's house." Do the rest like the example. + [27.81-31.09] Number 1: "Someone left his sweater here. + [31.95-32.59] Whose is it?" + [48.14-48.86] Number 2: + [50.86-52.70] "When is the get-together for Jeff?" + [65.33-68.19] Number 3: "Where is my pencil? + [68.75-69.71] I can't find it." + [82.77-86.43] Number 4: "What is that a picture of?" + [96.54-99.57] Number 5: "How long is this movie?" + [120.37-121.73] Let's check your answers. + [123.55-130.00] Number 1 is: "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: "It could be Daniel's." + [134.86-141.18] Number 2 is: "It could be today." Repeat: "It could be today." + [145.02-152.29] Number 3 is: "It could be on your desk." Repeat: "It could be on your desk." + [156.29-164.26] Number 4 is: "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: "It could be a bird in a tree." + [170.75-175.95] Number 5 is: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours." + [177.36-181.84] Repeat: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. +The first one is an example. +Okay. +What happened, Gina? +That man stepped on my toe. +Gina is? +The answer is: Gina is angry. +Now listen to the other dialogues. +Number 1. +Hi, Jack. +Is Mr. +West your barber too? +Yes. +He has given me haircuts for the past 10 years. +Jack is? +Number 2. +What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim? +I'm waiting for my brother to arrive. +I've been here for 3 and a half hours. +His plane left New York at 2:30 this afternoon. +The plane is? +Number 3. +Lieutenant Andrews. +Your hands are very greasy, and you are late. +I'm sorry, sir. +I had to change a flat tire this morning. +Lieutenant Andrews is? +Number 4. +Jimmy, what's wrong? +They put too much sugar in this tea. +The tea is too— +Number 5. +Where are you going in such a hurry? +To the airport. +My sister arrives this afternoon. +I haven't seen her for 2 years. +He's? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B: Jack is pleased. +Repeat: Jack is pleased. +Number 2 is B: The plane is late. +Repeat: The plane is late. +Number 3 is A: Lieutenant Andrews is upset. +Repeat: He's upset. +Number 4 is C: The tea is too sweet. +Repeat: The tea is too sweet. +Number 5 is B: He's excited. +Repeat: He's excited. +This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-10.67] Look at Figure 4, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. + [11.39-13.39] The first one is an example. + [17.52-17.92] Okay. + [17.92-18.96] What happened, Gina? + [19.92-22.00] That man stepped on my toe. + [24.80-28.35] Gina is? + [28.48-31.20] The answer is: Gina is angry. + [31.60-33.68] Now listen to the other dialogues. + [37.26-37.98] Number 1. + [39.30-39.86] Hi, Jack. + [40.18-40.58] Is Mr. + [40.58-41.70] West your barber too? + [42.26-42.90] Yes. + [42.90-45.54] He has given me haircuts for the past 10 years. + [47.10-48.06] Jack is? + [54.14-54.86] Number 2. + [57.23-59.95] What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim? + [60.85-62.77] I'm waiting for my brother to arrive. + [63.58-65.66] I've been here for 3 and a half hours. + [66.38-69.26] His plane left New York at 2:30 this afternoon. + [70.90-74.19] The plane is? + [78.02-78.74] Number 3. + [80.72-81.68] Lieutenant Andrews. + [82.16-84.88] Your hands are very greasy, and you are late. + [85.74-86.70] I'm sorry, sir. + [87.02-88.94] I had to change a flat tire this morning. + [90.88-94.53] Lieutenant Andrews is? + [98.82-99.46] Number 4. + [101.17-102.13] Jimmy, what's wrong? + [102.99-104.83] They put too much sugar in this tea. + [106.59-110.37] The tea is too— + [115.76-116.08] Number 5. + [118.61-120.13] Where are you going in such a hurry? + [121.38-122.18] To the airport. + [122.82-124.74] My sister arrives this afternoon. + [125.22-126.98] I haven't seen her for 2 years. + [128.40-128.88] He's? + [136.54-137.90] Let's check your answers. + [139.95-143.31] Number 1 is B: Jack is pleased. + [144.14-146.70] Repeat: Jack is pleased. + [149.95-153.39] Number 2 is B: The plane is late. + [154.37-156.77] Repeat: The plane is late. + [160.93-165.39] Number 3 is A: Lieutenant Andrews is upset. + [166.83-168.67] Repeat: He's upset. + [172.90-176.54] Number 4 is C: The tea is too sweet. + [177.76-180.59] Repeat: The tea is too sweet. + [185.65-189.06] Number 5 is B: He's excited. + [190.37-192.53] Repeat: He's excited. + [208.05-211.41] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-3B.md b/sources/book-12/tape-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b8b0089 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3B. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "Boil." +Boil. +The water must boil before you add the vegetables. +Number 2: "A get-together." A get-together. +Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon. +Number 3: "Get together." +Get together. +Let's get together after work today. +Number 4: "Play." +Play. +Does your son play basketball? +Number 5: "Solve." +Solve. +Did you solve the math problem? +Number 6: "Take place." Take place. +Where did the accident take place? +Number 7: "Interested in." +Interested in. +Jim is interested in learning about other countries. +Number 8: "Near." +Near. +He hopes to add onto his house in the near future. +Number 9: "Perhaps." +Perhaps. +I can't make it for lunch today. +Perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow. +Number 10: "Tiring." +Tiring. +Larry went swimming all day Saturday. +It was very tiring. +Number 11: "Idea." +Idea. +Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. +Number 12: "Meeting." +Meeting. +The major has a meeting with the colonel in 15 minutes. +Number 13: "Solution." +Solution. +Sergeant Allen has a solution to our problem. +Number 14: "Trouble." +Trouble. +Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house? +Look at Figure 1. +Read the answers. +Now, listen to a question. +Write the number of the question in front of the answer. +Number 1: What is Jim interested in? +Number 2: What was Jeff's idea? +Number 3: When do I add the vegetables? +Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon? +Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown? +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is number 2. +He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. +Letter B is number 4. +He is planning a get-together at his house. +Letter C is number 3. +Add the vegetables after the water boils. +Letter D is number 1. +Jim is interested in learning about other countries. +Letter E is number 5. +The meeting is in 15 minutes. +Repeat the following sentences. +My son's soccer game was very exciting. +Sergeant Roberts is excited about his high test score. +I borrowed this book from my sister. +She said it is very interesting. +Bob is interested in learning Italian. +My last class in the afternoon is very boring. +Lieutenant Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning. +My mother thinks that maps are very confusing. +Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question. +We worked in the yard today. +It was very tiring. +John worked late today. +He looks very tired. +The fire was frightening for everyone. +The children were frightened when the lights went out. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.49-11.41] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3B. + [18.09-18.51] Hello. + [19.15-22.27] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B. + [29.50-31.90] Repeat the words and sentences. + [33.44-35.52] Number 1: "Boil." + [37.41-37.77] Boil. + [39.93-43.15] The water must boil before you add the vegetables. + [50.03-55.02] Number 2: "A get-together." A get-together. + [57.31-61.95] Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon. + [70.45-73.01] Number 3: "Get together." + [74.67-75.63] Get together. + [78.19-80.43] Let's get together after work today. + [86.19-88.11] Number 4: "Play." + [89.66-90.30] Play. + [92.38-94.06] Does your son play basketball? + [99.41-101.41] Number 5: "Solve." + [103.04-103.76] Solve. + [106.21-107.97] Did you solve the math problem? + [113.82-118.65] Number 6: "Take place." Take place. + [120.81-122.70] Where did the accident take place? + [127.90-130.69] Number 7: "Interested in." + [132.51-133.95] Interested in. + [136.03-139.39] Jim is interested in learning about other countries. + [147.15-148.83] Number 8: "Near." + [150.81-151.17] Near. + [153.81-156.98] He hopes to add onto his house in the near future. + [164.40-166.08] Number 9: "Perhaps." + [168.81-169.29] Perhaps. + [172.29-174.16] I can't make it for lunch today. + [175.23-176.16] Perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow. + [186.11-188.35] Number 10: "Tiring." + [190.11-190.66] Tiring. + [193.95-196.21] Larry went swimming all day Saturday. + [196.93-198.29] It was very tiring. + [206.26-208.18] Number 11: "Idea." + [210.06-210.78] Idea. + [213.28-216.16] Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. + [224.66-226.74] Number 12: "Meeting." + [228.75-229.34] Meeting. + [231.71-234.87] The major has a meeting with the colonel in 15 minutes. + [241.90-244.71] Number 13: "Solution." + [246.75-247.23] Solution. + [250.35-252.96] Sergeant Allen has a solution to our problem. + [259.54-261.46] Number 14: "Trouble." + [263.31-263.87] Trouble. + [266.40-268.72] Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house? + [275.70-276.98] Look at Figure 1. + [276.98-278.90] Read the answers. + [299.85-302.34] Now, listen to a question. + [302.90-304.87] Write the number of the question in front of the answer. + [307.77-311.07] Number 1: What is Jim interested in? + [324.15-327.17] Number 2: What was Jeff's idea? + [339.22-342.72] Number 3: When do I add the vegetables? + [356.29-360.75] Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon? + [373.89-378.22] Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown? + [395.25-396.61] Let's check your answers. + [398.48-399.87] Letter A is number 2. + [401.67-404.29] He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen. + [407.28-408.77] Letter B is number 4. + [410.78-413.18] He is planning a get-together at his house. + [415.58-417.74] Letter C is number 3. + [419.23-421.87] Add the vegetables after the water boils. + [424.65-426.57] Letter D is number 1. + [427.90-430.70] Jim is interested in learning about other countries. + [433.42-434.75] Letter E is number 5. + [436.35-438.42] The meeting is in 15 minutes. + [442.10-444.18] Repeat the following sentences. + [445.79-448.43] My son's soccer game was very exciting. + [455.90-459.34] Sergeant Roberts is excited about his high test score. + [467.82-469.82] I borrowed this book from my sister. + [470.69-472.69] She said it is very interesting. + [481.30-483.78] Bob is interested in learning Italian. + [492.00-495.28] My last class in the afternoon is very boring. + [503.98-507.10] Lieutenant Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning. + [518.30-521.18] My mother thinks that maps are very confusing. + [530.98-534.74] Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question. + [543.79-545.47] We worked in the yard today. + [545.79-547.07] It was very tiring. + [555.47-557.07] John worked late today. + [557.95-559.23] He looks very tired. + [566.66-568.74] The fire was frightening for everyone. + [575.55-578.19] The children were frightened when the lights went out. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Write the answers to the questions. +Add "ing" or "ed" to the word. +Look at the example. +How was the movie? +The answer is: The movie was interesting. +Let's do some more. +You will hear each question twice. +Write the answer. +Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job? +How does Peter feel about his new job? +Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today? +What's wrong with Judy today? +Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question? +Why did you spend so much time on that question? +Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains? +How was your vacation to the mountains? +Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident? +How did your daughter feel after the accident? +Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe? +How was Jan's trip to Europe? +Number 7: Could you understand my directions? +Could you understand my directions? +Number 8: How was your class this morning? +How was your class this morning? +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1: He is very excited about his new job. +Repeat: He is very excited about his new job. +Number 2: She's bored. +Repeat: She's bored. +Number 3: It was confusing. +Repeat: It was confusing. +Number 4: It was very tiring. +Repeat: It was very tiring. +Number 5: She was frightened. +Repeat: She was frightened. +Number 6: It was very exciting. +Repeat: It was very exciting. +Number 7: No, I was confused. +Repeat: No, I was confused. +Number 8: I was bored. +Repeat: I was bored. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.04] Look at Figure 2. + [3.84-5.76] Write the answers to the questions. + [6.82-10.10] Add "ing" or "ed" to the word. + [10.74-11.86] Look at the example. + [13.23-14.19] How was the movie? + [19.41-22.61] The answer is: The movie was interesting. + [23.54-24.58] Let's do some more. + [25.14-27.22] You will hear each question twice. + [27.62-28.58] Write the answer. + [30.58-34.66] Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job? + [36.69-39.01] How does Peter feel about his new job? + [54.94-58.29] Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today? + [59.95-61.63] What's wrong with Judy today? + [78.78-83.87] Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question? + [85.73-88.61] Why did you spend so much time on that question? + [106.19-110.58] Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains? + [112.14-114.38] How was your vacation to the mountains? + [132.27-136.96] Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident? + [138.90-141.46] How did your daughter feel after the accident? + [159.02-162.18] Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe? + [164.08-166.00] How was Jan's trip to Europe? + [182.29-187.47] Number 7: Could you understand my directions? + [187.68-189.68] Could you understand my directions? + [209.14-212.64] Number 8: How was your class this morning? + [214.30-216.06] How was your class this morning? + [239.36-241.36] Now let's check your answers. + [242.88-246.99] Number 1: He is very excited about his new job. + [248.24-251.84] Repeat: He is very excited about his new job. + [258.72-260.64] Number 2: She's bored. + [261.84-264.00] Repeat: She's bored. + [268.13-270.93] Number 3: It was confusing. + [272.34-274.74] Repeat: It was confusing. + [280.47-283.52] Number 4: It was very tiring. + [284.97-287.49] Repeat: It was very tiring. + [294.11-296.83] Number 5: She was frightened. + [298.11-300.58] Repeat: She was frightened. + [306.94-309.74] Number 6: It was very exciting. + [311.28-314.00] Repeat: It was very exciting. + [319.12-322.64] Number 7: No, I was confused. + [324.37-327.65] Repeat: No, I was confused. + [333.84-336.50] Number 8: I was bored. + [337.97-340.13] Repeat: I was bored. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3: listen to the question, then listen to the conversation. +Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time. +What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? +Hello, Alpha Squadron, may I help you? +Yes, Captain Douglas, please. +I'm sorry, sir, he's not hereright now. +May I take a message? +Yes, this is Sergeant Richards. +I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow. +I need to ask for 2 more days of leave. +Okay, Sergeant Richards. +I'll give him your message. +Call back in 2 hours and I'll have an answer for you. +Thanks. +Captain Douglas? +Yes. +Sergeant Richard called. +He said that he was in Detroit and needed 2 more days of leave. +He'll call back in about 30 minutes for his answer. +If I'm not here, tell him okay, there's no problem with leave. +I'll see him in about 2 days. +Yes, sir. +What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? +The answer is: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave. +Repeat: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave. +Now listen to the second question and the second conversation. +Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time? +Hi, Mrs. +Peterson, is Lorraine home? +No, she's not. +What do you need? +Well, well, my mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine. +I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue. +She'll be home at 5:30. +What time is dinner? +It's not until 7 tonight. +I'll have her at your house at 7 o'clock. +Thanks. +I'm home, Mom. +Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight. +They are going to eat at 7 o'clock. +Did you tell her that I could go? +Yes. +And I told her you'd be there by 7 o'clock. +So let's go. +Yes, Ma'am. +Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time? +The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock. +Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock. +This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-7.84] Look at Figure 3: listen to the question, then listen to the conversation. + [8.96-12.48] Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time. + [14.82-17.78] What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? + [23.55-25.71] Hello, Alpha Squadron, may I help you? + [26.43-28.03] Yes, Captain Douglas, please. + [29.17-31.25] I'm sorry, sir, he's not hereright now. + [31.57-32.45] May I take a message? + [32.69-34.61] Yes, this is Sergeant Richards. + [35.33-38.05] I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow. + [39.12-41.12] I need to ask for 2 more days of leave. + [42.59-43.87] Okay, Sergeant Richards. + [44.27-45.47] I'll give him your message. + [46.27-49.23] Call back in 2 hours and I'll have an answer for you. + [49.79-50.27] Thanks. + [55.76-56.56] Captain Douglas? + [56.88-57.36] Yes. + [58.08-59.28] Sergeant Richard called. + [60.00-63.12] He said that he was in Detroit and needed 2 more days of leave. + [63.76-66.24] He'll call back in about 30 minutes for his answer. + [67.89-71.25] If I'm not here, tell him okay, there's no problem with leave. + [71.81-73.25] I'll see him in about 2 days. + [74.08-74.48] Yes, sir. + [79.02-82.30] What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? + [97.09-102.37] The answer is: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave. + [102.69-107.73] Repeat: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave. + [117.60-120.96] Now listen to the second question and the second conversation. + [122.37-125.17] Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time? + [129.02-129.58] Hi, Mrs. + [129.58-131.58] Peterson, is Lorraine home? + [132.06-133.10] No, she's not. + [133.26-134.22] What do you need? + [135.12-144.56] Well, well, my mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine. + [145.12-147.44] I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue. + [147.84-149.60] She'll be home at 5:30. + [150.08-151.28] What time is dinner? + [151.92-153.65] It's not until 7 tonight. + [154.72-157.28] I'll have her at your house at 7 o'clock. + [158.05-158.93] Thanks. + [163.09-164.18] I'm home, Mom. + [164.53-168.21] Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight. + [168.85-170.85] They are going to eat at 7 o'clock. + [171.49-173.49] Did you tell her that I could go? + [173.65-174.45] Yes. + [174.77-177.33] And I told her you'd be there by 7 o'clock. + [177.57-178.53] So let's go. + [179.09-179.89] Yes, Ma'am. + [185.33-188.45] Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time? + [205.17-210.77] The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock. + [211.74-217.02] Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock. + [228.94-231.50] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-3C.md b/sources/book-12/tape-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65167dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3C. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to a dialogue and take notes. +You will be asked questions on the dialogue. +Hi, Mike. +What are you doing? +Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house. +That sounds nice. +It will be nice once it's finished. +Hey, Carl. +Did you hear about Mike's plans? +No, I didn't. +He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house. +Look at Figure 1 again. +Write the answer to the question about the dialogue. +What did Mike say about his house? +The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house. +Listen to this dialogue and take notes. +Hello, Mr. +Parker. +Where is Mrs. +Parker? +She's not home. +She's in Chicago. +Tell her hello for me when you talk to her. +What did he say about Mrs. +Parker? +He said that she wasn't home. +He said that she was in Chicago. +Now answer this question. +Use your notes to help you. +What did Mr. +Parker say about his wife? +The answer is: He said that Mrs. +Parker wasn't home. +He said that she was in Chicago. +Listen to one more dialogue and take notes. +Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks. +Hello, Sergeant Jackson. +Are you looking for someone? +I'm looking for Sergeant Robinson, sir. +He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time. +He'll be back in about 30 minutes. +Thank you, sir. +I'll come back later. +Sergeant Robinson? +Yes, sir. +Sergeant Jackson came by. +He wanted to see you. +Thank you for the message, sir. +Answer this question from your notes. +What did Captain Brooks say about Sergeant Robinson? +The answer is: He said that Sergeant Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.63-14.03] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3C. + [19.87-20.35] Hello. + [20.91-23.61] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C. + [32.13-33.17] Look at Figure 1. + [33.81-36.21] Listen to a dialogue and take notes. + [37.04-39.52] You will be asked questions on the dialogue. + [43.09-43.73] Hi, Mike. + [44.05-44.77] What are you doing? + [45.41-49.97] Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house. + [50.69-51.65] That sounds nice. + [51.89-53.97] It will be nice once it's finished. + [54.72-55.28] Hey, Carl. + [55.28-56.64] Did you hear about Mike's plans? + [57.04-57.76] No, I didn't. + [59.23-62.99] He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house. + [66.62-68.06] Look at Figure 1 again. + [68.70-71.34] Write the answer to the question about the dialogue. + [73.01-74.85] What did Mike say about his house? + [106.72-113.68] The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house. + [114.67-117.15] Listen to this dialogue and take notes. + [121.23-121.71] Hello, Mr. + [121.71-122.19] Parker. + [122.67-123.23] Where is Mrs. + [123.23-123.63] Parker? + [124.46-125.26] She's not home. + [125.50-126.38] She's in Chicago. + [127.02-128.67] Tell her hello for me when you talk to her. + [129.78-131.06] What did he say about Mrs. + [131.06-131.46] Parker? + [133.58-135.10] He said that she wasn't home. + [135.42-137.10] He said that she was in Chicago. + [140.27-142.03] Now answer this question. + [142.67-144.19] Use your notes to help you. + [145.55-146.19] What did Mr. + [146.19-147.95] Parker say about his wife? + [179.76-182.56] The answer is: He said that Mrs. + [182.56-183.92] Parker wasn't home. + [184.32-186.80] He said that she was in Chicago. + [189.76-192.40] Listen to one more dialogue and take notes. + [196.69-198.29] Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks. + [198.93-200.05] Hello, Sergeant Jackson. + [200.61-201.65] Are you looking for someone? + [202.21-204.05] I'm looking for Sergeant Robinson, sir. + [204.80-207.68] He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time. + [208.16-209.92] He'll be back in about 30 minutes. + [210.16-210.80] Thank you, sir. + [211.04-211.92] I'll come back later. + [214.45-215.41] Sergeant Robinson? + [216.32-216.64] Yes, sir. + [217.65-219.09] Sergeant Jackson came by. + [219.41-220.37] He wanted to see you. + [221.60-222.88] Thank you for the message, sir. + [226.74-228.66] Answer this question from your notes. + [229.38-231.94] What did Captain Brooks say about Sergeant Robinson? + [263.95-270.67] The answer is: He said that Sergeant Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions. +Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer. +Look at the example. +Number 1: Where did Barbara go? +Number 2: What kind of things did she need? +Number 3: What did she buy for her living room? +Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen? +Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: Where did Barbara go? +You should have "the mall" underlined. +Number 2: What kind of things did she need? +You should have "things for her house" underlined. +Number 3: What did she buy for her living room? +You should have "sofa" underlined. +Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen? +You should have "microwave" underlined. +And number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom? +You should have "curtains" underlined. +Now let's begin. +Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. +Now listen to the questions. +Answer them like the example. +Number 1: What did Art do to his house? +Number 2: What were his additions? +Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen? +Number 4: What did he buy for the living room? +Number 5: What did he buy for the patio? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: What did Art do to his house? +You should have "added on" underlined. +Number 2: What were his additions? +You should have "a bedroom," "a bathroom," and "a patio" underlined. +Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen? +You should have "a microwave" underlined. +Number 4: What did he buy for the living room? +You should have "a stereo" underlined. +And number 5: What did he buy for the patio? +You should have "a table" underlined. +Now read the next paragraph. +Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before. +Number 1: What is Virginia planning? +Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring? +Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do? +Number 4: What is she doing? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: What is Virginia planning? +You should have "a get-together" underlined. +Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring? +You should have "their cassettes and their records" underlined. +Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do? +You should have "cut wood for the fireplace" underlined. +And number 4: What is she doing? +You should have "cooking a lot of food" underlined. +Read the last paragraph. +Answer the questions. +Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house? +Number 2: What did she do to the living room? +Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen? +Number 4: What else did she enlarge? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house? +You should have "enlarged several rooms" underlined. +Number 2: What did she do to the living room? +You should have "enlarged the living room and added a fireplace" underlined. +Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen? +You should have "enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave" underlined. +And number 4: What else did she enlarge? +You should have "patio" underlined. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-6.93] Look at Figure 2, read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions. + [7.57-12.21] Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer. + [12.93-13.97] Look at the example. + [17.12-19.84] Number 1: Where did Barbara go? + [30.85-34.29] Number 2: What kind of things did she need? + [44.96-48.53] Number 3: What did she buy for her living room? + [58.64-62.10] Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen? + [73.33-76.90] Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom? + [89.94-91.38] Let's check your answers. + [92.77-95.71] Number 1: Where did Barbara go? + [96.98-100.02] You should have "the mall" underlined. + [102.10-105.94] Number 2: What kind of things did she need? + [107.57-111.49] You should have "things for her house" underlined. + [113.70-117.39] Number 3: What did she buy for her living room? + [118.83-122.03] You should have "sofa" underlined. + [123.97-127.55] Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen? + [128.83-132.19] You should have "microwave" underlined. + [133.63-137.74] And number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom? + [138.38-141.10] You should have "curtains" underlined. + [146.67-147.79] Now let's begin. + [148.35-151.55] Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. + [174.64-176.16] Now listen to the questions. + [176.56-178.16] Answer them like the example. + [179.60-183.20] Number 1: What did Art do to his house? + [193.70-196.90] Number 2: What were his additions? + [207.31-210.46] Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen? + [221.79-225.10] Number 4: What did he buy for the living room? + [236.46-239.58] Number 5: What did he buy for the patio? + [253.22-254.58] Let's check your answers. + [255.75-259.14] Number 1: What did Art do to his house? + [260.24-263.60] You should have "added on" underlined. + [265.89-268.86] Number 2: What were his additions? + [269.95-275.71] You should have "a bedroom," "a bathroom," and "a patio" underlined. + [277.83-280.90] Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen? + [282.03-285.84] You should have "a microwave" underlined. + [287.77-290.88] Number 4: What did he buy for the living room? + [291.95-295.23] You should have "a stereo" underlined. + [296.79-300.66] And number 5: What did he buy for the patio? + [300.66-304.02] You should have "a table" underlined. + [309.30-310.98] Now read the next paragraph. + [328.43-331.87] Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before. + [334.02-337.42] Number 1: What is Virginia planning? + [347.66-351.71] Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring? + [363.49-367.44] Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do? + [378.85-381.30] Number 4: What is she doing? + [389.76-390.53] Let's check your answers. + [393.82-396.77] Number 1: What is Virginia planning? + [397.98-400.83] You should have "a get-together" underlined. + [403.47-406.67] Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring? + [408.13-412.91] You should have "their cassettes and their records" underlined. + [414.88-419.42] Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do? + [419.68-424.10] You should have "cut wood for the fireplace" underlined. + [424.68-428.74] And number 4: What is she doing? + [429.54-433.62] You should have "cooking a lot of food" underlined. + [443.38-444.74] Read the last paragraph. + [455.14-456.42] Answer the questions. + [458.55-461.77] Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house? + [469.65-472.88] Number 2: What did she do to the living room? + [480.22-482.83] Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen? + [489.74-492.94] Number 4: What else did she enlarge? + [501.54-502.90] Let's check your answers. + [510.27-514.21] Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house? + [515.68-519.34] You should have "enlarged several rooms" underlined. + [522.27-526.57] Number 2: What did she do to the living room? + [526.77-532.77] You should have "enlarged the living room and added a fireplace" underlined. + [534.94-538.38] Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen? + [539.19-544.65] You should have "enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave" underlined. + [546.21-550.35] And number 4: What else did she enlarge? + [550.47-553.59] You should have "patio" underlined. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3: there are some dialogues that are not complete. +Ask questions to complete these dialogues. +Look at the example. +Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there. +Then there is a question that says, "Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish?" This is the kind of question that you need to ask. +Ask the question. +"Stan said that he spoke French." Write "I speak French" on the line next to the name Stan. +Read Dialogue 1 and write a question to ask what Pat said. +Let's check your question. +Your question should be, "Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food?" +Now listen to the answer: "He said he wanted Italian food." Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialogue. +Did you write "I want Italian food" on the line? +That completes this dialogue. +Go to Dialogue 2 and write down a question. +Let's check your question. +It should be, "Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies?" Now listen to the answer: "He said that he wanted to watch TV." Write his answer on the line. +The answer is, "I want to watch TV." +Read Dialogue 3 and write your question. +Your question should be, "Did Paul say that he swam every day?" Now listen to the answer: +"Paul said that he didn't like to swim." Now write what he said on the line. +The answer is, "No, I don't like to swim." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-6.06] Look at Figure 3: there are some dialogues that are not complete. + [7.46-9.86] Ask questions to complete these dialogues. + [10.58-11.62] Look at the example. + [12.48-18.54] Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there. + [19.18-28.54] Then there is a question that says, "Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish?" This is the kind of question that you need to ask. + [29.57-30.69] Ask the question. + [33.09-40.66] "Stan said that he spoke French." Write "I speak French" on the line next to the name Stan. + [43.12-48.62] Read Dialogue 1 and write a question to ask what Pat said. + [69.82-71.18] Let's check your question. + [72.48-78.21] Your question should be, "Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food?" + [80.75-90.48] Now listen to the answer: "He said he wanted Italian food." Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialogue. + [98.37-101.73] Did you write "I want Italian food" on the line? + [103.52-105.04] That completes this dialogue. + [107.73-110.85] Go to Dialogue 2 and write down a question. + [135.36-136.64] Let's check your question. + [137.44-153.46] It should be, "Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies?" Now listen to the answer: "He said that he wanted to watch TV." Write his answer on the line. + [163.95-166.75] The answer is, "I want to watch TV." + [171.75-174.59] Read Dialogue 3 and write your question. + [195.50-202.85] Your question should be, "Did Paul say that he swam every day?" Now listen to the answer: + [204.40-210.66] "Paul said that he didn't like to swim." Now write what he said on the line. + [224.99-228.75] The answer is, "No, I don't like to swim." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +This is a dictation exercise. +You will hear a paragraph three times; the first time, just listen. +Randy is in his last year of high school. +Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college. +Now he has to decide what career field to choose. +His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. +He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Write what you hear. +Randy is in his last year... +of high school. +Last Friday... +he made up his mind... +to go to college. +Now he has to decide... +what career field to choose. +His parents told him... +that a degree in business... +would give him... +a good future. +He's still confused... +about the courses... +he wants to study... +but he has time... +to think it over. +Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. +Randy is in his last year of high school. +Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college. +Now he has to decide what career field to choose. +His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. +He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. +To check your paragraph, turn to page 45. +This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.09] Look at Figure 4. + [3.65-5.65] This is a dictation exercise. + [6.29-10.69] You will hear a paragraph three times; the first time, just listen. + [12.19-14.99] Randy is in his last year of high school. + [15.98-19.34] Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college. + [20.24-24.32] Now he has to decide what career field to choose. + [25.50-29.90] His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. + [30.96-36.64] He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. + [41.78-43.38] Listen to the paragraph again. + [44.18-45.38] Write what you hear. + [46.51-51.03] Randy is in his last year... + [64.13-65.01] of high school. + [78.06-79.18] Last Friday... + [88.38-92.61] he made up his mind... + [105.79-106.99] to go to college. + [119.12-123.81] Now he has to decide... + [137.97-140.13] what career field to choose. + [154.37-158.37] His parents told him... + [169.87-174.87] that a degree in business... + [184.21-185.09] would give him... + [198.59-202.17] a good future. + [209.58-213.63] He's still confused... + [223.81-225.03] about the courses... + [237.73-239.09] he wants to study... + [250.62-255.03] but he has time... + [263.55-264.43] to think it over. + [279.94-283.22] Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. + [284.82-287.62] Randy is in his last year of high school. + [290.32-293.76] Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college. + [296.06-299.98] Now he has to decide what career field to choose. + [302.38-307.02] His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. + [309.47-316.03] He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over. + [320.49-323.22] To check your paragraph, turn to page 45. + [336.69-339.52] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-3D.md b/sources/book-12/tape-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b6692d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3D. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. +Listen to a dialogue. +Hi, Carl. +Why did you bring your umbrella? +Look at the sky. +It might rain today. +I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. +I could get wet. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the first sentence, then say yours. +Hi, Carl. +Why did you bring an umbrella? +I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. +I could get wet. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [6.69-10.85] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3D. + [17.74-18.22] Hello. + [18.94-21.23] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. + [29.12-30.48] Listen to a dialogue. + [33.90-34.54] Hi, Carl. + [35.10-36.30] Why did you bring your umbrella? + [37.02-38.06] Look at the sky. + [38.38-39.58] It might rain today. + [40.45-42.45] I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. + [42.85-43.73] I could get wet. + [45.97-47.01] Look at Figure 1. + [47.89-50.93] Listen to the first sentence, then say yours. + [52.82-53.46] Hi, Carl. + [54.18-55.38] Why did you bring an umbrella? + [60.66-62.90] I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. + [63.46-64.34] I could get wet. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 2; this time you begin. +Look at the sky; it might rain today. +Now listen to this dialogue. +Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams? +Isn't he in his office? +No, and I need to speak to him now. +He may be in the Colonel's office. +Thank you. +I'll look. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-5.22] Look at figure 2; this time you begin. + [11.71-14.03] Look at the sky; it might rain today. + [21.42-22.86] Now listen to this dialogue. + [24.88-27.44] Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams? + [28.16-29.52] Isn't he in his office? + [30.24-32.40] No, and I need to speak to him now. + [32.88-34.48] He may be in the Colonel's office. + [35.12-35.68] Thank you. + [35.92-36.56] I'll look. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line; you follow with your lines. +Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams? +No, and I need to speak to him now. +Thank you. +I'll look. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-7.92] Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line; you follow with your lines. + [9.71-12.03] Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams? + [16.58-18.98] No, and I need to speak to him now. + [23.42-23.90] Thank you. + [24.30-24.86] I'll look. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +This time, you begin. +Isn't he in his office? +He may be in the Colonel's office. +Listen to this dialogue. +Oh, Linda. +Where's Ms. +Evans? +She could be in the next office. +I'll check. +She's not there. +She might be in the mailroom. +Well, she's not there. +She may be in Mrs. +Brown's office. +We're in luck, Nancy. +She's in Mrs. +Brown's office, and we'll be here in about 10 minutes. +Thanks, Linda. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-3.07] Look at Figure 4. + [3.79-5.39] This time, you begin. + [11.09-12.37] Isn't he in his office? + [17.07-18.67] He may be in the Colonel's office. + [24.29-25.65] Listen to this dialogue. + [28.34-28.98] Oh, Linda. + [29.38-29.86] Where's Ms. + [29.94-30.50] Evans? + [31.42-32.94] She could be in the next office. + [33.18-33.98] I'll check. + [34.98-35.94] She's not there. + [36.42-37.78] She might be in the mailroom. + [39.09-40.53] Well, she's not there. + [41.25-42.37] She may be in Mrs. + [42.37-43.49] Brown's office. + [44.62-45.74] We're in luck, Nancy. + [45.74-46.46] She's in Mrs. + [46.46-49.18] Brown's office, and we'll be here in about 10 minutes. + [49.66-50.38] Thanks, Linda. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 5. +You answer the question. +This time you have several lines; read all of them. +Oh, Linda. +Where's Ms. +Evans? +Thanks, Linda. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.30-3.50] Look at figure 5. + [4.22-5.66] You answer the question. + [6.06-9.10] This time you have several lines; read all of them. + [10.22-10.94] Oh, Linda. + [11.42-11.82] Where's Ms. + [11.90-12.54] Evans? + [35.47-36.19] Thanks, Linda. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 6: the roles change. +I have to read several lines. +You begin. +"She could be in the next office. +I'll check." "She's not there." "She might be in the mailroom." "Well, she's not there. +She may be in Ms. +Brown's office." "We're in luck, Nancy. +She's in Ms. +Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes." +Listen to the next dialogue. +It's the last one. +Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow? +I might be able to. +What time do you need to leave? +I usually leave at 7:15. +I'll let you know. +I may see you at 7:15. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-5.42] Now look at Figure 6: the roles change. + [6.14-8.14] I have to read several lines. + [8.38-9.18] You begin. + [14.90-16.58] "She could be in the next office. + [16.90-24.48] I'll check." "She's not there." "She might be in the mailroom." "Well, she's not there. + [25.12-26.08] She may be in Ms. + [26.08-29.26] Brown's office." "We're in luck, Nancy. + [29.42-30.06] She's in Ms. + [30.06-32.70] Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes." + [37.18-38.78] Listen to the next dialogue. + [39.26-40.38] It's the last one. + [43.76-45.60] Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow? + [46.40-47.44] I might be able to. + [48.08-49.36] What time do you need to leave? + [50.00-51.92] I usually leave at 7:15. + [52.64-53.44] I'll let you know. + [54.16-55.84] I may see you at 7:15. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7: you will hear a line, you read the next one. +"Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?" +"I usually leave at 7:15." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-6.67] Look at figure 7: you will hear a line, you read the next one. + [8.66-10.34] "Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?" + [15.97-17.33] "I usually leave at 7:15." + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8. +You begin this time. +I might be able to. +What time do you need to leave? +I'll let you know. +I may see you at 7:15. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.15-2.03] Look at Figure 8. + [2.67-3.87] You begin this time. + [8.43-9.55] I might be able to. + [10.27-11.63] What time do you need to leave? + [17.66-18.54] I'll let you know. + [19.18-20.78] I may see you at 7:15. + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 9. +You will hear some questions. +Answer the questions. +Use "could," "may," or "might." Look at the example. +Where is Mr. +Williams? +Repeat: "He could be in the library." Write the answers to the rest of the questions. +Number 1: Where is my new record? +Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket? +Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work? +Number 4: Where is Sally's dog? +Number 5: What is this tool for? +Number 6: Where are my keys? +Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall? +Number 8: Who is this package for? +Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet? +Number 10: Who has been in the major's office for the last hour? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: It could be in the living room. +Repeat: "It could be in the living room." +Number 2: It may be cold outside. +Repeat: "It may be cold outside." +Number 3: His car might be in the garage. +Repeat: "His car might be in the garage." +Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard. +Repeat: "It could be in the neighbor's yard." +Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts. +Repeat: "It may be for tightening nuts." +Number 6: They might be on the dining room table. +Repeat: "They might be on the dining room table." +Number 7: She could be late. +Repeat: "She could be late." +Number 8: It may be for you. +Repeat: "It may be for you." +Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic. +Repeat: "He might be stuck in traffic." +Number 10: It could be Lieutenant Mitchell. +Repeat: "It could be Lieutenant Mitchell." +Repeat the following sentences. +Hurry, you're late. +The meeting has already begun. +Hurry, you're late. +The meeting has already begun. +He's broken his leg. +He's broken his leg. +This dog has cost us a lot of money. +This dog has cost us a lot of money. +The water in the lake has frozen. +The water in the lake has frozen. +Mark has had that car since 1984. +Mark has had that car since 1984. +Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets. +Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets. +Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. +Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. +I've ridden the bus for 3 years. +I've ridden the bus for 3 years. +Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights. +Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights. +Mr. +Evans has taught that course for 6 years. +Mr. +Evans has taught that course for 6 years. +Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. +Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-2.67] Look at Figure 9. + [3.71-5.23] You will hear some questions. + [5.95-7.15] Answer the questions. + [7.87-12.83] Use "could," "may," or "might." Look at the example. + [13.86-14.42] Where is Mr. + [14.42-15.06] Williams? + [18.85-25.33] Repeat: "He could be in the library." Write the answers to the rest of the questions. + [28.88-31.44] Number 1: Where is my new record? + [49.28-53.04] Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket? + [68.45-72.13] Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work? + [88.21-91.18] Number 4: Where is Sally's dog? + [104.54-107.73] Number 5: What is this tool for? + [125.49-128.48] Number 6: Where are my keys? + [144.77-148.37] Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall? + [161.52-164.48] Number 8: Who is this package for? + [179.84-182.96] Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet? + [199.76-204.27] Number 10: Who has been in the major's office for the last hour? + [225.38-226.66] Let's check your answers. + [228.21-231.01] Number 1: It could be in the living room. + [232.16-234.96] Repeat: "It could be in the living room." + [239.66-242.86] Number 2: It may be cold outside. + [244.11-246.91] Repeat: "It may be cold outside." + [251.63-254.99] Number 3: His car might be in the garage. + [256.24-259.44] Repeat: "His car might be in the garage." + [265.07-268.35] Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard. + [269.86-272.98] Repeat: "It could be in the neighbor's yard." + [279.15-282.86] Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts. + [284.27-287.47] Repeat: "It may be for tightening nuts." + [292.40-296.24] Number 6: They might be on the dining room table. + [297.90-301.18] Repeat: "They might be on the dining room table." + [308.48-310.96] Number 7: She could be late. + [312.62-314.70] Repeat: "She could be late." + [318.96-321.44] Number 8: It may be for you. + [322.59-325.07] Repeat: "It may be for you." + [329.86-333.52] Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic. + [334.96-337.76] Repeat: "He might be stuck in traffic." + [342.72-345.52] Number 10: It could be Lieutenant Mitchell. + [346.80-349.44] Repeat: "It could be Lieutenant Mitchell." + [354.88-356.88] Repeat the following sentences. + [358.02-358.90] Hurry, you're late. + [359.62-361.30] The meeting has already begun. + [366.62-367.50] Hurry, you're late. + [368.14-369.82] The meeting has already begun. + [375.60-376.96] He's broken his leg. + [379.73-380.87] He's broken his leg. + [386.79-389.22] This dog has cost us a lot of money. + [395.20-397.76] This dog has cost us a lot of money. + [404.54-406.46] The water in the lake has frozen. + [411.58-413.66] The water in the lake has frozen. + [419.46-421.78] Mark has had that car since 1984. + [428.43-431.08] Mark has had that car since 1984. + [438.87-442.50] Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets. + [449.41-452.26] Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets. + [460.88-462.88] Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. + [468.40-470.13] Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. + [478.02-480.26] I've ridden the bus for 3 years. + [484.98-487.66] I've ridden the bus for 3 years. + [494.08-496.48] Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights. + [499.95-501.89] Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights. + [509.55-509.60] Mr. + [509.87-512.67] Evans has taught that course for 6 years. + [518.69-518.93] Mr. + [518.93-521.73] Evans has taught that course for 6 years. + [528.06-531.42] Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. + [538.29-541.89] Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. + +#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f10-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, look at Figure 10: write answers to the questions. +Use the words you see. +Number 1: "Why do I have to hurry?" +Number 2: "What has he broken?" +Number 3: "What has cost us a lot of money?" +Number 4: "What has frozen?" +Number 5: "How long has Mark had that car?" +Number 6: "What has Lieutenant Martin kept?" +Number 7: "Has Ralph paid that bill yet?" +Number 8: "How many years have you ridden the bus?" +Number 9: "Why is Jill tired?" +Number 10: "How long has Mr. +Evans taught that course?" +Number 11: "What has Peter done with his money?" +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun." +Repeat: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun." +Number 2: "He has broken his leg." Repeat: "He has broken his leg." +Number 3: "This dog has cost us a lot of money." Repeat: "This dog has cost us a lot of money." +Number 4: "The water in the lake has frozen." Repeat: "The water in the lake has frozen." +Number 5: "Mark has had that car since 1984." +Repeat: "Mark has had that car since 1984." +Number 6: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets." +Repeat: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets." +Number 7: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet." +Repeat: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet." +Number 8: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years." +Repeat: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years." +Number 9: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights." +Repeat: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights." +Number 10: "He has taught that course for 6 years." Repeat: "He has taught that course for 6 years." +Number 11: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank." +Repeat: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-5.62] Now, look at Figure 10: write answers to the questions. + [6.34-7.70] Use the words you see. + [9.60-12.82] Number 1: "Why do I have to hurry?" + [30.22-33.04] Number 2: "What has he broken?" + [51.76-55.39] Number 3: "What has cost us a lot of money?" + [72.00-74.48] Number 4: "What has frozen?" + [92.21-96.13] Number 5: "How long has Mark had that car?" + [112.64-116.30] Number 6: "What has Lieutenant Martin kept?" + [136.50-139.81] Number 7: "Has Ralph paid that bill yet?" + [162.40-165.84] Number 8: "How many years have you ridden the bus?" + [187.31-190.38] Number 9: "Why is Jill tired?" + [210.93-214.13] Number 10: "How long has Mr. + [214.13-215.81] Evans taught that course?" + [232.11-235.98] Number 11: "What has Peter done with his money?" + [257.58-258.94] Let's check your answers. + [260.27-265.02] Number 1: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun." + [266.56-271.25] Repeat: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun." + [279.47-286.58] Number 2: "He has broken his leg." Repeat: "He has broken his leg." + [292.38-302.03] Number 3: "This dog has cost us a lot of money." Repeat: "This dog has cost us a lot of money." + [308.98-317.47] Number 4: "The water in the lake has frozen." Repeat: "The water in the lake has frozen." + [323.89-328.38] Number 5: "Mark has had that car since 1984." + [330.45-334.58] Repeat: "Mark has had that car since 1984." + [342.91-348.22] Number 6: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets." + [349.76-354.32] Repeat: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets." + [362.45-366.70] Number 7: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet." + [368.27-372.30] Repeat: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet." + [381.17-384.78] Number 8: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years." + [386.35-389.95] Repeat: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years." + [397.79-402.14] Number 9: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights." + [403.78-407.30] Repeat: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights." + [414.13-423.41] Number 10: "He has taught that course for 6 years." Repeat: "He has taught that course for 6 years." + [431.60-436.80] Number 11: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank." + [438.54-443.01] Repeat: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank." + +#### TAPE — Figure 11 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f11-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 11. +You will hear a paragraph. +When you hear a number, write it down. +Write only the numbers. +Nick got a job last week. +He started today. +He counts pennies for the bank. +A customer gave him 250 pennies. +Another customer gave him 530. +His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies. +His new job will keep him very busy. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Check the numbers you wrote. +Nick got a job last week. +He started today. +He counts pennies for the bank. +A customer gave him 250 pennies. +Another customer gave him 530. +His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies. +His new job will keep him very busy. +The numbers are: 250, 530, 1,001. +Listen to another paragraph. +Remember, write only the numbers. +Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. +There are 200 children in kindergarten, 250 in the first grade, 247 in the second grade, 272 in the third grade, 302 in the fourth grade, and 287 in the fifth grade. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Check the numbers you wrote. +Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. +There are 200 children in kindergarten, +250 in first grade, 247 in second grade, 272 in third grade, 302 in fourth grade, and 287 in fifth grade. +The numbers are: kindergarten 200, first grade 250, second grade 247, third grade 272, fourth grade 302, fifth grade 287. +This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-3.02] Look at Figure 11. + [3.74-5.10] You will hear a paragraph. + [5.84-8.08] When you hear a number, write it down. + [8.64-10.24] Write only the numbers. + [11.95-13.95] Nick got a job last week. + [14.88-16.08] He started today. + [17.15-19.07] He counts pennies for the bank. + [20.19-23.31] A customer gave him 250 pennies. + [24.67-27.07] Another customer gave him 530. + [28.61-32.45] His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies. + [33.63-36.07] His new job will keep him very busy. + [42.03-43.60] Listen to the paragraph again. + [44.16-45.76] Check the numbers you wrote. + [47.23-49.15] Nick got a job last week. + [50.00-51.20] He started today. + [52.06-53.90] He counts pennies for the bank. + [54.96-57.92] A customer gave him 250 pennies. + [59.02-61.74] Another customer gave him 530. + [63.27-66.93] His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies. + [68.07-70.02] His new job will keep him very busy. + [74.50-82.59] The numbers are: 250, 530, 1,001. + [85.17-86.85] Listen to another paragraph. + [87.39-89.36] Remember, write only the numbers. + [91.74-95.34] Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. + [96.62-117.86] There are 200 children in kindergarten, 250 in the first grade, 247 in the second grade, 272 in the third grade, 302 in the fourth grade, and 287 in the fifth grade. + [123.78-125.46] Listen to the paragraph again. + [126.18-127.78] Check the numbers you wrote. + [129.41-132.93] Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. + [134.38-136.54] There are 200 children in kindergarten, + [138.14-155.97] 250 in first grade, 247 in second grade, 272 in third grade, 302 in fourth grade, and 287 in fifth grade. + [161.89-184.35] The numbers are: kindergarten 200, first grade 250, second grade 247, third grade 272, fourth grade 302, fifth grade 287. + [190.77-194.43] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-4A.md b/sources/book-12/tape-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..295345c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4A. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: fish, fish. +Mr. +Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday. +Picture B: fish, fish. +The boys are fishing off the pier. +Their fathers are fishing off the boat. +Picture C: hunt, hunt. +My uncle is hunting ducks. +Picture D: country, country. +The flowers are beautiful out in the country. +Picture E: high, high. +Roger could see the whole city from the high hill. +Picture F: low, low. +The temperature was 37 degrees. +That was low for April. +Picture G: outdoors, outdoors. +Put that dog outdoors. +Picture H: out of doors, out of doors. +We like to play out of doors. +Picture I: indoors, indoors. +It's rainy and cold. +It's a good day to stay indoors. +Picture J: deer, +deer. +The deer are eating by the lake. +Picture K: duck, duck. +The children enjoy feeding the ducks. +Picture L: gun, gun. +The store sells many kinds of guns. +Picture M: rifle, rifle. +My grandfather bought me this new rifle. +Picture N: weapon, weapon. +That soldier has used all the weapons. +Look at Figure 1 again. +Listen to the sentences. +Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. +You will hear each sentence twice. +Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting. +My neighbor enjoys hunting. +Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city. +George lives out in the country, far away from the city. +Number 3: Look at the deer. +Look at the deer. +Number 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns. +Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns. +Number 5: The temperature was very low. +The temperature was very low. +Number 6: That's really a big fish. +That's really a big fish. +Number 7: Look how high he is. +Look how high he is. +Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military. +John learned all about weapons in the military. +Number 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day. +It's still raining; I've been indoors all day. +Number 10: They have to play soccer out of doors. +They have to play soccer out of doors. +Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. +Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. +Number 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing. +The boys ask their fathers to go fishing. +Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. +Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. +Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water. +The ducks like to play in the water. +Let's check your answers. +Picture A is 6: That's really a big fish. +Picture B is 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing. +Picture C is 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting. +Picture D is 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city. +Picture E is 7: Look how high he is. +Picture F is 5: The temperature was very low. +Picture G is 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. +Picture H is 10: They have to play soccer out of doors. +Picture I is 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day. +Picture J is 3: Look at the deer. +Picture K is 14: The ducks like to play in the water. +Picture L is 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns. +Picture M is 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. +Picture N is 8: John learned all about weapons in the military. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.70-13.02] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4A. + [20.07-20.40] Hello. + [21.36-24.64] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A. + [31.18-33.07] Look at Figure 1. + [33.02-34.94] Repeat the words and sentences. + [38.94-43.04] Picture A: fish, fish. + [44.32-44.72] Mr. + [44.72-47.44] Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday. + [54.74-57.75] Picture B: fish, fish. + [59.78-62.26] The boys are fishing off the pier. + [68.22-70.94] Their fathers are fishing off the boat. + [77.12-80.72] Picture C: hunt, hunt. + [81.87-83.71] My uncle is hunting ducks. + [90.54-94.00] Picture D: country, country. + [95.12-97.92] The flowers are beautiful out in the country. + [105.34-109.04] Picture E: high, high. + [111.04-114.00] Roger could see the whole city from the high hill. + [120.77-124.11] Picture F: low, low. + [125.20-127.92] The temperature was 37 degrees. + [134.61-136.13] That was low for April. + [141.38-145.86] Picture G: outdoors, outdoors. + [147.42-149.50] Put that dog outdoors. + [156.10-161.18] Picture H: out of doors, out of doors. + [162.81-165.41] We like to play out of doors. + [172.59-176.67] Picture I: indoors, indoors. + [177.87-181.59] It's rainy and cold. + [184.61-186.77] It's a good day to stay indoors. + [192.69-194.66] Picture J: deer, + [196.23-196.53] deer. + [198.15-200.18] The deer are eating by the lake. + [206.16-209.46] Picture K: duck, duck. + [211.50-213.50] The children enjoy feeding the ducks. + [219.33-222.69] Picture L: gun, gun. + [223.97-226.37] The store sells many kinds of guns. + [234.27-237.55] Picture M: rifle, rifle. + [239.78-242.10] My grandfather bought me this new rifle. + [249.07-252.43] Picture N: weapon, weapon. + [253.55-255.87] That soldier has used all the weapons. + [262.89-264.15] Look at Figure 1 again. + [265.17-266.37] Listen to the sentences. + [267.51-270.37] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. + [271.52-273.68] You will hear each sentence twice. + [276.14-279.15] Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting. + [281.07-282.99] My neighbor enjoys hunting. + [299.91-304.75] Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city. + [306.33-309.81] George lives out in the country, far away from the city. + [325.35-327.75] Number 3: Look at the deer. + [328.95-329.91] Look at the deer. + [346.71-351.82] Number 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns. + [352.72-356.07] Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns. + [373.85-377.31] Number 5: The temperature was very low. + [377.63-380.01] The temperature was very low. + [401.18-404.32] Number 6: That's really a big fish. + [404.60-407.18] That's really a big fish. + [423.69-426.45] Number 7: Look how high he is. + [427.76-429.36] Look how high he is. + [445.84-449.91] Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military. + [451.47-454.59] John learned all about weapons in the military. + [473.91-478.59] Number 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day. + [480.00-483.62] It's still raining; I've been indoors all day. + [503.42-507.18] Number 10: They have to play soccer out of doors. + [507.18-509.98] They have to play soccer out of doors. + [526.95-531.20] Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. + [531.98-535.00] Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. + [552.37-557.01] Number 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing. + [557.81-561.17] The boys ask their fathers to go fishing. + [580.59-585.31] Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. + [586.11-589.35] Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. + [605.36-609.01] Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water. + [610.72-613.04] The ducks like to play in the water. + [629.97-631.27] Let's check your answers. + [632.31-636.57] Picture A is 6: That's really a big fish. + [637.41-642.51] Picture B is 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing. + [644.25-648.39] Picture C is 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting. + [650.07-656.61] Picture D is 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city. + [657.99-661.59] Picture E is 7: Look how high he is. + [662.91-667.65] Picture F is 5: The temperature was very low. + [668.85-674.79] Picture G is 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors. + [675.93-681.27] Picture H is 10: They have to play soccer out of doors. + [682.41-688.47] Picture I is 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day. + [691.05-694.77] Picture J is 3: Look at the deer. + [695.67-700.77] Picture K is 14: The ducks like to play in the water. + [701.97-707.73] Picture L is 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns. + [709.29-714.69] Picture M is 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle. + [715.89-721.35] Picture N is 8: John learned all about weapons in the military. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Repeat the words in sentences. +Write the missing words in the blank. +Number 1: catch, catch. +The ocean is a good place to catch fish. +Number 2: shoot, shoot. +My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle. +Number 3: own, own. +We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room. +Number 4: shot, shot. +The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: you should have written catch, C-A-T-C-H. +Number 2: you should have written shoot, S-H-O-O-T. +Number 3: you should have written own, O-W-N. +Number 4: you should have written shot, S-H-O-T. +Repeat these sentences. +Frank used to be in the army. +Now he works in an office. +Don used to play football. +Now he plays tennis. +Beth used to cook dinner every night. +But now her daughter does. +My nephew used to visit us every weekend. +But he doesn't anymore. +My father used to take me fishing every summer. +Now I take my son. +Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall. +But we haven't gone for 6 years. +My neighbor used to own a gun. +But he sold it last month. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-3.15] Look at Figure 2. + [3.87-5.79] Repeat the words in sentences. + [6.59-8.51] Write the missing words in the blank. + [9.65-13.46] Number 1: catch, catch. + [14.32-17.68] The ocean is a good place to catch fish. + [24.69-27.31] Number 2: shoot, shoot. + [28.85-31.89] My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle. + [39.86-43.92] Number 3: own, own. + [44.93-48.69] We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room. + [55.38-58.47] Number 4: shot, shot. + [59.97-63.33] The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house. + [73.94-75.30] Let's check your answers. + [76.10-85.11] Number 1: you should have written catch, C-A-T-C-H. + [86.37-95.37] Number 2: you should have written shoot, S-H-O-O-T. + [96.45-102.51] Number 3: you should have written own, O-W-N. + [103.83-110.97] Number 4: you should have written shot, S-H-O-T. + [115.05-116.25] Repeat these sentences. + [117.33-119.25] Frank used to be in the army. + [123.39-125.78] Now he works in an office. + [131.71-136.65] Don used to play football. + [139.53-141.38] Now he plays tennis. + [146.50-149.14] Beth used to cook dinner every night. + [155.15-156.91] But now her daughter does. + [162.64-165.68] My nephew used to visit us every weekend. + [171.70-173.30] But he doesn't anymore. + [178.83-182.03] My father used to take me fishing every summer. + [189.23-190.99] Now I take my son. + [196.59-199.87] Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall. + [206.22-208.54] But we haven't gone for 6 years. + [213.31-215.55] My neighbor used to own a gun. + [219.12-220.88] But he sold it last month. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3, listen to a paragraph, take notes, listen for "used to," be ready to answer the questions. +Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. +It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully. +Hank used to go to work at 6:30 every morning, and he used to leave at 2:30 in the afternoon. +He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work. +He never wore a suit and tie. +Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. +It's very cool there. +He doesn't go to work early, and he works until 5:30 in the afternoon. +He always wears a suit and tie to work. +Now write answers from your notes. +Number 1: Where did Hank used to live? +Number 2: How was the climate there? +Number 3: What time did Hank used to go to work? +Number 4: When did he used to leave work? +Number 5: What did he used to wear to work? +Number 6: Where does he live now? +Number 7: What time does he leave work there? +Number 8: What does he wear to work? +Now let's check your answers. +Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. +Number 2: It's very hot. +Number 3: He used to go to work at 6:30. +Number 4: He used to leave work at 2:30. +Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants. +Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. +Number 7: He leaves work at 5:30. +Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-12.14] Look at Figure 3, listen to a paragraph, take notes, listen for "used to," be ready to answer the questions. + [15.07-17.95] Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. + [23.50-28.70] It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully. + [35.71-43.23] Hank used to go to work at 6:30 every morning, and he used to leave at 2:30 in the afternoon. + [53.90-57.50] He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work. + [63.70-66.34] He never wore a suit and tie. + [72.88-75.68] Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. + [81.57-82.85] It's very cool there. + [89.41-94.61] He doesn't go to work early, and he works until 5:30 in the afternoon. + [100.78-104.14] He always wears a suit and tie to work. + [111.55-113.63] Now write answers from your notes. + [114.43-117.63] Number 1: Where did Hank used to live? + [138.85-141.97] Number 2: How was the climate there? + [165.44-169.20] Number 3: What time did Hank used to go to work? + [193.46-196.74] Number 4: When did he used to leave work? + [222.75-226.03] Number 5: What did he used to wear to work? + [245.54-248.64] Number 6: Where does he live now? + [264.51-267.87] Number 7: What time does he leave work there? + [288.48-292.42] Number 8: What does he wear to work? + [315.12-316.80] Now let's check your answers. + [317.44-321.20] Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. + [323.13-326.02] Number 2: It's very hot. + [327.39-331.55] Number 3: He used to go to work at 6:30. + [332.51-336.35] Number 4: He used to leave work at 2:30. + [337.71-342.32] Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants. + [343.34-348.54] Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. + [349.74-354.02] Number 7: He leaves work at 5:30. + [355.20-359.20] Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen carefully, write the correct punctuation in the chart. +Use the key to help you. +Number 1: put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2. +Put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2. +Number 2: put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2. +Put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2. +Number 3: put the question mark in column 2, row 1. +Put the question mark in column 2, row 1. +Number 4: put the comma in column 4, row 3. +Put the comma in column 4, row 3. +Look at page 58 to check your answers. +This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.21-8.45] Look at Figure 4, listen carefully, write the correct punctuation in the chart. + [9.31-10.59] Use the key to help you. + [11.60-17.58] Number 1: put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2. + [19.28-24.24] Put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2. + [26.42-32.51] Number 2: put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2. + [33.73-37.38] Put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2. + [39.69-45.04] Number 3: put the question mark in column 2, row 1. + [46.26-49.89] Put the question mark in column 2, row 1. + [51.99-56.78] Number 4: put the comma in column 4, row 3. + [58.03-61.63] Put the comma in column 4, row 3. + [66.11-68.75] Look at page 58 to check your answers. + [76.03-79.55] This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-4B.md b/sources/book-12/tape-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcc10716 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4B. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B. +Repeat the following words and sentences. +Go, go. +Victor drives to the lake to go fishing. +Victor drives to the lake to go fishing. +Instructions, instructions. +I don't know how to do this. +Please read the instructions to me. +I don't know how to do this. +Please read the instructions to me. +Plenty, plenty. +Please stay for dinner. +There is plenty of food. +Please stay for dinner. +There is plenty of food. +Practice, practice. +Michelle practices tennis every day. +She's quite good. +Michelle practices tennis every day. +She's quite good. +Prepare, prepare. +The soldier was preparing dinner. +He's a good cook. +The soldier was preparing dinner. +He's a good cook. +Used to, used to. +Jeff used to be in the military. +Now he's going to school. +Jeff used to be in the military. +Now he's going to school. +Would, would. +Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening. +Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening. +All over, all over. +The baby spilled the milk all over his mother. +The baby spilled the milk all over his mother. +Farther, farther. +Larry can run farther than Mike can. +Mike can run only 1 mile. +Larry can run farther than Mike can. +Mike can run only 1 mile. +Hard, hard. +The math test was really hard. +I didn't get a good score. +The math test was really hard. +I didn't get a good score. +More, more. +Billy has more money than I do. +He has $10, I have only 5. +Billy has more money than I do. +He has $10, I have only 5. +Once, once. +My uncle went fishing once. +He has never gone again. +My uncle went fishing once. +He has never gone again. +Several, several. +There were several people from Korea at the get-together. +There were several people from Korea at the get-together. +Slow, slow. +She hurt her leg. +Now Mrs. +Martin walks very slow. +She hurt her leg. +Now Mrs. +Martin walks very slow. +Twice, twice. +Bobby has been sick twice this year. +He's been sick 2 times. +Bobby has been sick twice this year. +He's been sick 2 times. +Whole, whole. +Sandy's son ate the whole pie. +He ate all of it. +Sandy's son ate the whole pie. +He ate all of it. +Look at Figure 1. +Read the sentences. +Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question. +Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake? +Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this? +Number 3: Is there plenty of food? +Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis? +Number 5: What was the soldier preparing? +Number 6: Was the math test hard? +Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year? +Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together? +Let's check your answers. +Letter A is 6. +Was the math test hard? +Yes, it was really hard. +Repeat: Yes, it was really hard. +Letter B is 4. +How often does Michelle practice tennis? +She practices every day. +Repeat: She practices every day. +Letter C is 1. +Why does Victor drive to the lake? +He drives to the lake to go fishing. +Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing. +Letter D is 8. +How many people from Korea were at the get-together? +Several people from Korea were at the get-together. +Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together. +Letter E is 2. +Can you tell me how to do this? +Yes, I can. +Let me read the instructions. +Repeat: Yes, I can. +Let me read the instructions. +Letter F is 3. +Is there plenty of food? +Yes, there is plenty of food. +Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food. +Letter G is 5. +What was the soldier preparing? +He was preparing dinner. +Repeat: He was preparing dinner. +Letter H is 7. +How many times has Bobby been sick this year? +He's been sick twice. +Repeat: He's been sick twice. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.81-16.05] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4B. + [23.28-23.76] Hello. + [24.64-28.32] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B. + [33.57-36.05] Repeat the following words and sentences. + [40.38-42.91] Go, go. + [44.19-46.74] Victor drives to the lake to go fishing. + [56.50-59.30] Victor drives to the lake to go fishing. + [70.02-71.83] Instructions, instructions. + [73.89-75.71] I don't know how to do this. + [86.67-88.51] Please read the instructions to me. + [98.82-100.50] I don't know how to do this. + [112.29-114.05] Please read the instructions to me. + [125.54-127.63] Plenty, plenty. + [128.50-129.70] Please stay for dinner. + [139.76-141.04] There is plenty of food. + [152.21-153.49] Please stay for dinner. + [163.25-164.53] There is plenty of food. + [175.97-178.05] Practice, practice. + [178.98-181.75] Michelle practices tennis every day. + [194.58-195.70] She's quite good. + [206.58-209.06] Michelle practices tennis every day. + [220.82-222.02] She's quite good. + [232.59-235.15] Prepare, prepare. + [235.15-237.90] The soldier was preparing dinner. + [250.03-251.23] He's a good cook. + [262.82-264.74] The soldier was preparing dinner. + [276.67-277.79] He's a good cook. + [289.31-291.87] Used to, used to. + [293.41-295.81] Jeff used to be in the military. + [309.03-310.66] Now he's going to school. + [322.56-324.80] Jeff used to be in the military. + [337.11-338.90] Now he's going to school. + [349.01-350.97] Would, would. + [352.05-355.35] Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening. + [372.78-377.10] Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening. + [392.94-395.63] All over, all over. + [396.58-399.38] The baby spilled the milk all over his mother. + [412.83-415.95] The baby spilled the milk all over his mother. + [428.30-430.38] Farther, farther. + [431.25-433.49] Larry can run farther than Mike can. + [446.29-448.37] Mike can run only 1 mile. + [460.43-462.83] Larry can run farther than Mike can. + [474.42-476.55] Mike can run only 1 mile. + [489.97-492.05] Hard, hard. + [492.93-494.93] The math test was really hard. + [506.48-508.16] I didn't get a good score. + [519.36-521.36] The math test was really hard. + [532.62-534.30] I didn't get a good score. + [544.13-546.21] More, more. + [547.29-549.02] Billy has more money than I do. + [559.76-561.57] He has $10, I have only 5. + [573.87-575.61] Billy has more money than I do. + [587.37-589.77] He has $10, I have only 5. + [601.89-603.81] Once, once. + [604.95-606.17] My uncle went fishing once. + [617.28-618.76] He has never gone again. + [629.31-630.99] My uncle went fishing once. + [643.23-644.85] He has never gone again. + [655.62-657.39] Several, several. + [660.93-663.87] There were several people from Korea at the get-together. + [675.99-679.05] There were several people from Korea at the get-together. + [691.05-693.09] Slow, slow. + [694.47-698.01] She hurt her leg. + [706.17-706.89] Now Mrs. + [707.13-708.69] Martin walks very slow. + [720.03-723.63] She hurt her leg. + [732.39-733.17] Now Mrs. + [733.35-734.43] Martin walks very slow. + [750.50-752.22] Twice, twice. + [753.87-755.97] Bobby has been sick twice this year. + [768.03-769.74] He's been sick 2 times. + [782.19-784.13] Bobby has been sick twice this year. + [795.36-797.12] He's been sick 2 times. + [810.77-812.96] Whole, whole. + [814.00-816.24] Sandy's son ate the whole pie. + [829.58-830.94] He ate all of it. + [842.02-844.62] Sandy's son ate the whole pie. + [856.30-857.79] He ate all of it. + [868.14-869.26] Look at Figure 1. + [869.26-871.39] Read the sentences. + [890.80-894.30] Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question. + [896.37-899.97] Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake? + [913.17-916.17] Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this? + [928.35-931.23] Number 3: Is there plenty of food? + [942.99-946.59] Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis? + [959.07-962.43] Number 5: What was the soldier preparing? + [974.19-977.25] Number 6: Was the math test hard? + [988.59-992.85] Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year? + [1002.81-1007.25] Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together? + [1028.31-1029.63] Let's check your answers. + [1030.89-1032.87] Letter A is 6. + [1033.65-1035.21] Was the math test hard? + [1035.99-1037.73] Yes, it was really hard. + [1038.27-1041.15] Repeat: Yes, it was really hard. + [1050.87-1052.67] Letter B is 4. + [1053.33-1055.79] How often does Michelle practice tennis? + [1056.45-1058.37] She practices every day. + [1058.73-1061.49] Repeat: She practices every day. + [1071.39-1073.01] Letter C is 1. + [1075.53-1077.33] Why does Victor drive to the lake? + [1077.99-1079.97] He drives to the lake to go fishing. + [1080.63-1083.69] Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing. + [1094.37-1096.05] Letter D is 8. + [1096.83-1099.53] How many people from Korea were at the get-together? + [1100.43-1103.25] Several people from Korea were at the get-together. + [1103.79-1107.99] Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together. + [1118.07-1119.69] Letter E is 2. + [1120.65-1122.27] Can you tell me how to do this? + [1123.17-1124.01] Yes, I can. + [1124.49-1126.17] Let me read the instructions. + [1126.83-1128.69] Repeat: Yes, I can. + [1128.93-1130.49] Let me read the instructions. + [1140.75-1142.43] Letter F is 3. + [1143.03-1144.35] Is there plenty of food? + [1144.89-1146.57] Yes, there is plenty of food. + [1146.93-1149.39] Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food. + [1155.63-1157.61] Letter G is 5. + [1158.21-1159.89] What was the soldier preparing? + [1160.49-1161.93] He was preparing dinner. + [1162.29-1164.69] Repeat: He was preparing dinner. + [1175.19-1177.11] Letter H is 7. + [1177.77-1180.23] How many times has Bobby been sick this year? + [1180.71-1181.97] He's been sick twice. + [1182.87-1185.09] Repeat: He's been sick twice. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to a dialogue and take notes. +Listen for "would." Be ready to answer the questions. +Hey, Dad. +Tell us about your hunting trips. +Okay. +Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. +We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. +We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. +Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. +In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early. +We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. +We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Hey, Dad. +Tell us about your hunting trips. +Okay. +Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. +We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. +We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. +Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. +In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early. +We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. +We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home. +Now write the answers to the questions. +Number 1: When would they go hunting? +Number 2: What would they do in the morning? +Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? +Number 4: Was it always exciting? +Number 5: What would they do in the evening? +Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? +Number 7: How long would they stay? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: When would they go hunting? +They would go hunting in the fall. +Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall. +Number 2: What would they do in the morning? +They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. +Repeat: They would get up early. +Eat breakfast and get ready to hunt. +Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? +They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. +Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. +Number 4: Was it always exciting? +No, it was sometimes boring. +Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring. +Number 5: What would they do in the evening? +They would eat dinner, then go to bed early. +Repeat: They would eat dinner. +Then go to bed early. +Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? +They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. +Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes. +Because it was very cold. +Number 7: How long would they stay? +They would stay about 2 or 3 days. +Repeat: They would stay about 2 or 3 days. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-2.82] Look at Figure 2. + [3.62-5.94] Listen to a dialogue and take notes. + [6.74-11.36] Listen for "would." Be ready to answer the questions. + [14.42-14.98] Hey, Dad. + [15.62-17.06] Tell us about your hunting trips. + [17.62-18.18] Okay. + [19.15-24.59] Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. + [25.42-30.06] We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. + [31.34-33.90] We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. + [34.86-38.38] Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. + [39.73-43.57] In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early. + [44.56-48.40] We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. + [49.41-52.77] We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home. + [55.04-56.48] Listen to the dialogue again. + [57.89-58.45] Hey, Dad. + [59.09-60.53] Tell us about your hunting trips. + [61.09-61.65] Okay. + [62.62-68.14] Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. + [68.90-73.54] We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. + [74.82-77.38] We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. + [78.42-81.86] Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. + [83.20-87.04] In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early. + [88.03-91.87] We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. + [92.96-96.24] We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home. + [99.30-101.38] Now write the answers to the questions. + [101.86-104.82] Number 1: When would they go hunting? + [135.44-138.64] Number 2: What would they do in the morning? + [169.70-173.33] Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? + [205.23-208.66] Number 4: Was it always exciting? + [243.81-247.39] Number 5: What would they do in the evening? + [277.39-281.42] Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? + [310.54-313.90] Number 7: How long would they stay? + [347.46-348.90] Let's check your answers. + [349.76-352.72] Number 1: When would they go hunting? + [353.52-355.28] They would go hunting in the fall. + [355.76-358.64] Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall. + [366.85-370.14] Number 2: What would they do in the morning? + [370.70-374.70] They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. + [375.42-379.71] Repeat: They would get up early. + [386.08-388.72] Eat breakfast and get ready to hunt. + [398.13-401.57] Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? + [402.29-405.09] They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. + [405.41-409.57] Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. + [419.87-423.22] Number 4: Was it always exciting? + [423.62-425.70] No, it was sometimes boring. + [426.10-428.98] Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring. + [437.73-441.20] Number 5: What would they do in the evening? + [442.21-444.69] They would eat dinner, then go to bed early. + [445.09-449.43] Repeat: They would eat dinner. + [454.69-456.21] Then go to bed early. + [462.59-466.77] Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? + [466.94-470.10] They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. + [471.17-474.50] Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes. + [481.54-483.79] Because it was very cold. + [489.90-493.38] Number 7: How long would they stay? + [493.70-496.18] They would stay about 2 or 3 days. + [496.50-500.26] Repeat: They would stay about 2 or 3 days. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3. +Read the answers you see. +Listen to number 1. +Number 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move." +Write the number 1 in front of letter B. +The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. +Let's do some more. +Number 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie." +Number 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys." +Number 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage." +Number 5: "Jim likes to go hunting." +Number 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle." +Now let's check your answers. +Letter A is 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard." Repeat: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard." +Letter B is 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help." Repeat: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help." +Letter C is 5: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing." Repeat: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing." +Letter D is 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't." Repeat: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't." +Letter E is 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work." Repeat: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work." +Letter F is 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol." Repeat: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol." +This is the end of lesson 4B, book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.06-3.34] Look at figure 3. + [4.24-5.84] Read the answers you see. + [29.82-31.02] Listen to number 1. + [32.46-36.91] Number 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move." + [42.83-45.95] Write the number 1 in front of letter B. + [47.01-51.57] The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. + [53.63-54.51] Let's do some more. + [55.31-59.07] Number 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie." + [69.92-73.36] Number 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys." + [84.14-88.62] Number 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage." + [99.18-102.46] Number 5: "Jim likes to go hunting." + [112.67-116.27] Number 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle." + [127.98-129.66] Now let's check your answers. + [129.98-142.14] Letter A is 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard." Repeat: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard." + [153.52-164.80] Letter B is 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help." Repeat: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help." + [176.21-187.09] Letter C is 5: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing." Repeat: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing." + [197.46-208.83] Letter D is 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't." Repeat: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't." + [220.54-234.00] Letter E is 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work." Repeat: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work." + [246.43-259.15] Letter F is 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol." Repeat: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol." + [281.98-285.42] This is the end of lesson 4B, book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-4C.md b/sources/book-12/tape-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7df61397 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4C. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C. +Look at Figure 1, repeat the sentences, then write the answers to the questions. +Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Joan arrived later than Martha. +Who arrived later than Martha? +Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Sally left earlier than John did. +Who left earlier? +Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Alan works harder than Bob does. +Who works harder than Bob? +Number 4: "My grandmother drives slower than my brother does." My grandmother drives slower than my brother does. +Who drives slower than my brother does? +Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. +Who came sooner than Bill expected? +Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Cars move faster than buses do. +Which move faster, cars or buses? +Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does. +Who throws the baseball farther? +Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can. +Who can draw straighter lines? +Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. +Which pilots try to fly higher? +Number 10: "That red plane flies lower than the blue plane." That red plane flies lower than the blue plane. +Which plane flies lower? +Let's look at the answers. +Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Repeat: Joan arrived later than Martha. +Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did. +Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does. +Number 4: "Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does." Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does. +Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. +Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do. +Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Repeat: Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does. +Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Repeat: Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can. +Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. +Number 10: "The red plane flies lower than the blue plane." Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.90-15.38] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4C. + [22.53-22.58] Hello. + [24.14-26.97] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C. + [33.15-39.71] Look at Figure 1, repeat the sentences, then write the answers to the questions. + [42.91-49.63] Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Joan arrived later than Martha. + [51.06-52.66] Who arrived later than Martha? + [83.95-92.67] Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Sally left earlier than John did. + [93.98-95.02] Who left earlier? + [127.65-135.34] Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Alan works harder than Bob does. + [136.66-137.94] Who works harder than Bob? + [171.47-180.50] Number 4: "My grandmother drives slower than my brother does." My grandmother drives slower than my brother does. + [183.93-186.13] Who drives slower than my brother does? + [220.30-229.02] Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. + [230.72-232.72] Who came sooner than Bill expected? + [261.55-269.73] Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Cars move faster than buses do. + [271.17-274.35] Which move faster, cars or buses? + [311.57-320.91] Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does. + [322.14-323.90] Who throws the baseball farther? + [359.79-368.88] Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can. + [370.21-371.81] Who can draw straighter lines? + [407.52-417.76] Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. + [419.91-421.81] Which pilots try to fly higher? + [457.39-467.20] Number 10: "That red plane flies lower than the blue plane." That red plane flies lower than the blue plane. + [468.32-470.00] Which plane flies lower? + [502.27-503.71] Let's look at the answers. + [505.46-513.62] Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Repeat: Joan arrived later than Martha. + [517.41-526.00] Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did. + [530.08-538.57] Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does. + [543.70-553.68] Number 4: "Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does." Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does. + [561.23-570.51] Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected. + [578.73-586.72] Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do. + [592.35-602.27] Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Repeat: Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does. + [609.63-619.95] Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Repeat: Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can. + [626.13-638.07] Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots. + [644.73-653.97] Number 10: "The red plane flies lower than the blue plane." Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, then listen to a dialogue. +Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time. +What did Mr. +Sandoval say about the car? +Hello. +May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please? +He's not hereright now. +May I take a message? +Yes, this is Fred Sandoval. +His car is ready. +Thank you, Mr. +Sandoval. +I'll tell him. +What did Mr. +Sandoval say about the car? +Mr. +Sandoval said, "The car was ready." Repeat: Mr. +Sandoval said, "The car was ready." +Now listen to another question and dialogue. +What did Captain Richardson say about the money? +Yes, sir. +May I help you? +I'm Captain Richardson. +I'm looking for Captain Brown. +Is this his office? +Yes, it is, but he's not hereright now. +He's at lunch. +I have his money at my office. +I'll tell him, sir. +What did Captain Richardson say about the money? +He said he had the money at his office. +Repeat: He said he had the money at his office. +Now listen to another question and dialogue. +What did Jane say about cooking? +This chicken is very good, Jane. +Thanks, Mary. +It's very easy to prepare. +I'm not a very good cook. +Maybe you could teach me some things. +Certainly. +I like to cook. +What did Jane say about cooking? +She said she liked to cook. +Repeat: She said she liked to cook. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-8.13] Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, then listen to a dialogue. + [9.30-13.30] Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time. + [15.06-15.70] What did Mr. + [15.70-17.78] Sandoval say about the car? + [21.28-21.84] Hello. + [22.48-24.32] May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please? + [24.96-26.16] He's not hereright now. + [26.48-27.44] May I take a message? + [27.84-29.68] Yes, this is Fred Sandoval. + [30.80-31.68] His car is ready. + [32.40-32.96] Thank you, Mr. + [32.96-33.68] Sandoval. + [33.68-34.24] I'll tell him. + [37.90-38.54] What did Mr. + [38.54-40.54] Sandoval say about the car? + [54.30-54.54] Mr. + [54.54-59.92] Sandoval said, "The car was ready." Repeat: Mr. + [59.92-62.08] Sandoval said, "The car was ready." + [66.27-68.83] Now listen to another question and dialogue. + [70.53-73.09] What did Captain Richardson say about the money? + [76.58-76.98] Yes, sir. + [77.06-77.70] May I help you? + [78.50-79.54] I'm Captain Richardson. + [80.26-81.70] I'm looking for Captain Brown. + [82.10-83.14] Is this his office? + [83.62-85.70] Yes, it is, but he's not hereright now. + [86.02-86.82] He's at lunch. + [87.54-88.98] I have his money at my office. + [89.78-90.58] I'll tell him, sir. + [91.92-94.40] What did Captain Richardson say about the money? + [110.21-112.21] He said he had the money at his office. + [113.63-117.39] Repeat: He said he had the money at his office. + [123.31-125.95] Now listen to another question and dialogue. + [127.68-129.60] What did Jane say about cooking? + [132.32-134.00] This chicken is very good, Jane. + [134.24-134.96] Thanks, Mary. + [135.20-136.80] It's very easy to prepare. + [138.80-140.08] I'm not a very good cook. + [140.56-142.40] Maybe you could teach me some things. + [142.48-143.20] Certainly. + [143.36-144.40] I like to cook. + [146.98-148.98] What did Jane say about cooking? + [162.18-164.34] She said she liked to cook. + [165.22-168.50] Repeat: She said she liked to cook. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +This is a dictation exercise. +You will hear a paragraph three times. +Listen carefully the first time. +Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. +What could he do to change his house? +Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. +He's going to think about it during the weekend. +He'll make his decision on Monday. +Then he'll have to ask his wife. +I hope she likes his plans. +Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear. +Carl walked into his house last night. +And decided he wanted a change. +What could he do? +To change his house. +Well, he could enlarge. +His kitchen. +He could add on. +Another bedroom. +And he could build. +A patio. +He's going to think about it. +During the weekend. +He'll make his decision. +On Monday. +Then he'll have to ask his wife. +I hope she likes. +His plans. +Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. +Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. +What could he do to change his house? +Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. +He's going to think about it during the weekend. +He'll make his decision on Monday. +Then he'll have to ask his wife. +I hope she likes his plans. +Look at Page 65 to check your work. +This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.94-3.14] Look at Figure 3. + [3.97-6.37] This is a dictation exercise. + [7.42-9.82] You will hear a paragraph three times. + [10.69-12.37] Listen carefully the first time. + [13.34-17.66] Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. + [18.30-20.14] What could he do to change his house? + [20.78-28.18] Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. + [28.90-31.30] He's going to think about it during the weekend. + [31.86-33.78] He'll make his decision on Monday. + [34.59-36.83] Then he'll have to ask his wife. + [37.23-38.99] I hope she likes his plans. + [42.54-45.74] Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear. + [47.17-49.65] Carl walked into his house last night. + [76.08-78.40] And decided he wanted a change. + [108.02-109.14] What could he do? + [141.62-142.98] To change his house. + [178.19-180.03] Well, he could enlarge. + [203.98-207.63] His kitchen. + [235.01-239.61] He could add on. + [274.06-275.10] Another bedroom. + [300.64-305.19] And he could build. + [338.27-339.23] A patio. + [366.03-370.35] He's going to think about it. + [401.07-402.19] During the weekend. + [431.18-435.63] He'll make his decision. + [468.08-469.04] On Monday. + [496.14-501.21] Then he'll have to ask his wife. + [532.78-534.14] I hope she likes. + [559.65-563.19] His plans. + [584.61-588.40] Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. + [588.68-593.55] Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. + [594.83-596.99] What could he do to change his house? + [597.79-606.10] Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. + [607.06-609.30] He's going to think about it during the weekend. + [610.48-612.48] He'll make his decision on Monday. + [613.83-615.66] Then he'll have to ask his wife. + [616.46-618.22] I hope she likes his plans. + [626.00-628.40] Look at Page 65 to check your work. + [633.98-637.26] This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-12/tape-4D.md b/sources/book-12/tape-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8485d88d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-12/tape-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4D. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D. +Repeat these words and sentences. +Brought. +Brought. +Ginger has brought that chicken dish before. +Ginger has brought that chicken dish before. +Cut. +Cut. +I have cut the wood 4 times this week. +I have cut the wood 4 times this week. +Fallen. +Fallen. +Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week. +Let's fix them. +Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week. +Let's fix them. +Forgotten. +Forgotten. +Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting? +Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting? +Grown. +Grown. +That tree has really grown since last year. +That tree has really grown since last year. +Hidden. +Hidden. +The children have hidden my car keys. +I can't go to work. +The children have hidden my car keys. +I can't go to work. +Left. +Left. +Barbara has left her umbrella here. +Barbara has left her umbrella here. +Made. +Made. +Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before. +Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before. +Look at Figure 1. +Take notes on a dialogue. +Be ready to answer questions. +Where are you from? +I used to live in Texas. +Now I live in California. +Did you go to school in Texas? +Yes, I did. +I used to ride a bus to school every day. +Then, when I was 16, my father bought me a car. +Did you drive to school? +I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas. +Did your father ever lend you money? +He'd lend me money occasionally, but not very often. +Now write the answers to the questions. +Number 1: Where did he used to live? +Number 2: Where does he live now? +Number 3: How did he used to go to school? +Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16? +Number 5: Would he always drive to school? +Number 6: Would his father lend him money? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: Where did he used to live? +He used to live in Texas. +Repeat: He used to live in Texas. +Number 2: Where does he live now? +Now he lives in California. +Repeat: Now he lives in California. +Number 3: How did he used to go to school? +He used to ride a bus to school. +Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school. +Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16? +When he was 16, his father bought him a car. +Repeat: When he was 16, his father bought him a car. +Number 5: Would he always drive to school? +He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. +Repeat: He would usually drive to school, +but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. +Number 6: Would his father lend him money? +He would lend him money occasionally. +Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally. +Listen to the next dialogue. +Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. +Have you ever been in the military? +Yes, I have. +I was in the Army for 20 years. +Did you enjoy it? +Yes, I did. +Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job. +I was an instructor. +Where did you work? +Well, I worked at Fort Benning in Georgia. +I used to get up at 4:30 every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast. +After breakfast, I would go to class. +My students used to work very hard. +They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend. +Okay. +Write the answers to the questions. +Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? +Number 2: What was his job? +Number 3: When did he used to get up? +Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? +Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? +Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard? +Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? +Yes, he has been in the military. +Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military. +Number 2: What was his job? +He was an instructor. +Repeat: He was an instructor. +Number 3: When did he used to get up? +He used to get up at 4:30. +Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30. +Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? +He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. +Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. +Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? +He would go to class. +Repeat: He would go to class. +Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard? +Yes, his students used to work very hard. +Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard. +Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend? +They used to study all weekend. +Repeat: They used to study all weekend. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.57-13.57] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4D. + [20.88-21.36] Hello. + [22.19-25.39] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D. + [33.31-35.39] Repeat these words and sentences. + [39.38-39.86] Brought. + [41.01-41.49] Brought. + [45.39-48.19] Ginger has brought that chicken dish before. + [54.05-56.85] Ginger has brought that chicken dish before. + [62.94-63.18] Cut. + [64.43-64.91] Cut. + [66.34-68.98] I have cut the wood 4 times this week. + [73.20-75.84] I have cut the wood 4 times this week. + [81.90-82.70] Fallen. + [83.18-83.90] Fallen. + [85.38-88.34] Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week. + [91.97-93.01] Let's fix them. + [96.69-99.49] Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week. + [104.53-105.46] Let's fix them. + [109.14-109.94] Forgotten. + [109.94-111.54] Forgotten. + [111.54-115.73] Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting? + [122.78-126.19] Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting? + [133.57-134.21] Grown. + [134.85-135.49] Grown. + [136.58-139.06] That tree has really grown since last year. + [145.39-148.11] That tree has really grown since last year. + [154.21-154.45] Hidden. + [155.49-155.97] Hidden. + [157.53-159.95] The children have hidden my car keys. + [165.17-166.45] I can't go to work. + [170.61-172.50] The children have hidden my car keys. + [177.63-179.01] I can't go to work. + [184.23-184.59] Left. + [185.91-186.33] Left. + [187.89-189.78] Barbara has left her umbrella here. + [195.36-197.52] Barbara has left her umbrella here. + [203.73-204.37] Made. + [205.25-205.30] Made. + [207.15-211.07] Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before. + [218.72-223.04] Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before. + [231.78-232.26] Look at Figure 1. + [233.67-234.91] Take notes on a dialogue. + [235.33-237.14] Be ready to answer questions. + [240.69-241.59] Where are you from? + [242.67-244.30] I used to live in Texas. + [244.40-246.08] Now I live in California. + [246.72-248.24] Did you go to school in Texas? + [248.48-248.93] Yes, I did. + [249.68-252.24] I used to ride a bus to school every day. + [253.12-256.24] Then, when I was 16, my father bought me a car. + [256.96-258.08] Did you drive to school? + [259.15-262.64] I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas. + [263.98-265.58] Did your father ever lend you money? + [266.22-269.42] He'd lend me money occasionally, but not very often. + [273.15-275.39] Now write the answers to the questions. + [276.63-279.86] Number 1: Where did he used to live? + [300.27-302.86] Number 2: Where does he live now? + [323.19-325.78] Number 3: How did he used to go to school? + [347.55-351.76] Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16? + [369.00-372.85] Number 5: Would he always drive to school? + [393.37-397.19] Number 6: Would his father lend him money? + [422.38-424.32] Let's check your answers. + [424.58-427.00] Number 1: Where did he used to live? + [427.27-430.21] He used to live in Texas. + [430.48-432.77] Repeat: He used to live in Texas. + [436.41-438.61] Number 2: Where does he live now? + [439.73-441.57] Now he lives in California. + [442.05-444.36] Repeat: Now he lives in California. + [450.69-453.87] Number 3: How did he used to go to school? + [454.96-456.56] He used to ride a bus to school. + [457.04-460.20] Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school. + [464.10-467.67] Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16? + [469.47-473.52] When he was 16, his father bought him a car. + [474.66-478.23] Repeat: When he was 16, his father bought him a car. + [485.49-488.25] Number 5: Would he always drive to school? + [489.55-494.71] He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. + [495.23-500.91] Repeat: He would usually drive to school, + [502.89-505.22] but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas. + [513.99-517.77] Number 6: Would his father lend him money? + [518.05-520.67] He would lend him money occasionally. + [520.86-523.84] Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally. + [530.49-531.84] Listen to the next dialogue. + [532.40-535.36] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. + [538.75-540.11] Have you ever been in the military? + [540.11-541.55] Yes, I have. + [542.40-544.08] I was in the Army for 20 years. + [544.32-545.41] Did you enjoy it? + [546.08-546.48] Yes, I did. + [547.04-550.72] Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job. + [550.72-551.76] I was an instructor. + [552.16-553.00] Where did you work? + [553.36-555.97] Well, I worked at Fort Benning in Georgia. + [556.64-562.10] I used to get up at 4:30 every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast. + [562.67-564.75] After breakfast, I would go to class. + [565.77-567.93] My students used to work very hard. + [568.65-571.47] They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend. + [613.17-613.47] Okay. + [614.43-616.17] Write the answers to the questions. + [618.27-621.33] Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? + [643.47-646.23] Number 2: What was his job? + [672.09-675.69] Number 3: When did he used to get up? + [697.71-701.07] Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? + [727.71-731.19] Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? + [751.65-755.25] Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard? + [780.15-784.17] Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend? + [807.63-808.95] Let's check your answers. + [809.85-812.73] Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? + [813.81-815.67] Yes, he has been in the military. + [816.27-819.33] Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military. + [826.17-828.63] Number 2: What was his job? + [829.59-830.91] He was an instructor. + [831.15-833.01] Repeat: He was an instructor. + [839.25-842.49] Number 3: When did he used to get up? + [843.09-845.07] He used to get up at 4:30. + [845.55-849.03] Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30. + [854.61-857.91] Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? + [858.63-860.91] He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. + [861.21-864.63] Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. + [869.49-873.27] Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? + [874.11-875.55] He would go to class. + [876.03-878.07] Repeat: He would go to class. + [885.51-889.95] Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard? + [890.43-893.55] Yes, his students used to work very hard. + [894.33-899.07] Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard. + [923.49-927.15] Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend? + [927.75-929.67] They used to study all weekend. + [930.15-933.39] Repeat: They used to study all weekend. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +Listen to a short dialogue. +Circle the letter of the answer. +Look at the example. +Look, Dad, I caught one. +That's wonderful, son. +The sun is +The +answer is: The sun is excited. +Now listen to the other dialogues and circle the correct answer. +Number 1. +Oh no, the cigarette burned my new dress. +Don't worry, Nancy, I think I can fix it. +Nancy is +Number 2. +That's my check, Bobby. +Give it to me. +No, I'm playing with it. +She is +Number 3. +Hey, Matt. +Let's go hunting this weekend. +I'd love to. +What time do you want to leave? +Matt is +Number 4. +Janet, where are my socks? +I'm sorry, Jack. +I forgot to wash them. +Jack is +Number 5. +Did you hear that shot? +Yes, I did. +It was near here. +They are +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Nancy is upset. +Repeat: Nancy is upset. +Number 2 is A. +She is angry. +Repeat: She is angry. +Number 3 is C. +Matt is happy. +Repeat: Matt is happy. +Number 4 is C. +Jack is angry. +Repeat: Jack is angry. +Number 5 is A. +They are afraid. +Repeat: They are afraid. +This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 12. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-2.99] Now look at Figure 2. + [4.30-5.82] Listen to a short dialogue. + [6.66-8.34] Circle the letter of the answer. + [9.31-10.35] Look at the example. + [19.70-21.30] Look, Dad, I caught one. + [21.62-22.74] That's wonderful, son. + [24.22-25.10] The sun is + [27.45-27.51] The + [31.41-33.73] answer is: The sun is excited. + [34.78-38.22] Now listen to the other dialogues and circle the correct answer. + [39.54-40.34] Number 1. + [41.52-44.56] Oh no, the cigarette burned my new dress. + [44.88-47.20] Don't worry, Nancy, I think I can fix it. + [48.98-50.18] Nancy is + [57.06-58.64] Number 2. + [58.96-60.64] That's my check, Bobby. + [61.28-62.32] Give it to me. + [63.12-64.64] No, I'm playing with it. + [65.68-66.64] She is + [74.16-74.88] Number 3. + [76.70-77.26] Hey, Matt. + [77.34-78.70] Let's go hunting this weekend. + [79.54-80.34] I'd love to. + [80.58-81.94] What time do you want to leave? + [84.85-85.65] Matt is + [92.98-93.78] Number 4. + [94.93-96.77] Janet, where are my socks? + [97.57-98.61] I'm sorry, Jack. + [98.61-99.97] I forgot to wash them. + [101.28-102.32] Jack is + [109.66-110.46] Number 5. + [111.49-112.53] Did you hear that shot? + [113.09-113.97] Yes, I did. + [114.29-115.09] It was near here. + [117.10-117.74] They are + [128.38-129.82] Let's check your answers. + [130.91-132.67] Number 1 is B. + [133.31-134.67] Nancy is upset. + [135.07-137.31] Repeat: Nancy is upset. + [140.26-141.70] Number 2 is A. + [142.34-143.38] She is angry. + [143.78-145.62] Repeat: She is angry. + [148.46-150.06] Number 3 is C. + [150.54-151.74] Matt is happy. + [151.98-154.14] Repeat: Matt is happy. + [158.67-160.27] Number 4 is C. + [160.67-161.87] Jack is angry. + [162.35-164.25] Repeat: Jack is angry. + [167.85-169.39] Number 5 is A. + [169.79-170.83] They are afraid. + [171.31-173.23] Repeat: They are afraid. + [194.69-198.03] This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 12. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-1A.md b/sources/book-7/lla-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87b8b67c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 1A + +## Figure 1 + +**Listen to the dialog. Answer the questions. Repeat the answers.** + +![Two men in military dress shirts talking to each other while holding cups, standing near a window and door with a sign](images/page_011_001.jpg) + +John: Hi! I'm John Hall. Are you new here? +Al: Yes. I'm Al Roberts. I arrived Sunday. + +John: Glad to meet you. Where are you from? +Al: My home is near New York City. Are you a student here? + +John: Yes, I'm a student at the language school. What's your job? +Al: I was a mechanic, but now I'm a student too. + +John: Do you like to play soccer? +Al: Yes, I do. Do you play? + +John: Yes. Let's play a game today after class. +Al: OK. I'll see you then. + +## Figure 2 + +**Repeat John's words.** + +![Three young men in casual athletic shirts with numbers printed on them, two holding coffee cups talking, one listening, with two figures playing soccer in the background](images/page_012_001.jpg) + +John: I want you to meet my new friend. His name is Al Roberts. Al's home is near New York City. He arrived Sunday. He's a student here, and he plays soccer. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the words.** + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| 1. | mathematics | ![#1 Math equations: 3+3=6, 10x2=20, 10/2=5, along with geometric shapes: triangle, square, rectangle, circle](images/page_013_001.jpg) | +| 2. | math | | +| 3. | circle | ![#3 A circle](images/page_013_002.jpg) | +| 4. | draw/drew | ![#4 A hand holding a pencil drawing geometric lines](images/page_013_003.jpg) | +| 5. | line/lines | ![#5 Two horizontal straight lines](images/page_013_004.jpg) | +| 6. | shape/shapes | ![#6 Four geometric shapes: a circle, a square, a rectangle, and a triangle](images/page_013_005.jpg) | +| 7. | side/sides | ![#7 A square with its sides numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4](images/page_013_006.jpg) | +| 8. | side/sides | ![#8 A triangle showing its sides](images/page_013_007.jpg) | +| 9. | square | ![#9 A square](images/page_013_008.jpg) | +| 10. | rectangle | ![#10 A rectangle](images/page_013_009.jpg) | + +*** + +### Figure 4 + +**Circle the words you hear.** + +1. squares | triangles | lines | sides | circles +2. line | sides | circle | shapes | square +3. triangles | rectangles | squares | line | math +4. drew | squares | shapes | rectangles | sides +5. drew | draw | shape | math | side +6. math | lines | rectangle | mathematics | side +7. draw | mathematics | circle | square | shape +8. squares | shapes | mathematics | lines | math +9. circle | drew | triangle | line | square +10. shapes | numbers | rectangles | lines | math + +**Check your answers.** +**Repeat the sentences.** + +*** + +### Figure 5 + +**Write the letter of the shape or line.** + +| | | +|---|---| +| A. ![#A A large triangle](images/page_015_001.jpg) | D. ![#D A square](images/page_015_002.jpg) | +| B. ![#B A wide triangle](images/page_015_003.jpg) | E. ![#E Two circles, one large and one small](images/page_015_004.jpg) | +| C. ![#C A rectangle](images/page_015_005.jpg) | F. ![#F Two horizontal lines of different lengths](images/page_015_006.jpg) | + +*Example:* E + +1. ________ +2. ________ +3. ________ +4. ________ +5. ________ + +**Check your answers.** +**Repeat the sentences.** + +*** + +### Figure 6 + +**Repeat the words in the box.** +**Write the missing words.** +**Use the words in the box.** + +| compare | describe | mistake | description | +|---|---|---|---| + +Mrs. Murphy: Anna, please _______________ squares and triangles. + +Anna: They're not the same. Squares have four sides. Triangles have only three sides. + +Mrs. Murphy: Are all triangles the same? + +Anna: Yes. No! That's a _______________. Some are different. + +Mrs. Murphy: Can you _______________ rectangles? + +Anna: Yes, I can. Rectangles are shapes with two long sides and two short sides. + +Mrs. Murphy: Good. Give a _______________ of circles. + +Anna: Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + +**Repeat the dialog and check your answers.** + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Write only the numbers.** +**Check the answers.** + +*Example:* 2 4 6 + +a. ________ d. ________ + +b. ________ e. ________ + +c. ________ f. ________ + +*** + + + + +# SCRIPTS + +## Book 7 Language Laboratory Activities +### Audio Scripts + +### Table of Contents + +- Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 +- Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 +- Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 +- Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 +- Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 +- Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 +- Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 +- Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 +- Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 +- Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 +- Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 +- Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 +- Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 +- Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 +- Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 +- Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the picture and listen to the dialog. Don't repeat. Listen. + +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: Hi! I'm John Hall. Are you new here? +voice 2: Yes. I'm Al Roberts. I arrived Sunday. + +voice 1: Glad to meet you. Where are you from? +voice 2: My home is near New York City. Are you a student here? + +voice 1: Yes, I'm a student at the language school. What's your job? +voice 2: I was a mechanic, but now I'm a student too. + +voice 1: Do you like to play soccer? +voice 2: Yes, I do. Do you play? + +voice 1: Yes. Let's play a game today after class. +voice 2: OK. I'll see you then. + +(3) Listen to the dialog again and repeat the sentences. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Hi! I'm John Hall. / Are you new here? +voice 2: Yes. I'm Al Roberts. / I arrived Sunday. + +voice 1: Glad to meet you. / Where are you from? +voice 2: My home is near New York City. / Are you a student here? + +voice 1: Yes, I'm a student at the language school. / What's your job? +voice 2: I was a mechanic, / but now I'm a student, too. + +voice 1: Do you like to play soccer? +voice 2: Yes, I do. / Do you play? + +voice 1: Yes. Let's play a game today after class. +voice 2: OK. I'll see you then. + +(4) Listen to some questions, answer them, then repeat the correct answer. (pause 8 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +What is the name of John's new friend? Repeat: His name is Al Roberts. + +When did Al arrive? Repeat: Al arrived Sunday. + +Where is Al from? Repeat: Al's home is near New York City. + +What is his job? Repeat: He was a mechanic before. + +What sport does Al play? Repeat: Al plays soccer. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(5) Now look at Figure 2 and listen. Al is meeting John's friends. John is telling them about Al. + +(same as voice 1 in (2)) + +voice 1: I want you to meet my new friend. His name is Al Roberts. Al's home is near New York City. He arrived Sunday. He's a student here, and he plays soccer. + +(6) Listen again. This time, repeat John's words. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: I want you to meet my new friend./ His name is Al Roberts./ Al's home is near New York City./ He arrived Sunday./ He's a student here, and he plays soccer. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(7) Look at Figure 3. Here are some new words. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +mathematics...mathematics + +math...math + +circle...circle + +draw...draw + +drew...drew + +line...lines + +shape...shapes + +side...sides + +triangle...triangles + +square...squares + +rectangle...rectangle + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(8) Look at Figure 4. Listen and circle the words you hear in the sentences. (pause 8 sec after each statement for students to circle words) + +Number 1: All triangles have three sides. + +Number 2: The sides of a square are the same. + +Number 3: I.D. cards and doors are rectangles. + +Number 4: Squares and rectangles have four sides. + +Number 5: A ball and an orange have the same shape. + +Number 6: The students sat on only one side of the lab. + +Number 7: Please draw a circle around the correct answer. + +Number 8: Jan studies Spanish and mathematics. + +Number 9: The pilot drew a line on the map. + +Number 10: Tom studies shapes, numbers, and lines in math class. (pause 10 sec) + +(9) Let's check the words and repeat the sentences. (pause slightly after each answer; pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is triangles and sides. +Repeat: All triangles have three sides. + +Number 2 is sides and square. +Repeat: The sides of a square are the same. + +Number 3 is rectangles. +Repeat: I.D. cards and doors are rectangles. + +Number 4 is squares, rectangles, and sides. +Repeat: Squares and rectangles have four sides. + +Number 5 is shape. +Repeat: A ball and an orange have the same shape. + +Number 6 is side. +Repeat: The students sat on only one side of the lab. + +Number 7 is draw and circle. +Repeat: Please draw a circle around the correct answer. + +Number 8 is mathematics. +Repeat: Jan studies Spanish and mathematics. + +Number 9 is drew and line. +Repeat: The pilot drew a line on the map. + +Number 10 is shapes, numbers, lines, and math. +Repeat: Tom studies shapes, numbers,/ and lines/ in math class./ + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(10) Look at Figure 5. Look at the shapes and lines. Listen to a sentence and write the letter of the shape or line. Let's do the example together. Listen and write the letter of the picture. + +Example: All circles are the same shape. (pause 6 sec) The answer is e. These are circles. Circles can be large or small, but all circles are the same shape. Repeat: All circles are the same shape. (pause 3 sec) Now let's finish the exercise. Listen and write the letter of the picture. (pause 8 sec between sentences) + +Number 1: A line can be short or long. + +Number 2: Some triangles have two long sides and one short side. + +Number 3: The sides of some triangles are the same. + +Number 4: A square has four sides; the sides are the same. + +Number 5: A rectangle has four sides, but they're not the same. + +(11) Let's check your answers. Listen to the answer and then repeat the sentence. (pause for repetition after each sentence) + +Number 1 is f. Repeat: A line can be short or long. + +Number 2 is a. Repeat: Some triangles have two long sides and one short side. + +Number 3 is b. Repeat: The sides of some triangles are the same. + +Number 4 is d. Repeat: A square has four sides; the sides are the same. + +Number 5 is c. Repeat: A rectangle has four sides, but they're not the same. + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(12) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the words in the box and repeat them. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +compare...compare + +describe...describe + +mistake...mistake + +description...description + +(13) Now look at the dialog in Figure 6. Listen to the dialog, but don't repeat it. + +(2 female voices, voice 2 is a child) + +voice 1: Anna, please compare squares and triangles. +voice 2: They're not the same. Squares have four sides. Triangles have only three sides. + +voice 1: Are all triangles the same? +voice 2: Yes. No! That's a mistake. Some are different. + +voice 1: Can you describe rectangles? +voice 2: Yes, I can. Rectangles are shapes with two long sides and two short sides. + +voice 1: Good. Give a description of circles. +voice 2: Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + +(14) Now listen again and write the missing words. Use the words from the box. (pause as marked for students to write) + +voice 1: Anna, please compare squares and triangles. (pause 10 sec) +voice 2: They're not the same. Squares have four sides. Triangles have only three sides. + +voice 1: Are all triangles the same? +voice 2: Yes. No! That's a mistake. Some are different. (pause 10 sec) + +voice 1: Can you describe rectangles? (pause 10 sec) +voice 2: Yes, I can. Rectangles are shapes with two long sides and two short sides. + +voice 1: Good. Give a description of circles. (pause 10 sec) +voice 2: Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + +(15) Now repeat the dialog and check your answers. + +voice 1: Anna, please compare squares and triangles. +voice 2: They're not the same. / Squares have four sides. / Triangles have only three sides. + +voice 1: Are all triangles the same? +voice 2: Yes. No! / That's a mistake. / Some are different. + +voice 1: Can you describe rectangles? +voice 2: Yes, I can. / Rectangles are shapes / with two long sides and two short sides. + +voice 1: Good. / Give a description of circles. +voice 2: Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + +(16) After the lesson ends, look at the words in the box and check your spelling. + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(17) Look at Figure 7. Listen to a paragraph and write the numbers. Write only the numbers. Look at the example. + +Example: Ken bought a new car two weeks ago. It has four doors. Six people can sit in it. (pause 4 sec) +The answers are two, four, and six. + +Listen to the paragraph again: Ken bought a new car two weeks ago. It has four doors. Six people can sit in it. + +Now listen and write the numbers. + +Mr. and Mrs. Nelson took their three children to Texas last summer. They stayed in Houston five days and in San Antonio four days. They visited Dallas also and stayed one night in a big hotel there. Their hotel room cost one hundred dollars. Mr. Nelson came home with only ten dollars in his pocket. + +(18) Listen to the paragraph again and check the numbers. + +Mr. and Mrs. Nelson took their three children to Texas last summer. They stayed in Houston five days and in San Antonio four days. They visited Dallas also and stayed one night in a big hotel there. Their hotel room cost one hundred dollars. Mr. Nelson came home with only ten dollars in his pocket. + +(19) Here are the correct answers: + +Letter a is three. The Nelsons have three children. + +Letter b is five. They stayed in Houston five days. + +Letter c is four. They were in San Antonio for four days. + +Letter d is one. They stayed one night in Dallas. + +Letter e is one hundred. Their hotel room cost one hundred dollars. + +And Letter f is ten. Mr. Nelson had only ten dollars in his pocket. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 7. + +--- + + + + + +# ANSWERS + +## Book 7 Language Laboratory Activities +### Answer Key + +### Table of Contents + +| | | +|---|---| +| Lesson 1A | .219 | +| Lesson 1B | .219 | +| Lesson 1C | .220 | +| Lesson 1D | .221 | +| Lesson 2A | .221 | +| Lesson 2B | .222 | +| Lesson 2C | .222 | +| Lesson 2D | .223 | +| Lesson 3A | .223 | +| Lesson 3B | .224 | +| Lesson 3C | .224 | +| Lesson 3D | .225 | +| Lesson 4A | .226 | +| Lesson 4B | .226 | +| Lesson 4C | .227 | +| Lesson 4D | .227 | + +- USER NOTES - + +--- + +### Lesson 1A + +#### Figure 4 + +1. triangles, sides +2. sides, square +3. rectangles +4. squares rectangles sides +5. shape +6. side +7. draw circle +8. mathematics +9. drew line +10. shapes numbers lines math + +#### Figure 5 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. F | 4. D | +| 2. A | 5. C | +| 3. B | | + +#### Figure 6 + +**Mrs. Murphy:** Anna, please compare squares and triangles. + +**Anna:** They're not the same. Squares have four sides. Triangles have only three sides. + +**Mrs. Murphy:** Are all triangles the same? + +**Anna:** Yes. No! That's a mistake. Some are different. + +**Mrs. Murphy:** Can you describe rectangles? + +**Anna:** Yes, I can. Rectangles are shapes with two long sides and two short sides. + +**Mrs. Murphy:** Good. Give a description of circles. + +**Anna:** Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + +#### Figure 7 + +| | | +|---|---| +| a. 3 | d. 1 | +| b. 5 | e. 100 | +| c. 4 | f. 10 | diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-1B.md b/sources/book-7/lla-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79cea947 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ + + +### LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 1B + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +What's 12:00 at night called? +It's called midnight. + +What's the meal in the morning called? +It's called breakfast. + +What's this yellow vegetable called? +That's called squash. + +What are Saturday and Sunday called? +They're called the weekend. + +What's a grocery store on a base called? +It's called a commissary. + +What are these pieces of red fruit called? +Those are called apples. + +*** + +### Figure 2 + +**Write the missing word.** +**Check your answer.** + +| barber | math | rectangle | +| children | mistake | students | +| circle | penny | triangle | +| hospital | | pilot | + +*Example:* He's called a barber. + +1. It's called a ____________________. +2. It's called a ____________________. +3. It's called a ____________________. +4. She's called a ____________________. +5. It's also called ____________________. +6. It's called a ____________________. +7. They're called ____________________. +8. They're called ____________________. +9. It's called a ____________________. +10. It's called a ____________________. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> Mark an X under the word you hear in the sentence. Check your answers. Repeat. + +| **both** | other | +| :---: | :---: | +| *Example:* ______ | X | + +| both | other | | both | other | +| :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | +| **1.** _____ | _____ | **5.** _____ | _____ | +| **2.** _____ | _____ | **6.** _____ | _____ | +| **3.** _____ | _____ | **7.** _____ | _____ | +| **4.** _____ | _____ | **8.** _____ | _____ | + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> Repeat the sentences. + +1. The teacher has two pens. + One pen is black. + The **other** pen is red. + +2. Two girls took the test. + One girl got a good grade. + The **other** girl also got a good grade. + +3. Mr. and Mrs. Clark have two cars. + One car is old. + The **other** car is new. + +4. Two flights arrived in Chicago. + One flight was late. + The **other** flight was on time. + +5. The student described two shapes. + One shape had four sides. + The **other** shape also had four sides. + +### Figure 5 + +> Repeat the sentences. Answer the questions. + +1. Jim is reading two books. + **Both** books are good. + +2. Susan has two coats. + **Both** coats are blue. + +3. Ken drives two trucks. + **Both** trucks are big. + +4. Marian described two shows. + **Both** shows were awful. + +5. Mrs. Murphy drew two lines. + **Both** lines were long. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> Write the missing words. + +1. One watch is silver. The ____________________ is gold. + +2. One classroom is small. + The ____________________ classroom is ____________________ small. + ____________________ ____________________ are small. + +3. She ate one cookie. + She ____________________ ate the ____________________ cookie. + She ate ____________________ ____________________. + +4. He wrote one letter with a pencil. + He wrote the ____________________ ____________________ with a pen. + +5. One train goes to Chicago. + The ____________________ ____________________ goes to New York. + +6. We listened to one lesson. + We ____________________ listened to the ____________________. + We listened to both lessons. + +> Check your answers and repeat. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> Circle the information you do not hear. + +a. Bob and Dave didn't go to school last week. +b. They drove to a town near the mountains. +c. They slept in their car Monday night. + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1B + +### AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the sentences. + +What's twelve o'clock at night called? +It's called midnight. + +What's the meal in the morning called? +It's called breakfast. + +What's this yellow vegetable called? +That's called squash. + +What are Saturday and Sunday called? +They're called the weekend. + +What's a grocery store on a base called? +It's called a commissary. + +What are these pieces of red fruit called? +Those are called apples. + +(3) Listen to the sentences again and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +What's twelve o'clock at night called? +It's called midnight. + +What's the meal in the morning called? +It's called breakfast. + +What's this yellow vegetable called? +That's called squash. + +What are Saturday and Sunday called? +They're called the weekend. + +What's a grocery store on a base called? +It's called a commissary. + +What are these pieces of red fruit called? +Those are called apples. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(4) Now look at Figure 2. Read the words in the box. (pause 10 sec) Listen to the sentences and write the missing word in the blank. Choose one of the words in the box. Let's do the example together. (pause after each question for students to write a word; pause for repetition) + +Example: This man cuts hair. What's he called? (pause 3 sec) +A barber. The word "barber" is in the blank. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: He's called a barber. + +(5) Now let's finish the exercise. (pause 10 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Your answer is wrong. What's it called? (pause 10 sec) +Repeat: It's called a mistake. + +Number 2: This is one cent. What's it called? (pause 10 sec) +Repeat: It's called a penny. + +Number 3: This shape has three sides. What's it called? (pause 10 sec) +Repeat: It's called a triangle. + +Number 4: This woman flies an airplane. What's she called? +(pause 10 sec) +Repeat: She's called a pilot. + +Number 5: Mathematics is also called something else. What's it called? +(pause 10 sec) +Repeat: It's also called math. + +Number 6: This shape is like the letter O. What's it called? +(pause 10 sec) +Repeat: It's called a circle. + +Number 7: These boys and girls are very young. What are they called? +(pause 10 sec) +Repeat: They're called children. + +Number 8: These people go to school. What're they called? +(pause 10 sec) +Repeat: They're called students. + +Number 9: Doctors help sick people in this building. What's it called? +(pause 10 sec) +Repeat: It's called a hospital. + +Number 10: This shape has four sides. Two of the sides are long and two of the sides are short. What's this shape called? +(pause 10 sec) Repeat: It's called a rectangle. +(pause 5 sec) + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 10 + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the words and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +both...both + +other...other + +(7) Now you'll hear eight sentences. Some of the sentences have the word "both." Some of the sentences have the word "other." Put an X under the word you hear in the sentence. Listen to the example. (pause 3 sec after each item) + +Example: Mary put on her other glove. (pause) The answer is other. Put an X under the word "other." Now listen to the sentence and put an X under both or other. + +Number 1: Don't lock the other door. + +Number 2: Both stores sell men's clothes. + +Number 3: The teacher opened both windows. + +Number 4: She saw the other movie last week. + +Number 5: We finished both lessons yesterday. + +Number 6: I looked up the word in both dictionaries. + +Number 7: There are only seven students in the other class. + +Number 8: Mrs. Davis will visit her other daughter next month. + +(8) Now check your answers and repeat the sentences. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is other. Repeat: Don't lock the other door. + +Number 2 is both. Repeat: Both stores sell men's clothes. + +Number 3 is both. Repeat: The teacher opened both windows. + +Number 4 is other. Repeat: She saw the other movie last week. + +Number 5 is both. Repeat: We finished both lessons yesterday. + +Number 6 is both. Repeat: I looked up the word in both dictionaries. + +Number 7 is other. Repeat: There are only seven students in the other class. + +Number 8 is other. Repeat: Mrs. Davis will visit her other daughter next month. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 11 + +(9) Please go to Figure 4. Listen to the two sentences and repeat the third sentence. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The teacher has two pens. One pen is black. +Repeat: The other pen is red. + +Number 2: Two girls took the test. One girl got a good grade. +Repeat: The other girl also got a good grade. + +Number 3: Mr. and Mrs. Clark have two cars. One car is old. +Repeat: The other car is new. + +Number 4: Two flights arrived in Chicago. One flight was late. +Repeat: The other flight was on time. + +Number 5: The student described two shapes. One shape had four sides. +Repeat: The other shape also had four sides. + +### AUDIO TRACK 12 + +(10) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the sentences and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Jim is reading two books. / Both books are good. + +Number 2: Susan has two coats. / Both coats are blue. + +Number 3: Ken drives two trucks. / Both trucks are big. + +Number 4: Marian described two shows. / Both shows were awful. + +Number 5: Mrs. Murphy drew two lines. / Both lines were long. + +(11) Now listen to questions; answer them, and repeat the correct answers. (pause 4 sec after each question; and pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Are both of Jim's books good? Repeat: Both books are good. + +Number 2: Are Susan's two coats blue? Repeat: Both coats are blue. + +Number 3: Are Ken's two trucks big? Repeat: Both trucks are big. + +Number 4: Marian described two shows. Were both shows awful? Repeat: Yes, both shows were awful. + +Number 5: Were Mrs. Murphy's two lines short? Repeat: No, both lines were long. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(12) Go to Figure 6. Listen to the sentences and write the missing words. (pause for writing words) + +Number 1: One watch is silver. The other watch is gold. +(pause 12 sec) + +Number 2: One classroom is small. The other classroom is also small. +(pause 12 sec) Both classrooms are small. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 3: She ate one cookie. She also ate the other cookie. +(pause 12 sec) She ate both cookies. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 4: He wrote one letter with a pencil. He wrote the other letter with a pen. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 5: One train goes to Chicago. The other train goes to New York. (pause 12 sec) + +Number 6: We listened to one lesson. We also listened to the other lesson. (pause 13 sec) We listened to both lessons. + +(13) Listen to the sentences again. This time check your answers and repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: One watch is silver. The other watch is gold. +Repeat: The other watch is gold. + +Number 2: One classroom is small. The other classroom is also small. +Repeat: The other classroom is also small. Repeat: Both classrooms are small. + +Number 3: She ate one cookie. She also ate the other cookie. +Repeat: She also ate the other cookie. (pause 5 sec) +She ate both cookies. Repeat: She ate both cookies. + +Number 4: He wrote one letter with a pencil. He wrote the other letter with a pen. +Repeat: He wrote the other letter with a pen. + +Number 5: One train goes to Chicago. The other train goes to New York. +Repeat: The other train goes to New York. + +Number 6: We listened to one lesson. We also listened to the other lesson. We listened to both lessons. +Repeat: We also listened to the other lesson. (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: We listened to both lessons. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 14 + +(14) Now look at Figure 7. Listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. Circle a, b, or c. First, let's read the sentences in Figure 7. + +a. Bob and Dave didn't go to school last week. +b. They drove to a town near the mountains. +c. They slept in their car Monday night. + +(15) Now listen to the paragraph and circle the information you do not hear. (read slowly with a 2 count pause at the end of each sentence) + +Bob and Dave didn't have classes last week. They wanted to take a vacation. On Monday they drove to a big city near the ocean and stopped at a hotel. There were a lot of people at the hotel. The hotel didn't have a room for Bob and Dave. All the other hotels in the city were crowded too. Bob and Dave had to stay in their car overnight. + +(16) Now select your answer. (pause 15 sec) + +(17) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. (read slowly) + +Bob and Dave didn't have classes last week. They wanted to take a vacation. On Monday they drove to a big city near the ocean and stopped at a hotel. There were a lot of people at the hotel. The hotel didn't have a room for Bob and Dave. All the other hotels in the city were crowded too. Bob and Dave had to stay in their car overnight. +(pause 5 sec) + +(18) The answer is b. Bob and Dave drove to a city near the ocean, not the mountains. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 7.** + +--- + + + + +### Lesson 1B + +#### Figure 2 + +1. It's called a mistake. +2. It's called a penny. +3. It's called a triangle. +4. She's called a pilot. +5. It's also called math. +6. It's called a circle. +7. They're called children. +8. They're called students. +9. It's called a hospital. +10. It's called a rectangle. + +#### Figure 3 + +| both | other | +|---|---| +| 1. |     X     | +| 2.     X     | | +| 3.     X     | | +| 4. |     X     | +| 5.     X     | | +| 6.     X     | | +| 7. |     X     | +| 8. |     X     | + +#### Figure 6 + +1. One watch is silver. The other watch is gold. +2. One classroom is small. The other classroom is also small. Both classrooms are small. +3. She ate one cookie. She also ate the other cookie. She ate both cookies. +4. He wrote one letter with a pencil. He wrote the other letter with a pen. +5. One train goes to Chicago. The other train goes to New York. +6. We listened to one lesson. We also listened to the other lesson. We listened to both lessons. + +#### Figure 7 + +b diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-1C.md b/sources/book-7/lla-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a6d70fa --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 1C + +### Figure 1 + +> Repeat the words and sentences. + +"Yes" is the opposite of "no." +Noon and midnight are opposites. + +A quiz and a test are alike. They are the same. +Your jacket looks like my jacket. Our jackets are alike. + +He talks very fast! What did he say? +Jill doesn't read fast. She's just learning. + +Little and small are alike. +Billy is a little boy. He's not a big boy. + +A knife is long and narrow. +The narrow street was crowded. + +Cups, bowls, and glasses are round. +Circles are round. Other shapes are not round. + +Slow is the opposite of fast. +They took a long vacation on a slow boat. + +Strong winds blow every spring. +Harvey is a mechanic. His hands and arms are strong. + +Weak is the opposite of strong. +Babies are weak. Young men are strong. + +Wide and narrow are opposites. +This chair is wide. Two people can sit in it. + +### Figure 2 + +> Look at pictures. Answer the questions. Repeat the answers. + +![#1 A large sailboat in the water above a smaller rowboat with an oar](images/page_024_001.jpg) + +![#2 A fast sleek modern sports car driving fast above a slow antique vintage car](images/page_024_002.jpg) + +![#3 A confused man scratching his head looking back at a businessman walking by fast](images/page_024_003.jpg) + +![#4 Two young babies sitting on the floor playing together with alphabet blocks and a teddy bear](images/page_024_004.jpg) + +![#5 A wide striped necktie next to a narrow polka-dot necktie](images/page_024_005.jpg) + +![#6 A larger round three-legged table above a smaller round three-legged table](images/page_024_006.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Circle alike or opposite.** + +*Example:* **(alike)** opposite + +1. alike opposite +2. alike opposite +3. alike opposite +4. alike opposite +5. alike opposite +6. alike opposite +7. alike opposite +8. alike opposite +9. alike opposite +10. alike opposite + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Read the questions.** +**Find the answers in the conversation.** + +1. Where will the men eat dinner? +2. How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall? + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +The boy is little. He wants the cap. The cap is red. +The little boy wants the red cap. + +The hotel is old. It is near a lake. The lake is large. +The old hotel is near a large lake. + +The children are young. They can walk to the school. It is new. +The young children can walk to the new school. + +The students were bored. They watched a movie. It was awful. +The bored students watched an awful movie. + +The man was hungry. He ate lunch at a snack bar. It was crowded. +The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Write the missing words.** +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. The man is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He knows the answer. + It is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ man knows the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ answer. + +2. The woman was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. She drank some tea. + The tea was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ woman drank some \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ tea. + +3. The girl was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. She ate a piece of cake. + It was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ girl ate a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ piece of cake. + +4. The men are \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. They are drinking water. + It is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ men are drinking \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ water. + +5. The pilot is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He is flying an airplane. + The airplane is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ pilot is flying a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ airplane. + +6. The man was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He took some medicine. + It was the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ medicine. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ man took the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ medicine. + +7. The children were \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. They liked the weather. + It was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ children liked the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ weather. + +8. The customer was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He didn't leave a tip for the waiter. + The waiter was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ customer didn't leave a tip for the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ waiter. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 1C + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities book to Lesson 1C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words and sentences in Figure 1 and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +opposite...opposite +Yes is the opposite of no. +Noon and midnight are opposites. + +alike...alike +A quiz and a test are alike. They are the same. +Your jacket looks like my jacket. Our jackets are alike. + +fast...fast +He talks very fast! What did he say? +Jill doesn't read fast. She's just learning. + +little...little +Little and small are alike. +Billy is a little boy. He's not a big boy. + +narrow...narrow +A knife is long and narrow. +The narrow street was crowded. + +round...round +Cups, bowls, and glasses are round. +Circles are round. Other shapes are not round. + +slow...slow +Slow is the opposite of fast. +They took a long vacation on a slow boat. + +strong...strong +Strong winds blow every spring. +Harvey is a mechanic. His hands and arms are strong. + +weak...weak +Weak is the opposite of strong. +Babies are weak. Young men are strong. + +wide...wide +Wide and narrow are opposites. +This chair is wide. Two people can sit in it. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences about them. Then answer the questions. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Look at picture 1. These boats are not the same. One is little and the other is big. + +Are these two boats alike? No, they're not alike; they're different. +Repeat: The boats are not alike. + +Are both boats big? No, one boat is big, and the other boat is little. +Repeat: One boat is big, and the other boat is little. + +(4) Look at picture 2. These cars are different. They are opposites. One car is old. It is slow. The other car is new. It is fast. + +Are these cars alike? No, these cars are not alike. They are different. +Repeat: The old car and the new car are different. + +Are both cars old? No, one car is old. The other car is new. +Repeat: The other car is new. + +Is the new car fast? Yes, the new car is fast. +Repeat: The new car is fast. + +Is the old car fast also? No, the old car is slow. +Repeat: The old car is slow. + +(5) Look at picture 3. Sick is the opposite of well. One man is sick and the other man is well. These men are not the same. + +What is the opposite of well? Sick. +Repeat: Sick is the opposite of well. + +Are both men sick? No, both men are not sick. Only one man is sick. The other man is well. +Repeat: The other man is well. + +(6) Look at picture 4. These children are the same. Both children are small and weak. They are not big and strong. Some men are very strong, but children are weak. + +Are the children alike? Yes. +Repeat: The children are alike. + +Are both children strong? No, both children are not strong. Both children are weak. +Repeat: Both children are weak. + +--- + +Are some men very strong? Yes, some men are very strong. +Repeat: Some men are very strong. + +(7) Now look at picture 5. Wide is the opposite of narrow. One of these neckties is wide. The other necktie is narrow. The neckties are different. + +Are the neckties different? Yes, they are. The neckties are not alike. +Repeat: The neckties are not alike. + +What is the opposite of narrow? Wide. Wide is the opposite of narrow. +Repeat: Wide is the opposite of narrow. + +Is one necktie wide? Yes. One necktie is wide, and the other necktie is narrow. +Repeat: One necktie is wide, and the other necktie is narrow. + +(8) Look at picture 6. These tables are alike. Both tables are round. + +Are both tables round? Yes, both tables are round. +Repeat: Both tables are round. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(9) Look at Figure 3 and listen. You will hear two words. They will be alike, or they will be opposite. Circle alike or opposite. Let's do the example. Listen and circle. + +Example: start / begin start / begin +The answer is alike. Start and begin are alike. + +(10) Let's begin the exercise. (pause 4 sec between word pairs) + +Number 1: big / large big / large +Number 2: fast / slow fast / slow +Number 3: always / never always / never +Number 4: have to / must have to / must +Number 5: pull / push pull / push +Number 6: return / go back return / go back +Number 7: speak / talk speak / talk +Number 8: narrow / wide narrow / wide +Number 9: open / close open / close +Number 10: small / little small / little + +--- + +(11) Listen to the words again. + +Number 1: big / large +Number 2: fast / slow +Number 3: always / never +Number 4: have to / must +Number 5: pull / push +Number 6: return / go back +Number 7: speak / talk +Number 8: narrow / wide +Number 9: open / close +Number 10: small / little + +(12) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is alike. Big and large are alike. +Repeat: Big and large are alike. + +Number 2 is opposite. Fast is the opposite of slow. +Repeat: Fast is the opposite of slow. + +Number 3 is opposite. Always is the opposite of never. +Repeat: Always is the opposite of never. + +Number 4 is alike. Have to and must are alike. +Repeat: Have to and must are alike. + +Number 5 is opposite. Push is the opposite of pull. +Repeat: Push is the opposite of pull. + +Number 6 is alike. Return and go back are alike. +Repeat: Return and go back are alike. + +Number 7 is alike. Speak and talk are alike. +Repeat: Speak and talk are alike. + +Number 8 is opposite. Wide is the opposite of narrow. +Repeat: Wide is the opposite of narrow. + +Number 9 is also opposite. Open is the opposite of close. +Repeat: Open is the opposite of close. + +Number 10 is alike. Small and little are alike. +Repeat: Small and little are alike. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(13) Look at Figure 4. Look at the first question: Where will the men eat dinner? Now listen to the conversation and answer the question. + +(2 male voices) + +**voice 1:** Carl, do you want to eat dinner with us? +**voice 2:** I don't know. Where are you going? +**voice 1:** To the mess hall. +**voice 2:** No, thank you. I don't like the food there. +**voice 1:** Okay. We'll eat in a restaurant downtown. +**voice 2:** Good. Let's go! (pause) Do you have any money? + +(14) Now answer the question: Where will the men eat dinner? +(pause 4 sec) + +The answer is "in a restaurant downtown." +Listen to the conversation again. + +**voice 1:** Carl, do you want to eat dinner with us? +**voice 2:** I don't know. Where are you going? +**voice 1:** To the mess hall. +**voice 2:** No, thank you. I don't like the food there. +**voice 1:** Okay. We'll eat in a restaurant downtown. +**voice 2:** Good. Let's go! (pause) Do you have any money? + +(15) Look at the second question in Figure 4. + +How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall? + +Now listen to a conversation. + +**voice 1:** Sergeant, the food in this mess hall is awful. Why? +**voice 2:** Because we have only five cooks, sir, and they're new. We need ten cooks here. +**voice 1:** I'll send some of the men to the other mess hall today. You'll have ten cooks here tomorrow. +**voice 2:** Thank you, sir. That will help us a lot. + +(16) Now answer the question: How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall? (pause 4 sec) + +Ten. The sergeant needs ten cooks. + +--- + +(17) Listen to the conversation again. + +**voice 1:** Sergeant, the food in this mess hall is awful. Why? +**voice 2:** Because we have only five cooks, sir, and they're new. We need ten cooks here. +**voice 1:** I'll send some of the men to the other mess hall today. You'll have ten cooks here tomorrow. +**voice 2:** Thank you, sir. That will help us a lot. + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(18) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the sentences. Don't repeat. + +The boy is little. He wants the cap. The cap is red. +The little boy wants the red cap. + +The hotel is old. It is near a lake. The lake is large. +The old hotel is near a large lake. + +The children are young. They can walk to the school. It is new. +The young children can walk to the new school. + +The students were bored. They watched a movie. It was awful. +The bored students watched an awful movie. + +The man was hungry. He ate lunch at a snack bar. It was crowded. +The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. + +(19) Listen to the sentences again. This time, repeat them. +(pause for repetition after each sentence) + +The boy is little. He wants the cap. The cap is red. The little boy wants the red cap. + +The hotel is old. It is near a lake. The lake is large. The old hotel is near a large lake. + +The children are young. They can walk to the school. It is new. The young children can walk to the new school. + +The students were bored. They watched a movie. It was awful. The bored students watched an awful movie. + +The man was hungry. He ate lunch at a snack bar. It was crowded. The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(20) Now look at Figure 6. Listen to the sentences. Don't repeat. Write the missing words in the blanks. Listen and write. +(pause 6 sec between items) + +Number 1: The man is old. He knows the answer. It is correct. The old man knows the correct answer. + +Number 2: The woman was tired. She drank some tea. The tea was hot. The tired woman drank some hot tea. + +Number 3: The girl was hungry. She ate a piece of cake. It was big. The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake. + +Number 4: The men are thirsty. They are drinking water. It is cold. The thirsty men are drinking cold water. + +Number 5: The pilot is young. He is flying an airplane. The airplane is new. The young pilot is flying a new airplane. + +Number 6: The man was sick. He took some medicine. It was the wrong medicine. The sick man took the wrong medicine. + +Number 7: The children were happy. They liked the weather. It was warm. The happy children liked the warm weather. + +Number 8: The customer was angry. He didn't leave a tip for the waiter. The waiter was slow. The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter. + +(21) Now check your sentences. + +Number 1: The old man knows the correct answer. +Repeat: The old man knows the correct answer. + +Number 2: The tired woman drank some hot tea. +Repeat: The tired woman drank some hot tea. + +Number 3: The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake. +Repeat: The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake. + +Number 4: The thirsty men are drinking cold water. +Repeat: The thirsty men are drinking cold water. + +Number 5: The young pilot is flying a new airplane. +Repeat: The young pilot is flying a new airplane. + +Number 6: The sick man took the wrong medicine. +Repeat: The sick man took the wrong medicine. + +Number 7: The happy children liked the warm weather. +Repeat: The happy children liked the warm weather. + +Number 8: The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter. +Repeat: The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 7 + + + + +### Lesson 1C + +#### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. alike | 6. alike | +| 2. opposite | 7. alike | +| 3. opposite | 8. opposite | +| 4. alike | 9. opposite | +| 5. opposite | 10. alike | + +#### Figure 6 + +1. The man is old. He knows the answer.
It is correct.
The old man knows the correct answer. +2. The woman was tired. She drank some tea.
The tea was hot.
The tired woman drank some hot tea. +3. The girl was hungry. She ate a piece of cake.
It was big.
The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake. +4. The men are thirsty. They are drinking cold water.
It is cold.
The thirsty men are drinking cold water. +5. The pilot is young. He is flying an airplane.
The airplane is new.
The young pilot is flying a new airplane. +6. The man was sick. He took some medicine.
It was the wrong medicine.
The sick man took the wrong medicine. +7. The children were happy. They liked the weather.
It was warm.
The happy children liked the warm weather. +8. The customer was angry. He didn't leave a tip for the waiter.
The waiter was slow.
The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-1D.md b/sources/book-7/lla-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77a69c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 1D + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the sentences.** +**Make one sentence from the sentences.** + +*Example:* +The boy was little. +He packed a suitcase. +The suitcase was small. +The little boy packed a small suitcase. + +1. The man is tall. + He has a wife. + She is short. + +2. The students were hungry. + They ate a meal. + The meal was big. + +3. The women were old. + They wore dresses. + The dresses were black. + +4. The soldier is young. + He is buying boots. + The boots are new. + +5. The girl is unhappy. + She is writing a letter. + The letter is long. + +**Repeat the new sentences.** + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Look at the underlined word.** +**Answer the question.** +**Repeat the sentence.** + +1. Charles and Linda drew four shapes on the chalkboard. The shapes were alike. They were round. The four shapes were circles. + +2. Jack took a vacation in Florida last month. His brother is in the Navy there. He stayed for two weeks and went sightseeing every day. + +3. Martha and Jane work in a big store downtown every day after school. Their customers are always happy. They think the two girls are good clerks. + +4. Sally is in Mrs. Murphy's math class. She does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. Sally wants to be a math teacher too. + +5. Mr. Roberts teaches English in Chicago. He goes to his classroom early every day and helps his students. Friday is always a good day for Mr. Roberts and the students. It is the last day of class. Mr. Roberts doesn't give the students homework on Friday. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Read the question.** +**Find the answers in the conversation.** + +What time will the general arrive? + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Listen. Do not repeat.** +> **Listen again and repeat.** + +Susan: I don't know Beth. What's she like? +Karen: She's very nice, and she's always happy. + +Susan: What does she look like? +Karen: She's tall and has blue eyes. + +Susan: What color is her hair? +Karen: Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Listen. Do not repeat.** +> **Listen again. Repeat Karen's part.** + +Susan: What is Beth's house like? +Karen: It's new and not very big. + +Susan: How many rooms does it have? +Karen: It has six rooms with large windows. + +Susan: Is it near the ocean? +Karen: Yes. Beth can walk there in five minutes. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Circle your answer.** + +1. It's ______. + a. little + b. round + c. wide + d. large + +2. a. He's a pilot. + b. He has four children. + c. He's tall and has gray hair. + d. He arrived on base last week. + +3. She's studying ______. + a. countries + b. numbers + c. languages + d. letters + +4. He ______ it. + a. drew + b. described + c. compared + d. wrote + +5. They are ______. + a. strong + b. opposite + c. alike + d. weak + +6. It's a ______. + a. line + b. side + c. shape + d. mistake + +7. a. An apple it's called. + b. It's called an apple. + c. Call it an apple. + d. It's an apple called. + +8. a. She's young. + b. She's on vacation. + c. She's from Houston. + d. She's a teacher. + +9. a. The other boy is going. + b. One boy is going. + c. Both boys are going. + d. They're not going. + +10. Yes. It's ______. + a. slow + b. upset + c. happy + d. strong + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Circle the information you do not hear.** + +a. Martha and Sally went downtown on the bus. +b. They wanted to see a movie at 2:00 p.m. +c. The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch. +d. The waiter was slow, and the restaurant was crowded. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +> **Listen. Do not repeat or write.** +> **Listen again. Follow the directions on the lesson.** + +paul is studying mathematics in school his math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines will paul get a good grade on the test yes hes a good student and knows all the answers there wont be any mistakes on pauls test + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +> **Check your answers.** + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1D + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to three sentences and repeat them. Then change them to one sentence. Let's do the example first. + +The boy was little. He packed a suitcase. The suitcase was small. + +Repeat: The boy was little. (pause) He packed a suitcase. (pause) The suitcase was small. (pause) + +Now make one sentence. (pause 6 sec) The little boy packed a small suitcase. Repeat: The little boy packed a small suitcase. (pause) Let's start the exercise. (pause 6 sec after each set of three sentences) + +Number 1: The man is tall. He has a wife. She is short. Repeat: The man is tall. He has a wife. She is short. +Make a new sentence now. (pause 6 sec) The tall man has a short wife. Repeat: The tall man has a short wife. + +Number 2: The students were hungry. They ate a meal. The meal was big. Repeat: The students were hungry. They ate a meal. The meal was big. Now make a new sentence. (pause 6 sec) The hungry students ate a big meal. Repeat: The hungry students ate a big meal. + +Number 3: The women were old. They wore dresses. The dresses were black. Repeat: The women were old. They wore dresses. The dresses were black. (pause 6 sec) The old women wore black dresses. + +Number 4: The soldier is young. He is buying boots. The boots are new. Repeat: The soldier is young. He is buying boots. The boots are new. (pause 6 sec) The young soldier is buying new boots. Repeat: The young soldier is buying new boots. + +Number 5: The girl is unhappy. She is writing a letter. The letter is long. Repeat: The girl is unhappy. She is writing a letter. The letter is long. (pause 6 sec) The unhappy girl is writing a long letter. Repeat: The unhappy girl is writing a long letter. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(3) Look at Figure 2 now. Listen to a paragraph. Don't repeat it. Then look at the underlined word and answer a question. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Charles and Linda drew four shapes on the chalkboard. The shapes were alike. They were round. The four shapes were circles. + +Now look at the underlined word. What word is the same as they, shapes or Linda and Charles? (slight pause) The answer is shapes. +Repeat: The shapes were round. + +Number 2: Jack took a vacation in Florida last month. His brother is in the Navy there. He stayed for two weeks and went sightseeing every day. + +Look at the word he. What is the same as he, Jack or his brother? (pause) The answer is Jack. +Repeat: Jack stayed for two weeks and went sightseeing every day. + +Number 3: Martha and Jane work in a big store downtown every day after school. Their customers are always happy. They think the two girls are good clerks. + +Is they Martha and Jane? No, it isn't. They is the same as "their customers." +Repeat: Their customers think the two girls are good clerks. + +Number 4: Sally is in Mrs. Murphy's math class. She does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. Sally wants to be a math teacher too. + +Who is she? The answer is Sally. +Repeat: Sally does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. + +Number 5: Mr. Roberts teaches English in Chicago. He goes to his classroom early every day and helps his students. Friday is always a good day for Mr. Roberts and the students. It is the last day of class. Mr. Roberts doesn't give the students homework on Friday. + +What is the same as it? Friday. +Repeat: Friday is the last day of class. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(4) Please look at Figure 3. Read the question, listen to the conversation, and answer the question. + +Here is the question: What time will the general arrive? + +Now listen. Don't repeat. + +(2 voices) + +voice 1: Sergeant, please pick me up at my office at seven o'clock tomorrow morning. +voice 2: Yes, sir. Where do you want to go, Colonel? +voice 1: To the airport. I have to meet the general's airplane at seven forty-five. + +(5) Now answer the question: What time will the general arrive? (pause 4 sec) At seven forty-five. Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: Sergeant, please pick me up at my office at seven o'clock tomorrow morning. +voice 2: Yes, sir. Where do you want to go, Colonel? +voice 1: To the airport. I have to meet the general's airplane at seven forty-five. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(6) Look at Figure 4 now. Karen visited her friend Beth in Los Angeles. Now she is talking to her friend Susan about the trip. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat it. + +(2 female voices) + +voice 1: I don't know Beth. What's she like? +voice 2: She's very nice, and she's always happy. +voice 1: What does she look like? +voice 2: She's tall and has blue eyes. +voice 1: What color is her hair? +voice 2: Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. + +(7) Listen to the dialog again and repeat it. (pause long enough for students to repeat) + +voice 1: I don't know Beth. What's she like? +voice 2: She's very nice, and she's always happy. +voice 1: What does she look like? +voice 2: She's tall and has blue eyes. +voice 1: What color is her hair? +voice 2: Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(8) Now look at Figure 5 and listen. Don't repeat. + +voice 1: What is Beth's house like? +voice 2: It's new and not very big. +voice 1: How many rooms does it have? +voice 2: It has six rooms with large windows. +voice 1: Is it near the ocean? +voice 2: Yes. Beth can walk there in five minutes. + +(9) Listen to the dialog again. Take Karen's part. I'll be Susan. + +voice 1: What is Beth's house like? +voice 1: How many rooms does it have? +voice 1: Is it near the ocean? + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(10) Please go to Figure 6. Listen to the questions and select the best answer. Circle a, b, c, or d. (pause about 8 sec after each item) + +Number 1: That's a small car. + +Number 2: What does the general look like? + +Number 3: Jan is studying mathematics in school. + +Number 4: John made a picture on the chalkboard. + +Number 5: Large and big are the same. + +Number 6: This number is wrong. + +Number 7: What's this fruit called? + +Number 8: What is Mary's job? + +Number 9: Ken is going to a movie. Al is going too. + +Number 10: You're late. Is something wrong with your watch? + +--- + +(11) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is a, "It's little." The sentence was "That's a small car." "Little" and "small" are the same. + +Number 2 is c, "He's tall and has gray hair." Listen to the question again: What does the general look like? + +Number 3 is b, "She's studying numbers." Listen: Jan is studying mathematics in school. + +Number 4 is a, "He drew it." Listen: John made a picture on the chalkboard. + +Number 5 is c, "They are alike." Listen: "Large" and "big" are the same. + +Number 6 is d, "It's a mistake." Listen: This number is wrong. + +Number 7 is b, "It's called an apple." Listen to the question again: What's this fruit called? + +Number 8 is d, "She's a teacher." Listen: What is Mary's job? + +Number 9 is c, "Both boys are going." Listen: Ken is going to a movie. Al is going too. + +Number 10 is a, "Yes, it's slow." Listen: You're late. Is something wrong with your watch? + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(12) Now look at Figure 7. Listen to a paragraph. Select the information that is not in the paragraph and circle a, b, c, or d. Let's read the sentences in Figure 8 first. + +a. Martha and Sally went downtown on the bus. +b. They wanted to see a movie at 2:00 p.m. +c. The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch. +d. The waiter was slow, and the restaurant was crowded. + +Now listen to the paragraph. + +Martha and Sally took the bus downtown Saturday afternoon. They wanted to eat lunch first; then see a movie at 2:00. They sat down in the restaurant at twelve-thirty. The restaurant was very crowded, and the waiter was slow. He didn't come to their table or bring them menus for fifteen minutes. The girls didn't want to be late to the show. They left the restaurant and ate lunch at a snack bar near the movie. + +(13) Circle your answer. (pause 15 sec) Now, listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + +Martha and Sally took the bus downtown Saturday afternoon. They wanted to eat lunch first; then see a movie at 2:00. They sat down in the restaurant at twelve-thirty. The restaurant was very crowded, and the waiter was slow. He didn't come to their table or bring them menus for fifteen minutes. The girls didn't want to be late to the show. They left the restaurant and ate lunch at a snack bar near the movie. + +(14) The correct answer is c, "The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch." + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(15) Look at Figure 8. Listen to the paragraph first. Don't write or repeat. Only listen. + +Paul is studying mathematics in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes. He's a good student and knows all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + +(16) Now listen to the paragraph again and divide it into sentences. Write the capital letters, apostrophes, question marks, and periods. + +Paul is studying mathematics in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes. He's a good student and knows all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 7. + + + + +### Lesson 1D + +#### Figure 6 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 6. d | +| 2. c | 7. b | +| 3. b | 8. d | +| 4. a | 9. c | +| 5. c | 10. a | + +#### Figure 7 + +c + +#### Figure 8 + +**Paul** is studying mathematics in school. **His** math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. **Will Paul** get a good grade on the test? **Yes. He's** a good student and knows all the answers. **There** won't be any mistakes on **Paul's** test. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-2A.md b/sources/book-7/lla-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53d88000 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,506 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 2A + +### Figure 1 + +> **Repeat the words and sentences.** +> **Match the sentence to the number.** + +![A blackboard with labels TOP at a., CENTER at b., and BOTTOM at c.](images/page_035_001.jpg) + +1. ______ + +2. ______ + +3. ______ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Circle the strong word.** + +*Example: This is the top.* + +1. She didn't have any money. + +2. Put it in the center of the circle. + +3. I like mathematics. + +4. Does a triangle have three sides? + +5. I don't like to drive fast. + +6. I can't describe it. + +7. First Street is very narrow. + +8. Third Street is very wide. + +9. I can draw a square now. + +> **Check your answers and repeat.** + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Listen to the question and the dialog.** +> **Answer the question.** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> Repeat the sentences. +> Answer the questions. +> Repeat the answers. + +1. Dorothy is pretty. + Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is. + +2. Greg is tall. + Greg's brother isn't taller than he is. + +3. Hank drives fast. + Harve drives faster than Hank does. + +4. The Winters' house is big. + The Walters' house isn't bigger than the Winters' house. + +5. Jack's car is new. + John's car is newer than Jack's. + +6. Kay's hair is long. + Lettie's hair is longer than Kay's hair. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> Repeat the words and sentences. +> Match the sentence to the picture. + +![A black line forming a circle](images/page_038_001.jpg) + +![A circle surrounded by a circular dashed line with an arrow pointing clockwise](images/page_038_002.jpg) + +![A circle with a horizontal line drawn across its middle dividing it into two halves](images/page_038_003.jpg) + +![A circle with a horizontal line drawn from the center point to the left edge forming a radius](images/page_038_004.jpg) + +> Check your answers and repeat. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> Just listen. Repeat. +> Answer the questions. +> Repeat. + +1. **Audrey:** Do you want cream and sugar? + **Arthur:** Yes, I'd like both, please. + +2. **Basil:** This is my car. + **Betty:** Then whose car is the other? + **Basil:** It's my brother's. + +3. **Craig:** Do you like chocolate or vanilla ice cream? + **Cathy:** I like both. + **Craig:** I do too. + +4. **Dora:** That's my sister's book. + **Doug:** Oh. Then the other is my book. + +5. **Efran:** I study mathematics and language in school. + **Edith:** I study both, too. + +6. **Fred:** Do you know whose pens these are? + **Fran:** One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> Write the sentences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heck your answers. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the picture. Listen and repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +A: top...top +This is the top. +This is the top. + +B: center...center +This is the center. +This is the center. + +C: bottom...bottom +This is the bottom. +This is the bottom. + +The bottom is opposite the top. +The bottom is opposite the top. + +(3) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to a sentence and select the correct letter. Write the letter in the blank. + +Number 1: This is the top. (pause 5 sec) Write the letter A next to Number 1. + +Number 2: The bottom is opposite the top. (pause 5 sec) + +Number 3: This is the center. (pause 5 sec) + +(4) Now look at Figure 1 again and check your answers. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a. Repeat: This is the top. + +Number 2 is c. Repeat: The bottom is opposite the top. + +Number 3 is b. Repeat: This is the center. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to sentences and circle the strong word. Look at the example and listen. This is the TOP. This is the TOP. (pause 3 sec) TOP is the strong word. Circle TOP. + +(6) Now, listen to the sentence and circle the strong word. +(pause 3 sec after second reading) + +Number 1: She didn't have ANY money. She didn't have ANY money. + +Number 2: Put it in the CENTER of the circle. Put it in the CENTER of the circle. + +Number 3: I like MATHEMATICS. I like MATHEMATICS. + +Number 4: Does a triangle have THREE sides? Does a triangle have THREE sides? + +Number 5: I don't LIKE to drive fast. I don't LIKE to drive fast. + +Number 6: I can't DESCRIBE it. I can't DESCRIBE it. + +Number 7: First Street is very NARROW. First Street is very NARROW. + +Number 8: Third Street is very WIDE. Third Street is very WIDE. + +Number 9: I can draw a SQUARE now. I can draw a SQUARE now. + +(7) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is any. Repeat: She didn't have ANY money. + +Number 2 is center. Repeat: Put it in the CENTER of the circle. + +Number 3 is mathematics. Repeat: I like MATHEMATICS. + +Number 4 is three. Repeat: Does a triangle have THREE sides? + +Number 5 is like. Repeat: I don't LIKE to drive fast. + +Number 6 is describe. Repeat: I can't DESCRIBE it. + +Number 7 is narrow. Repeat: First Street is very NARROW. + +Number 8 is wide. Repeat: Third Street is very WIDE. + +Number 9 is square. Repeat: I can draw a SQUARE now. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(8) Now look at Figure 3. You will hear a question and a dialog. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat, just listen. Then answer the question. + +The question is: Where do Mary and Barbara want to go? + +Now Listen to the dialog. + +(2 female voices) + +voice 1: Hi, Barbara. Let's go to the BX. I have to buy a blouse. +voice 2: Okay. I need some socks. + +voice 1: What time do you want to go? +voice 2: Let's go now. + +voice 1: Good! We'll take the bus. +voice 2: All right. Let's go. + +(9) Now write the answer to the question in Figure 3. Where do Mary and Barbara want to go? (pause 10 sec) + +(10) Let's check your answer. The answer is to the BX. Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: Hi, Barbara. Let's go to the BX. I have to buy a blouse. +voice 2: Okay. I need some socks. + +voice 1: What time do you want to go? +voice 2: Let's go now. + +voice 1: Good! We'll take the bus. +voice 2: All right. Let's go. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(11) Now look at Figure 4. Listen and repeat the sentences. + +Number 1: Dorothy is pretty. +Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is. + +Number 2: Greg is tall. +Greg's brother isn't taller than he is. + +Number 3: Hank drives fast. +Harve drives faster than Hank does. + +Number 4: The Winters' house is big. +The Walters' house isn't bigger than the Winters' house. + +Number 5: Jack's car is new. +John's car is newer than Jack's. + +Number 6: Kay's hair is long. +Lettie's hair is longer than Kay's hair. + +(12) Now answer these questions. (pause 8 sec after each question) + +Who is prettier, Dorothy or her sister? +Repeat: Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is. + +Who is taller, Greg or his brother? +Repeat: Greg is taller than his brother. + +Who drives faster, Hank or Harve? +Repeat: Harve drives faster than Hank does. + +Is the Walters' house bigger than the Winters' house? +Repeat: No, the Walters' house isn't bigger than the Winters' house. + +Whose car is newer, Jack's or John's? +Repeat: John's car is newer than Jack's. + +Whose hair is longer, Kay's or Lettie's? +Repeat: Lettie's hair is longer than Kay's. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(13) Now look at Figure 5. Look at the pictures. Listen and repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A: circle...circle +A circle is round. +A circle is round. + +Picture B: circumference...circumference +How do you spell circumference? +How do you spell circumference? + +Picture C: diameter...diameter +Every circle has a diameter. +Every circle has a diameter. + +Picture D: radius...radius +The radius is in the circle. +The radius is in the circle. + +--- + +(14) Look at Figure 5 again. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 1: Circumference is a long word. + +Number 2: The radius is a short line. + +Number 3: A circle is round. + +Number 4: The diameter is a long line. + +(15) Now listen and check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A is 3. Repeat: A circle is round. + +Picture B is 1. Repeat: Circumference is a long word. + +Picture C is 4. Repeat: The diameter is a long line. + +Picture D is 2. Repeat: The radius is a short line. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(16) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat, just listen. + +(voice 1, female; voice 2, male) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Do you want cream and sugar? +voice 2: Yes, I'd like both, please. + +Number 2: +voice 2: This is my car. +voice 1: Then whose car is the other? +voice 2: It's my brother's. + +Number 3: +voice 2: Do you like chocolate or vanilla ice cream? +voice 1: I like both. +voice 2: I do too. + +Number 4: +voice 1: That's my sister's book. +voice 2: Oh. Then the other is my book. + +Number 5: +voice 2: I study mathematics and language in school. +voice 1: I study both, too. + +Number 6: +voice 2: Do you know whose pens these are? +voice 1: One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. + +(17) Listen again. This time repeat the dialogs. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: +voice 1: Do you want cream and sugar? +voice 2: Yes, I'd like both, please. + +Number 2: +voice 2: This is my car. +voice 1: Then whose car is the other? +voice 2: It's my brother's. + +Number 3: +voice 2: Do you like chocolate or vanilla ice cream? +voice 1: I like both. +voice 2: I do too. + +Number 4: +voice 1: That's my sister's book. +voice 2: Oh. Then the other is my book. + +Number 5: +voice 2: I study mathematics and language in school. +voice 1: I study both, too. + +Number 6: +voice 2: Do you know whose pens these are? +voice 1: One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. + +(18) Now answer questions about the dialogs. (pause 8 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Does Arthur want cream and sugar? +Repeat: Yes, he'd like both. + +Number 2: Whose is the other car? +Repeat: It's Basil's brother's. + +Number 3: Does Cathy like chocolate or vanilla ice cream? +Repeat: She likes both. + +Number 4: Which book is Doug's? +Repeat: The other is his. + +Number 5: Efran studies both mathematics and language. What does Edith study? +Repeat: She studies both, too. + +Number 6: Does Fran know whose pens these are? +Repeat: One is her pen, but she doesn't know about the other. + +(19) Listen to these sentences. Don't repeat. + +Number 1: I can draw a circle. + +Number 2: Can you describe a triangle? + +Number 3: Please describe a square for me. + +Number 4: Where is the center of the circle? + +Number 5: I think I made a mistake + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(20) Now look at Figure 7. Listen again and write the sentences. You will hear each sentence twice. (read slowly; pause 30 sec after second reading of each sentence) + +Number 1: I can draw a circle. I can draw a circle. + +Number 2: Can you describe a triangle? Can you describe a triangle? + +Number 3: Please describe a square for me. Please describe a square for me. + +Number 4: Where is the center of the circle? Where is the center of the circle? + +Number 5: I think I made a mistake. I think I made a mistake. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 7.** + +--- USER NOTES --- + + + + +### Lesson 2A + +#### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. a | 3. b | +| 2. c | | + +#### Figure 2 + +1. She didn't have any money. +2. Put it in the center of the circle. +3. I like mathematics. +4. Does a triangle have three sides? +5. I don't like to drive fast. +6. I can't describe it. +7. First Street is very narrow. +8. Third Street is very wide. +9. I can draw a square now. + +#### Figure 3 + +They want to go to the BX. + +#### Figure 5 + +| | | +|---|---| +| A. 3 | C. 4 | +| B. 1 | D. 2 | + +#### Figure 7 + +1. I can draw a circle. +2. Can you describe a triangle? +3. Please describe a square for me. +4. Where is the center of the circle? +5. I think I made a mistake. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-2B.md b/sources/book-7/lla-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af588258 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,513 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 2B + +### Figure 1 + +> Look at the pictures. +> Repeat the words and sentences. + +![A wavy horizontal line](images/page_041_001.jpg) +This is a curved line. + +![A straight horizontal line](images/page_041_002.jpg) +Look at the straight line. + +![Two young women, Becky and Diane, each holding a book](images/page_041_003.jpg) +Becky has a book. +Diane has a book. +Each girl has a book. + +![Two men straining and sweating as they try to lift a large heavy wooden desk together](images/page_041_004.jpg) +This desk is heavy. + +--- + +![A simple lightweight wooden chair](images/page_042_001.jpg) +This chair is light. + +![A math addition problem with five 5-digit numbers stacked: 98752, 36417, 21985, + 85796](images/page_042_002.jpg) +I can't work this problem. It's hard. + +![A simple math addition problem: 1 + 1 = 2](images/page_042_003.jpg) +I can work this problem. It's easy. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Write the number of the sentence on the line.** + +![#A Two women standing and holding books](images/page_043_001.jpg) +A. ________ + +![#B An addition problem: 1 + 1 = 2](images/page_043_002.jpg) +B. ________ + +![#C A long column addition math problem](images/page_043_003.jpg) +C. ________ + +![#D Two men carrying a heavy object on a stretcher](images/page_043_004.jpg) +D. ________ + +![#E A wavy line](images/page_043_005.jpg) +E. ________ + +![#F A straight horizontal line](images/page_043_006.jpg) +F. ________ + +![#G A wooden chair](images/page_043_007.jpg) +G. ________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![#1 A circle inside a frame](images/page_044_001.jpg) + +![#2 A square inside a frame](images/page_044_002.jpg) + +![#3 A rectangle inside a frame](images/page_044_003.jpg) + +![#4 A triangle inside a frame](images/page_044_004.jpg) + +![#5 A square containing a small circle near the top](images/page_044_005.jpg) + +![#6 A triangle containing a small horizontal rectangle at the bottom](images/page_044_006.jpg) + +![#7 A square containing a small circle in the middle](images/page_044_007.jpg) + +![#8 A large rectangle containing two circles and a triangle](images/page_044_008.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Circle the answer. Check your answer. Repeat.** + +![#1 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing geometric shapes in various positions](images/page_045_001.jpg) + +![#2 Four triangles/circles labeled a, b, c, d containing shapes in various positions](images/page_045_002.jpg) + +![#3 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing triangles in various positions](images/page_045_003.jpg) + +![#4 Four triangles/squares labeled a, b, c, d containing small shapes inside](images/page_045_004.jpg) + +![#5 Four circles/squares labeled a, b, c, d containing shapes inside or on edges](images/page_045_005.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 4 (continued) + +![#6 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing shapes inside](images/page_046_001.jpg) + +![#7 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing small triangles in different positions inside](images/page_046_002.jpg) + +![#8 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing pairs of small circles in different arrangements](images/page_046_003.jpg) + +![#9 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing pairs of small triangles in different arrangements](images/page_046_004.jpg) + +![#10 Four squares labeled a, b, c, d containing rectangles in different positions](images/page_046_005.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +1. $$\begin{rdeducation} 3 \\ + 3 \\ \hline 6 \end{rdeducation}$$ + + I can add numbers. + +2. $2 \enclose{longdiv}{6}$ + + Can you divide six by two? + +3. 2 and 2 = 4 + + Two and two equals four. + +4. $$\begin{rdeducation} 3 \\ \times 3 \\ \hline 9 \end{rdeducation}$$ + + We learned to multiply in class today. + +5. $$\begin{rdeducation} 10 \\ - 9 \\ \hline 1 \end{rdeducation}$$ + + I must learn to subtract. + +6. ![#6 A man standing at a chalkboard with algebra equations, explaining to a woman who looks confused](images/page_047_001.jpg) + + Do you understand this math? + +7. 8 - 4 = 4 + + Eight minus four equals four. + +8. 1 + 1 = 2 + + One plus one equals two. + +9. 2 × 5 = 10 + + Two times five equals ten. + +10. $2\frac{1}{2} \times 9 + 6 - 2 = ?$ + + This is a hard math problem. + +11. ![#11 A man giving a whole apple to Ronnie, while another man holds only half an apple](images/page_047_002.jpg) + + Ronnie has an apple. + Robert has only half of an apple + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Circle the answer.** + +| | a. | b. | c. | d. | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| **1.** | $4 - 2 =$ _____ | $4 + 2 =$ _____ | $4 \times 2 =$ _____ | $4 - 2 =$ _____ | +| **2.** | $7 + 3 =$ _____ | $7 - 3 =$ _____ | $7 \times 3 =$ _____ | $7 \div 3 =$ _____ | +| **3.** | $9 + 8 =$ _____ | $9 \times 8 =$ _____ | $9 - 8 =$ _____ | $9 - 8 =$ _____ | +| **4.** | $10 \times 5 =$ _____ | $10 \div 5 =$ _____ | $10 + 5 =$ _____ | $10 - 5 =$ _____ | +| **5.** | $32 - 6 =$ _____ | $22 - 7 =$ _____ | $6 - 22 =$ _____ | $22 - 6 =$ _____ | +| **6.** | $15 \div 3 =$ _____ | $50 - 3 =$ _____ | $15 - 30 =$ _____ | $15 + 30 =$ _____ | +| **7.** | $24 + 4 =$ _____ | $12 + 40 =$ _____ | $12 + 4 =$ _____ | $12 + 14 =$ _____ | +| **8.** | $18 \times 30 =$ _____ | $18 \times 3 =$ _____ | $8 \times 3 =$ _____ | $80 \times 3 =$ _____ | + +--- + +### **Figure 7** + +> **Write the answers.** +> **Check your answers.** +> **Repeat.** + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2B + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and the sentences. + +(pause for repetition) + +Picture A: curved...curved +This is a curved line. +This is a curved line. + +Picture B: straight...straight +Look at the straight line. +Look at the straight line. + +Picture C: each...each +Becky has a book. +Diane has a book. +Each girl has a book. + +Picture D: heavy...heavy +This desk is heavy. +This desk is heavy. + +Picture E: light...light +This chair is light. +This chair is light. + +Picture F: hard...hard +I can't work this problem. It's hard. +I can't work this problem. It's hard. + +Picture G: easy...easy +I can work this problem. It's easy. +I can work this problem. It's easy. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(3) Now look at Figure 2. Look at the pictures and listen to sentences. Put the number of the sentence under each picture. + +Listen to the example. + +Number 1: This desk is heavy. It's not light. (pause 5 sec) + +(4) Number 1 is picture D. Write number 1 on the line under picture D. Okay, now listen to the sentence and write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 2: I can't draw a curved line. + +Number 3: I read two books today. Each book was very good. + +Number 4: I worked all the problems in class. They were easy. + +Number 5: I can move that chair. It's light. + +Number 6: I can't work this problem. It's hard. + +Number 7: Can you draw a straight line? + +(5) Now check your answers. + +Picture A is number 3. Repeat: I read two books today. / Each book was very good. + +Picture B is number 4. Repeat: I solved all the problems in class today. / They were easy. + +Picture C is number 6. Repeat: I can't work this problem. / It's hard. + +Picture D is number 1. Repeat: This desk is heavy. / It's not light. + +Picture E is number 2. Repeat: I can't draw a curved line. + +Picture F is number 7. Repeat: Can you draw a straight line? + +Picture G is number 5. Repeat: I can move that chair. / It's light. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(6) Now look at Figure 3. Let's review some shapes. Look at picture 1. Listen and repeat. (pause at slashes for repetition) + +Number 1: a circle / This is a circle. + +Number 2: a square / This is a square. + +Number 3: a rectangle / This is a rectangle. + +--- + +Number 4: a triangle / This is a triangle. + +Number 5: The circle is at the top of the square. + +Number 6: The rectangle is at the bottom of the triangle. + +Number 7: The circle is in the center of the square. + +Number 8: The triangle is in the center of the rectangle. / The large circle is at the top. / The small circle is at the bottom. + +(7) Now look at Figure 4. Listen and choose the correct picture; then circle a, b, c, or d. + +Number 1: The triangle is at the top of the square. (pause 8 sec) +Circle b. That's the correct answer. + +(8) Now listen and circle a, b, c, or d. (pause 8 sec after each statement) + +Number 2: The circle is at the top of the triangle. + +Number 3: The triangle is at the bottom of the square. + +Number 4: The square is at the bottom of the triangle. + +Number 5: The square is in the center of the circle. + +Number 6: The circle is in the center of the square. + +Number 7: The triangle is at the top of the square. + +Number 8: The large circle is at the bottom of the square. + +Number 9: The small triangle is at the top of the square. + +Number 10: The rectangle is in the center of the square. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(9) Now look at Figure 4 again. Listen and check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is b. Repeat: The triangle is at the top of the square. + +Number 2 is a. Repeat: The circle is at the top of the triangle. + +Number 3 is d. Repeat: The triangle is at the bottom of the square. + +Number 4 is c. Repeat: The square is at the bottom of the triangle. + +Number 5 is d. Repeat: The square is in the center of the circle. + +Number 6 is c. Repeat: The circle is in the center of the square. + +Number 7 is a. Repeat: The triangle is at the top of the square. + +Number 8 is b. Repeat: The large circle is at the bottom of the square. + +Number 9 is a. Repeat: The small triangle is at the top of the square. + +Number 10 is c. Repeat: The rectangle is in the center of the square. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(10) Go to Figure 5. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: add...add +I can add numbers. + +Number 2: divide...divide +Can you divide 6 by 2? + +Number 3: equals...equals +Two and two equals four. + +Number 4: multiply...multiply +We learned to multiply in class today. + +Number 5: subtract...subtract +I must learn to subtract. + +Number 6: understand...understand +Do you understand this math? + +Number 7: minus...minus +Eight minus four equals four. + +Number 8: plus...plus +One plus one equals two. + +Number 9: times...times +Two times five equals ten. + +Number 10: problem...problem +This is a hard math problem. + +Number 11: half...half +Ronnie has an apple. +Robert has only half of an apple. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(11) Now go to Figure 6. Listen and circle the letter by the problem. Circle a, b, c, or d. Let's do Number 1 together. + +Number 1: 4 times 2. (pause 6 sec) The correct answer is c, 4 times 2. Circle the letter c. + +(12) Now listen and circle the correct answer. + +Number 2: 7 minus 3 + +Number 3: 9 plus 8 + +Number 4: 10 divided by 5 + +Number 5: 22 minus 6 + +Number 6: 15 divided by 3 + +Number 7: 12 plus 4 + +Number 8: 8 times 3 + +(13) Now look at Figure 6 again. Listen and check your answers. + +Number 1 is c, 4 times 2. + +Number 2 is b, 7 minus 3. + +Number 3 is a, 9 plus 8. + +Number 4 is b, 10 divided by 5. + +Number 5 is d, 22 minus 6. + +Number 6 is a, 15 divided by 3. + +Number 7 is c, 12 plus 4. + +Number 8 is c, 8 times 3. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(14) Look at Figure 7. Listen to the problems. Write the answers. (pause 4 sec after each problem) + +Number 1: 4 times 2 + +Number 2: 7 minus 3 + +Number 3: 9 plus 8 + +Number 4: 10 divided by 5 + +Number 5: 22 minus 6 + +Number 6: 15 divided by 3 + +Number 7: 12 plus 4 + +Number 8: 8 times 3 + +(15) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is 8. Repeat: 4 times 2 equals 8. + +Number 2 is 4. Repeat: 7 minus 3 is 4. + +Number 3 is 17. Repeat: 9 plus 8 equals 17. + +Number 4 is 2. Repeat: 10 divided by 5 is 2. + +Number 5 is 16. Repeat: 22 minus 6 equals 16. + +Number 6 is 5. Repeat: 15 divided by 3 is 5. + +Number 7 is 16. Repeat: 12 plus 4 equals 16. + +Number 8 is 24. Repeat: 8 times 3 is 24. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 7.** + + + + +### Lesson 2B + +#### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| A. 3 | E. 2 | +| B. 4 | F. 7 | +| C. 6 | G. 5 | +| D. 1 | | + +#### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 6. c | +| 2. a | 7. a | +| 3. d | 8. b | +| 4. c | 9. a | +| 5. d | 10. c | + +#### Figure 6 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 5. d | +| 2. b | 6. a | +| 3. a | 7. c | +| 4. b | 8. c | + +#### Figure 7 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. 8 | 5. 16 | +| 2. 4 | 6. 5 | +| 3. 17 | 7. 16 | +| 4. 2 | 8. 24 | diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-2C.md b/sources/book-7/lla-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b262b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES +## BOOK 7, LESSON 2C + +### **Figure 1** + +> **Answer the questions about the picture.** + +![A man and a woman standing face-to-face with two circles, a rectangle, and a triangle floating between them](images/page_051_001.jpg) + +1. Yes / No +2. Yes / No +3. Yes / No +4. Yes / No +5. Yes / No + +--- + +### **Figure 2** + +> **Write some or any.** +> **Check your answers.** +> **Repeat.** + +*Example:* some + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +9. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +10. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### **Figure 3** + +> **First listen.** +> **Then repeat.** + +**Chris:** I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. Will you help me with it? + +**Chuck:** Yes, I'll help you. Which problem is it? + +**Chris:** It's number 4. It's very hard. + +**Chuck:** Oh, I see your mistake! You needed to multiply, but you added. + +**Chris:** I understand now. Thanks a lot. + +**Chuck:** You're welcome. See you later. + +--- + +### **Figure 4** + +> **Write the missing words.** +> **Check your answers.** + +Our new teacher, Miss Evans $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_1$ like my Aunt Sara. She $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_2$ tall and has black hair. $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_3$ is always smiling. Miss Evans $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_4$ very nice clothes. I think $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_5$ and Aunt Sara buy their $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_6$ at the same store. Do $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_7$ think she'll be nice like $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}_8$ Aunt Sara? + +--- + +### **Figure 5** + +> **Listen to the paragraph and write only the numbers.** + +#### **Paragraph 1** +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +#### **Paragraph 2** +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +9. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +10. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +11. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +12. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +13. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +14. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +15. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +16. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### **Figure 6** + +> **Follow the directions for drawing the shapes. Then, check your shapes from the answer key.** + +• A          • D                                                  • G + +• B          • C                              • E          • F + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_                              2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +• K                  • J + +• H                  • I + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### **Figure 7** + +> **Follow the directions. Then, check the answer key for the correct the drawing.** + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +| Listen to the paragraph and put in the punctuation and capital letters. Check your paragraph from the answer key. | +|---| + +do you always leave a tip for the waiter at a restaurant last week my family and i went to a new restaurant after dinner dad wrote a check he didnt have any money for a tip i gave him three dollars he left it on the table for the waitress + +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. You see a picture of a classroom. There are two students in the classroom. There is a chalkboard in the classroom, too. There are two circles, a rectangle, and a triangle on the chalkboard. + +(3) Now look at the picture. We will compare the two students and the shapes on the board. Answer the questions. Circle "yes" or "no." + +Number 1: Is the girl shorter than the boy? (pause 4 sec) "Yes" is the correct answer. Repeat: Yes, the girl is shorter than the boy. + +(4) Now listen and circle "yes" or "no." (pause 4 sec after each question). + +Number 2: Is the girl taller than the boy? + +Number 3: Is the boy's hair longer than the girl's hair? + +Number 4: Is the circle larger than the rectangle? + +Number 5: Is the triangle smaller than the circle? + +(5) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 2 is no. Repeat: Is the girl taller than the boy? / No, the girl isn't taller than the boy. + +Number 3 is no. Repeat: Is the boy's hair longer than the girl's hair? No, the boy's hair isn't longer than the girl's hair. + +Number 4 is yes. Repeat: Is the circle larger than the rectangle? Yes, the circle is larger than the rectangle. + +Number 5 is yes. Repeat: Is the triangle smaller than the circle? Yes, the triangle is smaller than the circle. + +(6) Let's practice sentences with "some." Listen to the example. (2 voices) + +voice 1: What did you have for breakfast? eggs +voice 2: I had some eggs for breakfast. + +(7) Now answer the questions. (pause 5 sec for student response; 5 sec for repetition) + +Number 1: What did you have for breakfast? eggs +Repeat: I had some eggs for breakfast. + +Number 2: What did you have for breakfast? milk +Repeat: I had some milk for breakfast. + +Number 3: What did you have for breakfast? orange juice +Repeat: I had some orange juice for breakfast. + +Number 4: What did she have for breakfast? tea +Repeat: She had some tea for breakfast. + +Number 5: What did he have for breakfast? coffee +Repeat: He had some coffee for breakfast. + +Number 6: What did they eat for breakfast? bread and butter +Repeat: They ate some bread and butter for breakfast. + +Number 7: What do you want for breakfast? fruit +Repeat: I want some fruit for breakfast. + +(8) Now let's practice sentences with "any." Listen to the example. (2 voices) + +voice 1: The Wilson family didn't have any butter for breakfast today. eggs +voice 2: The Wilson family didn't have any eggs for breakfast today. + +(9) Now substitute the word in the sentence. (pause 5 sec after the cue word; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: rice Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any rice for breakfast today. + +Number 2: tea Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any tea for breakfast today. + +Number 3: bread Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any bread for breakfast today. + +Number 4: coffee Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any coffee for breakfast today. + +Number 5: milk Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any milk for breakfast today. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(10) Now go to Figure 2. Listen to sentences. Write "some" or "any." First look at the example. Listen. I want some tea. Write "some" in the example. (pause 8 sec) + +(11) Now listen and write "some" or "any." (pause 6 sec after each sentence) + +Number 1: I need some money. + +Number 2: I didn't buy any fruit. + +Number 3: Do you want some coffee? + +Number 4: He put some money on the table. + +Number 5: She doesn't have any friends here. + +Number 6: Did you put some shirts in the suitcase? + +Number 7: I want some bread and butter. + +Number 8: She doesn't have any boys in her class. + +Number 9: He never takes any medicine. + +Number 10: He doesn't have any hair on his head. + +(12) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is some. Repeat: I need some money. + +Number 2 is any. Repeat: I didn't buy any fruit. + +Number 3 is some. Repeat: Do you want some coffee? + +Number 4 is some. Repeat: He put some money on the table. + +Number 5 is any. Repeat: She doesn't have any friends here. + +Number 6 is some. Repeat: Did you put some shirts in the suitcase? + +Number 7 is some. Repeat: I want some bread and butter. + +Number 8 is any. Repeat: She doesn't have any boys in her class. + +Number 9 is any. Repeat: He never takes any medicine. + +Number 10 is any. Repeat: He doesn't have any hair on his head. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(13) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat. + +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. Will you help me with it? +voice 2: Yes, I'll help you. Which problem is it? +voice 1: It's number 4. It's very hard. +voice 2: Oh, I see your mistake! You needed to multiply, but you added. +voice 1: I understand now. Thanks a lot. +voice 2: You're welcome. See you later. + +(14) Now, listen and repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. / Will you help me with it? +voice 2: Yes, I'll help you. / Which problem is it? +voice 1: It's number 4. It's very hard. +voice 2: Oh, I see your mistake! / You needed to multiply, but you added. +voice 1: I understand now. Thanks a lot. +voice 2: You're welcome. See you later. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(15) Look at Figure 4. You will hear a paragraph two times. The first time just listen. The second time write the missing word. + +Our new teacher, Miss Evans, looks like my Aunt Sara. She is tall and has black hair. She is always smiling. Miss Evans wears very nice clothes. I think she and Aunt Sara buy their clothes at the same store. Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sara? + +Listen again and write the missing word. + +Our new teacher, Miss Evans, looks like my Aunt Sara. She is tall and has black hair. She is always smiling. Miss Evans wears very nice clothes. I think she and Aunt Sara buy their clothes at the same store. Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sara? + +(16) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is looks. l-o-o-k-s + +Number 2 is is. i-s + +Number 3 is she. s-h-e + +Number 4 is wears. w-e-a-r-s + +Number 5 is she. s-h-e + +Number 6 is clothes. c-l-o-t-h-e-s + +Number 7 is you. y-o-u + +Number 8 is my. m-y + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(17) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph. Write down every number you hear. Remember, write only the numbers. You will hear the paragraph two times. + +Captain Jackson is going to the commissary today. He is going to buy four cans of beans, five pounds of potatoes, three chickens, two gallons of milk, four pounds of tomatoes, and one big box of rice. + +Listen again. + +Captain Jackson is going to the commissary today. He is going to buy four cans of beans, five pounds of potatoes, three chickens, two gallons of milk, four pounds of tomatoes, and one big box of rice. + +(18) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is 4. + +Number 2 is 5. + +Number 3 is 3. + +Number 4 is 2. + +Number 5 is 4. + +Number 6 is 1. + +(19) Look at Figure 5 again. Listen to another paragraph. Write the numbers that you hear. You will hear this paragraph twice. + +Mike had five tests last month. He made the highest score on test number one. His score was 96. His lowest score was on test number 4. He made a 74. His other scores were 82, 77, and 90. This month he will have six tests. He wants a score of 100 this month. + +Listen again. + +Mike had five tests last month. He made the highest score on test number one. His score was 96. His lowest score was on test number 4. He made a 74. His other scores were 82, 77, and 90. This month he will have six tests. He wants a score of 100 this month. + +(20) Let's check these answers. + +Number 7 is 5. + +Number 8 is 1. + +Number 9 is 96. + +Number 10 is 4. + +Number 11 is 74. + +Number 12 is 82. + +Number 13 is 77. + +Number 14 is 90. + +Number 15 is 6. + +Number 16 is 100. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(21) Look at Figure 6. Follow the directions and draw shapes. + +(read slowly and pause 4 sec after each direction) + +Number 1: Draw a line from point A to point B. +Draw a line from point B to point C. +Draw a line from point C to point D. +Draw a line from point D to point A. + +Number 2: Draw a line from point E to point F. +Draw a line from point F to point G. +Draw a line from point G to point E. + +Number 3: Draw a line from point H to point I. +Draw a line from point I to point J. +Draw a line from point J to point K. +Draw a line from point K to point H. + +(22) Write the names under the shapes. (pause 30 sec) + +(23) Now check your work. + +Number 1 is a square, s-q-u-a-r-e. + +Number 2 is a triangle, t-r-i-a-n-g-l-e. + +Number 3 is a rectangle, r-e-c-t-a-n-g-l-e. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(24) Now look at Figure 7. Follow the directions and draw the shapes in Figure 7. (read slowly and pause as directed after each direction) + +Draw a rectangle 2 inches long and 1/2 inch high. (8 sec) + +Write letter A at the lower left corner. (pause) + +Write letter B at the lower right corner. + +Write letter C at the upper right corner. + +Write letter D at the upper left corner. + +Draw a small square under corner A. (pause 6 sec) + +Draw a small square under corner B. (pause 6 sec) + +In the center of the line between corner D and corner C, draw another small square. (pause 6 sec) + +On top of that small square, draw a triangle one inch high. (pause 10 sec) + +On top of the triangle, draw a small circle. (pause 5 sec) + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(25) Now look at Figure 8. Listen to the paragraph. Don't repeat. Just listen. + +Do you always leave a tip for the waiter at a restaurant? Last week my family and I went to a new restaurant. After dinner Dad wrote a check. He didn't have any money for a tip. I gave him three dollars. He left it on the table for the waitress. + +(26) Now write the paragraph and put in punctuation and capital letters. (pause 2 min) + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 7.** + +--- + + + + +### Lesson 2C + +#### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. yes | 4. yes | +| 2. no | 5. yes | +| 3. no | | + +#### Figure 2 + +1. some +2. any +3. some +4. some +5. any +6. some +7. some +8. any +9. any +10. any + +#### Figure 4 + +Our new teacher, Miss Evans looks like my Aunt Sara. She is tall and has black hair. She is always smiling. Miss Evans wears very nice clothes. I think she and Aunt Sara buy their clothes at the same store. Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sara? + +#### Figure 5 + +**Paragraph 1:** + +1. 4 +2. 5 +3. 3 +4. 2 +5. 4 +6. 1 + +**Paragraph 2:** + +7. 5 +8. 1 +9. 96 +10. 4 +11. 74 +12. 82 +13. 77 +14. 90 +15. 6 +16. 100 + +#### Figure 6 + +![A geometric square shape outlined with a square blank answer box to its left](images/page_232_001.jpg) + +1. $\square$ square + +![A right triangle shape with a square blank answer box to its left](images/page_233_001.jpg) + +2. $\square$ triangle + +![A rectangle shape with a square blank answer box to its left](images/page_233_002.jpg) + +3. $\square$ rectangle + +#### Figure 7 + +![A diagram featuring a triangle resting on a square box, which rests on a long horizontal rectangle supported by two small rectangular legs labeled A and B, with labeled parts A, B, C, D](images/page_233_003.jpg) + +#### Figure 8 + +**Do you** always leave a tip for the waiter at a restaurant? **Last week my** family and **I went** to a new restaurant. **After dinner Dad** wrote a check. **He** didn't have any money for a tip. **I gave** him three dollars. **He** left it on the table for waitress. + +4. This is easy. +5. These problems are hard. +6. I want each of you to repeat this sentence. +7. A bus is very heavy. +8. The total price is $25.00. +9. All of my students understand. +10. Ten plus ten equals twenty. + +#### Figure 5 + +1. four shapes +2. the larger apples + +#### Figure 6 + +My two brothers and **I went** to a store last week. **We** wanted to shop. **One** of my brothers bought a blue sweater. **The** other one bought a pair of pants and a pair of shoes. **I** didn't buy anything. **I** didn't have any money. **I will** have some money next week. **I want** to go shopping again. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-2D.md b/sources/book-7/lla-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af3cde84 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES +## BOOK 7, LESSON 2D + +### Figure 1 + +| Repeat the words and sentences. | +|---| + +A. +![#A A woman pointing at apples stacked behind a counter to a male clerk](images/page_057_001.jpg) + +What's the price of these apples? + +B. +![#B Two pencils placed side by side horizontally, top one longer than bottom one](images/page_057_002.jpg) + +One pencil is longer than the other pencil. + +C. +![#C A woman sitting at a table with a coffee cup, requesting more coffee](images/page_057_003.jpg) + +I'd like more coffee, please. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Answer questions about the pictures. Then check your answers and repeat. | +|---| + +![A boy and a girl standing behind tables holding small sticks, with trays of baseballs on their tables](images/page_058_001.jpg) + +**BOY** **GIRL** + +*Example:* A (B) + +| | BOY | GIRL | +|---|---|---| +| 1. | A | B | +| 2. | A | B | +| 3. | A | B | +| 4. | A | B | +| 5. | A | B | + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +| Listen to a dialog and then repeat it. | +|---| + +1. +![#1 A customer buying a shirt from a female store clerk](images/page_059_001.jpg) + +Customer: Can you tell me the price of this shirt? +Clerk: Yes, it's $14.00. + +2. +![#2 An instructor pointing to a math algebra equation on a chalkboard while talking to a student](images/page_059_002.jpg) + +Student: I don't understand this problem. +Instructor: Here you must multiply, not divide. And here you must add, not subtract. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| Circle the strong word. Check your answers. Repeat. | +|---| + +1. What is two times three? +2. Is this the bottom or the top? +3. I want only half a glass of milk, please. +4. This is easy. +5. These problems are hard. +6. I want each of you to repeat this sentence. +7. A bus is very heavy. +8. The total price is $25.00. +9. All of my students understand. +10. Ten plus ten equals twenty. + +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +### Figure 5 + +| Listen to a question and a dialog. Write the answer. Then, check your answer. | +|---| + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Listen to the paragraph and put in the punctuation and capital letters. Check your paragraph from the answer key.** + +my two brothers and i went to a store last week we wanted to shop one of my brothers bought a blue sweater the other one bought a pair of pants and a pair of shoes i didnt buy anything i didnt have any money i will have some money next week i want to go shopping again + +--- + +-- USER NOTES -- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2D + +### AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures and repeat these sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A: price...price +What's the price of these apples? +What's the price of these apples? + +Picture B: than...than +One pencil is longer than the other pencil. +One pencil is longer than the other pencil. + +Picture C: more...more +I'd like more coffee, please. +I'd like more coffee, please. + +### AUDIO TRACK 10 + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions. Circle the correct answers. Let's do the example together. Look at the two pictures and answer this question. Who has the shorter pencil? (pause 4 sec) B is the correct answer. The girl has the shorter pencil. + +(4) Now listen to a question, look at the two pictures, and circle the correct answer, A or B. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Who has the larger box? + +Number 2: Who has the smaller box? + +Number 3: Where is the bigger triangle? + +Number 4: Where is the smaller ball? + +Number 5: Who has the longer table? + +(5) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is A. Who has the larger box? +Repeat: The boy has the larger box. + +Number 2 is B. Who has the smaller box? +Repeat: The girl has the smaller box. + +Number 3 is A. Where is the bigger triangle? +Repeat: The bigger triangle is on the smaller table. + +Number 4 is B. Where is the smaller ball? +Repeat: The smaller ball is on the bigger table. + +Number 5 is B. Who has the longer table? +Repeat: The girl has the longer table. + +### AUDIO TRACK 11 + +(6) Now look at Figure 3. Look at Picture 1 and listen to a dialog. Don't repeat. + +(voice 1, is male; voice 2, is female) + +voice 1: Can you tell me the price of this shirt? +voice 2: Yes, it's $14.00. + +Now repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Can you tell me the price of this shirt? +voice 2: Yes, it's $14.00. + +Look at Picture 2 and listen to the dialog. Don't repeat. + +(2 male voices) + +voice 1: I don't understand this problem. +voice 2: Here you must multiply, not divide. And here you must add, not subtract. + +Now repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: I don't understand this problem. +voice 2: Here you must multiply, not divide. / And here you must add, not subtract. + +### AUDIO TRACK 12 + +(7) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the sentences. (stress word in caps) + +Number 1: What is two times THREE? + +Number 2: Is this the bottom or the TOP? + +Number 3: I want only HALF a glass of milk, please. + +Number 4: This is EASY. + +Number 5: These problems are HARD. + +Number 6: I want EACH of you to repeat this sentence. + +Number 7: A bus is very HEAVY. + +Number 8: The TOTAL price is $25.00. + +Number 9: ALL of my students understand. + +Number 10: Ten plus ten equals TWENTY. + +(8) Now listen to the sentences again and circle the strong word. Listen. (stress word in caps; pause 4 sec after each item) + +Number 1: What is two times THREE? + +Number 2: Is this the bottom or the TOP? + +Number 3: I want only HALF a glass of milk, please. + +Number 4: This is EASY. + +Number 5: These problems are HARD. + +Number 6: I want EACH of you to repeat this sentence. + +Number 7: A bus is very HEAVY. + +Number 8: The TOTAL price is $25.00. + +Number 9: ALL of my students understand. + +Number 10: Ten plus ten equals TWENTY. + +(9) Let's check your answers. +(stress word in caps; pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is three. Repeat: What is two times THREE? + +Number 2 is top. Repeat: Is this the bottom or the TOP? + +Number 3 is half. Repeat: I want only HALF a glass of milk, please. + +Number 4 is easy. Repeat: This is EASY. + +Number 5 is hard. Repeat: These problems are very HARD. + +Number 6 is each. Repeat: I want EACH of you to repeat this sentence. + +Number 7 is heavy. Repeat: A bus is very HEAVY. + +Number 8 is total. Repeat: The TOTAL price is $25.00. + +Number 9 is all. Repeat: ALL of my students understand. + +Number 10 is twenty. Repeat: Ten plus ten equals TWENTY. + +### AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(10) Now look at Figure 5. You will hear a question and a dialog. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat, just listen. After you hear the dialog, answer question Number 1. + +Here's the question: How many different shapes do they say in the dialog? Now listen. + +(2 voices) + +voice 1: Today we studied different shapes in class. +voice 2: What shapes did you study? +voice 1: We drew circles, triangles, squares, and rectangles. +voice 2: We'll study shapes next week. +voice 1: Well, I have to go. I have to do my homework. +voice 2: I do, too. See you tomorrow. + +(11) Now write the answer to question Number 1 in Figure 5. How many different shapes do they say in the dialog? (pause 5 sec) + +(12) Let's check your answer. The answer is four shapes. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Today we studied different shapes in class. +voice 2: What shapes did you study? +voice 1: We drew circles, triangles, squares, and rectangles. +voice 2: We'll study shapes next week. +voice 1: Well, I have to go. I have to do my homework. +voice 2: I do, too. See you tomorrow. + +(13) Listen to another dialog. Then answer question Number 2. + +Here's the question: Which apples did they buy? Now listen to the dialog. + +voice 1: What is the price of these apples? +voice 2: Those are 49 cents a pound. +voice 1: How much are these larger ones? +voice 2: They're 79 cents a pound. +voice 1: They cost more money, but they look good. Let's buy a pound of the larger ones. + +(14) Now write the answer to question Number 2 in Figure 5. Which apples did they buy? (pause 15 sec) + +(15) Let's check your answer. The answer is the larger ones. They bought the larger apples. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: What is the price of these apples? +voice 2: Those are 49 cents a pound. +voice 1: How much are these larger ones? +voice 2: They're 79 cents a pound. +voice 1: They cost more money, but they look good. Let's buy a pound of the larger ones. + +### AUDIO TRACK 14 + +(16) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the paragraph. Don't write. Just listen. + +My two brothers and I went to a store last week. We wanted to shop. One of my brothers bought a blue sweater. The other one bought a pair of pants and a pair of shoes. I didn't buy anything. I didn't have any money. I will have some money next week. I want to go shopping again. + +(17) Now write the paragraph again. Put in the correct punctuation. (pause 2 min) + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 7.** + +--- + + + + +### Lesson 2D + +#### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. A | 4. B | +| 2. B | 5. B | +| 3. A | | + +#### Figure 4 + +1. What is two times three? +2. Is this the bottom or the top? +3. I want only half a glass of milk, please. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-3A.md b/sources/book-7/lla-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dee0808c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 3A + +### Figure 1 + +> **Look and listen. Do not repeat.** + +![A single tree leaf](images/page_063_001.jpg) +LEAF + +![A flower and grass growing outdoors](images/page_063_002.jpg) +FLOWER +GRASS + +![A suburban house with labels pointing to ROOF, LEAVES, HOUSE, GARAGE, TREE, and YARD](images/page_063_003.jpg) + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| leaf | leaves | roof | garage | yard | +| flower | grass | front | back | + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Repeat the words and sentences.** + +1. leaf + A **leaf** is green in the summer. + +2. leaves + In the fall, **leaves** change color. + +3. roof + A **roof** is the top of a building. + It rains on the **roofs** of houses. + +4. garage + The car is in the **garage**. + The **garage** door is closed. + +5. yard + There is a tree in the **yard**. + +6. flower grass + There are **flowers** and **grass** in the yard. + +7. front + This is the **front** yard of the house. + The **front** door of the house is closed. + +8. back + **Back** is the opposite of front. + The **backyard** is on the other side of the house. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Look at the picture and answer the questions. Repeat the answers.** + +![A house in winter covered in snow with a snowman in the front yard and two children playing outside](images/page_065_001.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Listen to the dialog. Repeat it. Read a part.** + +Mary: Do you have any children? +Anne: Yes. I have a son and a daughter. + +Mary: How old is your son? +Anne: He's fifteen years old. + +Mary: How old is your daughter? +Anne: She's twelve. + +Mary: This is a very nice house. How old is it? +Anne: It's twenty years old. + +Mary: Those trees are very tall. How old are they? +Anne: They're more than two hundred years old. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Complete the sentences. Check your answers. Repeat the sentences.** + +1. How __________________ are these buildings? + Some of them are eighty years __________________. + +2. __________________ old are the others? + They're only __________________ years old. + +3. ____________________________________ is the dentist's office? + It's thirty ____________________________________. + +4. How old __________________ the dentist? + ______________________. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Listen to the paragraph. Circle the letter next to the question you can answer with the paragraph. Check your answers.** + +a. How many years do children in the U.S. go to school? +b. What time of the day are they in school? +c. What months of the year are they in school? +d. What seasons of the year are they in school? +e. What languages can they learn in school? + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> Listen to the paragraph. Circle the letter next to the question you can answer with the paragraph. Check your answers. + +a. When was the first airplane flight in the U.S.? +b. Where was the first flight? +c. What was the name of the two brothers? +d. How many times did they fly their airplane? +e. How many seconds were the flights? +f. What time of the day did they fly? + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +> First, just listen to the sentences. Then write the sentences. Check your sentences from the answer key. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures and listen to the words. Don't repeat. + +leaf +leaves +roof +garage +yard +flower +grass +front +back + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the words and sentences and repeat them. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: leaf...leaf +A leaf is green in the summer. + +Number 2: leaves...leaves +In the fall, leaves change color. + +Number 3: roof...roof +A roof is the top of a building. +It rains on the roofs of houses. + +Number 4: garage...garage +The car is in the garage. +The garage door is closed. + +Number 5: yard...yard +There is a tree in the yard. + +Number 6: flower...flower +grass...grass +There are flowers and grass in the yard. + +Number 7: front...front +This is the front yard of the house. +The front door of the house is closed. + +Number 8: back...back +Back is the opposite of front. +The backyard is on the other side of the house. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(4) Now look at Figure 3. Look at the picture. Listen to the questions and answer them. (pause 4 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Is it summer in the picture? +Repeat: No, it isn't. + +Number 2: What season is it? +Repeat: It's winter. + +Number 3: Do the trees have leaves? +Repeat: No, they don't. +These trees don't have leaves in the winter. + +Number 4: What's on the roof of the house? +Repeat: Snow. There's snow on the roof of the house. + +Number 5: Can you see any grass or flowers in the picture? +Repeat: No, they're under the snow. + +Number 6: Is grass green in the winter? +Repeat: No, it's brown. +Grass is green in the summer and brown in the winter. + +Number 7: Where are the boys playing? +Repeat: In the front yard. +The boys are playing in the front yard. + +Number 8: Can you see the backyard? +Repeat: No, it's on the opposite side of the house. +The backyard is on the opposite side of the house. + +Number 9: Can you see the family's car? +Repeat: No, the car's in the garage. + +Number 10: What's that shape near the right side of the house? It's wearing a hat and looks like a man. +Repeat: It's called a snowman. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(5) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat it. Just listen. + +(2 female voices) + +voice 1: Do you have any children? +voice 2: Yes. I have a son and a daughter. + +voice 1: How old is your son? +voice 2: He's fifteen years old. + +voice 1: How old is your daughter? +voice 2: She's twelve. + +voice 1: This is a very nice house. How old is it? +voice 2: It's twenty years old. + +voice 1: Those trees are very tall. How old are they? +voice 2: They're more than two hundred years old. + +(6) Listen to the dialog again and repeat it. Listen and repeat both parts. + +voice 1: Do you have any children? +voice 2: Yes. I have a son and a daughter. + +voice 1: How old is your son? +voice 2: He's fifteen years old. + +voice 1: How old is your daughter? +voice 2: She's twelve. + +voice 1: This is a very nice house. / How old is it? +voice 2: It's twenty years old. + +voice 1: Those trees are very tall. / How old are they? +voice 2: They're more than two hundred years old. + +(7) Now look at the dialog again. I'll read the questions and you read the answers. (pause for student to give the answers from the dialogue above) + +voice 1: Do you have any children? +voice 1: How old is your son? +voice 1: How old is your daughter? +voice 1: This is a very nice house. How old is it? +voice 1: Those trees are very tall. How old are they? + +(8) This time you read Mary's part. Read only the questions. I'll read the answers. Begin. (pause for student to ask the questions from the dialogue above) + +voice 2: Yes. I have a son and a daughter. +voice 2: He's fifteen years old. +voice 2: She's twelve. +voice 2: It's twenty years old. +voice 2: They're more than two hundred years old. + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(9) Please close your books now. Listen to some questions and answers. Don't repeat; just listen. + +(2 voices) + +voice 1: How old are these buildings? +voice 2: Some of them are eighty years old. + +voice 1: How old are the others? +voice 2: They're only twenty years old. + +voice 1: How old is the dentist's office? +voice 2: It's thirty years old. + +voice 1: How old is the dentist? +voice 2: He's fifty-five. + +(10) Open your books and look at Figure 5. Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words and numbers. (pause 6 seconds after each sentence) + +voice 1: How old are these buildings? +voice 2: Some of them are eighty years old. + +voice 1: How old are the others? +voice 2: They're only twenty years old. + +voice 1: How old is the dentist's office? +voice 2: It's thirty years old. + +voice 1: How old is the dentist? +voice 2: He's fifty-five. + +(11) Listen to the questions and answers again. Check the words you wrote. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: How old are these buildings? Repeat: How old are these buildings? +voice 2: Some of them are eighty years old. Repeat: Some of them are eighty years old. +voice 1: How old are the others? Repeat: How old are the others? +voice 2: They're only twenty years old. Repeat: They're only twenty years old. +voice 1: How old is the dentist's office? Repeat: How old is the dentist's office? +voice 2: It's thirty years old. Repeat: It's thirty years old. +voice 1: How old is the dentist? Repeat: How old is the dentist? +voice 2: He's fifty-five. Repeat: He's fifty-five. + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(12) Now look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph. Circle the letter by the questions you can answer with the information in the paragraph. You may circle more than one letter. Look at Figure 6 and listen to the questions. + +a. How many years do children in the U.S. go to school? +b. What time of the day are they in school? +c. What months of the year are they in school? +d. What seasons of the year are they in school? +e. What languages can they learn in school? + +Now listen to the paragraph and circle what you hear. + +Children in the United States go to school for twelve years. They study in the fall, winter, and spring, but not in the summer. They learn English, mathematics, and other things. Some of them study other languages. Many students learn Spanish or French. A few students learn Russian or Chinese. (pause 5 sec) + +(13) Listen again and check your answers. + +Children in the United States go to school for twelve years. They study in the fall, winter, and spring, but not in the summer. They learn English, mathematics, and other things. Some of them study other languages. Many students learn Spanish or French. A few students learn Russian or Chinese. + +(14) The answers are a, d, and e. + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(15) Look at Figure 7. This is like Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph and circle the letter next to the information which you can answer with the paragraph. Listen to the questions. + +a. When was the first airplane flight in the U.S.? +b. Where was the first flight? +c. What was the name of the two brothers? +d. How many times did they fly their airplane? +e. How many seconds were the flights? +f. What time of the day did they fly? + +Now listen to the paragraph and circle what you hear. + +The first airplane flight in the United States was near the Atlantic Ocean on December 17, 1903. Two brothers took several flights in their small airplane that day. The younger brother flew first. He flew for twelve seconds. Later, the older brother flew for fifty-nine seconds. (pause 5 sec) + +(16) Listen again and check your answers. + +The first airplane flight in the United States was near the Atlantic Ocean on December 17, 1903. Two brothers took several flights in their small airplane that day. The younger brother flew first. He flew for twelve seconds. Later, the older brother flew for fifty-nine seconds. + +(17) The answers are a, b, and e. + +--- + +(18) The next exercise is a dictation. Please close your books again. (pause 2 sec) Now listen to the sentences. Don't repeat them. Just listen. + +Number 1: Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. + +Number 2: All of them want to see different things. + +Number 3: He and his wife want to see the mountains. + +Number 4: They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. + +Number 5: Their children want to go to the ocean. + +Number 6: They like to swim and play in the water. + +Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. + +Number 8: Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(19) Now open your books. Turn to Figure 8. Listen to the sentences again and write them on the lines in Figure 8. (pause 5-10 sec after each thought group) + +Number 1: Jim and his family / will take a vacation / next month. + +Number 2: All of them / want to see / different things. + +Number 3: He and his wife / want to see / the mountains. + +Number 4: They like the tall trees / and the cold weather there. + +Number 5: Their children / want to go / to the ocean. + +Number 6: They like to swim / and play / in the water. + +Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets / to California tomorrow. + +Number 8: Then they can go / to the mountains / and the ocean. + +(20) Listen again and check your sentences. + +Number 1: Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. + +Number 2: All of them want to see different things. + +Number 3: He and his wife want to see the mountains. + +Number 4: They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. + +Number 5: Their children want to go to the ocean. + +Number 6: They like to swim and play in the water. + +Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. + +Number 8: Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 7.** + + + + +### Lesson 3A + +#### Figure 5 + +1. How old are these buildings?
Some of them are eighty years old. +2. How old are the others?
They're only 20 years old. +3. How old is the dentist's office?
It's thirty years old. +4. How old is the dentist?
He's 55. + +#### Figure 6 + +a, d, e + +#### Figure 7 + +a, b, e + +#### Figure 8 + +1. Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. +2. All of them want to see different things. +3. He and his wife want to see the mountains. +4. They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. +5. Their children want to go to the ocean. +6. They like to swim and play in the water. +7. Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. +8. Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-3B.md b/sources/book-7/lla-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..453a7e5f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 3B + +### Figure 1 + +> Write the names of the animals under the picture. Repeat the names. + +Animals + +![#1 A happy cartoon dog sitting down with tongue out](images/page_069_001.jpg) +![#2 A small cartoon bird singing with a speech bubble containing a musical note](images/page_069_002.jpg) +![#3 A smiling cartoon cat standing up with its tail in the air](images/page_069_003.jpg) + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> First, just listen. Then repeat the sentences. + +1. A few animals have two legs. +2. Other animals have four legs. +3. Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. +4. All animals need food and water. +5. Many people buy food for their animals. +6. Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food. +7. Birds get their food from the trees and grass. +8. Sometimes people give the birds food and water. + +### Figure 3 + +> Look and listen. Then repeat. + +![A wooden chair with a book sitting on the floor next to it](images/page_070_001.jpg) +by next to + +![A wire mesh fence topped with barbed wire separating property](images/page_070_002.jpg) +fence + +![An open wooden fence gate hanging on its hinges](images/page_070_003.jpg) +gate + +1. The book is **by** the chair. +2. By and **next to** are the same. +3. There is a **fence** between the base and the street. +4. A **gate** in a fence is like a door in a wall. + +### Figure 4 + +> Look at the picture and listen to the questions. Circle yes or no. Check your answers and repeat. + +![A detailed line drawing of a suburban backyard scene divided by a wooden fence between two properties labeled "SUE FOX", "PAT DAY", "BEN FOX", and "JIM DAY", showing people doing yard work, sitting at a picnic table, playing on swing sets, and chatting over the fence](images/page_071_001.jpg) + +1. yes no +2. yes no +3. yes no +4. yes no +5. yes no +6. yes no +7. yes no +8. yes no + +### Figure 5 + +> Add or subtract. Say your answer. Repeat the answer. + +Example: Ken is 18 years old. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> Repeat the words and sentences. Answer the questions. Repeat the answers. + +climb + +![Two climbers attached to ropes scaling a steep mountain peak](images/page_072_001.jpg) + +1. Two boys are **climbing** the mountain. +2. They **climbed** a mountain in Canada last summer. +3. Next summer they will **climb** mountains in France. + +run....ran + +![A man holding a briefcase running rapidly toward a bus at a bus stop](images/page_072_002.jpg) + +4. Mr. Clark is **running** to the bus stop. +5. He also **ran** yesterday morning. +6. He has to **run** to the bus stop every morning. He is always late. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Circle T for true and F for false. Check your answers and repeat.** + +1. T F +2. T F +3. T F +4. T F +5. T F +6. T F +7. T F +8. T F + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +> **Underline the words you hear. Listen again and check the words. Answer the questions.** + +*Example:* Mary has a (cat / *bird*) and a dog. + +❶ Mary's ( *cat* / *dog* ) is called Brutus. ❷ Brutus is always ( *climbing* / *running* ). ❸ He ( *climbs* / *climbed* ) to the top of trees, ( *roofs* / *fences* ), and houses. ❹ Mary's ( *bird* / *dog* ) wants to ( *climb* / *run to* ) them too, but he can only ( *climb to* / *run from* ) one side of the ( *gate* / *yard* ) to the other. + +❺ Yesterday Brutus ( *climbed* / *was climbing* ) to the ( *front* / *roof* ) of the house and stayed there. ❻ He was watching the ( *bird* / *birds* ). ❼ Her ( *cat* / *dog* ) was happy, but Mary was upset. ❽ She ( *runs* / *ran* ) to her father and asked him for help. He ( *climbed* / *ran* ) the ( *roof* / *gate* ) and got Brutus. + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3B + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(1) Hello. Open your booklet to the activities for Lesson 3B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. These are animals. Repeat: animals...animals. Number 1 is a dog. Number 2 is a bird. Number 3 is a cat. Listen and write the names of the animals under the pictures. + +Number 1: dog, d-o-g + +Number 2: bird, b-i-r-d + +Number 3: cat, c-a-t + +(3) Now look at the names and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +dog...dog + +bird...bird + +cat...cat + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(4) Look at the sentences in Figure 2 and listen. Don't repeat. + +Number 1: A few animals have two legs. + +Number 2: Other animals have four legs. + +Number 3: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. + +Number 4: All animals need food and water. + +Number 5: Many people buy food for their animals. + +Number 6: Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food. + +Number 7: Birds get their food from the trees and grass. + +Number 8: Sometimes people give the birds food and water. + +(5) Listen to the sentences again and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: A few animals have two legs. + +Number 2: Other animals have four legs. + +Number 3: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. + +Number 4: All animals need food and water. + +Number 5: Many people buy food for their animals. + +Number 6: Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food. + +Number 7: Birds get their food from the trees and grass. + +Number 8: Sometimes people give the birds food and water. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(6) Please go to Figure 3. Look at the pictures and listen to the words. + +by...by + +next to...next to + +fence...fence + +gate...gate + +(7) Now look at the words and sentences. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: by...by +The book is by the chair. + +Number 2: next to...next to +By and next to are the same. + +Number 3: fence...fence +There is a fence between the base and the street. + +Number 4: gate...gate +A gate in a fence is like a door in a wall. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(8) Okay. Look at Figure 4. Look at the pictures and listen. + +Ben and Sue Fox live next to Jim and Pat Day. The Day's backyard is next to the Fox's backyard. There is a fence between the two backyards. Sue and Pat are standing by the fence. Ben and Jim are standing by the gate. In one back yard, the children are eating. In the other backyard, a young boy and girl are playing, and an older boy is cutting the grass. A very young child is sitting by the back door of the Day's house. + +(9) Now look at the numbers under the picture. Listen to questions. Circle yes or no. (pause 8 seconds after each question) + +Number 1: Is there a front yard in the picture? + +Number 2: Is Sue Fox standing by the fence? + +Number 3: Is Pat Day standing by the fence too? + +Number 4: Are Pat and Sue on the same side of the fence? + +Number 5: Are Ben and Jim standing next to the gate? + +Number 6: Is the gate open? + +Number 7: Is a dog sitting by the door? + +Number 8: Is there a cat in the picture? + +(10) Listen and check your answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is no. Repeat: Is there a front yard in the picture? / No, this is a picture of two backyards. + +Number 2 is yes. Repeat: Is Sue Fox standing by the fence? / Yes, Sue Fox is standing by the fence. + +Number 3 is yes. Repeat: Is Pat Day standing by the fence, too? / Yes, Pat Day is standing by the fence, too. + +Number 4 is no. Repeat: Are Pat and Sue on the same side of the fence? / No, Pat and Sue are on opposite sides of the fence. + +Number 5 is yes. Repeat: Are Ben and Jim standing next to the gate? / Yes, Ben and Jim are standing next to the gate. + +Number 6 is no. Repeat: Is the gate open? / No, the gate's not open. It's closed. + +Number 7 is no. Repeat: Is a dog sitting by the door? / No, a small child / is sitting by the door, not a dog. / A dog is sitting next to the table. + +Number 8 is yes. Repeat: Is there a cat in the picture? / Yes, there's a cat near the table. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(11) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the sentences and add or subtract the numbers. Then answer the questions. Let's do the example in Figure 5 first. + +Bill is twenty years old. Ken is two years younger. How old is Ken? (pause 4 sec) Eighteen is the answer. Twenty minus two equals eighteen. Repeat: Ken is eighteen years old. Now let's do the exercise. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: John is ten. Mary is three years older. How old is Mary? +Repeat: Mary is thirteen years old. + +Number 2: Lisa is sixteen. Her sister is five years younger. How old is her sister? +Repeat: Her sister is eleven. + +Number 3: Betty is twenty years old. Steve is five years older. How old is Steve? +Repeat: Steve is twenty-five years old. + +Number 4: Two years from now, Larry will be 21. How old is Larry? +Repeat: Larry is nineteen years old. + +Number 5: Frank bought his car two years ago. It was four years old then. How old is it now? +Repeat: It's six years old. + +Number 6: Mr. and Mrs. Baker were twenty-five years old ten years ago. How old are they now? +Repeat: They're thirty-five years old. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(12) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the underlined words and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +climb...climb + +run...run + +ran...ran + +(13) Look at the pictures and the sentences beside them. Listen and repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Two boys are climbing the mountain. + +Number 2: They climbed a mountain in Canada last summer. + +Number 3: Next summer they will climb mountains in France. + +Number 4: Mr. Clark is running to the bus stop. + +Number 5: He also ran yesterday morning. + +Number 6: He has to run to the bus stop every morning. / He is always late. + +(14) Listen to questions and answer them. (pause 3 seconds after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Are the boys climbing a fence? +Repeat: No, they're not. / They're climbing a mountain. + +Number 2: Did they climb a mountain last summer? +Repeat: Yes, they did. / They climbed a mountain last summer. + +Number 3: Will they also climb mountains next summer? +Repeat: Yes, they will. / They'll climb mountains next summer too. + +Number 4: Is Mr. Clark walking? +Repeat: No, he's not walking. / Mr. Clark is running. + +Number 5: Does he have to run? +Repeat: Yes, he does. / He's late. / He has to run. + +Number 6: Where does he run? +Repeat: To the bus stop. / Mr. Clark runs to the bus stop every morning. + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(15) Turn to Figure 7 now. Listen to the sentences and circle T for true or F for false. (pause 6 sec after each item) + +Number 1: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. + +Number 2: All animals have four legs. + +Number 3: A gate is like a door. + +Number 4: Animals don't need food and water. + +Number 5: Front is the opposite of back. + +Number 6: Next to is the opposite of by. + +Number 7: Some yards have fences. + +Number 8: Birds climb trees and roofs. + +(16) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is true. Repeat: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. + +Number 2 is false. Repeat: Not all animals have four legs. + +Number 3 is true. Repeat: A gate is like a door. + +Number 4 is false. Repeat: Animals need food and water. + +Number 5 is true. Repeat: Front is the opposite of back. + +Number 6 is false. Repeat: Next to and by are the same. + +Number 7 is true. Repeat: Some yards have fences. + +Number 8 is false. Repeat: Birds fly to trees and roofs. + +**AUDIO TRACK 16** + +(17) Look at Figure 8. Look at the example and listen to a sentence. Underline the words you hear. Listen: Mary has a cat and a dog. (pause 2 sec) Underline the word cat. Let's start the exercise. Underline the words you hear. + +Mary's cat is called Brutus. Brutus is always climbing. He climbs to the top of trees, fences, and houses. Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. + +Yesterday Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. He was watching the birds. Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. She ran to her father and asked him for help. He climbed the roof and got Brutus. + +(18) Listen to the paragraphs again and check the words. Don't repeat. Listen. + +Mary's cat is called Brutus. Brutus is always climbing. He climbs to the top of trees, fences, and houses. Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. + +Yesterday Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. He was watching the birds. Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. She ran to her father and asked him for help. He climbed the roof and got Brutus. + +(19) Listen to these questions. Then answer them. (pause 3 seconds after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: How many animals does Mary have? +Repeat: Mary has two animals. + +Number 2: Which animal can climb things? +Repeat: The cat can climb things. + +Number 3: Where does the cat climb? +Repeat: The cat climbs to the top of trees, fences, and roofs. + +Number 4: Can the dog climb things too? +Repeat: No, it can't. The dog can only run. + +Number 5: What was the cat watching? +Repeat: The cat was watching the birds. + +Number 6: What did Mary's father do? +Repeat: Mary's father climbed to the roof of the house. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 7. + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +### Lesson 3B + +#### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. dog | 3. cat | +| 2. bird | | + +#### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. no | 5. yes | +| 2. yes | 6. no | +| 3. yes | 7. no | +| 4. no | 8. yes | + +#### Figure 7 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. T | 5. T | +| 2. F | 6. F | +| 3. T | 7. T | +| 4. F | 8. F | + +#### Figure 8 + +❶Mary's cat is called Brutus. ❷Brutus is always climbing. ❸He climbs to the top of trees, fences and houses. ❹Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. ❺Yesterday Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. ❻He was watching the birds. ❼Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. ❽She ran to her father and asked him for help. He climbed the roof and got Brutus. diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-3C.md b/sources/book-7/lla-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84e2fb49 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 3C + +### Figure 1 + +> **Repeat the words.** + +1. above +2. below +3. high +4. low +5. over +6. river +7. hill + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Look at the pictures. Repeat the sentences. Answer the questions. Circle yes or no.** + +![#1 An airplane flying above a cloud](images/page_075_001.jpg) +1. yes no + +![#2 An airplane flying below a cloud](images/page_075_002.jpg) +2. yes no + +![#3 The sun shining high over mountains](images/page_075_003.jpg) +3. yes no + +![#4 The sun shining low over mountains](images/page_075_004.jpg) +4. yes no + +![#5 A person throwing a ball over a fence to another person](images/page_075_005.jpg) +5. yes no + +![#6 A river flowing between hills and trees](images/page_075_006.jpg) +6. yes no + +![#7 Mountains with hills beneath them](images/page_075_007.jpg) +7. yes no + +### Figure 3 + +> **Listen to the conversation. Then answer the question. Check your answer.** + +1. Why can't Lt Smith fly today? +2. When does the sergeant have to check I.D. cards? + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![#1 A crescent moon in a black square box](images/page_076_001.jpg) +moon + +![#2 A drawing of the planet earth showing continents](images/page_076_002.jpg) +earth + +![#3 A night sky showing a crescent moon and stars over a cabin](images/page_076_003.jpg) +stars + +![#4 A world map showing land areas labeled LAND and ocean labeled ATLANTIC OCEAN](images/page_076_004.jpg) +world/land + +![#5 A diagram showing the Earth orbiting around the Sun and the Moon orbiting around the Earth](images/page_076_005.jpg) +The earth moves around the sun. + +1. The **moon** shines at night. +2. The **earth** circles the sun. +3. The **stars** are high above the earth. +4. A map of the **world** shows both land and water. +5. The moon moves in a circle **around** the earth. + +### Figure 5 + +> **First, just listen. Then repeat the dialog.** + +**David:** Look at the stars! There are millions of them. +**Diane:** The sky is clear and there's no moon tonight. + +**David:** Why can't we see the moon now? +**Diane:** Because it's between the earth and the sun. + +**David:** When can we see the moon again? +**Diane:** We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. + +**David:** When will we see all of it? +**Diane:** In two weeks. Next week we'll see half of it. + +* * * * * * * * * * + +**Barb:** How many countries are there on earth? +**Ben:** There are one hundred and seventy-one. + +**Barb:** Where did you learn that? +**Ben:** I looked at the world map and counted them. + +**Barb:** Did you visit many of them? +**Ben:** No, not many. + +**Barb:** I thought you were in the Navy. +**Ben:** I was, and I traveled around the world. + +**Barb:** But you didn't see land? +**Ben:** That's right. I only saw a lot of water. + +### Figure 6 + +> **Complete the sentences with the words you hear. Repeat the dialog and check the words.** + +**Barb:** How many countries are there _______________________? +**Ben:** There are one hundred and seventy-one. + +**Barb:** Where did you learn that? +**Ben:** I looked at the _______________________ map and counted them. + +**Barb:** Did you visit many of them? +**Ben:** No, not many. + +**Barb:** I thought you were in the Navy. +**Ben:** I was, and I traveled _______________________ the _______________________. + +**Barb:** But you didn't see any _______________________? +**Ben:** That's right. I only saw a lot of water. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Repeat the sentences.** +> **Answer the questions.** + +![#1 A dog, a cat, and a singing bird standing in a line, showing their relative sizes](images/page_079_001.jpg) + +1. The dog is **small**. + The cat is **smaller**. + The bird is **the smallest**. + +![#2 Three knives of different lengths: a table knife, a meat knife, and a bread knife](images/page_079_002.jpg) + +2. The table knife is **long**. + The meat knife is **longer**. + The bread knife is **the longest**. + +![#3 Three men standing in water at different depths: Sam, Bob, and Ken](images/page_079_003.jpg) + +3. Sam is **wet**. + Bob is **wetter**. + Ken is **the wettest**. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +> **Match the sentence to the picture.** +> **Then check your answers and repeat.** + +![#1 A Two pencils outside an open pencil box, and one inside](images/page_080_001.jpg) +![#1 B Two pencils above an open pencil box, and one small pencil inside](images/page_080_002.jpg) + +1. A / B + +![#2 A Three test papers showing scores: Linda 60, Carol 80, Ellen 90](images/page_080_003.jpg) +![#2 B Three test papers showing scores: Linda 90, Carol 60, Ellen 80](images/page_080_004.jpg) + +2. A / B + +![#3 A Three math problems: 457 x 26, 2 + 2, and 495 + 873 + 962 + 478](images/page_080_005.jpg) +![#3 B Three math problems: 3 + 3, 689 + 782 + 598 + 232, and 25 + 12](images/page_080_006.jpg) + +3. A / B + +![#4 A Four shapes: a small circle, a small square, a large square, and a large triangle](images/page_080_007.jpg) +![#4 B Four shapes: a rectangle, a large circle, a small square, and a small triangle](images/page_080_008.jpg) + +4. A / B + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +> **Write the sentences. Check your answers from the answer key.** + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +6. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +7. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +8. _________________________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words; then repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +above...above + +below...below + +high...high + +low...low + +over...over + +river...river + +hill...hill + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(3) Go to Figure 2. Look at the pictures. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The airplane is above the trees. + +Number 2: The airplane is below the clouds. + +Number 3: The sun is high in the sky. + +Number 4: The sun is low in the sky. + +Number 5: The ball is going over the fence. + +Number 6: The river starts in the mountains / and goes to the ocean. + +Number 7: One hill is higher than the other two hills. + +(4) Now look at the pictures again. Listen to questions and circle yes or no. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Is the airplane higher than the trees? + +Number 2: Are the clouds above the airplane? + +Number 3: Is the sun low in the sky? + +Number 4: Are the mountains over the sun? + +Number 5: Is the fence below the ball? + +Number 6: Is the river like a lake? + +Number 7: Are hills and mountains the same? + +(5) Listen and check your answers. + +Number 1 is yes. Repeat: The airplane is higher than the trees. + +Number 2 is yes. Repeat: The clouds are above the airplane. + +Number 3 is no. The sun is high in this picture, not low. Repeat: The sun is high. + +Number 4 is no. The mountains are below the sun, not over it. Repeat: The sun is over the mountains. + +Number 5 is yes. Repeat: The fence is below the ball. + +Number 6 is no. The water in a river is fast. The water in a lake doesn't go to an ocean. Repeat: The river isn't like a lake. + +Number 7 is no. Hills are lower. Repeat: Hills are lower than mountains. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the first question: Why can't Lt Smith fly today? Now listen to the conversation and then answer the question. (2 male voices) + +voice 1: Don, Lieutenant Smith can't fly today. +voice 2: No problem, sir. I can fly with his student. +voice 1: That's good. Thanks. +voice 2: What's wrong with him? +voice 1: He's sick. He called me at home last night. + +(7) Now answer the question. Why can't Lieutenant Smith fly today? (pause 4 sec) Because he's sick. Lieutenant Smith is sick and can't fly today. + +--- + +(8) Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: Don, Lieutenant Smith can't fly today. +voice 2: No problem, sir. I can fly with his student. + +voice 1: That's good. Thanks. +voice 2: What's wrong with him? + +voice 1: He's sick. He called me at home last night. + +(9) Look at the second question: When does the sergeant have to check I.D. cards? Now listen to the conversation and answer the question. + +voice 1: May I please see your I.D. card, sir? +voice 2: Yes. Here it is. What's wrong, Sergeant? + +voice 1: Nothing, sir. We have to check I.D.'s at this gate. +voice 2: Twenty-four hours a day? + +voice 1: No, sir. Only after six o'clock at night. + +(10) Now answer the question. When does the sergeant have to check I.D. cards? (pause 5 sec) Only after six o'clock at night. The sergeant has to check I.D. cards after six o'clock at night. + +(11) Listen to the conversation again. + +voice 1: May I please see your I.D. card, sir? +voice 2: Yes. Here it is. What's wrong, Sergeant? + +voice 1: Nothing, sir. We have to check I.D.'s at this gate. +voice 2: Twenty-four hours a day? + +voice 1: No, sir. Only after six o'clock at night. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(12) Now go to Figure 4. Look at the pictures. Listen and repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition) + +moon...moon + +earth...earth + +stars...stars + +world...world + +land...land + +around...around + +(13) Look at the sentences below the pictures. Repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The moon shines at night. + +Number 2: The earth circles the sun. + +Number 3: The stars are high above the earth. + +Number 4: A map of the world shows both land and water. + +Number 5: The moon moves in a circle around the earth. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(14) Go to Figure 5 and look at the first dialog. Listen. Don't repeat. (voice 1 male; voice 2 female) + +voice 1: Look at the stars! There are millions of them. +voice 2: The sky is clear and there's no moon tonight. + +voice 1: Why can't we see the moon now? +voice 2: Because it's between the earth and the sun. + +voice 1: When can we see the moon again? +voice 2: We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. + +voice 1: When will we see all of it? +voice 2: In two weeks. Next week we'll see half of it. + +(15) Listen to the first dialog again. This time, repeat it. Say both parts. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: Look at the stars! There are millions of them. +voice 2: The sky is clear and there's no moon tonight. + +voice 1: Why can't we see the moon now? +voice 2: Because it's between the earth and the sun. + +voice 1: When can we see the moon again? +voice 2: We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. + +voice 1: When will we see all of it? +voice 2: In two weeks. Next week we'll see half of it. + +(16) Now look at the second dialog. Listen, don't repeat. (voice 1 female; voice 2 male) + +voice 1: How many countries are there on earth? +voice 2: There are one hundred and seventy-one. + +voice 1: Where did you learn that? +voice 2: I looked at the world map and counted them. + +voice 1: Did you visit many of them? +voice 2: No, not many. + +voice 1: I thought you were in the Navy. +voice 2: I was, and I traveled around the world. + +voice 1: But you didn't see any land? +voice 2: That's right. I only saw a lot of water. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(17) Look at Figure 6. Listen again to the second dialog. This time, write the missing words. (pause 4 sec after sentences with underlined words) + +voice 1: How many countries are there on earth? +voice 2: There are one hundred and seventy-one. + +voice 1: Where did you learn that? +voice 2: I looked at the world map and counted them. + +voice 1: Did you visit many of them? +voice 2: No, not many. + +voice 1: I thought you were in the Navy. +voice 2: I was, and I traveled around the world. + +voice 1: But you didn't see any land? +voice 2: That's right. I only saw a lot of water. + +(18) Now listen to the dialog, repeat it, and check the words you wrote. (pause for repetition) + +voice 1: How many countries are there on earth? +voice 2: There are one hundred and seventy-one. + +voice 1: Where did you learn that? +voice 2: I looked at the world map and counted them. + +voice 1: Did you visit many of them? +voice 2: No, not many. + +voice 1: I thought you were in the Navy. +voice 2: I was, and I traveled around the world. + +voice 1: But you didn't see any land? +voice 2: That's right. I only saw a lot of water. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(19) Go to Figure 7. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. + +Number 1: The dog is small. The cat is smaller. The bird is the smallest. +Repeat: the smallest. The bird is the smallest. + +Number 2: The table knife is long. The meat knife is longer. The bread knife is the longest. +Repeat: the longest. The bread knife is the longest. + +Number 3: Sam is wet. Bob is wetter. Ken is the wettest. +Repeat: the wettest. Ken is the wettest. + +(20) Now look at the pictures and answer the questions. (pause 3 sec after each question) + +Look at the first picture. Which animal is the largest? +Repeat: The dog is the largest. + +Look at the second picture. Which knife is the shortest? +Repeat: The table knife is the shortest. + +Now look at the third picture. Who is the driest? +Repeat: Sam is the driest. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(21) Please turn to Figure 8. Look at the pictures. Listen to a sentence and circle the letter of the correct picture. Circle a or b. (pause 8 sec after each item) + +Number 1: He put the longest pencil in the box. + +Number 2: Carol got the lowest score on the test. + +Number 3: Problem 1 is the easiest. + +Number 4: The circle is the smallest shape. + +(22) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is a. Repeat: He put the longest pencil in the box. + +Number 2 is b. Repeat: Carol got the lowest score on the test. + +Number 3 is b. Repeat: Problem 1 is the easiest. + +Number 4 is a. Repeat: The circle is the smallest shape. + +(23) Listen to some sentences with your books closed. Don't repeat them. Just listen. + +Number 1: Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations. + +Number 2: They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane. + +Number 3: In a car, they have to drive all day. + +Number 4: The train is the answer to their problems. + +Number 5: They can have their own small rooms on the train. + +Number 6: On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book. + +Number 7: They can just sit at a window and look outside. + +Number 8: Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(24) Now open your books and look at Figure 9. Listen to the sentences again and write them. (pause 5-15 sec after each thought group) + +Number 1: Some people / don't like / to fly or drive / on their vacations. + +Number 2: They can't see cities, / mountains, / or lakes / from an airplane. + +Number 3: In a car, / they have to drive / all day. + +Number 4: The train / is the answer / to their problems. + +Number 5: They can have / their own small rooms / on the train. + +Number 6: On the train, / people can eat, / sleep, / or read a book. + +Number 7: They can just sit / at a window / and look outside. + +Number 8: Trains are slower / than airplanes/, but many people like them. + +(25) Listen again and check your sentences. + +Number 1: Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations. + +Number 2: They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane. + +Number 3: In a car, they have to drive all day. + +Number 4: The train is the answer to their problems. + +Number 5: They can have their own small rooms on the train. + +Number 6: On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book. + +Number 7: They can just sit at a window and look outside. + +Number 8: Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 7. + +--- + + + + +### Lesson 3C + +#### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. yes | 5. yes | +| 2. yes | 6. no | +| 3. no | 7. no | +| 4. no | | + +#### Figure 6 + +**Barb:** How many countries are there on earth? + +**Ben:** There are one hundred and seventy-one. + +**Barb:** Where did you learn that? + +**Ben:** I looked at the world map and counted them. + +--- + +Barb: Did you visit many of them? + +Ben: No, not many. + +Barb: I thought you were in the Navy. + +Ben: I was, and I traveled around the world. + +Barb: But you didn't see any land? + +Ben: That's right. I only saw a lot of water. + +### Figure 8 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. A | 3. B | +| 2. B | 4. A | + +### Figure 9 + +1. Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations. +2. They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane. +3. In a car, they have to drive all day. +4. The train is the answer to their problems. +5. They can have their own small rooms on the train. +6. On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book. +7. They can just sit at a window and look outside. +8. Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them. + diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-3D.md b/sources/book-7/lla-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..040b7f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 3D + +### Figure 1 + +> **Circle the answer.** + +![#1 Panel showing (a) a tree, (b) a tall building, and (c) a person](images/page_083_001.jpg) +![#2 Panel showing (a) a truck, (b) a train, and (c) an airplane](images/page_083_002.jpg) +![#3 Panel showing (a) a single window, (b) a double window, and (c) a tall narrow window](images/page_083_003.jpg) +![#4 Panel showing calendars for (a) February 1980, (b) March 1980, and (c) April 1980](images/page_083_004.jpg) +![#5 Panel showing three weightlifters (a), (b), and (c) lifting different sized barbells](images/page_083_005.jpg) +![#6 Panel showing three geometric shapes: (a) circle, (b) square, and (c) triangle](images/page_083_006.jpg) +![#7 Panel showing three cars (a), (b), and (c) involved in a crash](images/page_083_007.jpg) +![#8 Panel showing three men's faces labeled (a), (b), and (c)](images/page_083_008.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> **Answer the questions.** +> **Repeat the answers.** + +*Example:* The English book has 350 pages. +The math book has 400 pages. +The Spanish book has 275 pages. + +1. Bob's score was 83. + Jan's score was 95. + Pat's score was 75. + +2. David is 21 years old. + Susan is 10 years old. + Bonnie is 13 years old. + +3. The Army has 782,000 people. + The Navy has 561,000 people. + The Air Force has 597,000 people. + +4. Lt Smith came to class at 9:00 a.m. + Lt Jones came to class at 8:10 a.m. + Lt Brown came to class at 7:45 a.m. + +5. Flight 007 was two hours long. + Flight 123 was six hours long. + Flight 456 was one hour long. + Flight 789 was four hours long. + +6. The time is 12:00 p.m. + Alan's watch says 12:03. + Mike's watch says 12:10. + Paul's watch says 12:06. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Answer the questions about the map.** + +![A map of South America showing various countries including Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Chile, Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay, Brazil, Guyana, Surinam, and French Guiana](images/page_085_001.jpg) + +1. a. Argentina +b. Columbia +c. Brazil +d. Peru + +2. a. Venezuela +b. Surinam +c. Guyana +d. French Guiana + +3. a. Brazil +b. Bolivia +c. Paraguay +d. Uruguay + +4. a. Chile +b. Peru +c. Surinam +d. Colombia + +5. a. Argentina +b. Chile +c. Peru +d. Colombia + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Answer the questions and repeat.** + +![A postcard addressed to Miss Janet Nelson in Dallas, Texas, with a message on the left side written by Mary Ann about a train trip in France](images/page_086_001.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to some questions about the postcard. Write the numbers of the postcard lines in the blanks under the postcard. Then check your answers.** + +![A blank postcard template with numbered lines for message text on the left and address lines on the right](images/page_087_001.jpg) + +*Example:* Line 6 + +1. Line ______ +2. Line ______ +3. Line ______ +4. Line ______ +5. Line ______ +6. Line ______ +7. Line ______ +8. Line ______ + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Circle the letter next to the question you can answer with the paragraph. Check your answers.** + +a. What is the name of the city? +b. How many people live there? +c. What is the name of the lake near the city? +d. How is the weather in the city? +e. Who lives in the city? + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Circle the letter next to the question you can answer with the paragraph. Check your answers.** + +a. What two countries are around the big lakes? +b. What are the lakes called? +c. How many lakes are there? +d. What is the name of the ocean? +e. What is the largest lake in the world? +f. What is the name of the state by the two smallest lakes? + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Select the best response. Check your answers. Repeat the sentences.** + +1. a. It's old. +b. It's older. +c. It has five years. +d. It's five years old. + +2. a. She's older than Mary. +b. She's ninety-one years old. +c. Her birthday was last week. +d. Her years are ninety-one. + +3. a. Al's got the only high grade. +b. The other grades are also high. +c. Al's grade is the highest. +d. Other students have higher grades. + +4. Draw a circle ______ the right answer. +a. above +b. by +c. around +d. below + +5. The clouds are ______ the mountain. +a. over +b. around +c. below +d. next to + +6. It's ______ in the sky. +a. back +b. low +c. front +d. high + +--- + +7. a. the car +b. the house +c. the room +d. the train + +8. They're outside in the ______. +a. yard +b. earth +c. land +d. world + +9. They're ______ to class. +a. run +b. climb +c. running +d. climbing + +10. It's on the other side of the ______. +a. leaf +b. fence +c. grass +d. animal + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3D + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3D. (pause 6 seconds) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures and listen to the questions. Then circle a, b, or c. Let's do the first one and check it. + +Number 1: Which is the tallest? (pause 5 sec) The correct answer is b. The building is the tallest. Repeat: The building is the tallest. + +(3) Okay. Now let's finish the exercise. (pause 5 sec after each question) + +Number 2: Which is the fastest? + +Number 3: Which window is the widest? + +Number 4: Which month is the shortest? + +Number 5: Who is the strongest? + +Number 6: Which shape is the smallest? + +Number 7: Which car is the newest? + +Number 8: Who is the youngest? + +(4) Now listen and check your answers. + +Number 1 is b. + +Number 2 is c. Repeat: Which is the fastest? / The airplane is the fastest. + +Number 3 is b. Repeat: Which window is the widest? / The window in the center is the widest. + +Number 4 is a. Repeat: Which month is the shortest? / February is the shortest month. + +Number 5 is a. Repeat: Who is the strongest? / He's the strongest. + +Number 6 is c. Repeat: Which shape is the smallest? / The triangle is the smallest shape. + +Number 7 is a. Repeat: Which car is the newest? / The small car is the newest. + +Number 8 is c. Repeat: Who is the youngest? / The man on the right side is the youngest. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(5) Look at Figure 2 now. Look at the sentences. Listen to the questions and answers. Look at the example first. Which book is the biggest? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: The math book is the biggest. + +(6) Now listen and answer the questions. (pause 6 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Whose score was the highest? Repeat: Jan's score was the highest. Who got the lowest score? Repeat: Pat got the lowest score. + +Number 2: Who is the youngest? Repeat: Susan is the youngest. Who is the oldest? Repeat: David is the oldest. + +Number 3: Which is the largest? Repeat: The Army is the largest. Which is the smallest? Repeat: The Navy is the smallest. + +Number 4: Who was the latest? Repeat: Lt Smith was the latest. Who was the earliest? Repeat: Lt Brown was the earliest. + +Number 5: Which flight was the shortest? Repeat: Flight 456 was the shortest. Which flight was the longest? Repeat: Flight 123 was the longest. + +Number 6: Whose watch is the fastest? Repeat: Mike's watch is the fastest. Which boy has the slowest watch? Alan has the slowest watch. Repeat: Alan has the slowest watch. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(7) Now look at Figure 3. This is a map of South America. Listen to a question and select the best answer, a, b, c, or d. (pause 8 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Which country is the largest? + +Number 2: Which country is the smallest? + +Number 3: Which country is the widest? + +Number 4: Which country is the narrowest? + +Number 5: Which country is the longest? + +(8) Check your answers. + +Number 1 is c. Repeat: The largest country is Brazil. + +Number 2 is d. Repeat: The smallest country is French Guyana. + +Number 3 is a. Repeat: The widest country is Brazil. + +Number 4 is a. Repeat: The narrowest country is Chile. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: The longest country is also Chile. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(9) Turn to Figure 4 now. Look at the left side of the post card. Read it; then answer the questions. Read the left side now. +(pause 15 sec) + +(10) Now answer the questions. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Who got the post card? Repeat: Janet got the post card. + +Number 2: Who wrote the post card? Repeat: Mary Ann wrote the post card. + +Number 3: Where did she go on her vacation? Repeat: Mary Ann was in France on her vacation. + +Number 4: When did she write the post card? Repeat: She wrote the post card on August fourth, nineteen eighty-nine. + +Number 5: What did she do that day? Repeat: Mary Ann took a train to the top of a mountain. + +(11) Now look at the right side of the post card and answer the questions. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What did Mary Ann write on the right side of the postcard? Repeat: She wrote Janet's name and address. + +Number 2: Janet's first name and last name are on the first line. What is on the second line? +Repeat: Janet's house number and street name are on the second line. + +Number 3: What's on the third line? +Repeat: The city, state, and ZIP code are on the third line. + +Number 4: What's on the bottom line on the right side of the post card? Repeat: The name of the country is on the bottom line. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(12) Please turn to Figure 5. Listen, don't repeat. Bill wants to write to a friend on this post card. Look at the post card and listen to the questions. Then write the number of the line in the blank. Look at the example. Where will Bill put the stamp? (pause 6 sec) Line 6. Bill will put the stamp in the box on Line 6. + +(13) Now look, listen, and write the number of the correct line. (pause 8 sec between questions) + +Number 1: Where will Bill sign his name? + +Number 2: Where will he write the date? + +Number 3: Where will he write his friend's first and last name? + +Number 4: Where will he write only his friend's first name? + +Number 5: Where will Bill write the name of his friend's country? + +Number 6: Where will Bill start his message? + +Number 7: Where will he write the city, state, and ZIP code? + +Number 8: Where will he write his friend's house number and street name? + +(14) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is Line 5. + +Number 2 is Line 1. + +Number 3 is Line 7. + +Number 4 is Line 2. + +Number 5 is Line 10. + +Number 6 is Line 3. + +Number 7 is Line 9. + +Number 8 is Line 8. + +(15) Look at the post card again. Look at Line 4. What can Bill put on this line? (pause 4 sec) "Your friend". Repeat: Bill can write "Your friend" on Line 4. + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(16) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph. Circle the letter next to the question or questions you can answer with the information in the paragraph. You may circle more than one letter. Look at Figure 6 and listen to the questions. + +a. What is the name of the city? + +b. How many people live there? + +c. What is the name of the lake near the city? + +d. How is the weather in the city? + +e. Who lives in the city? + +(17) Now listen to the paragraph. + +Chicago is a very big city. Three million people live there. It is next to a large lake and has many tall buildings. One of them is the tallest building in the United States. In the winter, the weather there is very cold. There's a lot of wind and snow. Chicago is called "The Windy City". (pause 6 sec) + +(18) Listen to the paragraph again. + +Chicago is a very big city. Three million people live there. It is next to a large lake and has many tall buildings. One of them is the tallest building in the United States. In the winter, the weather there is very cold. There's a lot of wind and snow. Chicago is called "The Windy City". (pause 6 sec) + +(19) The answers are a, b, and d. + +**AUDIO TRACK 16** + +(20) Look at Figure 7. This exercise is like the exercise in Figure 6. Listen to the questions. + +a. What two countries are around the big lakes? + +b. What are the lakes called? + +c. How many lakes are there? + +d. What is the name of the ocean? + +e. What is the largest lake in the world? + +f. What is the name of the state by the two smallest lakes? + +(21) Now listen to the paragraph and circle the letter or letters by the questions. + +There are five very big lakes between Canada and the United States. They are called the Great Lakes, and they are like small oceans. One of them, Lake Superior, is the second largest lake in the world. New York State is by the two smallest lakes. Chicago is also next to one of the Great Lakes. (pause 6 sec) + +(22) Listen to the paragraph again. + +There are five very big lakes between Canada and the United States. They are called the Great Lakes, and they are like small oceans. One of them, Lake Superior, is the second largest lake in the world. New York State is by the two smallest lakes. Chicago is also next to one of the Great Lakes. (pause 6 sec) + +(23) The answers are a, b, c, and f. + +**AUDIO TRACK 17** + +(24) Turn to Figure 8. Listen to some questions and statements, and select the best response. Circle a, b, c, or d. (pause 15 sec after each item) + +Number 1: How old is that car? + +Number 2: How old is Mary's mother? + +Number 3: Al's grade is higher than any other grade. + +Number 4: Please circle the right answer. + +Number 5: The mountain is under the clouds. + +Number 6: It's early morning. Where is the sun? + +Number 7: What's in the garage? + +Number 8: Where are the children? + +Number 9: Those students are late. + +Number 10: Where did my baseball go? + +--- + +(25) Now check your answers. + +Number 1 is d. Repeat: That car is five years old. + +Number 2 is b. Repeat: Mary's mother is ninety-one years old. + +Number 3 is c. Repeat: Al's grade is the highest. + +Number 4 is c. Repeat: Draw a circle around the right answer. + +Number 5 is a. Repeat: The clouds are over the mountain. + +Number 6 is b. Repeat: The sun is low in the early morning. + +Number 7 is a. Repeat: The car is in the garage. + +Number 8 is a. Repeat: The children are outside in the yard. + +Number 9 is c. Repeat: The students are running to class. + +Number 10 is b. Repeat: Your baseball is on the other side of the fence. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 7.** + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +## Lesson 3D + +### Figure 1 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 5. a | +| 2. c | 6. c | +| 3. b | 7. a | +| 4. a | 8. c | + +### Figure 3 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 4. a | +| 2. d | 5. b | +| 3. a | | + +### Figure 5 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. 5 | 5. 10 | +| 2. 1 | 6. 3 | +| 3. 7 | 7. 9 | +| 4. 2 | 8. 8 | + +### Figure 6 + +a, b, d + +### Figure 7 + +a, b, c, f + +### Figure 8 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. d | 6. b | +| 2. b | 7. a | +| 3. c | 8. a | +| 4. c | 9. c | +| 5. a | 10. b | + +--- + diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-4A.md b/sources/book-7/lla-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7655e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ + + +# LESSON 4A + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![An empty wooden bookcase with three open shelves](images/page_091_001.jpg) + +This is a bookcase. + +![A room section showing carpet on the floor](images/page_091_002.jpg) + +We have carpet in our house. + +![A corner where walls meet the ceiling, with an arrow pointing up to the ceiling](images/page_091_003.jpg) + +The ceiling is high. + +![A corner where two walls meet a carpeted/patterned floor](images/page_091_004.jpg) + +We walk on the floor. + +![A window hanging long drapes on both sides with a valance on top](images/page_091_005.jpg) + +The drapes are on the window. + +--- + +![A living room set with a sofa, armchair, coffee table, end table with lamp, and window drapes](images/page_092_001.jpg) + +This is a living room. + +![A collection of household furniture including a sofa, coffee table, chairs, shelf, and cabinet](images/page_092_002.jpg) + +These things are called furniture. + +![A ceiling fan with four blades mounted to the ceiling](images/page_092_003.jpg) + +A room with a ceiling fan is cool. + +![A bookcase with three shelves, with a single book on the bottom shelf](images/page_092_004.jpg) + +Please put the book on the first shelf. +There are three shelves in this bookcase. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Write the letter of the picture on the blank line. Check your answers. Repeat.** + +![A set of various furniture pieces including a couch, table, and chairs](images/page_093_001.jpg) + +![A corner showing the floor area](images/page_093_002.jpg) + +![Window drapes hung around a window](images/page_093_003.jpg) + +![A bookcase with multiple books on the bottom shelf](images/page_093_004.jpg) + +![A ceiling fan hanging from above](images/page_093_005.jpg) + +![An arrow pointing to the ceiling in the corner of a room](images/page_093_006.jpg) + +![A room interior showing a bookcase, framed picture, and drapes](images/page_093_007.jpg) + +![Carpeted floor area between walls](images/page_093_008.jpg) + +![A complete living room setup with furniture](images/page_093_009.jpg) + +1. ______ +2. ______ +3. ______ +4. ______ +5. ______ +6. ______ +7. ______ +8. ______ +9. ______ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**First, just listen to the paragraph. Then repeat it.** + +Nancy and Norm's new house has a lot of nice things in it. It has ceiling fans, carpets, and drapes in all the rooms. There is a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling in the living room. They will get new furniture for that room. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Circle the word with the stress. Then, check your answers and repeat.** + +*Example:* This is the (living) room. + +1. I want some new drapes. +2. Put it on the shelf. +3. This is a bookcase. +4. That's a table. +5. What do you want? +6. Bob made a mistake. +7. I'm tired. +8. I got a letter from my brother yesterday. +9. That's my sister. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to a paragraph. Circle the information you do not hear in the paragraph. Then, check your answers.** + +a. We divide a day into two halves. +b. There are seven days in a week. +c. There are twenty-four hours in a day. +d. The sun is high in the sky at noon. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Write the answer to the question about the dialog. Then check your answer.** + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Write the answer to the question about the dialog. Then check your answer.** + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Listen to the paragraph. Put in capital letters and punctuation. Check your answers from the answer key.** + +nancy and norm like their new house they have a lot of books they can keep their books in the big bookcase in the living room they will buy new furniture for their living room, but they dont have to buy new drapes or a new carpet + +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and sentences. + +Picture a: bookcase...bookcase +This is a bookcase. +This is a bookcase. + +Picture b: carpet...carpet +We have carpet in our house. +We have carpet in our house. + +Picture c: ceiling...ceiling +The ceiling is high. +The ceiling is high. + +Picture d: floor...floor +We walk on the floor. +We walk on the floor. + +Picture e: drapes...drapes +The drapes are on the window. +The drapes are on the window. + +Picture f: living room...living room +This is a living room. +This is a living room. + +Picture g: furniture...furniture +These things are called furniture. +These things are called furniture. + +Picture h: ceiling fan...ceiling fan +A room with a ceiling fan is cool. +A room with a ceiling fan is cool. + +Picture i: shelf...shelf +Please put the book on the first shelf. +Please put the book on the first shelf. + +Look at Picture i again. +Repeat: shelves...shelves +There are three shelves in this bookcase. +There are three shelves in this bookcase. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Look at the pictures. Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. Write the letter of the picture in the blank. Listen to the example. + +Number 1: This is the living room. (pause 5 sec) +Write i next to number 1. Look at picture i. This is the living room. + +(4) Listen and write the letter of the picture. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 2: The drapes are on the window. + +Number 3: Let's move the bookcase next to the window. + +Number 4: I must clean the carpet before Saturday. + +Number 5: Look up at the ceiling. + +Number 6: Please put the books on the bottom shelf. + +Number 7: She needs to clean the floor. + +Number 8: They want new furniture for their living room. + +Number 9: There's a fan in every room. + +(5) Now look at Figure 2 again and check your answers. + +Number 1 is i. Repeat: This is the living room. + +Number 2 is c. Repeat: The drapes are on the window. + +Number 3 is g. Repeat: Let's move the bookcase next to the window. + +Number 4 is h. Repeat: I must clean the carpet before Saturday. + +Number 5 is f. Repeat: Look up at the ceiling. + +Number 6 is d. Repeat: Please put the books on the bottom shelf. + +Number 7 is b. Repeat: She needs to clean the floor. + +Number 8 is a. Repeat: They want new furniture for their living room. + +Number 9 is e. Repeat: There's a fan in every room. + +--- + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(6) Now look at Figure 3. Listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +Nancy and Norm's new house has a lot of nice things in it. It has ceiling fans, carpets, and drapes in all the rooms. There is a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling in the living room. They will get new furniture for that room. + +(7) Listen to the paragraph again and repeat. (pause at slashes for repetition) + +Nancy and Norm's new house / has a lot of nice things in it. / It has ceiling fans, / carpets, / and drapes in all the rooms. / There is a nice bookcase / with shelves from the floor to the ceiling / in the living room. / They will get new furniture for that room. + +(8) Now answer these questions. (pause 8 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: What does the house have in all the rooms? Repeat: The house has ceiling fans, / carpets / and drapes in all the rooms. + +Number 2: What does it have in the living room? Repeat: It has a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling. + +Number 3: What will Nancy and Norm get? Repeat: They will get new furniture for the living room. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(9) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the sentences and circle the word with the strong stress. Look at the example and listen. This is the LIVING room. This is the LIVING room. LIVING is the word with the strong stress. Circle LIVING. + +(10) Now listen to the sentence and circle the correct word. (pause 4 sec after the second reading of each sentence) + +Number 1: I want some new DRAPES. I want some new DRAPES. + +Number 2: Put it on the SHELF. Put it on the SHELF. + +Number 3: This is a BOOKCASE. This is a BOOKCASE. + +Number 4: That's a TABLE. That's a TABLE. + +Number 5: What do you WANT? What do you WANT? + +--- + +Number 6: Bob made a MISTAKE. Bob made a MISTAKE. + +Number 7: I'm TIRED. I'm TIRED. + +Number 8: I got a letter from my BROTHER yesterday. I got a letter from my BROTHER yesterday. + +Number 9: That's my SISTER. That's my SISTER. + +(11) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: drapes Repeat: I want some new DRAPES. + +Number 2: shelf Repeat: Put it on the SHELF. + +Number 3: bookcase Repeat: This is a BOOKCASE. + +Number 4: table Repeat: That's a TABLE. + +Number 5: want Repeat: What do you WANT? + +Number 6: mistake Repeat: Bob made a MISTAKE. + +Number 7: tired Repeat: I'm TIRED. + +Number 8: brother Repeat: I got a letter from my BROTHER yesterday. + +Number 9: sister Repeat: That's my SISTER. + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(12) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. Circle a, b, c, or d. Choose what is not in the paragraph. First listen to the sentences in Figure 5. + +a. We divide a day into two halves. +b. There are seven days in a week. +c. There are twenty-four hours in a day. +d. The sun is high in the sky at noon. + +Now listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +There are twenty-four hours in a day, sixty minutes in an hour, and sixty seconds in a minute. A day begins at midnight and ends twenty-four hours later, at midnight the next day. We divide a day into two halves of 12 hours each. We call the first half a.m. (from midnight to 12 noon). We call the second half p.m. (from noon to midnight). + +--- + +(13) Now select the information you did not hear. Circle a, b, c, or d in Figure 5. (pause 15 sec) + +(14) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answers. (read at normal speed) + +There are twenty-four hours in a day, sixty minutes in an hour, and sixty seconds in a minute. A day begins at midnight and ends twenty-four hours later, at midnight the next day. We divide a day into two halves of 12 hours each. We call the first half a.m. (from midnight to 12 noon). We call the second half p.m. (from noon to midnight). + +(15) The answers are letters b and d. "There are seven days in a week" was not in the paragraph and "The sun is high in the sky at noon" was also not in the paragraph. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(16) Look at Figure 6. You will hear a question and a dialog. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat, just listen. Then answer the question. + +The question is: When will Mrs. Fuller go to see the doctor? Now listen to the dialog. + +(voices 1 and 2, female; voice 3, male) + +voice 1: Dr. Adams' office. +voice 2: This is Mrs. Fuller. I want to see the doctor tomorrow morning, please. +voice 1: Very well, Mrs. Fuller. Will 10 o'clock be okay? +voice 2: Ten will be fine, thank you. +voice 1: We'll see you then. +voice 3: Who is coming in tomorrow morning, Miss Black? +voice 1: Mrs. Fuller called. She is coming at 10 o'clock. + +(17) Now write the answer to the question in Figure 6. When will Mrs. Fuller go to see the doctor? (pause 15 sec) + +(18) Let's check your answer. The answer is 10 o'clock. Mrs. Fuller is going to see the doctor at 10 o'clock. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Dr. Adams' office. +voice 2: This is Mrs. Fuller. I want to see the doctor tomorrow morning, please. +voice 1: Very well, Mrs. Fuller. Will 10 o'clock be okay? +voice 2: Ten will be fine, thank you. +voice 1: We'll see you then. +voice 3: Who is coming in tomorrow morning, Miss Black? +voice 1: Mrs. Fuller called. She is coming at 10 o'clock. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(19) Look at Figure 7. Listen to another question and dialog. + +The question is: What time will someone go to Mrs. Node's house? Now listen to the dialog. + +(voices 1 and 3, male; voice 2, female) + +voice 1: Hal's Furniture Store. +voice 2: This is Nancy Node. Something is wrong with my new refrigerator. Can you send someone to look at it? +voice 1: I can send someone there this afternoon at three, Mrs. Node. What's that address? +voice 2: 1235 Tall Timber Trail. Three o'clock will be fine. Goodbye. +voice 3: Was that a call for me, Hal? +voice 1: Yes. Here's the address. Mrs. Node is having a problem with her new refrigerator. I want you to go and look at it at three o'clock. + +(20) Now write the answer to the question in Figure 7. What time will someone go to Mrs. Node's house? + +(21) Let's check your answer. The answer is 3 o'clock. Someone will go to Mrs. Node's house at 3 o'clock. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Hal's Furniture Store. +voice 2: This is Nancy Node. Something is wrong with my new refrigerator. Can you send someone to look at it? +voice 1: I can send someone there this afternoon at three, Mrs. Node. What's that address? +voice 2: 1235 Tall Timber Trail. Three o'clock will be fine. Goodbye. +voice 3: Was that a call for me, Hal? +voice 1: Yes. Here's the address. Mrs. Node is having a problem with her new refrigerator. I want you to go and look at it at 3 o'clock. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(22) Now look at Figure 8. Listen to a paragraph. Do not repeat, just listen. (read at normal speed) + +Nancy and Norm like their new house. They have a lot of books. They can keep their books in the big bookcase in the living room. They will buy new furniture for their living room, but they don't have to buy new drapes or a new carpet. + +(23) Now write the paragraph in Figure 8. Put in capital letters and punctuation. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 7.** + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +## Lesson 4A + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. i | 6. d | +| 2. c | 7. b | +| 3. g | 8. a | +| 4. h | 9. e | +| 5. f | | + +### Figure 4 + +1. I want some new drapes. +2. Put it on the shelf. +3. This is a bookcase. +4. That's a table. +5. What do you want? +6. Bob made a mistake. +7. I'm tired. +8. I got a letter from my brother yesterday. +9. That's my sister. + +### Figure 5 + +b, d + +### Figure 6 + +10 o'clock + +### Figure 7 + +3 o'clock + +### Figure 8 + +Nancy and Norm like their new house. **They** have a lot of books. **They** can keep their books in the big bookcase in the living room. **They** will buy new furniture for their living room, but they don't have to buy new drapes or a new carpet. + diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-4B.md b/sources/book-7/lla-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e540aeff --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 4B + +### Figure 1 + +| **Repeat the underlined words and sentences.** | +|---| + +![An armchair](images/page_097_001.jpg) +a. armchair +There's an **armchair** in this room. + +![A coffee table](images/page_097_002.jpg) +b. coffee table +This is a **coffee table**. + +![A couch](images/page_097_003.jpg) +c. couch +You can sit on a **couch**. + +![An end table](images/page_097_004.jpg) +d. end table +An **end table** is different from a coffee table. + +![A rug on the floor near a door frame](images/page_097_005.jpg) +e. rug +There is a small **rug** at the front door. + +![A lamp on an end table](images/page_097_006.jpg) +f. lamp +There's a **lamp** on the end table. + +![A sofa](images/page_097_007.jpg) +g. sofa +A **sofa** is the same as a couch. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| **Repeat the sentences. Answer the questions.** | +|---| + +Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. They picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. They saw two nice, big armchairs. They were pretty with the sofa. They bought the chairs and an end table. Then, they picked out a pretty lamp. They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. They got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. They like their new furniture. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +| **First, just listen. Then write the missing words. Check your answers. Repeat the dialog.** | +|---| + +Al: Do you like $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$? +$$\text{\scriptsize 1}$$ + +Ben: I like $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$, but I don't like cats. +$$\text{\scriptsize 2}$$ + +Al: Why do you $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$ dogs? +$$\text{\scriptsize 3}$$ + +Ben: Because they can stay in the $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$. +$$\text{\scriptsize 4}$$ + +Al: That's true. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| **First, just listen. Then write the missing words. Check your answers. Repeat the dialog.** | +|---| + +Sal: I have a dog and a $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$. +$$\text{\scriptsize 1}$$ + +Bet: Do they stay in your house? + +Sal: No, they stay in the $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$. They like to $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$ and play. +$$\text{\scriptsize 2}\hspace{4cm}\text{\scriptsize 3}$$ + +Bet: Do they climb the $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$ next to your $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$? +$$\text{\scriptsize 4}\hspace{4cm}\text{\scriptsize 5}$$ + +Sal: Yes, they do. + +Bet: I want an $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$. I think I'll get a $\underline{\hspace{3cm}}$. +$$\text{\scriptsize 6}\hspace{4cm}\text{\scriptsize 7}$$ + +Sal: Oh, that's nice! + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +| **Circle the information not in the paragraph. Check your answer.** | +|---| + +a. Your address is the number of your house. +b. You put your phone number with your address. +c. Your city and state are in your address. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +| **Repeat the sentences. Write the sentences. Check your answers from the answer key.** | +|---| + +1. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +2. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +3. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +4. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +5. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +6. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +7. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +8. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +9. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +10. $\underline{\hspace{14cm}}$ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4B + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. These are pictures of living room furniture. Listen and repeat the words and sentences. + +Picture a: armchair...armchair +There's an armchair in this room. +There's an armchair in this room. + +Picture b: coffee table...coffee table +This is a coffee table. +This is a coffee table. + +Picture c: couch...couch +You can sit on a couch. +You can sit on a couch. + +Picture d: end table...end table +An end table is different from a coffee table. +An end table is different from a coffee table. + +Picture e: rug...rug +There is a small rug at the front door. +There is a small rug at the front door. + +Picture f: lamp...lamp +There's a lamp on the end table. +There's a lamp on the end table. + +Picture g: sofa...sofa +A sofa is the same as a couch. +A sofa is the same as a couch. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. They picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. They saw two nice, big armchairs. They were pretty with the sofa. They bought the chairs and an end table. Then, they picked out a pretty lamp. They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. They got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. They like their new furniture. + +(4) Listen to the paragraph again. This time repeat. Listen. (pause at slashes for repetition) + +Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. / They picked out a new sofa / and a coffee table. / They saw two nice, big armchairs. / They were pretty with the sofa. / They bought the chairs and an end table. / Then, they picked out a pretty lamp. / They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. / They got a small rug / for the floor under the coffee table. / They like their new furniture. + +(5) Now answer these questions. (pause 6 sec after each question; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Where did Nancy and Norm go? to a furniture store +Repeat: They went to a furniture store. + +Number 2: What did they pick out? a new sofa and a coffee table +Repeat: They picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. + +Number 3: How many armchairs did they buy? two +Repeat: They bought two armchairs. + +Number 4: How many tables did they buy? two +Repeat: They bought a coffee table and an end table. + +Number 5: What did they buy for the end table? a lamp +Repeat: They bought a lamp for the end table. + +Number 6: Where will they put the new rug? under the coffee table +Repeat: They got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the dialog. Don't write. Just listen. (2 male voices) + +voice 1: Do you like animals? +voice 2: I like dogs, but I don't like cats. +voice 1: Why do you like dogs? +voice 2: Because they can stay in the yard. +voice 1: That's true. + +(7) Now listen again and write the missing words. (read slowly; pause 4 sec after sentences with underlined words) + +voice 1: Do you like animals? +voice 2: I like dogs, but I don't like cats. +voice 1: Why do you like dogs? + +--- + +voice 2: Because they can stay in the yard. +voice 1: That's true. + +(8) Now check your answers. +Number 1 is animals, a-n-i-m-a-l-s, animals. +Number 2 is dogs, d-o-g-s, dogs. +Number 3 is like, l-i-k-e, like. +Number 4 is yard, y-a-r-d, yard. + +(9) Now let's practice the dialog. Repeat. +voice 1: Do you like animals? +voice 2: I like dogs, but I don't like cats. +voice 1: Why do you like dogs? +voice 2: Because they can stay in the yard. +voice 1: That's true. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(10) Look at Figure 4. Listen to another dialog. Don't write. Just listen. +(2 female voices) +voice 1: I have a dog and a cat. +voice 2: Do they stay in your house? +voice 1: No, they stay in the backyard. They like to run and play. +voice 2: Do they climb the hill next to your fence? +voice 1: Yes, they do. +voice 2: I want an animal. I think I'll get a bird. +voice 1: Oh, that's nice! + +(11) Now listen again and write in the missing words. (read slowly; pause 4 sec after sentences with underlined words) +voice 1: I have a dog and a cat. +voice 2: Do they stay in your house? +voice 1: No, they stay in the backyard. They like to run and play. +voice 2: Do they climb the hill next to your fence? +voice 1: Yes, they do. +voice 2: I want an animal. I think I'll get a bird. +voice 1: Oh, that's nice! + +(12) Now check your answers. Here are the missing words. +Number 1 is cat, c-a-t, cat. +Number 2 is backyard, b-a-c-k-y-a-r-d, backyard. +Number 3 is run, r-u-n, run. +Number 4 is hill, h-i-l-l, hill. +Number 5 is fence, f-e-n-c-e, fence. +Number 6 is animal, a-n-i-m-a-l, animal. +Number 7 is bird, b-i-r-d, bird. + +(13) Now let's practice the dialog. Repeat. +voice 1: I have a dog and a cat. +voice 2: Do they stay in your house? +voice 1: No, they stay in the backyard. / They like to run and play. +voice 2: Do they climb the hill next to your fence? +voice 1: Yes, they do. +voice 2: I want an animal. / I think I'll get a bird. +voice 1: Oh, that's nice! + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(14) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. Circle a, b, or c. Choose what is not in the paragraph. First listen to the sentences in Figure 5. +a. Your address is the number of your house. +b. You put your phone number with your address. +c. Your city and state are in your address. + +Now listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +Your address is the number of your house. It is the names of your street, city, and state. People may want to write to you or visit you. They need your address. You can put all your friends' addresses in a notebook. Now you have a book with addresses--an address book. + +(15) Now select the information you did not hear. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 15 sec) + +(16) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. (read at normal speed) + +Your address is the number of your house. It is the names of your street, city, and state. People may want to write to you or visit you. They need your address. You can put all your friends' addresses in a notebook. Now you have a book with addresses--an address book. + +(17) The correct answer is b. "You put your phone number with your address" was not in the paragraph. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(18) Look at Figure 6. Repeat these sentences. + +Number 1: Billy can run fast. +Billy can run fast. + +Number 2: Can you describe him for me? +Can you describe him for me? + +Number 3: Seven minus two is five. +Seven minus two is five. + +Number 4: Did you understand that problem? +Did you understand that problem? + +Number 5: He climbed a high hill. +He climbed a high hill. + +Number 6: I want a dog or a cat. +I want a dog or a cat. + +Number 7: They keep the animals in the yard. +They keep the animals in the yard. + +Number 8: Mark climbed over the fence. +Mark climbed over the fence. + +Number 9: The moon is above the trees. +The moon is above the trees. + +Number 10: There is a gate in the fence. +There is a gate in the fence. + +(19) Now listen and write the sentences. (read sentences slowly; pause 8 sec after second reading) + +Number 1: Billy can run fast. +Billy can run fast. + +Number 2: Can you describe him for me? +Can you describe him for me? + +Number 3: Seven minus two is five. +Seven minus two is five. + +Number 4: Did you understand that problem? +Did you understand that problem? + +Number 5: He climbed a high hill. +He climbed a high hill. + +Number 6: I want a dog or a cat. +I want a dog or a cat. + +Number 7: They keep the animals in the yard. +They keep the animals in the yard. + +Number 8: Mark climbed over the fence. +Mark climbed over the fence. + +Number 9: The moon is above the trees. +The moon is above the trees. + +Number 10: There is a gate in the fence. +There is a gate in the fence. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 7.** + + + + +## Lesson 4B + +### Figure 3 + +Al: Do you like animals? + +Ben: I like dogs, but I don't like cats. + +Al: Why do you like dogs? + +Ben: Because they can stay in the yard. + +Al: That's true. + +### Figure 4 + +Sal: I have a dog and a cat. + +Bet: Do they stay in your house? + +Sal: No, they stay in the backyard. They like to run and play. + +Bet: Do they climb the hill next to your fence? + +Sal: Yes, they do. + +Bet: I want an animal. I think I'll get a bird. + +Sal: Oh, that's nice! + +### Figure 5 + +b + +### Figure 6 + +1. Billy can run fast. +2. Can you describe him for me? +3. Seven minus two is five. + +--- + +4. Did you understand that problem? +5. He climbed a high hill. +6. I want a dog or a cat. +7. They keep the animals in the yard. +8. Mark climbed over the fence. +9. The moon is above the trees. +10. There is a gate in the fence. + diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-4C.md b/sources/book-7/lla-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fca38ef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,454 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 4C + +### Figure 1 + +| **Answer the questions. Repeat the sentences.** | +|---| + +*Example:* +![A man pointing to a plate of hot food emitting steam](images/page_101_001.jpg) + +![#1 A box containing clothes and items](images/page_101_002.jpg) +1. + +![#2 A man writing the number 4 on a wall or surface](images/page_101_003.jpg) +2. + +![#3 A plate with food, a fork on the left, and a knife on the right](images/page_101_004.jpg) +3. + +![#4 A woman seated on a chair](images/page_101_005.jpg) +4. + +![#5 A glass half filled with liquid](images/page_101_006.jpg) +5. + +![#6 A close-up drawing of a human ear](images/page_101_007.jpg) +6. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| **Circle the word with the stress. Check your answers and repeat.** | +|---| + +*Example:* We keep our books in the bookcase. + +1. Our ceiling is very high. + +2. Your blouse is very pretty. + +3. Is this your house? + +4. Do you like these drapes? + +5. When did you get that car? + +6. Let's go to dinner. + +7. That's a big box. + +8. I like to climb mountains. + +9. Is the earth round? + +10. Put the table next to the window. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![An open kitchen cabinet showing two stacks of plates stored inside](images/page_103_001.jpg) + +This is a cabinet. + +![An open drawer filled with neatly arranged spoons and forks](images/page_103_002.jpg) + +We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. + +![A view of a kitchen showing a stove, refrigerator, and table](images/page_103_003.jpg) + +We sometimes eat in the kitchen. + +![An open refrigerator packed full of food and drink containers](images/page_103_004.jpg) + +We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. + +![A kitchen sink full of plates being washed with water running from a faucet](images/page_103_005.jpg) + +Do you wash the dishes in the sink? + +![A pot sitting on a burning stove burner with steam rising from it](images/page_103_006.jpg) + +We cook on the stove. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Write the letter of the picture on the blank line. Check your answers and repeat.** + +![A view of a kitchen showing a stove, refrigerator, and table](images/page_104_001.jpg) + +![A pot sitting on a stove burner with steam rising](images/page_104_002.jpg) + +![A kitchen sink full of dishes being washed](images/page_104_003.jpg) + +![An open drawer filled with spoons and forks](images/page_104_004.jpg) + +![An open cabinet showing plates stored on shelves](images/page_104_005.jpg) + +![An open refrigerator full of food](images/page_104_006.jpg) + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Answer the questions about the paragraph. Then repeat the answers.** + +Nancy likes to cook. She is very happy with the kitchen in her new house. It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. There are two sinks and lots of cabinets for the dishes. The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Make questions and answers with the words.** + +*Examples:* +couch / sitting +Do you use a couch for sitting? +Yes, I use a couch for sitting. + +bookcase / put books +Do you use a bookcase to put books in? +Yes, I use a bookcase to put books in. + +1. stove / cooking +2. ceiling fan / cool room +3. cabinet / keeping dishes +4. sink / wash dishes + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Answer the question about the dialog. Then check your answer.** + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Answer the question about the dialog. Then check your answer.** + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Listen to the questions. Then answer the questions. Let's do the example together. Listen. Do you use a fork for eating rice? The answer is: Yes, I use a fork for eating rice. Repeat: Yes, I use a fork for eating rice. + +(3) Now look at the pictures and answer the questions. (pause 10 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Do you use a suitcase for packing clothes? Repeat: Yes, I use a suitcase for packing clothes. + +Number 2: Do you use a pen for writing on the blackboard? Repeat: No, I don't use a pen for writing on the blackboard. + +Number 3: Do you use a spoon for eating meat? Repeat: No, I don't use a spoon for eating meat. + +Number 4: Do you use a chair for sitting? Repeat: Yes, I use a chair for sitting. + +Number 5: Do you use a glass for drinking milk? Repeat: Yes, I use a glass for drinking milk. + +Number 6: Do you use fingers for hearing? Repeat: No, I don't use fingers for hearing. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the sentences and circle the word with the strong stress. Look at the example and listen. We keep our books in the BOOKCASE. We keep our books in the BOOKCASE. BOOKCASE is the word with the strong stress. Circle BOOKCASE. + +(5) Now listen to the sentence and circle the correct word. (pause 4 sec after the second reading of the sentence) + +Number 1: Our ceiling is very HIGH. +Our ceiling is very HIGH. + +Number 2: Your blouse is very PRETTY. +Your blouse is very PRETTY. + +Number 3: Is THIS your house? +Is THIS your house? + +Number 4: Do you like these DRAPES? +Do you like these DRAPES? + +Number 5: When did you get THAT car? +When did you get THAT car? + +Number 6: Let's go to DINNER. +Let's go to DINNER. + +Number 7: That's a BIG box. +That's a BIG box. + +Number 8: I like to climb MOUNTAINS. +I like to climb MOUNTAINS. + +Number 9: Is the earth ROUND? +Is the earth ROUND? + +Number 10: Put the TABLE next to the window. +Put the TABLE next to the window. + +(6) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: high +Repeat: Our ceiling is very HIGH. + +Number 2: pretty +Repeat: Your blouse is very PRETTY. + +Number 3: this +Repeat: Is THIS your house? + +Number 4: drapes +Repeat: Do you like these DRAPES? + +Number 5: that +Repeat: When did you get THAT car? + +Number 6: dinner +Repeat: Let's go to DINNER. + +Number 7: big +Repeat: That's a BIG box. + +Number 8: mountains +Repeat: I like to climb MOUNTAINS. + +Number 9: round +Repeat: Is the earth ROUND? + +Number 10: table +Repeat: Put the TABLE next to the window. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(7) Look at Figure 3. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and sentences. + +Picture a: cabinet...cabinet +This is a cabinet. +This is a cabinet. + +--- + +Picture b: drawer...drawer +We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. +We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. + +Picture c: kitchen...kitchen +We sometimes eat in the kitchen. +We sometimes eat in the kitchen. + +Picture d: refrigerator...refrigerator +We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. +We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. + +Picture e: sink...sink +Do you wash the dishes in the sink? +Do you wash the dishes in the sink? + +Picture f: stove...stove +We cook on the stove. +We cook on the stove. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(8) Look at Figure 4. Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. Write the letter of the picture in the blank. Listen to the example. + +Number 1: The stove is hot. (pause 5 sec) +Write B next to Number 1: Look at Picture B. The stove is hot. + +(9) Now listen and write the letter of the picture. +(pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 2: Mother bought a new refrigerator. + +Number 3: We washed the dishes in the sink. + +Number 4: This is a big kitchen. + +Number 5: I can't open the drawer. + +Number 6: We keep the dishes in the cabinet. + +(10) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is b. Repeat: The stove is hot. + +Number 2 is f. Repeat: Mother bought a new white refrigerator. + +Number 3 is c. Repeat: We washed the dishes in the sink. + +Number 4 is a. Repeat: This is a big kitchen. + +Number 5 is d. Repeat: I can't open the drawer. + +Number 6 is e. Repeat: We keep the dishes in the cabinet. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(11) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +Nancy likes to cook. She is very happy with the kitchen in her new house. It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. There are two sinks and lots of cabinets for the dishes. The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. + +(12) Listen to the paragraph again. This time repeat it. + +Nancy likes to cook. / She is very happy with the kitchen / in her new house. / It has a nice new stove / and a big new refrigerator./ There are two sinks / and lots of cabinets for the dishes. / The bottom cabinets have drawers / for the knives and forks. / Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast / in the kitchen every morning. + +(13) Now answer these questions. (pause 6 sec after each question) + +Number 1: What does Nancy like to do? Repeat: Nancy likes to cook. + +Number 2: What does her new kitchen have? Repeat: It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. + +Number 3: Where does she keep the dishes? Repeat: She keeps the dishes in the cabinets. + +Number 4: What do the bottom cabinets have? Repeat: The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. + +Number 5: What do Nancy and Norm like to do? Repeat: They like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(14) Look at Figure 6. Listen to some words. Make a question and give the answer. Look at the examples. + +couch/sitting +Repeat: Do you use a couch for sitting? / Yes, I use a couch for sitting. + +bookcase/put books +Repeat: Do you use a bookcase to put books in? / Yes, I use a bookcase to put books in. + +(15) Now listen for the words. Make and answer questions. (pause 20 sec after the cue words; pause for repetition) + +Number 1: stove/cooking +Repeat: Do you use a stove for cooking? / Yes, I use a stove for cooking. + +Number 2: ceiling fan/cool room +Repeat: Do you use a ceiling fan to cool a room? / Yes, I use a ceiling fan to cool a room. + +Number 3: cabinet/keeping dishes +Repeat: Do you use a cabinet for keeping dishes in? / Yes, I use a cabinet for keeping dishes in. + +Number 4: sink/wash dishes +Repeat: Do you use a sink to wash dishes in? / Yes, I use a sink to wash dishes in. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(16) Look at Figure 7. You will hear a question and a dialog. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat, just listen. Then answer the question. + +The question is: Why does Nancy want them to come over? Now listen to the dialog. + +(voice 1 and 2, female; voice 3, male) + +voice 1: Can you come over this evening? I want you to see our new house. +voice 2: We'd like to very much, Nancy. Will 7 o'clock be all right? +voice 1: That will be fine. +voice 3: Who was that on the phone? +voice 2: That was Nancy. She wants us to come over and see their new house this evening at 7 o'clock. + +(17) Now write the answer to the question in Figure 7. Why does Nancy want them to come over? (pause 15 sec) + +(18) Let's check your answer. The answer is Nancy wants them to see her new house. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Can you come over this evening? I want you to see our new house. +voice 2: We'd like to very much, Nancy. Will 7 o'clock be all right? +voice 1: That will be fine. +voice 3: Who was that on the phone? +voice 2: That was Nancy. She wants us to come over and see their new house this evening at 7 o'clock. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(19) Look at Figure 8. Listen to another question and dialog. + +The question is: What does Norm want? Now listen to the dialog. + +(voice, 1 and 3, female; voice 2 male) + +voice 1: Norm? Mother is here. She wants us to go to her house this evening. She wants us to have dinner with her. +voice 2: I want to work in the yard this evening, Nancy. +voice 1: OK. I'll ask her to stay for dinner at our house. +voice 2: Good. You two can talk, and I can work in the yard. +voice 1: Okay, I'll ask her. Bye. +voice 3: What did Norm say, dear? +voice 1: He wants you to stay for dinner here. We can talk, and he can work in the yard. + +(20) Now write the answer to the question in Figure 8. What does Norm want? (pause 15 sec) + +(21) Let's check your answer. The answer is: Norm wants to stay at home and work in the yard this evening. Listen to the dialog again. + +voice 1: Norm? Mother is here. She wants us to go to her house this evening. She wants us to have dinner with her. +voice 2: I want to work in the yard this evening, Nancy. +voice 1: OK. I'll ask her to stay for dinner at our house. +voice 2: Good. You two can talk, and I can work in the yard. +voice 1: Okay, I'll ask her. Bye. +voice 3: What did Norm say, dear? +voice 1: He wants you to stay for dinner here. We can talk, and he can work in the yard. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 7.** + + + + +## Lesson 4C + +### Figure 2 + +1. Our ceiling is very high. +2. Your blouse is very pretty. +3. Is this your house? +4. Do you like these drapes? +5. When did you get that car? +6. Let's go to dinner. +7. That's a big box. +8. I like to climb mountains. +9. Is the earth round? +10. Put the table next to the window. + +### Figure 4 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. b | 4. a | +| 2. f | 5. d | +| 3. c | 6. e | + +### Figure 7 + +Nancy wants them to see her new house. + +### Figure 8 + +Norm wants to stay at home and work in the yard this evening. + diff --git a/sources/book-7/lla-4D.md b/sources/book-7/lla-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..962074ca --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/lla-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 7, LESSON 4D + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the underlined words and sentences.** + +![A hand using a manual can opener to open a metal can](images/page_107_001.jpg) + +This is a can opener. + +![A window framed by curtains hanging on either side](images/page_107_002.jpg) + +There's a curtain on the window. + +![Water flowing from a faucet into a sink](images/page_107_003.jpg) + +Water comes from a faucet. + +![Three eggs frying in a skillet pan on a stove](images/page_107_004.jpg) + +We cook eggs in a pan. + +![A large cooking pot with steam rising from it](images/page_107_005.jpg) + +A pot is bigger than a pan. + +![A potted plant with pretty open flowers](images/page_107_006.jpg) + +Those are pretty flowers. + +![A side view headshot of a droopy, sad-looking bloodhound dog](images/page_107_007.jpg) + +I think that dog is ugly. + +![A teacup filled with hot tea resting on a saucer](images/page_107_008.jpg) + +We use a cup for drinking tea. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Match the sentence to the picture. Write the letter of the picture on the blank line. Check your answers and repeat.** + +![A teacup resting on a saucer](images/page_108_001.jpg) + +![A large pot with steam rising](images/page_108_002.jpg) + +![A hand opening a can with a can opener](images/page_108_003.jpg) + +![A droopy-faced hound dog](images/page_108_004.jpg) + +![Water running from a faucet](images/page_108_005.jpg) + +![Eggs frying in a pan](images/page_108_006.jpg) + +![A open window with curtains](images/page_108_007.jpg) + +![A potted plant with flowers](images/page_108_008.jpg) + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> **Repeat the sentences in the paragraph. Answer the questions.** + +Nancy is changing her kitchen. She put pretty, yellow curtains on the window above the sink. She bought new pots and pans. Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. She gave her ugly, old can opener to her younger sister. She wants all new things in her pretty, new kitchen. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Repeat the words. Put an X under the word you hear in the sentence. Check your answers. Repeat the sentences.** + +| | always | often | usually | sometimes | seldom | never | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1. | | | | | | | +| 2. | | | | | | | +| 3. | | | | | | | +| 4. | | | | | | | +| 5. | | | | | | | +| 6. | | | | | | | +| 7. | | | | | | | +| 8. | | | | | | | +| 9. | | | | | | | +| 10. | | | | | | | + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Answer the questions with these words. Repeat the correct answers.** + +![#1 A man cutting meat on a dinner plate with a knife and fork](images/page_110_001.jpg) + +to cut meat + +![#2 Hands using a manual can opener to open a metal can](images/page_110_002.jpg) + +to open cans + +![#3 A man sitting at a table writing with a pen in a checkbook](images/page_110_003.jpg) + +to write checks + +![#4 A man brushing his teeth with a toothbrush](images/page_110_004.jpg) + +to brush our teeth + +![#5 A man and a woman sitting on a sofa](images/page_110_005.jpg) + +to sit on + +![#6 A pot with steam rising sitting on a stove burner](images/page_110_006.jpg) + +to cook in + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Answer the questions with these words. Repeat the correct answers.** + +1. for drinking +2. to keep +3. for washing +4. to open +5. for cooking +6. to keep + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Write the sentences. Check your answers from the answer key.** + +1. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +5. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +6. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +7. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +8. _________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4D + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Repeat the underlined words and the sentences. + +Picture a: can opener...can opener +This is a can opener. +This is a can opener. + +Picture b: curtain...curtain +There's a curtain on the window. +There's a curtain on the window. + +Picture c: faucet...faucet +Water comes from a faucet. +Water comes from a faucet. + +Picture d: pan...pan +We cook eggs in a pan. +We cook eggs in a pan. + +Picture e: pot...pot +A pot is bigger than a pan. +A pot is bigger than a pan. + +Picture f: pretty...pretty +Those are pretty flowers. +Those are pretty flowers. + +Picture g: ugly...ugly +I think that dog is ugly. +I think that dog is ugly. + +Picture h: use...use +We use a cup for drinking tea. +We use a cup for drinking tea. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. Write the letter of the picture in the blank. Let's do the first one together. + +Number 1: This is a can opener. (pause 6 sec) Write c next to Number 1. Look at picture c. This is a can opener. + +(4) Now listen and write the letter of the picture. (pause 6 sec after each sentence) + +Number 2: Those are new curtains on the window. + +Number 3: I like those pretty flowers in the yard. + +Number 4: He put the pan in the sink. + +Number 5: Becky cooked the chicken in a pot. + +Number 6: We got the water from the faucet. + +Number 7: I think that's an ugly dog. + +Number 8: We use a cup for drinking tea. + +(5) Now look at Figure 2 and check your answers. + +Number 1 is c. Repeat: This is a can opener. + +Number 2 is g. Repeat: Those are new curtains on the window. + +Number 3 is h. Repeat: I like those pretty flowers in the yard. + +Number 4 is f. Repeat: He put the pan in the sink. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: Becky cooked the chicken in a pot. + +Number 6 is e. Repeat: We got the water from the faucet. + +Number 7 is d. Repeat: I think that's an ugly dog. + +Number 8 is a. Repeat: We use a cup for drinking tea. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed) + +Nancy is changing her kitchen. She put pretty, yellow curtains on the window above the sink. She bought new pots and pans. Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. She gave her ugly, old can opener to her younger sister. She wants all new things in her pretty, new kitchen. + +--- + +(7) Listen to the paragraph again. This time repeat. +(pause for repetition) + +Nancy is changing her kitchen. / She put pretty, yellow curtains / on the window above the sink. / She bought new pots and pans. / Norm put a new can opener / on the wall for her. / She gave her ugly, old can opener / to her younger sister. / She wants all new things / in her pretty, new kitchen. + +(8) Now answer these questions. (pause 8 sec after each question) +Number 1: What is Nancy doing? Repeat: She's changing her kitchen. +Number 2: What did she put on the window above the sink? Repeat: She put pretty yellow curtains on the window. +Number 3: What new things did she buy? Repeat: She bought new pots and pans. +Number 4: How did Norm help her? Repeat: Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. +Number 5: What did she do with the old can opener? Repeat: She gave the ugly thing to her younger sister. +Number 6: What does Nancy want? Repeat: She wants all new things in her pretty, new kitchen. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(9) Look at Figure 4. At the top of Figure 4 you see six words. Repeat them. +Number 1: always...always +Number 2: often...often +Number 3: usually...usually +Number 4: sometimes...sometimes +Number 5: seldom...seldom +Number 6: never...never + +(10) Now listen to sentences. You will hear one of these six words in each sentence. Listen and put an X under the word in Figure 4. Let's do Number 1 together. Listen. He always arrives on time. (slight pause) Put an X under the word "always" for Number 1. + +(11) Now listen to the other sentences. Listen and put an X under the word. (pause 5 sec after each item) +Number 2: I sometimes go downtown after work. +Number 3: I usually go home and sleep. +Number 4: Do you always eat at the snack bar? +Number 5: I eat there often. +Number 6: I never play tennis on Wednesday. +Number 7: I usually write letters at night. +Number 8: Amy often visits her mother on the weekend. +Number 9: Bill never answers questions in class. +Number 10: Fran seldom writes her friends. + +(12) Now let's check your answers. +Repeat Number 1. He always arrives on time. +Number 2 is sometimes. Repeat: I sometimes go downtown after work. +Number 3 is usually. Repeat: I usually go home and sleep. +Number 4 is always. Repeat: Do you always eat at the snack bar? +Number 5 is often. Repeat: I eat there often. +Number 6 is never. Repeat: I never play tennis on Wednesday. +Number 7 is usually. Repeat: I usually write letters at night. +Number 8 is often. Repeat: Amy often visits her mother on the weekend. +Number 9 is never. Repeat: Bill never answers questions in class. +Number 10 is seldom. Repeat: Fran seldom writes her friends. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(13) Look at Figure 5. Look at the pictures. Listen to the questions and answer them. Let's do the first one together. +Number 1: What do you use a knife for? (pause 8 sec) +Repeat: I use a knife to cut meat. + +(14) Now listen and answer the questions. (pause 8 sec after each question) +Number 2: What do you use a can opener for? +Repeat: I use a can opener to open cans. +Number 3: What do you use a pen for? +Repeat: I use a pen to write checks. +Number 4: What do we use a toothbrush for? +Repeat: We use a toothbrush to brush our teeth. +Number 5: What do we use a sofa for? +Repeat: We use a sofa to sit on. +Number 6: What do we use a pot for? +Repeat: We use a pot to cook in. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(15) Look at Figure 6. Listen to questions. Make answers with the words in Figure 6. (pause 8 sec after each question) +Number 1: What do we use glasses for? +Repeat: We use glasses for drinking. +Number 2: What do we use bookcases for? +Repeat: We use bookcases to keep books in. +Number 3: What do we use sinks for? +Repeat: We use sinks for washing dishes. +Number 4: What do we use can openers for? +Repeat: We use can openers to open cans. +Number 5: What do we use pots and pans for? +Repeat: We use pots and pans for cooking. +Number 6: What do we use a refrigerator for? +Repeat: We use a refrigerator to keep food in. + +(16) Repeat these sentences. +Number 1: The leaves are on the trees. +The leaves are on the trees. +Number 2: My house is on a hill. +My house is on a hill. +Number 3: The river is next to the hill. +The river is next to the hill. +Number 4: The moon is high in the sky. +The moon is high in the sky. +Number 5: The animals like to run in the backyard. +The animals like to run in the backyard. +Number 6: They have many flowers by their house. +They have many flowers by their house. +Number 7: The gate in the fence is open. +The gate in the fence is open. +Number 8: The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. +The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(17) Now look at Figure 7. Listen and write the sentences. (read sentences slowly; pause 10 sec after second reading, +Number 1: The leaves are on the trees. +The leaves are on the trees. +Number 2: My house is on a hill. +My house is on a hill. +Number 3: The river is next to the hill. +The river is next to the hill. +Number 4: The moon is high in the sky. +The moon is high in the sky. +Number 5: The animals like to run in the backyard. +The animals like to run in the backyard. +Number 6: They have many flowers by their house. +They have many flowers by their house. +Number 7: The gate in the fence is open. +The gate in the fence is open. +Number 8: The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. +The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 7. + + + + +## Lesson 4D + +### Figure 2 + +| | | +|---|---| +| 1. c | 5. b | +| 2. g | 6. e | +| 3. h | 7. d | +| 4. f | 8. a | + +### Figure 4 + +| | always | often | usually | sometimes | seldom | never | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| 1. | X | | | | | | +| 2. | | | | | X | | +| 3. | | | X | | | | +| 4. | X | | | | | | +| 5. | | X | | | | | +| 6. | | | | | | X | +| 7. | | | X | | | | +| 8. | | X | | | | | +| 9. | | | | | | X | +| 10. | | | | | X | | + +### Figure 7 + +1. The leaves are on the trees. +2. My house is on a hill. +3. The river is next to the hill. +4. The moon is high in the sky. +5. The animals like to run in the backyard. +6. They have many flowers by their house. +7. The gate in the fence is open. +8. The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-7/st-1.md b/sources/book-7/st-1.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f58b8642 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/st-1.md @@ -0,0 +1,1003 @@ + + +# WHAT'S THIS SHAPE CALLED? BOOK 7 LESSON 1 + +![A female teacher standing in front of a chalkboard with geometric shapes drawn on it, speaking to three seated students](images/page_009_001.jpg) + +— **FUNCTION** — + +What does Alex look like? He's tall and has red hair. +What is the weather like? It's sunny and cool. + +— **GRAMMAR** — + +Jan visited France and England. She liked both countries. +Jan bought three post cards. She mailed two of them. She didn't mail the other post card. + +The students are happy. They have a teacher. She is young. +The happy students have a young teacher. + +— **SKILLS** — + +The children are hungry. They want lunch now. +They = children + +— **VOCABULARY** — + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| compare | alike | other | circle | +| describe | both | round | description | +| draw/drew | fast | slow | edge | +| | like | strong | job | +| | little | weak | line | +| | narrow | wide | math | +| | opposite | | mathematics | +| | | | mistake | +| | | | rectangle | +| It/This is called ... . | | | shape | +| What do/does/did ... look like? | | | side | +| What is/are ... like? | | | square | +| What is/are ... called? | | | triangle | + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 7 LESSON 1 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: job, circle, edge, compare, etc. | 3 | +| READING SKILLS: select referent, supply referent | 10 | +| READING SKILLS: thought groups, read at a glance | 13 | +| GRAMMAR: indefinite adjectives (other and both) | 15 | +| VOCABULARY: adjectives | 22 | +| VOCABULARY: opposite, like, alike | 25 | +| GRAMMAR: sentence expansion (descriptive adjectives) | 28 | +| LISTENING SKILL: select information not heard | 30 | +| WRITING SKILL: complete chart/box outline | 31 | +| VOCABULARY: What does ... look like? What is ... like? | 34 | +| SPEAKING SKILLS: repeat a dialog, recite a dialog | 35 | +| FUNCTION: describing people and objects | 36 | +| WRITING SKILL: correlative substitution table | 37 | + +# √ Vocabulary + +### WHAT'S YOUR JOB? + +Repeat the underlined word and the sentences. + +![A male doctor with a stethoscope talking to a woman patient](images/page_011_001.jpg) + +What's his job? +He's a doctor. + +![A female nurse holding a clipboard talking to a young boy standing on a scale](images/page_011_002.jpg) + +What's her job? +She's a nurse. + +![A male teacher standing at an open door talking to a male student](images/page_011_003.jpg) + +What's his job? +He's a teacher. + +### THAT'S HER JOB. + +Read the sentences. + +1. John helps sick people. He's a doctor. That's his job. +2. Anne works in a hospital. She's a nurse. That's her job. +3. George has fifty students. He's a teacher. That's his job. +4. Mark's car didn't start. He called David. David's a mechanic. That's his job. +5. Linda makes airline and hotel reservations for other people. She's a travel agent. That's her job. +6. I work in a restaurant. I'm a waiter. That's my job. + +### WHAT'S HIS JOB? + +Ask a student a question. He/she will answer it. + +EXAMPLE: +- **S1:** Tom has a small class of ten students. What's his job? +- **S2:** He's a teacher. + +1. Jack flies airplanes. What's his job? +2. Sam drives a bus. What's his job? +3. Jan works in a classroom. She helps students learn English. What's her job? +4. Carol works in a bank. She cashes checks and sells money orders. What's her job? +5. Steve takes people to airports, stores, and restaurants in his car. What's his job? +6. Sally works in a restaurant. She brings customers their menus and food. What's her job? +7. Nick takes letters and packages to homes and offices. What's his job? +8. You study and go to school now. What's your job? +9. Mr. Carter works in the mess hall. He cooks food. What's his job? +10. Glen shaves men's faces and cuts their hair. What's his job? + +# √ Vocabulary + +### THESE ARE CALLED SHAPES. + +Repeat the words. Read the sentences. + +![#1 A set of four geometric shapes: a rectangle, an inverted triangle, a circle, and a square](images/page_012_001.jpg) + +1. What are these? +They're shapes. + +What are these called? +They're called shapes. + +How many shapes are there? +There are four shapes. + +![#2 A simple circle](images/page_012_002.jpg) + +2. What's this? +It's a circle. + +What's this called? +It's called a circle. + +--- + +3. ![#3 A triangle shape](images/page_013_001.jpg) + +What's this? +It's a triangle. + +What's this called? +It's called a triangle. + +4. ![#4 A square shape](images/page_013_002.jpg) + +What's this? +It's a square. + +What's this called? +It's called a square. + +5. ![#5 A rectangle shape](images/page_013_003.jpg) + +What's this? +It's a rectangle. + +What's this called? +It's called a rectangle. + +6. ![#6 Three lines: a curved line, a solid line, and a dashed line](images/page_013_004.jpg) + +What are these? +They're lines. + +What are these called? +They're called lines. + +--- + +**WHAT'S THIS SHAPE CALLED?** + +The instructor will say the name or number of a shape. Be ready to answer like the examples. + +EXAMPLE: +I: square +S: Number 1 and Number 7 + +EXAMPLE: +I: What's Number 9 called? +S: It's called a triangle. + +1. ![#1 A small square](images/page_014_001.jpg) +2. ![#2 A circle](images/page_014_002.jpg) +3. ![#3 A rectangle](images/page_014_003.jpg) +4. ![#4 Three lines: wavy, solid, and dashed](images/page_014_004.jpg) +5. ![#5 A triangle](images/page_014_005.jpg) +6. ![#6 A set of four shapes: square, circle, rectangle, and triangle](images/page_014_006.jpg) +7. ![#7 A large square](images/page_014_007.jpg) +8. ![#8 A large rectangle](images/page_014_008.jpg) +9. ![#9 A tall triangle](images/page_014_009.jpg) + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +**LINDA'S STUDYING MATHEMATICS.** + +Repeat the underlined words and the sentences. + +1. ![#1 A frame containing basic geometric shapes and simple addition and subtraction math equations](images/page_015_001.jpg) +This is mathematics. Math is a short word for mathematics. + +2. ![#2 An addition math problem 2 + 2 = 5 crossed out with a large X](images/page_015_002.jpg) +This is the wrong answer. It's a mistake. + +3. ![#3 A triangle with sides labeled: side 1, side 2, and side 3](images/page_015_003.jpg) +A triangle has three sides. + +4. ![#4 A woman sitting precariously on the very edge of a chair](images/page_015_004.jpg) +She's sitting on the edge of the chair. + +**WE'RE STUDYING MATH.** + +Read the sentences. + +1. Linda is studying numbers, lines, and shapes. She is studying mathematics. +2. Frank had a test in mathematics yesterday. +3. Dan must learn mathematics because he wants to be a pilot. +4. Bob and Pat like English, but they don't like mathematics. + +--- + +5. The math teacher gave the class a quiz today. +6. Ken can't do his math homework because he left his book at school. +7. This sentence isn't correct. There's a mistake in it. +8. What's the mistake? A word is wrong. +9. Rectangles and squares have four sides. +10. He wrote the homework on the right side of the chalkboard. +11. The book is on the edge of the table. +12. The edges of the papers were dirty. + +**MRS. MURPHY TEACHES MATH.** + +![Mrs. Murphy, a math teacher standing at the chalkboard in front of her class pointing to drawn geometric shapes while talking to students](images/page_016_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the dialogs. + +Mrs. Murphy: Please draw these shapes in your notebook. I drew them on the chalkboard. +Linda: I'm drawing the shapes, but Jim's drawing cars. +Mrs. Murphy: Jim, please draw the shapes now. You can draw cars after school. + +********** + +--- + +Mrs. Murphy: Jim, please describe a triangle. +Jim: A triangle is a shape with three sides. +Mrs. Murphy: That's right. Now give a description of a square. +Jim: A square has four sides. + +********** + +Mrs. Murphy: Linda, please compare squares and rectangles. +Linda: A rectangle has two short sides and two long sides. The sides of a square are the same. +Mrs. Murphy: Now compare the lines on the chalkboard. Are they the same? +Linda: No, they're different. The first line is short. The second line is long. + +**LINDA'S MISTAKE** + +Complete the paragraph. Use the words in the box. + +| mathematics | mistake | compared | draw | +|---|---|---|---| +| math | sides | described | drew | +| edge | | rectangle | | + +Jim and Linda study numbers and shapes in their \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ class. Their teacher is Mrs. Murphy. Today she \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ four shapes to the students. Then she \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the shapes on the chalkboard. Linda and Jim had to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ them in their notebooks. Mrs. Murphy looked at Linda's notebook and \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the square to the triangle. She saw a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. Linda's triangle had four \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, not three! On the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ of the page Mrs. Murphy wrote: "This is a rectangle!" + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**HE AND JACK ARE THE SAME.** + +Read the sentences. Notice the words that mean the same. + +1. Jack has a new raincoat. **He** bought it yesterday. Now Jack can walk in the rain. + +He = Jack. **He** and **Jack** are the same. + +2. The children are hungry. **They** want lunch now. I'll make some sandwiches for them. + +They = children. **They** and **children** are the same. + +**KEN TOOK A VACATION. HE'S IN FLORIDA NOW.** + +Read the paragraph and select the correct answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +EXAMPLE: Ken and Kathy went to the movies last night. **They** saw many of their friends there. It was a good show. + +They = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. +a. the movies +b. Ken and Kathy +c. their friends + +--- + +1. Alice walked to school this morning. The weather was rainy and cold. Her new umbrella didn't help her. It was at home. + + It = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + + a. school + b. weather + c. umbrella + +2. The students take tests on Friday and always get good grades. They ask their teachers questions in class every day and study every night. + + They = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + + a. students + b. teachers + c. tests + +3. Mary and her mother will go to England next summer. Mary's friend Susan lives there. She has a house in London. Mary and her mother will stay at Susan's house for a month. + + She = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + + a. Mary + b. Susan + c. Mary's mother + +4. Linda's teacher wrote some numbers on the chalkboard. Then she asked the class a question. Linda knew the answer, but her friend didn't. + + She = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + + a. Linda + b. Linda's teacher + c. Linda's friend + +5. Henry wanted to fly to New York on Sunday. He called a taxi. The taxi driver didn't come on time, and Henry arrived at the airport late. Then the airline agent gave him the wrong ticket. He didn't go to New York that day. + + He = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + + a. Henry + b. the driver + c. the agent + +--- + +## Reading Skill + +### WHAT DOES IT REFER TO? + +Read the paragraph and write the answer in the blank. + +EXAMPLE: California is a good state for a vacation. It has lakes, the ocean, and mountains with snow. The weather in California is nice, too. + +It = California. + +1. George is a car dealer. Ken bought a car from him last week. The car is old, but Ken likes it. He drives it to work every day. + + He = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +2. Steve and Mike are barbers. Their customers like them a lot. They give good haircuts, and they listen to the people in their barbershop. + + They = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +3. Lisa went to France and England last summer. She bought a new camera for her trip. The camera didn't cost much. It's small, but it takes good pictures. + + It = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +4. Mr. and Mrs. Stevens live in Florida. Every winter their friends in Chicago get boxes of fruit from them in the mail. They always like the delicious fruit. + + They = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +5. Kathy wanted to buy a book, but she didn't have any money or identification. The clerk in the store didn't cash Kathy's check. She needed to see her driver's license or I.D. card. + + She = \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +--- + +## Reading Skill + +### READ QUICKLY. + +Read each group of words at one glance. Then answer questions about the paragraph. + +#### Paragraph 1 + +(Dan and I) (play tennis) (at seven o'clock) (every Saturday morning.) (We like) (the cool weather) (in the morning.) (We also like) (to eat a big breakfast) (at a good restaurant) (after we play.) (Many of our friends) (don't like) (to get up early) (on weekends.) (We sometimes ask our friends) (to play tennis with us,) (but they want) (to stay in bed.) + +#### Paragraph 2 + +(Janet and Sharon) (went to a restaurant) (for lunch.) (Janet ordered soup and a sandwich,) (and Sharon ordered a big salad.) (The waitress) (made a mistake.) (She gave Janet) (the soup and the salad.) (She gave Sharon the sandwich.) (Janet gave Sharon) (her salad,) (and Sharon gave Janet) (her sandwich.) (The waitress) (didn't get) (a big tip.) + +--- + +## Reading Skill + +### MORE PRACTICE + +#### Paragraph 1 + +Last week, Jimmy flew to Florida to visit his aunt. He wanted to take pictures of the clouds from the airplane, but he didn't. His mother put his camera in his big suitcase. Jimmy got some paper and drew the clouds. He drew big, white clouds. He drew small clouds. The clouds had many shapes. His aunt in Florida liked Jimmy's pictures. + +#### Paragraph 2 + +There is a new building downtown. It has a drugstore, a barbershop, and a restaurant. It is very tall. There are a lot of offices in it. Five thousand people work in the new building every day. + +--- + +## Grammar + +ONE BOY IS SAD. THE OTHER BOY IS HAPPY. + +![A drawing of two boys side by side: the boy on the left looks sad with a downturned mouth, and the boy on the right looks happy and smiling](images/page_023_001.jpg) + +Read the sentences. + +1. One answer is wrong. The other answer is right. +2. We liked one show. We didn't like the other show. +3. Sam ate one sandwich. He didn't eat the other sandwich. +4. One book is on the table. The other one is on the chair. +5. Sally read one book. She didn't read the other one. + +--- + +ONE STUDENT SPEAKS FRENCH. THE OTHER ONE SPEAKS CHINESE. + +Complete the sentences with **other**. + +EXAMPLE: Tom has two books. One is a language book. The other is a math book. + +1. Mr. and Mrs. Johnson have two cars. One car is old. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ car is new. + +2. Nan bought two new dresses yesterday. One dress is blue. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ dress is yellow. + +3. David wants to visit two countries. One country is China. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ country is Russia. + +4. Kevin bought two maps. He put one map in his desk. He put the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ map in his car. + +5. Clark took two tests. He got a good grade on one test. He got a bad grade on the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ test. + +6. There are two students in the lab. One student speaks French. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one speaks Chinese. + +7. Mary wrote two letters. One letter was very long. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one was short. + +8. The two brothers are in the military. One brother lives on base. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one lives in town. + +9. I see two books. One book is on the table. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one is on the floor. + +10. Two planes got in at ten o'clock. One plane was from Dallas. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one was from Los Angeles. + +--- + +**THIS EXERCISE IS EASY. THE OTHER EXERCISE ISN'T.** + +The instructor will say a sentence. Then you say sentences like the examples. + +EXAMPLE: I: We studied one lesson. +S: We didn't study the other lesson. + +EXAMPLE: I: One brother is in the army. +S: The other brother isn't. + +**ONE GIRL PLAYS TENNIS. THE OTHER GIRL PLAYS SOCCER.** + +Change the sentences. Use other and the word in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: One grade was good. (bad) +The other grade was bad. + +1. One dish was dirty. (clean) +2. One customer ordered pie. (cake) +3. One restaurant had delicious food. (awful) +4. One desk is too small. (large) +5. One man drives a new car. (old) +6. One student studies mathematics. (languages) +7. One child ate an apple. (orange) +8. One shoe is black. (brown) +9. One class went to the lab. (library) +10. One woman wore a white dress. (black) + +**BOTH BOYS ARE HAPPY.** + +![Two young boys smiling next to each other](images/page_026_001.jpg) + +Repeat the sentences. + +1. One boy is happy. +The other boy is also happy. +Both boys are happy. + +2. This cake is delicious. +The other cake is also delicious. +Both cakes are delicious. + +3. This restaurant is crowded. +The other restaurant is also crowded. +Both restaurants are crowded. + +**I HAVE TWO BROTHERS. BOTH BROTHERS ARE SOLDIERS.** + +Read the sentences. + +1. I am reading two books. Both books are good. +2. Lana has two brothers. Both brothers are mechanics. +3. Jan and Lisa took a test. Both girls got good grades. +4. We saw two movies last weekend. We liked both movies. + +5. Ted ordered pie and cake. He couldn't finish both desserts. +6. Nancy and I visited Los Angeles and Chicago. We flew to both cities. + +**ARE BOTH BOYS TALL?** + +Read the sentence. Then use the word(s) in ( ) and both to make a question. + +EXAMPLES: The two boys are brothers. (tall) +Are both boys tall? + +Both girls are happy. (smiling) +Are both girls smiling? + +1. The two girls are sisters. (tall) +2. Both meals were long. (delicious) +3. The two days were cold. (cloudy) +4. Both triangles are large. (the same) +5. The two sentences were long. (in the book) +6. Both buses are crowded. (small) +7. The two jackets are brown. (new) +8. Both mistakes were bad. (awful) +9. The two pilots are good. (young) +10. Both houses are new. (white) +11. The two boys were asleep. (tired) +12. Both girls were happy. (smiling) + +**ONE HOUSE IS SMALL. THE OTHER HOUSE IS LARGE.** + +Change the sentences. Use the words in ( ) and other. You may need to use also and both. + +EXAMPLES: One boy is tall. (short) The other boy is short. + +One girl is sad. (sad) The other girl is also sad. Both girls are sad. + +1. One season was dry. (wet) +2. One room was dirty. (clean) +3. One clock is wrong. (wrong) +4. One child is crying. (smiling) +5. One student is early. (early) +6. One ticket cost $20.00. ($25.00) +7. One cup of coffee was hot. (cold) +8. One sweater was very large. (very large) +9. One officer was a captain. (major) +10. One woman ordered chicken. (chicken) + +**IS THE OTHER CAR NEW?** +**ARE BOTH CARS NEW?** + +Make a question. Use other and the word in ( ). You may need to add also. + +EXAMPLES: One man is tall. (short) +Is the other man short? + +One answer is correct. (correct) +Is the other answer also correct? + +1. This towel is wet. (dry) +2. One student was late for class. (late) + +3. Ted drew one cirlce. (Janet) +4. One student is from Zaire. (Zaire) +5. One customer is happy. (upset) +6. One barracks is near the mess hall. (near the mess hall) +7. This jacket is small. (large) +8. One test has fifty questions. (fifty questions) +9. One pilot flies big planes. (small) +10. We can buy film at this store. (a camera) + +**ONE GRADE IS 40. THE OTHER GRADE IS 100.** + +Describe the pictures. + +![#1 Two drawn squares of different sizes side by side](images/page_029_001.jpg) + +![#2 Two drawn pencils of different lengths](images/page_029_002.jpg) + +![#3 Two test papers side by side, one labeled "ENGLISH TEST 40" and the other "MATH TEST 40"](images/page_029_003.jpg) + +![#4 An open curved line segment forming an incomplete circle](images/page_029_004.jpg) + +![#5 Two smiling boys standing side by side](images/page_029_005.jpg) + +![#6 An old biplane flying above a modern jet airplane](images/page_029_006.jpg) + +![#7 Two test papers, one labeled "ENGLISH TEST 45" and the other "MATH TEST 92"](images/page_030_001.jpg) + +![#8 Two straight parallel lines running diagonally across the box](images/page_030_002.jpg) + +![#9 Two men in suits standing side by side, one short and one tall](images/page_030_003.jpg) + +![#10 Two identical triangles side by side](images/page_030_004.jpg) + +![#11 Two boys side by side, the one on the left frowning/crying and the one on the right smiling](images/page_030_005.jpg) + +![#12 Two pencils of identical length lying horizontally parallel to each other](images/page_030_006.jpg) + +# Vocabulary + +**ONE CAR IS FAST. THE OTHER CAR IS SLOW.** + +Repeat the words and sentences. + +![#1 A small circle drawn in the center of the frame](images/page_030_007.jpg) + +![#2 A large circle drawn in the center of the frame](images/page_030_008.jpg) + +1. One circle is little. +It's small. + +2. The other circle is big. +It isn't small. + +3. Both circles have the same shape. They're round. + +--- + +![#4 A wide multilane highway stretching far into the distance](images/page_031_001.jpg) + +4. One street is wide. + +![#5 An aerial view of a narrow street with a car parked along the side](images/page_031_002.jpg) + +5. The other street is narrow. + +![#6 A sleek, modern sports car driving fast around a curve on a track](images/page_031_003.jpg) + +6. One car is fast. + +![#7 An old vintage automobile driving slowly past a tree](images/page_031_004.jpg) + +7. The other car is slow. + +![#8 A muscular man effortlessly lifting a heavy barbell above his head](images/page_031_005.jpg) + +8. One man is strong. + +![#9 A thin, weak man struggling unsuccessfully to lift a barbell from the ground](images/page_031_006.jpg) + +9. The other man is weak. + +# WHAT DO YOU SEE? + +![#1 A single circle drawn inside a frame](images/page_032_001.jpg) + +![#2 Two identical circles drawn side-by-side inside a frame](images/page_032_002.jpg) + +![#3 A wide multilane highway stretching into the distance](images/page_032_003.jpg) + +![#4 An aerial view of a narrow street with a car parked along the side](images/page_032_004.jpg) + +![#5 A sleek, modern sports car driving fast on a race track](images/page_032_005.jpg) + +![#6 An old vintage car driving slowly past a tree](images/page_032_006.jpg) + +![#7 A muscular, strong man lifting a barbell high above his head](images/page_032_007.jpg) + +![#8 A thin, weak man straining to lift a heavy barbell off the ground](images/page_032_008.jpg) + +# Vocabulary + +**HOT IS THE OPPOSITE OF COLD.** + +Repeat the words and sentences. Then read the sentences. + +![A hot cup of coffee steaming on a saucer alongside a cold glass filled with ice cubes](images/page_033_001.jpg) + +1. Hot is the opposite of cold. +2. Good is the opposite of bad. +3. Right is the opposite of wrong. + +![Three pairs of drawings: two identical jets labeled A and B pointing right; two leather belts labeled A and B, one black and one white; two identical pencils labeled A and B stacked horizontally](images/page_033_002.jpg) + +4. Airplane A is like airplane B. The airplanes are alike. They are the same. + +5. The black belt is not like the white belt. + The belts are not alike. They are different. + One belt is black. The other belt is white. + +6. Pencil A is like pencil B. + The pencils are alike. They are the same. + Both pencils are long. + +# WHICH ONE IS IT? + +Listen to the word and say the number of the picture. + +![#1 A sleek sports car driving fast on a curved race track](images/page_034_001.jpg) + +![#2 An old vintage car driving slowly near a tree](images/page_034_002.jpg) + +![#3 A strong muscular man lifting a heavy barbell over his head](images/page_034_003.jpg) + +![#4 A weak man struggling to lift a heavy barbell from the floor](images/page_034_004.jpg) + +![#5 A wide multilane road stretching into the distance](images/page_034_005.jpg) + +![#6 A narrow street viewed from above with a parked car](images/page_034_006.jpg) + +![#7 A hot steaming bowl of soup or coffee on a saucer](images/page_034_007.jpg) + +![#8 A simple circle centered in a frame](images/page_034_008.jpg) + +![#9 Two young boys smiling, looking identical to each other](images/page_035_001.jpg) + +![#10 Two young boys, one frowning and sad, the other smiling and happy](images/page_035_002.jpg) + +### OPPOSITES + +Complete the sentences. + +1. The opposite of big is __________. + +2. The opposite of narrow is __________. + +3. __________ is the opposite of weak. + +4. __________ is the opposite of fast. + +5. Small and __________ are alike. + +6. Also and too are __________. + +7. Wet and dry are not __________. + +8. Check out is the __________ of check in. + +9. Our notebooks are blue. My notebook is __________ your notebook. + +10. I have a red pen. You have a red pen. My pen is __________ your pen. + +# Grammar + +**THE STUDENT FLIES AIRPLANES. THEY ARE FAST.** +**THE STUDENT FLIES FAST AIRPLANES.** + +Complete the sentence. + +EXAMPLES: +The girl is crying. She is little. +The little girl is crying. + +Bob drives a taxi. It is red. +Bob drives a red taxi. + +1. Jim has an umbrella. It is black. + Jim has a __________. + +2. Alice is writing a letter. It is long. + Alice is writing a __________. + +3. The street is crowded. It is narrow. + The __________ is crowded. + +4. The teacher drew a triangle. It was big. + The teacher drew a __________. + +5. The girl plays basketball. She is tall. + The __________ plays basketball. + +6. The student marked the answer. It was correct. + The student marked the __________. + +7. That package is for you. It is large. + That __________ is for you. + +8. The boy plays football. He is strong. + The __________ plays football. + +9. The man is going to the hospital. He is sick. + The __________ is going to the hospital. + +--- + +10. The children are watching a TV show. It is old. + The children are watching an old TV show. + +**THE HUNGRY MAN ATE A BIG SANDWICH.** + +**Make one sentence from the three sentences.** + +EXAMPLE: The man is old. He got off the bus. It was crowded. +The old man got off the crowded bus. + +1. The pilot is young. He drives a car. The car is fast. + ____________________________________________________ + +2. The barber is short. He gives haircuts. They are good. + ____________________________________________________ + +3. The man was wet. He put on shoes and socks. They were dry. + ____________________________________________________ + +4. The boy was strong. He moved the TV. It was big. + ____________________________________________________ + +5. The children are thirsty. They are drinking milk. It is cold. + ____________________________________________________ + +6. My camera is old. It takes pictures. They are good. + ____________________________________________________ + +7. The mess hall is new. It is near the BX. The BX is small. + ____________________________________________________ + +29 + +--- + +8. The boy is little. He is eating a bowl of ice cream. It is big. + ____________________________________________________ + +### Listening Skill + +**WHAT DID YOU NOT HEAR?** + +**Listen to each paragraph and select the information you did not hear. Circle a, b, c, or d.** + +1. a. She lives in Canada. + b. She teaches French and English. + c. She takes her students downtown. + d. She goes to France every summer. + +2. a. He's a young doctor. + b. His office is on Third Street. + c. He plays tennis every weekend. + d. He goes to the hospital every day. + +3. a. She's from California. + b. She speaks Spanish. + c. She's not happy at school. + d. She'll go home in the summer. + +4. a. The weather is always good. + b. The hotel is very nice. + c. The food is delicious. + d. The hotel is near the ocean. + +5. a. He bought traveler's checks. + b. He went to Florida. + c. He drove for ten hours. + d. He went sightseeing. + +30 + +--- + +### Writing Skill + +**THE NEW RESTAURANT HAS GOOD VEGETABLES, MEATS, AND DESSERTS.** + +**Read the paragraph and fill in the box outline.** + +EXAMPLE: There is a new restaurant downtown. They have good food on the menu there. People can order vegetables and meat. The vegetables are potatoes, squash, and carrots. The meats are beef, pork, and lamb. For dessert they can have pie, cake, or ice cream. + +![A graphic organizer flowchart with 'food at new restaurant' at the top branching into three subcategories: 'vegetables' (carrots, potatoes, squash), 'meats' (beef, pork, lamb), and 'desserts' (pie, ice cream, cake)](images/page_039_001.jpg) + +31 + +--- + +1. Every year Mike plays sports at his school. In the fall he plays football and soccer. In the winter he plays basketball. In the spring he plays baseball and tennis. + +![An empty box flowchart graphic organizer with a main topic box at the top, branching into three category boxes below, which each branch into two sub-item boxes at the bottom](images/page_040_001.jpg) + +2. Alice is a student. She has a schedule. In the morning she goes to school. In the afternoon she sells women's clothes in a store downtown. She gets home late and eats dinner. Then she studies her lessons all evening. + +![An empty box flowchart graphic organizer with a main topic box at the top, branching into three category boxes below, which each branch into two sub-item boxes at the bottom](images/page_040_002.jpg) + +32 + +--- + +3. Some airports are large. Other airports are very small. There are big airplanes and many people at large airports. Flights arrive and depart all day and night. Small airports are not crowded. They have only little airplanes. People don't arrive or depart at night. + +![An empty box flowchart graphic organizer with a main topic box at the top, branching into two category boxes below, which each branch into four sub-item boxes at the bottom](images/page_041_001.jpg) + +4. Our city is very small. It has only three large buildings. They are the bank, the post office, and the grocery store. The bank is old. It was the first big building in the city. The post office is new and clean. The grocery store is near the post office. It is always crowded. + +![An empty box flowchart graphic organizer with a main topic box at the top, branching into three category boxes below, which each branch into two sub-item boxes at the bottom](images/page_041_002.jpg) + +33 + +--- + +### Vocabulary + +**WHAT DOES SHE LOOK LIKE?** **WHAT IS SHE LIKE?** + +1. Mary: What does your teacher look like? + Anna: She's short and has brown hair. Her eyes are blue. + + Mary: What is she like? + Anna: She's young and very nice. She's a good teacher, too. + +2. Sue: What do triangles look like? + Jim: Triangles are shapes with three sides. + + Sue: What do rectangles look like? + Jim: They have two long sides and two short sides. + +3. Dan: What was your trip to Chicago like? + Bob: It was a good trip. I saw a few old friends. + + Dan: What was the weather like there? + Bob: It was awful! It rained for three days. + + Dan: Oh! It was warm and sunny here. + +**CAN YOU MATCH THESE?** + +**Match the questions and answers. Write the letter of the answer in the blank.** + +___ 1. What does his uniform look like? +___ 2. What is the quiz like? +___ 3. What does the city look like? +___ 4. What is your dinner like? +___ 5. What is your family like? +___ 6. What does her car look like? + +a. It's blue and has four doors. +b. It's delicious. +c. The jacket is red and the pants are black. +d. It's large. I have eight children. +e. It's short. There are only ten questions. +f. It has small buildings and narrow streets. + +34 + +--- + +### MORE DIALOGS + +Repeat the dialogs. + +#### WHAT DOES YOUR DOCTOR LOOK LIKE? + +Mark: Is that man your doctor? +Kent: No, that man is tall. My doctor is short. + +Mark: Give me a description of him. +Kent: He has brown hair and eyes. + +Mark: Is he young? +Kent: No, he's not. He's an old man. + +#### WHAT IS HOUSTON LIKE? + +Steve: I think I'll go to Houston next weekend. +David: I went there last month. I can describe it to you. + +Steve: Good. What's it like? +David: There are a lot of trees and tall buildings. + +Steve: Is it very crowded? +David: Yes. A few million people live there. + +Steve: What is the weather like? +David: It's hot, but you can swim in the ocean. + +--- + +### STUDY YOUR PART. + +Repeat the dialog. Then learn a part well enough to recite it without looking at the book. + +Tom: What's your room like at the language school? +Bob: It's small, but nice. It has two windows. + +Tom: Does it have a telephone? +Bob: No, but there's a telephone in the hall.* + +Tom: What else does it have? +Bob: It also has a desk, a chair, and a TV. + +### CAN YOU GIVE A DESCRIPTION OF IT? + +Ask a student to describe a person or thing. The other student will give a description of the person or thing. + +EXAMPLES: +S1: What does your father look like? +S2: He's very big, and he doesn't have much hair now. + +S1: What's your car like? +S2: It's an old red car with two doors. + +\*hall = long, narrow passageway from which the rooms in a building or house open + +--- + +### HARRY WENT TO THE BX AFTER LUNCH. + +| Tom and Al
Harry
Julie
I | went to the | drugstore
BX
bank
grocery store | yesterday.
after lunch.
Monday night.
this morning. | They
He
She
I | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| bought | bread
medicine
a money order
fruit
a shirt | and | milk.
film.
traveler's checks.
toothpaste.
a comb. | They
He
She
I | wanted to
had to | +| cash a check. | The clerk asked for | Tom's
his
her
my | I.D. card,
driver's license,
identification, | | +| but | he
she
I | did not have it. | It was | at home.
in the car.
at the hotel. | + +EXAMPLE: *Tom and Al went to the BX yesterday. They bought a shirt and film.* + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-7/st-2.md b/sources/book-7/st-2.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e10115da --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/st-2.md @@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@ + + +# DO YOU UNDERSTAND THIS? +## BOOK 7 LESSON 2 + +![A man sitting at a desk writing in a spiral notebook while a woman stands next to him pointing and explaining something](images/page_047_001.jpg) + +--- FUNCTION --- + +This line is long. +This line is longer than that line. + +Becky is tall. +Mary is taller. + +--- GRAMMAR --- + +Do you want candy or cake? I'd like **both**, please. +One book is for me; the **other** is for my sister. +I need some cookies. Do you have **some**? +No, I don't have **any**. + +--- SKILLS --- + +Bill wants a new job. He'll get one next week. +Draw the shape. +Go to the door. Stand up. Sit down. + +--- VOCABULARY --- + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| add | any | plus [+] | bottom | +| count | both | some | center | +| divide (into) | curved | straight | circumference | +| equal [=] | each | than | diameter | +| explain | easy | times [x] | error | +| multiply/multiplied | hard | | explanation | +| subtract | heavy | | half/halves | +| understand/understood | into | | price | +| | light | | problem | +| divided by ($\div$ / $\overline{\ \ }$) | minus [-] | | radius | +| make/made a mistake | more | | top | +| multiplied by (x) | other | | total | + +--- + +### CONTENTS OF BOOK 7 LESSON 2 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** bottom, top, center, math terms | 41 | +| **READING SKILLS:** write the topic, select the main idea | 45 | +| **VOCABULARY:** adjectives | 48 | +| **READING SKILLS:** select referent, supply referent | 50 | +| **VOCABULARY:** more math terms | 54 | +| **LISTENING SKILL:** follow instructions for drawing geometric shapes/figures | 57 | +| **GRAMMAR:** comparative **-er + than** | 58 | +| **FUNCTION:** making comparisons/contrasts about people, places, objects | 66 | +| **GRAMMAR:** indefinite pronouns (**some/any**)
indefinite pronouns (**both/other**) | 67
70 | +| **READING SKILL:** carry out written instructions | 72 | + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### WHERE IS THE TOP? WHERE IS THE BOTTOM? + +![A rectangular chalkboard with labels pointing to top, center, and bottom](images/page_049_001.jpg) + +1. Look at the top of the chalkboard. +2. Bottom is the opposite of top. +3. The center is between the top and the bottom. + +### IT'S IN THE CENTER. + +Look at the pictures and answer the questions. + +![A collection of various geometric shapes and objects labeled A through I: A is a triangle, B is a small circle, C is a square, D is a box/rectangle, E is a glove, F is an ID card, G is a hat, H is an apple, I is a cup](images/page_049_002.jpg) + +--- + +![Three diagrams showing circles with labeled parts: A shows circumference, B shows diameter, C shows radius](images/page_050_001.jpg) + +### LET'S TALK ABOUT CIRCLES. + +1. The line on the outside of a circle is called the circumference. +2. The line from one side of a circle to the other side is the diameter. It touches the center of the circle. +3. We call the line from the outside of a circle to the center of the circle the radius. +4. The radius of a circle is one half of the diameter. + +### MORE CIRCLES + +Look at the pictures and answer the questions. + +![Four circles labeled A through D showing center point, radius, diameter, and circumference](images/page_050_002.jpg) + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### EXPLAIN THE PROBLEM TO ME. + +1. Here is a math problem. What is the answer? +2. Each apple costs 20 cents. What do three apples cost? +3. I understand the problem. I can work the problem. +4. Count the apples again. There are 12 apples in the box, not 11. +5. Your answer is correct. You didn't make an error. You didn't make a mistake. +6. Who can explain the problem? Who can talk about it? + +### I DON'T UNDERSTAND THIS PROBLEM. + +![A young man writing in an open workbook with a pencil while a young woman points to it and explains](images/page_051_001.jpg) + +Repeat the dialog, then read it. + +Linda: Did you do the homework last night? +Mark: I did nine of the problems, but I didn't understand number ten. +Linda: But Mrs. Murphy explained each problem in class yesterday. +Mark: I know, but her explanation of number ten wasn't clear. + +--- + +Linda: I think I see your error. You counted 121 boxes, but there are only 120. +Mark: Where? +Linda: Here. + +(Later) + +Mark: Now, I understand. Thanks. +Linda: You're welcome. + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. Why didn't Mark do all of his homework? +2. Did Mrs. Murphy explain the homework? +3. Did Mark understand Mrs. Murphy's explanation? +4. How many problems did Mark finish? +5. Which problem did Linda explain to Mark? +6. What was Mark's mistake? + +### LINDA UNDERSTOOD THE HOMEWORK. + +Complete the sentence with a word from the box. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| error | problem(s) | each | +| explain(ed) | understand | count | +| explanation | understood | | + +EXAMPLE: How many problems are there on the test? + +1. Linda ____________ the homework to Mark. +2. Walter wrote ____________ answer correctly on his test paper. +3. Did you ____________ his explanation? + +--- + +4. You made a(n) ____________ on number eight. That's the wrong answer. +5. The math problems are not alike. ____________ one is different. +6. Linda ____________ the homework, but Mark didn't understand it. +7. The teacher gave the students 25 ____________ for homework. +8. I don't understand number six. Will you please ____________ it again? +9. How many students did you ____________ in Mrs. Green's class? There were 12 students in her class. +10. Did you understand Mrs. Murphy's ____________ of problem three? + +### Reading Skill + +### WRITE THE TOPIC. + +Read each paragraph and write the topic. + +> The topic of the paragraph is what the paragraph is about. Write the topic in one word or a phrase. + +EXAMPLE: This morning in my math class we studied shapes. Last week, we studied numbers. Math is about numbers and shapes. Today, we learned about squares. Tomorrow, we will study circles. The next day, we'll study triangles. +Topic: my math class + +--- + +1. Today, I bought a money order at the post office. I stood in line for about thirty minutes. Then, I got to the window. I asked the clerk for a money order for $25.00. The money order cost $1.00. I gave the clerk $26.00. Next, I wrote the name and the address. Then, I put it in an envelope and mailed it to my wife. + + Topic: ____________________________________ + +2. This morning, Bob thought about his trip to Los Angeles. He wants to visit his brother this summer. Today, he will make his plane reservations, and he will go to the store. He has to buy a new suitcase and some clothes. Then, he will come home and pack his suitcase. Bob also needs some film. He wants to take some pictures in California. + + Topic: ____________________________________ + +3. Joan has two houses. One is in the city and the other one is near a lake. The house near the lake is not very large, but it's nice. It is white and blue. It has nice pictures on the walls and large windows. She can see the lake from some of the windows. Joan goes there to relax. Sometimes she stays there overnight, but other times she stays for a few weeks. + + Topic: ____________________________________ + +4. John had a bad day yesterday. First, he was late for work in the morning. Then, he left his desk keys in the suit he wore yesterday. At noon, he went to the restaurant for lunch. The waiter brought him the wrong plate and made a mistake on the bill. In the afternoon, he didn't get a call he wanted. In the evening, he didn't watch his favorite sport. The television didn't work. + + Topic: ____________________________________ + +5. I do my homework every day. I work in a drugstore after school every afternoon and on Saturday. Sometimes, I have little time to do my homework. But I do it. I like to get good grades, and I know I must do my homework. The grade I get in the homework is part of the final grade. + + Topic: ____________________________________ + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +> The main idea of a paragraph is what the paragraph is about. Write the main idea in a complete sentence. + +**WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA.** + +Read each paragraph and select the main idea. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. I'll take a trip to San Antonio, Texas, in the spring. My mother and father live there, and I'd like to visit them. I will buy film for my camera and go sightseeing. I'll be there for a few days. There are many nice places in San Antonio. I can visit a few places on my vacation there. + + a. I will buy film for my camera. + b. My mother and father live in San Antonio. + c. I'll take my vacation in San Antonio. + +2. Mrs. Truman is a teacher in an elementary school. She likes her class. The children are good students. They study their lessons and do their homework every day. They listen to their teacher and write in their notebooks. + + a. The children are good students. + b. Mrs. Truman has a good class. + c. Elementary school children are good students. + +3. Mickey works in a barbershop in a building downtown. Every morning he leaves his house at 8:00 a.m., and goes to work. He cuts men's hair and shaves men's faces all day long. At 6:00 p.m., he locks the door of the barbershop, and he goes home. At home, he can relax at last. + + a. Mickey is a barber. + b. Mickey cuts men's hair all day long. + c. Mickey goes home and relaxes. + +--- + +4. Many airmen like to go to the Big Onion Restaurant. The food there is delicious. Sgt Miller likes to eat fish. He doesn't like to eat beef, but his friend Sgt Connors likes beef a lot. Dinner at the Big Onion costs $6.95, but lunch is only $3.95. + + a. Dinner at the Big Onion costs $6.95. + b. Sgt Connors likes beef a lot, but Sgt Miller likes fish. + c. Many airmen think the Big Onion has delicious food. + +5. Tony has a store. It's a big store, and he sells a lot of clothes there. He sells women's clothes, men's clothes, and children's clothes. In the winter, he sells a lot of coats, jackets, hats, and gloves. In the summer, he sells short pants, summer shirts, and dresses. People buy shoes, pants, shirts, skirts, and blouses all year at Tony's store. + + a. Tony's store sells different kinds of clothes. + b. Tony sells many shirts and dresses in the summer. + c. In the winter, he sells a lot of coats, jackets, hats, and gloves. + +# Vocabulary + +> THIS IS A CURVED LINE. + +Repeat the sentences, then read them. + +![#1 A line drawing showing a wavy curved line](images/page_056_001.jpg) + +1. This line is curved. + It's a curved line. + +![#2 A line drawing showing a straight horizontal line](images/page_056_002.jpg) + +2. This line is straight. + It's a straight line. + +--- + +![#3 A smiling man holding a light small gift box effortlessly with one finger by its ribbon](images/page_057_001.jpg) + +3. This box is light. + It's a light box. + +![#4 A sweating man struggling to carry a heavy, large box](images/page_057_002.jpg) + +4. This box is heavy. + It's not light. It's a heavy box. + +![#5 A simple math addition problem showing 1 half plus 1 half equals 2 halves or 1](images/page_057_003.jpg) + +5. The problem is easy. + I know the answer. + It's an easy problem. + +![#6 A difficult math problem with several five-digit numbers to add together](images/page_057_004.jpg) + +6. This problem is hard. + I don't know the answer. + It's a hard problem. + +![#7 A woman pouring coffee from a pot into a coffee cup held by a man sitting at a table](images/page_057_005.jpg) + +7. Would you like more coffee? + Yes, I'd like a second cup, please. + +--- + +**WAS IT A HARD TEST?** + +1. Sam: What's your score? + Sue: I made 98. It was an easy test. + + Sam: I thought it was hard. My score was 69! + Sue: I think you didn't study very much. + +2. Max: Did you draw that rectangle? + Mickey: Yes, do you like it? + + Max: I think it's very nice, Mick, but uh..., why are the sides curved? + Mickey: What? Oh, you're right; they are curved. I can change that. I'll draw them straight. + +3. Billie: I'll help you. That table is heavy. + Dick: Thanks. I didn't know it was heavy. I thought it was light. + +4. Jack: Did you finish your homework? + Herb: No, I have four more problems in math. + +# Reading Skill + +> WE VISITED ENGLAND AND FRANCE. WE LIKED BOTH COUNTRIES. + +EXAMPLE: + +I visited England and France last year. My mother and father went with me. We liked both countries. This was our first trip to England. We stayed there for two weeks. Next year we may go to China. + +Both countries = England and France . + +Read each paragraph and select the correct answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +--- + +1. I was late to school this morning. The radio said it was 8 o'clock, but my clock showed 6 o'clock. It stopped for two hours last night. I need to buy a new one. + + A new one = + + a. a school + b. a storm + c. a clock + +2. I want to learn English. Mr. Jones will teach me. He is a very good teacher. He teaches English in the United States. That's his home. + + His home = + + a. the United States + b. Mr. Jones + c. a good teacher + +3. Sometimes, the weather changes a lot in one day. It can be cold in the morning and hot in the afternoon. One day it was sunny in the morning, and then it snowed in the afternoon. I don't like these changes. + + These changes = + + a. changes in the day + b. changes in the weather + c. changes in the clouds + +4. Bob is a mechanic. He works in a garage downtown. Many people bring their cars and trucks. He doesn't like to work on big, old trucks, but he does it. That's his job! + + His job = + + a. to be a mechanic + b. to be a truck driver + c. to be a worker + +--- + +5. There is a new window at the bank. Customers can drive to this window in their cars. They can cash checks or leave money with a teller at the window, and they don't have to get out of their cars or go inside. + + Inside = + + a. customers + b. a window + c. the bank + +6. I'm a pilot. My job is hard, but I like it very much. I fly a small plane over the city and the land around it. I can see both very well. I take people with me. They like to look out of the windows of my airplane. + + Both = + + a. my job is hard and a small plane + b. the people and the windows in my plane + c. the city and the land around the city + +# Reading Skill + +**WHICH WORDS ARE THE SAME?** + +Read the paragraph and write the word or words that are the same as the underlined word(s). + +1. George took many trips last year. He was working at an Air Force base in Alabama, but he was not in the military. This year he's taking more trips. He will visit some military bases in Europe next month. He may see his brother there. + + There = + +2. Joan and Mary went to a clothing store. Joan wore a coat. Mary wore one, too. They looked at hats and gloves. Joan said, "I want a red hat." The clerk said, "We don't have a red one. Would you like to see one in a different color?" "No, thank you," Joan said. + + A red one = + +--- + +3. A travel agent makes airline reservations. He or she can also give you information about trains and buses and about other countries. Travel agents usually work in an office. This office may be in a big building downtown, or it can be on a military post. + +This office = ______________________. + +4. We need to eat vegetables every day to stay healthy. There are different vegetables for different people. Tomatoes and onions are good in salads. Some people put these vegetables on their hamburgers, too. Potatoes are good in soups, in salads, or with meat. Green beans and corn are also delicious. + +These vegetables = ______________________. + +5. Sally is very happy. She took a test yesterday, and she made 100. Her father is happy, too. He will buy her a sweater. He knows that she studied very hard. Why is her father happy? Because of her good score. + +Good score = ______________________. + +6. Bob is at the bank. He wants to cash a traveler's check. He gives the teller a traveler's check for fifty dollars. The teller asks Bob for his identification. Bob shows the teller his driver's license. She gives him the money. + +The money = ______________________. + +# Vocabulary + +**PROBLEMS IN MATH** + +1. +$$ \begin{array}{r} 2 \\ + \quad 1 \\ \hline 3 \end{array} $$ +Two and one equals three. + +$$ \begin{array}{r} 5 \\ - \quad 4 \\ \hline 1 \end{array} $$ +Four from five equals one. + +2. Two plus one equals three. +Two plus two equals four. +2 + 1 = 3 +2 + 2 = 4 + +3. Can you add these numbers? +We added six and two. +6 + 2 = 8 + +4. The total is eight. +We added the numbers and got a total of eight. + +5. Five minus four is one. +How much is five minus three? +5 - 4 = 1 +5 - 3 = ? + +6. Subtract these numbers. +We subtracted one from nine. +What is seven minus three? +$$ \begin{array}{r} 9 \\ - \quad 1 \\ \hline 8 \end{array} \qquad \begin{array}{r} 7 \\ - \quad 3 \\ \hline ? \end{array} $$ + +7. Five times five equals twenty-five. +Two times two is four. +$$ \begin{array}{r} 5 \\ \times \quad 5 \\ \hline 25 \end{array} \qquad \begin{array}{r} 2 \\ \times \quad 2 \\ \hline 4 \end{array} $$ + +8. Multiply these numbers. +Five multiplied by five is twenty-five. +Two multiplied by two is four. + +9. Six divided by two is three. +How much is twenty-five divided by five? +$$ 2 \overline{) \ 6 \ } = 3 \qquad 5 \overline{) \ 25 \ } = ? $$ + +10. We divided six by two. +Can we divide twenty-five by five? + +**THAT'S A GOOD PRICE.** + +Repeat the words and sentences. + +1. The price of each apple is 20 cents. +Each apple costs 20 cents. + +2. What's the price of bananas? +Bananas are 35 cents a pound today. + +3. How much do oranges cost? +The price of oranges is three pounds for a dollar. + +**I NEED MORE APPLES.** + +![A grocer behind a fruit counter handing a bag of apples to a young boy. Boxes of fruit are labeled: BANANAS 35¢ lb, APPLES 20¢ ea, ORANGES 3 lbs $1](images/page_063_001.jpg) + +| | | +|---|---| +| **Boy:** | Please, sir, I need more apples. | +| **Grocer:** | Okay, son. How many do you need? | +| **Boy:** | I think about four more apples. Here are three quarters. | +| **Grocer:** | Four apples are 80 cents. Do you have some more money? | +| **Boy:** | Yeah.* Here's a nickel. | +| **Grocer:** | Thank you. | + +\*yeah = yes + +# Vocabulary + +**LET'S GO INTO THE LAB.** + +Repeat the sentences, then read them. + +1. ![#1 A woman walking through an open door into a room marked "LANGUAGE LAB"](images/page_064_001.jpg) +The teacher is walking into the lab. + +2. ![#2 A woman standing at a table cutting a round cake with a knife](images/page_064_002.jpg) +I'll divide the cake into 16 pieces. I'll give a piece to every student in the class. + +3. ![#3 Two young boys standing next to each other, each holding half of a divided apple](images/page_064_003.jpg) +Bobby divided the apple into halves. He ate one half and gave the other one to his friend. + +4. ![#4 A man rubbing his head in pain after bumping hard into a closed door, with a sound effect "BONK!"](images/page_064_004.jpg) +The man walked into the door. His head hurts! + +# Listening Skill + +**DRAW THESE SHAPES.** + +EXAMPLE: +![#EXAMPLE A drawn triangle shape](images/page_065_001.jpg) + +1. + +2. + +3. + +4. + +5. + +6. + +7. + +8. + +9. + +10. + +# Grammar + +**MAKING COMPARISONS** + +Listen to the explanation about comparing two things. Then repeat the words. + +1. **-er** and **than** are added to regular adjectives to compare people or things. + +EXAMPLE: Greg is taller **than** Dana. +This window is cleaner **than** that one. + +**-er + than** + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| tall | | taller | +| clean | | cleaner | +| narrow | **-er** | narrower | +| weak | | weaker | +| slow | | slower | +| long | | longer | + +--- + +2. Words that end in a consonant with a short vowel sound before the consonant will double the consonant before adding **-er** and **than**. + + EXAMPLE: His shoes are wetter than his coat. + +| wet | + ter | wetter | +|---|---|---| +| big | + ger | bigger | +| sad | + der | sadder | +| hot | + ter | hotter | + +3. Words that end in a consonant + y change the **y** to **i** and add **-er** and **than**. + + EXAMPLE: The men were happier than the women. + + **y --> i + -er = -ier + than** + +| happy | -ier | happier | +|---|---|---| +| heavy | | heavier | +| rainy | | rainier | +| windy | | windier | +| thirsty | | thirstier | +| hungry | | hungrier | + +4. Words that end in e need only **-r** and **than**. + + EXAMPLE: Today's weather is nicer than yesterday's. + + **-r + than** + +| nice | -r | nicer | +|---|---|---| +| large | | larger | +| little | | littler | +| late | | later | +| wide | | wider | +| blue | | bluer | + +--- + +### THE GIRL IS TALLER THAN THE BOY. + +First, look at the pictures and read the statements under the pictures. Then, read the questions and answers about them. + +![A taller girl wearing glasses and holding books standing next to a shorter boy](images/page_068_001.jpg) + +The girl is taller than the boy. The boy is shorter than the girl. + +![Two large squares shown above two smaller triangles](images/page_068_002.jpg) + +The squares are larger than the triangles. The triangles are smaller than the squares. + +1. Is the girl shorter than the boy? + + No, she isn't. The girl is taller than the boy. The boy is shorter than the girl. + +2. Are the squares larger than the triangles? + + Yes, they are. The squares are larger than the triangles. The triangles are smaller than the squares. + +--- + +### A CAR IS SLOWER THAN A JET. + +Look at the pictures. Make questions and answers like the example. + +EXAMPLE: Is a car faster than a plane? + +No, a car isn't faster than a plane. +A plane is faster than a car. + +![#1 A automobile driving on a road](images/page_069_001.jpg) +1. slow + +![#2 A jet airplane flying in the sky](images/page_069_002.jpg) +2. fast + +![#3 A tall skyscraper building next to a smaller building](images/page_069_003.jpg) +3. tall + +![#4 A portrait of a man with short hair](images/page_069_004.jpg) +4. short + +--- + +![#5 A tall, big tree with broad leaves](images/page_070_001.jpg) +5. big + +![#6 A small bush-like tree](images/page_070_002.jpg) +6. small + +![#7 A wide garage door open with a car parked inside](images/page_070_003.jpg) +7. wide + +![#8 A narrow front door of a house with a lamp beside it](images/page_070_004.jpg) +8. narrow + +![#9 Two men struggling to carry a heavy box, sweat drops near their heads](images/page_070_005.jpg) +9. heavy + +![#10 A man carrying a small, light wrapped parcel easily with one finger](images/page_070_006.jpg) +10. light + +--- + +![#11 A bowl of hot steaming soup](images/page_071_001.jpg) +11. hot + +![#12 An ice cream cone](images/page_071_002.jpg) +12. cold + +### WRITE THE CORRECT FORM. + +Add **-er** to the words. Be careful about the spelling. + +EXAMPLES: +cold \underline{colder} +wide \underline{wider} +thirsty \underline{thirstier} + +1. old ____________________ +2. new ____________________ +3. hard ____________________ +4. young ____________________ +5. small ____________________ +6. long ____________________ +7. large ____________________ +8. early ____________________ +9. nice ____________________ +10. happy ____________________ +11. heavy ____________________ +12. hungry ____________________ +13. big ____________________ +14. wet ____________________ +15. sad ____________________ +16. hot ____________________ + +--- + +### YOUR FEET ARE BIGGER THAN MY FEET. + +Complete the sentence. Use the **-er** form of the word given. + +EXAMPLE: The radius is \underline{shorter than} the diameter. (short) + +1. Mr. Wilson is ____________________ Mrs. Wilson. (tall) +2. Jan and Bill aren't ____________________ Linda. (old) +3. My father's car is ____________________ my car. (fast) +4. Are the days ____________________ the nights? (long) +5. Are young men ____________________ old men? (strong) +6. Today is ____________________ yesterday. (cold) +7. All women aren't ____________________ all men. (weak) +8. This square is ____________________ the other square. (large) +9. Thomas Street is ____________________ Green Street. (narrow) +10. My desk is ____________________ Sgt Sam's desk. (clean) + +### THE RADIUS IS SHORTER THAN THE DIAMETER. + +Complete the sentences like the example. + +EXAMPLE: The radius of the circle is short. +The radius is \underline{shorter than the diameter.} + +1. The top of the hill is high. +The top of the hill is ____________________ + +2. That problem is hard. This problem is not hard. +That problem is ____________________ + +--- + +3. Line A is straight. + Line B is not very straight. + + Line A is ______________________________________________________________________ + +4. Yesterday wasn't warm. + Today is warm. + + Today is ______________________________________________________________________ + +5. The shirt is not very wet. + The sweater is wet. + + The sweater is ______________________________________________________________________ + +6. My daughter is 18 years old. + My son is 16 years old. + + My daughter is ______________________________________________________________________ + +7. The red car is new. + The green car is not new. + + The red car is ______________________________________________________________________ + +8. Linda is happy. + Mark isn't very happy. + + Linda is ______________________________________________________________________ + +9. I'm not very thirsty. + John is thirsty. + + John is ______________________________________________________________________ + +10. Tom woke up at 7 a.m. + I woke up at 6 a.m. + + I woke up ______________________________________________________________________ + +65 + +STATEMENT --> QUESTION + +Listen to a statement. Then change it to a question. + +EXAMPLE: +I: Sgt Sam is older than Lt Lee. (Capt Kim) +S: Is Sgt Sam older than Capt Kim? + +### **Function** + +**HIS ARMS ARE LONGER THAN BILL'S ARMS.** + +Make sentences. Use the words given. + +![Line drawing of a gorilla standing on all fours with long arms extending to the ground](images/page_074_001.jpg) + +EXAMPLE: +arms/long +His arms are longer than Bill's arms. + +ears/not big +Joe's ears aren't bigger than Mary's. + +1. hands/small/Tom's +2. hair/long/Jean's +3. car/not big/car +4. New York/cold/Cairo +5. uncle/old/Tom +6. sister/young/Sue +7. belt/wide/that +8. river/narrow +9. Texas/big/California +10. Joe/not older/Mary + +66 + +### **Grammar** + +**DO YOU WANT SOME?** + +Repeat the sentences. Then read the dialog with another student. + +1. Frank: I made some coffee. Do you want **some**? + Betty: Sure. I'll take a cup. + +2. Isabel: Ralph gave me a box of candy. Would you like **some**? + Carmen: No, thanks. I'm not hungry now. + +3. Bob: I need some black shoes. Can you show me **some**? + Clerk: Yes, sir, I'll bring **some**. + +4. Alice: Is there more orange juice? + Peter: Yes, there's **some** on the table. + +5. Henry: Did you see any mountains on your trip? + Billie: Yes, I saw **some** in New Mexico. + +6. Sgt Smith: Do you need some film for your camera? + Sgt White: No, I have **some**. I bought film yesterday. + +7. Lt Lee: Would you like sugar in your tea? + Ms Jan: Yes, I would like **some**, please. + +8. Warren: How was the test? Were the problems hard? + Jack: Yes, **some** of them were. + +67 + +9. Juanita: Where can I get traveler's checks? + Wendell: You can get **some** at the bank. + +10. Cpt Ross: I wrote three letters this afternoon. + Lt Dunn: I'll write **some**, too. We can mail them together. + +**DO YOU HAVE ANY?** + +Read the dialogs with another student. + +1. Lucy: I need some paper. Do you have **any**? + Nikki: Sure. Here's some. + +2. Peter: Have some coffee. + Lydia: No, thanks. I never drink **any** at night. + +3. Ann: Is she taking anything for her sore back? + Bob: No, she doesn't like medicine. She never takes **any**. + +4. Alma: The sergeant has three stripes. + Ruth: The airman doesn't have **any**. + +5. Paul: Did you make any mistakes on the test? + Marcie: No, not **any**. I made 100. + +6. Marvin: How many women are there in the class? + Steve: There aren't **any**. The students are all men. + +7. Sgt Oaks: Do you want some help? + Pvt Gunn: No thanks, I don't need **any**. + +8. Mr. Shell: Did you buy stamps yesterday? + Mr. Castro: No, I didn't get **any**. + +68 + +9. George: How many children does he have? + Grant: He doesn't have **any**. + +********** + +10. Sue: I made a salad. Do you want **any**? + Les: Yes, give me some, please. + +**ANSWER WITH SOME OR ANY.** + +Listen to a question. When the answer is no use *any*; when the answer is yes use *some*. + +EXAMPLES: +Does he have any sisters? (yes) +Yes, I think he has some. + +Would you like a cup of tea? (no) +No, thanks. I don't want any. + +**I NEED SOME STAMPS. DO YOU HAVE ANY?** + +Complete the sentences. Write *some* or *any* in the blanks. + +EXAMPLES: +I have some paper. +John doesn't have any. + +1. We need ____________________ pictures. +2. He has ____________________ oranges. +3. She doesn't have ____________________ fruit. +4. The boys need ____________________ shirts. +5. They don't need ____________________ shoes. +6. Linda bought ____________________ eggs. +7. She didn't buy ____________________ apples. +8. He wanted ____________________ vegetables. +9. She didn't have ____________________ quarters. +10. She gave him ____________________ dimes. + +69 + +**I NEED SOME CHANGE. DO YOU HAVE ANY?** + +Listen for a word. Then make a sentence and ask a question like the example. Use *some* in the statement and *any* in the question. Another student will answer. + +EXAMPLE: +I: candy +S1: I want **some** candy. Do you have **any**? +S2: No, I don't have **any**. + Yes, I have **some**. + +### **Grammar** + +**BOTH ARE SMALL.** + +Read the sentences. Notice the use of **both**. + +1. This book is small. The other book is also small. + **Both** books are small. **Both** are small. + +2. Tom speaks Spanish and English. Marie speaks English and Arabic. **Both** speak two languages. + +3. Did you take my book and his book? + Yes, I took **both** of them. + +4. My car is new. Your car is also new. **Both** are new. + +5. I read two books. I liked **both** of them. + +6. Do you want milk or coffee? + I'll have **both**, please. + +7. Do you speak French or English? + I speak **both**. + +8. Do you want chicken or fish? + I don't know. I like **both**. + +9. Is your mother or dad there? + No, **both** are out. + +10. Jean wants a hamburger, and Phil wants one, too. + **Both** want a hamburger. + +70 + +--- + +**ONE TWIN IS A BOY; THE OTHER IS A GIRL.** + +Read the sentences. Notice the use of **other**. + +1. One student is from Europe. The other is from Africa. +2. This pencil is Tom's. The other is Bob's pencil. +3. I'll eat the big piece of cake. You can have the other. +4. One glove is wet, but the other's okay. +5. There's only one shoe here. Where's the other? +6. Mary has two sons. One's a student and the other's in the military. +7. One class is studying math. The other is studying English. +8. We took a two-week vacation. We stayed in Florida for one week and in Georgia the other. + +**USE BOTH.** + +Listen to a question. Use **both** in the answer. + +EXAMPLE: +T: Do you need a blue shirt or a white one? +S: I need both. + +**THIS CAR BELONGS TO ME; THE OTHER BELONGS TO MY FATHER.** + +Complete the sentence with **other**. + +1. This box of candy is for me; ... (the teacher) +2. One woman is my mother; ... (my sister) +3. One building is the commissary; ... (the dispensary) +4. One coat is for me; ... (my father) +5. This blouse is green; ... (blue) +6. One desk is light; ... (heavy) +7. That's a baseball; ... (basketball) +8. This car belongs to me; ... (my friend) +9. This problem is easy; ... (hard) +10. One cup is coffee; ... (tea) + +### Reading Skill + +**FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS.** + +Follow the instructions with the instructor. + +1. Open your book to page A-1. +Say the title of page A-1. +Close your book. + +2. Open your book to page B-1. +Say the title of page B-1. +Close your book. + +3. Stand up. +Try to touch your toes. +Sit down. + +4. Stand up. +Close your eyes. +Try to touch your right ear to your right shoulder. +Try to touch your left ear to your left shoulder. + +**READ THE INSTRUCTIONS AND FOLLOW THEM.** + +Follow the instructions. + +1. Open your book to the back inside cover. +On the center, top half, of the page, draw a square. +Draw a straight line below the square. + +2. On the center, bottom half, of the page, draw a circle. +Write "circumference" around the circle. +Write "diameter" across the center of the circle. + +3. On the bottom, right side of the page, draw a triangle. +Draw a rectangle above the triangle. + +4. On the bottom half, left side of the page, write the two marks for "divide." + +5. On the top, right side of the page, write a "minus" mark and a "plus" mark. diff --git a/sources/book-7/st-3.md b/sources/book-7/st-3.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e5f1670 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/st-3.md @@ -0,0 +1,945 @@ + + +# WE SENT YOU A POSTCARD. BOOK 7 LESSON 3 + +![A man standing in front of a postcard rack looking at postcards, while in the background another man sits at a table near a window writing a postcard](images/page_083_001.jpg) + +--- FUNCTION --- +Dear Tom and Nancy, +We arrived in England on Tuesday. It's cool and rainy here. + +--- GRAMMAR --- +How old are you? I'm 21 years old. +Which city is the largest? +New York is the largest city in the United States. + +--- SKILLS --- +Talk about the pictures with the class. Then take the part of one of the people in the pictures. + +--- VOCABULARY --- +climb +run/ran + +above +absent +around +back +below +by +front +high +low +next to +over +past +present +rear + +animal +back +backyard +bird +cat +dog +earth +fence +flower +front +garage +gate +grass + +hill +land +leaf/leaves +moon +past +present +rear +river +roof +star +world +yard + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 7 LESSON 3 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** the new house, animals, prepositions, verbs, etc. | 77 | +| **GRAMMAR:** How old is/are + noun/pronoun? | 88 | +| **SPEAKING SKILLS:** repeat the dialog, recite the dialog | 90 | +| **READING SKILL:** carry out instructions | 91 | +| **READING SKILL:** supply referent for pronoun references | 92 | +| **VOCABULARY:** earth, sky, river, high, low | 94 | +| **READING SKILL:** supply referent for contextual reference | 97 | +| **GRAMMAR:** superlative adjectives (the + -est) | 98 | +| **SPEAKING SKILL:** act out cartoon | 106 | +| **FUNCTION:** completing a postcard | 108 | +| **READING SKILLS:** thought groups/read at a glance | 110 | + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### THE CLARKS HAVE A NEW HOME. + +![#1-7 A labeled diagram of a house showing: 1) roof, 2) back yard / trees, 3) garage, 4) front yard, 5) front door, 6) fence, 7) gate, with a family standing in front of the house](images/page_085_001.jpg) + +![Three types of flowers](images/page_085_002.jpg) +flowers + +![Three different tree leaves](images/page_085_003.jpg) +leaf/leaves + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the paragraphs. + +Two weeks ago Mr. and Mrs. Clark bought a house. The house is white with a red roof. It has seven rooms and a garage for the car. + +The house has a big yard. The front yard has flowers, grass and a tree. The other tree is near the front of the house. + +The backyard is inside the fence. The fence has a gate near the back door of the house. The trees in the back are taller than the roof. + +It is summer now. The trees have leaves, and the grass is green. In the winter, the grass will be brown. There won't be any leaves on the trees or any flowers in the yard. + +--- + +### WHICH ONE IS IT? + +Look at the pictures. Match the number or word to what you hear. + +EXAMPLE: +I: roof +S: Number 1 + +![#1-3 A small house with numbered arrows pointing to parts: 1 pointing to roof, 2 pointing to front door, 3 pointing to front yard walkway](images/page_086_001.jpg) + +![#4-6 A backyard scene with labeled/numbered parts: 4 pointing to fence, 5 pointing to light fixture, 6 labeling the back yard](images/page_086_002.jpg) + +![#7-8 Drawings of plants with flowers and stems, numbered 7 and 8](images/page_086_003.jpg) + +![#9 A dog sniffing around on the grass](images/page_086_004.jpg) + +![#10 A car parked inside an open garage](images/page_086_005.jpg) + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### THE CHILDREN LIKE ANIMALS. + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +Steve and Alice Clark ![A boy and a girl standing together](images/page_087_001.jpg) like + +animals ![A dog, a cat, and a bird standing together](images/page_087_002.jpg) They have + +a dog ![A happy dog sitting](images/page_087_003.jpg) and a cat ![A cat standing and smiling](images/page_087_004.jpg) + +There are also birds ![Three birds flying](images/page_087_005.jpg) in the trees near their house. + +Steve and Alice play with the dog and cat ![A dog and a cat standing together friendly](images/page_087_006.jpg) + +--- + +and watch the birds ![Three birds flying](images/page_088_001.jpg) every day. + +They give food to the animals ![A dog, a cat, and a bird waiting for food](images/page_088_002.jpg) every morning. + +--- + +### A REBUS + +Read the words and the pictures. + +Steve and Alice Clark like ![A dog, a cat, and a bird standing together](images/page_089_001.jpg) + +They have a ![A happy dog sitting](images/page_089_002.jpg) and a ![A cat standing and smiling](images/page_089_003.jpg) + +There are also ![Three birds flying](images/page_089_004.jpg) in the trees in their yard. + +Steve and Alice play with the ![A dog and a cat standing together](images/page_089_005.jpg) + +and watch the ![Three birds flying](images/page_089_006.jpg) every day. + +Every morning they give the ![A dog, a cat, and a bird](images/page_089_007.jpg) food. + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### THE CAT'S WALKING AROUND THE TREE. + +Repeat the underlined words and sentences. + +![#1 A cat walking around the trunk of a tree](images/page_090_001.jpg) +1. The cat is walking around the tree. + +![#2 A cat sitting by the base of a tree](images/page_090_002.jpg) +2. The cat is sitting by the tree. + +![#3 A dog sitting next to a cat](images/page_090_003.jpg) +3. The dog is sitting next to the cat. + +![#4 A bird flying in the sky over a tree](images/page_090_004.jpg) +4. The bird is flying over the tree. + +![#5 A cat sitting on a tree branch above a dog sitting below on the ground](images/page_090_005.jpg) +5. The cat is above the dog. +The dog is below the cat. + +--- + +**BIRDS FLY OVER THE TREES.** + +Read the sentences. + +1. The Clarks drove around the city and looked at new houses. +2. They drove by some old houses, but they didn't stop. +3. They bought a house with a fence around the backyard. +4. Their new house is by their children's school. +5. It's also next to their friends' house. +6. Airplanes fly over their house every day. +7. Steve's bedroom is above the garage. +8. Their classroom is above our classroom. +9. There are flowers below the windows. +10. There is grass below the trees. + +**THE LIBRARY IS NEXT TO THE SCHOOL.** + +Complete the sentences. Select the correct word. + +1. The mailman left the package \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the front door. +(around, by) + +2. The library is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the school. +(around, next to) + +3. Men wear neckties \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ their necks. +(by, around) + +4. The clock is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the chalkboard. +(on, above) + +5. The water was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ their heads. +(over, next to) + +6. The offices are \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the classrooms. +(above, around) + +7. Dan's score was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ all the others in the class. +(next to, below) + +8. We climbed \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the wall. +(over, under) + +9. Jan walked \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the shoe store, but she didn't stop. +(by, over) + +10. The passengers saw the train \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the airplane. +(above, below) + +# Vocabulary + +**THE CAT'S CLIMBING THE TREE.** + +![A dog standing near a tree looking up at a cat that is climbing up the trunk](images/page_092_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +1. Dogs run fast. +2. Cats climb trees. +3. The dog ran to the back of the house. +4. The cat saw the dog and climbed a tree. +5. The children run and play in the backyard. +6. Sometimes cats climb to the roof of the house. +7. We will climb mountains on our vacation. +8. The boy runs to school every morning. +9. The cat is climbing the tree. +10. The dog is running fast. + +**WHAT ARE THEY DOING?** + +Write running or climbing under the pictures. + +![#1 A baby crawling up stairs on hands and knees](images/page_093_001.jpg) +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#2 A man carrying a briefcase running after a bus](images/page_093_002.jpg) +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#3 A cat climbing up a tree trunk](images/page_093_003.jpg) +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#4 Two men in athletic wear running side by side](images/page_093_004.jpg) +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#5 A dog chasing a cat that is running away](images/page_093_005.jpg) +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![#6 A mountain climber scaling a rocky wall with a rope](images/page_093_006.jpg) +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +**CATS CAN CLIMB TREES.** + +Complete the sentence with climb, climbed, run, or ran. + +1. Cats can \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ trees. +2. Carol had to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ home in the rain. +3. Glen plays soccer; he can \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ fast. +4. The children \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to the ice cream store yesterday. +5. Tony wants to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ mountains on his vacation. +6. Our cat can \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to the top of the roof. +7. The dog \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ from the front door to the back door. +8. The students will \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ around the base after class. +9. The children like to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ trees. +10. The soldier \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ from the barracks to the mess hall. + +# Vocabulary + +**JOHN WAS ABSENT THE PAST THREE DAYS.** + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +1. He liked to ride in the rear car and watch the trees and houses behind the train. +Don't go to the front door; you must deliver the package in the rear, at the back of the building. + +2. In the past, I lived in California. That was 20 years ago. +Today is the first day of spring; winter is past. + +3. Tom is not here today. He is absent. + +4. At the present, I'm working at Collins and Sons. Last year I was in the military. +Dan is here today. He is present. + +**IT MEANS THE SAME.** + +Match two sentences that have a similar meaning. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ 1. At the present, we live in Texas. +a. Texas is our home now. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ 2. In the past, we always took our vacation in Florida. +b. Is Alex absent? + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ 3. He sat in the back of the bus. +c. I'm a mailman now. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ 4. Is Alex not here? +d. We went to Florida on vacation before this year. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ 5. I deliver mail in my present job. +e. He was in the rear of the bus. + +# Grammar + +**HOW OLD ARE YOU? I'M TWENTY YEARS OLD.** + +![A house with a small family standing in front, along with dialogue text box containing sample questions and answers about age](images/page_096_001.jpg) + +a. How old is Steve? +He's ten years old. + +b. How old are Mr. and Mrs. Clark? +They're both thirty years old. + +c. How old is their house? +It's fifteen years old. + +1. How old is this base? +It's about 45 years old. + +2. How old is the city? +It's over 250 years old. + +3. How old is your car? +It's only a year old. + +4. How old is Alice? +She's six years old. + +5. How old are Jane and Dick? +She's seven; he's eleven. + +6. How old are you? +Twenty-four. + +**HOW OLD IS HE?** + +Answer your instructor's questions. + +EXAMPLES: +I: How old is this house? (5) +S: It's five years old. + +I: How old is your mother? (about 55) +S: She's about 55 years old. + +**HOW OLD ... ?** + +One student will ask a question with how old. Another student will answer. + +EXAMPLE: +S1: How old is your car? +S2: My car is two years old. + +--- + +**THE CLARK FAMILY** + +Read the paragraph and answer the questions. + +The Clark family lives next to the Dean family. Mr. and Mrs. Dean are both thirty-five years old. They have two daughters and one son. Ann is twelve and Susan is nine. Michael is only two. Mrs. Dean's mother lives there, too. She's sixty years old. Mr. and Mrs. Dean bought a new car last year. They bought their house four years ago. It was five years old then. + +1. How old are Mr. and Mrs. Dean? +2. How old are their daughters? +3. How old is Michael? +4. How old is Mrs. Dean's mother? +5. How old is the Deans' car? +6. How old is their house? + +# Speaking Skills + +### HOW OLD ARE YOUR CHILDREN? + +![Two military officers in uniform standing and looking at photographs of children held in their hands](images/page_098_001.jpg) + +Repeat the dialog. Learn a part well enough to say it without looking at your book. + +Ted: How's your family, Ken? +Ken: Fine, thanks. How are your children? +Ted: Good! Here's a picture of them. +Ken: How old are your sons? +Ted: One's three, and the other's eight. +Ken: How old is your daughter? +Ted: She's five years old. +Ken: You have a very nice family, Ted. + +# Reading Skill + +### CAN YOU FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS? + +Read and follow the instructions. + +1. Go to the chalkboard. +Write your name on the chalkboard. +Write the name of your country below your name. +Say your name and the name of your country. + +2. Get a pencil and a piece of paper. +Write your name at the top of the paper. +Draw a large triangle in the center of the paper. +Give the paper to the teacher. + +3. Go to the chalkboard. +Write any number smaller than ten (10). +Multiply that number by two (2). +Tell the class the answer. + +4. Turn to the last page of your textbook. +Write today's date at the top of the page. +Write your name at the bottom of this page. +Show the page to the teacher. + +5. Go to the front of the classroom. +Ask a student the name of his country. +Ask him the spelling of his country's name. +Write the name of his country on the chalkboard. + +6. Ask the teacher for a piece of paper. +Write any number larger than ten (10) and smaller than one hundred (100). +Subtract ten (10) from that number and write the answer. +Return the paper to the teacher. + +7. Draw a small circle on the chalkboard. +Draw its radius. +Draw a larger circle beside the small circle. +Draw the diameter of the larger circle. + +8. Open your book to the homework pages for today's lesson. +Count the number of pages. +Tell the class the number of pages for today's homework. + +9. Ask the teacher for a piece of chalk. +Draw a square on the chalkboard. +Draw a circle around the square. +Write square and circle on the chalkboard. + +10. Take a piece of paper from your notebook. +Draw a curved line on the paper. +Draw a straight line next to the curved line. +Show the paper to the student next to you. + +# Reading Skill + +THE CAR IS IN THE GARAGE. IT WON'T START. + +Read the paragraph and then write the correct answer on the blank line. + +EXAMPLE: There are apples on the trees in our yard. They are delicious. + +They = ____________. + +1. Our house is on the edge of town. There are a lot of trees in back of it. Our dog pushes open the gate with his nose and leaves the yard. He likes to run and see the animals there. + +He = ____________. + +2. Diane and Linda studied math with their friends last night. The homework problems were not easy. They were long and very hard. + +They = ____________. + +3. Leon's Restaurant is always crowded. The food there is delicious and doesn't cost much money. Also, it is in a very small building. + +It = ____________. + +4. Ted will fly to Texas in August. He will visit his brother in Dallas for two weeks. His brother has a new house by a lake. He likes the city and wants Ted to move there. + +He = ____________. + +5. We can't put our car in our garage. It has to sit outside. The car is not big, but there are many boxes of books, old clothes, and other things in the garage. + +It = ____________. + +6. Sally Davis has a cat. Its name is Fluffy. Fluffy likes birds. Yesterday it climbed to the top of a tree and stayed there. Mr. Davis had to climb the tree and bring it down. + +It = ____________. + +7. The Clarks have many nice flowers in their yard. Every morning Alice Clark cuts some of the flowers and takes them inside. She gives them to her mother, and Mrs. Clark puts them in a bowl on a table next to the window in the front. + +She = ____________. + +8. My friend and I are in the same math class. He can always answer the teacher's questions, but I can't. He gets good grades on the tests, but I don't. I don't understand this. We study together every night. Why don't I make good grades, too? + +We = ____________. + +# Vocabulary + +### THE SUN SHINES ON THE EARTH. + +![Diagram showing the sun shining rays onto the Earth, with labeled parts: SUN, EARTH, E, MOON, STARS, OCEAN, LAND](images/page_102_001.jpg) + +1. The earth travels around the sun. +2. People live on the earth but not on the sun. +3. It's day on one side of the earth now. On the other side, it's night. + +4. The moon travels around the earth. +5. Sometimes the moon looks like a ball. +6. We can't always see the moon at night. + +![Night sky with a crescent moon and several stars above a small house and fence](images/page_102_002.jpg) + +7. We can see the stars only at night. +8. There are millions of stars in the sky. +9. Silver stars show a general's rank. + +10. The earth is also called the world. +11. Where is your country on the world map? +12. The first flight around the world was in 1924. + +13. The moon has land but no water. +14. Our homes and buildings stand on land. +15. Cars and trains travel on land; ships travel on water. + +--- + +**IS THE MOON ROUND? YES, THE MOON IS ROUND.** + +Answer a question. Then ask another student the next question. + +1. Is the world round? (yes) +2. Do ships travel on land? (no) +3. Do people live on the earth? (yes) +4. Can we see the moon every day? (no) +5. Does the moon always look round? (no) +6. Is there land under this building? (yes) +7. Can airplanes fly around the world? (yes) +8. Can we see the stars in the daytime? (no) +9. Are the earth and the world the same? (yes) +10. Are there only a few stars in the sky? (no) + +# Vocabulary + +**MOUNTAINS ARE HIGHER THAN HILLS.** + +![A labeled diagram showing a landscape with sky, clouds, a river, a hill, a mountain, and an airplane flying above the mountain and cloud](images/page_103_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +1. The mountain is taller than the hill. +2. From the top of the hill we saw all of the city. +3. The water in the river is cold. +4. The children swam in the river all afternoon. +5. At noon the sun is high in the sky. +6. The students are happy; they made high scores on the test. +7. In the morning the sun is low in the sky. +8. Ninety-six is a high score; forty is a low score. +9. The river is low; there isn't much water in it. +10. After a storm, the river will be high again. + +**THE RIVER IS BELOW THE TOWN.** + +Complete the sentences with words from the box. + +| hill | above | high | low | +|---|---|---|---| +| river | below | higher | | + +1. The clouds are ________ the city. +2. The airport is ________ the airplane. +3. His room is ________ my room; it's on the top floor. +4. The children ran to the top of the ________. +5. Tom took his boat to the ________ last weekend. +6. Ann's grade is 98; that's a very ________ score. +7. These shoes cost only $9.98. The price was very ________. +8. It will be dark soon; the sun is ________ in the sky. +9. The roof is ten feet ________ my head. +10. We sometimes swim in the ________ outside of town. + +# Reading Skill + +SAM LIVES IN CHICAGO NOW. HE MOVED THERE LAST YEAR. + +Read the paragraph and then write the correct answer on the blank line. + +EXAMPLE: In the United States, a few schools are for boys or girls only. Many schools are for both. + +Both = ________. + +1. Some people don't like to eat a meal early in the morning. They want only a cup of coffee. This drink is their breakfast. + +This drink = ________. + +2. Dallas and Houston are big cities. One city has one million people. The other has about two million. Both cities are in Texas. + +Both cities = ________. + +3. Many mothers and fathers buy their children a dog. The children like to play with the dog, but they don't want to give it dinner or wash it. + +It = ________. + +4. Men's suits are brown, blue, black, or white. Women wear dresses in those colors, but they also wear red, green, yellow, and orange clothes. + +Those colors = ________. + +5. Early in September, some stores are crowded with students. They are buying pens, pencils, paper, and notebooks. They need these things for school. + +These things = ________. + +6. A lot of families have two cars. The husband drives to his job in the small car. His wife drives the children to school, music lessons, and the doctor in the large one. + +One = ________. + +7. Students don't have to go to school in the summer. Younger students swim, play with their friends, and take trips with their families then. Many older students work or go to class for half a day. + +Then = ________. + +8. You don't have to spend a lot of money on a trip. In many restaurants, dinner costs ten or fifteen dollars, but breakfast and lunch cost only half of that. Eat those meals in a restaurant. Then eat a sandwich in your hotel room for dinner. + +That = ________. + +Those meals = ________. + +# Grammar + +NEW NEWER NEWEST + +Repeat the words. Notice the change in spelling. + +| ADJECTIVE | COMPARATIVE | SUPERLATIVE | +|---|---|---| +| big | bigger | the biggest | +| heavy | heavier | the heaviest | +| light | lighter | the lightest | +| new | newer | the newest | +| old | older | the oldest | +| wide | wider | the widest | + +The superlative form of the adjective is used to compare three or more persons, or things. Add the + est to one-syllable adjectives and to some two-syllable adjectives. + +**THE SMALL SUITCASE IS THE LIGHTEST.** + +![Four suitcases of different sizes standing in a line](images/page_107_001.jpg) + +Read the sentences. + +1. David has the biggest suitcase. +2. Carol has the heaviest suitcase. +3. Steven has the oldest one. +4. The small suitcase is the lightest. +5. The large suitcase is the widest. +6. The one in the center is the newest. + +**THE AIRPLANE IS THE FASTEST.** + +Read the sentences. + +![An airplane, a train, and a car shown together in a side-by-side comparison](images/page_107_002.jpg) + +1. The car is fast. + The train is faster than the car. + The airplane is the fastest. + +![#2 Three glass bottles numbered 1, 2, and 3, increasing in size from left to right](images/page_108_001.jpg) + +2. Bottle 1 is big. + Bottle 2 is bigger than bottle 1. + Bottle 3 is the biggest. + +![#3 Three men standing next to each other representing Joe, Bob, and Ted](images/page_108_002.jpg) + +3. Joe is 20 years old. + Bob's 40. He's older than Joe. + Ted's 50. He's the oldest. + +![#4 Three test papers labeled ENGLISH TEST 85, MATH TEST 92, and FRENCH TEST 100](images/page_108_003.jpg) + +4. The English test was easy. + The math test was easier than the English test. + The French test was the easiest. + +![#5 Three trees numbered 1, 2, and 3, increasing in height from left to right](images/page_108_004.jpg) + +5. The first tree is tall. + The second tree is taller than the first tree. + The third tree is the tallest. + +--- + +**HE IS THE TALLEST MAN HERE.** + +Replace the underlined word with the correct form of another word. + +EXAMPLE: Sgt Sam is the oldest student in the class. +short +Sgt Sam is the shortest student in the class. + +1. He is the strongest man here. +happy +hungry +young +short +tall + +2. That's the slowest car in this town. +fast +clean +dirty +old +small + +3. Yesterday was the coldest day of the year. +hot +wet +sunny +nice +long + +**LONDON IS THE LARGEST CITY IN ENGLAND.** + +Change the sentences. Use the and **-est**. + +EXAMPLE: London is bigger than any other city in England. +London is the biggest city in England. + +1. Houston is larger than any other city in Texas. + +2. New York is bigger than any other city in the United States. + +3. Shanghai is larger than any other city in the world. + +4. Alaska is larger than any other state in the United States. + +5. Rhode Island is smaller than any other state in the United United States. + +6. The Soviet Union is bigger than any other country in the world. + +7. The Nile is longer than any other river in the world. + +8. Mt. Everest is higher than any other mountain on earth. + +9. The Pacific is larger than any other ocean in the world. + +10. Lake Superior is larger than the other Great Lakes. + +**LISTEN AND ANSWER.** + +Listen to a question. Use the information in the last exercise to answer the question. Use **the** and **-est** in your answer. + +EXAMPLE: I: Which is the longest river in the world? +S: The Nile is the longest river in the world. + +**IS THIS THE BIGGEST BASE IN THE AIR FORCE?** + +Change the statements to questions. + +EXAMPLES: August is the hottest month of the year here. +a. Is August the hottest month of the year here? +b. What's the hottest month of the year here? +c. Which month is the hottest here? + +1. Los Angeles is the biggest city in California. +Is __________________________________________________________________ + +2. The earliest flight from here to Dallas is Flight 123. +What's __________________________________________________________________ + +3. The first day of class is always the longest. +Which __________________________________________________________________ + +4. Arnold is the strongest man in the barracks. +Who's __________________________________________________________________ + +5. The hotels downtown by the river are the nicest. +Which __________________________________________________________________ + +6. Alaska has the coldest weather in the United States. +Does __________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________ + +**IS DON THE HEAVIEST?** + +Look at the picture. Ask and answer questions about the picture. Use the words next to the picture. + +![Three men standing side by side labelled Dan, Dave, and Don, with Dan being slim and Don being large/heavy](images/page_112_001.jpg) +heavy +light + +EXAMPLES: Who's the heaviest man? +Don's the heaviest man. + +Which man's the lightest? +Dan's the lightest. + +![A small fork, a long pencil, and a long curved leather belt with a metal buckle lying on a surface](images/page_112_002.jpg) +long +short + +1. __________________________________________________________________ + +![A line drawing showing a large triangle, a small circle, and a small rectangle](images/page_112_003.jpg) +large +small +big +little + +2. __________________________________________________________________ + +![A small airplane flying above a car and a locomotive train engine](images/page_113_001.jpg) +fast +slow + +3. __________________________________________________________________ + +![Three math addition problems written out: Problem 1 (2 + 3 + 7 = 12), Problem 2 (24 + 41 = 65), and Problem 3 (378 + 299 = 677)](images/page_113_002.jpg) +hard +easy + +4. __________________________________________________________________ + +![An aerial view of three different roads labelled A, B, and C with varying widths and traffic density](images/page_113_003.jpg) +wide +narrow + +5. __________________________________________________________________ + +### Speaking Skill + +**WHAT ARE THEY SAYING?** + +Talk about the pictures with the class. Then take the part of one of the people in the pictures. + +1. +![#a A man shaking hands with a car salesman, both having empty speech bubbles overhead](images/page_114_001.jpg) + +![#b A man talking to a car salesman in front of a sign that reads "HONEST DAVE'S CARS", with empty speech bubbles](images/page_114_002.jpg) + +![#c A man gesturing toward a car while talking to another man, both with empty speech bubbles](images/page_114_003.jpg) + +![#d Two men standing in front of a car, both with empty speech bubbles](images/page_114_004.jpg) + +--- + +2. +![#a A man hailing a taxi with his arm raised and pointing, holding a briefcase](images/page_115_001.jpg) + +![#b A man speaking to a taxi driver sitting inside a cab](images/page_115_002.jpg) + +![#c A man getting into the backseat of a taxi](images/page_115_003.jpg) + +![#d A man sitting in the back of a taxi talking to the driver](images/page_115_004.jpg) + +3. +![#a A young man and a woman sitting together reading menus](images/page_115_005.jpg) + +![#b A waiter standing by a table while a man and a woman order from menus](images/page_115_006.jpg) + +![#c A man and a woman eating their meal at a restaurant table with a waiter walking away in the background](images/page_115_007.jpg) + +![#d A waiter serving or attending to a man and a woman eating at a restaurant table](images/page_115_008.jpg) + +--- + +### Function + +**WE'RE IN LONDON (AND OUR FEET HURT).** + +Read the postcard. Then answer the questions. + +| June 8 | put stamp here | +|---|---| +| Dear Tom and Nancy,

We arrived in England on Tuesday. The flight was long, but the children slept a lot. Our hotel is small and very nice. The food is different, but good.

Today, we walked around London. Tomorrow, we'll ride the bus! It's cool and rainy here. How's your weather?

Dan and Linda Clark | Mr. and Mrs. Tom Dean
144 Lakeside Drive
Dallas, Texas 75260
United States | + +1. Who wrote the post card? +2. When did they write it? +3. Where are Dan and Linda? +4. How's the weather there? +5. What's the food like? +6. Where are Tom and Nancy? + +--- + +**I'LL SEND YOU A CARD.** + +Read the paragraph. Then complete the postcard. + +Steve Clark wrote a postcard to Anne and Susan Dean on June 16, 1988. Here's what he put on it: Dear Anne and Susan, We took a boat from England to France yesterday. Now we're on the train to Paris. We'll stay there for five days. Your friend, Steve. Then he sent the postcard to this address: Anne and Susan Dean, 144 Lakeside Drive, Dallas, Texas 75260, United States. + +Write the date, names, and message on the left half of the postcard. + +Write the address on the right half of the postcard. + +(1) Write the names. +(2) Write the number and street. +(3) Write the city. +(4) Write the state and zip code. +(5) Write the country. + +| \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

Dear \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_,

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

Your friend, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | put stamp here

(1) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
(2) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
(3) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, (4) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
(5) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | + +--- + +### Reading Skill + +READ QUICKLY. + +Read each group of words at one glance. Then answer questions about the paragraph. + +(Jane lives in Canada.) (She speaks French and English.) (She teaches both languages) (to students) (from other countries.) (In the morning) (the students study) (in the classroom.) (In the afternoon) (they go to the lab) (and the library.) (On Saturday) (Jane takes them downtown) (to stores, movies, and restaurants.) (Sometimes) (the students visit Jane's home.) (Jane's students) (always learn a lot.) + +### Reading Skill + +MORE PRACTICE + +Again, read each group of words at one glance. Then answer questions about the paragraph. + +#### Paragraph 1 + +Alan is a young doctor. His office is at 189 Third Street. He goes to the hospital early every morning. At ten o'clock he leaves the hospital and goes to his office. Many sick people come to see him there. He looks at them and asks them questions. Then, he gives them medicine. He helps people all afternoon. Sometimes he must return to the hospital at night. + +--- + +#### Paragraph 2 + +Maria's home is in California. She goes to school in New York. She likes her classes and has a lot of friends, but she isn't happy at school. She wants to see her family. She calls them every Saturday morning and talks to them for an hour. She will go back home for a vacation in the summer. Every day she looks at the calendar and thinks about her summer vacation. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-7/st-4.md b/sources/book-7/st-4.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a811280f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/st-4.md @@ -0,0 +1,817 @@ + + +# BOOK 7 LESSON 4 + +## THE FURNITURE IS PRETTY. + +![An line drawing of a living room combined with a kitchen space showing various furniture pieces and appliances including armchair, sofa, tables, lamps, cabinets, stove, sink, and counter.](images/page_121_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +What do you use to open cans? +I use a can opener. + +### GRAMMAR +What do we use a stove for? + +We use a stove for cooking food. +We use a stove to cook food. + +### SKILLS +Go to the kitchen and open the cabinet. +Pick up a can of vegetables and open it. +Put the vegetables into a pan and put it on the stove. +Turn on the stove. Cook the vegetables. Eat them. + +### VOCABULARY + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| keep/kept | often | armchair | drawer | pan | +| lay/laid (down) | pretty | bookcase | end table | plug | +| | seldom | cabinet | fan | pot | +| plug in | ugly | can opener | faucet | refrigerator | +| use | usually | carpet | floor | rug | +| | | ceiling | furniture | shelf/shelves | +| | | coffee table | kitchen | sink | +| | | couch | lamp | sofa | +| | | curtain | living room | stove | +| | | drapes | outlet | | + +--- + +## CONTENTS OF BOOK 7 LESSON 4 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: living room | 115 | +| LISTENING SKILL: select information not heard | 118 | +| READING SKILL: supply referent for pronoun references | 119 | +| VOCABULARY: kitchen | 120 | +| SPEAKING SKILL: recite the dialog | 124 | +| READING SKILL: write the topic | 127 | +| VOCABULARY: ugly, pretty, lay | 128 | +| SPEAKING SKILL: act out cartoons | 131 | +| GRAMMAR: use + gerund/infinitive | 134 | +| FUNCTION: asking for and explaining purpose of specific objects/devices | 139 | +| WRITING SKILL: complete chart/box outline | 139 | +| READING SKILL: select the main idea | 141 | +| READING SKILL: supply referent for contextual references | 142 | +| VOCABULARY: adverbs of frequency | 143 | +| WRITING SKILL: correlative substitution table | 145 | +| READING SKILL: carry out written instructions | 146 | + +--- + +## Vocabulary + +### OUR LIVING ROOM + +![A drawing of a living room with labeled items: ARMCHAIR pointing to an upholstered chair, SOFA/COUCH pointing to a sofa, COFFEE TABLE pointing to a low table in front of the sofa, END TABLE pointing to a side table, and LAMP pointing to a table lamp.](images/page_123_001.jpg) + +Repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +1. This is our living room. +2. We have some nice furniture in our living room. +3. The sofa is the biggest piece of furniture in our living room. +4. The sofa is also called a couch. +5. We have a coffee table near the sofa. +6. I like to sit in our armchair. +7. The end table is next to the sofa. +8. There is a lamp on the end table. + +--- + +### WE KEEP BOOKS IN THE BOOKCASE. + +![A drawing of a room interior with labeled items: CEILING, BOOKCASE showing a bookshelf with books, SHELF, DRAPES at the window, RUG on the floor where a boy is lying down.](images/page_124_001.jpg) + +Repeat the words. Then read the sentences. + +1. There are many books in our bookcase. +2. We keep the children's books on the bottom shelf. +3. The bookcase has six shelves. +4. Mark's lying on the rug. It's also called a carpet. +5. The windows have drapes on them. +6. The ceiling in this room is very high. + +--- + +### THE FURNITURE IN THE LIVING ROOM + +Listen to the sentence and find the object in the picture. + +EXAMPLE: +I: There are books in the bookcase. +S: Number 9 + +![#A living room scene with numbered parts: 1. sofa/couch, 2. coffee table, 3. armchair, 4. end table, 5. lamp, 6. drapes/curtains, 7. ceiling, 8. floor/rug, 9. bookcase/shelves, 10. plant.](images/page_125_001.jpg) + +#### SAY SOMETHING ABOUT IT. + +The instructor will say a number from the picture above. Make a sentence with the name of that thing. + +EXAMPLE: +I: Number 3 +S: I'd like to sit in an armchair. + +--- + +## Listening Skill + +### DID YOU HEAR THAT? + +Read the choices silently. Then, listen to a paragraph and select the information you did not hear. Circle a, b, c, or d. + +1. + a. We eat breakfast, lunch, and dinner. + b. We eat three meals a day. + c. We always eat dessert after dinner. + d. Sometimes we eat a snack at night. + +2. + a. Sybil will meet her friends in Paris. + b. Sybil likes to travel. + c. Sybil will fly to London. + d. Sybil bought a ticket six months ago. + +3. + a. Jake made a bad score on the math test. + b. The teacher will explain his mistakes. + c. Jake was very upset. + d. Jake didn't study before the test. + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**MARY IS MY SISTER.** +**SHE IS TWENTY YEARS OLD.** + +Read the paragraph, and then write the correct answer on the line. + +1. My friend Bob speaks four languages. He speaks English, French, Russian and Arabic. He learned Arabic in Egypt. It was the hardest of the four languages. + + It = ________________. + +2. I like to go to Houston. It is bigger than San Antonio and you can see many things there. My friend and I went there last week. We like to travel together. Next month we may take a trip to Dallas. + + We = ________________. + +3. I like to cook. On the weekend, a few friends come to my house, and we cook dinner together. One of us makes a dessert, one or two people cook the meat, and someone washes and cuts up vegetables for a salad. We all like to cook and eat together. + + We = ________________. + +4. Tony and Marilyn bought a new house. It's bigger than their old one. They had to buy more furniture. They needed two lamps, a new armchair, and some new carpet. They are very happy in their new home. + + They = ________________. + +5. My friends Rosemary and Martha are coming to my house for lunch next Tuesday. We'll have a light lunch, just salad and iced tea. Then we'll have ice cream for dessert. After lunch we'll go to a movie. I'll wash the dirty dishes later. + + We = ________________. + +6. My brother Al is in the Air Force. My other brother, Nick, is in the Navy. They'll come home for my graduation next month. My sister and my mother won't be there. My sister will be in France on vacation, and Mother is in the hospital. I'll have to send them some pictures of my graduation. + + They = ________________. + +# Vocabulary + +**OUR KITCHEN** + +Repeat the underlined words. Read the sentences. + +![#1 A kitchen wooden cabinet with two doors above a set of three drawers, with a small can opener in between](images/page_128_001.jpg) + +This is a cabinet. We keep dishes in the cabinet. + +There are drawers under the cabinet. + +This is a can opener. It opens cans. + +![#2 A kitchen sink with curtains above the window, a faucet, and a sink bowl](images/page_128_002.jpg) + +There are curtains at the kitchen window. I think they're pretty curtains. + +We wash the dishes in the sink. + +Hot and cold water comes from the faucet. + +We cook food on the stove. + +We put the food in a pot or a pan. + +There is a fan on the ceiling. + +The kitchen floor is clean. + +![A kitchen stove with a pot and pan on it, a vent hood above, a ceiling fan overhead, and floor below, all labeled](images/page_129_001.jpg) + +![An open refrigerator filled with various food items, labeled REFRIGERATOR](images/page_129_002.jpg) + +This is a refrigerator. It has a lot of food in it. + +# WHAT IS A KITCHEN? + +Listen and write the name of the picture on the line. + +A ![#1 Diagram of a kitchen with cabinets, sink, stove, and refrigerator](images/page_130_001.jpg) is a room in a house. There's always a ![#2 Drawing of a sink with faucet](images/page_130_002.jpg) in the kitchen and sometimes a ![#3 Drawing of a dining table](images/page_130_003.jpg) and some ![#4 Drawing of two chairs](images/page_130_004.jpg) . We cook in the kitchen on a ![#5 Drawing of a stove with oven](images/page_130_005.jpg) . Look in the ![#6 Drawing of a full refrigerator](images/page_130_006.jpg) . You'll see milk, butter, eggs, meat and other food there. Where do we keep dishes? In the ![#7 Drawing of a wall cabinet](images/page_130_007.jpg) . Knives, forks, and spoons are in a ![#8 Drawing of kitchen drawers](images/page_130_008.jpg) under the cabinet. Someone has to clean the kitchen ![#9 Drawing of a tiled floor](images/page_130_009.jpg) every day. + +1. ________________ +2. ________________ +3. ________________ +4. ________________ +5. ________________ +6. ________________ +7. ________________ +8. ________________ +9. ________________ + +# PLUG IT IN THE OUTLET. + +Repeat the sentences. + +![#1 A box-style electric fan plugged into a wall outlet](images/page_131_001.jpg) +1. This is a fan. + +![#2 An electrical power cord ending in a two-prong plug](images/page_131_002.jpg) +2. This is a plug. + +![#3 A wall electrical outlet with two sockets](images/page_131_003.jpg) +3. This is an outlet. + +![#4 A hand holding an electrical plug up to a wall outlet](images/page_131_004.jpg) +4. Put the plug in the outlet. + +![#5 A box fan connected to a wall outlet](images/page_131_005.jpg) +5. Plug the fan in. He plugged in the fan. + +# Speaking Skill + +**AT HOME WITH THE CAINS** + +![A man sitting relaxed in an armchair with his hands behind his head, looking over at an electric fan set on a small table](images/page_132_001.jpg) + +Repeat the dialog. Then learn a part well enough to recite it without looking at the book. + +**Joe Cain:** Where's the electric fan? +**Jack Cain:** On a shelf in the garage. Why? +**Joe Cain:** Because it's hot in here. +**Jack Cain:** Hot!? It's only 75. + +*(Joe Cain goes to the garage and comes back to the living room with the fan.)* + +**Joe Cain:** Where's an outlet? +**Jack Cain:** Turn around. You're standing by one. +**Joe Cain:** Oh! Here it is. I'll plug it in here. +**Jack Cain:** Hey! It's windy in here! Turn it around. + +--- + +# WHERE'S THE CAN OPENER? + +Listen to a sentence. Select the picture that matches the sentence. + +EXAMPLE: +I: She's cleaning the floor. +S: Number 6 + +![#1 A person's hands using a manual can opener on a metal tin or can](images/page_133_001.jpg) + +![#2 A close-up of a window with a curtain pulled aside, revealing a glass windowpane and frame](images/page_133_002.jpg) + +![#3 A kitchen faucet with water streaming out into a sink](images/page_133_003.jpg) + +![#4 A small cooking pot with a long handle sitting on a flat surface](images/page_133_004.jpg) + +![#5 A large metal pressure cooker or pot with steam rising from its lid](images/page_133_005.jpg) + +![#6 A woman sweeping the floor with a broom in a room](images/page_133_006.jpg) + +![#7 A ceiling fan mounted on the ceiling](images/page_133_007.jpg) + +![#8 An open drawer in a kitchen counter or cabinet](images/page_133_008.jpg) + +![#9 A wall section above a bathroom or kitchen sink showing small wall cabinets and a mirror](images/page_133_009.jpg) + +![#10 A kitchen sink filled with dirty dishes, plates, and bowls under a faucet](images/page_133_010.jpg) + +![#11 A covered cooking pot on a stove burner with steam rising from it](images/page_133_011.jpg) + +![#12 An open refrigerator filled with various food items, jars, and shelves](images/page_133_012.jpg) + +# WHAT'S IT CALLED? + +Match the name of the thing to the number you hear. + +EXAMPLE: +I: Number 6 +S1: drawer + +S1: Number 1 +S2: refrigerator + +![A detailed kitchen scene with numbered items: 1 pointing to refrigerator, 2 pointing to cabinet, 3 pointing to stove controls, 4 pointing to sink, 5 pointing to window curtains, 6 pointing to open drawer, 7 pointing to shelf, 8 pointing to can opener on counter, 9 pointing to hanging pots, 10 pointing to frying pan on shelf, 11 pointing to floor, 12 pointing to faucet](images/page_134_001.jpg) + +# Reading Skill + +## WRITE THE TOPIC. + +Read each paragraph and write the topic. + +The topic of the paragraph is what the paragraph is about. Write the topic in one word or a phrase. + +1. Tom and his friend Robert went to Canada last month on vacation. It was very cold there. They went up to the mountains for three days and nights. There was a lot of snow. They took pictures of the mountains and the trees with snow on them. They also saw many animals. They took pictures of these animals. Their vacation was a good one. + + Topic: _________________________________________ + +2. Mary got up at 6 o'clock in the morning. She went to work. She finished her work at 5:30 p.m. Then, she drove to the grocery store. She got home at 7:30. She was very tired. She put the food in the cabinet and turned on the TV. She only wanted to relax after her long day. + + Topic: _________________________________________ + +3. Dorothy's house has a very large kitchen. There is a big, new stove and a refrigerator in it. The floor of the kitchen is very pretty. Dorothy likes to clean it. She'll make new red, and white curtains for the windows. She likes to cook in this big kitchen. + + Topic: _________________________________________ + +# Vocabulary + +## THE UGLY ROOM + +**Jane:** This carpet is old and ugly. We need a new, pretty one. +**Mark:** I think we can lay new carpet for $500. + +**Jane:** A new color will look nice. +**Mark:** You're right. I'm tired of the old color. + +**Jane:** We need a new couch too. +**Mark:** We can talk about a new couch later. + +**Jane:** Would you like to look at carpets tonight? +**Mark:** Sure. Let's go downtown after dinner. + +# IT'S A PRETTY DRESS. + +Read the sentences. + +![#1 A woman trying on a dress in front of a full-length mirror, smiling at her reflection](images/page_137_001.jpg) + +1. She thinks it's pretty. She wants to buy it. + +![#2 A bare tree bending in strong winds on a stormy day](images/page_137_002.jpg) + +2. The weather today is ugly. It's not nice. + +![#3 A woman standing behind a young girl, both smiling](images/page_137_003.jpg) + +3. Your little girl is very pretty. + Oh, thank you. + +![#4 A car parked on the street](images/page_137_004.jpg) + +4. He thinks his car is ugly. Other people think it's nice. + +![#5 A man instructing a boy who is folding clothes near a bed](images/page_137_005.jpg) + +5. Young man, lay your clothes on the bed, please. + +![#6 A man placing his hand gently on a young boy's shoulder](images/page_137_006.jpg) + +6. He laid his hand on the child's shoulder. + +# I DON'T WANT THAT UGLY, OLD ONE. + +Complete the sentences. Use **lay**, **laid**, **pretty** or **ugly**. + +1. Look at the ____________________ pink and red clouds in the sky. + +2. I don't want the blue car; it's ____________________. + +3. ____________________ your books down on the table. + +4. That isn't a pretty house. It's ____________________. + +5. I'd like to meet that ____________________ woman in the black dress. + +6. He ____________________ the letters down on the kitchen table. + +7. He gave the ____________________ flowers to his mother. + +8. Don't ____________________ your hat on the bed! + +9. I don't like that dog; he's ____________________. + +10. Which carpet did you ____________________ in your living room? + +--- + +# Speaking Skill + +### WHAT DID THEY SAY? + +Talk about the pictures. Then take the part of one of the people in the pictures. + +1. +![#1a A man in uniform holding his stomach with a sad expression and speech bubble](images/page_139_001.jpg) +![#1b A man in uniform talking to a woman at a desk in a dispensary with speech bubbles](images/page_139_002.jpg) +![#1c Two men in uniform talking to a third man holding a folder with speech bubbles](images/page_139_003.jpg) +![#1d A doctor examining a patient lying on an examination table with speech bubbles](images/page_139_004.jpg) + +2. +![#2a Two people in uniform talking to a man and woman in front of a monitor with speech bubbles](images/page_140_001.jpg) +![#2b A group of people talking to a clerk at a counter with speech bubbles](images/page_140_002.jpg) +![#2c Four people in business attire standing together with speech bubbles](images/page_140_003.jpg) +![#2d Three people standing near GATE 5 with speech bubbles](images/page_140_004.jpg) + +3. +![#3a Two men standing outside a BANK with speech bubbles](images/page_140_005.jpg) +![#3b Two men (labeled A and B) at a desk filling out paperwork with speech bubbles](images/page_140_006.jpg) +![#3c A woman teller talking to a man standing with another man (labeled A and B) at a counter labeled TELLER with speech bubbles](images/page_140_007.jpg) +![#3d A woman teller talking to a man (labeled A) with another man (labeled B) nearby at a counter labeled TELLER with speech bubbles](images/page_140_008.jpg) + +4. +![#4a Two women standing in a library near bookshelves with speech bubbles](images/page_141_001.jpg) +![#4b A woman searching through a card catalog drawer in a library with speech bubbles](images/page_141_002.jpg) +![#4c Three women sitting at a table in a library with speech bubbles](images/page_141_003.jpg) +![#4d Three women checking out books at a counter labeled LIBRARY CHECK OUT with speech bubbles](images/page_141_004.jpg) + +![#4a A man and woman standing together holding a package with speech bubbles](images/page_141_005.jpg) +![#4b A man and woman standing at a counter near signs for MONEY ORDERS and STAMPS with speech bubbles](images/page_141_006.jpg) +![#4c A man and woman at a counter labeled PACKAGES handing over packages](images/page_141_007.jpg) +![#4d A man weighing a package on a scale at a postal counter in front of a woman with speech bubbles](images/page_141_008.jpg) + +# Grammar + +### USE YOUR HEAD FOR THINKING. + +Make sentences like the example with words from the box. Then read the sentences below the box. + +EXAMPLE: I use a knife for cutting meat. + +| I
You
Sue and I
The boys | use | a | knife
cup
camera
glass | for | cutting
drinking
taking
drinking | meat.
coffee.
pictures.
milk. | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| Becky
He
John | uses | | | | | | + +1. Did you use the library for studying? +2. They use a camera for taking pictures. +3. I didn't use the blue cup for drinking my coffee. +4. Does your sister use the stove for cooking? +5. What does Walt use for shaving? +6. Ron used my bed for sleeping. +7. Tom doesn't use a pencil for writing. +8. What did your friends use for traveling? +9. Do you use soap for brushing your teeth? +10. A pilot doesn't use a car for flying. + +### I USE A SPOON FOR EATING SOUP. + +Listen to a word. Then make a sentence like the example. + +EXAMPLE: T: spoon +S: I use a spoon for eating soup. + +### SENTENCES WITH "NOT." + +Make sentences like the example. + +EXAMPLE: T: I use a knife for cutting meat. (soup) +S: I don't use a knife for eating soup. + +### WE USE A TOWEL TO DRY OUR HANDS. + +Make sentences like the example with words from the box. Then read the sentences below the box. + +EXAMPLE: I use a cup to drink tea. + +| I
The girls
You
We
The men
They
Bob and Jim | use | a | knife
cup
camera
glass
spoon | to | cut meat.
drink tea.
take pictures.
drink juice.
eat ice cream. | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| Tom
He
Bill
Ann | uses | | | | | + +1. We use a sharpener for sharpening a pencil. + We use a sharpener to sharpen a pencil. + +2. We use a doorknob for opening a door. + We use a doorknob to open a door. + +3. The teacher uses chalk for writing. + The teacher uses chalk to write. + +4. We use a cabinet for keeping medicine. + We use a cabinet to keep medicine. + +5. We use an umbrella for staying dry. + We use an umbrella to stay dry. + +6. We use a stove for cooking. + We use a stove to cook. + +7. We use our lips, teeth, and tongues for talking. + We use our lips, teeth, and tongues to talk. + +8. We use our feet for walking. + We use our feet to walk. + +9. We use our ears for listening. + We use our ears to listen. + +10. We use our eyes for seeing. + We use our eyes to see. + +--- + +### CHANGE THE SENTENCE. + +Change the sentence you hear to one like the example. + +EXAMPLE: I: He uses a knife for cutting meat. +S: He uses a knife to cut meat. + +### DO YOU USE A TOWEL FOR DRYING DISHES? + +Ask a question with the words. Another person will answer with the same words. + +EXAMPLES: towel/dry dishes + +S1: Do you use a towel for drying dishes? +S2: Yes, I use a towel for drying dishes. + +or + +S1: Do you use a towel to dry dishes? +S2: Yes, I use a towel to dry dishes. + +1. pen/write +2. glass/drink +3. chair/sit +4. pencil/write +5. train/fly +6. soap/wash +7. spoon/meat +8. fork/meat +9. suitcase/pack +10. toothbrush/teeth + +### WHAT DO WE USE A KNIFE FOR? + +Look at the picture. One student will make a question like the example. Another student will answer the question. + +EXAMPLE: knife + +S1: What do we use a knife for? +S2: We use a knife to cut meat. +or +We use a knife for cutting meat. + +![#1 A comfortable couch or sofa sitting against a paneled wall](images/page_146_001.jpg) + +![#2 An open cabinet showing shelves with dishes and a teacup](images/page_146_002.jpg) + +![#3 A kitchen stove/oven with a pot on top](images/page_146_003.jpg) + +![#4 A kitchen sink filled with soapy water and dishes being washed under a running faucet](images/page_146_004.jpg) + +![#5 An open cupboard filled with stacks of plates](images/page_146_005.jpg) + +![#6 A large pot boiling on a stove top with steam coming out](images/page_146_006.jpg) + +![#7 A Pentax camera with its lens visible](images/page_146_007.jpg) + +![#8 An automobile/car driving on a road](images/page_146_008.jpg) + +![#9 An electric box fan with an attached electrical cord](images/page_146_009.jpg) + +![#10 A hand using a hand-held can opener to open a tin can](images/page_146_010.jpg) + +### Function + +#### WHAT'S THIS USED FOR? + +Make questions and answers like the example about things around you. + +EXAMPLE: What's a pencil sharpener used for? + +It's used for sharpening pencils. +or +It's used to sharpen pencils. + +### Writing Skill + +#### CHART/BOX OUTLINES + +Read each paragraph and complete the box outline. + +1. My mother bought new furniture for two rooms in our house. She bought a new couch, an armchair, and a bookcase for the living room. She bought a stove, a refrigerator, and a new table for the kitchen. Our home is very pretty now. + +| NEW FURNITURE | +|---| + +2. My sister and I went to the post office, the bank, and the grocery store today. First, we went to the post office. We bought envelopes, stamps, and post cards. Next, we went to the bank. We bought a money order and cashed a check. Then we went to the grocery store and bought ice cream, bread, and eggs. + +| THE POST OFFICE, THE BANK, AND THE GROCERY STORE. | +|---| + +### Reading Skill + +The main idea says something about the topic and is always a complete sentence. + +#### WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA? + +Read each paragraph and select the main idea. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. My family eats three meals a day. These meals are breakfast, lunch, and dinner. For breakfast we eat toast, eggs, and juice or milk. For lunch we have a salad, some meat, a drink, and sometimes a dessert. Dinner is bigger. For dinner we eat meat and two or three vegetables. Sometimes we get hungry before bedtime. Then, we eat a snack. I like to eat cold chicken for a snack. + +a. My family eats a lot of food each day. +b. My family eats three meals a day. +c. My family is always hungry. + +2. Sybil will go to Europe this summer. She bought a plane ticket to London. She will be in London for five days. Then, she will take a train from London to Paris. She will meet two good friends there. After one or two days in Paris, they will all take a train to Austria. They will go sightseeing together. This will be Sybil's first visit to Europe. + +a. Women like to travel to Europe in summer. +b. Many friends meet each other in Europe. +c. Sybil will take a trip to Europe this summer. + +### Reading Skill + +#### SOCCER OR FOOTBALL? + +Read the paragraph and write the answers on the line. + +1. Many people play soccer and football in the United States. Some people think they are the same. In the United States these two sports are not the same. In football you can touch the ball with your hands, but in soccer you can touch it only with the other parts of your body. + +These two sports = ____________________ + +It = ____________________ + +2. Would you like to take a trip to the moon one day? Sometimes I think about it. On a clear night, the moon is very near. + +It = ____________________ + +3. You can use a sofa, chairs, end tables, and lamps in your living room. You can buy this furniture in one store or in different stores. We bought all of our furniture at the same store. + +This furniture = ____________________ + +4. Los Angeles, Houston, and Chicago are very large. I'd like to visit these cities. I'd like to go sightseeing and take a lot of pictures. I want to put them in a book with my other pictures. + +These cities = ____________________ + +Them = ____________________ + +5. In some countries there are only two seasons. In the United States there are four. The weather is very different in each one. Winter is the coldest and summer is the hottest. + +Four = ____________________ + +Each = ____________________ + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +I USUALLY EAT A SALAD. + +1. +| S | M | T | W | T | F | S | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| | x | x | x | x | x | | +| | x | x | x | x | x | | +| | x | x | x | x | x | | +| | x | x | x | x | x | | +| | x | x | x | x | x | | + +Do you always eat lunch here? + +Yes, I always eat lunch here. + +Are you always in class in the morning? + +Yes, I'm always in class in the morning. + +2. +| S | M | T | W | T | F | S | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| | x | x | x | x | x | | +| | | x | x | x | | | +| | x | x | x | x | x | | +| | | x | x | x | | | +| | x | x | | | x | | + +Do you usually eat on the base? + +Yes, I usually eat on the base. + +Is he usually at home in the evenings? + +Yes, he's usually at home in the evening. + +3. +| S | M | T | W | T | F | S | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| | x | x | x | x | | | +| | x | x | x | x | | | +| | | | x | x | x | | +| | x | | | | | | +| | x | | | x | | | + +Do you often work late? + +Yes, I often work late. + +Are they often tired? + +Yes, they're often tired. + +4. +| S | M | T | W | T | F | S | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| | x | | | | | | +| | | | | x | x | | +| | | | | | | | +| | | x | | | | | +| | | | | | | | + +Do you sometimes arrive late? + +Yes, I sometimes arrive late. + +Is John sometimes sick? + +Yes, he's sometimes sick. + +5. +| S | M | T | W | T | F | S | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| | x | | | | | | +| | | | | | | | +| | | | | | | | +| | | x | | | | | +| | | | | | | | + +Do you seldom go on vacation? + +Yes, I seldom go on vacation. + +Are they seldom in the library? + +Yes, they're seldom in the library. + +6. +| S | M | T | W | T | F | S | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| | | | | | | | +| | | | | | | | +| | | | | | | | +| | | | | | | | +| | | | | | | | + +Do you eat fish? + +No, I never eat fish. + +Are you late? + +No, I'm never late. + +# Writing Skill + +THE TRIP + +Write a paragraph with these words. + +| Becky
The boys
My father | went to | Houston
Chicago
England | last week.
yesterday.
last year. | They
She
He | traveled by | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| bus.
plane.
train. | His
Their
Her | family
friends
students | met | him
her
them | at the station.
at the airport.
at the hotel. | +| They
He
She | took | them
her
him | to | their
his
her | house.
hotel.
room. | + +# Reading Skill + +PLEASE DO THIS. + +Read and follow the instructions. + +1. a. Open your book to the last page. +b. Write your name on that page. +c. Close your book. + +2. a. Draw a circle on a piece of paper. +b. Draw a square in the center of the circle. +c. Write today's date under the square. + +3. a. Lay two books on your desk. +b. Lay your pencil or pen between them. +c. Lay one hand on top of each book. + +4. a. Write the hour of this class at the bottom of this page. +b. Write the present time above that. +c. Write the time for lunch above that. + +5. a. Look at your I.D. card. +b. Write your I.D. number on your book. +c. Put your I.D. card in your pocket. + +6. a. Take two pencils. +b. Walk to the pencil sharpener. +c. Sharpen the pencils. + +7. a. Ask the person next to you his (or her) name. +b. Ask him (or her) the name of his hometown. +c. Introduce him (or her) to the class. + +8. a. Stand up. +b. Walk to the teacher's desk. +c. Thank the teacher. diff --git a/sources/book-7/st-5.md b/sources/book-7/st-5.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e226651 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/st-5.md @@ -0,0 +1,460 @@ + + +# DON'T MAKE A MISTAKE. + +# BOOK 7 LESSON 5 + +![A circular diagram divided into six triangular segments depicting various concepts: geometric shapes, a living room with a ceiling fan and couch, a night landscape with a moon over hills and a house with a fence, pieces of cut fruit, a teacher pointing at a math equation on a chalkboard while students watch, and a curved roadway](images/page_155_001.jpg) + +--- + +**OPPOSITES** + +The instructor will say a word. You say the opposite word. + +EXAMPLE: +I: add +S: subtract + +**DID YOU HEAR THAT?** + +Listen to each paragraph and select the information you did not hear. Circle a, b, c, or d. + +1. +a. Mr. Allen was in Mexico. +b. Betty was in Brazil. +c. Mary was in France. +d. Mrs. Allen was in Africa. + +2. +a. Jessie is a little girl. +b. Jessie's brother climbed a tree. +c. Jessie climbed a tree. +d. Jessie saw a bird. + +3. +a. We play soccer on the grass. +b. We play football outside. +c. We play football in the winter. +d. We play soccer with a round ball. + +4. +a. Eve was swimming in the lake. +b. Eve was sitting by the lake. +c. Tom was swimming under water. +d. Eve is Tom's wife. + +5. +a. Alaska had the coldest weather. +b. California had the hottest weather. +c. Alaska is the biggest state. +d. Alaska had the most snow. + +--- + +**IT = FLORIDA.** + +Read the paragraph and write the correct answer on the line. + +EXAMPLE: Many people take their vacation in Florida. It has the ocean and nice weather all year. + +It = Florida . + +1. Mac is a happy man. He likes to play, and he doesn't work a lot. He has many friends. They often go to the movies together on Friday night, to the football games on Saturday, and sometimes to a basketball game on Tuesday. + +They = ____________________. + +2. The children in my family like animals very much. Often they see dogs and cats without homes and bring these animals to our house. Sometimes the animals are sick. Then the children give them medicine and good food. + +Them = ____________________. + +3. Fred needs a job. Every day he looks at the ads for jobs in the newspaper. For twelve years in the past he was a student, but he's not a student now. He finished school in June. Now he has to work. + +He = ____________________. + +4. Laura took a long vacation with friends. They went to Alaska and climbed a high mountain. The first day it was sunny. The second day it rained. The third day on the mountain it snowed. Laura and her friends had to climb down fast. + +They = ____________________. + +5. Betty saw a pretty carpet in a store downtown. She wanted to buy it, but the price was more money than she had. She went home, looked at her living room, and thought about the carpet. The next day Betty got a job. Soon she will have the money for a new carpet. + +She = ____________________. + +--- + +6. Do you know the name of the longest river in the world? It is the Nile. It begins in Tanzania and stops at the Mediterranean Sea. Africa is the home of this river. + +This river = ____________________. + +7. John Miller is an airman. His brother Don is a soldier. John is in the Air Force. Don is in the Army. Both are in the military. + +Both = ____________________. + +8. Mary plays basketball. It's her job. For six months of the year Mary works long hours. Then after the basketball season is over, she can relax. + +She = ____________________. + +9. My brother is buying a car for his daughter. She uses it to drive to school. + +She = ____________________. + +10. Dick works for his dad in his store downtown. He works after school and usually on Saturday too. + +He = ____________________. + +**WHAT DO WE USE A COMB FOR?** + +The instructor will say a word. One student will ask a question and another student will answer like the example. + +EXAMPLE: +I: a comb +S1: What do we use a comb for? +S2: We use a comb to comb hair. +or +We use a comb for combing hair. + +--- + +**UNDERSTAND...UNDERSTOOD** + +Listen to a question. Answer with the correct form of the word. + +EXAMPLE: +I: Did you understand the problem? +S: Yes, I understood it. + +**OTHER** + +The instructor will say statements. Then you say a sentence using other and the words on the chalkboard. Some answers need also. + +EXAMPLES: +I: Jan drew two shapes. One was a circle. +square +S: The other was a square. + +I: The house has two bathrooms. One is small. +small +S: The other bathroom is also small. + +**COMPARE.** + +The instructor will tell you two things to compare. + +EXAMPLE: +I: Compare a triangle with a rectangle. +S: A triangle has three sides and a rectangle has four sides. + +**RELATED WORDS** + +You will hear a word. Say a word that is related to it. + +EXAMPLE: +I: kitchen +S: refrigerator + +--- + +**WHAT DOES IT LOOK LIKE?** + +Ask and answer questions with look like. Look at the words below for ideas. + +EXAMPLE: What does your father look like? +He's tall and heavy. He has black hair and brown eyes. + +| PEOPLE | THINGS | PLACES | +|---|---|---| +| father
mother
sister
brother
friend
teacher
waiter
doctor | chair
desk
pencil
pen
book
car
bus
train
wall
map
uniform
dress | school
classroom
barracks
office
house
country
hometown
mountain
lake
river | +| pretty
ugly
young
small
short
tall
large
light
heavy
nice | long
big
heavy
(colors)
straight
nice | old
new
narrow
wide
high
low
little
nice | + +**LETS DRAW!** + +Read the directions and follow them. + +1. Get a piece of paper, or use the next blank page. + +2. Draw two lines to divide the paper into four equal parts. Draw one line from the top to the bottom of the paper. Draw the second line in the middle of the paper from the left side to the right. + +3. Write number 1 in the top left part. Then, draw a circle. Draw a straight line above the circle from the left side to the right side. Draw a straight line below the circle from the left side to the right side. + +--- + +4. Write number 2 in the top right part. Then, draw a small triangle. Next to it, draw a small square. Next to that, draw a larger square. + +5. Write number 3 in the bottom left part. Then, draw a rectangle in the center. Below the rectangle, draw a small circle in the center of the bottom line. It will touch the rectangle. Draw a second circle above the rectangle. Put it in the center of the top line. Let it touch the rectangle. Draw two more circles, one next to the right side and one next to the left side of the rectangle. Let them touch the rectangle, too. + +6. Write number 4 in the bottom right part. Then, draw a big circle. Inside this circle draw a smaller circle. Inside this circle draw a small square. + +7. Look at the chalkboard or at your instructor's text for the answers. + +--- + +DRAW THE SHAPES. + +OUR HOME IN SAN ANTONIO. + +Listen and write the missing words. + +We live in San Antonio, Texas. It's a city with warm weather all year. Friends from other states visit here. We like to show our city to these friends. We usually them the new hotels and old buildings the river. We eat dinner in a Mexican restaurant, and we ride in a boat on the . + +This year two friends from England visited us. They wanted to see the hills San Antonio. We drove with them outside the city. We saw many and flowers and pretty, green there. + +SELECT THE SAME WORDS. + +Read the paragraph and write the answer on the blank line. + +1. It was a hot Sunday afternoon and the lake outside the city was very crowded. It was crowded with boats and with people. The people were trying to swim, and the boats were going from one side of the lake to the other. + + Other = + +2. From 1820 to 1930 more than 37 million people came to the United States from other countries. They wanted jobs and land. Some of them worked for a few years and then went home. The others stayed here. + + Here = + +3. The Lopez family live in a big house on the edge of town. They have two dogs and a cat. The dogs cost a lot of money. Mr. Lopez paid $100 for one of the dogs and $150 for the other one. + + The other one = + +4. In our country most people wash and dry their clothes inside the house, but in many countries women wash the clothes outside and dry them in the sun. Our grocery stores are inside also, but in very warm countries people may buy and sell food outside. Most people take a shower inside, but in a hot country people may do this outside too. + + Do this = + +5. The grass around the house is very green, and there are some pretty flowers next to the fence in the backyard. On the other side of the fence vegetables grow. Bill works in the yard after dinner every evening. Some people think his is the prettiest one on the block. + + One = + +I'M TWO YEARS OLDER THAN MY SISTER. + +S1: Read the sentences. Then ask a question. +S2: Answer a question. Then read the next sentences and ask a question. + +EXAMPLE: Sally is twelve. Her brother is ten years older. +S1: How old is Sally's brother? +S2: He's twenty-two. + +1. John was 16 on his last birthday. His friend Al is two years younger than John. + +2. Tim's sister is 18. Tim is half that. + +3. Terry has a birthday next week. She will be 31 years older than her three-year-old son. + +4. Guy and his brother are both sixteen. Their mother is twenty-five years older. + +5. Mr. Wilson is two years older than Mrs. Wilson. He is forty. + +6. The school opened for the first class in 1910. It's 1990 now. + +7. We have a very big tree in our yard. The tree is older than my father's mother. She is 88. + +8. My cat is my age. I'm two years older than my sister. She's 11. + +9. Every student in my class is older than Ray. The oldest one in the class is 29. On his next birthday Ray will be six years younger than that. + +10. We bought our furniture ten years ago. Two years later we bought the refrigerator. + +COMBINE THE SENTENCES. + +EXAMPLE: The man is tall. He has a car. His car is red. +The tall man has a red car. + +1. The glass is green. It is on the table. The table is red. + +2. The airplane is small. The airplane flew over the ocean. + +3. The refrigerator is in the kitchen. The refrigerator is new. + +4. He drank some tea. The tea was hot. + +5. The woman is old. The woman will climb a mountain. + +6. The girl is short. She is wearing a hat. It is white. + +7. The boy looks like his mother. He is small. + +8. They have a house. It is old. + +9. He has a bird. It is big and yellow. + +10. She had a truck. The truck was old and red. + +SYNONYMS + +Listen to a word. Say another word like it. + +EXAMPLE: T: big +S: large + +INSTRUCTIONS + +One person will tell another person to do something. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Student 1 says "Draw two triangles on the chalkboard." +Student 2 goes to the chalkboard and draws two triangles. + +WHAT'S THIS CALLED? + +Draw a shape on the chalkboard. Then ask another student what the shape is called. + +EXAMPLE: S1: (draws a triangle on the chalkboard) +What's this called? + +S2: It's called a triangle. +(draws another shape on the chalkboard and asks what it's called) + +I NEED SOME MONEY. DO YOU HAVE ANY? + +Look at the words below. Make a sentence and ask a question. Use some or any. Another student will answer the question. + +EXAMPLE: S1: I need some money. Do you have any? +S2: Yes, I have some. +I need some coffee. Do you have any? +S3: No, I don't have any. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| eggs | potatoes | dessert | bread | +| sugar | soup | chairs | furniture | +| tables | soap | water | toothpaste | +| cups | spoons | glasses | paper | + +NEW HOSPITAL + +Listen to some statements. Combine like the example. + +EXAMPLE: T: Allen works in a hospital. It is new. +S: Allen works in a new hospital. + +I'D LIKE BOTH, PLEASE. + +Read the sentence and make a new sentence with both. + +EXAMPLE: Do you want cake or cookies? +I'd like both, please. + +1. Did you go to China or Russia on your vacation? + +2. Is Pat watching TV or doing his homework? + +3. Did Tom buy the brown slacks or the blue ones? + +--- + +4. Does she like hot tea or cold tea? + +5. Are you tired or sick? + +6. Did the children play baseball or soccer last night? + +7. Is Bill studying English or Spanish? + +8. Does Lou have a cat or a dog? + +9. Did Frank write a letter or a postcard? + +10. Did he talk to Susan or Tony? + +**MATCH.** + +Match the sentences. + +EXAMPLES: + + c 1. John's in the kitchen. + a 2. They play baseball four times a week. + b 3. Mike is in the yard. + +a. They do it often. +b. He's climbing a tree. +c. He's cooking dinner. + +********** + +___ 1. It divides a circle. +___ 2. He brushes his teeth every day. +___ 3. She doesn't like mathematics. +___ 4. They made a mistake. +___ 5. We usually see it at night. + +a. It's the moon. +b. She never does her homework. +c. They had the wrong answer. +d. It's the diameter. +e. He always does it. + +********** + +
+ +___ 1. It's on the big desk. +___ 2. We keep dishes in it. +___ 3. They want to climb it. +___ 4. You study five days a week. +___ 5. Bill used a can opener. + +a. He opened a can. +b. It's a lamp. +c. It's a cabinet. +d. You usually do it. +e. It's a mountain. + +**IT'S BIGGER THAN A BREAD BOX.** + +Select a word from below and complete the sentence. Be sure to change the word to the **-er** or **-est** form. + +| big | small | pretty | narrow | wide | old | short | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| nice | high | long | young | large | tall | heavy | + +EXAMPLE: A tree is taller than a flower. + +1. The weather in spring is ________ than the weather in winter. +2. A boy is ________ than a man. +3. Alex weighs more than his two brothers. He is the ________ of the three boys. +4. June 21 is usually the ________ day in the year. +5. December 21 is usually the ________ day in the year. + +
+ +6. Which flower in the yard is the ________? +7. A truck is ________ than a car. +8. Bob is 32. Mary is 33. John is 27. + Mary is the ________. + John is the ________. +9. A mountain is ________ than a hill. +10. My hand is ________ than my foot. + +**WRITE A PARAGRAPH.** + +| Randall
The students
You and I | has
have | a new | car.
refrigerator.
couch. | They
We
He | keep
keeps | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| it | in the | garage.
living room.
kitchen. | We
They
He | uses
use | it | to | drive
keep
sit | +| to
food
on. | cold.
school.
work. | | | | | + +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +
+ +**WRITE THE TOPIC.** + +Read the paragraph. Then write the topic of the paragraph on the blank line. + +Jake is very upset. He made a bad score on his math test. He is a good student and he usually makes good grades. But his teacher taught the class some new math, and he didn't understand some of the problems. The teacher will explain his mistakes to him after class. He will take a second math test on Friday. He wants a good score then. + +Topic: ________________________ + +**SELECT THE MAIN IDEA.** + +Read the paragraph and select the main idea. Circle a, b, or c. + +Everyone in the Allen family likes to go to other countries. Mrs. Allen visited Spain and England. Later she worked in Africa and traveled in France and Italy. Thirty years ago, Mrs. Allen was a student in Mexico. She met her husband there. He was on vacation in Mexico at the time. Three of the Allen children were students in other countries. Betty studied in Brazil, Mary studied in Greece, and Linda was a student in Colombia. + +a. Many countries have good schools. +b. The Allen family likes to travel. +c. Mrs. Allen lived in Mexico. + +
diff --git a/sources/book-7/st-misc.md b/sources/book-7/st-misc.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7080c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/st-misc.md @@ -0,0 +1,982 @@ + + +# source + +Extracted from PDF with 190 pages. + +--- + +**BK7ST** +January 1991 + +Defense Language Institute +English Language Center +Lackland Air Force Base, Texas + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +**LEVEL - II** +**BOOK 7** +**STUDENT TEXT** + +Hava Basımevi Md. lüğü +3407/1991 +Etimesgut/ANKARA + +
+ +
+ +**PREFACE** + +The American Language Course (ALC) is designed primarily for an intensive language training program. However, these materials can also be used in nonintensive programs. The course will provide students with a sufficient level of fluency and communicative proficiency in English to enable them to successfully pursue technical or professional training in schools conducted by the Department of Defense. + +The General English Phase of the ALC consists of six progressive levels of language proficiency training. Each level contains 6 separate instructional packages. + +| Level | Books | +|---|---| +| Level I | Books 1 - 6 | +| Level II | Books 7 - 12 | +| Level III | Books 13 - 18 | +| Level IV | Books 19 - 24 | +| Level V | Books 25 - 30 | +| Level VI | Books 31 - 36 | + +The coordinated instructional packages consist of the following: + +1. Instructor Text +2. Student Text +3. Audiotapes +4. Instructor Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +5. Student Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +6. Quiz Kits +7. Optional training aids + +Inquiries concerning these materials, including requests for copies, should be addressed to Commandant, Defense Language Institute, ATTN: LERW, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas, 78236-5000. + +Recommendations for improving this edition are encouraged. Letters should be addressed to: Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LEAC, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5000. + +The American Language Course (ALC) contains copyrighted material. Reproduction of this publication is not authorized without the expressed written permission of the owners of the copyrights. + +Previous January 1990 Edition will be used until exhausted. + +i + +
+ +
+ +**NOTES TO THE STUDENT** + +The Student Text for Book 7, Level II, has four lessons and one review lesson, daily evaluations and homework assignments, and various appendixes. + +The homework and evaluation exercises are at the back of this text. The evaluation exercises are short quizzes and will be given after each lesson is completed. The daily homework assignments will require about two hours to complete. + +The appendixes are after the fifth lesson. Appendix A is an alphabetical list of the new vocabulary presented in this book. Next to the word is the number of the lesson where the word is introduced. Appendix B is a list of the grammar structures presented in this book. Next to the structure is the number of the lesson where the structure is presented. The rest of the appendixes are reference materials. + +The American Language Course focuses on four areas: + +1. **Function** +The functions are the ways we use a language to communicate. There are exercises in the lessons that show you how and when to use certain words, phrases, and sentences in a particular situation. + +2. **Grammar** +The grammar structures in the lesson are the forms you need to speak and write correctly. + +3. **Skills** +There are exercises in the lessons to help you improve your skill or ability in listening, speaking, reading or writing. + +4. **Vocabulary** +The words and expressions presented in the lesson are those you will need to do the functions and the grammar exercises. + +The first page of each lesson is the focus page. It provides a summary of the material that will be presented in the lesson. + +iii + +
+ +--- + +# CONTENTS + +| Lesson | Title | Page | +|---|---|---| +| Lesson 1 | What's This Shape Called? | 1 | +| Lesson 2 | Do You Understand This? | 39 | +| Lesson 3 | We Sent You a Postcard | 75 | +| Lesson 4 | The Furniture Is Pretty. | 113 | +| Lesson 5 | Don't Make a Mistake. | 147 | +| Appendix A | Word List | A-1 | +| Appendix B | Structure List | B-1 | +| Appendix C | Principal Parts/Irregular Verbs | C-1 | +| Appendix D | Patterns of Irregular Verbs | D-1 | +| Appendix E | Verb Forms | E-1 | +| Appendix F | Punctuation and Capitalization | F-1 | +| Homework | | HW-1 | +| Evaluation | | EE-1 | + + + + +Appendix A + +**WORD LIST** + +above, 3 +absent, 3 +add, 2 +alike, 1 +animal, 3 +any, 2 +armchair, 4 +around, 3 + +back (j, n), 3 +backyard, 3 +below, 3 +bird, 3 +bookcase, 4 +both (j), 1 +both (r), 2 +bottom, 2 +by, 3 + +cabinet, 4 +can opener, 4 +carpet, 4 +cat, 3 +ceiling, 4 +center, 2 +circle (n), 1 +circumference, 2 +climb, 3 +coffee table, 4 +compare, 1 +couch, 4 +count (v), 2 +curtain, 4 +curved, 2 + +describe, 1 +description, 1 +diameter, 2 +divide (into), 2 +divided by ($\div$ ; / ; $\overline{)\ \ } $ ), 2 +dog, 3 +draw, 1 +drawer, 4 + +each, 2 +earth, 3 +easy, 2 +edge, 1 +end table, 4 +equal (=), 2 +error, 2 +explain, 2 +explanation, 2 + +fan, 4 +fast, 1 +faucet, 4 +fence, 3 +floor, 4 +flower, 3 +front (j), 3 +front (n), 3 +furniture, 4 + +garage, 3 +gate, 3 +grass, 3 + +half/halves, 2 +hard, 2 +heavy, 2 +high, 3 +hill, 3 + +into, 2 +(It/This) is called (...), 1 + +job, 1 + +keep/kept, 4 +kitchen, 4 + +lamp, 4 +land (n), 3 +lay/laid (down), 4 +leaf/leaves, 3 +light, 2 +like, 1 +line, 1 + +
+ +little, 1 +living room, 4 +low, 3 + +make/made a mistake, 2 +math, 1 +mathematics, 1 +minus (-), 2 +mistake, 1 +moon, 3 +more, 2 +multiplied by (x), 2 +multiply/multiplied, 2 + +narrow, 1 +next to, 3 + +often, 4 +opposite, 1 +other (j), 1 +other (r), 2 +outlet, 4 +over, 3 + +pan, 4 +past (j), 3 +past (n), 3 +plug, 4 +plug in, 4 +plus (+), 2 +pot, 4 +present (j), 3 +present (n), 3 +pretty, 4 +price, 2 +problem, 2 + +radius, 2 +rear (j), 3 +rear (n), 3 +rectangle, 1 +refrigerator, 4 +river, 3 +roof, 3 +round, 1 +rug, 4 +run/ran, 3 + +seldom, 4 +shape, 1 +shelf/shelves, 4 +side, 1 +sink, 4 +slow, 1 +sofa, 4 +some, 2 +square, 1 +star, 3 +stove, 4 +straight, 2 +strong, 1 +subtract, 2 + +than, 2 +times (x), 2 +top, 2 +total, 2 +triangle, 1 + +ugly, 4 +understand/understood, 2 +use, 4 +usually, 4 + +weak, 1 +What does (noun/pronoun) look like?, 1 +What is (the teacher) like?, 1 +What's (it/this/etc.) called?, 1 +wide, 1 +world, 3 + +yard, 3 + +--- + + + + +# Appendix B + +## STRUCTURE LIST + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| **Adjectives:** | **Comparisons:** -er + than, 2 | +| **Adjectives:** | **Comparisons:** superlative -est, 3 | +| **Adjectives:** | **Indefinite:** both, other, 1 | +| **Adjectives:** | **Modification position:** before nouns, 1 | +| **Adverbs:** | **Interrogative:** how + adj (How old... ?), 3 | +| **Patterns:** | USE + N/P + for + gerund, 4 | +| | USE + N/P + infinitive, 4 | +| **Pronouns:** | **Indefinite:** any/both/other/some, 2 | + + + + +# Appendix C + +## PRINCIPAL PARTS OF CERTAIN IRREGULAR VERBS + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | flee | fled | fled | +| awake | awoke | awakened | fly | flew | flown | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | +| be | was | been | forgive | forgave | forgiven | +| bear | bore | borne | freeze | froze | frozen | +| beat | beat | beaten | | | | +| become | became | become | get | got | gotten(got) | +| begin | began | begun | give | gave | given | +| bend | bent | bent | grind | ground | ground | +| bet | bet | bet | grow | grew | grown | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| bid | bid | bid | hang | hung | hung | +| bite | bit | bitten | have | had | had | +| bleed | bled | bled | hear | heard | heard | +| blow | blew | blown | hide | hid | hidden | +| break | broke | broken | hit | hit | hit | +| bring | brought | brought | hold | held | held | +| build | built | built | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| burst | burst | burst | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | keep | kept | kept | +| | | | know | knew | known | +| cast | cast | cast | | | | +| catch | caught | caught | lay | laid | laid | +| choose | chose | chosen | lead | led | led | +| come | came | come | leave | left | left | +| cost | cost | cost | lend | lent | lent | +| creep | crept | crept | let | let | let | +| cut | cut | cut | lie | lay | lain | +| | | | light | lit | lit(lighted) | +| deal | dealt | dealt | lose | lost | lost | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| do | did | done | make | made | made | +| draw | drew | drawn | mean | meant | meant | +| drink | drank | drunk | meet | met | met | +| drive | drove | driven | | | | +| | | | pay | paid | paid | +| eat | ate | eaten | put | put | put | +| | | | | | | +| fall | fell | fallen | quit | quit | quit | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| feel | felt | felt | read | read | read | +| fight | fought | fought | ride | rode | ridden | +| find | found | found | ring | rang | rung | + +## IRREGULAR VERBS (Continued) + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| rise | rose | risen | wake | woke (waked) | woke (waked) | +| run | ran | run | wear | wore | worn | +| | | | weave | wove | woven | +| say | said | said | weep | wept | wept | +| see | saw | seen | wet | wet | wet | +| seek | sought | sought | win | won | won | +| shake | shook | shaken | wind | wound | wound | +| sell | sold | sold | wring | wrung | wrung | +| send | sent | sent | write | wrote | written | +| set | set | set | | | | +| shed | shed | shed | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| show | showed | shown | | | | +| shrink | shrank | shrunk | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | | | | +| sing | sang | sung | | | | +| sink | sank | sunk | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| sleep | slept | slept | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| slit | slit | slit | | | | +| speak | spoke | spoken | | | | +| spend | spent | spent | | | | +| spin | spun | spun | | | | +| split | split | split | | | | +| spread | spread | spread | | | | +| spring | sprang | sprung | | | | +| stand | stood | stood | | | | +| steal | stole | stolen | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| sting | stung | stung | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | +| string | strung | strung | | | | +| swear | swore | sworn | | | | +| sweep | swept | swept | | | | +| swim | swam | swum | | | | +| swing | swung | swung | | | | +| | | | | | | +| take | took | taken | | | | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| tear | tore | torn | | | | +| tell | told | told | | | | +| think | thought | thought | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | | | | +| | | | | | | +| understand | understood | understood | | | | + + + + +# Appendix D + +## PATTERNS OF IRREGULAR VERBS + +### 1. Three Principal Parts the Same + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| hit | hit | hit | bid | bid | bid | +| quit | quit | quit | | | | +| split | split | split | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| | | | burst | burst | burst | +| bet | bet | bet | | | | +| let | let | let | cost | cost | cost | +| set | set | set | | | | +| | | | shed | shed | shed | +| put | put | put | spread | spread | spread | +| cut | cut | cut | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | cast | cast | cast | + +### 2. Last Two Principal Parts the Same + +#### a. Final Consonant Change Only + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| have | had | had | bend | bent | bent | +| make | made | made | spend | spent | spent | +| | | | send | sent | sent | +| build | built | built | | | | + +#### b. Vowel Change Only + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| meet | met | met | | | | +| read | read | read | | | | +| bleed | bled | bled | | | | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| lead | led | led | | | | +| | | | | | | +| light | lit | lit | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| hold | held | held | | | | +| win | won | won | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| | | | | | | +| find | found | found | | | | +| wind | wound | wound | | | | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| | | | | | | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | + +#### c. Vowel Change - Addition of -t or -d + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| sleep | slept | slept | mean | meant | meant | +| keep | kept | kept | leave | left | left | +| creep | crept | crept | flee | fled | fled | +| weep | wept | wept | | | | +| | | | tell | told | told | +| think | thought | thought | sell | sold | sold | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | lose | lost | lost | +| catch | caught | caught | | | | +| fight | fought | fought | hear | heard | heard | +| seek | sought | sought | understand | understood | understood | + +### 3. Three Principal Parts Differ to Some Extent + +#### a. No Similarity + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| be | was | been | +| go | went | gone | +| do | did | done | + +#### b. Vowel Change--Addition of -n + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | ride | rode | ridden | +| drive | drove | driven | rise | rose | risen | +| fly | flew | flown | | | | + +#### c. Vowel Change--No -n + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| sing | sang | sung | swim | swam | swum | +| ring | rang | rung | | | | +| drink | drank | drunk | begin | began | begun | + +#### d. First and Third Vowels Similar + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| blow | blew | blown | run | ran | run | +| know | knew | known | come | came | come | +| grow | grew | grown | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | eat | ate | eaten | +| | | | give | gave | given | +| | | | see | saw | seen | +| | | | draw | drew | drawn | + +#### e. Second and Third Vowels Similar + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| break | broke | broken | tear | tore | torn | +| speak | spoke | spoken | wear | wore | worn | +| choose | chose | chosen | swear | swore | sworn | +| steal | stole | stolen | bear | bore | born | +| | | | | | | +| | | | get | got | got (gotten) | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | + +--- + +Appendix E + +# VERB FORMS + +(These are examples of standard conjugations.) + +Verb: To Be (Be: Simple Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am | we were | +| you are | you are | +| he, she, it is | they are | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been | we have been | +| you have been | you have been | +| he has been | they have been | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was | we were | +| you were | you were | +| he was | they were | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been | we had been | +| you had been | you had been | +| he had been | they had been | + +### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be | we will be | +| you will be | you will be | +| he will be | they were | + +### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been | we will have been | +| you will have been | you will have been | +| he will have been | they will have been | + +Verb: to walk (Walk: Simple Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I walk | we walk | +| you walk | you walk | +| he, she, it walks | they walk | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have walked | we have walked | +| you have walked | you have walked | +| he has walked | they have walked | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I walked | we walked | +| you walked | you walked | +| he walked | they walked | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had walked | we had walked | +| you had walked | you had walked | +| he had walked | they had walked | + +\* shall may be used, but it's less common. + +E-1 + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will walk | we will walk | +| you will walk | you will walk | +| he will walk | they will walk | + +### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have walked | we will have walked | +| you will have walked | you will have walked | +| he will have walked | they will have walked | + +Verb: To Walk (Progressive Form) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am walking | we are walking | +| you are walking | you are walking | +| he, she, it is walking | they are walking | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was walking | we were walking | +| you were walking | you were walking | +| he was walking | they were walking | + +### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be walking | we will be walking | +| you will be walking | you will be walking | +| he will be walking | they will be walking | + +### Present Prefect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been walking | we have been walking | +| you have been walking | you have been walking | +| he has been walking | they have been walking | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been walking | we had been walking | +| you had been walking | you had been walking | +| he had been walking | they had been walking | + +\* see page E-1 + +E-2 + +Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been walking | we will have been walking | +| you will have been walking | you will have been walking | +| he will have been walking | they will have been walking | + +Verb: To See (Passive Voice) + +### Present Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I am seen | we are seen | +| you are seen | you are seen | +| he, she, it is seen | they are seen | + +### Past Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I was seen | we were seen | +| you were seen | you were seen | +| he was seen | they were seen | + +### Future Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will be seen | we will be seen | +| you will be seen | you will be seen | +| he will be seen | they will be seen | + +### Present Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I have been seen | we have been seen | +| you have been seen | you have been seen | +| he has been seen | they have been seen | + +### Past Perfect Tense + +| | | +|---|---| +| I had been seen | we had been seen | +| you had been seen | you had been seen | +| he had been seen | they had been seen | + +\* see page E-1 + +E-3 + +Verb: To See (Continued) + +### Future Perfect Tense\* + +| | | +|---|---| +| I will have been seen | we will have been seen | +| you will have been seen | you will have been seen | +| he will have been seen | they will have been seen | + +Verb: To Be (Subjunctive Mood) +(used in conditional or contrary-to-the-fact situations) + +| | | +|---|---| +| (If) I were | (If) we were | +| (If) you were | (If) you were | +| (If) he, she, it were | (If) they were | + +\* see page E-1 + +E-4 + + + + +Appendix F + +# Punctuation and Capitalization + +## Punctuation + +### A. PERIOD (.) + +1. Use a period at the end of a statement or command. + + The pen and paper are on the table. + Go to the chalkboard and write your name. + +2. Use a period after an abbreviation or an initial. Abbreviated military ranks do not require a period. + + Feb. (February) + Dr. Smith (Doctor Smith) + J. Jones (John Jones) + Mr. Brown + Mrs. White + Ms. Little + a.m. + p.m. + +### B. QUESTION MARK (?) + +1. Use a question mark after a question. Sometimes the question may be written like a statement. + + How many children are in your family? + He's here today? + +### C. EXCLAMATION MARK (!) + +1. Use an exclamation mark after words, sentences, or expressions that show excitement, surprise, or emotion. Any exclamation, even if not a sentence, will end with an exclamation mark. + + What a game! + Wow! + Look out! + Oh! + Do it! + +### D. QUOTATION MARKS (" ") + +1. Use quotation marks to show the words of a speaker. They're always placed above the line and are used in pairs. + + John said, "The commissary closes at 2100 hours today." + "Where are the children?" she asked. + +F-1 + +2. If the words of the speaker are divided into two parts, use quotation marks around both parts. + + "Do you," she asked, "go to the library after class?" + +3. Use quotation marks around the titles of chapters, articles, parts of books and magazines, short poems, short stories, and songs. + + Last night I read the chapter "Grammar Is Easy" in our book. Then I read the article "Learning English" in the newspaper. + +### E. APOSTROPHE (') + +1. Use an apostrophe in contractions. + + | | | | + |---|---|---| + | I'm | she's | they're | + | isn't | aren't | can't | + | what's | where's | Bob's | + + o'clock (of the clock) + +2. Use an apostrophe to indicate possession. + + a. If the noun is singular, add 's. + Bill's book + the girl's coat + + b. When the noun is plural, add 's if the plural does not end in s. + the children's clothes + the men's shirts + + c. If the plural noun ends in s, add only an apostrophe. + the boys' shoes + the libraries' books + +### F. COMMA (,) + +1. Use commas to separate items in a series. + + We ate sandwiches, potato chips, and fruit for lunch. + She looked behind the chairs, under the bed, and in the kitchen for her notebook. + +F-2 + +--- + +2. Use a comma before the conjunctions and, but, or, nor, for, yet when they join independent clauses. + +We lived in Venezuela for three years, and then we returned to the United States. + +Frank can speak Chinese well, but he can't read it. + +3. Use a comma after an introductory clause or phrase to separate it from the rest of the sentence. + +After we study this book, we want to take a break. +Because John was sick, he didn't take the test. + +Looking up at the sky, the small boy suddenly ran home. + +4. Use a comma after words such as yes, no, well when they begin a sentence. + +Do you want to go to the library? +Yes, I do. + +I didn't pass the test. +Well, study more. + +5. Use commas to separate the words of a speaker from the rest of the sentence. + +"Listen to me," she said. +Jack asked, "Where's my lunch?" +"I don't know," said John, "the answer to the question." + +6. Use a comma in dates and addresses. + +June 9, 1970 +143 Main Street, Los Angeles, California + +7. Use a comma in figures to separate thousands. + +5,000 (or 5000) +10,000 +6,550,000 + +# Capitalization + +1. Capitalize the first word of a sentence. + +The boy stood up and walked outside. +Your book is behind the chair. + +2. Capitalize the names of people, cities, states, countries, and languages. + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| Mark | Bill | Mary | Linda | +| San Antonio | Chicago | Houston | London | +| Texas | California | Florida | New York | +| Spain | United States | Canada | Venezuela | +| Arabic | Chinese | Russian | English | + +3. Capitalize the names of schools, streets, buildings, bridges, companies, and organizations. + +Defense Language Institute +University of Chicago +Main Street +Clark Avenue +Empire State Building +Golden Gate Bridge +Ford Motor Company +General Motors +National Football League + +4. Capitalize the days of the week, months of the year, and holidays. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| Sunday | Monday | Tuesday | +| June | July | August | +| Christmas | Easter | Thanksgiving | + +5. Capitalize titles and military ranks before names. + +Gen Roberts +Capt Smith +Sgt Jones +Professor Land +President Lincoln + +6. Capitalize the pronoun "I." + +I can't go with you. +I'm happy to see you again. + +7. Capitalize the first word of every direct quotation. + +She asked, "Can I sit here?" +"We saw her," said John, "at the University." + +FİYATI : 4.500 TL. + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-1A.md b/sources/book-7/tape-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e867c9e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the picture and listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat. +Listen. +Hi. +I'm John Hall. +Are you new here? +Yes. +I'm Al Roberts. +I arrived Sunday. +Glad to meet you. +Where are you from? +My home is near New York City. +Are you a student here? +Yes. +I'm a student at the language school. +What's your job? +I was a mechanic, but now I'm a student too. +Do you like to play soccer? +Yes, I do. +Do you play? +Yes. +Let's play a game today after class. +Okay. +I'll see you then. +Listen to the dialogue again and repeat the sentences. +Listen and repeat. +Hi. +I'm John Hall. +Are you new here? +Yes. +I'm Al Roberts. +I arrived Sunday. +Glad to meet you. +Where are you from? +My home is near New York City. +Are you a student here? +Yes. +I'm a student at the language school. +What's your job? +I was a mechanic, but now I'm a student too. +Do you like to play soccer? +Yes, I do. +Do you play? +Yes. +Let's play a game today after class. +Okay. +I'll see you then. +Listen to some questions. +Answer them, then repeat the correct answer. +What is the name of John's new friend? +Repeat. +His name is Al Roberts. +When did Al arrive? +Repeat. +Al arrived Sunday. +Where is Al from? +Repeat. +Al's home is near New York City. +What is his job? +Repeat. +He was a mechanic before. +What sport does Al play? +Repeat. +Al plays soccer. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [14.85-18.77] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1A. + [26.79-27.15] Hello. + [27.74-31.95] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. + [38.86-40.14] Look at Figure 1. + [40.94-43.82] Look at the picture and listen to the dialogue. + [44.46-45.42] Don't repeat. + [46.14-46.70] Listen. + [53.73-54.13] Hi. + [54.45-55.33] I'm John Hall. + [55.73-56.45] Are you new here? + [57.09-57.65] Yes. + [57.89-58.85] I'm Al Roberts. + [59.25-60.53] I arrived Sunday. + [61.01-61.81] Glad to meet you. + [62.29-63.09] Where are you from? + [63.73-65.33] My home is near New York City. + [66.05-67.01] Are you a student here? + [67.65-68.21] Yes. + [68.29-70.13] I'm a student at the language school. + [70.45-71.17] What's your job? + [72.05-74.93] I was a mechanic, but now I'm a student too. + [75.76-76.96] Do you like to play soccer? + [77.52-78.40] Yes, I do. + [78.56-79.20] Do you play? + [79.28-79.84] Yes. + [80.08-82.00] Let's play a game today after class. + [82.24-82.64] Okay. + [82.80-83.60] I'll see you then. + [84.78-88.30] Listen to the dialogue again and repeat the sentences. + [88.78-90.30] Listen and repeat. + [91.81-92.21] Hi. + [92.77-93.73] I'm John Hall. + [96.78-97.58] Are you new here? + [100.45-101.01] Yes. + [101.09-102.05] I'm Al Roberts. + [104.62-105.90] I arrived Sunday. + [108.91-109.79] Glad to meet you. + [112.21-113.01] Where are you from? + [116.30-117.82] My home is near New York City. + [121.81-122.77] Are you a student here? + [127.33-127.81] Yes. + [127.89-129.81] I'm a student at the language school. + [134.54-135.34] What's your job? + [139.15-143.14] I was a mechanic, but now I'm a student too. + [147.01-148.21] Do you like to play soccer? + [151.57-152.45] Yes, I do. + [154.42-155.06] Do you play? + [158.45-159.01] Yes. + [159.65-161.65] Let's play a game today after class. + [166.38-166.86] Okay. + [167.26-167.98] I'll see you then. + [173.58-175.18] Listen to some questions. + [175.74-179.10] Answer them, then repeat the correct answer. + [183.02-185.02] What is the name of John's new friend? + [193.82-194.30] Repeat. + [195.10-196.78] His name is Al Roberts. + [203.82-204.94] When did Al arrive? + [213.63-214.11] Repeat. + [214.51-216.03] Al arrived Sunday. + [221.50-222.54] Where is Al from? + [232.58-233.06] Repeat. + [233.38-235.54] Al's home is near New York City. + [243.98-244.94] What is his job? + [257.23-257.71] Repeat. + [258.51-259.95] He was a mechanic before. + [268.11-269.47] What sport does Al play? + [278.94-279.34] Repeat. + [279.74-280.94] Al plays soccer. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2 and listen: Al is meeting John's friends, John is telling them about Al. +I want you to meet my new friend. +His name is Al Roberts. +Al's home is near New York City. +He arrived Sunday. +He's a student here, and he plays soccer. +Listen again. +This time, repeat John's words. +I want you to meet my new friend. +His name is Al Roberts. +Al's home is near New York City. +He arrived Sunday. +He's a student here, and he plays soccer. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.78-9.38] Now look at Figure 2 and listen: Al is meeting John's friends, John is telling them about Al. + [13.09-14.61] I want you to meet my new friend. + [15.25-16.85] His name is Al Roberts. + [17.71-19.79] Al's home is near New York City. + [20.74-22.02] He arrived Sunday. + [22.88-25.36] He's a student here, and he plays soccer. + [28.11-29.07] Listen again. + [29.63-32.43] This time, repeat John's words. + [33.87-35.39] I want you to meet my new friend. + [40.56-42.08] His name is Al Roberts. + [46.38-48.30] Al's home is near New York City. + [52.70-53.98] He arrived Sunday. + [57.36-60.27] He's a student here, and he plays soccer. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3: here are some new words. +Listen and repeat. +Mathematics. +Mathematics. +Math. +Math. +Circle. +Circle. +Draw. +Draw. +Drew. +Drew. +Line. +Lines. +Shape. +Shapes. +Side. +Sides. +Triangle. +Triangles. +Square. +Squares. +Rectangle. +Rectangle. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.08-5.68] Look at figure 3: here are some new words. + [6.32-7.84] Listen and repeat. + [9.41-10.45] Mathematics. + [12.34-13.38] Mathematics. + [15.20-17.61] Math. + [17.66-20.49] Math. + [20.32-21.04] Circle. + [22.93-23.57] Circle. + [25.66-26.30] Draw. + [28.27-28.83] Draw. + [30.75-31.39] Drew. + [33.51-33.89] Drew. + [35.87-36.67] Line. + [38.34-39.30] Lines. + [41.38-43.77] Shape. + [43.66-44.54] Shapes. + [46.78-49.35] Side. + [49.30-49.35] Sides. + [53.38-53.43] Triangle. + [55.33-56.37] Triangles. + [58.46-59.26] Square. + [61.17-61.94] Squares. + [64.06-64.86] Rectangle. + [66.77-67.49] Rectangle. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen and circle the words you hear in the sentences. +Number 1: "All triangles have 3 sides." +Number 2: "The sides of a square are the same." +Number 3: "ID cards and doors are rectangles." +Number 4: "Squares and rectangles have 4 sides." +Number 5: "A ball and an orange have the same shape." +Number 6: "The students sat on only one side of the lab." +Number 7: "Please draw a circle around the correct answer." +Number 8: "Jan studies Spanish and mathematics." +Number 9: "The pilot drew a line on the map." +Number 10: "Tom studies shapes, numbers, and lines in math class." +Let's check the words and repeat the sentences. +Number 1 is "Triangles" and "Sides." Repeat: "All triangles have 3 sides." +Number 2 is "Sides" and "Square." Repeat: "The sides of a square are the same." +Number 3 is "Rectangles." Repeat: "ID cards and doors are rectangles." +Number 4 is "Squares," "Rectangles," and "Sides." +Repeat: "Squares and rectangles have 4 sides." +Number 5 is "Shape." +Repeat: "A ball and an orange have the same shape." +Number 6 is "Side." Repeat: "The students sat on only one side of the lab." +Number 7 is "Draw and circle." Repeat: "Please draw a circle around the correct answer." +Number 8 is "Mathematics." Repeat: "Jan studies Spanish and mathematics." +Number 9 is "Drew and line." Repeat: "The pilot drew a line on the map." +Number 10 is "Shapes," "Numbers," "Lines," and "Math." Repeat: "Tom studies shapes, numbers, +and lines +in math class." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.00-7.28] Look at Figure 4, listen and circle the words you hear in the sentences. + [9.39-13.30] Number 1: "All triangles have 3 sides." + [19.50-23.10] Number 2: "The sides of a square are the same." + [28.93-33.55] Number 3: "ID cards and doors are rectangles." + [40.46-45.14] Number 4: "Squares and rectangles have 4 sides." + [51.62-55.94] Number 5: "A ball and an orange have the same shape." + [63.33-68.66] Number 6: "The students sat on only one side of the lab." + [75.44-79.76] Number 7: "Please draw a circle around the correct answer." + [86.10-90.24] Number 8: "Jan studies Spanish and mathematics." + [97.70-101.22] Number 9: "The pilot drew a line on the map." + [108.26-114.91] Number 10: "Tom studies shapes, numbers, and lines in math class." + [126.69-129.97] Let's check the words and repeat the sentences. + [131.38-139.15] Number 1 is "Triangles" and "Sides." Repeat: "All triangles have 3 sides." + [145.10-152.88] Number 2 is "Sides" and "Square." Repeat: "The sides of a square are the same." + [159.06-166.98] Number 3 is "Rectangles." Repeat: "ID cards and doors are rectangles." + [174.43-179.12] Number 4 is "Squares," "Rectangles," and "Sides." + [182.32-186.40] Repeat: "Squares and rectangles have 4 sides." + [194.98-196.58] Number 5 is "Shape." + [198.37-202.29] Repeat: "A ball and an orange have the same shape." + [208.34-216.37] Number 6 is "Side." Repeat: "The students sat on only one side of the lab." + [224.22-232.16] Number 7 is "Draw and circle." Repeat: "Please draw a circle around the correct answer." + [239.10-247.38] Number 8 is "Mathematics." Repeat: "Jan studies Spanish and mathematics." + [253.71-262.27] Number 9 is "Drew and line." Repeat: "The pilot drew a line on the map." + [268.90-281.46] Number 10 is "Shapes," "Numbers," "Lines," and "Math." Repeat: "Tom studies shapes, numbers, + [285.39-286.35] and lines + [288.62-289.66] in math class." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Look at the shapes and lines. +Listen to a sentence and write the letter of the shape or line. +Let's do the example together. +Listen and write the letter of the picture. +Example: "All circles are the same shape." +The answer is E. +These are circles. +Circles can be large or small, but all circles are the same shape. +Repeat: "All circles are the same shape." +Now let's finish the exercise. +Listen and write the letter of the picture. +Number 1: "A line can be short or long." +Number 2: "Some triangles have two long sides and one short side." +Number 3: "The sides of some triangles are the same." +Number 4: "A square has 4 sides. +The sides are the same." +Number 5: "A rectangle has 4 sides, but they're not the same." +Let's check your answers. +Listen to the answer and then repeat the sentence. +Number 1 is F. +Repeat: "A line can be short or long." +Number 2 is A. +Repeat: "Some triangles have two long sides and one short side." +Number 3 is B. +Repeat: "The sides of some triangles are the same." +Number 4 is D. +Repeat: "A square has 4 sides. +The sides are the same." +Number 5 is C. +Repeat: "A rectangle has 4 sides, but they're not the same." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.90-3.34] Look at Figure 5. + [3.98-5.90] Look at the shapes and lines. + [6.70-11.10] Listen to a sentence and write the letter of the shape or line. + [12.10-13.86] Let's do the example together. + [14.78-17.50] Listen and write the letter of the picture. + [18.91-23.15] Example: "All circles are the same shape." + [29.30-30.98] The answer is E. + [31.78-33.22] These are circles. + [33.86-39.38] Circles can be large or small, but all circles are the same shape. + [40.29-43.89] Repeat: "All circles are the same shape." + [47.31-49.39] Now let's finish the exercise. + [50.03-52.67] Listen and write the letter of the picture. + [54.14-58.06] Number 1: "A line can be short or long." + [65.65-70.85] Number 2: "Some triangles have two long sides and one short side." + [78.27-82.35] Number 3: "The sides of some triangles are the same." + [89.74-93.50] Number 4: "A square has 4 sides. + [94.22-95.58] The sides are the same." + [102.45-108.05] Number 5: "A rectangle has 4 sides, but they're not the same." + [116.69-118.21] Let's check your answers. + [118.77-121.97] Listen to the answer and then repeat the sentence. + [123.06-124.74] Number 1 is F. + [125.54-128.98] Repeat: "A line can be short or long." + [132.98-134.66] Number 2 is A. + [135.55-140.98] Repeat: "Some triangles have two long sides and one short side." + [147.87-149.62] Number 3 is B. + [150.48-154.27] Repeat: "The sides of some triangles are the same." + [161.09-163.09] Number 4 is D. + [163.81-167.17] Repeat: "A square has 4 sides. + [167.89-169.25] The sides are the same." + [174.81-176.81] Number 5 is C. + [177.20-182.43] Repeat: "A rectangle has 4 sides, but they're not the same." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6, listen to the words in the box, and repeat them. +Listen and repeat. +Compare. +Compare. +Describe. +Describe. +Mistake. +Mistake. +Description. +Description. +Now look at the dialogue in figure 6. +Listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it. +Anna, please compare squares and triangles. +They're not the same. +Squares have 4 sides; triangles have only 3 sides. +Are all triangles the same? +Yes. +No, that's a mistake. +Some are different. +Can you describe rectangles? +Yes, I can. +Rectangles are shapes with 2 long sides and 2 short sides. +Good. +Give a description of circles. +Circles and the letter O are the same shape. +Now, listen again and write the missing words. +Use the words from the box. +Anna, please compare squares and triangles. +They're not the same. +Squares have 4 sides; triangles have only 3 sides. +Are all triangles the same? +Yes. +No, that's a mistake. +Some are different. +Can you describe rectangles? +Yes, I can. +Rectangles are shapes with 2 long sides and 2 short sides. +Good. +Give a description of circles. +Circles and the letter O are the same shape. +Now repeat the dialogue and check your answers. +Anna, please compare squares and triangles. +They're not the same. +Squares have 4 sides. +Triangles have only 3 sides. +Are all triangles the same? +Yes. +No. +That's a mistake. +Some are different. +Can you describe rectangles? +Yes, I can. +Rectangles are shapes +with 2 long sides and 2 short sides. +Good. +Give a description of circles. +Circles and the letter O are the same shape. +After the tape ends, look at the words in the box and check your spelling. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.03-7.15] Look at figure 6, listen to the words in the box, and repeat them. + [8.10-9.78] Listen and repeat. + [12.11-12.75] Compare. + [15.02-15.74] Compare. + [18.24-21.15] Describe. + [21.20-24.63] Describe. + [24.78-27.39] Mistake. + [27.54-30.75] Mistake. + [30.88-33.51] Description. + [33.69-34.41] Description. + [39.63-42.27] Now look at the dialogue in figure 6. + [42.83-45.71] Listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it. + [49.71-52.83] Anna, please compare squares and triangles. + [53.90-55.02] They're not the same. + [55.34-60.38] Squares have 4 sides; triangles have only 3 sides. + [62.96-64.40] Are all triangles the same? + [64.96-65.84] Yes. + [66.40-68.16] No, that's a mistake. + [68.56-69.76] Some are different. + [70.98-72.50] Can you describe rectangles? + [73.30-74.34] Yes, I can. + [74.90-80.10] Rectangles are shapes with 2 long sides and 2 short sides. + [80.58-80.90] Good. + [81.54-83.22] Give a description of circles. + [84.43-88.35] Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + [91.52-94.56] Now, listen again and write the missing words. + [95.36-97.04] Use the words from the box. + [100.29-103.57] Anna, please compare squares and triangles. + [114.48-115.60] They're not the same. + [116.16-121.20] Squares have 4 sides; triangles have only 3 sides. + [123.58-125.18] Are all triangles the same? + [126.13-126.77] Yes. + [127.25-128.93] No, that's a mistake. + [129.65-131.01] Some are different. + [141.65-143.25] Can you describe rectangles? + [154.96-156.00] Yes, I can. + [156.56-162.08] Rectangles are shapes with 2 long sides and 2 short sides. + [164.35-164.75] Good. + [165.31-166.91] Give a description of circles. + [177.14-180.66] Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + [187.60-191.14] Now repeat the dialogue and check your answers. + [193.38-196.53] Anna, please compare squares and triangles. + [205.05-206.07] They're not the same. + [209.73-211.35] Squares have 4 sides. + [215.61-217.95] Triangles have only 3 sides. + [223.41-224.85] Are all triangles the same? + [228.15-228.45] Yes. + [229.71-229.77] No. + [232.41-233.67] That's a mistake. + [236.49-237.57] Some are different. + [241.65-243.21] Can you describe rectangles? + [246.27-247.23] Yes, I can. + [250.65-252.27] Rectangles are shapes + [255.21-258.63] with 2 long sides and 2 short sides. + [263.01-263.43] Good. + [265.40-267.19] Give a description of circles. + [270.72-274.16] Circles and the letter O are the same shape. + [280.62-285.34] After the tape ends, look at the words in the box and check your spelling. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7. +Listen to a paragraph and write the numbers. +Write only the numbers. +Look at the example: +"Ken bought a new car 2 weeks ago. +It has 4 doors. +6 people can sit in it." +The answers are 2, 4, and 6. +Listen to the paragraph again: "Ken bought a new car 2 weeks ago. +It has 4 doors. +6 people can sit in it." +Now listen and write the numbers. +Mr. +and Mrs. +Nelson took their 3 children to Texas last summer. +They stayed in Houston 5 days and in San Antonio 4 days. +They visited Dallas also and stayed 1 night in a big hotel there. +Their hotel room cost $100. +Mr. +Nelson came home with only $10 in his pocket. +Listen to the paragraph again and check the numbers. +Mr. +and Mrs. +Nelson took their 3 children to Texas last summer. +They stayed in Houston 5 days and in San Antonio 4 days. +They visited Dallas also and stayed 1 night in a big hotel there. +Their room cost $100. +Mr. +Nelson came home with only $10 in his pocket. +Here are the correct answers. +Letter A is 3. +The Nelsons have 3 children. +Letter B is 5. +They stayed in Houston 5 days. +Letter C is 4. +They were in San Antonio for 4 days. +Letter D is 1. +They stayed 1 night in Dallas. +Letter E is 100. +Their hotel room cost $100. +And letter F is 10. +Mr. +Nelson had only $10 in his pocket. +This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.71-2.99] Look at Figure 7. + [3.82-6.86] Listen to a paragraph and write the numbers. + [7.34-9.18] Write only the numbers. + [10.02-11.22] Look at the example: + [12.62-15.42] "Ken bought a new car 2 weeks ago. + [15.98-17.58] It has 4 doors. + [18.22-20.30] 6 people can sit in it." + [24.88-28.88] The answers are 2, 4, and 6. + [30.67-37.17] Listen to the paragraph again: "Ken bought a new car 2 weeks ago. + [37.89-39.41] It has 4 doors. + [40.13-42.13] 6 people can sit in it." + [44.56-47.28] Now listen and write the numbers. + [49.33-49.65] Mr. + [49.65-50.13] and Mrs. + [50.13-53.57] Nelson took their 3 children to Texas last summer. + [55.55-60.59] They stayed in Houston 5 days and in San Antonio 4 days. + [62.26-66.90] They visited Dallas also and stayed 1 night in a big hotel there. + [68.66-70.23] Their hotel room cost $100. + [72.27-72.33] Mr. + [72.63-75.84] Nelson came home with only $10 in his pocket. + [81.76-85.52] Listen to the paragraph again and check the numbers. + [87.25-87.49] Mr. + [87.49-88.02] and Mrs. + [87.97-91.25] Nelson took their 3 children to Texas last summer. + [92.88-97.44] They stayed in Houston 5 days and in San Antonio 4 days. + [98.62-102.94] They visited Dallas also and stayed 1 night in a big hotel there. + [104.79-106.11] Their room cost $100. + [108.21-108.27] Mr. + [108.51-111.04] Nelson came home with only $10 in his pocket. + [115.63-117.51] Here are the correct answers. + [119.01-121.35] Letter A is 3. + [121.95-123.84] The Nelsons have 3 children. + [126.82-128.85] Letter B is 5. + [129.95-132.11] They stayed in Houston 5 days. + [134.50-136.34] Letter C is 4. + [137.86-140.50] They were in San Antonio for 4 days. + [143.41-145.17] Letter D is 1. + [146.40-148.56] They stayed 1 night in Dallas. + [150.93-152.42] Letter E is 100. + [154.65-157.41] Their hotel room cost $100. + [161.13-163.29] And letter F is 10. + [164.74-164.98] Mr. + [164.98-167.46] Nelson had only $10 in his pocket. + [184.71-189.03] This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-1B.md b/sources/book-7/tape-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91997038 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1B. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the sentences. +What's 12 o'clock at night called? +It's called midnight. +What's the meal in the morning called? +It's called breakfast. +What's this yellow vegetable called? +That's called squash. +What are Saturday and Sunday called? +They're called the weekend. +What's a grocery store on a base called? +It's called a commissary. +What are these pieces of red fruit called? +Those are called apples. +Listen to the sentences again and repeat them. +What's 12 o'clock at night called? +It's called midnight. +What's the meal in the morning called? +It's called breakfast. +What's this yellow vegetable called? +That's called squash. +What are Saturday and Sunday called? +They're called the weekend. +What's a grocery store on base called? +It's called a commissary. +What are these pieces of red fruit called? +Those are called apples. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [13.42-17.74] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1B. + [24.39-24.75] Hello. + [25.59-31.09] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. + [37.81-39.09] Look at Figure 1. + [39.81-41.49] Listen to the sentences. + [46.77-48.45] What's 12 o'clock at night called? + [51.42-52.46] It's called midnight. + [55.44-57.20] What's the meal in the morning called? + [59.63-60.83] It's called breakfast. + [63.58-65.26] What's this yellow vegetable called? + [67.84-69.04] That's called squash. + [71.98-73.90] What are Saturday and Sunday called? + [76.42-77.86] They're called the weekend. + [80.99-83.39] What's a grocery store on a base called? + [85.60-87.04] It's called a commissary. + [90.34-92.66] What are these pieces of red fruit called? + [94.94-96.46] Those are called apples. + [100.75-103.95] Listen to the sentences again and repeat them. + [106.03-107.71] What's 12 o'clock at night called? + [113.01-114.13] It's called midnight. + [119.30-120.98] What's the meal in the morning called? + [125.97-127.17] It's called breakfast. + [132.80-134.48] What's this yellow vegetable called? + [139.60-140.80] That's called squash. + [146.40-148.24] What are Saturday and Sunday called? + [152.82-154.26] They're called the weekend. + [159.68-161.60] What's a grocery store on base called? + [167.22-168.58] It's called a commissary. + [173.81-175.81] What are these pieces of red fruit called? + [180.34-181.62] Those are called apples. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: read the words in the box. +Listen to the sentences and write the missing word in the blank. +Choose one of the words in the box. +Let's do the example together. +This man cuts hair. +What's he called? +A barber. +The word barber is in the blank. +Repeat: He's called a barber. +Now let's finish the exercise. +Number 1. +Your answer is wrong. +What's it called? +Repeat: It's called a mistake. +Number 2. +This is 1 cent. +What's it called? +Repeat: It's called a penny. +Number 3. +This shape has 3 sides. +What's it called? +Repeat: It's called a triangle. +Number 4. +This woman flies an airplane. +What's she called? +Repeat: She's called a pilot. +Number 5. +Mathematics is also called something else. +What's it called? +Repeat: It's also called math. +Number 6. +This shape is like the letter O. +What's it called? +Repeat: It's called a circle. +Number 7. +These boys and girls are very young. +What are they called? +Repeat: They're called children. +Number 8. +These people go to school. +What are they called? +Repeat: They're called students. +Number 9. +Doctors help sick people in this building. +What's it called? +Repeat: It's called a hospital. +Number 10. +This shape has 4 sides. +Two of the sides are long, and two of the sides are short. +What's this shape called? +Repeat: It's called a rectangle. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-5.86] Now look at Figure 2: read the words in the box. + [17.62-21.78] Listen to the sentences and write the missing word in the blank. + [22.50-25.14] Choose one of the words in the box. + [26.06-27.98] Let's do the example together. + [30.74-32.34] This man cuts hair. + [33.06-34.10] What's he called? + [38.54-39.34] A barber. + [40.24-42.72] The word barber is in the blank. + [47.79-50.35] Repeat: He's called a barber. + [54.29-56.85] Now let's finish the exercise. + [58.61-59.33] Number 1. + [60.45-61.97] Your answer is wrong. + [63.09-63.89] What's it called? + [75.02-77.42] Repeat: It's called a mistake. + [82.43-83.15] Number 2. + [84.11-85.23] This is 1 cent. + [86.48-87.28] What's it called? + [98.42-100.50] Repeat: It's called a penny. + [106.06-106.78] Number 3. + [107.58-109.58] This shape has 3 sides. + [110.46-111.26] What's it called? + [122.06-124.38] Repeat: It's called a triangle. + [129.44-129.73] Number 4. + [131.15-132.91] This woman flies an airplane. + [134.10-135.14] What's she called? + [147.04-149.04] Repeat: She's called a pilot. + [154.83-155.63] Number 5. + [156.45-159.01] Mathematics is also called something else. + [160.40-161.28] What's it called? + [172.54-175.25] Repeat: It's also called math. + [181.63-182.03] Number 6. + [183.63-186.11] This shape is like the letter O. + [187.09-187.89] What's it called? + [198.51-200.59] Repeat: It's called a circle. + [206.50-207.22] Number 7. + [208.50-210.42] These boys and girls are very young. + [211.70-212.50] What are they called? + [223.15-225.07] Repeat: They're called children. + [230.77-231.41] Number 8. + [232.46-233.90] These people go to school. + [235.47-236.27] What are they called? + [247.22-249.14] Repeat: They're called students. + [254.96-255.76] Number 9. + [256.40-258.80] Doctors help sick people in this building. + [259.89-260.85] What's it called? + [270.93-273.33] Repeat: It's called a hospital. + [279.18-279.90] Number 10. + [281.12-282.88] This shape has 4 sides. + [284.16-287.52] Two of the sides are long, and two of the sides are short. + [288.93-290.13] What's this shape called? + [301.71-303.87] Repeat: It's called a rectangle. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3, listen to the words, and repeat them. +Both. +Both. +Other. +Other. +Now you'll hear 8 sentences. +Some of the sentences have the word "both." Some of the sentences have the word "other." Put an X under the word you hear in the sentence. +Listen to the example. +Example: "Mary put on her other glove." +The answer is "other." Put an X under the word "other." Now listen to the sentence and put an X under "both" or "other." +Number 1: "Don't lock the other door." +Number 2: "Both stores sell men's clothes." +Number 3: "The teacher opened both windows." +Number 4: "She saw the other movie last week." +Number 5: "We finished both lessons yesterday." +Number 6: "I looked up the word in both dictionaries." +Number 7: "There are only 7 students in the other class." +Number 8: "Mrs. +Davis will visit her other daughter next month." +Now check your answers and repeat the sentences. +Number 1 is "other." Repeat: "Don't lock the other door." +Number 2 is "both." Repeat: "Both stores sell men's clothes." +Number 3 is "both." Repeat: "The teacher opened both windows." +Number 4 is "other." Repeat: "She saw the other movie last week." +Number 5 is "both." Repeat: "We finished both lessons yesterday." +Number 6 is "both." Repeat: "I looked up the word in both dictionaries." +Number 7 is "other." Repeat: "There are only 7 students in the other class." +Number 8 is "other." Repeat: "Mrs. +Davis will visit her other daughter next month." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-5.95] Look at figure 3, listen to the words, and repeat them. + [7.47-7.95] Both. + [9.79-10.27] Both. + [12.42-12.82] Other. + [14.90-15.38] Other. + [21.18-23.18] Now you'll hear 8 sentences. + [23.90-34.29] Some of the sentences have the word "both." Some of the sentences have the word "other." Put an X under the word you hear in the sentence. + [35.31-36.75] Listen to the example. + [38.38-42.29] Example: "Mary put on her other glove." + [45.92-56.69] The answer is "other." Put an X under the word "other." Now listen to the sentence and put an X under "both" or "other." + [58.78-62.10] Number 1: "Don't lock the other door." + [66.42-70.51] Number 2: "Both stores sell men's clothes." + [75.54-79.46] Number 3: "The teacher opened both windows." + [84.40-88.50] Number 4: "She saw the other movie last week." + [93.25-97.17] Number 5: "We finished both lessons yesterday." + [102.74-107.04] Number 6: "I looked up the word in both dictionaries." + [112.19-117.07] Number 7: "There are only 7 students in the other class." + [121.26-123.09] Number 8: "Mrs. + [123.09-125.73] Davis will visit her other daughter next month." + [130.29-133.57] Now check your answers and repeat the sentences. + [135.23-140.67] Number 1 is "other." Repeat: "Don't lock the other door." + [146.27-152.58] Number 2 is "both." Repeat: "Both stores sell men's clothes." + [158.40-164.42] Number 3 is "both." Repeat: "The teacher opened both windows." + [169.95-176.53] Number 4 is "other." Repeat: "She saw the other movie last week." + [182.35-188.21] Number 5 is "both." Repeat: "We finished both lessons yesterday." + [193.01-199.90] Number 6 is "both." Repeat: "I looked up the word in both dictionaries." + [205.76-213.25] Number 7 is "other." Repeat: "There are only 7 students in the other class." + [219.58-224.14] Number 8 is "other." Repeat: "Mrs. + [224.14-226.70] Davis will visit her other daughter next month." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 4, listen to the two sentences, and repeat the third sentence. +Number 1: The teacher has 2 pens. +One pen is black. +Repeat: "The other pen is red." +Number 2: Two girls took the test. +One girl got a good grade. +Repeat: "The other girl also got a good grade." +Number 3: Mr. +and Mrs. +Clark have 2 cars. +One car is old. +Repeat: "The other car is new." +Number 4: Two flights arrived in Chicago. +One flight was late. +Repeat: "The other flight was on time." +Number 5: The student described 2 shapes. +One shape has 4 sides. +Repeat: "The other shape also had 4 sides." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.62-8.18] Please go to Figure 4, listen to the two sentences, and repeat the third sentence. + [11.95-15.49] Number 1: The teacher has 2 pens. + [16.05-17.49] One pen is black. + [18.32-21.10] Repeat: "The other pen is red." + [25.20-28.27] Number 2: Two girls took the test. + [29.30-30.82] One girl got a good grade. + [32.03-35.78] Repeat: "The other girl also got a good grade." + [43.07-45.36] Number 3: Mr. + [45.36-45.76] and Mrs. + [45.76-47.28] Clark have 2 cars. + [48.11-49.31] One car is old. + [50.43-53.07] Repeat: "The other car is new." + [59.31-63.18] Number 4: Two flights arrived in Chicago. + [64.14-65.34] One flight was late. + [66.46-69.49] Repeat: "The other flight was on time." + [75.95-80.02] Number 5: The student described 2 shapes. + [81.01-82.77] One shape has 4 sides. + [84.05-87.81] Repeat: "The other shape also had 4 sides." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Listen to the sentences and repeat them. +Number 1: "Jim is reading two books." +Both books are good. +Number 2: "Susan has two coats." +Both coats are blue. +Number 3: "Ken drives two trucks." +Both trucks are big. +Number 4: "Marian described two shows." +Both shows were awful. +Number 5: "Mrs. +Murphy drew two lines." +Both lines were long. +Now listen to questions, answer them, and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: "Are both of Jim's books good?" +Repeat: "Both books are good." +Number 2: "Are Susan's two coats blue?" +Repeat: "Both coats are blue." +Number 3: "Are Ken's two trucks big?" +Repeat: "Both trucks are big." +Number 4: "Marian described two shows." Were both shows awful? +Repeat: "Yes, both shows were awful." +Number 5: +"Were Mrs. +Murphy's two lines short?" +Repeat: "No, both lines were long." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.24-4.00] Now look at Figure 5. + [4.64-7.76] Listen to the sentences and repeat them. + [10.10-13.44] Number 1: "Jim is reading two books." + [17.44-18.72] Both books are good. + [23.17-26.13] Number 2: "Susan has two coats." + [30.11-31.47] Both coats are blue. + [36.42-39.68] Number 3: "Ken drives two trucks." + [43.74-45.10] Both trucks are big. + [50.22-54.26] Number 4: "Marian described two shows." + [59.28-60.64] Both shows were awful. + [66.53-68.82] Number 5: "Mrs. + [68.82-70.42] Murphy drew two lines." + [75.41-76.77] Both lines were long. + [82.27-88.11] Now listen to questions, answer them, and repeat the correct answers. + [89.92-93.52] Number 1: "Are both of Jim's books good?" + [99.28-101.36] Repeat: "Both books are good." + [106.38-110.43] Number 2: "Are Susan's two coats blue?" + [117.33-119.65] Repeat: "Both coats are blue." + [125.07-131.13] Number 3: "Are Ken's two trucks big?" + [135.12-137.36] Repeat: "Both trucks are big." + [143.23-149.71] Number 4: "Marian described two shows." Were both shows awful? + [156.72-159.76] Repeat: "Yes, both shows were awful." + [166.98-167.86] Number 5: + [169.39-170.03] "Were Mrs. + [170.03-171.63] Murphy's two lines short?" + [178.56-181.20] Repeat: "No, both lines were long." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to figure 6, listen to the sentences, and write the missing words. +Number 1: "One watch is silver; the other watch is gold." +Number 2: "One classroom is small; the other classroom is also small." +Both classrooms are small. +Number 3: "She ate one cookie; she also ate the other cookie." +She ate both cookies. +Number 4: "He wrote one letter with a pencil; he wrote the other letter with a pen." +Number 5: "One train goes to Chicago; the other train goes to New York." +Number 6: "We listened to one tape; we also listened to the other tape." +We listened to both tapes. +Listen to the sentences again. +This time check your answers and repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "One watch is silver; the other watch is gold." Repeat: "The other watch is gold." +Number 2: "One classroom is small; the other classroom is also small." Repeat: "The other classroom is also small." +Repeat: "Both classrooms are small." +Number 3: "She ate one cookie; she also ate the other cookie." Repeat: "She also ate the other cookie." +She ate both cookies. +Repeat: "She ate both cookies." +Number 4: "He wrote one letter with a pencil; he wrote the other letter with a pen." Repeat: "He wrote the other letter with a pen." +Number 5: "One train goes to Chicago; the other train goes to New York." +Repeat: "The other train goes to New York." +Number 6: "We listened to one tape; we also listened to the other tape." We listened to both tapes. +Repeat: "We also listened to the other tape." +Repeat: "We listened to both tapes." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-7.50] Go to figure 6, listen to the sentences, and write the missing words. + [9.58-14.99] Number 1: "One watch is silver; the other watch is gold." + [25.74-31.97] Number 2: "One classroom is small; the other classroom is also small." + [42.30-43.98] Both classrooms are small. + [54.38-59.86] Number 3: "She ate one cookie; she also ate the other cookie." + [71.34-72.94] She ate both cookies. + [83.18-89.70] Number 4: "He wrote one letter with a pencil; he wrote the other letter with a pen." + [101.70-107.87] Number 5: "One train goes to Chicago; the other train goes to New York." + [120.14-126.53] Number 6: "We listened to one tape; we also listened to the other tape." + [138.77-140.45] We listened to both tapes. + [146.77-148.69] Listen to the sentences again. + [149.49-153.09] This time check your answers and repeat the sentences. + [154.67-163.55] Number 1: "One watch is silver; the other watch is gold." Repeat: "The other watch is gold." + [168.29-179.26] Number 2: "One classroom is small; the other classroom is also small." Repeat: "The other classroom is also small." + [184.77-187.57] Repeat: "Both classrooms are small." + [193.23-203.31] Number 3: "She ate one cookie; she also ate the other cookie." Repeat: "She also ate the other cookie." + [209.01-210.53] She ate both cookies. + [211.58-214.30] Repeat: "She ate both cookies." + [221.95-233.28] Number 4: "He wrote one letter with a pencil; he wrote the other letter with a pen." Repeat: "He wrote the other letter with a pen." + [243.68-249.92] Number 5: "One train goes to Chicago; the other train goes to New York." + [251.41-254.53] Repeat: "The other train goes to New York." + [262.10-270.37] Number 6: "We listened to one tape; we also listened to the other tape." We listened to both tapes. + [271.57-275.06] Repeat: "We also listened to the other tape." + [281.44-284.00] Repeat: "We listened to both tapes." + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7: listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. +Circle A, B, or C. +First, let's read the sentences in Figure 7. +A: "Bob and Dave didn't go to school last week." +B: "They drove to a town near the mountains." +C: "They slept in their car Monday night." +Now listen to the paragraph and circle the information you do not hear. +"Bob and Dave didn't have classes last week." +"They wanted to take a vacation." +"On Monday, they drove to a big city near the ocean and stopped at a hotel." +"There were a lot of people at the hotel." +"The hotel didn't have a room for Bob and Dave." +"All the other hotels in the city were crowded too." +"Bob and Dave had to stay in their car overnight." +Now select your answer. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +"Bob and Dave didn't have classes last week." "They wanted to take a vacation." "On Monday, they drove to a big city near the ocean and stopped at a hotel." "There were a lot of people at the hotel." "The hotel didn't have a room for Bob and Dave." "All the other hotels in the city were crowded too." "Bob and Dave had to stay in their car overnight." +The answer is B. +Bob and Dave drove to a city near the ocean, not the mountains. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-8.98] Now look at Figure 7: listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. + [9.78-12.74] Circle A, B, or C. + [13.65-17.49] First, let's read the sentences in Figure 7. + [19.98-24.08] A: "Bob and Dave didn't go to school last week." + [26.26-29.86] B: "They drove to a town near the mountains." + [31.49-35.28] C: "They slept in their car Monday night." + [40.59-45.87] Now listen to the paragraph and circle the information you do not hear. + [48.27-51.23] "Bob and Dave didn't have classes last week." + [53.68-55.20] "They wanted to take a vacation." + [57.73-62.53] "On Monday, they drove to a big city near the ocean and stopped at a hotel." + [64.96-66.96] "There were a lot of people at the hotel." + [69.94-73.06] "The hotel didn't have a room for Bob and Dave." + [75.46-78.34] "All the other hotels in the city were crowded too." + [80.46-83.66] "Bob and Dave had to stay in their car overnight." + [91.66-93.26] Now select your answer. + [112.43-115.95] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [117.52-143.06] "Bob and Dave didn't have classes last week." "They wanted to take a vacation." "On Monday, they drove to a big city near the ocean and stopped at a hotel." "There were a lot of people at the hotel." "The hotel didn't have a room for Bob and Dave." "All the other hotels in the city were crowded too." "Bob and Dave had to stay in their car overnight." + [150.27-152.11] The answer is B. + [152.98-158.02] Bob and Dave drove to a city near the ocean, not the mountains. + [166.46-170.27] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-1C.md b/sources/book-7/tape-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1c3faa07 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,651 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1C. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities book to Lesson 1C. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the words and sentences in Figure 1 and repeat them. +Opposite. +Opposite. +Yes is the opposite of no. +Noon and midnight are opposites. +Alike. +Alike. +A quiz and a test are alike; they are the same. +Your jacket looks like my jacket. +Our jackets are alike. +Fast. +Fast. +He talks very fast. +What did he say? +Jill doesn't read fast; she's just learning. +Little. +Little. +Little and small are alike. +Billy is a little boy; he's not a big boy. +Narrow. +Narrow. +A knife is long and narrow. +The narrow street was crowded. +Round. +Round. +Cups, bowls, and glasses are round. +Circles are round; other shapes are not round. +Slow. +Slow. +Slow is the opposite of fast. +They took a long vacation on a slow boat. +Strong. +Strong. +Strong winds blow every spring. +Harvey is a mechanic; his hands and arms are strong. +Weak. +Weak. +Weak is the opposite of strong. +Babies are weak; young men are strong. +Wide. +Wide. +Wide and narrow are opposites. +This chair is wide; two people can sit in it. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.78-15.38] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1C. + [23.19-23.47] Hello. + [24.56-28.48] Open your Language Laboratory Activities book to Lesson 1C. + [35.84-36.88] Look at Figure 1. + [37.76-41.60] Listen to the words and sentences in Figure 1 and repeat them. + [44.54-45.10] Opposite. + [46.91-47.47] Opposite. + [49.04-51.60] Yes is the opposite of no. + [54.59-57.55] Noon and midnight are opposites. + [61.38-62.10] Alike. + [63.89-64.53] Alike. + [68.82-73.22] A quiz and a test are alike; they are the same. + [79.26-81.74] Your jacket looks like my jacket. + [82.38-84.14] Our jackets are alike. + [90.13-90.85] Fast. + [92.85-93.57] Fast. + [95.41-97.25] He talks very fast. + [97.57-98.61] What did he say? + [104.61-108.13] Jill doesn't read fast; she's just learning. + [114.62-115.10] Little. + [117.25-117.73] Little. + [119.68-122.00] Little and small are alike. + [125.57-128.85] Billy is a little boy; he's not a big boy. + [134.03-134.67] Narrow. + [136.69-137.33] Narrow. + [139.18-141.34] A knife is long and narrow. + [145.25-147.17] The narrow street was crowded. + [151.49-152.13] Round. + [153.79-154.35] Round. + [156.29-159.49] Cups, bowls, and glasses are round. + [164.13-167.89] Circles are round; other shapes are not round. + [173.07-173.79] Slow. + [175.73-176.53] Slow. + [178.45-181.01] Slow is the opposite of fast. + [184.42-187.62] They took a long vacation on a slow boat. + [191.90-192.62] Strong. + [194.26-194.31] Strong. + [196.74-199.14] Strong winds blow every spring. + [204.43-207.71] Harvey is a mechanic; his hands and arms are strong. + [213.66-213.90] Weak. + [216.32-216.64] Weak. + [218.54-220.86] Weak is the opposite of strong. + [224.93-228.45] Babies are weak; young men are strong. + [233.25-233.81] Wide. + [235.54-236.18] Wide. + [237.82-240.22] Wide and narrow are opposites. + [244.00-247.44] This chair is wide; two people can sit in it. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, look at the pictures, and listen to the sentences about them; then answer the questions. +Look at Picture 1: these boats are not the same. +One is little and the other is big. +Are these two boats alike? +No, they're not alike; they're different. +Repeat: the boats are not alike. +Are both boats big? +No. +One boat is big and the other boat is little. +Repeat: one boat is big and the other boat is little. +Look at Picture 2: these cars are different. +They are opposites. +One car is old; it is slow. +The other car is new; it is fast. +Are these cars alike? +No, these cars are not alike; they are different. +Repeat: the old car and the new car are different. +Are both cars old? +No. +One car is old; the other car is new. +Repeat: the other car is new. +Is the new car fast? +Yes, the new car is fast. +Repeat: the new car is fast. +Is the old car fast also? +No, the old car is slow. +Repeat: the old car is slow. +Look at Picture 3: sick is the opposite of well. +One man is sick, and the other man is well. +These men are not the same. +What is the opposite of well? +Sick. +Repeat: sick is the opposite of well. +Are both men sick? +No. +Both men are not sick; only one man is sick. +The other man is well. +Repeat: the other man is well. +Look at Picture 4: these children are the same. +Both children are small and weak. +They are not big and strong. +Some men are very strong, but children are weak. +Are the children alike? +Yes. +Repeat: the children are alike. +Are both children strong? +No, both children are not strong. +Both children are weak. +Repeat: both children are weak. +Are some men very strong? +Yes, some men are very strong. +Repeat: some men are very strong. +Now look at Picture 5: wide is the opposite of narrow. +One of these neckties is wide; the other neck tie is narrow. +The neckties are different. +Are the neckties different? +Yes, they are. +The neckties are not alike. +Repeat: the neckties are not alike. +What is the opposite of narrow? +Wide. +Wide is the opposite of narrow. +Repeat: wide is the opposite of narrow. +Is one neck tie wide? +Yes, one neck tie is wide and the other neck tie is narrow. +Repeat: one neck tie is wide and the other neck tie is narrow. +Look at Picture 6: these tables are alike. +Both tables are round. +Are both tables round? +Yes, both tables are round. +Repeat: both tables are round. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-10.34] Look at Figure 2, look at the pictures, and listen to the sentences about them; then answer the questions. + [13.97-18.13] Look at Picture 1: these boats are not the same. + [19.02-21.50] One is little and the other is big. + [22.75-24.59] Are these two boats alike? + [27.84-30.48] No, they're not alike; they're different. + [31.60-33.92] Repeat: the boats are not alike. + [37.26-38.70] Are both boats big? + [41.90-42.38] No. + [42.78-45.98] One boat is big and the other boat is little. + [46.46-50.94] Repeat: one boat is big and the other boat is little. + [55.70-59.68] Look at Picture 2: these cars are different. + [60.32-61.52] They are opposites. + [62.42-65.38] One car is old; it is slow. + [66.21-69.49] The other car is new; it is fast. + [70.77-72.21] Are these cars alike? + [74.96-78.72] No, these cars are not alike; they are different. + [79.78-83.46] Repeat: the old car and the new car are different. + [87.74-89.18] Are both cars old? + [93.78-94.34] No. + [94.98-98.26] One car is old; the other car is new. + [98.74-101.46] Repeat: the other car is new. + [105.07-106.75] Is the new car fast? + [110.82-113.14] Yes, the new car is fast. + [113.38-116.02] Repeat: the new car is fast. + [119.25-121.41] Is the old car fast also? + [125.66-127.98] No, the old car is slow. + [128.30-130.70] Repeat: the old car is slow. + [134.70-139.09] Look at Picture 3: sick is the opposite of well. + [140.13-143.41] One man is sick, and the other man is well. + [144.53-146.29] These men are not the same. + [148.18-149.78] What is the opposite of well? + [153.15-153.79] Sick. + [154.27-157.31] Repeat: sick is the opposite of well. + [161.33-162.69] Are both men sick? + [165.74-166.30] No. + [166.62-169.74] Both men are not sick; only one man is sick. + [170.06-171.42] The other man is well. + [171.66-174.14] Repeat: the other man is well. + [178.10-182.16] Look at Picture 4: these children are the same. + [183.07-185.07] Both children are small and weak. + [186.16-187.60] They are not big and strong. + [188.62-191.82] Some men are very strong, but children are weak. + [193.15-194.59] Are the children alike? + [197.14-197.70] Yes. + [197.86-200.02] Repeat: the children are alike. + [202.86-204.70] Are both children strong? + [208.16-210.80] No, both children are not strong. + [211.36-212.88] Both children are weak. + [213.60-216.40] Repeat: both children are weak. + [219.74-221.58] Are some men very strong? + [224.08-226.56] Yes, some men are very strong. + [226.88-229.76] Repeat: some men are very strong. + [233.20-237.17] Now look at Picture 5: wide is the opposite of narrow. + [238.78-243.02] One of these neckties is wide; the other neck tie is narrow. + [243.92-245.28] The neckties are different. + [246.91-248.35] Are the neckties different? + [250.61-251.81] Yes, they are. + [252.72-254.40] The neckties are not alike. + [255.23-257.95] Repeat: the neckties are not alike. + [262.27-263.20] What is the opposite of narrow? + [266.83-267.39] Wide. + [268.56-270.40] Wide is the opposite of narrow. + [270.64-273.84] Repeat: wide is the opposite of narrow. + [277.44-279.04] Is one neck tie wide? + [282.24-286.96] Yes, one neck tie is wide and the other neck tie is narrow. + [287.28-292.16] Repeat: one neck tie is wide and the other neck tie is narrow. + [297.63-301.66] Look at Picture 6: these tables are alike. + [301.98-303.58] Both tables are round. + [306.85-308.21] Are both tables round? + [311.25-313.17] Yes, both tables are round. + [313.65-316.29] Repeat: both tables are round. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3 and listen. +You will hear two words: they will be alike, or they will be opposite. +Circle alike or opposite. +Let's do the example. +Listen and circle. +Example: "start, begin." Start, begin. +The answer is alike: start and begin are alike. +Let's begin the exercise. +Number 1: big, large. +Big, large. +Number 2: fast, slow. +Fast, slow. +Number 3: always, never. +Always, never. +Number 4: have to, must. +Have to, must. +Number 5: pull, push. +Pull, push. +Number 6: return, go back. +Return, go back. +Number 7: speak, talk. +Speak, talk. +Number 8: narrow, wide. +Narrow, wide. +Number 9: open, close. +Open, close. +Number 10: small, little. +Small, little. +Listen to the words again. +Number 1: big, large. +Number 2: fast, slow. +Number 3: always, never. +Number 4: have to, must. +Number 5: pull, push. +Number 6: return, go back. +Number 7: speak, talk. +Number 8: narrow, wide. +Number 9: open, close. +Number 10: small, little. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is alike: big and large are alike. +Repeat: big and large are alike. +Number 2 is opposite: fast is the opposite of slow. +Repeat: fast is the opposite of slow. +Number 3 is opposite: always is the opposite of never. +Repeat: always is the opposite of never. +Number 4 is alike: have to and must are alike. +Repeat: have to and must are alike. +Number 5 is opposite: push is the opposite of pull. +Repeat: push is the opposite of pull. +Number 6 is alike: return and go back are alike. +Repeat: return and go back are alike. +Number 7 is alike: speak and talk are alike. +Repeat: speak and talk are alike. +Number 8 is opposite: wide is the opposite of narrow. +Repeat: wide is the opposite of narrow. +Number 9 is also opposite: open is the opposite of close. +Repeat: open is the opposite of close. +Number 10 is alike: small and little are alike. +Repeat: small and little are alike. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.50-3.26] Look at Figure 3 and listen. + [4.40-8.88] You will hear two words: they will be alike, or they will be opposite. + [9.78-11.78] Circle alike or opposite. + [12.83-14.03] Let's do the example. + [14.59-15.87] Listen and circle. + [17.04-22.96] Example: "start, begin." Start, begin. + [24.75-29.55] The answer is alike: start and begin are alike. + [31.01-32.61] Let's begin the exercise. + [34.30-37.50] Number 1: big, large. + [39.06-40.66] Big, large. + [43.73-46.93] Number 2: fast, slow. + [48.72-50.40] Fast, slow. + [53.54-56.74] Number 3: always, never. + [58.91-60.33] Always, never. + [64.29-69.09] Number 4: have to, must. + [69.22-70.55] Have to, must. + [75.03-80.31] Number 5: pull, push. + [80.94-81.90] Pull, push. + [84.80-88.62] Number 6: return, go back. + [90.43-92.67] Return, go back. + [95.44-98.64] Number 7: speak, talk. + [100.90-102.58] Speak, talk. + [105.84-109.66] Number 8: narrow, wide. + [112.06-113.65] Narrow, wide. + [117.21-120.22] Number 9: open, close. + [122.14-122.86] Open, close. + [127.71-130.05] Number 10: small, little. + [133.53-134.97] Small, little. + [140.43-141.79] Listen to the words again. + [143.97-147.17] Number 1: big, large. + [148.65-151.83] Number 2: fast, slow. + [153.27-156.21] Number 3: always, never. + [157.83-161.07] Number 4: have to, must. + [162.15-165.15] Number 5: pull, push. + [166.47-169.65] Number 6: return, go back. + [171.21-174.33] Number 7: speak, talk. + [176.01-178.95] Number 8: narrow, wide. + [180.45-183.33] Number 9: open, close. + [184.77-187.77] Number 10: small, little. + [190.71-191.87] Now check your answers. + [194.08-198.40] Number 1 is alike: big and large are alike. + [198.40-201.76] Repeat: big and large are alike. + [204.99-210.50] Number 2 is opposite: fast is the opposite of slow. + [210.50-214.59] Repeat: fast is the opposite of slow. + [219.21-225.19] Number 3 is opposite: always is the opposite of never. + [225.55-228.87] Repeat: always is the opposite of never. + [233.52-238.68] Number 4 is alike: have to and must are alike. + [238.97-242.28] Repeat: have to and must are alike. + [245.44-250.52] Number 5 is opposite: push is the opposite of pull. + [251.24-254.82] Repeat: push is the opposite of pull. + [258.69-263.71] Number 6 is alike: return and go back are alike. + [263.71-267.55] Repeat: return and go back are alike. + [271.70-277.21] Number 7 is alike: speak and talk are alike. + [277.66-280.60] Repeat: speak and talk are alike. + [284.67-290.06] Number 8 is opposite: wide is the opposite of narrow. + [290.46-294.14] Repeat: wide is the opposite of narrow. + [298.71-305.17] Number 9 is also opposite: open is the opposite of close. + [305.57-308.10] Repeat: open is the opposite of close. + [312.87-318.00] Number 10 is alike: small and little are alike. + [318.64-321.25] Repeat: small and little are alike. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Look at the first question: "Where will the men eat dinner?" Now, listen to the conversation and answer the question. +Carl, do you want to eat dinner with us? +I don't know. +Where are you going? +To the mess hall. +No thank you. +I don't like the food there. +Okay. +We'll eat in a restaurant downtown. +Good. +Let's go. +Do you have any money? +Now answer the question: "Where will the men eat dinner?" +The answer is: in a restaurant downtown. +Listen to the conversation again. +Carl, do you want to eat dinner with us? +I don't know. +Where are you going? +To the mess hall. +No thank you. +I don't like the food there. +Okay. +We'll eat in a restaurant downtown. +Good. +Let's go. +Do you have any money? +Look at the second question in Figure 4. +"How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall?" Now listen to a conversation. +Sergeant, the food in this mess hall is awful. +Why? +Because we have only 5 cooks, sir. +And they're new. +We need 10 cooks here. +I'll send some of the men to the other mess hall today. +You'll have 10 cooks here tomorrow. +Thank you, sir. +That will help us a lot. +Now answer the question: "How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall?" +10. +The sergeant needs 10 cooks. +Listen to the conversation again. +Sergeant, the food in this mess hall is awful. +Why? +Because we have only 5 cooks, sir. +And they're new. +We need 10 cooks here. +I'll send some of the men to the other mess hall today. +You'll have 10 cooks here tomorrow. +Thank you, sir. +That will help us a lot. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-3.17] Look at Figure 4. + [3.81-12.10] Look at the first question: "Where will the men eat dinner?" Now, listen to the conversation and answer the question. + [16.40-18.80] Carl, do you want to eat dinner with us? + [19.63-20.27] I don't know. + [20.75-21.55] Where are you going? + [21.87-22.67] To the mess hall. + [23.58-24.22] No thank you. + [24.46-25.58] I don't like the food there. + [25.98-26.46] Okay. + [27.10-28.78] We'll eat in a restaurant downtown. + [29.78-30.10] Good. + [30.50-31.06] Let's go. + [32.03-32.83] Do you have any money? + [39.26-43.22] Now answer the question: "Where will the men eat dinner?" + [49.04-51.92] The answer is: in a restaurant downtown. + [53.20-54.88] Listen to the conversation again. + [57.86-60.18] Carl, do you want to eat dinner with us? + [61.12-61.76] I don't know. + [62.16-62.96] Where are you going? + [63.36-64.08] To the mess hall. + [65.07-65.63] No thank you. + [65.87-66.99] I don't like the food there. + [67.47-67.87] Okay. + [68.51-70.19] We'll eat in a restaurant downtown. + [71.14-71.54] Good. + [71.86-72.42] Let's go. + [73.47-74.19] Do you have any money? + [78.75-81.07] Look at the second question in Figure 4. + [82.77-88.53] "How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall?" Now listen to a conversation. + [92.62-95.50] Sergeant, the food in this mess hall is awful. + [95.90-96.30] Why? + [97.55-99.39] Because we have only 5 cooks, sir. + [100.03-100.67] And they're new. + [101.50-102.54] We need 10 cooks here. + [103.79-106.43] I'll send some of the men to the other mess hall today. + [107.07-108.67] You'll have 10 cooks here tomorrow. + [109.82-110.38] Thank you, sir. + [111.02-111.98] That will help us a lot. + [117.54-122.53] Now answer the question: "How many cooks does the sergeant need in the mess hall?" + [127.46-127.94] 10. + [128.66-130.58] The sergeant needs 10 cooks. + [131.87-133.87] Listen to the conversation again. + [137.79-140.67] Sergeant, the food in this mess hall is awful. + [141.07-141.55] Why? + [142.72-144.56] Because we have only 5 cooks, sir. + [145.20-145.84] And they're new. + [146.64-147.76] We need 10 cooks here. + [148.98-151.62] I'll send some of the men to the other mess hall today. + [152.26-153.86] You'll have 10 cooks here tomorrow. + [155.01-155.57] Thank you, sir. + [156.21-157.17] That will help us a lot. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at figure 5: listen to the sentences, don't repeat. +The boy is little. +He wants the cap. +The cap is red. +The little boy wants the red cap. +The hotel is old. +It is near a lake. +The lake is large. +The old hotel is near a large lake. +The children are young. +They can walk to the school. +It is new. +The young children can walk to the new school. +The students were bored. +They watched a movie. +It was awful. +The bored students watched an awful movie. +The man was hungry. +He ate lunch at a snack bar. +It was crowded. +The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. +Listen to the sentences again. +This time, repeat them. +The boy is little. +He wants the cap. +The cap is red. +The little boy wants the red cap. +The hotel is old. +It is near a lake. +The lake is large. +The old hotel is near a large lake. +The children are young. +They can walk to the school. +It is new. +The young children can walk to the new school. +The students were bored. +They watched a movie. +It was awful. +The bored students watched an awful movie. +The man was hungry. +He ate lunch at a snack bar. +It was crowded. +The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-5.97] Now look at figure 5: listen to the sentences, don't repeat. + [8.78-10.06] The boy is little. + [10.80-11.92] He wants the cap. + [13.09-14.21] The cap is red. + [15.23-17.31] The little boy wants the red cap. + [20.51-21.95] The hotel is old. + [22.59-23.63] It is near a lake. + [24.78-26.14] The lake is large. + [26.98-29.94] The old hotel is near a large lake. + [31.87-33.15] The children are young. + [33.95-35.71] They can walk to the school. + [36.43-37.31] It is new. + [38.56-41.60] The young children can walk to the new school. + [43.97-45.49] The students were bored. + [46.13-47.57] They watched a movie. + [47.89-49.01] It was awful. + [50.03-52.75] The bored students watched an awful movie. + [54.69-56.05] The man was hungry. + [56.69-58.61] He ate lunch at a snack bar. + [59.33-60.45] It was crowded. + [61.92-65.52] The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. + [69.98-71.66] Listen to the sentences again. + [72.30-73.82] This time, repeat them. + [75.63-76.83] The boy is little. + [78.96-80.16] He wants the cap. + [82.64-83.76] The cap is red. + [86.06-88.38] The little boy wants the red cap. + [92.59-93.95] The hotel is old. + [96.08-97.28] It is near a lake. + [99.65-100.93] The lake is large. + [103.58-106.38] The old hotel is near a large lake. + [110.45-111.65] The children are young. + [113.98-115.74] They can walk to the school. + [118.40-119.20] It is new. + [121.74-124.62] The young children can walk to the new school. + [130.45-131.73] The students were bored. + [133.78-134.98] They watched a movie. + [137.07-138.11] It was awful. + [140.58-143.38] The bored students watched an awful movie. + [147.70-148.90] The man was hungry. + [151.28-153.04] He ate lunch at a snack bar. + [155.63-156.59] It was crowded. + [159.44-162.72] The hungry man ate lunch at a crowded snack bar. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 6: listen to the sentences, don't repeat. +Write the missing words in the blanks. +Listen and write. +Number 1: "The man is old. +He knows the answer." It is correct. +The old man knows the correct answer. +Number 2: "The woman was tired. +She drank some tea. +The tea was hot." The tired woman drank some hot tea. +Number 3: "The girl was hungry. +She ate a piece of cake. +It was big." The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake. +Number 4: "The men are thirsty. +They are drinking water. +It is cold." The thirsty men are drinking cold water. +Number 5: "The pilot is young. +He is flying an airplane. +The airplane is new." The young pilot is flying a new airplane. +Number 6: "The man was sick. +He took some medicine. +It was the wrong medicine." +The sick man took the wrong medicine. +Number 7: "The children were happy. +They liked the weather. +It was warm." The happy children liked the warm weather. +Number 8: "The customer was angry. +He didn't leave a tip for the waiter. +The waiter was slow." The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter. +Now check your sentences. +Number 1: "The old man knows the correct answer." Repeat: "The old man knows the correct answer." +Number 2: "The tired woman drank some hot tea." Repeat: "The tired woman drank some hot tea." +Number 3: "The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake." Repeat: "The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake." +Number 4: "The thirsty men are drinking cold water." Repeat: "The thirsty men are drinking cold water." +Number 5: "The young pilot is flying a new airplane." Repeat: "The young pilot is flying a new airplane." +Number 6: "The sick man took the wrong medicine." Repeat: "The sick man took the wrong medicine." +Number 7: "The happy children liked the warm weather." Repeat: "The happy children liked the warm weather." +Number 8: "The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter." Repeat: "The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter." +Look at Page 18 and check your answers. +This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.71-6.35] Now look at Figure 6: listen to the sentences, don't repeat. + [7.26-9.42] Write the missing words in the blanks. + [9.90-11.34] Listen and write. + [13.44-16.66] Number 1: "The man is old. + [17.30-20.50] He knows the answer." It is correct. + [21.33-24.29] The old man knows the correct answer. + [30.53-33.79] Number 2: "The woman was tired. + [34.35-35.63] She drank some tea. + [36.53-41.46] The tea was hot." The tired woman drank some hot tea. + [48.74-51.90] Number 3: "The girl was hungry. + [52.88-54.48] She ate a piece of cake. + [55.20-59.60] It was big." The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake. + [66.10-69.28] Number 4: "The men are thirsty. + [69.84-71.04] They are drinking water. + [71.90-76.51] It is cold." The thirsty men are drinking cold water. + [82.80-85.76] Number 5: "The pilot is young. + [86.70-88.38] He is flying an airplane. + [89.38-94.75] The airplane is new." The young pilot is flying a new airplane. + [100.14-103.26] Number 6: "The man was sick. + [104.29-105.57] He took some medicine. + [106.99-108.51] It was the wrong medicine." + [110.19-112.59] The sick man took the wrong medicine. + [118.96-121.76] Number 7: "The children were happy. + [122.62-123.74] They liked the weather. + [124.46-129.01] It was warm." The happy children liked the warm weather. + [134.61-137.73] Number 8: "The customer was angry. + [138.51-140.59] He didn't leave a tip for the waiter. + [141.87-148.27] The waiter was slow." The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter. + [156.29-157.65] Now check your sentences. + [160.99-169.26] Number 1: "The old man knows the correct answer." Repeat: "The old man knows the correct answer." + [173.07-180.75] Number 2: "The tired woman drank some hot tea." Repeat: "The tired woman drank some hot tea." + [184.06-192.06] Number 3: "The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake." Repeat: "The hungry girl ate a big piece of cake." + [196.70-205.10] Number 4: "The thirsty men are drinking cold water." Repeat: "The thirsty men are drinking cold water." + [210.03-219.79] Number 5: "The young pilot is flying a new airplane." Repeat: "The young pilot is flying a new airplane." + [225.34-232.99] Number 6: "The sick man took the wrong medicine." Repeat: "The sick man took the wrong medicine." + [237.58-246.70] Number 7: "The happy children liked the warm weather." Repeat: "The happy children liked the warm weather." + [251.86-263.14] Number 8: "The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter." Repeat: "The angry customer didn't leave a tip for the slow waiter." + [273.68-275.73] Look at Page 18 and check your answers. + [283.68-286.53] This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-1D.md b/sources/book-7/tape-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e18f80b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1D. +Hello again. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to 3 sentences and repeat them, then change them to 1 sentence. +Let's do the example first. +The boy was little. +He packed a suitcase. +The suitcase was small. +Repeat: The boy was little. +He packed a suitcase. +The suitcase was small. +Now make 1 sentence. +The little boy packed a small suitcase. +Repeat: The little boy packed a small suitcase. +Let's start the exercise. +Number 1: The man is tall. +He has a wife. +She is short. +Repeat: The man is tall. +He has a wife. +She is short. +Make a new sentence now. +The tall man has a short wife. +Repeat: The tall man has a short wife. +Number 2: The students were hungry. +They ate a meal. +The meal was big. +Repeat: The students were hungry. +They ate a meal. +The meal was big. +Now make a new sentence. +The hungry students ate a big meal. +Repeat: The hungry students ate a big meal. +Number 3: The women were old. +They wore dresses. +The dresses were black. +Repeat: The women were old. +They wore dresses. +The dresses were black. +The old women wore black dresses. +Repeat: The old women wore black dresses. +Number 4: The soldier is young. +He is buying boots. +The boots are new. +Repeat: The soldier is young. +He is buying boots. +The boots are new. +The young soldier is buying new boots. +Repeat: The young soldier is buying new boots. +Number 5: The girl is unhappy. +She is writing a letter. +The letter is long. +Repeat: The girl is unhappy. +She is writing a letter. +The letter is long. +The unhappy girl is writing a long letter. +Repeat: The unhappy girl is writing a long letter. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [12.75-16.27] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 1D. + [24.22-24.70] Hello again. + [25.74-29.07] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. + [38.07-38.80] Look at Figure 1. + [40.22-46.46] Listen to 3 sentences and repeat them, then change them to 1 sentence. + [47.49-49.17] Let's do the example first. + [50.40-51.44] The boy was little. + [54.03-55.39] He packed a suitcase. + [58.56-60.08] The suitcase was small. + [62.90-64.82] Repeat: The boy was little. + [67.14-68.50] He packed a suitcase. + [70.77-72.21] The suitcase was small. + [75.15-77.07] Now make 1 sentence. + [85.30-87.86] The little boy packed a small suitcase. + [88.93-92.61] Repeat: The little boy packed a small suitcase. + [96.99-98.51] Let's start the exercise. + [102.93-105.81] Number 1: The man is tall. + [106.37-107.49] He has a wife. + [107.97-109.01] She is short. + [110.06-114.39] Repeat: The man is tall. + [114.50-115.78] He has a wife. + [117.60-118.72] She is short. + [121.12-122.80] Make a new sentence now. + [132.02-134.50] The tall man has a short wife. + [135.14-138.66] Repeat: The tall man has a short wife. + [142.56-145.92] Number 2: The students were hungry. + [146.64-147.60] They ate a meal. + [148.24-149.44] The meal was big. + [150.53-153.49] Repeat: The students were hungry. + [155.49-156.53] They ate a meal. + [158.96-160.24] The meal was big. + [163.39-165.31] Now make a new sentence. + [173.87-176.51] The hungry students ate a big meal. + [177.26-181.58] Repeat: The hungry students ate a big meal. + [185.57-189.06] Number 3: The women were old. + [190.24-191.52] They wore dresses. + [192.24-193.76] The dresses were black. + [195.79-198.03] Repeat: The women were old. + [200.27-201.55] They wore dresses. + [204.00-205.44] The dresses were black. + [215.57-218.61] The old women wore black dresses. + [219.41-223.65] Repeat: The old women wore black dresses. + [229.07-232.50] Number 4: The soldier is young. + [233.22-234.74] He is buying boots. + [235.38-236.43] The boots are new. + [238.10-240.03] Repeat: The soldier is young. + [242.13-242.98] He is buying boots. + [245.68-246.72] The boots are new. + [259.28-262.16] The young soldier is buying new boots. + [262.80-266.88] Repeat: The young soldier is buying new boots. + [273.66-276.93] Number 5: The girl is unhappy. + [277.57-278.93] She is writing a letter. + [279.57-280.69] The letter is long. + [281.73-284.69] Repeat: The girl is unhappy. + [286.40-287.84] She is writing a letter. + [290.00-291.28] The letter is long. + [300.21-303.57] The unhappy girl is writing a long letter. + [304.13-308.29] Repeat: The unhappy girl is writing a long letter. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 2 now. +Listen to a paragraph; don't repeat it. +Then look at the underlined word and answer a question. +Number 1: Charles and Linda drew 4 shapes on the chalkboard. +The shapes were alike. +They were round. +The 4 shapes were circles. +Now look at the underlined word. +What word is the same as "they"? +Shapes or Linda and Charles? +The answer is shapes. +Repeat: The shapes were round. +Number 2: Jack took a vacation in Florida last month. +His brother is in the Navy there. +He stayed for 2 weeks and went sightseeing every day. +Look at the word "he." What is the same as "he"? +Jack or his brother? +The answer is Jack. +Repeat: Jack stayed for 2 weeks and went sightseeing every day. +Number 3: Martha and Jane work in a big store downtown every day after school. +Their customers are always happy. +They think the two girls are good clerks. +Is "they" Martha and Jane? +No, it isn't. +"They" is the same as "their customers." Repeat: Their customers think the two girls are good clerks. +Number 4: Sally is in Mrs. +Murphy's math class. +She does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. +Sally wants to be a math teacher too. +Who is "she"? +The answer is Sally. +Repeat: Sally does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. +Number 5: Mr. +Roberts teaches English in Chicago. +He goes to his classroom early every day and helps his students. +Friday is always a good day for Mr. +Roberts and the students. +It is the last day of class. +Mr. +Roberts doesn't give the students homework on Friday. +What is the same as "it"? +Friday. +Repeat: Friday is the last day of class. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-3.10] Look at figure 2 now. + [3.66-6.38] Listen to a paragraph; don't repeat it. + [7.26-10.94] Then look at the underlined word and answer a question. + [13.15-18.13] Number 1: Charles and Linda drew 4 shapes on the chalkboard. + [18.85-20.13] The shapes were alike. + [20.69-21.57] They were round. + [22.45-24.21] The 4 shapes were circles. + [25.62-27.38] Now look at the underlined word. + [28.43-32.49] What word is the same as "they"? + [32.48-35.20] Shapes or Linda and Charles? + [37.98-39.34] The answer is shapes. + [39.90-42.46] Repeat: The shapes were round. + [45.50-49.58] Number 2: Jack took a vacation in Florida last month. + [50.30-52.22] His brother is in the Navy there. + [53.36-57.04] He stayed for 2 weeks and went sightseeing every day. + [58.78-62.77] Look at the word "he." What is the same as "he"? + [63.57-65.09] Jack or his brother? + [67.86-69.14] The answer is Jack. + [69.46-74.69] Repeat: Jack stayed for 2 weeks and went sightseeing every day. + [79.94-86.46] Number 3: Martha and Jane work in a big store downtown every day after school. + [87.33-89.33] Their customers are always happy. + [90.48-93.04] They think the two girls are good clerks. + [95.28-97.60] Is "they" Martha and Jane? + [100.90-101.78] No, it isn't. + [102.58-111.06] "They" is the same as "their customers." Repeat: Their customers think the two girls are good clerks. + [116.53-119.42] Number 4: Sally is in Mrs. + [119.42-120.86] Murphy's math class. + [121.66-126.06] She does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. + [126.86-129.18] Sally wants to be a math teacher too. + [130.99-132.11] Who is "she"? + [134.08-135.44] The answer is Sally. + [136.24-142.48] Repeat: Sally does her homework every night and makes good grades on the math tests. + [149.18-151.47] Number 5: Mr. + [151.47-153.95] Roberts teaches English in Chicago. + [154.77-158.85] He goes to his classroom early every day and helps his students. + [159.90-162.30] Friday is always a good day for Mr. + [162.30-163.82] Roberts and the students. + [164.54-166.46] It is the last day of class. + [166.46-166.51] Mr. + [167.65-170.69] Roberts doesn't give the students homework on Friday. + [172.93-174.85] What is the same as "it"? + [177.57-178.11] Friday. + [178.67-182.11] Repeat: Friday is the last day of class. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please look at Figure 3, read the question, listen to the conversation, and answer the question. +Here is the question: "What time will the general arrive?" Now listen, don't repeat. +Sergeant, please pick me up at the office at 7 o'clock tomorrow morning. +Yes, sir. +Where do you want to go, Colonel? +To the airport. +I have to meet the general's airplane at 7:45. +Now answer the question: "What time will the general arrive?" +At 7:45. +Listen to the conversation again. +Sergeant, please pick me up at the office at 7 o'clock tomorrow morning. +Yes, sir. +Where do you want to go, Colonel? +To the airport. +I have to meet the general's airplane at 7:45. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-8.88] Please look at Figure 3, read the question, listen to the conversation, and answer the question. + [10.19-16.98] Here is the question: "What time will the general arrive?" Now listen, don't repeat. + [20.61-24.37] Sergeant, please pick me up at the office at 7 o'clock tomorrow morning. + [25.58-26.14] Yes, sir. + [26.78-27.90] Where do you want to go, Colonel? + [28.54-29.26] To the airport. + [29.82-33.02] I have to meet the general's airplane at 7:45. + [36.38-40.06] Now answer the question: "What time will the general arrive?" + [45.58-48.05] At 7:45. + [48.05-49.97] Listen to the conversation again. + [52.82-56.58] Sergeant, please pick me up at the office at 7 o'clock tomorrow morning. + [57.82-58.38] Yes, sir. + [59.02-60.14] Where do you want to go, Colonel? + [60.78-61.42] To the airport. + [61.98-65.26] I have to meet the general's airplane at 7:45. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4 now: Karen visited her friend Beth in Los Angeles. +Now she is talking to her friend Susan about the trip. +Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat it. +I don't know Beth. +What's she like? +She's very nice, and she's always happy. +What does she look like? +She's tall and has blue eyes. +What color is her hair? +Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. +Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat it. +I don't know Beth. +What's she like? +She's very nice, and she's always happy. +What does she look like? +She's tall and has blue eyes. +What color is her hair? +Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-6.98] Look at Figure 4 now: Karen visited her friend Beth in Los Angeles. + [8.29-11.33] Now she is talking to her friend Susan about the trip. + [12.32-14.80] Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat it. + [19.22-20.34] I don't know Beth. + [20.66-21.62] What's she like? + [22.72-25.28] She's very nice, and she's always happy. + [26.59-27.79] What does she look like? + [28.43-30.59] She's tall and has blue eyes. + [31.49-32.85] What color is her hair? + [33.33-35.97] Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. + [39.18-42.14] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat it. + [43.94-44.98] I don't know Beth. + [45.30-46.34] What's she like? + [51.12-53.84] She's very nice, and she's always happy. + [56.88-58.16] What does she look like? + [61.47-63.47] She's tall and has blue eyes. + [66.06-67.34] What color is her hair? + [71.04-73.76] Beth's hair is brown, and it's very long. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at figure 5 and listen, don't repeat. +What is Beth's house like? +It's new and not very big. +How many rooms does it have? +It has 6 rooms with large windows. +Is it near the ocean? +Yes. +Beth can walk there in 5 minutes. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Take Karen's part. +I'll be Susan. +What is Beth's house like? +How many rooms does it have? +Is it near the ocean? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.38-5.46] Now look at figure 5 and listen, don't repeat. + [7.25-8.93] What is Beth's house like? + [9.92-11.76] It's new and not very big. + [12.82-14.42] How many rooms does it have? + [15.22-17.62] It has 6 rooms with large windows. + [18.10-19.30] Is it near the ocean? + [19.86-20.34] Yes. + [20.82-22.74] Beth can walk there in 5 minutes. + [25.30-27.06] Listen to the dialogue again. + [27.62-29.06] Take Karen's part. + [29.62-30.66] I'll be Susan. + [32.70-34.38] What is Beth's house like? + [38.58-40.26] How many rooms does it have? + [44.03-45.15] Is it near the ocean? + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to figure 6, listen to the questions, and select the best answer. +Circle A, B, C, or D. +Number 1. +That's a small car. +Number 2. +What does the general look like? +Number 3. +Jan is studying mathematics in school. +Number 4. +John made a picture on the chalkboard. +Number 5. +Large and big are the same. +Number 6. +This number is wrong. +Number 7. +What's this fruit called? +Number 8. +What is Mary's job? +Number 9. +Ken is going to a movie. +Al is going too. +Number 10. +You're late. +Is something wrong with your watch? +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +It's little. +The sentence was, "That's a small car." Little and small are the same. +Number 2 is C. +He's tall and has gray hair. +Listen to the question again. +What does the general look like? +Number 3 is B. +She's studying numbers. +Listen. +Jan is studying mathematics in school. +Number 4 is A. +He drew it. +Listen. +John made a picture on the chalkboard. +Number 5 is C. +They are alike. +Listen. +Large and big are the same. +Number 6 is D. +It's a mistake. +Listen. +This number is wrong. +Number 7 is B. +It's called an apple. +Listen to the question again. +What's this fruit called? +Number 8 is D. +She's a teacher. +Listen. +What is Mary's job? +Number 9 is C. +Both boys are going. +Listen. +Ken is going to a movie. +Al is going too. +Number 10 is A. +Yes, it's slow. +Listen. +You're late. +Is something wrong with your watch? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.58-6.82] Please go to figure 6, listen to the questions, and select the best answer. + [7.46-10.42] Circle A, B, C, or D. + [12.30-13.10] Number 1. + [14.13-15.49] That's a small car. + [26.66-27.46] Number 2. + [28.38-30.14] What does the general look like? + [37.18-37.98] Number 3. + [39.07-41.79] Jan is studying mathematics in school. + [51.14-51.86] Number 4. + [52.69-55.25] John made a picture on the chalkboard. + [63.82-64.62] Number 5. + [65.50-67.90] Large and big are the same. + [75.71-76.35] Number 6. + [77.39-78.91] This number is wrong. + [88.35-89.23] Number 7. + [90.10-91.70] What's this fruit called? + [100.46-101.26] Number 8. + [102.19-103.55] What is Mary's job? + [111.18-112.06] Number 9. + [112.78-114.62] Ken is going to a movie. + [115.18-116.54] Al is going too. + [124.10-124.90] Number 10. + [125.89-126.53] You're late. + [127.09-128.93] Is something wrong with your watch? + [144.54-145.82] Now check your answers. + [147.81-149.65] Number 1 is A. + [150.21-150.93] It's little. + [151.73-157.25] The sentence was, "That's a small car." Little and small are the same. + [158.40-159.84] Number 2 is C. + [160.69-162.85] He's tall and has gray hair. + [164.10-165.70] Listen to the question again. + [166.88-168.72] What does the general look like? + [170.93-172.45] Number 3 is B. + [173.09-174.69] She's studying numbers. + [175.84-176.40] Listen. + [177.12-179.68] Jan is studying mathematics in school. + [181.94-183.38] Number 4 is A. + [183.94-184.98] He drew it. + [185.84-186.40] Listen. + [187.04-189.60] John made a picture on the chalkboard. + [191.78-193.38] Number 5 is C. + [193.86-194.82] They are alike. + [195.90-196.46] Listen. + [197.39-199.71] Large and big are the same. + [201.86-203.30] Number 6 is D. + [203.94-205.14] It's a mistake. + [205.94-206.42] Listen. + [207.06-208.58] This number is wrong. + [211.10-212.62] Number 7 is B. + [213.26-214.46] It's called an apple. + [215.68-217.44] Listen to the question again. + [218.16-219.52] What's this fruit called? + [222.21-223.89] Number 8 is D. + [224.13-225.17] She's a teacher. + [226.30-226.86] Listen. + [227.76-229.04] What is Mary's job? + [231.25-232.85] Number 9 is C. + [233.90-235.34] Both boys are going. + [236.06-236.54] Listen. + [237.18-238.78] Ken is going to a movie. + [239.18-240.62] Al is going too. + [242.99-244.67] Number 10 is A. + [245.54-246.82] Yes, it's slow. + [248.40-249.04] Listen. + [249.44-250.24] You're late. + [250.64-252.56] Is something wrong with your watch? + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7: listen to a paragraph, select the information that is not in the paragraph, and circle A, B, C, or D. +Let's read the sentences in Figure 8 first. +A: "Martha and Sally went downtown on the bus." +B: "They wanted to see a movie at 2:00 PM." +C: "The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch." +D: "The waiter was slow, and the restaurant was crowded." +Now listen to the paragraph. +"Martha and Sally took the bus downtown Saturday afternoon. +They wanted to eat lunch first, then see a movie at 2 o'clock." "They sat down in the restaurant at 12:30. +The restaurant was very crowded and the waiter was slow. +He didn't come to their table or bring them menus for 15 minutes." "The girls didn't want to be late to the show. +They left the restaurant and ate lunch at a snack bar near the movie." +Circle your answer. +Now listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +"Martha and Sally took the bus downtown Saturday afternoon. +They wanted to eat lunch first, then see a movie at 2 o'clock." "They sat down in the restaurant at 12:30. +The restaurant was very crowded and the waiter was slow. +He didn't come to their table or bring them menus for 15 minutes." "The girls didn't want to be late to the show. +They left the restaurant and ate lunch at a snack bar near the movie." +The correct answer is C. +"The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-12.46] Now look at Figure 7: listen to a paragraph, select the information that is not in the paragraph, and circle A, B, C, or D. + [14.42-16.98] Let's read the sentences in Figure 8 first. + [18.42-22.42] A: "Martha and Sally went downtown on the bus." + [23.95-27.79] B: "They wanted to see a movie at 2:00 PM." + [29.62-33.78] C: "The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch." + [35.12-39.60] D: "The waiter was slow, and the restaurant was crowded." + [44.16-45.60] Now listen to the paragraph. + [48.48-52.16] "Martha and Sally took the bus downtown Saturday afternoon. + [53.04-60.88] They wanted to eat lunch first, then see a movie at 2 o'clock." "They sat down in the restaurant at 12:30. + [61.81-65.01] The restaurant was very crowded and the waiter was slow. + [65.94-73.68] He didn't come to their table or bring them menus for 15 minutes." "The girls didn't want to be late to the show. + [74.40-78.24] They left the restaurant and ate lunch at a snack bar near the movie." + [82.70-83.74] Circle your answer. + [98.26-101.14] Now listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [103.57-107.25] "Martha and Sally took the bus downtown Saturday afternoon. + [108.11-116.11] They wanted to eat lunch first, then see a movie at 2 o'clock." "They sat down in the restaurant at 12:30. + [116.99-120.35] The restaurant was very crowded and the waiter was slow. + [121.66-129.57] He didn't come to their table or bring them menus for 15 minutes." "The girls didn't want to be late to the show. + [130.54-134.22] They left the restaurant and ate lunch at a snack bar near the movie." + [138.37-140.21] The correct answer is C. + [141.01-143.73] "The girls ordered soup and salads for lunch." + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l1d-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8. +Listen to the paragraph first. +Don't write or repeat; only listen. +Paul is studying mathematics in school. +His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. +Will Paul get a good grade on the test? +Yes. +He's a good student and knows all the answers. +There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. +Now listen to the paragraph again and divide it into sentences. +Write the capital letters, apostrophes, question marks, and periods. +Paul is studying mathematics in school. +His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. +Will Paul get a good grade on the test? +Yes. +He's a good student and knows all the answers. +There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. +Look at page 24 and check your paragraph for correct punctuation. +This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.67] Look at Figure 8. + [3.47-5.07] Listen to the paragraph first. + [5.71-8.43] Don't write or repeat; only listen. + [10.70-13.34] Paul is studying mathematics in school. + [13.98-18.86] His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. + [21.10-23.42] Will Paul get a good grade on the test? + [23.98-24.62] Yes. + [25.02-27.82] He's a good student and knows all the answers. + [28.38-30.86] There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + [33.52-37.52] Now listen to the paragraph again and divide it into sentences. + [38.40-43.44] Write the capital letters, apostrophes, question marks, and periods. + [45.57-48.21] Paul is studying mathematics in school. + [49.25-54.61] His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. + [55.98-58.30] Will Paul get a good grade on the test? + [59.55-60.11] Yes. + [60.96-64.24] He's a good student and knows all the answers. + [65.07-68.03] There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test. + [70.74-75.38] Look at page 24 and check your paragraph for correct punctuation. + [82.26-85.14] This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-2A.md b/sources/book-7/tape-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c5310e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the picture. +Listen and repeat the words and sentences. +A. +Top. +Top. +This is the top. +This is the top. +B. +Center. +Center. +This is the center. +This is the center. +C. +Bottom. +Bottom. +This is the bottom. +This is the bottom. +The bottom is opposite the top. +The bottom is opposite the top. +Look at Figure 1 again. +Listen to a sentence and select the correct letter. +Write the letter in the blank. +Number 1. +This is the top. +Write the letter A next to number 1. +Number 2. +The bottom is opposite the top. +Number 3. +This is the center. +Now look at Figure 1 again and check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +Repeat: This is the top. +Number 2 is C. +Repeat: The bottom is opposite the top. +Number 3 is B. +Repeat: This is the center. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [13.95-17.87] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2A. + [24.86-25.26] Hello. + [26.13-29.79] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. + [39.50-40.54] Look at Figure 1. + [41.47-42.35] Look at the picture. + [43.07-45.87] Listen and repeat the words and sentences. + [48.21-48.69] A. + [49.70-51.75] Top. + [51.74-53.91] Top. + [53.95-54.99] This is the top. + [57.18-58.22] This is the top. + [60.59-61.15] B. + [61.87-62.51] Center. + [64.19-64.91] Center. + [66.67-67.79] This is the center. + [70.00-71.12] This is the center. + [73.65-74.13] C. + [75.44-76.08] Bottom. + [77.78-78.42] Bottom. + [80.30-81.34] This is the bottom. + [83.58-84.54] This is the bottom. + [86.88-88.80] The bottom is opposite the top. + [90.93-92.85] The bottom is opposite the top. + [97.97-99.41] Look at Figure 1 again. + [100.21-103.17] Listen to a sentence and select the correct letter. + [104.06-105.66] Write the letter in the blank. + [106.93-107.73] Number 1. + [108.66-109.62] This is the top. + [113.07-115.87] Write the letter A next to number 1. + [118.30-119.10] Number 2. + [120.02-121.94] The bottom is opposite the top. + [126.91-127.39] Number 3. + [128.27-129.47] This is the center. + [137.42-140.30] Now look at Figure 1 again and check your answers. + [142.24-143.60] Number 1 is A. + [144.24-146.24] Repeat: This is the top. + [148.54-150.06] Number 2 is C. + [150.70-154.32] Repeat: The bottom is opposite the top. + [157.25-158.45] Number 3 is B. + [159.31-161.90] Repeat: This is the center. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2: listen to the sentences and circle the strong word. +Look at the example and listen: "This is the top." "This is the top." +"Top" is the strong word; circle "top." +Now, listen to the sentence and circle the strong word. +Number 1: She didn't have any money. +She didn't have any money. +Number 2: Put it in the center of the circle. +Put it in the center of the circle. +Number 3: I like mathematics. +I like mathematics. +Number 4: Does a triangle have 3 sides? +Does a triangle have 3 sides? +Number 5: I don't like to drive fast. +I don't like to drive fast. +Number 6: I can't describe it. +I can't describe it. +Number 7: First Street is very narrow. +First Street is very narrow. +Number 8: Third Street is very wide. +Third Street is very wide. +Number 9: I can draw a square now. +I can draw a square now. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is "any." Repeat: She doesn't have any money. +Number 2 is "center." Repeat: Put it in the center of the circle. +Number 3 is "mathematics." Repeat: I like mathematics. +Number 4 is "3." Repeat: Does a triangle have 3 sides? +Number 5 is "like." Repeat: I don't like to drive fast. +Number 6 is "describe." Repeat: I can't describe it. +Number 7 is "narrow." Repeat: First Street is very narrow. +Number 8 is "wide." Repeat: Third Street is very wide. +Number 9 is "square." Repeat: I can draw a square now. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-7.34] Look at Figure 2: listen to the sentences and circle the strong word. + [8.46-14.99] Look at the example and listen: "This is the top." "This is the top." + [16.75-20.27] "Top" is the strong word; circle "top." + [22.24-25.52] Now, listen to the sentence and circle the strong word. + [27.63-30.78] Number 1: She didn't have any money. + [32.13-33.73] She didn't have any money. + [36.54-40.06] Number 2: Put it in the center of the circle. + [41.46-43.38] Put it in the center of the circle. + [46.80-49.60] Number 3: I like mathematics. + [51.20-52.48] I like mathematics. + [55.87-59.47] Number 4: Does a triangle have 3 sides? + [60.85-62.85] Does a triangle have 3 sides? + [65.89-68.93] Number 5: I don't like to drive fast. + [70.05-71.81] I don't like to drive fast. + [75.02-78.99] Number 6: I can't describe it. + [79.22-80.34] I can't describe it. + [83.79-87.15] Number 7: First Street is very narrow. + [88.85-90.45] First Street is very narrow. + [94.03-97.50] Number 8: Third Street is very wide. + [99.04-100.72] Third Street is very wide. + [104.22-107.82] Number 9: I can draw a square now. + [108.75-110.99] I can draw a square now. + [116.30-117.58] Let's check your answers. + [119.47-124.58] Number 1 is "any." Repeat: She doesn't have any money. + [127.71-132.43] Number 2 is "center." Repeat: Put it in the center of the circle. + [136.10-140.66] Number 3 is "mathematics." Repeat: I like mathematics. + [144.18-149.57] Number 4 is "3." Repeat: Does a triangle have 3 sides? + [153.44-158.40] Number 5 is "like." Repeat: I don't like to drive fast. + [162.14-166.54] Number 6 is "describe." Repeat: I can't describe it. + [170.26-174.82] Number 7 is "narrow." Repeat: First Street is very narrow. + [177.68-182.40] Number 8 is "wide." Repeat: Third Street is very wide. + [185.70-190.65] Number 9 is "square." Repeat: I can draw a square now. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3. +You will hear a question and a dialogue. +Listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat, just listen. +Then answer the question. +The question is: "Where do Mary and Barbara want to go?" Now listen to the dialogue. +Hi, Barbara. +Let's go to the BX. +I have to buy a blouse. +Okay. +I need some socks. +What time do you want to go? +Let's go now. +Good. +We'll take the bus. +Allright. +Let's go. +Now write the answer to the question in Figure 3. +"Where do Mary and Barbara want to go?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is to the BX. +Listen to the conversation again. +Hi, Barbara. +Let's go to the BX. +I have to buy a blouse. +Okay. +I need some socks. +What time do you want to go? +Let's go now. +Good. +We'll take the bus. +Allright. +Let's go. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-3.02] Now look at Figure 3. + [4.14-6.22] You will hear a question and a dialogue. + [7.02-8.14] Listen to the dialogue. + [8.94-11.02] Don't repeat, just listen. + [11.74-13.50] Then answer the question. + [14.85-21.55] The question is: "Where do Mary and Barbara want to go?" Now listen to the dialogue. + [24.16-24.88] Hi, Barbara. + [25.20-26.48] Let's go to the BX. + [27.04-28.32] I have to buy a blouse. + [29.41-29.89] Okay. + [30.29-31.49] I need some socks. + [32.13-33.25] What time do you want to go? + [33.73-34.69] Let's go now. + [35.09-35.49] Good. + [35.81-36.69] We'll take the bus. + [36.69-37.17] Allright. + [37.41-37.97] Let's go. + [39.98-42.86] Now write the answer to the question in Figure 3. + [43.66-45.50] "Where do Mary and Barbara want to go?" + [55.42-56.54] Let's check your answer. + [57.34-59.58] The answer is to the BX. + [60.46-62.14] Listen to the conversation again. + [63.97-64.61] Hi, Barbara. + [65.09-65.97] Let's go to the BX. + [66.85-68.13] I have to buy a blouse. + [68.85-69.41] Okay. + [69.73-70.85] I need some socks. + [71.41-72.53] What time do you want to go? + [73.01-73.89] Let's go now. + [74.45-74.85] Good. + [75.25-76.29] We'll take the bus. + [76.37-76.85] Allright. + [77.17-77.81] Let's go. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at figure 4, listen and repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "Dorothy is pretty." +"Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is." +Number 2: "Greg is tall." +"Greg's brother isn't taller than he is." +Number 3: "Hank drives fast." +"Harv drives faster than Hank does." +Number 4: "The Winter's house is big." +"The Walter's house isn't bigger than the Winter's house." +Number 5: "Jack's car is new." +"John's car is newer than Jack's." +Number 6: "Kay's hair is long." +"Letty's hair is longer than Kay's hair." +Now answer these questions. +Who is prettier, Dorothy or her sister? +Repeat: "Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is." +Who is taller, Greg or his brother? +Repeat: "Greg is taller than his brother." +Who drives faster, Hank or Harv? +Repeat: "Harv drives faster than Hank does." +Is the Walter's house bigger than the Winter's house? +Repeat: "No, the Walter's house isn't bigger than the Winter's house." +Whose car is newer, Jack's or John's? +Repeat: "John's car is newer than Jack's." +Whose hair is longer, Kay's or Letty's? +Repeat: "Letty's hair is longer than Kay's." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-5.55] Now look at figure 4, listen and repeat the sentences. + [7.55-10.19] Number 1: "Dorothy is pretty." + [12.50-15.14] "Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is." + [17.89-20.37] Number 2: "Greg is tall." + [22.93-25.49] "Greg's brother isn't taller than he is." + [28.72-31.28] Number 3: "Hank drives fast." + [34.22-36.46] "Harv drives faster than Hank does." + [40.11-43.65] Number 4: "The Winter's house is big." + [46.45-49.49] "The Walter's house isn't bigger than the Winter's house." + [52.98-56.02] Number 5: "Jack's car is new." + [58.77-60.85] "John's car is newer than Jack's." + [64.05-67.10] Number 6: "Kay's hair is long." + [70.40-73.12] "Letty's hair is longer than Kay's hair." + [78.53-80.05] Now answer these questions. + [82.26-84.82] Who is prettier, Dorothy or her sister? + [91.94-95.70] Repeat: "Dorothy's sister is prettier than she is." + [100.16-102.72] Who is taller, Greg or his brother? + [108.22-111.18] Repeat: "Greg is taller than his brother." + [116.37-119.01] Who drives faster, Hank or Harv? + [124.96-128.00] Repeat: "Harv drives faster than Hank does." + [131.20-133.92] Is the Walter's house bigger than the Winter's house? + [139.65-144.45] Repeat: "No, the Walter's house isn't bigger than the Winter's house." + [148.70-151.74] Whose car is newer, Jack's or John's? + [157.31-160.43] Repeat: "John's car is newer than Jack's." + [165.20-168.00] Whose hair is longer, Kay's or Letty's? + [173.60-176.64] Repeat: "Letty's hair is longer than Kay's." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5, look at the pictures, listen and repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: circle, +circle. +A circle is round. +A circle is round. +Picture B: circumference, +circumference. +How do you spell circumference? +How do you spell circumference? +Picture C: diameter, +diameter. +Every circle has a diameter. +Every circle has a diameter. +Picture D: radius, +radius. +The radius is in the circle. +The radius is in the circle. +Look at Figure 5 again. +Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. +Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. +Number 1: circumference is a long word. +Number 2: the radius is a short line. +Number 3: a circle is round. +Number 4: the diameter is a long line. +Now listen and check your answers. +Picture A is 3. +Repeat: a circle is round. +Picture B is 1. +Repeat: circumference is a long word. +Picture C is 4. +Repeat: the diameter is a long line. +Picture D is 2. +Repeat: the radius is a short line. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-8.11] Now look at Figure 5, look at the pictures, listen and repeat the words and sentences. + [9.94-11.94] Picture A: circle, + [13.54-14.18] circle. + [16.16-17.36] A circle is round. + [20.13-21.41] A circle is round. + [24.56-27.26] Picture B: circumference, + [29.41-30.37] circumference. + [32.85-34.45] How do you spell circumference? + [37.42-39.58] How do you spell circumference? + [43.46-45.54] Picture C: diameter, + [47.20-48.00] diameter. + [50.66-52.42] Every circle has a diameter. + [55.57-57.57] Every circle has a diameter. + [60.86-63.31] Picture D: radius, + [65.06-65.86] radius. + [68.32-70.24] The radius is in the circle. + [73.28-75.44] The radius is in the circle. + [81.33-82.85] Look at Figure 5 again. + [83.65-86.37] Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. + [87.25-90.21] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. + [92.46-95.90] Number 1: circumference is a long word. + [100.93-104.61] Number 2: the radius is a short line. + [110.14-113.02] Number 3: a circle is round. + [119.81-123.79] Number 4: the diameter is a long line. + [133.86-135.86] Now listen and check your answers. + [137.98-139.18] Picture A is 3. + [139.82-141.98] Repeat: a circle is round. + [144.77-146.13] Picture B is 1. + [146.61-149.65] Repeat: circumference is a long word. + [153.41-154.93] Picture C is 4. + [155.57-158.80] Repeat: the diameter is a long line. + [163.01-164.13] Picture D is 2. + [165.04-167.60] Repeat: the radius is a short line. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen to the dialogues. +Don't repeat, just listen. +Number 1. +Do you want cream and sugar? +Yes. +I'd like both, please. +Number 2. +This is my car. +Then whose car is the other? +It's my brother's. +Number 3. +Do you like chocolate or vanillaice cream? +I like both. +I do too. +Number 4. +That's my sister's book. +Oh. +Then the other is my book. +Number 5. +I study mathematics and language in school. +I study both too. +Number 6. +Do you know whose pens these are? +One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. +Listen again. +This time, repeat the dialogues. +Number 1. +Do you want cream and sugar? +Yes. +I'd like both, please. +Number 2. +This is my car. +Then whose car is the other? +It's my brother's. +Number 3. +Do you like chocolate or vanillaice cream? +I like both. +I do too. +Number 4. +That's my sister's book. +Oh. +Then the other is my book. +Number 5. +I study mathematics and language in school. +I study both too. +Number 6. +Do you know whose pens these are? +One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. +Now answer questions about the dialogues. +Number 1. +Does Arthur want cream and sugar? +Repeat: Yes, he'd like both. +Number 2. +Whose is the other car? +Repeat: It's Basil's brother's. +Number 3. +Does Kathy like chocolate or vanillaice cream? +Repeat: She likes both. +Number 4. +Which book is Doug's? +Repeat: The other is his. +Number 5. +Ephraim studies both mathematics and language. +What does Edith study? +Repeat: She studies both too. +Number 6. +Does Fran know whose pens these are? +Repeat: One is her pen, but she doesn't know about the other. +Listen to these sentences. +Don't repeat. +Number 1. +I can draw a circle. +Number 2. +Can you describe a triangle? +Number 3. +Please describe a square for me. +Number 4. +Where is the center of the circle? +Number 5. +I think I made a mistake. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-2.29] Look at Figure 6. + [3.49-4.85] Listen to the dialogues. + [5.25-7.25] Don't repeat, just listen. + [13.02-13.74] Number 1. + [14.72-15.84] Do you want cream and sugar? + [16.56-16.88] Yes. + [17.04-18.16] I'd like both, please. + [19.60-20.72] Number 2. + [22.18-23.06] This is my car. + [23.95-25.39] Then whose car is the other? + [26.11-26.99] It's my brother's. + [28.66-29.37] Number 3. + [30.62-32.62] Do you like chocolate or vanillaice cream? + [33.10-33.98] I like both. + [34.46-35.02] I do too. + [36.72-37.44] Number 4. + [38.64-39.92] That's my sister's book. + [40.32-40.80] Oh. + [41.68-42.80] Then the other is my book. + [44.40-44.77] Number 5. + [46.29-48.75] I study mathematics and language in school. + [49.81-51.01] I study both too. + [53.07-53.79] Number 6. + [54.91-56.35] Do you know whose pens these are? + [57.44-60.64] One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. + [62.77-63.57] Listen again. + [64.37-66.61] This time, repeat the dialogues. + [67.41-68.21] Number 1. + [69.20-70.40] Do you want cream and sugar? + [73.09-73.49] Yes. + [73.49-74.53] I'd like both, please. + [77.57-78.29] Number 2. + [80.26-81.06] This is my car. + [83.81-85.57] Then whose car is the other? + [89.50-90.30] It's my brother's. + [93.62-94.34] Number 3. + [95.73-97.68] Do you like chocolate or vanillaice cream? + [101.42-102.30] I like both. + [104.99-105.71] I do too. + [109.01-109.81] Number 4. + [110.86-112.22] That's my sister's book. + [115.33-115.81] Oh. + [116.72-118.00] Then the other is my book. + [121.90-122.62] Number 5. + [124.11-126.64] I study mathematics and language in school. + [130.64-131.92] I study both too. + [135.76-136.56] Number 6. + [137.68-139.20] Do you know whose pens these are? + [143.20-148.11] One is my pen, but I don't know about the other. + [153.73-156.13] Now answer questions about the dialogues. + [158.27-158.99] Number 1. + [159.55-161.15] Does Arthur want cream and sugar? + [166.02-168.58] Repeat: Yes, he'd like both. + [171.97-172.61] Number 2. + [173.71-175.23] Whose is the other car? + [180.05-182.83] Repeat: It's Basil's brother's. + [189.57-190.37] Number 3. + [191.09-193.57] Does Kathy like chocolate or vanillaice cream? + [198.24-199.84] Repeat: She likes both. + [202.82-203.46] Number 4. + [204.26-205.38] Which book is Doug's? + [210.02-212.42] Repeat: The other is his. + [216.35-216.99] Number 5. + [218.01-220.75] Ephraim studies both mathematics and language. + [222.32-223.60] What does Edith study? + [228.40-231.04] Repeat: She studies both too. + [234.40-235.20] Number 6. + [235.52-238.48] Does Fran know whose pens these are? + [243.49-248.21] Repeat: One is her pen, but she doesn't know about the other. + [255.71-257.15] Listen to these sentences. + [257.31-258.27] Don't repeat. + [259.90-260.62] Number 1. + [261.34-262.62] I can draw a circle. + [263.97-264.77] Number 2. + [265.49-267.49] Can you describe a triangle? + [268.90-269.78] Number 3. + [270.26-272.34] Please describe a square for me. + [273.70-274.15] Number 4. + [275.30-277.06] Where is the center of the circle? + [278.50-279.38] Number 5. + [279.38-281.46] I think I made a mistake. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7, listen again, and write the sentences. +You will hear each sentence twice. +Number 1: "I can draw a circle." "I can draw a circle." +Number 2: "Can you describe a triangle?" "Can you describe a triangle?" +Number 3: "Please describe a square for me." "Please describe a square for me." +Number 4: "Where is the center of the circle?" +"Where is the center of the circle?" +Number 5: "I think I made a mistake." "I think I made a mistake." +Now look on page 30 and check your sentences. +This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-6.43] Now look at Figure 7, listen again, and write the sentences. + [7.39-9.47] You will hear each sentence twice. + [14.34-20.30] Number 1: "I can draw a circle." "I can draw a circle." + [37.97-45.70] Number 2: "Can you describe a triangle?" "Can you describe a triangle?" + [63.46-71.76] Number 3: "Please describe a square for me." "Please describe a square for me." + [89.42-93.17] Number 4: "Where is the center of the circle?" + [95.02-97.42] "Where is the center of the circle?" + [114.96-121.81] Number 5: "I think I made a mistake." "I think I made a mistake." + [144.45-147.17] Now look on page 30 and check your sentences. + [153.18-156.06] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-2B.md b/sources/book-7/tape-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2a24493 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,474 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2B. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the pictures. +Repeat the words and the sentences. +Picture A: curved. +Curved. +This is a curved line. +This is a curved line. +Picture B: straight. +Straight. +Look at the straight line. +Look at the straight line. +Picture C: each. +Each. +Becky has a book. +Diane has a book. +Each girl has a book. +Picture D: heavy. +Heavy. +This desk is heavy. +This desk is heavy. +Picture E: light. +Light. +This chair is light. +This chair is light. +Picture F: hard. +Hard. +I can't work this problem. +It's hard. +I can't work this problem. +It's hard. +Picture G: easy. +Easy. +I can work this problem. +It's easy. +I can work this problem. +It's easy. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.07-13.07] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2B. + [19.63-19.95] Hello. + [20.99-24.51] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. + [31.55-32.59] Look at Figure 1. + [33.23-34.35] Look at the pictures. + [34.83-36.91] Repeat the words and the sentences. + [40.50-42.96] Picture A: curved. + [44.69-45.33] Curved. + [47.31-48.99] This is a curved line. + [51.58-53.42] This is a curved line. + [56.66-60.63] Picture B: straight. + [60.70-61.26] Straight. + [63.41-64.61] Look at the straight line. + [67.71-69.07] Look at the straight line. + [72.62-76.95] Picture C: each. + [77.01-77.57] Each. + [80.45-81.57] Becky has a book. + [84.06-85.42] Diane has a book. + [88.13-89.65] Each girl has a book. + [93.57-95.33] Picture D: heavy. + [98.14-98.62] Heavy. + [101.20-102.72] This desk is heavy. + [105.30-107.06] This desk is heavy. + [110.59-112.51] Picture E: light. + [115.11-115.47] Light. + [118.45-119.73] This chair is light. + [123.15-124.59] This chair is light. + [128.30-132.57] Picture F: hard. + [132.72-135.81] Hard. + [135.94-137.38] I can't work this problem. + [137.94-138.82] It's hard. + [142.56-144.08] I can't work this problem. + [144.91-145.71] It's hard. + [150.13-152.22] Picture G: easy. + [154.69-155.25] Easy. + [157.98-159.50] I can work this problem. + [159.66-160.46] It's easy. + [163.74-165.26] I can work this problem. + [165.66-166.46] It's easy. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. +Put the number of the sentence under each picture. +Listen to the example. +Number 1: "This desk is heavy. +It's not light." +Number 1 is Picture D. +Write number 1 on the line under Picture D. +Okay? +Now, listen to the sentence and write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. +Number 2: "I can't draw a curved line." +Number 3: "I read 2 books today. +Each book was very good." +Number 4: "I worked all the problems in class. +They were easy." +Number 5: "I can move that chair. +It's light." +Number 6: "I can't work this problem. +It's hard." +Number 7: "Can you draw a straight line?" +Now check your answers. +Picture A is Number 3. +Repeat: "I read 2 books today. +Each book was very good." +Picture B is Number 4. +Repeat: "I solved all the problems in class today. +They were easy." +Picture C is Number 6. +Repeat: "I can't work this problem. +It's hard." +Picture D is Number 1. +Repeat: "This desk is heavy. +It's not light." +Picture E is Number 2. +Repeat: "I can't draw a curved line." +Picture F is Number 7. +Repeat: "Can you draw a straight line?" +Picture G is Number 5. +Repeat: "I can move that chair. +It's light." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-2.54] Now look at Figure 2. + [3.89-6.53] Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. + [7.50-10.14] Put the number of the sentence under each picture. + [11.18-12.22] Listen to the example. + [13.84-16.85] Number 1: "This desk is heavy. + [17.49-18.45] It's not light." + [24.34-26.26] Number 1 is Picture D. + [27.38-30.42] Write number 1 on the line under Picture D. + [31.50-32.06] Okay? + [33.07-37.95] Now, listen to the sentence and write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. + [41.22-44.98] Number 2: "I can't draw a curved line." + [51.41-54.53] Number 3: "I read 2 books today. + [55.38-56.98] Each book was very good." + [63.78-67.39] Number 4: "I worked all the problems in class. + [67.95-68.91] They were easy." + [75.31-78.42] Number 5: "I can move that chair. + [79.31-80.03] It's light." + [86.98-90.02] Number 6: "I can't work this problem. + [90.66-91.38] It's hard." + [97.58-100.54] Number 7: "Can you draw a straight line?" + [109.30-110.58] Now check your answers. + [112.69-114.53] Picture A is Number 3. + [115.09-117.81] Repeat: "I read 2 books today. + [120.62-122.22] Each book was very good." + [126.37-127.89] Picture B is Number 4. + [128.37-132.64] Repeat: "I solved all the problems in class today. + [136.32-137.28] They were easy." + [143.04-144.05] Picture C is Number 6. + [145.41-148.35] Repeat: "I can't work this problem. + [151.84-152.64] It's hard." + [156.90-158.66] Picture D is Number 1. + [159.22-161.70] Repeat: "This desk is heavy. + [164.83-166.03] It's not light." + [170.22-171.58] Picture E is Number 2. + [172.78-176.69] Repeat: "I can't draw a curved line." + [181.44-183.04] Picture F is Number 7. + [183.68-186.48] Repeat: "Can you draw a straight line?" + [191.06-192.98] Picture G is Number 5. + [193.46-196.90] Repeat: "I can move that chair. + [199.58-200.30] It's light." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3. +Let's review some shapes. +Look at Picture 1. +Listen and repeat. +Number 1: a circle. +This is a circle. +Number 2: a square. +This is a square. +Number 3: a rectangle. +This is a rectangle. +Number 4: a triangle. +This is a triangle. +Number 5: the circle is at the top of the square. +Number 6: the rectangle is at the bottom of the triangle. +Number 7: the circle is in the center of the square. +Number 8: the triangle is in the center of the rectangle. +The large circle is at the top. +The small circle is at the bottom. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.26] Now look at Figure 3. + [3.90-5.42] Let's review some shapes. + [6.37-7.41] Look at Picture 1. + [7.97-9.25] Listen and repeat. + [11.47-14.91] Number 1: a circle. + [15.06-16.10] This is a circle. + [19.65-21.73] Number 2: a square. + [23.44-24.64] This is a square. + [27.78-30.02] Number 3: a rectangle. + [32.26-33.54] This is a rectangle. + [36.96-39.36] Number 4: a triangle. + [42.62-43.07] This is a triangle. + [47.61-51.49] Number 5: the circle is at the top of the square. + [56.37-61.17] Number 6: the rectangle is at the bottom of the triangle. + [65.97-70.13] Number 7: the circle is in the center of the square. + [74.56-79.04] Number 8: the triangle is in the center of the rectangle. + [83.23-85.23] The large circle is at the top. + [89.78-92.02] The small circle is at the bottom. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4: listen and choose the correct picture, then circle A, B, C, or D. +Number 1: the triangle is at the top of the square. +Circle B: that's the correct answer. +Now listen and circle A, B, C, or D. +Number 2: the circle is at the top of the triangle. +Number 3: the triangle is at the bottom of the square. +Number 4: the square is at the bottom of the triangle. +Number 5: the square is in the center of the circle. +Number 6: the circle is in the center of the square. +Number 7: the triangle is at the top of the square. +Number 8: the large circle is at the bottom of the square. +Number 9: the small triangle is at the top of the square. +Number 10: the rectangle is in the center of the square. +Now look at Figure 4 again. +Listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Repeat: the triangle is at the top of the square. +Number 2 is A. +Repeat: the circle is at the top of the triangle. +Number 3 is D. +Repeat: the triangle is at the bottom of the square. +Number 4 is C. +Repeat: the square is at the bottom of the triangle. +Number 5 is D. +Repeat: the square is in the center of the circle. +Number 6 is C. +Repeat: the circle is in the center of the square. +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: the triangle is at the top of the square. +Number 8 is B. +Repeat: the large circle is at the bottom of the square. +Number 9 is A. +Repeat: the small triangle is at the top of the square. +Number 10 is C. +Repeat: the rectangle is in the center of the square. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.01-9.44] Now look at Figure 4: listen and choose the correct picture, then circle A, B, C, or D. + [11.15-14.67] Number 1: the triangle is at the top of the square. + [23.14-26.02] Circle B: that's the correct answer. + [27.84-32.32] Now listen and circle A, B, C, or D. + [34.59-38.59] Number 2: the circle is at the top of the triangle. + [47.33-51.25] Number 3: the triangle is at the bottom of the square. + [58.48-62.64] Number 4: the square is at the bottom of the triangle. + [70.40-74.80] Number 5: the square is in the center of the circle. + [81.71-85.71] Number 6: the circle is in the center of the square. + [94.10-98.02] Number 7: the triangle is at the top of the square. + [105.36-109.68] Number 8: the large circle is at the bottom of the square. + [116.86-121.18] Number 9: the small triangle is at the top of the square. + [128.29-132.29] Number 10: the rectangle is in the center of the square. + [143.20-144.88] Now look at Figure 4 again. + [145.44-147.20] Listen and check your answers. + [148.74-149.94] Number 1 is B. + [150.10-153.62] Repeat: the triangle is at the top of the square. + [157.60-159.12] Number 2 is A. + [159.76-163.28] Repeat: the circle is at the top of the triangle. + [167.34-168.86] Number 3 is D. + [169.34-173.02] Repeat: the triangle is at the bottom of the square. + [177.74-179.34] Number 4 is C. + [179.74-183.82] Repeat: the square is at the bottom of the triangle. + [188.53-189.97] Number 5 is D. + [190.77-194.45] Repeat: the square is in the center of the circle. + [199.79-201.15] Number 6 is C. + [201.15-205.55] Repeat: the circle is in the center of the square. + [212.01-213.55] Number 7 is A. + [214.19-217.79] Repeat: the triangle is at the top of the square. + [223.05-224.24] Number 8 is B. + [224.64-229.20] Repeat: the large circle is at the bottom of the square. + [234.19-235.55] Number 9 is A. + [236.27-240.84] Repeat: the small triangle is at the top of the square. + [247.71-249.85] Number 10 is C. + [250.53-254.03] Repeat: the rectangle is in the center of the square. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 5, look at the pictures, repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "add". +Add. +I can add numbers. +Number 2: "divide". +Divide. +Can you divide 6 by 2? +Number 3: "equals". +Equals. +2 and 2 equals 4. +Number 4: "multiply". +Multiply. +We learned to multiply in class today. +Number 5: "subtract". +Subtract. +I must learn to subtract. +Number 6: "understand". +Understand. +Do you understand this math? +Number 7: "minus". +Minus. +8 minus 4 equals 4. +Number 8: "plus". +Plus. +1 plus 1 equals 2. +Number 9: "times". +Times. +2 times 5 equals 10. +Number 10: "problem". +Problem. +This is a hard math problem. +Number 11: "half". +Half. +Ronnie has an apple. +Robert has only half of an apple. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-7.65] Go to Figure 5, look at the pictures, repeat the words and sentences. + [9.38-13.23] Number 1: "add". + [13.31-15.75] Add. + [15.76-17.20] I can add numbers. + [21.04-25.65] Number 2: "divide". + [25.70-28.65] Divide. + [28.72-33.75] Can you divide 6 by 2? + [35.30-39.45] Number 3: "equals". + [39.55-40.27] Equals. + [43.09-44.93] 2 and 2 equals 4. + [51.07-55.17] Number 4: "multiply". + [55.53-58.29] Multiply. + [58.35-60.94] We learned to multiply in class today. + [64.80-69.03] Number 5: "subtract". + [69.27-69.99] Subtract. + [72.33-74.06] I must learn to subtract. + [77.90-82.41] Number 6: "understand". + [82.59-83.61] Understand. + [86.55-88.35] Do you understand this math? + [92.79-95.07] Number 7: "minus". + [97.38-98.18] Minus. + [100.71-103.14] 8 minus 4 equals 4. + [107.97-109.81] Number 8: "plus". + [112.00-112.64] Plus. + [115.30-117.59] 1 plus 1 equals 2. + [121.77-123.60] Number 9: "times". + [126.03-126.08] Times. + [129.21-131.44] 2 times 5 equals 10. + [136.18-138.37] Number 10: "problem". + [140.96-141.01] Problem. + [144.58-146.50] This is a hard math problem. + [150.72-152.72] Number 11: "half". + [155.12-155.68] Half. + [158.99-160.19] Ronnie has an apple. + [162.90-165.22] Robert has only half of an apple. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 6, listen, and circle the letter by the problem. +Circle A, B, C, or D. +Let's do number 1 together. +Number 1: 4 times 2. +The correct answer is C: 4 times 2. +Circle the letter C. +Now listen and circle the correct answer. +Number 2: 7 minus 3. +Number 3: 9 plus 8. +Number 4: 10 divided by 5. +Number 5: 22 minus 6. +Number 6: 15 divided by 3. +Number 7: 12 plus 4. +Number 8: 8 times 3. +Now look at Figure 6 again. +Listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is C: 4 times 2. +Number 2 is B: 7 minus 3. +Number 3 is A: 9 plus 8. +Number 4 is B: 10 divided by 5. +Number 5 is D: 22 minus 6. +Number 6 is A: 15 divided by 3. +Number 7 is C: 12 plus 4. +And number 8 is C: 8 times 3. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.10-6.90] Now go to Figure 6, listen, and circle the letter by the problem. + [7.70-10.82] Circle A, B, C, or D. + [11.87-13.47] Let's do number 1 together. + [14.90-17.46] Number 1: 4 times 2. + [24.80-29.01] The correct answer is C: 4 times 2. + [30.48-31.84] Circle the letter C. + [34.42-36.66] Now listen and circle the correct answer. + [39.86-45.93] Number 2: 7 minus 3. + [49.59-53.02] Number 3: 9 plus 8. + [60.40-64.29] Number 4: 10 divided by 5. + [70.54-74.32] Number 5: 22 minus 6. + [81.68-88.11] Number 6: 15 divided by 3. + [92.61-95.61] Number 7: 12 plus 4. + [102.87-105.76] Number 8: 8 times 3. + [115.90-117.42] Now look at Figure 6 again. + [118.29-120.05] Listen and check your answers. + [122.06-124.94] Number 1 is C: 4 times 2. + [126.13-130.21] Number 2 is B: 7 minus 3. + [131.65-135.45] Number 3 is A: 9 plus 8. + [136.91-140.93] Number 4 is B: 10 divided by 5. + [142.59-146.91] Number 5 is D: 22 minus 6. + [147.81-152.77] Number 6 is A: 15 divided by 3. + [154.05-158.25] Number 7 is C: 12 plus 4. + [159.51-163.35] And number 8 is C: 8 times 3. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7. +Listen to the problems. +Write the answers. +Number 1: 4 times 2. +Number 2: 7 minus 3. +Number 3: 9 plus 8. +Number 4: 10 divided by 5. +Number 5: 22 minus 6. +Number 6: 15 divided by 3. +Number 7: 12 plus 4. +Number 8: 8 times 3. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 8. +Repeat: 4 times 2 equals 8. +Number 2 is 4. +Repeat: 7 minus 3 is 4. +Number 3 is 17. +Repeat: 9 plus 8 equals 17. +Number 4 is 2. +Repeat: 10 divided by 5 is 2. +Number 5 is 16. +Repeat: 22 minus 6 equals 16. +Number 6 is 5. +Repeat: 15 divided by 3 is 5. +Number 7 is 16. +Repeat: 12 plus 4 equals 16. +Number 8 is 24. +Repeat: 8 times 3 is 24. +This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-2.98] Look at figure 7. + [3.78-5.06] Listen to the problems. + [5.46-6.74] Write the answers. + [9.42-12.45] Number 1: 4 times 2. + [17.71-20.43] Number 2: 7 minus 3. + [26.22-29.49] Number 3: 9 plus 8. + [34.83-38.78] Number 4: 10 divided by 5. + [44.61-48.72] Number 5: 22 minus 6. + [53.37-57.89] Number 6: 15 divided by 3. + [63.39-66.45] Number 7: 12 plus 4. + [71.01-73.68] Number 8: 8 times 3. + [81.06-82.42] Let's check your answers. + [84.40-85.44] Number 1 is 8. + [86.16-89.20] Repeat: 4 times 2 equals 8. + [92.66-93.94] Number 2 is 4. + [94.50-97.35] Repeat: 7 minus 3 is 4. + [102.03-103.59] Number 3 is 17. + [104.19-108.03] Repeat: 9 plus 8 equals 17. + [112.41-113.73] Number 4 is 2. + [114.42-118.29] Repeat: 10 divided by 5 is 2. + [122.53-124.17] Number 5 is 16. + [124.89-129.39] Repeat: 22 minus 6 equals 16. + [133.95-135.21] Number 6 is 5. + [136.05-140.43] Repeat: 15 divided by 3 is 5. + [145.11-146.79] Number 7 is 16. + [147.57-151.65] Repeat: 12 plus 4 equals 16. + [156.39-157.89] Number 8 is 24. + [158.85-162.21] Repeat: 8 times 3 is 24. + [180.75-183.99] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-2C.md b/sources/book-7/tape-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7608f224 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2C. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. +Look at Figure 1. +You see a picture of a classroom. +There are 2 students in the classroom. +There is a chalkboard in the classroom 2. +There are 2 circles, a rectangle, and a triangle on the chalkboard. +Now look at the picture. +We will compare the 2 students and the shapes on the board. +Answer the questions. +Circle yes or no. +Number 1: Is the girl shorter than the boy? +Yes is the correct answer. +Repeat: Yes, the girl is shorter than the boy. +Now listen and circle yes or no. +Number 2: Is the girl taller than the boy? +Number 3: Is the boy's hair longer than the girl's hair? +Number 4: Is the circle larger than the rectangle? +Number 5: Is the triangle smaller than the circle? +Let's check your answers. +Number 2 is no. +Repeat: Is the girl taller than the boy? +No, the girl isn't taller than the boy. +Number 3 is no. +Repeat: Is the boy's hair longer than the girl's hair? +No, the boy's hair isn't longer than the girl's hair. +Number 4 is yes. +Repeat: Is the circle larger than the rectangle? +Yes, the circle is larger than the rectangle. +Number 5 is yes. +Repeat: Is the triangle smaller than the circle? +Yes, the triangle is smaller than the circle. +Let's practice sentences with "some." Listen to the example. +What did you have for breakfast? +Eggs. +I had some eggs for breakfast. +Now answer the questions. +Number 1: What did you have for breakfast? +Eggs. +Repeat: I had some eggs for breakfast. +Number 2: What did you have for breakfast? +Milk. +Repeat: I had some milk for breakfast. +Number 3: What did you have for breakfast? +Orange juice. +Repeat: I had some orange juice for breakfast. +Number 4: What did she have for breakfast? +Tea. +Repeat: She had some tea for breakfast. +Number 5: What did he have for breakfast? +Coffee. +Repeat: He had some coffee for breakfast. +Number 6: What did they eat for breakfast? +Bread and butter. +Repeat: They ate some bread and butter for breakfast. +Number 7: What do you want for breakfast? +Fruit. +Repeat: I want some fruit for breakfast. +Now let's practice sentences with "any." Listen to the example. +The Wilson family didn't have any butter for breakfast today. +Eggs. +The Wilson family didn't have any eggs for breakfast today. +Now substitute the word in the sentence. +Number 1: Rice. +Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any rice for breakfast today. +Number 2: Tea. +Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any tea for breakfast today. +Number 3: Bread. +Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any bread for breakfast today. +Number 4: Coffee. +Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any coffee for breakfast today. +Number 5: Milk. +Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any milk for breakfast today. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [12.94-17.82] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2C. + [25.65-26.72] Hello. + [26.72-31.28] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. + [39.89-40.93] Look at Figure 1. + [41.81-43.57] You see a picture of a classroom. + [44.51-46.51] There are 2 students in the classroom. + [47.70-50.10] There is a chalkboard in the classroom 2. + [51.34-56.70] There are 2 circles, a rectangle, and a triangle on the chalkboard. + [58.58-59.62] Now look at the picture. + [60.37-63.89] We will compare the 2 students and the shapes on the board. + [65.07-66.19] Answer the questions. + [66.91-68.75] Circle yes or no. + [69.87-75.21] Number 1: Is the girl shorter than the boy? + [77.12-78.80] Yes is the correct answer. + [79.89-83.81] Repeat: Yes, the girl is shorter than the boy. + [87.54-90.98] Now listen and circle yes or no. + [94.75-97.71] Number 2: Is the girl taller than the boy? + [103.33-107.34] Number 3: Is the boy's hair longer than the girl's hair? + [114.00-117.76] Number 4: Is the circle larger than the rectangle? + [124.88-128.40] Number 5: Is the triangle smaller than the circle? + [136.35-137.79] Let's check your answers. + [139.39-140.83] Number 2 is no. + [141.47-144.50] Repeat: Is the girl taller than the boy? + [148.24-150.72] No, the girl isn't taller than the boy. + [155.65-157.01] Number 3 is no. + [157.95-161.63] Repeat: Is the boy's hair longer than the girl's hair? + [167.52-171.04] No, the boy's hair isn't longer than the girl's hair. + [177.15-178.88] Number 4 is yes. + [179.66-183.34] Repeat: Is the circle larger than the rectangle? + [188.13-191.09] Yes, the circle is larger than the rectangle. + [196.62-198.22] Number 5 is yes. + [198.78-202.13] Repeat: Is the triangle smaller than the circle? + [207.38-210.18] Yes, the triangle is smaller than the circle. + [217.22-221.94] Let's practice sentences with "some." Listen to the example. + [226.61-228.05] What did you have for breakfast? + [229.23-229.71] Eggs. + [231.18-232.94] I had some eggs for breakfast. + [238.06-239.66] Now answer the questions. + [241.22-243.78] Number 1: What did you have for breakfast? + [245.25-245.97] Eggs. + [252.85-255.49] Repeat: I had some eggs for breakfast. + [260.27-262.99] Number 2: What did you have for breakfast? + [264.34-264.82] Milk. + [271.06-273.78] Repeat: I had some milk for breakfast. + [279.97-282.45] Number 3: What did you have for breakfast? + [285.47-286.43] Orange juice. + [293.73-297.01] Repeat: I had some orange juice for breakfast. + [302.67-306.07] Number 4: What did she have for breakfast? + [306.59-306.64] Tea. + [313.87-316.75] Repeat: She had some tea for breakfast. + [322.03-325.25] Number 5: What did he have for breakfast? + [326.45-326.93] Coffee. + [333.70-336.34] Repeat: He had some coffee for breakfast. + [343.59-346.99] Number 6: What did they eat for breakfast? + [347.55-348.51] Bread and butter. + [354.86-357.87] Repeat: They ate some bread and butter for breakfast. + [365.98-368.94] Number 7: What do you want for breakfast? + [369.98-370.46] Fruit. + [377.09-379.65] Repeat: I want some fruit for breakfast. + [385.11-389.26] Now let's practice sentences with "any." Listen to the example. + [393.36-396.80] The Wilson family didn't have any butter for breakfast today. + [397.86-398.34] Eggs. + [399.63-403.44] The Wilson family didn't have any eggs for breakfast today. + [411.34-413.90] Now substitute the word in the sentence. + [415.63-417.39] Number 1: Rice. + [423.44-428.20] Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any rice for breakfast today. + [436.64-438.39] Number 2: Tea. + [445.17-449.83] Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any tea for breakfast today. + [457.23-459.18] Number 3: Bread. + [465.10-469.34] Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any bread for breakfast today. + [477.52-479.36] Number 4: Coffee. + [486.24-490.77] Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any coffee for breakfast today. + [498.75-500.75] Number 5: Milk. + [507.39-511.04] Repeat: The Wilson family didn't have any milk for breakfast today. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2. +Listen to the sentences. +Write "some" or "any." First, look at the example. +Listen: "I want some tea." Write "some" in the example. +Now listen and write "some" or "any." +Number 1: "I need some money." +Number 2: "I didn't buy any fruit." +Number 3: "Do you want some coffee?" +Number 4: "He put some money on the table." +Number 5: "She doesn't have any friends here." +Number 6: "Did you put some shirts in the suitcase?" +Number 7: "I want some bread and butter." +Number 8: "She doesn't have any boys in her class." +Number 9: "He never takes any medicine." +Number 10: "He doesn't have any hair on his head." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is "some." Repeat: "I need some money." +Number 2 is "any." Repeat: "I didn't buy any fruit." +Number 3 is "some." Repeat: "Do you want some coffee?" +Number 4 is "some." Repeat: "He put some money on the table." +Number 5 is "any." Repeat: "She doesn't have any friends here." +Number 6 is "some." Repeat: "Did you put some shirts in the suitcase?" +Number 7 is "some." Repeat: "I want some bread and butter." +Number 8 is "any." Repeat: "She doesn't have any boys in her class." +Number 9 is "any." Repeat: "She never takes any medicine." +Number 10 is "any." Repeat: "He doesn't have any hair on his head." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.47-3.93] Now go to Figure 2. + [4.05-5.33] Listen to the sentences. + [6.22-11.57] Write "some" or "any." First, look at the example. + [12.21-17.86] Listen: "I want some tea." Write "some" in the example. + [24.99-27.95] Now listen and write "some" or "any." + [29.78-32.59] Number 1: "I need some money." + [40.14-43.44] Number 2: "I didn't buy any fruit." + [51.38-54.22] Number 3: "Do you want some coffee?" + [61.90-65.38] Number 4: "He put some money on the table." + [72.90-76.74] Number 5: "She doesn't have any friends here." + [84.19-88.03] Number 6: "Did you put some shirts in the suitcase?" + [95.71-98.83] Number 7: "I want some bread and butter." + [106.13-110.19] Number 8: "She doesn't have any boys in her class." + [118.45-121.65] Number 9: "He never takes any medicine." + [129.26-132.70] Number 10: "He doesn't have any hair on his head." + [140.51-141.95] Let's check your answers. + [143.65-148.54] Number 1 is "some." Repeat: "I need some money." + [152.35-157.68] Number 2 is "any." Repeat: "I didn't buy any fruit." + [162.19-167.44] Number 3 is "some." Repeat: "Do you want some coffee?" + [173.20-179.15] Number 4 is "some." Repeat: "He put some money on the table." + [185.44-191.31] Number 5 is "any." Repeat: "She doesn't have any friends here." + [197.68-203.89] Number 6 is "some." Repeat: "Did you put some shirts in the suitcase?" + [210.80-216.10] Number 7 is "some." Repeat: "I want some bread and butter." + [223.30-229.70] Number 8 is "any." Repeat: "She doesn't have any boys in her class." + [236.70-242.75] Number 9 is "any." Repeat: "She never takes any medicine." + [248.54-254.72] Number 10 is "any." Repeat: "He doesn't have any hair on his head." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat. +I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. +Will you help me with it? +Yes, I'll help you. +Which problem is it? +It's number 4. +It's very hard. +Oh. +I see your mistake. +You needed to multiply, but you added. +I understand now. +Thanks a lot. +You're welcome. +See you later. +Now listen and repeat the dialogue. +I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. +Will you help me with it? +Yes, I'll help you. +Which problem is it? +It's number 4. +It's very hard. +Oh. +I see your mistake. +You needed to multiply, but you added. +I understand now. +Thanks a lot. +You're welcome. +See you later. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-2.82] Look at Figure 3. + [3.62-4.82] Listen to the dialogue. + [5.62-6.66] Don't repeat. + [10.34-12.90] I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. + [13.54-14.50] Will you help me with it? + [15.49-16.37] Yes, I'll help you. + [16.85-17.65] Which problem is it? + [18.29-19.33] It's number 4. + [19.49-20.29] It's very hard. + [20.77-21.25] Oh. + [21.97-23.01] I see your mistake. + [23.73-25.81] You needed to multiply, but you added. + [27.06-28.26] I understand now. + [28.50-29.14] Thanks a lot. + [30.06-30.54] You're welcome. + [30.86-31.50] See you later. + [32.72-34.64] Now listen and repeat the dialogue. + [36.56-39.28] I think I made a mistake on one of my math problems. + [45.39-46.35] Will you help me with it? + [50.13-51.33] Yes, I'll help you. + [54.24-55.12] Which problem is it? + [58.16-59.20] It's number 4. + [59.68-60.56] It's very hard. + [63.92-64.40] Oh. + [64.88-65.84] I see your mistake. + [69.31-71.71] You needed to multiply, but you added. + [75.74-76.78] I understand now. + [77.26-77.90] Thanks a lot. + [81.07-81.63] You're welcome. + [82.19-82.75] See you later. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +You will hear a paragraph two times. +The first time, just listen. +The second time, write the missing word. +Our new teacher, Ms. +Evans, looks like my Aunt Sarah. +She is tall and has black hair. +She is always smiling. +Ms. +Evans wears very nice clothes. +I think she and Aunt Sarah buy their clothes at the same store. +Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sarah? +Listen again, and write the missing word. +Our new teacher, Ms. +Evans, looks like my Aunt Sarah. +She is tall and has black hair. +She is always smiling. +Ms. +Evans wears very nice clothes. +I think she and Aunt Sarah buy their clothes at the same store. +Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sarah? +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is LOOKS, L-O-O-K-S. +Number 2 is IS, I-S. +Number 3 is SHE, S-H-E. +Number 4 is WEARS, W-E-A-R-S. +Number 5 is SHE, S-H-E. +Number 6 is CLOTHES, C-L-O-T-H-E-S. +Number 7 is YOU, Y-O-U. +Number 8 is MY, M-Y. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-2.91] Look at Figure 4. + [3.89-6.13] You will hear a paragraph two times. + [7.04-8.80] The first time, just listen. + [9.74-12.22] The second time, write the missing word. + [14.77-16.13] Our new teacher, Ms. + [16.13-18.61] Evans, looks like my Aunt Sarah. + [19.95-22.35] She is tall and has black hair. + [23.68-24.88] She is always smiling. + [26.38-26.62] Ms. + [26.62-28.86] Evans wears very nice clothes. + [29.82-33.74] I think she and Aunt Sarah buy their clothes at the same store. + [35.12-37.60] Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sarah? + [41.18-43.74] Listen again, and write the missing word. + [45.50-46.78] Our new teacher, Ms. + [46.78-49.18] Evans, looks like my Aunt Sarah. + [54.30-56.46] She is tall and has black hair. + [61.33-62.69] She is always smiling. + [67.28-67.52] Ms. + [67.52-69.68] Evans wears very nice clothes. + [74.32-78.16] I think she and Aunt Sarah buy their clothes at the same store. + [84.69-87.25] Do you think she'll be nice like my Aunt Sarah? + [91.31-92.67] Let's check your answers. + [94.45-100.89] Number 1 is LOOKS, L-O-O-K-S. + [102.51-106.89] Number 2 is IS, I-S. + [108.45-113.79] Number 3 is SHE, S-H-E. + [115.23-121.95] Number 4 is WEARS, W-E-A-R-S. + [123.63-129.09] Number 5 is SHE, S-H-E. + [130.53-140.37] Number 6 is CLOTHES, C-L-O-T-H-E-S. + [142.11-147.63] Number 7 is YOU, Y-O-U. + [149.19-153.21] Number 8 is MY, M-Y. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Listen to a paragraph: "Write down every number you hear." Remember, write only the numbers. +You will hear the paragraph 2 times. +Captain Jackson is going to the commissary today. +He is going to buy 4 cans of beans, 5 pounds of potatoes, 3 chickens, 2 gallons of milk, 4 pounds of tomatoes, and 1 big box of rice. +Listen again. +Captain Jackson is going to the commissary today. +He is going to buy 4 cans of beans, 5 pounds of potatoes, 3 chickens, 2 gallons of milk, 4 pounds of tomatoes, and 1 big box of rice. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 4. +Number 2 is 5. +Number 3 is 3. +Number 4 is 2. +Number 5 is 4. +Number 6 is 1. +Look at Figure 5 again. +Listen to another paragraph: "Write the numbers that you hear." You will hear this paragraph twice. +Mike had 5 tests last month. +He made the highest score on test number 1. +His score was 96. +His lowest score was on test number 4. +He made a 74. +His other scores were 82, 77, and 90. +This month he will have 6 tests. +He wants a score of 100 this month. +Listen again. +Mike had 5 tests last month. +He made the highest score on test number 1. +His score was 96. +His lowest score was on test number 4. +He made a 74. +His other scores were 82, 77, and 90. +This month he will have 6 tests. +He wants a score of 100 this month. +Let's check these answers. +Number 7 is 5. +Number 8 is 1. +Number 9 is 96. +Number 10 is 4. +Number 11 is 74. +Number 12 is 82. +Number 13 is 77. +Number 14 is 90. +Number 15 is 6. +Number 16 is 100. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.31-2.83] Now look at Figure 5. + [4.62-12.18] Listen to a paragraph: "Write down every number you hear." Remember, write only the numbers. + [13.22-15.38] You will hear the paragraph 2 times. + [16.98-20.02] Captain Jackson is going to the commissary today. + [21.42-35.49] He is going to buy 4 cans of beans, 5 pounds of potatoes, 3 chickens, 2 gallons of milk, 4 pounds of tomatoes, and 1 big box of rice. + [39.17-40.05] Listen again. + [41.15-43.87] Captain Jackson is going to the commissary today. + [45.44-59.98] He is going to buy 4 cans of beans, 5 pounds of potatoes, 3 chickens, 2 gallons of milk, 4 pounds of tomatoes, and 1 big box of rice. + [62.38-63.90] Let's check your answers. + [66.54-68.14] Number 1 is 4. + [69.87-71.87] Number 2 is 5. + [73.34-75.26] Number 3 is 3. + [76.91-78.87] Number 4 is 2. + [80.07-82.23] Number 5 is 4. + [83.31-85.23] Number 6 is 1. + [88.89-90.30] Look at Figure 5 again. + [91.10-98.29] Listen to another paragraph: "Write the numbers that you hear." You will hear this paragraph twice. + [99.73-102.13] Mike had 5 tests last month. + [103.10-106.06] He made the highest score on test number 1. + [107.12-108.96] His score was 96. + [109.84-112.96] His lowest score was on test number 4. + [112.96-115.35] He made a 74. + [116.55-122.14] His other scores were 82, 77, and 90. + [123.68-125.41] This month he will have 6 tests. + [126.96-129.36] He wants a score of 100 this month. + [134.80-135.68] Listen again. + [136.99-139.31] Mike had 5 tests last month. + [140.11-142.72] He made the highest score on test number 1. + [144.05-146.05] His score was 96. + [147.15-149.79] His lowest score was on test number 4. + [150.66-151.70] He made a 74. + [153.51-158.97] His other scores were 82, 77, and 90. + [160.05-161.49] This month he will have 6 tests. + [163.23-166.02] He wants a score of 100 this month. + [169.21-171.17] Let's check these answers. + [172.83-174.87] Number 7 is 5. + [175.89-177.87] Number 8 is 1. + [178.95-181.53] Number 9 is 96. + [182.61-184.41] Number 10 is 4. + [185.79-187.95] Number 11 is 74. + [189.45-191.85] Number 12 is 82. + [193.29-195.81] Number 13 is 77. + [197.07-199.23] Number 14 is 90. + [200.43-202.47] Number 15 is 6. + [203.49-206.07] Number 16 is 100. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6: +follow the directions and draw shapes. +Number 1: draw a line from point A to point B. +Draw a line from point B to point C. +Draw a line from point C to point D. +Draw a line from point D to point A. +Number 2: +draw a line from point E to point F. +Draw a line from point F to point G. +Draw a line from point G to point E. +Number 3: draw a line from point H to point I. +Draw a line from point I to point J. +Draw a line from point J to point K. +Draw a line from point K to point H. +Write the names under the shapes. +Now check your work. +Number 1 is a square, S-Q-U-A-R-E. +Number 2 is a triangle, T-R-I-A-N-G-L-E. +Number 3 is a rectangle, R-E-C-T-A-N-G-L-E. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.36-2.80] Look at Figure 6: + [4.51-7.31] follow the directions and draw shapes. + [8.94-15.39] Number 1: draw a line from point A to point B. + [21.58-25.66] Draw a line from point B to point C. + [31.79-36.11] Draw a line from point C to point D. + [42.98-46.58] Draw a line from point D to point A. + [52.50-53.22] Number 2: + [55.01-58.77] draw a line from point E to point F. + [64.91-68.99] Draw a line from point F to point G. + [76.82-80.58] Draw a line from point G to point E. + [86.05-92.37] Number 3: draw a line from point H to point I. + [98.29-102.37] Draw a line from point I to point J. + [109.23-113.55] Draw a line from point J to point K. + [119.78-123.78] Draw a line from point K to point H. + [132.22-134.30] Write the names under the shapes. + [166.85-168.37] Now check your work. + [170.29-178.65] Number 1 is a square, S-Q-U-A-R-E. + [180.33-191.25] Number 2 is a triangle, T-R-I-A-N-G-L-E. + [193.35-205.17] Number 3 is a rectangle, R-E-C-T-A-N-G-L-E. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7: follow the directions and draw the shapes in Figure 7. +Draw a rectangle 2 inches long and 1/2 inch high. +Write letter A at the lower left corner. +Write letter B at the lowerright corner. +Write letter C at the upperright corner. +Write letter D at the upper left corner. +Draw a small square under corner A. +Draw a small square under corner B. +In the center of the line between corner D and corner C, draw another small square. +On top of the triangle, draw a small circle. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-7.73] Now look at Figure 7: follow the directions and draw the shapes in Figure 7. + [10.38-16.62] Draw a rectangle 2 inches long and 1/2 inch high. + [26.88-30.32] Write letter A at the lower left corner. + [35.73-38.93] Write letter B at the lowerright corner. + [45.10-48.78] Write letter C at the upperright corner. + [54.93-58.53] Write letter D at the upper left corner. + [64.14-67.66] Draw a small square under corner A. + [76.74-80.18] Draw a small square under corner B. + [89.14-98.03] In the center of the line between corner D and corner C, draw another small square. + [109.36-113.20] On top of the triangle, draw a small circle. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 8. +Listen to the paragraph; don't repeat, just listen. +Do you always leave a tip for the waiter at a restaurant? +Last week, my family and I went to a new restaurant. +After dinner, Dad wrote a check. +He didn't have any money for a tip. +I gave him $3. +He left it on the table for the waitress. +Now write the paragraph and put in punctuation and capital letters. +You can see the paragraph and the drawings for Figures 6, 7, and 8 on the answer page for this tape. +This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-3.02] Now look at Figure 8. + [4.70-8.78] Listen to the paragraph; don't repeat, just listen. + [10.70-13.66] Do you always leave a tip for the waiter at a restaurant? + [15.23-18.75] Last week, my family and I went to a new restaurant. + [19.90-22.06] After dinner, Dad wrote a check. + [23.04-24.96] He didn't have any money for a tip. + [25.94-26.74] I gave him $3. + [28.22-30.38] He left it on the table for the waitress. + [35.28-40.32] Now write the paragraph and put in punctuation and capital letters. + [49.09-57.01] You can see the paragraph and the drawings for Figures 6, 7, and 8 on the answer page for this tape. + [64.50-68.66] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-2D.md b/sources/book-7/tape-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eddb29db --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2D. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. +Look at Figure 1, look at the pictures, and repeat these sentences. +Picture A: price, +price. +What's the price of these apples? +What's the price of these apples? +Picture B: van, +van. +One pencil is longer than the other pencil. +One pencil is longer than the other pencil. +Picture C: more, +more. +I'd like more coffee, please. +I'd like more coffee, please. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.71-16.59] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 2D. + [25.18-25.50] Hello. + [26.48-31.36] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. + [39.54-44.50] Look at Figure 1, look at the pictures, and repeat these sentences. + [50.38-53.23] Picture A: price, + [54.94-55.66] price. + [57.71-59.63] What's the price of these apples? + [64.05-66.13] What's the price of these apples? + [70.19-72.19] Picture B: van, + [74.13-74.77] van. + [77.42-80.54] One pencil is longer than the other pencil. + [85.94-88.90] One pencil is longer than the other pencil. + [95.33-97.33] Picture C: more, + [100.21-100.77] more. + [102.88-104.56] I'd like more coffee, please. + [108.37-110.13] I'd like more coffee, please. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to the questions, circle the correct answers. +Let's do the example together. +Look at the two pictures and answer this question: Who has the shorter pencil? +B is the correct answer. +The girl has the shorter pencil. +Now listen to a question, look at the two pictures, and circle the correct answer A or B. +Number 1: Who has the larger box? +Number 2: Who has the smaller box? +Number 3: Where is the bigger triangle? +Number 4: Where is the smaller ball? +Number 5: Who has the longer table? +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +Who has the larger box? +Repeat: The boy has the larger box. +Number 2 is B. +Who has the smaller box? +Repeat: The girl has the smaller box. +Number 3 is A. +Where is the bigger triangle? +Repeat: The bigger triangle is on the smaller table. +Number 4 is B. +Where is the smaller ball? +Repeat: The smaller ball is on the bigger table. +Number 5 is B. +Who has the longer table? +Repeat: The girl has the longer table. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-7.60] Look at Figure 2, listen to the questions, circle the correct answers. + [8.62-10.30] Let's do the example together. + [11.26-16.80] Look at the two pictures and answer this question: Who has the shorter pencil? + [21.23-22.91] B is the correct answer. + [23.79-25.71] The girl has the shorter pencil. + [27.98-35.50] Now listen to a question, look at the two pictures, and circle the correct answer A or B. + [37.38-40.90] Number 1: Who has the larger box? + [47.78-51.09] Number 2: Who has the smaller box? + [58.32-61.94] Number 3: Where is the bigger triangle? + [68.83-72.35] Number 4: Where is the smaller ball? + [81.18-84.46] Number 5: Who has the longer table? + [92.98-94.42] Now check your answers. + [96.14-97.90] Number 1 is A. + [99.18-100.78] Who has the larger box? + [101.97-105.25] Repeat: The boy has the larger box. + [109.02-110.78] Number 2 is B. + [112.06-113.74] Who has the smaller box? + [115.22-118.62] Repeat: The girl has the smaller box. + [122.82-124.74] Number 3 is A. + [126.14-127.74] Where is the bigger triangle? + [129.50-133.81] Repeat: The bigger triangle is on the smaller table. + [138.96-140.80] Number 4 is B. + [142.14-143.74] Where is the smaller ball? + [145.60-149.42] Repeat: The smaller ball is on the bigger table. + [155.15-156.99] Number 5 is B. + [158.34-159.86] Who has the longer table? + [162.10-164.98] Repeat: The girl has the longer table. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3, look at Picture 1, and listen to a dialogue. +Don't repeat. +Can you tell me the price of this shirt? +Yes. +It's $14. +Now repeat the dialogue. +Can you tell me the price of this shirt? +Yes. +It's $14. +Look at Picture 2 and listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat. +I don't understand this problem. +Here you must multiply, not divide, and here you must add, not subtract. +Now repeat the dialogue. +I don't understand this problem. +Here you must multiply, not divide. +And here you must add, not subtract. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.84-6.88] Now look at Figure 3, look at Picture 1, and listen to a dialogue. + [7.60-8.40] Don't repeat. + [11.70-13.30] Can you tell me the price of this shirt? + [14.32-14.80] Yes. + [14.80-15.44] It's $14. + [18.63-19.90] Now repeat the dialogue. + [21.63-23.31] Can you tell me the price of this shirt? + [27.09-27.65] Yes. + [27.65-28.29] It's $14. + [35.06-37.78] Look at Picture 2 and listen to the dialogue. + [38.58-39.38] Don't repeat. + [42.64-44.16] I don't understand this problem. + [45.22-50.97] Here you must multiply, not divide, and here you must add, not subtract. + [52.13-53.41] Now repeat the dialogue. + [54.75-56.27] I don't understand this problem. + [59.33-61.89] Here you must multiply, not divide. + [66.08-68.88] And here you must add, not subtract. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 4. +Listen to the sentences. +Number 1: "What is 2 times 3?" +Number 2: "Is this the bottom or the top?" +Number 3: "I want only half a glass of milk, please." +Number 4: "This is easy." +Number 5: "These problems are hard." +Number 6: "I want each of you to repeat this sentence." +Number 7: "A bus is very heavy." +Number 8: "The total price is $25." +Number 9: "All of my students understand." +Number 10: "10 plus 10 equals 20." +Now listen to the sentences again, and circle the strong word. +Listen. +Number 1: "What is 2 times 3?" +Number 2: "Is this the bottom or the top?" +Number 3: "I want only half a glass of milk, please." +Number 4: "This is easy." +Number 5: "These problems are hard." +Number 6: "I want each of you to repeat this sentence." +Number 7: "A bus is very heavy." +Number 8: "The total price is $25." +Number 9: "All of my students understand." +Number 10: "10 plus 10 equals 20." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is 3. +Repeat: "What is 2 times 3?" +Number 2 is top. +Repeat: "Is this the bottom or the top?" +Number 3 is half. +Repeat: "I want only half a glass of milk, please." +Number 4 is easy. +Repeat: "This is easy." +Number 5 is hard. +Repeat: "These problems are very hard." +Number 6 is each. +Repeat: "I want each of you to repeat this sentence." +Number 7 is heavy. +Repeat: "A bus is very heavy." +Number 8 is total. +Repeat: "The total price is $25." +Number 9 is all. +Repeat: "All of my students understand." +Number 10 is 20. +Repeat: "10 plus 10 equals 20." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.18] Look at figure 4. + [4.58-5.94] Listen to the sentences. + [7.33-10.29] Number 1: "What is 2 times 3?" + [15.44-18.56] Number 2: "Is this the bottom or the top?" + [21.66-25.94] Number 3: "I want only half a glass of milk, please." + [28.66-31.90] Number 4: "This is easy." + [34.50-37.92] Number 5: "These problems are hard." + [40.59-44.83] Number 6: "I want each of you to repeat this sentence." + [47.58-50.46] Number 7: "A bus is very heavy." + [52.99-56.43] Number 8: "The total price is $25." + [59.85-63.38] Number 9: "All of my students understand." + [65.71-69.63] Number 10: "10 plus 10 equals 20." + [111.45-115.52] Now listen to the sentences again, and circle the strong word. + [116.32-116.72] Listen. + [118.24-124.23] Number 1: "What is 2 times 3?" + [128.08-131.73] Number 2: "Is this the bottom or the top?" + [137.14-141.38] Number 3: "I want only half a glass of milk, please." + [146.85-149.63] Number 4: "This is easy." + [155.33-158.58] Number 5: "These problems are hard." + [164.82-169.06] Number 6: "I want each of you to repeat this sentence." + [175.14-178.02] Number 7: "A bus is very heavy." + [184.22-187.94] Number 8: "The total price is $25." + [193.83-197.33] Number 9: "All of my students understand." + [202.74-207.24] Number 10: "10 plus 10 equals 20." + [214.05-215.49] Let's check your answers. + [217.25-219.17] Number 1 is 3. + [220.10-222.82] Repeat: "What is 2 times 3?" + [228.81-230.32] Number 2 is top. + [231.25-234.13] Repeat: "Is this the bottom or the top?" + [239.28-241.04] Number 3 is half. + [242.26-245.78] Repeat: "I want only half a glass of milk, please." + [252.69-254.77] Number 4 is easy. + [255.63-258.48] Repeat: "This is easy." + [262.78-264.70] Number 5 is hard. + [265.66-269.37] Repeat: "These problems are very hard." + [273.57-275.49] Number 6 is each. + [276.51-280.90] Repeat: "I want each of you to repeat this sentence." + [287.19-289.39] Number 7 is heavy. + [290.34-293.60] Repeat: "A bus is very heavy." + [298.32-300.80] Number 8 is total. + [301.89-305.02] Repeat: "The total price is $25." + [310.17-312.24] Number 9 is all. + [313.01-316.53] Repeat: "All of my students understand." + [320.61-323.13] Number 10 is 20. + [324.21-328.23] Repeat: "10 plus 10 equals 20." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +You will hear a question and a dialogue. +Listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat, just listen. +After you hear the dialogue, answer question number 1. +Here's the question: "How many different shapes do they say in the dialogue?" Now listen. +Today we studied different shapes in class. +What shapes did you study? +We drew circles, triangles, squares, and rectangles. +We'll study shapes next week. +Well, I have to go. +I have to do my homework. +I do too. +See you tomorrow. +Now write the answer to question number 1 in Figure 5. +"How many different shapes do they say in the dialogue?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is 4 shapes. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Today we studied different shapes in class. +What shapes did you study? +We drew circles, triangles, squares, and rectangles. +We'll study shapes next week. +Well, I have to go. +I have to do my homework. +I do too. +See you tomorrow. +Listen to another dialogue, then answer question number 2. +Here's the question: "Which apples did they buy?" Now listen to the dialogue. +"What is the price of these apples?" Those are 49 cents a pound. +"How much are these larger ones?" They're 79 cents a pound. +"They cost more money, but they look good. +Let's buy a pound of the larger ones." +Now write the answer to question number 2 in Figure 5. +"Which apples did they buy?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is the larger ones. +"They bought the larger apples." Listen to the dialogue again. +"What is the price of these apples?" Those are 49 cents a pound. +"How much are these larger ones?" They're 79 cents a pound. +"They cost more money, but they look good. +Let's buy a pound of the larger ones." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.17] Now look at Figure 5. + [4.77-6.93] You will hear a question and a dialogue. + [7.76-8.96] Listen to the dialogue. + [9.76-11.60] Don't repeat, just listen. + [12.53-16.13] After you hear the dialogue, answer question number 1. + [17.60-24.14] Here's the question: "How many different shapes do they say in the dialogue?" Now listen. + [26.51-29.07] Today we studied different shapes in class. + [29.63-30.75] What shapes did you study? + [31.47-35.79] We drew circles, triangles, squares, and rectangles. + [36.75-38.27] We'll study shapes next week. + [39.66-40.70] Well, I have to go. + [41.10-42.22] I have to do my homework. + [43.02-43.74] I do too. + [44.14-44.78] See you tomorrow. + [49.02-52.86] Now write the answer to question number 1 in Figure 5. + [53.74-56.46] "How many different shapes do they say in the dialogue?" + [61.25-62.45] Let's check your answer. + [63.17-64.93] The answer is 4 shapes. + [65.65-67.25] Listen to the dialogue again. + [69.26-71.74] Today we studied different shapes in class. + [72.30-73.42] What shapes did you study? + [74.14-78.46] We drew circles, triangles, squares, and rectangles. + [79.47-80.99] We'll study shapes next week. + [82.30-83.42] Well, I have to go. + [83.82-84.94] I have to do my homework. + [85.74-86.46] I do too. + [86.78-87.50] See you tomorrow. + [91.54-95.38] Listen to another dialogue, then answer question number 2. + [96.58-102.98] Here's the question: "Which apples did they buy?" Now listen to the dialogue. + [105.76-110.00] "What is the price of these apples?" Those are 49 cents a pound. + [111.17-114.85] "How much are these larger ones?" They're 79 cents a pound. + [115.98-118.22] "They cost more money, but they look good. + [118.86-120.70] Let's buy a pound of the larger ones." + [126.66-130.42] Now write the answer to question number 2 in Figure 5. + [131.41-133.01] "Which apples did they buy?" + [147.92-149.12] Let's check your answer. + [149.76-151.68] The answer is the larger ones. + [152.40-156.56] "They bought the larger apples." Listen to the dialogue again. + [158.61-162.93] "What is the price of these apples?" Those are 49 cents a pound. + [164.10-167.86] "How much are these larger ones?" They're 79 cents a pound. + [168.83-171.15] "They cost more money, but they look good. + [171.71-174.05] Let's buy a pound of the larger ones." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l2d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen to the paragraph; don't write, just listen. +My two brothers and I went to a store last week. +We wanted to shop. +One of my brothers bought a blue sweater. +The other one bought a pair of pants and a pair of shoes. +I didn't buy anything. +I didn't have any money. +I will have some money next week. +I want to go shopping again. +Now write the paragraph again. +Put in the correct punctuation. +When you finish, go to page 52 and check your answer. +This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.38-2.02] Look at Figure 6. + [4.21-7.81] Listen to the paragraph; don't write, just listen. + [9.76-12.72] My two brothers and I went to a store last week. + [13.44-14.48] We wanted to shop. + [15.70-17.86] One of my brothers bought a blue sweater. + [18.88-22.24] The other one bought a pair of pants and a pair of shoes. + [23.07-24.43] I didn't buy anything. + [25.23-26.35] I didn't have any money. + [27.57-29.17] I will have some money next week. + [30.13-31.57] I want to go shopping again. + [35.92-38.16] Now write the paragraph again. + [38.91-40.91] Put in the correct punctuation. + [55.20-59.68] When you finish, go to page 52 and check your answer. + [67.63-71.23] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-3A.md b/sources/book-7/tape-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fab3d1b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,569 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the pictures and listen to the words; don't repeat. +Leaf. +Leaves. +Roof. +Garage. +Yard. +Flower. +Grass. +Front. +Back. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.08-14.67] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3A. + [22.38-23.10] Hello. + [23.74-28.54] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. + [36.62-38.06] Look at Figure 1. + [38.38-43.65] Look at the pictures and listen to the words; don't repeat. + [44.70-45.26] Leaf. + [46.91-47.79] Leaves. + [49.62-50.18] Roof. + [51.79-52.67] Garage. + [54.06-54.78] Yard. + [56.26-57.06] Flower. + [58.66-59.46] Grass. + [60.98-61.54] Front. + [63.20-65.01] Back. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2. +Listen to the words and sentences, and repeat them. +Listen and repeat. +Number 1: "leaf." +Leaf. +A leaf is green in the summer. +Number 2: "leaves." +Leaves. +In the fall, leaves change color. +Number 3: "roof." +Roof. +A roof is the top of a building. +It rains on the roofs of houses. +Number 4: "garage." +Garage. +The car is in the garage. +The garage door is closed. +Number 5: "yard." +Yard. +There is a tree in the yard. +Number 6: "flower." +Flower. +Grass. +Grass. +There are flowers and grass in the yard. +Number 7: "front." +Front. +This is the front yard of the house. +The front door of the house is closed. +Number 8: "back." +Back. +Back is the opposite of front. +The backyard is on the other side of the house. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.60] Now look at Figure 2. + [4.32-7.76] Listen to the words and sentences, and repeat them. + [8.40-10.08] Listen and repeat. + [11.17-13.01] Number 1: "leaf." + [14.74-15.30] Leaf. + [17.28-19.04] A leaf is green in the summer. + [23.26-25.18] Number 2: "leaves." + [26.96-27.84] Leaves. + [30.29-32.61] In the fall, leaves change color. + [37.31-38.91] Number 3: "roof." + [40.98-41.03] Roof. + [43.89-45.86] A roof is the top of a building. + [49.57-52.05] It rains on the roofs of houses. + [57.36-59.28] Number 4: "garage." + [61.04-61.92] Garage. + [64.19-66.03] The car is in the garage. + [70.30-72.46] The garage door is closed. + [76.78-78.54] Number 5: "yard." + [80.67-80.97] Yard. + [83.91-85.58] There is a tree in the yard. + [90.62-92.46] Number 6: "flower." + [94.56-95.20] Flower. + [97.28-98.00] Grass. + [100.08-100.80] Grass. + [103.15-105.47] There are flowers and grass in the yard. + [111.04-112.64] Number 7: "front." + [114.50-114.55] Front. + [117.90-120.06] This is the front yard of the house. + [125.90-128.46] The front door of the house is closed. + [133.81-135.49] Number 8: "back." + [137.07-139.65] Back. + [139.70-141.38] Back is the opposite of front. + [145.94-148.82] The backyard is on the other side of the house. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3, look at the picture, listen to the questions, and answer them. +Number 1: Is it summer in the picture? +Repeat: No, it isn't. +Number 2: What season is it? +Repeat: It's winter. +Number 3: Do the trees have leaves? +Repeat: No, they don't. +These trees don't have leaves in the winter. +Number 4: What's on the roof of the house? +Repeat: Snow. +There's snow on the roof of the house. +Number 5: Can you see any grass or flowers in the picture? +Repeat: No, they're under the snow. +Number 6: Is grass green in the winter? +Repeat: No, it's brown. +Grass is green in the summer and brown in the winter. +Number 7: Where are the boys playing? +Repeat: In the front yard. +The boys are playing in the front yard. +Number 8: Can you see the backyard? +Repeat: No, it's on the opposite side of the house. +The backyard is on the opposite side of the house. +Number 9: Can you see the family's car? +Repeat: No, the car is in the garage. +Number 10: What's that shape near theright side of the house? +It's wearing a hat and looks like a man. +Repeat: It's called a snowman. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.50-8.86] Now look at Figure 3, look at the picture, listen to the questions, and answer them. + [10.99-14.42] Number 1: Is it summer in the picture? + [19.33-21.17] Repeat: No, it isn't. + [24.43-27.07] Number 2: What season is it? + [31.62-32.98] Repeat: It's winter. + [36.72-40.16] Number 3: Do the trees have leaves? + [45.65-47.09] Repeat: No, they don't. + [52.08-54.40] These trees don't have leaves in the winter. + [60.13-63.58] Number 4: What's on the roof of the house? + [68.88-70.16] Repeat: Snow. + [72.18-74.26] There's snow on the roof of the house. + [80.05-85.02] Number 5: Can you see any grass or flowers in the picture? + [91.47-94.61] Repeat: No, they're under the snow. + [99.54-103.02] Number 6: Is grass green in the winter? + [107.82-110.14] Repeat: No, it's brown. + [114.27-117.55] Grass is green in the summer and brown in the winter. + [124.32-127.46] Number 7: Where are the boys playing? + [132.53-134.61] Repeat: In the front yard. + [137.94-140.10] The boys are playing in the front yard. + [145.63-148.62] Number 8: Can you see the backyard? + [154.80-158.72] Repeat: No, it's on the opposite side of the house. + [164.22-167.26] The backyard is on the opposite side of the house. + [173.90-177.36] Number 9: Can you see the family's car? + [184.02-186.82] Repeat: No, the car is in the garage. + [193.47-198.10] Number 10: What's that shape near theright side of the house? + [199.50-202.30] It's wearing a hat and looks like a man. + [208.99-211.55] Repeat: It's called a snowman. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 4. +Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat it, just listen. +Do you have any children? +Yes. +I have a son and a daughter. +How old is your son? +He's 15 years old. +How old is your daughter? +She's 12. +This is a very nice house. +How old is it? +It's 20 years old. +Those trees are very tall. +How old are they? +They're more than 200 years old. +Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat it. +Listen and repeat both parts. +Do you have any children? +Yes. +I have a son and a daughter. +How old is your son? +He's 15 years old. +How old is your daughter? +She's 12. +This is a very nice house. +How old is it? +It's 20 years old. +Those trees are very tall. +How old are they? +They're more than 200 years old. +Now look at the dialogue again. +I'll read the questions and you read the answers. +Do you have any children? +How old is your son? +How old is your daughter? +This is a very nice house. +How old is it? +Those trees are very tall. +How old are they? +This time you read Mary's part. +Read only the questions; I'll read the answers. +Begin. +Yes. +I have a son and a daughter. +He's 15 years old. +She's 12. +It's 20 years old. +They're more than 200 years old. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.60-3.28] Now look at Figure 4. + [4.00-8.96] Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat it, just listen. + [13.78-14.98] Do you have any children? + [15.70-16.26] Yes. + [16.34-17.94] I have a son and a daughter. + [18.99-20.03] How old is your son? + [20.35-21.79] He's 15 years old. + [22.59-23.55] How old is your daughter? + [23.71-24.67] She's 12. + [25.63-27.15] This is a very nice house. + [27.79-28.43] How old is it? + [29.23-30.67] It's 20 years old. + [31.68-33.52] Those trees are very tall. + [34.24-35.12] How old are they? + [36.14-38.30] They're more than 200 years old. + [40.67-43.31] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat it. + [44.26-46.26] Listen and repeat both parts. + [48.29-49.49] Do you have any children? + [52.24-52.80] Yes. + [53.12-54.96] I have a son and a daughter. + [59.22-60.34] How old is your son? + [62.56-64.24] He's 15 years old. + [68.00-69.04] How old is your daughter? + [71.23-72.27] She's 12. + [75.26-76.86] This is a very nice house. + [80.16-80.88] How old is it? + [83.57-85.01] It's 20 years old. + [88.82-90.58] Those trees are very tall. + [93.82-94.70] How old are they? + [98.06-100.14] They're more than 200 years old. + [104.35-106.43] Now look at the dialogue again. + [107.15-110.35] I'll read the questions and you read the answers. + [112.30-113.50] Do you have any children? + [117.66-118.86] How old is your son? + [123.44-124.56] How old is your daughter? + [129.04-130.64] This is a very nice house. + [131.28-132.08] How old is it? + [137.17-138.85] Those trees are very tall. + [139.57-140.53] How old are they? + [147.60-149.92] This time you read Mary's part. + [150.56-154.40] Read only the questions; I'll read the answers. + [155.12-155.76] Begin. + [158.75-159.31] Yes. + [159.63-161.47] I have a son and a daughter. + [165.23-166.83] He's 15 years old. + [170.61-173.85] She's 12. + [177.76-179.28] It's 20 years old. + [184.94-187.34] They're more than 200 years old. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please close your books now. +Listen to some questions and answers; don't repeat, just listen. +How old are these buildings? +Some of them are 80 years old. +How old are the others? +They're only 20 years old. +How old is the dentist's office? +It's 30 years old. +How old is the dentist? +He's 55. +Open your books and look at Figure 5. +Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words and numbers. +How old are these buildings? +Some of them are 80 years old. +How old are the others? +They're only 20 years old. +How old is the dentist's office? +It's 30 years old. +How old is the dentist? +He's 55. +Listen to the questions and answers again. +Check the words you wrote. +How old are these buildings? +Repeat: How old are these buildings? +Some of them are 80 years old. +Repeat: Some of them are 80 years old. +How old are the others? +Repeat: How old are the others? +They're only 20 years old. +Repeat: They're only 20 years old. +How old is the dentist's office? +Repeat: How old is the dentist's office? +It's 30 years old. +Repeat: It's 30 years old. +How old is the dentist? +Repeat: How old is the dentist? +He's 55. +Repeat: He's 55. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [37.97-39.81] Please close your books now. + [40.37-46.13] Listen to some questions and answers; don't repeat, just listen. + [50.43-51.79] How old are these buildings? + [52.43-54.03] Some of them are 80 years old. + [55.58-56.70] How old are the others? + [57.74-59.18] They're only 20 years old. + [60.62-62.46] How old is the dentist's office? + [63.18-64.38] It's 30 years old. + [65.55-66.67] How old is the dentist? + [67.07-68.11] He's 55. + [72.46-75.50] Open your books and look at Figure 5. + [76.22-81.98] Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words and numbers. + [87.76-89.12] How old are these buildings? + [95.36-97.20] Some of them are 80 years old. + [104.11-105.23] How old are the others? + [112.66-114.10] They're only 20 years old. + [121.09-123.01] How old is the dentist's office? + [129.97-131.33] It's 30 years old. + [136.67-137.79] How old is the dentist? + [144.56-145.68] He's 55. + [152.53-155.49] Listen to the questions and answers again. + [156.21-158.05] Check the words you wrote. + [160.99-162.35] How old are these buildings? + [163.57-166.37] Repeat: How old are these buildings? + [171.41-173.41] Some of them are 80 years old. + [174.78-178.18] Repeat: Some of them are 80 years old. + [182.88-184.16] How old are the others? + [185.26-188.02] Repeat: How old are the others? + [193.97-195.41] They're only 20 years old. + [196.56-199.49] Repeat: They're only 20 years old. + [204.13-206.05] How old is the dentist's office? + [207.14-210.42] Repeat: How old is the dentist's office? + [216.53-217.97] It's 30 years old. + [219.60-222.00] Repeat: It's 30 years old. + [226.91-228.19] How old is the dentist? + [228.91-231.78] Repeat: How old is the dentist? + [237.18-238.30] He's 55. + [239.55-241.87] Repeat: He's 55. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph: circle the letter by the questions you can answer with the information in the paragraph. +You may circle more than 1 letter. +Look at Figure 6 and listen to the questions. +A. +How many years do children in the U.S. +go to school? +B. +What time of day are they in school? +C. +What months of the year are they in school? +D. +What seasons of the year are they in school? +E. +What languages can they learn in school? +Now listen to the paragraph and circle what you hear. +Children in the United States go to school for 12 years. +They study in the fall, winter, and spring, but not in the summer. +They learn English, mathematics, and other things. +Some of them study other languages. +Many students learn Spanish or French. +A few students learn Russian or Chinese. +Listen again and check your answers. +Children in the United States go to school for 12 years. +They study in the fall, winter, and spring, but not in the summer. +They learn English, mathematics, and other things. +Some of them study other languages. +Many students learn Spanish or French. +A few students learn Russian or Chinese. +The answers are A, D, and E. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-3.63] Now look at Figure 6. + [4.19-12.77] Listen to a paragraph: circle the letter by the questions you can answer with the information in the paragraph. + [13.58-15.82] You may circle more than 1 letter. + [16.80-20.24] Look at Figure 6 and listen to the questions. + [21.46-21.86] A. + [22.66-24.90] How many years do children in the U.S. + [24.98-25.78] go to school? + [27.76-28.24] B. + [29.06-31.14] What time of day are they in school? + [33.54-34.18] C. + [34.50-36.98] What months of the year are they in school? + [38.99-39.63] D. + [40.38-43.26] What seasons of the year are they in school? + [45.30-45.78] E. + [46.50-48.66] What languages can they learn in school? + [52.40-56.32] Now listen to the paragraph and circle what you hear. + [58.18-62.02] Children in the United States go to school for 12 years. + [62.94-68.30] They study in the fall, winter, and spring, but not in the summer. + [69.81-73.25] They learn English, mathematics, and other things. + [74.32-76.72] Some of them study other languages. + [77.81-80.21] Many students learn Spanish or French. + [81.17-83.89] A few students learn Russian or Chinese. + [93.26-96.14] Listen again and check your answers. + [98.50-102.31] Children in the United States go to school for 12 years. + [103.34-108.09] They study in the fall, winter, and spring, but not in the summer. + [109.17-111.52] They learn English, mathematics, and other things. + [113.67-115.71] Some of them study other languages. + [116.91-119.31] Many students learn Spanish or French. + [120.03-122.73] A few students learn Russian or Chinese. + [126.38-129.74] The answers are A, D, and E. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7: this is like Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph and circle the letter next to the information which you can answer with the paragraph. +Listen to the questions. +A. +When was the first airplane flight in the U.S.? +B. +Where was the first flight? +C. +What was the name of the two brothers? +D. +How many times did they fly their airplane? +E. +How many seconds were the flights? +F. +What time of the day did they fly? +Now listen to the paragraph and circle what you hear. +The first airplane flight in the United States was near the Atlantic Ocean on December 17, 1903. +Two brothers took several flights in their small airplane that day. +The younger brother flew first. +He flew for 12 seconds. +Later, the older brother flew for 59 seconds. +Listen again and check your answers. +The first airplane flight in the United States was near the Atlantic Ocean on December 17, 1903. +Two brothers took several flights in their small airplane that day. +The younger brother flew first. +He flew for 12 seconds. +Later, the older brother flew for 59 seconds. +The answers are A, B, and E. +The next exercise is a dictation. +Please close your books again. +Now listen to the sentences. +Don't repeat them, just listen. +Number 1: Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. +Number 2: All of them want to see different things. +Number 3: He and his wife want to see the mountains. +Number 4: They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. +Number 5: Their children want to go to the ocean. +Number 6: They like to swim and play in the water. +Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. +Number 8: Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.50-5.58] Look at Figure 7: this is like Figure 6. + [6.38-13.98] Listen to a paragraph and circle the letter next to the information which you can answer with the paragraph. + [14.77-16.53] Listen to the questions. + [18.06-18.54] A. + [19.26-22.06] When was the first airplane flight in the U.S.? + [23.79-24.35] B. + [24.75-26.11] Where was the first flight? + [28.06-28.78] C. + [29.50-31.26] What was the name of the two brothers? + [33.46-34.02] D. + [34.50-36.74] How many times did they fly their airplane? + [38.56-39.04] E. + [39.60-41.52] How many seconds were the flights? + [43.86-44.34] F. + [45.15-47.31] What time of the day did they fly? + [52.18-56.18] Now listen to the paragraph and circle what you hear. + [58.48-67.23] The first airplane flight in the United States was near the Atlantic Ocean on December 17, 1903. + [67.41-71.23] Two brothers took several flights in their small airplane that day. + [72.21-73.97] The younger brother flew first. + [75.01-76.61] He flew for 12 seconds. + [77.57-81.33] Later, the older brother flew for 59 seconds. + [89.81-92.85] Listen again and check your answers. + [96.21-104.91] The first airplane flight in the United States was near the Atlantic Ocean on December 17, 1903. + [105.09-108.57] Two brothers took several flights in their small airplane that day. + [110.11-111.31] The younger brother flew first. + [112.03-113.76] He flew for 12 seconds. + [114.58-116.98] Later, the older brother flew for 59 seconds. + [123.60-128.16] The answers are A, B, and E. + [130.98-133.94] The next exercise is a dictation. + [134.74-136.74] Please close your books again. + [139.71-141.87] Now listen to the sentences. + [142.35-145.31] Don't repeat them, just listen. + [147.42-152.13] Number 1: Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. + [154.27-158.59] Number 2: All of them want to see different things. + [160.77-165.28] Number 3: He and his wife want to see the mountains. + [167.52-172.27] Number 4: They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. + [174.70-178.70] Number 5: Their children want to go to the ocean. + [180.91-184.67] Number 6: They like to swim and play in the water. + [187.38-192.66] Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. + [194.85-199.30] Number 8: Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3a-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now open your books, turn to Figure 8, listen to the sentences again, and write them on the lines in Figure 8. +Number 1: Jim and his family. +Will take a vacation. +Next month. +Number 2: All of them. +Want to see. +Different things. +Number 3: He and his wife. +Want to see. +The mountains. +Number 4: +They like the tall trees. +And the cold weather there. +Number 5: Their children. +Want to go. +To the ocean. +Number 6: They like to swim. +And play. +In the water. +Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets. +To California tomorrow. +Number 8: Then they can go. +To the mountains. +And the ocean. +Listen again and check your sentences. +Number 1: Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. +Number 2: All of them want to see different things. +Number 3: He and his wife want to see the mountains. +Number 4: They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. +Number 5: Their children want to go to the ocean. +Number 6: They like to swim and play in the water. +Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. +Number 8: Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. +Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. +This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.60-12.93] Now open your books, turn to Figure 8, listen to the sentences again, and write them on the lines in Figure 8. + [15.14-17.54] Number 1: Jim and his family. + [24.54-25.90] Will take a vacation. + [32.78-33.42] Next month. + [40.72-45.75] Number 2: All of them. + [52.06-53.10] Want to see. + [60.99-64.47] Different things. + [67.66-72.99] Number 3: He and his wife. + [82.69-83.73] Want to see. + [89.20-90.00] The mountains. + [96.11-96.83] Number 4: + [98.42-100.10] They like the tall trees. + [111.74-112.94] And the cold weather there. + [121.42-126.39] Number 5: Their children. + [129.49-133.23] Want to go. + [136.54-137.26] To the ocean. + [144.69-150.03] Number 6: They like to swim. + [154.02-157.53] And play. + [160.24-160.88] In the water. + [167.38-171.28] Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets. + [180.35-181.95] To California tomorrow. + [190.29-196.35] Number 8: Then they can go. + [200.72-201.52] To the mountains. + [206.80-207.60] And the ocean. + [217.01-220.13] Listen again and check your sentences. + [221.34-226.18] Number 1: Jim and his family will take a vacation next month. + [230.69-234.69] Number 2: All of them want to see different things. + [240.10-244.51] Number 3: He and his wife want to see the mountains. + [249.66-254.37] Number 4: They like the tall trees and the cold weather there. + [260.26-264.06] Number 5: Their children want to go to the ocean. + [273.82-276.86] Number 6: They like to swim and play in the water. + [282.98-288.46] Number 7: Jim will buy airline tickets to California tomorrow. + [295.38-300.03] Number 8: Then they can go to the mountains and the ocean. + [305.98-309.98] Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. + [319.23-323.31] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-3B.md b/sources/book-7/tape-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2891af17 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3B. +Hello. +Open your booklet to the activities for Lesson 3B. +Look at Figure 1. +These are animals. +Repeat: animals. +Animals. +Number 1 is a dog. +Number 2 is a bird. +Number 3 is a cat. +Listen and write the names of the animals under the pictures. +Number 1: dog. +D-O-G. +Number 2: bird. +B-I-R-D. +Number 3: cat. +C-A-T. +Now look at the names and repeat them. +Dog. +Dog. +Bird. +Bird. +Cat. +Cat. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.61-15.09] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3B. + [23.68-24.08] Hello. + [24.88-28.40] Open your booklet to the activities for Lesson 3B. + [37.31-38.75] Look at Figure 1. + [39.39-40.91] These are animals. + [41.47-44.06] Repeat: animals. + [45.26-46.14] Animals. + [47.30-49.30] Number 1 is a dog. + [50.37-52.53] Number 2 is a bird. + [53.62-55.94] Number 3 is a cat. + [57.20-62.00] Listen and write the names of the animals under the pictures. + [63.66-65.58] Number 1: dog. + [66.91-70.35] D-O-G. + [72.39-74.67] Number 2: bird. + [76.23-80.49] B-I-R-D. + [82.47-84.39] Number 3: cat. + [86.01-88.83] C-A-T. + [92.85-95.74] Now look at the names and repeat them. + [97.04-97.68] Dog. + [99.44-102.09] Dog. + [102.05-102.69] Bird. + [104.53-104.58] Bird. + [107.44-107.84] Cat. + [109.74-110.22] Cat. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the sentences in Figure 2 and listen, don't repeat. +Number 1: "A few animals have two legs." +Number 2: "Other animals have four legs." +Number 3: "Dogs, cats, and birds are animals." +Number 4: "All animals need food and water." +Number 5: "Many people buy food for their animals." +Number 6: "Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food." +Number 7: "Birds get their food from the trees and grass." +Number 8: "Sometimes people give the birds food and water." +Listen to the sentences again and repeat them. +Number 1: "A few animals have two legs." +Number 2: "Other animals have four legs." +Number 3: "Dogs, cats, and birds are animals." +Number 4: "All animals need food and water." +Number 5: "Many people buy food for their animals." +Number 6: "Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food." +Number 7: "Birds get their food from the trees and grass." +Number 8: "Sometimes people give the birds food and water." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-7.60] Look at the sentences in Figure 2 and listen, don't repeat. + [9.07-13.07] Number 1: "A few animals have two legs." + [15.79-19.60] Number 2: "Other animals have four legs." + [22.42-27.71] Number 3: "Dogs, cats, and birds are animals." + [30.94-34.70] Number 4: "All animals need food and water." + [38.03-42.61] Number 5: "Many people buy food for their animals." + [45.22-50.62] Number 6: "Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food." + [54.02-59.04] Number 7: "Birds get their food from the trees and grass." + [61.76-66.48] Number 8: "Sometimes people give the birds food and water." + [70.88-75.04] Listen to the sentences again and repeat them. + [76.70-80.34] Number 1: "A few animals have two legs." + [86.13-90.00] Number 2: "Other animals have four legs." + [96.30-101.41] Number 3: "Dogs, cats, and birds are animals." + [108.26-112.22] Number 4: "All animals need food and water." + [118.72-122.98] Number 5: "Many people buy food for their animals." + [130.88-136.16] Number 6: "Grocery stores sell dog food and cat food." + [142.77-148.11] Number 7: "Birds get their food from the trees and grass." + [155.18-159.89] Number 8: "Sometimes people give the birds food and water." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please go to Figure 3, look at the pictures, and listen to the words. +Buy. +Buy. +Next to. +Next to. +Fence. +Fence. +Gate. +Gate. +Now look at the words and sentences. +Listen and repeat. +Number 1: buy. +Buy. +The book is by the chair. +Number 2: next to. +Next to. +Buy and next to are the same. +Number 3: fence. +Fence. +There is a fence between the base and the street. +Number 4: gate. +Gate. +A gate in a fence is like a door in a wall. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.49-7.89] Please go to Figure 3, look at the pictures, and listen to the words. + [9.46-10.02] Buy. + [11.71-12.35] Buy. + [13.97-14.77] Next to. + [16.37-17.17] Next to. + [18.88-19.68] Fence. + [21.28-22.00] Fence. + [23.82-24.22] Gate. + [26.27-26.67] Gate. + [30.35-33.23] Now look at the words and sentences. + [33.95-35.95] Listen and repeat. + [37.62-39.30] Number 1: buy. + [41.10-41.74] Buy. + [43.71-45.36] The book is by the chair. + [50.29-52.53] Number 2: next to. + [54.90-55.70] Next to. + [58.26-60.58] Buy and next to are the same. + [65.97-67.73] Number 3: fence. + [69.78-70.50] Fence. + [73.89-76.69] There is a fence between the base and the street. + [83.02-84.54] Number 4: gate. + [86.40-86.80] Gate. + [89.73-93.41] A gate in a fence is like a door in a wall. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Okay, look at Figure 4, look at the pictures, and listen. +Ben and Sue Fox live next to Jim and Pat Day. +The day's backyard is next to the fox's backyard. +There is a fence between the two backyards. +Sue and Pat are standing by the fence. +Ben and Jim are standing by the gate. +In one backyard, the children are eating. +In the other backyard, a young boy and girl are playing, and an older boy is cutting the grass. +A very young child is sitting by the back door of the day's house. +Now look at the numbers under the picture. +Listen to questions. +Circle yes or no. +Number 1: Is there a front yard in the picture? +Number 2: Is Sue Fox standing by the fence? +Number 3: Is Pat Day standing by the fence too? +Number 4: Are Pat and Sue on the same side of the fence? +Number 5: Are Ben and Jim standing next to the gate? +Number 6: Is the gate open? +Number 7: Is a dog sitting by the door? +Number 8: Is there a cat in the picture? +Listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is no. +Repeat: Is there a front yard in the picture? +No. +This is a picture of two backyards. +Number 2 is yes. +Repeat: Is Sue Fox standing by the fence? +Yes, Sue Fox is standing by the fence. +Number 3 is yes. +Repeat: Is Pat Day standing by the fence too? +Yes, Pat Day is standing by the fence too. +Number 4 is no. +Are Pat and Sue on the same side of the fence? +No, Pat and Sue are on opposite sides of the fence. +Number 5 is yes. +Repeat: Are Ben and Jim standing next to the gate? +Yes, Ben and Jim are standing next to the gate. +Number 6 is no. +Repeat: Is the gate open? +No, the gate's not open; it's closed. +Number 7 is no. +Repeat: Is a dog sitting by the door? +No, a small child +is sitting by the door, not a dog. +A dog is sitting next to the table. +Number 8 is yes. +Repeat: Is there a cat in the picture? +Yes, there's a cat near the table. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-7.38] Okay, look at Figure 4, look at the pictures, and listen. + [9.44-14.00] Ben and Sue Fox live next to Jim and Pat Day. + [15.41-19.09] The day's backyard is next to the fox's backyard. + [20.37-23.17] There is a fence between the two backyards. + [24.35-26.99] Sue and Pat are standing by the fence. + [28.30-30.70] Ben and Jim are standing by the gate. + [32.11-34.83] In one backyard, the children are eating. + [35.86-42.74] In the other backyard, a young boy and girl are playing, and an older boy is cutting the grass. + [43.66-47.82] A very young child is sitting by the back door of the day's house. + [51.98-55.02] Now look at the numbers under the picture. + [55.87-57.63] Listen to questions. + [58.03-60.27] Circle yes or no. + [62.06-65.47] Number 1: Is there a front yard in the picture? + [74.03-78.10] Number 2: Is Sue Fox standing by the fence? + [85.42-89.34] Number 3: Is Pat Day standing by the fence too? + [99.86-103.70] Number 4: Are Pat and Sue on the same side of the fence? + [112.91-116.51] Number 5: Are Ben and Jim standing next to the gate? + [125.70-127.94] Number 6: Is the gate open? + [138.32-141.90] Number 7: Is a dog sitting by the door? + [152.72-155.78] Number 8: Is there a cat in the picture? + [165.84-168.32] Listen and check your answers. + [169.98-171.42] Number 1 is no. + [172.77-175.73] Repeat: Is there a front yard in the picture? + [180.53-181.01] No. + [181.73-184.13] This is a picture of two backyards. + [189.20-190.80] Number 2 is yes. + [191.76-195.46] Repeat: Is Sue Fox standing by the fence? + [201.10-204.06] Yes, Sue Fox is standing by the fence. + [208.95-210.56] Number 3 is yes. + [211.57-215.79] Repeat: Is Pat Day standing by the fence too? + [222.61-225.73] Yes, Pat Day is standing by the fence too. + [233.31-234.75] Number 4 is no. + [235.47-238.11] Are Pat and Sue on the same side of the fence? + [243.90-247.74] No, Pat and Sue are on opposite sides of the fence. + [254.11-255.71] Number 5 is yes. + [256.27-260.11] Repeat: Are Ben and Jim standing next to the gate? + [265.90-269.02] Yes, Ben and Jim are standing next to the gate. + [276.51-277.45] Number 6 is no. + [278.85-281.31] Repeat: Is the gate open? + [285.50-288.46] No, the gate's not open; it's closed. + [296.74-298.29] Number 7 is no. + [299.30-302.67] Repeat: Is a dog sitting by the door? + [307.39-309.04] No, a small child + [313.07-315.79] is sitting by the door, not a dog. + [322.06-324.54] A dog is sitting next to the table. + [331.87-333.23] Number 8 is yes. + [333.79-336.69] Repeat: Is there a cat in the picture? + [341.58-344.30] Yes, there's a cat near the table. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5: listen to the sentences and add or subtract the numbers, then answer the questions. +Let's do the example in Figure 5 first. +Bill is 20 years old. +Ken is 2 years younger. +How old is Ken? +18 is the answer. +20 minus 2 equals 18. +Repeat: Ken is 18 years old. +Now let's do the exercise. +Number 1: John is 10. +Mary is 3 years older. +How old is Mary? +Repeat: Mary is 13 years old. +Number 2: Lisa is 16. +Her sister is 5 years younger. +How old is her sister? +Repeat: Her sister is 11. +Number 3: Betty is 20 years old. +Steve is 5 years older. +How old is Steve? +Repeat: Steve is 25 years old. +Number 4: Two years from now, Larry will be 21. +How old is Larry? +Repeat: Larry is 19 years old. +Number 5: Frank bought his car 2 years ago. +It was 4 years old then. +How old is it now? +Repeat: It's 6 years old. +Number 6: +Mr. +and Mrs. +Baker were 25 years old 10 years ago. +How old are they now? +Repeat: They're 35 years old. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-12.45] Now look at Figure 5: listen to the sentences and add or subtract the numbers, then answer the questions. + [13.49-17.01] Let's do the example in Figure 5 first. + [19.62-21.78] Bill is 20 years old. + [22.50-24.82] Ken is 2 years younger. + [25.62-26.90] How old is Ken? + [31.34-33.42] 18 is the answer. + [34.42-37.86] 20 minus 2 equals 18. + [38.85-42.93] Repeat: Ken is 18 years old. + [45.14-47.30] Now let's do the exercise. + [49.49-52.69] Number 1: John is 10. + [53.79-55.95] Mary is 3 years older. + [57.33-58.29] How old is Mary? + [64.02-66.82] Repeat: Mary is 13 years old. + [71.68-74.16] Number 2: Lisa is 16. + [75.27-77.17] Her sister is 5 years younger. + [78.51-79.79] How old is her sister? + [86.03-88.43] Repeat: Her sister is 11. + [93.30-96.64] Number 3: Betty is 20 years old. + [97.73-99.49] Steve is 5 years older. + [100.90-101.94] How old is Steve? + [109.07-111.79] Repeat: Steve is 25 years old. + [117.39-121.78] Number 4: Two years from now, Larry will be 21. + [123.27-124.38] How old is Larry? + [132.77-135.49] Repeat: Larry is 19 years old. + [140.48-144.46] Number 5: Frank bought his car 2 years ago. + [145.81-147.49] It was 4 years old then. + [148.51-149.63] How old is it now? + [156.96-159.36] Repeat: It's 6 years old. + [164.38-164.86] Number 6: + [166.89-166.95] Mr. + [167.19-167.62] and Mrs. + [167.62-171.14] Baker were 25 years old 10 years ago. + [172.32-173.44] How old are they now? + [181.38-185.79] Repeat: They're 35 years old. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen to the underlined words and repeat them. +Climb, +climb. +Run, +run. +Ran, +ran. +Look at the pictures and the sentences beside them. +Listen and repeat the sentences. +Number 1: Two boys are climbing the mountain. +Number 2: They climbed the mountain in Canada last summer. +Number 3: Next summer they will climb mountains in France. +Number 4: Mr. +Clark is running to the bus stop. +Number 5: He also ran yesterday morning. +Number 6: He has to run to the bus stop every morning. +He is always late. +Listen to questions and answer them. +Number 1: Are the boys climbing a fence? +Repeat: No, they're not. +They're climbing a mountain. +Number 2: Did they climb a mountain last summer? +Repeat: Yes, they did. +They climbed the mountain last summer. +Number 3: Will they also climb mountains next summer? +Repeat: Yes, they will. +They'll climb mountains next summer too. +Number 4: Is Mr. +Clark walking? +Repeat: No, he's not walking. +Mr. +Clark is running. +Number 5: Does he have to run? +Repeat: Yes, he does. +He's late. +He has to run. +Number 6: Where does he run? +Repeat: To the bus stop. +Mr. +Clark runs to the bus stop every morning. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [36.91-37.87] Look at Figure 6. + [39.15-42.51] Listen to the underlined words and repeat them. + [44.14-44.94] Climb, + [46.69-47.49] climb. + [49.81-50.37] Run, + [52.95-53.22] run. + [56.67-56.91] Ran, + [58.83-59.13] ran. + [63.20-66.96] Look at the pictures and the sentences beside them. + [67.60-70.48] Listen and repeat the sentences. + [71.97-76.08] Number 1: Two boys are climbing the mountain. + [81.49-85.73] Number 2: They climbed the mountain in Canada last summer. + [93.22-97.97] Number 3: Next summer they will climb mountains in France. + [105.39-107.63] Number 4: Mr. + [107.63-109.39] Clark is running to the bus stop. + [115.82-119.39] Number 5: He also ran yesterday morning. + [125.02-129.17] Number 6: He has to run to the bus stop every morning. + [134.03-134.99] He is always late. + [139.15-142.03] Listen to questions and answer them. + [143.95-147.54] Number 1: Are the boys climbing a fence? + [153.97-155.73] Repeat: No, they're not. + [158.21-159.49] They're climbing a mountain. + [163.82-167.10] Number 2: Did they climb a mountain last summer? + [171.68-173.36] Repeat: Yes, they did. + [176.56-178.48] They climbed the mountain last summer. + [184.21-188.30] Number 3: Will they also climb mountains next summer? + [194.61-196.21] Repeat: Yes, they will. + [199.98-202.06] They'll climb mountains next summer too. + [207.20-209.49] Number 4: Is Mr. + [209.49-210.53] Clark walking? + [215.84-217.84] Repeat: No, he's not walking. + [222.13-222.37] Mr. + [222.37-223.41] Clark is running. + [228.59-231.73] Number 5: Does he have to run? + [238.50-240.10] Repeat: Yes, he does. + [242.46-243.02] He's late. + [245.07-246.03] He has to run. + [250.48-252.72] Number 6: Where does he run? + [258.13-259.73] Repeat: To the bus stop. + [263.44-263.68] Mr. + [263.68-266.24] Clark runs to the bus stop every morning. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Turn to Figure 7 now. +Listen to the sentences and circle T for true or F for false. +Number 1: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. +Number 2: All animals have 4 legs. +Number 3: A gate is like a door. +Number 4: Animals don't need food and water. +Number 5: Front is the opposite of back. +Number 6: Next to is the opposite of by. +Number 7: Some yards have fences. +Number 8: Birds climb trees and roofs. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is true. +Repeat: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. +Number 2 is false. +Repeat: Not all animals have 4 legs. +Number 3 is true. +Repeat: A gate is like a door. +Number 4 is false. +Repeat: Animals need food and water. +Number 5 is true. +Repeat: Front is the opposite of back. +Number 6 is false. +Repeat: Next to and by are the same. +Number 7 is true. +Repeat: Some yards have fences. +Number 8 is false. +Repeat: Birds fly to trees and roofs. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.33-3.41] Turn to Figure 7 now. + [4.30-11.02] Listen to the sentences and circle T for true or F for false. + [13.09-17.17] Number 1: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. + [23.25-26.37] Number 2: All animals have 4 legs. + [32.99-35.71] Number 3: A gate is like a door. + [42.08-46.16] Number 4: Animals don't need food and water. + [52.69-56.05] Number 5: Front is the opposite of back. + [64.46-68.38] Number 6: Next to is the opposite of by. + [74.27-77.86] Number 7: Some yards have fences. + [85.14-89.39] Number 8: Birds climb trees and roofs. + [98.30-100.22] Now check your answers. + [101.92-103.28] Number 1 is true. + [104.00-108.00] Repeat: Dogs, cats, and birds are animals. + [112.27-113.87] Number 2 is false. + [114.66-118.18] Repeat: Not all animals have 4 legs. + [123.58-125.02] Number 3 is true. + [125.74-128.22] Repeat: A gate is like a door. + [133.95-135.79] Number 4 is false. + [136.51-139.47] Repeat: Animals need food and water. + [146.19-147.71] Number 5 is true. + [148.43-151.68] Repeat: Front is the opposite of back. + [157.47-158.40] Number 6 is false. + [159.87-163.70] Repeat: Next to and by are the same. + [169.54-171.22] Number 7 is true. + [172.02-174.82] Repeat: Some yards have fences. + [179.28-180.96] Number 8 is false. + [181.71-185.46] Repeat: Birds fly to trees and roofs. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8, look at the example, and listen to a sentence. +Underline the words you hear. +Listen: "Mary has a cat and a dog." +Underline the word "cat." Let's start the exercise. +Underline the words you hear. +Mary's cat is called Brutus. +Brutus is always climbing. +He climbs to the top of trees, fences, and houses. +Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. +Yesterday, Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. +He was watching the birds. +Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. +She ran to her father and asked him for help. +He climbed the roof and got Brutus. +Listen to the paragraphs again and check the words. +Don't repeat. +Listen. +Mary's cat is called Brutus. +Brutus is always climbing. +He climbs to the top of trees, fences, and houses. +Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. +Yesterday, Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. +He was watching the birds. +Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. +She ran to her father and asked him for help. +He climbed the roof and got Brutus. +Listen to these questions, then answer them. +Number 1: How many animals does Mary have? +Repeat: Mary has 2 animals. +Number 2: Which animal can climb things? +Repeat: The cat can climb things. +Number 3: Where does the cat climb? +Repeat: The cat climbs to the tops of trees, fences, and roofs. +Number 4: Can the dog climb things too? +Repeat: No, it can't. +The dog can only run. +Number 5: What was the cat watching? +Repeat: The cat was watching the birds. +Number 6: What did Mary's father do? +Repeat: Mary's father climbed to the roof of the house. +Now turn to the answer page for this tape and check your sentences. +This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.42-6.86] Look at Figure 8, look at the example, and listen to a sentence. + [7.82-9.98] Underline the words you hear. + [10.82-14.80] Listen: "Mary has a cat and a dog." + [17.28-22.16] Underline the word "cat." Let's start the exercise. + [23.18-25.26] Underline the words you hear. + [27.70-30.02] Mary's cat is called Brutus. + [31.30-33.06] Brutus is always climbing. + [34.16-38.24] He climbs to the top of trees, fences, and houses. + [39.57-47.07] Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. + [48.88-53.36] Yesterday, Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. + [54.19-55.71] He was watching the birds. + [56.54-59.50] Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. + [60.43-63.15] She ran to her father and asked him for help. + [64.27-66.43] He climbed the roof and got Brutus. + [71.12-74.88] Listen to the paragraphs again and check the words. + [75.44-76.48] Don't repeat. + [76.88-77.52] Listen. + [79.63-81.55] Mary's cat is called Brutus. + [82.54-84.06] Brutus is always climbing. + [85.07-88.91] He climbs to the top of trees, fences, and houses. + [90.03-96.26] Mary's dog wants to climb them too, but he can only run from one side of the yard to the other. + [97.60-101.44] Yesterday, Brutus climbed to the roof of the house and stayed there. + [102.50-103.94] He was watching the birds. + [104.74-107.54] Her cat was happy, but Mary was upset. + [108.66-111.46] She ran to her father and asked him for help. + [112.61-114.93] He climbed the roof and got Brutus. + [118.74-122.66] Listen to these questions, then answer them. + [125.20-128.83] Number 1: How many animals does Mary have? + [134.02-136.34] Repeat: Mary has 2 animals. + [140.34-144.02] Number 2: Which animal can climb things? + [148.98-152.02] Repeat: The cat can climb things. + [156.24-159.38] Number 3: Where does the cat climb? + [164.26-169.35] Repeat: The cat climbs to the tops of trees, fences, and roofs. + [174.87-178.66] Number 4: Can the dog climb things too? + [184.99-186.91] Repeat: No, it can't. + [187.78-189.30] The dog can only run. + [194.43-197.73] Number 5: What was the cat watching? + [202.93-205.73] Repeat: The cat was watching the birds. + [212.02-215.06] Number 6: What did Mary's father do? + [219.66-223.02] Repeat: Mary's father climbed to the roof of the house. + [229.68-235.04] Now turn to the answer page for this tape and check your sentences. + [252.42-256.66] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-3C.md b/sources/book-7/tape-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1cc7898d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,590 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3C. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3C. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the words, then repeat them. +Above. +Above. +Below. +Below. +High. +High. +Low. +Low. +Over. +Over. +River. +River. +Hill. +Hill. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [10.08-13.68] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3C. + [21.97-22.45] Hello. + [23.25-28.61] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3C. + [36.98-38.26] Look at Figure 1. + [39.14-42.82] Listen to the words, then repeat them. + [44.10-44.82] Above. + [46.35-47.15] Above. + [49.07-49.71] Below. + [51.74-52.46] Below. + [54.67-55.23] High. + [57.31-57.79] High. + [59.78-60.42] Low. + [62.14-62.78] Low. + [65.01-67.41] Over. + [67.44-70.05] Over. + [70.05-70.10] River. + [72.63-72.93] River. + [74.98-77.19] Hill. + [77.18-80.43] Hill. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 2, look at the pictures, repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "The airplane is above the trees." +Number 2: "The airplane is below the clouds." +Number 3: "The sun is high in the sky." +Number 4: "The sun is low in the sky." +Number 5: "The ball is going over the fence." +Number 6: "The river starts in the mountains" +"and goes to the ocean." +Number 7: "One hill is higher than the other two hills." +Now look at the pictures again. +Listen to questions and circle yes or no. +Number 1: "Is the airplane higher than the trees?" +Number 2: "Are the clouds above the airplane?" +Number 3: "Is the sun low in the sky?" +Number 4: "Are the mountains over the sun?" +Number 5: "Is the fence below the ball?" +Number 6: +"Is the river like a lake?" +Number 7: "Are hills and mountains the same?" +Listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is yes. +Repeat: "The airplane is higher than the trees." +Number 2 is yes. +Repeat: "The clouds are above the airplane." +Number 3 is no. +"The sun is high in this picture, not low." Repeat: "The sun is high." +Number 4 is no. +"The mountains are below the sun, not over it." Repeat: "The sun is over the mountains." +Number 5 is yes. +Repeat: "The fence is below the ball." +Number 6 is no. +"The water in a river is fast; the water in a lake doesn't go to an ocean." Repeat: "The river isn't like a lake." +Number 7 is no. +"Hills are lower." Repeat: "Hills are lower than mountains." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-7.31] Go to Figure 2, look at the pictures, repeat the sentences. + [8.53-12.67] Number 1: "The airplane is above the trees." + [18.69-22.77] Number 2: "The airplane is below the clouds." + [27.84-31.92] Number 3: "The sun is high in the sky." + [37.81-41.25] Number 4: "The sun is low in the sky." + [47.28-51.20] Number 5: "The ball is going over the fence." + [56.19-59.86] Number 6: "The river starts in the mountains" + [65.26-66.62] "and goes to the ocean." + [74.02-78.86] Number 7: "One hill is higher than the other two hills." + [84.45-86.45] Now look at the pictures again. + [87.09-90.77] Listen to questions and circle yes or no. + [93.09-97.07] Number 1: "Is the airplane higher than the trees?" + [102.83-106.59] Number 2: "Are the clouds above the airplane?" + [112.78-116.38] Number 3: "Is the sun low in the sky?" + [122.27-126.18] Number 4: "Are the mountains over the sun?" + [133.34-139.35] Number 5: "Is the fence below the ball?" + [143.34-143.98] Number 6: + [145.79-147.39] "Is the river like a lake?" + [155.36-158.64] Number 7: "Are hills and mountains the same?" + [165.09-167.33] Listen and check your answers. + [168.80-170.48] Number 1 is yes. + [171.28-175.01] Repeat: "The airplane is higher than the trees." + [180.88-182.40] Number 2 is yes. + [183.20-186.24] Repeat: "The clouds are above the airplane." + [191.81-193.41] Number 3 is no. + [194.98-200.98] "The sun is high in this picture, not low." Repeat: "The sun is high." + [206.05-207.57] Number 4 is no. + [208.80-215.76] "The mountains are below the sun, not over it." Repeat: "The sun is over the mountains." + [221.71-223.31] Number 5 is yes. + [223.71-226.59] Repeat: "The fence is below the ball." + [232.03-233.63] Number 6 is no. + [234.59-244.06] "The water in a river is fast; the water in a lake doesn't go to an ocean." Repeat: "The river isn't like a lake." + [250.30-251.39] Number 7 is no. + [252.54-257.58] "Hills are lower." Repeat: "Hills are lower than mountains." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Listen to the first question: "Why can't Lieutenant Smith fly today?" Now listen to the conversation and then answer the question. +Done. +Lieutenant Smith can't fly today. +No problem, sir. +I can fly with his student. +That's good. +Thanks. +What's wrong with him? +He's sick. +He called me at home last night. +Now answer the question: "Why can't Lieutenant Smith fly today?" +Because he's sick. +Lieutenant Smith is sick and can't fly today. +Listen to the conversation again. +Done. +Lieutenant Smith can't fly today. +No problem, sir. +I can fly with his student. +That's good. +Thanks. +What's wrong with him? +He's sick. +He called me at home last night. +Look at the second question: "When does the sergeant have to check ID cards?" Now listen to the conversation and answer the question. +May I please see your ID card, sir? +Yes. +Here it is. +What's wrong, Sergeant? +Nothing, sir. +We have to check IDs at this gate. +24 hours a day? +No, sir. +Only after 6 o'clock at night. +Now answer the question: "When does the sergeant have to check ID cards?" +Only after 6 o'clock at night. +The sergeant has to check ID cards after 6 o'clock at night. +Listen to the conversation again. +May I please see your ID card, sir? +Yes. +Here it is. +What's wrong, Sergeant? +Nothing, sir. +We have to check IDs at this gate. +24 hours a day? +No, sir. +Only after 6 o'clock at night. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-2.96] Look at Figure 3. + [4.08-14.96] Listen to the first question: "Why can't Lieutenant Smith fly today?" Now listen to the conversation and then answer the question. + [17.71-18.11] Done. + [18.75-20.43] Lieutenant Smith can't fly today. + [21.15-22.11] No problem, sir. + [23.07-24.43] I can fly with his student. + [25.15-25.71] That's good. + [26.03-26.43] Thanks. + [26.83-27.63] What's wrong with him? + [28.27-28.91] He's sick. + [29.39-30.83] He called me at home last night. + [35.09-40.69] Now answer the question: "Why can't Lieutenant Smith fly today?" + [45.17-46.53] Because he's sick. + [47.25-50.77] Lieutenant Smith is sick and can't fly today. + [54.75-57.07] Listen to the conversation again. + [60.37-60.85] Done. + [61.49-63.17] Lieutenant Smith can't fly today. + [63.89-64.77] No problem, sir. + [65.78-67.14] I can fly with his student. + [67.86-68.50] That's good. + [68.66-69.14] Thanks. + [69.54-70.34] What's wrong with him? + [70.98-71.62] He's sick. + [72.10-73.54] He called me at home last night. + [77.79-88.50] Look at the second question: "When does the sergeant have to check ID cards?" Now listen to the conversation and answer the question. + [94.58-96.58] May I please see your ID card, sir? + [97.73-98.21] Yes. + [98.45-99.17] Here it is. + [99.57-100.45] What's wrong, Sergeant? + [101.09-101.81] Nothing, sir. + [102.13-103.89] We have to check IDs at this gate. + [104.61-105.81] 24 hours a day? + [106.29-106.77] No, sir. + [107.01-108.69] Only after 6 o'clock at night. + [113.81-119.58] Now answer the question: "When does the sergeant have to check ID cards?" + [124.75-127.23] Only after 6 o'clock at night. + [128.03-132.83] The sergeant has to check ID cards after 6 o'clock at night. + [134.02-136.50] Listen to the conversation again. + [138.19-140.19] May I please see your ID card, sir? + [141.42-141.90] Yes. + [142.06-142.78] Here it is. + [143.26-144.06] What's wrong, Sergeant? + [144.78-145.42] Nothing, sir. + [145.74-147.50] We have to check IDs at this gate. + [148.30-149.42] 24 hours a day? + [149.90-150.46] No, sir. + [150.70-152.19] Only after 6 o'clock at night. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 4, look at the pictures, listen and repeat the underlined words. +Moon. +Moon. +Earth. +Earth. +Stars. +Stars. +World. +World. +Land. +Land. +Around. +Around. +Look at the sentences below the pictures. +Repeat them. +Number 1: The moon shines at night. +Number 2: The Earth circles the sun. +Number 3: The stars are high above the Earth. +Number 4: A map of the world shows both land and water. +Number 5: The moon moves in a circle around the Earth. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.38-9.44] Now go to Figure 4, look at the pictures, listen and repeat the underlined words. + [10.16-10.80] Moon. + [12.83-13.55] Moon. + [15.76-16.24] Earth. + [18.30-18.70] Earth. + [20.78-21.74] Stars. + [23.41-23.46] Stars. + [26.46-29.01] World. + [29.31-31.71] World. + [31.58-34.29] Land. + [34.26-36.99] Land. + [37.04-39.27] Around. + [39.31-43.05] Around. + [43.38-46.26] Look at the sentences below the pictures. + [46.66-47.54] Repeat them. + [49.17-52.34] Number 1: The moon shines at night. + [57.22-60.70] Number 2: The Earth circles the sun. + [66.54-69.82] Number 3: The stars are high above the Earth. + [74.37-79.60] Number 4: A map of the world shows both land and water. + [85.57-89.89] Number 5: The moon moves in a circle around the Earth. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 5 and look at the first dialogue: "Listen, don't repeat." +Look at the stars; there are millions of them. +The sky is clear, and there's no moon tonight. +Why can't we see the moon now? +Because it's between the Earth and the Sun. +When can we see the moon again? +We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. +When will we see all of it? +In 2 weeks. +Next week we'll see half of it. +Listen to the first dialogue again. +This time, repeat it. +Say both parts. +"Look at the stars." +"There are millions of them." +"The sky is clear, and there's no moon tonight." +Why can't we see the moon now? +Because it's between the Earth and the Sun. +When can we see the moon again? +We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. +When will we see all of it? +In 2 weeks. +Next week we'll see half of it. +Now look at the second dialogue: "Listen, don't repeat." +How many countries are there on Earth? +There are 171. +Where did you learn that? +I looked at the world map and counted them. +Did you visit many of them? +No, not many. +I thought you were in the Navy. +I was, and I traveled around the world. +But you didn't see land. +That'sright. +I only saw a lot of water. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-8.40] Go to Figure 5 and look at the first dialogue: "Listen, don't repeat." + [12.53-15.41] Look at the stars; there are millions of them. + [16.27-18.83] The sky is clear, and there's no moon tonight. + [20.08-21.52] Why can't we see the moon now? + [22.24-24.48] Because it's between the Earth and the Sun. + [25.49-26.85] When can we see the moon again? + [28.05-29.73] We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. + [30.69-31.73] When will we see all of it? + [32.53-33.41] In 2 weeks. + [34.13-35.97] Next week we'll see half of it. + [37.82-39.66] Listen to the first dialogue again. + [40.30-41.82] This time, repeat it. + [42.80-43.92] Say both parts. + [45.87-47.15] "Look at the stars." + [49.01-50.21] "There are millions of them." + [53.90-56.70] "The sky is clear, and there's no moon tonight." + [61.90-63.50] Why can't we see the moon now? + [67.47-69.79] Because it's between the Earth and the Sun. + [75.26-76.78] When can we see the moon again? + [80.99-82.67] We'll see a piece of it tomorrow night. + [88.30-89.50] When will we see all of it? + [93.38-94.26] In 2 weeks. + [96.70-98.46] Next week we'll see half of it. + [138.40-142.80] Now look at the second dialogue: "Listen, don't repeat." + [147.02-148.70] How many countries are there on Earth? + [149.34-151.17] There are 171. + [152.13-153.14] Where did you learn that? + [153.78-155.94] I looked at the world map and counted them. + [157.12-158.48] Did you visit many of them? + [158.72-159.68] No, not many. + [160.64-161.84] I thought you were in the Navy. + [162.40-164.40] I was, and I traveled around the world. + [165.23-166.35] But you didn't see land. + [166.91-167.47] That'sright. + [167.95-169.15] I only saw a lot of water. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6. +Listen again to the second dialogue; this time write the missing words. +How many countries are there on Earth? +There are 171. +Where did you learn that? +I looked at the world map and counted them. +Did you visit many of them? +No, not many. +I thought you were in the Navy. +I was, and I traveled around the world. +But you didn't see any land. +That'sright. +I only saw a lot of water. +Now listen to the dialogue, repeat it, and check the words you wrote. +How many countries are there on Earth? +There are 171. +Where did you learn that? +I looked at the world map and counted them. +Did you visit many of them? +No, not many. +I thought you were in the Navy. +I was, and I traveled around the world. +But you didn't see any land. +That'sright. +I only saw a lot of water. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-2.96] Look at figure 6. + [3.79-8.67] Listen again to the second dialogue; this time write the missing words. + [11.25-12.85] How many countries are there on Earth? + [18.86-20.73] There are 171. + [21.93-22.98] Where did you learn that? + [24.19-26.43] I looked at the world map and counted them. + [30.69-32.05] Did you visit many of them? + [32.69-33.57] No, not many. + [34.37-35.57] I thought you were in the Navy. + [36.21-38.85] I was, and I traveled around the world. + [46.18-47.46] But you didn't see any land. + [53.33-53.81] That'sright. + [54.21-55.49] I only saw a lot of water. + [58.14-62.38] Now listen to the dialogue, repeat it, and check the words you wrote. + [64.46-66.06] How many countries are there on Earth? + [71.28-73.29] There are 171. + [76.89-77.95] Where did you learn that? + [82.10-84.42] I looked at the world map and counted them. + [88.83-90.11] Did you visit many of them? + [93.28-94.24] No, not many. + [97.38-98.66] I thought you were in the Navy. + [102.14-104.62] I was, and I traveled around the world. + [108.99-110.35] But you didn't see any land. + [113.94-114.42] That'sright. + [115.86-117.14] I only saw a lot of water. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 7, look at the pictures, and listen to the sentences. +Number 1: The dog is small. +The cat is smaller. +The bird is the smallest. +Repeat: the smallest. +The bird is the smallest. +Number 2: The table knife is long. +The meat knife is longer. +The bread knife is the longest. +Repeat: the longest. +The bread knife is the longest. +Number 3: +Sam is wet. +Bob is wetter. +Ken is the wettest. +Repeat: the wettest. +Ken is the wettest. +Now look at the pictures and answer the questions. +Look at the first picture. +Which animal is the largest? +Repeat: the dog is the largest. +Look at the second picture. +Which knife is the shortest? +Repeat: the table knife is the shortest. +Now look at the third picture. +Who is the driest? +Repeat: Sam is the driest. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.50-7.42] Go to Figure 7, look at the pictures, and listen to the sentences. + [8.61-11.25] Number 1: The dog is small. + [12.53-13.97] The cat is smaller. + [15.02-16.78] The bird is the smallest. + [18.22-20.14] Repeat: the smallest. + [21.97-23.65] The bird is the smallest. + [28.19-31.62] Number 2: The table knife is long. + [33.20-34.88] The meat knife is longer. + [36.45-38.53] The bread knife is the longest. + [40.35-42.19] Repeat: the longest. + [44.78-46.78] The bread knife is the longest. + [51.17-51.97] Number 3: + [53.17-54.45] Sam is wet. + [55.70-56.74] Bob is wetter. + [57.89-59.41] Ken is the wettest. + [60.75-62.94] Repeat: the wettest. + [65.15-66.67] Ken is the wettest. + [71.78-75.38] Now look at the pictures and answer the questions. + [78.38-79.58] Look at the first picture. + [80.58-82.42] Which animal is the largest? + [87.89-90.45] Repeat: the dog is the largest. + [95.15-96.43] Look at the second picture. + [97.90-99.50] Which knife is the shortest? + [106.58-109.78] Repeat: the table knife is the shortest. + [115.66-116.94] Now look at the third picture. + [118.80-119.92] Who is the driest? + [125.63-128.27] Repeat: Sam is the driest. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please turn to Figure 8, look at the pictures, listen to a sentence, and circle the letter of the correct picture. +Circle A or B. +Number 1: "He put the longest pencil in the box." +Number 2: "Carol got the lowest score on the test." +Number 3: "Problem 1 is the easiest." +Number 4: "The circle is the smallest shape." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is A. +Repeat: "He put the longest pencil in the box." +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: "Carol got the lowest score on the test." +Number 3 is B. +Repeat: "Problem 1 is the easiest." +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: "The circle is the smallest shape." +Listen to some sentences with your books closed. +Don't repeat them, just listen. +Number 1: "Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations." +Number 2: "They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane." +Number 3: "In a car they have to drive all day." +Number 4: "The train is the answer to their problems." +Number 5: "They can have their own small rooms on the train." +Number 6: "On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book." +Number 7: "They can just sit at a window and look outside." +Number 8: "Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.94-11.60] Please turn to Figure 8, look at the pictures, listen to a sentence, and circle the letter of the correct picture. + [12.32-14.48] Circle A or B. + [16.42-20.74] Number 1: "He put the longest pencil in the box." + [29.84-34.59] Number 2: "Carol got the lowest score on the test." + [45.04-49.36] Number 3: "Problem 1 is the easiest." + [59.47-63.68] Number 4: "The circle is the smallest shape." + [74.08-76.00] Let's check your answers. + [78.18-79.70] Number 1 is A. + [80.62-84.43] Repeat: "He put the longest pencil in the box." + [89.26-90.86] Number 2 is B. + [91.68-95.95] Repeat: "Carol got the lowest score on the test." + [101.36-103.12] Number 3 is B. + [103.97-107.44] Repeat: "Problem 1 is the easiest." + [112.46-114.22] Number 4 is A. + [115.06-118.99] Repeat: "The circle is the smallest shape." + [124.59-128.43] Listen to some sentences with your books closed. + [129.15-132.19] Don't repeat them, just listen. + [133.76-140.37] Number 1: "Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations." + [142.99-149.52] Number 2: "They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane." + [153.07-157.31] Number 3: "In a car they have to drive all day." + [161.30-165.68] Number 4: "The train is the answer to their problems." + [168.69-174.32] Number 5: "They can have their own small rooms on the train." + [177.39-183.71] Number 6: "On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book." + [186.51-191.82] Number 7: "They can just sit at a window and look outside." + [194.64-200.56] Number 8: "Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them." + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3c-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now open your books and look at Figure 9. +Listen to the sentences again, and write them. +Number 1: "Some people +don't like +to fly or drive, +on their vacations." +Number 2: "They can't see cities, +mountains, +or lakes +from an airplane." +Number 3: "In a car, +they have to drive +all day." +Number 4: "The train +is the answer." +To their problems. +Number 5: "They can have +their own small rooms, +on the train." +Number 6: "On the train, +people can eat, +sleep, +or read a book." +Number 7: "They can just sit, +at a window, +and look outside." +Number 8: +"Trains are slower, +than airplanes, +but many people like them." +Listen again and check your sentences. +Number 1: "Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations." +Number 2: "They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane." +Number 3: "In a car, they have to drive all day." +Number 4: "The train is the answer to their problems." +Number 5: "They can have their own small rooms on the train." +Number 6: "On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book." +Number 7: "They can just sit at a window and look outside." +Number 8: "Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them." +Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. +This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.62-4.66] Now open your books and look at Figure 9. + [5.54-9.30] Listen to the sentences again, and write them. + [11.31-13.87] Number 1: "Some people + [20.83-21.79] don't like + [27.14-31.65] to fly or drive, + [35.92-37.28] on their vacations." + [46.00-52.17] Number 2: "They can't see cities, + [60.19-61.07] mountains, + [67.63-68.27] or lakes + [74.26-75.22] from an airplane." + [86.93-92.37] Number 3: "In a car, + [96.56-97.84] they have to drive + [106.02-109.35] all day." + [112.91-115.76] Number 4: "The train + [120.59-121.47] is the answer." + [130.46-131.66] To their problems. + [141.81-145.17] Number 5: "They can have + [153.33-154.93] their own small rooms, + [165.09-165.97] on the train." + [173.65-175.86] Number 6: "On the train, + [182.91-183.87] people can eat, + [191.23-195.39] sleep, + [197.02-197.90] or read a book." + [207.73-210.66] Number 7: "They can just sit, + [221.41-222.21] at a window, + [230.74-234.39] and look outside." + [240.19-240.83] Number 8: + [242.85-246.69] "Trains are slower, + [252.78-253.82] than airplanes, + [260.51-262.35] but many people like them." + [273.81-277.01] Listen again and check your sentences. + [278.54-284.46] Number 1: "Some people don't like to fly or drive on their vacations." + [288.46-295.06] Number 2: "They can't see cities, mountains, or lakes from an airplane." + [299.47-303.89] Number 3: "In a car, they have to drive all day." + [309.52-314.02] Number 4: "The train is the answer to their problems." + [320.00-324.93] Number 5: "They can have their own small rooms on the train." + [330.99-337.02] Number 6: "On the train, people can eat, sleep, or read a book." + [342.50-347.87] Number 7: "They can just sit at a window and look outside." + [352.86-358.65] Number 8: "Trains are slower than airplanes, but many people like them." + [362.19-365.20] Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. + [374.58-378.66] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-3D.md b/sources/book-7/tape-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..edf21e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,545 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3D. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3D. +Look at Figure 1, look at the pictures, and listen to the questions. +Then circle A, B, or C. +Let's do the first one and check it. +Number 1: Which is the tallest? +The correct answer is B. +The building is the tallest. +Repeat: The building is the tallest. +Okay. +Now let's finish the exercise. +Number 2: Which is the fastest? +Number 3: Which window is the widest? +Number 4: Which month is the shortest? +Number 5: Who is the strongest? +Number 6: Which shape is the smallest? +Number 7: Which car is the newest? +Number 8: Who is the youngest? +Now listen and check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Number 2 is C. +Repeat: Which is the fastest? +The airplane is the fastest. +Number 3 is B. +Repeat: Which window is the widest? +The window in the center is the widest. +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: Which month is the shortest? +February is the shortest month. +Number 5 is A. +Repeat: Who is the strongest? +He's the strongest. +Number 6 is C. +Repeat: Which shape is the smallest? +The triangle is the smallest shape. +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: Which car is the newest? +The small car is the newest. +Number 8 is C. +Repeat: Who is the youngest? +The man on theright side is the youngest. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.44-14.16] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 3D. + [22.43-22.91] Hello. + [23.71-28.77] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3D. + [37.55-43.54] Look at Figure 1, look at the pictures, and listen to the questions. + [44.35-47.87] Then circle A, B, or C. + [49.06-51.38] Let's do the first one and check it. + [52.74-56.26] Number 1: Which is the tallest? + [61.25-63.49] The correct answer is B. + [64.05-66.29] The building is the tallest. + [67.12-70.88] Repeat: The building is the tallest. + [73.17-73.81] Okay. + [74.21-77.17] Now let's finish the exercise. + [78.87-82.08] Number 2: Which is the fastest? + [90.27-94.18] Number 3: Which window is the widest? + [101.47-105.14] Number 4: Which month is the shortest? + [112.85-115.79] Number 5: Who is the strongest? + [124.02-126.87] Number 6: Which shape is the smallest? + [134.91-140.85] Number 7: Which car is the newest? + [146.37-149.07] Number 8: Who is the youngest? + [153.99-156.54] Now listen and check your answers. + [159.21-161.01] Number 1 is B. + [163.17-165.01] Number 2 is C. + [165.87-168.54] Repeat: Which is the fastest? + [172.26-174.10] The airplane is the fastest. + [177.90-179.58] Number 3 is B. + [180.58-183.68] Repeat: Which window is the widest? + [189.20-191.68] The window in the center is the widest. + [197.97-199.57] Number 4 is A. + [200.48-203.60] Repeat: Which month is the shortest? + [208.91-211.07] February is the shortest month. + [216.27-217.76] Number 5 is A. + [218.56-221.17] Repeat: Who is the strongest? + [225.50-226.70] He's the strongest. + [231.47-233.60] Number 6 is C. + [234.38-237.39] Repeat: Which shape is the smallest? + [243.60-245.68] The triangle is the smallest shape. + [250.50-252.18] Number 7 is A. + [253.36-256.35] Repeat: Which car is the newest? + [262.27-264.11] The small car is the newest. + [268.82-270.34] Number 8 is C. + [271.33-273.79] Repeat: Who is the youngest? + [277.54-280.10] The man on theright side is the youngest. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2 now. +Look at the sentences. +Listen to the Q&A. +Look at the example first. +Which book is the biggest? +Repeat: "The math book is the biggest." +Now listen and answer the questions. +Number 1: Whose score was the highest? +Repeat: "Jan's score was the highest." +Who got the lowest score? +Repeat: "Pat got the lowest score." +Number 2: Who is the youngest? +Repeat: "Susan is the youngest." +Who is the oldest? +Repeat: "David is the oldest." +Number 3: Which is the largest? +Repeat: "The army is the largest." +Which is the smallest? +Repeat: "The navy is the smallest." +Number 4: Who was the latest? +Repeat: "Lieutenant Smith was the latest." +Who was the earliest? +Repeat: "Lieutenant Brown was the earliest." +Number 5: Which flight was the shortest? +Repeat: "Flight 456 was the shortest." +Which flight was the longest? +Repeat: "Flight 123 was the longest." +Number 6: +Whose watch is the fastest? +Repeat: "Mike's watch is the fastest." +Which boy has the slowest watch? +"Alan has the slowest watch." Repeat: "Alan has the slowest watch." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-3.34] Look at Figure 2 now. + [4.22-5.82] Look at the sentences. + [6.69-8.21] Listen to the Q&A. + [10.17-12.13] Look at the example first. + [13.23-14.99] Which book is the biggest? + [21.02-24.62] Repeat: "The math book is the biggest." + [27.81-30.77] Now listen and answer the questions. + [32.48-35.36] Number 1: Whose score was the highest? + [43.65-46.72] Repeat: "Jan's score was the highest." + [51.62-53.22] Who got the lowest score? + [60.74-63.86] Repeat: "Pat got the lowest score." + [70.38-73.15] Number 2: Who is the youngest? + [81.57-83.97] Repeat: "Susan is the youngest." + [89.18-90.14] Who is the oldest? + [96.90-99.06] Repeat: "David is the oldest." + [104.69-107.84] Number 3: Which is the largest? + [116.22-118.78] Repeat: "The army is the largest." + [124.22-125.42] Which is the smallest? + [133.06-135.70] Repeat: "The navy is the smallest." + [142.93-145.90] Number 4: Who was the latest? + [153.71-156.43] Repeat: "Lieutenant Smith was the latest." + [162.29-163.49] Who was the earliest? + [170.50-173.62] Repeat: "Lieutenant Brown was the earliest." + [179.06-182.43] Number 5: Which flight was the shortest? + [190.56-194.08] Repeat: "Flight 456 was the shortest." + [200.97-202.51] Which flight was the longest? + [208.05-211.79] Repeat: "Flight 123 was the longest." + [219.70-220.07] Number 6: + [222.15-223.23] Whose watch is the fastest? + [230.43-232.96] Repeat: "Mike's watch is the fastest." + [239.74-241.74] Which boy has the slowest watch? + [250.64-256.14] "Alan has the slowest watch." Repeat: "Alan has the slowest watch." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3: this is a map of South America. +Listen to a question and select the best answer: A, B, C, or D. +Number 1: Which country is the largest? +Number 2: Which country is the smallest? +Number 3: Which country is the widest? +Number 4: Which country is the narrowest? +Number 5: Which country is the longest? +Check your answers. +Number 1 is C. +Repeat: The largest country is Brazil. +Number 2 is D. +Repeat: The smallest country is French Guiana. +Number 3 is A. +Repeat: The widest country is Brazil. +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: The narrowest country is Chile. +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: The longest country is also Chile. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-6.77] Now look at Figure 3: this is a map of South America. + [7.57-15.65] Listen to a question and select the best answer: A, B, C, or D. + [17.79-20.67] Number 1: Which country is the largest? + [29.15-32.03] Number 2: Which country is the smallest? + [41.17-44.29] Number 3: Which country is the widest? + [53.66-57.21] Number 4: Which country is the narrowest? + [66.63-69.75] Number 5: Which country is the longest? + [79.44-80.96] Check your answers. + [82.85-84.29] Number 1 is C. + [85.28-88.40] Repeat: The largest country is Brazil. + [94.42-95.94] Number 2 is D. + [96.66-100.34] Repeat: The smallest country is French Guiana. + [105.81-107.57] Number 3 is A. + [108.32-112.05] Repeat: The widest country is Brazil. + [116.66-118.42] Number 4 is A. + [119.06-122.74] Repeat: The narrowest country is Chile. + [128.94-130.62] Number 5 is B. + [131.02-134.86] Repeat: The longest country is also Chile. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Turn to figure 4 now. +Look at the left side of the postcard. +Read it, then answer the questions. +Read the left side now. +Now answer the questions. +Number 1: Who got the postcard? +Repeat: Janet got the postcard. +Number 2: Who wrote the postcard? +Repeat: Marianne wrote the postcard. +Number 3: Where did she go on her vacation? +Repeat: Marianne was in France on her vacation. +Number 4: When did she write the postcard? +Repeat: She wrote the postcard on August 4, 1989. +Number 5: What did she do that day? +Repeat: Marianne took a train to the top of a mountain. +Now look at theright side of the postcard and answer the questions. +Number 1: What did Marianne write on theright side of the postcard? +Repeat: She wrote Janet's name and address. +Number 2: Janet's first name and last name are on the first line. +What is on the second line? +Repeat: Janet's house number and street name are on the second line. +Number 3: What's on the third line? +Repeat: The city, state, and ZIP code are on the third line. +Number 4: What's on the bottom line on theright side of the postcard? +Repeat: The name of the country is on the bottom line. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.68-3.60] Turn to figure 4 now. + [4.46-7.18] Look at the left side of the postcard. + [7.98-11.42] Read it, then answer the questions. + [12.14-14.30] Read the left side now. + [30.46-32.54] Now answer the questions. + [34.16-36.80] Number 1: Who got the postcard? + [42.83-45.15] Repeat: Janet got the postcard. + [49.42-52.48] Number 2: Who wrote the postcard? + [58.66-61.46] Repeat: Marianne wrote the postcard. + [67.31-71.09] Number 3: Where did she go on her vacation? + [76.88-81.09] Repeat: Marianne was in France on her vacation. + [89.46-92.90] Number 4: When did she write the postcard? + [99.76-105.50] Repeat: She wrote the postcard on August 4, 1989. + [115.35-118.75] Number 5: What did she do that day? + [125.33-129.81] Repeat: Marianne took a train to the top of a mountain. + [136.27-141.71] Now look at theright side of the postcard and answer the questions. + [143.78-148.67] Number 1: What did Marianne write on theright side of the postcard? + [154.14-157.34] Repeat: She wrote Janet's name and address. + [162.70-168.53] Number 2: Janet's first name and last name are on the first line. + [169.84-171.28] What is on the second line? + [178.37-183.49] Repeat: Janet's house number and street name are on the second line. + [192.13-195.14] Number 3: What's on the third line? + [203.10-208.78] Repeat: The city, state, and ZIP code are on the third line. + [216.85-222.34] Number 4: What's on the bottom line on theright side of the postcard? + [229.82-234.64] Repeat: The name of the country is on the bottom line. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Please turn to figure 5. +Listen, don't repeat. +Bill wants to write to a friend on this postcard. +Look at the postcard and listen to the questions. +Then write the number of the line in the blank. +Look at the example. +Where will Bill put the stamp? +Line 6. +Bill will put the stamp in the box on line 6. +Now look, listen, and write the number of the correct line. +Number 1. +Where will Bill sign his name? +Number 2. +Where will he write the date? +Number 3. +Where will he write his friend's first and last name? +Number 4. +Where will he write only his friend's first name? +Number 5. +Where will Bill write the name of his friend's country? +Number 6. +Where will Bill start his message? +Number 7. +Where will he write the city, state, and ZIP code? +Number 8. +Where will he write his friend's house number and street name? +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is line 5. +Number 2 is line 1. +Number 3 is line 7. +Number 4 is line 2. +Number 5 is line 10. +Number 6 is line 3. +Number 7 is line 9. +Number 8 is line 8. +Look at the postcard again. +Look at line 4. +What can Bill put on this line? +Your friend. +Repeat: Bill can write "your friend" on line 4. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.68-4.08] Please turn to figure 5. + [4.56-6.48] Listen, don't repeat. + [7.42-11.10] Bill wants to write to a friend on this postcard. + [11.97-15.41] Look at the postcard and listen to the questions. + [16.21-19.97] Then write the number of the line in the blank. + [20.93-22.29] Look at the example. + [23.89-25.73] Where will Bill put the stamp? + [32.29-33.81] Line 6. + [34.53-38.85] Bill will put the stamp in the box on line 6. + [40.53-45.65] Now look, listen, and write the number of the correct line. + [47.25-48.03] Number 1. + [49.07-50.83] Where will Bill sign his name? + [57.62-58.34] Number 2. + [59.28-60.72] Where will he write the date? + [68.30-69.10] Number 3. + [70.11-73.47] Where will he write his friend's first and last name? + [81.55-82.35] Number 4. + [83.61-86.86] Where will he write only his friend's first name? + [94.77-95.57] Number 5. + [96.62-99.90] Where will Bill write the name of his friend's country? + [108.70-109.42] Number 6. + [110.70-112.86] Where will Bill start his message? + [121.60-122.32] Number 7. + [123.63-126.96] Where will he write the city, state, and ZIP code? + [134.70-135.34] Number 8. + [136.83-140.35] Where will he write his friend's house number and street name? + [150.34-152.34] Now check your answers. + [153.81-155.73] Number 1 is line 5. + [158.31-160.77] Number 2 is line 1. + [163.17-165.51] Number 3 is line 7. + [168.51-170.85] Number 4 is line 2. + [174.03-176.61] Number 5 is line 10. + [180.21-182.55] Number 6 is line 3. + [186.21-188.67] Number 7 is line 9. + [191.37-193.49] Number 8 is line 8. + [205.39-206.80] Look at the postcard again. + [208.11-209.35] Look at line 4. + [210.69-212.85] What can Bill put on this line? + [217.58-218.62] Your friend. + [219.63-225.23] Repeat: Bill can write "your friend" on line 4. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph. +Circle the letter next to the question or questions you can answer with the information in the paragraph. +You may circle more than one letter. +Look at Figure 6 and listen to the questions. +A. +What is the name of the city? +B. +How many people live there? +C. +What is the name of the lake near the city? +D. +How is the weather in the city? +E. +Who lives in the city? +Now listen to the paragraph. +Chicago is a very big city. +3 million people live there. +It is next to a large lake and has many tall buildings. +One of them is the tallest building in the United States. +In the winter, the weather there is very cold. +There's a lot of wind and snow. +Chicago is called the windy city. +Listen to the paragraph again. +Chicago is a very big city. +3 million people live there. +It is next to a large lake and has many tall buildings. +One of them is the tallest building in the United States. +In the winter, the weather there is very cold. +There's a lot of wind and snow. +Chicago is called the windy city. +The answers are A, B, and D. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-2.74] Look at Figure 6. + [4.02-5.86] Listen to a paragraph. + [6.51-14.51] Circle the letter next to the question or questions you can answer with the information in the paragraph. + [15.34-17.74] You may circle more than one letter. + [18.46-22.30] Look at Figure 6 and listen to the questions. + [23.84-24.32] A. + [25.25-28.59] What is the name of the city? + [28.62-29.26] B. + [29.90-31.10] How many people live there? + [33.02-33.66] C. + [34.75-36.75] What is the name of the lake near the city? + [38.69-39.25] D. + [40.11-41.63] How is the weather in the city? + [43.78-44.34] E. + [45.60-46.64] Who lives in the city? + [50.90-53.22] Now listen to the paragraph. + [54.88-56.96] Chicago is a very big city. + [58.08-59.60] 3 million people live there. + [60.56-64.00] It is next to a large lake and has many tall buildings. + [64.96-68.00] One of them is the tallest building in the United States. + [68.86-71.66] In the winter, the weather there is very cold. + [72.70-74.22] There's a lot of wind and snow. + [75.22-77.46] Chicago is called the windy city. + [86.35-88.67] Listen to the paragraph again. + [90.37-92.21] Chicago is a very big city. + [93.15-94.67] 3 million people live there. + [95.82-99.62] It is next to a large lake and has many tall buildings. + [100.38-103.48] One of them is the tallest building in the United States. + [103.67-107.26] In the winter, the weather there is very cold. + [107.65-110.59] There's a lot of wind and snow. + [110.84-113.33] Chicago is called the windy city. + [122.54-126.86] The answers are A, B, and D. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7. +This exercise is like the exercise in Figure 6. +Listen to the questions. +A. +What two countries are around the Big Lakes? +B. +What are the lakes called? +C. +How many lakes are there? +D. +What is the name of the ocean? +E. +What is the largest lake in the world? +F. +What is the name of the state by the two smallest lakes? +Now listen to the paragraph and circle the letter or letters by the questions. +There are 5 very big lakes between Canada and the United States. +They are called the Great Lakes, and they are like small oceans. +One of them, Lake Superior, is the second largest lake in the world. +New York State is by the two smallest lakes. +Chicago is also next to one of the Great Lakes. +Listen to the paragraph again. +There are 5 very big lakes between Canada and the United States. +They are called the Great Lakes, and they are like small oceans. +One of them, Lake Superior, is the second largest lake in the world. +New York State is by the two smallest lakes. +Chicago is also next to one of the Great Lakes. +The answers are A, B, C, and F. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-3.20] Look at Figure 7. + [4.00-8.48] This exercise is like the exercise in Figure 6. + [9.12-10.88] Listen to the questions. + [12.77-13.25] A. + [14.37-17.33] What two countries are around the Big Lakes? + [19.33-19.89] B. + [20.64-21.92] What are the lakes called? + [23.81-24.45] C. + [25.09-26.29] How many lakes are there? + [28.62-29.26] D. + [29.98-31.58] What is the name of the ocean? + [33.81-34.37] E. + [35.09-37.25] What is the largest lake in the world? + [38.88-39.28] F. + [40.13-44.05] What is the name of the state by the two smallest lakes? + [47.76-53.52] Now listen to the paragraph and circle the letter or letters by the questions. + [55.39-60.03] There are 5 very big lakes between Canada and the United States. + [61.06-65.22] They are called the Great Lakes, and they are like small oceans. + [66.26-70.74] One of them, Lake Superior, is the second largest lake in the world. + [71.82-74.62] New York State is by the two smallest lakes. + [75.65-79.09] Chicago is also next to one of the Great Lakes. + [85.87-88.19] Listen to the paragraph again. + [89.76-94.32] There are 5 very big lakes between Canada and the United States. + [95.60-99.97] They are called the Great Lakes, and they are like small oceans. + [100.21-104.33] One of them, Lake Superior, is the second largest lake in the world. + [106.11-109.18] New York State is by the two smallest lakes. + [109.78-112.90] Chicago is also next to one of the Great Lakes. + [121.41-126.88] The answers are A, B, C, and F. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l3d-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Turn to Figure 8. +Listen to some questions and statements, and select the best response. +Circle A, B, C, or D. +Number 1: How old is that car? +Number 2: How old is Mary's mother? +Number 3: Al's grade is higher than any other grade. +Number 5: Please circle theright answer. +Number 5: The mountain is under the clouds. +Number 6: It's early morning. +Where is the sun? +Number 7: What's in the garage? +Number 8: Where are the children? +Number 9: Those students are late. +Number 10: Where did my baseball go? +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is D. +Repeat: That car is 5 years old. +Number 2 is B. +Repeat: Mary's mother is 91 years old. +Number 3 is C. +Repeat: Al's grade is the highest. +Number 4 is C. +Repeat: Draw a circle around theright answer. +Number 5 is A. +Repeat: The clouds are over the mountain. +Number 6 is B. +Repeat: The sun is low in the early morning. +Number 7 is A. +Repeat: The car is in the garage. +Number 8 is A. +Repeat: The children are outside in the yard. +Number 9 is C. +Repeat: The students are running to class. +Number 10 is B. +Repeat: Your baseball is on the other side of the fence. +This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-4.18] Turn to Figure 8. + [4.18-9.78] Listen to some questions and statements, and select the best response. + [10.50-14.74] Circle A, B, C, or D. + [16.83-19.55] Number 1: How old is that car? + [32.48-35.81] Number 2: How old is Mary's mother? + [47.33-51.84] Number 3: Al's grade is higher than any other grade. + [62.10-65.41] Number 5: Please circle theright answer. + [74.78-78.46] Number 5: The mountain is under the clouds. + [88.11-90.83] Number 6: It's early morning. + [91.74-92.70] Where is the sun? + [101.74-105.09] Number 7: What's in the garage? + [113.47-116.37] Number 8: Where are the children? + [124.05-126.45] Number 9: Those students are late. + [132.88-136.16] Number 10: Where did my baseball go? + [147.26-149.02] Now check your answers. + [150.34-151.86] Number 1 is D. + [152.34-155.14] Repeat: That car is 5 years old. + [159.87-161.55] Number 2 is B. + [161.95-166.14] Repeat: Mary's mother is 91 years old. + [172.05-173.89] Number 3 is C. + [174.69-177.58] Repeat: Al's grade is the highest. + [182.74-184.26] Number 4 is C. + [185.01-188.86] Repeat: Draw a circle around theright answer. + [194.46-196.14] Number 5 is A. + [196.54-199.79] Repeat: The clouds are over the mountain. + [205.20-206.80] Number 6 is B. + [207.20-211.20] Repeat: The sun is low in the early morning. + [216.88-218.72] Number 7 is A. + [219.52-222.40] Repeat: The car is in the garage. + [228.86-230.30] Number 8 is A. + [231.33-234.85] Repeat: The children are outside in the yard. + [242.21-243.49] Number 9 is C. + [244.29-247.70] Repeat: The students are running to class. + [254.00-255.44] Number 10 is B. + [256.32-260.86] Repeat: Your baseball is on the other side of the fence. + [278.29-282.53] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-4A.md b/sources/book-7/tape-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..572c5425 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4A. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the pictures. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: bookcase. +Bookcase. +This is a bookcase. +This is a bookcase. +Picture B: carpet. +Carpet. +We have carpet in our house. +We have carpet in our house. +Picture C: ceiling. +Ceiling. +The ceiling is high. +The ceiling is high. +Picture D: floor. +Floor. +We walk on the floor. +We walk on the floor. +Picture E: drapes. +Drapes. +The drapes are on the window. +The drapes are on the window. +Picture F: living room. +Living room. +This is a living room. +This is a living room. +Picture G: furniture. +Furniture. +These things are called furniture. +These things are called furniture. +Picture H: ceiling fan. +Ceiling fan. +A room with a ceiling fan is cool. +A room with a ceiling fan is cool. +Picture I: shelf. +Shelf. +Please put the book on the first shelf. +Please put the book on the first shelf. +Look at Picture I again. +Repeat: shelves. +Shelves. +There are 3 shelves in this bookcase. +There are 3 shelves in this bookcase. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.17-14.50] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4A. + [21.99-22.29] Hello. + [22.99-26.67] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4A. + [32.50-33.62] Look at Figure 1. + [34.26-35.38] Look at the pictures. + [36.02-38.10] Repeat the words and sentences. + [39.42-41.90] Picture A: bookcase. + [43.36-44.32] Bookcase. + [45.62-46.98] This is a bookcase. + [49.18-50.54] This is a bookcase. + [53.10-55.26] Picture B: carpet. + [56.93-57.49] Carpet. + [58.80-60.56] We have carpet in our house. + [62.77-64.69] We have carpet in our house. + [67.22-69.06] Picture C: ceiling. + [71.07-71.79] Ceiling. + [73.46-74.98] The ceiling is high. + [77.31-78.91] The ceiling is high. + [80.94-82.70] Picture D: floor. + [84.56-85.20] Floor. + [86.86-88.30] We walk on the floor. + [90.64-92.24] We walk on the floor. + [94.85-96.77] Picture E: drapes. + [98.42-99.14] Drapes. + [100.47-102.21] The drapes are on the window. + [104.88-106.56] The drapes are on the window. + [109.28-111.52] Picture F: living room. + [113.50-114.38] Living room. + [116.50-117.86] This is a living room. + [120.38-121.66] This is a living room. + [124.80-126.56] Picture G: furniture. + [128.53-129.33] Furniture. + [131.54-133.46] These things are called furniture. + [136.08-137.92] These things are called furniture. + [140.89-143.49] Picture H: ceiling fan. + [145.42-146.46] Ceiling fan. + [148.58-150.98] A room with a ceiling fan is cool. + [153.86-156.34] A room with a ceiling fan is cool. + [160.64-162.24] Picture I: shelf. + [164.37-165.01] Shelf. + [166.85-169.41] Please put the book on the first shelf. + [172.62-175.18] Please put the book on the first shelf. + [179.07-180.59] Look at Picture I again. + [180.91-182.59] Repeat: shelves. + [184.30-185.02] Shelves. + [186.53-188.93] There are 3 shelves in this bookcase. + [191.46-194.10] There are 3 shelves in this bookcase. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, look at the pictures, listen to each sentence, and then select the correct picture. +Write the letter of the picture in the blank. +Listen to the example. +Number 1: "This is the living room." +Write "I" next to number 1. +Look at picture I. +"This is the living room." +Listen and write the letter of the picture. +Number 2: "The drapes are on the window." +Number 3: "Let's move the bookcase next to the window." +Number 4: "I must clean the carpet before Saturday." +Number 5: "Look up at the ceiling." +Number 6: "Please put the books on the bottom shelf." +Number 7: "She needs to clean the floor." +Number 8: "They want new furniture for their living room." +Number 9: "There's a fan in every room." +Now look at Figure 2 again and check your answers. +Number 1 is "I." Repeat: "This is the living room." +Number 2 is "C." Repeat: "The drapes are on the window." +Number 3 is "G." Repeat: "Let's move the bookcase next to the window." +Number 4 is "H." Repeat: "I must clean the carpet before Saturday." +Number 5 is "F." Repeat: "Look up at the ceiling." +Number 6 is "D." Repeat: "Please put the books on the bottom shelf." +Number 7 is "B." Repeat: "She needs to clean the floor." +Number 8 is "A." Repeat: "They want new furniture for their living room." +Number 9 is "E." Repeat: "There's a fan in every room." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.06-9.70] Look at Figure 2, look at the pictures, listen to each sentence, and then select the correct picture. + [10.53-12.77] Write the letter of the picture in the blank. + [14.05-15.17] Listen to the example. + [16.43-19.17] Number 1: "This is the living room." + [25.41-27.73] Write "I" next to number 1. + [28.82-30.02] Look at picture I. + [31.23-32.59] "This is the living room." + [34.27-36.59] Listen and write the letter of the picture. + [40.45-43.79] Number 2: "The drapes are on the window." + [50.83-55.49] Number 3: "Let's move the bookcase next to the window." + [62.05-66.58] Number 4: "I must clean the carpet before Saturday." + [73.34-76.75] Number 5: "Look up at the ceiling." + [84.40-88.64] Number 6: "Please put the books on the bottom shelf." + [95.54-98.98] Number 7: "She needs to clean the floor." + [106.29-110.37] Number 8: "They want new furniture for their living room." + [116.46-119.90] Number 9: "There's a fan in every room." + [126.72-129.60] Now look at Figure 2 again and check your answers. + [131.74-136.30] Number 1 is "I." Repeat: "This is the living room." + [139.23-143.95] Number 2 is "C." Repeat: "The drapes are on the window." + [148.30-154.30] Number 3 is "G." Repeat: "Let's move the bookcase next to the window." + [159.46-165.38] Number 4 is "H." Repeat: "I must clean the carpet before Saturday." + [169.92-174.96] Number 5 is "F." Repeat: "Look up at the ceiling." + [178.35-184.03] Number 6 is "D." Repeat: "Please put the books on the bottom shelf." + [188.32-194.05] Number 7 is "B." Repeat: "She needs to clean the floor." + [198.51-204.03] Number 8 is "A." Repeat: "They want new furniture for their living room." + [208.85-214.05] Number 9 is "E." Repeat: "There's a fan in every room." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 3, listen to the paragraph. +"Nancy and Norm's new house has a lot of nice things in it. +It has ceiling fans, carpets, and drapes in all the rooms. +There is a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling in the living room. +They will get new furniture for that room." +Listen to the paragraph again, and repeat. +"Nancy and Norm's new house... +has a lot of nice things in it. +It has ceiling fans, +carpets, +and drapes in all the rooms. +There is a nice bookcase +with shelves from the floor to the ceiling +in the living room. +They will get new furniture for that room." +Now answer these questions. +Number 1: What does the house have in all the rooms? +Repeat: The house has ceiling fans, +carpets, +and drapes in all the rooms. +Number 2: What does it have in the living room? +Repeat: It has a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling. +Number 3: What will Nancy and Norm get? +Repeat: They will get new furniture for the living room. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-4.88] Now look at Figure 3, listen to the paragraph. + [7.73-11.65] "Nancy and Norm's new house has a lot of nice things in it. + [12.21-16.85] It has ceiling fans, carpets, and drapes in all the rooms. + [17.68-22.40] There is a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling in the living room. + [23.12-25.12] They will get new furniture for that room." + [29.07-31.47] Listen to the paragraph again, and repeat. + [33.68-35.84] "Nancy and Norm's new house... + [39.18-41.02] has a lot of nice things in it. + [44.70-46.38] It has ceiling fans, + [49.26-49.98] carpets, + [52.06-54.06] and drapes in all the rooms. + [57.86-59.62] There is a nice bookcase + [63.17-65.65] with shelves from the floor to the ceiling + [69.17-70.13] in the living room. + [74.86-77.18] They will get new furniture for that room." + [83.42-85.02] Now answer these questions. + [87.60-92.35] Number 1: What does the house have in all the rooms? + [101.20-104.48] Repeat: The house has ceiling fans, + [107.55-108.27] carpets, + [110.67-112.67] and drapes in all the rooms. + [116.38-119.92] Number 2: What does it have in the living room? + [127.62-133.06] Repeat: It has a nice bookcase with shelves from the floor to the ceiling. + [140.26-143.86] Number 3: What will Nancy and Norm get? + [151.76-155.52] Repeat: They will get new furniture for the living room. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentences, and circle the word with a strong stress. +Look at the example and listen: +"This is the living room." "This is the living room." "Living" is the word with a strong stress; circle "living." +Now listen to the sentence and circle the correct word. +Number 1: "I want some new drapes." +"I want some new drapes." +Number 2: "Put it on the shelf." "Put it on the shelf." +Number 3: "This is a bookcase." "This is a bookcase." +Number 4: "That's a table." "That's a table." +Number 5: "What do you want?" +"What do you want?" +Number 6: "Bob made a mistake." "Bob made a mistake." +Number 7: "I'm tired." "I'm tired." +Number 8: "I got a letter from my brother yesterday." +"I got a letter from my brother yesterday." +Number 9: "That's my sister." +"That's my sister." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: "Drapes." Repeat: "I want some new drapes." +Number 2: "Shelf." Repeat: "Put it on the shelf." +Number 3: "Bookcase." Repeat: "This is a bookcase." +Number 4: "Table." Repeat: "That's a table." +Number 5: "Want." Repeat: "What do you want?" +Number 6: "Mistake." Repeat: "Bob made a mistake." +Number 7: "Tired." Repeat: "I'm tired." +Number 8: "Brother." Repeat: "I got a letter from my brother yesterday." +Number 9: "Sister." Repeat: "That's my sister." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-8.14] Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentences, and circle the word with a strong stress. + [9.33-11.25] Look at the example and listen: + [12.83-23.06] "This is the living room." "This is the living room." "Living" is the word with a strong stress; circle "living." + [25.20-28.56] Now listen to the sentence and circle the correct word. + [30.67-33.97] Number 1: "I want some new drapes." + [36.27-37.95] "I want some new drapes." + [43.63-49.36] Number 2: "Put it on the shelf." "Put it on the shelf." + [55.18-61.07] Number 3: "This is a bookcase." "This is a bookcase." + [66.35-71.23] Number 4: "That's a table." "That's a table." + [75.94-78.58] Number 5: "What do you want?" + [80.53-81.65] "What do you want?" + [88.34-94.03] Number 6: "Bob made a mistake." "Bob made a mistake." + [99.71-104.72] Number 7: "I'm tired." "I'm tired." + [108.70-112.62] Number 8: "I got a letter from my brother yesterday." + [114.42-116.82] "I got a letter from my brother yesterday." + [121.82-124.46] Number 9: "That's my sister." + [126.32-127.44] "That's my sister." + [133.46-134.74] Let's check your answers. + [136.72-141.92] Number 1: "Drapes." Repeat: "I want some new drapes." + [145.76-150.32] Number 2: "Shelf." Repeat: "Put it on the shelf." + [154.13-159.41] Number 3: "Bookcase." Repeat: "This is a bookcase." + [162.75-167.39] Number 4: "Table." Repeat: "That's a table." + [170.91-175.95] Number 5: "Want." Repeat: "What do you want?" + [179.86-184.98] Number 6: "Mistake." Repeat: "Bob made a mistake." + [188.69-193.09] Number 7: "Tired." Repeat: "I'm tired." + [195.94-201.62] Number 8: "Brother." Repeat: "I got a letter from my brother yesterday." + [206.42-210.23] Number 9: "Sister." Repeat: "That's my sister." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5: listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. +Circle A, B, C, or D; choose what is not in the paragraph. +First, listen to the sentences in Figure 5. +A: "We divide a day into 2 halves." +B: "There are 7 days in a week." +C: "There are 24 hours in a day." +D: "The sun is high in the sky at noon." +Now listen to the paragraph. +"There are 24 hours in a day, 60 minutes in an hour, and 60 seconds in a minute. +A day begins at midnight and ends 24 hours later, at midnight the next day. +We divide a day into 2 halves of 12 hours each. +We call the first half AM, from midnight to 12 noon. +We call the second half PM, from noon to midnight." +Now select the information you did not hear. +Circle A, B, C, or D in Figure 5. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answers. +"There are 24 hours in a day, 60 minutes in an hour, and 60 seconds in a minute. +A day begins at midnight and ends 24 hours later, at midnight the next day. +We divide a day into 2 halves of 12 hours each. +We call the first half AM, from midnight to 12 noon. +We call the second half PM, from noon to midnight." +The answers are letters B and D. +"There are 7 days in a week" was not in the paragraph, and "The sun is high in the sky at noon" was also not in the paragraph. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-7.57] Now look at Figure 5: listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. + [8.50-15.57] Circle A, B, C, or D; choose what is not in the paragraph. + [16.38-19.90] First, listen to the sentences in Figure 5. + [23.46-27.14] A: "We divide a day into 2 halves." + [28.72-31.92] B: "There are 7 days in a week." + [33.10-37.02] C: "There are 24 hours in a day." + [39.79-43.55] D: "The sun is high in the sky at noon." + [47.07-49.07] Now listen to the paragraph. + [51.14-58.50] "There are 24 hours in a day, 60 minutes in an hour, and 60 seconds in a minute. + [59.68-66.40] A day begins at midnight and ends 24 hours later, at midnight the next day. + [67.68-71.52] We divide a day into 2 halves of 12 hours each. + [72.38-76.94] We call the first half AM, from midnight to 12 noon. + [77.66-81.82] We call the second half PM, from noon to midnight." + [89.39-92.27] Now select the information you did not hear. + [92.83-97.23] Circle A, B, C, or D in Figure 5. + [112.69-115.81] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answers. + [118.85-125.81] "There are 24 hours in a day, 60 minutes in an hour, and 60 seconds in a minute. + [126.91-133.23] A day begins at midnight and ends 24 hours later, at midnight the next day. + [134.43-138.75] We divide a day into 2 halves of 12 hours each. + [139.55-144.03] We call the first half AM, from midnight to 12 noon. + [144.83-149.55] We call the second half PM, from noon to midnight." + [154.03-158.27] The answers are letters B and D. + [159.58-169.58] "There are 7 days in a week" was not in the paragraph, and "The sun is high in the sky at noon" was also not in the paragraph. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6: you will hear a question and a dialogue. +Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat, just listen, then answer the question. +The question is: "When will Mrs. +Fuller go to see the doctor?" Now, listen to the dialogue. +Dr. +Adams' office. +This is Mrs. +Fuller. +I want to see the doctor tomorrow morning, please. +Very well, Mrs. +Fuller. +Will 10 o'clock be okay? +10 will be fine. +Thank you. +We'll see you then. +Who is coming in tomorrow morning, Ms. +Black? +Mrs. +Fuller called. +She's coming in at 10 o'clock. +Now write the answer to the question in figure 6: "When will Mrs. +Fuller go to see the doctor?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is 10 o'clock. +Mrs. +Fuller is going to see the doctor at 10 o'clock. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Dr. +Adams' office. +This is Mrs. +Fuller. +I want to see the doctor tomorrow morning, please. +Very well, Mrs. +Fuller. +Will 10 o'clock be okay? +10 will be fine. +Thank you. +We'll see you then. +Who is coming in tomorrow morning, Ms. +Black? +Mrs. +Fuller called. +She's coming in at 10 o'clock. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-6.11] Look at figure 6: you will hear a question and a dialogue. + [7.10-13.74] Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat, just listen, then answer the question. + [15.02-18.26] The question is: "When will Mrs. + [18.26-23.60] Fuller go to see the doctor?" Now, listen to the dialogue. + [26.54-26.86] Dr. + [26.86-27.74] Adams' office. + [28.67-29.39] This is Mrs. + [29.39-29.87] Fuller. + [30.43-33.15] I want to see the doctor tomorrow morning, please. + [33.79-34.67] Very well, Mrs. + [34.75-35.07] Fuller. + [35.87-37.23] Will 10 o'clock be okay? + [37.95-39.07] 10 will be fine. + [39.31-39.79] Thank you. + [40.43-41.31] We'll see you then. + [41.87-43.39] Who is coming in tomorrow morning, Ms. + [43.39-43.71] Black? + [45.20-45.52] Mrs. + [45.52-46.16] Fuller called. + [46.72-48.24] She's coming in at 10 o'clock. + [54.74-59.89] Now write the answer to the question in figure 6: "When will Mrs. + [59.89-61.73] Fuller go to see the doctor?" + [78.91-80.11] Let's check your answer. + [81.17-83.17] The answer is 10 o'clock. + [84.61-84.93] Mrs. + [84.93-87.89] Fuller is going to see the doctor at 10 o'clock. + [89.52-91.04] Listen to the dialogue again. + [93.76-94.08] Dr. + [94.08-94.96] Adams' office. + [95.92-96.56] This is Mrs. + [96.56-97.12] Fuller. + [97.60-100.32] I want to see the doctor tomorrow morning, please. + [101.04-101.92] Very well, Mrs. + [101.92-102.24] Fuller. + [103.04-104.40] Will 10 o'clock be okay? + [105.12-106.24] 10 will be fine. + [106.48-106.96] Thank you. + [107.68-108.48] We'll see you then. + [109.04-110.64] Who is coming in tomorrow morning, Ms. + [110.64-110.96] Black? + [112.42-112.74] Mrs. + [112.74-113.38] Fuller called. + [113.94-115.46] She's coming in at 10 o'clock. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7, listen to another question and dialogue. +The question is: "What time will someone go to Mrs. +Node's house?" Now, listen to the dialogue. +How's Furniture Store? +This is Nancy Node. +Something is wrong with my new refrigerator. +Can you send someone to look at it? +I can send someone there this afternoon at 3, Mrs. +Node. +What's that address? +1235 Tall Timber Trail. +3 o'clock will be fine. +Goodbye. +Was that call for me, Hal? +Yes. +Here's the address. +Mrs. +Node is having a problem with her new refrigerator. +I want you to go and look at it at 3 o'clock. +Now write the answer to the question in figure 7. +"What time will someone go to Mrs. +Node's house?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is 3 o'clock. +Someone will go to Mrs. +Node's house at 3 o'clock. +Listen to the dialogue again. +How's Furniture Store? +This is Nancy Node. +Something is wrong with my new refrigerator. +Can you send someone to look at it? +I can send someone there this afternoon at 3, Mrs. +Node. +What's that address? +1235 Tall Timber Trail. +3 o'clock will be fine. +Goodbye. +Was that call for me, Hal? +Yes. +Here's the address. +Mrs. +Node is having a problem with her new refrigerator. +I want you to go and look at it at 3 o'clock. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-5.73] Look at figure 7, listen to another question and dialogue. + [7.02-11.15] The question is: "What time will someone go to Mrs. + [11.15-15.50] Node's house?" Now, listen to the dialogue. + [20.96-22.08] How's Furniture Store? + [22.96-24.16] This is Nancy Node. + [24.48-26.80] Something is wrong with my new refrigerator. + [27.20-28.80] Can you send someone to look at it? + [29.84-32.32] I can send someone there this afternoon at 3, Mrs. + [32.32-32.72] Node. + [33.12-34.00] What's that address? + [34.72-37.68] 1235 Tall Timber Trail. + [38.16-39.60] 3 o'clock will be fine. + [39.92-40.40] Goodbye. + [41.57-42.77] Was that call for me, Hal? + [43.25-43.73] Yes. + [43.89-44.77] Here's the address. + [45.01-45.41] Mrs. + [45.41-47.81] Node is having a problem with her new refrigerator. + [48.53-50.77] I want you to go and look at it at 3 o'clock. + [58.19-61.15] Now write the answer to the question in figure 7. + [62.34-64.50] "What time will someone go to Mrs. + [64.50-65.38] Node's house?" + [82.40-83.52] Let's check your answer. + [84.61-86.53] The answer is 3 o'clock. + [87.71-89.15] Someone will go to Mrs. + [89.15-91.23] Node's house at 3 o'clock. + [92.56-94.08] Listen to the dialogue again. + [97.04-98.16] How's Furniture Store? + [99.04-100.24] This is Nancy Node. + [100.56-102.88] Something is wrong with my new refrigerator. + [103.28-104.88] Can you send someone to look at it? + [105.92-108.40] I can send someone there this afternoon at 3, Mrs. + [108.40-108.80] Node. + [109.20-110.08] What's that address? + [110.80-113.76] 1235 Tall Timber Trail. + [114.24-115.68] 3 o'clock will be fine. + [116.00-116.48] Goodbye. + [117.65-118.93] Was that call for me, Hal? + [119.33-119.81] Yes. + [119.97-120.85] Here's the address. + [121.17-121.49] Mrs. + [121.49-123.89] Node is having a problem with her new refrigerator. + [124.61-126.85] I want you to go and look at it at 3 o'clock. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4a-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 8: listen to a paragraph, do not repeat, just listen. +Nancy and Norm like their new house. +They have a lot of books. +They can keep their books in the big bookcase in the living room. +They will buy new furniture for their living room, but they don't have to buy new drapes or a new carpet. +Now write the paragraph in Figure 8. +Put in capital letters and punctuation. +When you finish, turn to the answer page and check your paragraph. +This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-8.03] Now look at Figure 8: listen to a paragraph, do not repeat, just listen. + [11.50-14.06] Nancy and Norm like their new house. + [14.78-16.30] They have a lot of books. + [17.02-20.70] They can keep their books in the big bookcase in the living room. + [21.82-28.06] They will buy new furniture for their living room, but they don't have to buy new drapes or a new carpet. + [34.66-36.90] Now write the paragraph in Figure 8. + [37.95-40.83] Put in capital letters and punctuation. + [42.14-46.22] When you finish, turn to the answer page and check your paragraph. + [53.76-57.20] This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-4B.md b/sources/book-7/tape-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81f419e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,451 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4B. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4B. +Look at Figure 1. +These are pictures of living room furniture. +Listen and repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: armchair. +Armchair. +There's an armchair in this room. +There's an armchair in this room. +Picture B: coffee table. +Coffee table. +This is a coffee table. +This is a coffee table. +Picture C: couch. +Couch. +You can sit on a couch. +You can sit on a couch. +Picture D: end table. +End table. +An end table is different from a coffee table. +An end table is different from a coffee table. +Picture E: rug. +Rug. +There is a small rug at the front door. +There is a small rug at the front door. +Picture F: lamp. +Lamp. +There's a lamp on the end table. +There's a lamp on the end table. +Picture G: sofa. +Sofa. +A sofa is the same as a couch. +A sofa is the same as a couch. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [11.02-15.42] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4B. + [23.94-23.99] Hello. + [23.94-28.02] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4B. + [36.19-37.39] Look at Figure 1. + [38.35-40.91] These are pictures of living room furniture. + [41.90-45.18] Listen and repeat the words and sentences. + [47.06-49.46] Picture A: armchair. + [51.22-52.02] Armchair. + [53.84-55.92] There's an armchair in this room. + [58.96-61.04] There's an armchair in this room. + [64.56-66.72] Picture B: coffee table. + [68.54-69.42] Coffee table. + [71.57-73.01] This is a coffee table. + [75.31-76.83] This is a coffee table. + [79.94-82.10] Picture C: couch. + [83.82-84.46] Couch. + [85.81-87.49] You can sit on a couch. + [90.05-91.73] You can sit on a couch. + [94.26-96.58] Picture D: end table. + [98.21-99.25] End table. + [101.49-104.53] An end table is different from a coffee table. + [107.54-110.66] An end table is different from a coffee table. + [113.95-115.55] Picture E: rug. + [117.58-118.06] Rug. + [119.73-122.45] There is a small rug at the front door. + [125.58-128.30] There is a small rug at the front door. + [131.01-133.09] Picture F: lamp. + [135.39-135.79] Lamp. + [137.57-139.57] There's a lamp on the end table. + [142.03-144.03] There's a lamp on the end table. + [146.66-148.50] Picture G: sofa. + [150.19-150.91] Sofa. + [154.85-157.41] A sofa is the same as a couch. + [160.77-163.57] A sofa is the same as a couch. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to the paragraph. +Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. +They picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. +They saw two nice big armchairs. +They were pretty with the sofa. +They bought the chairs and an end table. +Then they picked out a pretty lamp. +They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. +They got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. +They like their new furniture. +Listen to the paragraph again. +This time, repeat: listen. +Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. +They picked out a new sofa +and a coffee table. +They saw two nice big armchairs. +They were pretty with the sofa. +They bought the chairs and an end table. +Then they picked out a pretty lamp. +They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. +They got a small rug +for the floor under the coffee table. +They like their new furniture. +Now answer these questions. +Number 1: Where did Nancy and Norm go? +To a furniture store. +Repeat: they went to a furniture store. +Number 2: What did they pick out? +A new sofa and a coffee table. +Repeat: they picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. +Number 3: How many armchairs did they buy? +2. +Repeat: they bought 2 armchairs. +Number 4: How many tables did they buy? +2. +Repeat: they bought a coffee table and an end table. +Number 5: What did they buy for the end table? +A lamp. +Repeat: they bought a lamp for the end table. +Number 6: Where will they put the new rug? +Under the coffee table. +Repeat: they got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-5.01] Look at Figure 2, listen to the paragraph. + [7.28-10.00] Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. + [10.83-13.71] They picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. + [14.67-17.31] They saw two nice big armchairs. + [17.87-19.47] They were pretty with the sofa. + [20.98-23.22] They bought the chairs and an end table. + [24.58-26.66] Then they picked out a pretty lamp. + [27.60-30.72] They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. + [31.68-35.04] They got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. + [35.97-37.49] They like their new furniture. + [41.97-43.65] Listen to the paragraph again. + [44.48-47.12] This time, repeat: listen. + [49.94-52.58] Nancy and Norm went to a furniture store. + [56.32-58.08] They picked out a new sofa + [61.36-62.56] and a coffee table. + [65.89-68.61] They saw two nice big armchairs. + [72.94-74.46] They were pretty with the sofa. + [78.08-80.40] They bought the chairs and an end table. + [85.26-87.42] Then they picked out a pretty lamp. + [91.97-95.57] They will put it on the end table between the new chairs. + [100.85-102.29] They got a small rug + [105.76-108.00] for the floor under the coffee table. + [112.16-113.76] They like their new furniture. + [118.54-120.14] Now answer these questions. + [121.71-125.26] Number 1: Where did Nancy and Norm go? + [130.02-131.30] To a furniture store. + [131.46-134.26] Repeat: they went to a furniture store. + [137.55-140.48] Number 2: What did they pick out? + [146.38-148.78] A new sofa and a coffee table. + [149.34-153.42] Repeat: they picked out a new sofa and a coffee table. + [158.18-161.94] Number 3: How many armchairs did they buy? + [166.90-167.38] 2. + [168.10-171.06] Repeat: they bought 2 armchairs. + [174.91-178.19] Number 4: How many tables did they buy? + [183.78-184.18] 2. + [184.58-188.74] Repeat: they bought a coffee table and an end table. + [193.17-196.85] Number 5: What did they buy for the end table? + [202.10-202.74] A lamp. + [203.22-206.50] Repeat: they bought a lamp for the end table. + [210.40-213.76] Number 6: Where will they put the new rug? + [220.21-221.57] Under the coffee table. + [221.81-226.53] Repeat: they got a small rug for the floor under the coffee table. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3, listen to the dialogue; don't write, just listen. +Do you like animals? +I like dogs, but I don't like cats. +Why do you like dogs? +Because they can stay in the yard. +That's true. +Now listen again and write the missing words. +Do you like animals? +I like dogs, but I don't like cats. +Why do you like dogs? +Because they can stay in the yard. +That's true. +Now check your answers. +Number 1 is animals: A-N-I-M-A-L-S, animals. +Number 2 is dogs: D-O-G-S, dogs. +Number 3 is like: L-I-K-E, like. +Number 4 is yard: Y-A-R-D, yard. +Now let's practice the dialogue. +Repeat. +Do you like animals? +I like dogs, but I don't like cats. +Why do you like dogs? +Because they can stay in the yard. +That's true. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.60-7.84] Look at figure 3, listen to the dialogue; don't write, just listen. + [10.54-11.50] Do you like animals? + [12.38-14.70] I like dogs, but I don't like cats. + [15.82-16.94] Why do you like dogs? + [17.78-19.22] Because they can stay in the yard. + [19.62-20.34] That's true. + [24.91-28.19] Now listen again and write the missing words. + [32.21-33.17] Do you like animals? + [34.05-36.37] I like dogs, but I don't like cats. + [37.46-38.66] Why do you like dogs? + [39.41-40.93] Because they can stay in the yard. + [41.25-41.97] That's true. + [45.62-46.90] Now check your answers. + [49.68-58.89] Number 1 is animals: A-N-I-M-A-L-S, animals. + [60.45-68.37] Number 2 is dogs: D-O-G-S, dogs. + [69.93-77.85] Number 3 is like: L-I-K-E, like. + [79.35-86.85] Number 4 is yard: Y-A-R-D, yard. + [89.55-91.38] Now let's practice the dialogue. + [91.86-92.42] Repeat. + [99.86-100.90] Do you like animals? + [105.22-107.62] I like dogs, but I don't like cats. + [112.95-114.10] Why do you like dogs? + [118.05-119.22] Because they can stay in the yard. + [124.51-124.88] That's true. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 4. +Listen to another dialogue. +Don't write, just listen. +I have a dog and a cat. +Do they stay in your house? +No, they stay in the backyard. +They like to run and play. +Do they climb the hill next to your fence? +Yes, they do. +I want an animal. +I think I'll get a bird. +Oh, that's nice. +Now listen again and write in the missing words. +I have a dog and a cat. +Do they stay in your house? +No, they stay in the backyard. +They like to run and play. +Do they climb the hill next to your fence? +Yes, they do. +I want an animal. +I think I'll get a bird. +Oh, that's nice. +Now check your answers. +Here are the missing words. +Number 1 is cat, C-A-T, cat. +Number 2 is backyard, B-A-C-K-Y-A-R-D, backyard. +Number 3 is run, R-U-N, run. +Number 4 is hill, H-I-L-L, hill. +Number 5 is fence, F-E-N-C-E, fence. +Number 6 is animal, +A-N-I-M-A-L, animal. +Number 7 is bird, +B-I-R-D, bird. +Now let's practice the dialogue. +Repeat: +"I have a dog and a cat." +Do they stay in your house? +No, they stay in the backyard. +They like to run and play. +Do they climb the hill next to your fence? +Yes, they do. +I want an animal. +I think I'll get a bird. +Oh, that's nice. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-2.94] Look at figure 4. + [3.66-5.18] Listen to another dialogue. + [6.06-8.14] Don't write, just listen. + [12.48-14.08] I have a dog and a cat. + [14.98-16.34] Do they stay in your house? + [16.90-19.14] No, they stay in the backyard. + [19.70-21.30] They like to run and play. + [22.30-24.38] Do they climb the hill next to your fence? + [24.94-25.90] Yes, they do. + [27.14-28.02] I want an animal. + [28.50-29.62] I think I'll get a bird. + [30.10-31.38] Oh, that's nice. + [33.30-36.58] Now listen again and write in the missing words. + [38.75-40.75] I have a dog and a cat. + [45.31-46.67] Do they stay in your house? + [47.76-50.48] No, they stay in the backyard. + [57.17-59.09] They like to run and play. + [64.02-66.66] Do they climb the hill next to your fence? + [74.14-75.10] Yes, they do. + [76.37-77.25] I want an animal. + [81.38-82.50] I think I'll get a bird. + [88.51-89.95] Oh, that's nice. + [92.27-93.79] Now check your answers. + [94.27-95.79] Here are the missing words. + [97.23-102.63] Number 1 is cat, C-A-T, cat. + [104.19-115.71] Number 2 is backyard, B-A-C-K-Y-A-R-D, backyard. + [117.21-123.33] Number 3 is run, R-U-N, run. + [125.13-133.11] Number 4 is hill, H-I-L-L, hill. + [134.49-143.13] Number 5 is fence, F-E-N-C-E, fence. + [144.75-147.27] Number 6 is animal, + [148.95-155.91] A-N-I-M-A-L, animal. + [157.89-160.05] Number 7 is bird, + [161.73-166.23] B-I-R-D, bird. + [169.23-171.15] Now let's practice the dialogue. + [171.75-172.41] Repeat: + [174.33-176.21] "I have a dog and a cat." + [179.37-181.22] Do they stay in your house? + [183.26-185.60] No, they stay in the backyard. + [189.33-190.89] They like to run and play. + [195.09-197.15] Do they climb the hill next to your fence? + [201.03-202.02] Yes, they do. + [205.23-206.32] I want an animal. + [209.65-210.85] I think I'll get a bird. + [214.14-215.74] Oh, that's nice. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. +Circle A, B, or C. +Choose what is not in the paragraph. +First, listen to the sentences in Figure 5. +A: "Your address is the number of your house." +B: "You put your phone number with your address." +C: "Your city and state are in your address." +Now listen to the paragraph. +"Your address is the number of your house." It is the names of your street, city, and state. +People may want to write to you or visit you; they need your address. +You can put all your friends' addresses in a notebook. +Now you have a book with addresses. +An address book. +Now select the information you did not hear. +Circle A, B, or C. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +"Your address is the number of your house." It is the names of your street, city, and state. +People may want to write to you or visit you; they need your address. +You can put all your friends' addresses in a notebook. +Now you have a book with addresses. +An address book. +The correct answer is B. +You put your phone number with your address was not in the paragraph. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-3.02] Now look at Figure 5. + [3.82-8.22] Listen to a paragraph and select the information you do not hear. + [9.18-11.42] Circle A, B, or C. + [12.29-14.61] Choose what is not in the paragraph. + [15.47-18.91] First, listen to the sentences in Figure 5. + [22.94-26.70] A: "Your address is the number of your house." + [28.11-32.11] B: "You put your phone number with your address." + [33.55-38.11] C: "Your city and state are in your address." + [41.04-42.56] Now listen to the paragraph. + [44.30-52.29] "Your address is the number of your house." It is the names of your street, city, and state. + [53.81-59.09] People may want to write to you or visit you; they need your address. + [60.08-63.44] You can put all your friends' addresses in a notebook. + [64.56-66.88] Now you have a book with addresses. + [67.74-68.70] An address book. + [71.65-74.29] Now select the information you did not hear. + [75.01-77.41] Circle A, B, or C. + [94.86-97.74] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [100.91-108.70] "Your address is the number of your house." It is the names of your street, city, and state. + [109.78-114.74] People may want to write to you or visit you; they need your address. + [115.49-118.69] You can put all your friends' addresses in a notebook. + [119.55-121.71] Now you have a book with addresses. + [122.51-123.71] An address book. + [127.62-130.02] The correct answer is B. + [130.88-135.04] You put your phone number with your address was not in the paragraph. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6: repeat these sentences. +Number 1: "Billy can run fast." +Billy can run fast. +Number 2: "Can you describe him for me?" +Can you describe him for me? +Number 3: "7 minus 2 is 5." +7 minus 2 is 5. +Number 4: "Did you understand that problem?" +Did you understand that problem? +Number 5: "He climbed a high hill." +He climbed a high hill. +Number 6: "I want a dog or a cat." +I want a dog or a cat. +Number 7: "They keep the animals in the yard." +They keep the animals in the yard. +Number 8: "Mark climbed over the fence." +Mark climbed over the fence. +Number 9: "The moon is above the trees." +The moon is above the trees. +Number 10: "There is a gate in the fence." +There is a gate in the fence. +Now listen and write the sentences. +Number 1: "Billy can run fast." +Billy can run fast. +Number 2: "Can you describe him for me?" +Can you describe him for me? +Number 3: "7 minus 2 is 5." +7 minus 2 is 5. +Number 4: "Did you understand that problem?" Did you understand that problem? +Number 5: "He climbed a high hill." +He climbed a high hill. +Number 6: "I want a dog or a cat." +I want a dog or a cat. +Number 7: "They keep the animals in the yard." +They keep the animals in the yard. +Number 8: "Mark climbed over the fence." +Mark climbed over the fence. +Number 9: "The moon is above the trees." +The moon is above the trees. +Number 10: "There is a gate in the fence." +There is a gate in the fence. +Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. +This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-5.46] Look at figure 6: repeat these sentences. + [7.78-10.82] Number 1: "Billy can run fast." + [12.38-13.98] Billy can run fast. + [16.45-19.65] Number 2: "Can you describe him for me?" + [22.19-24.11] Can you describe him for me? + [27.20-31.12] Number 3: "7 minus 2 is 5." + [33.84-36.40] 7 minus 2 is 5. + [39.18-42.62] Number 4: "Did you understand that problem?" + [45.73-47.89] Did you understand that problem? + [51.60-55.04] Number 5: "He climbed a high hill." + [58.03-60.35] He climbed a high hill. + [64.06-67.82] Number 6: "I want a dog or a cat." + [69.90-71.82] I want a dog or a cat. + [76.64-80.75] Number 7: "They keep the animals in the yard." + [83.63-85.95] They keep the animals in the yard. + [89.01-92.77] Number 8: "Mark climbed over the fence." + [95.63-97.47] Mark climbed over the fence. + [99.98-103.02] Number 9: "The moon is above the trees." + [105.33-107.01] The moon is above the trees. + [109.98-113.49] Number 10: "There is a gate in the fence." + [115.78-117.46] There is a gate in the fence. + [123.17-125.49] Now listen and write the sentences. + [128.75-131.95] Number 1: "Billy can run fast." + [133.34-135.10] Billy can run fast. + [147.42-151.10] Number 2: "Can you describe him for me?" + [153.54-155.94] Can you describe him for me? + [167.81-172.45] Number 3: "7 minus 2 is 5." + [174.51-177.01] 7 minus 2 is 5. + [187.95-196.74] Number 4: "Did you understand that problem?" Did you understand that problem? + [209.57-213.65] Number 5: "He climbed a high hill." + [215.26-218.14] He climbed a high hill. + [228.45-232.45] Number 6: "I want a dog or a cat." + [234.27-237.02] I want a dog or a cat. + [248.86-252.54] Number 7: "They keep the animals in the yard." + [254.26-256.82] They keep the animals in the yard. + [269.84-274.00] Number 8: "Mark climbed over the fence." + [275.73-278.69] Mark climbed over the fence. + [290.64-294.64] Number 9: "The moon is above the trees." + [297.17-298.95] The moon is above the trees. + [309.93-313.33] Number 10: "There is a gate in the fence." + [315.62-318.20] There is a gate in the fence. + [329.14-332.31] Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. + [338.91-342.93] This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-4C.md b/sources/book-7/tape-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc9f76b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4C. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4C. +Look at Figure 1, look at the pictures, listen to the questions, then answer the questions. +Let's do the example together. +Listen: "Do you use a fork for eating rice?" The answer is: "Yes, I use a fork for eating rice." Repeat: "Yes, I use a fork for eating rice." +Now look at the pictures and answer the questions. +Number 1: "Do you use a suitcase for packing clothes?" +Repeat: "Yes, I use a suitcase for packing clothes." +Number 2: "Do you use a pen for writing on the blackboard?" +Repeat: "No, I don't use a pen for writing on the blackboard." +Number 3: "Do you use a spoon for eating meat?" +Repeat: "No, I don't use a spoon for eating meat." +Number 4: "Do you use a chair for sitting?" +Repeat: "Yes, I use a chair for sitting." +Number 5: "Do you use a glass for drinking milk?" +Repeat: "Yes, I use a glass for drinking milk." +Number 6: "Do you use fingers for hearing?" +Repeat: "No, I don't use fingers for hearing." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [6.19-10.71] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4C. + [18.09-18.39] Hello. + [19.36-23.28] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4C. + [29.58-36.86] Look at Figure 1, look at the pictures, listen to the questions, then answer the questions. + [37.87-39.47] Let's do the example together. + [40.43-54.21] Listen: "Do you use a fork for eating rice?" The answer is: "Yes, I use a fork for eating rice." Repeat: "Yes, I use a fork for eating rice." + [58.83-61.71] Now look at the pictures and answer the questions. + [65.94-70.26] Number 1: "Do you use a suitcase for packing clothes?" + [80.40-84.88] Repeat: "Yes, I use a suitcase for packing clothes." + [89.94-94.26] Number 2: "Do you use a pen for writing on the blackboard?" + [103.60-108.24] Repeat: "No, I don't use a pen for writing on the blackboard." + [113.17-117.33] Number 3: "Do you use a spoon for eating meat?" + [127.89-132.05] Repeat: "No, I don't use a spoon for eating meat." + [137.89-141.25] Number 4: "Do you use a chair for sitting?" + [151.50-154.70] Repeat: "Yes, I use a chair for sitting." + [159.44-163.20] Number 5: "Do you use a glass for drinking milk?" + [173.44-177.28] Repeat: "Yes, I use a glass for drinking milk." + [183.90-187.34] Number 6: "Do you use fingers for hearing?" + [195.95-199.63] Repeat: "No, I don't use fingers for hearing." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 2. +Listen to the sentences and circle the word with the strong stress. +Look at the example and listen: "We keep our books in the bookcase." +"We keep our books in the bookcase." +"Bookcase" is the word with the strong stress; circle "bookcase." +Now listen to the sentence and circle the correct word. +Number 1: "Our ceiling is very high." "Our ceiling is very high." +Number 2: "Your blouse is very pretty." "Your blouse is very pretty." +Number 3: "Is this your house?" "Is this your house?" +Number 4: "Do you like these drapes?" "Do you like these drapes?" +Number 5: "When did you get that car?" "When did you get that car?" +Number 6: "Let's go to dinner." "Let's go to dinner." +Number 7: "That's a big box." "That's a big box." +Number 8: "I like to climb mountains." "I like to climb mountains." +Number 9: "Is the Earth round?" "Is the Earth round?" +Number 10: "Put the table next to the window." "Put the table next to the window." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: "High." Repeat: "Our ceiling is very high." +Number 2: "Pretty." Repeat: "Your blouse is very pretty." +Number 3: "This." Repeat: "Is this your house?" +Number 4: "Drapes." Repeat: "Do you like these drapes?" +Number 5: "That." Repeat: "When did you get that car?" +Number 6: "Dinner." Repeat: "Let's go to dinner." +Number 7: "Big." Repeat: "That's a big box." +Number 8: "Mountains." Repeat: "I like to climb mountains." +Number 9: "Round." Repeat: "Is the Earth round?" +Number 10: "Table." Repeat: "Put the table next to the window." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-2.69] Look at figure 2. + [3.87-8.03] Listen to the sentences and circle the word with the strong stress. + [9.30-14.64] Look at the example and listen: "We keep our books in the bookcase." + [16.56-18.64] "We keep our books in the bookcase." + [20.24-25.28] "Bookcase" is the word with the strong stress; circle "bookcase." + [27.49-30.77] Now listen to the sentence and circle the correct word. + [33.68-40.21] Number 1: "Our ceiling is very high." "Our ceiling is very high." + [43.78-49.97] Number 2: "Your blouse is very pretty." "Your blouse is very pretty." + [54.03-59.39] Number 3: "Is this your house?" "Is this your house?" + [63.52-69.02] Number 4: "Do you like these drapes?" "Do you like these drapes?" + [73.41-79.18] Number 5: "When did you get that car?" "When did you get that car?" + [83.31-88.34] Number 6: "Let's go to dinner." "Let's go to dinner." + [92.45-98.08] Number 7: "That's a big box." "That's a big box." + [101.66-107.31] Number 8: "I like to climb mountains." "I like to climb mountains." + [111.39-119.43] Number 9: "Is the Earth round?" "Is the Earth round?" + [121.23-128.13] Number 10: "Put the table next to the window." "Put the table next to the window." + [134.61-135.89] Let's check your answers. + [137.71-143.82] Number 1: "High." Repeat: "Our ceiling is very high." + [147.02-152.66] Number 2: "Pretty." Repeat: "Your blouse is very pretty." + [156.24-161.89] Number 3: "This." Repeat: "Is this your house?" + [165.49-171.60] Number 4: "Drapes." Repeat: "Do you like these drapes?" + [175.15-180.99] Number 5: "That." Repeat: "When did you get that car?" + [186.02-191.79] Number 6: "Dinner." Repeat: "Let's go to dinner." + [195.69-201.45] Number 7: "Big." Repeat: "That's a big box." + [204.99-211.35] Number 8: "Mountains." Repeat: "I like to climb mountains." + [215.19-221.01] Number 9: "Round." Repeat: "Is the Earth round?" + [224.67-230.73] Number 10: "Table." Repeat: "Put the table next to the window." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Look at the pictures. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: cabinet. +Cabinet. +This is a cabinet. +This is a cabinet. +Picture B: drawer. +Drawer. +We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. +We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. +Picture C: kitchen. +Kitchen. +We sometimes eat in the kitchen. +We sometimes eat in the kitchen. +Picture D: refrigerator. +Refrigerator. +We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. +We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. +Picture E: sink. +Sink. +Do you wash the dishes in the sink? +Do you wash the dishes in the sink? +Picture F: stove. +Stove. +We cook on the stove. +We cook on the stove. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.22] Look at Figure 3. + [3.94-4.98] Look at the pictures. + [5.70-7.70] Repeat the words and sentences. + [9.01-11.25] Picture A: cabinet. + [13.33-14.05] Cabinet. + [16.13-17.41] This is a cabinet. + [20.05-21.49] This is a cabinet. + [24.96-27.28] Picture B: drawer. + [29.17-29.89] Drawer. + [32.32-35.12] We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. + [39.73-42.61] We keep spoons and forks in the drawer. + [47.92-49.92] Picture C: kitchen. + [52.38-53.02] Kitchen. + [55.04-57.04] We sometimes eat in the kitchen. + [60.69-62.77] We sometimes eat in the kitchen. + [67.02-69.42] Picture D: refrigerator. + [72.72-73.76] Refrigerator. + [76.90-79.70] We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. + [84.02-86.74] We keep food and juice in the refrigerator. + [91.54-93.78] Picture E: sink. + [95.55-96.27] Sink. + [98.66-100.66] Do you wash the dishes in the sink? + [104.37-106.53] Do you wash the dishes in the sink? + [110.62-112.54] Picture F: stove. + [114.53-115.41] Stove. + [117.17-118.85] We cook on the stove. + [121.36-123.12] We cook on the stove. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. +Write the letter of the picture in the blank. +Listen to the example. +Number 1: "The stove is hot." +Write B next to number 1. +Look at Picture B: "The stove is hot." +Now listen and write the letter of the picture. +Number 2: "Mother bought a new refrigerator." +Number 3: "We washed the dishes in the sink." +Number 4: "This is a big kitchen." +Number 5: "I can't open the drawer." +Number 6: "We keep the dishes in the cabinet." +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +Repeat: "The stove is hot." +Number 2 is F. +Repeat: "Mother bought a new white refrigerator." +Number 3 is C. +Repeat: "We washed the dishes in the sink." +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: "This is a big kitchen." +Number 5 is D. +Repeat: "I can't open the drawer." +Number 6 is E. +Repeat: "We keep the dishes in the cabinet." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-2.90] Look at Figure 4. + [3.81-7.09] Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. + [8.05-10.29] Write the letter of the picture in the blank. + [11.39-12.59] Listen to the example. + [14.19-16.59] Number 1: "The stove is hot." + [22.54-24.62] Write B next to number 1. + [26.56-29.28] Look at Picture B: "The stove is hot." + [31.33-33.97] Now listen and write the letter of the picture. + [35.63-39.15] Number 2: "Mother bought a new refrigerator." + [44.11-47.63] Number 3: "We washed the dishes in the sink." + [52.29-55.41] Number 4: "This is a big kitchen." + [59.86-62.98] Number 5: "I can't open the drawer." + [66.98-70.42] Number 6: "We keep the dishes in the cabinet." + [76.78-78.06] Let's check your answers. + [79.31-80.91] Number 1 is B. + [81.39-83.79] Repeat: "The stove is hot." + [87.57-89.41] Number 2 is F. + [90.21-94.05] Repeat: "Mother bought a new white refrigerator." + [100.34-102.02] Number 3 is C. + [102.80-105.92] Repeat: "We washed the dishes in the sink." + [111.01-112.69] Number 4 is A. + [113.33-116.29] Repeat: "This is a big kitchen." + [121.38-123.06] Number 5 is D. + [123.38-126.26] Repeat: "I can't open the drawer." + [130.59-132.27] Number 6 is E. + [132.27-136.11] Repeat: "We keep the dishes in the cabinet." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 5. +Listen to the paragraph. +Nancy likes to cook. +She is very happy with the kitchen in her new house. +It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. +There are 2 sinks and lots of cabinets for the dishes. +The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. +Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. +Listen to the paragraph again. +This time, repeat it. +Nancy likes to cook. +She is very happy with the kitchen. +In her new house. +It has a nice new stove. +And a big new refrigerator. +There are 2 sinks. +And lots of cabinets for the dishes. +The bottom cabinets have drawers. +For the knives and forks. +Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast. +In the kitchen every morning. +Now answer these questions. +Number 1: What does Nancy like to do? +Repeat: Nancy likes to cook. +Number 2: What does her new kitchen have? +Repeat: It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. +Number 3: Where does she keep the dishes? +Repeat: She keeps the dishes in the cabinets. +Number 4: What do the bottom cabinets have? +Repeat: The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. +Number 5: What do Nancy and Norm like to do? +Repeat: They like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.10-3.54] Look at figure 5. + [4.18-5.46] Listen to the paragraph. + [6.93-8.37] Nancy likes to cook. + [9.09-12.13] She is very happy with the kitchen in her new house. + [12.99-16.51] It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. + [17.49-20.93] There are 2 sinks and lots of cabinets for the dishes. + [21.98-25.50] The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. + [26.58-30.66] Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. + [36.38-38.06] Listen to the paragraph again. + [38.62-40.14] This time, repeat it. + [41.68-43.20] Nancy likes to cook. + [47.33-51.63] She is very happy with the kitchen. + [54.08-55.28] In her new house. + [59.50-64.11] It has a nice new stove. + [66.03-67.63] And a big new refrigerator. + [72.61-74.05] There are 2 sinks. + [78.46-80.62] And lots of cabinets for the dishes. + [86.26-88.50] The bottom cabinets have drawers. + [93.15-94.83] For the knives and forks. + [99.31-104.55] Nancy and Norm like to eat breakfast. + [107.50-109.18] In the kitchen every morning. + [114.14-115.74] Now answer these questions. + [117.22-120.61] Number 1: What does Nancy like to do? + [126.59-129.31] Repeat: Nancy likes to cook. + [133.73-137.52] Number 2: What does her new kitchen have? + [143.98-148.54] Repeat: It has a nice new stove and a big new refrigerator. + [157.50-160.70] Number 3: Where does she keep the dishes? + [166.45-169.97] Repeat: She keeps the dishes in the cabinets. + [176.82-180.58] Number 4: What do the bottom cabinets have? + [187.23-192.27] Repeat: The bottom cabinets have drawers for the knives and forks. + [202.06-206.06] Number 5: What do Nancy and Norm like to do? + [211.70-215.94] Repeat: They like to eat breakfast in the kitchen every morning. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6, listen to some words, make a question, and give the answer. +Look at the examples: "couch," "sitting." Repeat: Do you use a couch for sitting? +Yes, I use a couch for sitting. +"Bookcase," "put books." +Repeat: Do you use a bookcase to put books in? +Yes, I use a bookcase to put books in. +Now listen for the words, make and answer questions. +Number 1: "stove," "cooking." +Repeat: Do you use a stove for cooking? +Yes, I use a stove for cooking. +Number 2: "ceiling fan," "cool room." +Repeat: Do you use a ceiling fan to cool a room? +Yes, I use a ceiling fan to cool a room. +Number 3: "cabinet." "Keeping dishes." +Repeat: Do you use a cabinet for keeping dishes in? +Yes, I use a cabinet for keeping dishes in. +Number 4: "sink," "wash dishes." +Repeat: Do you use a sink to wash dishes in? +Yes, I use a sink to wash dishes in. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-7.89] Look at Figure 6, listen to some words, make a question, and give the answer. + [9.17-17.39] Look at the examples: "couch," "sitting." Repeat: Do you use a couch for sitting? + [20.48-22.56] Yes, I use a couch for sitting. + [25.22-27.78] "Bookcase," "put books." + [29.57-33.39] Repeat: Do you use a bookcase to put books in? + [37.39-40.11] Yes, I use a bookcase to put books in. + [44.30-47.98] Now listen for the words, make and answer questions. + [49.34-52.70] Number 1: "stove," "cooking." + [73.95-77.07] Repeat: Do you use a stove for cooking? + [82.45-84.77] Yes, I use a stove for cooking. + [90.80-95.28] Number 2: "ceiling fan," "cool room." + [114.03-118.19] Repeat: Do you use a ceiling fan to cool a room? + [126.10-129.46] Yes, I use a ceiling fan to cool a room. + [136.08-139.20] Number 3: "cabinet." "Keeping dishes." + [158.94-162.70] Repeat: Do you use a cabinet for keeping dishes in? + [170.48-173.52] Yes, I use a cabinet for keeping dishes in. + [180.82-184.34] Number 4: "sink," "wash dishes." + [203.28-206.64] Repeat: Do you use a sink to wash dishes in? + [214.06-216.86] Yes, I use a sink to wash dishes in. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7. +You will hear a question and a dialogue. +Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat, just listen. +Then answer the question. +The question is: "Why does Nancy want them to come over?" Now listen to the dialogue. +Can you come over this evening? +I want you to see our new house. +We'd like to very much, Nancy. +Will 7 o'clock be allright? +That'll be fine. +Who was that on the phone? +That was Nancy. +She wants us to come over and see their new house this evening at 7 o'clock. +Now write the answer to the question in figure 7: "Why does Nancy want them to come over?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is: "Nancy wants them to see her new house." Listen to the dialogue again. +Can you come over this evening? +I want you to see our new house. +We'd like to very much, Nancy. +Will 7 o'clock be allright? +That'll be fine. +Who was that on the phone? +That was Nancy. +She wants us to come over and see their new house this evening at 7 o'clock. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-2.88] Look at figure 7. + [3.84-6.00] You will hear a question and a dialogue. + [6.90-10.74] Listen to the dialogue; don't repeat, just listen. + [11.54-13.38] Then answer the question. + [14.72-22.16] The question is: "Why does Nancy want them to come over?" Now listen to the dialogue. + [26.13-27.57] Can you come over this evening? + [27.89-29.65] I want you to see our new house. + [31.26-32.94] We'd like to very much, Nancy. + [33.42-34.94] Will 7 o'clock be allright? + [35.42-36.30] That'll be fine. + [37.26-38.30] Who was that on the phone? + [39.25-40.21] That was Nancy. + [40.77-44.45] She wants us to come over and see their new house this evening at 7 o'clock. + [48.85-55.30] Now write the answer to the question in figure 7: "Why does Nancy want them to come over?" + [72.74-73.86] Let's check your answer. + [74.91-81.12] The answer is: "Nancy wants them to see her new house." Listen to the dialogue again. + [84.86-86.38] Can you come over this evening? + [86.62-88.46] I want you to see our new house. + [90.06-91.74] We'd like to very much, Nancy. + [92.14-93.66] Will 7 o'clock be allright? + [94.14-95.10] That'll be fine. + [96.06-97.10] Who was that on the phone? + [98.00-98.96] That was Nancy. + [99.52-103.28] She wants us to come over and see their new house this evening at 7 o'clock. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8. +Listen to another question and dialogue. +The question is: "What does Norm want?" Now, listen to the dialogue. +Norm, Mother is here. +She wants us to go to her house this evening. +She wants us to have dinner with her. +I want to work in the yard this evening, Nancy. +Okay. +I'll ask her to stay for dinner at our house. +Good. +You two can talk, and I can work in the yard. +Okay. +I'll ask her. +Bye. +What did Norm say, dear? +He wants you to stay for dinner here. +We can talk, and he can work in the yard. +Now write the answer to the question in Figure 8: "What does Norm want?" +Let's check your answer. +The answer is: Norm wants to stay at home and work in the yard this evening. +Listen to the dialogue again. +Norm, Mother is here. +She wants us to go to her house this evening. +She wants us to have dinner with her. +I want to work in the yard this evening, Nancy. +Okay. +I'll ask her to stay for dinner at our house. +Good. +You two can talk, and I can work in the yard. +Okay. +I'll ask her. +Bye. +What did Norm say, dear? +He wants you to stay for dinner here. +We can talk, and he can work in the yard. +This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-2.51] Look at Figure 8. + [3.39-5.47] Listen to another question and dialogue. + [6.46-12.24] The question is: "What does Norm want?" Now, listen to the dialogue. + [14.99-17.07] Norm, Mother is here. + [17.47-19.71] She wants us to go to her house this evening. + [20.19-21.79] She wants us to have dinner with her. + [22.43-24.43] I want to work in the yard this evening, Nancy. + [25.23-25.95] Okay. + [26.27-28.59] I'll ask her to stay for dinner at our house. + [28.75-29.07] Good. + [29.55-31.63] You two can talk, and I can work in the yard. + [32.19-32.83] Okay. + [32.99-33.71] I'll ask her. + [34.35-34.75] Bye. + [36.19-37.47] What did Norm say, dear? + [38.86-40.86] He wants you to stay for dinner here. + [41.18-43.66] We can talk, and he can work in the yard. + [49.55-54.35] Now write the answer to the question in Figure 8: "What does Norm want?" + [75.09-76.21] Let's check your answer. + [77.14-82.02] The answer is: Norm wants to stay at home and work in the yard this evening. + [83.10-84.54] Listen to the dialogue again. + [88.75-90.83] Norm, Mother is here. + [91.23-93.47] She wants us to go to her house this evening. + [93.95-95.55] She wants us to have dinner with her. + [96.19-98.19] I want to work in the yard this evening, Nancy. + [98.99-99.71] Okay. + [100.03-102.35] I'll ask her to stay for dinner at our house. + [102.51-102.83] Good. + [103.31-105.39] You two can talk, and I can work in the yard. + [105.95-106.59] Okay. + [106.75-107.47] I'll ask her. + [108.11-108.59] Bye. + [110.00-111.28] What did Norm say, dear? + [112.69-114.61] He wants you to stay for dinner here. + [114.93-117.49] We can talk, and he can work in the yard. + [131.79-134.75] This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-7/tape-4D.md b/sources/book-7/tape-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4be6bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-7/tape-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,452 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4D. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4D. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the pictures. +Repeat the underlined words and the sentences. +Picture A: can opener. +Can opener. +This is a can opener. +This is a can opener. +Picture B: curtain. +Curtain. +There's a curtain on the window. +There's a curtain on the window. +Picture C: faucet. +Faucet. +Water comes from a faucet. +Water comes from a faucet. +Picture D: pan. +Pan. +We cook eggs in a pan. +We cook eggs in a pan. +Picture E: pot. +Pot. +A pot is bigger than a pan. +A pot is bigger than a pan. +Picture F: pretty. +Pretty. +Those are pretty flowers. +Those are pretty flowers. +Picture G: ugly. +Ugly. +I think that dog is ugly. +I think that dog is ugly. +Picture H: use. +Use. +We use a cup for drinking tea. +We use a cup for drinking tea. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.98-14.37] American Language Course, Book 7, Lesson 4D. + [20.27-20.67] Hello. + [21.31-25.15] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4D. + [31.82-32.94] Look at Figure 1. + [33.78-34.98] Look at the pictures. + [35.87-39.23] Repeat the underlined words and the sentences. + [42.98-45.38] Picture A: can opener. + [46.94-47.74] Can opener. + [49.42-50.70] This is a can opener. + [53.07-54.43] This is a can opener. + [57.60-59.84] Picture B: curtain. + [61.60-62.24] Curtain. + [63.81-65.41] There's a curtain on the window. + [69.02-70.70] There's a curtain on the window. + [74.42-76.74] Picture C: faucet. + [78.37-79.17] Faucet. + [80.51-82.27] Water comes from a faucet. + [85.33-87.09] Water comes from a faucet. + [91.41-93.57] Picture D: pan. + [94.94-95.66] Pan. + [97.39-99.23] We cook eggs in a pan. + [102.50-104.26] We cook eggs in a pan. + [108.19-110.43] Picture E: pot. + [111.89-112.53] Pot. + [113.92-116.08] A pot is bigger than a pan. + [119.52-121.44] A pot is bigger than a pan. + [125.52-127.36] Picture F: pretty. + [128.93-129.49] Pretty. + [130.88-132.48] Those are pretty flowers. + [135.74-137.42] Those are pretty flowers. + [140.91-142.91] Picture G: ugly. + [144.70-145.26] Ugly. + [146.93-148.69] I think that dog is ugly. + [151.73-153.57] I think that dog is ugly. + [157.10-159.58] Picture H: use. + [161.73-162.03] Use. + [163.89-166.02] We use a cup for drinking tea. + [169.92-172.16] We use a cup for drinking tea. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. +Write the letter of the picture in the blank. +Let's do the first one together. +Number 1: "This is a can opener." +Write "C" next to number 1. +Look at Picture C: "This is a can opener." +Now listen and write the letter of the picture. +Number 2: "Those are new curtains on the window." +Number 3: "I like those pretty flowers in the yard." +Number 4: "He put the pan in the sink." +Number 5: "Becky cooked the chicken in a pot." +Number 6: "We got the water from the faucet." +Number 7: "I think that's an ugly dog." +Number 8: "We use a cup for drinking tea." +Now look at Figure 2 and check your answers. +Number 1 is C. +Repeat: "This is a can opener." +Number 2 is G. +Repeat: "Those are new curtains on the window." +Number 3 is H. +Repeat: "I like those pretty flowers in the yard." +Number 4 is F. +Repeat: "He put the pan in the sink." +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: "Becky cooked the chicken in a pot." +Number 6 is E. +Repeat: "We got the water from the faucet." +Number 7 is D. +Repeat: "I think that's an ugly dog." +Number 8 is A. +Repeat: "We use a cup for drinking tea." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.44-2.64] Look at Figure 2. + [3.62-6.74] Listen to each sentence and then select the correct picture. + [7.86-10.18] Write the letter of the picture in the blank. + [11.42-12.94] Let's do the first one together. + [14.21-17.17] Number 1: "This is a can opener." + [24.02-26.10] Write "C" next to number 1. + [27.52-30.80] Look at Picture C: "This is a can opener." + [33.49-35.97] Now listen and write the letter of the picture. + [40.34-44.24] Number 2: "Those are new curtains on the window." + [50.24-54.08] Number 3: "I like those pretty flowers in the yard." + [60.10-63.46] Number 4: "He put the pan in the sink." + [69.07-72.91] Number 5: "Becky cooked the chicken in a pot." + [78.70-81.90] Number 6: "We got the water from the faucet." + [87.44-90.56] Number 7: "I think that's an ugly dog." + [95.31-98.59] Number 8: "We use a cup for drinking tea." + [106.93-109.41] Now look at Figure 2 and check your answers. + [113.47-114.99] Number 1 is C. + [115.55-118.19] Repeat: "This is a can opener." + [121.95-123.87] Number 2 is G. + [124.51-127.87] Repeat: "Those are new curtains on the window." + [133.54-135.38] Number 3 is H. + [135.86-139.54] Repeat: "I like those pretty flowers in the yard." + [145.07-146.67] Number 4 is F. + [147.31-150.19] Repeat: "He put the pan in the sink." + [155.22-156.82] Number 5 is B. + [157.46-160.98] Repeat: "Becky cooked the chicken in a pot." + [166.38-167.42] Number 6 is E. + [168.87-171.90] Repeat: "We got the water from the faucet." + [177.18-178.70] Number 7 is D. + [179.02-182.38] Repeat: "I think that's an ugly dog." + [186.74-188.42] Number 8 is A. + [188.98-192.34] Repeat: "We use a cup for drinking tea." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3, listen to the paragraph. +Nancy is changing her kitchen. +She put pretty yellow curtains on the window above the sink. +She bought new pots and pans. +Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. +She gave her ugly old can opener to her younger sister. +She wants all new things in her pretty new kitchen. +Listen to the paragraph again. +This time, repeat. +Nancy is changing her kitchen. +She put pretty yellow curtains +on the window above the sink. +She bought new pots and pans. +Norm put a new can opener. +On the wall for her. +She gave her ugly old can opener. +To her younger sister. +She wants all new things. +In her pretty new kitchen. +Now answer these questions. +Number 1: What is Nancy doing? +Repeat: She's changing her kitchen. +Number 2: What did she put on the windows above the sink? +Repeat: She put pretty yellow curtains on the window. +Number 3: What new things did she buy? +Repeat: She bought new pots and pans. +Number 4: How did Norm help her? +Repeat: Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. +Number 5: What did she do with the old can opener? +Repeat: She gave the ugly thing to her younger sister. +Number 6: What does Nancy want? +Repeat: She wants all new things in her pretty new kitchen. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-4.77] Look at figure 3, listen to the paragraph. + [8.93-10.85] Nancy is changing her kitchen. + [11.71-15.15] She put pretty yellow curtains on the window above the sink. + [16.05-18.13] She bought new pots and pans. + [19.23-21.95] Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. + [22.98-26.50] She gave her ugly old can opener to her younger sister. + [27.42-30.38] She wants all new things in her pretty new kitchen. + [35.36-37.12] Listen to the paragraph again. + [37.90-39.18] This time, repeat. + [42.90-44.98] Nancy is changing her kitchen. + [50.06-52.14] She put pretty yellow curtains + [57.79-59.55] on the window above the sink. + [65.04-67.12] She bought new pots and pans. + [72.59-74.35] Norm put a new can opener. + [78.51-79.79] On the wall for her. + [84.35-86.83] She gave her ugly old can opener. + [92.05-93.33] To her younger sister. + [97.90-102.33] She wants all new things. + [104.10-105.62] In her pretty new kitchen. + [112.16-113.60] Now answer these questions. + [117.60-120.32] Number 1: What is Nancy doing? + [127.04-129.68] Repeat: She's changing her kitchen. + [133.81-137.73] Number 2: What did she put on the windows above the sink? + [145.02-148.62] Repeat: She put pretty yellow curtains on the window. + [154.38-157.66] Number 3: What new things did she buy? + [164.91-168.19] Repeat: She bought new pots and pans. + [173.57-176.37] Number 4: How did Norm help her? + [183.97-188.29] Repeat: Norm put a new can opener on the wall for her. + [195.39-199.39] Number 5: What did she do with the old can opener? + [207.42-211.50] Repeat: She gave the ugly thing to her younger sister. + [219.12-222.00] Number 6: What does Nancy want? + [229.52-233.76] Repeat: She wants all new things in her pretty new kitchen. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +At the top of Figure 4 you see 6 words. +Repeat them. +Number 1: always. +Always. +Number 2: often. +Often. +Number 3: usually. +Usually. +Number 4: sometimes. +Sometimes. +Number 5: seldom. +Seldom. +Number 6: never. +Never. +Now listen to sentences. +You will hear one of these 6 words in each sentence. +Listen and put an X under the word in Figure 4. +Let's do Number 1 together. +Listen: "He always arrives on time." +Put an X under the word "always" for Number 1. +Now listen to the other sentences. +Listen and put an X under the word. +Number 2: "I sometimes go downtown after work." +Number 3: "I usually go home and sleep." +Number 4: "Do you always eat at the snack bar?" +Number 5: "I eat there often." +Number 6: "I never play tennis on Wednesday." +Number 7: "I usually write letters at night." +Number 8: "Amy often visits her mother on the weekend." +Number 9: "Bill never answers questions in class." +Number 10: "France seldom writes her friends." +Now let's check your answers. +Repeat Number 1: "He always arrives on time." +Number 2 is "sometimes." Repeat: "I sometimes go downtown after work." +Number 3 is "usually." Repeat: "I usually go home and sleep." +Number 4 is "always." Repeat: "Do you always eat at the snack bar?" +Number 5 is "often." Repeat: "I eat there often." +Number 6 is "never." Repeat: "I never play tennis on Wednesday." +Number 7 is "usually." Repeat: "I usually write letters at night." +Number 8 is "often." Repeat: "Amy often visits her mother on the weekend." +Number 9 is "never." Repeat: "Bill never answers questions in class." +Number 10 is "seldom." Repeat: "France seldom writes her friends." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-2.70] Look at Figure 4. + [3.97-7.33] At the top of Figure 4 you see 6 words. + [8.13-8.93] Repeat them. + [12.90-15.30] Number 1: always. + [16.83-16.88] Always. + [19.95-21.89] Number 2: often. + [23.73-24.03] Often. + [26.19-29.61] Number 3: usually. + [29.91-30.51] Usually. + [32.79-34.85] Number 4: sometimes. + [36.69-37.29] Sometimes. + [39.51-41.31] Number 5: seldom. + [43.05-43.41] Seldom. + [45.51-47.31] Number 6: never. + [48.69-48.99] Never. + [54.27-55.84] Now listen to sentences. + [56.93-60.13] You will hear one of these 6 words in each sentence. + [60.93-65.07] Listen and put an X under the word in Figure 4. + [66.43-67.87] Let's do Number 1 together. + [69.01-72.54] Listen: "He always arrives on time." + [74.70-78.38] Put an X under the word "always" for Number 1. + [80.11-82.35] Now listen to the other sentences. + [82.91-85.39] Listen and put an X under the word. + [89.84-93.84] Number 2: "I sometimes go downtown after work." + [97.90-101.18] Number 3: "I usually go home and sleep." + [105.68-109.20] Number 4: "Do you always eat at the snack bar?" + [114.00-116.72] Number 5: "I eat there often." + [121.42-125.02] Number 6: "I never play tennis on Wednesday." + [129.94-133.46] Number 7: "I usually write letters at night." + [137.74-141.90] Number 8: "Amy often visits her mother on the weekend." + [146.67-150.43] Number 9: "Bill never answers questions in class." + [154.88-158.24] Number 10: "France seldom writes her friends." + [166.11-167.47] Now let's check your answers. + [171.79-175.55] Repeat Number 1: "He always arrives on time." + [180.18-186.26] Number 2 is "sometimes." Repeat: "I sometimes go downtown after work." + [190.37-195.65] Number 3 is "usually." Repeat: "I usually go home and sleep." + [199.97-204.58] Number 4 is "always." Repeat: "Do you always eat at the snack bar?" + [209.71-214.03] Number 5 is "often." Repeat: "I eat there often." + [217.53-222.75] Number 6 is "never." Repeat: "I never play tennis on Wednesday." + [226.64-232.29] Number 7 is "usually." Repeat: "I usually write letters at night." + [237.15-243.20] Number 8 is "often." Repeat: "Amy often visits her mother on the weekend." + [247.74-253.42] Number 9 is "never." Repeat: "Bill never answers questions in class." + [257.74-262.78] Number 10 is "seldom." Repeat: "France seldom writes her friends." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5, look at the pictures, listen to the questions, and answer them. +Let's do the first one together. +Number 1: What do you use a knife for? +Repeat: I use a knife to cut meat. +Now listen and answer the questions. +Number 2: What do you use a can opener for? +Repeat: I use a can opener to open cans. +Number 3: What do you use a pen for? +Repeat: I use a pen to write checks. +Number 4: What do we use a toothbrush for? +Repeat: We use a toothbrush to brush our teeth. +Number 5: What do we use a sofa for? +Repeat: We use a sofa to sit on. +Number 6: What do we use a pot for? +Repeat: We use a pot to cook in. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-7.54] Look at Figure 5, look at the pictures, listen to the questions, and answer them. + [8.53-10.13] Let's do the first one together. + [12.19-15.41] Number 1: What do you use a knife for? + [24.11-27.02] Repeat: I use a knife to cut meat. + [31.30-33.38] Now listen and answer the questions. + [38.75-42.59] Number 2: What do you use a can opener for? + [50.08-53.68] Repeat: I use a can opener to open cans. + [58.78-62.30] Number 3: What do you use a pen for? + [71.20-74.56] Repeat: I use a pen to write checks. + [79.52-83.65] Number 4: What do we use a toothbrush for? + [91.68-95.12] Repeat: We use a toothbrush to brush our teeth. + [101.25-105.01] Number 5: What do we use a sofa for? + [112.82-116.02] Repeat: We use a sofa to sit on. + [121.52-124.88] Number 6: What do we use a pot for? + [132.94-135.74] Repeat: We use a pot to cook in. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6, listen to questions, make answers with the words in Figure 6. +Number 1: What do we use glasses for? +Repeat: We use glasses for drinking. +Number 2: What do we use bookcases for? +Repeat: We use bookcases to keep books in. +Number 3: What do we use sinks for? +Repeat: We use sinks for washing dishes. +Number 4: What do we use can openers for? +Repeat: We use can openers to open cans. +Number 5: What do we use pots and pans for? +Repeat: We use pots and pans for cooking. +Number 6: What do we use a refrigerator for? +Repeat: We use a refrigerator to keep food in. +Repeat these sentences. +Number 1: The leaves are on the trees. +The leaves are on the trees. +Number 2: My house is on a hill. +My house is on a hill. +Number 3: The river is next to the hill. +The river is next to the hill. +Number 4: The moon is high in the sky. +The moon is high in the sky. +Number 5: The animals like to run in the backyard. +The animals like to run in the backyard. +Number 6: They have many flowers by their house. +They have many flowers by their house. +Number 7: The gate in the fence is open. +The gate in the fence is open. +Number 8: The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. +The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-8.59] Look at Figure 6, listen to questions, make answers with the words in Figure 6. + [13.36-16.88] Number 1: What do we use glasses for? + [23.87-26.75] Repeat: We use glasses for drinking. + [31.60-35.12] Number 2: What do we use bookcases for? + [42.62-46.38] Repeat: We use bookcases to keep books in. + [52.66-55.86] Number 3: What do we use sinks for? + [62.64-66.00] Repeat: We use sinks for washing dishes. + [72.27-76.03] Number 4: What do we use can openers for? + [83.68-87.44] Repeat: We use can openers to open cans. + [93.39-97.31] Number 5: What do we use pots and pans for? + [105.70-109.06] Repeat: We use pots and pans for cooking. + [114.54-118.22] Number 6: What do we use a refrigerator for? + [125.09-128.69] Repeat: We use a refrigerator to keep food in. + [136.56-138.16] Repeat these sentences. + [141.68-145.20] Number 1: The leaves are on the trees. + [149.23-151.31] The leaves are on the trees. + [155.50-158.46] Number 2: My house is on a hill. + [162.02-163.78] My house is on a hill. + [168.00-171.36] Number 3: The river is next to the hill. + [174.69-176.69] The river is next to the hill. + [180.50-184.10] Number 4: The moon is high in the sky. + [187.71-189.87] The moon is high in the sky. + [193.74-197.82] Number 5: The animals like to run in the backyard. + [203.94-206.74] The animals like to run in the backyard. + [213.04-216.96] Number 6: They have many flowers by their house. + [221.92-224.25] They have many flowers by their house. + [230.43-234.05] Number 7: The gate in the fence is open. + [237.95-240.19] The gate in the fence is open. + [245.81-250.05] Number 8: The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + [255.33-258.05] The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk07-l4d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7, listen, and write the sentences. +Number 1: "The leaves are on the trees." +The leaves are on the trees. +Number 2: "My house is on a hill." +My house is on a hill. +Number 3: "The river is next to the hill." +The river is next to the hill. +Number 4: "The moon is high in the sky." +The moon is high in the sky. +Number 5: "The animals like to run in the backyard." +The animals like to run in the backyard. +Number 6: "They have many flowers by their house." +They have many flowers by their house. +Number 7: "The gate in the fence is open." +The gate in the fence is open. +Number 8: "The cat climbed the tree and got the bird." +The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. +Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. +This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 7. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-5.90] Now look at Figure 7, listen, and write the sentences. + [10.03-13.87] Number 1: "The leaves are on the trees." + [17.52-20.08] The leaves are on the trees. + [32.56-36.61] Number 2: "My house is on a hill." + [38.77-41.49] My house is on a hill. + [51.41-55.57] Number 3: "The river is next to the hill." + [58.08-60.64] The river is next to the hill. + [71.01-75.41] Number 4: "The moon is high in the sky." + [77.07-80.43] The moon is high in the sky. + [93.17-98.32] Number 5: "The animals like to run in the backyard." + [101.47-105.55] The animals like to run in the backyard. + [117.36-122.24] Number 6: "They have many flowers by their house." + [126.11-128.91] They have many flowers by their house. + [143.13-147.41] Number 7: "The gate in the fence is open." + [149.98-152.62] The gate in the fence is open. + [162.38-167.34] Number 8: "The cat climbed the tree and got the bird." + [169.78-173.70] The cat climbed the tree and got the bird. + [188.64-191.52] Turn to the answer page and check your sentences. + [199.47-202.51] This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 7. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-1A.md b/sources/book-9/lla-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1b26058 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,744 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 1A + +## Figure 1 + +| Repeat the words and sentences. Answer the question. Repeat the answer. | +|---| + +![#1 An identification card showing a photograph of a male officer named Robert B. White with text United States Uniformed Services](images/page_011_001.jpg) +1. ID card + +![#2 An application form containing blank fields for Family Name, First, Middle, Address, City, State, Telephone, Date of Birth, and Signature](images/page_011_002.jpg) +2. form + +![#3 A hand holding a pen filling in a line on a form starting with "Smith"](images/page_011_003.jpg) +3. fill out + +![#4 A handwritten signature reading "Mark C. Smith" above a printed line labeled "Signature"](images/page_011_004.jpg) +4. Signature + +## Figure 2 + +| Repeat the words and sentences. Answer the question. Repeat the answer. | +|---| + +![#1 A customer talking to a teller at a bank desk under a sign reading "INFORMATION" and near a sign reading "NEW ACCOUNTS"](images/page_012_001.jpg) +1. open an account + +![#2 Hands holding a pen and writing in a checkbook register](images/page_012_002.jpg) +2. checking account + +![#3 A collection of U.S. dollar bills spread out next to a pile of coins](images/page_012_003.jpg) +3. cash + +![#4 A open checkbook showing transaction entries and a blank check at the bottom](images/page_012_004.jpg) +4. checkbook + +![#5 Bank documents including a savings account passbook and deposit slip for XYZ National Bank](images/page_012_005.jpg) +5. savings account +6. save + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> Repeat the words and sentences. Write the sentence. Answer the question. Repeat the answer. + +![#1 A United States passport showing the official seal and the text 'United States of America'](images/page_013_001.jpg) +1. passport + +![#2 A 50 dollar US bill showing 'THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA' and 'FIFTY DOLLARS'](images/page_013_002.jpg) +2. bill + +![#3 A blank savings account deposit slip form from ABC BANK](images/page_013_003.jpg) +3. deposit +4. deposit slip + +5. save ____________________ +6. safe ____________________ +7. right away ____________________ +8. information ____________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> Listen and read. + +#### Dialog 1A +Woman: +Student: Yes, I'd like to open a checking account. +Woman: +Student: Okay. Thanks. + +#### Dialog 1B +Student: May I help you? +Man: +Student: Please fill out this form. Put your signature on the last line. +Man: + +#### Dialog 2A +Woman: +Student: Yes. Can I open a savings account with twenty-five dollars? +Woman: +Student: Okay. What do you want to know? + +#### Dialog 2B +Student: Good morning. Can I help you? +Woman: +Student: Yes. I'll need some information for this form. +Woman: + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> Repeat the words and sentences. Write the sentence. Answer the question. Repeat the answer. + +![#1 A United States passport showing the official seal and the text 'United States of America'](images/page_015_001.jpg) +1. passport + +![#2 A 50 dollar US bill showing 'THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA' and 'FIFTY DOLLARS'](images/page_015_002.jpg) +2. bill + +![#3 A blank savings account deposit slip form from ABC BANK](images/page_015_003.jpg) +3. deposit +4. deposit slip + +5. save ____________________ +6. safe ____________________ +7. right away ____________________ +8. information ____________________ + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> Listen and read. + +#### Dialog 1A +Woman: +Student: Yes, I'd like to open a checking account. +Woman: +Student: Okay. Thanks. + +#### Dialog 1B +Student: May I help you? +Man: +Student: Please fill out this form. Put your signature on the last line. +Man: + +#### Dialog 2A +Woman: +Student: Yes. Can I open a savings account with twenty-five dollars? +Woman: +Student: Okay. What do you want to know? + +#### Dialog 2B +Student: Good morning. Can I help you? +Woman: +Student: Yes. I'll need some information for this form. +Woman: + +--- + +#### Dialog 3A +Student: Excuse me, ma'am. I want to cash a check. +Woman: +Student: I have an ID card and a passport. Is that okay? +Woman: +Student: Can I have the cash in small bills? +Woman: +Student: Yes, thanks. + +#### Dialog 3B +Woman: +Student: Okay. I need to see some identification. +Woman: +Student: Yes, that's fine. +Woman: +Student: Yes. Are ones and fives okay? +Woman: + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + +### LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 1B + +#### Figure 1 + +> Read the sentence. Answer the question. Repeat the answer. + +1. Mary is going to the bank tomorrow. +2. David is leaving for China in June. +3. Paula is flying to Dallas tonight. +4. John is taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. +5. I'm going to the bank tomorrow. +6. She is leaving after class. +7. The men are working next weekend. +8. Bob's family is coming next month. +9. I'm depositing my check tomorrow. +10. Alex is leaving by bus. +11. My friends are going to Texas. +12. Jane is taking a test on Monday. + +--- + +#### Figure 2 + +> Listen to the question. Complete the answer. Repeat the answer. + +*Example:* Yes, I'm leaving tonight. + +1. No, ____________________ to the bank tomorrow. +2. Yes, ____________________ after school today. +3. Yes, ____________________ his family to Dallas. +4. Yes, ____________________ it. +5. No, ____________________ before dinner. +6. Yes, ____________________ to England. +7. No, ____________________ today. +8. No, ____________________ on Sunday. + +--- + +#### Figure 3 + +> Read. Listen to words. Make questions. Repeat the questions. + +*Example:* I'm driving to Colorado next week. (When) +When are you driving to Colorado? + +1. He's leaving at 10 o'clock. +2. They're going to the store. +3. She's returning to work next week. +4. I'm leaving tomorrow because I have to. +5. The captain is visiting his friends tomorrow. +6. The major is returning to Japan in May. +7. I'm eating lunch with Capt Kim. +8. We're meeting in the mess hall after class. +9. The class is starting next week. +10. He's traveling by bus to New York. +11. The plane is taking off at 1200 hours. +12. He's leaving tomorrow because he wants to. + +--- + +#### Figure 4 + +> Answer the question with the word listed. Repeat the answer. + +*Example:* tomorrow +He's going tomorrow. + +1. tomorrow +2. next week +3. on Monday +4. after school +5. by plane +6. by bus +7. by taxi +8. at Gate 2 +9. in Dallas +10. at Aldo's + +--- + +#### Figure 5 + +> Listen to the paragraph. Select the main idea. + +*Example:* +a. There are many different kinds of long distance phone calls. +b. All station-to-station long distance calls need an operator's help. +(c.) A station-to-station call is the cheapest long distance call. + +a. People put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. +b. People enjoy grass, flowers, and trees. +c. People are angry about cities without grass and trees. + +--- + +#### Figure 6 + +> Listen to the paragraph. + +*Example:* + +![Diagram mapping the children of the Bridges family into boys' names (Ben, Bart, Bret) and girls' names (Betty, Becky)](images/page_022_001.jpg) + +--- + +#### Figure 7 + +> Listen to the paragraph. Write important information in the boxes. Check the answer page. + +![An empty hierarchical graphic organizer / chart with blank boxes to be filled in by the student](images/page_023_001.jpg) + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + +### Figure 1 + +**Listen and repeat.** + +![Six panel composite drawing showing a woman losing her wallet, looking at contents (ID, VISA), walking into a bank, standing at a counter, and filling out a withdrawal slip at a bank teller desk](images/page_025_001.jpg) + +1. **lost** + Diane can't find her wallet. It's lost. + +2. **wallet** + Diane's ID card, money, and bank card were in her wallet. + +3. **immediately** + Diane didn't wait to go to the bank; she went to the bank immediately. + +4. **close an account** + Diane needed to close an account. + +5. **take out of** + Diane needed to take her money out of her account. + +6. **withdraw** + Diane wanted her money. She had to withdraw it. + +7. **withdrawal** + Diane made a withdrawal. She took money out of her account. + +8. **slip** + Diane filled out a small piece of paper. She filled out a withdrawal slip. + +9. **complete** + Diane had to fill out the withdrawal slip. She had to complete it. + +10. **right here** + Write your name on this line. Write your name right here. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Listen and repeat.** + +![Six panel composite drawing showing two women shopping, spending money, hiding a wallet, and talking about saving money for vacation with speech bubbles](images/page_026_001.jpg) + +1. **spent** + Sandy spent her money. She bought new clothes. + +2. **spend** + Jane saved her money. She didn't spend it. + +3. **hide** + Jane wanted to hide the wallet from Sandy. She didn't want Sandy to find it. + +4. **hid** + Sandy can't find her wallet because Jane hid it. + +5. **soon** + Their vacation will begin soon. It'll begin in a short time. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the dialog. Say the customer's part.** + +**Man:** +**Customer:** Yes, please. I want to make a withdrawal from my savings account. + +**Man:** +**Customer:** Yes, but I can't complete it. I lost my savings account number. + +**Man:** +**Customer:** Thank you. I'd like to withdraw $25.00. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Select the best response. Write the letter in the blank.** + +1. _____ a. Yes, please put your signature on the bottom line. +2. _____ b. Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? +3. _____ c. I can do that for you. Please complete this form. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen to a paragraph. Listen again and fill out forms. Check your work.** + +*Example:* + +| **CHECKING ACCOUNT DEPOSIT SLIP** | | | +|---|---|---| +| NEW BANK
PO BOX 3
SAN ANTONIO, TX | **PLEASE LIST EACH SEPARATELY** | | +| | | **DLLS** \| **CTS** | +| DATE __________________
          (1) | (3) CURRENCY | | +| | COIN | | +| | CHECKS | | +| ________________________
sign here for cash | | | +| | (3) TOTAL | | +| | LESS CASH | | +| | NET DEPOSIT | | +| **Deposit to the account of:**
(2) ________________________
555 St Mark
San Antonio, TX | **Account No.**
98000 9900 | | + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Listen to a paragraph. Listen again and fill out forms. Check the answer page.** + +![A blank check form with fields for date, pay to the order of, amount in figures and words, and signature, with John Brown's name printed at top left](images/page_028_001.jpg) + +--- + +![A checking account deposit slip form for XYZ Bank and a blank check form for XYZ Bank](images/page_029_001.jpg) + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# SCRIPTS + +## Book 9 Language Laboratory Activities +### Audio Scripts + +#### Table of Contents + +Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . 93 +Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . 99 +Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . 105 +Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . 111 +Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . 117 +Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . 121 +Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . 127 +Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . 133 +Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . 139 +Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . 147 +Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . 153 +Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . 161 +Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . 167 +Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . 173 +Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . 181 +Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . 187 + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause long enough for students to repeat) + +(one male voice, one female voice) + +(male voice) +Number 1: card...card +I need a new ID card. + +(female voice) +Number 2: form...form +Here's a form. + +Number 3: fill out...fill out +Fill out the form. + +Number 4: signature...signature +Put your signature on the bottom line. + +(3) Listen to the dialog. +male voice: Can you help me? I need a new ID card. +female voice: Yes, I can help you. Here's a form. Fill out the form, and put your signature on the bottom line. + +(4) Listen. +Mark needs a new ID card. The person at the desk gives him a form. He fills out the form and puts his signature on the bottom line. + +(5) Look at Figure 1 again. Answer the questions, then listen and repeat. (pause long enough for students to answer, and then to repeat the correct answer) +What does Mark need? +Repeat: He needs a new ID card. + +What does the person at the desk give Mark? +Repeat: The person gives Mark a form. + +What does Mark do with the form? +Repeat: He fills it out. + +What does Mark write on the bottom line of the form? +Repeat: He writes his signature on the bottom line. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause long enough for students to repeat) + +Number 1: open an account...open an account +I want to open an account at this bank. + +Number 2: checking account...checking account +I want to open a checking account. + +Number 3: cash...cash +Mark doesn't want to pay for everything with cash. + +Number 4: checkbook...checkbook +The bank clerk gave Mark a checkbook. + +Number 5: savings account...savings account +I also want to open a savings account. + +Number 6: save...save +I want to save some money for a trip. + +(7) Listen to the dialog. +male voice: Can you help me? I want to open an account at this bank. +female voice: Yes. What kind of account do you want to open? +male voice: I want to open a checking account. I don't want to pay for everything with cash. + +(8) Mark filled out the form for a checking account. Then the bank clerk gave him a checkbook. Mark also opened a savings account because he wanted to save money for a trip. + +(9) Listen. +male voice: I also want to open a savings account because I want to save money for a trip. +female voice: Okay. Fill out this form, and I'll give you a savings account number. + +(10) Listen to the conversation again. +male voice: Can you help me? I want to open an account at this bank. +female voice: Yes. What kind of account do you want to open? +male voice: I want to open a checking account. I don't want to pay for everything with cash. +female voice: Yes, I understand. Fill out this form for a checking account, and I'll get you a checkbook. +male voice: I also want to open a savings account because I want to save money for a trip. +female voice: Okay. Fill out this form, and I'll give you a savings account number. + +(11) Look at Figure 2 again. You will hear questions. Answer the questions and then listen and repeat. (allow enough time for students to answer the questions and enough time for them to repeat the answer) +Where is Mark? +Repeat: Mark is at the bank. + +What does Mark want to do at the bank? +Repeat: He wants to open an account. + +What kinds of accounts does he want to open? +Repeat: He wants to open a checking account and a savings account. + +Why did Mark want to open a checking account? +Repeat: He didn't want to pay for everything with cash. + +What did the bank clerk give Mark when he opened a checking account? +Repeat: The clerk gave Mark a checkbook. + +Why does Mark want to open a savings account? +Repeat: He wants to save money for a trip. + +What did the clerk give Mark when he opened a savings account? +Repeat: The clerk gave Mark an account number. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(12) Look at Figure 3. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause long enough for students to repeat) + +Number 1: passport...passport +Mark will get a passport for his trip. + +Number 2: bill...bill +Mark will pay for the passport with a fifty dollar bill. + +Number 3: deposit...deposit +Mark will deposit a hundred dollars in his savings account. + +Number 4: deposit slip...deposit slip +Mark must fill out a deposit slip / to put the hundred dollars / in his savings account. + +Number 5: save...save +Mark will save money for a trip. + +Number 6: safe...safe +His money is safe in the bank. + +Number 7: right away...right away +Mark will get his passport right away. + +Number 8: information...information +Mark's passport has information about him. + +(13) Look at numbers 5 to 8 again. On the lines next to the words, write the sentences you hear. (pause 15 sec at / for students to write the sentences) + +Number 5: Mark will save money / for a trip. / He won't spend it. +Listen again: Mark will save money for a trip. He won't spend it. + +Number 6: His money is safe / in the bank. / No one will take it. +Listen again: His money is safe in the bank. No one will take it. + +Number 7: Mark will get / his passport right away. / He won't wait. +Listen again: Mark will get his passport right away. He won't wait. + +Number 8: Mark's passport / will have information / about Mark. +It will have / his home address. +Listen again: Mark's passport will have information about Mark. It will have his home address. + +(14) Look at the sentences you wrote. Use the sentences to answer the questions you hear. (pause long enough for students to answer; and then to repeat correct responses) + +Where can we find information about Mark? +Repeat: We can find information about Mark in his passport. + +Will Mark spend his money? +Repeat: No, he will save money for a trip. / He won't spend it. + +--- + +Can someone take Mark's money from the bank? +Repeat: No, his money is safe in the bank. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(15) Look at Figure 4. Listen. +(one female voice, one male voice) + +female voice: May I help you? +male voice: Yes, I'd like to open a checking account. + +female voice: Please fill out this form. Put your signature on the last line. +male voice: Okay. Thanks. + +(16) Look at Dialog 1A in Figure 4. You read the student's sentence; the woman will begin. + +female voice: May I help you? (pause 5 sec) +female voice: Please fill out this form. Put your signature on the last line. (pause 3 sec) + +(17) Now look at Dialog 1B. This time you begin. + +(pause 4 sec) +male voice: Yes, I'd like to open a checking account. + +(pause 7 sec) +male voice: Okay. Thanks. + +(18) Listen to Dialog 2 in Figure 4. + +female voice: Good morning. Can I help you? +male voice: Yes. Can I open a savings account with twenty-five dollars? + +female voice: Yes. I'll need some information for this form. +male voice: Okay. What do you want to know? + +(19) Look at Dialog 2A. Read the student's sentence. The woman will begin. + +female voice: Good morning. Can I help you? (pause 6 sec) +female voice: Yes. I'll need some information for this form. +(pause 7 sec) + +(20) Now look at Dialog 2B in Figure 4. This time, you begin. + +(pause 5 sec) +female voice: Yes. Can I open a savings account with twenty-five dollars? + +(pause 4 sec) +female voice: Okay. What do you want to know? + +(21) Listen to Dialog 3. + +male voice: Excuse me, ma'am. I want to cash a check. +female voice: Okay. I need to see some identification. + +male voice: I have an ID card and a passport. Is that okay? +female voice: Yes, that's fine. + +male voice: Can I have the cash in small bills? +female voice: Yes. Are ones and fives okay? + +male voice: Yes, thanks. + +(22) Look at Dialog 3A. Take the part of the other person. This time, you begin. + +(pause 4 sec) +female voice: Okay. I need to see some identification. +(pause 4 sec) + +female voice: Yes, that's fine. (pause 3 sec) +female voice: Yes. Are ones and fives OK? (pause 3 sec) + +(23) Now look at Dialog 3B. This time the woman will begin. + +female voice: Excuse me, ma'am. I want to cash a check. +(pause 4 sec) + +female voice: I have an ID card and a passport. Is that okay? +(pause 3 sec) + +female voice: Can I have the cash in small bills? (pause 4 sec) +female voice: Yes, thanks. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 9.** + + + + +# Book 9 Language Laboratory Activities +## Answer Key + +### Table of Contents + +Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 + +Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 + +Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 + +Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 + +Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 + +Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 + +Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 + +Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 + +Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 + +Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 + +Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 + +Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 + +Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 + +Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 + +Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 + +Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 + +- USER NOTES - + + + + +# Lesson 1A + +### Figure 3 + +5. Mark will save money for a trip. He won't spend it. +6. His money is safe in the bank. No one will take it. +7. Mark will get his passport right away. He won't wait. +8. Mark's passport will have information about Mark. It will have his home address. + +### Figure 7 + +![A flow chart titled Furniture For A New House showing categories for need to buy and they have, with subcategories for kitchen, living room, curtains, bedroom furniture, stove, refrigerator, sofa, 2 chairs, coffee table, bed, and bookcase](images/page_207_001.jpg) diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-1B.md b/sources/book-9/lla-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e898fde --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1B + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the Language Laboratory Activities for Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Read the sentences silently. (pause) +Then answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. +(pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: When will Mary go to the bank? (pause) +She's going to the bank tomorrow. +Repeat: She's going to the bank tomorrow. + +Number 2: When will David leave for China? (pause) +He's leaving for China in June. +Repeat: He's leaving for China in June. + +Number 3: When will Paula fly to Dallas? (pause) +She's flying to Dallas tonight. +Repeat: She's flying to Dallas tonight. + +Number 4: When will John take his son to the doctor? (pause) +He's taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. +Repeat: He's taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. + +Number 5: When are you going to the bank? (pause) +I'm going to the bank tomorrow. +Repeat: I'm going to the bank tomorrow. + +Number 6: When will she leave? (pause) +She's leaving after class. +Repeat: She's leaving after class. + +Number 7: When are the men working? (pause) +They're working next weekend. +Repeat: They're working next weekend. + +Number 8: When will Bob's family come? (pause) +They're coming next month. +Repeat: They're coming next month. + +Number 9: When will you deposit your check? (pause) +I'm depositing my check tomorrow. +Repeat: I'm depositing my check tomorrow. + +Number 10: How will Alex leave? (pause) +He's leaving by bus. +Repeat: He's leaving by bus. + +Number 11: Where will your friends go? (pause) +They're going to Texas. +Repeat: They're going to Texas. + +Number 12: When will Jane take a test? (pause) +She's taking a test on Monday. +Repeat: She's taking a test on Monday. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the question, and complete the answer on the line in Figure 2. Then repeat the correct answers. + +Look at the example. + +Are you leaving for Houston tonight? (pause) +The answer is "Yes, I'm leaving tonight." Repeat: Yes, I'm leaving tonight. + +Number 1: Is Pam going to the bank tomorrow? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "No, she's not going to the bank tomorrow." +Repeat: No, she's not going to the bank tomorrow. + +Number 2: Are you staying after school today? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "Yes, I'm staying after school today." +Repeat: Yes, I'm staying after school today. + +Number 3: Is John taking his family to Dallas? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "Yes, he's taking his family to Dallas." +Repeat: Yes, he's taking his family to Dallas. + +Number 4: Are the Browns bringing the dessert? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "Yes, they're bringing it." +Repeat: Yes, they're bringing it. + +Number 5: Is she leaving before dinner? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "No, she isn't leaving before dinner." +Repeat: No, she isn't leaving before dinner. + +Number 6: Are David and Mary flying to England? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "Yes, they're flying to England." +Repeat: Yes, they're flying to England. + +Number 7: Is he arriving today? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "No, he isn't arriving today." +Repeat: No, he isn't arriving today. + +Number 8: Are you returning on Sunday? (pause 10 sec) +The answer is "No, I'm not returning on Sunday." +Repeat: No, I'm not returning on Sunday. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(4) Look at Figure 3. Read the sentences, listen to the words, and make questions. Then repeat the questions. + +Look at the example. I'm driving to Colorado next week. / when +Repeat: When are you driving to Colorado? (pause 5 sec after each question word cue; and for students to repeat correct answers) + +Number 1: He's leaving at 10 o'clock. what time (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: What time is he leaving? + +Number 2: They're going to the store. where +Repeat: Where are they going? + +Number 3: She's returning to work next week. when +Repeat: When is she returning to work? + +Number 4: I'm leaving tomorrow because I have to. why +Repeat: Why are you leaving tomorrow? + +Number 5: The captain is visiting his friends tomorrow. who +Repeat: Who is the captain visiting tomorrow? + +Number 6: The major is returning to Japan in May. when +Repeat: When is the major returning to Japan? + +Number 7: I'm eating lunch with Capt Kim. who +Repeat: Who are you eating lunch with? + +Number 8: We're meeting in the mess hall after class. where +Repeat: Where are we meeting after class? + +Number 9: The class is starting next week. when +Repeat: When is the class starting? + +Number 10: He's traveling by bus to New York. how +Repeat: How is he traveling to New York? + +Number 11: The plane is taking off at 1200 hours. when +Repeat: When is the plane taking off? + +Number 12: He's leaving tomorrow because he wants to. why +Repeat: Why is he leaving tomorrow? + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(5) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the questions. Answer the questions with the words in Figure 4. Listen to the example. +(allow students enough time to answer) + +EXAMPLE: When will Dave go to Dallas? (pause) +He's going tomorrow. +Repeat: He's going tomorrow. + +Number 1: When will you go to Dallas? (pause) +I'm going tomorrow. +Repeat: I'm going tomorrow. + +Number 2: When will Jack arrive? (pause) +He's arriving next week. +Repeat: He's arriving next week. + +Number 3: When will Jim start his new job? (pause) +He's starting on Monday. +Repeat: He's starting on Monday. + +Number 4: When will the teachers meet? (pause) +They're meeting after school. +Repeat: They're meeting after school. + +Number 5: How will you go to Houston? (pause) +I'm going by plane. +Repeat: I'm going by plane. + +Number 6: How will he come back? (pause) +He's coming back by bus. +Repeat: He's coming back by bus. + +Number 7: How will she return? (pause) +She's returning by taxi. +Repeat: She's returning by taxi. + +Number 8: Where will they arrive? (pause) +They're arriving at Gate 2. +Repeat: They're arriving at Gate 2. + +Number 9: Where will they play next week? (pause) +They're playing in Dallas. +Repeat: They're playing in Dallas. + +Number 10: Where will you have lunch? (pause) +I'm having lunch at Aldo's. +Repeat: I'm having lunch at Aldo's. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(6) Look at the example in Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph two times. Then select the main idea. + +There are different kinds of long distance phone calls, but the least expensive call is a call without the operator's help. That kind of call is a station-to-station call. + +(7) Listen again, and select the main idea. + +There are different kinds of long distance phone calls, but the least expensive call is a call without the operator's help. That kind of call is a station-to-station call. + +(8) The answer is "c." Sentence "c" gives the main idea of the paragraph. + +(9) Listen to another paragraph two times. Then select the main idea. + +Most people like to put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. These things make the yard look beautiful. They also give people work to do. People need to cut the grass. They need to water the flowers, trees, and grass, and sometimes they need to give them food. I think that these things make people happy because people enjoy having beautiful things around them. + +(10) Listen again, and select the main idea. + +Most people like to put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. These things make the yard look beautiful. They also give people work to do. People need to cut the grass. They need to water the flowers, trees, and grass, and sometimes they need to give them food. I think that these things make people happy because people enjoy having beautiful things around them. + +(11) The answer is "b." The main idea is "people enjoy grass, flowers, and trees." + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(12) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph two times. Listen for the most important information. The most important information is in the boxes. (pause 4 sec) + +Mr. and Mrs. Bridges have five children. They have three boys and two girls. The names of the boys are Ben, Bart, and Bret. The girls' names are Betty and Becky. Mr. and Mrs. Bridges think it's easy to remember those names because they all start with "B." (pause 4 sec) + +(13) Listen again. + +Mr. and Mrs. Bridges have five children. They have three boys and two girls. The names of the boys are Ben, Bart, and Bret. The girls' names are Betty and Becky. Mr. and Mrs. Bridges think it's easy to remember those names because they all start with "B." (pause 4 sec) + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(14) Look at the boxes in Figure 7. Listen to a paragraph two times. Listen for the most important information. + +Furniture For A New House / Mark and Eve bought a new house. They have some furniture, but they need to buy new things for the kitchen and the living room. They need a stove and a refrigerator for the kitchen. Because the living room is small, they'll only need a sofa, two chairs, and a coffee table. They'll use their old bedroom furniture because both their bed and their bookcase are just a year old. They'd like to buy new curtains, but new curtains cost a lot of money. They'll use their old ones for a year or two. Mark and Eve are using old and new things in their new house. + +(15) Listen again and write the important information in the boxes. + +Furniture For A New House. (pause 15 sec) Mark and Eve bought a new house. They have some furniture, but they have to buy new things for the kitchen and the living room. (pause 15 sec) They need a stove and a refrigerator for the kitchen. (pause 15 sec) Because the living room is small, they'll only need a sofa, two chairs, and a coffee table. (pause 15 sec) They'll use their old bedroom furniture because both their bed and their bookcase are just a year old. (pause 10 sec) They'd like to buy new curtains, but new curtains cost a lot of money. (pause 5 sec) They'll use their old ones for a year or two. (pause 5 sec) Mark and Eve are using old and new things in their new house. (pause 10 sec) + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 9. + + + + +# Lesson 1B + +### Figure 2 + +1. No, she's not going to the bank tomorrow. +2. Yes, I'm staying after school today. +3. Yes, he's taking his family to Dallas. +4. Yes, they're bringing it. +5. No, she isn't leaving before dinner. +6. Yes, they're flying to England. +7. No, he isn't arriving today. +8. No, I'm not returning on Sunday. + +### Figure 5 + +b diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-1C.md b/sources/book-9/lla-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2dcd74c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT + +## Lesson 1C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat. (allow time for students to repeat words and sentences) + +Number 1: lost...lost +Diane can't find her wallet. (pause) It's lost. + +Number 2: wallet...wallet +Diane's ID card, money, and bank card were in her wallet. + +Number 3: immediately...immediately +Diane didn't wait to go to the bank; (pause) she went to the bank immediately. + +Number 4: close an account...close an account +Diane needed to close an account. + +Number 5: take out of...take out of +Diane needed to take her money out of her account. + +Number 6: withdraw...withdraw +Diane wanted her money. (pause) She had to withdraw it. + +Number 7: withdrawal...withdrawal +Diane made a withdrawal. (pause) She took money out of her account. + +Number 8: slip...slip +Diane filled out a small piece of paper. (pause) She filled out a withdrawal slip. + +Number 9: complete...complete +Diane had to fill out the withdrawal slip. (pause) She had to complete it. + +Number 10: right here...right here +Write your name on this line. (pause) Write your name right here. + +(3) Listen to a paragraph about Diane and her wallet. + +Diane can't find her wallet. She thinks she lost it. In her wallet she had some money, her ID card, and the numbers to her bank account. Diane didn't wait to go to the bank; she went to the bank immediately. She told the bank clerk, "I need to close my account. Do I have to take all my money out of the bank?" The clerk told her, "No, ma'am, you don't. You can close your account by withdrawing all your money. Then you can put that money in a different account with a different number." The clerk gave her a withdrawal slip and said, "Please complete this form and sign your name right here on the bottom line." + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen and repeat. + +Number 1: spent...spent +Sandy spent her money. She bought new clothes. + +Number 2: spend...spend +Jane saved her money. She didn't spend it. + +Number 3: hide...hide +Jane wanted to hide the wallet from Sandy. She didn't want Sandy to find it. + +Number 4: hid...hid +Sandy can't find her wallet because Jane hid it. + +Number 5: soon...soon +Their vacation will begin soon. It'll begin in a short time. + +(5) Listen to a paragraph about Jane and Sandy. + +Two sisters, Jane and Sandy, are going on vacation together in a few days. They're saving their money, but it's very hard for Sandy. She likes to buy new clothes. Last week she spent a lot of money. Jane is upset because she thinks Sandy will spend all her money before their vacation. One day she saw Sandy's wallet on the table. She thought, "Without her wallet, she can't spend all her money. I think I'll hide it from her. Then she'll have to save some money." Jane hid the wallet under Sandy's bed. Sandy didn't find it for several days. At first, she was angry. She asked Jane, "Why did you hide my wallet?" Jane said, "Our vacation will start soon. You needed to save your money. Now, you can go because you didn't spend it all." Sandy said, "You're right. I needed to save. Thanks for the help, but next time, please tell me about it." + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Repeat this dialog between a bank clerk and a customer. (one male voice, one female voice) (allow students time to repeat each line) + +| | | +|---|---| +| male voice: | May I help you? | +| female voice: | Yes, please, I want to make a withdrawal from my savings account. | +| male voice: | Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? | +| female voice: | Yes, but I can't complete it. I lost my savings account number. | +| male voice: | That's okay. I can get your number for you. | +| female voice: | Thank you. I'd like to withdraw twenty-five dollars. | + +(7) Now listen again and you take the role of the customer. Read the sentences in your book. (allow time for students to reply) + +| | | +|---|---| +| male voice: | May I help you? | +| male voice: | Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? | +| male voice: | That's okay. I can get your number for you. | + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(8) Look at Figure 4. You will hear a sentence one time. Select the best response. Write the letter of the response in the blank. + +Number 1: I'd like to make a withdrawal from my savings account. +(pause 4 sec) The correct response is "b." +Repeat: Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? + +Number 2: I put $300, my name, address, and date on this withdrawal slip. Do I need anything more?. +(pause 4 sec) The correct response is "a." +Repeat: Yes, please put your signature on the bottom line. + +Number 3: I also want to close my checking account. Where can I do that? +(pause 4 sec) The correct response is "c." +Repeat: I can do that for you. Please complete this form. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(9) Look at Figure 5. First listen to a paragraph. Then listen to it again and write the answers on the bank forms. + +Today is the tenth of July. Mary Green has to pay her rent. First, she needs to put some money in her checking account. She goes to the bank and deposits six hundred dollars in cash in her checking account. Then later this afternoon, she will pay her rent with a check. + +(10) Listen again and fill in the bank deposit slip with the correct information. + +Today is the tenth of July. Mary Green has to pay her rent. First, she needs to put some money in her checking account. She goes to the bank and deposits six hundred dollars in cash in her checking account. Then later this afternoon, she will pay her rent with a check. + +(11) Check your answers. The answer for line 1 is the tenth of July and the year. The answer for line 2 is Mary Green. The answer for line 3 is six hundred dollars. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(12) Look at the three bank forms in Figure 6. (pause) Now, look at form 1 and listen to the paragraph. Then, listen to the paragraph again and complete the blanks with the information from the paragraph. + +John Brown got a new job across the city. He wanted to open a checking account in a bank that was nearer to his new job. First, he needed to get money from his old bank. He had to cash a check. He had $800.00 in his old bank. He cashed a check for $500.00. + +(13) Listen again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. Write today's date. + +John Brown got a new job across the city. He wanted to open a checking account in a bank that was nearer to his new job. First, he needed to get money from his old bank. He had to cash a check. He had $800.00 in his old bank. He cashed a check for $500.00. +(pause 15 sec) + +--- + +(14) Now, look at bank form Number 2 and listen to the paragraph. Then, listen to the paragraph again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. + +Then, John Brown went to the XYZ Bank and opened a new checking account. He deposited $300 cash and a check for $50 in his new checking account. + +(15) Listen again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. Write today's date. + +Then, John Brown went to the XYZ Bank and opened a new checking account. He deposited $300 cash and a check for $50 in his new checking account. (pause 15 sec) + +(16) Now look at bank form Number 3 and listen to the paragraph. Then listen to the paragraph again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. + +That afternoon, he looked for a new television. He found a nineteen inch color TV at the ABC TV Company. It only cost $200. It was a good price. He gave the man a check and took his new TV home with him. + +(17) Listen again and complete the form with the correct information. Write today's date. + +That afternoon, he looked for a new television. He found a nineteen inch color TV at the ABC TV Company. It only cost $200. It was a good price. He gave the man a check and took his new TV home with him. (pause 15 sec) + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 9.** + + + + +# Lesson 1C + +### Figure 4 + +1. b +2. a +3. c + +### Figure 6 + +1. +![#1 A check written by John Brown for $500.00 to Cash](images/page_207_002.jpg) + +2. +![#2 A checking account deposit slip for John Brown showing $350.00 total deposit](images/page_207_003.jpg) + +3. +![#3 A check written by John Brown for $200.00 to ABC TV Company](images/page_208_001.jpg) diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-1D.md b/sources/book-9/lla-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..852147a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ + + +# LESSON 1D + +### **Figure 1** +**Listen and repeat.** + +![#1 A happy young boy holding an ice cream cone with two scoops of ice cream](images/page_031_001.jpg) +1. The ice cream is cold. + The ice cream tastes good. + The ice cream tastes sweet. + +![#2 A man making a sour/displeased face while drinking from a steaming hot cup of coffee](images/page_031_002.jpg) +2. This coffee is very hot. + This coffee tastes bad. + This coffee tastes bitter. + +![#3 A man looking at a piece of meat on his plate next to a salt shaker](images/page_031_003.jpg) +3. This meat is old. + This meat tastes bad. + This meat tastes salty. + +![#4 A person squeezing/tasting a lemon half with a puckered, sour expression](images/page_031_004.jpg) +4. A lemon is not sweet. + A lemon tastes sour. + +--- + +### **Figure 2** +**Circle the letter that completes the sentence. Repeat the sentence.** + +![#1 A woman smelling a bouquet of flowers](images/page_032_001.jpg) +1. a. cold + b. bitter + c. good + +![#2 A boy looking at a hot cup with steam rising](images/page_032_002.jpg) +2. a. hot + b. bitter + c. large + +![#3 A sad child holding a broken teddy bear](images/page_032_003.jpg) +3. a. sad + b. difficult + c. angry + +![#4 People working out in a crowded gym](images/page_032_004.jpg) +4. a. wrong + b. crowded + c. important + +![#5 A man pointing at a loud stereo speaker with sound waves coming out](images/page_032_005.jpg) +5. a. bored + b. clean + c. awful + +![#6 A man looking suspiciously at chicken food in a container and on a plate](images/page_032_006.jpg) +6. a. salty + b. cheap + c. pretty + +--- + +![#7 A steaming loaf of freshly baked bread on a plate](images/page_033_001.jpg) +7. a. clean + b. healthy + c. delicious + +![#8 A carton of Vitamin D Homogenized Milk](images/page_033_002.jpg) +8. a. healthy + b. sour + c. white + +--- + +### **Figure 3** +**Make a sentence using "because". Repeat the correct answer.** + +*Example:* Jill is happy. She bought a new dress. +Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. + +1. Andy's upset. He lost his wallet. + +2. Mary went to the doctor. She broke her arm. + +3. Mark was late. He lost the address. + +4. The baby is sick. The milk was sour. + +5. Dan was bored. The movie was awful. + +6. Susan was late for breakfast. Her alarm clock didn't work. + +7. Steve didn't return the call. He didn't get the message. + +8. Matt chose the cherry pie. It looked delicious. + +--- + +### **Figure 4** +**Read. Listen. Select a response. Write the number next to the response. Check your work. Repeat the response.** + +____ a. It tasted sweet. + +____ b. He made a deposit. + +____ c. Put your signature on the last line. + +____ d. He wants to make a withdrawal. + +____ e. No, I'm going right away. + +____ f. She hid it. + +____ g. No, but I have my checkbook. + +____ h. He needs a savings account. + +____ i. They sounded upset. + +____ j. It isn't safe. + +--- + +### **Figure 5** +**Select the best answer. Check your answers.** + +1. a. a slip + b. a checkbook + c. a wallet + d. a form + +2. a. He was filling out forms. + b. He was making a deposit. + c. He was withdrawing money. + d. He was spending money. + +3. a. "Something is bad." + b. "What smells delicious?" + c. "Happy birthday to you." + d. "What smells awful?" + +4. a. He burned it. + b. Someone read it. + c. Alex lost it. + d. Someone took it. + +5. a. sweet + b. sour + c. bitter + d. salty + +6. a. soon + b. later + c. next month + d. on vacation + +--- + +### **Figure 6** +**Circle number of syllables. Check your work.** + +1. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +2. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +3. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +4. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +5. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +6. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +7. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +8. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +9. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +--- + +### **Figure 7** +**Punctuate, and rewrite. Check the answer page.** + +this morning commander nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money hes going on a trip this weekend hell need money for film food and gifts for his wife and children commander nelson has a checking account at the bank on base this morning he asked the clerk can you give me small bills the clerk said how about fives tens and twenties commander nelson said yes thatll be fine + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2A, BOOK 9 + +### Figure 1 + +> Repeat the words and sentences. Match the sentence and picture. Write number under picture. + +![A car driving down a street](images/page_037_001.jpg) +A. _______ + +![A car colliding with another object/car front bumper](images/page_037_002.jpg) +B. _______ + +![A car approaching a traffic light at an intersection](images/page_037_003.jpg) +C. _______ + +![Two cars involved in a rear-end collision on a highway](images/page_037_004.jpg) +D. _______ + +![A man looking in his rearview mirror at a driver behind him](images/page_037_005.jpg) +E. _______ + +![A police car parked with light bar on top](images/page_037_006.jpg) +F. _______ + +![A police officer writing a ticket for a male driver in a car](images/page_038_001.jpg) +G. _______ + +![View from inside a car showing the speedometer reading 80 and a traffic light ahead](images/page_038_002.jpg) +H. _______ + +![A man's hands filling out/signing a check for a fine](images/page_038_003.jpg) +I. _______ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> Listen to the paragraph. Write the topic. + +1. __________________________________________________ + +2. __________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> Listen to the paragraph. Fill in a chart outline. + +``` ++-------------------------------------------------------+ +| Furniture For A New Home | ++-------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | ++---------------+ +---------------+ +---------------+ +| | | | | | ++---------------+ +---------------+ +---------------+ + | | | | | | ++-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +| | | | | | | | | | | | ++-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ + | | | ++-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +| | | | | | ++-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +``` + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> Punctuate and rewrite. + +i answered the phones at work today two people called for sergeant anderson while he was at lunch he returned their calls when he got back mrs green called and wanted to talk to her husband major green he was busy she said i ll call back later i received one call it was from my wife she told me to bring home some milk and bread + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 1D + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at the first picture in Figure 1. Listen and repeat. (pause long enough for students to repeat each sentence) + +The ice cream is cold. +The ice cream tastes good. +The ice cream tastes sweet. + +Picture 2: +This coffee is very hot. +This coffee tastes bad. +This coffee tastes bitter. + +Picture 3: +This meat is old. +This meat tastes bad. +This meat tastes salty. + +Picture 4: +A lemon is not sweet. +A lemon tastes sour. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(3) Look at the pictures in Figure 2. Listen and complete the sentence. Circle the letter of the best word. (pause 4 sec after each incomplete sentence and for repetition) + +Number 1: +The flowers smell.... +The correct answer is c, good. Now listen to the sentence and then repeat the correct response. +Repeat: The flowers smell good. + +Number 2: +The coffee cup feels.... +The correct answer is a, hot. +Repeat: The coffee cup feels hot. + +Number 3: +The child feels.... +The correct answer is a, sad. +Repeat: The child feels sad. + +Number 4: +The gym looks.... +The correct answer is b, crowded. +Repeat: The gym looks crowded. + +Number 5: +The music sounds.... +The correct answer is c, awful. +Repeat: The music sounds awful. + +Number 6: +The food tastes.... +The correct answer is a, salty. +Repeat: The food tastes salty. + +Number 7: +The bread smells.... +The correct answer is c, delicious. +Repeat: The bread smells delicious. + +Number 8: +The milk tastes.... +The correct answer is b, sour. +Repeat: The milk tastes sour. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(4) Look at Figure 3. Make one sentence from the two sentences. Use because. Listen and repeat the example. + +Jill is happy. She bought a new dress. +Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. +Repeat: Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. + +(5) Now, use because to make a new sentence. Repeat the correct answer. + +Number 1: +Andy's upset. He lost his wallet. (pause) +Repeat: Andy's upset because he lost his wallet. + +Number 2: +Mary went to the doctor. She broke her arm. (pause) +Repeat: Mary went to the doctor because she broke her arm. + +Number 3: +Mark was late. He lost the address. (pause) +Repeat: Mark was late because he lost the address. + +Number 4: +The baby is sick. The milk was sour. (pause) +Repeat: The baby is sick because the milk was sour. + +Number 5: +Dan was bored. The movie was awful. (pause) +Repeat: Dan was bored because the movie was awful. + +Number 6: +Susan was late for breakfast. Her alarm clock didn't work. (pause) +Repeat: Susan was late for breakfast / because her alarm clock didn't work. + +Number 7: +Steve didn't return the call. He didn't get the message. (pause) +Repeat: Steve didn't return the call because he didn't get the message. + +Number 8: +Matt chose the cherry pie. It looked delicious. (pause) +Repeat: Matt chose the cherry pie because it looked delicious. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(6) Look at Figure 4. Read the sentences. (pause 30 sec) + +(7) Now listen to a statement or question. Select the best response. Write the number of the statement on the line next to the letter of the response. You will hear each one twice. +(pause 4 sec between items) + +Number 1: +(female voice) +female voice: Hi, Tom. Are you going to the store later? Hi, Tom. Are you going to the store later? (pause) + +Number 2: +Tom wants to save some money. What kind of account does he need? Tom wants to save some money. What kind of account does he need? (pause) + +Number 3: +Alex wants to take money out of his account. What does he want to do? Alex wants to take money out of his account. What does he want to do? (pause) + +Number 4: +The children were crying. The children were crying. (pause) + +Number 5: +Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. What did Jim do? Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. What did Jim do? (pause) + +Number 6: +Jane took Tom's book. He couldn't find it. What did Jane do with the book? Jane took Tom's book. He couldn't find it. What did Jane do with the book? (pause) + +Number 7: +Be careful. That road is wet. Be careful. That road is wet. (pause) + +Number 8: +How did the dessert taste? How did the dessert taste? (pause) + +Number 9: +Do you have any cash to pay for lunch? Do you have any cash to pay for lunch? (pause) + +Number 10: +Where do I write my name? Where do I write my name? (pause) + +(8) Check your answers and repeat the answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is letter "e." +(one male voice, one female voice) +female voice: Listen: Hi, Tom. Are you going to the store later? +male voice: Repeat: No, I'm going right away. + +Number 2 is letter "h." Listen: Tom wants to save some money. What kind of account does he need? +Repeat: He needs a savings account. + +Number 3 is letter "d." Listen: Alex wants to take money out of his account. What does he want to do? +Repeat: He wants to make a withdrawal. + +Number 4 is letter "i." Listen: The children were crying. +Repeat: They sounded upset. + +Number 5 is letter "b." Listen: Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. What did Jim do? +Repeat: He made a deposit. + +Number 6 is letter "f." Listen: Jane took Tom's book. He couldn't find it. What did Jane do with the book? +Repeat: She hid it. + +Number 7 is letter "j." Listen: Be careful. That road is wet. +Repeat: It isn't safe. + +Number 8 is letter "a." Listen: How did the dessert taste? +Repeat: It tasted sweet. + +Number 9 is letter "g." Listen: Do you have any cash to pay for lunch? +Repeat: No, but I have my checkbook. + +Number 10 is letter "c." Listen: Where do I write my name? +Repeat: Put your signature on the last line. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(9) Look at Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph and select the best answer. + +Number 1: Tom bought a gift for his friend. He gave him something to keep money in. What did Tom give his friend? (pause 5 sec) + +Number 2: Bob had to write information on slips of paper. He had to write about the kinds of things he sold, the prices and how many things he sold. What was Bob doing? (pause 10 sec) + +--- + +Number 3: It was Jim's birthday. Mary made a cake for him. She finished right before he came home. What did Jim say when he came in? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: Alex couldn't find the paper. He looked in the living room. He looked in his desk. He didn't remember where he put it. What did Alex do with the paper? (pause 6 sec) + +Number 5: Jane made coffee this morning. She put too much coffee and too little water. Her husband didn't like it. It didn't taste good. Which word best describes the coffee? (pause 6 sec) + +Number 6: Tom and Jane are going on a vacation. They are packing their suitcases and putting things in the car. When will Tom and Jane leave? (pause 6 sec) + +(10) Check the answers to Figure 5. + +Number 1 is c, a wallet. + +Number 2 is a, He was filling out forms. + +Number 3 is b, What smells delicious? + +Number 4 is c, Alex lost it. + +Number 5 is c, bitter + +Number 6 is a, soon + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(11) Look at Figure 6. You will hear a word two times. Circle the number of syllables you hear in each word. (pause 2 sec between words and 4 sec between items.) + +Number 1: bill...bill + +Number 2: wallet...wallet + +Number 3: withdrawal...withdrawal + +Number 4: taste...taste + +Number 5: complete...complete + +Number 6: deposit...deposit + +Number 7: information...information + +Number 8: sweet...sweet + +Number 9: bitter...bitter + +(12) Check your answers. + +Number 1 is letter a. The word "bill" has 1 syllable. + +Number 2 is letter b. The word "wallet" has 2 syllables. + +Number 3 is letter c. The word "withdrawal" has 3 syllables. + +Number 4 is letter a. The word "taste" has 1 syllable. + +Number 5 is letter b. The word "complete" has 2 syllables. + +Number 6 is letter c. The word "deposit" has 3 syllables. + +Number 7 is letter d. The word "information" has 4 syllables. + +Number 8 is letter a. The word "sweet" has 1 syllable. + +Number 9 is letter b. The word "bitter" has 2 syllables. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(13) Look at Figure 7. Just listen to the paragraph the first time. Next, mark the punctuation and capital letters. Then rewrite the paragraph with capital letters, commas, periods, question marks, and quotation marks. + +This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. He's going on a trip this weekend. He'll need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. This morning he asked the clerk, "Can you give me small bills?" The clerk said, "How about fives, tens, and twenties?" Commander Nelson said, "Yes, that'll be fine." + +(14) Listen to the paragraph again. (pause 5 seconds at the end of each sentence.) + +This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. He's going on a trip this weekend. He'll need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. This morning he asked the clerk, "Can you give me small bills?" The clerk said, "How about fives, tens, and twenties?" Commander Nelson said, "Yes, that'll be fine." + +Rewrite your paragraph now. (pause 30 sec) + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 9.** + + + + +# Lesson 1D + +### Figure 2 + +1. c +2. a +3. a +4. b +5. c +6. a +7. c +8. b + +### Figure 4 + +a. 8 +b. 5 +c. 10 +d. 3 +e. 1 +f. 6 +g. 9 +h. 2 +i. 4 +j. 7 + +### Figure 5 + +1. c +2. a +3. b +4. c +5. c +6. a + +### Figure 6 + +1. a +2. b +3. c +4. a +5. b +6. c +7. d +8. a +9. b + +### Figure 7 + +This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. **He's** going on a trip this weekend. **He'll** need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. This morning he asked the clerk, **“Can you give me small bills?”** The clerk said, **“How about fives, tens, and twenties?”** Commander Nelson said, **“Yes, that'll be fine.”** diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-2A.md b/sources/book-9/lla-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e7a46080 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2A + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello. + +(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec) + +(3) Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences. + +Picture A: automobile...automobile +Jeff bought a new automobile. + +Picture B: accident...accident +Jeff had an accident in his automobile. + +Picture C: ran...ran +Ray ran the red light. + +Picture D: cause...cause +Ray caused the accident. + +Picture E: fault...fault +The accident was Ray's fault. + +Picture F: policeman...policeman +The policeman arrived at the accident. + +Picture G: ticket...ticket +The policeman gave Ray a ticket. + +Picture H: careless...careless +Ray is a very careless driver. + +Picture I: fine...fine +Ray had to pay the fine. + +(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to the sentences. Match the sentence with the picture it describes. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. (pause 4 sec after second reading) + +Number 1: The men had an accident. The men had an accident. + +Number 2: The policeman arrived at the accident. The policeman arrived at the accident. + +Number 3: Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. + +Number 4: The policeman gave the driver of the dark car a ticket. The policeman gave the driver of the dark car a ticket. + +Number 5: He ran the red light. He ran the red light. + +Number 6: The accident was Ray's fault. The accident was Ray's fault. + +Number 7: Ray is a very careless driver. Ray is a very careless driver. + +Number 8: The fine was eighty-five dollars. The fine was eighty-five dollars. + +Number 9: The driver of the dark car caused the accident. The driver of the dark car caused the accident. + +(5) Now check your answers and repeat the answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 goes under picture B. +Repeat: The men had an accident. + +Number 2 goes under picture F. +Repeat: The policeman arrived at the accident. + +Number 3 goes under picture A. +Repeat: Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. + +Number 4 goes under picture G. +Repeat: The policeman gave the driver/of the red car a ticket. + +Number 5 goes under picture C. +Repeat: He ran the red light. + +Number 6 goes under picture E. +Repeat: The accident was Ray's fault. + +Number 7 goes under picture H. +Repeat: Ray is a very careless driver. + +Number 8 goes under picture I. +Repeat: The fine was eighty-five dollars. + +Number 9 goes under picture D. +Repeat: The driver of the red car caused the accident. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the following paragraph. You will hear it two times. Write the topic of the paragraph in your book. Try to write it in one or two words. + +There are many things you can do at the bank. You can open a checking account or a savings account. You can make deposits or withdrawals on your accounts. You can also cash a check. You can get a lot of information about your money at the bank. + +Listen again. + +There are many things you can do at the bank. You can open a checking account or a savings account. You can make deposits or withdrawals on your accounts. You can also cash a check. You can get a lot of information about your money at the bank. (pause 8 sec) + +(7) The topic of the first paragraph is: the bank. + +(8) Now listen to the next paragraph, and write the topic in your book. + +There are many different ways to get exercise. You can run, walk, work out in the gym, or do exercises. Some exercises you can do are situps and pushups. Also, you can play baseball, basketball, soccer, or volleyball to get exercise. + +Listen again. + +There are many different ways to get exercise. You can run, walk, work out in the gym, or do exercises. Some exercises you can do are situps and pushups. Also, you can play baseball, basketball, soccer, or volleyball to get exercise. + +(9) Write the topic. (pause 10 sec) The topic of the second paragraph is: exercise. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(10) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the paragraph. Fill in the chart box outline as you hear the paragraph. You will hear the paragraph twice. + +Robert and Sandy bought a new house. Now they have to buy some things for the house. For the living room they need to buy a sofa, coffee table, and a bookcase. In the kitchen they need a refrigerator, a stove and a can opener. And for the bedroom they will buy a bed, some curtains, and a big mirror. + +Listen to the paragraph again and complete the outline. + +Robert and Sandy bought a new house. Now they have to buy some things for the house. For the living room they need to buy a sofa, coffee table, and a bookcase. (pause 10 sec) In the kitchen they need a refrigerator, a stove and a can opener. (pause 10 sec) And for the bedroom they will buy a bed, some curtains, and a big mirror. (pause 15 sec) + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(12) Look at Figure 4. First, listen to the paragraph. Next, mark the punctuation. Then, rewrite the paragraph. (THIS NEEDS TO BE READ BY A MALE VOICE) + +I answered the phones at work today. Two people called for Sergeant Anderson while he was at lunch. He returned their calls when he got back. Mrs. Green called and wanted to talk to her husband, Major Green. He was busy. She said, "I'll call back later." I received one call. It was from my wife. She told me to bring home some milk and bread. + +Listen and mark the paragraph. (pause 5 sec at the end of each sentence) + +I answered the phones at work today. Two people called for Sergeant Anderson while he was at lunch. He returned their calls when he got back. Mrs. Green called and wanted to talk to her husband, Major Green. He was busy. She said, "I'll call back later." I received one call. It was from my wife. She told me to bring home some milk and bread. + +(13) Rewrite your paragraph now. (pause 30 sec) + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 9.** + +--- + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2B + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B. +(pause 6 sec.) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences as you look at the pictures. + +Picture Number 1: seat belts...seat belts +All new cars have seat belts. + +fasten...fasten +They are fastening their seat belts. + +buckle up...buckle up +They are buckling up. + +Picture Number 2: law...law +The law says that drivers must buckle up. + +obey...obey +Drivers must obey all traffic laws. + +Picture Number 3: broke...broke +They did not wear their seat belts. +They broke the law. + +Picture Number 4: careful...careful +Johnny is a careful driver. He obeys all the laws. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen and repeat the lines of the dialog. (two male voices) (pause for repetition) + +[voice 1] Fasten your seat belt. +[voice 2] Do I have to? + +[voice 1] Yes, it's a state law. You must buckle up. +[voice 2] I don't want to break the law. + +[voice 1] You won't because I'm a careful driver, and I always obey the law. + +(4) Look at Figure 2 again. I will read Sam's part and you read Ted's part. Listen to my sentences, then say yours. Ready? Okay. +(pause 5 sec after each item) + +[voice] Fasten your seat belt. +[voice] Yes, it's a state law. You must buckle up. + +[voice] You won't because I'm a careful driver, and I always obey the law. + +(5) Now look at Figure 2 one more time. We are changing roles. You read Sam's lines this time. Okay, begin. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +[voice] Do I have to? +[voice] I don't want to break the law. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(6) Look at Figure 3. Repeat the sentences. + +Number 1: The Smith's house is similar to the Johnson's house. + +Number 2: Kevin's truck is different from mine. + +Number 3: Peter's score is the same as Jim's. + +Number 4: Their suits are alike. + +(7) Look at Figure 3 again. Answer the questions by selecting the correct word for each picture. (pause 4 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Look at the houses. Are they similar, the same, or alike? + +Number 2: Look at the trucks. Are they similar, the same, or different? + +Number 3: Look at the scores. Are they similar, the same, or different? + +Number 4: Look at the suits. Are they similar, different, or alike? + +(8) Now check your answers and repeat them. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a, similar. Repeat: The houses are similar. + +Number 2 is c, different. Repeat: The trucks are different. + +Number 3 is b, the same. Repeat: The scores are the same. + +Number 4 is c, alike. Repeat: The suits are alike. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(9) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the dialog. Use the directions to find the locations of the bank and the restaurant on the map. Write the letters next to the correct buildings. (two voices) + +[voice 1] I need to go to the bank. Can you tell me how to get there? + +[voice 2] Okay. We are at Plaza and Fifteenth Street. To get to the bank go up Fifteenth Street to Main Street. Turn right on Main. Go straight ahead for one block. The bank is on the corner of Main and Fourth Streets. (pause 4 sec) + +[voice 1] Thanks. + +[voice 2] Sure. Oh, have you eaten lunch? + +[voice 1] No, I haven't. Do you want to eat later? + +[voice 2] Yes, let's meet at the Mexican restaurant at eleven thirty. + +[voice 1] Okay. How do you get there from the bank? + +[voice 2] The bank is on Main and Fourth. To get to the restaurant go across Fourth Street and up one block. The restaurant is on the corner of Broadway and Fourth. + +[voice 1] Thanks. I'll see you at eleven thirty. (pause 4 sec) + +(10) Check your answers. + +The bank is letter C. + +The restaurant is letter E. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(11) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Repeat: Tell Mike to lock the door. + +Number 2: Repeat: Tell Fred not to pick me up tomorrow. + +Number 3: Repeat: Tell the children to fasten their seat belts. + +Number 4: Repeat: Tell Jimmy to cross the street at the corner. + +Number 5: Repeat: Tell Janice to obey the teacher. + +Number 6: Repeat: Tell Lori to sit in the front seat. + +Number 7: Repeat: Tell Dad to meet me at 6:00. + +Number 8: Repeat: Tell Private Williams to clean the barracks. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(12) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the dialogs, then write the answers to the questions. + +Number 1: Listen. +(dialog 1, two voices, both male) + +[voice 1] Ted, tell your brother not to bother me. + +[voice 2] Okay, Sam, I will. (pause briefly) +What did Sam tell Ted? (pause 30 sec) +Repeat: He told him to tell his brother not to bother him. + +Number 2: Listen. +(dialog 2, two voices, both male) + +[voice 1] Mike, lock the door. + +[voice 2] I'll lock it when I leave. (pause briefly) +What did he tell Mike to do? (pause 15 sec) +Repeat: He told him to lock the door. + +Number 3: Listen. +(dialog 3, two voices, both male) + +[voice 1] Private James, clean this room. + +[voice 2] Yes, sir, right away. (pause briefly) +What did the sergeant tell Private James? (pause 15 sec) +Repeat: He told him to clean the room. + +Number 4: Listen. +(dialog 4, two voices, both males) + +[voice 1] Sir, Captain Lewis is on the phone. + +[voice 2] Tell her that I'll call her later. (pause briefly) +What did Capt Simms tell Pvt Williams? (pause 30 sec) +Repeat: He told him to tell Captain Lewis that he'd call her later. + +Number 5: Listen. +(dialog 5, two voices, one male, one female) + +[female voice] Jack, wait for me this afternoon. +[male voice] Okay, I will. (pause briefly) +What did Sally tell Jack? (pause 10 sec) +Repeat: She told him to wait for her. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(13) Look at Figure 7. Read the words in the box. Listen to a sentence and choose the correct word to complete it. Read the words now. +(pause 30 sec) + +Number 1: Roger caused the accident. He _____ the red light. Roger caused the accident. He _____ the red light. + +(pause 6 sec at the end of the second reading) + +Number 2: The accident was Roger's _____. The accident was Roger's _____. + +Number 3: The _____ gave Roger a ticket. The _____ gave Roger a ticket. + +Number 4: Roger is a _____ driver. Roger is a _____ driver. + +Number 5: Roger had to pay a _____. Roger had to pay a _____. + +Number 6: Major Thomas has a new _____. He drove it to work yesterday. Major Thomas has a new _____. He drove it to work yesterday. + +Number 7: You must fasten your _____. It's the law. You must fasten your _____. It's the law. + +(14) Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + +Number 1 is ran. Repeat: He ran the red light. + +Number 2 is fault. Repeat: The accident was Roger's fault. + +Number 3 is policeman. Repeat: The policeman gave Roger a ticket. + +Number 4 is careless. Repeat: Roger is a careless driver. + +Number 5 is fine. Repeat: Roger had to pay a fine. + +Number 6 is automobile. Repeat: Major Thomas has a new automobile. + +Number 7 is seat belt. Repeat: You must fasten your seat belt. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(15) Look at Figure 8. This is a dictation. You'll hear the sentences three times. First, listen to the eight sentences only. Next, write the sentences a few words at a time. And last, listen and check. + +Number 1: John lost his job. + +Number 2: Bob deposited the money in his checking account. + +Number 3: Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase. + +Number 4: Where did you hide my book? + +Number 5: That bread smells delicious. + +Number 6: This soup tastes salty. + +Number 7: I can't find my checkbook. + +Number 8: Jeff spent all of his money. + +(16) Now listen and write. (pause 5 seconds per word, or 10 to 20 sec at /'s) + +Number 1: John lost / his job. / + +Number 2: Bob deposited the money / in his checking account. / + +Number 3: Ed took his clothes / out of the suitcase. / + +Number 4: Where did you / hide my book? / + +Number 5: That bread / smells delicious. / + +Number 6: This soup / tastes salty. / + +Number 7: I can't find / my checkbook. / + +Number 8: Jeff spent / all of his money. / + +(17) Listen to the sentences again and check them. (read at normal speed) + +Number 1: John lost his job. + +Number 2: Bob deposited the money in his checking account. + +Number 3: Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase. + +Number 4: Where did you hide my book? + +Number 5: That bread smells delicious. + +Number 6: This soup tastes salty. + +Number 7: I can't find my checkbook. + +Number 8: Jeff spent all of his money. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 9.** + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 2A + +### Figure 1 + +A. 3 +B. 1 +C. 5 +D. 9 +E. 6 +F. 2 +G. 4 +H. 7 +I. 8 + +### Figure 2 + +1. the bank +2. exercise + +### Figure 3 + +![A diagram titled Furniture For A New Home showing categories for living room, kitchen, and bedroom with various furniture items listed underneath](images/page_208_002.jpg) + +### Figure 4 + +I answered the phones at work today. **Two people called for Sergeant Anderson** while he was at lunch. **He** returned their calls when he got back. **Mrs. Green** called and wanted to talk to her husband, **Major Green. He** was busy. She said, **“I'll call back later.”** I received one call. It was from my wife. She told me to bring home some milk and bread. diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-2B.md b/sources/book-9/lla-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a6ab6a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2B, BOOK 9 + +### Figure 1 + +> Repeat words and sentences. + +![#1 Four people sitting in a car wearing seat belts](images/page_041_001.jpg) + +![#2 A document titled "STATE OF TEXAS LAW" concerning seat belts](images/page_041_002.jpg) + +![#3 A driver talking to a police officer outside his car window](images/page_041_003.jpg) + +![#4 View from inside a car looking past the driver at a "SLOW 20 SCHOOL ZONE" sign](images/page_041_004.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +> Repeat dialog. Read Ted's part. Read Sam's part. + +Sam: Fasten your seat belt. +Ted: Do I have to? +Sam: Yes, it's a state law. You must buckle up. +Ted: I don't want to break the law. +Sam: You won't because I'm a careful driver, and I always obey the law. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +> Repeat sentences. Select word that answers question. + +1. +![#1 Left: A house with brick and dark roof. Right: A different house design with a tall tree in front](images/page_042_001.jpg) +![#1 Right panel showing a modern house with a slant roof and tree](images/page_042_002.jpg) + +2. +![#2 Left: A dark pickup truck with "KEVIN" on the door. Right: A smaller light-colored pickup truck](images/page_042_003.jpg) +![#2 Right panel showing a plain light-colored pickup truck](images/page_042_004.jpg) + +3. +![#3 Left: A test paper graded 96 with the name Peter Jennings. Right: A test paper graded 96 with the name Jim Bond](images/page_042_005.jpg) +![#3 Right panel showing a test paper graded 96 with the name Jim Bond](images/page_042_006.jpg) + +--- + +![#4 A man in a suit gesturing to his chest](images/page_043_001.jpg) +![A man in a suit standing with hands at his sides](images/page_043_002.jpg) + +1. a. similar + b. the same + c. alike + +2. a. similar + b. the same + c. different + +3. a. similar + b. the same + c. alike + +4. a. similar + b. different + c. alike + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +> **Listen to directions. Find locations on map. Write letter of locations.** + +``` + | | | | + | 15TH | | 4TH | +_____A_|__STREET__|______________|___STREET_|_E________ + + BROADWAY +________________ ____________________________________ + || | + D ||____________________________________| +______________________________________________________ + MAIN STREET +________________ ________________________ __________ + || | | | + || |C| | +________________||________________________|_|_________| + PLAZA STREET |B| +``` + +BANK ___________ + +RESTAURANT ___________ + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +> **Repeat the sentences.** + +1. Tell Mike to lock the door. +2. Tell Fred not to pick me up tomorrow. +3. Tell the children to fasten their seat belts. +4. Tell Jimmy to cross the street at the corner. +5. Tell Janice to obey the teacher. +6. Tell Lori to sit in the front seat. +7. Tell Dad to meet me at 6:00. +8. Tell Private Williams to clean the barracks. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +> **Listen to the dialogs. Write answers to questions.** + +1. **Sam:** Ted, tell your brother not to bother me. + **Ted:** Okay, Sam, I will. + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. **Ed:** Mike, lock the door. + **Mike:** I'll lock it when I leave. + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. **Sgt Harris:** Private James, clean this room. + **Private James:** Yes, sir, right away. + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. **Pvt Williams:** Sir, Captain Lewis is on the phone. + **Capt Simms:** Tell her that I'll call her later. + _________________________________________________________________ + +5. **Sally:** Jack, wait for me this afternoon. + **Jack:** Okay, I will. + _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +> **Read the words. Choose a word to complete the sentence. Write the word by the number.** + +| automobile | careless | fine | fault | policeman | ran | seat belt | +|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| + +1. __________________________________________________ +2. __________________________________________________ +3. __________________________________________________ +4. __________________________________________________ +5. __________________________________________________ +6. __________________________________________________ +7. __________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +> **Listen only the first time. Then write the sentence.** + +1. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +3. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +4. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +5. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +6. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +7. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + +8. _________________________________________________________________ + _________________________________________________________________ + + + + +# Lesson 2B + +### Figure 3 + +1. a +2. c +3. b +4. c + +### Figure 4 + +BANK C + +RESTAURANT E + +### Figure 6 + +1. He told him to tell his brother not to bother him. +2. He told him to lock the door. +3. He told him to clean the room. +4. He told him to tell Capitain Lewis that he'd call her later. +5. She told him to wait for her. + +### Figure 7 + +1. ran +2. fault +3. policeman +4. careless +5. fine +6. automobile +7. seat belt + +### Figure 8 + +1. John lost his job. +2. Bob deposited the money in his checking account. +3. Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase. +4. Where did you hide my book? +5. That bread smells delicious. +6. This soup tastes salty. +7. I can't find my checkbook. +8. Jeff spent all of his money. diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-2C.md b/sources/book-9/lla-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e82f172 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,497 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 2C + +### Figure 1 + +> **Repeat words and sentences. Match sentence to picture. Write number under picture.** + +A. +![A collection of toy cars and trucks arranged in rows on display shelves](images/page_047_001.jpg) +______ + +B. +![A man sitting at a desk reading a book while a young boy stands next to him](images/page_047_002.jpg) +______ + +C. +![A bus driver in uniform stepping down from the entrance of a bus](images/page_047_003.jpg) +______ + +D. +![A military policeman riding a bicycle](images/page_047_004.jpg) +______ + +E. +![Three children carrying books and bags walking past a school crossing sign](images/page_048_001.jpg) +______ + +F. +![Cars driving on a road during a heavy rainstorm](images/page_048_002.jpg) +______ + +G. +![A policeman riding a bicycle in the rain next to a car](images/page_048_003.jpg) +______ + +H. +![A policeman in uniform inspecting insurance papers shown to him by a man in the rain](images/page_048_004.jpg) +______ + +--- + +I. + +![A street corner with pedestrians walking past storefronts and a street sign showing MAIN ST. and SIXTH ST.](images/page_049_001.jpg) + +--- + +### **Figure 2** +> **Write an answer to the question.** + +![A man sleeping in bed with a clock showing 10:30 on the nightstand](images/page_049_002.jpg) +sleeping + +![A man wearing a shirt labeled 'George' sitting at a desk studying under a clock showing 8:15](images/page_049_003.jpg) +studying + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![Two men exercising, one lifting dumbbells and the other riding a stationary exercise bike](images/page_050_001.jpg) +exercising + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![A man watching television in a room with a clock on the wall showing 7:00](images/page_050_002.jpg) +watching TV + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![A military officer entering a building with a sign that reads COMMISSARY](images/page_050_003.jpg) +commissary + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![A woman in military uniform sitting at a desk writing a letter in an office with other personnel](images/page_050_004.jpg) +writing a letter + +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![Two men sitting at a table eating a meal with fish on their plates](images/page_050_005.jpg) +fish + +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +![A man sitting in a barber chair receiving a haircut from a barber](images/page_050_006.jpg) +getting a haircut + +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### **Figure 3** +> **Read the phrases. Listen to a sentence. Choose phrase to complete sentence. Write number next to phrase.** + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. broke his arm. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. caused an accident. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. fasten his seat belt. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. a careful driver. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. obeys the law. + +\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. fine was expensive. + +--- + +### **Figure 4** +> **Circle the number of syllables.** + +1. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +2. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +3. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +4. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +5. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +6. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +7. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +8. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +9. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +10. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + d. 4 syllables + +--- + +### **Figure 5** +> **Listen only the first time. Then write the sentences.** + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2C + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. +(pause 6 sec.) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the following words and sentences. +Picture A: traffic...traffic +There's a lot of traffic at five o'clock. + +Picture B: bother...bother +Sometimes Bobby bothers me when I try to study. + +Picture C: ride...ride +Larry rides the bus to work every day. + +Picture D: bicycle...bicycle +Lt Jacobs has a new bicycle. + +Picture E: cross...cross +The children cross the street at the corner. + +Picture F: keep on...keep on +The weather won't stop them. They'll keep on driving. + +Picture G: happened...happened +The accident happened in a rain storm. + +Picture H: insurance...insurance +I have insurance. It will get you a new bicycle. + +Picture I: place...place +Where is that place? It's at the corner of Main and Sixth Streets. + +(3) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to the sentences. Put the number of the sentence under the picture it describes. + +Number 1: Robert likes to ride the bus to school. Robert likes to ride the bus to school. + +Number 2: Tim's little brother bothers me a lot. Tim's little brother bothers me a lot. + +Number 3: All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles. All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles. + +Number 4: When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic. When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic. + +Number 5: It happened Thursday night during the rain. It happened Thursday night during the rain. + +Number 6: Do you see that place on the corner? That's the place my brother told me about. Do you see that place on the corner? That's the place my brother told me about. + +Number 7: Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school. Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school. + +Number 8: Everyone must look to the left and look to the right before they cross the street. Everyone must look to the left and to the right before they cross the street. + +Number 9: The rain kept on for three hours. The rain kept on for three hours. + +(4) Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1 goes under picture C. (pause) +Repeat: Robert likes to ride the bus to school. + +Number 2 goes under picture B. +Repeat: Tim's little brother bothers me a lot. + +Number 3 goes under picture H. +Repeat: All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles. + +Number 4 goes under picture A. +Repeat: When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic. + +Number 5 goes under picture G. +Repeat: It happened Thursday night during the rain. + +Number 6 goes under picture I. +Repeat: Do you see that place on the corner? That's the place my brother told me about. + +Number 7 goes under picture D. +Repeat: Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school. + +Number 8 goes under picture E. +Repeat: Everyone must look to the left and look to the right before they cross the street. + +Number 9 goes under picture F. +Repeat: The rain kept on for three hours. + +(5) Repeat these sentences. (pause after each sentence for repetition) + +I was sleeping at 10:30. + +I wasn't eating chicken; I was eating fish. + +When I called, he was eating breakfast. + +They were studying at 4:30. + +Mike was driving a new car yesterday. + +Bobby was talking on the phone when I arrived. + +The baby was crying when I left. + +Jack and Roger were exercising in the gym yesterday afternoon. + +Sally was reading a language book in the library. + +Why were they running? + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(6) Now look at Figure 2. Use the pictures and the words to answer the questions. The first one is an example. You will hear each question twice. Write the answer. + +Was John watching TV at ten-thirty? Listen again: Was John watching TV at ten-thirty? Write your answer. (pause 15 sec) + +(7) The answer is: No, he was sleeping. Repeat: No, he was sleeping. Okay. Listen and write the answer to the rest of the questions. + +Number 2: Was George studying after dinner? Listen again: Was George studying after dinner? (pause 20 sec) + +Number 3: What were Sgt Peterson and Sgt Gannon doing in the gym this morning? Listen again: What were Sgt Peterson and Sgt Gannon doing in the gym this morning? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: What was Bob doing at nine-thirty last night? Listen again: What was Bob doing at nine-thirty last night? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 5: Was Captain Kirk going to the Officer's Club at noon? Listen again: Was Captain Kirk going to the Officer's Club at noon? (pause 20 sec) + +Number 6: What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning? Listen again: What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning? (pause 15 sec) + +Number 7: Were the students eating chicken last night? Listen again: Were the students eating chicken last night? (pause 15 sec) + +Number 8: What was Lt Benevides doing Saturday afternoon? Listen again: What was Lt Benevides doing Saturday afternoon? (pause 15 sec) + +(8) Now check your answers, and repeat the right answers. + +Number 2: Listen: Was George studying after dinner? +Repeat: Yes, George was studying after dinner. + +Number 3: Listen: What were Sgt Peterson and Sgt Gannon doing in the gym this morning? +Repeat: They were exercising in the gym. + +Number 4: Listen: What was Bob doing at nine-thirty last night? +Repeat: He was watching TV. + +Number 5: Listen: Was Captain Kirk going to the Officer's Club at noon? +Repeat: No, he was going to the commissary. + +Number 6: Listen: What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning? +Repeat: She was writing a letter. + +Number 7: Listen: Were the students eating chicken last night? +Repeat: No, they were eating fish. + +Number 8: Listen: What was Lt Benevides doing Saturday afternoon? +Repeat: He was getting a haircut. + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(9) Look at Figure 3. Read the phrases. Listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that best completes it. Read the phrases now. (pause 20 sec) + +Number 1: When John gets in his car, the first thing he does is... (pause 4 sec) + +Number 2: Ted will never get a ticket. He always... (pause 4 sec) + +Number 3: Jimmy fell down the stairs. He... (pause 4 sec) + +Number 4: Ed does not drive fast. He does not run red lights. He is... (pause 4 sec) + +Number 5: Jeff ran a red light and ran into a pole. He... (pause 4 sec) + +Number 6: The policeman gave Ray a ticket. The ticket was for eighty-five dollars. This.... (pause 4 sec) + +(10) Check your answers and repeat the right answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is c. Repeat: When John gets in his car, / the first thing he does / is fasten his seat belt. + +Number 2 is e. Repeat: He always obeys the law. + +Number 3 is a. Repeat: He broke his arm. + +Number 4 is d. Repeat: He is a careful driver. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: He caused an accident. + +Number 6 is f. Repeat: This fine was expensive. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(11) Look at Figure 4. Listen to each word. Circle the letter next to the number of syllables you hear. You will hear each word twice. + +Number 1: traffic...traffic + +Number 2: fine...fine + +Number 3: accident...accident + +Number 4: policeman...policeman + +Number 5: ticket...ticket + +Number 6: fault...fault + +Number 7: careless...careless + +Number 8: bicycle...bicycle + +Number 9: cross...cross + +Number 10: insurance...insurance + +(12) Let's check your answers. + +Number 1: Traffic is b, 2 syllables. Repeat: traffic. + +Number 2: Fine is a, 1 syllable. Repeat: fine. + +Number 3: Accident is c, 3 syllables. Repeat: accident. + +Number 4: Policeman is c, 3 syllables. Repeat: policeman. + +Number 5: Ticket is b, 2 syllables. Repeat: ticket. + +Number 6: Fault is a, 1 syllable. Repeat: fault. + +Number 7: Careless is b, 2 syllables. Repeat: careless. + +Number 8: Bicycle is c, 3 syllables. Repeat: bicycle. + +Number 9: Cross is a, 1 syllable. Repeat: cross. + +Number 10: Insurance is c, 3 syllables. Repeat: insurance. + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(13) Look at Figure 5. This is a dictation exercise. Listen to the following paragraph three times. First, listen to the whole paragraph. Next, write the group of words you hear. And last, listen to the paragraph and check what you wrote. Listen: + +John made a long distance phone call yesterday. He called his sister in California. He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. The first time he tried, the line was busy. The second time, he got her. He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. They talked for twenty minutes. They had a good conversation. + +(14) Listen and write the words you hear. (pause 5 sec per word, or 10-20 sec per group) + +John made / a long distance phone call / yesterday. / He called his sister / in California. / He called / after 11 o'clock / because it was cheaper. / The first time / he tried, / the line was busy. / The second time, / he got her. / He called / from a public phone, / so he used / a lot of change. / They talked / for twenty minutes. / They had / a good conversation. + +Listen again and check your work. + +John made a long distance phone call yesterday. He called his sister in California. He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. The first time he tried, the line was busy. The second time, he got her. He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. They talked for twenty minutes. They had a good conversation. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 9.** + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 2C + +### Figure 1 + +A. 4 +B. 2 +C. 1 +D. 7 +E. 8 +I. 9 +J. 5 +K. 3 +L. 6 + +### Figure 2 + +1. No, he was sleeping. +2. Yes, George was studying after dinner. +3. They were exercising in the gym. +4. He was watching TV. +5. No, he was going to the commissary. +6. She was writing a letter. +7. No, they were eating fish. +8. He was getting a haircut. + +### Figure 3 + +a. 3 +b. 5 +c. 1 +d. 4 +e. 2 +f. 6 + +### Figure 4 + +1. b +2. a +3. c +4. c +5. b +6. a +7. b +8. c +9. c +10. c + +### Figure 5 + +John made a long distance phone call yesterday. He called his sister in California. He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. The first time he tried, the line was busy. The second time, he got her. He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. They talked for twenty minutes. They had a good conversation. diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-2D.md b/sources/book-9/lla-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0573487 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 2D + +### **Figure 1** +> **Repeat the sentences. Match the sentence and picture. Write number under picture.** + +A. +![A school bus driving past a ONE WAY sign next to a pickup truck](images/page_053_001.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +B. +![A man driving a vehicle under a bright sun with a SPEED LIMIT sign visible in the windshield](images/page_053_002.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +C. +![A car parked in front of a building labeled SCHOOL](images/page_053_003.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +D. +![A person riding a bicycle near a pedestrian crossing sign and a traffic light with a car stopped nearby](images/page_053_004.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +E. +![A police car parked behind another car near a street sign](images/page_054_001.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +F. +![A car swerving off the road toward a tree](images/page_054_002.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +G. +![A car crashed into a wooden utility pole with smoke rising from the hood](images/page_054_003.jpg) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Answer questions. | +|---| + +**Example:** +Jimmy, tell Joanne to come in now. +Joanne, come in now. +What did Jimmy tell Joanne? +He told Joanne to come in. + +1. Harry, tell Mike to help you move the bookcase. + Mike, help me move the bookcase. + +2. Captain Jones, tell Sgt Jackson to bring the student record to my office. + Sgt Jackson, bring the student record to Major Johnson's office. + +3. Jill, tell Tammy to get up. + Tammy, get up. + +4. George, tell Sam not to eat so fast. + Sam, don't eat so fast. + +5. Tell Tom to lock the door when he leaves. + Tom, don't forget to lock the door when you leave. + +6. Private Anderson, clean your shoes. + Yes, Sir. + +### Figure 3 + +| Select the correct answer. | +|---| + +1. a. She said to answer the door. + b. She told her to answer the phone. + c. She said to answer the phone. + d. She told her to go home. + +2. a. She told him to open the letter. + b. She said to mail the letter. + c. She told him to bring her the letter. + d. She said to write a letter. + +3. a. He said to ride the bus. + b. He told her to go to sleep. + c. He said to miss the bus. + d. He told her to get up. + +4. a. She told him to leave the window open. + b. She said to close the window. + c. She told him to open the door. + d. She said to do your homework. + +5. a. He told her to open her book. + b. He told her to move the books. + c. He said he would give her a book. + d. He said to buy a new book. + +6. a. He said to go home. + b. He told her to mail the papers. + c. He said he'd buy her lunch. + d. He told her to take the papers to the office. + +### Figure 4 + +| Listen and repeat. | +|---| + +1. What happened? + +2. Harry had an accident. That man in the dark car ran into him. He ran the red light. + +3. Was Harry hurt? + +4. No, he was wearing his seatbelt. That helped him. + +5. Where are the police? + +6. They already left. + +7. Did that man get a ticket? + +8. Yes, he got two tickets, one because he caused the accident. And one because he wasn't wearing his seatbelt. + +9. Does Harry have insurance? + +10. Yes, and so does the other driver. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +| Read the question. Listen to conversation. Write the answer. | +|---| + +1. Why is Lt Jackson looking for Captain Russell? + ____________________________________________________________________ + +2. Why is Major Johnson looking for Major Billings? + ____________________________________________________________________ + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 2D + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(1) Hello. Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the pictures and repeat the following sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Picture A: The children are on the bus behind the truck. + +Picture B: The truck driver is facing the bright afternoon sun. + +Picture C: They must park across from the school. + +Picture D: The bicycle is in back of that small car. + +Picture E: Fred is in the car in front of the police car. + +Picture F: Someone left their light blue car by the lake. + +Picture G: His dark car hit the light pole. + +(3) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to each sentence. Write the correct number under the picture being described. The first one is done as an example. Listen and find the correct picture. + +Number 1: Jim is driving in front of the policeman. (pause 4 sec) + +(4) Number 1 goes under picture E. Let's do the rest. + +Number 2: Tom's mother parked her car across from the school. + +Number 3: There was a light colored car parked by the lake. + +Number 4: The school bus is behind the truck. + +Number 5: That dark car ran into the light pole. + +Number 6: The bicycle was in back of the small car at the stop light. + +Number 7: That big truck was facing the sun in the afternoon traffic. + +(5) Now check your answers, and repeat the correct answers. + +Picture A is 4. Repeat: The school bus is behind the truck. + +Picture B is 7. Repeat: That big truck was facing the sun in the afternoon traffic. + +Picture C is 2. Repeat: Tom's mother parked her car across from the school. + +Picture D is 6. Repeat: The bicycle was in back of the small car at the stop light. + +Picture F is 3. Repeat: There was a light colored car parked by the lake. + +Picture G is 5. Repeat: That dark car ran into the light pole. + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the following short dialogs. Then answer the questions on the dialog. You will hear the dialogs twice. The first one is done as an example. + +(three voices, two male, 1 female (the question voice is male)) +(pause after each question for students to answer) + +[female voice] Jimmy, tell Joanne to come in now. +[male voice] Joanne, come in now. +[voice 3] What did Jimmy tell Joanne? Repeat: He told Joanne to come in. + +(7) Listen and answer the other questions. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as indicated; also for student to repeat the correct response) + +Number 1: Listen. + +[female voice] Harry, tell Mike to help you move the bookcase. +[male voice] Mike, help me move the bookcase. +[voice 3] What did Harry tell Mike to do? (pause 7 sec) +Repeat: He told him to help him move the bookcase. + +Number 2: Listen. + +[male voice] Captain Jones, tell Sgt Jackson to bring the student record to my office. +[female voice] Sgt Jackson, take the student record to Major Johnson's office. +[voice 3] What did Captain Jones tell Sgt Jackson? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: She told him to bring the student record to the major's office. + +Number 3: Listen. + +[male voice] Jill, tell Tammy to get up. +[female voice] Tammy, get up. +[voice 3] What did Jill tell Tammy? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: She told her to get up. + +Number 4: Listen. + +[female voice] George, tell Sam not to eat so fast. +[male voice] Sam, don't eat so fast. +[voice 3] What did George tell Sam? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: He told him not to eat so fast. + +Number 5: Listen. + +[male voice] Tell Tom to lock the door when he leaves. +[female voice] Tom, don't forget to lock the door when you leave. +[voice 3] What did she tell Tom? (pause 7 sec) Repeat: She told him not to forget to lock the door when he leaves. + +Number 6: Listen. + +[male voice] Private Anderson, clean your shoes. +[female voice] Yes, Sir. +[voice 3] What did he tell Private Anderson? (pause 5 sec) +Repeat: He told her to clean her shoes. + +### AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(8) Look at Figure 3. Listen to these dialogs and select the correct answer. (three voices, one female, two male (the question voice is male)) + +Number 1: + +[male voice] Sara, tell Susie to answer that phone. +[female voice] Susie, please answer that phone. + +What did Sara tell Susie? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: + +[female voice] Sgt Evans, bring me that letter. +[male voice] Yes, ma'am, Lt Richards. + +What did Lt Richards tell Sgt Evans? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 3: + +[male voice] Janet, get up. You'll miss your bus. +[female voice] Okay, Dad. + +What did Dad tell Janet? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: + +[female voice] Sam, leave that window open. It's hot in here. +[male voice] Okay, Mrs. Dennis. + +What did Mrs. Dennis tell Sam to do? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 5: + +[male voice] Alice, move these books. +[female voice] I'll move them in a minute. + +What did he tell Alice to do? (pause 10 sec) + +Number 6: + +[male voice] Rita, take these papers to the office. +[female voice] I'll take them right away, Mr. Scott. + +What did he tell Rita to do? (pause 10 sec) + +(9) Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + +Number 1 is b. Repeat: She told her to answer the phone. + +Number 2 is c. Repeat: She told him to bring her the letter. + +Number 3 is d. Repeat: He told her to get up. + +Number 4 is a. Repeat: She told him to leave the window open. + +Number 5 is b. Repeat: He told her to move the books. + +Number 6 is d. Repeat: He told her to take the papers to the office. + +### AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(10) Look at Figure 4. Repeat the following dialog. (two voices) (pause long enough for students to repeat after each line.) + +[voice 1] What happened? +[voice 2] Harry had an accident. That man in the dark car ran into him. He ran the red light. + +[voice 1] Was Harry hurt? +[voice 2] No, he was wearing his seatbelt. That helped him. + +[voice 1] Where are the police? +[voice 2] They already left. + +[voice 1] Did that man get a ticket? +[voice 2] Yes, he got two tickets, one because he caused the accident. And one because he wasn't wearing his seatbelt. + +[voice 1] Does Harry have insurance? +[voice 2] Yes, and so does the other driver. + +### AUDIO TRACK 10 + +(11) Look at Figure 5. Read the question. (pause for student to read question) Now listen to the conversation and write the answers to the question. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen. + +(dialog 1, two voices, both male) + +[voice 1] Sergeant Wilson, where is Captain Russell? + +[voice 2] He's in Colonel Smith's office, Lt Jackson. + +[voice 1] He has a long distance phone call. + +[voice 2] I'll get him right away. + +Why is Lt Jackson looking for Captain Russell? (pause for 40 sec for student to write answer) + +Repeat: Because Capt Russell has a long distance phone call. + +Number 2: Listen. + +(dialog 2, two voices, both male) + +[voice 1] Lt Kline, I'm looking for Major Billings. + +[voice 2] I haven't seen him, sir. + +[voice 1] I want to take him to lunch. He took me one day last week. + +[voice 2] Well, Major Johnson, he should be back in about thirty minutes. + +[voice 1] Ask him to call me when he comes in. + +[voice 2] Yes, sir, I will. + +Why is Major Johnson looking for Major Billings? (pause for 30 sec for student to write answer) + +Repeat: He wants to take him to lunch. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 9. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# Lesson 2D + +### Figure 1 + +A. 4 +B. 7 +C. 2 +D. 6 +E. 1 +F. 3 +G. 5 + +### Figure 3 + +1. b +2. c +3. d +4. a +5. b +6. d + +### Figure 5 + +1. Because Capt Russel has a long distance phone call. +2. He wants to take him to lunch. diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-3A.md b/sources/book-9/lla-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6c345bf --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,704 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 3A + +### Figure 1 + +| Listen and repeat. | +|---| + +1. repair +2. fix +3. garage +4. guess +5. someone +6. lend + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +| Listen to words and sentences. Repeat and write the word in the correct sentence. | +|---| + +a. I'll let you use my car. I'll __________________ you my car. + +b. Something is wrong with my car. I must take it to a __________________. + +c. Tom broke his watch. He'll take it to a place that __________________ watches. + +d. A person helped me. __________________ helped me. + +e. I broke my watch. Can you __________________ it? + +f. I might go to the game. I __________________ I'll go to the game. + +### Figure 3 + +| Listen to a conversation. | +|---| + +![An illustration of Abel's Auto Repair shop showing a mechanic talking on the telephone with a female customer, and a car raised on a hydraulic lift in the garage.](images/page_060_001.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| Listen and read parts of conversation. | +|---| + +#### Conversation A + +**Abel:** +**Customer:** Hello! Something is wrong with the lights on my car. Can you fix them this morning? + +**Abel:** +**Customer:** Yes, I guess I can take it then. Can someone take me back to my office? + +**Abel:** +**Customer:** Thanks, see you at 1:30. + +#### Conversation B + +**Abel:** Abel's Auto Repair +**Customer:** + +**Abel:** We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? +**Customer:** + +**Abel:** No we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. We'll lend it to you. There's no cost. +**Customer:** + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen. Select the best answer. Check and repeat the answer.** + +1. a. It's a place that fixes cars. + b. It's a place to buy cars. + c. It's a place to wash cars. + d. It's a place to keep cars. + +2. a. It's going to wash it. + b. It's going to take it back. + c. It's going to fix the lights. + d. It's going to bring it. + +3. a. at lunch + b. in the morning + c. around noon + d. about 1:30 + +4. a. to the store + b. back to work + c. to the auto repair place + d. back to her apartment + +5. a. The customer will walk back to the office. + b. Someone will drive the customer back to work. + c. Abel's Auto Repair will lend the customer a car. + d. The customer will wait for the car. + +6. a. You can use my car, but you must return it. + b. You can use it, and you won't have to return it. + c. The car is a gift. + d. I will keep the car for you. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Write phrases and sentences.** + +1. truth __________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________ + +2. lie ____________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________ + +3. secret _________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________ + +4. advice _________________________________________________ + ________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Listen to a letter.** + +Dear Ann, + +I think my new wife didn't tell me the truth about her age. I think she is older than she said. Why did she lie to me? Why does she keep her age a secret? I don't care about age. I only care about her. Can you help me? Can you give me some advice? + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Listen. Complete the sentences. Check and repeat sentences.** + +| advice | care about | hurt her feelings | +|---|---|---| +| lie | secret | truth | + +1. The husband ________________________ his wife. +2. She ________________________ to her husband about her age. +3. I don't want to ________________________. +4. You must tell the ________________________. +5. Her age is a ________________________. +6. I need some ________________________. + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +**Listen to a word. Circle number of syllables. Check your answers.** + +1. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +2. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +3. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +4. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +5. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +6. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +7. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +8. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +9. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +10. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +11. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +12. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +13. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + +14. a. 1 syllable + b. 2 syllables + c. 3 syllables + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3A + +### AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A. +(pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words and sentences, then repeat. (pause after each word and final sentence for repetition) + +Number 1: repair...repair +Tom broke his watch. He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. +Repeat: He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. + +Number 2: fix...fix +I broke my watch. Can you fix it? +Repeat: Can you fix it? + +Number 3: garage...garage +Something is wrong with my car. I must take it to a garage. +Repeat: I must take it to a garage. + +Number 4: guess...guess +I might go to the game. I guess I'll go to the game. +Repeat: I guess I'll go to the game. + +Number 5: someone...someone +A person helped me. Someone helped me +Repeat: Someone helped me. + +Number 6: lend...lend +I'll let you use my car. I'll lend you my car. +Repeat: I'll lend you my car. + +### AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the words and sentences again. Repeat the word and write it on the correct line. +(pause 5 sec after each sentence) + +Number 1: repair...repair +Tom broke his watch. He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. (pause) + +Number 2: fix...fix +I broke my watch. Can you fix it? (pause) + +Number 3: garage...garage +Something is wrong with my car. I must take it to a garage. (pause) + +Number 4: guess...guess +I might go to the game. I guess I'll go to the game. (pause) + +Number 5: someone...someone +A person helped me. Someone helped me. (pause) + +Number 6: lend...lend +I'll let you use my car. I'll lend you my car. (pause) + +### AUDIO TRACK 3 + +(4) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a telephone conversation that uses the words from Figure 1 and Figure 2. +(sound effect: phone ringing; voices: one male, one female) + +male voice: Abel's Auto Repair +female voice: Hello! Something is wrong with the lights on my car. Can you fix them this morning? +male voice: We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? +female voice: Yes, I guess I can take it then. Can someone take me back to my office? +male voice: No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. We'll lend it to you. There's no cost. +female voice: Thanks, see you at 1:30. + +(5) Listen to the conversation again. + +male voice: Abel's Auto Repair +female voice: Hello! Something is wrong with the lights on my car. Can you fix them this morning? +male voice: We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? +female voice: Yes, I guess I can take it then. Can someone take me back to my office? +male voice: No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. We'll lend it to you. There's no cost. +female voice: Thanks, see you at 1:30. + +### AUDIO TRACK 4 + +(6) Look at Figure 4. Complete the conversation. Look at Conversation A. Listen to Abel. Then read the customer's part. + +male voice: Abel's Auto Repair (pause 6 sec) +male voice: We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? (pause 6 sec) +male voice: No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. We'll lend it to you. There's no cost. (pause 6 sec) + +(7) Look at Conversation B: Read Abel's part and listen to the customer's part. (pause) + +script voice: Hello! Something is wrong with the lights on my car. Can you fix them today? (pause 6 sec) +script voice: Yes, I guess I can take it then. Can someone take me back to my office? (pause 6 sec) +script voice: Thanks, see you at 1:30. (pause 6 sec) + +### AUDIO TRACK 5 + +(8) Look at Figure 5. Listen to a question or statement. Select the best answer. + +Number 1: What kind of business is Abel's Auto Repair? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 2: What is Abel's Auto Repair going to do to the customer's car? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 3: What time is the customer going to Abel's Auto Repair? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 4: Where is the customer going after she takes her car to Abel's Auto Repair? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 5: How will the customer return to work after leaving the car at the repair place? (pause 8 sec) + +Number 6: I will lend you my car. (pause 8 sec) + +(9) Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1. The answer is "a." Listen: What kind of business is Abel's Auto Repair? Repeat: It's a place that fixes cars. + +Number 2 is "c." Listen: What is Abel's Auto Repair going to do to the customer's car? Repeat: It's going to fix the lights. + +Number 3 is "d." Listen: What time is the customer going to Abel's Auto Repair? Repeat: She is going about 1:30. + +Number 4 is "b." Listen: Where is the customer going after she takes her car to Abel's Auto Repair? Repeat: She's going back to work. + +Number 5 is "c." Listen: How will the customer return to work after leaving the car at the repair place? Repeat: Abel's Auto Repair will lend the customer a car. + +Number 6 is "a." Listen: "I will lend you my car" has a similar meaning to "You can use my car, but you must return it." Repeat: You can use my car, but you must return it. + +(10) Listen to the words and then repeat. (pause after the words for repetition; pause after sentences that need to be repeated) + +Number 1: truth...truth +Give me true information. Tell me the truth. +Repeat: Tell me the truth. + +Number 2: lie...lie +The information isn't true. It's a lie. +Repeat: It's a lie. + +Number 3: story...story +Harry told us about the trip to the mountains. It was an interesting story. +Repeat: It was an interesting story. + +Number 4: secret...secret +Not many people know the information. It's a secret. +Repeat: It's a secret. + +Number 5: hurt someone's feelings...hurt someone's feelings +Alex did something wrong to someone. He hurt his friend's feelings. +Repeat: He hurt someone's feelings. + +Number 6: care about...care about +She often thinks about her age. She cares about her age. +Repeat: She cares about her age. + +Number 7: advice...advice +Say something that will help me. Give me advice. +Repeat: Give me advice. + +### AUDIO TRACK 6 + +(11) Look at Figure 6. Next to the words, write the phrases and sentences you hear. The first phrase is an example. + +Number 1: truth: true information (pause 4 sec) +Tell me the truth (pause 15 sec) about your age. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: lie: information that isn't true (pause 20 sec) +She told a lie (pause 15 sec) about her age. (pause 15 sec) + +Number 3: secret: information (pause 5 sec) not many people know (pause 15 sec) Her age (pause 5 sec) is a secret. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: advice: information (pause 5 sec) that helps someone (pause 15 sec) Give me advice (pause 15 sec) about a good hotel. (pause 15 sec) + +### AUDIO TRACK 7 + +(12) Now look at Figure 7. Listen to a letter. + +Dear Ann: + +I think my new wife didn't tell me the truth about her age. I think she is older than she said. Why did she lie to me? Why does she keep her age a secret? I don't care about age. I only care about her. Can you help me? Can you give me some advice? + +### AUDIO TRACK 8 + +(13) Go to Figure 8. Listen to the statements, then complete the sentences. Write your answers on the lines in Figure 8. + +Number 1: The husband cares about his wife. The husband cares about his wife. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: She lied to her husband about her age. She lied to her husband about her age. (pause 5 sec) + +Number 3: I don't want to hurt her feelings. I don't want to hurt her feelings. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 4: You must tell the truth. You must tell the truth. (pause 5 sec) + +Number 5: Her age is a secret. Her age is a secret. (pause 5 sec) + +Number 6: I need some advice. I need some advice. (pause 5 sec) + +(14) Let's check your answers. Repeat the sentences. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is cares about. Repeat: The husband cares about his wife. + +Number 2 is lied. Repeat: She lied to her husband about her age. + +Number 3 is hurt her feelings. Repeat: I don't want to hurt her feelings. + +Number 4 is truth. Repeat: You must tell the truth. + +Number 5 is secret. Repeat: Her age is a secret. + +Number 6 is advice. Repeat: I need some advice. + +### AUDIO TRACK 9 + +(15) Look at Figure 9. Listen to a word two times. Circle the Number of syllables you hear. (pause 5 sec after each item) + +Number 1: repair...repair + +Number 2: fix...fix + +Number 3: garage...garage + +Number 4 guess...guess + +Number 5: someone...someone + +Number 6: lend...lend + +Number 7: secret...secret + +Number 8: truth...truth + +Number 9: story...story + +Number 10: feelings...feelings + +Number 11: lie...lie + +Number 12: hurt...hurt + +Number 13: care...care + +Number 14: advice...advice + +--- + +(16) Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is b. The word "repair" has 2 syllables. +Number 2 is a. The word "fix" has 1 syllable. +Number 3 is b. The word "garage" has 2 syllables. +Number 4 is a. The word "guess" has 1 syllable. +Number 5 is b. The word "someone" has 2 syllables. +Number 6 is a. The word "lend" has 1 syllable. +Number 7 is b. The word "secret" has 2 syllables. +Number 8 is a. The word "truth" has 1 syllable. +Number 9 is b. The word "story" has 2 syllables. +Number 10 is b. The word "feelings" has 2 syllables. +Number 11 is a. The word "lie" has 1 syllable. +Number 12 is a. The word "hurt" has 1 syllable. +Number 13 is a. The word "care" has 1 syllable. +Number 14 is b. The word "advice" has 2 syllables. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 9.** + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# Lesson 3A + +### Figure 2 + +a. I'll let you use my car. I'll lend you my car. +b. Something is wrong with my car. I must take it to a garage. +c. Tom broke his watch. He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. +d. A person helped me. Someone helped me. +e. I broke my watch. Can you fix it? +f. I might go to the game. I guess I'll go to the game. + +### Figure 5 + +1. a +2. c +3. d +4. b +5. c +6. a + +### Figure 6 + +1. true information +Tell me the truth about your age. + +--- + +2. information that isn't true + She told a lie about her age. + +3. information not many people know + Her age is a secret. + +4. information that helps someone + Give me advice about a good hotel. + +#### **Figure 8** + +1. The husband cares about his wife. +2. She lied to her husband about her age. +3. I don't want to hurt her feelings. +4. You must tell the truth. +5. Her age is a secret. +6. I need some advice. + +#### **Figure 9** + +1. b +2. a +3. b +4. a +5. b +6. a +7. b +8. a +9. b +10. b +11. a +12. a +13. a +14. b + +### **Lesson 3B** + +#### **Figure 4** + +1. a +2. b +3. c +4. b +5. a +6. c +7. b +8. a + +#### **Figure 6** + +1. Yes, he should. +2. No, you shouldn't. +3. Yes, he should. +4. No, he shouldn't. +5. No, they shouldn't. + +#### **Figure 7** + +1. e +2. b +3. d +4. c +5. a + +### **Lesson 3C** + +#### **Figure 6** + +1. b +2. c +3. b +4. c +5. d +6. c +7. a +8. c +9. a +10. b + +#### **Figure 7** + +1. b +2. a +3. a +4. a +5. b +6. a +7. b +8. a + +#### **Figure 9** + +healthy people + +--- + +### **Lesson 3D** + +#### **Figure 3** + +1. a +2. d +3. d +4. c +5. b + +#### **Figure 5** + +John had an automobile accident yesterday. He stopped for a red light. A car came from behind and hit him. John had his seat belt on, and he was not hurt. The other driver was at fault. He got a ticket. His insurance must pay to fix John's car. John won't have a car for a few days, but his wife will take him to work every day. + +### **Lesson 4A** + +#### **Figure 6** + +![Diagram showing a hierarchy of "Important Places for Travelers", branching into motel, restaurant, and gas station, with sub-categories for relax, watch TV, sleep, breakfast, lunch, dinner, put gasoline in car, get a drink](images/page_212_001.jpg) + +### **Lesson 4B** + +#### **Figure 4** + +1. a +2. c +3. b +4. b +5. c +6. b +7. a +8. c + +#### **Figure 8** + +bank accounts + +### **Lesson 4C** + +#### **Figure 1** + +1. c +2. a +3. c +4. b +5. a +6. b +7. a +8. c +9. b +10. a + +#### **Figure 5** + +1. $254.97 +2. $327.30 +3. 1930 + +#### **Figure 6** + +Parents often give lots of advice to their children. The children very often don't understand it. Many don't understand until they are parents. Then, they feel they should give advice to their children. Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. + +--- + +### **Lesson 4D** + +#### **Figure 1** + +1. b +2. c +3. a +4. b +5. b +6. c +7. b +8. a + +#### **Figure 2** + +1. an alarm clock +2. a pillow +3. a blanket +4. hangers +5. at the laundry +6. in the closet +7. in the gas tank +8. baggage + +#### **Figure 6** + +![Flowchart diagram categorizing "Kinds of calls" into local calls (same city) and long-distance calls (another city/state/country), further split into person-to-person (only one person) and station-to-station (anyone who answers)](images/page_213_001.jpg) + +#### **Figure 7** + +Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. People need to be careful when they drive a car. Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. When careless drivers don't obey the laws, accidents can happen. + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-3B.md b/sources/book-9/lla-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3f27b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 3B + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words and sentences. Answer the questions.** + +![A toolbox with tools inside, and pliers, a hammer, and a screwdriver on the surface in front of it](images/page_065_001.jpg) + +![A car parked inside a garage with the garage door rolled open](images/page_065_002.jpg) + +1. tools + These are Paul's tools. + +2. borrow + Frank doesn't have any tools. He's going to borrow Paul's tools. + +3. park + Frank drove to Paul's house. He parked his car in the garage. + Paul lent Frank his tools. + +![A group of men and women dressed up at a social party talking and holding drinks](images/page_065_003.jpg) + +4. fast party + Frank has to repair his car fast. + He's going to a party. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Listen and repeat. Answer the question. Repeat the answer.** + +Frank: Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. +Paul: You're welcome. Are you going to David's party? +Frank: Yes, and I'm very excited about it. +Paul: Me, too. It'll be nice to go out. +Frank: Yes, I'm sure we'll enjoy it. +Paul: Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. +Frank: Yes, I'd like to meet him. I'd like to practice my German. +Paul: He might be there. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat words and sentences.** + +1. friendship + They're very close friends. + Their friendship started a long time ago. + +2. anyone / someone + Do you see anyone in the room? + Yes, I see someone. + No, I don't see anyone. + +3. a little white lie + He told Jane that he liked the food, but he didn't. + He told her a little white lie. + +4. opinion / in my opinion + What's your opinion about his last book? + In my opinion, his last book is boring. + +5. care for + I don't care for loud music. + +6. should + What should I do? + You should talk to your teacher. + +--- + +### **Figure 4** + +> **Select the best answer.** +> **Circle the letter.** +> **Check answers and repeat.** + +1. a. Yes, I liked it. + b. Yes, you should. + c. Yes, I borrowed it. + +2. a. No, I borrowed it. + b. No, I don't care for it. + c. No, I went out. + +3. a. Yes, she's tired. + b. Yes, she's bored. + c. Yes, she's happy. + +4. a. Yes, we watched it on TV. + b. Yes, we went to the movies. + c. Yes, we parked it. + +5. a. Yes, they're roommates. + b. Yes, they're friends. + c. Yes, they have a friendship. + +6. a. No, it's not in the garage. + b. No, I lent it to my brother. + c. No, I borrowed it from my brother. + +7. a. Yes, that's a story. + b. Yes, that's my opinion. + c. Yes, that's a lie. + +8. a. Yes, I talked to someone. + b. Yes, I'll call him. + c. Yes, he came yesterday. + +--- + +### **Figure 5** + +> **Listen and repeat.** + +1. He thinks **I should see** a doctor. +2. You look tired. **You should go** to bed early. +3. His hair is long. **He should get** a haircut. +4. **We shouldn't go out** on a work day. +5. Their car is small. **They should buy** a bigger car. +6. He's sick. **He shouldn't go** to class. +7. It's raining hard. **You shouldn't leave** right now. +8. **Should Lt Green go** to the dispensary? Yes, **he should.** +9. **Should we buy** a new car? No, **you shouldn't.** +10. It's 12 midnight. **We shouldn't call** him right now. + +--- + +### **Figure 6** + +> **Listen. Write the answer.** +> **Check. Repeat the answer.** + +*Example:* (Should the children watch this movie?) +No, they shouldn't. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### **Figure 7** + +> **Listen to the directions.** +> **Find locations on map.** +> **Write letter of building.** +> **Check your answers.** + +![Map layout showing Callas St., Roadway, IH 410, Green Valley, a compass rose, and marked building locations labeled (A), (B), (C), (D), (E)](images/page_069_001.jpg) + +1. my apartment \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. the post office \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. the restaurant \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. the department store \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. the grocery store \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3B + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(1) Hi. Open your activities booklet for Lesson 3B. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Go to Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition) +Number 1: tools...tools +These are Paul's tools. + +Number 2: borrow...borrow +Frank doesn't have any tools. +He's going to borrow Paul's tools. + +Number 3: park...park +Frank drove to Paul's house. +He parked his car in the garage. +Paul lent Frank his tools. + +Number 4: fast...fast +party...party +Frank has to repair his car fast. +He's going to a party. + +(3) Look at the pictures and the sentences again. Answer my questions. (pause 4 sec for students to respond, then pause for repetition) +Number 1: Whose tools are those? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Those are Paul's tools. + +Number 2: Does Frank have any tools? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: No, he doesn't. + +Number 3: What is he going to do? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He's going to borrow Paul's tools. + +Did Paul lend him his tools? +Repeat: Yes, Paul lent him his tools. + +Number 4: Where did Frank go? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He went to Paul's house. + +Where did he park his car? +Repeat: He parked his car in the garage. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(4) Go to Figure 2. Listen to the dialog. +(two male voices) +voice 1: Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. +voice 2: You're welcome. Are you going to David's party? +voice 1: Yes, and I'm very excited about it. +voice 2: Me, too. It'll be nice to go out. +voice 1: Yes, I'm sure we'll enjoy it. +voice 2: Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. +voice 1: Yes, I'd like to meet him. I'd like to practice my German. +voice 2: He might be there. + +(5) Listen to the dialog again and repeat the lines. (pause for repetition) +voice 1: Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. +voice 2: You're welcome. Are you going to David's party? +voice 1: Yes, and I'm very excited about it. +voice 2: Me, too. It'll be nice to go out. +voice 1: Yes, I'm sure we'll enjoy it. +voice 2: Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. +voice 1: Yes, I'd like to meet him. I'd like to practice my German. +voice 2: He might be there. + +(6) Now answer the questions. (pause 4 sec for students to answer, and to repeat the correct responses) +Is Frank happy to go to the party? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, he's excited. + +Where's Paul going? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He's going to David's party. + +Do they think they'll enjoy the party? (pause 4 sec) Yes, they think they will. + +Who does Paul want to meet? (pause 4 sec) He wants to meet David's roommate. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(7) Now go to Figure 3. Repeat the words and sentences. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1: friendship...friendship +They're very close friends. +Their friendship started a long time ago. + +Number 2: anyone...anyone +someone...someone +Do you see anyone in the room? +Yes, I see someone. +No, I don't see anyone. + +Number 3: a little white lie...a little white lie. +He told Jane that he liked the food, / but he didn't. +He told her a little white lie. + +Number 4: opinion...opinion +in my opinion...in my opinion +What's your opinion about his last book? +In my opinion, / his last book is boring. + +Number 5: care for...care for +I don't care for loud music. + +Number 6: should...should +What should I do? +You should talk to your teacher. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(8) Now go to Figure 4. Listen to a question. Select the best answer and circle the letter. (pause 5 sec for students to select answer) + +Number 1: Did you enjoy the food at the party last night? + +Number 2: Do you like to play football? + +Number 3: Is Judy excited about her trip? + +Number 4: Did you go out last night? + +Number 5: Do David and Hans live in the same house? + +Number 6: Is this your car? + +Number 7: Do you think that Mark should go to college? + +Number 8: Did you talk to anyone? + +(9) Let's check your answers. Listen to the questions and repeat the answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is a. Listen: Did you enjoy the food at the party last night? +Repeat: Yes, I liked it. + +Number 2 is b. Listen: Do you like to play football? +Repeat: No, I don't care for it. + +Number 3 is c. Listen: Is Judy excited about her trip? +Repeat: Yes, she's happy. + +Number 4 is b. Listen: Did you go out last night? +Repeat: Yes, we went to the movies. + +Number 5 is a. Listen: Do David and Hans live in the same house? +Repeat: Yes, they're roommates. + +Number 6 is c. Listen: Is this your car? +Repeat: No, I borrowed it from my brother. + +Number 7 is b. Listen: Do you think that Mark should go to college? +Repeat: Yes, that's my opinion. + +Number 8 is a. Listen: Did you talk to anyone? +Repeat: Yes, I talked to someone. + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(10) Now go to Figure 5. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: He thinks I should see a doctor. + +Number 2: You look tired. You should go to bed early. + +Number 3: His hair is long. He should get a haircut. + +Number 4: We shouldn't go out on a work day. + +Number 5: Their car is small. They should buy a bigger car. + +Number 6: He's sick. He shouldn't go to class. + +Number 7: It's raining hard. You shouldn't leave right now. + +Number 8: Should Lt Green go to the dispensary? Yes, he should. + +Number 9: Should we buy a new car? No, you shouldn't. + +Number 10: It's 12 midnight. We shouldn't call him right now. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 15** + +(11) Now go to Figure 6. Listen to a question and write short answers. Look at the example. + +Should the children watch this movie? Repeat: No, they shouldn't. + +Number 1: Frank is sick. Should he go to the doctor? +(pause 20 sec after each question for students to write answers) + +Number 2: I have a test tomorrow. Should I go out? + +Number 3: He told her a lie. Should he tell her the truth? + +Number 4: Mark doesn't have a driver's license. Should Tom lend him his car? + +Number 5: They have a lot of homework. Should they watch TV? + +(12) Let's check your answers. Repeat the correct responses. +(pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen: Frank is sick. Should he go to the doctor? The best answer is: Yes, he should. Repeat: Yes, he should. + +Number 2: I have a test tomorrow. Should I go out? The best answer is: No, you shouldn't. Repeat: No, you shouldn't. + +Number 3: He told her a lie. Should he tell her the truth? The best answer is: Yes, he should. Repeat: Yes, he should. + +Number 4: Mark doesn't have a driver's license. Should Tom lend him his car? The best answer is: No, he shouldn't. +Repeat: No, he shouldn't. + +Number 5: They have a lot of homework. Should they watch TV? The best answer is: No, they shouldn't. Repeat: No, they shouldn't. + +**AUDIO TRACK 16** + +(13) Now go to Figure 7. Look at the map and the list of buildings. +(pause 5 seconds) Listen to the directions and put the letter of the building next to the name in the list. Let's do the first one. Listen. + +I'm in my apartment. It is on Roadway, south of four ten, on the right side. My apartment building is letter.... (pause 5 seconds) Did you write letter E? Good. My apartment is letter E. Now, let's find the others. I'm leaving home and driving to the post office. I drive north on Roadway and turn right into the parking lot. The post office is letter.... Now I need to go to the department store. I get back on Roadway and turn right at the corner. I drive straight ahead on Callas St. I turn right on Green Valley. I drive south and turn left into the parking lot. The department store is letter.... Now I need to go to the grocery store and buy some soap. I drive south on Green Valley and take four ten west. I exit on Roadway and go north and turn left into the parking lot. The grocery store is letter.... I bought the soap. Now, I'm getting hungry. I want to eat. I leave the parking lot and turn right on Roadway. I drive south past the four ten overpass. I turn right into the parking lot. The restaurant is letter.... + +(14) Now listen to the directions again. + +I'm in my apartment. It is on Roadway, south of four ten, on the right side. My apartment building is letter.... I'm leaving home and driving to the post office. I drive north on Roadway and turn right into the parking lot. The post office is letter.... Now I need to go to the department store. I get back on Roadway and turn right at the corner. I drive straight ahead on Callas St. I turn right on Green Valley. I drive south and turn left into the parking lot. The department store is letter.... Now I need to go to the grocery store and buy some soap. I drive south on Green Valley and take four ten west. I exit on Roadway and go north and turn left into the parking lot. The grocery store is letter.... I bought the soap. Now, I'm getting hungry. I want to eat. I leave the parking lot and turn right on Roadway. I drive south past the four ten overpass. I turn right into the parking lot. The restaurant is letter.... + +(15) Let's check your answers: My apartment is letter E. The post office is letter B. The restaurant is letter D. The department store is letter C. The grocery store is letter A. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 9. diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-3C.md b/sources/book-9/lla-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51ed484a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES +## BOOK 9, LESSON 3C + +### **Figure 1** + +> **Listen and repeat.** +> **Add -ly to the word.** + +**Add -ly** + +*Examples:* +(slow) slow**ly** +(correct) correct**ly** +(happy) happi**ly** + +--- + +### **Figure 2** + +> **Repeat the sentences.** + +1. Tom **runs slowly**. +2. John **listens carefully**. +3. Jim **speaks differently**. +4. Mrs. Green **walks slowly**. +5. That man **dresses nicely**. +6. David **got home fast**. +7. He **speaks English well**. +8. The students **answered correctly**. + +--- + +### **Figure 3** + +> **Listen and combine sentences.** +> **Repeat the new sentence.** + +*Example:* Henry picked up the box of dishes. He was careful. +Henry picked up the box of dishes carefully. + +1. The baby is crying. He is **loud**. +2. Ben doesn't say it like that. He is **different**. +3. Frank walked to work. He was **slow**. +4. Jim answered the question. The answer was **correct**. +5. Jane drives her car. She's always **careful**. +6. Jim washed the clothes. He was **careless**. +7. David speaks German. His German is **good**. +8. Jerry runs. He's **fast**. + +--- + +### **Figure 4** + +> **Use words to ask question.** +> **Repeat the question.** + +*Example:* *you / drive* +How do you drive? + +1. James / run +2. Mary / speak Spanish +3. David / drive +4. the new student / speak English +5. Sam / dress +6. Lt Rivas / study +7. people / should drive +8. Mrs. Chong / walk +9. you / eat your lunch +10. John / answered the question + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Use the words to answer the questions.** + +*Example:* carefully +(How do you drive?) +I drive carefully. + +1. fast +2. well +3. carelessly +4. badly +5. nicely +6. carefully +7. safely +8. slowly +9. fast +10. correctly + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Listen to a word. Circle number of syllables. Check and repeat the word.** + +*Example:* (account) +a. 1 syllable +**b.** 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +1. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +2. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +3. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +4. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +5. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +6. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +--- + +7. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +8. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +9. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +10. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Circle the best answer. Repeat the answer.** + +*Example:* (Who fixed your camera?) +**a.** Sam repaired it. +b. Tom broke it. + +1. a. Yes, it hurts. +b. Yes, I enjoy it. + +2. a. I parked it over there. +b. It runs well. + +3. a. Yes, I'll get my tools. +b. Yes, I lied. + +4. a. Yes, I borrowed it from him. +b. Yes, I lent it to him. + +5. a. Yes, they're excited. +b. Yes, they're friends. + +6. a. No, that's just his opinion. +b. No, it's the truth. + +7. a. Yes, anyone was there. +b. Yes, someone was there. + +8. a. at the party +b. in the story + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +**Answer using the words. Repeat the answer.** + +*Example:* (What did Henry tell the ladies?) +He / them / a story +He told them a story. + +1. Mark / her / a lie +2. She / her / a lie +3. He / her / a story +4. He / him / the time +5. He / me / the truth +6. Rick / me / the time +7. the teacher / Helen / the truth +8. Tom / us / a lie + +--- + +### Figure 9 + +**Listen to a paragraph. Write the topic.** + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Hello! Open your Language Laboratory Activities Booklet for Lesson 3C. (pause 5 sec) + +(2) Go to Figure 1. Listen to a word and add -ly to it. Look at the examples. + +(two voices) + +voice 1: slow +voice 2: slowly Repeat: slowly + +voice 1: correct +voice 2: correctly Repeat: correctly + +voice 1: happy +voice 2: happily Repeat: happily + +Change the word and repeat the correct answer. (pause long enough for student to say word and repeat correct answer) + +sad (pause) Repeat: sadly + +busy (pause) Repeat: busily + +different (pause) Repeat: differently + +light (pause) Repeat: lightly + +careful (pause) Repeat: carefully + +heavy (pause) Repeat: heavily + +correct (pause) Repeat: correctly + +safe (pause) Repeat: safely + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(3) Now go to Figure 2. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Tom runs slowly. + +Number 2: John listens carefully. + +Number 3: Jim speaks differently. + +Number 4: Mrs. Green walks slowly. + +Number 5: That man dresses nicely. + +Number 6: David got home fast. + +Number 7: He speaks English well. + +Number 8: The students answered correctly. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(4) Now go to Figure 3. Listen to two sentences and combine them. + +Listen to the example: Henry picked up the box of dishes. He was careful. Repeat: Henry picked up the box of dishes carefully. + +Now listen and combine. (pause after the two sentences, and pause for repetition) + +Number 1: The baby is crying. He is loud. (pause) +Repeat: The baby is crying loudly. + +Number 2: Ben doesn't say it like that. He is different. +Repeat: Ben says it differently. + +Number 3: Frank walked to work. He was slow. +Repeat: Frank walked to work slowly. + +Number 4: Jim answered the question. The answer was correct. +Repeat: Jim answered the question correctly. + +Number 5: Jane drives her car. She's always careful. +Repeat: Jane drives her car carefully. + +Number 6: Jim washed the clothes. He was careless. +Repeat: Jim washed the clothes carelessly. + +Number 7: David speaks German. His German is good. +Repeat: David speaks German well. +Let's repeat this one again: David speaks German well. + +Number 8: Jerry runs. He's fast. +Repeat: Jerry runs fast. +Repeat again: Jerry runs fast. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(5) Now go to Figure 4. Use the words to make questions. Look at the example: you/drive Repeat: How do you drive? + +Make questions with the words and repeat the correct questions. +(pause after the number, and pause for repetition of correct question) + +Number 1: Make your question. (pause) Repeat: How does James run? + +Number 2: (pause) Repeat: How does Mary speak Spanish? + +Number 3: (pause) Repeat: How does David drive? + +Number 4: (pause) Repeat: How does the new student speak English? + +Number 5: (pause) Repeat: How does Sam dress? + +Number 6: (pause) Repeat: How does Lt Rivas study? + +Number 7: (pause) Repeat: How should people drive? + +Number 8: (pause) Repeat: How does Mrs. Chong walk? + +Number 9: (pause) Repeat: How do you eat your lunch? + +Number 10: (pause) Repeat: How did John answer the question? + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(6) Go to Figure 5 now. Listen to the same questions. This time use the words to answer the questions. Let's do the example. The word is "carefully." Listen to the question: How do you drive? Repeat the answer: I drive carefully. (pause 4 sec after the question; then pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen: How does James run? (pause) +Repeat: James runs fast. + +Number 2: Listen: How does Mary speak Spanish? +Repeat: Mary speaks Spanish well. + +Number 3: Listen: How does David drive? +Repeat: David drives carelessly. + +Number 4: Listen: How does the new student speak English? +Repeat: He speaks English badly. + +Number 5: Listen: How does Sam dress? +Repeat: He dresses nicely. + +Number 6: Listen: How does Lt Rivas study? +Repeat: He studies carefully. + +Number 7: Listen: How should people drive? +Repeat: People should drive safely. + +Number 8: Listen: How does Mrs. Jones walk? +Repeat: She walks slowly. + +Number 9: Listen: How do you eat your lunch? +Repeat: I eat my lunch fast. + +Number 10: Listen: How did John answer the question? +Repeat: He answered the question correctly. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(7) Go to Figure 6. Listen to a word. How many syllables does it have? Circle the correct answer. Let's do the example. + +Listen: account...account (pause) + +The answer is b. The word has two syllables. Listen and circle. +(pause 3 sec after second reading for student to circle answer) + +Number 1: roommate...roommate + +Number 2: accident...accident + +Number 3: fasten...fasten + +Number 4: expensive...expensive + +Number 5: interesting...interesting + +Number 6: similar...similar + +Number 7: place...place + +Number 8: senior...senior + +Number 9: tool...tool + +Number 10: traffic...traffic + +Let's check your answers. + +Number 1 is b; the word "roommate" has two syllables. +Listen: roommate. + +Number 2 is c; the word "accident" has three syllables. +Listen: accident. + +--- + +Number 3 is b; the word "fasten" has two syllables. Listen: fasten. + +Number 4 is c; the word "expensive" has three syllables. Listen: expensive. + +Number 5 is d; the word "interesting" has four syllables. Listen: interesting. + +Number 6 is c; the word "similar" has three syllables. Listen: similar. + +Number 7 is a; the word "place" has one syllable. Listen: place. + +Number 8 is b; the word "senior" has two syllables. Listen: senior. + +Number 9 is a; the word "tool" has one syllable. Listen: tool. + +Number 10 is b; the word "traffic" has two syllables. Listen: traffic. + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(8) Go to Figure 7. Listen to a question and circle the best answer to the question. Let's do the example. Listen: Who fixed your camera? Repeat the answer: Sam repaired it. + +(pause 6 seconds after each item for students to select their answers) + +Number 1: Do you like your work? + +Number 2: Where's your car? + +Number 3: Can you fix it? + +Number 4: Is that Frank's car? + +Number 5: Do they have a friendship? + +Number 6: Is that true? + +Number 7: Did you see anyone there? + +Number 8: Where were you last night? + +(9) Check your answers. Also repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1 is b. Listen: Do you like your work? +Repeat: Yes, I enjoy it. + +Number 2 is a. Listen: Where's your car? +Repeat: I parked it over there. + +Number 3 is a. Listen: Can you fix it? +Repeat: Yes, I'll get my tools. + +Number 4 is also a. Listen: Is that Frank's car? +Repeat: Yes, I borrowed it from him. + +Number 5 is b. Listen: Do they have a good friendship? +Repeat: Yes, they're friends. + +Number 6 is a. Listen: Is that true? +Repeat: No, that's just his opinion. + +Number 7 is b. Listen: Did you see anyone there? +Repeat: Yes, someone was there. + +Number 8 is a. Listen: Where you last night? +Repeat: at the party. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(10) Now go to Figure 8. Listen to a question and use the words in the figure to answer the question. + +Let's do the example. The words are "Henry, the ladies, a story." +Listen to the question: What did Henry tell the ladies? Repeat: He told them a story. (pause 4 sec after each question, and for repetition) + +Number 1: What did Mark tell Susan? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Mark told her a lie. + +Number 2: What did Ann tell Jan? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: She told her a lie. + +Number 3: What did Lt Johnson tell Mrs. Johnson? +Repeat: He told her a story. + +Number 4: What did the clerk tell the customer? +Repeat: He told him the time. + +Number 5: What did your friend tell you? +Repeat: He told me the truth. + +Number 6: Who told you the time? +Repeat: Rick told me the time. + +Number 7: Who told Helen the truth? +Repeat: The teacher told Helen the truth. + +Number 8: Who told you that lie? +Repeat: Tom told us a lie. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(11) Go to Figure 9. Listen to a paragraph and write the topic on the first line. You'll hear the paragraph two times. + +More people are interested in good health these days. They are exercising more. Many people jog, swim, or walk every day. Exercise classes are usually crowded. People are not smoking as much. People are also eating better. They are eating food that is good for them. They are eating more vegetables and less meat. They want to be healthy, not sick. They want to feel good. + +(12) Listen to the paragraph again. + +More people are interested in good health these days. They are exercising more. Many people jog, swim, or walk every day. Exercise classes are usually crowded. People are not smoking as much. People are also eating better. They are eating food that is good for them. They are eating more vegetables and less meat. They want to be healthy, not sick. They want to feel good. + +(13) Write your answer now. (pause 20 sec) The answer is "healthy people." + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 9.** + +--- + +– USER NOTES – diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-3D.md b/sources/book-9/lla-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbf07498 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 3D + +### Figure 1 + +**Use the words to ask questions. Repeat the questions.** + +*Example:* they / do homework / last night +How did they do their homework last night? + +1. you / do on test / last Friday +2. Ann / answer Question #2 / on her test +3. Lt Ortiz / drive to the base / last night +4. Pat / read the report / this morning +5. Mark / run / yesterday +6. Mike / play / last Saturday +7. the new mechanic / repair your car +8. Nicky / talk / yesterday + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Use the words to answer. Repeat the answer.** + +*Example:* (How did they do their homework last night?) +fast +They did their homework fast. + +1. well +2. correctly +3. carefully +4. slowly +5. fast +6. carelessly +7. well +8. easily + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Circle the best answer. Check and repeat.** + +*Example:* I'm a student. My parents pay for my school, but I never have enough money. What should I do? +a. Borrow money from your friends. +**b.** Get a part-time job. +c. Ask your parents for money. +d. Not do anything. + +1. a. Go to the doctor. +b. Drink a lot of water. +c. Take some aspirin. +d. Buy new clothes. + +2. a. Don't tell her anything. +b. Tell her you were too busy and couldn't call. +c. Tell her your telephone wasn't working. +d. Ask her to excuse you and take her to dinner. + +3. a. Move to a different apartment. +b. Tell his friend to move out. +c. Not say anything to anyone. +d. Tell his friend not to smoke in the room because it bothers him. + +4. a. Move to another town where she won't find you. +b. Tell your friend that it wasn't your fault. +c. Apologize to your friend and fix the car. +d. Fix the car and don't tell your friend about it. + +5. a. Not say anything and hope he'll remember. +b. Tell your friend that you need the money he borrowed from you. +c. Ask another friend to tell him. +d. Tell your friend that you will never lend him money again. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Read silently. Answer questions.** + +Rudy and Fred are roommates. They are also good friends. Their friendship began in high school and now they're in college. They care about their friendship. When one of them has a problem, the other one always listens and gives advice. + +Last week, Fred and Rudy were angry with each other. Fred did not keep a secret for Rudy. Fred did not realize it was a secret. When they talked about the problem, Fred understood why Rudy was angry. Fred apologized to Rudy. Everything is okay now. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Listen and write. Check the answer page.** + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +\- USER NOTES - + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 3D + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(1) Hello! Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. (pause 5 sec) + +(2) Go to Figure 1. Look at the words and ask a question like the example. Let's do the example: The words are "they, do homework, and last night." Repeat the question: How did they do their homework last night? + +Look at the words and make a question. (pause after the number for 4 sec; and for student to repeat correct answer) + +Number 1: (pause) Repeat: How did you do on your test last Friday? + +Number 2: (pause) Repeat: How did Ann answer Question #2 on her test? + +Number 3: (pause) Repeat: How did Lt Ortiz drive to the base last night? + +Number 4: (pause) Repeat: How did Pat read the report this morning? + +Number 5: (pause) Repeat: How did Mark run yesterday? + +Number 6: (pause) Repeat: How did Mike play last Saturday? + +Number 7: (pause) Repeat: How did the new mechanic repair your car? + +Number 8: (pause) Repeat: How did Nicky talk yesterday? + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(3) Now go to Figure 2. This time someone will ask you the question and you answer it. Use the words in the figure. Let's do the example. (pause as indicated, and for repetition) + +Listen: How did they do their homework last night? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They did their homework fast. + +Number 1: Listen: How did you do on your test last Friday? +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: I did well. + +Number 2: Listen: How did Ann answer Question #2 on her test? +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: She answered it correctly. + +Number 3: Listen: How did Lt Ortiz drive to the base last night? +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: He drove carefully. + +Number 4: Listen: How did Pat read the report this morning? +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: He read it slowly. + +Number 5: Listen How did Mark run yesterday? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He ran fast. + +Number 6: Listen: How did Mike play last Saturday? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He played carelessly. + +Number 7: Listen: How did the new mechanic repair your car? +(pause 4 sec) Repeat: He repaired it well. + +Number 8: Listen: How did Nicky talk yesterday? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Nicky talked easily. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(4) Now go to Figure 3. Listen to a situation and circle the letter with the best answer. + +Let's do the example together. Listen. I'm a student. My parents pay for my school, but I never have enough money. What should I do? + +The choices are: +a. Borrow money from your friends +b. Get a part-time job +c. Ask your parents for money +d. Not do anything + +The best answer is b. Repeat: You should get a part-time job. + +Listen and circle. + +Number 1: My friend Barbara doesn't feel well. She didn't feel well yesterday. She has a headache and a high temperature. What should she do? + +(pause 15 sec for student to read choices and make a selection) + +Number 2: I had to call Dora last night, but I forgot. When she didn't talk to me this morning, I realized that I hurt her feelings. What should I do? + +Number 3: Edward is my good friend, and he's also my roommate. The problem is that Edward smokes a lot. I don't want to hurt his feelings. I don't say anything, but his smoke bothers me. + +--- + +Number 4: My friend Sara is out of town. She will be away for one month. She left her car with me and told me I could drive it. Yesterday, I went to the store and I had an accident. What should I do? + +Number 5: I lent Roger $50.00 last month. He said that he would pay me last week, but he didn't pay me. I know he has the money. What should I do? + +(5) Now listen to the situations again. Check your answers and repeat the correct responses. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen: My friend Barbara doesn't feel well. She didn't feel well yesterday. She has a headache and a high temperature. What should she do? + +The best answer is letter a. Repeat: She should go to the doctor. + +Number 2: Listen: I had to call Dora last night, but I forgot. When she didn't talk to me this morning, I realized that I hurt her feelings. What should I do? + +The best answer is d. Repeat: You should ask her to excuse you / and take her to dinner. + +Number 3: Listen: Edward is my good friend, and he's also my roommate. The problem is that Edward smokes a lot. I don't want to hurt his feelings. I don't say anything, but his smoke bothers me. + +The best answer is d. Repeat: He should tell his friend / not to smoke in the room / because it bothers him. + +Number 4: Listen: My friend Sara is out of town. She will be away for one month. She left her car with me and told me I could drive it. Yesterday, I went to the store and I had an accident. What should I do? + +The best answer is c. Repeat: You should apologize to your friend and fix the car. + +Number 5: Listen: I lent Roger $50.00 last month. He said that he would pay me last week, but he didn't pay me. I know he has the money. What should I do? + +The best answer is b. Repeat: You should tell your friend / that you need the money he borrowed from you. + +AUDIO TRACK 13 + +(6) Now go to Figure 4. Read the paragraph silently as it is read for you. Then answer my questions. + +Rudy and Fred are roommates. They are also good friends. Their friendship began in high school and now they're in college. They care about their friendship. When one of them has a problem, the other one always listens and gives advice. + +Last week, Fred and Rudy were angry with each other. Fred did not keep a secret for Rudy. Fred did not realize it was a secret. When they talked about the problem, Fred understood why Rudy was angry. Fred apologized to Rudy. Everything is okay now. + +(7) Now answer the questions. +(pause 4 sec after question, and for repetition) + +What are Rudy and Fred? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They're roommates. + +When did their friendship begin? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: It began when they were in high school. + +What do they care about? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They care about their friendship. + +What happens when one of the two friends has problems? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: The other one listens and gives advice. + +What happened last week? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: They were angry with each other. + +Why was Rudy angry? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Because Fred did not keep a secret. + +Did Fred understand why Rudy was angry? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: Yes, he did. + +What did Fred do? (pause 4 sec) +Repeat: He apologized to Rudy. + +AUDIO TRACK 14 + +(8) Go to Figure 5. Now listen to a paragraph and write it. The first time listen only. + +John had an automobile accident yesterday. He stopped for a red light. A car came from behind and hit him. John had his seat belt on, and he was not hurt. The other driver was at fault. He got a ticket. His insurance must pay to fix John's car. John won't have a car for a few days, but his wife will take him to work every day. + +(9) Now listen to it again in smaller parts and write. (pause at / 5 sec per word or 10-20 sec at / 's) + +John had / an automobile accident yesterday. / He stopped for a red light. / A car came from behind / and hit him. / John had / his seat belt on, / and he was not hurt. / The other driver / was at fault. / He got a ticket. / His insurance must pay / to fix John's car. / John won't have a car / for a few days, / but his wife / will take him to work / every day. + +(10) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your answers. +(read slowly) + +John had an automobile accident yesterday. He stopped for a red light. A car came from behind and hit him. John had his seat belt on, and he was not hurt. The other driver was at fault. He got a ticket. His insurance must pay to fix John's car. John won't have a car for a few days, but his wife will take him to work every day. + +THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 9. + +— USER NOTES — diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-4A.md b/sources/book-9/lla-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fa36946 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 4A + +### Figure 1 + +**Repeat the words and sentences.** + +![#1 Man driving a car, looking at the gas gauge pointing near empty](images/page_081_001.jpg) + +1. run out (of) / ran out (of) + gasoline/gas tank + almost empty gauge + +Alex is running out of gasoline. +The gas tank is almost empty. +The gauge is on "E". + +![#2 Woman pointing toward a GAS sign while a man looks on](images/page_081_002.jpg) + +2. gas station fill up + restroom + +There's a gas station over there. +Alex can fill up the tank. Rita +can wash her hands in the +restroom. + +![#3 A fuel gauge in a car pointing to full with "F" and "FUEL" visible](images/page_081_003.jpg) + +3. full ladies' room + +Alex filled up the tank; the tank +is full now. Rita washed her +hands in the ladies' room. + +![#4 Man washing his hands in a restroom sink, spilled gas near his feet](images/page_081_004.jpg) + +4. spill men's room + +Alex spilled some gasoline on his +shoes and hands. He cleaned up +in the men's room. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Listen to the dialog. Read different parts. Answer the question. Repeat the answer.** + +**Alex:** Oh no! I'm running out of gasoline. The tank is almost empty. + +**Rita:** Don't worry. There's a gas station over there. + +**Alex:** I see it. I can fill up the tank there. + +**Rita:** Good. I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. + +**A few minutes later...** + +**Alex:** Is the men's room next to the ladies' room? + +**Rita:** Yes, it is. Is the tank full now? + +**Alex:** Yes, but I spilled some gas on my shoes. I'm going to the men's room to clean up. + +**Rita:** All right. I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat the words and sentences. Listen to sentences and questions. Answer questions and repeat.** + +![#1 Alex and Rita checking into a motel with a clerk behind the check-in desk](images/page_083_001.jpg) + +1. really motel pleased + +Alex is really tired. Rita and Alex are +going to spend the night at this motel. +The clerk is pleased. + +![#2 Rita standing next to a full bathtub with running water](images/page_083_002.jpg) + +2. bathtub bathe take a bath + +Rita fills the bathtub with water. She +will bathe and relax. She'll take a long +bath. + +![#3 Alex sitting in an armchair with luggage sitting on a hard chair next to him](images/page_083_003.jpg) + +3. baggage hard + soft hope to + +Alex puts his baggage on the hard +chair. He sits in the soft chair. He +hopes to relax before he goes to bed. + +![#4 Rita sleeping in bed with labeled items: pillow, alarm clock showing 1:30, sheets, blanket](images/page_083_004.jpg) + +4. alarm clock sheet + blanket pillow + +After her bath, Rita checks the alarm +clock. She gets in bed. She gets under +the sheets and blanket. She puts her +head on her pillow and goes to sleep. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Listen. Repeat the dialog. Answer the question. Repeat the correct answer.** + +![#1 Close-up view of a man stepping on a woman's foot while dancing. Speech bubbles read: "OH, DID I STEP ON YOUR TOES?", "I APOLOGIZE. I'M REALLY SORRY.", "YES, YOU DID!", "THATS OKAY, JUST DON'T DO IT AGAIN!"](images/page_084_001.jpg) + +A man and a lady went dancing. He stepped on her toes. He apologized for stepping on her toes. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. I'm **sorry that** I'm late. + +2. Was he **angry that** his plane was late? + +3. She's **upset that** he's leaving. + +4. Toni is **happy that** she's going. + +5. Frank was **pleased that** we finished early. + +6. Were you **glad that** you went to the game? + +7. They were **sure that** you were here. + +8. He wasn't **angry that** we were late. + +9. Was she **upset that** her car ran out of gas? + +10. They're **glad that** they don't have to work today. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**First, listen to the paragraph. Then, complete the outline. Check the answer page.** + +![A flowchart / organizational diagram outline titled "Important Places for Travelers" showing empty boxes arranged in a hierarchical structure.](images/page_085_001.jpg) + +--- + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4A + +AUDIO TRACK 1 + +(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and the sentences. +(pause long enough for students to repeat the words and sentences) + +Number 1: +run out of...run out of +ran out of...ran out of +gasoline...gasoline +gas...gas +tank...tank +almost...almost +empty...empty +gauge...gauge +Alex is running out of gasoline. +The gas tank is almost empty. +The gauge is on "E". + +Number 2: +gas station...gas station +fill up...fill up +restroom...restroom +There's a gas station over there. +Alex can fill up the tank. +Rita can wash her hands in the restroom. + +Number 3: +full...full +ladies' room...ladies' room +Alex filled up the tank; the tank is full now. +Rita washed her hands in the ladies' room. + +Number 4: +spill...spill +men's room...men's room +Alex spilled some gasoline on his shoes and hands. +He cleaned up in the men's room. + +AUDIO TRACK 2 + +(3) Now go to Figure 2. Listen to the dialog. +(one male voice and one female voice) + +male: Oh no! I'm running out of gasoline. The tank is almost empty. +female: Don't worry. There's a gas station over there. +male: I see it. I can fill up the tank there. +female: Good. I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. +[script voice] A few minutes later... +male: Is the men's room next to the ladies' room? +female: Yes, it is. Is the tank full now? +male: Yes, but I spilled some gas on my shoes. I'm going to the men's room to clean up. +female: All right. I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. + +(4) This time you read Alex's lines, and I'll read Rita's lines. Begin! (pause as indicated) +(pause 4 sec) +female: Don't worry. There's a gas station over there. +(pause 5 sec) +female: Good. I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. +[script voice] A few minutes later... +(pause 4 sec) +female: Yes, it is. Is the tank full now? (pause 7 sec) +female: All right. I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. + +(5) Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. +(pause for student to answer and to repeat the correct answer) + +What is Alex running out of? (pause) +Repeat: Alex is running out of gasoline. + +What is almost empty? +Repeat: The gas tank is almost empty. + +Why does Rita say, "Don't worry"? +Repeat: Because a gas station is near. + +What does Alex have to do at the gas station? +Repeat: He has to fill up the gas tank. + +What does Rita need to do? +Repeat: She needs to go to the restroom and wash her hands. + +Is the tank empty or full after they leave the station? + +--- + +Repeat: The tank is full. + +Why does Alex have to clean up? +Repeat: Because he spilled some gasoline on his shoes. + +Where are Rita and Alex going from the station? +Repeat: They're going to another town. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(6) Go to Figure 3. Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences. (pause long enough for repetition) + +Number 1: +really...really +motel...motel +pleased...pleased +Alex is really tired. +Rita and Alex are going to spend the night at this motel. +The clerk is pleased. + +Number 2: +bathtub...bathtub +bathe...bathe +take a bath...take a bath +Rita fills the bathtub with water. +She will bathe and relax. +She'll take a long bath. + +Number 3: +baggage...baggage +hard...hard +soft...soft +hope to...hope to +Alex puts his baggage on the hard chair. +He sits in the soft chair. +He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. + +Number 4: +alarm clock...alarm clock +sheet...sheet +blanket...blanket +pillow...pillow +After her bath, Rita checks the alarm clock. +She gets in bed. +She gets under the sheets and blanket. +She puts her head on her pillow and goes to sleep. + +--- + +(7) Look at Figure 3 again. This time listen to the sentences only. + +Number 1: Alex is really tired. Rita and Alex are going to spend the night at this motel. The clerk is pleased. + +Number 2: Rita fills the bathtub with water. She will bathe and relax. She'll take a long bath. + +Number 3: Alex puts his baggage on the hard chair. He sits in the soft chair. He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. + +Number 4: After her bath, Rita checks the alarm clock. She gets in bed. She gets under the sheets and blanket. She puts her head on her pillow and goes to sleep. + +(8) Now answer my questions and repeat the correct answers. (pause long enough for student to answer and to repeat correct answer) + +Number 1: +How tired is Alex? (pause) +Repeat: He's really tired. + +Where are they spending the night? +Repeat: They're spending the night at a motel. + +Is the clerk sad?" +Repeat: No, he's pleased. + +Number 2: +What does Rita fill with water? +Repeat: She fills the bathtub with water. + +What is Rita going to take? +Repeat: She's going to take a long bath. + +Number 3: +Where does Alex put his baggage? +Repeat: He puts it on the hard chair. + +Where is Alex sitting? +Repeat: He's sitting in the soft chair. + +What does he hope to do? +Repeat: He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. + +Number 4: +What does Rita check? +Repeat: She checks the alarm clock. + +Where does she put her head? +Repeat: She puts her head on her pillow. + +Good night, Rita! + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(9) Look at Figure 4. A man and a lady went dancing. He stepped on her toes. He apologized for stepping on her toes. Listen to the dialog. +(1 male voice, 1 female voice) + +male: Oh, did I step on your toes? (embarrassed) +female: Yes, you did! (angry) +male: I apologize. I'm really sorry. +female: That's okay. Just don't do it again. + +(10) This time repeat the dialog. + +male: Oh, did I step on your toes? (embarrassed) +female: Yes, you did (angry) +male: I apologize. I'm really sorry. +female: That's okay. Just don't do it again. + +(11) Now answer these questions and repeat the correct answers. + +What did the man do first? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: He stepped on the lady's toes. (pause 4 sec) + +What did the man do next? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: He apologized for stepping on her toes. (pause 4 sec) + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(12) Go to Figure 5 and repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: I'm sorry that I'm late. + +Number 2: Was he angry that his plane was late? + +Number 3: She's upset that he's leaving. + +Number 4: Toni is happy that she's going. + +Number 5: Frank was pleased that we finished early. + +Number 6: Were you glad that you went to the game? + +Number 7: They were sure that you were here. + +Number 8: He wasn't angry that we were late. + +Number 9: Was she upset that her car ran out of gas? + +Number 10: They're glad that they don't have to work today. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(13) Now look at figure 6. You will hear a paragraph twice. Listen and complete the outline. + +There are three places that are important for automobile travelers: the motel (or motor hotel), the restaurant, and the gas station. In the motel, you can relax, watch TV, and sleep. In the restaurant, you can have breakfast, lunch, and dinner when you get hungry. At the gas station, you can put gasoline in your car and get a drink. + +Listen to the paragraph again and complete the outline. +(pause as indicated) + +There are three places that are important for automobile travelers: the motel (or motor hotel), the restaurant, and the gas station. (pause 15 sec) In the motel, you can relax, watch TV, and sleep. (pause 15 sec) In the restaurant, you can have breakfast, lunch, and dinner when you get hungry. (pause 15 sec) At the gas station, you can put gasoline in your car and get a drink. +(pause 15 sec) + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 9.** + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-4B.md b/sources/book-9/lla-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..187c26fe --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 4B + +### Figure 1 + +**Read the two sentences. Combine them. Repeat correct answer.** + +*Example:* Jack was pleased. +He didn't run out of gas. +Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas. + +1. Mark was upset. +The plane was late. + +2. My father was angry. +The gas tank was almost empty. + +3. Sgt James was happy. +The gas station was near. + +4. Thomas is really sorry. +He lost your keys. + +5. The children are happy. +They're going to watch a movie. + +6. Mr. Sunshine is not sure. +It will rain tomorrow. + +7. Is the colonel pleased? +The general isn't coming. + +8. I'm glad. +You weren't hurt in the accident. + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Listen to the sentence. Combine it with a word. Repeat correct answer.** + +*Example:* **happy** +(He bought a new car.) +He was happy that he bought a new car. + +1. **sure** +2. **glad** +3. **upset** +4. **sorry** +5. **pleased** +6. **angry** + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Repeat words. Listen and repeat dialog. Answer question. Repeat answer.** + +![A man in a suit looking at a woman who is reaching into a closet filled with clothes on hangers](images/page_088_001.jpg) + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| laundry | hang up/hung up | hanger | closet | end | realize | +| so | forget/forgot | mean (to)/meant (to) | forgive/forgave | | | + +#### THERE'S ALWAYS DIRTY LAUNDRY AT THE END OF A TRIP. + +**Alex:** Are you almost finished with the laundry? + +**Rita:** Almost. I just have to hang up these shirts. Give me those hangers from the closet, please. + +**Alex:** I didn't realize that we had so many dirty clothes. + +**Rita:** It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. + +**Alex:** I meant to come earlier and help you. + +**Rita:** Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. + +**Alex:** Okay. + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Circle the best answer. Check answer and repeat.** + +1. a. No, I think he forgot. +b. No, I think he's pleased. +c. No, I think it's empty. + +2. a. He didn't mean to call. +b. He didn't step on her toes. +c. He's worried about his mother. + +3. a. Yes, she's upset. +b. Yes, she's talking to me again. +c. Yes, she apologized to me. + +4. a. Yes, I realized she was wrong. +b. Yes, I apologized to her. +c. Yes, I forgave her. + +5. a. I filled up the tank. +b. I ran out of time. +c. I hung it up in my living room. + +6. a. No, he spilled water. +b. No, it's almost empty. +c. No, he filled it yesterday. + +7. a. Yes, I hope to watch it. +b. Yes, I realize that this is his TV. +c. Yes, I'm worried about the TV. + +8. a. Sure. I hope you read the book. +b. Sure. I'm worried about it. +c. Sure. Let me tell you what it means. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Repeat the sentences.** + +1. He **thinks that** this movie is interesting. + +2. I **guess** we will go, too. + +3. He didn't **realize that** he was late. + +4. She **knew** Jim arrived last night. + +5. He **learned that** his cousin went to Harvard. + +6. We **heard that** the colonel left early. + +7. They **see** there's a need to work hard. + +8. Don't **forget that** we leave tomorrow. + +9. Did you **read that** we will have a new instructor soon? + +10. Don't you **remember** we saw it yesterday? + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Read the two sentences. Combine them. Repeat correct answer.** + +*Example:* Henry has to call home. +Mary remembered it. +Mary remembered that Henry has to call home. + +1. The price of corn will go up. +I read here in the paper. + +2. Ken said, “Yes.” +George didn't hear this. + +3. It's going to rain today. +I heard it on the radio. + +4. Judy can travel to Europe. +Judy hopes that. + +5. John had to mail the letter. +John forgot this. + +6. Dan hurt Sara's feelings. +Dan didn't mean to do it. + +7. The word had two meanings. +Kim didn't realize it. + +8. His car didn't have any gasoline. +My father didn't know it. + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +| Listen to the dialog. Read Alex's part. | +|---| + +Clerk: Good morning, sir. Are you ready to check out? + +Alex: Yes, I am. Can I have the bill? + +Clerk: Sure. It was sixty-five dollars with tax. Did you have a nice stay at our motel? + +Alex: Yes, we did. Your beds were not too hard or too soft. We had a good rest. Here's your money. + +Clerk: Thank you. We hope to see you again, sir. + +Alex: Maybe next year. + +--- + +### Figure 8 + +| Listen to a paragraph. Write the topic. Check your answer. | +|---| + +What's the topic? + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +– USER NOTES – + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4B + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Hi! Open your booklet to the activities for Lesson 4B. +(pause 5 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and read the two sentences, then combine them. Repeat the correct answer. Listen to the example. + +Jack was pleased. +He didn't run out of gas. + +Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas. +Repeat: Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas. +(pause after the two sentences and for repetition) + +Number 1: Mark was upset. The plane was late. +Repeat: Mark was upset that the plane was late. + +Number 2: My father was angry. The gas tank was almost empty. +Repeat: My father was angry that the gas tank was almost empty. + +Number 3: Sgt James was happy. The gas station was near. +Repeat: Sgt James was happy that the gas station was near. + +Number 4: Thomas is really sorry. He lost your keys. +Repeat: Thomas is really sorry that he lost your keys. + +Number 5: The children are happy. They're going to watch a movie. +Repeat: The children are happy that they're going to watch a movie. + +Number 6: Mr. Sunshine is not sure. It will rain tomorrow. +Repeat: Mr. Sunshine is not sure that it will rain tomorrow. + +Number 7: Is the colonel pleased? The general isn't coming. +Repeat: Is the colonel pleased that the general isn't coming? + +Number 8: I'm glad. You weren't hurt in the accident. +Repeat: I'm glad that you weren't hurt in the accident. + +--- + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(3) Now go to Figure 2. This time listen to a sentence and combine it with a word from Figure 2. Let's do the example. + +The word is "happy." +He bought a new car. +Repeat: He was happy that he bought a new car. + +(pause after sentence for student to respond and to repeat correct answer) + +Number 1: He can get to work on time. +Repeat: He's sure he can get to work on time. + +Number 2: He has a new car. +Repeat: He's glad that he has a new car. + +Number 3: His brother wants to borrow it. +Repeat: He's upset that his brother wants to borrow it. + +Number 4: He didn't buy a new car last year. +Repeat: He's sorry that he didn't buy a new car last year. + +Number 5: His wife likes it. +Repeat: He's pleased that his wife likes it. + +Number 6: His wife wants the new car. +Repeat: He's angry that his wife wants the new car. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(4) Now go to Figure 3. Look at the words in the box and repeat them. +(pause for repetition) + +laundry...laundry +hang up...hang up +hung up...hung up +hanger...hanger +closet...closet +end...end +realize...realize +so...so +forget...forget +forgot...forgot +mean to...mean to +meant to...meant to + +--- + +forgive...forgive + +forgave...forgave + +(5) Now listen to the dialog. Don't repeat. +(two voices, one male, one female) + +male: Are you almost finished with the laundry? +female: Almost. I just have to hang up these shirts. Give me those hangers from the closet, please. +male: I didn't **realize that** we had so many dirty clothes. +female: It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. +male: I meant to come earlier and help you. +female: Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. +male: Okay. + +Listen to the dialog again and repeat it. (pause for repetition) + +male: Are you almost finished with the laundry? +female: Almost. I just have to hang up these shirts. Give me those hangers from the closet, please. +male: I didn't **realize that** we had so many dirty clothes. +female: It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. +male: I meant to come earlier and help you. +female: Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. +male: Okay. + +(6) Now answer my questions about the dialog. (pause long enough for students to answer the question and for them to repeat the correct answer) + +What was Rita doing? +Repeat: She was doing the laundry. + +What does she have to do to the shirts? +Repeat: She has to hang up the shirts. + +What does she want from the closet? +Repeat: She wants the hangers from the closet. + +Did Alex know that they had a lot of dirty clothes? +Repeat: No, he didn't. He didn't realize that they had so many dirty clothes. + +What is easy to do when you travel? +Repeat: It's easy to forget the laundry. + +Did Alex want to come earlier and help his wife? +Repeat: Yes, he meant to come earlier and help her. + +Is Rita going to forgive her husband? +Repeat: She'll forgive him after he takes her to dinner. + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(7) Go to Figure 4. Listen to a question and circle the best answer to the question. (pause 8 sec after each question) + +Number 1: Did John call you? + +Number 2: What is David thinking about? + +Number 3: Did your sister forgive you for not calling her? + +Number 4: Did you tell her that you're sorry? + +Number 5: What did you do with the picture? + +Number 6: Is the gas tank full? + +Number 7: Are you going to watch the movie on TV tonight? + +Number 8: Can you explain this word to me? + +(8) Now check your answers and repeat. (pause for repetition of answers) + +Number 1 is a. Listen: Did John call you? +Repeat: No, I think he forgot. + +Number 2 is c. Listen: What is David thinking about? +Repeat: He's worried about his mother. + +Number 3 is b. Listen: Did your sister forgive you for not calling her? +Repeat: Yes, she's talking to me again. + +Number 4 is also b. Listen: Did you tell her that you're sorry? +Repeat: Yes, I apologized to her. + +Number 5 is c. Listen: What did you do with the picture? +Repeat: I hung it up in my living room. + +Number 6 is b. Listen: Is the gas tank full? +Repeat: No, it's almost empty. + +Number 7 is a. Listen: Are you going to watch the movie on TV tonight? +Repeat: Yes, I hope to watch it. + +Number 8 is c. Listen: Can you explain this word to me? +Repeat: Sure. Let me tell you what it means. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(9) Now look at Figure 5. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: He thinks that this movie is interesting. + +Number 2: I guess we will go, too. + +Number 3: He didn't realize that he was late. + +Number 4: She knew Jim arrived last night. + +Number 5: He learned that his cousin went to Harvard. + +Number 6: We heard that the colonel left early. + +Number 7: They see there's a need to work hard. + +Number 8: Don't forget that we leave tomorrow. + +Number 9: Did you read that we will have a new instructor soon? + +Number 10: Don't you remember we saw it yesterday? + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(10) Now go to Figure 6. Listen to the two sentences and combine them. Let's repeat the example. + +Listen: Henry has to call home. Mary remembered it. +Repeat: Mary remembered that Henry has to call home. + +(pause long enough for student to combine the sentences and then to repeat the correct answer) + +Number 1: The price of corn will go up. I read here in the paper. +(pause) Repeat: I read here in the paper that the price of corn will go up. (pause) + +Number 2: Ken said, "Yes." George didn't hear this. +Repeat: George didn't hear that Ken said, "Yes." + +Number 3: It's going to rain today. I heard it on the radio. +Repeat: I heard on the radio that it's going to rain today. + +Number 4: Judy can travel to Europe. Judy hopes that. +Repeat: Judy hopes that she can travel to Europe. + +Number 5: John had to mail the letter. John forgot this. +Repeat: John forgot he had to mail the letter. + +Number 6: Dan hurt Sara's feelings. Dan didn't mean to do it. +Repeat: Dan didn't mean to hurt Sara's feelings. + +Number 7: The word had two meanings. Kim didn't realize it. +Repeat: Kim didn't realize that the word had two meanings. + +Number 8: His car didn't have any gasoline. My father didn't know it. +Repeat: My father didn't know that his car didn't have any gasoline. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(11) Now go to Figure 7. Listen to a dialog. + +(two male voices) + +voice 1: Good morning, sir. Are you ready to check out? +voice 2: Yes, I am. Can I have the bill? +voice 1: Sure. It was sixty-five dollars with tax. Did you have a nice stay at our motel? +voice 2: Yes, we did. Your beds were not too hard or too soft. We had a good rest. Here's your money. +voice 1: Thank you. We hope to see you again, sir. +voice 2: Maybe next year. + +Now you take Alex's part. I'll be the clerk. + +voice 1: Good morning, sir. Are you ready to check out? +(pause 5 sec) +voice 1: Sure. It was sixty-five dollars with tax. Did you have a nice stay at our motel? (pause 7 sec) +voice 1: Thank you. We hope to see you again, sir. (pause 4 sec) + +**AUDIO TRACK 14** + +(12) Now go to Figure 8. Listen to a paragraph and write the topic on the line. You will hear the paragraph two times. + +Most banks have two kinds of accounts: a savings account and a checking account. We use a checking account like cash. Most stores accept checks with some identification, and it is much easier to take a checkbook to the store than a bag of money. A savings account helps people save their money. + +(13) Write the topic. (pause 30 sec) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + +Most banks have two kinds of accounts: a savings account and a checking account. We use a checking account like cash. Most stores accept checks with some identification, and it is much easier to take a checkbook to the store than a bag of money. A savings account helps people save their money. + +(14) The topic of the paragraph is "bank accounts." + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 9.** + +– USER NOTES – + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/lla-4C.md b/sources/book-9/lla-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03116e4a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/lla-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,753 @@ + + +# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 9, LESSON 4C + +### Figure 1 + +| Circle the letter of the statement with similar meaning. Check answer and repeat. | +|---| + +*Example:* (He really wants to go to the movies.) +a. He never wants to go to the movies. +b. He wants to go to the movies very much. +c. He can go to the movies. + +1. +a. They take their children to the motel. +b. They give their children some food. +c. They give baths to their children. + +2. +a. Take our baggage. +b. Take our laundry. +c. Take our car. + +3. +a. The gas tank is full. +b. He filled up the tank this morning. +c. We need to get some gasoline. + +4. +a. George forgave her. +b. George apologized to her. +c. George forgot her. + +5. +a. He's in the restroom. +b. He's at home. +c. He has a blanket. + +6. +a. There are many pillows on the bed. +b. There are many blankets on the bed. +c. There are many hangers on the bed. + +7. +a. It's a little hard. +b. It's new. +c. It's not hard. + +8. +a. A child wants to see you. +b. A man wants to see you. +c. A lady wants to see you. + +9. +a. He forgave him and called. +b. He forgot to call. +c. He apologized for not calling. + +10. +a. He's pleased with your work. +b. He's upset about his work. +c. He's worried about the work. + +### Figure 2 + +| Listen and answer question. Repeat correct answer. | +|---| + +#### WHAT ARE THEY APOLOGIZING FOR? + +![#1 A young man standing at a door talking to an older man in a suit, saying 'I'M SORRY I'M LATE TO CLASS.'](images/page_094_001.jpg) +1. John + +![#2 A spilled glass of milk on a table near salt and pepper shakers, speech bubble says 'I'M SORRY THAT I SPILLED THE MILK.'](images/page_094_002.jpg) +2. Ann + +![#3 A dinner plate with food, a glass, and a clock showing 4:00, speech bubble says 'I'M SORRY I WAS LATE FOR DINNER.'](images/page_094_003.jpg) +3. Mr. Brown + +![#4 A boy with a baseball bat standing outside a broken window with a baseball nearby, speech bubble says 'I'M SORRY I BROKE YOUR WINDOW.'](images/page_094_004.jpg) +4. Mike + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +| Read the sentences. Answer the questions. | +|---| + +1. Linda: "I'm sorry that I didn't wash the dishes, Mom." +2. Rose: "Sorry that I stepped on your toes, Ted." +3. Lou: "I'm sorry I didn't call you." +4. Kim: "I'm sorry I didn't come to your party." +5. James: "I'm sorry that I didn't write you sooner." +6. Maria: "I'm sorry that I didn't do my homework." +7. Ed: "I'm sorry I spilled my coffee." +8. David: "Jan, I'm sorry I made you wait so long." + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +| Add word "so" to a sentence. | +|---| + +*Example:* Sam was tired yesterday. +Sam was **so** tired yesterday. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +| Listen to a math problem. Write the numbers. Find answer and repeat. | +|---| + +1. + +The answer is _________________. + +2. + +The answer is _________________. + +3. + +The answer is _________________. + +### Figure 6 + +| Listen and write paragraph. Check the answer page. | +|---| + +#### DICTATION + +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# LESSON 4D + +### Figure 1 + +**Select the best answer.** +**Check and repeat answer.** + +*Example:* a. This is your book, not mine. +b. Oh, that's okay. +c. I'm sorry I took your book. + +1. a. I didn't care about my drink. +b. I'm so sorry that I did that. +c. Is this your book? + +2. a. I'm not late. +b. I will never ever be late again! +c. I apologize for being late. + +3. a. I'm really sorry. +b. Move your foot out of my way! +c. Was that your foot? + +4. a. Buy me new shoes. +b. That's okay. +c. Excuse me! + +5. a. I didn't have any money to call you. +b. I'm sorry that I didn't call you. +c. Nothing. + +6. a. I'm glad you played soccer. +b. I'm sorry I studied last night. +c. Sorry for not showing up. + +7. a. Take care. +b. No problem. +c. I don't care. + +8. a. Sorry I took so long. +b. You can talk for a long time now. +c. Why didn't you go find another phone? + +--- + +### Figure 2 + +**Answer question.** +**Write word next to number.** +**Check answer and repeat.** + +**WHAT IS IT?** + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| alarm clock | baggage | blanket | closet | +| gas tank | hangers | laundry | pillow | + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Figure 3 + +**Listen to the paragraph.** +**Ask question using "what".** + +*Example:* read +What did Tim read? + +1. forget +2. see +3. know +4. realize +5. hope +6. hear +7. learn +8. remember + +--- + +### Figure 4 + +**Look at the paragraph.** +**Answer a question.** + +*Example:* (What did Tim read?) +He read that the time was going to change on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. + +In most of the U.S., people add an hour to the time every April and subtract an hour every October. Last Saturday, Tim **read** that the time was going to change on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. But he **forgot** that he had to change his watch and alarm clock. Tim got up Monday morning and **saw** that the time was 6:30. He **knew** he had to leave right away. On the road to the base, Tim **realized** that there wasn't much traffic. He **hoped** that there wasn't a problem on the road. Tim turned on the car radio and **heard** that the time was only 6:00 a.m. He **learned** that he was early, not late. Then Tim **remembered** that the time was an hour earlier now. + +--- + +### Figure 5 + +**Combine the sentences and repeat.** + +*Example:* Sandra apologized to Jim. +She stepped on his toes. +(Sandra apologized to Jim for stepping on his toes.) + +1. Sam apologized to Linda. +He forgot to call her. + +2. The waiter apologized to us. +He took a long time to bring our food. + +3. Michael apologized to his teacher. +He was talking in the lab. + +4. The clerk apologized to Mr. Brown. +He gave him the wrong bill. + +5. Ramon apologized to the officer. +He ran the stop sign. + +6. Henry apologized to Bonnie. +He hurt her feelings. + +7. The waitress apologized to me. +She spilled water on my book. + +8. The airline clerk apologized to George. +They put his baggage on the wrong plane. + +--- + +### Figure 6 + +**Listen to a paragraph.** +**Complete box outline.** +**Check the answer page.** + +![A blank flow chart diagram box outline for taking notes on "Kinds of calls"](images/page_100_001.jpg) + +--- + +### Figure 7 + +**Listen to a paragraph.** +**Punctuate and rewrite.** +**Check the answer page.** + +careless drivers cause automobile accidents these drivers forget that a car can hurt people people need to be careful when they drive a car traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents when careless drivers dont obey the laws accidents can happen + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +**– USER NOTES –** + +--- + + + + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4C + +**AUDIO TRACK 1** + +(1) Open your Language Laboratory Activities Booklet to Lesson 4C. (pause 5 sec) + +(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a statement and choose a statement which has a similar meaning. Listen to the example: + +He really wants to go to the movies. The answer is b. "He wants to go to the movies very much" is the sentence that has a similar meaning. + +Now listen and circle the correct answer. (pause 10 seconds at the end of each statement) + +Number 1: Parents bathe their small children. + +Number 2: Take our suitcases to the room. + +Number 3: The gas tank is almost empty. + +Number 4: George said, "I'm sorry." + +Number 5: Tom is in the men's room. + +Number 6: The bed looks very warm. + +Number 7: This pillow is not very soft. + +Number 8: A lady is waiting for you. + +Number 9: David did not remember to call. + +Number 10: The boss is happy with your work. + +(3) Let's check your answers, and repeat the correct answers. (pause long enough for students to repeat the correct answers) + +Number 1 is c. Listen: Parents bathe their small children. +Repeat: They give baths to their children. + +Number 2 is a. Listen: Take our suitcases to the room. +Repeat: Take our baggage. + +Number 3 is c. Listen: The gas tank is almost empty. +Repeat: We need to get some gasoline. + +Number 4 is b. Listen: George told her, "I'm sorry." +Repeat: George apologized to her. + +Number 5 is a. Listen: Tom is in the men's room. +Repeat: He's in the restroom. + +Number 6 is b. Listen: The bed looks very warm. +Repeat: There are many blankets on the bed. + +Number 7 is a. Listen: This pillow is not very soft. +Repeat: It's a little hard. + +Number 8 is c. Listen: A lady is waiting for you. +Repeat: A lady wants to see you. + +Number 9 is b. Listen: David did not remember to call. +Repeat: He forgot to call. + +Number 10 is a. Listen: The boss is happy with your work. +Repeat: He's pleased with your work. + +**AUDIO TRACK 2** + +(4) Go to Figure 2. Look at picture 1 and listen: +(two male voices; one female; voice sounding like a young boy) + +[male voice] I'm sorry I'm late to class. + +[female voice] I'm sorry that I spilled the milk. + +[another male voice] I'm sorry I was late for dinner. + +[young-sounding male] I'm sorry I broke your window. + +Look at picture 1 again and answer my question. Then repeat the correct answer. (pause long enough for student to respond then for repetition of the correct answers) + +Number 1: What is John apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for coming late to class. + +Number 2: What is Ann apologizing for? +Repeat: She's apologizing for spilling the milk. + +Number 3: What is Mr. Brown apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for being late for dinner. + +Number 4: What is Mike apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for breaking the window. + +**AUDIO TRACK 3** + +(5) Go to Figure 3. Read the statements and answer my questions. (pause as indicated, and for repetition) + +Number 1: What is Linda apologizing for? (pause 7 sec) +Repeat: She's apologizing for not washing the dishes. + +Number 2: What is Rose apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: She's apologizing for stepping on Ted's toes. + +Number 3: What is Lou apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: He's apologizing for not calling. + +Number 4: What is Kim apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: He's apologizing for not coming to a party. + +Number 5: What is James apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: He's apologizing for not writing sooner. + +Number 6: What is Maria apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: She's apologizing for not doing her homework. + +Number 7: What is Ed apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: He's apologizing for spilling his coffee. + +Number 8: What is David apologizing for? (pause 6 sec) +Repeat: He's apologizing for making Jan wait so long. + +**AUDIO TRACK 4** + +(6) Go to Figure 4. You will hear a sentence. Add the word "so" to the sentence. + +Let's repeat the example. Sam was tired yesterday. +Repeat: Sam was so tired yesterday. + +Change the sentence and repeat the correct answer. +(pause after each sentence and for repetition) + +Mark was happy to see Mary. +Repeat: Mark was so happy to see Mary. + +Linda was upset about the score. +Repeat: Linda was so upset about the score. + +Ben was angry this morning. +Repeat: Ben was so angry this morning. + +Jean was sad. +Repeat: Jean was so sad. + +I felt sick yesterday. +Repeat: I felt so sick yesterday. + +Ray was thin when he was young. +Repeat: Ray was so thin when he was young. + +They were happy at the party. +Repeat: They were so happy at the party. + +**AUDIO TRACK 5** + +(7) Now go to Figure 5. First listen to a math problem. Use the space to write down the numbers. + +Number 1: + +George had three hundred and forty-five dollars and forty-five cents in his checking account. He went to the shoe store and bought one pair of shoes for fifty-six dollars and ninety-eight cents. He paid by check. Then he went to the grocery store and bought some food for thirty-three dollars and fifty cents. He also paid by check. How much money does George have left in his checking account? + +Listen to the first problem again and write the numbers. + +George had three hundred and forty-five dollars and forty-five cents in his checking account. He went to the shoe store and bought one pair of shoes for fifty-six dollars and ninety-eight cents. He paid by check. Then he went to the grocery store and bought some food for thirty-three dollars and fifty cents. He also paid by check. How much money does George have left in his checking account? + +Now let's find the answer. + +First, write three hundred and forty-five point forty five. +(pause 5 sec) +Second, subtract fifty-six point ninety-eight from it. +(pause 10 sec) +Then, subtract thirty-three point fifty. (pause 10 sec) + +What's the answer? (pause long enough for student to say answer) +Repeat: Two hundred and fifty-four dollars and ninety-seven cents. + +Number 2: + +In January, Sam had two hundred and thirty-one dollars in his checking account. In February, he deposited fifty-eight dollars and twenty cents. In March, he deposited eighty-three dollars and ten cents. In April, he withdrew forty-five dollars. About how much money does Sam have in his savings account in May? + +Listen again and write the numbers. + +In January, Sam had two hundred and thirty-one dollars in his checking account. In February, he deposited fifty-eight dollars and twenty cents. In March, he deposited eighty-three dollars and ten cents. In April, he withdrew forty-five dollars. About how much money does Sam have in his savings account in May? + +Let's find the answer. + +First, write two hundred and thirty-one point zero, zero. +(pause 5 sec) +Second, add fifty-eight point twenty and eighty-three point ten. +(pause 20 sec) +Then, subtract forty-five point zero, zero. (pause 10 sec) + +What's the answer? (pause) Repeat: Three hundred and twenty-seven dollars and thirty cents. + +Number 3: + +Jack works 40 hours every week. He works 49 weeks every year. In 1988 he was sick a total of thirty hours. How many hours did Jack work? + +Listen again. + +Jack works 40 hours every week. He works 49 weeks every year. In 1988 he was sick a total of thirty hours. How many hours did Jack work? + +Now let's find the answer. + +First write forty. (pause 3 sec) +Second, multiply it times forty-nine. (pause 10 sec) +Third, subtract thirty from it. (pause 10 sec) + +What's the answer? (pause) +Repeat: One thousand nine hundred and thirty. + +**AUDIO TRACK 6** + +(8) Go to Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph and write it. + +The first time listen only. + +Parents often give lots of advice to their children. The children very often don't understand it. Many don't understand until they are parents. Then, they feel they should give advice to their children. Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. + +Now write the paragraph as you hear it. (pause appx 5 sec per word or 10-20 sec at /'s) + +Parents often give / lots of advice / to their children. / The children / very often / don't understand it. / Many don't understand / until they are parents. / Then, they feel / they should give advice / to their children. / Parents / have a very strong need / to take care of / their children. / In my opinion, / this is why / parents give advice / to their children. + +Listen to the paragraph again and check your work. (read slowly) + +Parents often give lots of advice to their children. The children very often don't understand it. Many don't understand until they are parents. Then, they feel they should give advice to their children. Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 9.** + +--- + +# AUDIO SCRIPT +## Lesson 4D + +**AUDIO TRACK 7** + +(1) Open your activities booklet to Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec) + +(2) Go to Figure 1. Listen to a situation and select the best answer. Let's do the example. Listen. + +Jack took Mary's book by mistake. What does Jack tell Mary? The answer is c. Repeat: I'm sorry I took your book. + +Number 1: Mary was at the snack bar with Bob. She spilled her drink on Bob's book. What does Mary say? (pause 8 seconds for student to select an answer) + +Number 2: Bob was late for class. What does he say to his teacher? + +Number 3: Frank stepped on Sharon's foot. What does Frank say to Sharon? + +Number 4: What does Sharon say after Frank apologized? + +Number 5: You forgot to call your sister. She waited for your long-distance call all night long. What do you tell her? + +Number 6: You were going to play soccer with Ted. You couldn't call and tell him you couldn't go. What do you tell him when you see him? + +Number 7: What would Ted tell you? + +Number 8: You're on a public telephone and you talk for a long time. One person is waiting for the phone. What do you tell him? + +(3) Now let's check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Mary was at the snack bar with Bob. She spilled her drink on Bob's book. What does Mary say? The correct answer is b. Repeat: I'm so sorry that I did that. + +Number 2: Bob was late for class. What does he say to his teacher? The correct answer is c. +Repeat: I apologize for being late. + +Number 3: Frank stepped on Sharon's foot. What does Frank say to Sharon? The correct answer is letter a. +Repeat: I'm really sorry. + +Number 4: What does Sharon say after Frank apologized? The correct answer is b. +Repeat: That's okay. + +Number 5: You forgot to call your sister. She waited for your long distance call all night long. What do you tell her? The correct answer is b. +Repeat: I'm sorry that I didn't call you. + +Number 6: You were going to play soccer with Ted. You couldn't call and tell him you couldn't go. What do you tell him when you see him? The best answer is c. +Repeat: Sorry for not showing up. + +Number 7: What would Ted tell you? The best answer is b. +Repeat: No problem. + +Number 8: You're on a public telephone and you talk for a long time. One person is waiting for the phone. What do you tell him? The best answer is a. +Repeat: Sorry I took so long. + +**AUDIO TRACK 8** + +(4) Go to Figure 2. Listen to what I say about an object. Then find the word in the box and write your answer on the line. + +Number 1: What do we call the thing which wakes you up every morning? Write the answer. (pause 10 sec) + +Number 2: What is the thing you rest your head on while you sleep? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +Number 3: What do you put on the bed to keep warm? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +Number 4: What do you hang your clothes on? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +Number 5: Where do you wash your dirty clothes? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +Number 6: Where do we keep our clean clothes? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +Number 7: Where do you put the gasoline in your car? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +Number 8: What is another name for luggage? Write the answer. (pause 6 sec) + +(5) Check your answers and Repeat the right answers. (pause for repetition) + +Number 1: Listen: What do we call the thing which wakes you up every morning? +Repeat: an alarm clock. + +Number 2: Listen: What is the thing you rest your head on while you sleep? +Repeat: a pillow. + +Number 3: Listen: What do you put on the bed to keep warm? +Repeat: a blanket. + +Number 4: Listen: What do you hang your clothes on? +Repeat: hangers. + +Number 5: Listen: Where do you wash your dirty clothes? +Repeat: at the laundry. + +Number 6: Listen: Where do we keep our clean clothes? +Repeat: in the closet. + +Number 7: Where do you put the gasoline in your car? +Repeat: in the gas tank. + +Number 8: What is another name for luggage? +Repeat: baggage. + +**AUDIO TRACK 9** + +(6) Now go to Figure 3. Listen to this paragraph. + +In most of the U.S., people add an hour to the time every April and subtract an hour every October. Last Saturday, Tim read that the time was going to change on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. But he forgot that he had to change his watch and alarm clock. Tim got up Monday morning and saw that the time was 6:30. He knew he had to leave right away. On the road to the base, Tim realized that there wasn't much traffic. He hoped that there wasn't a problem on the road. Tim turned on the car radio and heard that the time was only 6:00 a.m. He learned that he was early, not late. Then Tim remembered that the time was an hour earlier now. + +(7) Now ask me "what" questions with the words in the figure. (pause as indicated and for repetition) + +Look at the example. (pause) Repeat: What did Tim read? + +Number 1: Ask. (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did Tim forget? + +Number 2: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did Tim see? + +Number 3: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did Tim know? + +Number 4: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did Tim realize? + +Number 5: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did Tim hope? + +Number 6: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did he hear? + +Number 7: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did he learn? + +Number 8: (pause 3 sec) Repeat: What did he remember? + +**AUDIO TRACK 10** + +(8) Now go to Figure 4. Look at the paragraph and answer the questions. (pause after the questions and for repetition.) + +Let's do an example. What did Tim read? (pause) He read that the time was going to change / on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. Repeat: He read that the time was going to change / on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. (pause 6 sec after each question, and for repetition) + +Number 1: What did Tim forget? +Repeat: Tim forgot that he had to change his watch and his alarm clock. + +Number 2: What did Tim see? +Repeat: He saw that it was 6:30. + +Number 3: What did Tim know? +Repeat: He knew that he had to leave right away. + +Number 4: What did Tim realize? +Repeat: He realized that there wasn't much traffic. + +Number 5: What did he hope? +Repeat: He hoped that there wasn't a problem on the road. + +Number 6: What did he hear? +Repeat: He heard that the time was only 6:00 a.m. + +Number 7: What did he learn? +Repeat: He learned that he was early, not late. + +Number 8: What did he remember? +Repeat: He remembered that the time was an hour earlier. + +**AUDIO TRACK 11** + +(9) Now go to Figure 5. Listen to the two sentences and combine them. Look at the example. Listen: Sandra apologized to Jim. She stepped on his toes. Repeat: Sandra apologized to Jim for stepping on his toes. (pause 5 sec after second sentence, and for repetition) + +Number 1: Sam apologized to Linda. He forgot to call her. +Repeat: Sam apologized to Linda / for forgetting to call her. + +Number 2: The waiter apologized to us. He took a long time to bring our food. +Repeat: The waiter apologized to us / for taking a long time to bring our food. + +Number 3: Michael apologized to his teacher. He was talking in the lab. +Repeat: Michael apologized to his teacher / for talking in the lab. + +Number 4: The clerk apologized to Mr. Brown. He gave him the wrong bill. +Repeat: The clerk apologized to Mr. Brown / for giving him the wrong bill. + +Number 5: Ramon apologized to the officer. He ran the stop sign. +Repeat: Ramon apologized to the officer / for running the stop sign. + +Number 6: Henry apologized to Bonnie. He hurt her feelings. +Repeat: Henry apologized to Bonnie / for hurting her feelings. + +Number 7: The waitress apologized to me. She spilled water on my book. +Repeat: The waitress apologized to me / for spilling water on my book. + +Number 8: The airline clerk apologized to George. They put his baggage on the wrong plane. +Repeat: The airline clerk apologized to George / for putting his baggage on the wrong plane. + +**AUDIO TRACK 12** + +(10) Go to Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph and complete the box outline. The first time listen only. + +There are two kinds of telephone calls: local calls and long-distance calls. When you make a call in the same city, you make a local call. When you call someone in another city, another state or another country, you make a long distance call. Long distance calls can be person-to-person calls or station-to-station calls. When you want to talk to one person only, you make a person-to-person call. When you will talk to anyone who answers, you make a station-to-station call. + +(11) Listen again and complete the outline. (pause 10 sec at the end of each sentence) + +There are two kinds of telephone calls: local calls and long-distance calls. When you make a call in the same city, you make a local call. When you call someone in another city, another state or another country, you make a long distance call. Long distance calls can be person-to-person calls or station-to-station calls. When you want to talk to one person only, you make a person-to-person call. When you will talk to anyone who answers, you make a station-to-station call. + +**AUDIO TRACK 13** + +(12) Now go to Figure 7. Listen to a paragraph. The same paragraph is in your book without punctuation. First, listen to the paragraph only. + +Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. People need to be very careful when they drive a car. Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. When careless drivers don't obey the laws, accidents can happen. + +Listen to the paragraph again and put in the punctuation in your book. + +Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. People need to be very careful when they drive a car. Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. When careless drivers don't obey the laws, accidents can happen. + +(13) Rewrite the paragraph. After you finish, check your capital letters and punctuation. + +**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 9.** + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/st-1.md b/sources/book-9/st-1.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25376f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/st-1.md @@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@ + + +# I'D LIKE TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT. BOOK 9 LESSON 1 + +![An illustration of a busy bank lobby showing customers interacting with tellers and bank staff at various service counters](images/page_009_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +I'd like to open a checking account. +Fill out this form, then we'll open the account for you. + +### GRAMMAR +Mike is eating lunch at home tomorrow. +Sam is tired because he stayed up late last night. +The bread smells good. The pie tastes delicious. + +### SKILLS +Chart box outline +Scanning +Topic +Dictation +Complete the forms +Sentence expansion + +### VOCABULARY + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| complete | save | taste | account | passport | +| deposit | smell | withdraw/ | bill | savings | +| feel/felt | sound | withdrew | card | account | +| fill cut | spend/spent | | cash | signature | +| hide/hid | take/took | bitter | checkbook | slip | +| look | take out/ | immediately | checking | wallet | +| lose/lost | took out (of) | safe | account | withdrawal | +| | | salty | deposit | | +| close/open an account | | soon | form | | +| right away | | sour | information | | +| right here | | sweet | lemon | | + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 9 LESSON 1 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| VOCABULARY: at the bank | 3 | +| WRITING SKILL: outline completion | 7 | +| LISTENING SKILL: select topic | 9 | +| VOCABULARY: withdrawing money | 10 | +| WRITING SKILL: complete blank forms | 13 | +| FUNCTION: at the bank - withdraw/deposit money, cash a check, etc. | 15 | +| GRAMMAR: future using present progressive | 20 | +| READING SKILL: scanning | 23 | +| GRAMMAR: adverbial clause with because | 24 | +| WRITING SKILL: match phrases, rewrite as paragraph | 29 | +| VOCABULARY: tastes | 30 | +| GRAMMAR: linking verbs | 32 | +| WRITING SKILL: dictation, expansion exercise | 34 | +| | 35 | + +# Vocabulary + +![A woman talking with a bank clerk across an INFORMATION desk inside a bank with security guards and other customers nearby](images/page_011_001.jpg) + +### A VISIT TO THE BANK + +The Newman family just moved to Houston. Mrs. Newman went to the bank to open an account for the family. She will open a savings account and a checking account. The family will use the money in the checking account to pay for the things they buy every day. They will use the money in the savings account for something very important or something very expensive. Only the Newmans can spend the money in their bank account. It will be safe there. + +Mrs. Newman asked the clerk for information on how to open an account. She wanted to know how much money they needed, what forms or papers she needed to fill out, and who she needed to talk to. + +![An application form from First Bank of Houston with numbered blank lines for Name, Address, Job, Work Address, and Phone](images/page_012_001.jpg) + +![A signature card from First Bank of Houston with instruction "Sign three times each:" above blank lines](images/page_012_002.jpg) + +![A United States passport showing the eagle emblem and text "PASSPORT United States of America"](images/page_012_003.jpg) + +![A checkbook showing a blank check on top](images/page_012_004.jpg) + +![A 100 dollar cash bill](images/page_012_005.jpg) + +The clerk told her how to open a checking account. First, she filled out a form with their names, jobs, address, and phone numbers. Next, she signed her name three times on a card. Then, the clerk gave Mrs. Newman a signature card for Mr. Newman. He will bring in his card later. The bank needs the signatures to make sure that the Newmans are the only ones who take money out of that account. Mrs. Newman used her passport for identification. Passports have a picture and a signature for easy identification. + +--- + +The clerk wanted to know how much money she wanted to deposit in the account. Mrs. Newman gave the clerk $400.00 in cash. She said she wanted to make a deposit of $250.00 in the checking account and $150.00 in a savings account. She wants to save money to buy a new car. The clerk helped her fill out the forms for a savings account. Then she gave Mrs. Newman a checkbook for the checking account. She can start writing checks right away. + +Before she left, the clerk gave Mrs. Newman a new one-dollar bill. The bank gives the new bills to all new customers. + +Answer these questions with the information in the paragraphs. + +1. What did Mrs. Newman do at the bank? +2. Why do the Newmans keep their money in the bank? +3. How will they use the money in their checking account? +4. How will they use the money in the savings account? +5. What did Mrs. Newman fill out? +6. What information did she put on the form? +7. Why did she sign her name on a card? +8. What did she use for identification? +9. How much money did Mrs. Newman give the clerk to open their checking account? +10. How much money did Mrs. Newman deposit in their savings account? +11. Why does Mrs. Newman want to save money? +12. What does the bank give to all new customers? + +--- + +I SPENT ALL MY MONEY YESTERDAY. + +| PRESENT | PAST | +|---|---| +| HIDE | HID | +| LOSE | LOST | +| SPEND | SPENT | +| TAKE (OUT OF) | TOOK (OUT OF) | +| WITHDRAW | WITHDREW | + +Jack: Did you hide my hat? I can't find it. +Fred: I didn't hide it. Johnny hid it. I think it's under your bed. + +********** + +Mike: Sam lost his pen. +Lou: He didn't lose it. It's on his desk. + +********** + +Jim: Did you spend all your money in the bookstore? +Ray: Yes. I bought 5 books and spent $25.00. + +********** + +Brad: Did you take the clothes out of the suitcase? +John: Yes, I did. I took them out when we got home. + +********** + +Jim: I had $350.00 in my savings account. I withdrew $250.00. Now I only have $100.00. +Mark: Are you going to withdraw any more money? +Jim: No, I'm not. + +********** + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +| CHART | BOX | OUTLINES | +|---|---|---| + +Write the correct information in the boxes. + +1. +![A hierarchical chart diagram with a top wide box connected to three columns of stacked boxes](images/page_015_001.jpg) + +2. +![A hierarchical chart diagram with a top wide box connected to three sub-branches of stacked boxes](images/page_015_002.jpg) + +--- + +3. +![A hierarchical chart diagram showing a top main box branching into three vertical columns of three stacked boxes each](images/page_016_001.jpg) + +4. +![A complex hierarchical chart diagram showing a top main box branching down into multiple sub-level boxed sections](images/page_016_002.jpg) + +--- + +5. +![A hierarchical chart diagram with a top main box branching into three columns of two stacked boxes each](images/page_017_001.jpg) + +# Listening Skill + +WHAT'S IT ABOUT? + +Listen to the paragraphs. Then choose the topic. + +1. +a. school +b. baseball +c. my friend +d. the Air Force + +2. +a. letters and postcards +b. learning to write +c. taking classes +d. growing up + +3. +a. the graduation +b. Ed's mother +c. the party +d. school life + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +![A bank teller sitting behind a transparent partition window talking to a female customer sitting at the counter](images/page_018_001.jpg) + +A WITHDRAWAL + +Teller: Good morning. May I help you? +Mrs. Morris: Yes, thank you. I want to take some money out of my savings account. What do I need to do to withdraw the money? +Teller: Do you want to make a withdrawal or close your account? +Mrs. Morris: I want to make a withdrawal. I'm going on vacation and I need to take some money with me. +Teller: You need to fill out this paper. It's a withdrawal slip. Please complete the form and be sure to sign it at the bottom. +Mrs. Morris: Thank you. I'll complete the form and return it in a minute. +Teller: Okay. + +--- + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. Is Mrs. Morris going to deposit money into her account? +2. Is Mrs. Morris going to close her account? +3. What does she want to do? +4. Why does she want to withdraw money from her account? +5. What does she need to fill out? + +# WHERE DID YOU LOSE IT? + +![#1 Left panel: A military officer speaking to another officer who is looking into his open wallet. Right panel: An officer standing in an office talking on a wall-mounted telephone](images/page_020_001.jpg) + +**Lt Andrews:** I can't find my I.D. card. I think I lost it. +**Capt Miles:** Do you think someone took it? +**Lt Andrews:** I don't think so. I'm the only one who can use it. I need to find it soon. +**Capt Miles:** When was the last time you took it out of your wallet? +**Lt Andrews:** I took it out at the store. I wrote a check there and I used it for identification. +**Capt Miles:** Well, call the store immediately! They can start looking for it right away. +**Lt Andrews:** You're right. Where is the phone? +**Capt Miles:** It's right here. + +Answer these questions about the dialog. + +1. What did Lt Andrews lose? +2. Did someone take his I.D. card? +3. Does he need it? +4. Where did he take it out of his wallet? +5. What did he use it for? +6. What is he going to do? + +### Writing Skill + +#### LET'S FILL OUT THE FORMS. + +Read the paragraph. Then complete the form. + +1. You opened a checking account at the bank. You want to make a deposit in your account. You have a check from Mr. Brown for $10.00 and a check from Mr. Smith for $25.00. You have $50.00 cash. Fill out the deposit slip. Use today's date. Your account number is 87654 321. + +2. You have a savings account at the bank. You have a check from Mr. Jones for $25.00, a check from Mrs. Green for $10.00, and a check from Mr. White for $35.00. You want to deposit $50.00 in your savings account and get some cash. Fill out the savings account deposit slip. Use today's date. Your account number is 01020 345. + +3. You need $50.00 cash from your savings account at the bank. Fill out the savings account withdrawal slip. Use today's date. Your account number is 12345 666. + +4. You rent a $500.00 apartment at the Thunderhill Arms. You have to pay your rent today. Fill out the check for your rent. + +### Function + +#### DO YOU WANT A CHECKING ACCOUNT OR A SAVINGS ACCOUNT? + +Repeat these sentences. + +1. I'd like to open an account. +2. Do you want to open a checking account or a savings account? +3. I want to open a savings account. +4. I'll need your signature on this card. +5. Can I make a deposit at this window? +6. Yes. Please fill out this deposit slip. +7. I'd like to cash a check. +8. You need to sign the check on the back, please. +9. I want to make a withdrawal. +10. Fill out this withdrawal slip and sign your name here. + +#### WOULD YOU LIKE TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT? + +Use the vocabulary words to complete each dialog. Read the dialog. + +1. **Teller:** May I help you? + **Customer:** Yes, please. I'd like to ____________ an account. + **Teller:** What kind of account do you want, a ____________ account or a savings account? + **Customer:** I want a checking ____________. + **Teller:** We have different kinds of checking accounts. How much would you like to ____________? + **Customer:** One thousand dollars. + **Teller:** Okay. Please read this ____________ about the accounts and then sign this card. + **Customer:** Thank you for your help. + +2. **Teller:** May I help you? + **Customer:** I'd like to ____________ a deposit. + **Teller:** Okay. ____________ out this deposit slip. + **Customer:** Here's the ____________, and here's my check. + **Teller:** This money will be in your account tomorrow morning. + +3. **Teller:** May I help you, sir? + **Customer:** I want to ____________ this check, please. + **Teller:** Yes, sir. I'll need two kinds of identification. You can use your driver's license and military I.D. + **Customer:** I don't have a driver's license, but I have my ____________. Will that be okay for one? + **Teller:** That'll be fine. I'll need your ____________ right here on the back of the check. Now, would you like this in large or small bills? + **Customer:** I need five twenty-dollar ____________. + +--- + +4. **Teller:** Good morning, sir. May I help you? +**Customer:** I'd like to make a ____________________ from my savings account. +**Teller:** You'll need a withdrawal slip. Here are some ____________________ here. +**Customer:** Can you help me fill it out? +**Teller:** Yes, sir. Put the date right here. Put how much you want to ____________________ here in numbers and then write it in words there. Your account number goes here and your signature goes on this line. Now print your name and address right here. +**Customer:** Thank you for your help. I'd like the money in 20-dollar bills, please. +**Teller:** Yes, sir, here you are. + +#### MAY I HELP YOU? + +One student will take the part of the teller and another will take the part of the customer. + +--- + +1. Open an account. + +| TELLER | CUSTOMER | +|---|---| +| offer to help | | +| | ask about opening an account | +| ask about kind of account | | +| | say the kind of account | +| ask about amount to deposit | | +| | say the amount | +| give instructions | | +| | polite response | + +2. Make a deposit. + +| TELLER | CUSTOMER | +|---|---| +| offer to help | | +| | say the need | +| give deposit slip | | +| | ask for help | +| give information | | +| | polite response | + +--- + +3. Make a withdrawal. + +| TELLER | CUSTOMER | +|---|---| +| offer to help | | +| | say the need | +| give location of withdrawal slips | | +| | ask for help filling out | +| give information | | +| | polite response
ask for kind of bills | +| response | | + +4. Cash a check. + +| TELLER | CUSTOMER | +|---|---| +| offer to help | | +| | say the need | +| say ID and signature needs | | +| | say kind of ID | +| response | | +| | ask for bills | +| response | | +| | polite response | + +--- + +### Grammar + +#### TED'S LEAVING TOMORROW. + +The present progressive (I'm studying, you're reading, etc.) is sometimes used to express a future action which is expected to happen soon. + +| The plane | will arrive
is going to arrive
is arriving | at 6:00. | +|---|---|---| + +Read the dialogs. + +**Tom:** I'm going home early today. +**Ray:** I am too. I'm leaving right after lunch. + +**Mike:** Is Bob eating dinner with his brother tonight? +**Stan:** Yes. They're going to the new French restaurant. + +**Pat:** Is Ted driving to Miami on Friday? +**Tim:** No, he's flying down on Saturday. + +--- + +#### MIKE WILL LEAVE MONDAY AND JANE'S LEAVING THURSDAY. + +Change the sentences like the examples. + +**EXAMPLES:** +S1: Frank will move to a new apartment in May. +S2: Frank is going to move to a new apartment in May. +S3: Frank is moving to a new apartment in May. + +S1: Will Peggy stay with her sister next week? +S2: Is Peggy going to stay with her sister next week? +S3: Is Peggy staying with her sister next week? + +1. We will eat lunch early today. + +2. The train will arrive in ten minutes. + +3. Flight 123 will leave in an hour. + +4. Will he fly home to visit his mother this year? + +5. We will work out in the gym after class. + +6. Will you wear your new uniform tomorrow? + +--- + +#### WHOSE, WHO, WHAT, WHERE, WHEN, HOW? + +Read the sentence; then ask a question. Use the underlined word to choose the correct question word. + +**EXAMPLES:** Lt Smith is leaving for England next month. +Who is leaving for England next month? + +1. Flight 246 is taking off at 12:10. + +2. David is going to the airport by taxi. + +3. Steve is staying with us Thursday night. + +4. The Martins are moving to New York in May. + +5. Frank is returning from Florida on March 2. + +6. Mark is cleaning the garage Saturday morning. + +7. That man in the red shirt is speaking to my class tomorrow. + +8. The class is studying mathematics after lunch. + +9. I'm eating lunch at the new Chinese restaurant today. + +10. Tom's sister is playing soccer with us this afternoon. + +--- + +# Reading Skill + +**LOST!** + +Read the questions first; then look at the transparency. Circle the correct answer. + +1. What kind of animal is lost? + a. a dog + b. a cat + c. a bird + +2. How many phone numbers are there in the animal ad? + a. 5 + b. 2 + c. 3 + +3. What's the animal's name? + a. Fluffy + b. Fanny + c. Filly + +4. What color is the lost animal? + a. red + b. black + c. white + +5. What time can you call? + a. at four o'clock + b. after four o'clock + c. after one o'clock + +--- + +# Grammar + +**AL'S TIRED BECAUSE HE HAD A LONG TRIP.** + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| I don't have any money | because | I spent it all yesterday.
it's the end of the month.
I lost my wallet. | + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| Because | I spent it all yesterday,
it's the end of the month,
I lost my wallet, | I don't have any money. | + +The word **because** is used to tell the reason for something. It can come before or after the main clause. + +Read the dialogs. + +Jim: Why was Al late this morning? +Ted: Al was late because he didn't wake up on time. +********** +Nancy: Are you tired because you worked out yesterday? +Ellen: No, I'm tired because I worked hard today. +********** +Bob: Is he studying because he has a test? +Tom: No, he's studying because he wants to learn the language. +********** +Lt Sands: Why didn't the plane take off? +Lt Reed: Because the weather was bad, the plane didn't take off. +********** +Rita: Why is Judy happy today? +Lori: She's happy because she graduates today. + +--- + +**WHY DID JAN GO TO THE POST OFFICE?** +**JAN WENT TO THE POST OFFICE BECAUSE SHE NEEDED STAMPS.** + +Look at the pictures and answer the questions using **because** and the words under the pictures. + +EXAMPLE: + +![People standing in line inside a post office holding packages with a sign that reads U.S. POST](images/page_033_001.jpg) + +Why are they standing in line? packages +They're standing in line because they want to mail their packages. + +1. ![#1 A man handing a wrapped present to a young boy](images/page_033_002.jpg) +Why is he giving the boy a gift? +graduation + +2. ![#2 A woman resting her head on her hand at a desk studying a book](images/page_033_003.jpg) +Why is she studying? +test + +--- + +3. ![#3 A woman walking toward a store with a sign reading GROCERY STORE](images/page_034_001.jpg) +Why is she going to the grocery store? +bread, milk, and eggs + +4. ![#4 A man and a woman holding a city map looking confused](images/page_034_002.jpg) +Why are they looking at the map? +lost + +5. ![#5 A man putting on a pair of gloves](images/page_034_003.jpg) +Why is he putting on his gloves? +cold + +6. ![#6 An overweight man running and breathing heavily with the text "PUFF PUFF"](images/page_034_004.jpg) +Why is he so tired? +out of shape + +--- + +7. ![#7 Two people carrying a basketball walking into a building with a sign that says GYM](images/page_035_001.jpg) +Why are they going to the gym? +basketball + +8. ![#8 A happy woman holding a test paper showing 100%](images/page_035_002.jpg) +Why is she so happy? +test + +9. ![#9 A woman packing clothes into an open suitcase](images/page_035_003.jpg) +Why is she packing her suitcase? +vacation + +10. ![#10 Two crying children with speech bubbles, one saying "I'M HUNGRY" and the other saying "I'M TIRED"](images/page_035_004.jpg) +Why are they crying? +tired and hungry + +--- + +**WHY IS GEORGE SO SLEEPY?** +**HE'S SLEEPY BECAUSE HE STAYED UP LATE LAST NIGHT.** + +Write questions and answers like the examples. + +EXAMPLES: Mike/running +late +Why is Mike running? +He's running because he's late. + +Sara/crying +fell +Why is Sara crying? +She's crying because she fell. + +1. Roger/going/to the mess hall +hungry +________________________________________ +________________________________________ + +2. Judy/making/cake +son's birthday +________________________________________ +________________________________________ + +3. Kevin/looking/clock +leave/early +________________________________________ +________________________________________ + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +### DO THEY MATCH? + +Match Column A with Column B to form sentences. Then write a paragraph with the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| Today is the | seventh grade | +| I am in the | be in the eighth grade | +| Next year I will | first day of school | + +Today is the first day of school. I am in the seventh grade. Next year I will be in the eighth grade. + +1. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| My brother | to school in Houston | +| He went | is a doctor | +| Now he lives | this summer | +| I will visit him | in California | + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +2. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| My son | him this afternoon | +| He lives in | needs some money | +| I'll have to mail | New York | +| I have | him the money | +| I'll mail it to | to buy a money order | + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +# Vocabulary + +### THIS SOUP TASTES SALTY. + +![A two-panel illustration showing a hand pouring a box labeled "SALT" into a pot, and a boy making a disgusted face while taking a spoonful from a bowl](images/page_038_001.jpg) + +--- + +![#1 A smiling woman eating a slice of cake with a fork](images/page_039_001.jpg) +1. The cake tastes sweet. + +![#2 A man tasting a piece of meat from a plate, next to a container labeled "SALT"](images/page_039_002.jpg) +2. The meat tastes salty. + +![#3 A woman making a sour face after biting into a lemon](images/page_039_003.jpg) +3. The lemon tastes sour. + +![#4 A man grimacing while holding a steaming cup of coffee near his nose and mouth](images/page_039_004.jpg) +4. This coffee tastes bitter. + +### LEMONS TASTE SOUR. + +Make a sentence with a food and a taste. The tastes are: sweet, sour, salty, and bitter. + +EXAMPLE: cake      Cake tastes sweet. + +1. black coffee +2. green apples +3. chicken +4. cookies +5. lemons +6. pie +7. meat +8. fish +9. black tea (without sugar) +10. green grapes + +--- + +# Grammar + +### THE BREAD SMELLS GOOD. + +| This | is
feels
looks
sounds
smells
tastes | good. | +|---|---|---| + +An adjective is used after a linking verb to show a state or condition. + +### MR. BROWN DOESN'T FEEL VERY WELL THIS MORNING. + +Read the sentences under the pictures. + +![#1 Mr. Brown lying sick in bed next to a nightstand with a lamp](images/page_040_001.jpg) +1. Mr. Brown is sick. + +![#2 A woman placing her hand on Mr. Brown's forehead as he lies in bed](images/page_040_002.jpg) +2. His head feels hot. + +![#3 Mr. Brown blowing his nose while speaking into a telephone](images/page_040_003.jpg) +3. He doesn't sound good. + +![#4 Mr. Brown looking at himself in a mirror with a tired, pale expression](images/page_040_004.jpg) +4. He looks awful. + +![#5 Mr. Brown holding a medicine bottle, grimacing at the smell rising from it](images/page_040_005.jpg) +5. The medicine smells bad. + +![#6 Mr. Brown making a sour face as he tastes a spoonful of the medicine](images/page_040_006.jpg) +6. It tastes terrible. + +--- + +### DOES THE COFFEE TASTE GOOD? + +Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book. + +Bob: Is the coffee good? +Ted: No. It tastes bitter. + +********** + +Allen: Do you feel well? +Fred: No, I don't feel well at all. + +********** + +Mike: Did Tom sound happy? +Tom: Yes, he sounded very happy. + +********** + +Roger: How does the bread smell? +Peter: It smells good. + +********** + +Harry: Is this jacket expensive? +Kevin: No, it only looks expensive. + +********** + +Lt Jones: How does the sky look today? +Capt Smith: It looks clear. + +********** + +Jim: Do the towels feel wet? +Ed: No, they feel dry now. + +--- + +### HOW WAS YOUR VACATION? + +Read the paragraphs. Ask and answer questions about them. Use the verbs **be**, **feel**, **look**, **sound**, **smell**, and **taste**. + +EXAMPLE: +Jan and Sue flew to Canada for a vacation. The flight was awful. The food and weather were bad. They began to feel sick. + +How were the food and weather on the flight? +*They were bad.* + +How did they feel on the airplane? +*They felt sick.* + +1. They felt better at their hotel. Their room was nice, and their dinner in the hotel restaurant tasted delicious. + +2. The weather was clear and cool the next day. The white snow on the mountains looked beautiful. Everything outside smelled clean and sweet. + +3. Jan and Sue climbed a mountain and sat on top for a long time. They felt tired but happy. + +# Writing Skill + +### OUR SUMMER VACATION + +First listen to the paragraph. Next write parts of the sentences you hear. Then check your paragraph. + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +______________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +### LET'S MAKE THE SENTENCES LONGER. + +Put a word from number 1 in the sentence where you see (1). Put a word from number 2 where you see (2). And, put a word from number 3 where you see (3). Write the sentence on the line. + +EXAMPLE: The (1) man with the (2) necktie talked about his (3) trip to China. +1. happy, tall, angry +2. wide, green, dirty +3. long, exciting, interesting + +The tall man with the dirty necktie talked about his exciting trip to China. + +1. The (1) woman picked up the (2) box and put it in her (3) car. +1. tall, beautiful +2. heavy, square +3. red, dirty + +2. The (1) waitress cut the (2) pie and put it on the (3) plate. +1. young, tired, upset +2. hot, apple, delicious +3. clean, glass, white + +3. Captain Moore rented a (1) apartment with a (2) couch and a (3) bookcase. +1. big, small, new +2. beautiful, dirty, blue +3. cheap, wide, heavy + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 1 + +A. Complete the sentences in the letter like the example. + +EXAMPLE: Adam is driving to California next month. +(drive) + +Dear Gary, + +I __________ to California next month. My older +(go) +brother got a job in Los Angeles and __________ there +(move) +in three weeks. He __________ a truck, and I +(drive) +__________ his car. He __________ all his +(drive) (take) +clothes and a TV. He __________ his furniture +(sell) +here and __________ a furnished apartment in L.A. +(rent) +I __________ with my brother until July 10. After +(stay) +that, I __________ back to Dallas. I'd like to visit +(fly) +you before I leave California. I'll call you when I arrive. + +See you soon. + +Your friend, +Adam + +--- + +B. Write a paragraph about next weekend. Tell about things you are going to do or things that are going to happen. Use the present progressive (am/is/are + V + ing) and some of these words: + +- arriving +- coming back +- departing +- driving +- eating +- getting up +- leaving +- going +- meeting +- packing +- returning +- staying +- taking +- traveling +- visiting + +____________________________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +C. Use the past tense of the verb in ( ) to complete the sentences. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: He felt sick this morning. +(feel) + +1. I __________ my assignment 10 minutes ago. +(complete) + +2. Mark __________ his money in the Central Bank. +(deposit) + +3. They __________ 3 forms to open the account. +(fill out) + +4. Do you know where you __________ your wallet? +(lose) + +5. The students __________ the teacher's books. +(hide) + +--- + +6. Paul \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ $35.00 at the restaurant? +                (spend) + +7. Ann \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ everything \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ of her desk. +              (take out) + +8. I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ all the money this morning. +            (withdraw) + +9. Theresa and Carol \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ four seats for their friends. +                                  (save) + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +D. **Rewrite the paragraph and add the punctuation.** + +> last week Mark went to the bank first he went to the information desk he said can you help me please i want to open an account the clerk said what kind of account do you want to open a checking account he said she gave him a form he filled it out and then deposited $150.00 the clerk gave him a new checkbook now he has a checking account + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +HW-3 + +E. **Complete the sentences with the correct word.** + +| | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| passport | form | right here | signature | +| safe | soon | right away | immediately | +| bills | wallet | withdrawal | | + +1. The line on the bottom of the check is for your \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +2. Don't keep your money in your room. It's not \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +3. I'm going to Europe this summer. I need to get a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +4. I filled out the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ at the bank. + +5. Your hat is not over there. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +6. I'm very hungry. I'm going to eat \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +7. Can you finish it \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_? + I can't wait very long. + +8. I don't have any \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. All I have are coins. + +9. I keep my bills in my \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ and my coins in my pocket. + +10. John took out $500.00 from his account. He made a large \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +HW-4 + +F. **Match the number with the correct letters.** + +\_\_\_\_ 1. Ken wants to be a pilot +\_\_\_\_ 2. All the food looks good to Jan +\_\_\_\_ 3. Sara is sending a card to her father +\_\_\_\_ 4. I need to make a deposit +\_\_\_\_ 5. They need a fence +\_\_\_\_ 6. Dan doesn't want to go to the restaurant +\_\_\_\_ 7. I need to cash a check +\_\_\_\_ 8. Bob can't fill out the form + +a. because he's not hungry. +b. because it's his birthday. +c. because he thinks he likes to fly airplanes. +d. because I don't have any money in my wallet. +e. because he doesn't have a pencil. +f. because she's very hungry. +g. because they have a dog. +h. because I don't have any money in the bank. + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +G. **Change the sentences like the example.** + +EXAMPLE: Jim feels good because he exercises every day. +                  Because he exercises every day, Jim feels good. + +1. Nancy buys a lot of books because she's a student. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +HW-5 + +2. We're buying Ted's dinner because today's his birthday. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. They won't cash my check because I don't have my ID. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +H. **Write a paragraph by choosing one word or phrase from each frame.** + +| I | had | a nice vacation | yesterday. | He | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| The class | | a hard test | last night. | They | +| Willie | | a lot of homework | on the desk. | She | +| Carla | | some money | last year. | I | + +| learned | finish it. | They | will have to study more. | +|---|---|---|---| +| went to | to swim. | I | saw many things. | +| can't | England. | He | have to work faster. | +| did not | understand it. | She | like it. | +| | find it. | | is sad. | + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +HW-6 + +I. **Complete the sentence. Choose a word or phrase for each place with a number.** + +(1) to look for, to find, to take out +(2) passport, cash, checkbook +(3) right away, soon, immediately + +Allan is going on vacation and he needs (1) his (2) (3). +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +J. **Fill out these forms. Use your name and today's date.** + +1. Your account number is 04 52838. You want to deposit $20 in bills, $2.50 in change, and 2 checks ($18.75 and $52.25). You want to get $20 in cash. + +| SAVINGS ACCOUNT DEPOSIT SLIP | | | | +|---|---|---|---| +| ABC BANK
PO BOX 555
SAN ANTONIO, TX | PLEASE LIST EACH SEPARATELY | | | +| DATE | | DLLS | CTS | +| | CURRENCY | | | +| | COIN | | | +| | CHECKS | | | +| | | | | +| | TOTAL | | | +| sign here for cash | LESS CASH | | | +| Deposit to the account of: | NET DEPOSIT | | | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | Account No. | | | +| | \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | | | + +HW-7 + +2. You want to withdraw $85.00. + +| SAVINGS WITHDRAWAL | | +|---|---| +| ABC BANK
PO BOX 555
SAN ANTONIO, TX | DATE \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ DOLLARS | [ ] | +| signature \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | Savings Account No.
[ ] | + +\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* + +3. Write a check to Sam's Shoe Store for $41.75. + +| | 274 | +|---|---| +| | \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ 19\_\_\_\_ | +| Pay to the order of \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | $ [ ] | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ Dollars | | +| **ABC BANK**
SAN ANTONIO, TX. | | +| For \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ | + +HW-8 + +--- + +K. First, put the sentences in the correct order. Then write them in paragraph form. + +EXAMPLE: +2 Then, I put on my clothes. +1 When I get up in the morning, I wash my face and brush my teeth. +3 After that, I eat breakfast and go to school. + +When I get up in the morning, I wash my face and brush my teeth. Then, I put on my clothes. After that, I eat breakfast and go to school. + +\_\_\_\_ After that, stand in line and pay the cashier. +\_\_\_\_ Then, choose the food and the other things you want. +\_\_\_\_ When you go to the commissary, first show your ID card. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +L. Complete the sentence with the words: smell, taste, feel, look, or sound. + +1. The red apples __________________ sweeter than the green ones. +2. I just ate dinner, but I still __________________ hungry. +3. Dirty socks __________________ bad. +4. Most flowers __________________ good. +5. The music __________________ terrific. + +HW-9 + +M. Choose the letter that best describes the sentence. + +1. He got off the bus and ran into the airport. + a. He was very angry at his son. + b. He didn't want to miss his plane. + c. He wanted to go to Chicago on vacation. + +2. Becky looked at the pretty blue blouse in the store for a long time. + a. She wanted to buy it. + b. It was too large. + c. It was for her birthday. + +3. Mother put the juice in the refrigerator. + a. She wants to drink it. + b. She likes juice and milk. + c. She wanted it to get cold. + +N. Complete the dialogs. Use the words in ( ) in your sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Can I help you, please? +(deposit) Yes, I'd like to deposit some money in my account. + +1. May I help you, please? + (withdraw) __________________________________________________ + +2. How would you like your money? + (bills) ______________________________________________________ + +3. Do you have any identification? + (passport) ___________________________________________________ + +4. What form do I need? + (slip) _______________________________________________________ + +HW-10 diff --git a/sources/book-9/st-2.md b/sources/book-9/st-2.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fde89962 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/st-2.md @@ -0,0 +1,2255 @@ + + +# WHAT HAPPENED? BOOK 9 LESSON 2 + +![A police officer talking to people at the scene of a traffic accident](images/page_045_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +What happened here? Who caused the accident? +The man in the red car ran the red light. + +### GRAMMAR +Betty was studying in the library last night. +Ask Sergeant Winters to come to my office before lunch. +Ken told Mike to turn off the light. +Our jackets are similar. + +### SKILLS +Topic Scanning +Map/Directions +Match columns/ +Write paragraph +Sentence Expansion + +### VOCABULARY + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| bother | fasten | across | accident | law | +| break/broke | happen | at fault | auto | light | +| buckle (up) | keep/kept (on) | behind | automobile | place | +| cause | obey | careful | bicycle | pole | +| cross | ride/rode | careless | bike | police/ | +| face | run/ran | dark | cause | policeman | +| | | in back of | curve | rider | +| different from | | in front of | dent | seat belt | +| heavy traffic | | left | fault | stop | +| similar (to) | | light | fine | ticket | +| the same as | | right | insurance | traffic | +| traffic jam | | | | | + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 9 LESSON 2 + +| | ST Page | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** an automobile accident | 39 | +| **LISTENING SKILLS:** select the topic, write the topic | 46 | +| **GRAMMAR:** past progressive | 47 | +| **LISTENING SKILL:** listen to directions, identify buildings | 53 | +| **VOCABULARY:** obey the law | 54 | +| **FUNCTION:** ask and answer questions about traffic accidents | 58 | +| **READING SKILL:** write topic, select main idea, select title | 67 | +| **GRAMMAR:** indirect imperative | 69 | +| **READING SKILL:** scanning | 71 | +| **GRAMMAR:** reported direct/indirect imperative | 72 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** match phrases, rewrite as paragraph | 75 | +| **GRAMMAR:** comparison/contrast | 76 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** expansion exercise | 82 | + +# Vocabulary + +### THERE ARE ALWAYS MANY AUTOMOBILES ON THE STREETS. + +Look at the pictures and repeat the sentences. + +![#1 Two cars driving on a road, one white automobile on the left and one black auto on the right](images/page_047_001.jpg) + +1. The automobile on the left side of the road is white. The auto on the right side is black. + +![#2 Two cars crashed into each other at a street corner labeled ELM ST. and 4TH ST.](images/page_047_002.jpg) + +2. The drivers of the autos had an accident. It happened on the corner of 4th and Elm. + +![#3 A girl riding her bicycle toward a school building](images/page_047_003.jpg) + +3. Jane rides her bicycle to school every day. + +![#4 A girl riding her bicycle toward a grocery store](images/page_047_004.jpg) + +4. She rode her bike to the store yesterday. + +![#5 A street view showing a CITY BANK building across the street from a LIBRARY](images/page_048_001.jpg) + +5. There's a bank across the street from the library. + +![#6 A woman holding a child's hand near a street as a DOWNTOWN bus approaches](images/page_048_002.jpg) + +6. Be careful! Don't cross the street when a bus is coming. + +![#7 A police car with flashing lights on top and a officer inside](images/page_048_003.jpg) + +7. Jim's father is a policeman. His car has red and blue lights on top. + +![#8 A car driving very fast around a sharp curve near a SLOW sign](images/page_048_004.jpg) + +8. This driver is going very fast around the curve. He's a careless driver. + +--- + +![#9 Drawing of multiple cars traveling in lanes on a highway](images/page_049_001.jpg) + +9. There are many cars on the highway. There's a lot of traffic. There's usually very heavy traffic from 4:30 to 6:30 in the afternoon. + +![#10 Drawing of heavy traffic congestion in a city street where cars are packed closely together](images/page_049_002.jpg) + +10. It's Friday afternoon and everyone wants to get home. No one can move. There's a big traffic jam. + +![#11 Drawing of a young boy named Jimmy pulling on his older brother's arm while the brother tries to read a book](images/page_049_003.jpg) + +11. Don't bother me now, Jimmy. I'm very busy. + +![#12 Drawing of a man talking on a telephone near a window, sweating from the heat](images/page_049_004.jpg) + +12. The heat bothers me. I can't get cool. + +--- + +MRS. SIMMS HAD AN AUTOMOBILE ACCIDENT. + +1. John was on his way home after work. He was on the right side of the road. Mrs. Simms was on her way to the store. She was careless. She drove very fast around the curve. + +![#1 Drawing of two cars driving along a curved country road with a wooden fence](images/page_050_001.jpg) + +2. She drove on John's side of the road. John thought she was going to move back to the other side. She didn't. She kept on coming in his direction. + +![#2 Drawing of one car following closely behind another on the curve](images/page_050_002.jpg) + +3. She crossed in front of his truck. They ran off the road. + +![#3 Drawing of two vehicles colliding as one crosses in front of the other off the road](images/page_050_003.jpg) + +--- + +4. Mrs. Simms hit the tree. She caused the accident. + +![#4 Drawing of a car crashing into a tree with smoke rising from the hood](images/page_051_001.jpg) + +5. Mrs. Simms wasn't hurt. She got out to check her car. It had dents in many places. + +![#5 Drawing of a woman standing by her crashed car looking at the dented front bumper](images/page_051_002.jpg) + +6. John found a phone. He called the police to tell them about the accident. + +![#6 Drawing of a man inside a phone booth calling the police while looking out at his truck](images/page_051_003.jpg) + +--- + +7. When the policeman arrived, he asked them a lot of questions. "What happened here?" "Can you show me the place where she crossed in front of you?" "Was there any other traffic on the road?" + +![#7 Drawing of a police officer taking notes while talking to John and Mrs. Simms near a tree](images/page_052_001.jpg) + +Answer the questions from the story. + +1. Was Mrs. Simms a careful driver? + +2. Was the road straight where the accident happened? + +3. Was Mrs. Simms on the correct side of the road? + +4. Did Mrs. Simms move back to the other side? + +5. Did Mrs. Simms hit John's truck? + +6. Were there many dents in Mrs. Simms's car? + +7. What did John do? + +8. What did the policeman ask? + +9. Who caused the accident? + +--- + +THE BICYCLE RIDER CAUSED THE ACCIDENT. + +Repeat the underlined words. Read the sentences. + +1. The bicycle rider was careless. He didn't stop when the light turned red. He ran the red light. + +2. The driver of the car had to make a fast stop. He ran into the light pole. + +3. The bicycle rider caused the accident. He was at fault. The accident wasn't the driver's fault. + +![#1-3 Drawing of a bicycle rider crossing an intersection on a red light causing a car to swerve and crash into a pole with text "CRASH!" and "SCREEECH"](images/page_053_001.jpg) + +4. Jim is facing the sun. The sun is in his eyes and he can't see very well. Sometimes the sun in your eyes can be the cause of an accident. + +![#4 Drawing of a driver squinting and raising his hand to block bright sunlight shining into his eyes while driving](images/page_053_002.jpg) + +5. The children played baseball next to the house. This isn't a good thing to do. You might break a window. That's what Denis did. He broke the window in the living room. + +![#5 Drawing of a boy holding a baseball bat outside a house window that has been shattered](images/page_053_003.jpg) + +--- + +TRUE OR FALSE? + +Look at the pictures on page 45 ST. Listen to the statements. Tell if they are true or false. + +Listening Skill + +WHAT'S THE TOPIC? + +Listen to a paragraph. Then circle the letter of the topic. + +1. +a. the temperature +b. swimming +c. today's weather +d. clouds + +2. +a. pushups +b. soccer +c. volleyball +d. exercise + +3. +a. classrooms +b. building 45 +c. math class +d. language labs + +4. +a. medicine +b. open at night +c. drugstores +d. things for school + +Listening Skill + +THE TOPIC + +Listen to a paragraph; then write the topic. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +# Grammar + +**ANNE WAS STUDYING IN THE LIBRARY.** + +The past progressive is used to show that an action took place over a period of time. + +| I | **was studying** | last night. | +|---|---|---| +| Mark | **was studying** | | +| Mark and Al | **were studying** | | + +![Two women sitting at a table with drinks, one woman thinking about studying in the library](images/page_055_001.jpg) + +What were you doing last night? +I was studying in the library. + +--- + +**I WAS THINKING ABOUT MY VACATION.** + +Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book. + +Jan: Why were you smiling a minute ago? +Tom: I was thinking. +Jan: What were you thinking about? +Tom: My vacation next week. + +********** + +Rita: What were you doing last night? +Jane: I was studying at the library. +Rita: What were you studying? +Jane: French. I was reviewing for today's test. + +********** + +Steve: I don't understand this exercise. +Larry: Were you listening to the teacher? +Steve: No. What was he saying? +Larry: He was explaining this exercise. + +![A woman reading a book with a thought/speech bubble above asking "WHO WAS READING A BOOK LAST NIGHT?"](images/page_056_001.jpg) + +Your instructor will read a sentence and then give you a word or phrase to substitute. Make a new sentence with that word or phrase. Look at the pattern. + +PATTERN: I: Helen was reading a book last night. +I: (Jane) +S1: Jane was reading a book last night. +I: watching a movie +S2: Jane was watching a movie last night. + +--- + +**WHAT WAS LAURA DOING YESTERDAY?** +**SHE WAS WAITING FOR THE BUS.** + +Ask and answer the questions about the pictures. Remember to use the past progressive. + +EXAMPLE: + +![#EXAMPLE A woman sitting at a table eating breakfast next to a clock showing 6:30](images/page_057_001.jpg) + +What was Laura doing at 6:30? +She was eating breakfast. + +![#1 Laura standing by a bus stop sign and a clock showing 7:00](images/page_057_002.jpg) +1. Where was Laura standing at 7:00? + +![#2 Laura talking to a young boy next to a wall clock showing 9:00](images/page_057_003.jpg) +2. Who was Laura talking to at 9:00? + +--- + +![#3 Laura running past a digital clock showing 12:00](images/page_058_001.jpg) +3. When was Laura running? + +![#4 Laura pushing a grocery cart with fruit at a market next to a clock showing 4:30](images/page_058_002.jpg) +4. What was Laura buying at 4:30? + +![#5 Laura cooking food in a pan on a stove next to a clock showing 6:30](images/page_058_003.jpg) +5. When was Laura cooking dinner? + +![#6 Laura talking on the telephone next to a clock showing 8:00](images/page_058_004.jpg) +6. Who was Laura talking to at 8:00? + +--- + +**AN IMPORTANT DAY FOR AL** + +Yesterday was an important day for Al. He wrote down some of the things he did. Read his notes and then ask questions using the past progressive. + +EXAMPLES: What was Al doing when Joe called him? +He was reading the newspaper. + +Was Al going home when he saw the accident? +No, he was going to his office. + +### My Big Day + +- **5:30 a.m.** - ate breakfast, Dad called to make sure I was awake +- **6:00 a.m.** - read the paper, my friend Joe called to make sure I was awake +- **6:30 a.m.** - left for the office, there was an accident near the base and a big traffic jam +- **7:00 a.m.** - reviewed the schedule for the morning, Sgt Lewis came by to see if I needed anything +- **9:45 a.m.** - met the President's flight +- **10:45 a.m.** - The President spoke to the men, I made a last minute check of the dining room +- **11:00 a.m.** - ate lunch +- **12:00 p.m.** - showed the President around the base, it began to rain +- **12:30 p.m.** - rode with the President back to the airport, the rain stopped +- **1:00 p.m.** - returned to my office, what a day! I met the President! + +--- + +**I WAS WRITING A LETTER WHEN THE PHONE RANG.** + +Use the past progressive form of the verb in parentheses to complete the sentences. + +1. John ____________________ soccer when he hurt his foot. (play) + +2. What ____________________ you ____________________ in your book? (write) + +3. She ____________________ her bike to the store. (ride) + +4. They ____________________ lunch when I saw them. (eat) + +5. Did you hear what the teacher ____________________ ? (say) + +6. I ____________________ dinner when you called. (cook) + +7. We ____________________ TV when Tom came home. (watch) + +8. Do you remember what you ____________________ in 1980? (do) + +--- + +## Listening Skill + +### WHICH BUILDING IS THE BANK? + +Listen to the information. Write the letter (A, B, C, D, or E) next to the name of the building in the key. + +![#A map showing streets including Loop 220, Main, Ocean St., West Ave, Elm Street, Broadway, and 7th, with several buildings labeled with letters A through E and a compass rose in the top right.](images/page_061_001.jpg) + +\* A loop is a highway that goes around a city. + +KEY +\_\_\_\_\_ bank +\_\_\_\_\_ apartment +\_\_\_\_\_ school +\_\_\_\_\_ library +\_\_\_\_\_ drugstore + +--- + +## Vocabulary + +### ALL DRIVERS MUST OBEY THE TRAFFIC LAWS. + +Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words. Then read the sentences. + +![#1 A boy standing at a pedestrian crossing with a "DON'T WALK" light sign.](images/page_062_001.jpg) + +1. Don't cross the street when the sign says DON'T WALK. + +![#2 Two lines of cars driving on the right side of a road on a hill.](images/page_062_002.jpg) + +2. In the U.S., you must keep to the right side of the street. It's the law. + +![#3 A woman and child sitting inside a car with seat belts fastened.](images/page_062_003.jpg) + +3. In Texas, all drivers must wear their seat belts. Mrs. Adams and her son obey the law. + +![#4 A driver in a military uniform fastening his seat belt.](images/page_062_004.jpg) + +4. Lt Dean fastens his seat belt when he gets in a car. He always buckles up. + +--- + +![#5 A man holding and reading an Auto Insurance Policy document.](images/page_063_001.jpg) + +5. In many states, drivers must have insurance on their cars. It is the law. The insurance helps pay for the cost of accidents. + +![#6 A police officer writing a ticket for a driver sitting in his car.](images/page_063_002.jpg) + +6. Mr. Evans got a ticket. He was driving very fast, and he wasn't wearing a seat belt. He broke two traffic laws. Now Mr. Evans must pay a fine. It will cost him a lot of money. + +### DON'T BREAK ANY LAWS. + +Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. Mark a, b, c, or d. + +1. The driver didn't stop at the stop sign. The policeman gave him a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. curve + b. bike + c. fault + d. ticket + +2. We were trying to watch the movie and some people kept talking. They \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ everyone. + a. happened + b. broke + c. bothered + d. stopped + +3. I have to return these books. Can we make a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ at the library? + a. stop + b. cause + c. dent + d. card + +--- + +4. Jim walked to the front of the room, turned, and \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the other students. + a. crossed + b. faced + c. happened + d. broke + +5. Five cars were in an accident this morning. That caused a big \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. fault + b. traffic jam + c. automobile + d. heavy traffic + +6. This road is not very straight. There are a lot of \_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + a. dents + b. fines + c. curves + d. tickets + +7. You shouldn't \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the street when the sign says "DON'T WALK". + a. ride + b. drive + c. keep on + d. cross + +8. We always \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ our seat belts immediately after we get in the car. + a. fasten + b. face + c. happen + d. take + +9. My \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ will help pay the cost if I have an accident. + a. fine + b. fault + c. ticket + d. insurance + +10. John lives \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the street from Joe. + a. cross + b. in front + c. across + d. at fault + +--- + +### THE LIGHT CAR IS IN BACK OF THE DARK CAR. + +![A scene showing a city bus labeled "DOWNTOWN" and "TRANSIT CO", with two pedestrians on the left sidewalk, and two cars parked or driving behind the bus on the right side of the street.](images/page_065_001.jpg) + +Look at the picture and repeat the sentences. + +1. The bus is in front of the automobile. +2. The dark car is behind the bus. +3. The light car is in back of the dark car. +4. The woman is wearing a dark coat. +5. They are crossing the street in front of the bus. + +--- + +## Function + +### WHAT DID YOU SEE? + +![A police officer taking notes at a scene of a car accident where a white car hit a light-colored car, a bicycle lies broken on the street, and a young boy and witnesses stand nearby speaking with the officer.](images/page_066_001.jpg) + +**Policeman:** What did you see? + +**Witness:** Well, sir. The white car made a fast stop. He tried to miss the boy on the bicycle. The black car didn't have time to stop. He hit the white car. + +********** + +**Policeman:** What happened here? + +**Witness:** The driver in the white car was careful. He tried to stop. The boy on the bicycle was careless. The accident was his fault. The driver in the black car just didn't have enough time to stop. + +********** + +--- + +**Policeman:** I want to know what happened here. + +**Boy:** There was a lot of traffic. The car was coming around the curve. I was looking straight ahead. I just didn't see the car. The driver didn't have enough time to stop. He hit me. + +********** + +**Policeman:** Tell me what happened. + +**Driver:** I tried to stop, sir. I was coming around the curve. I just didn't see the boy in time. I hit him. Then this car hit me. + +**Policeman:** Did you have your seat belt fastened? + +**Driver:** Yes, sir. I wasn't hurt because I buckled up. + +********** + +**Bystander:** I didn't see what happened. Was it the boy's fault? + +**Witness:** I saw the accident, but I don't know whose fault it was. + +**Bystander:** Do you think he'll get a ticket? + +**Witness:** I don't know. He needs to be more careful. + +--- + +![A line drawing of police officers interviewing witnesses and driver at the scene of a traffic accident](images/page_068_001.jpg) + +**WHAT HAPPENED?** + +Look at the chart. Take the role of the bystander or the witness. Cover the other role with a piece of paper. Choose the best response to the other person's question or statement. + +--- + +### EXAMPLE: + +| BYSTANDER | WITNESS | +|---|---| +| How did the accident happen? | The man was walking straight ahead. | +| | The white car was going very fast. | +| | The woman was talking to her friend. | +| Did the man in the white car see the policeman? | | +| Did he see the white car? | | +| Did the white car hit the other car? | | +| | Yes, and the white car was at fault. | +| | Yes, and there was a lot of traffic. | +| | Yes, and it bothered the policeman. | + +--- + +### 1. + +| BYSTANDER | WITNESS | +|---|---| +| Why did the accident happen? | The driver broke the law. | +| | The car was in traffic. | +| | The accident was on 6th St. | +| Was the insurance good? | | +| Was the traffic bad? | | +| Did the policeman give him a ticket? | | +| | Yes, because he didn't bother the policeman. | +| | Yes, because he didn't obey the law. | +| | Yes, because he wasn't careless. | + +--- + +### 2. + +| BYSTANDER | WITNESS | +|---|---| +| Where did the accident happen? | It happened on the car. | +| | It happened on the corner of 11th and Ave H. | +| | It happened on a bicycle. | +| Which happened? | | +| What happened? | | +| | Two cars hit. | +| | A car hit. | +| | A bicycle hit. | + +--- + +| BYSTANDER | WITNESS | +|---|---| +| Was the rider careless? | | +| Were the drivers hurt? | | +| | Yes, they were. | +| | Yes, they weren't. | +| | Yes, he was. | + +### 3. + +| BYSTANDER | WITNESS | +|---|---| +| When did the accident happen? | On the highway. I heard it. | +| | In the morning. I saw it. | +| | At the corner. I was in it. | + +--- + +| What did you see? | +|---| + +| What did he say? | +|---| + +| What did they do? | +|---| + +| The driver had insurance. | +|---| + +| The driver was tired. | +|---| + +| The driver hit a tree. | +|---| + +| Was it cold? | +|---| + +| Was he hurt? | +|---| + +| Was he busy? | +|---| + +| Yes, the car hit the tree. | +|---| + +| Yes, he hit his head. | +|---| + +| Yes, his car was insured. | +|---| + +# WHO CAN TELL ME WHAT HAPPENED? + +Your instructor will give you a part to play in one of these situations. You may be a driver, a rider, a policeman, or a witness to the accident. Use the vocabulary from the lesson. + +POSSIBLE SITUATIONS: + +1. Mr. Green is driving east. Mr. Smith is driving west, facing the sun. He drives onto the wrong side of the road and hits Mr. Green. The policeman, Officer Brinson, is trying to find out how the accident happened. + +2. Ms. Nelson is driving through an intersection.* She has a green light. Mr. Caldwell runs the red light and hits her. Mr. Hill was on the corner and saw the accident. Officer Ames is trying to find out what happened. + +3. Mike was driving in heavy traffic. He stopped suddenly and the three cars behind him ran into each other causing a four car accident. Officer Marcus is trying to find out who was at fault. Sandra was looking out of her office and saw the accident. + +4. Carol was riding her bicycle home from the store when it began to rain. She was almost home when a car hit her. Officer Thompson is trying to find out what happened. + +5. Paul just got his motorcycle two days ago. He was driving around a curve when he went off the road and hit a tree. John was walking near the road but didn't see the accident. Officer Mitchell is trying to find out what happened. + +6. Steve was going to the store to get some milk. He didn't put on his seat belt because the store was only a few blocks away. At the traffic light, a young boy riding his bike crossed in front of him. Steve hit the light pole. Officer Range is trying to find out who was at fault. + +\*intersection - a place where two or more streets cross + +# Reading Skills + +### WHAT'S THE TOPIC? + +Read the paragraph, write the topic, and select the main idea. + +1. The word "coffee" may come from an Arabic word. Today people all over the world enjoy coffee. They drink hot coffee and cold coffee. They drink it for breakfast, lunch, and dinner. They also drink it in between meals. There are many different kinds of coffee. They all smell and taste delicious. A lot of people meet friends at restaurants or snack bars to drink coffee and talk. In some countries there are small snack bars that serve only coffee and desserts. + +Topic: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +a. Coffee is delicious. +b. Snack bars sell different kinds of coffee. +c. People in many countries like coffee. + +2. Basketball is a sport that many boys and girls, and also men and women enjoy. It is not a very old game. Students in the state of Massachusetts played the first game in December 1891. John Naismith wrote the rules for the game. He wanted his students to have a fast, interesting game to play inside in the cold, winter months. The first teams had nine people. Then the number changed to five in the winter of 1897. The game today is almost the same as it was almost a hundred years ago. + +Topic: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +a. Basketball started about 100 years ago and it's almost the same today. +b. Mike Naismith wrote the rules for basketball because he wanted his students to play inside in the winter. +c. Basketball is a fast, interesting, winter sport. + +# Reading Skill + +### WHAT'S THE TITLE? + +Read the paragraph, and select the best title. + +Today is a clear, cold October day. We are all outside working in the yard. My little brother Paul is running around as usual. He's very excited because yesterday he got a terrific present. My parents gave him a dog for his birthday. He likes all animals, but most of all he likes dogs. We had a dog when we lived in Florida. His name was Zero. He was a good, quiet, old dog. Zero didn't like to do anything but eat and sleep. When we moved here, we had to give him away. The new dog's name is Sam. He is a nice little, black and white dog. He likes to play and run around. Paul says he is going to teach him to do things. I hope he can. + +a. Good, Old Zero +b. A Nice Fall Day +c. A Good Present + +# Grammar + +### ASK CAPTAIN HENRY TO COME TO MY OFFICE. + +| Ask or tell is used with an indirect object + the infinitive to express an indirect request or command. | | | +|---|---|---| +| **Ask**
**Tell** | Bob | to pay the bill.
to write a check.
to go to the store. | + +![A man pointing his finger sternly at another officer as if giving a command or request](images/page_077_001.jpg) + +1. Ask Mr. Carter to sign this letter. +2. Tell Ms. Davis to mail it right away. +3. Tell Major Sanders to call the BX manager. +4. Ask Captain Henry to come to my office. +5. Tell Sergeant Hays to bring my car at 1:00. +6. Please tell Mark to move his car. +7. Ask Fred to turn off the lights. +8. Please tell Mr. Harris to go to Jim's office. + +Read the dialogs. Learn one line of a dialog well enough to say it without looking at the book. + +Bob: Mark is ready to leave. +Tim: Ask him to wait a second. + +********** + +Ms. Nelson: Do need to talk to John? +Tom: Yes. Tell him to call me at 10:00. + +Jan: Look at all of these dirty dishes! +Sam: Tell one of the children to wash them. + +********** + +Joe: Lewis fell and hurt his knee. +Don: Tell him to go to the hospital right away. + +********** + +Jim: Mrs. Walker wants to open a savings account. +Pam: Please ask her to fill out this form. + +### TELL DAVE TO OPEN THE WINDOW. + +Ask or tell someone to do something. Use the word in parenthesis. + +EXAMPLE: +Bob: It's hot in here! Open the window, Mike. +Mike: Ted's nearer. Tell him to open it. (him) +Ted: I'm busy. Tell Dave to do it. (Dave) +Dave: It feels good in here to me. + +1. Bill: The car is dirty! Please wash it today, Jack. +Jack: I'm tired. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (Ted) +Ted: I can't. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (Herb) +Herb: How much will you pay me? + +2. Sally: Answer the telephone, Diane. My hands are wet. +Diane: Betty's closer. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (her) +Betty: I always do it. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (Alice) +Alice: Hello? Sally, it's for you. + +--- + +3. Carol: Allen, please feed the dog and cat. + Allen: I'm busy. (Steve) + Steve: They're Sue's. (her) + Sue: I fed the dog and cat an hour ago. + +4. Al: Can you take these books back to the library today? + Mark: I'm doing my homework. (Lee) + Lee: I did it the last time. (Tom) + Tom: Okay. I'll do it, if you buy me some ice cream later. + +# Reading Skill + +DO YOU REMEMBER WHAT YOU READ? + +Read the questions first; then look at the menu. Circle the correct answer. + +1. What meal is the man in the picture having? + a. breakfast + b. lunch + c. dinner + +2. Are there drinks on the menu? + a. yes + b. no + +3. Can you get pancakes without eggs? + a. no + b. yes + +4. What is the most expensive item? + a. pancakes with ham + b. two eggs with toast and jelly + c. two eggs with ham + +# Grammar + +DID YOU ASK THE WAITER TO BRING US COFFEE? +NO. I ASKED HIM TO BRING THE MENU. + +| I asked | Bob | to pay the bill.
to write a check.
to go to the store. | +| I told | | | + +Waiter: Do you want to look at the breakfast or lunch menu, sir? +Harold: Please bring me the breakfast menu. +Waiter: Here you are, sir. I'll be back in a few minutes to take your order. +Harold: Hi, Steven. Sit down and eat with me. +Steven: Thanks. Which menu did you ask the waiter to bring? +Harold: I asked him to bring the breakfast menu. +Steven: Good. Did you ask him to bring coffee, too? +Harold: No, I didn't, but I will. + +********** + +Herb Wilson: We'd like to open a checking account. +Ms. Johnson: Please fill out these two forms. You keep the white one and give me the green one. +Herb Wilson: Which form did she tell us to keep? +Lori Wilson: She told us to keep the green one. +Herb Wilson: Here you are ma'am. Here's the white form. +Ms. Johnson: I told you to keep the white form. I need the green one. +Herb Wilson: I'm sorry. Here's the green one. + +********** + +Policeman: Get off your bicycles, boys. +George: What did that policeman tell us to do? +Edward: He told us to get off our bicycles. +Policeman: Don't ride your bikes across the street. It's not safe. Walk beside them. +Mrs. Hall: George, what did the policeman tell you and Edward? +George: He told us not to ride our bikes across the street. + +SGT SMITH TOLD AIRMAN HARRIS TO CLEAN THE BARRACKS. + +Read the sentences; then answer the questions. Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: Sgt Smith: Airman Harris, clean the barracks. + +I: What did Sgt Smith tell Airman Harris? +S1: He told him to clean the barracks. + +********** + +Maj Dean: Will you please sit down, lieutenant? + +I: Did Maj Dean ask the lieutenant to stand up? +S1: No, he didn't. He asked him to sit down. + +1. Harold: Jim, will you please cut the grass today? +2. Gilbert: Don't forget your umbrella, Bob. +3. Roland: Waiter, please bring me the check. +4. Sgt Morales: Come in and close the door, airman. +5. Lt Miller: Close that window, sergeant. +6. Carol: Please turn off the light in the kitchen, Sue. +7. Mr. Wells: Look at the problem on the chalkboard, Mac. +8. Ms. Nelson: Please don't take this book from the library, Mr. Knight. +9. Mr. Holder: Students, be on time for the quiz tomorrow. +10. Mr. Randall: Boys, please don't leave those wet towels on the floor. + +WHAT DID BILLY'S MOTHER TELL HIM TO DO? + +Read the cartoon. Ask and answer questions about it. + +EXAMPLES (Picture #1): What did Billy's mother tell him to do? +She told him to stay home. + +Did Billy's mother ask him to go to Roberta's house? +No, she didn't. She asked him to stay home. + +![#1 A cartoon panel showing Billy asking his mother "MOTHER, CAN I GO TO ROBERTA'S HOUSE AND PLAY?" and his mother replying "NOT NOW, BILLY, STAY HOME AND EAT YOUR SUPPER."](images/page_082_001.jpg) + +![#2 A cartoon panel showing Billy sitting at the table saying "I FINISHED MY FOOD. CAN I GO OUTSIDE NOW?" and his mother responding "YES, BUT PLEASE TAKE YOUR PLATE AND GLASS TO THE KITCHEN FIRST."](images/page_082_002.jpg) + +![#3 A cartoon panel showing Billy saying "GOODBYE, DAD. BYE MOTHER." His dad says "BE HOME BY 8:00" and mother says "HAVE A GOOD TIME."](images/page_082_003.jpg) + +![#4 A cartoon panel showing a girl saying "LET'S PLAY VOLLEY BALL" and Billy responding "NO. LET'S PLAY SOMETHING ELSE. GET YOUR SOCCER BALL."](images/page_082_004.jpg) + +![#5 A cartoon panel showing Billy kicking a soccer ball saying "HERE IT COMES!" while the girl yells "BE CAREFUL DON'T HIT THE HOUSE!"](images/page_082_005.jpg) + +![#6 A cartoon panel showing a broken window with the ball nearby. The girl says "OH, NO! DON'T TELL MY FATHER." and Billy says "PLEASE GO HOME RIGHT AWAY. MY DAD WILL BE VERY ANGRY, TOO."](images/page_082_006.jpg) + +# Writing Skill + +CAN YOU PUT THE SENTENCES TOGETHER? + +Match the phrases/clauses in Column A with those in Column B to form sentences. Then rewrite the sentences as one paragraph. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| The work day in the U.S. | eat breakfast. Then they leave for work. | +| Most people get up | their cars to work, but some take the bus. | +| They get dressed and | between 5:30 and 7:00. | +| Most of the people drive | starts between 7:00 and 9:00. | +| There are some people who live so far, | they have to take a train. | + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +# Grammar + +YOUR UNIFORM IS SIMILAR TO MINE. + +Bob's shirt is like Mike's. +Their shirts are alike. + +My name is the same as your name. +Our names are the same. + +Tim's car is similar to Allen's car. +Their cars are similar. + +Army uniforms are different from Navy uniforms. +Army and Navy uniforms are different. + +![Two military service members standing side-by-side wearing different service uniforms](images/page_084_001.jpg) + +Read the dialogs. + +Fred: Our uniforms are alike. +Jack: Yes, they're very similar. Only the sleeves are different. +Fred: You're right. The other things are the same. +Jack: Is Al's uniform the same as ours? +Fred: No. His is different from ours. He's in the Navy. + +********** + +--- + +Sam: Noon and 1200 hours are the same. +Ed: Noon is the same as 1200 hours. +Sam: 1200 hours and noon are alike. + +********** + +Mike: Soap and shampoo are similar. +Lee: I know. Shampoo is similar to soap. +Mike: Yes, shampoo and soap are alike. They both are used to clean. + +********** + +Oscar: Soccer and American football are different. +Kevin: I know what you mean! The two games are not alike. +Oscar: American football is different from soccer. + +### JIM'S JACKET IS SIMILAR TO MINE. + +Read the sentences and select the correct answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +EXAMPLE: Mike's car is red, and so is mine. My car has two doors, and Mike's has four. The cars are.... +a. the same +b. alike +c. similar + +1. Fred's car and my car are different colors inside, but they're both black outside and are three years old. Our cars are.... +a. similar +b. the same +c. different + +2. Jack's house is white and has seven rooms. Jill's is white too. It also has seven rooms. The color and the number of rooms are.... +a. the same +b. different +c. similar + +3. John works in a store. His brother Clark flies a plane. Their jobs are.... +a. alike +b. different +c. similar + +4. Janet ordered a piece of cake for dessert. Nancy's dessert was a piece of hot apple pie. Janet's dessert was not... Nancy's. +a. similar to +b. the same as +c. different from + +5. Yesterday it rained all day. Today it's clear, hot, and dry. The weather today is ... the weather yesterday. +a. different from +b. similar to +c. the same as + +6. John's math test was very hard. Carl's math test was very easy. The tests were.... +a. similar +b. the same +c. different + +### ONE TRIANGLE IS THE SAME AS THE OTHER. + +Use the pictures and a word/phrase from the box to complete the sentences. + +| | | +|---|---| +| like | different | +| alike | different from | +| the same | similar | +| the same as | similar to | + +EXAMPLES: + +![Two identical soccer balls](images/page_087_001.jpg) + +One ball is the same as/like the other. +The soccer balls are the same/alike. + +![A drawing of a large spiky sun next to a small smooth moon](images/page_087_002.jpg) + +The sun is different from the moon. +The sun and moon are different. + +1. ![Two different books, one titled "Traveling Europe" and another titled "EUROPE IS FUN"](images/page_087_003.jpg) + +These books are not _______________, but they're _______________. +One book is _______________ the other. + +2. ![A menu folder labeled "Menu" next to a book titled "EUROPE IS FUN"](images/page_088_001.jpg) + +A menu is _______________ a book. +A book and a menu are not _______________. + +3. ![Two identical triangles side by side](images/page_088_002.jpg) + +Triangle 1 is _______________ Triangle 2, but they're not _______________. + +4. ![A circle next to a triangle](images/page_088_003.jpg) + +A circle and a triangle are _______________. +The shapes are not _______________. + +5. ![Two nearly identical classic automobiles drawn side by side](images/page_088_004.jpg) + +Steve's car is _______________ Carol's car. +Their cars are _______________. + +6. ![A landscape drawing showing a lake in front of mountains next to a flowing river](images/page_088_005.jpg) + +A lake is not _______________ a river. +Lakes and rivers are _______________. + +7. ![#7 Two cats drawn together, one with striped markings and one lighter](images/page_089_001.jpg) + +The cats are _______________, but they're not _______________. + +### ARE BOOTS SIMILAR TO SHOES? + +Ask and answer questions about the words. Use like, alike, the same, the same as, different, different from, similar, and similar to. + +EXAMPLES: boots/shoes + +Are boots and shoes the same? +No, they're not. + +Are boots and shoes different? +Yes, they are. + +Are shoes and boots similar? +Yes. We wear both on our feet. +No. Boots are heavy, and shoes are light. + +door/gate + +Is a door similar to a gate? +Are a door and a gate similar? +Yes, they are. You use a door to go into a house. You use a gate to go into the yard. + +1. bus/truck +2. a baseball/a football +3. a clock/a watch +4. ship/boat +5. snack bar/restaurant +6. car/automobile +7. ocean/lake +8. grocery store/commissary +9. road/highway +10. pencil/chalk + +### Writing Skill + +#### LET'S MAKE THE SENTENCES LONGER. + +Put a word from number 1 in the sentence where you see (1). Put a word from number 2 where you see (2). And, put a word from number 3 where you see (3). Write the sentence on the line. + +1. The (1) woman met the (2) sailor at a (3) restaurant. +1. happy, young +2. nice, French +3. small, new + +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. They were (1) to see each other after (2) years. +1. happy, glad +2. many, five + +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. They (1) in the restaurant and talked about (2). +1. sat, stayed +2. English classes, many things + +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. They ate a (1) meal and left the restaurant (2). +1. good, delicious +2. late, at 10 o'clock. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +--- + + + + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 2 + +A. Use the words to complete the paragraph. + +| | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| caused | law | behind | lights | happened | +| accident | traffic | police | fault | insurance | +| fine | ticket | place | obeying | | + +I saw an __________________ on the highway this morning. The + 1 +__________________ was moving very slowly near the __________________ of the + 2 3 +accident. The __________________ were there. Their cars had the + 4 +red __________________ on. The accident __________________ near the + 5 6 +grocery store on Main Street. The driver of a brown car was + +driving very fast. He was __________________ a yellow car that was + 7 +going 55 m.p.h. That driver was obeying the __________________. The + 8 +other driver was going 70 m.p.h.; he wasn't __________________ the + 9 +law. He hit the slower car. He __________________ the accident. The + 10 +police said he was at __________________. They gave him a __________________. + 11 12 +Now he'll have to pay a __________________ and his __________________ will + 13 14 +have to pay for the cost of the accident. + +HW-11 + +B. Substitute the underlined word(s) with word(s) that have an opposite meaning and rewrite the sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Because David is a careless driver, he has many accidents. +Because David is a careful driver, he doesn't have many accidents. + +1. The red car is in front of the green car. +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Many drivers obey the law. +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Jim stopped at the red light. +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Their summer uniforms are dark green. +_________________________________________________________________ + +C. Substitute the underlined word(s) with word(s) that have a similar meaning and rewrite the sentence. + +EXAMPLE: Go across the street when the light is green. +Cross the street when the light is green. + +1. Mr. Reed is an automobile dealer. +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. The post office is in back of the grocery store. +_________________________________________________________________ + +HW-12 + +3. Jim buckles up when he drives. +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. The man in the red car was at fault. +_________________________________________________________________ + +5. I didn't cause the accident. +_________________________________________________________________ + +D. Change the statements to questions. Use the words in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: Jerry was listening to the radio. (a tape) +Was Jerry listening to a tape? + +1. The boys were watching a movie. (a football game) +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. The driver was breaking the law. (obeying) +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. The people in the car were wearing seat belts. (the bus) +_________________________________________________________________ + +E. Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. Grace put on her raincoat before she left the house. + a. It was raining outside. + b. It was a good day. + c. She didn't like it. + +HW-13 + +2. Helen smiled when she saw Jim. + a. Helen was sorry to see Jim. + b. Helen was angry to see Jim. + c. Helen was happy to see Jim. + +3. The alarm clock did not ring this morning. + a. Alex doesn't like to sleep. + b. Alex was late for work. + c. Alex arrived on time. + +F. Change the statements to questions. Use the words in ( ). + +EXAMPLE: The doctor told Ed to exercise every day. (week) +Did the doctor tell Ed to exercise every week? + +1. The police told people to keep away from the accident. (ask) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Kelly's mother and father told her to be home before 11:00 p.m. (midnight) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. The bus driver told the children to fasten their seat belts. (teachers) +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +HW-14 + +--- + +**G. Circle the letter next to the word that best completes each of the blanks in the paragraph.** + +Yesterday, I rode my $\frac{\text{}}{1}$ to the drugstore. It is $\frac{\text{}}{2}$ the bank. I was very careful when I $\frac{\text{}}{3}$ the street. I bought some shampoo and $\frac{\text{}}{4}$ it home. + +I washed my hair. Then I started to study. I asked my little sister not to $\frac{\text{}}{5}$ me because I have a test tomorrow. + +1. + a. bus + b. automobile + c. bicycle + +2. + a. across from + b. working in + c. crossed + +3. + a. saw + b. crossed + c. walked + +4. + a. broke + b. crossed + c. took + +5. + a. hear + b. tell + c. bother + +--- + +**H. Answer the question with a complete sentence.** + +EXAMPLE: Cpt Smith: Sergeant Lewis, lock the door. +What did Captain Smith tell Sergeant Lewis? +He told him to lock the door. + +1. Ms. Fry: Ken, please make some coffee. +What did Ms. Fry ask Ken to do? +____________________________________________________ + +2. Pat: Bob, put the bookcase by the window. +What did Pat tell Bob? +____________________________________________________ + +3. Sgt Peters: Clean up this barracks right now! +What did Sergeant Peters tell the airmen to do? +____________________________________________________ + +HW-15 + +
+ +**I. Make sentences like the example.** + +EXAMPLE: autumn/not same/winter +Autumn is not the same as winter. + +1. circle/different from/square +____________________________________________________ + +2. a penny/one cent/same +____________________________________________________ + +3. gate/similar to/door +____________________________________________________ + +4. apartments/barracks/similar +____________________________________________________ + +5. midnight/same/2400 hours +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +**J. Read the paragraph. Write the topic of the paragraph and circle the letter next to the main idea of the paragraph.** + +Everyone can practice a sport. Some people like to play games like volleyball, tennis, baseball, and football. These people like to play in groups. They have fun when they play in groups. Swimming, and running are sports you can practice without a group of people. One person can practice these sports. Many people like these sports because they can practice them when they want to. They don't have to wait for other people. + +Topic: ____________________________________________________ + +a. You can practice a sport in a group. +b. Many people don't like to wait for other people. +c. A person can practice sports with or without other people. +d. Baseball is a game you play with a group of people. + +HW-16 + +
+ +**K. Match the phrases/clauses in Column A with those in Column B to form sentences. Then rewrite the sentences as one paragraph.** + +| Column A | | Column B | +|---|---|---| +| 1. Ted was in | a. | a ticket. | +| 2. He didn't have | b. | will cost more. | +| 3. The police said that | c. | his seat belt on. | +| 4. He got | d. | an auto accident. | +| 5. Now his insurance | e. | it was Ted's fault. | + +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +**L. Put a word from number 1 in the sentence where you see (1). Put a word from number 2 where you see (2). And, put a word from number 3 where you see (3). Write the sentence on the line.** + +The boy (1) across the (2) in front of the (3). + +1. ran, walked, rode +2. street, road, highway +3. car, truck, bus + +____________________________________________________ + +HW-17 + +
+ +**M. Look at the map and answer the questions on the next page. Then complete the key.** + +![A street map showing several streets (Brown Lane, Grayson St, Main St, Military Ave, Circle Drive), labeled buildings A through G, and a key with school, doctor's office, gas station, grocery store, post office, and Jim's Restaurant](images/page_208_001.jpg) + +1. You are at your house on Circle Drive. Go east on Circle Drive. Drop your children at the school on Circle Drive. It's on your left. Which building is the school? +____________________________________________________ + +2. Now, go to the corner of Circle and Main. Turn right. Go north on Main to Brown Lane. Turn left, and stop at the building on the right. You're at the doctor's office. Which building is his office? +____________________________________________________ + +HW-18 + +
+ +3. After you leave the doctor's office. Drive east on Brown Lane. Turn right on Main Street and go to the first building on the left. Put some gasoline in your car. Which building is the gas station? +____________________________________________________ + +4. Get back on Brown Lane. Drive east to the next building. That's the grocery store. Which building is that? +____________________________________________________ + +5. After the shopping is done, get back on Brown Lane. Go west. Turn left on Main. Drive two blocks and turn right on Military Avenue. Drive about a block and go to the building on the right. You are at the post office. Which building is the post office? +____________________________________________________ + +6. After you finish, get back on Military Drive. Drive east past Main Street. Fort Arrow is on your left. Which letter is Fort Arrow? +____________________________________________________ + +7. Now get on Military Ave. Go west. Turn left on Main. Drive south to Jim's Restaurant. You'll see it on your right. Which letter is the restaurant? +____________________________________________________ + +Now go back home. + +--- + +**N. Rewrite the following paragraph and put in the correct punctuation marks.** + +would you like to eat lunch with ellen jane and me we can meet at the library after the fourth period class we can go to the mexican restaurant close to the school janes family owns that restaurant her fathers also the cook hes terrific the prices are good will you come with us + +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +HW-19 + +
+ +**O. Write the sentences in correct order. Make a paragraph.** + +After breakfast, I check my books and papers. +The first thing I do every morning is make my bed. +Finally, I leave for work. +After this, I get dressed and have my breakfast. + +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________ + +--- + +**P. Read the paragraph and select the best title.** + +There are many things to do before you go on vacation. You should make your reservations as early as possible. This is very important when you travel in the summer and at certain other times of the year. The airlines, and motels, and hotels can be very crowded. You should have a mechanic look over your car before you go on a driving trip. It's important to make sure that the car is in good shape. Last, you should ask a neighbor to get your mail and newspapers and cut your grass. When you do all these things, you can relax and enjoy the vacation. + +a. Things to Do in the Summer +b. Do This Before You Take a Vacation +c. Summer Travel +d. Make Reservations or Fix The Car + +HW-20 + +--- + +**HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 3** + +A. Fill in the sentences with the correct word from the box. + +| | | +|---|---| +| advice | hurt feelings | +| excited | lie | +| friendship | roommates | +| go out | secret | +| guess | truth | + +1. John has a problem. He needs some \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +2. Larry likes his new job a lot. He's very \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ about it. + +3. Rita said some bad things about Ed. She \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ his \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +4. Mike and Roger get along well together. They have a good \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +5. Jack didn't tell the truth. He told a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +6. John and Ed live in the same apartment. They are \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +7. Jan likes to go to the movies and she likes to go dancing. She really likes to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +8. Carl told me something, but he told me not to tell anyone. He told me a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +9. Jack never lies. He always tells the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +10. I don't know where Mike is. I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ he's at work. + +--- + +B. Write the answers to the questions in numbers 1-2. Then, write the questions for numbers 3-4. + +EXAMPLE: Did you tell anyone our secret? +No, I didn't tell anyone about our secret. + +1. Did anyone tell you the time? +Yes, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +2. Do you know anyone who speaks Chinese? +Yes, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +Yes, I found someone to play tennis with. + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +No. I didn't visit anyone when I went to Houston. + +--- + +C. Read the sentence. Then choose the best statement. + +EXAMPLE: Paula walked in the door and went straight to the teller. + +a. She went to a drugstore. +b. She was at the bank. +c. She walked to the BX. +d. She wanted to see a movie. + +1. Jim fastened his seat belt. + +a. He's in the mess hall. +b. He's in a car. +c. He's at the gym. +d. He's at the bank. + +2. Mona needs to borrow some money for lunch. + +a. She ate lunch early. +b. She has a lot of money. +c. She doesn't have money. +d. She brought a lunch. + +3. That policeman gave Rita a ticket yesterday. + +a. Rita doesn't have a car. +b. Rita broke a traffic law. +c. Rita is a careful driver. +d. Rita was wearing her seat belt. + +--- + +D. Select the answer that has a similar meaning to the underlined word. + +1. I lent Wilda my watch. + +a. She kept my watch. +b. She borrowed my watch. +c. She repaired my watch. +d. She lost my watch. + +2. Dan took his camera to the repair shop. + +a. Dan will get a new camera. +b. He took his camera to a place to get new film. +c. He took his camera to a place where they will fix it. +d. Dan's returning his camera. + +3. Stan parked his car in front of the post office. + +a. He drove his car in front of the post office for some time. +b. He left his car in front of the post office for a short time. +c. He turned his car in front of the post office. +d. He got in his car near the post office. + +4. Why does Ted need some tools? Because he's going to... + +a. fix his car. +b. buy new clothes. +c. do his homework. +d. wash clothes. + +5. Maybe we can go to the movies tonight. + +a. We might go to the movies. +b. We won't go to the movies tonight. +c. We will go to the movies tonight. +d. We can go to the movies. + +6. Sally borrowed a book from me. + +a. The book belongs to Sally now. +b. Sally will return it to me. +c. The book doesn't belong to me. +d. Sally will read this book to me. + +--- + +E. Read the paragraph. Then complete the answers. Use should and the words in ( ). Give advice. + +Lynn is taking a trip to London next month. Her friend, Jean, was there last month. Lynn is asking Jean questions, and Jean is giving her advice. + +EXAMPLE: Lynn: Does it rain a lot in London? +Jean: Yes. (umbrella) +You should take an umbrella. + +1. Lynn: Is it cold in London now? +Jean: No. (coat) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. Lynn: Are the hotels crowded? +Jean: Yes. (reservations) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. Lynn: Will I need a lot of cash? +Jean: No. (travelers' checks) +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +F. Underline the correct word. Then write a question. + +EXAMPLE: Mrs. Jones cooked the beef slow/slowly. +Did Mrs. Jones cook the beef slowly? + +1. Nancy is careful/carefully with her books. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. The small boat crossed the ocean safe/safely. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. The test was easy/easily. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. Greg is marking his answer sheet careless/carelessly. +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +G. Match the phrases/clauses in Column A with those in Column B to form sentences. Then rewrite the sentences as one paragraph. + +EXAMPLE: +**Column A** +b 1. Yesterday, Jim wanted to +c 2. He got some change and +a 3. He dialed the number, + +**Column B** +a. but the line was busy. +b. make a long distance call. +c. went to the pay phone. + +Yesterday, Jim wanted to make a long distance call. He got some change and went to the pay phone. He dialed the number, but the line was busy. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 1. Two months ago, Bud lent | a. borrow the money from someone else. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 2. Now he needs the money, | b. Bud will never lend money to Jeff again. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 3. Bud has to | c. his roommate, Jeff, some money. | +| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 4. I'm sure | d. but Jeff won't pay him back. | + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +H. Rewrite the paragraph, choosing one word or phrase for each place with a number. + +EXAMPLE: +The (1) girl bought a (2) book from the (3) clerk at the drugstore. She took it home and read it (4). She thought it was a(n) (5) book. She liked it (6). + +1. tall, young, dirty +2. new, big, cheap +3. old, busy, nice +4. slowly, carefully +5. good, nice, interesting +6. a lot, very much + +The tall girl bought a new book from the old clerk in the drugstore. She took it home and read it carefully. She thought it was an interesting book. She liked it very much. + +A (1) boy (2) walked across a (3) street. At the same time, a (4) car was traveling in (5) direction. (6), the child didn't see the car. But the man in the car was a (7) driver, and he saw the child (8). He stopped (9) car, got out, and picked up the (10) child. Then he took him home. + +1. tired, little, young +2. carelessly, slowly +3. wide, busy, city +4. big, fast, red +5. the boy's, his, the child's +6. Because he was tired, Because he forgot to look +7. good, careful, terrific +8. right away, in time +9. the, his +10. tired, small + +--- + +I. Put the sentences in order in a paragraph. + +EXAMPLE: +He ate it. +He ordered a sandwich. +He went to the snack bar for lunch. +Then, he returned to class. + +He went to the snack bar for lunch. He ordered a sandwich. He ate it. Then, he returned to class. + +Sara waited for two weeks. +She asked Jane for advice. +Jane said, "Don't do anything. Just wait and see what happens." +"What should I do, Jane?", she asked. +Sara had a problem. +At the end of the second week, there wasn't a problem. + +--- + +J. Read the situation. Select the advice you want to give. Then write your advice in a complete sentence. + +1. My friend borrowed $10.00 from me. It's been three weeks and I don't have it back. What should I do? + +a. ask him about it +b. forget about it +c. tell a friend to ask him about it +d. other + +2. I just hit a parked car. The driver of the car isn't here. What should I do? + +a. wait for the driver +b. leave a message +c. call the police +d. other + +--- + +# HOMEWORK FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 4 + +A. Write questions like the example. + +EXAMPLE: Tim apologized for stepping on Sam's foot. +Did Tim apologize for stepping on Sam's foot? + +1. Gladys apologized for leaving the lights on. + +2. Jay is going to apologize to Jane for lying to her. + +3. I should apologize for not introducing my friend. + +4. Most people apologize for calling a wrong number. + +--- + +B. Read the sentences. Put them together and write a new sentence. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Dan got a ticket last night. He's angry. +Dan's angry that he got a ticket. + +1. The policeman didn't give him a ticket. Sam's happy. + +--- + +2. Jan didn't ask Sara's opinion. Sara's upset. + +3. Ed hurt Betty's feelings. He's sorry. + +4. Bob forgot to meet Ted at the airport. Ted's not angry. + +5. Ted forgave Bob for his mistake. Bob's glad. + +--- + +C. Write questions like the example. Use the underlined word as a cue. + +EXAMPLE: Lt Fillmore hopes he'll go to Germany. +Where does Lt Fillmore hope he'll go? + +1. Alice remembers that her car needs gas when the gas gauge is on E. + +--- + +2. Sara thinks she should ask for some advice. + +3. John hopes he can ride to work with Bill. + +--- + +D. Write a question and an answer about the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Tom hid Bob's notebook this morning. He apologized. + +Q: What did Tom apologize to Bob for? +A: He apologized to Bob for hiding his notebook. +OR +A: He apologized for hiding Bob's notebook. + +1. Mrs. White spilled tea on the new carpet. She's apologizing. + +Q: __________________________________________________________________ +A: __________________________________________________________________ + +2. Mike broke the TV. He apologized to his roommate. + +Q: __________________________________________________________________ +A: __________________________________________________________________ + +3. Art parked his car in Harvey's yard. He apologized after the party. + +Q: __________________________________________________________________ +A: __________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +E. Write questions like the examples. + +EXAMPLE: Sara's glad that she rented a house. (an apartment) +Is Sara glad that she rented an apartment? + +1. The Clarks are happy that they bought a dog. (cat) + +2. Rod was upset that the policeman stopped him. (Ken) + +3. Frank's sorry he can't go out to dinner with us. (them) + +--- + +F. Match the numbers and the letters to make a dialog. Number 1 is done as an example. + + e 1. Ouch! You stepped on my foot. +___ 2. You spilled some milk on the floor. +___ 8. Why are you so worried? +___ 9. What did Jane do after Jack apologized? +___ 5. Did you talk to your brother? +___ 6. I apologize for eating your cake. +___ 7. Was your wife glad that you returned early? + +a. Don't worry about it. There's some more in the refrigerator. +b. No, I meant to call but I forgot. +c. Yes, she was pleased. +d. My mother is very sick. +e. I'm really sorry. I didn't mean to. +f. She forgave him. +g. Sorry. I'll clean it up in a minute. + +--- + +G. Read the sentences. Then rewrite them in the correct order. + +EXAMPLE: The tank was almost empty. +The tank is full. +I filled up the tank. +I drove to the gas station. + +1. The tank was almost empty. + +2. I drove to the gas station. + +3. I filled up the tank. + +4. The tank is full. + +He hung up his clothes. +He went to his room. +He took out the hangers. +He opened the closet door. +Richard checked in the motel. + +1. _________________________________________________________________ + +2. _________________________________________________________________ + +3. _________________________________________________________________ + +4. _________________________________________________________________ + +5. _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +H. Make sentences like the example. Use **so**. + +EXAMPLE: Jane wanted Claude to go to her party. She didn't think that he was going, but he went. + +Jane was so pleased. + +1. Jill doesn't eat breakfast. She doesn't eat lunch. + +In the afternoon, she is ________________________. + +2. Harry works all day from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. + +At night, Harry is ________________________. + +3. Becky studied very hard for her test. She got a bad grade. + +Becky was ________________________. + +4. Ted is at the movie. The movie is very long and it isn't interesting. + +Ted is ________________________. + +5. My brother drove from Houston to San Antonio last night. The trip usually takes 3 hours. He left Houston at noon and arrived in San Antonio at 8:30. While I waited for him, + +I was ________________________. + +--- + +I. Name three things that + +1. you can find on a bed. + +________________________, ________________________, ________________________ + +2. you can find in a closet. + +________________________, ________________________, ________________________ + +--- + +3. are hard to the touch. + +________________________, ________________________, ________________________ + +4. are soft to the touch. + +________________________, ________________________, ________________________ + +5. you can spill. + +________________________, ________________________, ________________________ + +--- + +J. Read the sentence. Then choose the sentence that has the same or similar meaning. + +1. Jake had to fill up the car; it was empty. + +a. The tank was full of gas. +b. There wasn't any gas in the tank. +c. The tank was half full. + +2. Jeff wanted to call Carl last night, but he forgot. + +a. Jeff forgave Carl. +b. Jeff apologized to Carl. +c. Jeff meant to call Carl. + +3. Jack looked for hangers in the closet. + +a. He wants to wash his clothes. +b. He wants to hang up his clothes. +c. He wants to pack his clothes. + +4. Marge doesn't have anything clean to wear. + +a. She needs to do her laundry. +b. She needs to put sheets on the bed. +c. She needs to buy new clothes. + +--- + +K. Read the paragraph and follow the instructions. + +Henry took a test every day last week. His scores were: Monday, 72; Tuesday, 85; Wednesday, 98; Thursday, 95; Friday, 100. He wants to know the average. To find this he must first add all the scores together, then divide by 5. + +The answer is: ____________. + +--- + +L. Rewrite the paragraph and add the punctuation. + +kevin and bob were driving home from the movie bob saw that the gas gauge was on e kevin was running out of gas Bob told kevin they stopped at a gas station on the next corner kevin filled up the car and paid for the gas he was glad they didnt run out of gas + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +M. Put the sentences in order. Then write a paragraph with the sentences in the correct order. + +Then, he has to do the laundry. +It's Thursday and it's John's day to clean the apartment. +First, he needs to put clean sheets and blankets on the beds. +After all that, he'll cook dinner. +Next, he'll clean the bathroom. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +N. Read the situation. Write a dialog like the example. + +EXAMPLE: You were late to work this morning. + +A: I'd like to apologize for being late this morning. +B: That's all right. I understand you had an accident. Is everything okay? + +1. You're at a nice restaurant. You spill your water all over your food. + +A: _________________________________________________________________ + +B: _________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +O. Complete the sentence. Choose one word for each place with a number. + +(1) not happy, upset, angry +(2) forgot, needs, has +(3) men's room, office, building + +Greg has a new job and he's (1) __________ because he (2) __________ to clean the (3) __________. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +P. Match the phrases/clauses in Column A with those in Column B to make a sentence. Then rewrite the sentences as one paragraph. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| ___ 1. John was playing ball | a. truth and he's angry. | +| ___ 2. He hit the ball, | b. and it broke a window. | +| ___ 3. He told | c. better to tell the truth. | +| ___ 4. The sergeant knows the | e. with friends yesterday. | +| ___ 5. In my opinion, it's | f. the sergeant a lie. | + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +K. Read the paragraph. Write the topic. Then, select the main idea. + +All drivers should learn to drive safely. Careless driving causes accidents, and accidents can be very expensive. Safe drivers obey the traffic laws: they always wear their seat belts, and always keep their eyes on the road. Safe drivers don't have to pay fines. Insurance is cheaper for safe drivers. + +Topic: ________________________ + +a. Are you a safe driver? +b. Safe drivers save money. +c. Safe drivers don't pay fines. + +. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + +L. Read the paragraph. Write the topic. Then, select the best title. + +Ed tells a lot of interesting stories. He told one story about an airplane trip to Canada. It was very exciting. Another one was about his life as a soldier. The best one was about his last year in school. It was very funny. Would you like to hear some of his stories? + +Topic: ________________________ + +a. Ed's Interesting Stories +b. Ed's Trip to Canada +c. Ed, The Soldier + + + + +EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 1 + +A. Use the correct word to complete the sentences. + +| deposited | immediately | withdraw | +| form | lost | save | +| information | passport | signature | + +1. He wants to take money out of his account. He wants to ____________ it. + +2. Jim can't find his hat. He ____________ it this morning. + +3. The bank needed his ____________ on the form. + +4. Pete wants it right away. He wants it ____________. + +5. Ted put money in his account. He ____________ $50.00. + +6. Mrs. Anderson is going to Germany. She needs to get a ____________. + +7. Mr. Kim wants to know about the English class. He wants some ____________. + +8. Before Bob rented the apartment, he filled out a ____________. + +9. Please ____________ this seat for me. I'll be back in a minute. + +B. Listen to the paragraph and fill in the boxes. + +![A blank organizational chart diagram with one top box branching into two middle boxes, each of which branches into two bottom boxes](images/page_232_001.jpg) + +C. Fill out the following forms. Use your name and today's date. + +SAVINGS ACCOUNT DEPOSIT SLIP + +ABC BANK +PO BOX 555 +SAN ANTONIO, TX + +DATE __________________ + +| PLEASE LIST EACH SEPARATELY | DLLS | CTS | +|---|---|---| +| CURRENCY | | | +| COIN | | | +| CHECKS | | | +| TOTAL | | | +| LESS CASH | | | +| NET DEPOSIT | | | + +sign here for cash ___________________________________ + +Deposit to the account of: +___________________________________ +___________________________________ + +Account No. +[ ] + +______________________________________________________________________ + + 274 + 19 ______ + +Pay to the +order of _________________________________ $ _________ + +____________________________________________ Dollars + +ABC BANK +SAN ANTONIO, TX + +For __________________________________ _____________________ + +D. Listen to the paragraph and choose the topic. + +The topic is: +a. the bank +b. a new car +c. a savings account + +E. Change the sentences like the examples. + +EXAMPLE: Harry will eat eggs for breakfast tomorrow. +Harry is eating eggs for breakfast tomorrow. + +1. Roger will go to the bank after lunch. + +2. Jill will buy lunch for Tony today. + +3. Bob is going to drive next week. + +F. Answer the questions in complete sentences using because and the word in ( ). + +1. Why is Nancy running to class? late +__________________________________________________ + +2. Why is Sally upset? no pass/quiz +__________________________________________________ + +3. Why did John go home early? (sick) +__________________________________________________ + +G. Use these words to complete the sentences: taste, smell, sound, look, feel. + +1. The boys moved furniture all day. They ____________ tired now. + +2. There's something wrong with the milk. It ____________ sour. + +3. The flowers are beautiful and they ____________ good, too. + +4. How did Paul ____________ when you talked to him? + +5. Are you sick? You don't ____________ well today. + +H. Complete the sentences with the past tense of the underlined verb. + +1. Where did you lose your wallet? +I'm not sure. I think I ____________ it in the lab. + +2. How much money did Frank withdraw from his account? +He ____________ $350. + +3. Did he spend all the money? +Yes, he ____________ it all last weekend. + +4. Did the children take the milk out of the refrigerator? +Yes, and they also ____________ out the juice. + +5. Does your dog like to hide things? +Yes. Last week he ____________ my hat under the sofa. + +--- + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 2 + +A. Use the correct word to complete the newspaper article. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| accident | obey | ticket | +| automobile | police | fine | +| careless | ran | seat belt | + +Last night, there was an _______________ accident at the corner of 7th Street and Main Street. The driver of a small blue car _______________ a red light and ran into a truck. The driver of the truck was wearing a _______________. He wasn't hurt. The driver of the car was _______________. The _______________ was his fault. He didn't _______________ the law. The _______________ arrived, and gave the driver of the car a _______________. The _______________ for the ticket was expensive. + +B. Listen to the paragraph and write the topic. + +Topic: _______________________________________ + +--- + +C. Change the verbs in ( ) to the past progressive and complete the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: I was washing dishes. (wash) + +1. Why _______________ you _______________ at Fred? (laugh) +2. I _______________ about his story. (think) +3. Ellen _______________ to Harry. (listen) +4. Jim _______________ about his trip. (talk) +5. What _______________ Larry _______________ at 4:30? (do) +6. The Smiths _______________ furniture last night. (move) + +D. Answer the questions like the example. + +EXAMPLE: Mike: Pete, don't be late tonight. +What did Mike tell Pete? +He told him not to be late. + +1. Sue: Tom, lock the door when you leave. +What did Sue tell Tom? +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Mr. Towers: Patty, will you call my wife and ask her to meet me for lunch? +What did Mr. Towers ask Patty? +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Cpt Simms: Lt Evans, meet me at the Officers' Club at noon. +What did Cpt Simms tell Lt Evans? +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +E. Make sentences using the word(s) that your instructor gives you. + +EXAMPLE: different from +Sgt Allen's uniform is different from mine. + +F. Read the paragraph, then ask and answer questions about the accident. + +Bob Smith was driving a new truck. He was driving very fast. He ran the red light, and ran into Mr. Johnson's car. Mr. Johnson was not at fault. He was hurt in the accident. Bob Smith caused the accident because he was very careless. The policeman gave him a ticket. He'll have to pay a fine. It'll be very expensive. I think he'll be more careful next time. + +EXAMPLE: Who caused the accident? +Bob Smith + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/st-3.md b/sources/book-9/st-3.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2e444bd --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/st-3.md @@ -0,0 +1,1024 @@ + + +# CAN YOU GIVE ME ANY ADVICE? — BOOK 9 LESSON 3 + +![A man looking worried in a garage while a mechanic works under the hood of a car and another person hands tools](images/page_091_001.jpg) + +--- FUNCTION --- +What should I do with this wallet? +You should look for a name, then call the owner. + +--- GRAMMAR --- +You should tell Sgt Simms that you are leaving early. +How does Jack drive? +He drives very carefully. + +--- SKILLS --- +Match columns / Write paragraph Scanning | Map/Directions Sentence Expansion | Topic Dictation + +--- VOCABULARY --- + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| borrow | lend/lent | anyone | fast | advice | party | +| care about | lie | badly | how | feelings | roommate | +| care for | not care (for) | carefully | maybe | friendship | secret | +| enjoy | | carelessly | safely | garage | story | +| fix | park | correctly | slowly | lie | tool | +| guess | repair | easily | someone | opinion | truth | +| hurt | should | excited | | | | + +go out +hurt (someone's) feelings +a little white lie +in my opinion +tell (someone) a lie, a secret, a story, the time, the truth + +--- + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 9 LESSON 3 + +| Section | ST Page | +|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** roommates | 85 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** match phrases, rewrite as paragraph | 92 | +| **VOCABULARY:** someone/anyone | 94 | +| **READING SKILL:** scanning | 98 | +| **GRAMMAR:** should | 98 | +| **LISTENING SKILL:** listen to directions, identify buildings | 102 | +| **GRAMMAR:** adverbs | | +| add ly to adjectives to form adverbs, | 103 | +| indicate manner using adverbs | 104 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** expansion exercise | 107 | +| **GRAMMAR:** How questions | 108 | +| **FUNCTION:** asking for and giving advice | 110 | +| **LISTENING SKILL:** write the topic | 112 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** paragraph dictation | 113 | + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +## MY ROOMMATE + +Repeat the underlined words. Read the story. + +![Two women talking and sitting together in an apartment](images/page_093_001.jpg) + +1. Donna and I are roommates. +We live in the same apartment. + +2. We're also good friends. +Our friendship started when we were in high school. + +![A framed high school picture of two girls, with the two women standing in front of it](images/page_093_002.jpg) + +3. When I don't know what to do, Donna gives me advice. For example, last Saturday I wanted to go to Tom's birthday party. I also wanted to go to dinner with some friends who were visiting from New York. I asked Donna what I should do. Her advice was to go out with my friends from New York. + +--- + +4. Next month Donna is going to China to study for a year. She is very excited and talks a lot about the trip. When she comes back, I know she will tell us many interesting stories. + +![A woman thinking about another woman traveling to China with a suitcase and airplane in a thought bubble](images/page_094_001.jpg) + +5. Friday is Donna's birthday. We are going out to a restaurant for dinner. Maybe we'll have Chinese food or maybe we'll have some French food. I'm not sure. After dinner we'll go to a movie. + +![Two women sitting at a table in a restaurant with plates of food](images/page_094_002.jpg) + +6. Donna's mother is here to visit. Donna cares about her mother very much. Her mother is also excited about Donna's trip to China. She will visit her next summer. + +![Two women, one younger and one older, sitting together on a couch](images/page_094_003.jpg) + +--- + +Answer the questions. Use the vocabulary from the lesson. + +1. Are the two women sisters? +2. When did their friendship begin? +3. How does Donna help her friend when she has a problem? +4. Where did she want to go last Saturday? +5. What was Donna's advice to her friend? +6. How does Donna feel about her trip to China? +7. What will she tell everyone when she returns from China? +8. Are they going to have a party at home for Donna's birthday? +9. How does Donna feel about her mother? +10. Is Donna's mother sad about the trip? + +## A LITTLE WHITE LIE + +![Three men at a party near a food table, two talking and one listening](images/page_095_001.jpg) + +**Joe:** Aren't you eating anything? Harry cooked all this food for the party. + +**Paul:** I know. + +**Harry:** Hi, Paul. Get some food. I made it all and lots of it! + +**Paul:** Thanks, but I'm not hungry right now. I ate a big dinner at my parents' house tonight. + +--- + +**Harry:** Well, maybe you'll want some dessert later. Excuse me, please. I'm going to go over and talk to Bill and Linda. + +**Joe:** You didn't have dinner with your parents. We were playing football until 45 minutes ago. + +**Paul:** I know. I didn't want to lie, but Harry's a terrible cook. I got sick the last time I ate his food. I just told him that little white lie because I didn't want to hurt his feelings. + +**Joe:** Oh. Yes, sometimes a lie--not a big one--just a little white lie seems like the best thing to do. To tell you the truth, I don't care for his cooking either. But, he was standing right next to me and I had to take some! + +Answer the questions. Use the vocabulary from the lesson. + +1. Are Joe, Paul, and Harry at the movies? +2. Where is the party? +3. Why isn't Paul eating? +4. Did he eat dinner before he came to the party? +5. Did he tell Harry the truth? +6. Was it a big lie? +7. Why did he tell a little white lie? +8. When was the last time you told a little white lie? + +## CONVERSATIONS BETWEEN SAM AND LOU. + +**Lou:** Where's Mike? + +**Sam:** I don't know. I guess he's at work. He said he might work late today. + +**Lou:** Well, do you want to go see that new movie? + +**Sam:** Okay. Do you want me to drive? + +**Lou:** I guess you should. My car wasn't working right today. + +********** + +--- + +Lou: Did you enjoy the movie? + +Sam: No. I didn't care for anything but the music. In my opinion, the movie was very long and not very interesting. + +Lou: But you really liked the music? I thought it was too loud. It hurt my ears. + +Sam: Well, I thought the music was the best part of the movie. I want to buy the music tape of this movie. I really enjoyed the music. + +********** + +Answer the questions. Use the vocabulary from the lesson. + +1. Does Sam know where Mike is? +2. Where does he think Mike is? +3. Did Sam enjoy the movie? +4. Did he enjoy the music? +5. In his opinion, which was better, the music or the movie? +6. Did Lou enjoy the music? + +********** + +Lou: What did Frank tell you? + +Sam: I can't tell you. It's a secret. Frank doesn't want me to tell anyone. + +Lou: You can tell me the secret. I won't tell anyone. + +Sam: Sorry. I said it's a secret and I'm not going to tell anyone. You'll know tomorrow. + +Lou: Okay, I guess I can wait until then. Can you tell me the time? I have to meet Sue at 12:30. + +Sam: Sure. That's no secret. It's 12:00 o'clock. + +********** + +# WHAT'S THE MISSING WORD? + +Select the best answer to complete the sentences. Circle a, b, or c. + +1. I have a problem. Tell me what I _____ do. +a. should +b. have +c. want + +2. Ann and Jean are going away to school. They will live in the same apartment and be _____. +a. feelings +b. secrets +c. roommates + +3. Sam didn't like the movie, but he _____ the music. +a. enjoyed +b. listened +c. bothered + +4. Doug always does just what he wants. He doesn't _____ what other people might want to do. +a. care for +b. care about +c. go out + +5. Pete told his younger brother to stay in school. I think he gave him good _____. +a. story +b. truth +c. advice + +6. I didn't like Bill's new car, but I told him I did. I didn't want to _____. +a. care about him +b. hurt his feelings +c. tell him a secret + +7. We need to be at the office early tomorrow. I _____ we should leave the house at 6:15. +a. guess +b. tell +c. enjoy + +8. What do you think about the new schedule? Tell me your _____. +a. friendship +b. secret +c. opinion + +9. Please don't bother Dave right now. He has to write a _____ for his English class. +a. truth +b. story +c. lie + +10. Let's wait a few more minutes. _____ Tony will come. +a. If +b. Maybe +c. Then + +# I WANT TO TELL YOU SOMETHING. + +| Look at the use of the verb tell in these expressions. | | +|---|---| +| Tell | me
you
him
her
them
us
someone
Frank | a story.
a lie.
a secret.
the truth.
the time. | + +Use one of the expressions in the box to complete the sentences. + +1. Dan: I'm not sure what time I came home last night, Dad. +Dad: Young man, I want you to tell me the truth! + +2. Mike: Paul told Mary that he's 30 years old. He's really 36. +Doug: Oh, he told her a lie. + +3. Ray: I have something important to tell you. No one else can know. +Jack: Okay, you can tell me a secret. + +4. Alice: Do you know when the meeting is? +Cathy: No, ask Jeff. He can tell you the time. + +5. Mother: The children don't want to go to bed. +Father: Do they want me to tell them a story? + +# Writing Skill + +# CAN YOU MATCH THE SENTENCES? + +Match the phrases/clauses in Column A with those in Column B to form sentences. Then write a paragraph with the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Column A | Column B +--- | --- +b 1. Yesterday, Jim wanted to | a. , but the line was busy. +c 2. He got some change and | b. make a long distance call. +a 3. He dialed the number, | c. went to the pay phone. + +Yesterday, Jim wanted to make a long distance call. +He got some change and went to the pay phone. He dialed the +number, but the line was busy. + +1. Column A | Column B +--- | --- +___ 1. Last week, Sandra went to the bank and | a. write a check. +___ 2. Today, she got her checks | b. opened a checking account. +___ 3. Now she doesn't need | c. in the mail. +___ 4. She'll just | d. to take money with her. + +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +2. Column A | Column B +--- | --- +___ 1. Yesterday, Joe had | a. and the car behind him hit him. +___ 2. He was stopping for a red light, | b. so the other driver got a ticket. +___ 3. Joe wasn't at fault, | c. to be more careful next time. +___ 4. And the policeman told him | d. an automobile accident. + +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +# Vocabulary + +PLEASE, DON'T TELL ANYONE. + +**Affirmative sentence** + +| Elizabeth | saw | someone | at the lab. | +|---|---|---|---| + +**Negative sentence** + +| Peter | didn't see | anyone | at the lab. | +|---|---|---|---| + +**Question** + +| Did | you | see | anyone / someone | at the lab? | +|---|---|---|---|---| + +Read the sentences. + +1. Are you waiting for someone? +2. No, I'm not waiting for anyone. +3. Jane saw someone go into Captain Smith's office. +4. Did Sue see anyone in the office? +5. Yes, she saw someone in front of Mike's room. +6. Does Sergeant Allen want anyone to move this box? + +--- + +Use someone or anyone to complete the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: Are you looking for someone/anyone? +No. I'm not looking for anyone. + +1. John didn't talk to ________ in the class. +2. Is ________ going to be at the library? +3. Yes, ________ will be at the library. +4. Frank told ________ his story. +5. Is ________ at home? +6. Joe doesn't know ________ in his class. +7. Did ________ come in late? + +![A man talking to a auto mechanic standing next to an open hood of a car inside a garage](images/page_103_001.jpg) + +**HOW FAST CAN YOU FIX IT?** + +**Ted:** What do you think, Al? Can you fix it today? I need my car back this afternoon. + +**Mechanic:** You are the first person in the garage this morning. I'm sure I can repair it in a few hours. + +Ted: That's fast! I thought it would take a lot longer because it's an old automobile. Do you have all the tools that you need? + +Mechanic: Yes, I have old tools to fix old cars, and new tools to fix new cars. + +Ted: Do you want me to leave the car here or should I park it out front? + +Mechanic: Just leave it here. I'll park it out front when it's ready. + +Ted: Okay. I'm going to Sam's house after work. He lent me a tape and I need to return it. + +Mechanic: What kind of tape did he lend you? + +Ted: It's a tape with music from a movie that we saw last week. + +Mechanic: Does he have a lot of tapes? + +Ted: He sure does. I'd like to borrow some more of them. ...Uh, do you have a car I can borrow? + +Answer the questions about the dialog. + +1. What did Ted ask Al to do? +2. Where does Al work? +3. How long will it take to repair the car? +4. What does a mechanic use to repair cars? +5. Does the mechanic have the tools that he needs? +6. Where will the mechanic put the car when it's ready? +7. What did Sam lend Ted? +8. What does Ted want to borrow from Al? + +Now use the words in the box to complete the sentences. + +| fast | park | garage | +| fix | repairs | tools | + +1. Al works at a ________. +2. He fixes cars. That's his job. He ________ a lot of cars every week. +3. He has all the things he needs to use when he works on cars. He has all the ________ he needs. +4. Al can fix the car right away. He can fix it ________. +5. He is going to put the car out front when it's ready. He's going to ________ it out front. +6. To repair is the same as to ________. + +**BORROW OR LEND?** + +Use borrow or lend to complete the sentences. + +1. Sam has some tapes. Sue wants to listen to them at her house. +Sue wants to ________ the tapes. +Will Sam ________ them to her? + +2. Tom cashed a check for $100. He and Bob want to go out for dinner, but Bob doesn't have any money. +Bob needs to ________ some money. +Will Tom ________ him the money? + +3. Keith forgot his pencil again today. The teacher has a lot of pencils on her desk. +Keith needs to ________ a pencil. +Will the teacher ________ him a pencil? + +## Reading Skill + +**TVS, REFRIGERATORS, AND MORE** + +Read the questions first. Look at the transparency (you will see it for only a short time). Write the answers. + +1. Which shop fixes only TVs? +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. Which place will pick up for free? +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. Where can you buy a refrigerator? +_________________________________________________________________ + +4. Where can you get a radio repaired? +_________________________________________________________________ + +## Grammar + +**I THINK WE SHOULD WALK.** + +Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book. + +1. **Bob:** The restaurant is 6 blocks away. Should we walk or take a taxi? + **Tom:** I think we should walk. + +2. **Al:** We must be at the airport at 7:30 When should we leave? + **Ed:** We should leave right after dinner. + +3. **Mike:** Which tie should I wear? + **Pete:** You should wear the red one. It looks good with that shirt. + +4. **Tim:** Should I wear my black suit? + **Carl:** Yes, I think you should. It's the only one that's clean. + +5. **Roger:** We are going to be late for the party. Should we call Helen? + **Kevin:** Yes, I think we should. + +**YOU SHOULDN'T DRIVE SO FAST.** + +SHOULD + NOT = SHOULDN'T + +Change the sentence. Use *shouldn't* and the words in parentheses. + +EXAMPLE: Bob should take two sweaters. (a heavy coat) +He shouldn't take a heavy coat. + +1. You should take the bus. (a taxi) +2. We should go swimming tomorrow. (today) +3. Mike should go to a different barber. (the same) +4. Janet should buy the long coat. (the short one) +5. Gregory should play soccer. (football) +6. You should eat a big breakfast. (dinner) +7. We should walk to the store. (drive) +8. Stores should sell drinks in bottles. (cans) +9. Bill and Beth should stay with us. (in a hotel) +10. I should order soup and a salad. (beef and potatoes) + +**SHOULD I BUY A NEW CAR?** + +Complete the dialog. Give advice to the other person. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: +**Bill:** Should I buy furniture or rent it? +**Jack:** How long will you stay here? +**Bill:** A year, or maybe less. +**Jack:** Then you should rent it. + +1. **Bob:** Should I fix my car or buy a new one? + **Tim:** How old is it? + **Bob:** It's ten years old. + **Tim:** __________________________________________________ + +2. **Ed:** Should I buy a big car or a small car? + **Al:** How many children do you have? + **Ed:** Four. + **Al:** __________________________________________________ + +3. **Jim:** Should I buy a pet? + **Jack:** Do you like animals? + **Jim:** Yes. I think they're interesting. + **Jack:** __________________________________________________ + +4. **Pete:** Should I buy a big dog? + **John:** Do you have a large yard? + **Pete:** No. I live in an apartment. + **John:** __________________________________________________ + +--- + +5. Mike: Should I visit Chicago or Houston? +Jeff: Do you like cold weather? +Mike: Yes, I enjoy it. + +Jeff: + +6. Larry: Should I keep my house or sell it? +Kevin: Do you think you'll move back here sometime? +Larry: No, I'll never move back here. + +Kevin: + +7. Charlie: Do you think I should find a different job? +Ken: Are you bored? +Charlie: No. I like this job, but I'm tired. + +Ken: + +8. Fred: Where should we go for lunch? +Vince: I'd like a hamburger and french fries. How about you? +Fred: That sounds good to me. + +Vince: + +## Listening Skill + +### CAN YOU FOLLOW MY DIRECTIONS? + +Listen to the directions. Write the letter (A, B, C, D, E, or F) next to the building name in the KEY. + +![#A street map with several labeled streets: MAIN, HILL, PARK, BROADWAY, HOLLYWOOD ST., WESTWOOD ST., a compass rose, and buildings labeled A through F](images/page_110_001.jpg) + +### KEY + +| | | +|---|---| +| HOME \_\_\_\_\_\_ | LIBRARY \_\_\_\_\_\_ | +| RESTAURANT \_\_\_\_\_\_ | DRUGSTORE \_\_\_\_\_\_ | +| SCHOOL \_\_\_\_\_\_ | GROCERY \_\_\_\_\_\_ | + +## Grammar + +### IS MIKE A CAREFUL DRIVER? YES, HE DRIVES CAREFULLY. + +A suffix is a letter or group of letters added to the end of a word. Many adverbs are formed by adding the suffix ly to the adjective. *Notice the spelling change when the adjective ends in y. + +| ADJECTIVE | SUFFIX | ADVERB | +|---|---|---| +| bad | | badly | +| careful | | carefully | +| careless | | carelessly | +| correct | | correctly | +| safe | ly | safely | +| slow | | slowly | +| busy | | busily* | +| happy | | happily* | +| easy | | easily* | + +\* Some adverbs have an irregular form. +\*\* Some have the same form for both the adjective and the adverb. + +| ADJECTIVE | ADVERB | +|---|---| +| \* good | well | +| \*\* fast | fast | + +Read the pairs of sentences. + +1. That was a bad tennis game Mark and John played. +They played badly. + +2. Nick is a careful driver. +He drives carefully. + +3. Jack is a careless driver. +He drives carelessly. + +4. Bob is a safe driver. +He drives safely. + +5. Ed gave him the correct answer. +He answered correctly. + +6. That was an easy test for Bill. +He answered all the questions easily. + +7. Frank is a very slow mechanic. +He works slowly. + +8. Mike is a good cook. +He cooks well. + +## Grammar + +### DO YOU DRIVE CAREFULLY? + +Repeat the sentences. + +![#1 A man driving a car with a worried female passenger looking at him](images/page_112_001.jpg) +1. Jim's driving carelessly. + +![#2 Two young women carrying books walking outdoors along a house](images/page_112_002.jpg) +2. The girls are walking slowly. + +![#3 A man sitting in bed at night, waking up groggily and looking at his alarm clock](images/page_113_001.jpg) +3. Don slept badly last night. + +![#4 A woman disembarking an airplane, being greeted warmly at the gate](images/page_113_002.jpg) +4. Ellen arrived safely. + +### ANNA SPEAKS FRENCH WELL. + +Read the sentences. + +1. Please drive safely. +2. A train can't stop fast. +3. The instructor spoke slowly. +4. The students listened carefully. +5. The class reviewed the lesson well. +6. Sam answered the questions correctly. +7. The clerk counted the money carelessly. +8. Harvey moved the heavy bookcase easily. +9. The student pilot landed the airplane badly. + +### PLEASE DO THIS CORRECTLY. + +Use the correct form of the word to complete the sentences. + +EXAMPLE: John speaks English correctly. (correct) + +1. Nancy writes \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. (bad) +2. Roy reads his language book very \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. (careful) +3. Roger drives \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. (careless) +4. Al didn't answer all the questions \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. (correct) +5. Jack can finish this job in one day \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. (easy) +6. Teddy eats \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. (fast) +7. John arrived \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (safe) because his driver knew how to drive in the snow. +8. Joe is walking \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (slow) because he hurt his foot. +9. Ellen didn't sleep \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ (good) last night. + +### WALTER SPEAKS FRENCH WELL NOW. + +Complete the paragraphs. Use the words in the box. You may need to use some of the words more than once. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| badly | correctly | safely | +| carefully | easily | slowly | +| carelessly | fast | well | + +Last summer Walter went to France because he wanted to learn more French. He read the language \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but he didn't speak it \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +At first he said things \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, and people often laughed. Sometimes they got angry. + +He thought they spoke very \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, and he had to ask them to repeat their sentences. + +Walter listened \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ and wrote new words in his notebook. He always tried to spell them \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +Now he understands French and can use it \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He doesn't say things \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. + +--- + +### Writing Skill + +#### HIS ROOMMATE BORROWED HIS CLOTHES. + +Rewrite the paragraph, choosing one word or phrase for each place with a number. + +(1) roommate is a (2) man. He works out at the (3) gym every day. (4), he takes (5) gym clothes with him. But yesterday, he forgot, and he had to borrow (6) clothes. + +1. My, Our, John's +2. young, strong, healthy +3. downtown, base, men's +4. Most of the time, sometimes, usually +5. his, clean, some +6. some, someone's, a friend's + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +### Grammar + +#### HOW DID MARY DRIVE THIS MORNING? + +| | | Mary | drove | fast. | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| | (Did | Mary | drive | fast?) | +| **How** | **did** | **Mary** | **drive?** | | + +Read the sentences. + +1. **Bob:** How did Mike drive on the trip? + **Tom:** He drove carelessly. + +2. **Jim:** How does Lori cook? + **Alan:** She cooks well. + +3. **Mother:** How did the children sleep last night? + **Father:** They didn't sleep well. + +4. **Mrs. Gale:** How does Jimmy ride his bike? + **Mrs. Lowe:** He rides very carefully. + +5. **Dave:** How did he repair the car? + **Mike:** He repaired it easily. + +6. **Mr. Gates:** How does Frank do his job? + **Mr. White:** He does it very carefully and correctly. + +--- + +#### DID LINDA ANSWER THE QUESTION CAREFULLY? + +Ask and answer questions like the example. In the question, use **how** and the underlined word. In the answer use the underlined word and a word from the box. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| badly | correctly | safely | +| carefully | easily | slowly | +| carelessly | fast | well | + +EXAMPLE: Mary was late this morning. She had to eat breakfast in five minutes. + +How did she eat? +She ate fast. + +1. Donna likes to cook. She fixed a big dinner Sunday, and everyone thought the food was delicious. + +2. Lt Peters is writing a letter for the general. Everything in the letter has to be right. + +3. Frank and Pat Day have two young children. Last night the children were sick and cried for hours. Frank and Pat didn't sleep much. + +4. Bruce is driving to his office. He's drinking a cup of coffee and he's talking to someone in the back seat. He isn't thinking about the traffic. + +5. Paul wants to get a job at the bank. They gave him a lot of forms to fill out. He took his time completing the forms and filled in all the information. + +6. John's taking a math test right now. The problems aren't hard for him. The teacher gave the class only 30 minutes for the test. The other students may not finish it, but John will. + +--- + +### Function + +#### CAN YOU GIVE ME ANY ADVICE? + +Read the dialogs. + +1. **Roger:** I found this wallet, but I don't know whose it is. + **Kevin:** Maybe you should look through it to find an ID. + **Roger:** Yes, and then we should call that person right away. + +2. **David:** It's time for class and I forgot my book. What should I do? + **Stan:** You can borrow mine. I won't need it until 10:00. + **David:** Thanks. I'll give it to you after this first class. + +3. **Mark:** Look at this check. My father sent me this money for my birthday. What do you think I should do with it? + **Carl:** I guess you should save it. Then you won't have to borrow money from me all the time. + +4. **Jack:** I told Al that I didn't know who broke his TV. I told a lie. I broke it accidentally. What should I do? + **Chris:** Tell him the truth. He's your friend. He'll understand. Then maybe you should help pay for the repair. + +--- + +#### YOU SHOULD .... + +Read the situation. Choose a response or make one of your own. Then give advice in a complete sentence using **should**. + +1. My friend borrowed $10 from me three weeks ago. When I ask him about the money, he tells me "next week, next week." What should I do? + a. ask him again + b. forget about it + c. tell a friend to ask him about it + d. other + +2. I just hit a parked car. The driver of the car isn't here. What should I do? + a. wait for the driver + b. leave a message + c. call the police + d. other + +3. Laura works in an office with 10 other people. Everyday one person makes a lot of calls and talks to his friends. Then the others have to do his work. What should they do? + a. make a lot of noise when he's on the phone + b. ask him not to talk on the phone all day + c. not do his work + d. other + +4. John's roommate likes to sleep with the windows open. John doesn't. He doesn't sleep well with them open. What should he do? + a. tell his friend to close the windows + b. move from the apartment + c. ask his friend to move + d. other + +--- + +#### WHAT SHOULD I DO? + +Read the letters. Give the writers your advice. + +1. Dear Ruth, + + I was using my friend's car. I had an accident. What should I do? Should I tell my friend, or should I get it fixed and not tell my friend? + + Careless + +2. Dear Ruth, + + My wife got a lot of money for her birthday. I want to buy a new television. She wants to take a trip. What do think we should do? + + Needing a new TV + +--- + +### Listening Skill + +#### WHAT IS THE TOPIC? + +Listen to the paragraph. Write the topic. + +1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +--- + +# Writing Skill + +**A NICE DINNER** + +Listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +_________________________________________________________________________________ + +
+ + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 3 + +A. Use the correct word to complete the sentences. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| advice | lend | roommates | +| borrow | lied | secret | +| guess | repair | tool | +| | | truth | + +1. John's car is in the garage. The mechanic is going to _______________ it. +2. Larry and Mike live in the same apartment. They are _______________. +3. I forgot my lunch money! Jack, can I _______________ a couple of dollars? +4. Roger told me something and I'm not going to tell anyone because it's a _______________. +5. Jim told his father he was at the library. He wasn't. He _______________ to his father. +6. Sam has a problem. He asked his father for _______________. +7. Ted, will you _______________ me fifty cents for a soda? +8. I can't find Ed. I _______________ he left for the day. +9. John said he didn't have the right _______________ to fix my car. +10. Everyone should tell the _______________. + +--- + +B. Underline the correct word to complete the sentence. + +1. Harry drives careful/carefully. +2. Jack feels bad/badly. +3. That answer is correct/correctly. +4. He answered correct/correctly. +5. Mike had a safe/safely arrival. +6. Mike arrived safe/safely. +7. Bob is a careless/carelessly driver. +8. Bob drives careless/carelessly. +9. This is an easy/easily test. +10. Tim climbed the roof easy/easily. + +C. Match the phrases, then rewrite the sentences to form a paragraph. + +___ 1. Tomorrow, Mark is going +___ 2. He and his wife were thinking +___ 3. They looked at the calendar + +a. about a trip to Mexico. +b. to talk to a travel agent about a vacation. +c. and chose the third week in July. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +D. Listen to the word and select the correct number of syllables that you hear. + +1. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +2. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +3. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +4. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +5. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +6. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +7. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +8. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +9. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +10. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables +e. 5 syllables + +E. Read the statement, make a question with how, then answer it. + +EXAMPLE: Some children are playing ball near the road. Jim is driving very fast on that road. +How is Jim driving? +He is driving carelessly. + +1. Pete answered all the questions with the correct answer. +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +2. I don't think the pilot knew what he was doing. It was a terrible landing. +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +3. Betty checked every answer two times. +____________________________________________________________________ +____________________________________________________________________ + +F. Answer the questions with your own opinion. Use **should**. + +1. I'm late for work, and my car won't start. What should I do? + +2. This sofa is heavy. I can't move it by myself. What should I do? + +3. I made fifty dollars more this week because I worked a few hours more. What should I do with the money? + +4. I know that Bobby told his brother a lie. His brother is my friend. What should I do? + +G. Use the correct word to fill in the blanks. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| advice | garage | lies | +| anyone | guess | repairs | +| enjoys | hurt | tools | +| feelings | in my opinion | truth | + +Sara is a nice person. She often gives ________________ to her friends. She always tells the ________________. She never tells ________________. She doesn't want to ________________ anyone's ________________. ________________, she has more friends than ________________ I know. + +Sara's brother, Jack, ________________ cars. He ________________ his job. He has a lot of ________________. ________________ he has the biggest ________________ in town. diff --git a/sources/book-9/st-4.md b/sources/book-9/st-4.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f308ccfe --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/st-4.md @@ -0,0 +1,1257 @@ + + +# BOOK 9 LESSON 4 + +## WILL YOU FORGIVE ME? + +![A boy looking dismayed standing next to a broken window with a baseball lying on the ground below it](images/page_123_001.jpg) + +### FUNCTION +I'm sorry about your window, Mr. Jackson. It was an accident. +You must be more careful. I hope that it won't happen again. + +### GRAMMAR +Jimmy is happy that you can stay another week. +Sara didn't know that the test was today. +Bob is apologizing for being late. + +### SKILLS +Scanning | Match columns / Write paragraph | Sentence Expansion Topic + +### VOCABULARY +apologize | almost | alarm clock | hanger +bathe | empty | baggage | lady +fill (up) | full | bath | ladies' room +forgive/forgave | hard | bathtub | laundry +hang/hung | pleased | bill | men's room +hope | ready | blanket | motel +mean/meant (to) | really | closet | pillow +realize | so | end | restroom +run/ran out of | soft | gas/gasoline | sheet +spill | sorry | gas station | tank +step (on) | worried (about) | gauge +worry + +take/took a bath + +--- + +# CONTENTS OF BOOK 9 LESSON 4 + +| | | ST Page | +|---|---|---| +| **VOCABULARY:** | gas station, at the motel, I'm sorry. | 117 | +| **READING SKILL:** | scanning | 129 | +| **GRAMMAR:** | use a that noun clause as a direct object | 130 | +| **LISTENING SKILL:** | write the topic | 133 | +| **GRAMMAR:** | use a that clause after predicate adjectives | 134 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** | match phrases, rewrite as paragraph | 137 | +| **GRAMMAR:** | apologize for + gerund | 138 | +| **FUNCTION:** | apologizing and responding to apologies | 142 | +| **WRITING SKILL:** | expansion exercise | 146 | +| **READING SKILLS:** | write topic, select main idea, select title | 147 | + +--- + +# Vocabulary + +### WILDA AND WALTER'S TRIP + +1. ![#1 A woman washing clothes at a laundry sink while a man stands nearby looking at her](images/page_125_001.jpg) Wilda and Walter were get-ting ready to go on a trip. They had to do the laundry because all their clothes were dirty. They washed and dried their clothes. + +2. ![#2 A man and woman standing next to several pieces of packed baggage/suitcases near a doorway](images/page_125_002.jpg) After they finished the laundry, they packed their suitcases. They put all the baggage in the car. They hoped to leave early the next day. + +3. ![#3 An alarm clock on a bedside table next to a lamp](images/page_125_003.jpg) The alarm clock woke them up early the next morning. They were really tired. They didn't want to get up so early, but they did. + +--- + +4. ![#4 A man sitting in a car pointing toward a "GAS" sign while looking at the gas gauge near empty](images/page_126_001.jpg) They started the trip with a full tank of gasoline in the car. After they drove for about 5 hours, Walter checked the gas gauge. He realized the tank was almost empty. He didn't want to run out of gas. He stopped at a gas station in the next block to fill up the car. + + ![#4 A fuel gauge pointing close to empty, marked E and F](images/page_126_002.jpg) + + ![#4 A fuel gauge pointing to full, marked E and F](images/page_126_003.jpg) + +5. ![#5 Walter talking to a gas station attendant near doors marked "MEN" and "LADIES"](images/page_126_004.jpg) They filled up the tank and asked the attendant, "Where are the restrooms?" He told them that the restrooms were at the side of the gas station. The men's room was on the left and the ladies' room was on the right. + +--- + +Answer the questions about the story. Use the vocabulary from the lesson. + +1. What were Wilda and Walter doing? +2. What did they have to do to get clean clothes? +3. What did they put in their car? +4. What woke them the next morning? +5. Why didn't they want to get up? +6. What showed Walter that he was almost out of gas? +7. Where did he stop to get gas? +8. Did he just get a little gas? +9. What was at the side of the gas station? +10. Which room was on the right? + +### THE TANK IS FULL. + +1. Look at these gasoline gauges and listen to the sentences. The sentences are about gauges A, B, C, or D. +2. Write the number of the sentence on the line below the gauge it describes. Some sentences describe two or more gauges. + +EXAMPLE: 1. We ran out of gas. + +![#A A fuel gauge pointing near Empty](images/page_127_001.jpg) +A. ____________________ + +![#B A fuel gauge pointing to Full](images/page_127_002.jpg) +B. ____________________ + +![#C A fuel gauge pointing to Empty](images/page_127_003.jpg) +C. ____________________ + +![#D A fuel gauge pointing past Half](images/page_127_004.jpg) +D. ____________________ + +--- + +### Vocabulary + +AT THE MOTEL + +6. +![#6 A man at a motel front desk talking to a hotel clerk](images/page_128_001.jpg) + +Wilda and Walter arrived at the motel at 6:30. They were glad they had reservations because the motel was full. Many people were traveling that day. + +7. +![#7 A woman making a bed with sheets and pillows](images/page_128_002.jpg) + +When they got to their room, a lady was making the bed. She was putting clean sheets on the bed. There were two soft pillows on the bed and a blanket, too. + +8. +![#8 Two chairs: an upholstered soft armchair on the left and a wooden hard chair on the right](images/page_128_003.jpg) + +There were two chairs in the room. One was a nice soft chair. The other was a hard chair. + +--- + +9. +![#9 A bathtub with a faucet and soap dish](images/page_129_001.jpg) + +They were really tired at the end of the long day. Wilda wanted to take a bath and relax. She filled up the bathtub and stayed in the bath for 20 minutes. She felt better after she bathed. + +10. +![#10 An open closet with clothes hanging on three hangers](images/page_129_002.jpg) + +Walter opened the suitcase and hung up some of their clothes in the closet. He didn't hang up everything because there were only 3 hangers in the closet. + +11. +![#11 A receipt or bill from Sleepy Inn Motor Inn showing room charge and tax](images/page_129_003.jpg) + +The next morning, they woke up at 6:30 without an alarm clock. They got dressed and went to pay the motel bill. Then they went to the restaurant to have breakfast. + +### TRUE OR FALSE? + +Listen to the statements and tell if they are true or false. + +--- + +### ON THE ROAD WITH WILDA AND WALTER + +First read the paragraph silently, then read sentence by sentence and underline the correct answer. + +Wilda and Walter just returned from their vacation. They stopped at many interesting places. When they needed gas, they stopped at a (gas station, grocery store). Here, Walter (filled up, ran out of) the tank. Sometimes when they stopped for gas, they also had to use (the phone, the restrooms). They asked the attendant where they were. + +They stopped in several (motels, houses) and stayed for one or two nights. When Wilda was (really, not very) tired, she liked to take a warm (shower, bath). There were only two of them, but they had a lot of (hangers, baggage). Walter usually hung up the clothes. Sometimes there were only a few (hangers, sheets) in the closet for the clothes. + +At home, Wilda opened the suitcases. After the trip, they had a lot of (laundry, gauge) to do. Walter was glad that he didn't have to pay another motel (rent, bill). + +--- + +### THE PILLOWS ARE SOFT. + +![A bedroom scene with a bed, lamp, picture on the wall, alarm clock, and table](images/page_131_001.jpg) + +The picture shows: +1. pillows +2. walls +3. a blanket +4. an alarm clock +5. a table +6. a bed +7. a picture +8. a carpet +9. sheets + +Which of these things are soft? Which are hard? +Write the word in the correct box. The word pillows is done as an example. + +| SOFT | HARD | +|---|---| +| pillows | | +| | | +| | | +| | | +| | | + +--- + +### WHAT'S THE BEST ANSWER? + +Choose the word or phrase which best completes the statement. Mark a, b, c, or d. + +1. Do you have any dirty clothes? I'm going to do the ________. + a. blanket + b. laundry + c. bed + d. soap + +2. Some people take a lot of ________ when they travel. + a. baggage + b. passport + c. motels + d. ends + +3. I was late this morning. I didn't hear my ________. + a. bill + b. alarm clock + c. TV + d. gauge + +4. Do you like to take a shower or a ________ in the morning? + a. bathtub + b. bath + c. blanket + d. bathe + +5. Pete had to leave his car on the side of the road and walk home. He ________. + a. ran out of gas + b. filled up his car. + c. bought some gasoline + d. saw a gas station + +6. Please take the clothes out of the suitcase and put them in the ________. + a. baggage + b. ladies' room + c. closet + d. men's room + +7. The children put a lot of water in the ________ and it went all over the floor. + a. sheet + b. hanger + c. bathroom + d. bathtub + +--- + +8. Elizabeth only has one more question to answer. She's                  finished. + a. so + b. pleased + c. almost + d. ready + +9. The fish are swimming in a large                 . + a. bathe + b. tank + c. gauge + d. bill + +10. I like to sleep with two                  under my head. + a. blankets + b. hangers + c. sheets + d. pillows + +### I'M SORRY. + +![Close-up view of people's feet crowded together, with one person stepping on another person's shoes](images/page_133_001.jpg) + +**Jimmy:** Don't step on my shoes. You'll get them dirty. My mom just washed these tennis shoes. + +**Freddy:** I'm sorry. I didn't mean to step on your shoes. It's so crowded in here. + +********** + +**Customer:** You spilled cold water on me. + +**Waiter:** I'm sorry, sir. I didn't mean to. It was an accident. + +![A customer seated at a restaurant table looking upset after a waiter spilled cold water on him](images/page_133_002.jpg) + +********** + +### ARE YOU WORRIED? + +![A student sitting at a desk with his hands holding his head, looking stressed and worried about an upcoming test](images/page_134_001.jpg) + +**Chuck:** You look worried. + +**Tony:** I am. I didn't study for the test. + +**Chuck:** You should be worried. Mr. Ames said it was going to be a difficult test. Maybe next time you should study more and worry less. + +********** + +### I'M SORRY. WILL YOU FORGIVE ME? + +![Two young men walking together outdoors along a paved path](images/page_134_002.jpg) + +**Dan:** I need to talk to you, Tom. I want to apologize to you. + +**Tom:** You should. You really made me angry! I thought we were good friends. Why did you tell Bill that I took his wallet? + +![A man hanging a jacket on a clothes hanger inside a closet](images/page_135_001.jpg) + +**Dan:** Well, I saw you with his jacket at Cathy's party. + +**Tom:** Cathy asked me to hang up everyone's jacket. I was just taking them to the closet. + +**Dan:** Then when Bill was getting ready to go, he said his wallet was gone. + +**Tom:** Yes, and then when he got home he realized it was in his gray pants hanging in the closet. + +**Dan:** I really am sorry. I hope you'll forgive me. + +**Sam:** I'm pleased that you forgave Dan. I know he really hurt you. + +**Tom:** Yes, he did. But after he apologized today, we said we were going to forget it. + +**Dan:** You are a good friend. I learned an important lesson. + +**Sam:** Now, let's watch the game. + +![Three young men sitting together from behind, watching a sports game](images/page_135_002.jpg) + +### I'M SO THIRSTY. + +Your instructor will say a sentence and a word. Make a new sentence using the cue word. Look at the pattern. + +**PATTERN:** +**I:** I'm so hungry. +**Class:** I'm so hungry. +**I:** tired +**S1:** I'm so tired. + +### I HOPE THAT THE SHIRT FITS. + +Read the expressions and the information in the boxes. Choose the correct expression for each box. + +**EXPRESSIONS:** +I'm sorry (that) +Sorry. I didn't mean to +I'm pleased (that) +I hope (that) + +1.                                                    + +| I hurt your feelings. | +| I stepped on your toes. | +| I took your keys. | +| I spilled water on you. | +| I came in late. | + +2.                                                    + +| you have a nice trip. | +| you get a good grade on your test. | +| you find your wallet. | +| I didn't hurt your feelings. | + +3.                                                    + +| your mother is better. | +| you got a good grade on your test. | +| you came to the party. | +| I met you. | + +4.                                                    + +| hurt your feelings. | +| spill water on you. | +| take your wallet. | +| step on your toes. | +| break your glasses. | + +### Reading Skill + +#### WHAT'S ON THE MENU? + +Read the questions first. Then look at the menu and write the correct answers to the questions. You'll see the menu for only 45 seconds. + +1. What time can you get breakfast? +                                                                                                + +2. How many eggs do they put in their omelettes? +                                                                                                + +3. What can you order if you don't want any meat? +                                                                                                + +4. Can you get tomato juice? +                                                                                                + +5. How much is a cup of coffee? +                                                                                                + +### Grammar + +#### I THINK THIS MOVIE IS BORING. + +![Two young men sitting next to each other in movie theater seats, one looks bored resting his chin on his hand and the other is yawning wide](images/page_138_001.jpg) + +| I forgot | (that) | we had a test today. | +| I think | (that) | this movie is boring. | +| He hopes | (that) | you'll come to his party. | + +| Did you remember | (that) | there's a test today? | +| Did he understand | (that) | the movie started at 7? | +| Do you realize | (that) | we're leaving tomorrow? | + +| forget | guess | hear | realize | +|---|---|---|---| +| learn | think | hope | remember | +| see | read | know | understand | + +After these verbs indicating mental activity you use a that noun clause as a direct object. Notice that is optional. + +--- + +Read the dialogs. + +1. **Jim:** Do you think this movie is boring? + **Tom:** No, I think it's interesting. + +2. **Dan:** I guess I'll have to study this weekend. + **Don:** I guess I will too. + +3. **Kim:** Did Mike realize that it was 11:30? + **Pat:** No, he didn't. He thought that it was only 10:30. + +4. **Sue:** Does Tom know that Jim is arriving tonight? + **Bob:** Yes, he learned that he was arriving about an hour ago. + +5. **Tim:** I heard on the radio that it's going to rain tonight. + **Pam:** I saw on TV that the rain might change to snow later. + +**THE OTHER STUDENTS KNOW THAT THE TEST STARTS AT 10:00.** + +Complete the sentences using a that noun clause. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: The test starts at 10:00. Paul doesn't realize it. +Paul doesn't realize that the test starts at 10:00. + +1. John told the truth. Marsha knows ________________________________________ + +2. John didn't tell a lie. Ann knows ________________________________________ + +3. Jason will leave on Friday. Jason learned ________________________________________ + +4. Ed forgot to sign his check. The bank teller saw ________________________________________ + +5. Today's going to be very hot. I heard on the radio ________________________________________ + +6. Pat has a new telephone number. Mike doesn't remember ________________________________________ + +7. Ken wanted coffee with his dinner. The waiter didn't understand ________________________________________ + +8. The price of a new car is going up. I read today ________________________________________ + +9. Dana had to return a book to the library. She forgot ________________________________________ + +10. Lt Henderson says he is the best pilot on this base. He thinks ________________________________________ + +**JAN THOUGHT THE TEST WAS EASY.** +**SHE DIDN'T THINK THAT THE TEST WAS DIFFICULT.** + +Your instructor will read a sentence and a word. Make a new sentence changing to the negative and using the cue word. Look at the pattern. + +PATTERN: +I: I think you're wrong. (right) +S: I don't think you're right. + +**TIM THOUGHT THAT HE WAS LATE.** + +Read the paragraph and then complete the sentences using one of the verbs in the box. Use each word only once. Remember to use the past tense. + +| know | realize | hear | +| see | remember | hope | + +Last Saturday was a beautiful fall day. Tim sat outside with the newspaper. He read that the time was going to change on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. In most of the U.S., people add an hour to the time every April and subtract an hour every October. + +1. When Tim looked at his alarm clock Monday morning he ____________________ that the time was 6:30. + +2. He was going to be late! He ____________________ he had to leave right away. + +3. He ____________________ that there wasn't going to be a lot of traffic on the road. + +4. Tim turned on the car radio. He ____________________ that the time was only 6:00. + +5. He ____________________ that he was early, not late. + +6. Then Tim ____________________ that the time was an hour earlier now. It was only 6 o'clock, not 7. + +### Listening Skill + +**WHAT ARE WE TALKING ABOUT?** + +Listen to a paragraph and write the topic. + +1. ________________________________________ + +2. ________________________________________ + +3. ________________________________________ + +### Grammar + +**ALEX IS GLAD THAT TIM AND BOB ARRIVED SAFELY.** + +| Use an adverbial that clause to express cause or reason after these expressions. | +|---| +| I'm happy / pleased / glad / angry / sorry / upset | (that) | he went there. | + +![An airport scenes with a man standing inside greeting two men who just arrived carrying luggage, behind them an airport sign is visible](images/page_142_001.jpg) + +**Alex:** I'm really glad you're here. +**Tim:** We're happy that we're here, but we're upset that we're so late. + +Read the sentences. + +1. Alex is glad that his friends came to visit him. He's sorry that they can't stay all summer. + +2. Tim and Bob were upset that their plane was late, but they are pleased that Alex waited for them to arrive. + +3. Alex wasn't angry that the plane was late. He was happy to see that his friends arrived safely. + +**THE MANAGER IS ANGRY THAT THE APARTMENT IS DIRTY.** + +Match the correct letter to the number. + +EXAMPLE: + a The manager is angry a. that the apartment is dirty. + +_____ 1. Lt Hill was upset b. that someone left her a big tip. + +_____ 2. The students are glad c. that the airman didn't salute. + +_____ 3. The waitress is happy d. that three students are late. + +_____ 4. The driver is sorry e. that they don't have to take a test. + +_____ 5. The teacher is angry f. that he didn't put gas in his taxi. + +**IS TOM HAPPY THAT HE BOUGHT A SMALL CAR?** +**TOM'S NOT HAPPY THAT HE BOUGHT A SMALL CAR.** + +Read the sentences. Then put them together in a question using a that adverbial phrase. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Tom bought a small car. Is he happy? +Is Tom happy that he bought a small car? + +1. His son broke the window. Is Mr. Letterman angry? + +2. Donna's car ran out of gas. Is she upset? + +3. Fred lost Jim's new jacket. Is he sorry? + +4. Her husband remembered her birthday. Was Mrs. Davis pleased? + +5. Betty doesn't have to work today. Is she glad? + +6. The Martins lost their airline tickets. Are they upset? + +Now put the sentences together to make a negative sentence with a that adverbial clause. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Tom bought a small car. He's not happy. +Tom's not happy that he bought a small car. + +7. Helen's friend lied to her. She's not happy. + +8. His traffic ticket cost $75. Ken's not pleased. + +9. Tommy broke an old glass. His mother's not upset. + +10. Janet move to Houston. She's not sorry. + +11. Paul was late to dinner. Ann wasn't angry. + +12. John sold his car. He wasn't glad. + +**IS AL SORRY THAT HE DIDN'T STUDY FOR THE TEST?** + +Use one of the words below to complete the sentence. Use each word only once. + +| angry | glad | happy | +| upset | sorry | pleased | + +1. The teacher is ____________________ that the class didn't do the homework. + +2. Mr. Hawkins was ____________________ that his students did well on the test. + +3. Pam's ____________________ that she hurt her friend's feelings. + +4. Lt Simpson was ____________________ that Col Lynch remembered him. + +--- + +5. Alice was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ that her son wasn't hurt in the accident. + +6. Harry was \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ that he waited in the rain for one hour and his friend never came. + +### Writing Skill + +#### A NEW MOTEL + +Match the phrases/clauses in column A with those in column B to form sentences. Then rewrite the sentences as one paragraph. + +EXAMPLE: + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| c 1. Joe checked in at | a. hangers in the closet. | +| a 2. There were no | b. very angry. | +| d 3. He couldn't | c. a new motel. | +| b 4. Joe was | d. hang up his clothes. | + +Joe checked in at a new motel. There were no hangers in the closet. He couldn't hang up his clothes. Joe was very angry. + +1. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| \_\_\_ 1. Jane cleans rooms | a. the sheets and blankets. | +| \_\_\_ 2. She cleans | b. in the motel on Elm Street. | +| \_\_\_ 3. She changes | c. at the end of the day. | +| \_\_\_ 4. She is tired | d. the bedrooms and the bathrooms. | + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +2. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| \_\_\_ 1. Jeff is upset | a. losing the baggage | +| \_\_\_ 2. They apologized for | b. they won't find it at all. | +| \_\_\_ 3. They hope to | c. that the airline lost his baggage. | +| \_\_\_ 4. He's worried that | d. find it by tomorrow. | + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ + +### Grammar + +**BETH IS APOLOGIZING FOR BEING LATE THIS MORNING.** + +![A man with glasses and two women standing in front of a male teacher who is holding papers](images/page_146_001.jpg) + +What is Beth apologizing to the instructor for? + +She's apologizing to him for being late to class. + +After the verb *apologize*, notice the use of *for* + gerund (verb + -ing.) + +**STEVE APOLOGIZED FOR LOSING LISA'S NOTEBOOK.** + +1. Don: What did Ms. Young apologize to you for? + Ann: She apologized for forgetting to return my call. + +2. Kevin: What is Steve apologizing to Lisa for? + Linda: He is apologizing to her for losing her notebook. + +3. Alan: Did the other driver apologize for running the red light? + Paul: No, he didn't. He thinks the accident was my fault. + +4. Mike: What was the waitress apologizing to John for? + Sara: She was apologizing for bringing him cold food. + +5. Bob: Did the motel clerk apologize for giving us the wrong room? + Bill: Yes, he did. He apologized right away. + +**JACK APOLOGIZED TO JILL FOR SPILLING HER ORANGE JUICE.** + +Read the sentences. Make a new sentence using apologize for + gerund. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Jack spilled Jill's orange juice. He apologized to her. + +Jack apologized to Jill for spilling her orange juice. OR +Jack apologized for spilling Jill's orange juice. + +1. The travel agent lost our airline tickets. He apologized. + +2. Brad parked his car in the wrong place. He apologized. + +3. The barber cut Roy's ear. He is apologizing. + +4. Sara was talking in class. She apologized to her teacher. + +5. The waitress gave Ted the wrong check. She apologized to him. + +6. Ralph ran the stop sign. He apologized to the other driver. + +7. Ed forgot to put gas in the car. He is apologizing to his father. + +8. Cindy's brother hurt her feelings. He is apologizing. + +**DID MARY APOLOGIZE FOR SPILLING THE SOUP?** + +Read the first sentence. Then complete the second sentence with *for* + the gerund. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Jan opened Sally's mail, but she won't apologize. + +Jan won't apologize for opening Sally's mail. + +1. Jim spilled Ted's soup and apologized right away. + Jim apologized right away \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ Ted's soup. + +2. Al broke Ms. Brown's coffee cup, but he never apologized. + Al never apologized \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ Ms. Brown's cup. + +3. Mary ate her brother's candy; now she's apologizing to him. + Mary's apologizing to her brother \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ his candy. + +4. Lori hurts people's feelings, but she doesn't apologize. + Lori doesn't apologize \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ people's feelings. + +5. Sam apologized to his roommate; he broke the alarm clock. + Sam apologized to his roommate \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ the alarm clock. + +6. Henry gave Bob bad advice, but he doesn't want to apologize. + Henry doesn't want to apologize to Bob \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ him bad advice. + +7. Jim spilled coffee on Jennie's paper. He apologized to her. + Jim apologized to Jennie \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ coffee on her paper. + +8. The taxi driver dropped Mrs. Johnson's suitcase. He apologized. + The taxi driver apologized to Mrs. Johnson \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ her suitcase. + +**WHAT IS THE WAITER APOLOGIZING FOR?** + +![#1 A man accidentally stepping on a woman's foot in a room, saying "I'M SORRY!"](images/page_149_001.jpg) +Ms. White is apologizing to Mr. Green. + +![#2 An angry man standing next to a broken window with two boys standing nearby holding a football](images/page_149_002.jpg) +Tom and Jerry will apologize to Mr. Hall. + +![#3 A man carrying folders looking at his watch while standing in a doorway across from another man in a suit](images/page_149_003.jpg) +Don is apologizing to Mr. Workman. + +![#4 A waiter standing at a table apologizing to a seated customer next to a spilled cup](images/page_149_004.jpg) +Ken apologized to Ed. + +### Function + +**I'M SORRY!** + +Here are some expressions we use to apologize to someone. + +I'm sorry. +Please forgive me. +Excuse me. +I want to apologize. + +Here are some expressions we use to respond to an apology. + +That's okay. +No problem. +Don't worry about it. +That's all right. +Don't let it happen again. + +**I APOLOGIZE. IT WAS AN ACCIDENT.** + +Read the dialogs. + +Mike: Can you forgive me, Sue? I didn't mean to hurt your feelings. +Sue: Well, I know now that you didn't mean to hurt my feelings. Yes, I'll forgive you. + +********** + +Jeff: Oh! Was that your foot? I'm sorry. Does it hurt? +Lori: It's okay. It was an accident. It will be all right in a minute. + +********** + +--- + +Waitress: I'm so sorry, sir. I guess I had too many things in my hands. Did I get any water on you? + +Mr. Allen: No, don't worry about it. Nothing spilled on me. + +********** + +Mr. Simms: I want to apologize for not calling you yesterday. I was very busy all day. + +Mr. Rogers: That's all right. I'm glad you had time to call me today. + +********** + +Jim: Excuse me. I didn't realize that you were sitting here. I'll move over. + +Carla: No problem. Thank you. + +********** + +**IT'S OKAY THIS TIME, BUT NEXT TIME BE MORE CAREFUL.** + +**Read the situation and then choose the phrase that best completes the dialogs.** + +1. Jack was running because he was late. He ran into Fred and caused him to spill his coffee. + +Jack: Oh no! Fred, (I'm sorry /No problem.) I hope that didn't get on your trousers. + +Fred: No, it didn't. (It's all right./Excuse me.) Please watch where you're going next time. + +********** + +2. Steve had a party Friday night. He turned his radio on very high. His neighbor usually goes to sleep early on Friday. + +Steve: I hope my radio didn't bother you last night. Please (excuse me/ don't worry about it) for all that noise. I forgot that you had to work on Saturday mornings. + +Mark: Oh, (don't worry about it./I want to apologize.) I didn't have to work this Saturday. I enjoyed the music. + +********** + +3. Stan and Paul were taking a test in the lab. Paul finished first, picked up his hat, and left. Stan was the last to finish. He picked up the one hat that was left but realized it wasn't his. He went outside and called Paul. + +Stan: Paul, I think you got the wrong hat. + +Paul: You're right. (Excuse me./Don't let it happen again.) + +Stan: (That's okay./I apologize.) It's easy to make a mistake. + +********** + +**IT'S OKAY. IT WASN'T YOUR FAULT THAT YOU WERE LATE.** + +**Match the response to the apology. Number one is an example.** + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| f 1. I'm sorry I'm late. The traffic was very bad. | a. I understand. Sometimes I forget names too. | +| ___ 2. Excuse me. I didn't mean to step on you. | b. I understand. You didn't realize that it would upset me. | +| ___ 3. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to hurt your feelings. | c. That's all right. It didn't really hurt. | +| ___ 4. I apologize. I didn't realize this was your place. | d. Don't worry about it. I can clean it easily. | +| ___ 5. I'm sorry I spilled this. I hope it doesn't hurt the carpet. | e. That's okay. There's another place over there. | +| ___ 6. I apologize. I just didn't remember your name. | f. That's okay. A few minutes won't make any difference. | + +**I APOLOGIZE!** + +**Listen to the situation. Make and respond to apologies.** + +EXAMPLE: + +Situation: You were late to work this morning. + +S1: I'd like to apologize for being late this morning. I hope it didn't bother you. + +S2: That's all right. I understand you had an accident. Is everything okay? + +**Writing Skill** + +**LET'S MAKE THESE SENTENCES LONGER.** + +**Put a word from number 1 in the sentence where you see (1). Put a word from number 2 where you see (2). And, put a word from number 3 where you see (3). Write the sentence on the line.** + +1. The (1) man stopped at the (2) motel to sleep in a (3) room. + (1) tall, tired + (2) new, old + (3) clean, cool + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. The (1) parked her (2) in (3) of the commissary. + (1) lady, captain + (2) car, truck + (3) front, back + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +**Reading Skills** + +**WHAT'S THE TOPIC?** + +**Read the paragraph, write the topic, and select the main idea.** + +1. Military bases are like small cities. The offices and buildings are similar to the offices and buildings in town. There are houses on base for both officers and enlisted people. There are also schools for the children of those people who live on the base. There are gyms where you can work out and places to play tennis, football, and baseball. The commissary is like a large grocery store. The BX usually has just about anything else that you need. Most bases also have hospitals to take care of the anyone who is sick. There's also a gas station and a garage to repair your car. Last, most bases have buses and taxis to take you where you need to go if you don't have a car. + +Topic: ________________________ + +a. Military bases and cities are similar. +b. You don't need a car on the base. +c. There are schools on base. + +2. Almost all the people in the world use money to buy things they need. In other times, animals and cigarettes were used as money. In some places they used animals' teeth. Today, we use coins and paper bills for money. Coins are usually small and round. Most have words, numbers, and pictures of animals, buildings, or important men and women on them. The bills also have pictures. In the U.S., the color of money is green, but in other countries the bills are many different colors--red, green, blue, orange, and purple. + +Topic: ________________________ + +a. People used animals as money. +b. There are different kinds of money. +c. Coins and bills are money. + +**Reading Skill** + +**WHAT'S THE TITLE?** + +**Read the paragraph, and select the best title.** + +Joe and Alice were at the airport. They were going to visit Joe's family in Spain. Joe went to change some dollars for Spanish money. Alice went to check in for the flight. Then she heard, "Flight 411 is ready for departure. Please report to Gate 23." She hoped Joe was waiting at Gate 23. He wasn't. She was very worried. She found her seat, sat down, and fastened her seat belt. A minute later a lady in a uniform asked to see her ticket. "Mrs. Alonso, this flight goes to San Francisco and then Tokyo, Japan. Your ticket is for New York and then Madrid. We'll take you to the right plane." Joe was waiting for Alice at Gate 32. She was very glad to see him. + +a. Joe and Alice +b. The Wrong Gate +c. Flight 411 + +--- + + + + +# EVALUATION EXERCISES FOR BOOK 9 LESSON 4 + +A. Use the correct word(s) to complete the sentence. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| apologized | hangers | worry | +| blanket | hope to | realize | +| closet | meant to | sorry | +| fill it up | steps on | pillow | + +1. Did Bob ________________ that he locked the door? + +2. I have four more shirts to hang up. Do you have any more ________________? + +3. Jim ________________ for being late last night. + +4. It's going to be cold tonight. Do you want another ________________ the bed? + +5. Hang that new dress in the ________________. + +6. I ________________ stay for ten days. + +7. Here's a nice, soft ________________ for you to put your head on. + +8. I ________________ call Mike last night, but I got busy and didn't do it. + +9. Ed's ________________ that he missed the show. + +10. The car doesn't have alot of gas. Will you take it to the gas station and ________________? + +11. I'll be very careful with your car. Please don't ________________ about it. + +12. Pete doesn't dance very well. He always ________________ the girl's feet! + +B. Choose the word that best completes the sentence. Mark a, b, c, or d. + +1. The dog is really dirty. Please ________________ him today! +a. spill +b. worry +c. bathe +d. hang + +2. We'll have to wait a few minutes for Bill. He isn't ________________. +a. soft +b. ready +c. worried +d. almost + +3. I ate breakfast 7 hours ago. I'm ________________ hungry. +a. full +b. almost +c. sorry +d. so + +4. Check the ________________ to see how much gas we have. +a. gauge +b. station +c. baggage +d. sheet + +5. I paid the ________________, but the clerk forgot to give me the books I bought. +a. tank +b. laundry +c. motel +d. bill + +C. Listen to the paragraph and write the topic. + +Topic: ____________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +D. Combine the two sentences into one. + +EXAMPLE: Kenny locked the door. +Mike doesn't remember. +Mike doesn't remember that Kenny locked the door. + +1. The meeting is at 8:00. +Harry knows. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. Jimmy will graduate in May. +Tom read it in the neighborhood paper. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Larry is late for his appointment. +Mr. Anderson knows. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +4. The plane will arrive at 6:30. +Barbara forgot. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +EE-17 + +E. Match the letters to the numbers. Complete a sentence. + +_____ 1. Dad lent his son the car. He's upset that +a. they broke the window. + +_____ 2. Mary was going to go to the lake for the weekend. She isn't pleased that +b. she's going on vacation. + +_____ 3. The boys were playing ball near the house. They are sorry that +c. her students are late for class. + +_____ 4. Jane is excited about her trip. She is happy that +d. they have a 3-day weekend. + +_____ 5. There is a lot of work to do this morning. The teacher is angry that +e. he forgot to get gas. + +_____ 6. The students had three tests this week. They're glad that +f. she has to work on Saturday. + +F. Match the phrases/clauses in Column A with those in Column B to form sentences. Then write a paragraph with the sentences. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| _____ 1. Carol stayed up | a. at 7:30 this morning. | +| _____ 2. She had to go to work | b. until 2:00 last night. | +| _____ 3. She's going to be | c. after work. | +| _____ 4. Maybe she'll rest | d. very tired. | + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +EE-18 + +G. Combine the two sentences into one. + +EXAMPLE: Jeff broke the lamp. +He apologized to Mrs. Davis. +Jeff apologized to Mrs. Davis for breaking the lamp. +OR +Jeff apologized for breaking Mrs. Davis' lamp. + +1. Bob lost the notebook. He apologized to Mark. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +2. Teddy spilled the milk. He apologized to Mrs. Thompson. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +3. Larry hurt Rita's feelings. He apologized to her. + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +__________________________________________________________________________________ + +EE-19 + +![A Checking Account Deposit Slip form and a Savings Account Deposit Slip form from ABC BANK](images/page_251_001.jpg) + +--- + +SAVINGS WITHDRAWAL + +ABC BANK +PO BOX 555 +SAN ANTONIO, TX. + +DATE ____________________ + +____________________ DOLLARS + +____________________ Savings Account No. ____________________ + +____________________ signature + +--- + +John H. Flynn +300 E. Main +San Antonio, Tx. + +501 + +19 _____ + +Pay to the +order of ____________________ $ ____________________ + +____________________ Dollars + +ABC BANK +SAN ANTONIO, TX. + +For ____________________ + +--- + +CLASSIFIED ADS + +PLACE YOUR AD WITH US. WE HAVE WHAT YOU NEED! + +Lost: Large white cat, answers to Fluffy. Lost near Main and Central Street. Will pay money to the person who finds him. Call 555-5555 or 555-1121 (after 4 p.m.) + +--- + +GOOD MORNING! +WON'T YOU HAVE BREAKFAST WITH US? + +![Illustration of a happy man eating breakfast at a table with a plate of food, fork, knife, glass of juice, and salt/pepper shakers](images/page_257_001.jpg) + +**EGGS** +1 egg with bacon — $1.00 +2 eggs with bacon — $1.55 + +1 egg with ham — $1.95 +2 eggs with ham — $2.75 + +**PANCAKES** +3 pancakes — $1.25 +3 pancakes with bacon — $1.75 +3 pancakes with ham — $2.35 + +**DRINKS** +Orange juice — $.30 +Milk — $.25 +Tea — $.50 + +--- + +# MIKE'S TV + +Open Tue - Sat +Closed Monday +9 - 9 + +call 828-4550 + +1742 E. Military +2 blocks East of the Base + +Black and White +Or Color +All sizes + +We also sell: +Refrigerators +Stoves +Recorders +Radios + +*** + +# BOB'S TV REPAIR + +Do you have a sick TV? +I can fix it. + +Call 674-7865 +free pick up + +M-F 9 am-6 pm +Sat. 10-2 + +PROMPT SERVICE +SAME OR NEXT DAY +IN MOST CASES + +PROFESSIONAL SERVICE +IN HOME OR +BRING IN YOUR SET +AND SAVE + +*** + +# Roger's Fix-It + +Bring us your: +RADIOS +TELEVISIONS +TAPE RECORDERS +We can fix them. + +430 Main St. +1 block off Highway 37 + +FACTORY AUTHORIZED SERVICE FOR: +ZENITH +Magnavox +PHILCO® +SYLVANIA + +228-7343 + +VHS - BETA + +B9L3 #1 + +--- + +# BREAKFAST MENU +Breakfast served from 6:00 - 10:45 AM daily + +![A cartoon chef smiling and serving a platter](images/page_261_001.jpg) + +### PANCAKES +Two pancakes served with 2 eggs, bacon or sausage — 3.75 + +### TACOS +Egg and potato — .95 +Egg and bacon — 1.05 + +### DRINKS +Coffee — .75 +Tea — .50 +Milk — .85 +Orange juice — .85 + +### EGGS +Two eggs (any style) — 1.25 +Two eggs, served with hash browns, bacon or ham and toast — 3.55 +Omelette 3-egg +- with cheese — 3.75 +- with ham — 4.05 +- with bacon — 4.00 +(served with toast and hash browns) + +B9L4 #1 + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/st-5.md b/sources/book-9/st-5.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..462568ea --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/st-5.md @@ -0,0 +1,428 @@ + + +# LESSON 5: LET'S REVIEW + +![A circular diagram divided into six wedge-shaped sections depicting various daily scenes including driving, talking to a police officer, people conversing, a messy table with food, a bank counter, and a couple in a room.](images/page_157_001.jpg) + +# JACK NEEDS TO DO SOME THINGS AT THE BANK. + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| careless | open an account | traffic | +| signature | ticket | spend | +| enjoy | savings account | obey | +| happen | checking account | safe | + +Choose the correct word(s) to complete the sentences. + +1. Jack just moved into town. He wants to put his money in a bank. He wants to _______________. + +2. Jack likes to pay his bills by check. He needs a _______________. + +3. He would also like to save some money for a new car. He needs a _______________. + +4. No one will take his money in the bank. It's _______________. + +5. Before Jack can use a check, it must have his _______________. + +6. On the way to the bank, Jack ran a red light. A policeman gave him a _______________. + +7. The policeman told Jack that he should _______________ the traffic laws. + +8. Jack told the policeman that it wouldn't _______________ again. + +9. Jack does not like to _______________ his money for fines. + +10. He is a _______________ driver. When he ran the red light, he was thinking about his money and the bank, not about the _______________. + +11. Now, he wants to _______________ the weekend and forget about his ticket. + +# DOESN'T THIS PIE SMELL DELICIOUS? + +Look at the pictures and write sentences. Use the words feel, look, smell, sound, or taste. + +![A young man smiling warmly](images/page_160_001.jpg) +Ted/happy + +EXAMPLE: Ted looks happy. + +![#1 Two women standing next to a record player playing music](images/page_160_002.jpg) +music/great + +1. ____________________ + ____________________ + +![#2 A loaf of sliced bread on a plate with steam rising from it](images/page_161_001.jpg) +bread/delicious + +2. ____________________ + ____________________ + +![#3 A smiling woman with long wavy hair wearing a dress and necklace](images/page_161_002.jpg) +Linda/beautiful + +3. ____________________ + ____________________ + +![#4 A young boy making a sour face after biting into a lemon](images/page_161_003.jpg) +lemon/sour + +4. ____________________ + ____________________ + +![#5 A man resting his head on his hand with eyes closed, looking tired](images/page_161_004.jpg) +Fred/sleepy + +5. ____________________ + ____________________ + +# WHAT'S THE BEST ANSWER? + +Select the best answer to complete the sentences. Mark a, b, or c. + +1. Did you _______________ your bike to class this morning? + a. ride + b. lend + c. park + +2. I don't know _______________ in this room. + a. lady + b. someone + c. anyone + +3. My refrigerator won't stay cold. Can you _______________ it today? + a. run + b. repair + c. fasten + +4. The test starts in 3 minutes. We must go to the lab _______________. + a. immediately + b. correctly + c. safely + +5. Don't give me any carrots. I don't _______________ them. + a. care for + b. taste + c. spill + +6. Sally's going to be on TV tonight. She's very _______________. + a. dark + b. excited + c. careless + +7. Bob can't find his wallet. He thinks he _______________ it in the lab. + a. buckled up + b. withdrew + c. lost + +# I'M LATE BECAUSE MY CAR DIDN'T START. + +Answer the questions. Use because. + +EXAMPLE: Why is Harry walking down Main Street? (park/his car) +He's walking down Main Street because he parked his car there. + +1. Why didn't Patty eat the chicken? (taste/salty) +2. Why does Sam always buckle his seat belt? (is/the law) +3. Why did Jan apologize to Bob? (lie/to him) + +--- + +4. Why did Roger stop at the gas station? (run out of/gas) +5. Why isn't Jane coming to the party with us? (feel/sick) +6. Why isn't your homework finished? (fall asleep) + +### MAJOR SMITH IS WORKING LATE TOMORROW NIGHT. + +Answer the questions like the example. Use the present progressive (be + V + ing) in your answers. Don't use will in your answers. + +EXAMPLE: When will you go on vacation? California/tomorrow +I'm going to California tomorrow. + +1. Where will Lt Roberts eat lunch tomorrow? (Officers' Club) +2. When does Jackie's plane arrive? (5:35) +3. When will Sally leave for New York? (tomorrow) +4. What will you tell Captain Jones? (truth) +5. When will Ed pack for his trip? (Tuesday night) +6. When are you going to take a bath? (five minutes) + +### WHAT WAS/WERE ... DOING? + +Who broke the TV? It happened between 7 and 8 p.m. last night. Tell what you or your friends were doing at that time. Use the past progressive (was/were + V + ing) of the verb in your answers. Look at the examples. + +EXAMPLES: I was exercising at the gym. (exercise) +Tom and Al were playing soccer. (play) + +1. Jack and Paul ____________________ a football game. (watch) +2. I ____________________ at the library. (study) + +--- + +3. Sharon ____________________ in the cafeteria. (eat) +4. Mark ____________________ a friend. (visit) +5. Joe ____________________ shampoo at the drugstore. (buy) +6. Alice and Jan ____________________ a cake. (make) + +### WHAT'S THE TOPIC? + +Listen to a paragraph and write the topic of the paragraph. + +_________________________________________________________________ + +### FRIEND-SHIP (2 SYLLABLES) + +Listen to the words and circle the number of syllables that you hear. + +1. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +2. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +3. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +4. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +5. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +6. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +7. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +8. a. 1 syllable +b. 2 syllables +c. 3 syllables +d. 4 syllables + +--- + +Listen to the paragraph. Complete the box outline. + +| CHART | BOX | OUTLINE | +|---|---|---| + +________________________________________ +| | | +|---|---|---| +| _____ | _____ | _____ | +| _____ | _____ | _____ | + +### HAROLD SPEAKS VERY SLOWLY. + +Use a word from the box to answer the questions. Use each word only once. + +| correctly | badly | +| carefully | safely | +| carelessly | slowly | + +1. Jack does not do anything fast. At breakfast, lunch, and dinner, he is the last person to finish. How does Jack eat? +2. No one can read anything that Mike writes. How does Mike write? +3. Debbie and Jane just found out that there is room for them on the trip to Houston. They must be ready in a half hour and are throwing their things into the suitcase. How are the girls packing? + +--- + +4. Mr. Summers is 76 years old. He got his driver's license when he was 16. He doesn't drive now, but in all those years, he never had an accident or got a ticket. He obeyed all the traffic laws. How did he drive? +5. The teacher asked, "How much is 6 times 8?" Right away Fred answered, "48." How did Fred answer the question? +6. Yesterday the clerk made a mistake when he counted the money. The manager was very angry. How will the clerk count the money today? + +### MATCH THEM. + +Match the phrases/clauses in column A with those in column B to form sentences. Then rewrite the sentences as one paragraph. + +| Column A | Column B | +|---|---| +| 1. This morning, I | a. late for work. | +| 2. The alarm clock did not | b. got up late. | +| 3. I was 35 minutes | c. buy a new alarm clock. | +| 4. I think I'll | d. wake me up. | + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +--- + +### JANET APOLOGIZED FOR TAKING MY PENCIL. + +Read the two sentences. Then complete the third sentence with for + the gerund. Look at the example. + +EXAMPLE: Bob spilled Sara's milk. He apologized. +Bob apologized for spilling Sara's milk. + +1. The mailman lost my letter. He apologized. +The mailman apologized ____________________________________ + +2. Lt Ellis apologized. He parked in Major Wilson's place. +Lt Ellis apologized ____________________________________ + +3. The cook is apologizing to Roger. He put a lot of salt in the soup. +The cook is apologizing to Roger ____________________________________ + +4. Sam apologized to Tom. He forgot to pick him up this morning. +Sam apologized to Tom ____________________________________ + +5. The clerk gave her the wrong change. He's apologizing to her. +The clerk is apologizing to her ____________________________________ + +6. Allen hurt Lori's feelings. He apologized to her. +Allen apologized to Lori ____________________________________ + +--- + +### TOM'S SHIRT IS SIMILAR TO ED'S. + +Complete the sentences with the correct word(s) from the box. + +| similar to | the same as | +| different from | alike | + +1. Pete's house has 3 bedrooms, 2 bathrooms, and a 2-car garage. Charlie's house has 3 bedrooms, 2 bathrooms and a 1-car garage. +Pete's house is ____________________ Charlie's house. + +2. Bud's sandwich has beef, chicken, lettuce, tomato, and onion in it. Harry's sandwich has ham and cheese in it. +Bud's sandwich is ____________________ Harry's. + +3. Jack is wearing a light blue shirt and black pants. Ted is also wearing a light blue shirt and black pants. +Jack is dressed ____________________ Ted. + +4. Kevin is tall and has short, black hair. Bob is also tall with short, black hair. They usually wear the same kind of clothes to work. +They look ____________________. + +5. Emily has a small, white, 4-door Chevrolet. Nancy also has a small, white, 4-door Chevrolet. +Emily's car is ____________________ Nancy's. + +6. In Sam's family, there are five children. He has three brothers and one sister. In Carl's family there are only two children. He has one brother. +Sam's family is ____________________ Carl's. + +--- + +HE TOLD ME TO ANSWER THE QUESTION. + +Read the dialogs, then answer the question. + +EXAMPLE: + +Jim: Johnny, sit down. +Allen: What did Jim tell Johnny? +He told him to sit down. + +1. Sgt Edwards: Private Jones, pick up that paper. +Sgt Wilson: What did Sgt Edwards tell Private Jones to do? + +********** + +2. Jack: Pete, can you close that window? It's cold in here. +Ted: What did Jack ask Pete? + +********** + +3. Rita: Mike, move your car, please. +John: What did Rita tell Mike to do? + +********** + +4. Sam: Ted, will you turn off the lights, please? +Tom: What did Sam ask you? + +********** + +I'M GLAD YOU CAME TO VISIT. I HOPE THAT YOU'LL COME AGAIN. + +Read the letter and answer the questions. + +Dear Mike, + +I'm glad that you came to visit me last month. I'm sorry that you didn't have more time to stay. I hope that you'll visit again very soon. I know that it's a long drive, but you always enjoy yourself when you get here. I have some good news. I read that they were making a new highway from Center City to Lakeland. That will make your drive easier. I hope to see you again soon. + +Your friend, + +Sam + +1. What was Sam sorry about? + +_________________________________________________________________ + +2. What does Sam hope? + +_________________________________________________________________ + +3. What did Sam read? + +_________________________________________________________________ + +LISTEN AND WRITE. + +Listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +SHOULD I PUT A COMMA HERE? + +Rewrite the paragraph with the correct punctuation and capitalization. + +my roommate bob came into my room this morning he asked are you going to work this morning i said no i m not today is tuesday i have my language class today then bob remembered that i have language class every tuesday he was sorry that he woke me up when i go to work i get up at 6:45 when i go to class i get up at 7:30 + +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ +_________________________________________________________________ + +WHAT'S THE WORD? + +Fill in the puzzle with the correct word. + +ACROSS + +1. Ed's dinner cost $5.00. He got $15.00 back because he gave the clerk a twenty-dollar __________. + +3. Mom put clean __________ on the bed. They really feel good. + +5. Jack, hang your shirts in the __________. + +7. We're only staying for the weekend. Why do you have so much __________? + +8. Don't put lemon in my tea. I don't like things that taste __________. + +DOWN + +1. Sometimes I like to take showers. But, other times I like to take baths in a __________. + +2. When you say you're sorry, you __________. + +4. I need a __________ to hang up this shirt. I think there's one in my bedroom. + +6. The opposite of full is __________. + +![A crossword puzzle grid with numbered boxes for ACROSS and DOWN clues](images/page_173_001.jpg) + +--- diff --git a/sources/book-9/st-misc.md b/sources/book-9/st-misc.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5dd9d652 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/st-misc.md @@ -0,0 +1,874 @@ + + +# source + +Extracted from PDF with 264 pages. + +--- + +# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE + +## BOOK 9 + +### STUDENT TEXT + +*** + +# PREFACE + +The American Language Course (ALC) is designed primarily for an intensive language training program. However, these materials can also be used in nonintensive programs. The course will provide students with a sufficient level of fluency and communicative proficiency in English to enable them to successfully pursue technical or professional training in schools conducted by the Department of Defense. + +The General English Phase of the ALC consists of six progressive levels of language proficiency training. Each level contains 6 separate instructional packages. + +| | | +|---|---| +| Level I | Books 1 - 6 | +| Level II | Books 7 - 12 | +| Level III | Books 13 - 18 | +| Level IV | Books 19 - 24 | +| Level V | Books 25 - 30 | +| Level VI | Books 31 - 36 | + +The coordinated instructional packages consist of the following: + +1. Instructor Text +2. Student Text +3. Audiotapes +4. Instructor Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +5. Student Language Laboratory Activities Booklet +6. Quiz Kits +7. Optional training aids + +Inquiries concerning these materials, including requests for copies, should be addressed to Commandant, Defense Language Institute, ATTN: LERW, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas, 78236-5000. + +Recommendations for improving this edition are encouraged. Letters should be addressed to: Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LEAC, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5000. + +The American Language Course (ALC) contains copyrighted material. Reproduction of this publication is not authorized without the expressed written permission of the owners of the copyrights. + +*** + +# NOTES TO THE STUDENT + +The Student Text for Book 9, Level II, has four lessons and one review lesson, daily evaluations and homework assignments, and various appendixes. + +The homework and evaluation exercises are at the back of this text. The evaluation exercises are short quizzes and will be given after each lesson is completed. The daily homework assignments will require about two hours to complete. + +The appendixes are after the fifth lesson. Appendix A is an alphabetical list of the new vocabulary presented in this book. Next to the word is the number of the lesson where the word is introduced. Appendix B is a list of the grammar structures presented in this book. Next to the structure is the number of the lesson where the structure is presented. The rest of the appendixes are reference materials. + +The American Language Course focuses on four areas: + +1. **Function** + The functions are the ways we use a language to communicate. There are exercises in the lessons that show you how and when to use certain words, phrases, and sentences in a particular situation. + +2. **Grammar** + The grammar structures in the lesson are the forms you need to speak and write correctly. + +3. **Skills** + There are exercises in the lessons to help you improve your skill or ability in listening, speaking, reading or writing. + +4. **Vocabulary** + The words and expressions presented in the lesson are those you will need to do the functions and the grammar exercises. + +The first page of each lesson is the focus page. It provides a summary of the material that will be presented in the lesson. + +--- + +# CONTENTS + +| Title | Page | +|---|---| +| Lesson 1 I'd Like to Open an Account. | 1 | +| Lesson 2 What Happened? | 37 | +| Lesson 3 Can You Give Me Any Advice? | 83 | +| Lesson 4 Will You Forgive Me? | 115 | +| Lesson 5 Let's Review. | 149 | +| Appendix A Word List | A-1 | +| Appendix B Structure List | B-1 | +| Appendix C Principal Parts/Irregular Verbs | C-1 | +| Appendix D Patterns of Irregular Verbs | D-1 | +| Appendix E Verb Forms | E-1 | +| Appendix F Punctuation and Capitalization | F-1 | +| Homework | HW-1 | +| Evaluation | EE-1 | +| Transparency Masters | | + + + + +# Appendix A + +## WORD LIST + +accident, 2 +account, 1 +across, 2 +advice, 3 +alarm clock, 4 +almost, 4 +anyone, 3 +apologize (for/to), 4 + +auto, 2 +automobile, 2 + +badly, 3 +baggage, 4 +bath, 4 +bathe, 4 +bathtub, 4 +behind, 2 +bicycle, 2 +bike, 2 +bill (paper money), 1 +bill (statement), 4 +blanket, 4 +borrow, 3 +bother, 2 +break/broke, 2 +buckle (up), 2 + +card, 1 +care about, 3 +care for, 3 +careful, 2 +carefully, 3 +careless, 2 +carelessly, 3 +cash, 1 +cause (n, v), 2 +checkbook, 1 +checking account, 1 +closet, 4 +complete, 1 +correctly, 3 +cross, 2 +curve, 2 + +dark, 2 +deposit (n, v), 1 + +easily, 3 +empty, 4 +end, 4 +enjoy, 3 +excited, 3 + +face (v), 2 +fast (a), 3 +fasten, 2 +fault/at fault, 2 +feel/felt (v), 1 +feelings, 3 +fill out, 1 +fill (up), 4 +fine, 2 +fix, 3 +forgive/forgave, 4 +form (document), 1 +friendship, 3 +full, 4 + +garage, 3 +gas/gasoline, 4 +gas station, 4 +gauge, 4 +guess, 3 + +hang/hung (up), 4 +hanger, 4 +happen, 2 +hard (not soft), 4 +hide/hid, 1 +hope (to), 4 +how (manner), 3 +hurt, 3 + +immediately, 1 +in back of, 2 +information, 1 +in front of, 2 +insurance, 2 + +keep/kept (on), 2 + +lady, 4 +ladies' room, 4 +laundry, 4 + +law, 2 +left, 2 +lend, 3 +lie (n, v), 3 +light (adj, n), 2 +look (1v), 1 +lose/lost, 1 + +maybe, 3 +mean/meant (to), 4 +men's room, 4 +motel, 4 + +not care (for), 3 + +obey, 2 +opinion, 3 + +park, 3 +passport, 1 +pillow, 4 +place, 2 +pleased, 4 +police/policeman, 2 + +ready, 4 +realize, 4 +really, 4 +repair, 3 +restroom, 4 +ride/rode, 2 +right, 2 +roommate, 3 +run/ran [pass through], 2 +run out/ran out (of), 4 + +safe, 1 +safely, 3 +save, 1 +savings account, 1 +seat belt, 2 +secret, 3 +sheet, 4 +should, 3 +signature, 1 +slip, 1 +slowly, 3 +smell, 1 +so, 4 +soft, 4 +someone, 3 +soon, 1 +sorry, 4 +sound (lv), 1 + +sour, 1 +spend/spent, 1 +spill, 4 +step (on), 4 +story, 3 +sweet, 1 + +take/took, 1 +take out (of), 1 +tank, 4 +taste, 1 +ticket, 2 +tool, 3 +towel, 4 +traffic, 3 +truth, 3 + +wallet, 1 +withdraw/withdrew, 1 +withdrawal, 1 +worried about, 4 + + + + +# Appendix B + +## STRUCTURE LIST + +**Adjective: Equality of:** +Be + like/alike, 2 +Be + similar/similar to + noun phrase/pronoun, 2 +Be + the same/the same as + noun phrase/pronoun, 2 + +**Adjective: Inequality of:** +Be + different/different from + noun phrase/pronoun, 2 + +**Adjective: Predicate position (after linking verbs)** +Feel/look/smell/sound/taste, 1 + +**Adverb: Affixes: Suffixes that form adverbs -ly** +(adjective + ly), 3 + +**Adverb: How (manner)**, 3 + +**Adverb: Manner**, 3 + +**Clause: Adverb: Of cause/reason:** +Because (Before/after main clause), 1 +Introduced by that, 4 + +**Clause: Noun: Introduced by that: Direct object of verb**, 4 + +**Indirect Speech: Ask/tell type verbs**, 2 + +**Verbals: Gerund: As object of preposition**, 4 + +**Verbs: Tense/aspect: Past progressive**, 2 + +**Verbs: Tense/aspect: Present progressive: Future**, 1 + +**Verbs: Modals: Expressiving advisability: Should**, 3 + +**Verbs: Moods: Indirect Imperative: Ask/tell**, 2 + + + + +# Appendix C + +## PRINCIPAL PARTS OF CERTAIN IRREGULAR VERBS + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | flee | fled | fled | +| awake | awoke | awakened | fly | flew | flown | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | +| be | was | been | forgive | forgave | forgiven | +| bear | bore | borne | freeze | froze | frozen | +| beat | beat | beaten | | | | +| become | became | become | get | got | gotten(got) | +| begin | began | begun | give | gave | given | +| bend | bent | bent | grind | ground | ground | +| bet | bet | bet | grow | grew | grown | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| bid | bid | bid | hang | hung | hung | +| bite | bit | bitten | have | had | had | +| bleed | bled | bled | hear | heard | heard | +| blow | blew | blown | hide | hid | hidden | +| break | broke | broken | hit | hit | hit | +| bring | brought | brought | hold | held | held | +| build | built | built | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| burst | burst | burst | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | keep | kept | kept | +| | | | know | knew | known | +| cast | cast | cast | | | | +| catch | caught | caught | lay | laid | laid | +| choose | chose | chosen | lead | led | led | +| come | came | come | leave | left | left | +| cost | cost | cost | lend | lent | lent | +| creep | crept | crept | let | let | let | +| cut | cut | cut | lie | lay | lain | +| | | | light | lit | lit(lighted) | +| deal | dealt | dealt | lose | lost | lost | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| do | did | done | make | made | made | +| draw | drew | drawn | mean | meant | meant | +| drink | drank | drunk | meet | met | met | +| drive | drove | driven | | | | +| | | | pay | paid | paid | +| eat | ate | eaten | put | put | put | +| | | | | | | +| fall | fell | fallen | quit | quit | quit | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| feel | felt | felt | read | read | read | +| fight | fought | fought | ride | rode | ridden | +| find | found | found | ring | rang | rung | + +### IRREGULAR VERBS (Continued) + +| Present | Past | Past Participle | Present | Past | Past Participle | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| rise | rose | risen | wake | woke (waked) | woke (waked) | +| run | ran | run | wear | wore | worn | +| | | | weave | wove | woven | +| say | said | said | weep | wept | wept | +| see | saw | seen | wet | wet | wet | +| seek | sought | sought | win | won | won | +| shake | shook | shaken | wind | wound | wound | +| sell | sold | sold | wring | wrung | wrung | +| send | sent | sent | write | wrote | written | +| set | set | set | | | | +| shed | shed | shed | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| show | showed | shown | | | | +| shrink | shrank | shrunk | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | | | | +| sing | sang | sung | | | | +| sink | sank | sunk | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| sleep | slept | slept | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| slit | slit | slit | | | | +| speak | spoke | spoken | | | | +| spend | spent | spent | | | | +| spin | spun | spun | | | | +| split | split | split | | | | +| spread | spread | spread | | | | +| spring | sprang | sprung | | | | +| stand | stood | stood | | | | +| steal | stole | stolen | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| sting | stung | stung | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | +| string | strung | strung | | | | +| swear | swore | sworn | | | | +| sweep | swept | swept | | | | +| swim | swam | swum | | | | +| swing | swung | swung | | | | +| | | | | | | +| take | took | taken | | | | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| tear | tore | torn | | | | +| tell | told | told | | | | +| think | thought | thought | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | | | | + +understand understood understood + +--- + +Appendix D + +### PATTERNS OF IRREGULAR VERBS + +#### 1. Three Principal Parts the Same + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| hit | hit | hit | bid | bid | bid | +| quit | quit | quit | | | | +| split | split | split | hurt | hurt | hurt | +| | | | burst | burst | burst | +| bet | bet | bet | | | | +| let | let | let | cost | cost | cost | +| set | set | set | | | | +| | | | shed | shed | shed | +| put | put | put | spread | spread | spread | +| cut | cut | cut | | | | +| shut | shut | shut | cast | cast | cast | + +#### 2. Last Two Principal Parts the Same + +##### a. Final Consonant Change Only + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| have | had | had | bend | bent | bent | +| make | made | made | spend | spent | spent | +| | | | send | sent | sent | +| build | built | built | | | | + +##### b. Vowel Change Only + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| meet | met | met | | | | +| read | read | read | | | | +| bleed | bled | bled | | | | +| feed | fed | fed | | | | +| lead | led | led | | | | +| | | | | | | +| light | lit | lit | | | | +| slide | slid | slid | | | | +| sit | sat | sat | | | | +| shoot | shot | shot | | | | +| hold | held | held | | | | +| win | won | won | | | | +| shine | shone | shone | | | | +| | | | | | | +| find | found | found | | | | +| wind | wound | wound | | | | +| bind | bound | bound | | | | +| | | | | | | +| dig | dug | dug | | | | +| stick | stuck | stuck | | | | +| strike | struck | struck | | | | + +##### c. Vowel Change — Addition of -t or -d + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| sleep | slept | slept | mean | meant | meant | +| keep | kept | kept | leave | left | left | +| creep | crept | crept | flee | fled | fled | +| weep | wept | wept | | | | +| | | | tell | told | told | +| think | thought | thought | sell | sold | sold | +| teach | taught | taught | | | | +| buy | bought | bought | lose | lost | lost | +| catch | caught | caught | | | | +| fight | fought | fought | hear | heard | heard | +| seek | sought | sought | understand | understood | understood | + +#### 3. Three Principal Parts Differ to Some Extent + +##### a. No Similarity + +| | | | +|---|---|---| +| be | was | been | +| go | went | gone | +| do | did | done | + +##### b. Vowel Change--Addition of -n + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| arise | arose | arisen | ride | rode | ridden | +| drive | drove | driven | rise | rose | risen | +| fly | flew | flown | | | | + +##### c. Vowel Change--No -n + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| sing | sang | sung | swim | swam | swum | +| ring | rang | rung | | | | +| drink | drank | drunk | begin | began | begun | + +##### d. First and Third Vowels Similar + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| blow | blew | blown | run | ran | run | +| know | knew | known | come | came | come | +| grow | grew | grown | | | | +| throw | threw | thrown | eat | ate | eaten | +| | | | give | gave | given | +| | | | see | saw | seen | +| | | | draw | drew | drawn | + +##### e. Second and Third Vowels Similar + +| | | | | | | +|---|---|---|---|---|---| +| break | broke | broken | tear | tore | torn | +| speak | spoke | spoken | wear | wore | worn | +| choose | chose | chosen | swear | swore | sworn | +| steal | stole | stolen | bear | bore | born | +| | | | | | | +| | | | get | got | got(gotten) | +| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten | + + + + +Appendix E + +### VERB FORMS + +(These are examples of standard conjugations.) + +#### Verb: To Be (Be: Simple Form) + +| Present Tense | | Present Perfect Tense | | +|---|---|---|---| +| I am | we were | I have been | we have been | +| you are | you are | you have been | you have been | +| he, she, it is | they are | he has been | they have been | + +| Past Tense | | Past Perfect Tense | | +|---|---|---|---| +| I was | we were | I had been | we had been | +| you were | you were | you had been | you had been | +| he was | they were | he had been | they had been | + +| Future Tense* | | Future Perfect Tense* | | +|---|---|---|---| +| I will be | we will be | I will have been | we will have been | +| you will be | you will be | you will have been | you will have been | +| he will be | they were | he will have been | they will have been | + +#### Verb: to walk (Walk: Simple Form) + +| Present Tense | | Present Perfect Tense | | +|---|---|---|---| +| I walk | we walk | I have walked | we have walked | +| you walk | you walk | you have walked | you have walked | +| he, she, it walks | they walk | he has walked | they have walked | + +| Past Tense | | Past Perfect Tense | | +|---|---|---|---| +| I walked | we walked | I had walked | we had walked | +| you walked | you walked | you had walked | you had walked | +| he walked | they walked | he had walked | they had walked | + +\* shall may be used, but it's less common. + +#### Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +| Future Tense* | | Future Perfect Tense* | | +|---|---|---|---| +| I will walk | we will walk | I will have walked | we will have walked | +| you will walk | you will walk | you will have walked | you will have walked | +| he will walk | they will walk | he will have walked | they will have walked | + +#### Verb: To Walk (Progressive Form) + +| Present Tense | | +|---|---| +| I am walking | we are walking | +| you are walking | you are walking | +| he, she, it is walking | they are walking | + +| Past Tense | | +|---|---| +| I was walking | we were walking | +| you were walking | you were walking | +| he was walking | they were walking | + +| Future Tense* | | +|---|---| +| I will be walking | we will be walking | +| you will be walking | you will be walking | +| he will be walking | they will be walking | + +| Present Perfect Tense | | +|---|---| +| I have been walking | we have been walking | +| you have been walking | you have been walking | +| he has been walking | they have been walking | + +| Past Perfect Tense | | +|---|---| +| I had been walking | we had been walking | +| you had been walking | you had been walking | +| he had been walking | they had been walking | + +\* see page E-1 + +#### Verb: To Walk (Continued) + +| Future Perfect Tense* | | +|---|---| +| I will have been walking | we will have been walking | +| you will have been walking | you will have been walking | +| he will have been walking | they will have been walking | + +#### Verb: To See (Passive Voice) + +| Present Tense | | +|---|---| +| I am seen | we are seen | +| you are seen | you are seen | +| he, she, it is seen | they are seen | + +| Past Tense | | +|---|---| +| I was seen | we were seen | +| you were seen | you were seen | +| he was seen | they were seen | + +| Future Tense* | | +|---|---| +| I will be seen | we will be seen | +| you will be seen | you will be seen | +| he will be seen | they will be seen | + +| Present Perfect Tense | | +|---|---| +| I have been seen | we have been seen | +| you have been seen | you have been seen | +| he has been seen | they have been seen | + +| Past Perfect Tense | | +|---|---| +| I had been seen | we had been seen | +| you had been seen | you had been seen | +| he had been seen | they had been seen | + +\* see page E-1 + +#### Verb: To See (Continued) + +| Future Perfect Tense* | | +|---|---| +| I will have been seen | we will have been seen | +| you will have been seen | you will have been seen | +| he will have been seen | they will have been seen | + +#### Verb: To Be (Subjunctive Mood) +(used in conditional or contrary-to-the-fact situations) + +| | | +|---|---| +| (If) I were | (If) we were | +| (If) you were | (If) you were | +| (If) he, she, it were | (If) they were | + +\* see page E-1 + +--- + +# Appendix F + +## Punctuation and Capitalization + +### Punctuation + +#### A. PERIOD (.) + +1. Use a period at the end of a statement or command. + - The pen and paper are on the table. + - Go to the chalkboard and write your name. + +2. Use a period after an abbreviation or an initial. Abbreviated military ranks do not require a period. + - Feb. (February) + - Dr. Smith (Doctor Smith) + - J. Jones (John Jones) + - Mr. Brown + - Mrs. White + - Ms. Little + - a.m. + - p.m. + +#### B. QUESTION MARK (?) + +1. Use a question mark after a question. Sometimes the question may be written like a statement. + - How many children are in your family? + - He's here today? + +#### C. EXCLAMATION MARK (!) + +1. Use an exclamation mark after words, sentences, or expressions that show excitement, surprise, or emotion. Any exclamation, even if not a sentence, will end with an exclamation mark. + - What a game! + - Wow! + - Look out! + - Oh! + - Do it! + +#### D. QUOTATION MARKS (" ") + +1. Use quotation marks to show the words of a speaker. They're always placed above the line and are used in pairs. + - John said, "The commissary closes at 2100 hours today." + - "Where are the children?" she asked. + +2. If the words of the speaker are divided into two parts, use quotation marks around both parts. + - "Do you," she asked, "go to the library after class?" + +3. Use quotation marks around the titles of chapters, articles, parts of books and magazines, short poems, short stories, and songs. + - Last night I read the chapter "Grammar Is Easy" in our book. Then I read the article "Learning English" in the newspaper. + +#### E. APOSTROPHE (') + +1. Use an apostrophe in contractions. + - I'm + - isn't + - what's + - she's + - aren't + - where's + - they're + - can't + - Bob's + - o'clock (of the clock) + +2. Use an apostrophe to indicate possession. + a. If the noun is singular, add `'s`. + - Bill's book + - the girl's coat + + b. When the noun is plural, add `'s` if the plural does not end in `s`. + - the children's clothes + - the men's shirts + + c. If the plural noun ends in `s`, add only an apostrophe. + - the boys' shoes + - the libraries' books + +#### F. COMMA (,) + +1. Use commas to separate items in a series. + - We ate sandwiches, potato chips, and fruit for lunch. + - She looked behind the chairs, under the bed, and in the kitchen for her notebook. + +2. Use a comma before the conjunctions and, but, or, nor, for, yet when they join independent clauses. + - We lived in Venezuela for three years, and then we returned to the United States. + - Frank can speak Chinese well, but he can't read it. + +3. Use a comma after an introductory clause or phrase to separate it from the rest of the sentence. + - After we study this book, we want to take a break. + - Because John was sick, he didn't take the test. + - Looking up at the sky, the small boy suddenly ran home. + +4. Use a comma after words such as yes, no, well when they begin a sentence. + - Do you want to go to the library? + Yes, I do. + - I didn't pass the test. + Well, study more. + +5. Use commas to separate the words of a speaker from the rest of the sentence. + - "Listen to me," she said. + - Jack asked, "Where's my lunch?" + - "I don't know," said John, "the answer to the question." + +6. Use a comma in dates and addresses. + - June 9, 1970 + - 143 Main Street, Los Angeles, California + +7. Use a comma in figures to separate thousands. + - 5,000 (or 5000) + - 10,000 + - 6,550,000 + +--- + +### Capitalization + +1. Capitalize the first word of a sentence. + - The boy stood up and walked outside. + - Your book is behind the chair. + +2. Capitalize the names of people, cities, states, countries, and languages. + - Mark + - San Antonio + - Texas + - Spain + - Arabic + - Bill + - Chicago + - California + - United States + - Chinese + - Mary + - Houston + - Florida + - Canada + - Russian + - Linda + - London + - New York + - Venezuela + - English + +3. Capitalize the names of schools, streets, buildings, bridges, companies, and organizations. + - Defense Language Institute + - Main Street + - Clark Avenue + - Golden Gate Bridge + - National Football League + - University of Chicago + - Empire State Building + - Ford Motor Company + - General Motors + +4. Capitalize the days of the week, months of the year, and holidays. + - Sunday + - June + - Christmas + - Monday + - July + - Easter + - Tuesday + - August + - Thanksgiving + +5. Capitalize titles and military ranks before names. + - Gen Roberts + - Professor Land + - Capt Smith + - Sgt Jones + - President Lincoln + +6. Capitalize the pronoun "I." + - I can't go with you. + - I'm happy to see you again. + +7. Capitalize the first word of every direct quotation. + - She asked, "Can I sit here?" + - "We saw her," said John, "at the University." diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-1A.md b/sources/book-9/tape-1A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c49e7c86 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-1A.md @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, +Book 9, Lesson 1A. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "card." +Card. +I need a new ID card. +Number 2: +"form." +Form. +Here's a form. +Number 3: "fill out." Fill out. +Fill out the form. +Number 4: +"signature." +Signature. +Put your signature on the bottom line. +Listen to the dialogue. +Can you help me? +I need a new ID card. +Yes, I can help you. +Here's a form. +Fill out the form and put your signature on the bottom line. +Listen. +Mark needs a new ID card. +The person at the desk gives him a form. +He fills out the form and puts his signature on the bottom line. +Look at Figure 1 again. +Answer the questions, then listen and repeat. +What does Mark need? +Repeat: He needs a new ID card. +What does the person at the desk give Mark? +Repeat: The person gives Mark a form. +What does Mark do with the form? +Repeat: He fills it out. +What does Mark write on the bottom line of the form? +Repeat: He writes his signature on the bottom line. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [5.20-7.12] American Language Course, + [8.75-11.37] Book 9, Lesson 1A. + [19.68-20.24] Hello. + [21.20-24.05] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. + [31.90-33.58] Look at Figure 1. + [34.38-36.62] Repeat the words and sentences. + [39.60-41.79] Number 1: "card." + [44.37-44.93] Card. + [47.68-49.20] I need a new ID card. + [54.35-55.23] Number 2: + [56.86-57.66] "form." + [60.18-63.15] Form. + [63.09-64.45] Here's a form. + [69.82-77.49] Number 3: "fill out." Fill out. + [81.14-82.58] Fill out the form. + [87.82-88.78] Number 4: + [90.14-91.10] "signature." + [95.49-96.53] Signature. + [100.91-103.63] Put your signature on the bottom line. + [110.19-111.31] Listen to the dialogue. + [113.06-113.78] Can you help me? + [114.10-115.22] I need a new ID card. + [116.88-118.24] Yes, I can help you. + [118.56-119.52] Here's a form. + [119.76-123.04] Fill out the form and put your signature on the bottom line. + [126.59-127.31] Listen. + [128.32-130.64] Mark needs a new ID card. + [131.60-134.32] The person at the desk gives him a form. + [135.30-140.10] He fills out the form and puts his signature on the bottom line. + [142.02-144.02] Look at Figure 1 again. + [144.91-148.27] Answer the questions, then listen and repeat. + [150.13-151.25] What does Mark need? + [155.20-158.00] Repeat: He needs a new ID card. + [162.77-165.09] What does the person at the desk give Mark? + [171.46-174.66] Repeat: The person gives Mark a form. + [181.15-182.75] What does Mark do with the form? + [187.94-189.62] Repeat: He fills it out. + [193.68-196.16] What does Mark write on the bottom line of the form? + [201.89-205.17] Repeat: He writes his signature on the bottom line. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "Open an account." +Open an account. +I want to open an account at this bank. +Number 2: "Checking account." +Checking account. +I want to open a checking account. +Number 3: "Cash." +Cash. +Mark doesn't want to pay for everything with cash. +Number 4: "Checkbook." +Checkbook. +The bank clerk gave Mark a checkbook. +Number 5: "Savings account." Savings account. +I also want to open a savings account. +Number 6: "Save." Save. +I want to save some money for a trip. +Listen to the dialogue. +Can you help me? +I want to open an account at this bank. +Yes. +What kind of account do you want to open? +I want to open a checking account. +I don't want to pay for everything with cash. +Mark filled out the form for a checking account. +Then the bank clerk gave him a checkbook. +Mark also opened a savings account because he wanted to save money for a trip. +Listen. +I also want to open a savings account because I want to save money for a trip. +Okay. +Fill out this form and I'll give you a savings account number. +Listen to the conversation again. +Can you help me? +I want to open an account at this bank. +Yes. +What kind of account do you want to open? +I want to open a checking account. +I don't want to pay for everything with cash. +Yes, I understand. +Fill out this form for a checking account, and I'll get you a checkbook. +I also want to open a savings account because I want to save money for a trip. +Okay. +Fill out this form, and I'll give you a savings account number. +Look at Figure 2 again. +You will hear questions. +Answer the questions and then listen and repeat. +Where is Mark? +Repeat: Mark is at the bank. +What does Mark want to do at the bank? +Repeat: He wants to open an account. +What kinds of accounts does he want to open? +Repeat: He wants to open a checking account and a savings account. +Why did Mark want to open a checking account? +Repeat: He didn't want to pay for everything with cash. +What did the bank clerk give Mark when he opened a checking account? +Repeat: The clerk gave Mark a checkbook. +Why does Mark want to open a savings account? +Repeat: He wants to save money for a trip. +What did the clerk give Mark when he opened a savings account? +Repeat: The clerk gave Mark an account number. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.45-3.89] Look at Figure 2. + [4.53-6.69] Repeat the words and sentences. + [8.22-10.70] Number 1: "Open an account." + [13.31-14.51] Open an account. + [18.61-21.09] I want to open an account at this bank. + [26.13-29.02] Number 2: "Checking account." + [30.90-31.43] Checking account. + [34.42-36.26] I want to open a checking account. + [41.22-43.54] Number 3: "Cash." + [45.51-45.99] Cash. + [48.27-51.15] Mark doesn't want to pay for everything with cash. + [57.55-59.63] Number 4: "Checkbook." + [61.73-62.45] Checkbook. + [65.26-67.66] The bank clerk gave Mark a checkbook. + [73.74-78.99] Number 5: "Savings account." Savings account. + [81.92-84.24] I also want to open a savings account. + [90.70-94.41] Number 6: "Save." Save. + [96.81-98.94] I want to save some money for a trip. + [103.81-105.49] Listen to the dialogue. + [108.24-109.04] Can you help me? + [109.60-111.60] I want to open an account at this bank. + [112.08-112.64] Yes. + [113.20-115.04] What kind of account do you want to open? + [115.76-117.28] I want to open a checking account. + [118.08-120.08] I don't want to pay for everything with cash. + [123.47-126.83] Mark filled out the form for a checking account. + [128.08-130.64] Then the bank clerk gave him a checkbook. + [131.92-137.28] Mark also opened a savings account because he wanted to save money for a trip. + [138.87-139.34] Listen. + [142.16-146.32] I also want to open a savings account because I want to save money for a trip. + [147.15-147.71] Okay. + [148.43-151.12] Fill out this form and I'll give you a savings account number. + [153.92-155.68] Listen to the conversation again. + [157.42-158.22] Can you help me? + [158.70-160.54] I want to open an account at this bank. + [161.10-161.66] Yes. + [162.22-164.06] What kind of account do you want to open? + [164.99-166.51] I want to open a checking account. + [167.23-169.31] I don't want to pay for everything with cash. + [169.87-171.39] Yes, I understand. + [171.87-176.43] Fill out this form for a checking account, and I'll get you a checkbook. + [177.22-180.98] I also want to open a savings account because I want to save money for a trip. + [182.00-182.96] Okay. + [183.28-186.96] Fill out this form, and I'll give you a savings account number. + [189.74-191.82] Look at Figure 2 again. + [192.62-194.14] You will hear questions. + [194.86-198.06] Answer the questions and then listen and repeat. + [199.98-200.94] Where is Mark? + [205.50-207.74] Repeat: Mark is at the bank. + [212.34-214.18] What does Mark want to do at the bank? + [220.02-222.50] Repeat: He wants to open an account. + [228.96-231.44] What kinds of accounts does he want to open? + [239.63-244.10] Repeat: He wants to open a checking account and a savings account. + [250.94-253.34] Why did Mark want to open a checking account? + [260.37-264.22] Repeat: He didn't want to pay for everything with cash. + [272.22-275.82] What did the bank clerk give Mark when he opened a checking account? + [281.78-284.90] Repeat: The clerk gave Mark a checkbook. + [291.94-294.26] Why does Mark want to open a savings account? + [300.18-303.28] Repeat: He wants to save money for a trip. + [310.86-313.71] What did the clerk give Mark when he opened a savings account? + [321.17-323.86] Repeat: The clerk gave Mark an account number. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: passport, +passport. +Mark will get a passport for his trip. +Number 2: bill, +bill. +Mark will pay for the passport with a $50 bill. +Number 3: deposit, +deposit. +Mark will deposit $100 in his savings account. +Number 4: deposit slip, +deposit slip. +Mark must fill out a deposit slip +to put the $100 +in his savings account. +Number 5: save, +save. +Mark will save money for a trip. +Number 6: safe, safe. +His money is safe in the bank. +Number 7:right away,right away. +Mark will get his passportright away. +Number 8: information, +information. +Mark's passport has information about him. +Look at Numbers 5 through 8 again. +On the lines next to the words, write the sentences you hear. +Number 5: Mark will save money. +For a trip. +He won't spend it. +Listen again. +Mark will save money for a trip. +He won't spend it. +Number 6: +His money is safe. +In the bank. +No one will take it. +Listen again. +His money is safe in the bank. +No one will take it. +Number 7: Mark will get +his passportright away. +He won't wait. +Listen again. +Mark will get his passportright away. +He won't wait. +Number 8: Mark's passport. +Will have information. +About Mark. +It will have +his home address. +Listen again. +Mark's passport will have information about Mark. +It will have his home address. +Look at the sentences you wrote. +Use the sentences to answer the questions you hear. +Where can we find information about Mark? +Repeat: We can find information about Mark in his passport. +Will Mark spend his money? +Repeat: No. +He will save money for a trip. +He won't spend it. +Can someone take Mark's money from the bank? +Repeat: No. +His money is safe in the bank. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.31-2.75] Look at Figure 3. + [3.55-5.71] Repeat the words and sentences. + [7.02-9.02] Number 1: passport, + [10.78-11.50] passport. + [13.62-15.78] Mark will get a passport for his trip. + [21.38-23.14] Number 2: bill, + [24.99-25.47] bill. + [27.81-30.93] Mark will pay for the passport with a $50 bill. + [37.50-39.42] Number 3: deposit, + [41.37-41.90] deposit. + [44.11-47.39] Mark will deposit $100 in his savings account. + [54.56-56.96] Number 4: deposit slip, + [58.77-59.89] deposit slip. + [62.96-64.96] Mark must fill out a deposit slip + [70.19-70.99] to put the $100 + [75.31-76.59] in his savings account. + [80.80-82.64] Number 5: save, + [84.81-85.11] save. + [88.02-90.02] Mark will save money for a trip. + [95.17-99.63] Number 6: safe, safe. + [103.05-104.98] His money is safe in the bank. + [110.05-114.99] Number 7:right away,right away. + [118.23-120.27] Mark will get his passportright away. + [125.50-127.58] Number 8: information, + [129.78-130.66] information. + [133.60-136.24] Mark's passport has information about him. + [141.94-144.34] Look at Numbers 5 through 8 again. + [145.28-150.00] On the lines next to the words, write the sentences you hear. + [152.24-157.65] Number 5: Mark will save money. + [167.52-168.32] For a trip. + [177.02-178.22] He won't spend it. + [191.41-192.21] Listen again. + [193.68-195.76] Mark will save money for a trip. + [197.47-197.92] He won't spend it. + [203.49-204.27] Number 6: + [206.01-209.31] His money is safe. + [217.65-218.37] In the bank. + [228.03-229.18] No one will take it. + [238.69-239.49] Listen again. + [240.80-242.56] His money is safe in the bank. + [244.75-245.95] No one will take it. + [250.78-253.58] Number 7: Mark will get + [265.92-267.44] his passportright away. + [283.86-284.66] He won't wait. + [293.62-294.42] Listen again. + [295.62-297.78] Mark will get his passportright away. + [301.53-301.98] He won't wait. + [307.11-310.41] Number 8: Mark's passport. + [323.37-323.83] Will have information. + [340.16-341.18] About Mark. + [349.81-351.36] It will have + [357.66-361.23] his home address. + [372.00-372.93] Listen again. + [374.55-377.54] Mark's passport will have information about Mark. + [381.45-383.66] It will have his home address. + [388.85-390.99] Look at the sentences you wrote. + [391.71-395.23] Use the sentences to answer the questions you hear. + [397.60-399.92] Where can we find information about Mark? + [407.06-411.79] Repeat: We can find information about Mark in his passport. + [420.78-422.14] Will Mark spend his money? + [431.20-432.40] Repeat: No. + [433.20-434.72] He will save money for a trip. + [440.29-441.25] He won't spend it. + [447.71-450.11] Can someone take Mark's money from the bank? + [458.83-459.87] Repeat: No. + [460.51-462.35] His money is safe in the bank. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen. +May I help you? +Yes. +I'd like to open a check and account. +Please fill out this form. +Put your signature on the last line. +Okay. +Thanks. +Look at Dialogue 1A in Figure 4. +You read the student's sentence. +The woman will begin. +May I help you? +Please fill out this form. +Put your signature on the last line. +Now look at Dialogue 1B. +This time you begin. +Yes. +I'd like to open a checking account. +Okay. +Thanks. +Listen to Dialogue 2 in Figure 4. +Good morning. +Can I help you? +Yes. +Can I open a savings account with $25? +Yes. +I'll need some information for this form. +Okay. +What do you want to know? +Look at Dialogue 2A. +Read the student's sentence. +The woman will begin. +Good morning. +Can I help you? +Yes. +I'll need some information for this form. +Now look at Dialogue 2B in Figure 4. +This time you begin. +Yes. +Can I open a savings account with $25? +Okay. +What do you want to know? +Listen to Dialogue 3. +Excuse me, ma'am. +I want to cash a check. +Okay. +I need to see some identification. +I have an ID card and a passport. +Is that okay? +Yes. +That's fine. +Can I have the cash and small bills? +Yes. +Are 1s and 5s okay? +Yes. +Thanks. +Look at Dialogue 3A. +Take the part of the other person. +This time you begin. +Okay. +I need to see some identification. +Yes. +That's fine. +Yes. +Are 1s and 5s okay? +Now look at Dialogue 3B. +This time the woman will begin. +Excuse me, ma'am. +I want to cash a check. +I have an ID card and a passport. +Is that okay? +Can I have the cash and small bills? +Yes. +Thanks. +This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.49] Look at Figure 4. + [4.35-4.99] Listen. + [8.54-9.50] May I help you? + [10.30-10.62] Yes. + [10.78-12.22] I'd like to open a check and account. + [12.94-14.46] Please fill out this form. + [14.70-16.70] Put your signature on the last line. + [17.34-17.74] Okay. + [17.82-18.30] Thanks. + [20.22-22.70] Look at Dialogue 1A in Figure 4. + [23.78-25.30] You read the student's sentence. + [25.78-26.82] The woman will begin. + [27.95-28.99] May I help you? + [34.30-35.90] Please fill out this form. + [36.54-38.86] Put your signature on the last line. + [41.39-43.23] Now look at Dialogue 1B. + [44.18-45.62] This time you begin. + [50.06-50.54] Yes. + [50.62-52.06] I'd like to open a checking account. + [59.90-60.46] Okay. + [60.62-61.10] Thanks. + [63.66-66.22] Listen to Dialogue 2 in Figure 4. + [67.47-68.19] Good morning. + [68.27-69.15] Can I help you? + [69.95-70.51] Yes. + [71.15-73.39] Can I open a savings account with $25? + [73.39-73.87] Yes. + [75.39-77.63] I'll need some information for this form. + [78.19-78.67] Okay. + [79.07-79.95] What do you want to know? + [83.10-84.62] Look at Dialogue 2A. + [85.42-87.02] Read the student's sentence. + [87.66-88.78] The woman will begin. + [89.68-90.48] Good morning. + [90.80-91.68] Can I help you? + [97.47-98.11] Yes. + [98.59-100.91] I'll need some information for this form. + [107.95-111.07] Now look at Dialogue 2B in Figure 4. + [112.26-113.78] This time you begin. + [118.74-119.46] Yes. + [120.10-122.66] Can I open a savings account with $25? + [129.39-129.75] Okay. + [130.29-131.43] What do you want to know? + [134.37-135.79] Listen to Dialogue 3. + [140.42-141.38] Excuse me, ma'am. + [141.86-143.06] I want to cash a check. + [143.78-144.26] Okay. + [144.82-146.82] I need to see some identification. + [147.54-149.30] I have an ID card and a passport. + [149.70-150.42] Is that okay? + [150.74-151.30] Yes. + [151.38-152.26] That's fine. + [153.18-154.94] Can I have the cash and small bills? + [155.18-155.82] Yes. + [156.22-157.82] Are 1s and 5s okay? + [158.30-158.70] Yes. + [158.70-159.26] Thanks. + [161.12-163.04] Look at Dialogue 3A. + [163.68-165.60] Take the part of the other person. + [166.16-167.68] This time you begin. + [172.91-173.55] Okay. + [173.95-175.95] I need to see some identification. + [180.78-181.34] Yes. + [181.42-182.30] That's fine. + [186.21-186.85] Yes. + [187.17-188.93] Are 1s and 5s okay? + [194.50-196.18] Now look at Dialogue 3B. + [197.06-198.90] This time the woman will begin. + [200.54-201.82] Excuse me, ma'am. + [202.14-203.50] I want to cash a check. + [209.52-211.92] I have an ID card and a passport. + [212.24-213.20] Is that okay? + [218.85-221.25] Can I have the cash and small bills? + [226.29-226.77] Yes. + [226.85-227.41] Thanks. + [241.14-244.13] This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-1B.md b/sources/book-9/tape-1B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa89cf61 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-1B.md @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 1B. +Hello. +Open your book to the Language Laboratory activities for Lesson 1B. +Look at Figure 1. +Read the sentences silently. +Then answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: When will Mary go to the bank? +She's going to the bank tomorrow. +Repeat: She's going to the bank tomorrow. +Number 2: +When will David leave for China? +He's leaving for China in June. +Repeat: He's leaving for China in June. +Number 3: When will Paula fly to Dallas? +She's flying to Dallas tonight. +Repeat: She's flying to Dallas tonight. +Number 4: When will John take his son to the doctor? +He's taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. +Repeat: He's taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. +Number 5: +When are you going to the bank? +I'm going to the bank tomorrow. +Repeat: I'm going to the bank tomorrow. +Number 6: +When will she leave? +She's leaving after class. +Repeat: She's leaving after class. +Number 7: When are the men working? +They're working next weekend. +Repeat: They're working next weekend. +Number 8: When will Bob's family come? +They're coming next month. +Repeat: They're coming next month. +Number 9: When will you deposit your check? +I'm depositing my check tomorrow. +Repeat: I'm depositing my check tomorrow. +Number 10: How will Alex leave? +He's leaving by bus. +Repeat: He's leaving by bus. +Number 11: +Where will your friends go? +They're going to Texas. +Repeat: They're going to Texas. +Number 12: When will Jane take a test? +She's taking a test on Monday. +Repeat: She's taking a test on Monday. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [6.58-12.21] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 1B. + [19.60-20.16] Hello. + [21.18-26.14] Open your book to the Language Laboratory activities for Lesson 1B. + [34.94-36.46] Look at Figure 1. + [37.42-39.74] Read the sentences silently. + [44.43-48.83] Then answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. + [50.29-54.02] Number 1: When will Mary go to the bank? + [61.01-62.69] She's going to the bank tomorrow. + [63.71-66.96] Repeat: She's going to the bank tomorrow. + [71.62-72.26] Number 2: + [74.05-75.65] When will David leave for China? + [82.77-85.01] He's leaving for China in June. + [86.34-89.90] Repeat: He's leaving for China in June. + [95.78-99.62] Number 3: When will Paula fly to Dallas? + [107.02-108.86] She's flying to Dallas tonight. + [110.11-113.39] Repeat: She's flying to Dallas tonight. + [119.44-123.89] Number 4: When will John take his son to the doctor? + [131.31-133.95] He's taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. + [135.39-139.73] Repeat: He's taking his son to the doctor on Saturday. + [148.78-149.58] Number 5: + [151.66-153.10] When are you going to the bank? + [159.73-161.41] I'm going to the bank tomorrow. + [162.66-166.05] Repeat: I'm going to the bank tomorrow. + [172.08-172.96] Number 6: + [175.23-176.24] When will she leave? + [183.22-184.90] She's leaving after class. + [185.92-189.02] Repeat: She's leaving after class. + [196.03-199.25] Number 7: When are the men working? + [206.06-207.74] They're working next weekend. + [208.67-211.74] Repeat: They're working next weekend. + [217.82-221.49] Number 8: When will Bob's family come? + [227.95-229.31] They're coming next month. + [230.42-233.14] Repeat: They're coming next month. + [240.67-244.34] Number 9: When will you deposit your check? + [250.58-252.74] I'm depositing my check tomorrow. + [254.77-258.43] Repeat: I'm depositing my check tomorrow. + [265.74-269.30] Number 10: How will Alex leave? + [274.70-276.22] He's leaving by bus. + [277.52-280.24] Repeat: He's leaving by bus. + [286.42-287.30] Number 11: + [289.15-290.51] Where will your friends go? + [297.01-298.21] They're going to Texas. + [299.87-302.70] Repeat: They're going to Texas. + [311.17-314.96] Number 12: When will Jane take a test? + [321.22-323.06] She's taking a test on Monday. + [324.45-328.03] Repeat: She's taking a test on Monday. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen to the question, and complete the answer on the line in Figure 2. +Then repeat the correct answers. +Look at the example: +"Are you leaving for Houston tonight?" The answer is yes, I'm leaving tonight. +Repeat: yes, I'm leaving tonight. +Number 1: "Is Pam going to the bank tomorrow?" +The answer is no, she's not going to the bank tomorrow. +Repeat: no, she's not going to the bank tomorrow. +Number 2: "Are you staying after school today?" +The answer is yes, I'm staying after school today. +Repeat: yes, I'm staying after school today. +Number 3: "Is John taking his family to Dallas?" +The answer is yes, he's taking his family to Dallas. +Repeat: yes, he's taking his family to Dallas. +Number 4: "Are the Browns bringing the dessert?" +The answer is yes, they're bringing it. +Repeat: yes, they're bringing it. +Number 5: "Is she leaving before dinner?" +The answer is no, she isn't leaving before dinner. +Repeat: no, she isn't leaving before dinner. +Number 6: "Are David and Mary flying to England?" +The answer is yes, they're flying to England. +Repeat: yes, they're flying to England. +Number 7: "Is he arriving today?" +The answer is no, he isn't arriving today. +Repeat: no, he isn't arriving today. +Number 8: "Are you returning on Sunday?" +The answer is no, I'm not returning on Sunday. +Repeat: no, I'm not returning on Sunday. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.30-10.05] Look at Figure 2, listen to the question, and complete the answer on the line in Figure 2. + [11.14-13.54] Then repeat the correct answers. + [15.33-16.77] Look at the example: + [18.59-27.42] "Are you leaving for Houston tonight?" The answer is yes, I'm leaving tonight. + [28.99-32.75] Repeat: yes, I'm leaving tonight. + [35.34-39.07] Number 1: "Is Pam going to the bank tomorrow?" + [49.90-53.82] The answer is no, she's not going to the bank tomorrow. + [55.14-58.82] Repeat: no, she's not going to the bank tomorrow. + [65.66-69.33] Number 2: "Are you staying after school today?" + [79.54-83.78] The answer is yes, I'm staying after school today. + [85.17-88.77] Repeat: yes, I'm staying after school today. + [95.82-99.95] Number 3: "Is John taking his family to Dallas?" + [111.97-116.21] The answer is yes, he's taking his family to Dallas. + [117.71-121.47] Repeat: yes, he's taking his family to Dallas. + [126.91-130.11] Number 4: "Are the Browns bringing the dessert?" + [138.85-141.33] The answer is yes, they're bringing it. + [142.54-144.94] Repeat: yes, they're bringing it. + [157.30-160.91] Number 5: "Is she leaving before dinner?" + [172.78-176.86] The answer is no, she isn't leaving before dinner. + [178.61-182.37] Repeat: no, she isn't leaving before dinner. + [191.04-194.75] Number 6: "Are David and Mary flying to England?" + [204.96-208.00] The answer is yes, they're flying to England. + [209.50-212.38] Repeat: yes, they're flying to England. + [218.10-221.28] Number 7: "Is he arriving today?" + [231.57-235.17] The answer is no, he isn't arriving today. + [236.83-239.79] Repeat: no, he isn't arriving today. + [251.02-254.08] Number 8: "Are you returning on Sunday?" + [265.47-269.23] The answer is no, I'm not returning on Sunday. + [270.38-273.98] Repeat: no, I'm not returning on Sunday. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3: read the sentences, listen to the words, and make questions. +Then repeat the questions. +Look at the example: +"I'm driving to Colorado next week." +When? +Repeat: "When are you driving to Colorado?" +Number 1: "He's leaving at 10 o'clock." What time? +Repeat: "What time is he leaving?" +Number 2: "They're going to the store." Where? +Repeat: "Where are they going?" +Number 3: "She's returning to work next week." When? +Repeat: "When is she returning to work?" +Number 4: "I'm leaving tomorrow because I have to." +Why? +Repeat: "Why are you leaving tomorrow?" +Number 5: "The captain is visiting his friends tomorrow." Who? +Repeat: "Who is the captain visiting tomorrow?" +Number 6: "The major is returning to Japan in May." When? +Repeat: "When is the major returning to Japan?" +Number 7: "I'm eating lunch with Captain Kim." Who? +Repeat: "Who are you eating lunch with?" +Number 8: "We're meeting in the mess hall after class." Where? +Repeat: "Where are we meeting after class?" +Number 9: "The class is starting next week." When? +Repeat: "When is the class starting?" +Number 10: "He's traveling by bus to New York." How? +Repeat: "How is he traveling to New York?" +Number 11: "The plane is taking off at 12:00 hours." When? +Repeat: "When is the plane taking off?" +Number 12: "He's leaving tomorrow because he wants to." Why? +Repeat: "Why is he leaving tomorrow?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-9.94] Look at Figure 3: read the sentences, listen to the words, and make questions. + [10.82-12.58] Then repeat the questions. + [13.76-15.12] Look at the example: + [17.33-19.73] "I'm driving to Colorado next week." + [21.89-22.53] When? + [26.72-30.88] Repeat: "When are you driving to Colorado?" + [34.40-39.44] Number 1: "He's leaving at 10 o'clock." What time? + [45.90-48.38] Repeat: "What time is he leaving?" + [52.96-57.46] Number 2: "They're going to the store." Where? + [64.05-66.42] Repeat: "Where are they going?" + [71.71-77.46] Number 3: "She's returning to work next week." When? + [84.54-87.60] Repeat: "When is she returning to work?" + [94.10-98.32] Number 4: "I'm leaving tomorrow because I have to." + [99.79-100.27] Why? + [108.96-111.86] Repeat: "Why are you leaving tomorrow?" + [119.22-125.47] Number 5: "The captain is visiting his friends tomorrow." Who? + [132.29-135.84] Repeat: "Who is the captain visiting tomorrow?" + [144.77-150.78] Number 6: "The major is returning to Japan in May." When? + [159.60-163.34] Repeat: "When is the major returning to Japan?" + [170.35-176.14] Number 7: "I'm eating lunch with Captain Kim." Who? + [183.54-186.59] Repeat: "Who are you eating lunch with?" + [195.58-201.49] Number 8: "We're meeting in the mess hall after class." Where? + [210.14-213.46] Repeat: "Where are we meeting after class?" + [221.33-226.64] Number 9: "The class is starting next week." When? + [235.57-238.43] Repeat: "When is the class starting?" + [247.06-252.93] Number 10: "He's traveling by bus to New York." How? + [261.63-265.07] Repeat: "How is he traveling to New York?" + [272.50-279.14] Number 11: "The plane is taking off at 12:00 hours." When? + [288.03-290.83] Repeat: "When is the plane taking off?" + [298.16-304.43] Number 12: "He's leaving tomorrow because he wants to." Why? + [311.15-314.06] Repeat: "Why is he leaving tomorrow?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to the questions. +Answer the questions with the words in Figure 4. +Listen to the example. +Example: +"When will Dave go to Dallas?" +"He's going tomorrow." +Repeat: "He's going tomorrow." +Number 1: "When will you go to Dallas?" +"I'm going tomorrow." Repeat: "I'm going tomorrow." +Number 2: "When will Jack arrive?" +"He's arriving next week." Repeat: "He's arriving next week." +Number 3: "When will Jim start his new job?" +"He's starting on Monday." Repeat: "He's starting on Monday." +Number 4: "When will the teachers meet?" +"They're meeting after school." Repeat: "They're meeting after school." +Number 5: "How will you go to Houston?" +"I'm going by plane." Repeat: "I'm going by plane." +Number 6: "How will he come back?" +"He's coming back by bus." +Repeat: "He's coming back by bus." +Number 7: "How will she return?" +"She's returning by taxi." Repeat: "She's returning by taxi." +Number 8: "Where will they arrive?" +"They're arriving at Gate 2." Repeat: "They're arriving at Gate 2." +Number 9: "Where will they play next week?" +"They're playing in Dallas." Repeat: "They're playing in Dallas." +Number 10: "Where will you have lunch?" +"I'm having lunch at Aldo's." Repeat: "I'm having lunch at Aldo's." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.28-2.72] Look at Figure 4. + [3.94-5.46] Listen to the questions. + [6.72-9.84] Answer the questions with the words in Figure 4. + [11.15-12.67] Listen to the example. + [14.69-15.49] Example: + [17.63-19.71] "When will Dave go to Dallas?" + [24.30-25.74] "He's going tomorrow." + [28.06-30.86] Repeat: "He's going tomorrow." + [35.44-38.66] Number 1: "When will you go to Dallas?" + [45.18-49.68] "I'm going tomorrow." Repeat: "I'm going tomorrow." + [54.26-57.28] Number 2: "When will Jack arrive?" + [64.46-69.82] "He's arriving next week." Repeat: "He's arriving next week." + [76.83-80.67] Number 3: "When will Jim start his new job?" + [88.18-93.49] "He's starting on Monday." Repeat: "He's starting on Monday." + [100.16-103.26] Number 4: "When will the teachers meet?" + [110.37-116.19] "They're meeting after school." Repeat: "They're meeting after school." + [123.87-127.23] Number 5: "How will you go to Houston?" + [135.57-140.83] "I'm going by plane." Repeat: "I'm going by plane." + [144.85-148.02] Number 6: "How will he come back?" + [157.70-159.38] "He's coming back by bus." + [160.88-163.84] Repeat: "He's coming back by bus." + [170.94-174.18] Number 7: "How will she return?" + [181.97-188.00] "She's returning by taxi." Repeat: "She's returning by taxi." + [195.71-198.59] Number 8: "Where will they arrive?" + [206.96-213.20] "They're arriving at Gate 2." Repeat: "They're arriving at Gate 2." + [219.70-223.26] Number 9: "Where will they play next week?" + [229.15-234.46] "They're playing in Dallas." Repeat: "They're playing in Dallas." + [240.16-243.74] Number 10: "Where will you have lunch?" + [249.82-256.16] "I'm having lunch at Aldo's." Repeat: "I'm having lunch at Aldo's." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the example in Figure 5. +Listen to a paragraph two times, then select the main idea. +There are different kinds of long-distance phone calls, but the least expensive call is a call without the operator's help. +That kind of call is a station-to-station call. +Listen again, and select the main idea. +There are different kinds of long-distance phone calls, but the least expensive call is a call without the operator's help. +That kind of call is a station-to-station call. +The answer is C. +Sentence C gives the main idea of the paragraph. +Listen to another paragraph two times, then select the main idea. +Most people like to put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. +These things make the yard look beautiful. +They also give people work to do. +People need to cut the grass. +They need to water the flowers, trees, and grass, and sometimes they need to give them food. +I think that these things make people happy because people enjoy having beautiful things around them. +Listen again, and select the main idea. +Most people like to put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. +These things make the yard look beautiful. +They also give people work to do. +People need to cut the grass. +They need to water the flowers, trees, and grass, and sometimes they need to give them food. +I think that these things make people happy because people enjoy having beautiful things around them. +The answer is B. +The main idea is: People enjoy grass, flowers, and trees. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-4.10] Look at the example in Figure 5. + [6.02-11.34] Listen to a paragraph two times, then select the main idea. + [13.78-21.22] There are different kinds of long-distance phone calls, but the least expensive call is a call without the operator's help. + [22.62-25.58] That kind of call is a station-to-station call. + [28.50-31.94] Listen again, and select the main idea. + [33.49-40.85] There are different kinds of long-distance phone calls, but the least expensive call is a call without the operator's help. + [42.16-45.04] That kind of call is a station-to-station call. + [47.46-48.90] The answer is C. + [49.95-53.47] Sentence C gives the main idea of the paragraph. + [55.33-61.28] Listen to another paragraph two times, then select the main idea. + [63.15-68.11] Most people like to put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. + [69.14-71.38] These things make the yard look beautiful. + [72.59-74.43] They also give people work to do. + [75.65-77.25] People need to cut the grass. + [77.97-84.05] They need to water the flowers, trees, and grass, and sometimes they need to give them food. + [85.36-91.12] I think that these things make people happy because people enjoy having beautiful things around them. + [93.81-97.17] Listen again, and select the main idea. + [99.12-103.92] Most people like to put grass, flowers, and trees in their yards. + [105.17-107.41] These things make the yard look beautiful. + [108.62-110.62] They also give people work to do. + [111.70-113.38] People need to cut the grass. + [114.10-120.58] They need to water the flowers, trees, and grass, and sometimes they need to give them food. + [122.46-128.61] I think that these things make people happy because people enjoy having beautiful things around them. + [131.25-132.85] The answer is B. + [133.89-139.86] The main idea is: People enjoy grass, flowers, and trees. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph two times. +Listen for the most important information. +The most important information is in the boxes. +Mr. +and Mrs. +Bridges have 5 children. +They have 3 boys and 2 girls. +The names of the boys are Ben, Bart, and Brett. +The girls' names are Betty and Becky. +Mr. +and Mrs. +Bridges think it's easy to remember those names because they all start with B. +Listen again. +Mr. +and Mrs. +Bridges have 5 children. +They have 3 boys and 2 girls. +The names of the boys are Ben, Bart, and Brett. +The girls' names are Betty and Becky. +Mr. +and Mrs. +Bridges think it's easy to remember those names because they all start with B. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.66-4.26] Look at Figure 6. + [5.34-7.66] Listen to a paragraph two times. + [8.88-11.44] Listen for the most important information. + [12.70-15.90] The most important information is in the boxes. + [17.68-18.08] Mr. + [18.08-18.48] and Mrs. + [18.48-20.24] Bridges have 5 children. + [21.23-23.47] They have 3 boys and 2 girls. + [25.33-28.93] The names of the boys are Ben, Bart, and Brett. + [30.06-32.30] The girls' names are Betty and Becky. + [33.46-33.78] Mr. + [33.78-34.18] and Mrs. + [34.18-38.98] Bridges think it's easy to remember those names because they all start with B. + [44.45-45.65] Listen again. + [47.47-47.71] Mr. + [47.71-48.11] and Mrs. + [48.11-49.87] Bridges have 5 children. + [50.78-53.02] They have 3 boys and 2 girls. + [54.29-57.49] The names of the boys are Ben, Bart, and Brett. + [58.90-61.38] The girls' names are Betty and Becky. + [63.12-63.44] Mr. + [63.44-63.92] and Mrs. + [63.92-69.20] Bridges think it's easy to remember those names because they all start with B. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the boxes in Figure 7. +Listen to a paragraph two times. +Listen for the most important information. +Furniture for a new house. +Mark and Eve bought a new house. +They have some furniture, but they need to buy new things for the kitchen and the living room. +They need a stove and a refrigerator for the kitchen. +Because the living room is small, they'll only need a sofa, two chairs, and a coffee table. +They'll use their old bedroom furniture because both their bed and their bookcase are just a year old. +They'd like to buy new curtains, but new curtains cost a lot of money. +They'll use their old ones for a year or two. +Mark and Eve are using old and new things in their new house. +Listen again, and write the important information in the boxes. +Furniture for a new house. +Mark and Eve bought a new house. +They have some furniture, but they have to buy new things for the kitchen and the living room. +They need a stove and a refrigerator for the kitchen. +Because the living room is small, they'll only need a sofa, two chairs, and a coffee table. +They'll use their old bedroom furniture because both their bed and their bookcase are just a year old. +They'd like to buy new curtains, but new curtains cost a lot of money. +They'll use their old ones for a year or two. +Mark and Eve are using old and new things in their new house. +Check your answers on the answer page. +This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.11-4.35] Look at the boxes in Figure 7. + [5.81-8.13] Listen to a paragraph two times. + [9.12-11.84] Listen for the most important information. + [13.89-15.57] Furniture for a new house. + [17.10-19.18] Mark and Eve bought a new house. + [20.40-25.60] They have some furniture, but they need to buy new things for the kitchen and the living room. + [26.75-29.71] They need a stove and a refrigerator for the kitchen. + [31.54-38.58] Because the living room is small, they'll only need a sofa, two chairs, and a coffee table. + [40.40-47.68] They'll use their old bedroom furniture because both their bed and their bookcase are just a year old. + [49.20-53.44] They'd like to buy new curtains, but new curtains cost a lot of money. + [54.40-56.88] They'll use their old ones for a year or two. + [58.40-62.32] Mark and Eve are using old and new things in their new house. + [64.70-69.58] Listen again, and write the important information in the boxes. + [71.20-73.04] Furniture for a new house. + [82.80-84.96] Mark and Eve bought a new house. + [86.24-91.52] They have some furniture, but they have to buy new things for the kitchen and the living room. + [107.25-110.13] They need a stove and a refrigerator for the kitchen. + [126.00-132.85] Because the living room is small, they'll only need a sofa, two chairs, and a coffee table. + [150.18-157.14] They'll use their old bedroom furniture because both their bed and their bookcase are just a year old. + [170.35-174.51] They'd like to buy new curtains, but new curtains cost a lot of money. + [180.75-183.47] They'll use their old ones for a year or two. + [190.56-195.04] Mark and Eve are using old and new things in their new house. + [209.07-211.71] Check your answers on the answer page. + [218.62-221.98] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-1C.md b/sources/book-9/tape-1C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84dcf585 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-1C.md @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 1C. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. +Look at Figure 1, listen, and repeat. +Number 1: lost. +Lost. +Diane can't find her wallet. +It's lost. +Number 2: +wallet. +Wallet. +Diane's ID card, money, and bank card were in her wallet. +Number 3: immediately. +Immediately. +Diane didn't wait to go to the bank. +She went to the bank immediately. +Number 4: +close an account. +Close an account. +Diane needed to close an account. +Number 5: +take out of. +Take out of. +Diane needed to take her money out of her account. +Number 6: +withdraw. +Withdraw. +Diane wanted her money. +She had to withdraw it. +Number 7: +withdrawal. +Withdrawal. +Diane made a withdrawal. +She took money out of her account. +Number 8: +slip. +Slip. +Diane filled out a small piece of paper. +She filled out a withdrawal slip. +Number 9: +complete. +Complete. +Diane had to fill out the withdrawal slip. +She had to complete it. +Number 10:right here. +Write here. +Write your name on this line. +Write your nameright here. +Listen to a paragraph about Diane and her wallet. +Diane can't find her wallet. +She thinks she lost it. +In her wallet she had some money, her ID card, and the numbers to her bank account. +Diane didn't wait to go to the bank. +She went to the bank immediately. +She told the bank clerk, "I need to close my account. +Do I have to take all my money out of the bank?" The clerk told her, "No, ma'am, you don't. +You can close your account by withdrawing all your money. +Then you can put that money in a different account with a different number." The clerk gave her a withdrawal slip and said, "Please complete this form and sign your nameright here on the bottom line." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.65-11.81] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 1C. + [19.54-19.94] Hello. + [20.74-23.38] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. + [30.14-33.18] Look at Figure 1, listen, and repeat. + [37.58-40.14] Number 1: lost. + [42.06-42.94] Lost. + [45.26-47.34] Diane can't find her wallet. + [49.90-51.10] It's lost. + [55.20-56.08] Number 2: + [58.03-58.67] wallet. + [60.72-61.44] Wallet. + [64.38-69.18] Diane's ID card, money, and bank card were in her wallet. + [75.86-79.04] Number 3: immediately. + [81.74-82.86] Immediately. + [86.24-88.64] Diane didn't wait to go to the bank. + [93.20-95.60] She went to the bank immediately. + [101.78-102.66] Number 4: + [104.35-105.87] close an account. + [108.50-110.18] Close an account. + [113.70-116.50] Diane needed to close an account. + [121.39-122.51] Number 5: + [124.56-127.95] take out of. + [128.02-132.81] Take out of. + [132.86-136.54] Diane needed to take her money out of her account. + [142.80-143.36] Number 6: + [146.61-147.41] withdraw. + [150.45-151.33] Withdraw. + [154.88-159.21] Diane wanted her money. + [160.34-162.26] She had to withdraw it. + [168.42-169.62] Number 7: + [171.22-171.27] withdrawal. + [175.65-176.49] Withdrawal. + [180.03-182.19] Diane made a withdrawal. + [186.13-188.53] She took money out of her account. + [194.45-195.39] Number 8: + [197.07-200.79] slip. + [200.80-200.85] Slip. + [205.41-208.06] Diane filled out a small piece of paper. + [213.28-215.76] She filled out a withdrawal slip. + [221.55-222.03] Number 9: + [224.38-225.26] complete. + [228.13-229.09] Complete. + [232.88-235.84] Diane had to fill out the withdrawal slip. + [241.46-245.61] She had to complete it. + [248.78-252.64] Number 10:right here. + [255.17-255.94] Write here. + [260.79-262.83] Write your name on this line. + [267.31-269.23] Write your nameright here. + [273.33-276.29] Listen to a paragraph about Diane and her wallet. + [279.79-281.79] Diane can't find her wallet. + [282.66-284.18] She thinks she lost it. + [285.18-290.94] In her wallet she had some money, her ID card, and the numbers to her bank account. + [292.03-294.19] Diane didn't wait to go to the bank. + [294.59-296.35] She went to the bank immediately. + [297.36-301.20] She told the bank clerk, "I need to close my account. + [301.76-308.06] Do I have to take all my money out of the bank?" The clerk told her, "No, ma'am, you don't. + [308.46-311.58] You can close your account by withdrawing all your money. + [312.30-325.17] Then you can put that money in a different account with a different number." The clerk gave her a withdrawal slip and said, "Please complete this form and sign your nameright here on the bottom line." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2, listen, and repeat. +Number 1: "spent." +"Spent." +Sandy spent her money. +She bought new clothes. +Number 2: "spend." "Spend." Jane saved her money. +She didn't spend it. +Number 3: +"hide." +"Hide." +Jane wanted to hide the wallet from Sandy. +She didn't want Sandy to find it. +Number 4: "hid." +"Hid." +Sandy can't find her wallet because Jane hid it. +Number 5: "soon." +"Soon." +Their vacation will begin soon. +It'll begin in a short time. +Listen to a paragraph about Jane and Sandy. +Two sisters, Jane and Sandy, are going on vacation together in a few days. +They're saving their money, but it's very hard for Sandy. +She likes to buy new clothes. +Last week she spent a lot of money. +Jane is upset because she thinks Sandy will spend all her money before their vacation. +One day she saw Sandy's wallet on the table. +She thought, "Without her wallet she can't spend all her money. +I think I'll hide it from her. +Then she'll have to save some money." +Jane hid the wallet under Sandy's bed. +Sandy didn't find it for several days. +At first she was angry. +She asked Jane, "Why did you hide my wallet?" Jane said, "Our vacation will start soon. +You needed to save your money. +Now you can go, because you didn't spend it all." Sandy said, "You'reright. +I needed to save. +Thanks for the help, but next time please tell me about it." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-4.75] Look at Figure 2, listen, and repeat. + [5.97-8.43] Number 1: "spent." + [10.19-10.99] "Spent." + [13.33-15.01] Sandy spent her money. + [17.30-19.06] She bought new clothes. + [22.86-32.43] Number 2: "spend." "Spend." Jane saved her money. + [35.26-36.78] She didn't spend it. + [40.59-41.47] Number 3: + [42.93-43.57] "hide." + [46.35-46.37] "Hide." + [49.89-52.54] Jane wanted to hide the wallet from Sandy. + [58.00-60.48] She didn't want Sandy to find it. + [66.69-69.23] Number 4: "hid." + [71.79-72.19] "Hid." + [75.60-79.04] Sandy can't find her wallet because Jane hid it. + [85.79-88.50] Number 5: "soon." + [89.79-90.59] "Soon." + [92.74-94.66] Their vacation will begin soon. + [98.90-103.23] It'll begin in a short time. + [106.70-109.50] Listen to a paragraph about Jane and Sandy. + [112.67-118.19] Two sisters, Jane and Sandy, are going on vacation together in a few days. + [119.60-123.28] They're saving their money, but it's very hard for Sandy. + [124.18-126.18] She likes to buy new clothes. + [127.42-129.74] Last week she spent a lot of money. + [130.93-136.21] Jane is upset because she thinks Sandy will spend all her money before their vacation. + [137.65-140.69] One day she saw Sandy's wallet on the table. + [141.81-146.37] She thought, "Without her wallet she can't spend all her money. + [147.18-149.02] I think I'll hide it from her. + [150.21-152.21] Then she'll have to save some money." + [153.71-156.27] Jane hid the wallet under Sandy's bed. + [157.49-159.89] Sandy didn't find it for several days. + [161.30-163.30] At first she was angry. + [164.38-172.46] She asked Jane, "Why did you hide my wallet?" Jane said, "Our vacation will start soon. + [172.86-174.62] You needed to save your money. + [175.26-181.68] Now you can go, because you didn't spend it all." Sandy said, "You'reright. + [182.16-183.44] I needed to save. + [184.19-188.59] Thanks for the help, but next time please tell me about it." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3: repeat this dialogue between a bank clerk and a customer. +May I help you? +Yes, please. +I want to make a withdrawal from my savings account. +Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? +Yes, but I can't complete it. +I lost my savings account number. +That's okay. +I can get your number for you. +Thank you. +I'd like to withdraw $25. +Now listen again, and you take the role of the customer. +Read the sentences in your book. +May I help you? +Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? +That's okay. +I can get your number for you. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.84-7.20] Look at Figure 3: repeat this dialogue between a bank clerk and a customer. + [11.98-12.62] May I help you? + [15.62-16.50] Yes, please. + [17.14-19.94] I want to make a withdrawal from my savings account. + [25.90-27.42] Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? + [32.70-34.86] Yes, but I can't complete it. + [38.29-40.53] I lost my savings account number. + [45.49-46.29] That's okay. + [49.52-50.88] I can get your number for you. + [56.11-56.75] Thank you. + [60.05-62.61] I'd like to withdraw $25. + [67.25-70.37] Now listen again, and you take the role of the customer. + [71.20-73.04] Read the sentences in your book. + [74.66-75.38] May I help you? + [85.47-86.91] Did you fill out a withdrawal slip? + [94.77-95.49] That's okay. + [96.13-97.41] I can get your number for you. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +You will hear a sentence one time. +Select the best response. +Write the letter of the response in the blank. +Number 1: +"I'd like to make a withdrawal from my savings account." +The correct response is B. +Repeat: "Did you fill out a withdrawal slip?" +Number 2: "I put $300, my name, address, and date on this withdrawal slip. +Do I need anything more?" +The correct response is A. +Repeat: "Yes, please put your signature on the bottom line." +Number 3: "I also want to close my checking account. +Where can I do that?" +The correct response is C. +Repeat: "I can do that for you." +"Please complete this form." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.04] Look at Figure 4. + [4.03-5.87] You will hear a sentence one time. + [6.51-8.27] Select the best response. + [9.07-11.47] Write the letter of the response in the blank. + [14.45-15.41] Number 1: + [17.04-20.16] "I'd like to make a withdrawal from my savings account." + [25.52-27.76] The correct response is B. + [29.50-33.25] Repeat: "Did you fill out a withdrawal slip?" + [39.01-46.86] Number 2: "I put $300, my name, address, and date on this withdrawal slip. + [48.18-52.05] Do I need anything more?" + [55.47-57.47] The correct response is A. + [58.53-63.73] Repeat: "Yes, please put your signature on the bottom line." + [71.63-76.03] Number 3: "I also want to close my checking account. + [77.28-78.56] Where can I do that?" + [83.49-85.25] The correct response is C. + [86.46-89.71] Repeat: "I can do that for you." + [94.90-96.74] "Please complete this form." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5; first, listen to a paragraph, then listen to it again, and write the answers on the bank forms. +Today is the 10th of July. +Mary Green has to pay her rent. +First, she needs to put some money in her checking account. +She goes to the bank and deposits $600 in cash in her checking account. +Then later this afternoon she will pay her rent with a check. +Listen again, and fill in the bank deposit slip with the correct information. +Today is the 10th of July. +Mary Green has to pay her rent. +First, she needs to put some money in her checking account. +She goes to the bank and deposits $600 in cash in her checking account. +Then later this afternoon she will pay her rent with a check. +Check your answers. +The answer for line 1 is the 10th of July and the year. +The answer for line 2 is Mary Green. +The answer for line 3 is $600. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.65-10.29] Look at Figure 5; first, listen to a paragraph, then listen to it again, and write the answers on the bank forms. + [11.97-13.97] Today is the 10th of July. + [15.28-17.44] Mary Green has to pay her rent. + [18.64-22.56] First, she needs to put some money in her checking account. + [23.49-29.09] She goes to the bank and deposits $600 in cash in her checking account. + [30.34-34.10] Then later this afternoon she will pay her rent with a check. + [38.93-43.81] Listen again, and fill in the bank deposit slip with the correct information. + [45.92-47.92] Today is the 10th of July. + [49.07-51.31] Mary Green has to pay her rent. + [52.05-56.05] First, she needs to put some money in her checking account. + [58.16-63.20] She goes to the bank and deposits $600 in cash in her checking account. + [64.35-68.27] Then later this afternoon she will pay her rent with a check. + [73.23-74.27] Check your answers. + [75.07-78.99] The answer for line 1 is the 10th of July and the year. + [80.14-83.18] The answer for line 2 is Mary Green. + [84.37-87.33] The answer for line 3 is $600. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the three bank forms in Figure 6. +Now, look at Form 1 and listen to the paragraph, then listen to the paragraph again, and complete the blanks with the information from the paragraph. +John Brown got a new job across the city. +He wanted to open a checking account in a bank that was nearer to his new job. +First, he needed to get money from his old bank. +He had to cash a check. +He had $800 in his old bank. +He cashed a check for $500. +Listen again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. +Write today's date. +John Brown got a new job across the city. +He wanted to open a checking account in a bank that was nearer to his new job. +First, he needed to get money from his old bank. +He had to cash a check. +He had $800 in his old bank. +He cashed a check for $500. +Now look at Bank Form 2 and listen to the paragraph. +Then, listen to the paragraph again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. +Then, John Brown went to the XYZ Bank and opened a new checking account. +He deposited $300 cash and a check for $50 in his new checking account. +Listen again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. +Write today's date. +Then, John Brown went to the XYZ Bank and opened a new checking account. +He deposited $300 cash and a check for $50 in his new checking account. +Now look at Bank Form 3 and listen to the paragraph. +Then, listen to the paragraph again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. +That afternoon, he looked for a new television. +He found a 19-inch color TV at the ABC TV Company. +It only cost $200. +It was a good price. +He gave the man a check and took his new TV home with him. +Listen again and complete the form with the correct information. +Write today's date. +That afternoon, he looked for a new television. +He found a 19-inch color TV at the ABC TV Company. +It only cost $200. +It was a good price. +He gave the man a check and took his new TV home with him. +Turn to the answer page for this tape to check your answers. +This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-3.95] Look at the three bank forms in Figure 6. + [6.11-17.66] Now, look at Form 1 and listen to the paragraph, then listen to the paragraph again, and complete the blanks with the information from the paragraph. + [20.77-23.65] John Brown got a new job across the city. + [24.67-29.55] He wanted to open a checking account in a bank that was nearer to his new job. + [30.64-33.52] First, he needed to get money from his old bank. + [34.40-36.00] He had to cash a check. + [37.02-39.74] He had $800 in his old bank. + [41.73-43.57] He cashed a check for $500. + [48.02-52.42] Listen again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. + [53.28-54.40] Write today's date. + [55.86-58.74] John Brown got a new job across the city. + [59.47-64.35] He wanted to open a checking account in a bank that was nearer to his new job. + [65.57-68.29] First, he needed to get money from his old bank. + [69.25-70.85] He had to cash a check. + [72.02-74.90] He had $800 in his old bank. + [75.81-77.73] He cashed a check for $500. + [95.42-99.10] Now look at Bank Form 2 and listen to the paragraph. + [100.03-105.68] Then, listen to the paragraph again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. + [108.51-114.69] Then, John Brown went to the XYZ Bank and opened a new checking account. + [115.65-122.25] He deposited $300 cash and a check for $50 in his new checking account. + [127.05-131.26] Listen again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. + [132.06-133.18] Write today's date. + [134.98-140.98] Then, John Brown went to the XYZ Bank and opened a new checking account. + [141.82-148.30] He deposited $300 cash and a check for $50 in his new checking account. + [168.91-172.59] Now look at Bank Form 3 and listen to the paragraph. + [173.57-179.33] Then, listen to the paragraph again and complete the form with the information from the paragraph. + [181.06-184.10] That afternoon, he looked for a new television. + [185.60-189.57] He found a 19-inch color TV at the ABC TV Company. + [191.58-193.26] It only cost $200. + [194.49-195.42] It was a good price. + [196.72-201.12] He gave the man a check and took his new TV home with him. + [205.82-209.58] Listen again and complete the form with the correct information. + [210.43-211.55] Write today's date. + [213.57-217.01] That afternoon, he looked for a new television. + [217.57-222.29] He found a 19-inch color TV at the ABC TV Company. + [223.12-224.72] It only cost $200. + [225.12-227.41] It was a good price. + [227.36-232.78] He gave the man a check and took his new TV home with him. + [251.04-254.08] Turn to the answer page for this tape to check your answers. + [260.34-262.79] This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-1D.md b/sources/book-9/tape-1D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e712be6c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-1D.md @@ -0,0 +1,552 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 1D. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D. +Look at the first picture in Figure 1. +Listen and repeat. +Theice cream is cold. +Theice cream tastes good. +Theice cream tastes sweet. +Picture 2. +This coffee is very hot. +This coffee tastes bad. +This coffee tastes bitter. +Picture 3. +This meat is old. +This meat tastes bad. +This meat tastes salty. +Picture 4. +A lemon is not sweet. +A lemon tastes sour. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [4.27-8.11] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 1D. + [13.66-14.06] Hello. + [14.86-17.42] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D. + [23.81-26.05] Look at the first picture in Figure 1. + [26.69-27.97] Listen and repeat. + [30.78-32.78] Theice cream is cold. + [37.74-39.82] Theice cream tastes good. + [45.23-47.39] Theice cream tastes sweet. + [53.09-53.97] Picture 2. + [55.66-57.66] This coffee is very hot. + [62.66-64.66] This coffee tastes bad. + [70.34-72.26] This coffee tastes bitter. + [78.16-79.20] Picture 3. + [80.54-82.06] This meat is old. + [87.89-89.73] This meat tastes bad. + [95.07-97.07] This meat tastes salty. + [102.74-103.70] Picture 4. + [104.91-106.58] A lemon is not sweet. + [112.03-114.03] A lemon tastes sour. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at the pictures in Figure 2. +Listen and complete the sentence: "Circle the letter of the best word." +Number 1: "The flowers smell..." +The correct answer is C. +Good. +Now listen to the sentence and then repeat the correct response. +Repeat: "The flowers smell good." +Number 2: "The coffee cup feels..." +The correct answer is A. +Hot. +Repeat: "The coffee cup feels hot." +Number 3: "The child feels..." The correct answer is A. +Sad. +Repeat: "The child feels sad." +Number 4: "The gym looks..." The correct answer is B. +Crowded. +Repeat: "The gym looks crowded." +Number 5: "The music sounds..." +The correct answer is C. +Awful. +Repeat: "The music sounds awful." +Number 6: "The food tastes..." +The correct answer is A. +Salty. +Repeat: "The food tastes salty." +Number 7: "The bread smells..." +The correct answer is C. +Delicious. +Repeat: "The bread smells delicious." +Number 8: "The milk tastes..." +The correct answer is B. +Sour. +Repeat: "The milk tastes sour." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.49] Look at the pictures in Figure 2. + [4.37-9.25] Listen and complete the sentence: "Circle the letter of the best word." + [12.69-18.99] Number 1: "The flowers smell..." + [21.62-24.02] The correct answer is C. + [24.66-25.22] Good. + [26.11-30.19] Now listen to the sentence and then repeat the correct response. + [30.91-34.45] Repeat: "The flowers smell good." + [38.85-42.93] Number 2: "The coffee cup feels..." + [46.99-48.99] The correct answer is A. + [49.71-50.19] Hot. + [51.15-55.06] Repeat: "The coffee cup feels hot." + [59.71-69.74] Number 3: "The child feels..." The correct answer is A. + [70.58-71.38] Sad. + [72.40-75.94] Repeat: "The child feels sad." + [81.15-89.97] Number 4: "The gym looks..." The correct answer is B. + [90.86-91.50] Crowded. + [92.40-95.54] Repeat: "The gym looks crowded." + [101.20-104.54] Number 5: "The music sounds..." + [109.79-111.71] The correct answer is C. + [112.19-112.75] Awful. + [114.37-117.57] Repeat: "The music sounds awful." + [126.21-129.63] Number 6: "The food tastes..." + [134.25-136.22] The correct answer is A. + [136.78-137.58] Salty. + [139.09-142.70] Repeat: "The food tastes salty." + [147.18-150.53] Number 7: "The bread smells..." + [155.19-157.36] The correct answer is C. + [158.54-159.10] Delicious. + [160.62-164.77] Repeat: "The bread smells delicious." + [169.86-173.14] Number 8: "The milk tastes..." + [178.94-180.43] The correct answer is B. + [182.50-182.55] Sour. + [183.58-187.55] Repeat: "The milk tastes sour." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3: make one sentence from the two sentences. +Use "because." Listen and repeat the example. +Jill is happy. +She bought a new dress. +Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. +Repeat: Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. +Now, use "because" to make a new sentence. +Repeat the correct answer. +Number 1: Andy's upset. +He lost his wallet. +Repeat: Andy's upset because he lost his wallet. +Number 2: Mary went to the doctor. +She broke her arm. +Repeat: Mary went to the doctor because she broke her arm. +Number 3: Mark was late. +He lost the address. +Repeat: Mark was late because he lost the address. +Number 4: The baby is sick. +The milk was sour. +Repeat: The baby is sick because the milk was sour. +Number 5: +Dan was bored. +The movie was awful. +Repeat: Dan was bored because the movie was awful. +Number 6: Susan was late for breakfast. +Her alarm clock didn't work. +Repeat: +Susan was late for breakfast +because her alarm clock didn't work. +Number 7: +Steve didn't return the call. +He didn't get the message. +Repeat: Steve didn't return the call because he didn't get the message. +Number 8: Matt chose the cherry pie. +It looked delicious. +Repeat: Matt chose the cherry pie because it looked delicious. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-6.51] Look at Figure 3: make one sentence from the two sentences. + [7.07-11.50] Use "because." Listen and repeat the example. + [12.70-13.74] Jill is happy. + [14.77-16.13] She bought a new dress. + [18.24-21.28] Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. + [22.98-27.62] Repeat: Jill is happy because she bought a new dress. + [30.67-34.03] Now, use "because" to make a new sentence. + [34.75-36.11] Repeat the correct answer. + [38.13-41.41] Number 1: Andy's upset. + [42.35-44.03] He lost his wallet. + [49.22-54.03] Repeat: Andy's upset because he lost his wallet. + [61.14-64.66] Number 2: Mary went to the doctor. + [65.30-66.90] She broke her arm. + [72.06-77.44] Repeat: Mary went to the doctor because she broke her arm. + [84.64-87.78] Number 3: Mark was late. + [88.69-90.53] He lost the address. + [96.61-101.39] Repeat: Mark was late because he lost the address. + [107.49-110.45] Number 4: The baby is sick. + [111.17-112.53] The milk was sour. + [117.97-122.70] Repeat: The baby is sick because the milk was sour. + [128.61-129.49] Number 5: + [130.67-132.03] Dan was bored. + [133.04-134.56] The movie was awful. + [140.00-144.74] Repeat: Dan was bored because the movie was awful. + [150.88-155.09] Number 6: Susan was late for breakfast. + [156.22-158.14] Her alarm clock didn't work. + [164.77-165.57] Repeat: + [166.83-169.23] Susan was late for breakfast + [172.22-174.70] because her alarm clock didn't work. + [182.24-183.28] Number 7: + [184.50-186.74] Steve didn't return the call. + [188.05-189.65] He didn't get the message. + [196.82-203.23] Repeat: Steve didn't return the call because he didn't get the message. + [209.22-213.54] Number 8: Matt chose the cherry pie. + [214.37-215.89] It looked delicious. + [221.30-226.50] Repeat: Matt chose the cherry pie because it looked delicious. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Read the sentences. +Now listen to a statement or question. +Select the best response. +Write the number of the statement on the line next to the letter of the response. +You will hear each one twice. +Number 1: "Hi Tom. +Are you going to the store later?" "Hi Tom. +Are you going to the store later?" +Number 2: "Tom wants to save some money. +What kind of account does he need?" +"Tom wants to save some money. +What kind of account does he need?" +Number 3: +"Alex wants to take money out of his account. +What does he want to do?" +"Alex wants to take money out of his account. +What does he want to do?" +Number 4: +"The children were crying. +The children were crying." +Number 5: "Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. +What did Jim do?" +"Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. +What did Jim do?" +Number 6: "Jane took Tom's book. +He couldn't find it. +What did Jane do with the book?" +"Jane took Tom's book. +He couldn't find it. +What did Jane do with the book?" +Number 7: "Be careful. +That road is wet." "Be careful. +That road is wet." +Number 8: "How did the dessert taste? +How did the dessert taste?" +Number 9: "Do you have any cash to pay for lunch? +Do you have any cash to pay for lunch?" +Number 10: "Where do I write my name? +Where do I write my name?" +Check your answers and repeat the answers. +Number 1 is letter E. +Listen. +"Hi Tom. +Are you going to the store later?" Repeat: "No, I'm goingright away." +Number 2 is letter H. +Listen. +"Tom wants to save some money. +What kind of account does he need?" Repeat: "He needs a savings account." +Number 3 is letter D. +Listen. +"Alex wants to take money out of his account. +What does he want to do?" Repeat: "He wants to make a withdrawal." +Number 4 is letter I. +Listen. +"The children were crying. +Repeat: They sounded upset." +Number 5 is letter B. +Listen. +"Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. +What did Jim do?" Repeat: "He made a deposit." +Number 6 is letter F. +Listen. +"Jane took Tom's book. +He couldn't find it. +What did Jane do with the book?" +Repeat: "She hid it." +Number 7 is letter J. +Listen. +"Be careful. +That road is wet." Repeat: "It isn't safe." +Number 8 is letter A. +Listen. +"How did the dessert taste? +Repeat: It tasted sweet." +Number 9 is letter G. +Listen. +"Do you have any cash to pay for lunch?" Repeat: "No, but I have my checkbook." +Number 10 is letter C. +Listen. +"Where do I write my name?" Repeat: "Put your signature on the last line." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.49-2.69] Look at Figure 4. + [3.33-4.53] Read the sentences. + [37.95-39.95] Now listen to a statement or question. + [40.98-42.66] Select the best response. + [43.62-48.18] Write the number of the statement on the line next to the letter of the response. + [49.41-51.09] You will hear each one twice. + [53.10-55.94] Number 1: "Hi Tom. + [57.15-62.40] Are you going to the store later?" "Hi Tom. + [62.88-64.80] Are you going to the store later?" + [71.90-75.92] Number 2: "Tom wants to save some money. + [77.26-79.42] What kind of account does he need?" + [81.50-83.50] "Tom wants to save some money. + [84.38-86.54] What kind of account does he need?" + [92.18-93.14] Number 3: + [94.67-97.55] "Alex wants to take money out of his account. + [98.70-100.06] What does he want to do?" + [101.86-104.82] "Alex wants to take money out of his account. + [105.65-107.01] What does he want to do?" + [113.78-114.58] Number 4: + [116.49-118.16] "The children were crying. + [119.31-120.83] The children were crying." + [126.50-131.31] Number 5: "Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. + [132.69-134.35] What did Jim do?" + [135.94-139.11] "Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. + [139.06-140.61] What did Jim do?" + [149.13-153.09] Number 6: "Jane took Tom's book. + [153.87-155.25] He couldn't find it. + [156.39-158.75] What did Jane do with the book?" + [160.47-162.24] "Jane took Tom's book. + [162.72-164.00] He couldn't find it. + [164.93-166.77] What did Jane do with the book?" + [171.86-174.56] Number 7: "Be careful. + [174.96-178.61] That road is wet." "Be careful. + [179.09-180.61] That road is wet." + [186.21-190.24] Number 8: "How did the dessert taste? + [191.41-193.17] How did the dessert taste?" + [197.65-202.06] Number 9: "Do you have any cash to pay for lunch? + [202.96-205.52] Do you have any cash to pay for lunch?" + [210.67-214.42] Number 10: "Where do I write my name? + [215.62-217.38] Where do I write my name?" + [225.89-228.37] Check your answers and repeat the answers. + [231.34-233.58] Number 1 is letter E. + [235.68-236.24] Listen. + [237.25-238.13] "Hi Tom. + [238.99-246.30] Are you going to the store later?" Repeat: "No, I'm goingright away." + [253.95-255.95] Number 2 is letter H. + [256.67-257.23] Listen. + [258.38-260.30] "Tom wants to save some money. + [261.26-267.74] What kind of account does he need?" Repeat: "He needs a savings account." + [273.30-274.87] Number 3 is letter D. + [276.29-276.93] Listen. + [277.73-280.53] "Alex wants to take money out of his account. + [281.46-287.46] What does he want to do?" Repeat: "He wants to make a withdrawal." + [294.40-296.48] Number 4 is letter I. + [297.28-297.84] Listen. + [298.93-300.53] "The children were crying. + [301.54-304.34] Repeat: They sounded upset." + [309.71-311.79] Number 5 is letter B. + [312.91-312.96] Listen. + [314.19-317.39] "Jim went to the bank to put some money in his account. + [318.11-322.80] What did Jim do?" Repeat: "He made a deposit." + [328.02-329.51] Number 6 is letter F. + [331.54-331.59] Listen. + [333.51-335.01] "Jane took Tom's book. + [335.49-336.69] He couldn't find it. + [337.52-339.01] What did Jane do with the book?" + [341.14-343.06] Repeat: "She hid it." + [347.14-349.43] Number 7 is letter J. + [349.38-350.74] Listen. + [352.41-353.14] "Be careful. + [353.86-359.57] That road is wet." Repeat: "It isn't safe." + [363.89-365.54] Number 8 is letter A. + [366.99-367.63] Listen. + [367.97-370.59] "How did the dessert taste? + [371.55-373.87] Repeat: It tasted sweet." + [378.81-380.96] Number 9 is letter G. + [382.11-382.75] Listen. + [383.39-390.46] "Do you have any cash to pay for lunch?" Repeat: "No, but I have my checkbook." + [395.84-398.24] Number 10 is letter C. + [398.96-399.52] Listen. + [400.32-407.01] "Where do I write my name?" Repeat: "Put your signature on the last line." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 5, listen to a paragraph, and select the best answer. +Number 1: Tom bought a gift for his friend. +He gave him something to keep money in. +What did Tom give his friend? +Number 2: +Bob had to write information on slips of paper. +He had to write about the kinds of things he sold, the prices, and how many things he sold. +What was Bob doing? +Number 3: It was Jim's birthday. +Mary made a cake for him. +She finishedright before he came home. +What did Jim say when he came in? +Number 4: Alex couldn't find the paper. +He looked in the living room. +He looked in his desk. +He didn't remember where he put it. +What did Alex do with the paper? +Number 5: Jane made coffee this morning. +She put too much coffee and too little water. +Her husband didn't like it. +It didn't taste good. +Which word best describes the coffee? +Number 6: Tom and Jane are going on a vacation. +They are packing their suitcases and putting things in the car. +When will Tom and Jane leave? +Check the answers to figure 5. +Number 1 is C, a wallet. +Number 2 is A, he was filling out forms. +Number 3 is B, what smells delicious? +Number 4 is C, Alex lost it. +Number 5 is C, bitter. +Number 6 is A, soon. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.03-6.83] Look at figure 5, listen to a paragraph, and select the best answer. + [8.29-12.40] Number 1: Tom bought a gift for his friend. + [13.33-15.73] He gave him something to keep money in. + [16.75-18.59] What did Tom give his friend? + [24.66-25.38] Number 2: + [26.66-29.86] Bob had to write information on slips of paper. + [30.94-37.50] He had to write about the kinds of things he sold, the prices, and how many things he sold. + [38.14-39.50] What was Bob doing? + [49.10-52.61] Number 3: It was Jim's birthday. + [53.17-54.85] Mary made a cake for him. + [56.78-59.26] She finishedright before he came home. + [60.13-62.05] What did Jim say when he came in? + [73.60-77.36] Number 4: Alex couldn't find the paper. + [77.84-79.20] He looked in the living room. + [79.60-80.80] He looked in his desk. + [81.44-83.36] He didn't remember where he put it. + [84.26-86.10] What did Alex do with the paper? + [93.74-97.70] Number 5: Jane made coffee this morning. + [98.42-101.30] She put too much coffee and too little water. + [102.10-103.54] Her husband didn't like it. + [104.18-105.38] It didn't taste good. + [106.37-108.93] Which word best describes the coffee? + [116.22-120.61] Number 6: Tom and Jane are going on a vacation. + [121.62-124.90] They are packing their suitcases and putting things in the car. + [126.10-128.10] When will Tom and Jane leave? + [137.39-139.39] Check the answers to figure 5. + [141.95-145.31] Number 1 is C, a wallet. + [146.66-151.30] Number 2 is A, he was filling out forms. + [152.38-157.07] Number 3 is B, what smells delicious? + [158.16-162.75] Number 4 is C, Alex lost it. + [164.74-168.54] Number 5 is C, bitter. + [169.58-173.18] Number 6 is A, soon. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 6: you will hear a word two times. +Circle the number of syllables you hear in each word. +Number 1: bill. +Bill. +Number 2: wallet. +Wallet. +Number 3: withdrawal. +Withdrawal. +Number 4: taste. +Taste. +Number 5: complete. +Complete. +Number 6: deposit. +Deposit. +Number 7: information. +Information. +Number 8: suite. +Suite. +Number 9: bitter. +Bitter. +Check your answers. +Number 1 is letter A. +The word bill has 1 syllable. +Number 2 is letter B. +The word wallet has 2 syllables. +Number 3 is letter C. +The word withdrawal has 3 syllables. +Number 4 is letter A. +The word taste has 1 syllable. +Number 5 is letter B. +The word complete has 2 syllables. +Number 6 is letter C. +The word deposit has 3 syllables. +Number 7 is letter D. +The word information has 4 syllables. +Number 8 is letter A. +The word suite has 1 syllable. +Number 9 is letter B. +The word bitter has 2 syllables. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-5.81] Look at figure 6: you will hear a word two times. + [6.67-9.39] Circle the number of syllables you hear in each word. + [11.07-13.50] Number 1: bill. + [15.26-15.90] Bill. + [20.07-22.64] Number 2: wallet. + [24.88-25.60] Wallet. + [30.13-32.85] Number 3: withdrawal. + [35.95-36.91] Withdrawal. + [43.15-45.15] Number 4: taste. + [47.73-48.53] Taste. + [52.85-54.93] Number 5: complete. + [57.31-58.19] Complete. + [62.37-64.77] Number 6: deposit. + [68.19-68.73] Deposit. + [72.81-75.10] Number 7: information. + [77.42-78.46] Information. + [83.13-85.12] Number 8: suite. + [87.62-88.12] Suite. + [92.25-93.92] Number 9: bitter. + [96.48-97.12] Bitter. + [102.82-103.86] Check your answers. + [106.58-108.90] Number 1 is letter A. + [109.82-112.22] The word bill has 1 syllable. + [113.68-115.92] Number 2 is letter B. + [116.85-119.33] The word wallet has 2 syllables. + [121.02-123.10] Number 3 is letter C. + [124.08-127.36] The word withdrawal has 3 syllables. + [128.74-131.06] Number 4 is letter A. + [131.86-134.52] The word taste has 1 syllable. + [136.29-138.60] Number 5 is letter B. + [138.90-142.21] The word complete has 2 syllables. + [143.67-146.05] Number 6 is letter C. + [146.98-149.78] The word deposit has 3 syllables. + [151.18-153.22] Number 7 is letter D. + [153.57-156.99] The word information has 4 syllables. + [160.05-162.45] Number 8 is letter A. + [163.17-165.73] The word suite has 1 syllable. + [166.95-169.27] Number 9 is letter B. + [169.56-172.23] The word bitter has 2 syllables. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l1d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 7: just listen to the paragraph the first time. +Next, mark the punctuation and capital letters. +Then rewrite the paragraph with capital letters, commas, periods, question marks, and quotation marks. +This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. +He's going on a trip this weekend. +He'll need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. +Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. +This morning he asked the clerk, "Can you give me small bills?" The clerk said, "How about 5s, 10s, and 20s?" Commander Nelson said, "Yes, that'll be fine." +Listen to the paragraph again. +This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. +He's going on a trip this weekend. +He'll need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. +Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. +This morning he asked the clerk, "Can you give me small bills?" +The clerk said, "How about 5s, 10s, and 20s?" +Commander Nelson said, "Yes, that'll be fine." +Rewrite your paragraph now. +Then turn to the answer page for this tape and check your paragraph. +This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-5.95] Look at figure 7: just listen to the paragraph the first time. + [6.78-10.22] Next, mark the punctuation and capital letters. + [11.09-19.89] Then rewrite the paragraph with capital letters, commas, periods, question marks, and quotation marks. + [21.84-26.64] This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. + [28.14-30.22] He's going on a trip this weekend. + [31.44-36.96] He'll need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. + [38.46-42.06] Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. + [43.86-61.06] This morning he asked the clerk, "Can you give me small bills?" The clerk said, "How about 5s, 10s, and 20s?" Commander Nelson said, "Yes, that'll be fine." + [65.65-67.25] Listen to the paragraph again. + [70.24-75.12] This morning, Commander Nelson went to the bank to withdraw some money. + [80.78-82.78] He's going on a trip this weekend. + [88.13-93.81] He'll need money for film, food, and gifts for his wife and children. + [100.27-103.87] Commander Nelson has a checking account at the bank on base. + [111.73-116.53] This morning he asked the clerk, "Can you give me small bills?" + [124.27-128.83] The clerk said, "How about 5s, 10s, and 20s?" + [135.68-139.76] Commander Nelson said, "Yes, that'll be fine." + [147.18-148.94] Rewrite your paragraph now. + [149.58-153.90] Then turn to the answer page for this tape and check your paragraph. + [160.90-163.43] This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-2A.md b/sources/book-9/tape-2A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c16bcdaa --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-2A.md @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2A. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. +Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences. +Picture A: automobile. +Automobile. +Jeff bought a new automobile. +Picture B: accident. +Accident. +Jeff had an accident in his automobile. +Picture C: ran. +Ran. +Ray ran the red light. +Picture D: cause. +Cause. +Ray caused the accident. +Picture E: fault. +Fault. +The accident was Ray's fault. +Picture F: policeman. +Policeman. +The policeman arrived at the accident. +Picture G: ticket. +Ticket. +The policeman gave Ray a ticket. +Picture H: careless. +Careless. +Ray is a very careless driver. +Picture I: fine. +Fine. +Ray had to pay the fine. +Look at Figure 1 again. +Listen to the sentences. +Match the sentence with the picture it describes. +Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. +Number 1: The men had an accident. +The men had an accident. +Number 2: The policeman arrived at the accident. +The policeman arrived at the accident. +Number 3: +Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. +Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. +Number 4: The policeman gave the driver of the dark car a ticket. +The policeman gave the driver of the dark car a ticket. +Number 5: He ran the red light. +He ran the red light. +Number 6: The accident was Ray's fault. +The accident was Ray's fault. +Number 7: Ray is a very careless driver. +Ray is a very careless driver. +Number 8: The fine was $85. +The fine was $85. +Number 9: The driver of the dark car caused the accident. +The driver of the dark car caused the accident. +Now check your answers and repeat the answers. +Number 1 goes under Picture B. +Repeat: The men had an accident. +Number 2 goes under Picture F. +Repeat: The policeman arrived at the accident. +Number 3 goes under Picture A. +Repeat: Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. +Number 4 goes under Picture G. +Repeat: The policeman gave the driver +of the red car a ticket. +Number 5 goes under Picture C. +Repeat: He ran the red light. +Number 6 goes under Picture E. +Repeat: The accident was Ray's fault. +Number 7 goes under Picture H. +Repeat: Ray is a very careless driver. +Number 8 goes under Picture I. +Repeat: The fine was $85. +Number 9 goes under Picture D. +Repeat: The driver of the red car caused the accident. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.66-13.95] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2A. + [22.71-24.05] Hello. + [24.00-27.04] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. + [34.29-38.13] Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences. + [39.47-42.06] Picture A: automobile. + [44.24-45.04] Automobile. + [47.68-49.52] Jeff bought a new automobile. + [54.46-56.62] Picture B: accident. + [58.69-59.41] Accident. + [62.21-64.53] Jeff had an accident in his automobile. + [70.58-72.50] Picture C: ran. + [73.92-74.56] Ran. + [77.25-78.77] Ray ran the red light. + [83.31-85.39] Picture D: cause. + [87.18-87.90] Cause. + [90.46-92.14] Ray caused the accident. + [96.80-98.56] Picture E: fault. + [100.35-100.83] Fault. + [103.26-105.02] The accident was Ray's fault. + [110.75-112.59] Picture F: policeman. + [114.48-115.28] Policeman. + [118.45-120.45] The policeman arrived at the accident. + [126.27-128.19] Picture G: ticket. + [129.97-130.37] Ticket. + [132.75-134.51] The policeman gave Ray a ticket. + [141.42-144.14] Picture H: careless. + [146.82-146.87] Careless. + [150.13-152.05] Ray is a very careless driver. + [158.19-160.11] Picture I: fine. + [161.81-162.45] Fine. + [164.43-166.19] Ray had to pay the fine. + [171.86-173.38] Look at Figure 1 again. + [174.10-175.62] Listen to the sentences. + [176.42-179.22] Match the sentence with the picture it describes. + [180.05-183.17] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. + [184.77-187.89] Number 1: The men had an accident. + [189.17-190.85] The men had an accident. + [196.37-200.42] Number 2: The policeman arrived at the accident. + [201.63-204.03] The policeman arrived at the accident. + [210.00-210.80] Number 3: + [212.88-215.68] Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. + [217.46-220.58] Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. + [227.79-233.25] Number 4: The policeman gave the driver of the dark car a ticket. + [235.06-238.42] The policeman gave the driver of the dark car a ticket. + [245.52-248.62] Number 5: He ran the red light. + [250.06-251.34] He ran the red light. + [258.99-262.45] Number 6: The accident was Ray's fault. + [264.11-265.95] The accident was Ray's fault. + [273.02-276.42] Number 7: Ray is a very careless driver. + [278.38-280.46] Ray is a very careless driver. + [287.15-290.67] Number 8: The fine was $85. + [292.37-294.53] The fine was $85. + [302.03-307.14] Number 9: The driver of the dark car caused the accident. + [308.80-312.00] The driver of the dark car caused the accident. + [321.89-324.77] Now check your answers and repeat the answers. + [325.94-328.18] Number 1 goes under Picture B. + [328.98-331.62] Repeat: The men had an accident. + [335.94-338.26] Number 2 goes under Picture F. + [339.22-342.24] Repeat: The policeman arrived at the accident. + [348.64-350.80] Number 3 goes under Picture A. + [351.76-355.39] Repeat: Jeff bought a new, light blue automobile. + [362.82-365.22] Number 4 goes under Picture G. + [366.18-369.26] Repeat: The policeman gave the driver + [374.02-375.46] of the red car a ticket. + [381.57-383.97] Number 5 goes under Picture C. + [384.96-387.54] Repeat: He ran the red light. + [392.48-395.33] Number 6 goes under Picture E. + [395.28-399.01] Repeat: The accident was Ray's fault. + [404.32-406.96] Number 7 goes under Picture H. + [407.52-410.69] Repeat: Ray is a very careless driver. + [416.43-418.86] Number 8 goes under Picture I. + [419.91-422.47] Repeat: The fine was $85. + [430.35-432.85] Number 9 goes under Picture D. + [433.46-437.98] Repeat: The driver of the red car caused the accident. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to the following paragraph. +You will hear it 2 times. +Write the topic of the paragraph in your book. +Try to write it in 1 or 2 words. +There are many things you can do at the bank. +You can open a checking account or a savings account. +You can make deposits or withdrawals on your accounts. +You can also cash a check. +You can get a lot of information about your money at the bank. +Listen again. +There are many things you can do at the bank. +You can open a checking account or a savings account. +You can make deposits or withdrawals on your accounts. +You can also cash a check. +You can get a lot of information about your money at the bank. +The topic of the first paragraph is: the bank. +Now listen to the next paragraph and write the topic in your book. +There are many different ways to get exercise. +You can run, walk, work out in the gym, or do exercises. +Some exercises you can do are sit-ups and push-ups. +Also, you can play baseball, basketball, soccer, or volleyball to get exercise. +Listen again. +There are many different ways to get exercise. +You can run, walk, work out in the gym, or do exercises. +Some exercises you can do are sit-ups and push-ups. +Also, you can play baseball, basketball, soccer, or volleyball to get exercise. +Write the topic. +The topic of the second paragraph is: exercise. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-2.96] Look at Figure 2. + [3.84-5.84] Listen to the following paragraph. + [6.93-8.61] You will hear it 2 times. + [9.58-12.06] Write the topic of the paragraph in your book. + [12.96-15.36] Try to write it in 1 or 2 words. + [17.33-19.65] There are many things you can do at the bank. + [20.59-23.47] You can open a checking account or a savings account. + [24.37-27.65] You can make deposits or withdrawals on your accounts. + [28.67-30.19] You can also cash a check. + [31.36-34.48] You can get a lot of information about your money at the bank. + [37.71-38.51] Listen again. + [40.43-42.51] There are many things you can do at the bank. + [43.62-46.34] You can open a checking account or a savings account. + [47.25-50.45] You can make deposits or withdrawals on your accounts. + [51.54-53.06] You can also cash a check. + [54.70-57.90] You can get a lot of information about your money at the bank. + [69.07-72.91] The topic of the first paragraph is: the bank. + [75.28-80.05] Now listen to the next paragraph and write the topic in your book. + [81.94-84.50] There are many different ways to get exercise. + [85.41-90.85] You can run, walk, work out in the gym, or do exercises. + [92.42-96.18] Some exercises you can do are sit-ups and push-ups. + [97.26-104.23] Also, you can play baseball, basketball, soccer, or volleyball to get exercise. + [106.61-107.41] Listen again. + [109.14-111.46] There are many different ways to get exercise. + [112.29-117.81] You can run, walk, work out in the gym, or do exercises. + [120.14-123.90] Some exercises you can do are sit-ups and push-ups. + [124.83-131.79] Also, you can play baseball, basketball, soccer, or volleyball to get exercise. + [135.01-136.05] Write the topic. + [149.44-153.44] The topic of the second paragraph is: exercise. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3. +Listen to the paragraph. +Fill in the chart box outline as you hear the paragraph. +You will hear the paragraph twice. +Robert and Sandy bought a new house. +Now they have to buy some things for the house. +For the living room, they need to buy a sofa, coffee table, and a bookcase. +In the kitchen, they need a refrigerator, a stove, and a can opener. +And for the bedroom, they will buy a bed, some curtains, and a big mirror. +Listen to the paragraph again and complete the outline. +Robert and Sandy bought a new house. +Now they have to buy some things for the house. +For the living room, they need to buy a sofa, coffee table, and a bookcase. +In the kitchen, they need a refrigerator, a stove, and a can opener. +And for the bedroom, they will buy a bed, some curtains, and a big mirror. +After this lesson is finished, go to the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.26] Look at Figure 3. + [3.82-5.26] Listen to the paragraph. + [6.02-9.62] Fill in the chart box outline as you hear the paragraph. + [10.10-12.10] You will hear the paragraph twice. + [13.87-16.11] Robert and Sandy bought a new house. + [16.93-19.57] Now they have to buy some things for the house. + [20.67-26.03] For the living room, they need to buy a sofa, coffee table, and a bookcase. + [27.25-31.81] In the kitchen, they need a refrigerator, a stove, and a can opener. + [32.90-38.02] And for the bedroom, they will buy a bed, some curtains, and a big mirror. + [40.91-43.87] Listen to the paragraph again and complete the outline. + [46.24-48.40] Robert and Sandy bought a new house. + [49.62-52.58] Now they have to buy some things for the house. + [53.86-59.46] For the living room, they need to buy a sofa, coffee table, and a bookcase. + [69.60-74.72] In the kitchen, they need a refrigerator, a stove, and a can opener. + [86.75-92.03] And for the bedroom, they will buy a bed, some curtains, and a big mirror. + [111.36-117.76] After this lesson is finished, go to the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4: first, listen to the paragraph; next, mark the punctuation; then rewrite the paragraph. +I answered the phones at work today. +Two people called for Sergeant Anderson while he was at lunch; he returned their calls when he got back. +Mrs. +Green called and wanted to talk to her husband, Major Green; he was busy. +She said, "I'll call back later." I received one call. +It was from my wife. +She told me to bring home some milk and bread. +Listen and mark the paragraph. +I answered the phones at work today. +Two people called for Sergeant Anderson while he was at lunch. +He returned their calls when he got back. +Mrs. +Green called and wanted to talk to her husband, Major Green. +He was busy. +She said, "I'll call back later." +I received one call. +It was from my wife. +She told me to bring home some milk and bread. +Rewrite your paragraph. +After you finish the paragraph, turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your paragraph. +This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-11.68] Look at Figure 4: first, listen to the paragraph; next, mark the punctuation; then rewrite the paragraph. + [13.87-15.79] I answered the phones at work today. + [17.07-24.18] Two people called for Sergeant Anderson while he was at lunch; he returned their calls when he got back. + [25.39-25.63] Mrs. + [25.63-30.99] Green called and wanted to talk to her husband, Major Green; he was busy. + [32.11-37.12] She said, "I'll call back later." I received one call. + [37.92-39.12] It was from my wife. + [40.08-42.56] She told me to bring home some milk and bread. + [47.22-49.30] Listen and mark the paragraph. + [51.34-53.18] I answered the phones at work today. + [58.91-62.51] Two people called for Sergeant Anderson while he was at lunch. + [68.56-70.88] He returned their calls when he got back. + [77.12-77.44] Mrs. + [77.44-81.60] Green called and wanted to talk to her husband, Major Green. + [87.38-88.18] He was busy. + [91.81-94.21] She said, "I'll call back later." + [100.54-101.98] I received one call. + [106.98-108.18] It was from my wife. + [112.82-115.70] She told me to bring home some milk and bread. + [125.90-127.74] Rewrite your paragraph. + [130.72-137.44] After you finish the paragraph, turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your paragraph. + [145.86-148.71] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-2B.md b/sources/book-9/tape-2B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71973be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-2B.md @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2B. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and sentences as you look at the pictures. +Picture number 1: seatbelts. +Seatbelts. +All new cars have seatbelts. +Fasten. +Fasten. +They are fastening their seatbelts. +Buckle up. +Buckle up. +They are buckling up. +Picture number 2: law. +Law. +The law says that drivers must buckle up. +Obey. +Obey. +Drivers must obey all traffic laws. +Picture number 3: broke. +Broke. +They did not wear their seatbelts. +They broke the law. +Number 4: careful. +Careful. +Johnny is a careful driver. +He obeys all the laws. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [5.89-10.53] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2B. + [16.62-17.18] Hello. + [18.06-20.86] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B. + [28.53-29.65] Look at Figure 1. + [30.45-33.97] Repeat the words and sentences as you look at the pictures. + [35.81-38.45] Picture number 1: seatbelts. + [39.95-40.99] Seatbelts. + [43.14-45.14] All new cars have seatbelts. + [48.26-48.90] Fasten. + [50.74-51.46] Fasten. + [53.92-55.76] They are fastening their seatbelts. + [59.81-60.53] Buckle up. + [63.04-63.68] Buckle up. + [66.62-67.74] They are buckling up. + [71.94-74.02] Picture number 2: law. + [75.94-76.50] Law. + [79.25-81.65] The law says that drivers must buckle up. + [87.04-87.76] Obey. + [89.81-90.53] Obey. + [92.54-95.42] Drivers must obey all traffic laws. + [100.05-102.13] Picture number 3: broke. + [104.27-104.91] Broke. + [107.78-109.78] They did not wear their seatbelts. + [112.56-113.68] They broke the law. + [118.88-120.80] Number 4: careful. + [123.28-123.84] Careful. + [126.83-128.43] Johnny is a careful driver. + [130.59-132.51] He obeys all the laws. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen and repeat the lines of the dialogue. +Fasten your seat belt. +Do I have to? +Yes. +It's a state law. +You must buckle up. +I don't want to break the law. +You won't because I'm a careful driver and I always obey the law. +Look at Figure 2 again. +Someone else will read Sam's part, and you read Ted's part. +Listen to the sentences, then say yours. +Ready? +Okay. +Fasten your seat belt. +Yes. +It's a state law. +You must buckle up. +You won't because I'm a careful driver and I always obey the law. +Now look at Figure 2 one more time. +We are changing roles. +You read Sam's lines this time. +Okay, begin. +Do I have to? +I don't want to break the law. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-2.94] Look at Figure 2. + [3.66-6.06] Listen and repeat the lines of the dialogue. + [10.78-12.14] Fasten your seat belt. + [12.86-13.58] Do I have to? + [14.06-14.62] Yes. + [14.70-15.58] It's a state law. + [15.90-16.94] You must buckle up. + [17.98-19.10] I don't want to break the law. + [20.32-23.92] You won't because I'm a careful driver and I always obey the law. + [26.22-27.58] Look at Figure 2 again. + [29.57-33.25] Someone else will read Sam's part, and you read Ted's part. + [34.66-37.78] Listen to the sentences, then say yours. + [38.61-39.09] Ready? + [40.08-40.48] Okay. + [41.94-43.22] Fasten your seat belt. + [47.18-47.74] Yes. + [47.90-48.86] It's a state law. + [49.42-50.54] You must buckle up. + [55.14-59.14] You won't because I'm a careful driver and I always obey the law. + [61.86-64.34] Now look at Figure 2 one more time. + [65.68-67.28] We are changing roles. + [68.34-70.58] You read Sam's lines this time. + [71.82-73.10] Okay, begin. + [77.58-78.38] Do I have to? + [85.01-86.45] I don't want to break the law. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 3, repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "The Smiths' house is similar to the Johnsons' house." +Number 2: "Kevin's truck is different from mine." +Number 3: "Peter's score is the same as Jim's." +Number 4: "Their suits are alike." +Look at figure 3 again. +Answer the questions by selecting the correct word for each picture. +Number 1: "Look at the houses. +Are they similar, the same, or alike?" +Number 2: "Look at the trucks. +Are they similar, the same, or different?" +Number 3: "Look at the scores. +Are they similar, the same, or different?" +Number 4: "Look at the suits. +Are they similar, different, or alike?" +Now check your answers and repeat them. +Number 1 is A, similar. +Repeat: "The houses are similar." +Number 2 is C, different. +Repeat: "The trucks are different." +Number 3 is B, the same. +Repeat: "The scores are the same." +Number 4 is C, alike. +Repeat: "The suits are alike." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-4.86] Look at figure 3, repeat the sentences. + [6.83-12.18] Number 1: "The Smiths' house is similar to the Johnsons' house." + [19.70-23.41] Number 2: "Kevin's truck is different from mine." + [30.03-34.86] Number 3: "Peter's score is the same as Jim's." + [40.80-44.27] Number 4: "Their suits are alike." + [49.42-51.10] Look at figure 3 again. + [51.82-55.98] Answer the questions by selecting the correct word for each picture. + [58.32-61.38] Number 1: "Look at the houses. + [62.72-65.84] Are they similar, the same, or alike?" + [72.26-75.01] Number 2: "Look at the trucks. + [76.58-79.70] Are they similar, the same, or different?" + [86.67-89.58] Number 3: "Look at the scores. + [90.91-94.03] Are they similar, the same, or different?" + [101.17-104.14] Number 4: "Look at the suits. + [105.23-108.27] Are they similar, different, or alike?" + [115.60-118.00] Now check your answers and repeat them. + [119.34-122.06] Number 1 is A, similar. + [123.25-125.81] Repeat: "The houses are similar." + [131.20-134.08] Number 2 is C, different. + [135.30-137.94] Repeat: "The trucks are different." + [143.50-146.96] Number 3 is B, the same. + [148.40-151.41] Repeat: "The scores are the same." + [157.42-160.30] Number 4 is C, alike. + [161.65-164.13] Repeat: "The suits are alike." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to the dialogue. +Use the directions to find the locations of the bank and the restaurant on the map. +Write the letters next to the correct buildings. +I need to go to the bank. +Can you tell me how to get there? +Okay. +We are at Plaza and 15th Street. +To get to the bank, go up 15th Street to Main Street. +Turnright on Main. +Go straight ahead for one block. +The bank is on the corner of Main and 4th Streets. +Thanks. +Sure. +Oh, have you eaten lunch? +No, I haven't. +Do you want to eat later? +Yes. +Let's meet at the Mexican restaurant at 11:30. +Okay. +How do you get there from the bank? +The bank is on Main and 4th. +To get to the restaurant, go across 4th Street and up one block. +The restaurant is on the corner of Broadway and 4th. +Thanks. +I'll see you at 11:30. +Check your answers. +The bank is letter C. +The restaurant is letter E. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-2.86] Look at Figure 4. + [3.58-4.94] Listen to the dialogue. + [5.94-10.90] Use the directions to find the locations of the bank and the restaurant on the map. + [11.76-14.80] Write the letters next to the correct buildings. + [18.22-19.82] I need to go to the bank. + [20.54-22.14] Can you tell me how to get there? + [23.38-23.86] Okay. + [25.14-27.70] We are at Plaza and 15th Street. + [32.08-36.62] To get to the bank, go up 15th Street to Main Street. + [40.59-41.95] Turnright on Main. + [45.04-46.80] Go straight ahead for one block. + [50.08-53.28] The bank is on the corner of Main and 4th Streets. + [57.39-58.03] Thanks. + [59.09-59.57] Sure. + [60.29-62.05] Oh, have you eaten lunch? + [62.45-63.49] No, I haven't. + [64.05-65.33] Do you want to eat later? + [66.13-66.69] Yes. + [67.41-70.13] Let's meet at the Mexican restaurant at 11:30. + [70.13-71.25] Okay. + [72.29-73.89] How do you get there from the bank? + [75.26-77.50] The bank is on Main and 4th. + [80.56-85.36] To get to the restaurant, go across 4th Street and up one block. + [90.53-93.57] The restaurant is on the corner of Broadway and 4th. + [97.58-98.22] Thanks. + [98.94-100.62] I'll see you at 11:30. + [107.04-108.48] Check your answers. + [110.11-112.11] The bank is letter C. + [113.58-116.14] The restaurant is letter E. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Repeat the sentences. +Number 1. +Repeat: "Tell Mike to lock the door." +Number 2. +Repeat: "Tell Fred not to pick me up tomorrow." +Number 3. +Repeat: "Tell the children to fasten their seat belts." +Number 4. +Repeat: "Tell Jimmy to cross the street at the corner." +Number 5. +Repeat: "Tell Janice to obey the teacher." +Number 6. +Repeat: "Tell Lori to sit in the front seat." +Number 7. +Repeat: "Tell Dad to meet me at 6 o'clock." +Number 8. +Repeat: "Tell Private Williams to clean the barracks." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.70-3.06] Look at Figure 5. + [3.70-5.30] Repeat the sentences. + [6.80-7.60] Number 1. + [8.40-11.86] Repeat: "Tell Mike to lock the door." + [17.20-18.00] Number 2. + [18.32-22.58] Repeat: "Tell Fred not to pick me up tomorrow." + [27.98-28.78] Number 3. + [29.42-33.47] Repeat: "Tell the children to fasten their seat belts." + [37.70-38.42] Number 4. + [39.22-43.49] Repeat: "Tell Jimmy to cross the street at the corner." + [49.30-50.18] Number 5. + [50.82-54.38] Repeat: "Tell Janice to obey the teacher." + [59.79-60.08] Number 6. + [61.23-65.25] Repeat: "Tell Lori to sit in the front seat." + [71.23-72.03] Number 7. + [72.59-76.40] Repeat: "Tell Dad to meet me at 6 o'clock." + [82.22-82.86] Number 8. + [83.42-87.54] Repeat: "Tell Private Williams to clean the barracks." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6: listen to the dialogues, then write the answers to the questions. +Number 1: listen. +Ted, tell your brother not to bother me. +Okay, Sam, I will. +What did Sam tell Ted? +Repeat: He told him to tell his brother not to bother him. +Number 2: listen. +Mike, lock the door. +I'll lock it when I leave. +What did he tell Mike to do? +Repeat: He told him to lock the door. +Number 3: listen. +Private James, clean this room. +Yes, sir,right away. +What did the sergeant tell Private James? +Repeat: He told him to clean the room. +Number 4: listen. +Sir, Captain Lewis is on the phone. +Tell her that I'll call her later. +What did Captain Sims tell Private Williams? +Repeat: He told him to tell Captain Lewis that he'd call her later. +Number 5: listen. +Jack, wait for me this afternoon. +Okay, I will. +What did Sally tell Jack? +Repeat: She told him to wait for her. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-7.79] Look at Figure 6: listen to the dialogues, then write the answers to the questions. + [9.06-10.98] Number 1: listen. + [14.24-16.48] Ted, tell your brother not to bother me. + [17.60-18.96] Okay, Sam, I will. + [22.00-23.52] What did Sam tell Ted? + [49.38-53.90] Repeat: He told him to tell his brother not to bother him. + [60.98-62.58] Number 2: listen. + [67.62-68.90] Mike, lock the door. + [69.92-71.12] I'll lock it when I leave. + [73.84-75.36] What did he tell Mike to do? + [87.39-90.27] Repeat: He told him to lock the door. + [94.88-96.56] Number 3: listen. + [101.14-103.14] Private James, clean this room. + [104.00-105.20] Yes, sir,right away. + [107.60-109.68] What did the sergeant tell Private James? + [125.90-128.78] Repeat: He told him to clean the room. + [133.26-134.94] Number 4: listen. + [142.80-145.04] Sir, Captain Lewis is on the phone. + [145.97-147.41] Tell her that I'll call her later. + [149.63-152.19] What did Captain Sims tell Private Williams? + [170.75-175.71] Repeat: He told him to tell Captain Lewis that he'd call her later. + [183.33-185.17] Number 5: listen. + [189.44-191.60] Jack, wait for me this afternoon. + [192.32-193.36] Okay, I will. + [201.84-203.36] What did Sally tell Jack? + [213.09-215.97] Repeat: She told him to wait for her. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 7. +Read the words in the box. +Listen to a sentence and choose the correct word to complete it. +Read the words now. +Number 1: Roger caused the accident. +He: the red light. +Roger caused the accident. +He: the red light. +Number 2: The accident was Roger's. +The accident was Roger's. +Number 3: The car gave Roger a ticket. +The car gave Roger a ticket. +Number 4: Roger is a driver. +Roger is a driver. +Number 5: Roger had to pay a— Roger had to pay a— +Number 6: Major Thomas has a new— He drove it to work yesterday. +Major Thomas has a new— He drove it to work yesterday. +Number 7: You must fasten your— It's the law. +You must fasten your— It's the law. +Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is "ran." Repeat: He ran the red light. +Number 2 is "fault." Repeat: The accident was Roger's fault. +Number 3 is "policeman." Repeat: The policeman gave Roger a ticket. +Number 4 is "careless." Repeat: Roger is a careless driver. +Number 5 is "fine." Repeat: Roger had to pay a fine. +Number 6 is "automobile." Repeat: Major Thomas has a new automobile. +Number 7 is "seatbelt." Repeat: You must fasten your seatbelt. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.05-3.33] Look at Figure 7. + [4.45-6.05] Read the words in the box. + [7.23-10.91] Listen to a sentence and choose the correct word to complete it. + [12.00-13.44] Read the words now. + [38.85-42.30] Number 1: Roger caused the accident. + [43.15-44.99] He: the red light. + [46.56-48.48] Roger caused the accident. + [49.28-51.12] He: the red light. + [58.67-61.79] Number 2: The accident was Roger's. + [63.71-65.71] The accident was Roger's. + [72.74-76.53] Number 3: The car gave Roger a ticket. + [77.73-80.42] The car gave Roger a ticket. + [88.32-92.42] Number 4: Roger is a driver. + [93.92-96.81] Roger is a driver. + [104.56-112.00] Number 5: Roger had to pay a— Roger had to pay a— + [118.37-125.49] Number 6: Major Thomas has a new— He drove it to work yesterday. + [127.31-132.56] Major Thomas has a new— He drove it to work yesterday. + [139.70-145.42] Number 7: You must fasten your— It's the law. + [147.22-151.31] You must fasten your— It's the law. + [156.69-160.05] Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + [161.49-166.29] Number 1 is "ran." Repeat: He ran the red light. + [169.84-175.78] Number 2 is "fault." Repeat: The accident was Roger's fault. + [179.04-185.36] Number 3 is "policeman." Repeat: The policeman gave Roger a ticket. + [190.05-196.11] Number 4 is "careless." Repeat: Roger is a careless driver. + [200.46-206.43] Number 5 is "fine." Repeat: Roger had to pay a fine. + [212.34-218.32] Number 6 is "automobile." Repeat: Major Thomas has a new automobile. + [224.11-230.14] Number 7 is "seatbelt." Repeat: You must fasten your seatbelt. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 8: this is a dictation. +You'll hear the sentences three times. +First, listen to the 8 sentences only. +Next, write the sentences a few words at a time. +And last, listen and check. +Number 1: "John lost his job." +Number 2: "Bob deposited the money in his checking account." +Number 3: "Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase." +Number 4: "Where did you hide my book?" +Number 5: "That bread smells delicious." +Number 6: "This soup tastes salty." +Number 7: "I can't find my checkbook." +Number 8: "Jeff spent all of his money." +Now listen and write. +Number 1: "John lost..." +"...his job." +Number 2: "Bob deposited the money..." "...in his checking account." +Number 3: "Ed took his clothes..." "...out of the suitcase." +Number 4: "Where did you..." "...hide my book?" +Number 5: "That bread..." "...smells delicious." +Number 6: "This soup..." "...tastes salty." +Number 7: "I can't find..." "...my checkbook." +Number 8: "Jeff spent..." "...all of his money." +Listen to the sentences again and check them. +Number 1: "John lost his job." +Number 2: "Bob deposited the money in his checking account." +Number 3: "Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase." +Number 4: "Where did you hide my book?" +Number 5: "That bread smells delicious." +Number 6: "This soup tastes salty." +Number 7: "I can't find my checkbook." +Number 8: "Jeff spent all of his money." +Turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your spelling. +This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-5.14] Look at Figure 8: this is a dictation. + [6.02-8.34] You'll hear the sentences three times. + [8.98-12.42] First, listen to the 8 sentences only. + [13.14-17.14] Next, write the sentences a few words at a time. + [17.97-20.21] And last, listen and check. + [22.06-25.26] Number 1: "John lost his job." + [27.92-32.40] Number 2: "Bob deposited the money in his checking account." + [34.86-39.28] Number 3: "Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase." + [42.11-45.50] Number 4: "Where did you hide my book?" + [48.77-51.89] Number 5: "That bread smells delicious." + [54.83-58.70] Number 6: "This soup tastes salty." + [61.97-65.20] Number 7: "I can't find my checkbook." + [67.70-71.01] Number 8: "Jeff spent all of his money." + [76.19-77.95] Now listen and write. + [79.31-81.55] Number 1: "John lost..." + [88.48-89.20] "...his job." + [99.23-124.06] Number 2: "Bob deposited the money..." "...in his checking account." + [144.06-161.68] Number 3: "Ed took his clothes..." "...out of the suitcase." + [172.78-187.30] Number 4: "Where did you..." "...hide my book?" + [198.13-211.22] Number 5: "That bread..." "...smells delicious." + [222.32-233.90] Number 6: "This soup..." "...tastes salty." + [244.88-256.89] Number 7: "I can't find..." "...my checkbook." + [267.69-281.06] Number 8: "Jeff spent..." "...all of his money." + [295.30-298.34] Listen to the sentences again and check them. + [299.94-303.12] Number 1: "John lost his job." + [307.34-311.74] Number 2: "Bob deposited the money in his checking account." + [315.94-320.31] Number 3: "Ed took his clothes out of the suitcase." + [325.04-328.59] Number 4: "Where did you hide my book?" + [332.59-335.81] Number 5: "That bread smells delicious." + [340.71-344.25] Number 6: "This soup tastes salty." + [350.19-353.49] Number 7: "I can't find my checkbook." + [358.53-362.25] Number 8: "Jeff spent all of his money." + [366.37-370.69] Turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your spelling. + [378.46-381.58] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-2C.md b/sources/book-9/tape-2C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f191b49 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-2C.md @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2C. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the following words and sentences. +Picture A: "Traffic." +Traffic. +"There's a lot of traffic at 5 o'clock." +Picture B: +"Bother." +Bother. +"Sometimes Bobby bothers me when I try to study." +Picture C: "Ride." +Ride. +"Larry rides the bus to work every day." +Picture D: "Bicycle." +Bicycle. +"Lieutenant Jacobs has a new bicycle." +Picture E: "Cross." +Cross. +"The children cross the street at the corner." +Picture F: "Keep on." +Keep on. +"The weather won't stop them." +"They'll keep on driving." +Picture G: "Happened." +Happened. +"The accident happened in a rainstorm." +Picture H: "Insurance." Insurance. +"I have insurance." +"It will get you a new bicycle." +Picture I: +"Place." +Place. +"Where is that place?" +"It's at the corner of Main and 6th Streets." +Look at Figure 1 again. +Listen to the sentences. +Put the number of the sentence under the picture it describes. +Number 1: +"Robert likes to ride the bus to school." +Robert likes to ride the bus to school. +Number 2: +"Tim's little brother bothers me a lot." +Tim's little brother bothers me a lot. +Number 3: +"All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles." +All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles. +Number 4: "When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic." When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic. +Number 5: "It happened Thursday night during the rain." It happened Thursday night during the rain. +Number 6: "Do you see that place on the corner?" That's the place my brother told me about. +Do you see that place on the corner? +That's the place my brother told me about. +Number 7: +"Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school." Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school. +Number 8: "Everyone must look to the left and look to theright before they cross the street." Everyone must look to the left and look to theright before they cross the street. +Number 9: "The rain kept on for 3 hours." The rain kept on for 3 hours. +Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 goes under Picture C. +Repeat: "Robert likes to ride the bus to school." +Number 2 goes under Picture B. +Repeat: "Tim's little brother bothers me a lot." +Number 3 goes under Picture H. +Repeat: "All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles." +Number 4 goes under Picture A. +Repeat: "When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic." +Number 5 goes under Picture G. +Repeat: "It happened Thursday night during the rain." +Number 6 goes under Picture I. +Repeat: +"Do you see that place on the corner?" +That's the place my brother told me about. +Number 7 goes under Picture D. +Repeat: "Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school." +Number 8 goes under Picture E. +Repeat: "Everyone must look to the left and look to theright before they cross the street." +Number 9 goes under Picture F. +Repeat: "The rain kept on for 3 hours." +Repeat these sentences. +"I was sleeping at 10:30." +"I wasn't eating chicken." +"I was eating fish." +"When I called, he was eating breakfast." +"They were studying at 4:30." +"Mike was driving a new car yesterday." +"Bobby was talking on the phone when I arrived." +"The baby was crying when I left." +"Jack and Roger were exercising in the gym yesterday afternoon." +"Sally was reading a language book in the library." +"Why were they running?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [15.18-18.87] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2C. + [25.35-26.64] Hello. + [26.64-29.13] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. + [35.63-36.75] Look at Figure 1. + [37.31-39.55] Repeat the following words and sentences. + [41.36-44.03] Picture A: "Traffic." + [46.27-47.07] Traffic. + [51.25-53.97] "There's a lot of traffic at 5 o'clock." + [59.57-60.29] Picture B: + [62.37-63.09] "Bother." + [65.26-65.98] Bother. + [67.68-71.12] "Sometimes Bobby bothers me when I try to study." + [79.50-82.26] Picture C: "Ride." + [84.34-85.14] Ride. + [88.02-90.66] "Larry rides the bus to work every day." + [97.55-100.54] Picture D: "Bicycle." + [103.36-104.32] Bicycle. + [107.63-110.19] "Lieutenant Jacobs has a new bicycle." + [115.73-118.53] Picture E: "Cross." + [120.26-120.98] Cross. + [123.74-126.22] "The children cross the street at the corner." + [131.02-133.70] Picture F: "Keep on." + [135.44-136.40] Keep on. + [140.14-141.82] "The weather won't stop them." + [146.24-147.84] "They'll keep on driving." + [152.80-155.04] Picture G: "Happened." + [157.55-158.27] Happened. + [161.54-164.26] "The accident happened in a rainstorm." + [170.50-176.47] Picture H: "Insurance." Insurance. + [181.41-182.91] "I have insurance." + [186.63-188.78] "It will get you a new bicycle." + [195.41-196.29] Picture I: + [198.02-198.58] "Place." + [200.94-201.66] Place. + [205.14-206.42] "Where is that place?" + [211.89-215.14] "It's at the corner of Main and 6th Streets." + [220.95-223.23] Look at Figure 1 again. + [223.18-224.70] Listen to the sentences. + [225.70-228.98] Put the number of the sentence under the picture it describes. + [231.45-232.23] Number 1: + [234.18-236.24] "Robert likes to ride the bus to school." + [238.00-240.64] Robert likes to ride the bus to school. + [242.75-243.04] Number 2: + [245.79-248.54] "Tim's little brother bothers me a lot." + [249.81-252.37] Tim's little brother bothers me a lot. + [255.28-256.16] Number 3: + [258.45-261.86] "All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles." + [263.94-266.31] All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles. + [271.29-282.51] Number 4: "When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic." When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic. + [284.43-292.83] Number 5: "It happened Thursday night during the rain." It happened Thursday night during the rain. + [294.93-302.43] Number 6: "Do you see that place on the corner?" That's the place my brother told me about. + [303.87-306.03] Do you see that place on the corner? + [306.99-309.51] That's the place my brother told me about. + [311.91-312.69] Number 7: + [314.25-320.55] "Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school." Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school. + [322.65-334.19] Number 8: "Everyone must look to the left and look to theright before they cross the street." Everyone must look to the left and look to theright before they cross the street. + [336.09-343.07] Number 9: "The rain kept on for 3 hours." The rain kept on for 3 hours. + [348.93-351.89] Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + [354.67-357.31] Number 1 goes under Picture C. + [359.97-363.79] Repeat: "Robert likes to ride the bus to school." + [370.88-373.36] Number 2 goes under Picture B. + [374.86-379.17] Repeat: "Tim's little brother bothers me a lot." + [384.58-387.05] Number 3 goes under Picture H. + [387.25-393.21] Repeat: "All drivers must have insurance on their automobiles." + [400.41-402.51] Number 4 goes under Picture A. + [403.59-408.75] Repeat: "When I drove to Houston, I ran into a lot of traffic." + [414.80-417.36] Number 5 goes under Picture G. + [417.47-421.41] Repeat: "It happened Thursday night during the rain." + [428.10-430.84] Number 6 goes under Picture I. + [431.09-431.34] Repeat: + [433.47-435.79] "Do you see that place on the corner?" + [441.33-444.16] That's the place my brother told me about. + [451.47-454.09] Number 7 goes under Picture D. + [454.35-458.88] Repeat: "Jerry wants a bicycle to ride to school." + [465.75-467.85] Number 8 goes under Picture E. + [468.81-476.79] Repeat: "Everyone must look to the left and look to theright before they cross the street." + [486.57-488.61] Number 9 goes under Picture F. + [489.75-493.65] Repeat: "The rain kept on for 3 hours." + [499.59-500.79] Repeat these sentences. + [504.03-506.31] "I was sleeping at 10:30." + [512.73-514.59] "I wasn't eating chicken." + [517.77-519.51] "I was eating fish." + [526.11-529.11] "When I called, he was eating breakfast." + [535.11-537.51] "They were studying at 4:30." + [542.73-544.95] "Mike was driving a new car yesterday." + [551.13-554.07] "Bobby was talking on the phone when I arrived." + [561.03-563.67] "The baby was crying when I left." + [571.35-575.55] "Jack and Roger were exercising in the gym yesterday afternoon." + [583.83-586.83] "Sally was reading a language book in the library." + [594.51-595.89] "Why were they running?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 2: use the pictures and the words to answer the questions. +The first one is an example. +You will hear each question twice. +Write the answer. +"Was John watching TV at 10:30?" Listen again. +"Was John watching TV at 10:30?" Write your answer. +The answer is: "No, he was sleeping." Repeat: "No, he was sleeping." +Okay. +Listen and write the answer to the rest of the questions. +Number 2: "Was George studying after dinner?" Listen again. +"Was George studying after dinner?" +Number 3: +"What were Sergeant Peterson and Sergeant Gannon doing in the gym this morning?" +Listen again. +"What were Sergeant Peterson and Sergeant Gannon doing in the gym this morning?" +Number 4: +"What was Bob doing at 9:30 last night?" Listen again. +"What was Bob doing at 9:30 last night?" +Number 5: "Was Captain Kirk going to the officers' club at noon?" Listen again. +"Was Captain Kirk going to the officers' club at noon?" +Number 6: "What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning?" Listen again. +"What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning?" +Number 7: "Were the students eating chicken last night?" Listen again. +"Were the students eating chicken last night?" +Number 8: "What was Lieutenant Benavides doing Saturday afternoon?" Listen again. +"What was Lieutenant Benavides doing Saturday afternoon?" +Now check your answers and repeat theright answers. +Number 2. +Listen. +"Was George studying after dinner?" Repeat: "Yes, George was studying after dinner." +Number 3. +Listen. +"What were Sergeant Peterson and Sergeant Gannon doing in the gym this morning?" Repeat: "They were exercising in the gym." +Number 4. +Listen. +"What was Bob doing at 9:30 last night?" Repeat: "He was watching TV." +Number 5. +Listen. +"Was Captain Kirk going to the officers' club at noon?" Repeat: "No, he was going to the commissary." +Number 6. +Listen. +"What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning?" Repeat: "She was writing a letter." +Number 7. +Listen. +"Were the students eating chicken last night?" Repeat: "No, they were eating fish." +Number 8. +Listen. +"What was Lieutenant Benavides doing Saturday afternoon?" Repeat: "He was getting a haircut." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-6.83] Now look at Figure 2: use the pictures and the words to answer the questions. + [7.55-8.99] The first one is an example. + [9.97-11.89] You will hear each question twice. + [12.37-13.33] Write the answer. + [15.02-19.76] "Was John watching TV at 10:30?" Listen again. + [20.61-25.46] "Was John watching TV at 10:30?" Write your answer. + [41.10-48.03] The answer is: "No, he was sleeping." Repeat: "No, he was sleeping." + [50.78-51.34] Okay. + [51.90-54.94] Listen and write the answer to the rest of the questions. + [56.51-63.17] Number 2: "Was George studying after dinner?" Listen again. + [64.43-69.09] "Was George studying after dinner?" + [93.79-94.75] Number 3: + [96.46-101.50] "What were Sergeant Peterson and Sergeant Gannon doing in the gym this morning?" + [103.38-104.26] Listen again. + [105.12-109.92] "What were Sergeant Peterson and Sergeant Gannon doing in the gym this morning?" + [130.48-131.28] Number 4: + [132.91-139.28] "What was Bob doing at 9:30 last night?" Listen again. + [140.00-143.28] "What was Bob doing at 9:30 last night?" + [165.74-173.74] Number 5: "Was Captain Kirk going to the officers' club at noon?" Listen again. + [174.46-177.90] "Was Captain Kirk going to the officers' club at noon?" + [209.60-216.77] Number 6: "What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning?" Listen again. + [217.25-220.10] "What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning?" + [238.96-245.52] Number 7: "Were the students eating chicken last night?" Listen again. + [246.38-251.43] "Were the students eating chicken last night?" + [266.00-273.36] Number 8: "What was Lieutenant Benavides doing Saturday afternoon?" Listen again. + [274.35-277.95] "What was Lieutenant Benavides doing Saturday afternoon?" + [297.60-300.64] Now check your answers and repeat theright answers. + [302.38-303.18] Number 2. + [304.10-304.66] Listen. + [306.32-314.29] "Was George studying after dinner?" Repeat: "Yes, George was studying after dinner." + [319.74-320.22] Number 3. + [321.33-321.35] Listen. + [322.83-332.06] "What were Sergeant Peterson and Sergeant Gannon doing in the gym this morning?" Repeat: "They were exercising in the gym." + [336.16-336.64] Number 4. + [337.71-338.16] Listen. + [339.28-346.70] "What was Bob doing at 9:30 last night?" Repeat: "He was watching TV." + [350.42-351.68] Number 5. + [351.68-352.88] Listen. + [354.03-361.89] "Was Captain Kirk going to the officers' club at noon?" Repeat: "No, he was going to the commissary." + [366.50-367.30] Number 6. + [367.30-367.78] Listen. + [369.21-375.86] "What was Private Anderson doing in class this morning?" Repeat: "She was writing a letter." + [380.11-380.99] Number 7. + [381.39-381.44] Listen. + [382.91-389.17] "Were the students eating chicken last night?" Repeat: "No, they were eating fish." + [394.22-394.86] Number 8. + [395.42-395.98] Listen. + [396.70-403.95] "What was Lieutenant Benavides doing Saturday afternoon?" Repeat: "He was getting a haircut." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3, read the phrases, listen to part of a sentence, and choose the phrase that best completes it. +Read the phrases now. +Number 1: "When John gets in his car, the first thing he does is..." +Number 2: "Ted will never get a ticket, he always..." +Number 3: "Jimmy fell down the stairs, he..." Number 4: "Ed does not drive fast, he does not run red lights, he is..." +Number 5: "Jeff ran a red light and ran into a pole, he..." +Number 6: "The policeman gave Ray a ticket. +The ticket was for $85, this..." +Check your answers and repeat theright answers. +Number 1 is C. +Repeat: "When John gets in his car..." +"The first thing he does..." +"Is fasten his seat belt." +Number 2 is E. +Repeat: "He always obeys the law." +Number 3 is A. +Repeat: "He broke his arm..." +Number 4 is D. +Repeat: "He is a careful driver." +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: "He caused an accident." +Number 6 is F. +Repeat: "This fine was expensive." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-10.03] Look at Figure 3, read the phrases, listen to part of a sentence, and choose the phrase that best completes it. + [11.26-12.54] Read the phrases now. + [34.06-42.45] Number 1: "When John gets in his car, the first thing he does is..." + [45.62-50.45] Number 2: "Ted will never get a ticket, he always..." + [55.62-72.83] Number 3: "Jimmy fell down the stairs, he..." Number 4: "Ed does not drive fast, he does not run red lights, he is..." + [78.32-86.01] Number 5: "Jeff ran a red light and ran into a pole, he..." + [89.30-92.82] Number 6: "The policeman gave Ray a ticket. + [93.30-99.33] The ticket was for $85, this..." + [103.12-106.00] Check your answers and repeat theright answers. + [108.22-110.30] Number 1 is C. + [111.42-117.51] Repeat: "When John gets in his car..." + [119.14-120.90] "The first thing he does..." + [124.83-126.67] "Is fasten his seat belt." + [132.37-134.37] Number 2 is E. + [135.09-138.64] Repeat: "He always obeys the law." + [144.03-146.19] Number 3 is A. + [146.83-152.43] Repeat: "He broke his arm..." + [155.42-157.50] Number 4 is D. + [157.98-161.02] Repeat: "He is a careful driver." + [166.53-168.93] Number 5 is B. + [169.33-172.98] Repeat: "He caused an accident." + [178.80-181.28] Number 6 is F. + [182.13-186.06] Repeat: "This fine was expensive." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Listen to each word. +Circle the letter next to the number of syllables you hear. +You will hear each word twice. +Number 1: traffic. +Traffic. +Number 2: +fine. +Fine. +Number 3: accident. +Accident. +Number 4: +policeman. +Policeman. +Number 5: ticket. +Ticket. +Number 6: +fault. +Fault. +Number 7: +careless. +Careless. +Number 8: bicycle. +Bicycle. +Number 9: cross. +Cross. +Number 10: insurance. +Insurance. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1: +traffic is B. +Two syllables. +Repeat: traffic. +Number 2: +fine is A. +One syllable. +Repeat: fine. +Number 3: accident is C. +Three syllables. +Repeat: accident. +Number 4: policeman is C. +Three syllables. +Repeat: policeman. +Number 5: ticket is B. +Two syllables. +Repeat: ticket. +Number 6: fault is A. +One syllable. +Repeat: fault. +Number 7: careless is B. +Two syllables. +Repeat: careless. +Number 8: bicycle is C. +Three syllables. +Repeat: bicycle. +Number 9: cross is A. +One syllable. +Repeat: cross. +Number 10: insurance is C. +Three syllables. +Repeat: insurance. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-3.26] Look at Figure 4. + [4.06-5.26] Listen to each word. + [6.13-9.33] Circle the letter next to the number of syllables you hear. + [10.26-12.18] You will hear each word twice. + [14.06-19.23] Number 1: traffic. + [19.23-22.29] Traffic. + [22.32-23.20] Number 2: + [24.26-25.14] fine. + [27.06-27.94] Fine. + [30.05-35.01] Number 3: accident. + [35.06-35.86] Accident. + [38.90-39.86] Number 4: + [41.22-44.13] policeman. + [44.14-47.13] Policeman. + [47.19-51.51] Number 5: ticket. + [51.69-53.85] Ticket. + [54.03-54.83] Number 6: + [56.86-57.66] fault. + [59.67-61.59] Fault. + [61.71-62.67] Number 7: + [64.90-67.65] careless. + [67.63-70.77] Careless. + [70.80-74.18] Number 8: bicycle. + [76.53-77.49] Bicycle. + [79.92-82.56] Number 9: cross. + [84.19-85.15] Cross. + [87.04-91.23] Number 10: insurance. + [91.22-92.34] Insurance. + [96.37-97.65] Let's check your answers. + [99.44-100.32] Number 1: + [101.66-103.34] traffic is B. + [103.98-105.02] Two syllables. + [105.50-107.79] Repeat: traffic. + [110.00-110.96] Number 2: + [112.21-114.21] fine is A. + [115.09-116.05] One syllable. + [116.91-119.26] Repeat: fine. + [121.34-125.44] Number 3: accident is C. + [126.00-127.20] Three syllables. + [128.16-130.75] Repeat: accident. + [132.19-136.43] Number 4: policeman is C. + [137.18-138.38] Three syllables. + [138.38-141.63] Repeat: policeman. + [143.85-147.45] Number 5: ticket is B. + [148.71-149.43] Two syllables. + [150.57-152.79] Repeat: ticket. + [154.11-157.29] Number 6: fault is A. + [158.25-158.97] One syllable. + [159.69-161.61] Repeat: fault. + [162.93-166.05] Number 7: careless is B. + [167.07-167.73] Two syllables. + [168.57-170.61] Repeat: careless. + [174.99-178.35] Number 8: bicycle is C. + [179.43-180.09] Three syllables. + [180.81-182.73] Repeat: bicycle. + [184.83-187.95] Number 9: cross is A. + [188.51-189.77] One syllable. + [190.19-192.09] Repeat: cross. + [193.74-196.83] Number 10: insurance is C. + [198.33-199.05] Three syllables. + [199.53-201.45] Repeat: insurance. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +This is a dictation exercise. +Listen to the following paragraph three times. +First, listen to the whole paragraph. +Next, write the group of words you hear. +And last, listen to the paragraph and check what you wrote. +Listen. +John made a long-distance phone call yesterday. +He called his sister in California. +He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. +The first time he tried, the line was busy. +The second time, he got her. +He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. +They talked for 20 minutes. +They had a good conversation. +Listen and write the words you hear. +John made... +a long-distance phone call... +yesterday. +He called his sister... +in California. +He called... +after 11 o'clock... +because it was cheaper. +The first time... +he tried... +the line was busy. +The second time... +he got her. +He called... +from a public phone... +so he used... +a lot of change. +They talked... +for 20 minutes... +they had... +a good conversation. +Listen again and check your work. +John made a long-distance phone call yesterday. +He called his sister in California. +He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. +The first time he tried, the line was busy. +The second time, he got her. +He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. +They talked for 20 minutes. +They had a good conversation. +Check your work on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-3.15] Look at Figure 5. + [3.87-5.95] This is a dictation exercise. + [6.91-9.63] Listen to the following paragraph three times. + [10.27-13.07] First, listen to the whole paragraph. + [13.90-16.70] Next, write the group of words you hear. + [17.66-21.58] And last, listen to the paragraph and check what you wrote. + [22.61-23.09] Listen. + [24.85-27.89] John made a long-distance phone call yesterday. + [28.94-31.02] He called his sister in California. + [32.13-35.17] He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. + [36.46-39.18] The first time he tried, the line was busy. + [40.11-41.87] The second time, he got her. + [42.86-46.70] He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. + [47.42-48.94] They talked for 20 minutes. + [49.58-51.26] They had a good conversation. + [55.73-57.73] Listen and write the words you hear. + [61.94-63.06] John made... + [74.53-79.59] a long-distance phone call... + [90.53-91.33] yesterday. + [100.21-101.97] He called his sister... + [118.45-119.73] in California. + [131.94-133.14] He called... + [143.41-148.17] after 11 o'clock... + [157.86-159.62] because it was cheaper. + [179.47-180.91] The first time... + [193.49-194.69] he tried... + [205.66-207.34] the line was busy. + [222.88-227.55] The second time... + [239.81-243.63] he got her. + [253.49-254.69] He called... + [264.39-269.01] from a public phone... + [285.41-286.77] so he used... + [298.59-299.87] a lot of change. + [313.47-313.84] They talked... + [326.85-327.90] for 20 minutes... + [343.78-345.06] they had... + [353.84-355.68] a good conversation. + [372.61-375.25] Listen again and check your work. + [377.68-381.20] John made a long-distance phone call yesterday. + [382.43-384.16] He called his sister in California. + [386.51-390.83] He called after 11 o'clock because it was cheaper. + [392.54-395.98] The first time he tried, the line was busy. + [397.52-399.92] The second time, he got her. + [401.44-406.40] He called from a public phone, so he used a lot of change. + [408.27-410.32] They talked for 20 minutes. + [411.17-413.61] They had a good conversation. + [417.42-419.98] Check your work on the answer page for this lesson. + [425.92-428.96] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 9. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Repeat the following dialogue. +What happened? +Harry had an accident. +That man in the dark car ran into him. +He ran the red light. +Was Harry hurt? +No. +He was wearing his seatbelt. +That helped him. +Where are the police? +They already left. +Did that man get a ticket? +Yes. +He got 2 tickets, one because he caused the accident. +And one because he wasn't wearing his seatbelt. +Does Harry have insurance? +Yes. +And so does the other driver. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.24-3.36] Look at Figure 4. + [4.16-5.68] Repeat the following dialogue. + [10.91-11.47] What happened? + [14.85-16.53] Harry had an accident. + [21.39-24.27] That man in the dark car ran into him. + [30.21-31.97] He ran the red light. + [35.86-36.66] Was Harry hurt? + [40.21-40.85] No. + [41.25-43.09] He was wearing his seatbelt. + [47.50-50.85] That helped him. + [53.04-54.16] Where are the police? + [58.42-62.01] They already left. + [63.44-64.64] Did that man get a ticket? + [68.99-69.63] Yes. + [70.27-74.67] He got 2 tickets, one because he caused the accident. + [83.26-86.30] And one because he wasn't wearing his seatbelt. + [92.74-94.02] Does Harry have insurance? + [99.01-99.73] Yes. + [100.37-102.21] And so does the other driver. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 5, read the question. +Now, listen to the conversation and write the answers to the question. +Number 1: "Listen." +Sergeant Wilson, where is Captain Russell? +He's in Colonel Smith's office, Lieutenant Jackson. +He has a long-distance phone call. +I'll get himright away. +Why is Lieutenant Jackson looking for Captain Russell? +Repeat: "Because Captain Russell has a long-distance phone call." +Number 2: "Listen." +Lieutenant Kline, I'm looking for Major Billings. +I haven't seen him, sir. +I want to take him to lunch. +He took me one day last week. +Well, Major Johnson, he should be back in about 30 minutes. +Ask him to call me when he comes in. +Yes, sir, I will. +Why is Major Johnson looking for Major Billings? +Repeat: "He wants to take him to lunch." +This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-4.43] Look at figure 5, read the question. + [8.53-12.77] Now, listen to the conversation and write the answers to the question. + [16.96-18.88] Number 1: "Listen." + [22.94-25.10] Sergeant Wilson, where is Captain Russell? + [30.56-32.88] He's in Colonel Smith's office, Lieutenant Jackson. + [38.22-40.06] He has a long-distance phone call. + [46.27-47.31] I'll get himright away. + [53.73-56.93] Why is Lieutenant Jackson looking for Captain Russell? + [98.99-104.19] Repeat: "Because Captain Russell has a long-distance phone call." + [113.97-116.13] Number 2: "Listen." + [118.08-120.96] Lieutenant Kline, I'm looking for Major Billings. + [126.08-127.28] I haven't seen him, sir. + [131.38-132.82] I want to take him to lunch. + [136.72-138.64] He took me one day last week. + [144.08-147.44] Well, Major Johnson, he should be back in about 30 minutes. + [155.34-157.26] Ask him to call me when he comes in. + [162.90-163.86] Yes, sir, I will. + [169.36-172.72] Why is Major Johnson looking for Major Billings? + [205.46-208.66] Repeat: "He wants to take him to lunch." + [219.90-222.70] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-2D.md b/sources/book-9/tape-2D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..adec2190 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-2D.md @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2D. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. +Look at Figure 1. +Look at the pictures and repeat the following sentences. +Picture A: "The children are on the bus behind the truck." +Picture B: "The truck driver is facing the bright afternoon sun." +Picture C: "They must park across from the school." +Picture D: "The bicycle is in back of that small car." +Picture E: "Fred is in the car in front of the police car." +Picture F: "Someone left their light blue car by the lake." +Picture G: "His dark car hit the light pole." +Look at Figure 1 again. +Listen to each sentence. +Write the correct number under the picture being described. +The first one is done as an example. +Listen and find the correct picture. +Number 1: "Jim is driving in front of the policeman." +Number 1 goes under Picture E. +Let's do the rest. +Number 2: "Tom's mother parked her car across from the school." +Number 3: "There was a light-colored car parked by the lake." +Number 4: "The school bus is behind the truck." +Number 5: "That dark car ran into the light pole." +Number 6: "The bicycle was in back of the small car at the stoplight." +Number 7: "That big truck was facing the sun in the afternoon traffic." +Now check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +Picture A is 4. +Repeat: "The school bus is behind the truck." +Picture B is 7. +Repeat: "That big truck was facing the sun in the afternoon traffic." +Picture C is 2. +Repeat: "Tom's mother parked her car across from the school." +Picture D is 6. +Repeat: "The bicycle was in back of the small car at the stoplight." +Picture F is 3. +Repeat: "There was a light-colored car parked by the lake." +Picture G is 5. +Repeat: "That dark car ran into the light pole." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [5.97-10.45] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 2D. + [17.06-17.46] Hello. + [18.42-21.21] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. + [28.59-29.71] Look at Figure 1. + [30.61-33.89] Look at the pictures and repeat the following sentences. + [35.94-40.98] Picture A: "The children are on the bus behind the truck." + [49.17-55.31] Picture B: "The truck driver is facing the bright afternoon sun." + [64.88-69.81] Picture C: "They must park across from the school." + [77.39-82.59] Picture D: "The bicycle is in back of that small car." + [89.78-94.91] Picture E: "Fred is in the car in front of the police car." + [102.14-107.15] Picture F: "Someone left their light blue car by the lake." + [114.70-118.94] Picture G: "His dark car hit the light pole." + [127.71-129.23] Look at Figure 1 again. + [129.71-131.07] Listen to each sentence. + [131.90-135.26] Write the correct number under the picture being described. + [135.98-138.22] The first one is done as an example. + [139.39-141.63] Listen and find the correct picture. + [143.10-147.18] Number 1: "Jim is driving in front of the policeman." + [151.44-153.68] Number 1 goes under Picture E. + [154.80-155.84] Let's do the rest. + [157.44-163.62] Number 2: "Tom's mother parked her car across from the school." + [170.75-176.06] Number 3: "There was a light-colored car parked by the lake." + [181.97-186.93] Number 4: "The school bus is behind the truck." + [192.40-197.17] Number 5: "That dark car ran into the light pole." + [202.51-208.51] Number 6: "The bicycle was in back of the small car at the stoplight." + [214.45-221.06] Number 7: "That big truck was facing the sun in the afternoon traffic." + [229.46-232.50] Now check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + [235.09-237.41] Picture A is 4. + [238.05-242.10] Repeat: "The school bus is behind the truck." + [250.27-252.51] Picture B is 7. + [252.99-259.14] Repeat: "That big truck was facing the sun in the afternoon traffic." + [267.71-270.35] Picture C is 2. + [270.35-275.71] Repeat: "Tom's mother parked her car across from the school." + [284.10-286.34] Picture D is 6. + [287.06-293.42] Repeat: "The bicycle was in back of the small car at the stoplight." + [305.01-307.41] Picture F is 3. + [307.41-313.04] Repeat: "There was a light-colored car parked by the lake." + [320.90-323.30] Picture G is 5. + [323.70-328.05] Repeat: "That dark car ran into the light pole." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to the following short dialogues, then answer the questions on the dialogue. +You will hear the dialogues twice; the first one is done as an example. +Jimmy, tell Joanne to come in now. +Joanne, come in now. +What did Jimmy tell Joanne? +Repeat: "He told Joanne to come in." +Listen and answer the other questions, then repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: listen. +Harry, tell Mike to help you move the bookcase. +Mike, help me move the bookcase. +What did Harry tell Mike to do? +Repeat: "He told him to help him move the bookcase." +Number 2: listen. +Captain Jones, tell Sergeant Jackson to bring the student record to my office. +Sergeant Jackson, take the student record to Major Johnson's office. +What did Captain Jones tell Sergeant Jackson? +Repeat: "She told him to bring the student record to the Major's office." +Number 3: listen. +Jill, tell Tammy to get up. +Tammy, get up. +What did Jill tell Tammy? +Repeat: "She told her to get up." +Number 4: listen. +George, tell Sam not to eat so fast. +Sam, don't eat so fast. +What did George tell Sam? +Repeat: "He told him not to eat so fast." +Number 5: listen. +Tell Tom to lock the door when he leaves. +Tom, don't forget to lock the door when you leave. +What did she tell Tom? +Repeat: "She told him not to forget to lock the door when he leaves." +Number 6: listen. +Private Anderson, clean your shoes. +Yes, sir. +What did he tell Private Anderson? +Repeat: "He told her to clean her shoes." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-2.77] Look at Figure 2. + [3.81-9.25] Listen to the following short dialogues, then answer the questions on the dialogue. + [10.21-15.09] You will hear the dialogues twice; the first one is done as an example. + [18.37-20.69] Jimmy, tell Joanne to come in now. + [21.33-22.77] Joanne, come in now. + [23.86-25.38] What did Jimmy tell Joanne? + [27.94-30.74] Repeat: "He told Joanne to come in." + [33.81-38.29] Listen and answer the other questions, then repeat the correct answers. + [42.42-43.94] Number 1: listen. + [45.02-48.14] Harry, tell Mike to help you move the bookcase. + [48.62-50.86] Mike, help me move the bookcase. + [52.11-53.79] What did Harry tell Mike to do? + [61.57-65.57] Repeat: "He told him to help him move the bookcase." + [71.90-73.58] Number 2: listen. + [74.93-79.41] Captain Jones, tell Sergeant Jackson to bring the student record to my office. + [80.62-85.26] Sergeant Jackson, take the student record to Major Johnson's office. + [87.25-89.73] What did Captain Jones tell Sergeant Jackson? + [97.71-102.48] Repeat: "She told him to bring the student record to the Major's office." + [110.42-112.02] Number 3: listen. + [113.07-114.99] Jill, tell Tammy to get up. + [116.56-117.92] Tammy, get up. + [119.36-120.99] What did Jill tell Tammy? + [126.90-129.57] Repeat: "She told her to get up." + [134.43-135.95] Number 4: listen. + [136.96-140.40] George, tell Sam not to eat so fast. + [141.46-143.62] Sam, don't eat so fast. + [145.09-146.61] What did George tell Sam? + [153.07-156.35] Repeat: "He told him not to eat so fast." + [164.35-166.03] Number 5: listen. + [167.36-169.60] Tell Tom to lock the door when he leaves. + [170.53-173.81] Tom, don't forget to lock the door when you leave. + [175.44-176.56] What did she tell Tom? + [186.67-191.55] Repeat: "She told him not to forget to lock the door when he leaves." + [200.24-201.33] Number 6: listen. + [203.25-205.33] Private Anderson, clean your shoes. + [206.18-207.06] Yes, sir. + [208.58-210.34] What did he tell Private Anderson? + [216.58-219.78] Repeat: "He told her to clean her shoes." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3, listen to these dialogues, and select the correct answer. +Number 1. +Sarah, tell Suzy to answer that phone. +Suzy, please answer that phone. +What did Sarah tell Suzy? +Number 2. +Sergeant Evans, bring me that letter. +Yes, ma'am, Lieutenant Richards. +What did Lieutenant Richards tell Sergeant Evans? +Number 3. +Janet, get up. +You'll miss your bus. +Okay, Dad. +What did Dad tell Janet? +Number 4. +Sam, leave that window open. +It's hot in here. +Okay, Mrs. +Dennis. +What did Mrs. +Dennis tell Sam to do? +Number 5. +Alice, move these books. +I'll move them in a minute. +What did he tell Alice to do? +Number 6. +Rita, take these papers to the office. +I'll take themright away, Mr. +Scott. +What did he tell Rita to do? +Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is B. +Repeat: She told her to answer the phone. +Number 2 is C. +Repeat: She told him to bring her the letter. +Number 3 is D. +Repeat: He told her to get up. +Number 4 is A. +Repeat: She told him to leave the window open. +Number 5 is B. +Repeat: He told her to move the books. +Number 6 is D. +Repeat: He told her to take the papers to the office. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.54-6.86] Look at Figure 3, listen to these dialogues, and select the correct answer. + [10.56-11.20] Number 1. + [13.02-15.50] Sarah, tell Suzy to answer that phone. + [16.98-19.30] Suzy, please answer that phone. + [20.58-22.10] What did Sarah tell Suzy? + [36.21-36.85] Number 2. + [38.45-40.77] Sergeant Evans, bring me that letter. + [41.41-42.85] Yes, ma'am, Lieutenant Richards. + [44.40-46.96] What did Lieutenant Richards tell Sergeant Evans? + [58.77-59.49] Number 3. + [60.85-61.97] Janet, get up. + [62.29-63.33] You'll miss your bus. + [64.38-65.42] Okay, Dad. + [66.77-68.53] What did Dad tell Janet? + [78.48-79.20] Number 4. + [80.00-82.48] Sam, leave that window open. + [82.72-84.08] It's hot in here. + [85.01-85.65] Okay, Mrs. + [85.65-86.05] Dennis. + [87.46-88.18] What did Mrs. + [88.18-89.70] Dennis tell Sam to do? + [102.30-103.10] Number 5. + [104.67-106.27] Alice, move these books. + [107.47-108.99] I'll move them in a minute. + [110.45-112.05] What did he tell Alice to do? + [123.95-124.24] Number 6. + [125.91-127.95] Rita, take these papers to the office. + [129.30-130.90] I'll take themright away, Mr. + [130.90-131.54] Scott. + [133.14-134.58] What did he tell Rita to do? + [149.49-152.37] Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + [156.50-158.42] Number 1 is B. + [159.06-162.61] Repeat: She told her to answer the phone. + [168.19-170.27] Number 2 is C. + [170.67-174.19] Repeat: She told him to bring her the letter. + [181.98-184.06] Number 3 is D. + [184.70-187.58] Repeat: He told her to get up. + [193.82-195.98] Number 4 is A. + [196.46-200.14] Repeat: She told him to leave the window open. + [206.42-208.58] Number 5 is B. + [208.90-212.02] Repeat: He told her to move the books. + [218.72-220.40] Number 6 is D. + [220.40-224.88] Repeat: He told her to take the papers to the office. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Repeat the following dialogue. +What happened? +Harry had an accident. +That man in the dark car ran into him. +He ran the red light. +Was Harry hurt? +No. +He was wearing his seatbelt. +That helped him. +Where are the police? +They already left. +Did that man get a ticket? +Yes. +He got 2 tickets, one because he caused the accident. +And one because he wasn't wearing his seatbelt. +Does Harry have insurance? +Yes, and so does the other driver. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.24-3.36] Look at Figure 4. + [4.16-5.68] Repeat the following dialogue. + [10.91-11.47] What happened? + [14.85-16.53] Harry had an accident. + [21.39-24.27] That man in the dark car ran into him. + [30.21-31.97] He ran the red light. + [35.90-36.70] Was Harry hurt? + [40.26-40.90] No. + [41.22-43.14] He was wearing his seatbelt. + [47.55-50.67] That helped him. + [53.04-54.16] Where are the police? + [58.42-62.01] They already left. + [63.44-64.64] Did that man get a ticket? + [68.96-69.60] Yes. + [70.32-74.72] He got 2 tickets, one because he caused the accident. + [83.23-86.27] And one because he wasn't wearing his seatbelt. + [92.70-94.06] Does Harry have insurance? + [99.06-102.18] Yes, and so does the other driver. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l2d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5, read the question. +Now, listen to the conversation and write the answers to the question. +Number 1: "Listen." +Sergeant Wilson, where is Captain Russell? +He's in Colonel Smith's office, Lieutenant Jackson. +He has a long-distance phone call. +I'll get himright away. +Why is Lieutenant Jackson looking for Captain Russell? +Repeat: "Because Captain Russell has a long-distance phone call." +Number 2: "Listen." +Lieutenant Kline, I'm looking for Major Billings. +I haven't seen him, sir. +I want to take him to lunch. +He took me one day last week. +Well, Major Johnson, he should be back in about 30 minutes. +Ask him to call me when he comes in. +Yes, sir, I will. +Why is Major Johnson looking for Major Billings? +Repeat: "He wants to take him to lunch." +This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.24-4.88] Look at Figure 5, read the question. + [9.01-13.25] Now, listen to the conversation and write the answers to the question. + [17.39-19.31] Number 1: "Listen." + [23.41-25.57] Sergeant Wilson, where is Captain Russell? + [31.06-33.38] He's in Colonel Smith's office, Lieutenant Jackson. + [38.72-40.56] He has a long-distance phone call. + [46.72-47.76] I'll get himright away. + [54.13-57.33] Why is Lieutenant Jackson looking for Captain Russell? + [99.44-104.64] Repeat: "Because Captain Russell has a long-distance phone call." + [114.43-116.59] Number 2: "Listen." + [118.51-121.39] Lieutenant Kline, I'm looking for Major Billings. + [126.88-128.00] I haven't seen him, sir. + [132.10-133.54] I want to take him to lunch. + [137.44-139.36] He took me one day last week. + [144.80-148.24] Well, Major Johnson, he should be back in about 30 minutes. + [156.06-157.98] Ask him to call me when he comes in. + [163.70-164.58] Yes, sir, I will. + [170.08-173.52] Why is Major Johnson looking for Major Billings? + [206.14-209.42] Repeat: "He wants to take him to lunch." + [224.86-227.66] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-3A.md b/sources/book-9/tape-3A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3e1ed64 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-3A.md @@ -0,0 +1,590 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3A. +Hello. +Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen to the words and sentences, and then repeat them. +Number 1: "repair," +"repair." +Tom broke his watch. +He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. +Repeat: He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. +Number 2: "fix," +"fix." I broke my watch. +Can you fix it? +Repeat: Can you fix it? +Number 3: "garage," +"garage." +Something is wrong with my car. +I must take it to a garage. +Repeat: I must take it to a garage. +Number 4: "guess," +"guess." +I might go to the game. +I guess I'll go to the game. +Repeat: I guess I'll go to the game. +Number 5: "someone," +"someone." +A person helped me. +Someone helped me. +Repeat: Someone helped me. +Number 6: "lend," +"lend." +I'll let you use my car. +I'll lend you my car. +Repeat: I'll lend you my car. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [4.53-8.85] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3A. + [15.50-15.82] Hello. + [16.78-19.35] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A. + [26.98-28.10] Look at Figure 1. + [28.96-32.32] Listen to the words and sentences, and then repeat them. + [34.27-36.75] Number 1: "repair," + [38.70-39.66] "repair." + [42.30-43.82] Tom broke his watch. + [44.46-47.50] He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. + [48.66-53.78] Repeat: He'll take it to a place that repairs watches. + [59.62-62.21] Number 2: "fix," + [63.84-68.00] "fix." I broke my watch. + [68.56-69.68] Can you fix it? + [70.80-75.81] Repeat: Can you fix it? + [77.65-80.45] Number 3: "garage," + [82.26-83.14] "garage." + [85.44-87.60] Something is wrong with my car. + [88.32-90.40] I must take it to a garage. + [91.30-95.18] Repeat: I must take it to a garage. + [99.71-102.10] Number 4: "guess," + [103.82-104.54] "guess." + [107.25-108.93] I might go to the game. + [110.21-112.13] I guess I'll go to the game. + [112.77-116.16] Repeat: I guess I'll go to the game. + [121.34-123.94] Number 5: "someone," + [125.92-126.80] "someone." + [129.14-130.66] A person helped me. + [131.54-133.06] Someone helped me. + [134.10-137.22] Repeat: Someone helped me. + [140.93-142.85] Number 6: "lend," + [144.63-145.11] "lend." + [146.91-148.83] I'll let you use my car. + [149.89-151.65] I'll lend you my car. + [152.61-155.97] Repeat: I'll lend you my car. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 2. +Listen to the words and sentences again. +Repeat the word and write it on the correct line. +Number 1: repair, +repair. +Tom broke his watch; he'll take it to a place that repairs watches. +Number 2: fix, +fix. +I broke my watch; can you fix it? +Number 3: garage, +garage. +Something is wrong with my car; I must take it to a garage. +Number 4: guess, +guess. +I might go to the game; I guess I'll go to the game. +Number 5: someone, someone. +A person helped me; someone helped me. +Number 6: land, +land. +I'll let you use my car; I'll lend you my car. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.34-2.38] Look at Figure 2. + [3.26-5.42] Listen to the words and sentences again. + [6.22-9.02] Repeat the word and write it on the correct line. + [12.02-14.83] Number 1: repair, + [16.40-17.36] repair. + [19.41-24.61] Tom broke his watch; he'll take it to a place that repairs watches. + [29.65-32.26] Number 2: fix, + [33.52-35.73] fix. + [35.79-38.91] I broke my watch; can you fix it? + [44.32-46.94] Number 3: garage, + [48.32-49.36] garage. + [50.61-55.25] Something is wrong with my car; I must take it to a garage. + [61.02-63.57] Number 4: guess, + [65.23-65.87] guess. + [68.24-72.75] I might go to the game; I guess I'll go to the game. + [77.97-82.80] Number 5: someone, someone. + [85.50-91.47] A person helped me; someone helped me. + [93.84-96.30] Number 6: land, + [98.01-98.43] land. + [100.65-105.22] I'll let you use my car; I'll lend you my car. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 3: listen to a telephone conversation that uses the words from Figure 1 and Figure 2. +Able's auto repair. +Hello. +Something is wrong with the lights on my car; can you fix them this morning? +We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. +Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? +Yes, I guess I can take it then. +Can someone take me back to my office? +No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. +We'll lend it to you; there's no cost. +Thanks. +See you at 1:30. +Listen to the conversation again. +Able's auto repair. +Hello. +Something is wrong with the lights on my car; can you fix them this morning? +We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. +Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? +Yes, I guess I can take it then. +Can someone take me back to my office? +No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. +We'll lend it to you; there's no cost. +Thanks. +See you at 1:30. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [0.99-8.77] Look at Figure 3: listen to a telephone conversation that uses the words from Figure 1 and Figure 2. + [12.56-13.60] Able's auto repair. + [14.16-14.72] Hello. + [15.36-19.44] Something is wrong with the lights on my car; can you fix them this morning? + [20.58-22.82] We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. + [23.54-26.10] Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? + [27.25-29.49] Yes, I guess I can take it then. + [30.42-32.66] Can someone take me back to my office? + [33.44-36.64] No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. + [37.36-39.44] We'll lend it to you; there's no cost. + [39.76-40.48] Thanks. + [40.80-42.00] See you at 1:30. + [43.65-45.73] Listen to the conversation again. + [47.01-48.13] Able's auto repair. + [48.77-49.41] Hello. + [50.21-54.29] Something is wrong with the lights on my car; can you fix them this morning? + [55.34-57.66] We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. + [58.42-61.06] Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? + [62.11-64.11] Yes, I guess I can take it then. + [64.67-66.75] Can someone take me back to my office? + [67.23-70.43] No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. + [71.15-73.15] We'll lend it to you; there's no cost. + [73.55-74.19] Thanks. + [74.51-75.79] See you at 1:30. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 4. +Complete the conversation. +Look at Conversation A. +Listen to Abel. +Then read the customer's part. +Abel's auto repair. +We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. +Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? +No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. +We'll lend it to you. +There's no cost. +Look at Conversation B. +Read Abel's part and listen to the customer's part. +Hello. +Something is wrong with the lights on my car. +Can you fix them this morning? +Yes, I guess I can take it then. +Can someone take me back to my office? +Thanks. +See you at 1:30. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.54] Look at Figure 4. + [4.18-5.78] Complete the conversation. + [6.78-8.30] Look at Conversation A. + [8.94-9.98] Listen to Abel. + [10.70-12.78] Then read the customer's part. + [14.51-15.55] Abel's auto repair. + [25.98-28.30] We have a lot of cars in our garage this morning. + [29.42-31.98] Can you bring your car after lunch, around 1:30? + [42.21-45.73] No, we can't take you back, but we can let you use a car. + [46.69-47.57] We'll lend it to you. + [47.73-48.61] There's no cost. + [54.34-55.86] Look at Conversation B. + [56.91-59.71] Read Abel's part and listen to the customer's part. + [65.60-66.24] Hello. + [67.07-69.47] Something is wrong with the lights on my car. + [70.37-71.81] Can you fix them this morning? + [79.46-81.70] Yes, I guess I can take it then. + [82.18-84.34] Can someone take me back to my office? + [91.06-91.70] Thanks. + [91.94-93.22] See you at 1:30. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 5. +Listen to a question or statement. +Select the best answer. +Number 1: What kind of business is Able's Auto Repair? +Number 2: What is Able's Auto Repair going to do to the customer's car? +Number 3: What time is the customer going to Able's Auto Repair? +Number 4: Where is the customer going after she takes her car to Able's Auto Repair? +Number 5: How will the customer return to work after leaving the car at the repair place? +Number 6: I will lend you my car. +Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: The answer is A. +Listen. +What kind of business is Able's Auto Repair? +Repeat: It's a place that fixes cars. +Number 2 is C. +Listen. +What is Able's Auto Repair going to do to the customer's car? +Repeat: It's going to fix the lights. +Number 3 is D. +Listen. +What time is the customer going to Able's Auto Repair? +Repeat: She is going about 1:30. +Number 4 is B. +Listen. +Where is the customer going after she takes her car to Able's Auto Repair? +Repeat: She's going back to work. +Number 5 is C. +Listen. +How will the customer return to work after leaving the car at the repair place? +Repeat: Able's Auto Repair will lend the customer a car. +Number 6 is A. +Listen. +"I will lend you my car" has a similar meaning to "You can use my car, but you must return it." Repeat: You can use my car, but you must return it. +Listen to the words and then repeat. +Number 1: Truth. +Truth. +Give me true information. +Tell me the truth. +Repeat: Tell me the truth. +Number 2: Lie. +Lie. +The information isn't true. +It's a lie. +Repeat: It's a lie. +Number 3: Story. +Story. +Harry told us about the trip to the mountains. +It was an interesting story. +Repeat: It was an interesting story. +Number 4: Secret. +Secret. +Not many people know the information. +It's a secret. +Repeat: It's a secret. +Number 5: Hurt someone's feelings. +Hurt someone's feelings. +Alex did something wrong to someone. +He hurt his friend's feelings. +Repeat: He hurt someone's feelings. +Number 6: Care about. +Care about. +She often thinks about her age. +She cares about her age. +Repeat: She cares about her age. +Number 7: Advice. +Advice. +Say something that will help me. +Give me advice. +Repeat: Give me advice. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-3.17] Look at Figure 5. + [4.03-5.55] Listen to a question or statement. + [5.95-7.31] Select the best answer. + [10.58-15.06] Number 1: What kind of business is Able's Auto Repair? + [24.32-29.28] Number 2: What is Able's Auto Repair going to do to the customer's car? + [39.87-45.07] Number 3: What time is the customer going to Able's Auto Repair? + [54.16-60.56] Number 4: Where is the customer going after she takes her car to Able's Auto Repair? + [69.30-76.30] Number 5: How will the customer return to work after leaving the car at the repair place? + [84.75-88.72] Number 6: I will lend you my car. + [98.29-101.25] Check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + [104.06-107.66] Number 1: The answer is A. + [108.50-109.14] Listen. + [110.40-113.36] What kind of business is Able's Auto Repair? + [114.51-117.87] Repeat: It's a place that fixes cars. + [123.25-125.17] Number 2 is C. + [125.73-126.37] Listen. + [127.44-131.36] What is Able's Auto Repair going to do to the customer's car? + [132.00-135.46] Repeat: It's going to fix the lights. + [140.48-142.48] Number 3 is D. + [143.04-143.68] Listen. + [144.70-147.98] What time is the customer going to Able's Auto Repair? + [149.02-152.62] Repeat: She is going about 1:30. + [157.33-159.33] Number 4 is B. + [159.33-161.10] Listen. + [161.10-165.98] Where is the customer going after she takes her car to Able's Auto Repair? + [166.62-169.58] Repeat: She's going back to work. + [174.16-176.08] Number 5 is C. + [176.56-177.12] Listen. + [177.92-182.72] How will the customer return to work after leaving the car at the repair place? + [183.63-188.77] Repeat: Able's Auto Repair will lend the customer a car. + [195.10-197.10] Number 6 is A. + [197.66-198.30] Listen. + [199.62-212.71] "I will lend you my car" has a similar meaning to "You can use my car, but you must return it." Repeat: You can use my car, but you must return it. + [219.09-220.77] Listen to the words and then repeat. + [223.83-226.29] Number 1: Truth. + [227.97-228.57] Truth. + [230.25-232.05] Give me true information. + [232.85-234.05] Tell me the truth. + [235.22-237.94] Repeat: Tell me the truth. + [241.89-244.29] Number 2: Lie. + [245.60-245.65] Lie. + [248.01-250.06] The information isn't true. + [250.93-251.97] It's a lie. + [252.91-255.44] Repeat: It's a lie. + [258.51-260.85] Number 3: Story. + [263.25-263.61] Story. + [266.67-269.11] Harry told us about the trip to the mountains. + [269.62-271.36] It was an interesting story. + [271.74-276.13] Repeat: It was an interesting story. + [280.47-284.55] Number 4: Secret. + [284.79-287.55] Secret. + [287.67-289.12] Not many people know the information. + [290.51-292.42] It's a secret. + [292.78-295.36] Repeat: It's a secret. + [298.42-302.56] Number 5: Hurt someone's feelings. + [305.31-307.52] Hurt someone's feelings. + [311.55-313.14] Alex did something wrong to someone. + [314.74-316.98] He hurt his friend's feelings. + [317.78-321.35] Repeat: He hurt someone's feelings. + [324.87-327.99] Number 6: Care about. + [331.60-333.63] Care about. + [333.73-335.46] She often thinks about her age. + [336.10-337.43] She cares about her age. + [339.30-341.70] Repeat: She cares about her age. + [345.42-347.88] Number 7: Advice. + [350.19-350.20] Advice. + [353.79-356.19] Say something that will help me. + [356.29-357.41] Give me advice. + [358.05-360.02] Repeat: Give me advice. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 6: next to the words, write the phrases and sentences you hear. +The first phrase is an example. +Number 1: "truth." True information. +Tell me the truth. +About your age. +Number 2: "ly." +Information that isn't true. +She told a lie. +About her age. +Number 3: "secret." Information. +Not many people know. +Her age. +Is a secret. +Number 4: "advice." Information. +That helps someone. +Give me advice. +About a good hotel. +At the end of this lesson, turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-7.33] Look at Figure 6: next to the words, write the phrases and sentences you hear. + [8.21-9.89] The first phrase is an example. + [11.95-16.40] Number 1: "truth." True information. + [20.30-23.97] Tell me the truth. + [34.64-36.08] About your age. + [46.90-48.98] Number 2: "ly." + [50.85-53.09] Information that isn't true. + [72.78-74.38] She told a lie. + [91.34-95.37] About her age. + [104.08-108.85] Number 3: "secret." Information. + [116.18-120.75] Not many people know. + [133.33-137.61] Her age. + [138.98-143.01] Is a secret. + [150.58-155.12] Number 4: "advice." Information. + [162.82-167.31] That helps someone. + [179.23-180.91] Give me advice. + [195.44-197.04] About a good hotel. + [214.06-219.26] At the end of this lesson, turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 7. +Listen to a letter. +Dear Anne, I think my new wife didn't tell me the truth about her age. +I think she is older than she said. +Why did she lie to me? +Why does she keep her age a secret? +I don't care about age. +I only care about her. +Can you help me? +Can you give me some advice? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.26] Now look at Figure 7. + [4.06-4.94] Listen to a letter. + [7.38-12.53] Dear Anne, I think my new wife didn't tell me the truth about her age. + [13.36-15.20] I think she is older than she said. + [16.22-17.50] Why did she lie to me? + [18.22-20.06] Why does she keep her age a secret? + [21.12-22.64] I don't care about age. + [23.12-24.56] I only care about her. + [25.58-26.38] Can you help me? + [27.34-28.86] Can you give me some advice? + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 8. +Listen to the statements, then complete the sentences. +Write your answers on the lines in Figure 8. +Number 1: "The husband cares about his wife." "The husband cares about his wife." +Number 2: "She lied to her husband about her age." "She lied to her husband about her age." +Number 3: "I don't want to hurt her feelings." "I don't want to hurt her feelings." +Number 4: "You must tell the truth." "You must tell the truth." +Number 5: "Her age is a secret." "Her age is a secret." +Number 6: "I need some advice." "I need some advice." +Let's check your answers. +Repeat the sentences. +Number 1 is "cares about." Repeat: "The husband cares about his wife." +Number 2 is "lied." Repeat: "She lied to her husband about her age." +Number 3 is "hurt her feelings." Repeat: "I don't want to hurt her feelings." +Number 4 is "truth." Repeat: "You must tell the truth." +Number 5 is "secret." Repeat: "Her age is a secret." +Number 6 is "advice." Repeat: "I need some advice." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-2.61] Go to Figure 8. + [3.41-6.69] Listen to the statements, then complete the sentences. + [7.49-9.89] Write your answers on the lines in Figure 8. + [11.66-19.41] Number 1: "The husband cares about his wife." "The husband cares about his wife." + [28.30-36.54] Number 2: "She lied to her husband about her age." "She lied to her husband about her age." + [41.63-48.86] Number 3: "I don't want to hurt her feelings." "I don't want to hurt her feelings." + [58.34-63.78] Number 4: "You must tell the truth." "You must tell the truth." + [69.71-76.05] Number 5: "Her age is a secret." "Her age is a secret." + [81.20-87.36] Number 6: "I need some advice." "I need some advice." + [94.80-96.16] Let's check your answers. + [96.91-98.27] Repeat the sentences. + [100.61-107.81] Number 1 is "cares about." Repeat: "The husband cares about his wife." + [111.97-119.01] Number 2 is "lied." Repeat: "She lied to her husband about her age." + [124.14-131.89] Number 3 is "hurt her feelings." Repeat: "I don't want to hurt her feelings." + [136.82-142.77] Number 4 is "truth." Repeat: "You must tell the truth." + [147.76-153.92] Number 5 is "secret." Repeat: "Her age is a secret." + [158.69-164.64] Number 6 is "advice." Repeat: "I need some advice." + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3a-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at Figure 9. +Listen to a word two times. +Circle the number of syllables you hear. +Number 1: repair. +Repair. +Number 2: fix. +Fix. +Number 3: garage. +Garage. +Number 4: guess. +Guess. +Number 5: someone. +Someone. +Number 6: lend. +Lend. +Number 7: secret. +Secret. +Number 8: truth. +Truth. +Number 9: story. +Story. +Number 10: feelings. +Feelings. +Number 11: lie. +Lie. +Number 12: hurt. +Hurt. +Number 13: care. +Care. +Number 14: advice. +Advice. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +The word repair has 2 syllables. +Number 2 is A. +The word fix has 1 syllable. +Number 3 is B. +The word garage has 2 syllables. +Number 4 is A. +The word guess has 1 syllable. +Number 5 is B. +The word someone has 2 syllables. +Number 6 is A. +The word lend has 1 syllable. +Number 7 is B. +The word secret has 2 syllables. +Number 8 is A. +The word truth has 1 syllable. +Number 9 is B. +The word story has 2 syllables. +Number 10 is B. +The word feelings has 2 syllables. +Number 11 is A. +The word lie has 1 syllable. +Number 12 is A. +The word hurt has 1 syllable. +Number 13 is A. +The word care has 1 syllable. +Number 14 is B. +The word advice has 2 syllables. +This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.51] Look at Figure 9. + [3.79-5.87] Listen to a word two times. + [6.77-8.77] Circle the number of syllables you hear. + [10.58-13.14] Number 1: repair. + [16.14-17.02] Repair. + [22.24-27.45] Number 2: fix. + [27.81-28.23] Fix. + [32.07-34.38] Number 3: garage. + [38.37-38.42] Garage. + [43.47-46.17] Number 4: guess. + [49.95-50.37] Guess. + [54.99-57.33] Number 5: someone. + [61.35-61.95] Someone. + [66.69-68.73] Number 6: lend. + [72.45-72.81] Lend. + [76.95-78.91] Number 7: secret. + [82.71-83.25] Secret. + [87.69-89.41] Number 8: truth. + [92.88-93.52] Truth. + [97.59-99.89] Number 9: story. + [102.99-103.95] Story. + [108.22-110.72] Number 10: feelings. + [114.16-115.20] Feelings. + [118.89-121.26] Number 11: lie. + [124.43-125.31] Lie. + [128.22-130.22] Number 12: hurt. + [133.35-133.65] Hurt. + [136.77-138.99] Number 13: care. + [142.47-142.77] Care. + [146.31-147.89] Number 14: advice. + [151.71-152.19] Advice. + [160.77-161.46] Let's check your answers. + [163.30-164.91] Number 1 is B. + [165.75-168.90] The word repair has 2 syllables. + [170.85-172.90] Number 2 is A. + [173.46-175.88] The word fix has 1 syllable. + [177.81-179.84] Number 3 is B. + [180.32-183.12] The word garage has 2 syllables. + [184.91-186.24] Number 4 is A. + [186.19-189.63] The word guess has 1 syllable. + [192.45-194.25] Number 5 is B. + [194.91-197.31] The word someone has 2 syllables. + [198.51-200.19] Number 6 is A. + [200.61-202.89] The word lend has 1 syllable. + [204.21-206.13] Number 7 is B. + [206.67-209.19] The word secret has 2 syllables. + [210.45-212.13] Number 8 is A. + [212.61-214.95] The word truth has 1 syllable. + [216.27-218.01] Number 9 is B. + [218.67-221.19] The word story has 2 syllables. + [222.39-224.13] Number 10 is B. + [224.67-227.37] The word feelings has 2 syllables. + [228.81-230.73] Number 11 is A. + [231.03-233.49] The word lie has 1 syllable. + [235.65-237.39] Number 12 is A. + [237.99-240.39] The word hurt has 1 syllable. + [241.47-243.51] Number 13 is A. + [244.17-246.75] The word care has 1 syllable. + [247.47-249.69] Number 14 is B. + [250.23-252.93] The word advice has 2 syllables. + [267.45-270.75] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-3B.md b/sources/book-9/tape-3B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2dd0526 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-3B.md @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3B. +Hi. +Open your activities booklet for Lesson 3B. +Go to Figure 1, look at the pictures, repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "Tools." +Tools. +"These are Paul's tools." +Number 2: +"Borrow." Borrow. +"Frank doesn't have any tools." +He's going to borrow Paul's tools. +Number 3: "Park." +Park. +"Frank drove to Paul's house." +He parked his car in the garage. +"Paul lent Frank his tools." +Number 4: +"Fast." Fast. +"Party." +Party. +"Frank has to repair his car fast." +He's going to a party. +Look at the pictures and the sentences again. +Answer the questions. +Number 1: "Whose tools are those?" +Repeat: "Those are Paul's tools." +Number 2: "Does Frank have any tools?" +Repeat: "No, he doesn't." +Number 3: "What is he going to do?" +Repeat: "He's going to borrow Paul's tools." +"Did Paul lend him his tools?" +Repeat: "Yes, Paul lent him his tools." +Number 4: "Where did Frank go?" +Repeat: "He went to Paul's house." +"Where did he park his car?" +Repeat: "He parked his car in the garage." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.76-11.68] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3B. + [18.50-18.82] Hi. + [19.79-22.67] Open your activities booklet for Lesson 3B. + [31.55-37.23] Go to Figure 1, look at the pictures, repeat the words and sentences. + [38.42-41.20] Number 1: "Tools." + [42.88-42.93] Tools. + [45.93-47.86] "These are Paul's tools." + [52.58-53.38] Number 2: + [55.31-59.10] "Borrow." Borrow. + [61.17-63.41] "Frank doesn't have any tools." + [67.82-70.38] He's going to borrow Paul's tools. + [76.37-78.45] Number 3: "Park." + [81.28-81.92] Park. + [85.77-87.63] "Frank drove to Paul's house." + [91.31-93.71] He parked his car in the garage. + [99.01-101.17] "Paul lent Frank his tools." + [107.18-108.14] Number 4: + [109.20-112.89] "Fast." Fast. + [115.59-116.00] "Party." + [118.06-118.70] Party. + [121.81-124.69] "Frank has to repair his car fast." + [128.86-130.46] He's going to a party. + [136.58-139.06] Look at the pictures and the sentences again. + [139.70-140.98] Answer the questions. + [142.42-148.29] Number 1: "Whose tools are those?" + [150.70-153.90] Repeat: "Those are Paul's tools." + [158.14-161.58] Number 2: "Does Frank have any tools?" + [166.29-169.01] Repeat: "No, he doesn't." + [173.74-177.68] Number 3: "What is he going to do?" + [182.96-187.26] Repeat: "He's going to borrow Paul's tools." + [194.46-197.02] "Did Paul lend him his tools?" + [201.97-206.69] Repeat: "Yes, Paul lent him his tools." + [212.38-215.26] Number 4: "Where did Frank go?" + [220.27-223.63] Repeat: "He went to Paul's house." + [230.22-232.14] "Where did he park his car?" + [237.07-241.15] Repeat: "He parked his car in the garage." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 2. +Listen to the dialogue. +Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. +You're welcome. +Are you going to David's party? +Yes. +And I'm very excited about it. +Me too. +It'll be nice to go out. +Yes. +I'm sure we'll enjoy it. +Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. +Yes, I'd like to meet him. +I'd like to practice my German. +He might be there. +Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat the lines. +Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. +You're welcome. +Are you going to David's party? +Yes. +And I'm very excited about it. +Me too. +It'll be nice to go out. +Yes. +I'm sure we'll enjoy it. +Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. +Yes. +I'd like to meet him. +I'd like to practice my German. +He might be there. +Now answer the questions. +Is Frank happy to go to the party? +Repeat: Yes, he's excited. +Where's Paul going? +Repeat: He's going to David's party. +Do they think they'll enjoy the party? +Repeat: Yes, they think they will. +Who does Paul want to meet? +Repeat: He wants to meet David's roommate. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-2.91] Go to Figure 2. + [3.71-4.91] Listen to the dialogue. + [8.43-10.35] Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. + [11.07-11.71] You're welcome. + [12.35-13.63] Are you going to David's party? + [14.11-14.67] Yes. + [15.23-16.59] And I'm very excited about it. + [17.23-17.87] Me too. + [18.70-19.82] It'll be nice to go out. + [20.30-20.78] Yes. + [20.94-22.06] I'm sure we'll enjoy it. + [23.12-25.04] Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. + [25.95-27.63] Yes, I'd like to meet him. + [28.35-30.03] I'd like to practice my German. + [31.44-32.24] He might be there. + [35.76-38.88] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat the lines. + [40.94-43.10] Thanks for lending me your tools, Paul. + [47.94-48.58] You're welcome. + [51.52-52.96] Are you going to David's party? + [57.95-58.51] Yes. + [58.91-60.43] And I'm very excited about it. + [65.81-66.37] Me too. + [68.56-69.76] It'll be nice to go out. + [74.37-74.85] Yes. + [74.93-76.05] I'm sure we'll enjoy it. + [81.81-83.97] Maybe we can finally meet David's roommate. + [88.19-88.83] Yes. + [88.99-90.03] I'd like to meet him. + [94.03-95.55] I'd like to practice my German. + [99.33-100.21] He might be there. + [104.59-106.03] Now answer the questions. + [107.57-109.81] Is Frank happy to go to the party? + [113.65-116.61] Repeat: Yes, he's excited. + [121.76-123.28] Where's Paul going? + [127.58-131.34] Repeat: He's going to David's party. + [136.91-139.07] Do they think they'll enjoy the party? + [143.70-146.74] Repeat: Yes, they think they will. + [153.07-154.99] Who does Paul want to meet? + [161.14-165.06] Repeat: He wants to meet David's roommate. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 3. +Repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: friendship, friendship. +They're very close friends. +Their friendship started a long time ago. +Number 2: anyone, +anyone. +Someone, +someone. +Do you see anyone in the room? +Yes, I see someone. +No, I don't see anyone. +Number 3: a little white lie. +A little white lie. +He told Jane that he liked the food. +But he didn't. +He told her a little white lie. +Number 4: +opinion, +opinion. +In my opinion. +In my opinion. +What's your opinion about his last book? +In my opinion, +his last book is boring. +Number 5: care for, +care for. +I don't care for loud music. +Number 6: should, should. +What should I do? +You should talk to your teacher. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-3.22] Now go to Figure 3. + [4.02-5.94] Repeat the words and sentences. + [7.62-16.47] Number 1: friendship, friendship. + [16.58-18.50] They're very close friends. + [22.90-25.94] Their friendship started a long time ago. + [33.62-36.18] Number 2: anyone, + [38.93-39.81] anyone. + [42.64-43.68] Someone, + [46.16-47.12] someone. + [50.86-55.35] Do you see anyone in the room? + [57.79-60.11] Yes, I see someone. + [64.10-67.06] No, I don't see anyone. + [72.37-75.95] Number 3: a little white lie. + [79.94-81.62] A little white lie. + [87.42-90.70] He told Jane that he liked the food. + [96.66-97.78] But he didn't. + [102.43-105.39] He told her a little white lie. + [113.28-114.24] Number 4: + [115.98-116.78] opinion, + [120.24-121.12] opinion. + [125.20-126.56] In my opinion. + [131.42-132.94] In my opinion. + [137.31-142.71] What's your opinion about his last book? + [147.49-148.85] In my opinion, + [152.62-154.70] his last book is boring. + [160.02-162.74] Number 5: care for, + [165.07-165.52] care for. + [169.31-171.63] I don't care for loud music. + [177.41-185.97] Number 6: should, should. + [186.15-187.42] What should I do? + [192.80-194.72] You should talk to your teacher. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 4, listen to a question, select the best answer, and circle the letter. +Number 1: Did you enjoy the food at the party last night? +Number 2: Do you like to play football? +Number 3: Is Judy excited about her trip? +Number 4: Did you go out last night? +Number 5: Do David and Hans live in the same house? +Number 6: Is this your car? +Number 7: Do you think that Mark should go to college? +Number 8: Did you talk to anyone? +Let's check your answers. +Listen to the questions and repeat the answers. +Number 1 is A. +Listen: Did you enjoy the food at the party last night? +Repeat: Yes, I liked it. +Number 2 is B. +Listen: Do you like to play football? +Repeat: No, I don't care for it. +Number 3 is C. +Listen: Is Judy excited about her trip? +Repeat: Yes, she's happy. +Number 4 is B. +Listen: Did you go out last night? +Repeat: Yes, we went to the movies. +Number 5 is A. +Listen: Do David and Hans live in the same house? +Repeat: Yes, they're roommates. +Number 6 is C. +Listen: Is this your car? +Repeat: No, I borrowed it from my brother. +Number 7 is B. +Listen: Do you think that Mark should go to college? +Repeat: Yes, that's my opinion. +Number 8 is A. +Listen: Did you talk to anyone? +Repeat: Yes, I talked to someone. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-8.45] Now go to Figure 4, listen to a question, select the best answer, and circle the letter. + [9.90-15.20] Number 1: Did you enjoy the food at the party last night? + [20.13-23.73] Number 2: Do you like to play football? + [28.88-35.19] Number 3: Is Judy excited about her trip? + [37.41-43.29] Number 4: Did you go out last night? + [45.20-49.68] Number 5: Do David and Hans live in the same house? + [54.77-60.03] Number 6: Is this your car? + [61.87-68.25] Number 7: Do you think that Mark should go to college? + [70.08-75.27] Number 8: Did you talk to anyone? + [81.54-82.90] Let's check your answers. + [84.11-86.91] Listen to the questions and repeat the answers. + [88.13-90.13] Number 1 is A. + [90.77-95.09] Listen: Did you enjoy the food at the party last night? + [95.81-98.45] Repeat: Yes, I liked it. + [102.10-103.86] Number 2 is B. + [104.18-107.54] Listen: Do you like to play football? + [108.18-111.70] Repeat: No, I don't care for it. + [117.26-119.50] Number 3 is C. + [119.98-123.42] Listen: Is Judy excited about her trip? + [124.14-127.18] Repeat: Yes, she's happy. + [130.85-132.93] Number 4 is B. + [133.41-136.45] Listen: Did you go out last night? + [137.09-140.69] Repeat: Yes, we went to the movies. + [145.42-147.42] Number 5 is A. + [148.14-152.22] Listen: Do David and Hans live in the same house? + [152.94-156.14] Repeat: Yes, they're roommates. + [160.13-161.46] Number 6 is C. + [161.89-165.65] Listen: Is this your car? + [166.29-170.21] Repeat: No, I borrowed it from my brother. + [175.10-177.18] Number 7 is B. + [177.66-181.78] Listen: Do you think that Mark should go to college? + [182.58-186.02] Repeat: Yes, that's my opinion. + [190.05-192.05] Number 8 is A. + [192.77-195.57] Listen: Did you talk to anyone? + [196.13-199.89] Repeat: Yes, I talked to someone. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 5. +Repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "He thinks I should see a doctor." +Number 2: "You look tired." "You should go to bed early." +Number 3: "His hair is long." +"He should get a haircut." +Number 4: "We shouldn't go out on a workday." +Number 5: "Their car is small." +"They should buy a bigger car." +Number 6: "He's sick." +"He shouldn't go to class." +Number 7: "It's raining hard." +"You shouldn't leaveright now." +Number 8: "Should Lieutenant Green go to the dispensary?" +"Yes, he should." +Number 9: "Should we buy a new car?" +"No, you shouldn't." +Number 10: "It's 12 midnight." +"We shouldn't call himright now." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.09] Now go to Figure 5. + [3.57-4.93] Repeat the sentences. + [6.34-10.50] Number 1: "He thinks I should see a doctor." + [14.50-21.74] Number 2: "You look tired." "You should go to bed early." + [26.80-30.03] Number 3: "His hair is long." + [33.90-35.50] "He should get a haircut." + [40.38-44.75] Number 4: "We shouldn't go out on a workday." + [50.74-53.86] Number 5: "Their car is small." + [57.18-59.02] "They should buy a bigger car." + [63.76-65.84] Number 6: "He's sick." + [68.61-70.45] "He shouldn't go to class." + [74.77-77.41] Number 7: "It's raining hard." + [81.63-83.39] "You shouldn't leaveright now." + [87.90-92.26] Number 8: "Should Lieutenant Green go to the dispensary?" + [97.52-98.80] "Yes, he should." + [102.54-108.63] Number 9: "Should we buy a new car?" + [110.75-112.19] "No, you shouldn't." + [115.97-119.01] Number 10: "It's 12 midnight." + [123.22-125.38] "We shouldn't call himright now." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now, go to Figure 6, listen to a question, and write short answers. +Look at the example: +"Should the children watch this movie?" +Repeat: "No, they shouldn't." +Number 1: "Frank is sick. +Should he go to the doctor?" +Number 2: "I have a test tomorrow. +Should I go out?" +Number 3: "He told her a lie. +Should he tell her the truth?" +Number 4: "Mark doesn't have a driver's license. +Should Tom lend him his car?" +Number 5: "They have a lot of homework. +Should they watch TV?" +Let's check your answers. +Repeat the correct responses. +Number 1, listen: "Frank is sick. +Should he go to the doctor?" The best answer is: "Yes, he should." Repeat: "Yes, he should." +Number 2: "I have a test tomorrow. +Should I go out?" The best answer is: "No, you shouldn't." Repeat: "No, you shouldn't." +Number 3: "He told her a lie. +Should he tell her the truth?" The best answer is: "Yes, he should." Repeat: "Yes, he should." +Number 4: "Mark doesn't have a driver's license. +Should Tom lend him his car?" The best answer is: "No, he shouldn't." Repeat: "No, he shouldn't." +Number 5: "They have a lot of homework. +Should they watch TV?" The best answer is: "No, they shouldn't." Repeat: "No, they shouldn't." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.49-7.57] Now, go to Figure 6, listen to a question, and write short answers. + [8.37-9.41] Look at the example: + [11.10-12.86] "Should the children watch this movie?" + [14.62-16.62] Repeat: "No, they shouldn't." + [19.01-22.03] Number 1: "Frank is sick. + [22.90-26.97] Should he go to the doctor?" + [44.61-48.29] Number 2: "I have a test tomorrow. + [48.85-52.71] Should I go out?" + [67.89-71.17] Number 3: "He told her a lie. + [71.73-75.81] Should he tell her the truth?" + [91.47-95.31] Number 4: "Mark doesn't have a driver's license. + [95.79-100.35] Should Tom lend him his car?" + [115.95-119.39] Number 5: "They have a lot of homework. + [119.87-124.05] Should they watch TV?" + [145.25-146.61] Let's check your answers. + [147.25-149.17] Repeat the correct responses. + [150.90-154.66] Number 1, listen: "Frank is sick. + [155.14-164.18] Should he go to the doctor?" The best answer is: "Yes, he should." Repeat: "Yes, he should." + [167.02-169.74] Number 2: "I have a test tomorrow. + [169.98-177.74] Should I go out?" The best answer is: "No, you shouldn't." Repeat: "No, you shouldn't." + [182.35-185.15] Number 3: "He told her a lie. + [185.63-194.15] Should he tell her the truth?" The best answer is: "Yes, he should." Repeat: "Yes, he should." + [197.55-201.49] Number 4: "Mark doesn't have a driver's license. + [201.81-210.37] Should Tom lend him his car?" The best answer is: "No, he shouldn't." Repeat: "No, he shouldn't." + [213.60-216.56] Number 5: "They have a lot of homework. + [217.04-225.31] Should they watch TV?" The best answer is: "No, they shouldn't." Repeat: "No, they shouldn't." + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 7, look at the map and the list of buildings. +Listen to the directions and put the letter of the building next to the name in the list. +Let's do the first one. +Listen. +I'm in my apartment. +It is on Roadway, south of 410, on theright side. +My apartment building is letter +E. +Did you write letter E? +Good. +My apartment is letter E. +Now let's find the others. +I'm leaving home and driving to the post office. +I drive north on Roadway and turnright into the parking lot. +The post office is letter +E. +Now I need to go to the department store. +I get back on Roadway and turnright at the corner. +I drive straight ahead on Callas Street. +I turnright on Green Valley. +I drive south and turn left into the parking lot. +The department store is letter E. +Now I need to go to the grocery store and buy some soap. +I drive south on Green Valley and take 410 West. +I exit on Roadway and go north and turn left into the parking lot. +The grocery store is letter E. +I bought the soap. +Now I'm getting hungry. +I want to eat. +I leave the parking lot and turnright on Roadway. +I drive south past the 410 overpass. +I turnright into the parking lot. +The restaurant is letter E. +Now listen to the directions again. +I'm in my apartment. +It is on Roadway, south of 410, on theright side. +My apartment building is letter E. +I'm leaving home and driving to the post office. +I drive north on Roadway and turnright into the parking lot. +The post office is letter E. +Now I need to go to the department store. +I get back on Roadway and turnright at the corner. +I drive straight ahead on Callas Street. +I turnright on Green Valley. +I drive south and turn left into the parking lot. +The department store is letter E. +Now I need to go to the grocery store and buy some soap. +I drive south on Green Valley and take 410 West. +I exit on Roadway and go north and turn left into the parking lot. +The grocery store is letter E. +I bought the soap. +Now I'm getting hungry. +I want to eat. +I leave the parking lot and turnright on Roadway. +I drive south past the 410 overpass. +I turnright into the parking lot. +The restaurant is letter E. +Let's check your answers. +The apartment is letter E. +The post office is letter B. +The restaurant is letter D. +The department store is letter C. +The grocery store is letter A. +This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-6.37] Now go to Figure 7, look at the map and the list of buildings. + [12.54-17.90] Listen to the directions and put the letter of the building next to the name in the list. + [18.99-20.11] Let's do the first one. + [21.46-21.86] Listen. + [23.98-26.85] I'm in my apartment. + [26.96-32.48] It is on Roadway, south of 410, on theright side. + [34.05-36.29] My apartment building is letter + [38.79-38.85] E. + [42.66-44.18] Did you write letter E? + [44.82-45.46] Good. + [46.18-48.18] My apartment is letter E. + [49.18-50.94] Now let's find the others. + [52.06-55.42] I'm leaving home and driving to the post office. + [56.38-61.94] I drive north on Roadway and turnright into the parking lot. + [63.47-65.55] The post office is letter + [68.07-68.13] E. + [72.59-75.23] Now I need to go to the department store. + [77.01-81.57] I get back on Roadway and turnright at the corner. + [84.03-87.23] I drive straight ahead on Callas Street. + [88.86-91.26] I turnright on Green Valley. + [93.02-96.94] I drive south and turn left into the parking lot. + [98.67-100.71] The department store is letter E. + [108.05-111.89] Now I need to go to the grocery store and buy some soap. + [113.65-118.21] I drive south on Green Valley and take 410 West. + [120.06-125.42] I exit on Roadway and go north and turn left into the parking lot. + [126.98-128.91] The grocery store is letter E. + [135.41-136.37] I bought the soap. + [137.17-138.85] Now I'm getting hungry. + [139.57-140.69] I want to eat. + [141.62-145.78] I leave the parking lot and turnright on Roadway. + [147.14-150.10] I drive south past the 410 overpass. + [151.83-154.11] I turnright into the parking lot. + [155.34-157.11] The restaurant is letter E. + [166.40-168.48] Now listen to the directions again. + [169.98-171.42] I'm in my apartment. + [172.35-177.23] It is on Roadway, south of 410, on theright side. + [178.99-181.11] My apartment building is letter E. + [186.69-189.73] I'm leaving home and driving to the post office. + [190.45-194.18] I drive north on Roadway and turnright into the parking lot. + [195.93-197.85] The post office is letter E. + [202.96-205.44] Now I need to go to the department store. + [206.43-210.51] I get back on Roadway and turnright at the corner. + [211.87-214.43] I drive straight ahead on Callas Street. + [216.06-218.38] I turnright on Green Valley. + [219.92-223.60] I drive south and turn left into the parking lot. + [224.72-226.65] The department store is letter E. + [232.06-235.74] Now I need to go to the grocery store and buy some soap. + [237.79-242.74] I drive south on Green Valley and take 410 West. + [244.14-250.06] I exit on Roadway and go north and turn left into the parking lot. + [250.44-253.30] The grocery store is letter E. + [258.56-260.00] I bought the soap. + [260.27-262.16] Now I'm getting hungry. + [262.72-263.84] I want to eat. + [264.80-268.24] I leave the parking lot and turnright on Roadway. + [269.68-273.44] I drive south past the 410 overpass. + [274.62-276.94] I turnright into the parking lot. + [277.97-279.63] The restaurant is letter E. + [287.15-288.43] Let's check your answers. + [288.43-291.02] The apartment is letter E. + [291.34-293.87] The post office is letter B. + [295.38-297.62] The restaurant is letter D. + [298.83-301.15] The department store is letter C. + [302.24-304.45] The grocery store is letter A. + [312.72-315.52] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-3C.md b/sources/book-9/tape-3C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcec33d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-3C.md @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3C. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet for Lesson 3C. +Go to Figure 1. +Listen to a word and add "ly" to it. +Look at the examples: +slow, slowly; repeat, slowly. +Correct, correctly; repeat, correctly. +Happy, happily; repeat, +happily. +Change the word and repeat the correct answer. +Sad. +Repeat: sadly. +Busy. +Repeat: busily. +Different. +Repeat: differently. +Light. +Repeat: lightly. +Careful. +Repeat: carefully. +Heavy. +Repeat: heavily. +Correct. +Repeat: correctly. +Safe. +Repeat: safely. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.17-11.57] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3C. + [19.50-20.06] Hello. + [20.70-24.86] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet for Lesson 3C. + [28.85-30.13] Go to Figure 1. + [31.07-34.35] Listen to a word and add "ly" to it. + [35.07-36.43] Look at the examples: + [38.35-43.87] slow, slowly; repeat, slowly. + [46.00-51.55] Correct, correctly; repeat, correctly. + [53.62-57.55] Happy, happily; repeat, + [58.94-59.58] happily. + [61.73-65.49] Change the word and repeat the correct answer. + [66.93-67.65] Sad. + [70.16-71.84] Repeat: sadly. + [74.26-74.90] Busy. + [77.70-79.46] Repeat: busily. + [82.30-82.86] Different. + [85.04-86.56] Repeat: differently. + [89.15-91.95] Light. + [91.98-93.58] Repeat: lightly. + [96.64-97.20] Careful. + [99.78-101.46] Repeat: carefully. + [104.75-107.49] Heavy. + [107.58-109.02] Repeat: heavily. + [111.50-112.22] Correct. + [114.90-116.58] Repeat: correctly. + [119.14-121.77] Safe. + [121.82-123.42] Repeat: safely. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2, repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "Tom runs slowly." +Number 2: "John listens carefully." +Number 3: "Jim speaks differently." +Number 4: "Mrs. +Green walks slowly." +Number 5: "That man dresses nicely." +Number 6: "David got home fast." +Number 7: "He speaks English well." +Number 8: "The students answered correctly." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-5.07] Now go to Figure 2, repeat the sentences. + [6.45-9.41] Number 1: "Tom runs slowly." + [12.85-16.05] Number 2: "John listens carefully." + [20.43-23.60] Number 3: "Jim speaks differently." + [27.38-29.30] Number 4: "Mrs. + [29.30-30.98] Green walks slowly." + [35.55-39.04] Number 5: "That man dresses nicely." + [42.43-45.39] Number 6: "David got home fast." + [50.16-53.14] Number 7: "He speaks English well." + [57.63-60.80] Number 8: "The students answered correctly." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 3, listen to 2 sentences, and combine them. +Listen to the example: "Henry picked up the box of dishes. +He was careful." Repeat: "Henry picked up the box of dishes carefully." +Now listen and combine. +Number 1: "The baby is crying. +He is loud." +Repeat: "The baby is crying loudly." +Number 2: "Ben doesn't say it like that. +He is different." +Repeat: "Ben says it differently." +Number 3: "Frank walked to work. +He was slow." +Repeat: "Frank walked to work slowly." +Number 4: "Jim answered the question. +The answer was correct." +Repeat: "Jim answered the question correctly." +Number 5: "Jane drives her car. +She's always careful." +Repeat: "Jane drives her car carefully." +Number 6: "Jim washed the clothes. +He was careless." +Repeat: "Jim washed the clothes carelessly." +Number 7: "David speaks German. +His German is good." +Repeat: "David speaks German well." +Let's repeat this one again: "David speaks German well." +Number 8: "Jerry runs. +He's fast." +Repeat: "Jerry runs fast." +Repeat again: "Jerry runs fast." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-7.63] Now go to Figure 3, listen to 2 sentences, and combine them. + [9.39-14.43] Listen to the example: "Henry picked up the box of dishes. + [14.91-21.66] He was careful." Repeat: "Henry picked up the box of dishes carefully." + [24.32-26.16] Now listen and combine. + [27.76-30.80] Number 1: "The baby is crying. + [31.74-32.62] He is loud." + [38.16-40.96] Repeat: "The baby is crying loudly." + [45.36-48.96] Number 2: "Ben doesn't say it like that. + [49.68-50.48] He is different." + [56.50-59.46] Repeat: "Ben says it differently." + [63.60-66.48] Number 3: "Frank walked to work. + [67.36-68.24] He was slow." + [74.30-77.18] Repeat: "Frank walked to work slowly." + [81.34-84.38] Number 4: "Jim answered the question. + [85.47-86.83] The answer was correct." + [93.71-96.75] Repeat: "Jim answered the question correctly." + [100.90-104.10] Number 5: "Jane drives her car. + [105.09-106.13] She's always careful." + [112.50-115.38] Repeat: "Jane drives her car carefully." + [120.50-123.86] Number 6: "Jim washed the clothes. + [124.77-125.73] He was careless." + [132.56-135.68] Repeat: "Jim washed the clothes carelessly." + [142.51-144.99] Number 7: "David speaks German. + [146.48-147.68] His German is good." + [153.90-156.70] Repeat: "David speaks German well." + [158.59-162.83] Let's repeat this one again: "David speaks German well." + [168.64-171.34] Number 8: "Jerry runs. + [172.14-172.94] He's fast." + [177.36-180.00] Repeat: "Jerry runs fast." + [182.96-186.08] Repeat again: "Jerry runs fast." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 4. +Use the words to make questions. +Look at the example: "You drive." Repeat: "How do you drive?" Make questions with the words and repeat the correct questions. +Number 1: Make your question. +Repeat: "How does James run?" +Number 2: +Repeat: "How does Mary speak Spanish?" +Number 3: +Repeat: "How does David drive?" +Number 4: +Repeat: "How does the new student speak English?" +Number 5: +Repeat: "How does Sam dress?" +Number 6: +Repeat: "How does Lieutenant Rivas study?" +Number 7: +Repeat: "How should people drive?" +Number 8: +Repeat: "How does Mrs. +Chong walk?" +Number 9: +Repeat: "How do you eat your lunch?" +Number 10: +Repeat: "How did John answer the question?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.44] Now go to Figure 4. + [4.51-6.59] Use the words to make questions. + [7.15-19.94] Look at the example: "You drive." Repeat: "How do you drive?" Make questions with the words and repeat the correct questions. + [21.70-24.18] Number 1: Make your question. + [30.19-32.70] Repeat: "How does James run?" + [35.68-36.40] Number 2: + [43.01-46.02] Repeat: "How does Mary speak Spanish?" + [51.55-52.35] Number 3: + [59.50-64.53] Repeat: "How does David drive?" + [67.58-68.38] Number 4: + [76.99-80.67] Repeat: "How does the new student speak English?" + [86.88-87.76] Number 5: + [93.97-99.27] Repeat: "How does Sam dress?" + [105.33-105.65] Number 6: + [112.53-115.42] Repeat: "How does Lieutenant Rivas study?" + [121.92-122.64] Number 7: + [129.01-131.78] Repeat: "How should people drive?" + [138.53-139.22] Number 8: + [144.99-146.91] Repeat: "How does Mrs. + [146.91-147.79] Chong walk?" + [155.39-156.27] Number 9: + [162.21-164.53] Repeat: "How do you eat your lunch?" + [169.90-170.70] Number 10: + [177.23-180.27] Repeat: "How did John answer the question?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 5 now. +Listen to the same questions; this time use the words to answer the questions. +Let's do the example. +The word is "carefully." Listen to the question: "How do you drive?" Repeat the answer: "I drive carefully." +Number 1. +Listen. +"How does James run?" +Repeat: "James runs fast." +Number 2. +Listen. +"How does Mary speak Spanish?" +Repeat: "Mary speaks Spanish well." +Number 3. +Listen. +"How does David drive?" +Repeat: "David drives carelessly." +Number 4. +Listen. +"How does the new student speak English?" +Repeat: "He speaks English badly." +Number 5. +Listen. +"How does Sam dress?" +Repeat: "He dresses nicely." +Number 6. +Listen. +"How does Lieutenant Rivas study?" +Repeat: "He studies carefully." +Number 7. +Listen. +"How should people drive?" +Repeat: "People should drive safely." +Number 8. +Listen. +"How does Mrs. +Jones walk?" +Repeat: "She walks slowly." +Number 9. +Listen. +"How do you eat your lunch?" +Repeat: "I eat my lunch fast." +Number 10. +"How did John answer the question?" +Repeat: "He answered the question correctly." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.00-3.76] Go to Figure 5 now. + [4.24-9.84] Listen to the same questions; this time use the words to answer the questions. + [10.64-12.00] Let's do the example. + [12.98-23.12] The word is "carefully." Listen to the question: "How do you drive?" Repeat the answer: "I drive carefully." + [25.39-26.11] Number 1. + [26.94-27.42] Listen. + [28.45-29.65] "How does James run?" + [34.90-37.38] Repeat: "James runs fast." + [41.65-42.45] Number 2. + [42.77-43.33] Listen. + [45.12-46.72] "How does Mary speak Spanish?" + [52.80-55.52] Repeat: "Mary speaks Spanish well." + [61.38-62.18] Number 3. + [62.82-63.30] Listen. + [64.96-66.16] "How does David drive?" + [72.21-74.85] Repeat: "David drives carelessly." + [81.18-81.98] Number 4. + [82.54-83.02] Listen. + [84.88-86.80] "How does the new student speak English?" + [93.02-95.66] Repeat: "He speaks English badly." + [101.23-102.03] Number 5. + [102.35-102.91] Listen. + [104.26-105.46] "How does Sam dress?" + [110.19-112.51] Repeat: "He dresses nicely." + [116.61-117.01] Number 6. + [117.01-117.49] Listen. + [119.91-121.68] "How does Lieutenant Rivas study?" + [126.67-128.91] Repeat: "He studies carefully." + [133.84-134.64] Number 7. + [135.28-135.68] Listen. + [137.04-140.55] "How should people drive?" + [144.32-146.80] Repeat: "People should drive safely." + [153.17-153.73] Number 8. + [153.73-154.77] Listen. + [156.38-157.18] "How does Mrs. + [157.18-158.06] Jones walk?" + [163.52-165.76] Repeat: "She walks slowly." + [171.14-171.94] Number 9. + [172.42-173.06] Listen. + [174.18-175.38] "How do you eat your lunch?" + [180.78-183.42] Repeat: "I eat my lunch fast." + [188.14-188.94] Number 10. + [189.87-191.79] "How did John answer the question?" + [198.08-201.04] Repeat: "He answered the question correctly." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to figure 6. +Listen to a word. +How many syllables does it have? +Circle the correct answer. +Let's do the example. +Listen: account, account. +The answer is B. +The word has 2 syllables. +Listen and circle. +Number 1: roommate. +Roommate. +Number 2: accident. +Accident. +Number 3: fasten. +Fasten. +Number 4: expensive. +Expensive. +Number 5: interesting. +Interesting. +Number 6: similar. +Similar. +Number 7: place. +Place. +Number 8: senior. +Senior. +Number 9: tool. +Tool. +Number 10: traffic. +Traffic. +Let's check your answers. +Number 1 is B. +The word "roommate" has 2 syllables. +Listen: roommate. +Number 2 is C. +The word "accident" has 3 syllables. +Listen: accident. +Number 3 is B. +The word "fasten" has 2 syllables. +Listen: fasten. +Number 4 is C. +The word "expensive" has 3 syllables. +Listen: expensive. +Number 5 is D. +The word "interesting" has 4 syllables. +Listen: interesting. +Number 6 is C. +The word "similar" has 3 syllables. +Listen: similar. +Number 7 is A. +The word "place" has 1 syllable. +Listen: place. +Number 8 is B. +The word "senior" has 2 syllables. +Listen: senior. +Number 9 is A. +The word "tool" has 1 syllable. +Listen: tool. +Number 10 is B. +The word "traffic" has 2 syllables. +Listen: traffic. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.76-3.20] Go to figure 6. + [4.08-5.36] Listen to a word. + [6.46-8.38] How many syllables does it have? + [9.10-10.86] Circle the correct answer. + [11.74-13.10] Let's do the example. + [13.98-18.11] Listen: account, account. + [20.85-22.85] The answer is B. + [23.49-25.41] The word has 2 syllables. + [26.13-27.41] Listen and circle. + [29.74-31.42] Number 1: roommate. + [33.31-33.95] Roommate. + [38.02-40.02] Number 2: accident. + [41.47-42.19] Accident. + [46.80-48.88] Number 3: fasten. + [50.78-51.50] Fasten. + [56.51-58.75] Number 4: expensive. + [60.51-61.47] Expensive. + [65.39-68.11] Number 5: interesting. + [69.57-69.62] Interesting. + [76.71-80.79] Number 6: similar. + [81.03-81.51] Similar. + [86.07-87.93] Number 7: place. + [89.91-90.21] Place. + [94.65-96.39] Number 8: senior. + [98.55-98.91] Senior. + [103.47-105.09] Number 9: tool. + [107.25-107.73] Tool. + [111.21-113.04] Number 10: traffic. + [114.59-117.69] Traffic. + [120.38-122.14] Let's check your answers. + [124.02-125.62] Number 1 is B. + [126.34-129.14] The word "roommate" has 2 syllables. + [130.03-131.63] Listen: roommate. + [134.10-135.86] Number 2 is C. + [136.58-139.86] The word "accident" has 3 syllables. + [140.75-142.59] Listen: accident. + [145.30-146.90] Number 3 is B. + [147.78-150.50] The word "fasten" has 2 syllables. + [151.44-153.20] Listen: fasten. + [156.21-157.81] Number 4 is C. + [158.67-161.87] The word "expensive" has 3 syllables. + [162.80-163.87] Listen: expensive. + [167.25-168.81] Number 5 is D. + [169.89-172.77] The word "interesting" has 4 syllables. + [174.03-175.19] Listen: interesting. + [178.96-180.69] Number 6 is C. + [180.64-184.77] The word "similar" has 3 syllables. + [185.73-187.83] Listen: similar. + [190.29-191.79] Number 7 is A. + [192.75-195.57] The word "place" has 1 syllable. + [196.35-197.97] Listen: place. + [200.37-201.81] Number 8 is B. + [202.89-205.53] The word "senior" has 2 syllables. + [206.67-208.29] Listen: senior. + [210.87-212.31] Number 9 is A. + [213.33-215.91] The word "tool" has 1 syllable. + [217.17-218.43] Listen: tool. + [221.37-222.87] Number 10 is B. + [223.89-226.35] The word "traffic" has 2 syllables. + [227.84-229.22] Listen: traffic. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 7. +Listen to a question and circle the best answer to the question. +Let's do the example. +Listen: "Who fixed your camera?" Repeat the answer: "Sam repaired it." +Number 1: "Do you like your work?" +Number 2: "Where's your car?" +Number 3: "Can you fix it?" +Number 4: "Is that Frank's car?" +Number 5: "Do they have a friendship?" +Number 6: "Is that true?" +Number 7: "Did you see anyone there?" +Number 8: "Where were you last night?" +Check your answers. +Also repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is B. +Listen: "Do you like your work?" Repeat: "Yes, I enjoy it." +Number 2 is A. +Listen: "Where's your car?" Repeat: "I parked it over there." +Number 3 is A. +Listen: "Can you fix it?" Repeat: "Yes, I'll get my tools." +Number 4 is also A. +Listen: "Is that Frank's car?" Repeat: "Yes, I borrowed it from him." +Number 5 is B. +Listen: "Do they have a good friendship?" +Repeat: "Yes, they're friends." +Number 6 is A. +Listen: "Is that true?" Repeat: "No, that's just his opinion." +Number 7 is B. +Listen: "Did you see anyone there?" +Repeat: "Yes, someone was there." +Number 8 is A. +Listen: "Where were you last night?" Repeat: "At the party." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.35-3.87] Go to Figure 7. + [4.59-8.51] Listen to a question and circle the best answer to the question. + [9.39-10.67] Let's do the example. + [11.55-19.22] Listen: "Who fixed your camera?" Repeat the answer: "Sam repaired it." + [21.66-24.66] Number 1: "Do you like your work?" + [31.50-34.05] Number 2: "Where's your car?" + [40.80-45.81] Number 3: "Can you fix it?" + [50.10-53.20] Number 4: "Is that Frank's car?" + [60.14-63.04] Number 5: "Do they have a friendship?" + [70.32-72.72] Number 6: "Is that true?" + [80.56-83.55] Number 7: "Did you see anyone there?" + [90.56-93.62] Number 8: "Where were you last night?" + [101.07-102.35] Check your answers. + [103.33-105.81] Also repeat the correct answers. + [107.18-108.78] Number 1 is B. + [109.10-114.91] Listen: "Do you like your work?" Repeat: "Yes, I enjoy it." + [118.69-120.45] Number 2 is A. + [121.17-127.33] Listen: "Where's your car?" Repeat: "I parked it over there." + [131.87-133.63] Number 3 is A. + [134.46-141.10] Listen: "Can you fix it?" Repeat: "Yes, I'll get my tools." + [144.94-147.02] Number 4 is also A. + [147.92-154.98] Listen: "Is that Frank's car?" Repeat: "Yes, I borrowed it from him." + [158.98-160.66] Number 5 is B. + [161.30-164.48] Listen: "Do they have a good friendship?" + [167.31-169.63] Repeat: "Yes, they're friends." + [173.57-174.90] Number 6 is A. + [176.37-182.88] Listen: "Is that true?" Repeat: "No, that's just his opinion." + [187.65-189.33] Number 7 is B. + [190.05-193.10] Listen: "Did you see anyone there?" + [195.26-197.66] Repeat: "Yes, someone was there." + [202.40-204.40] Number 8 is A. + [205.12-211.01] Listen: "Where were you last night?" Repeat: "At the party." + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 8: listen to a question and use the words in the figure to answer the question. +Let's do the example. +The words are: Henry, the ladies, a story. +Listen to the question: "What did Henry tell the ladies?" Repeat: "He told them a story." +Number 1: "What did Mark tell Susan?" +Repeat: "Mark told her a lie." +Number 2: "What did Anne tell Jan?" +Repeat: "She told her a lie." +Number 3: "What did Lieutenant Johnson tell Mrs. +Johnson?" +Repeat: "He told her a story." +Number 4: "What did the clerk tell the customer?" +Repeat: "He told him the time." +Number 5: "What did your friend tell you?" +Repeat: "He told me the truth." +Number 6: "Who told you the time?" +Repeat: "Rick told me the time." +Number 7: "Who told Helen the truth?" +Repeat: "The teacher told Helen the truth." +Number 8: "Who told you that lie?" +Repeat: "Tom told us a lie." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.60-8.93] Now go to Figure 8: listen to a question and use the words in the figure to answer the question. + [10.10-11.46] Let's do the example. + [13.02-17.90] The words are: Henry, the ladies, a story. + [18.80-26.56] Listen to the question: "What did Henry tell the ladies?" Repeat: "He told them a story." + [28.86-32.48] Number 1: "What did Mark tell Susan?" + [37.90-40.14] Repeat: "Mark told her a lie." + [44.40-47.89] Number 2: "What did Anne tell Jan?" + [53.49-56.05] Repeat: "She told her a lie." + [61.89-66.27] Number 3: "What did Lieutenant Johnson tell Mrs. + [66.27-66.83] Johnson?" + [72.69-74.77] Repeat: "He told her a story." + [80.88-84.85] Number 4: "What did the clerk tell the customer?" + [90.77-93.44] Repeat: "He told him the time." + [99.84-103.15] Number 5: "What did your friend tell you?" + [107.86-109.86] Repeat: "He told me the truth." + [115.84-118.94] Number 6: "Who told you the time?" + [124.99-127.39] Repeat: "Rick told me the time." + [133.81-137.01] Number 7: "Who told Helen the truth?" + [143.02-145.74] Repeat: "The teacher told Helen the truth." + [151.07-154.06] Number 8: "Who told you that lie?" + [158.98-161.46] Repeat: "Tom told us a lie." + +#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3c-f9-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 9. +Listen to a paragraph and write the topic on the first line. +You'll hear the paragraph 2 times. +More people are interested in good health these days. +They are exercising more. +Many people jog, swim, or walk every day. +Exercise classes are usually crowded. +People are not smoking as much. +People are also eating better. +They are eating food that is good for them. +They are eating more vegetables and less meat. +They want to be healthy, not sick. +They want to feel good. +Listen to the paragraph again. +More people are interested in good health these days. +They are exercising more. +Many people jog, swim, or walk every day. +Exercise classes are usually crowded. +People are not smoking as much. +People are also eating better. +They are eating food that is good for them. +They are eating more vegetables and less meat. +They want to be healthy, not sick. +They want to feel good. +Write your answer now. +The answer is: healthy people. +This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.49-2.37] Go to Figure 9. + [3.65-7.49] Listen to a paragraph and write the topic on the first line. + [8.58-10.74] You'll hear the paragraph 2 times. + [12.70-15.58] More people are interested in good health these days. + [16.51-18.11] They are exercising more. + [19.34-23.10] Many people jog, swim, or walk every day. + [24.22-26.70] Exercise classes are usually crowded. + [28.03-29.71] People are not smoking as much. + [30.51-32.19] People are also eating better. + [33.38-35.54] They are eating food that is good for them. + [36.91-39.23] They are eating more vegetables and less meat. + [40.34-42.26] They want to be healthy, not sick. + [42.90-44.02] They want to feel good. + [47.33-49.33] Listen to the paragraph again. + [50.91-53.71] More people are interested in good health these days. + [54.77-56.29] They are exercising more. + [57.50-61.18] Many people jog, swim, or walk every day. + [62.59-64.99] Exercise classes are usually crowded. + [66.05-67.73] People are not smoking as much. + [68.62-70.38] People are also eating better. + [71.79-73.95] They are eating food that is good for them. + [75.28-77.68] They are eating more vegetables and less meat. + [78.72-80.80] They want to be healthy, not sick. + [81.44-82.56] They want to feel good. + [88.06-89.74] Write your answer now. + [113.23-118.47] The answer is: healthy people. + [123.57-126.77] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-3D.md b/sources/book-9/tape-3D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47c063e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-3D.md @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3D. +Hello. +Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. +Go to Figure 1. +Look at the words and ask a question like the example. +Let's do the example. +The words are: "they", "do homework", and "last night". +Repeat the question: "How did they do their homework last night?" +Look at the words and make a question. +Number 1. +Repeat: "How did you do on your test last Friday?" +Number 2. +Repeat: "How did Anne answer question number 2 on her test?" +Number 3. +Repeat: "How did Lieutenant Ortiz drive to the base last night?" +Number 4. +Repeat: "How did Pat read the report this morning?" +Number 5. +Repeat: "How did Mark run yesterday?" +Number 6. +Repeat: "How did Mike play last Saturday?" +Number 7. +Repeat: "How did the new mechanic repair your car?" +Number 8. +Repeat: "How did Nikki talk yesterday?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [7.73-11.73] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 3D. + [19.50-19.98] Hello. + [20.86-23.47] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. + [33.07-34.35] Go to Figure 1. + [35.07-38.59] Look at the words and ask a question like the example. + [39.47-40.91] Let's do the example. + [41.71-47.07] The words are: "they", "do homework", and "last night". + [48.08-53.18] Repeat the question: "How did they do their homework last night?" + [57.41-59.73] Look at the words and make a question. + [61.17-61.89] Number 1. + [67.94-72.30] Repeat: "How did you do on your test last Friday?" + [78.18-78.98] Number 2. + [84.67-89.49] Repeat: "How did Anne answer question number 2 on her test?" + [98.26-98.98] Number 3. + [104.54-108.85] Repeat: "How did Lieutenant Ortiz drive to the base last night?" + [116.64-117.36] Number 4. + [123.82-127.26] Repeat: "How did Pat read the report this morning?" + [135.17-135.97] Number 5. + [142.64-145.20] Repeat: "How did Mark run yesterday?" + [152.18-152.50] Number 6. + [158.85-162.11] Repeat: "How did Mike play last Saturday?" + [168.62-169.47] Number 7. + [174.13-178.37] Repeat: "How did the new mechanic repair your car?" + [185.17-185.89] Number 8. + [193.38-196.50] Repeat: "How did Nikki talk yesterday?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2. +This time someone will ask you the question, and you answer it. +Use the words in the figure. +Let's do the example. +Listen: "How did they do their homework last night?" +Repeat: "They did their homework fast." +Number 1. +Listen: "How did you do on your test last Friday?" +Repeat: "I did well." +Number 2. +Listen: "How did Anne answer question number 2 on her test?" +Repeat: "She answered it correctly." +Number 3. +Listen: "How did Lieutenant Ortiz drive to the base last night?" +Repeat: "He drove carefully." +Number 4. +Listen: "How did Pat read the report this morning?" +Repeat: "He read it slowly." +Number 5. +Listen: "How did Mark run yesterday?" +Repeat: "He ran fast." +Number 6. +Listen: "How did Mike play last Saturday?" +Repeat: "He played carelessly." +Number 7. +Listen: "How did the new mechanic repair your car?" +Repeat: "He repaired it well." +Number 8. +Listen: "How did Nikki talk yesterday?" +Repeat: "Nikki talked easily." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.18-3.70] Now go to Figure 2. + [4.56-8.96] This time someone will ask you the question, and you answer it. + [9.68-11.36] Use the words in the figure. + [12.08-13.36] Let's do the example. + [15.10-18.70] Listen: "How did they do their homework last night?" + [22.54-26.06] Repeat: "They did their homework fast." + [30.03-30.75] Number 1. + [31.39-35.65] Listen: "How did you do on your test last Friday?" + [40.86-42.78] Repeat: "I did well." + [46.14-46.86] Number 2. + [47.66-52.21] Listen: "How did Anne answer question number 2 on her test?" + [57.62-60.26] Repeat: "She answered it correctly." + [64.99-65.87] Number 3. + [66.27-71.28] Listen: "How did Lieutenant Ortiz drive to the base last night?" + [77.65-80.05] Repeat: "He drove carefully." + [84.16-84.88] Number 4. + [85.98-90.05] Listen: "How did Pat read the report this morning?" + [96.82-99.41] Repeat: "He read it slowly." + [105.28-106.16] Number 5. + [106.72-110.53] Listen: "How did Mark run yesterday?" + [117.38-119.38] Repeat: "He ran fast." + [124.43-124.75] Number 6. + [125.91-129.60] Listen: "How did Mike play last Saturday?" + [135.71-138.43] Repeat: "He played carelessly." + [144.08-144.88] Number 7. + [145.82-149.62] Listen: "How did the new mechanic repair your car?" + [155.92-158.32] Repeat: "He repaired it well." + [162.82-163.46] Number 8. + [164.10-167.34] Listen: "How did Nikki talk yesterday?" + [173.30-175.70] Repeat: "Nikki talked easily." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 3: listen to a situation and circle the letter with the best answer. +Let's do the example together. +Listen: "I'm a student. +My parents pay for my school, but I never have enough money. +What should I do?" The choices are: A) borrow money from your friends, B) get a part-time job, C) ask your parents for money, D) not do anything. +The best answer is B. +Repeat: "You should get a part-time job." +Now listen and circle. +Number 1: "My friend Barbara doesn't feel well." She didn't feel well yesterday. +She has a headache and a high temperature. +What should she do? +Number 2: "I had to call Dora last night, but I forgot. +When she didn't talk to me this morning, I realized that I hurt her feelings. +What should I do?" +Number 3: "Edward is my good friend, and he's also my roommate. +The problem is that Edward smokes a lot. +I don't want to hurt his feelings. +I don't say anything, but his smoke bothers me." +Number 4: "My friend Sarah is out of town. +She will be away for 1 month. +She left her car with me and told me I could drive it. +Yesterday I went to the store and I had an accident. +What should I do?" +Number 5: "I lent Roger $50 last month. +He said that he would pay me last week, but he didn't pay me. +I know he has the money. +What should I do?" +Now listen to the situations again. +Check your answers and repeat the correct responses. +Number 1: "Listen. +My friend Barbara doesn't feel well. +She didn't feel well yesterday. +She has a headache and a high temperature. +What should she do?" +The best answer is letter A. +Repeat: "She should go to the doctor." +Number 2: "Listen. +I had to call Dora last night, but I forgot. +When she didn't talk to me this morning, I realized that I hurt her feelings. +What should I do?" +The best answer is D. +Repeat: "You should ask her to excuse you +and take her to dinner." +Number 3: "Listen. +Edward is my good friend, and he's also my roommate. +The problem is that Edward smokes a lot. +I don't want to hurt his feelings. +I don't say anything, but his smoke bothers me." +The best answer is D. +Repeat: "He should tell his friend +not to smoke in the room +because it bothers him." +Number 4: "Listen. +My friend Sarah is out of town. +She will be away for 1 month. +She left her car with me and told me I could drive it. +Yesterday I went to the store and I had an accident. +What should I do?" +The best answer is C. +Repeat: "You should apologize to your friend and fix the car." +Number 5: "Listen. +I lent Roger $50 last month. +He said that he would pay me last week, but he didn't pay me. +I know he has the money. +What should I do?" +The best answer is B. +Repeat: "You should tell your friend +that you need the money he borrowed from you." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.79-8.32] Now go to Figure 3: listen to a situation and circle the letter with the best answer. + [9.50-11.34] Let's do the example together. + [12.14-14.72] Listen: "I'm a student. + [15.36-19.84] My parents pay for my school, but I never have enough money. + [20.56-37.98] What should I do?" The choices are: A) borrow money from your friends, B) get a part-time job, C) ask your parents for money, D) not do anything. + [39.30-41.54] The best answer is B. + [42.10-45.54] Repeat: "You should get a part-time job." + [49.63-50.99] Now listen and circle. + [53.09-59.36] Number 1: "My friend Barbara doesn't feel well." She didn't feel well yesterday. + [60.54-62.54] She has a headache and a high temperature. + [63.86-64.74] What should she do? + [82.27-87.14] Number 2: "I had to call Dora last night, but I forgot. + [88.21-92.37] When she didn't talk to me this morning, I realized that I hurt her feelings. + [93.41-94.13] What should I do?" + [112.53-117.66] Number 3: "Edward is my good friend, and he's also my roommate. + [118.50-120.66] The problem is that Edward smokes a lot. + [121.63-123.39] I don't want to hurt his feelings. + [124.11-126.75] I don't say anything, but his smoke bothers me." + [144.45-148.66] Number 4: "My friend Sarah is out of town. + [149.73-151.65] She will be away for 1 month. + [152.61-155.41] She left her car with me and told me I could drive it. + [156.43-159.71] Yesterday I went to the store and I had an accident. + [160.90-161.78] What should I do?" + [178.32-182.34] Number 5: "I lent Roger $50 last month. + [183.30-186.98] He said that he would pay me last week, but he didn't pay me. + [187.70-188.98] I know he has the money. + [189.87-190.75] What should I do?" + [207.74-210.14] Now listen to the situations again. + [210.86-214.62] Check your answers and repeat the correct responses. + [216.29-217.73] Number 1: "Listen. + [218.66-220.66] My friend Barbara doesn't feel well. + [221.38-223.14] She didn't feel well yesterday. + [223.86-226.02] She has a headache and a high temperature. + [227.09-227.97] What should she do?" + [229.95-232.27] The best answer is letter A. + [232.67-235.23] Repeat: "She should go to the doctor." + [239.39-241.39] Number 2: "Listen. + [242.72-245.44] I had to call Dora last night, but I forgot. + [246.43-250.59] When she didn't talk to me this morning, I realized that I hurt her feelings. + [251.78-252.58] What should I do?" + [255.22-257.06] The best answer is D. + [257.92-261.52] Repeat: "You should ask her to excuse you + [265.52-266.56] and take her to dinner." + [271.81-273.14] Number 3: "Listen. + [274.82-277.78] Edward is my good friend, and he's also my roommate. + [278.93-281.01] The problem is that Edward smokes a lot. + [282.08-283.76] I don't want to hurt his feelings. + [284.48-287.04] I don't say anything, but his smoke bothers me." + [290.21-291.78] The best answer is D. + [293.47-296.19] Repeat: "He should tell his friend + [299.84-301.28] not to smoke in the room + [304.61-305.89] because it bothers him." + [311.38-313.38] Number 4: "Listen. + [314.56-316.48] My friend Sarah is out of town. + [317.44-319.12] She will be away for 1 month. + [320.31-323.12] She left her car with me and told me I could drive it. + [323.17-327.51] Yesterday I went to the store and I had an accident. + [328.47-329.55] What should I do?" + [331.83-334.13] The best answer is C. + [334.52-339.82] Repeat: "You should apologize to your friend and fix the car." + [345.54-346.98] Number 5: "Listen. + [348.15-351.41] I lent Roger $50 last month. + [351.71-355.15] He said that he would pay me last week, but he didn't pay me. + [355.63-357.23] I know he has the money. + [357.23-359.19] What should I do?" + [361.79-363.63] The best answer is B. + [364.06-367.26] Repeat: "You should tell your friend + [371.26-373.26] that you need the money he borrowed from you." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 4. +Read the paragraph silently as it is read for you. +Then answer the questions. +Rudy and Fred are roommates. +They are also good friends. +Their friendship began in high school, and now they're in college. +They care about their friendship. +When one of them has a problem, the other one always listens and gives advice. +Last week, Fred and Rudy were angry with each other. +Fred did not keep a secret for Rudy. +Fred did not realize it was a secret. +When they talked about the problem, Fred understood why Rudy was angry. +Fred apologized to Rudy. +Everything is okay now. +Now answer the questions. +What are Rudy and Fred? +Repeat: they're roommates. +When did their friendship begin? +Repeat: it began when they were in high school. +What do they care about? +Repeat: they care about their friendship. +What happens when one of the two friends has problems? +Repeat: the other one listens and gives advice. +What happened last week? +Repeat: they were angry with each other. +Why was Rudy angry? +Repeat: because Fred did not keep a secret. +Did Fred understand why Rudy was angry? +Repeat: yes, he did. +What did Fred do? +Repeat: he apologized to Rudy. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-3.42] Now go to Figure 4. + [4.48-8.64] Read the paragraph silently as it is read for you. + [9.90-12.30] Then answer the questions. + [13.66-15.50] Rudy and Fred are roommates. + [16.43-18.11] They are also good friends. + [19.07-22.75] Their friendship began in high school, and now they're in college. + [23.63-25.15] They care about their friendship. + [26.05-30.93] When one of them has a problem, the other one always listens and gives advice. + [33.30-36.42] Last week, Fred and Rudy were angry with each other. + [37.65-39.73] Fred did not keep a secret for Rudy. + [40.67-42.75] Fred did not realize it was a secret. + [43.97-48.45] When they talked about the problem, Fred understood why Rudy was angry. + [49.26-50.86] Fred apologized to Rudy. + [51.58-52.94] Everything is okay now. + [57.30-59.30] Now answer the questions. + [61.09-62.45] What are Rudy and Fred? + [68.14-70.22] Repeat: they're roommates. + [74.05-75.73] When did their friendship begin? + [82.29-85.33] Repeat: it began when they were in high school. + [91.58-92.70] What do they care about? + [100.00-102.64] Repeat: they care about their friendship. + [108.54-111.66] What happens when one of the two friends has problems? + [116.98-120.34] Repeat: the other one listens and gives advice. + [126.38-127.66] What happened last week? + [134.10-136.74] Repeat: they were angry with each other. + [142.98-144.26] Why was Rudy angry? + [151.68-154.88] Repeat: because Fred did not keep a secret. + [160.90-163.14] Did Fred understand why Rudy was angry? + [171.10-172.86] Repeat: yes, he did. + [176.77-177.81] What did Fred do? + [183.47-186.19] Repeat: he apologized to Rudy. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l3d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 5. +Now listen to a paragraph and write it. +The first time, listen only. +John had an automobile accident yesterday. +He stopped for a red light. +A car came from behind and hit him. +John had his seatbelt on, and he was not hurt. +The other driver was at fault. +He got a ticket. +His insurance must pay to fix John's car. +John won't have a car for a few days, but his wife will take him to work every day. +Now listen to it again in smaller parts and write. +John had... +An automobile accident yesterday. +He stopped for a red light. +A car came from behind. +And hit him. +John had... +His seatbelt on. +And he was not hurt. +The other driver... +Was at fault. +He got a ticket. +His insurance must pay. +To fix John's car. +John won't have a car. +For a few days. +But his wife... +Will take him to work. +Every day. +Now listen to the paragraph again and check your answers. +John had an automobile accident yesterday. +He stopped for a red light. +A car came from behind and hit him. +John had his seatbelt on. +And he was not hurt. +The other driver was at fault. +He got a ticket. +His insurance must pay to fix John's car. +John won't have a car for a few days. +But his wife will take him to work every day. +Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your spelling. +This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.94-3.22] Go to Figure 5. + [4.10-6.74] Now listen to a paragraph and write it. + [7.74-9.74] The first time, listen only. + [11.52-14.16] John had an automobile accident yesterday. + [15.22-16.58] He stopped for a red light. + [17.50-19.82] A car came from behind and hit him. + [20.94-24.22] John had his seatbelt on, and he was not hurt. + [25.47-27.07] The other driver was at fault. + [27.94-28.74] He got a ticket. + [29.89-32.61] His insurance must pay to fix John's car. + [33.79-39.07] John won't have a car for a few days, but his wife will take him to work every day. + [43.55-47.31] Now listen to it again in smaller parts and write. + [48.78-52.05] John had... + [56.43-58.43] An automobile accident yesterday. + [79.14-80.58] He stopped for a red light. + [96.54-100.71] A car came from behind. + [111.26-112.06] And hit him. + [118.99-122.55] John had... + [126.43-130.47] His seatbelt on. + [140.70-141.90] And he was not hurt. + [153.34-156.87] The other driver... + [164.16-165.04] Was at fault. + [176.11-176.99] He got a ticket. + [188.66-192.75] His insurance must pay. + [201.25-202.61] To fix John's car. + [212.51-216.75] John won't have a car. + [229.09-230.21] For a few days. + [238.72-242.37] But his wife... + [248.10-251.91] Will take him to work. + [255.79-256.51] Every day. + [267.94-271.94] Now listen to the paragraph again and check your answers. + [273.65-276.29] John had an automobile accident yesterday. + [279.23-280.67] He stopped for a red light. + [284.38-286.94] A car came from behind and hit him. + [291.25-295.59] John had his seatbelt on. + [295.79-296.91] And he was not hurt. + [300.46-302.37] The other driver was at fault. + [305.79-306.09] He got a ticket. + [308.70-311.42] His insurance must pay to fix John's car. + [315.79-318.11] John won't have a car for a few days. + [322.21-324.85] But his wife will take him to work every day. + [331.47-335.63] Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your spelling. + [343.07-345.79] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-4A.md b/sources/book-9/tape-4A.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d20ad87 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-4A.md @@ -0,0 +1,443 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4a-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4A. +Hello. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet for Lesson 4A. +Look at Figure 1. +Repeat the words and the sentences. +Number 1: "Run out of." Run out of. +Ran out of. +Ran out of. +Gasoline. +Gasoline. +Gas. +Gas. +Tank. +Tank. +Almost. +Almost. +Empty. +Empty. +Gauge. +Gauge. +Alex is running out of gasoline. +The gas tank is almost empty. +The gauge is on E. +Number 2: +"Gas station." +Gas station. +Fill up. +Fill up. +Restroom. +Restroom. +There's a gas station over there. +Alex can fill up the tank. +Rita can wash her hands in the restroom. +Number 3: +"Full." Full. +Ladies' room. +Ladies' room. +Alex filled up the tank. +The tank is full now. +Rita washed her hands in the ladies' room. +Number 4: +"Spill." +Spill. +Mens room. +Mens room. +Alex spilled some gasoline on his shoes and hands. +He cleaned up in the mens room. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [4.72-8.56] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4A. + [15.26-15.74] Hello. + [16.30-20.46] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet for Lesson 4A. + [27.55-28.59] Look at Figure 1. + [29.23-31.31] Repeat the words and the sentences. + [33.94-40.32] Number 1: "Run out of." Run out of. + [43.78-48.09] Ran out of. + [48.33-52.41] Ran out of. + [52.51-53.47] Gasoline. + [56.11-57.07] Gasoline. + [61.01-61.81] Gas. + [64.00-64.72] Gas. + [67.54-70.29] Tank. + [70.30-70.35] Tank. + [73.41-76.71] Almost. + [76.74-80.37] Almost. + [80.42-81.14] Empty. + [83.55-84.05] Empty. + [86.74-87.46] Gauge. + [89.97-89.99] Gauge. + [93.93-96.05] Alex is running out of gasoline. + [100.77-103.17] The gas tank is almost empty. + [108.22-109.90] The gauge is on E. + [114.94-115.74] Number 2: + [117.76-118.88] "Gas station." + [122.26-123.46] Gas station. + [127.60-131.55] Fill up. + [131.54-135.21] Fill up. + [135.20-136.24] Restroom. + [139.12-140.16] Restroom. + [144.29-146.29] There's a gas station over there. + [152.66-154.50] Alex can fill up the tank. + [160.00-162.88] Rita can wash her hands in the restroom. + [169.28-170.16] Number 3: + [172.16-175.28] "Full." Full. + [179.04-180.24] Ladies' room. + [183.18-184.46] Ladies' room. + [188.70-190.46] Alex filled up the tank. + [194.78-196.38] The tank is full now. + [202.05-205.25] Rita washed her hands in the ladies' room. + [211.98-213.02] Number 4: + [214.53-215.07] "Spill." + [217.53-217.95] Spill. + [220.19-220.91] Mens room. + [223.71-224.43] Mens room. + [227.61-231.50] Alex spilled some gasoline on his shoes and hands. + [237.63-240.11] He cleaned up in the mens room. + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4a-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2, listen to the dialogue. +Oh no, I'm running out of gasoline, the tank is almost empty. +Don't worry, there's a gas station over there. +I see it. +I can fill up the tank there. +Good. +I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. +And a few minutes later. +Is the men's room next to the ladies' room? +Yes, it is. +Is the tank full now? +Yes, but I spilled some gas on my shoes. +I'm going to the men's room to clean up. +Allright. +I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. +This time, you read Alex's lines. +Begin. +Don't worry, there's a gas station over there. +Good. +I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. +And a few minutes later. +Yes, it is. +Is the tank full now? +Allright. +I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. +Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. +What is Alex running out of? +Repeat: Alex is running out of gasoline. +What is almost empty? +Repeat: The gas tank is almost empty. +Why does Rita say, "Don't worry"? +Repeat: Because a gas station is near. +What does Alex have to do at the gas station? +Repeat: He has to fill up the gas tank. +What does Rita need to do? +Repeat: She needs to go to the restroom and wash her hands. +Is the tank empty or full after they leave the station? +Repeat: The tank is full. +Why does Alex have to clean up? +Repeat: Because he spilled some gasoline on his shoes. +Where are Rita and Alex going from the station? +Repeat: They're going to another town. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.95-4.83] Now go to Figure 2, listen to the dialogue. + [8.16-12.48] Oh no, I'm running out of gasoline, the tank is almost empty. + [13.34-16.46] Don't worry, there's a gas station over there. + [16.94-17.50] I see it. + [17.90-19.18] I can fill up the tank there. + [19.66-20.30] Good. + [20.54-23.18] I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. + [24.53-25.65] And a few minutes later. + [28.43-30.19] Is the men's room next to the ladies' room? + [30.59-31.55] Yes, it is. + [32.11-33.47] Is the tank full now? + [33.95-36.27] Yes, but I spilled some gas on my shoes. + [37.07-38.67] I'm going to the men's room to clean up. + [39.39-39.95] Allright. + [40.43-43.39] I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. + [45.25-47.97] This time, you read Alex's lines. + [49.25-49.81] Begin. + [54.70-57.74] Don't worry, there's a gas station over there. + [63.70-64.34] Good. + [65.14-67.54] I need to go to the restroom and wash my hands. + [70.88-71.92] And a few minutes later. + [75.10-75.98] Yes, it is. + [76.54-77.90] Is the tank full now? + [84.37-85.01] Allright. + [85.33-88.37] I'm going to look at the map and see which town is next. + [93.49-96.53] Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. + [98.22-100.22] What is Alex running out of? + [103.90-107.50] Repeat: Alex is running out of gasoline. + [112.91-114.59] What is almost empty? + [118.70-122.06] Repeat: The gas tank is almost empty. + [128.56-131.20] Why does Rita say, "Don't worry"? + [135.62-138.90] Repeat: Because a gas station is near. + [145.39-148.19] What does Alex have to do at the gas station? + [151.74-155.42] Repeat: He has to fill up the gas tank. + [161.18-162.86] What does Rita need to do? + [168.34-173.57] Repeat: She needs to go to the restroom and wash her hands. + [180.22-184.06] Is the tank empty or full after they leave the station? + [187.87-190.11] Repeat: The tank is full. + [195.23-199.83] Why does Alex have to clean up? + [202.45-206.77] Repeat: Because he spilled some gasoline on his shoes. + [213.78-216.98] Where are Rita and Alex going from the station? + [220.82-223.86] Repeat: They're going to another town. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4a-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to figure 3, look at the pictures, and repeat the words and sentences. +Number 1: "really." Really. +Motel. +Motel. +Pleased. +Pleased. +Alex is really tired. +Rita and Alex are going to spend the night at this motel. +The clerk is pleased. +Number 2: "bathtub." +Bathtub. +Bathe. +Bathe. +Take a bath. +Take a bath. +Rita fills the bathtub with water. +She will bathe and relax. +She'll take a long bath. +Number 3: "baggage." +Baggage. +Hard. +Hard. +Soft. +Soft. +Hope to. +Hope to. +Alex puts his baggage on the hard chair. +He sits in the soft chair. +He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. +Number 4: "alarm clock." +Alarm clock. +Sheet. +Sheet. +Blanket. +Blanket. +Pillow. +Pillow. +After her bath, Rita checks the alarm clock. +She gets in bed. +She gets under the sheets and blanket. +She puts her head on her pillow and goes to sleep. +Look at figure 3 again. +This time, listen to the sentences only. +Number 1: "Alex is really tired." Rita and Alex are going to spend the night at this motel. +The clerk is pleased. +Number 2: "Rita fills the bathtub with water." She will bathe and relax. +She'll take a long bath. +Number 3: "Alex puts his baggage on the hard chair." He sits in the soft chair. +He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. +Number 4: "After her bath, Rita checks the alarm clock." She gets in bed. +She gets under the sheets and blanket. +She puts her head on her pillow and goes to sleep. +Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: "How tired is Alex?" +Repeat: "He's really tired." +"Where are they spending the night?" +Repeat: "They're spending the night at a motel." +"Is the clerk sad?" Repeat: "No, he's pleased." +Number 2: "What does Rita fill with water?" +Repeat: "She fills the bathtub with water." +"What is Rita going to take?" Repeat: "She's going to take a long bath." +Number 3: "Where does Alex put his baggage?" +Repeat: "He puts it on the hard chair." +"Where is Alex sitting?" +Repeat: "He's sitting in the soft chair." +"What does he hope to do?" +Repeat: "He hopes to relax before he goes to bed." +Number 4: "What does Rita check?" Repeat: "She checks the alarm clock." +"Where does she put her head?" +Repeat: "She puts her head on her pillow." +"Good night, Rita." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.74-6.82] Go to figure 3, look at the pictures, and repeat the words and sentences. + [8.83-16.29] Number 1: "really." Really. + [16.35-17.23] Motel. + [19.63-20.59] Motel. + [23.28-24.00] Pleased. + [25.95-26.55] Pleased. + [30.03-34.23] Alex is really tired. + [36.33-40.00] Rita and Alex are going to spend the night at this motel. + [46.24-47.84] The clerk is pleased. + [51.78-54.45] Number 2: "bathtub." + [57.15-58.03] Bathtub. + [61.12-61.84] Bathe. + [64.06-64.94] Bathe. + [68.93-72.69] Take a bath. + [72.77-73.81] Take a bath. + [77.20-79.68] Rita fills the bathtub with water. + [83.90-86.06] She will bathe and relax. + [90.42-92.26] She'll take a long bath. + [96.67-98.99] Number 3: "baggage." + [101.42-102.22] Baggage. + [104.90-107.55] Hard. + [107.70-111.21] Hard. + [111.10-111.90] Soft. + [113.55-114.35] Soft. + [117.33-120.03] Hope to. + [120.16-123.39] Hope to. + [123.38-126.10] Alex puts his baggage on the hard chair. + [130.69-132.69] He sits in the soft chair. + [136.96-139.92] He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. + [144.98-147.81] Number 4: "alarm clock." + [151.30-152.42] Alarm clock. + [154.94-155.66] Sheet. + [157.63-158.35] Sheet. + [160.54-163.53] Blanket. + [163.55-163.60] Blanket. + [167.31-167.71] Pillow. + [170.18-170.82] Pillow. + [174.37-177.81] After her bath, Rita checks the alarm clock. + [182.85-184.21] She gets in bed. + [187.44-189.92] She gets under the sheets and blanket. + [195.90-199.50] She puts her head on her pillow and goes to sleep. + [205.86-207.43] Look at figure 3 again. + [207.94-210.34] This time, listen to the sentences only. + [211.18-219.66] Number 1: "Alex is really tired." Rita and Alex are going to spend the night at this motel. + [220.74-222.10] The clerk is pleased. + [223.26-229.55] Number 2: "Rita fills the bathtub with water." She will bathe and relax. + [230.19-231.87] She'll take a long bath. + [233.33-240.85] Number 3: "Alex puts his baggage on the hard chair." He sits in the soft chair. + [241.60-244.32] He hopes to relax before he goes to bed. + [245.60-252.02] Number 4: "After her bath, Rita checks the alarm clock." She gets in bed. + [252.93-254.65] She gets under the sheets and blanket. + [255.81-259.15] She puts her head on her pillow and goes to sleep. + [262.80-266.00] Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. + [268.21-271.49] Number 1: "How tired is Alex?" + [276.61-279.49] Repeat: "He's really tired." + [283.30-287.55] "Where are they spending the night?" + [290.16-293.98] Repeat: "They're spending the night at a motel." + [299.52-307.86] "Is the clerk sad?" Repeat: "No, he's pleased." + [311.63-317.61] Number 2: "What does Rita fill with water?" + [319.22-322.66] Repeat: "She fills the bathtub with water." + [328.22-336.98] "What is Rita going to take?" Repeat: "She's going to take a long bath." + [341.65-345.76] Number 3: "Where does Alex put his baggage?" + [350.16-353.60] Repeat: "He puts it on the hard chair." + [359.30-360.66] "Where is Alex sitting?" + [364.59-367.71] Repeat: "He's sitting in the soft chair." + [372.51-376.35] "What does he hope to do?" + [378.80-382.96] Repeat: "He hopes to relax before he goes to bed." + [388.42-398.14] Number 4: "What does Rita check?" Repeat: "She checks the alarm clock." + [402.85-407.67] "Where does she put her head?" + [409.17-412.47] Repeat: "She puts her head on her pillow." + [417.75-419.01] "Good night, Rita." + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4a-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Look at figure 4: a man and a lady went dancing. +He stepped on her toes. +He apologized for stepping on her toes. +Listen to the dialogue. +Oh, did I step on your toes? +Yes, you did. +I apologize. +I'm really sorry. +That's okay. +Just don't do it again. +This time, repeat the dialogue. +Oh, did I step on your toes? +Yes, you did. +I apologize. +I'm really sorry. +That's okay. +Just don't do it again. +Now answer these questions and repeat the correct answers. +What did the man do first? +Repeat: He stepped on the lady's toes. +What did the man do next? +Repeat: He apologized for stepping on her toes. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-5.62] Look at figure 4: a man and a lady went dancing. + [6.45-7.81] He stepped on her toes. + [8.45-10.85] He apologized for stepping on her toes. + [11.57-12.69] Listen to the dialogue. + [16.78-18.62] Oh, did I step on your toes? + [18.94-20.30] Yes, you did. + [21.02-22.06] I apologize. + [22.14-23.02] I'm really sorry. + [23.34-24.30] That's okay. + [24.46-25.90] Just don't do it again. + [27.28-29.28] This time, repeat the dialogue. + [30.78-32.78] Oh, did I step on your toes? + [37.97-39.57] Yes, you did. + [43.09-44.05] I apologize. + [46.99-47.87] I'm really sorry. + [54.66-55.70] That's okay. + [56.88-58.48] Just don't do it again. + [64.37-67.49] Now answer these questions and repeat the correct answers. + [69.15-71.07] What did the man do first? + [75.66-78.94] Repeat: He stepped on the lady's toes. + [84.86-86.54] What did the man do next? + [91.86-96.45] Repeat: He apologized for stepping on her toes. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4a-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to figure 5 and repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "I'm sorry that I'm late." +Number 2: "Was he angry that his plane was late?" +Number 3: "She's upset that he's leaving." +Number 4: "Tony is happy that she's going." +Number 5: "Frank was pleased that we finished early." +Number 6: "Were you glad that you went to the game?" +Number 7: "They were sure that you were here." +Number 8: "He wasn't angry that we were late." +Number 9: "Was she upset that her car ran out of gas?" +Number 10: "They're glad that they don't have to work today." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.62-4.34] Go to figure 5 and repeat the sentences. + [6.59-9.87] Number 1: "I'm sorry that I'm late." + [14.80-19.18] Number 2: "Was he angry that his plane was late?" + [24.82-28.34] Number 3: "She's upset that he's leaving." + [33.39-37.63] Number 4: "Tony is happy that she's going." + [43.58-48.22] Number 5: "Frank was pleased that we finished early." + [53.70-57.68] Number 6: "Were you glad that you went to the game?" + [63.58-67.34] Number 7: "They were sure that you were here." + [73.14-76.82] Number 8: "He wasn't angry that we were late." + [83.54-87.78] Number 9: "Was she upset that her car ran out of gas?" + [95.47-99.90] Number 10: "They're glad that they don't have to work today." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4a-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 6. +You will hear a paragraph twice. +Listen and complete the outline. +There are 3 places that are important for automobile travelers: the motel, or motor hotel, the restaurant, and the gas station. +In the motel you can relax, watch TV, and sleep. +In the restaurant you can have breakfast, lunch, and dinner when you get hungry. +At the gas station you can put gasoline in your car and get a drink. +Listen to the paragraph again and complete the outline. +There are 3 places that are important for automobile travelers: the motel, or motor hotel, the restaurant, and the gas station. +In the motel you can relax, watch TV, and sleep. +In the restaurant you can have breakfast, lunch, and dinner when you get hungry. +At the gas station you can put gasoline in your car and get a drink. +Check your outline on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.08-2.85] Now look at Figure 6. + [4.26-5.94] You will hear a paragraph twice. + [6.66-8.34] Listen and complete the outline. + [10.64-22.14] There are 3 places that are important for automobile travelers: the motel, or motor hotel, the restaurant, and the gas station. + [23.22-27.78] In the motel you can relax, watch TV, and sleep. + [28.67-34.11] In the restaurant you can have breakfast, lunch, and dinner when you get hungry. + [34.98-39.70] At the gas station you can put gasoline in your car and get a drink. + [43.04-46.08] Listen to the paragraph again and complete the outline. + [47.95-59.07] There are 3 places that are important for automobile travelers: the motel, or motor hotel, the restaurant, and the gas station. + [75.07-80.11] In the motel you can relax, watch TV, and sleep. + [97.52-103.68] In the restaurant you can have breakfast, lunch, and dinner when you get hungry. + [120.48-125.60] At the gas station you can put gasoline in your car and get a drink. + [143.47-146.27] Check your outline on the answer page for this lesson. + [153.79-156.69] This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-4B.md b/sources/book-9/tape-4B.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..164843d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-4B.md @@ -0,0 +1,455 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4B. +Hi. +Open your booklet to the activities for Lesson 4B. +Look at Figure 1. +Listen and read the two sentences, then combine them. +Repeat the correct answer. +Listen to the example: +"Jack was pleased; he didn't run out of gas." +"Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas." Repeat: "Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas." +Number 1: "Mark was upset; the plane was late." +Repeat: "Mark was upset that the plane was late." +Number 2: "My father was angry; the gas tank was almost empty." +Repeat: "My father was angry that the gas tank was almost empty." +Number 3: "Sergeant James was happy; the gas station was near." +Repeat: "Sergeant James was happy that the gas station was near." +Number 4: "Thomas is really sorry; he lost your keys." +Repeat: "Thomas is really sorry that he lost your keys." +Number 5: "The children are happy; they're going to watch a movie." +Repeat: "The children are happy that they're going to watch a movie." +Number 6: "Mr. +Sunshine is not sure; it will rain tomorrow." +Repeat: "Mr. +Sunshine is not sure that it will rain tomorrow." +Number 7: "Is the Colonel pleased? +The General isn't coming." +Repeat: "Is the Colonel pleased that the General isn't coming?" +Number 8: "I'm glad you weren't hurt in the accident." +Repeat: "I'm glad that you weren't hurt in the accident." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [9.38-12.82] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4B. + [19.89-20.29] Hi. + [21.09-23.85] Open your booklet to the activities for Lesson 4B. + [30.56-31.68] Look at Figure 1. + [32.32-36.24] Listen and read the two sentences, then combine them. + [37.04-38.40] Repeat the correct answer. + [39.46-40.66] Listen to the example: + [42.16-45.60] "Jack was pleased; he didn't run out of gas." + [47.18-55.79] "Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas." Repeat: "Jack was pleased that he didn't run out of gas." + [58.32-63.38] Number 1: "Mark was upset; the plane was late." + [68.98-72.96] Repeat: "Mark was upset that the plane was late." + [79.26-86.13] Number 2: "My father was angry; the gas tank was almost empty." + [92.08-97.66] Repeat: "My father was angry that the gas tank was almost empty." + [105.36-112.16] Number 3: "Sergeant James was happy; the gas station was near." + [117.79-122.91] Repeat: "Sergeant James was happy that the gas station was near." + [129.44-135.17] Number 4: "Thomas is really sorry; he lost your keys." + [140.48-145.47] Repeat: "Thomas is really sorry that he lost your keys." + [152.86-158.91] Number 5: "The children are happy; they're going to watch a movie." + [165.25-169.97] Repeat: "The children are happy that they're going to watch a movie." + [179.42-182.01] Number 6: "Mr. + [182.25-186.37] Sunshine is not sure; it will rain tomorrow." + [192.13-194.14] Repeat: "Mr. + [194.14-197.90] Sunshine is not sure that it will rain tomorrow." + [206.02-209.76] Number 7: "Is the Colonel pleased? + [210.40-212.00] The General isn't coming." + [219.10-224.18] Repeat: "Is the Colonel pleased that the General isn't coming?" + [232.24-238.38] Number 8: "I'm glad you weren't hurt in the accident." + [244.43-249.20] Repeat: "I'm glad that you weren't hurt in the accident." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 2. +This time, listen to a sentence and combine it with a word from Figure 2. +Let's do the example. +The word is "happy." "He bought a new car." Repeat: "He was happy that he bought a new car." +Number 1: "He can get to work on time." +Repeat: "He's sure he can get to work on time." +Number 2: "He has a new car." +Repeat: "He's glad that he has a new car." +Number 3: "His brother wants to borrow it." +Repeat: "He's upset that his brother wants to borrow it." +Number 4: "He didn't buy a new car last year." +Repeat: "He's sorry that he didn't buy a new car last year." +Number 5: "His wife likes it." +Repeat: "He's pleased that his wife likes it." +Number 6: "His wife wants the new car." +Repeat: "He's angry that his wife wants the new car." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.14-3.34] Now go to Figure 2. + [4.06-8.54] This time, listen to a sentence and combine it with a word from Figure 2. + [9.71-10.83] Let's do the example. + [12.26-22.02] The word is "happy." "He bought a new car." Repeat: "He was happy that he bought a new car." + [24.18-28.29] Number 1: "He can get to work on time." + [33.49-37.73] Repeat: "He's sure he can get to work on time." + [43.28-46.40] Number 2: "He has a new car." + [51.04-54.64] Repeat: "He's glad that he has a new car." + [61.62-65.30] Number 3: "His brother wants to borrow it." + [71.44-75.76] Repeat: "He's upset that his brother wants to borrow it." + [82.10-86.10] Number 4: "He didn't buy a new car last year." + [91.47-96.11] Repeat: "He's sorry that he didn't buy a new car last year." + [102.48-107.85] Number 5: "His wife likes it." + [109.84-113.52] Repeat: "He's pleased that his wife likes it." + [120.72-124.46] Number 6: "His wife wants the new car." + [130.05-134.21] Repeat: "He's angry that his wife wants the new car." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 3, look at the words in the box, and repeat them. +Laundry. +Laundry. +Hang up. +Hang up. +Hung up. +Hung up. +Hanger. +Hanger. +Closet. +Closet. +End. +End. +Realize. +Realize. +So. +So. +Forget. +Forget. +Forgot. +Forgot. +Mean to. +Mean to. +Meant to. +Meant to. +Forgive. +Forgive. +Forgave. +Forgave. +Now listen to the dialogue. +Don't repeat. +Are you almost finished with the laundry? +Almost. +I just have to hang up these shirts. +Give me those hangers from the closet, please. +I didn't realize that we had so many dirty clothes. +It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. +I meant to come earlier and help you. +Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. +Okay. +Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat it. +Are you almost finished with the laundry? +Almost. +I just have to hang up these shirts. +Give me those hangers from the closet, please. +I didn't realize that we had so many dirty clothes. +It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. +I meant to come earlier and help you. +Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. +Okay. +Now answer the questions about the dialogue. +What was Rita doing? +Repeat: She was doing the laundry. +What does she have to do to the shirt? +Repeat: She has to hang up the shirts. +What does she want from the closet? +Repeat: She wants the hangers from the closet. +Did Alex know that they had a lot of dirty clothes? +Repeat: No, he didn't. +He didn't realize that they had so many dirty clothes. +What is easy to do when you travel? +Repeat: It's easy to forget the laundry. +Did Alex want to come earlier and help his wife? +Repeat: Yes, he meant to come earlier and help her. +Is Rita going to forgive her husband? +Repeat: She'll forgive him after he takes her to dinner. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.89-6.29] Now go to Figure 3, look at the words in the box, and repeat them. + [7.54-8.42] Laundry. + [10.59-11.47] Laundry. + [13.97-14.69] Hang up. + [16.94-20.07] Hang up. + [21.14-21.78] Hung up. + [23.84-27.21] Hung up. + [28.24-28.80] Hanger. + [30.94-31.66] Hanger. + [34.56-35.28] Closet. + [37.42-38.22] Closet. + [40.53-41.17] End. + [43.22-45.87] End. + [45.86-46.90] Realize. + [48.94-50.14] Realize. + [51.95-52.59] So. + [54.26-54.90] So. + [57.09-59.73] Forget. + [59.62-60.50] Forget. + [62.70-63.66] Forgot. + [65.38-65.97] Forgot. + [69.21-71.67] Mean to. + [71.62-74.73] Mean to. + [74.64-77.85] Meant to. + [77.81-78.85] Meant to. + [81.07-81.95] Forgive. + [84.22-85.18] Forgive. + [87.42-88.38] Forgave. + [90.29-91.25] Forgave. + [94.96-96.32] Now listen to the dialogue. + [96.64-97.52] Don't repeat. + [101.58-103.18] Are you almost finished with the laundry? + [104.08-104.88] Almost. + [105.52-107.60] I just have to hang up these shirts. + [108.40-110.72] Give me those hangers from the closet, please. + [111.63-114.27] I didn't realize that we had so many dirty clothes. + [115.07-118.27] It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. + [119.57-121.01] I meant to come earlier and help you. + [122.46-124.54] Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. + [124.78-125.26] Okay. + [126.78-129.34] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat it. + [131.34-132.86] Are you almost finished with the laundry? + [139.46-140.34] Almost. + [143.54-145.19] I just have to hang up these shirts. + [150.63-152.35] Give me those hangers from the closet, please. + [159.27-162.09] I didn't realize that we had so many dirty clothes. + [167.73-170.33] It's easy to forget when you just go from place to place. + [177.63-179.63] I meant to come earlier and help you. + [185.17-187.59] Take me to dinner and I'll forgive you. + [194.53-194.77] Okay. + [198.18-200.74] Now answer the questions about the dialogue. + [202.66-204.10] What was Rita doing? + [207.62-210.74] Repeat: She was doing the laundry. + [215.89-219.81] What does she have to do to the shirt? + [221.41-224.85] Repeat: She has to hang up the shirts. + [231.52-233.52] What does she want from the closet? + [239.66-243.42] Repeat: She wants the hangers from the closet. + [250.24-253.68] Did Alex know that they had a lot of dirty clothes? + [260.72-263.20] Repeat: No, he didn't. + [266.27-270.03] He didn't realize that they had so many dirty clothes. + [278.77-281.09] What is easy to do when you travel? + [286.62-289.98] Repeat: It's easy to forget the laundry. + [295.81-301.53] Did Alex want to come earlier and help his wife? + [304.22-308.78] Repeat: Yes, he meant to come earlier and help her. + [316.27-321.27] Is Rita going to forgive her husband? + [324.58-328.82] Repeat: She'll forgive him after he takes her to dinner. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 4, listen to a question, and circle the best answer to the question. +Number 1: Did John call you? +Number 2: What is David thinking about? +Number 3: Did your sister forgive you for not calling her? +Number 4: Did you tell her that you're sorry? +Number 5: What did you do with the picture? +Number 6: Is the gas tank full? +Number 7: Are you going to watch the movie on TV tonight? +Number 8: Can you explain this word to me? +Now check your answers and repeat. +Number 1 is A. +Listen: "Did John call you?" Repeat: "No, I think he forgot." +Number 2 is C. +Listen: "What is David thinking about?" Repeat: "He's worried about his mother." +Number 3 is B. +Listen: "Did your sister forgive you for not calling her?" Repeat: "Yes, she's talking to me again." +Number 4 is also B. +Listen: "Did you tell her that you're sorry?" Repeat: "Yes, I apologized to her." +Number 5 is C. +Listen: "What did you do with the picture?" Repeat: "I hung it up in my living room." +Number 6 is B. +Listen: "Is the gas tank full?" Repeat: "No, it's almost empty." +Number 7 is A. +Listen: "Are you going to watch the movie on TV tonight?" Repeat: "Yes, I hope to watch it." +Number 8 is C. +Listen: "Can you explain this word to me?" Repeat: "Sure, let me tell you what it means." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.41-6.85] Now go to Figure 4, listen to a question, and circle the best answer to the question. + [8.43-14.31] Number 1: Did John call you? + [21.25-24.69] Number 2: What is David thinking about? + [33.95-38.43] Number 3: Did your sister forgive you for not calling her? + [48.38-51.98] Number 4: Did you tell her that you're sorry? + [60.27-63.63] Number 5: What did you do with the picture? + [72.78-78.39] Number 6: Is the gas tank full? + [84.99-89.31] Number 7: Are you going to watch the movie on TV tonight? + [97.81-101.65] Number 8: Can you explain this word to me? + [112.18-113.94] Now check your answers and repeat. + [115.82-117.74] Number 1 is A. + [118.14-125.58] Listen: "Did John call you?" Repeat: "No, I think he forgot." + [130.18-132.18] Number 2 is C. + [132.82-139.46] Listen: "What is David thinking about?" Repeat: "He's worried about his mother." + [145.52-147.52] Number 3 is B. + [147.84-156.59] Listen: "Did your sister forgive you for not calling her?" Repeat: "Yes, she's talking to me again." + [164.62-166.78] Number 4 is also B. + [169.82-177.23] Listen: "Did you tell her that you're sorry?" Repeat: "Yes, I apologized to her." + [183.01-185.01] Number 5 is C. + [185.41-193.49] Listen: "What did you do with the picture?" Repeat: "I hung it up in my living room." + [199.79-201.55] Number 6 is B. + [202.11-208.96] Listen: "Is the gas tank full?" Repeat: "No, it's almost empty." + [213.76-215.68] Number 7 is A. + [216.00-224.43] Listen: "Are you going to watch the movie on TV tonight?" Repeat: "Yes, I hope to watch it." + [230.14-232.14] Number 8 is C. + [232.62-240.93] Listen: "Can you explain this word to me?" Repeat: "Sure, let me tell you what it means." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now look at Figure 5. +Repeat the sentences. +Number 1: "He thinks that this movie is interesting." +Number 2: "I guess we will go too." +Number 3: "He didn't realize that he was late." +Number 4: "She knew Jim arrived last night." +Number 5: "He learned that his cousin went to Harvard." +Number 6: "We heard that the colonel left early." +Number 7: "They see there's a need to work hard." +Number 8: "Don't forget that we leave tomorrow." +Number 9: "Did you read that we will have a new instructor soon?" +Number 10: "Don't you remember we saw it yesterday?" + +Segment timings (seconds): + [2.02-3.30] Now look at Figure 5. + [3.78-5.06] Repeat the sentences. + [5.78-10.24] Number 1: "He thinks that this movie is interesting." + [16.56-19.84] Number 2: "I guess we will go too." + [24.48-28.00] Number 3: "He didn't realize that he was late." + [33.63-37.39] Number 4: "She knew Jim arrived last night." + [42.67-46.67] Number 5: "He learned that his cousin went to Harvard." + [54.11-57.71] Number 6: "We heard that the colonel left early." + [63.57-69.63] Number 7: "They see there's a need to work hard." + [73.95-77.55] Number 8: "Don't forget that we leave tomorrow." + [83.89-88.85] Number 9: "Did you read that we will have a new instructor soon?" + [96.98-101.22] Number 10: "Don't you remember we saw it yesterday?" + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 6. +Listen to the two sentences and combine them. +Let's repeat the example. +Listen: "Henry has to call home." +"Mary remembered it." Repeat: "Mary remembered that Henry has to call home." +Number 1: "The price of corn will go up." "I read here in the paper." +Repeat: "I read here in the paper that the price of corn will go up." +Number 2: "Ken said, 'Yes, George didn't hear this.'" +Repeat: "George didn't hear that Ken said yes." +Number 3: "It's going to rain today. +I heard it on the radio." +Repeat: "I heard on the radio that it's going to rain today." +Number 4: "Judy can travel to Europe." "Judy hopes that." +Repeat: "Judy hopes that she can travel to Europe." +Number 5: "John had to mail the letter." "John forgot this." +Repeat: "John forgot he had to mail the letter." +Number 6: "Dan hurt Sarah's feelings." "Dan didn't mean to do it." +Repeat: "Dan didn't mean to hurt Sarah's feelings." +Number 7: "The word had two meanings." "Kim didn't realize it." +Repeat: "Kim didn't realize that the word had two meanings." +Number 8: "His car didn't have any gasoline." "My father didn't know it." +Repeat: "My father didn't know that his car didn't have any gasoline." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.68-2.56] Now go to Figure 6. + [4.05-6.61] Listen to the two sentences and combine them. + [7.71-9.07] Let's repeat the example. + [10.32-12.96] Listen: "Henry has to call home." + [15.74-22.70] "Mary remembered it." Repeat: "Mary remembered that Henry has to call home." + [26.46-33.26] Number 1: "The price of corn will go up." "I read here in the paper." + [41.01-46.45] Repeat: "I read here in the paper that the price of corn will go up." + [55.94-61.78] Number 2: "Ken said, 'Yes, George didn't hear this.'" + [68.19-72.83] Repeat: "George didn't hear that Ken said yes." + [80.86-84.51] Number 3: "It's going to rain today. + [85.23-86.83] I heard it on the radio." + [94.74-99.14] Repeat: "I heard on the radio that it's going to rain today." + [106.98-115.71] Number 4: "Judy can travel to Europe." "Judy hopes that." + [119.50-123.50] Repeat: "Judy hopes that she can travel to Europe." + [129.26-135.44] Number 5: "John had to mail the letter." "John forgot this." + [141.55-145.55] Repeat: "John forgot he had to mail the letter." + [152.14-159.25] Number 6: "Dan hurt Sarah's feelings." "Dan didn't mean to do it." + [165.36-169.52] Repeat: "Dan didn't mean to hurt Sarah's feelings." + [176.50-182.02] Number 7: "The word had two meanings." "Kim didn't realize it." + [188.83-193.55] Repeat: "Kim didn't realize that the word had two meanings." + [200.85-207.55] Number 8: "His car didn't have any gasoline." "My father didn't know it." + [214.69-220.34] Repeat: "My father didn't know that his car didn't have any gasoline." + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 7, listen to a dialogue. +Good morning, sir. +Are you ready to check out? +Yes, I am. +Can I have the bill? +Sure. +It was $65 with tax. +Did you have a nice stay at our motel? +Yes, we did. +Your beds were not too hard or too soft. +We had a good rest. +Here's your money. +Thank you. +We hope to see you again, sir. +Maybe next year. +Now, you take Alex's part. +Good morning, sir. +Are you ready to check out? +Sure. +It was $65 with tax. +Did you have a nice stay at our motel? +Thank you. +We hope to see you again, sir. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.57-4.53] Now go to Figure 7, listen to a dialogue. + [9.65-10.45] Good morning, sir. + [11.25-12.45] Are you ready to check out? + [13.09-14.05] Yes, I am. + [14.37-15.17] Can I have the bill? + [15.49-16.13] Sure. + [16.77-19.01] It was $65 with tax. + [20.29-22.29] Did you have a nice stay at our motel? + [23.22-24.10] Yes, we did. + [25.17-27.57] Your beds were not too hard or too soft. + [28.13-29.09] We had a good rest. + [29.65-30.29] Here's your money. + [31.31-31.79] Thank you. + [32.27-33.71] We hope to see you again, sir. + [34.51-35.31] Maybe next year. + [37.47-39.47] Now, you take Alex's part. + [40.77-41.65] Good morning, sir. + [42.45-43.65] Are you ready to check out? + [48.54-49.10] Sure. + [49.50-51.74] It was $65 with tax. + [52.38-54.38] Did you have a nice stay at our motel? + [64.37-64.93] Thank you. + [65.25-66.69] We hope to see you again, sir. + +#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4b-f8-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 8. +Listen to a paragraph and write the topic on the line. +You will hear the paragraph 2 times. +Most banks have 2 kinds of accounts: a savings account and a checking account. +We use a checking account like cash. +Most stores accept checks with some identification, and it is much easier to take a checkbook to the store than a bag of money. +A savings account helps people save their money. +Write the topic. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. +Most banks have 2 kinds of accounts: a savings account and a checking account. +We use a checking account like cash. +Most stores accept checks with some identification, and it is much easier to take a checkbook to the store than a bag of money. +A savings account helps people save their money. +The topic of the paragraph is "Bank accounts." +This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.60-2.64] Now go to Figure 8. + [3.68-6.64] Listen to a paragraph and write the topic on the line. + [7.62-9.54] You will hear the paragraph 2 times. + [11.07-17.23] Most banks have 2 kinds of accounts: a savings account and a checking account. + [18.37-20.69] We use a checking account like cash. + [22.13-31.02] Most stores accept checks with some identification, and it is much easier to take a checkbook to the store than a bag of money. + [32.10-34.98] A savings account helps people save their money. + [37.38-38.26] Write the topic. + [64.78-67.42] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer. + [68.62-74.70] Most banks have 2 kinds of accounts: a savings account and a checking account. + [75.60-77.84] We use a checking account like cash. + [79.07-87.87] Most stores accept checks with some identification, and it is much easier to take a checkbook to the store than a bag of money. + [88.80-91.68] A savings account helps people save their money. + [96.29-99.33] The topic of the paragraph is "Bank accounts." + [105.15-108.27] This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-4C.md b/sources/book-9/tape-4C.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a9dc1d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-4C.md @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4c-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4C. +Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4C. +Look at Figure 1: listen to a statement and choose a statement which has a similar meaning. +Listen to the example: "He really wants to go to the movies." The answer is B. +"He wants to go to the movies very much" is the sentence that has a similar meaning. +Now listen and circle the correct answer. +Number 1: "Parents bathe their small children." +Number 2: "Take our suitcases to the room." +Number 3: "The gas tank is almost empty." +Number 4: "George said, 'I'm sorry.'" +Number 5: "Tom is in the men's room." +Number 6: "The bed looks very warm." +Number 7: "This pillow is not very soft." +Number 8: "A lady is waiting for you." +Number 9: "David did not remember to call." +Number 10: "The boss is happy with your work." +Let's check your answers and repeat the correct answers. +Number 1 is C. +Listen: "Parents bathe their small children." Repeat: "They give baths to their children." +Number 2 is A. +Listen: "Take our suitcases to the room." Repeat: "Take our baggage." +Number 3 is C. +Listen: "The gas tank is almost empty." Repeat: "We need to get some gasoline." +Number 4 is B. +Listen: "George told her, 'I'm sorry.'" Repeat: "George apologized to her." +Number 5 is A. +Listen: "Tom is in the men's room." +Repeat: "He's in the restroom." +Number 6 is B. +Listen: "The bed looks very warm." Repeat: "There are many blankets on the bed." +Number 7 is A. +Listen: "This pillow is not very soft." Repeat: "It's a little hard." +Number 8 is C. +Listen: "A lady is waiting for you." +Repeat: "A lady wants to see you." +Number 9 is B. +Listen: "David did not remember to call." +Repeat: "He forgot to call." +Number 10 is A. +Listen: "The boss is happy with your work." +Repeat: "He's pleased with your work." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [8.93-13.41] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4C. + [20.91-24.91] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 4C. + [32.62-39.34] Look at Figure 1: listen to a statement and choose a statement which has a similar meaning. + [40.14-48.08] Listen to the example: "He really wants to go to the movies." The answer is B. + [49.01-54.21] "He wants to go to the movies very much" is the sentence that has a similar meaning. + [55.39-58.35] Now listen and circle the correct answer. + [60.02-64.08] Number 1: "Parents bathe their small children." + [74.37-77.65] Number 2: "Take our suitcases to the room." + [88.34-91.82] Number 3: "The gas tank is almost empty." + [103.49-106.37] Number 4: "George said, 'I'm sorry.'" + [116.80-119.76] Number 5: "Tom is in the men's room." + [130.26-133.36] Number 6: "The bed looks very warm." + [143.73-147.20] Number 7: "This pillow is not very soft." + [157.79-160.78] Number 8: "A lady is waiting for you." + [172.51-176.11] Number 9: "David did not remember to call." + [187.07-190.86] Number 10: "The boss is happy with your work." + [205.23-208.99] Let's check your answers and repeat the correct answers. + [210.42-211.94] Number 1 is C. + [212.42-220.43] Listen: "Parents bathe their small children." Repeat: "They give baths to their children." + [224.86-226.38] Number 2 is A. + [227.18-233.66] Listen: "Take our suitcases to the room." Repeat: "Take our baggage." + [237.66-239.18] Number 3 is C. + [239.90-247.15] Listen: "The gas tank is almost empty." Repeat: "We need to get some gasoline." + [252.94-254.62] Number 4 is B. + [255.26-262.91] Listen: "George told her, 'I'm sorry.'" Repeat: "George apologized to her." + [266.69-268.45] Number 5 is A. + [269.34-272.10] Listen: "Tom is in the men's room." + [273.89-276.29] Repeat: "He's in the restroom." + [280.96-282.35] Number 6 is B. + [283.17-290.80] Listen: "The bed looks very warm." Repeat: "There are many blankets on the bed." + [296.21-298.29] Number 7 is A. + [298.61-305.54] Listen: "This pillow is not very soft." Repeat: "It's a little hard." + [309.90-311.50] Number 8 is C. + [312.14-314.94] Listen: "A lady is waiting for you." + [316.67-319.31] Repeat: "A lady wants to see you." + [324.59-326.11] Number 9 is B. + [326.67-330.05] Listen: "David did not remember to call." + [331.78-334.10] Repeat: "He forgot to call." + [338.61-340.21] Number 10 is A. + [340.21-343.98] Listen: "The boss is happy with your work." + [345.73-348.29] Repeat: "He's pleased with your work." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4c-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 2. +Look at Picture 1 and listen. +I'm sorry I'm late to class. +I'm sorry that I spilled the milk. +I'm sorry I was late for dinner. +I'm sorry I broke your window. +Look at Picture 1 again and answer the question, then repeat the correct answer. +Number 1: What is John apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for coming late to class. +Number 2: What is Anne apologizing for? +Repeat: She's apologizing for spilling the milk. +Number 3: What is Mr. +Brown apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for being late for dinner. +Number 4: What is Mike apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for breaking the window. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.73-3.09] Go to Figure 2. + [3.65-5.73] Look at Picture 1 and listen. + [9.44-11.04] I'm sorry I'm late to class. + [12.72-14.56] I'm sorry that I spilled the milk. + [15.92-17.76] I'm sorry I was late for dinner. + [20.19-21.71] I'm sorry I broke your window. + [24.34-29.86] Look at Picture 1 again and answer the question, then repeat the correct answer. + [32.69-36.67] Number 1: What is John apologizing for? + [42.50-46.42] Repeat: He's apologizing for coming late to class. + [52.53-56.05] Number 2: What is Anne apologizing for? + [63.14-66.66] Repeat: She's apologizing for spilling the milk. + [72.99-75.28] Number 3: What is Mr. + [75.28-76.96] Brown apologizing for? + [83.42-87.10] Repeat: He's apologizing for being late for dinner. + [94.82-98.61] Number 4: What is Mike apologizing for? + [104.98-108.02] Repeat: He's apologizing for breaking the window. + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4c-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 3. +Read the statements and answer the questions. +Number 1: What is Linda apologizing for? +Repeat: She's apologizing for not washing the dishes. +Number 2: What is Rose apologizing for? +Repeat: She's apologizing for stepping on Ted's toes. +Number 3: What is Lou apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for not calling. +Number 4: What is Kim apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for not coming to a party. +Number 5: What is James apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for not writing sooner. +Number 6: +What is Maria apologizing for? +Repeat: She's apologizing for not doing her homework. +Number 7: What is Ed apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for spilling his coffee. +Number 8: What is David apologizing for? +Repeat: He's apologizing for making Jan wait so long. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.90-3.34] Go to Figure 3. + [4.14-7.10] Read the statements and answer the questions. + [8.50-11.97] Number 1: What is Linda apologizing for? + [18.75-22.88] Repeat: She's apologizing for not washing the dishes. + [28.45-32.58] Number 2: What is Rose apologizing for? + [40.75-44.99] Repeat: She's apologizing for stepping on Ted's toes. + [53.09-56.99] Number 3: What is Lou apologizing for? + [64.38-67.78] Repeat: He's apologizing for not calling. + [73.26-77.26] Number 4: What is Kim apologizing for? + [85.07-88.75] Repeat: He's apologizing for not coming to a party. + [96.35-100.02] Number 5: What is James apologizing for? + [107.92-111.52] Repeat: He's apologizing for not writing sooner. + [120.03-120.40] Number 6: + [122.70-124.62] What is Maria apologizing for? + [132.78-136.62] Repeat: She's apologizing for not doing her homework. + [145.44-149.28] Number 7: What is Ed apologizing for? + [158.27-161.95] Repeat: He's apologizing for spilling his coffee. + [169.66-173.09] Number 8: What is David apologizing for? + [180.66-184.82] Repeat: He's apologizing for making Jan wait so long. + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4c-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 4. +You will hear a sentence. +Add the word "so" to the sentence. +Let's repeat the example: "Sam was tired yesterday." Repeat: "Sam was so tired yesterday." Change the sentence and repeat the correct answer. +Mark was happy to see Mary. +Repeat: "Mark was so happy to see Mary." Repeat: "Linda was upset about the score." Repeat: "Linda was so upset about the score." Repeat: "Ben was angry this morning." Repeat: "Ben was so angry this morning." Repeat: "Jean was sad." +Repeat: "Jean was so sad." Repeat: "I felt sick yesterday." Repeat: "I felt so sick yesterday." Repeat: "Ray was thin when he was young." Repeat: "Ray was so thin when he was young." Repeat: "They were happy at the party." Repeat: "They were so happy at the party." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.86-3.22] Go to Figure 4. + [3.94-5.46] You will hear a sentence. + [6.18-8.66] Add the word "so" to the sentence. + [9.65-22.72] Let's repeat the example: "Sam was tired yesterday." Repeat: "Sam was so tired yesterday." Change the sentence and repeat the correct answer. + [24.99-26.75] Mark was happy to see Mary. + [30.53-77.67] Repeat: "Mark was so happy to see Mary." Repeat: "Linda was upset about the score." Repeat: "Linda was so upset about the score." Repeat: "Ben was angry this morning." Repeat: "Ben was so angry this morning." Repeat: "Jean was sad." + [80.62-135.06] Repeat: "Jean was so sad." Repeat: "I felt sick yesterday." Repeat: "I felt so sick yesterday." Repeat: "Ray was thin when he was young." Repeat: "Ray was so thin when he was young." Repeat: "They were happy at the party." Repeat: "They were so happy at the party." + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4c-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 5. +First, listen to a math problem: use the space to write down the numbers. +Number 1: +George had $345.45 in his checking account. +He went to the shoe store and bought 1 pair of shoes for $56.98. +He paid by check. +Then he went to the grocery store and bought some food for $33.50. +He also paid by check. +How much money does George have left in his checking account? +Listen to the first problem again and write the numbers. +George had $345.45 in his checking account. +He went to the shoe store and bought 1 pair of shoes for $56.98. +He paid by check. +Then he went to the grocery store and bought some food for $33.50. +He also paid by check. +How much money does George have left in his checking account? +Now let's find the answer. +First, write 345.45. +Second, subtract 56.98 from it. +Then subtract 33.50. +What's the answer? +Repeat: $254.97. +Number 2: +In January, Sam had $231.00 in his checking account. +In February, he deposited $58.20. +In March, he deposited $83.10. +In April, he withdrew $45.00. +About how much money does Sam have in his savings account in May? +Listen again and write the numbers. +In January, Sam had $231.00 in his checking account. +In February, he deposited $58.20. +In March, he deposited $83.10. +In April, he withdrew $45.00. +About how much money does Sam have in his savings account in May? +Let's find the answer. +First, write 231.00. +Second, add 58.20 and +83.10. +Then subtract 45.00. +What's the answer? +Repeat: $327.30. +Number 3: Jack works 40 hours every week. +He works 49 weeks every year. +In 1988, he was sick a total of 30 hours. +How many hours did Jack work? +Listen again. +Jack works 40 hours every week. +He works 49 weeks every year. +In 1988, he was sick for a total of 30 hours. +How many hours did Jack work? +Now let's find the answer. +First, write 40. +Second, multiply it times 49. +Third, subtract 30 from it. +What's the answer? +Repeat: 1,930. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.82-3.42] Now go to Figure 5. + [4.26-10.06] First, listen to a math problem: use the space to write down the numbers. + [11.82-12.57] Number 1: + [14.35-20.91] George had $345.45 in his checking account. + [23.07-30.51] He went to the shoe store and bought 1 pair of shoes for $56.98. + [32.55-33.94] He paid by check. + [35.55-42.21] Then he went to the grocery store and bought some food for $33.50. + [45.07-46.59] He also paid by check. + [48.82-51.70] How much money does George have left in his checking account? + [55.60-58.96] Listen to the first problem again and write the numbers. + [60.72-66.16] George had $345.45 in his checking account. + [68.40-74.73] He went to the shoe store and bought 1 pair of shoes for $56.98. + [75.93-77.25] He paid by check. + [78.64-84.57] Then he went to the grocery store and bought some food for $33.50. + [85.77-87.38] He also paid by check. + [89.31-92.03] How much money does George have left in his checking account? + [99.42-101.18] Now let's find the answer. + [102.77-108.21] First, write 345.45. + [116.25-121.47] Second, subtract 56.98 from it. + [131.31-135.75] Then subtract 33.50. + [148.11-149.37] What's the answer? + [155.49-160.71] Repeat: $254.97. + [163.53-164.19] Number 2: + [165.87-171.15] In January, Sam had $231.00 in his checking account. + [172.53-177.57] In February, he deposited $58.20. + [179.91-184.17] In March, he deposited $83.10. + [187.29-190.71] In April, he withdrew $45.00. + [192.99-196.89] About how much money does Sam have in his savings account in May? + [199.95-202.29] Listen again and write the numbers. + [204.27-210.15] In January, Sam had $231.00 in his checking account. + [213.51-218.73] In February, he deposited $58.20. + [221.97-226.47] In March, he deposited $83.10. + [230.85-233.85] In April, he withdrew $45.00. + [236.31-240.63] About how much money does Sam have in his savings account in May? + [243.09-244.59] Let's find the answer. + [246.15-251.91] First, write 231.00. + [258.03-263.97] Second, add 58.20 and + [266.07-268.29] 83.10. + [282.99-287.61] Then subtract 45.00. + [300.03-303.21] What's the answer? + [305.67-310.47] Repeat: $327.30. + [312.81-317.07] Number 3: Jack works 40 hours every week. + [319.17-321.63] He works 49 weeks every year. + [323.61-328.83] In 1988, he was sick a total of 30 hours. + [330.39-332.43] How many hours did Jack work? + [336.51-337.23] Listen again. + [339.45-341.67] Jack works 40 hours every week. + [343.59-346.23] He works 49 weeks every year. + [348.15-352.05] In 1988, he was sick for a total of 30 hours. + [354.09-355.78] How many hours did Jack work? + [362.61-363.75] Now let's find the answer. + [365.73-367.59] First, write 40. + [372.21-376.11] Second, multiply it times 49. + [389.55-392.49] Third, subtract 30 from it. + [406.29-409.83] What's the answer? + [411.69-415.71] Repeat: 1,930. + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4c-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph and write it. +The first time, listen only. +Parents often give lots of advice to their children. +The children very often don't understand it. +Many don't understand until they are parents. +Then they feel they should give advice to their children. +Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. +In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. +Now write the paragraph as you hear it. +Parents often give... +lots of advice... +to their children. +The children... +very often... +don't understand it. +Many don't understand... +until they are parents. +Then they feel... +they should give advice... +to their children. +Parents... +have a very strong need... +to take care of... +their children. +In my opinion... +this is why... +Parents give advice... +to their children. +Listen to the paragraph again and check your work. +Parents often give lots of advice to their children. +The children very often don't understand it. +Many don't understand until they are parents. +Then they feel they should give advice to their children. +Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. +In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. +Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. +This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.66-3.02] Go to Figure 6. + [3.95-6.19] Listen to a paragraph and write it. + [7.07-9.23] The first time, listen only. + [10.96-14.24] Parents often give lots of advice to their children. + [15.39-17.79] The children very often don't understand it. + [19.06-22.10] Many don't understand until they are parents. + [22.82-26.58] Then they feel they should give advice to their children. + [28.24-31.44] Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. + [32.46-36.70] In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. + [41.38-44.02] Now write the paragraph as you hear it. + [45.87-47.31] Parents often give... + [57.87-59.31] lots of advice... + [70.58-71.54] to their children. + [85.34-89.19] The children... + [95.65-96.61] very often... + [105.33-106.69] don't understand it. + [120.38-125.07] Many don't understand... + [138.16-139.68] until they are parents. + [155.49-156.77] Then they feel... + [169.23-170.83] they should give advice... + [191.38-192.26] to their children. + [206.03-206.67] Parents... + [213.33-214.93] have a very strong need... + [230.77-231.89] to take care of... + [244.38-245.18] their children. + [259.50-260.54] In my opinion... + [273.15-274.03] this is why... + [283.57-285.01] Parents give advice... + [298.93-299.73] to their children. + [313.90-317.10] Listen to the paragraph again and check your work. + [319.30-323.46] Parents often give lots of advice to their children. + [327.01-330.05] The children very often don't understand it. + [334.99-337.87] Many don't understand until they are parents. + [342.06-345.98] Then they feel they should give advice to their children. + [350.51-354.11] Parents have a very strong need to take care of their children. + [358.40-363.31] In my opinion, this is why parents give advice to their children. + [370.83-374.67] Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. + [380.69-383.49] This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/sources/book-9/tape-4D.md b/sources/book-9/tape-4D.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6be11698 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/book-9/tape-4D.md @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f1-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4D. +Open your activities booklet to Lesson 4D. +Go to Figure 1. +Listen to a situation and select the best answer. +Let's do the example. +Listen: +"Jack took Mary's book by mistake." What does Jack tell Mary? +The answer is C. +Repeat: "I'm sorry I took your book." +Number 1: Mary was at the snack bar with Bob. +She spilled her drink on Bob's book. +What does Mary say? +Number 2: Bob was late for class. +What does he say to his teacher? +Number 3: Frank stepped on Sharon's foot. +What does Frank say to Sharon? +Number 4: What does Sharon say after Frank apologizes? +Number 5: You forgot to call your sister. +She waited for your long-distance call all night long. +What do you tell her? +Number 6: +You were going to play soccer with Ted. +You couldn't call and tell him you couldn't go. +What do you tell him when you see him? +Number 7: What would Ted tell you? +Number 8: You're on a public telephone and you talk for a long time. +One person is waiting for the phone. +What do you tell him? +Now let's check your answers. +Repeat the correct answers. +Number 1: Mary was at the snack bar with Bob. +She spilled her drink on Bob's book. +What does Mary say? +The correct answer is B. +Repeat: "I'm sorry that I did that." +Number 2: Bob was late for class. +What does he say to his teacher? +The correct answer is C. +Repeat: "I apologize for being late." +Number 3: Frank stepped on Sharon's foot. +What does Frank say to Sharon? +The correct answer is A. +Repeat: "I'm really sorry." +Number 4: What does Sharon say after Frank apologizes? +The correct answer is B. +Repeat: "That's okay." +Number 5: You forgot to call your sister. +She waited for your long-distance call all night long. +What do you tell her? +The correct answer is B. +Repeat: "I'm sorry that I didn't call you." +Number 6: You were going to play soccer with Ted. +You couldn't call him and tell him you couldn't go. +What do you tell him when you see him? +The best answer is C. +Repeat: "Sorry for not showing up." +Number 7: What would Ted tell you? +The best answer is B. +Repeat: "No problem." +Number 8: You're on a public telephone and you talk for a long time. +One person is waiting for the phone. +What do you tell him? +The best answer is A. +Repeat: "Sorry I took so long." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [6.90-10.98] American Language Course, Book 9, Lesson 4D. + [16.91-19.65] Open your activities booklet to Lesson 4D. + [25.57-26.77] Go to Figure 1. + [27.71-30.99] Listen to a situation and select the best answer. + [31.79-33.15] Let's do the example. + [33.55-34.11] Listen: + [35.46-40.62] "Jack took Mary's book by mistake." What does Jack tell Mary? + [41.55-43.39] The answer is C. + [44.11-47.31] Repeat: "I'm sorry I took your book." + [50.22-54.24] Number 1: Mary was at the snack bar with Bob. + [55.42-57.58] She spilled her drink on Bob's book. + [58.83-59.95] What does Mary say? + [69.58-72.62] Number 2: Bob was late for class. + [73.78-75.30] What does he say to his teacher? + [86.37-90.34] Number 3: Frank stepped on Sharon's foot. + [91.81-93.33] What does Frank say to Sharon? + [104.30-109.12] Number 4: What does Sharon say after Frank apologizes? + [118.88-122.48] Number 5: You forgot to call your sister. + [123.52-126.80] She waited for your long-distance call all night long. + [128.02-128.90] What do you tell her? + [138.98-139.78] Number 6: + [141.38-143.38] You were going to play soccer with Ted. + [144.61-147.25] You couldn't call and tell him you couldn't go. + [148.72-150.72] What do you tell him when you see him? + [162.91-166.18] Number 7: What would Ted tell you? + [177.81-183.30] Number 8: You're on a public telephone and you talk for a long time. + [184.56-186.48] One person is waiting for the phone. + [187.92-188.88] What do you tell him? + [198.94-200.70] Now let's check your answers. + [201.26-203.02] Repeat the correct answers. + [204.98-208.85] Number 1: Mary was at the snack bar with Bob. + [209.78-211.78] She spilled her drink on Bob's book. + [212.83-213.95] What does Mary say? + [215.78-217.86] The correct answer is B. + [218.99-221.63] Repeat: "I'm sorry that I did that." + [227.30-230.80] Number 2: Bob was late for class. + [232.18-233.62] What does he say to his teacher? + [235.63-238.03] The correct answer is C. + [238.88-242.03] Repeat: "I apologize for being late." + [246.77-250.40] Number 3: Frank stepped on Sharon's foot. + [251.84-253.44] What does Frank say to Sharon? + [255.58-257.34] The correct answer is A. + [259.02-260.78] Repeat: "I'm really sorry." + [266.18-271.12] Number 4: What does Sharon say after Frank apologizes? + [272.43-274.42] The correct answer is B. + [274.42-277.05] Repeat: "That's okay." + [280.11-283.39] Number 5: You forgot to call your sister. + [283.39-287.57] She waited for your long-distance call all night long. + [287.83-289.47] What do you tell her? + [290.88-292.96] The correct answer is B. + [294.06-297.22] Repeat: "I'm sorry that I didn't call you." + [302.82-306.91] Number 6: You were going to play soccer with Ted. + [308.16-311.04] You couldn't call him and tell him you couldn't go. + [312.42-314.34] What do you tell him when you see him? + [316.99-318.43] The best answer is C. + [318.43-322.05] Repeat: "Sorry for not showing up." + [327.97-331.34] Number 7: What would Ted tell you? + [332.85-334.69] The best answer is B. + [335.44-337.28] Repeat: "No problem." + [340.62-346.21] Number 8: You're on a public telephone and you talk for a long time. + [346.48-349.31] One person is waiting for the phone. + [349.49-351.45] What do you tell him? + [353.41-355.25] The best answer is A. + [356.14-359.02] Repeat: "Sorry I took so long." + +#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f2-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 2. +Listen to what is said about an object, then find the word in the box and write your answer on the line. +Number 1: "What do we call the thing which wakes you up every morning?" Write the answer. +Number 2: "What is the thing you rest your head on while you sleep?" Write the answer. +Number 3: "What do you put on the bed to keep warm?" Write the answer. +Number 4: "What do you hang your clothes on?" Write the answer. +Number 5: "Where do you wash your dirty clothes?" Write the answer. +Number 6: "Where do we keep our clean clothes?" +Write the answer. +Number 7: +"Where do you put the gasoline in your car?" +Write the answer. +Number 8: "What is another name for luggage?" Write the answer. +Check your answers and repeat theright answers. +Number 1, listen. +"What do we call the thing which wakes you up every morning?" Repeat: "an alarm clock." +Number 2, listen. +"What is the thing you rest your head on while you sleep?" +Repeat: "a pillow." +Number 3, listen. +"What do you put on the bed to keep you warm?" +Repeat: "a blanket." +Number 4: "What do you hang your clothes on?" Repeat: "hangers." +Number 5, listen. +"Where do you wash your dirty clothes?" +Repeat: "at the laundry." +Number 6, listen. +"Where do we keep our clean clothes?" +Repeat: "in the closet." +Number 7: "Where do you put the gasoline in your car?" +Repeat: "in the gas tank." +Number 8: "What is another name for luggage?" +Repeat: "baggage." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.71-2.99] Go to Figure 2. + [4.24-11.84] Listen to what is said about an object, then find the word in the box and write your answer on the line. + [13.82-21.06] Number 1: "What do we call the thing which wakes you up every morning?" Write the answer. + [32.66-39.70] Number 2: "What is the thing you rest your head on while you sleep?" Write the answer. + [47.73-53.63] Number 3: "What do you put on the bed to keep warm?" Write the answer. + [61.14-66.94] Number 4: "What do you hang your clothes on?" Write the answer. + [75.02-81.25] Number 5: "Where do you wash your dirty clothes?" Write the answer. + [90.51-94.56] Number 6: "Where do we keep our clean clothes?" + [101.30-102.26] Write the answer. + [109.73-110.53] Number 7: + [112.24-114.40] "Where do you put the gasoline in your car?" + [116.32-117.12] Write the answer. + [125.31-130.78] Number 8: "What is another name for luggage?" Write the answer. + [140.27-143.31] Check your answers and repeat theright answers. + [145.49-146.93] Number 1, listen. + [148.24-154.42] "What do we call the thing which wakes you up every morning?" Repeat: "an alarm clock." + [158.48-159.84] Number 2, listen. + [161.18-163.98] "What is the thing you rest your head on while you sleep?" + [166.03-167.55] Repeat: "a pillow." + [170.53-171.89] Number 3, listen. + [173.23-175.47] "What do you put on the bed to keep you warm?" + [177.14-178.82] Repeat: "a blanket." + [181.54-187.84] Number 4: "What do you hang your clothes on?" Repeat: "hangers." + [190.83-192.43] Number 5, listen. + [193.55-195.39] "Where do you wash your dirty clothes?" + [198.37-200.21] Repeat: "at the laundry." + [203.47-204.35] Number 6, listen. + [206.91-208.78] "Where do we keep our clean clothes?" + [211.25-213.09] Repeat: "in the closet." + [216.83-220.53] Number 7: "Where do you put the gasoline in your car?" + [223.09-225.33] Repeat: "in the gas tank." + [229.81-233.23] Number 8: "What is another name for luggage?" + [235.06-236.58] Repeat: "baggage." + +#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f3-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 3. +Listen to this paragraph. +In most of the U.S., people add an hour to the time every April and subtract an hour every October. +Last Saturday, Tim read that the time was going to change on Sunday at 1:00 a.m., but he forgot that he had to change his watch and alarm clock. +Tim got up Monday morning and saw that the time was 6:30. +He knew he had to leaveright away. +On the road to the base, Tim realized that there wasn't much traffic. +He hoped that there wasn't a problem on the road. +Tim turned on the car radio and heard that the time was only 6:00 a.m. +He learned that he was early, not late. +Then Tim remembered that the time was an hour earlier now. +Now ask "what" questions with the words in the figure. +Look at the example. +Repeat: What did Tim read? +Number 1: ask. +Repeat: What did Tim forget? +Number 2: +Repeat: What did Tim see? +Number 3: +Repeat: What did Tim know? +Number 4: +Repeat: What did Tim realize? +Number 5: +Repeat: What did he hope? +Number 6: +Repeat: What did he hear? +Number 7: +Repeat: What did he learn? +Number 8: +Repeat: What did he remember? + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.42-3.02] Now go to Figure 3. + [3.66-5.34] Listen to this paragraph. + [6.98-14.74] In most of the U.S., people add an hour to the time every April and subtract an hour every October. + [16.14-27.50] Last Saturday, Tim read that the time was going to change on Sunday at 1:00 a.m., but he forgot that he had to change his watch and alarm clock. + [28.90-33.14] Tim got up Monday morning and saw that the time was 6:30. + [34.38-36.46] He knew he had to leaveright away. + [37.89-42.37] On the road to the base, Tim realized that there wasn't much traffic. + [43.57-46.29] He hoped that there wasn't a problem on the road. + [47.60-52.48] Tim turned on the car radio and heard that the time was only 6:00 a.m. + [53.97-56.51] He learned that he was early, not late. + [57.55-61.87] Then Tim remembered that the time was an hour earlier now. + [64.27-68.27] Now ask "what" questions with the words in the figure. + [69.31-70.59] Look at the example. + [72.40-77.43] Repeat: What did Tim read? + [78.48-80.32] Number 1: ask. + [86.29-88.53] Repeat: What did Tim forget? + [92.54-93.26] Number 2: + [98.67-101.25] Repeat: What did Tim see? + [106.46-107.26] Number 3: + [113.94-116.10] Repeat: What did Tim know? + [120.26-120.98] Number 4: + [126.54-129.34] Repeat: What did Tim realize? + [135.62-136.50] Number 5: + [141.68-143.12] Repeat: What did he hope? + [150.21-150.99] Number 6: + [157.05-159.09] Repeat: What did he hear? + [166.83-167.55] Number 7: + [173.25-175.04] Repeat: What did he learn? + [181.23-181.78] Number 8: + [186.69-189.31] Repeat: What did he remember? + +#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f4-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 4. +Look at the paragraph and answer the questions. +Let's do an example. +What did Tim read? +He read that the time was going to change +on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. +Repeat: He read that the time was going to change +on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. +Number 1: What did Tim forget? +Repeat: Tim forgot that he had to change his watch and his alarm clock. +Number 2: What did Tim see? +Repeat: He saw that it was 6:30. +Number 3: What did Tim know? +Repeat: He knew that he had to leaveright away. +Number 4: What did Tim realize? +Repeat: He realized that there wasn't much traffic. +Number 5: What did he hope? +Repeat: He hoped that there wasn't a problem on the road. +Number 6: What did he hear? +Repeat: He heard that the time was only 6:00 a.m. +Number 7: What did he learn? +Repeat: He learned that he was early, not late. +Number 8: What did he remember? +Repeat: He remembered that the time was an hour earlier. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.52-3.20] Now go to Figure 4. + [4.00-6.80] Look at the paragraph and answer the questions. + [9.10-10.46] Let's do an example. + [11.46-14.79] What did Tim read? + [14.90-17.38] He read that the time was going to change + [19.74-21.82] on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. + [23.41-27.17] Repeat: He read that the time was going to change + [31.31-33.23] on Sunday at 1:00 a.m. + [36.86-39.73] Number 1: What did Tim forget? + [46.67-51.55] Repeat: Tim forgot that he had to change his watch and his alarm clock. + [58.90-61.82] Number 2: What did Tim see? + [69.22-72.10] Repeat: He saw that it was 6:30. + [80.10-85.29] Number 3: What did Tim know? + [90.96-94.96] Repeat: He knew that he had to leaveright away. + [101.49-104.85] Number 4: What did Tim realize? + [112.11-115.95] Repeat: He realized that there wasn't much traffic. + [123.39-128.61] Number 5: What did he hope? + [132.94-136.54] Repeat: He hoped that there wasn't a problem on the road. + [143.81-147.04] Number 6: What did he hear? + [155.52-159.68] Repeat: He heard that the time was only 6:00 a.m. + [168.26-171.34] Number 7: What did he learn? + [178.82-182.42] Repeat: He learned that he was early, not late. + [191.06-193.87] Number 8: What did he remember? + [203.30-207.54] Repeat: He remembered that the time was an hour earlier. + +#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f5-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 5. +Listen to the two sentences and combine them. +Look at the example. +Listen: "Sandra apologized to Jim." "She stepped on his toes." Repeat: "Sandra apologized to Jim for stepping on his toes." +Number 1: "Sam apologized to Linda." "He forgot to call her." +Repeat: "Sam apologized to Linda." +"For forgetting to call her." +Number 2: "The waiter apologized to us." "He took a long time to bring our food." +Repeat: "The waiter apologized to us." +"For taking a long time to bring our food." +Number 3: +"Michael apologized to his teacher." +"He was talking in the lab." +Repeat: "Michael apologized to his teacher." +"For talking in the lab." +Number 4: "The clerk apologized to Mr. +Brown." "He gave him the wrong bill." +Repeat: "The clerk apologized to Mr. +Brown." +"For giving him the wrong bill." +Number 5: +"Ramon apologized to the officer." "He ran the stop sign." +Repeat: "Ramon apologized to the officer." +"For running the stop sign." +Number 6: "Henry apologized to Bonnie." "He hurt her feelings." +Repeat: "Henry apologized to Bonnie." +"For hurting her feelings." +Number 7: "The waitress apologized to me." "She spilled water on my book." +Repeat: "The waitress apologized to me." +"For spilling water on my book." +Number 8: +"The airline clerk apologized to George." +"They put his baggage on the wrong plane." +Repeat: "The airline clerk apologized to George." +"For putting his baggage on the wrong plane." + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.98-3.74] Now go to Figure 5. + [4.54-7.50] Listen to the two sentences and combine them. + [8.40-9.52] Look at the example. + [10.32-22.90] Listen: "Sandra apologized to Jim." "She stepped on his toes." Repeat: "Sandra apologized to Jim for stepping on his toes." + [25.52-31.87] Number 1: "Sam apologized to Linda." "He forgot to call her." + [38.11-40.91] Repeat: "Sam apologized to Linda." + [45.06-47.06] "For forgetting to call her." + [52.18-59.23] Number 2: "The waiter apologized to us." "He took a long time to bring our food." + [65.63-71.55] Repeat: "The waiter apologized to us." + [74.18-76.74] "For taking a long time to bring our food." + [83.89-84.69] Number 3: + [86.29-88.21] "Michael apologized to his teacher." + [91.34-92.78] "He was talking in the lab." + [102.03-104.91] Repeat: "Michael apologized to his teacher." + [110.53-112.05] "For talking in the lab." + [119.62-123.46] Number 4: "The clerk apologized to Mr. + [123.46-126.94] Brown." "He gave him the wrong bill." + [136.13-139.15] Repeat: "The clerk apologized to Mr. + [139.15-142.05] Brown." + [144.70-146.38] "For giving him the wrong bill." + [153.50-154.30] Number 5: + [155.71-161.09] "Ramon apologized to the officer." "He ran the stop sign." + [168.93-172.21] Repeat: "Ramon apologized to the officer." + [178.78-180.22] "For running the stop sign." + [187.97-194.22] Number 6: "Henry apologized to Bonnie." "He hurt her feelings." + [202.64-205.60] Repeat: "Henry apologized to Bonnie." + [209.62-211.22] "For hurting her feelings." + [216.46-223.65] Number 7: "The waitress apologized to me." "She spilled water on my book." + [230.85-236.01] Repeat: "The waitress apologized to me." + [239.47-241.23] "For spilling water on my book." + [247.98-248.62] Number 8: + [250.42-252.90] "The airline clerk apologized to George." + [254.69-256.61] "They put his baggage on the wrong plane." + [265.65-269.44] Repeat: "The airline clerk apologized to George." + [274.91-277.23] "For putting his baggage on the wrong plane." + +#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f6-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Go to Figure 6. +Listen to a paragraph and complete the box outline. +The first time, listen only. +There are two kinds of telephone calls: local calls and long-distance calls. +When you make a call in the same city, you make a local call. +When you call someone in another city, another state, or another country, you make a long-distance call. +Long-distance calls can be person-to-person calls or station-to-station calls. +When you want to talk to one person only, you make a person-to-person call. +When you will talk to anyone who answers, you make a station-to-station call. +Listen again and complete the outline. +There are two kinds of telephone calls: local calls and long-distance calls. +When you make a call in the same city, you make a local call. +When you call someone in another city, another state, or another country, you make a long-distance call. +Long-distance calls can be person-to-person calls or station-to-station calls. +When you want to talk to one person only, you make a person-to-person call. +When you will talk to anyone who answers, you make a station-to-station call. +Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work when the lesson finishes. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.63-2.99] Go to Figure 6. + [3.63-7.07] Listen to a paragraph and complete the box outline. + [7.79-9.71] The first time, listen only. + [11.57-17.49] There are two kinds of telephone calls: local calls and long-distance calls. + [19.28-22.72] When you make a call in the same city, you make a local call. + [24.29-31.33] When you call someone in another city, another state, or another country, you make a long-distance call. + [33.22-38.50] Long-distance calls can be person-to-person calls or station-to-station calls. + [40.29-44.93] When you want to talk to one person only, you make a person-to-person call. + [46.50-51.22] When you will talk to anyone who answers, you make a station-to-station call. + [55.90-58.62] Listen again and complete the outline. + [60.75-66.75] There are two kinds of telephone calls: local calls and long-distance calls. + [76.86-80.86] When you make a call in the same city, you make a local call. + [90.54-98.14] When you call someone in another city, another state, or another country, you make a long-distance call. + [109.34-114.94] Long-distance calls can be person-to-person calls or station-to-station calls. + [126.56-131.44] When you want to talk to one person only, you make a person-to-person call. + [142.62-147.58] When you will talk to anyone who answers, you make a station-to-station call. + [160.27-165.71] Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work when the lesson finishes. + +#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk09-l4d-f7-NN.mp3) +Transcript (clean text): +Now go to Figure 7. +Listen to a paragraph: the same paragraph is in your book without punctuation. +First, listen to the paragraph only. +Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. +These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. +People need to be very careful when they drive a car. +Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. +When careless drivers don't obey the law, accidents can happen. +Listen to the paragraph again, and put in the punctuation in your book. +Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. +These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. +People need to be very careful when they drive a car. +Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. +When careless drivers don't obey the laws, accidents can happen. +Rewrite the paragraph. +After you finish, check your capital letters and punctuation. +You'll find the correct paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. +This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 9. + +Segment timings (seconds): + [1.92-3.44] Now go to Figure 7. + [4.00-10.19] Listen to a paragraph: the same paragraph is in your book without punctuation. + [10.75-13.55] First, listen to the paragraph only. + [15.06-18.18] Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. + [19.66-22.46] These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. + [23.66-26.38] People need to be very careful when they drive a car. + [27.47-30.67] Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. + [31.86-35.94] When careless drivers don't obey the law, accidents can happen. + [39.78-44.50] Listen to the paragraph again, and put in the punctuation in your book. + [46.45-49.33] Careless drivers cause automobile accidents. + [50.90-53.78] These drivers forget that a car can hurt people. + [55.44-58.32] People need to be very careful when they drive a car. + [60.02-63.54] Traffic laws and seat belts help avoid accidents. + [65.62-69.86] When careless drivers don't obey the laws, accidents can happen. + [72.10-73.70] Rewrite the paragraph. + [74.26-77.86] After you finish, check your capital letters and punctuation. + [78.50-82.42] You'll find the correct paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. + [89.25-92.61] This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 9. \ No newline at end of file